References1 . Can Drawing Be Liberated From The Von Neumann Style. In Proc.

of 1983 ACM database week. ACM, 1983.

2 The Semiotic of Language and Culture, Volume 1: Language as SocialSemiotic. Frances Pinter, London, 1984.

3 The Semiotic of Language and Culture, Volume 2: Language and otherSemiotic Systems of Culture. Frances Pinter, London, 1984.

4 In Peter H. Fries and Nancy M. Fries, editors, Towards an Understand-ing of Language: C. C. Fries in Perspective, number 40 in Current Issuesin Linguistic Theory, pages 63–83. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1985.

5 Visual attention and cognition, 1996.

6 Measures for corpus similarity and homogeneity, 1998.

7 ??, editor. Proceedings of the Workshop ‘Professionelle Erstellung vonPapier- und Online-Dokumentation: Perspektiven für die automatischeTextgenerierung’. 22nd. Annual German Conference on Artificial Intel-ligence (KI-98), Bremen, Germany, September 1998.

8 Proceedings of the Seventeenth ACM SIGACT-SIGMOD-SIGART Sym-posium on Principles of Database Systems, June 1-3, 1998, Seattle,Washington. ACM Press, 1998.

9 Lernen von räumlichen Relationen mit CAL5 und DIPOL, 1999.

10 Anwendung des Lernalgorithmus CAL5 zur Generierung von Depiktio-nen und zur Inferenz von räumlichen Relationen, 2000.

11 Igor A. Mel’čuk and A. K. Žholkovskij. Towards a Functioning“Meaning-Text” Model of Language. Linguistics, 57:10–47, 1970.

12 Proceedings of the 11th National Conference on Artificial Intelligence(AAAI-93), Washington, DC, July 11-15 1993.

13 Workshop on Explanation, August 1988. Sponsored by AAAI; Orga-nized by Michael Wick, Dr. Cécile L. Paris, Dr. W. Thompson, and Dr.William R. Swartout.

14 Espen J. Aarseth. Nonlinearity and literary theory. In George P.Landow, editor, Hyper / Text / Theory, chapter 2, pages 51–86. JohnHopkins University Press, Baltimore and London, 1994.

15 Bas Aarts. Secondary predication in English. In Bas Aarts andCharles F. Meyer, editors, The verb in contemporary English. Theoryand description, pages 75–101. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,1995.

1

16 J. Aarts. Towards a new generation of corpus-based English grammars.In B. Lewandowka-Tomaszczyk and P.J. Melia, editors, Practical appli-cations in language corpora (PALC’99), pages 17–36. Peter Lang, Frank-furt, 2000.

17 B. Abb, C. Günther, M. Herweg, K. Lebeth, C. Maienborn, andA. Schopp. Incremental syntactic and phonological encoding - an out-line of the SYNPHONICS formulator. In Proceedings of the Fourth Eu-ropean Workshop on Natural Language Generation, Pisa, Italy, 28-30April 1993, pages 19–30, 1993.

18 B. Abb, M. Herweg, and K. Lebeth. The incremental generation ofpassive sentences. In European Meeting of the Association for Compu-tational Linguistics, Utrecht, 1993.

19 Bernd Abb and Bianka Buschbeck-Wolf. A minimal transfer conceptionfor Verbmobil. Verbmobil Report 84, Institute for Logic and Linguistics,IBM Informationssysteme GmbH, Heidelberg, Germany, July 1995.

20 Bernd Abb and Bianka Buschbeck-Wolf. Minimal transfer on MRSstructures. In James Kilbury and Richard Wiese, editors, DGfS/CL-95:Integrative Ansätze in der Computerlinguistik, Beiträge zur 5. Fachta-gung der Sektion Computerlinguistik, pages 1–6. Deutsche Gesellschaftfür Sprachwissenschaft (DGfS), Sektion Computerlinguistik, Seminarfür Allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft, University of Düsseldorf, 1995.

21 Bernd Abb, Carsten Günther, Michael Herweg, Kai Lebeth, ClaudiaMaienborn, and Andrea Schopp. Incremental grammatical encoding:an outline of the SYNPHONICS formulator. In G. Adorni and M. Zock,editors, Trends in Natural Language Generation: an artificial intelli-gence perspective, number 1036 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelli-gence, pages 277–299. Springer, Berlin, New York, 1996. (Selected Pa-pers from the 4th. European Workshop on Natural Language Genera-tion, Pisa, Italy, 28-30 April 1993).

22 Bernd Abb and Claudia Maienborn. Adjuncts in HPSG. In HaraldTrost, editor, KONVENS ’94, pages 13–22, Vienna, 1994.

23 Anne Abeille, K. Bishop, S. Cote, and Yves Schabes. A lexicalizedtree adjoining grammar for English. Technical Report, University ofPennsylvania, August 1989.

24 Eric Abelen, Gisela Redeker, and Sandra A. Thompson. The rhetor-ical structure of US-American and Dutch fund-raising letters. Text,13(3):323–350, 1993.

25 Alicia Abella and J.R. Kender. From images to sentences via spatialrelations. In ICCV’99 Workshop on the integration of image and speechunderstanding, Greece, 1999.

2

26 R. P. Abelson. The Structure of Belief Systems. In Roger C. Schankand K. Colby, editors, Computer Models of Thought and Language. W.H. Freeman Co., San Francisco, 1973.

27 R. P. Abelson. Constraint, Construal and Cognitive Science. In Proceed-ings of the Third Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society,pages 1–9, Berkeley, California, 1981.

28 R. P. Abelson. Whatever became a consistency theory. Pesonality andSocial Psychology Bulletin, 9:37–54, 1983.

29 Robert Abernathy. To Honor Roman Jakobson, volume 1 of SeriesMaior XXXI. Mouton, The Hague, 1967.

30 H. Adachi. GCD: A generation method of cooking definitions based onsimilarity between a couple of recipes. In Natural Language ProcessingPacific Rim Symposium (NLPRS), pages 135–140, Phuket, 1997.

31 M. Adams and B. Bruce. Background knowledge and reading com-prehension. Technical Report Reading Education Report Number 13,Center for the Study of Reading, Champaign, Ill, 1980.

32 Oluwole Adejare. Language and style in Soyinka: a systemic text-linguistic study of a literary idiolect. Heinemann Educational, Ibadan,1992.

33 G. Adorni. English Sentences Generation System User Manual.Technical Report, university of Genua, 1987. EUREKA projectPROMETHEUS.

34 G. Adorni, Mauri Di Manzo, and Giacomo Ferrari, editors. NaturalLanguage Input for Scene Generation. The First Annual Conference ofthe European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics.Pisa, 1983.

35 G. Adorni and M. Zock, editors. Trends in Natural Language Gener-ation: an artificial intelligence perspective. Lecture Notes in ArtificialIntelligence. Springer, Berlin, New York, 1996. (Selected Papers fromthe 4th. European Workshop on Natural Language Generation, Pisa,Italy, 28-30 April 1993).

36 Theodor W Adorno and Hans Eisler. Komposition für den Film.Suhrkamp, 2006. New edition of the original from 1943 by JohannesC. Gall.

37 L. M. H. Adriaens. Ein Modell deutscher Intonation. Eine experimentell-phonetische Untersuchung nach den perzeptiv relevanten Grundfrequen-zänderungen in vorgelesenem Text. PhD thesis, Technological Universityof Eindhoven, 1991.

3

38 Rajeev Agarwal. Towards a PURE spoken dialogue system for informa-tion access. In Julia Hirschberg, Candace Kamm, and Marilyn Walker,editors, Proceedings of the ACL/EACL Workshop on Interactive SpokenDialog Systems: bringing speech and NLP together in real applications,pages 90–97, Madrid, Spain, 1997. Assocation for Computational Lin-guistics.

39 Alicia Ageno, Francese Ribas, German Rigau, Horacio Rodríguez, andAnna Samiotou. TGE: Tlinks Generation Environment. In Proceed-ings of the 15th. International Conference on Computational Linguistics(COLING 94), volume I, pages 324–328, Kyoto, Japan, 1994.

40 L. Agnihotri and N. Dimitrova. Text detection for video analysis. InIEEE Workshop on Content-based Access of Image and Video Libraries,pages 109–113, Fort Collins, Colorado, 1999.

41 P. Agre. Designing genres for new media: social, economic, and politi-cal contexts. In S. Jones, editor, Cybersociety 2.0: Revisiting computer-mediated communication and community, pages 69–99. Sage Publica-tions, London, 1998.

42 Philip E. Agre. Dynamic structure of everyday life. Technical ReportAI-TR 1085, MIT, October 1988.

43 G. Aguado, A. Bañón, John A. Bateman, S. Bernardos, M. Fernández,A. Gómez-Pérez, E. Nieto, A. Olalla, R. Plaza, and A. Sánchez. ONTO-GENERATION: Reusing domain and linguistic ontologies for Spanishtext generation. In Proceedings of the ECAI’98 Workshop on Applica-tions of Ontologies and Problem Solving Methods, pages 1–10, Brighton,U.K., 1998. European Conference on Artificial Intelligence.

44 Marco Aiello, Ian Pratt-Hartmann, and Johan van Benthem, editors.Handbook of Spatial Logics. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 2007.

45 Karin Aijmer and Bengt Altenberg, editors. English Corpus Linguistics:Studies in Honour of Jan Svartvik. Longman, London, 1991.

46 Shaaron Ainsworth. The educational value of multiple representationswhen learning complex scientific concepts. In John K. Gilbert, MiriamReiner, and Mary Nakhleh, editors, Visualization: Theory and Practicein Science Education, pages 191–208. Springer, 2008.

47 AISB. Proceedings of the AISB’99 Workshop on Reference Architecturesand Data Standards for NLP, Edinburgh, Scotland, April 1999.

48 Hassan Aït-Kaci, Robert Boyer, Patrick Lincoln, and Roger Nasr. Ef-ficient Implementation of Lattice Operations. ACM Transactions onProgramming Languages and Systems, 11(1):115–146, 1989.

4

49 J. Aitchison. Words in the mind: An introduction to the mental lexicon.Blackwell, London, 1987.

50 Jean Aitchison. Teach yourself Linguistics. Hodder and Stoughton,London, 4th edition edition, 1992.

51 Jean Aitchison. Language change: progress or decay? Cambridge Uni-versity Press, Cambridge, 3rd edition, 2001.

52 Ian Aitken. European Film Theory and Cinema. A critical introduction.Edinburgh University Press, Edinburgh, 2001.

53 S. Akamine, Y. Ishihara, A. Okumura, and K. Muraki. Generationof polite expressions in multilingual translation. In Natural LanguageProcessing Pacific RIM Symposium, Singapore, 1991.

54 A. Akmajian. Aspects of the grammar of focus in English. Garland Pub.Inc., New York and London, 1979.

55 K. Al-Sayed, R. Dalton, and Christoph Hölscher. Discursive DesignThinking: The Role Of Explicit Knowledge In Creative ArchitecturalDesign Reasoning. AI EDAM Artificial Intelligence for Engineering De-sign, Analysis and Manufacturing, accepted.

56 Kinda Al Sayed, R. Dalton, and C. Hölscher. Discursive and non-discursive design processes. In J. S. Gero and A. K. Goel, editors, DCCDesign Computing and Computation. Springer, 2008.

57 Suad Alagić and Philip A. Bernstein. A Model Theory for GenericSchema Management. In 8th Int. Workshop on Database ProgrammingLanguages (DBPL-01), volume 2397 of LNCS, pages 228–246. Springer,2002.

58 Harith Alani and Christopher Brewster. Metrics for Ranking Ontolo-gies. In Proceedings of the Workshop on Evaluating Ontologies for theWeb(EON 2006), Edinburgh, May 2006.

59 Robert Albano, Susanna Cumming, and Norman K. Sondheimer. Howto Realize a Concept: Lexical Selection and the Conceptual Network inText Generation. Reprint Series RS-89-248, USC/Information SciencesInstitute, Marina del Rey, California, December 1989.

60 S. Albers, K. Kursawe, and S. Schuierer. Exloring unknown environ-ments with obstacles. In Proc. of the 10th Symposium on Discrete Al-gorithms. 1999.

61 A. Albiol, L. Torres, E. Delp, and C. Bouman. A Simple and EfficientFace Detection Algorithm for Video Database Applications. In IEEEInternational Conference on Image Processing, Vancouver, Canada,September 10-13 2000.

5

62 Gerd Albrecht. Die Filmanalyse – Ziele und Methoden. In Franz Ev-erschor, editor, Filmanalyse 2, pages 233–270. Altenberg, Düsseldorf,1964.

63 Gerd Albrecht. Handbuch Medienarbeit: Medienanalyse, Medieneinord-nung, Medienwirkung. Leske + Budrich, Opladen, 1979.

64 Jochen Albrecht. Towards interoperable geo-information standards: Acomparison of reference models for geo-spatial information. Annals ofRegional Science, 33:151–169, 1999.

65 K. H. Albrow. The Rhythm and Intonation of Spoken English. Longman,London, 1968.

66 Melina Alexa. Functional commonality of text structure: A cross-linguistic analysis of a text type. Technical Report, GMD/Institut für In-tegrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, Germany,1994. Paper presented the workshop ‘Language engineering on the in-formation highway’, Santorini, September 1994.

67 Melina Alexa. Making principled selections: A methodology for registeranalysis and description for multilingual text generation. In To be pre-sented at the 22nd International Systemic-Functional Congress, Beijing,China, July 1995, 1995.

68 Melina Alexa, John A. Bateman, Eli Hagen, Klaas Jan Rondhuis, andElke Teich. Multilingual generation for multiple purposes. In Proceed-ings of the workshop Language engineering on the information highway’,Santorini, September 1994, 1994. long form available as technical report,GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme,Darmstadt, Germany.

69 Melina Alexa, John A. Bateman, Renate Henschel, and Elke Te-ich. Knowledge-based production of synthetic multimodal documents.ERCIM News, 26:18–20, July 1996. (European Research Consortiumfor Informatics and Mathematics).

70 Melina Alexa, Bernd Kreissig, Martina Liepert, Klaus Reichen-berger, Lothar Rostek, Karin Rautmann, Werner Scholz-Stubenrecht,and Sabina Stoye. The DUDEN ontology. In Proceedings of theThird International Conference on Language Resources and Evaluation(LREC’2002), Las Palmas, 2002. European Language Resources Asso-ciation (ELRA).

71 Melina Alexa and Lothar Rostek. Discourse analysis with TATOE:a Text Analysis Tool with Object Encoding. Technical Report,GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme,Darmstadt, Germany, 1996. (submitted to Computational Linguistics,Special Issue in Empirical Methods in Discourse).

6

72 Melina Alexa and Ingrid Schmidt. Modell einer mehrsichtigen Textan-notation für die computerunterstützte Textanalyse. In Wiebke Möhrund Ingrid Schmidt, editor, SGML und XML: Anwendungen und Per-spektiven, pages 323–348. Springer, Berlin, New York, 1999.

73 Melpomeni Alexa. Corpus-based Sublanguage Analysis for a Multilin-gual Generation System. Technical Report, University of Manchester,UMIST, 1993. PhD Thesis.

74 J. Alexandersson, editor. Proceedings of the IJCAI’99 workshop onknowledge and reasoning in practical dialogue systems, Stockholm, Swe-den, 1999. IJCAI.

75 J. Alexandersson and P. Heisterkamp. Some Notes on the complexityof Dialogues. In L. Dybkjaer, K. Hasida, and D. Traum, editors, Pro-ceedings of the ACL 2000 workshop "1st Workshop on Discourse andDialogue", Hong Kong, 2000.

76 Jan Alexandersson, Bianka Buschbeck-Wolf, Tsutomu Fujinami,Michael Kipp, Stephan Koch, Elisabeth Maier, Norbert Reithinger,Birte Schmitz, and Melanie Siegel. Dialogue Acts in VERBMOBIL-2(Second edition). Verbmobil Report 226, University of the Saarland,Saarbrücken, Germany, 1998.

77 Jan Alexandersson and Peter Poller. Towards Multilingual ProtocolGeneration For Spontaneous Speech Dialogues. In Proceedings of theNinth International Workhop on Natural Language Generation (INLG-98), pages 198–207, Niagara-On-The-Lake, Ontario, Canada, 1998.

78 Jan Alexandersson and Peter Poller. Summary Generation. In Wolf-gang Wahlster, editor, VERBMOBIL: Foundations of Speech-to-SpeechTranslation. Springer, Berlin, New York, 2000.

79 Jan Alexandersson, Peter Poller, Michael Kipp, and Ralf Engel. Multi-lingual Summary Generation in a Speech-To-Speech Translation Systemfor Multilingual Dialogues. In Proceedings of the International NaturalLanguage Generation Conference (INLG-2000), Mitzpe Ramon, Israel,2000.

80 Jan Alexandersson, Norbert Reithinger, and Elisabeth Maier. Insightsinto the dialogue processing of VERBMOBIL. Verbmobil Report 191,University of the Saarland, Saarbrücken, Germany, 1997.

81 Martha W. Alibali. Gesture in Spatial Cognition: Expressing, Commu-nicating, and Thinking About Spatial Information. Spatial Cognitionand Computation, 5(4):307–331, 2005.

82 G. L. Allen, K. C. Kirasic, S. H. Dobson, R. G. Long, and S. Beck.Predicting environmental learning from spatial abilities: An indirectroute. Intelligence, 22:327–355, 1996.

7

83 J. Allen. Reading machine for the blind: the technical problems and themethods adopted for their solution. IEEE Trans, AU-21(3), 1973.

84 J. Allen. Recognizing Intention in Dialogue. PhD thesis, University ofToronto, 1978.

85 J. Allen. A plan-based approach to speech act recognition. PhD thesis,University of Toronto, 1979.

86 J. Allen. Overview of Text-to-Speech Systems. In S. Furui andM. Sondhi, editors, Advances in Speech Signal Processing, pages 741–790. Delcker, New York, 1992.

87 J. Allen, D. Byron, M. Dzikovska, G. Ferguson, L. Galescu, andA. Stent. Toward conversational human-computer interaction. AI Mag-azine, 22(4):27–37, 2001.

88 J. F. Allen. A Plan-Based Approach to Speech Act Recognition. Techni-cal Report 131, University of Toronto, Department of Computer Science,January 1979. Also a Ph.D. thesis, 1979.

89 J. F. Allen. Maintaining Knowledge about Temporal Intervals. Com-munications of the ACM, 26:832–843, 1983.

90 J. F. Allen, H. A. Kautz, R. N. Pelavin, and J. D Tenenberg. Reasoningabout Plans. 1991.

91 J. F. Allen and J. A. Koomen. Planning using a temporal world model.In William Kaufmann, editor, Proceedings of the 8th International JointConference on Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI-83), pages 741–747, 1983.

92 J. F. Allen and R Perrault. Analyzing intention in utterances. ArtificialIntelligence, 15(3):143–178, 1980.

93 J. Allen, M. S. Hunnicutt, and D. Klatt. From text to speech: theMITalk system. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1987. Studiesin Speech Science and Communication.

94 J. Allen and C. R. Perrault. Participating in Dialogues: Understandingvia Plan Deduction. In Proceedings of the second National Conferenceof the Canadian Society of Computational Studies of Intelligence. Cana-dian Society for Computational Studies of Intelligence, 1978.

95 James Allen. Recognizing Intentions from Natural Language Utterances.In M. Brady, editor, Computational Models of Discourse. M.I.T. Press,Cambridge, Massachusetts, 1982.

96 James Allen, Donna Byron, Dave Costello, Myroslava Dzikovksa,George Ferguson, Lucian Galescu, and Amanda Stent. TRIPS-911 sys-tem demonstration. In Proceedings of the ANLP/NAACL 2000 Work-shop on Conversational Systems, pages 33–35, Seattle, May 2000. Asso-ciation for Computational Linguistics.

8

97 James F. Allen. Towards a General Theory of Action and Time. Artifi-cial Intelligence, 23:123–154, 1984.

98 James F. Allen and George Ferguson. Actions and events in intervaltemporal logic. In Olivero Stock, editor, Spatial and temporal reasoning,pages 205–244. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1997.

99 James Allen, George Ferguson, and Amanda Stent. An architecture formore realistic conversational systems. In Proceedings of Intelligent UserInterfaces 2001 (IUI-01), pages 1–8, Sante Fe, New Mexico, January2001. Association for Computing Machinery.

100 James Allen, H. Kautz, R. Pellavin, and J. Tenenberg. Reasoning aboutplans. Morgan Kaufman Publishers, Inc., 1991.

101 J.F. Allen, B.W. Miller, E.K. Ringger, and T. Sikorski. A robust systemfor natural spoken dialogue. In Proceedings of the 1996 Annual Meet-ing of the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 62–70, SanFrancisco, 1996. Morgan Kaufman Publishers.

102 Michael Allen. Divided interests: split-screen aesthetics in 24. In StevenPeacock, editor, Reading 24: TV against the clock, pages 35–48. I.B.Taurus, London and New York, 2007.

103 Nancy Allen, editor. Working with Words and Images: News Steps inan Old Dance. Ablex, Westport, CT, 2002.

104 Patrick Allen, John A. Bateman, and Judy L. Delin. Genre and layoutin multimodal documents: towards an empirical account. In RichardPower and Donia Scott, editors, Proceedings of the AAAI Fall Sympo-sium on Using Layout for the Generation, Understanding, or Retrievalof Documents, number Technical Report FS-99-04, pages 27–34, CapeCod, Massachusetts, 1999. American Association for Artificial Intelli-gence.

105 Richard Allen and Murray Smith, editors. Film theory and philosophy.Oxford University Press, Oxford, U.K., 1997.

106 Robert B. Allen. Mental models and user models. In M. Helander,T.K. Landauer, and P. Prablu, editors, Handbook of Human-ComputerInteraction. Second, completely revised edition. Elsevier Science B.V.,1997.

107 S. Allèn, editor. Text Processing. Almqvist and Wiksell, Stockholm,1982.

108 D.J. Allerton. The Notion of ‘Givenness’ and its Relations to Presup-position and to Theme. Lingua, 44(2/3):133–168, 1978.

9

109 Jürgen Allgayer, Karin Harbusch, Alfred Kobsa, Carola Reddig, NorbertReithinger, and Dagmar Schmauks. XTRA: a Natural-Language Ac-cess System to Expert Systems. International Journal of Man-MachineCommunication, 31(2):161–195, 1989.

110 Tod Allman and Stephen Beale. A Natural Language Generator forMinority Languages. In Proceedings of the 5th SALTMIL 2006 workshop:Strategies for developing machine translation for minority languages,pages 39–46, Genoa, Italy, 2006.

111 Lawrence Alloway. On the Iconography of the Movies. Movie, 7:4–6,1963.

112 Lawrence Alloway. Violence in America: The Movies 1946-1964. Mu-seum of Modern Art, New York, 1971.

113 Jens Allwood. Bodily communication dimensions in expression and con-tent. In Björn Granström, David House, and Inger Karlsson, editors,Mutlimodality in language and speech systems, pages 7–26. Kluwer Aca-demic Publishers, Dordrecht, 2002.

114 Jens Allwood. Multimodal corpora. In A. Lüdeling and M. Kytö, editors,Corpus Linguistics. An International Handbook, volume 1, pages 207–225. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 2008.

115 Jens Allwood, Stefan Kopp, Karl Grammer, Elisabeth Ahlsén und Elis-abeth Oberzaucher, and Markus Koppensteiner. The analysis of em-bodied communicative feedback in multimodal corpora: a prerequisitefor behavior simulation. Journal on Language Resources and Evalua-tion, 41(2-3):325–339, 2007. Special Issue on Mulitmodal Corpora forModeling Human Multimodal Behaviour.

116 Eugenie P. Almeida. A category system for the analysis of factuality innewspaper discourse. Text, 12(2):233–262, 1992.

117 M.B. Almeida. A proposal for evaluating ontology content. AppliedOntology, 4(3-4):245–266, 2009.

118 Hussein Almuallim, Yasuhiro Akiba, Takefumi Yamazaki, Akio Yokoo,and Shigeo Kaneda. Two methods for learning ALT-J/E translationrules from examples and a semantic hierarchy. In Proceedings of the15th. International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING94), volume I, pages 57–63, Kyoto, Japan, 1994.

119 Antoniette Alonge. Definition of the links and subses for verbs. Eu-roWordNet (EU LE-2 4003) Deliverable D006 (WP4.1), Istituto di Lin-guistica - Università di Perugia, Istituto di Linguistica Computazionaledel C.N.R., Pisa, November 1996.

10

120 Shariffa Lubna Alsagoff. A critical account of recent systemic theory.M.A. thesis, Department of English Language and Literature, NationalUniversity of Singapore, 1985.

121 Liora Alschuler. ABCD ... SGML: A user’s guide to structured informa-tion. International Thomson Computer Press (ITCP), London/Boston,1995.

122 Hiyan Alshawi, editor. The Core Language Engine. MIT Press, Cam-bridge, Massachusetts, 1992.

123 Hiyan Alshawi, D. Carter, and M. Rayner. Translation by Quasi-LogicalForm. In Proceedings of the 29th. Annual Meeting of the Associationfor Computational Linguistics. Berkeley, California, 1991.

124 Hiyan Alshawi and David Carter. Sortal restrictions. In Hiyan Al-shawi, editor, The Core language engine, chapter 9. The MIT Press,Cambridge, Massachusetts and London, England, 1992.

125 Hiyan Alshawi, David Carter, Björn Gambäck, and Manny Rayner.Swedish-English QLF translation. In Hiyan Alshawi, editor, The CoreLanguage Engine, pages 277–319. MIT Press, 1992.

126 Hiyan Alshawi and Stephen G. Pulman. Ellipsis, Comparatives, andGeneration. In Hiyan Alshawi, editor, The Core language engine, chap-ter 13, pages 251–275. The MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts andLondon, England, 1992.

127 William P. Alston. Linguistic acts. American Philosophical Quarterly,1(2):138–146, April 1964.

128 William P. Alston. Philosophy of Language. Prentice-Hall, 1964. (in thePrentice-Hall Foundations of Philosophy series, Elisabeth and MonroeBeardsley (eds.)).

129 Rick Altman. A Semantic/Syntactic Approach to Film Genre. CinemaJournal, 23(3):6–18, 1984.

130 Rick Altman. The American Film Musical. British Film Institute, Lon-don, 1989.

131 Rick Altman. Reusable Packaging: Generic Products and the RecyclingProcess. In Nick Browne, editor, Refiguring American Film Genres,pages 1–41. University of California Press, 1998.

132 Rick Altman. Film/Genre. British Film Institute, London, 1999.

133 Rick Altman. A theory of narrative. Columbia University Press, NewYork, 2008.

134 H. Altmann. Intonationsforschung. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 1988.

11

135 H. Altmann. Zur Intonation von Modus und Fokus im Deutschen.Niemeyer, Tübingen, 1989.

136 R. Amalberti, N. Carbonell, and P. Falzon. User Representations ofComputer Systems in Human-Computer speech interaction. Interna-tional Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 38:547–566, 1993.

137 Leonardo Ambrosini, Vincenzo Cirillo, and Allessandro Micarelli. A Hy-brid Architecture for User-Adapted Information Filtering on the WorldWide Web. In A. Jameson, C. Paris, and C. Tasso, editors, Proceedingsof the Sixth International Conference on User Modeling (UM97), pages59–61. Springer, Berlin, June 2-5 1997. (Chia Laguna, Sardinia, Italy).

138 S. Ames. Elements of Newspaper Design. Praeger, New York, 1989.

139 Mohammed Amouzadeh and Manoochehr Tavangar. Decoding pictorialmetaphor: ideologies in Persian commercial advertising. InternationalJournal of Cultural Studies, 7(2):147–174, 2004.

140 Stephanie Seneff an Joseph Polifroni. Dialogue management in the Mer-cury Flight Reservation System. In Proceedings of the ANLP/NAACL2000 Workshop on Conversational Systems, pages 11–16, Seattle, May2000. Association for Computational Linguistics.

141 P. Andersen, P. Hayes, A. Huettner, L. Schmandt, and I. Nirenburg. Au-tomatic extraction of facts from press releases to generate news stories.In Third Conference on Applied Natural Language Processing, Trento,1992.

142 Thomas Andersen, Uwe Helm Petersen, and Flemming Smedegaard.Sproget Som Ressource. Dansk systemisk funktionel lingvistik i teori ogpraksis. Odense Universitetsforlag, Odense, Denmark, 2001.

143 W. Andersen and B. Peterson. An Ontology of Modern Military Or-ganizations and their Structure. In Working Notes of the IJCAI-2001Workshop on the IEEE Standard Upper Ontology, 2001.

144 A. Anderson. Semantic and Social Pragmatic Aspects of Meaning inTask-Oriented Dialogue. PhD thesis, University of Glasgow, 1984.

145 A. H. Anderson, M. Bader, E.G. Bard, E.H. Boyle, G.M. Doherty, S.C.Garrod, S.D. Isard, J.C. Kowtko, J.M. McAllister, J. Miller, C.F. Sotillo,H.S. Thompson, and R. Weinert. The HCRC Map task Corpus. Lan-guage and Speech, 34(4):351–366, 1991.

146 J. Anderson and G. Bower. Human Associative Memory. Winston,Washington D.C., 1973.

147 J. R. Anderson. Language, Memory and Thought. Erlbaum, Hillsdale,N. J., 1976.

12

148 Jacqueline Anderson. Deafness and the social meaning of language.Word, 40(1-2):81–99, 1989.

149 John Anderson. The Architecture of Cognition. Harvard UniversityPress, Cambridge, MA, 1983.

150 John M. Anderson. Dependency and grammatical functions. Founda-tions of Language, 7:30–37, 1971.

151 John M. Anderson. The grammar of case. Towards a localistic theory.Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1971.

152 Joseph D. Anderson. The Reality of Illusion: An Ecological Approach toCognitive Film Theory. Southern Illinois University Press, Carbondaleand Edwardsville, 1996.

153 L. Anderson. The Perfect as a Universal and as a Language-ParticularCategory. In P. Hopper, editor, Tense Aspect between Semantics andPragmatics. John Benjamins, Amsterdam/Philadelphia, 1982.

154 R. C. Anderson, R. J. Spiro, and M. C. Anderson. Schemata as scaffold-ing for the representation of information in connected discourse. Techni-cal Report 24, Center for the Study of Reading, Urbana, Illinois, 1977.

155 R.C. Anderson and B. McGraw. On the representation of the meaning ofgeneral terms. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 101:301–306, 1973.

156 R.C. Anderson and A. Ortony. On putting apples into bottles: a problemof polysemy. Cognitive Psychology, ?, 1975.

157 R.C. Anderson and J.W. Pichert. Recall of previously unrecallable in-formation following a shift in perspective. Journal of Verbal Learningand Verbal Behavior, 17:1–12, 1978.

158 R.C. Anderson and Z. Shifrin. The meaning of words in context. InR. Spiro, B. Bruce, and W. Brewer, editors, Theoretical Issues in Read-ing Comprehension, pages 331–348. Lawrence Erlbaum, Hillsdale NJ,1980.

159 S.R. Anderson. On the role of deep structure in semantic interpretation.Foundations of Language, 7:387–396, 1971.

160 S.R. Anderson. On the notion of subjects in Ergative languages. 1976.

161 S.R. Anderson and S. Chung. On grammatical relations and clausestructure in verb initial languages. In Syntax and Semantics 8. 1977.

162 Stephen R. Anderson. Where’s morphology? Linguistic Inquiry, 13:571–612, 1982.

13

163 Elena Andonova. Aligning perspective in route descriptions. In Pro-ceedings of the 7th International Conference on Spatial Cognition, pages125–138, August 15-19, 2010 2010.

164 Elena Andonova. Aligning Spatial Perspective. In S. Ohlsson andR. Catrambone, editors, Proceedings of the 32nd Annual Conferenceof the Cognitive Science Society, Austin, TX, 2010. Cognitive ScienceSociety.

165 Elena Andonova and Kenny Coventry. Perspective Priming in SpatialDescriptions. In International Conference in Architecture and Mecha-nisms of Language Processing, Cambridge, United Kingdom, 2008.

166 Elena Andonova and Kenny Coventry. Alignment and Priming of Spa-tial Perspective. In J. Edlund, J. Gustafson, A. Hjalmarsson, andG. Skantze, editors, Proceedings of Diaholmia: Workshop on the Se-mantics and Pragmatics of Dialogue, KTH Stockholm, Sweden, 2009.

167 Elena Andonova, Thora Tenbrink, and Kenny R. Coventry. SpatialDescription, Function and Context. In B. C. Love, K. McRae, andM. Sloutsky, editors, Proceedings of the 30th Annual Conference of theCognitive Science Society, pages 199–204, Austin, TX, 2008. CognitiveScience Society.

168 Elena Andonova, Thora Tenbrink, and Kenny R. Coventry. Functionand Context Affect Spatial Information Packaging at Multiple Levels.Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 17:575–580, 2010.

169 Elisabeth André. Ein planbasierter Ansatz zur Generierung multimedi-aler Präsentationen, volume 108. Infix, St. Augustin, 1995.

170 Elisabeth André. The generation of multimedia presentations. In RobertDale, H. Moisl, and Harold Somers, editors, A handbook of natural lan-guage processing: techniques and applications for the processing of lan-guage as text, pages 305–327. Marcel Dekker, New York, 2000.

171 Elisabeth André, Winfried H. Graf, J. Heinsohn, Bernhard Nebel, H.-J.Profitlich, Thomas Rist, and Wolfgang Wahlster. PPP - PersonalizedPlan-Based Presenter. Technical Report D-93-5, DFKI, 1993.

172 Elisabeth André, Gerd Herzog, and Thomas Rist. On the simultaneousinterpretation of real world image sequences and their natural languagedescription: the system SOCCER. In Proceedings of the 8th. EuropeanConference on Artificial Intelligence (ECAI), pages 449–454, Munich,1988.

173 Elisabeth André, J. Müller, and Thomas Rist. WIP/PPP: automaticgeneration of personalized multimedia presentations. In Proceedings ofACM Multimedia, pages 407–408. 1996.

14

174 Elisabeth André and Thomas Rist. Designing Coherent Multimedia Pre-sentations. In G. Smith and M.J. Salvendy, editors, Human-ComputerInteraction: Software and Hardware Interfaces (Proc. of HCI-93), pages434–439. Elsevier, 19B, Amsterdam, London, 1993.

175 Elisabeth André and Thomas Rist. The design of illustrated documentsas a planning task. In Mark T. Maybury, editor, Intelligent Multime-dia Interfaces, pages 94–116. AAAI Press/The MIT Press, Menlo Park(CA), Cambridge (MA), London (England), 1993.

176 Elisabeth André, Thomas Rist, Susanne van Mulken, Martin Klesen,and Stephan Baldes. The Automated Design of Believable Dialogues forAnimated Presentation Teams. In J. Cassell, S. Prevost, J. Sullivan, andE. Churchill, editors, Embodied Conversational Agents, pages 220–255.The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 2000.

177 Elisabeth André, Thomas Rist, and Jochen Müller. Guiding the userthrough dynamically generated hypermedia presentations with a life-like character. In Proceedings of the 1998 International Conference onIntelligent User Interfaces (IUI’98), pages 21–28. ACM, 1998.

178 Elizabeth André, Wolfgang Finkler, Winfried Graf, Thomas Rist, AnneSchauder, and Wolfgang Wahlster. WIP: the automatic synthesis ofmultimodal presentations. In Mark T. Maybury, editor, Intelligent Mul-timedia Interfaces, pages 75–93. AAAI Press/The MIT Press, MenloPark (CA), Cambridge (MA), London (England), 1993.

179 J. Dudley Andrew. The major film theories: an introduction. OxfordUniversity Press, Oxford, 1976.

180 D. Andrews. Concepts in film theory. Oxford University Press, NewYork, 1984.

181 Els Andringa, Petra van Horssen, Astrid Jacobs, and Ed Tan. Point ofview and viewer empathy in film. In Willie van Peer and Seymour Chat-man, editors, New Perspectives on Narrative Perspective, pages 133–158.State University of New York Press, Albany, NY, 2001.

182 I. Androutsopoulos and M. Aretoulaki. Natural language interaction:natural language interfaces and spoken dialogue systems. In R. Mitkov,editor, Oxford Handbook of Computational Linguistics. Oxford Univer-sity Press, Oxford, 2002.

183 I. Androutsopoulos, J. Oberlander, and V. Karkaletsis. Source authoringfor multilingual generation of personalised object descriptions. NaturalLanguage Engineering, 13(3):191–233, September 2007.

184 I. Androutsopoulos, G. D. Ritchie, and P. Thanisch. Natural LanguageInterfaces to Databases-an introduction. Journal of Language Engineer-ing, 1(1):29–81, 1995.

15

185 Ion Androutsopoulos, Vassiliki Kokkinaki, Aggeliki Dimitromanolaki,Jo Calder, Jon Oberlander, and Elena Not. Generating multilingualpersonalized descriptions of museum exhibits - the M-PIRO project. InProceedings of the 29th. conference on computer applications and quan-titative methods in archaeology, Gotland, Sweden, 2001.

186 Francois Andry, Mark Gawron, John Dowding, and Robert Moore. Atool for collecting domain dependent sortal constraints from corpora.In Proceedings of the 15th. International Conference on ComputationalLinguistics (COLING 94), volume I, pages 598–603, Kyoto, Japan, 1994.

187 Galia Angelova. Ontologies for Natural Language Processing Applica-tions. In Proceedings of OntoLex’2000 - Workshop on Ontologies andLexical Knowledge Bases, pages 1–15, Sozopol, Bulgaria, Sept. 8-102000.

188 Hasan Ansary. A Cross-cultural Analysis of English Newspaper Editori-als. PhD thesis, Shiraz University, Iran, 2004.

189 Michèle Anstey and Geoff Bull. Teaching and Learning Multiliteracies:changing times, changing literacies. International Reading Association,2006.

190 A. Antonacopoulos, B. Gatos, and D. Karatzas. ICDAR 2003 pagesegementation competition. In Proceedings of the 7th international con-ference on document analysis and recognition (ICDAR 2003). IEEE,2003.

191 Apostolos Antonacopoulos, Dimosthenis Karatzas, and David Bridson.Ground truth for layout analysis performance evaluation. In H. Bunkeand A.L.Spitz, editors, Proceedings of Document Analysis Systems (DAS2006), number 3872 in Lecture Notes in Computer Science, pages 302–311. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2006.

192 G. Antoniadis and C. Ponton. A kernel generation system. In KristinaJokinen, Mark Maybury, Michael Zock, and Ingrid Zukerman, editors,ECAI-96, workshop "Gaps and Bridges: New Directions in Planningand Natural Language Generation", pages 65–70, Budapest, 1996.

193 Grigoris Antoniou and Athanasios Kehagias. A note on the refinementof ontologies. International Journal of Intelligent Systems, 15:623–632,2000.

194 G. Antos. Textproduktion: Ein einleitender Überblick. In G. An-tos and H. Krings, editors, Textproduktion: ein InterdisziplinärerForschungsüberblick, pages 5–57. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 1989.

195 G. Antos and H. Krings, editors. Textproduktion: ein InterdisziplinärerForschungsüberblick. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 1989.

16

196 Chinatsu Aone. Customizing and evaluating a multilingual discoursemodule. In Proceedings of the 15th. International Conference on Compu-tational Linguistics (COLING 94), volume II, pages 1109–1113, Kyoto,Japan, 1994.

197 K.O. Apel. Intentions, Conventions, and Reference to Things: Dimen-sions of Understanding Meaning in Hermeneutics and in Analytic Phi-losophy of Language. In H. Parret and J. Bouveresse, editors, Meaningand Understanding, pages 79–111. de Gruyter, Berlin, 1981.

198 D. Appelt. TELEGRAM: A grammar formalism for language planning.In Proceedings of the 20th Annual Meeting of the ACL, pages 108–112,1982.

199 D. Appelt. Planning Natural Language Referring Expressions. In D. Mc-Donald and L. Bolc, editors, Natural Language Generation Systems,pages 69–97. Springer, Berlin, 1988.

200 D. E. Appelt. A planner for reasoning about knowledge and action.In Proceedings of the First Annual National Conference on ArtificialIntelligence. Stanford University, August 1980.

201 D. E. Appelt. Problem solving applied to language generation. In Pro-ceedings of the Eighteenth Annual Meeting of the Association for Com-putational Linguistics, 1980.

202 Doug E. Appelt. A Planner for Reasoning about Knowledge and Actions.In Proceedings of the First Annual Conference on Artificial Intelligence.American Association of Artificial Intelligence, 1980.

203 Doug E. Appelt. Planning Natural Language Utterances to Satisfy Mul-tiple Goals. PhD thesis, Stanford University, Stanford, Ca, 1981. also aTechnical report No 259, SRI International, Artificial Intelligence Cen-ter, 1982.

204 Doug E. Appelt. Planning Natural Language Utterances. In Proceedingsof the Second National Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 59–62, Pittsburgh, PA, 1982.

205 Douglas Appelt. Planning English referring expressions. Artificial In-telligence, 26:1–33, 1985.

206 Douglas E. Appelt. Problem-Solving Applied to Language Generation.In Proceedings of the 18th Annual Meeting of the ACL, Philadelphia,1980. Association for Computational Linguistics.

207 Douglas E. Appelt. TELEGRAM: A Grammar Formalism for LanguagePlanning. In Proceedings of the Eighth National Conference on ArtificialIntelligence, pages 595–599, Karlsruhe, West Germany, August 1983.

17

208 Douglas E. Appelt. Telegram: a grammar formalism for language plan-ning. Cambridge, MA, 1983.

209 Douglas E. Appelt. First International Generation Workshop; StanfordUniversity, 1984. (Informal Collection of Papers/Presentations).

210 Douglas E. Appelt. Planning Natural Language Utterances. CambridgeUniversity Press, Cambridge, England, 1985.

211 Douglas E. Appelt. Some Pragmatic Issues in the Planning of Definiteand Indefinite Noun Phrases. In Proceedings of the 23rd Annual Meeting,pages 198–203. Association for Computational Linguistics, July 1985.

212 Douglas E. Appelt. A Practical Nonmonotonic Theory for Reasoningabout Speech Acts. In Proceedings of the 26th Annual Meeting, pages170–178. Association for Computational Linguistics, June 1988.

213 Juri Apresjan. Systematic Lexicography. Oxford University Press, Ox-ford, 2000.

214 Jurij D. Apresjan. Leksičeskaja semantika (Lexical Semantics). Nauka,Moscow, 1974.

215 Valentina Apresjan. Slovarnaja statja glagola GORET’. Semiotika iInformatika, 32, 1991.

216 Yurij D. Apresjan, I. M. Boguslavskij, L. L. Iomdin, A. W. Lasurskij,N. W. Pertsov, W. Z. Sannikov, and Zinman A. L. Lingvističeskojeobespečenie sistemy ETAP-2. Nauka, Moscow, 1989.

217 Yurij D. Apresjan, A. K. Žholkovsky, and I. A. Mel’čuk. On a PossibleMethod of Describing Restricted Lexical Cooccurrence. Russkij Jazyk vNacionalnoj Shcole, 6:61–72, 1969.

218 Masahiro Araki, Kazumori Komatani, Taishi Hirata, and Shuji Doshita.A dialogue library for task-oriented spoken dialogue systems. ETAI:News Journal on Intelligent User Interfaces, 10, 1999. Special Issue onIntelligent Dialogue Systems edited by Jan Alexandersson, Lars Ahren-berg, Kristiina Jokinen and Arne Jönsson.

219 Masahiro Araki, Kiyoshi Ueda, Takuya Nishimoto, and Yasuhisa Niimi.Dialogue Scenario Generation from XML-based Database PowerPoint.In Proceedings of the 1st. NLP and XML Workshop; Workshop sessionof the 6th Natural Language Processing Pacific Rim Symposium, Tokyo,November 2001.

220 M. Arbib. The Metaphorical Brain. Wiley, 1972.

221 M. Arbib, E. Conklin, and J. Hill. From Schema Theory to Language.Oxford University Press, 1987.

18

222 A. Archer. A multimodal approach to academic ‘literacies’: problema-tising the visual/verbal divide. Language and Education, 20(6):449–462,2006.

223 Yigal Arens. Multimedia Presentation planning as an extension of textplanning. In Robert Dale, Eduard H. Hovy, Dietmar Rösner, andOliviero Stock, editors, Aspects of automated natural language gener-ation, pages 278–280. Springer, Berlin, 1992.

224 Yigal Arens and Eduard H. Hovy. How to describe what? Towards atheory of modality utilization. In The Twelfth Annual Conference ofthe Cognitive Science Society, pages 487–494. Lawrence Erlbaum Asso-ciates, Hillsdale, New Jersey, 1990.

225 Yigal Arens and Eduard H. Hovy. The design of a model-based multi-media interaction manager. AI review, 8(3):??–??, 1995. (Special issueon natural language and vision).

226 Yigal Arens, Eduard H. Hovy, and Susanne van Mulken. Structure andrules in automated multimedia presentation planning. In Proceedings ofthe 13th. International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, SanMateo, CA, 1993. Morgan Kaufmann. (Chambéry, France).

227 Yigal Arens, Eduard H. Hovy, and Mira Vossers. On the knowledgeunderlying multimedia presentations. In Mark T. Maybury, editor, In-telligent Multimedia Interfaces, pages 280–306. AAAI Press/The MITPress, Menlo Park (CA), Cambridge (MA), London (England), 1993.

228 M. Aretouki and B. Ludwig. Automaton-Descriptions and Theorem-Proving: a marriage made in heaven? volume 10, 1999. Special Issue onIntelligent Dialogue Systems edited by Jan Alexandersson, Lars Ahren-berg, Kristiina Jokinen and Arne Jönsson.

229 Maria Aretoulaki and Bernd Ludwig. Automaton-Descriptions andTheorem-Proving: a marriage made in heaven? Linköping ElectronicArticles in Computer and Information Science, X, 1999.

230 S. Argamon and J.T. Dodick. Linking rhetoric and methodology informal scientific writing. In Proceedings of the 26th annual meeting ofthe Cognitive Science Society, 2004.

231 S. Argamon, M. Koppel, J. Fine, and A.R. Shimoni. Gender, genre, andwriting style in formal written texts. Text, 23, 2003.

232 Daniel Arijon. Grammar of the Film Language. Hastings House, Pub-lishers, New York, 1976. Focal Press, Ltd.

233 Anthony Aristar. Word-order constraints in a multilingual categorialgrammar. In Proceedings of the 12th International Conference on Com-putational Linguistics (COLING-88), Budapest, 1988.

19

234 Aristoteles. Poetik. Reclam, Stuttgart, 335BC. Gr./Dt. Übers u. hg.von Manfred Fuhrmann.

235 Paul B. Armstrong. Conflicting readings: variety and validity in inter-pretation. University of North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill, NC, 1990.

236 Antoine Arnauld and Pierre Nicole. La logique, ou l’art de penser con-tenant, outre les règles communes, plusieurs observations nouvelles, pro-pres à former le jugement. Pierre le Petit, Paris, 1662.

237 Rudolf Arnheim. Film as Art. University of California Press, Berkeleyand L.A., 1957.

238 Rudolf Arnheim. Art and Visual Perception: A psychology of CreativeEye. University of California Press, Berkeley and L.A., 1960.

239 Rudolf Arnheim. Visual Thinking. University of California Press, Berke-ley, CA, 1969.

240 Rudolf Arnheim. Entropy and Art. University of California Press, Berke-ley and L.A., 1971.

241 Rudolf Arnheim. Art and visual perception: a psychology of the creativeeye. University of California Press, 1974.

242 Rudolf Arnheim. The Dynamics of Architectural Form. University ofCalifornia Press, Berkeley and L.A., 1977.

243 Rudolf Arnheim. The power of the center. University of California Press,Berkeley, CA, 1982.

244 Rudolf Arnheim. Visual Thinking. University of California Press, Berke-ley and L.A., ?? edition, 2004.

245 D. Arnold, L. Balkan, L. Humphreys, S. Meijer, and L. Sadler. MachineTranslation; an introductory guide. Blackwell, Oxford, 1994.

246 Doug Arnold and Louis des Tombe. Basic theory and methodology inEUROTRA. In Sergei Nirenburg, editor, Theoretical and MethodologicalIssues in Machine Translation, pages 114–135. Cambridge UniversityPress, Cambridge, 1987.

247 Doug Arnold, Dave Moffat, Louisa Sadler, and Andrew Way. Automatictest suite generation. Machine Translation, 8(1-2):29–38, 1993.

248 Doug Arnold and Louise Sadler. Empiricism, Rationalism, andAnaphoric Dependencies. In Proceedings of TMI-4, Montreal, 1992.

249 J.C. Arprez, O. Corcho, M. Fernandez-Lopez, and A. Gómez-Pérez. We-bODE: a scalable workbench for ontological engineering. In Proceedingsof the First International Conference on Knowledge Capture (K-CAP),Victoria, B.C., Canada, Oct. 21-23 2001.

20

250 N. D. Arutjunova. Tipy jazykovyh znachenij: otsenka, sobytie, fakt.Nauka, Moskva, 1988.

251 N. D. Arutjunova. "Polagat’" i "videt’" (k probleme smeshannyh propoz-itsional’nyh ustanovok).. In N. D. Arutijunova, editor, Problemy inten-sional’nyh i pragmaticheskih kontekstov, pages 7–30. Nauka, Moskva,1989.

252 N. Asher and P. Sablayrolles. A typology and discourse semanticsfor motion verbs and spatial PPs in French. Journal of Semantics,12(1):163–209, June 1995.

253 Nicholas Asher. Reference to abstract objects in discourse. Kluwer Aca-demic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1993.

254 Nicholas Asher. Objects, locations and complex types. In Michel Aur-nague, Maya Hickmann, and Laure Vieu, editors, The Categorization ofSpatial Entities in Language and Cognition, volume 20 of Human Cog-nitive Processing, pages 337–361. John Benjamins Publishing Company,Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 2007.

255 Nicholas Asher and Alex Lascarides. Intentions and Information in Dis-course. In James Pustejovsky, editor, 32nd. Annual Meeting of the As-sociation for Computational Linguistics, pages 34–41, San Francisco,1994. Morgan Kaufmann.

256 Nicholas Asher and Alex Lascarides. Logics of conversation. CambridgeUniversity Press, Cambridge, 2003.

257 Nicholas Asher and Michael Morreau. Common Sense Entailment: AModal Theory of Nonmonotonic Reasoning. In John Mylopoulos andRay Reiter, editors, Proceedings to the 12th International Joint Con-ference on Artificial Intelligence, volume 2, pages 387–392, San Mateo,CA, 1991. Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.

258 Nicholas Asher and L. Vieu. Towards a geometry of common sense: asemantics and a complete axiomatisation of mereotopology. In Proceed-ings of the 15th. International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence(IJCAI’95), pages 846–852, San Mateo, CA, 1995. Morgan Kaufmann.

259 E. Ashton and G. Cruickshank. The newspaper of the future: a lookbeyond the front porch. In Proceedings of the 14th National On-lineMeeting, pages 11–16, 1993.

260 Peter Ashworth. Social Interaction and Consciousness. Wiley, Chich-ester, 1979.

261 Inger Askehave and Anne Ellerup Nielsen. What are the characteris-tics of digital genres? - Genre theory from a multi-modal perspective.In Proceedings of the 38th Hawaii International Conference on SystemSciences, 2005.

21

262 Inger Askehave and John M. Swales. Genre identification and commu-nicative purpose: a problem and a possible solution. Applied Linguistics,22(2):195–212, 2001.

263 Christoph Asmuth. Die Als-Struktur des Bildes. Image - Zeitschrift fürinterdisziplinäre Bildwissenschaft, 3:62–73, 2006.

264 Elissa Asp. Legal victims. In Eija Ventola, editor, Discourse and com-munity: doing functional linguistics, Language in Performance 21, pages29–46. Gunter Narr, Tübingen, 2000.

265 Elissa D. Asp. Knowledge and laughter: an approach to a socio-cognitivelinguistics. In Peter H. Fries and Michael Gregory, editors, Discoursein society: systemic functional perspectives, pages 141–159. Ablex, Nor-wood, NJ, 1995.

266 H. Assadi. Construction of a regional ontology from text and its usewithin a documentary system. In N. Guarino, editor, Formal Ontologyin Information Systems, pages 236–252. IOS Press, Amsterdam, 1998.

267 The Association for Computational Linguistics. Proceedings of the 30thAnnual Meeting of the ACL, University of Delaware, 1992.

268 The Association for Computational Linguistics. Proceedings of the ThirdConference on Applied Natural Language Processing, Trento, Italy, 1992.

269 The Association for Computational Linguistics. Proceedings of theFourth Conference on Applied Natural Language Processing, Stuttgart,Germany, 1994.

270 The Association for Computational Linguistics. Proceedings of the FifthConference on Applied Natural Language Processing, Washington, DC,1997.

271 The Association for Computational Linguistics. Proceedings of the 8thConference of the European Chapter of the Association for Computa-tional Linguistics (EACL’97), Madrid, 1997.

272 The Association for Computational Linguistics. Proceedings of the 9thConference of the European Chapter of the Association for Computa-tional Linguistics (EACL’99), Bergen, Norway, 1999.

273 E. Astesiano, M. Bidoit, B. Krieg-Brückner, H. Kirchner, P.D. Mosses,D. Sannella, and A. Tarlecki. CASL - the CoFI Algebraic SpecificationLanguage: Tutorial Introduction, Language Summary, Formal Defini-tion, Basic Data Types, 2001.

274 E. Astesiano, H.-J. Kreowski, and B. Krieg-Brückner. Algebraic Founda-tions of System Specification. In IFIP State-of-the-Art Report. Springer,1999.

22

275 Egidio Astesiano, Michel Bidoit, Bernd Krieg-Brückner, Héléne Kirch-ner, Peter D. Mosses, Donald Sannella, and Andrzej Tarlecki. CASL -the Common Algebraic Specification Language. Theoretical ComputerScience, 286:153–196, 2002. Special issue on Abstract Data Types.

276 Guy Aston and Lou Burnard. The BNC Handbook: exploring the BritishNational Corpus with SARA. Edinburgh University Press, Edinburgh,1998.

277 B. Atkins. The role of the example in a frame semantics dictionary.In Essays in semantics in honor of Charles J. Fillmore, pages 25–42.Benjamins, Amsterdam / Philadelphia, 1995.

278 Sue Atkins, Jeremy Clear, and Nicholas Ostler. Corpus design criteria.Literary and Linguistics Computing, 7:1–16, 1992.

279 J. M. Atkinson. Understanding formality: the categorization and pro-duction of ‘formal’ interaction. British Journal of Sociology, 33(1):86–117, 1982.

280 Jordi Atserias, Luís Villarejo, and German Rigau. Integrating and port-ing knowledge across languages. In Galia Angelova, Kalina Bontcheva,Ruslan Mitkov, Nicolas Nicolov, and Nikolai Nikolov, editors, Interna-tional conference on Recent Advances in Natural Language Processing(RANLP’2003), pages 31–37, Borovets, Bulgaria, 10-12 September 2003.

281 V. Aubergé and G. Bailly. Generation of intonation: a global approach.In Proceedings of EUROSPEECH ‘95, 18-21 September, 1995, pages2065–2068, Madrid, Spain, 1995.

282 St. Augustine. Confessions. Penguin, 398. Translated by Pine-Coffin,R.S., 1961.

283 E. Auramäki, E. Lehtinen, and K. Lyytinen. A Speech Act Based OfficeModeling Approach. ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems,6(2):126–152, 1988.

284 M. Aurnague, M. Bras, L. Vieu, and N. Asher. The Syntax and Se-mantics of Locating Adverbials. Cahiers de Grammaire, 26:11–35, 2001.Special edition on: “Sémantique et Discours".

285 M. Aurnague and Laure Vieu. A three-level approach to the semantics ofspace. In C. Zelinski-Wibbelt, editor, Semantics of Prepositions: FromMental Processing to Natural Language Processing, number 3 in NaturalLanguage Processing, pages 393–439. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 1993.

286 M. Aurnague and Laure Vieu. Toward a formal representation of spacein language: a commonsense reasoning approach. In F.D. Anger, H.W.Guesgen, and J. van Benthem, editors, Proceedings of the Workshopon Spatial Language and Temporal Reasoning at the 13th International

23

Joint Conference in Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI-93), pages 123–158,San Mateo, CA, 1993. Morgan Kaufmann.

287 Michel Aurnague, Maud Champagne, Laure Vieu, Andrée Borillo,Philippe Muller, Jean-Luc Nespoulous, and Laure Sarda. Categoriz-ing spatial entities with frontal orientation: the role of function, motionand saliency in the processing of the French Internal Localization Nounsavant/devant . In Michel Aurnague, Maya Hickmann, and Laure Vieu,editors, The Categorization of Spatial Entities in Language and Cogni-tion, volume 20 of Human Cognitive Processing, pages 153–176. JohnBenjamins Publishing Company, Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 2007.

288 Michel Aurnague, Maya Hickmann, and Laure Vieu, editors. The Cat-egorization of Spatial Entities in Language and Cognition, volume 20of Human Cognitive Processing. John Benjamins Publishing Company,Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 2007.

289 H. Aust, M. Oerder, F. Seide, and V. Steinbiss. The Philips automatictrain timetable information system. Speech Communication, 17:249–262,1995.

290 J. Austin. How to Do Things with Words. Oxford University Press,England, 1962. J. O. Urmson (ed.).

291 J. L. Austin. How to Do Things with Words. Harvard University Press,Cambridge, Mass., 1962.

292 S. Autexier and T. Mossakowski. Integrating HOLCASL into the de-velopment graph manager MAYA. In A. Armando, editor, Frontiersof Combining Systems, 4th International Workshop. Lecture Notes inComputer Science 2309, pages 2–17. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2002.

293 J. R. Averill. An analysis of psychophysiological symbolism and its influ-ence on theories of emotion. Journal for the Theory of Social Behavior,4:147–190, 1974.

294 J. R. Averill. On the paucity of positive emotions. In K. Blankstein,P. Pliner, and J. Polivy, editors, Advances in the study of communicationand affect: Vol. 6. Assessment and modification of emotional behavior,pages 7–45. Plenum, New York, 1980.

295 Marios N. Avraamides and Stephanie Pantelidou. Does body orientationmatter when reasoning about depicted or described scenes? In Chris-tian Freksa, Nora S. Newcombe, Peter Gärdenfors, and Stefan Wölfl,editors, Spatial Cognition VI: Learning, Reasoning and Talking aboutSpace, number 5241 in Lecture notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages 8–21. Springer, 2008. International Conference, Spatial Cognition 2008,Freiburg, Germany.

24

296 Scott Axelrod. Natural language generation in the IBM Flight Informa-tion System. In Proceedings of the ANLP/NAACL 2000 Workshop onConversational Systems, pages 21–26, Seattle, May 2000. Associationfor Computational Linguistics.

297 F. Baader, D. Calvanese, D.L. McGuinness, D. Nardi, and P.F. Patel-Schneider, editors. The Description Logic Handbook. Cambridge Uni-versity Press, 2003.

298 F. Baader and W. Nutt. Basic Description Logics. In F. Baader, D. Cal-vanese, D.L. McGuinness, D. Nardi, and P.F. Patel-Schneider, editors,The Description Logic Handbook, chapter 2, pages 47–100. CambridgeUniversity Press, 2003.

299 F. Baader and U. Sattler. Tableau Algorithms for Description Logics. InR. Dyckhoff, editor, Proceedings of the International Conference on Au-tomated Reasoning with Tableaux and Related Methods (Tableaux 2000),volume 1847 of Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages 1–18, StAndrews, Scotland, UK, 2000. Springer-Verlag.

300 Franz Baader, Meghyn Bienvenu, Carsten Lutz, and Frank Wolter.Query Answering over DL ABoxes: How to Pick the Relevant Sym-bols. In Proceedings of the 22nd International Workshop on DescriptionLogics (DL2009), volume 477 of CEUR-WS, 2009.

301 Franz Baader, Sebastian Brandt, and Carsten Lutz. Pushing the ELEnvelope. In Proceedings of the 19th International Joint Conferenceon Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI05), pages 364–369. Professional BookCenter, 2005.

302 Franz Baader, Diego Calvanese, Deborah McGuinness, Daniele Nardi,and Peter Patel-Schneider, editors. The Description Logic Handbook:Theory, Implementation and Applications. Cambridge University Press,Cambridge, UK, 2003.

303 Franz Baader, Silvio Ghilardi, and Carsten Lutz. LTL over DescriptionLogic Axioms. In Proceedings of the 11th International Conference onPrinciples of Knowledge Representation and Reasoning (KR08), pages684–694. AAAI Press, 2008.

304 Franz Baader, Ian Horrocks, and Ulrike Sattler. Description Logics asOntology Languages for the Semantic Web. In Dieter Hutter andWernerStephan, editors, Festschrift in honor of Jörg Siekmann, Lecture Notesin Artificial Intelligence. Springer-Verlag, 2003.

305 J. Baart. Focus and Accent in a Dutch Text to Speech System. In Euro-pean Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics, Manch-ester, 1989.

25

306 E. Bach. On time, tense, and aspect: An essay in English metaphysics.In P. Cole, editor, Syntax and semantics 14: Radical Pragmatics, pages63–82. Academic Press, New York, 1981.

307 Sondra Bacharach and Deborah Tollefsen. We Did It: From Mere Con-tributors to Coauthors. The Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism,68(1):23–32, 2010.

308 Gaston Bachelard. Le matérialisme rationnel. Presses Universitaires deFrance, Paris, 1953.

309 J. Bachenko, E. Fitzpatrick, and C. E. Wright. The contribution ofparsing to prosodic phrasing in an experimental text-to-speech system.In Proceedings of the 24th. Annual Meeting of the Association for Com-putational Linguistics, pages 145–155, New York, 1986. Association forComputational Linguistics.

310 Ingegerd Bäcklund. Grounds for prominence: on hierarchies and ground-ing in English expository text. Studia Neophilologica, 60:37–61, 1988.

311 Ingegerd Bäcklund. Cues to the audience: on some structural markersin English monologue. UmeåStudies in the Humanities, 90:29–39, 1989.

312 Ingegerd Bäcklund. On hierarchies and prominence in English exposi-tory speech as compared with expository writing. In Jussi Niemi, editor,Papers from the Eleventh Scandinavian Conference of Linguistics, vol.2. (Jouesuu Studies in Languages 15). 1989.

313 Ingegerd Bäcklund. Theme in English telephone conversation. LanguageSciences, 14(4):545–565, 1992.

314 Henry Bacon. The extent of mental completion of films. Projections:Journal for Movies and Mind, 5(1):31–50, Summer 2011.

315 A. D. Baddeley. Working memory, 1986.

316 T. Badia, J. van Genabith, D. Kohl, S. Markantonatou, S. Momma,S. Pulman, L. Sadler, and P. Schmidt. Reusability of grammaticalresources. In European Meeting of the Association for ComputationalLinguistics, Utrecht, 1993.

317 N. I. Badler. The conceptual description of physical activities. In Pro-ceedings of the Thirteenth Annual Meeting of the Association for Com-putational Linguistics, volume Fiche 35, 1975.

318 N. Badler, Steedman M., and B. L. Webber. Narrated Animation: Acase for Generation. In 5th. Natural Language Generation Workshop,June 1990., Pittsburgh, PA., 1990.

26

319 Jan Baetens. Revealing traces: a new theory of graphic enunciation.In Robin Varnum and Christina T. Gibbons, editors, The language ofcomics. Words and Images, pages 145–155. University Press of Missis-sippi, Jackson, 1993.

320 Jon Baggaley and Steve Duck. Dynamics of Television. Saxon House,Farnborough, 1976.

321 G. Bailly and C. Benoit. Talking machines: Theory, Models, and Design.North Holland, Tübingen, 1992.

322 Ruzena Bajcsy. Proceedings of the Thirteenth International JointConference on Artificial Intelligence: Chambéry, France, August 28 -September 3, 1993. Morgan Kaufmann, San Mateo, Calif., 1993.

323 Farida Baka. The discourse of biology lectures: aspects of its mode andtext structure. PhD thesis, Aston University, Birmingham, 1989.

324 Farida Baka and Omar Sheikh Al-Shabab. Discourse structuring andtext analysis of three varieties of English. Janus, London, 1996.

325 Colin F. Baker, Charles J. Fillmore, and John B. Lowe. The Berke-ley FrameNet Project. In Proceedings of the ACL/COLING-98, pages86–90, San Mateo, CA, 1998. Association for Computational Linguisticsand Morgan Kaufmann Publishers. 36th Annual Meeting of the Associ-ation for Computational Linguistics and 17th International Conferenceon Computational Linguistics.

326 Colin F. Baker and Josef Ruppenhofer. FrameNet’s Frames vs. Levin’sVerb Classes. In J. Larson and M. Paster, editors, Proceedings of the28th Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 27–38,2002.

327 D. L. Baker, R. B. Brownlee, and Fuller R. W. Elements of Physics.Allyn and Bacon, Inc., Newton, Mass., 1957.

328 M. Baker. Corpora in translation studies: an overview and some sug-gestions for future research. Target, 7(2):223–245, 1995.

329 M. Baker, G. Francis, and E. Toginini-Bognelli, editors. Text and tech-nology: In honour of John Sinclair. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1993.

330 Michelle Baker and Aandrea P. Danyluk. Representing Physical De-vices. Technical Report, Columbia University Department of ComputerScience, 1986.

331 S.C. Baker, R.D. Rogers, A.M. Owen, C.D. Frith, R.J. Dolan, R.S.J.Frackowiak, and T.W. Robbins. Neural systems engaged by planning: aPET study of the Tower of London task. Neuropsychologia, 34:515–526,1996.

27

332 Sheridan Baker. The Complete Stylist and Handbook. Thomas Y. Crow-ell, New York, 1976.

333 M. M. Bakhtin. The Dialogic Imagination: Four Essays. University ofTexas Press, Austin, Texas, 1981. Translated by Caryl Emerson andMichael Holquist.

334 M. M. Bakhtin. The problem of speech genres. In Bakhtin: Speechgenres and other late essays, pages 60–102. University of Texas Press,Austin, Texas, 1986. (Translated by V. McGee).

335 Mieke Bal. Notes on narrative embedding. Poetics Today, 2(2):41–59,1981.

336 Mieke Bal. The narrating and the focalizing: A theory of the agents innarrative. Style, 17:234–269, 1983.

337 Mieke Bal. Narratology: introduction to the theory of narrative. Univer-sity of Toronto Press, Toronto, 1985.

338 Mieke Bal. Narratology. Introduction to the theory of narrative. Univer-sity of Toronto Press, Toronto, Buffalo and London, 2 edition, 1985.

339 Mieke Bal. Reading ‘Rembrandt’: Beyond the Word-Image Opposition.Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1991.

340 Mieke Bal and Norman Bryson. Semiotics and Art History. Art Bulletin,73(2):174–208, June 1991.

341 Béla Balazs. Der Geist des Films. Wilhelm Knapp, Halle, Germany,1930.

342 P. Balbiani, J.-F. Condotta, and L. Fariñas del Cerro. A model for rea-soning about bidimensional temporal relations. In A.G. Cohn, L. Schu-bert, and S.C. Shapiro, editors, Principles of Knowledge Representationand Reasoning, Proceedings of the 6th International Conference (KR98),pages 124–130. Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, San Francisco, 1998.

343 Jason Baldridge and Geert-Jan Kruijff. Coupling CCG and Hybrid LogicDependency Semantics. In Proceedings of 40th Annual Meeting of theAssociation for Computational Linguistics, pages 319–326, Philadelphia,Pennsylvania, 2002.

344 Anthony P. Baldry. English in a visual society: comparative and his-torical dimensions in multimodality and multimediality. In Anthony P.Baldry, editor, Multimodality and multimediality in the distance learningage, pages 41–89. Palladino Editore, Campobasso, Italy, 2000.

345 Anthony P. Baldry, editor. Multimodality and multimediality in the dis-tance learning age. Palladino, Campobasso, Italy, 2000.

28

346 Anthony P. Baldry. Phase and transition, type and instance: patternsin media texts as seen through a multimodal concordancer. In Kay L.O’Halloran, editor, Multimodal discourse analysis: systemic functionalperspectives, Open Linguistics Series, pages 83–108. Continuum, Lon-don, 2004.

347 Anthony P. Baldry. The role of multimodal concordances in multimodalcorpus linguistics. In Terry D. Royce and Wendy L. Bowcher, editors,New Directions in the Analysis of Multimodal Discourse, pages 173–194.Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 2007.

348 Anthony Baldry and Paul J. Thibault. Multimodal corpus linguistics.In Geoff Thompson and Susan Hunston, editors, System and corpus:exploring connections, pages 164–183. Equinox, London and New York,2005.

349 Anthony Baldry and Paul J. Thibault. Multimodal Transcription andText Analysis. Textbooks and Surveys in Linguistics. Equinox, Londonand New York, 2006.

350 A.P. Baldry and F. Coccetta. Web-based concordancing and annotation:self-access project work and syllabus construction through structured webexplorations. Equinox, London, in press.

351 Timothy Baldwin, Valia Kordoni, and Aline Villavicencio. Prepositionsin Applications: A Survey and Introduction to the Special Issue. Com-putational Linguistics, 35(2):229–270, June 2009.

352 Lorna Balkan, Siety Meijer, Doug Arnold, Dominique Estival, KirstenFalkedal, Sabine Lehrmann, Eva Dauphin, Sylvie Regnier-Prost, KlausNetter, and Stephan Oepen. Test Suite Design Annotation Scheme.TSNLP Deliverable D-WP2.2, University of Essex, Essex, September1994. LRE Project 62-089 (TSNLP).

353 T.T. Ballmer. The role of pauses and suprasegmentals in a grammar. InH.W. Dechert and M. Raupach, editors, Temporal Variables in Speech,pages 211–220. Mouton, The Hague, 1980.

354 T.T. Ballmer. Context change and its consequences for a theory of nat-ural language. In H. Parret, M. Sbisa, and J Verscheuren, editors, Pos-sibilities and Limitations of Pragmatics, pages 17–56. John BenjaminsB.V., Amsterdam, 1981. Conference on Pragmatics, Urbino, July8-14,1979.

355 R. Balzer, L. D. Erman, P. London, and C. Williams. Hearsay-III: Adomain-independent framework for expert systems. In National confer-ence on Artificial Intelligence, 1980 (NCAI80), Palo Alto, Calif., Aug1980. (To appear.).

29

356 S. Bandyopadhyay. Towards an Understanding of Coherence inMulti-Modal Discourse. Technical Report Technical Memo TM-90-01,Deutsches Forschungsinstitut fuer Kuenstliche Intelligenz GmbH, Saar-brücken, 1990.

357 Ann Banfield. Narrative Style and the Grammar of Direct and IndirectSpeech. Foundations of Language, 10:1–39, 1973.

358 Ann Banfield. Unspeakable sentences: narration and representation.Routledge and Kegan Paul, Boston and London, 1982.

359 S. Bangalore, H. Alshawi, and S. Douglas. Learning dependency transla-tion models as collections of finite state head transducers. ComputationalLinguistics, 26(1), 2000.

360 S. Bangalore and Owen Rambow. Corpus-based lexical choice in naturallanguage generation. In Proceedings of the Association for Computa-tional Linguistics meeting, Hong Kong, 2000. ACL.

361 S. Bangalore, Owen Rambow, and S. Whitaker. Evaluation metricsfor generation. In Proceedings of the International Natural LanguageGeneration Conference (INLG-2000), Mitzpe Ramon, Israel, 2000.

362 Srinivas Bangalore and Owen Rambow. Exploiting a probabilistic hier-archical model for generation. In Proceedings of the 18th Conference onComputational Linguistics (COLING’2000), July 31 - August 4 2000,Universität des Saarlandes, Saarbrücken, Germany, 2000.

363 F. Banihashemi, S. Herrmann, and M.-C. Hsu. Generieren von Bäumenmit niedrigen Fehlern für eine Klasse. In S. Wiebrock, editor, Anwen-dung des Lernalgorithmus CAL5 zur Generierung von Depiktionen undzur Inferenz von räumlichen Relationen (Technischer Bericht No. 2000-14), pages 3–15. Fachbereich Informatik, TU Berlin, Berlin, Germany,2000.

364 David Banks. Writing the Sounds of English, A précis of English pho-netics, with exercises in phonemic transcription. ERLA, Brest, 2001.

365 Adriana Baptista, Isabel Faria, and Paula Luegi. Reading hybrid texts:Remarks on text/image transitions. Journal of Eye tracking, VisualCognition and Emotion, 1(1), 2011.

366 Gretchen Barbatsis. Narrative theory. In K. Smith, S. Moriarty, G. Bar-batsis, and K. Kenney, editors, Handbook of visual communication. The-ory, methods and media, pages ???–??? Lawrence Erlbaum Associates,Mahwah, NJ, 2005.

367 Michael Barclay and Antony Galton. An influence model for refer-ence object selection in spatially locative phrases. In Christian Freksa,

30

Nora S. Newcombe, Peter Gärdenfors, and Stefan Wölfl, editors, Spa-tial Cognition VI: Learning, Reasoning and Talking about Space, number5241 in Lecture notes in Artifiicial Intelligence, pages 216–232. Springer,2008. International Conference, Spatial Cognition 2008, Freiburg, Ger-many.

368 Thierry Bardini. Bridging the Gulfs: From Hypertext to Cyberspace.Journal of Computer-Mediated Communication, 3(2), 1997.

369 W. Bares and James C. Lester. Realtime generation of customized 3Danimated explanations for knowledge-based learning environments. InProceedings of the Thirteenth National Conference on Artificial Intelli-gence, pages 142–147, 1997.

370 M. Barker. The new racism. Junction, London, 1981.

371 Martin Barker. Usual suspects. Unusual devices. In Martin Barkerand Thomas Austin, editors, From Antz to Titanic. Reinventing filmanalysis, pages 56–71. Pluto Press, London, 2000.

372 Martin Barker and Thomas Austin, editors. From Antz to Titanic.Reinventing film analysis. Pluto Press, London, 2000.

373 T. Barkowsky. Diagrammatic Instruction-Maps for Human-Robot In-teraction. In T. Röfer, A. Lankenau, and R. Moratz, editors, ServiceRobotics - Applications and Safety Issues in an Emerging Market, 2000.Workshop proceedings at the European Conference on Artificial Intelli-gence (ECAI 2000).

374 T. Barkowsky, B. Berendt, S. Egner, C. Freksa, T. Krink, R. Röhrig,and A. T. Wulf. The Realator - How to Construct Reality. In D. Hernán-dez, editor, Qualitative representation of spatial knowledge, pages 19–26.Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 1994.

375 Thomas Barkowsky. Mental processing of geographic knowledge. InM. Gellerstam, J. Järborg, S. Malmgren, K. Nören, L. Rogström, andC. Rojder Papmehl, editors, Euralex ’96: Proceedings, 2001.

376 Thomas Barkowsky. Mental processing of geographic knowledge. InD.R. Montello, editor, Spatial Information Theory - Foundations of Ge-ographic Information Science, pages 371–386. Springer, Berlin, 2001.

377 Thomas Barkowsky. Mental representation and processing of geographicknowledge - A computational approach, 2002.

378 Thomas Barkowsky, John Bateman, Christian Freksa, Wolfram Bur-gard, and Markus Knauff. Transregional Collaborative Research Cen-ter SFB/TR8 Spatial Cognition: Reasoning, Action, Interaction. it-Information Technology: Methods and applications of Informatics andInformation Technology, (3):163–171, June 2005.

31

379 Thomas Barkowsky, John Bateman, Christian Freksa, Wolfram Bur-gard, and Markus Knauff. Transregional Collaborative Research Cen-ter SFB/TR 8 Spatial Cognition: Reasoning, Action, Interaction (Son-derforschungsbereich/Transregio SFB/TR 8 Raumkognition: Schließen,Handeln, Interagieren). it - Information Technology, 47(3):163–171,2005.

380 Thomas Barkowsky and Christian Freksa. Cognitive requirements onmaking and interpreting maps. In S. Hirtle and A. Frank, editors, Spatialinformation theory: A theoretical basis for GIS. Proceedings of COSIT97, pages 347–361, Berlin, Heidelberg, 1997. Springer.

381 Thomas Barkowsky, Christian Freksa, Bettina Berendt, and StefanieKelter. Aspektkarten - Integriert räumlich-symbolische Repräsentation-sstrukturen. In C. Umbach, M. Grabski, and R. Hörnig, editors, Perspek-tive in Sprache und Raum, Studien zur Kognitionswissenschaft, pages147–168. Deutscher Universitäts-Verlag, Wiesbaden, 1997.

382 Thomas Barkowsky, Longin Jan Latecki, and Kai-Florian Richter.Schematizing maps: Simplification of geographic shape by discrete curveevolution. In C. Freksa, W. Brauer, C. Habel, and K.F. Wender, editors,Spatial Cognition II - Integrating Abstract Theories, Empirical Stud-ies, Formal Methods, and Practical Applications, pages 41–53. Springer,Berlin, 2000.

383 Jim Barnett, Inderjeet Mani, Paul Martin, and Elaine Rich. Reversiblemachine translation: what to do when the languages don’t line up. InProceedings of the ACL-91 Workshop on Reversible Grammars in Natu-ral Language Processing, pages 61–70, University of California, Berkeley,CA, 1991.

384 Kevin G. Barnhurst, Michael Vari, and Ígor Rodríguez. Mapping VisualStudies in Communication. Journal of Communication, 54(4):616–644,December 2004.

385 Erik Barnouw. A History of The Non-Fiction film. Oxford UniversityPress, New York, 1974.

386 Katherine G. Barnwell. A grammatical description of Mbembe (AdunDialect): a Cross River Language. PhD thesis, University of London,1969.

387 A. Barr, P. R. Cohen, and E. A. Feigenbaum, editors. The Handbookof Artificial Intelligence, Volumes 1 - 3. William Kaufmann, Inc., LosAltos, California, 1982.

388 A. Barr and E. Feigenbaum. The Handbook of Artificial Intelligence.Addison-Wesley, Menlo Park, 1981.

32

389 Daniel Barratt. "Twist Blindness": The role of primacy, priming,schemas, and reconstructive memory in a first-time viewing of The sixthsense. In Warren Buckland, editor, Puzzle Films. Complex storytelling incontemporary cinema, pages 62–86. Wiley-Blackwell, Chichester, U.K.,2009.

390 L. W. Barsalou. Ad hoc categories. Memory & Cognition, 11(3):211–227,1983.

391 L.W. Barsalou. Perceptual Symbol Systems. Behavioral and Brain Sci-ences, 22:577–660, 1999.

392 L.W. Barsalou. Situated simulation in the human conceptual system.Language and Cognitive Processes, 18(5/6):543–562, 2003.

393 L.W. Barsalou, W. Simmons, A.K. Barbey, and C.D. Wilson. Groundingconceptual knowledge in modality-specific systems. Trends in CognitiveScience, 7(2):84–91, 2003.

394 R Barthes. L’ancienne rhetorique. Communications, 16, 1970.

395 Roland Barthes. Elements of Semiology. Jonathan Cape, London, 1964.Translated by Annette Lavers and Colin Smith.

396 Roland Barthes. Rhétorique de l’image. Communications, 4:40–51, 1964.

397 Roland Barthes. Introduction to the structural analysis of narratives.Communication, 8, 1966.

398 Roland Barthes. Rhetorik des Bildes. In Günther Schiwy, editor, Derfranzösische Strukturalismus, pages 158–166. Rowohlt, Reinbek b. Ham-burg, 1969.

399 Roland Barthes. Mythology. Paladin, London, 1973.

400 Roland Barthes. S/Z. Hill and Yang, New York, 1974. (Translated byRichard Miller.).

401 Roland Barthes. Image - Music - Text. Fontana Press, London, 1977.Translated by Stephen Heath.

402 Roland Barthes. Introduction to the structural analysis of narratives.In Image-Music-Text, pages 79–124. Fontana, London, 1977. originallypublished in French in 1966.

403 Roland Barthes. The photographic message. In Image-Music-Text,pages 15–31. Fontana, London, 1977.

404 Roland Barthes. The rhetoric of the image. In Image-Music-Text, pages32–51. Fontana, London, 1977.

33

405 Brendan Bartlett and John Carr, editors. Proceedings of Language inEducation Conference. Brisbane C A E, Mt Gravatt Campus, 1984.

406 F.C. Bartlett. Remembering. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,1932.

407 G. Bartolucci and Jonathan Fine. The frequency of cohesive weaknessin psychiatric syndromes. Applied Psycholinguistics, 8:67–74, 1987.

408 G. Edward Barton, Robert C. Berwick, and Eric Sven Ristad. Compu-tational complexity and natural language. MIT Press, Cambridge, MAand London, 1987.

409 Anne Bartsch, Jens Eder, and Kathrin Fahlenbrach, editors. Audiovi-suelle Emotionen: Emotionsdarstellung und Emotionsvermittlung durchaudiovisuelle Medienangebote. Herbert von Harlem Verlag, Köln, 2007.

410 Werner Bartsch. Tempus, Modus, Aspekt. Die systembildenden Aus-druckskategorien beim deutschen Verbalkomplex. Frankfurt am Main,1980.

411 J. Barwise. Scenes and other situations. Journal of Philosophy, 78:369–397, 1981.

412 J. Barwise and J. Perry. Semantic innocence and uncompromising situ-ations. Midwest Studies in Philosophy, 6:387–403, 1981.

413 J. Barwise and J. Perry. Situations and Attitudes. Journal of Philoso-phy, 78:668–691, 1981.

414 Jon Barwise. The Situation in Logic. CSLI Lecture Notes, Stanford,CA, 1989.

415 Jon Barwise and John Etchemendy. Information, Infons, and Inference.In Robin Cooper, Kuniaki Mukai, and John Perry, editors, SituationTheory and its applications, volume I, pages 33–78. CSLI: Center forthe Study of Language and Information, Stanford University, California,1990. CSLI Lecture Notes Number 22.

416 Jon Barwise and J. Perry. Situations and Attitudes. Bradford Books,1983.

417 Jon Barwise and Jerry Seligman. Information flow: the logic of dis-tributed systems. Number 44 in Cambridge Tracts in Theoretical Com-puter Science. Cambridge University Press, 1997.

418 Basili. Acquisition of selection restrictions in sublanguages. MachineTranslation, 8(3):175–202, 1993.

34

419 D. Basin and B. Krieg-Brückner. Formalization of the developmentprocess. In E. Astesiano, H.-J. Kreowski, and B. Krieg-Brückner, edi-tors, Algebraic Foundations of System Specification. IFIP State-of-the-Art Reports, pages 521–562. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 1999.

420 Jeanine Basinger. The World War II combat film : anatomy of a genre.Wesleyan University Press, 1986.

421 Jeanine Basinger. A woman’s view. How Hollywood spoke to Women1930-1960. Mackays of Chatham, Chatham, 1993.

422 Helen Basturkmen. The discourse of academic seminars: structures andstrategies of interaction. PhD thesis, Aston University, Birmingham,1995.

423 J. Bateman, J. Hois, R. Ross, T. Tenbrink, and S. Farrar. The Gen-eralized Upper Model 3.0: Documentation. SFB/TR8 internal report,Collaborative Research Center for Spatial Cognition, University of Bre-men, Germany, 2008.

424 J. Bateman and C. Paris. Adaptation to Affective Factors: ArchitecturalImpacts on Natural Language Generation and Dialogue. In Proceedingsof the Workshop on Adaptation to Affective Factors at the InternationalUser Modelling Conference (UM’05), Edinburgh, Scotland, 2005.

425 John A. Bateman. Cognitive science meets existential philosophy: col-lapse or synthesis? Technical Report Working Paper No. 139, Depart-ment of Artificial Intelligence, University of Edinburgh, 1983.

426 John A. Bateman. An initial fragment of a computational systemicgrammar for Japanese. Technical Report, Dept. of Electrical Engineer-ing, Kyoto University, Kyoto, Japan, 1985.

427 John A. Bateman. The role of language in the maintenance of inter-subjectivity: a computational investigation. In G. Nigel Gilbert andChristian Heath, editors, Social Action and Artificial Intelligence, pages40–81. Aldershot, Gower Press, 1985.

428 John A. Bateman. Some new discourse analysis: a detailed examplefor discussion. Technical Report, Dept. of Electrical Engineering, KyotoUniversity, Kyoto, Japan, 1986.

429 John A. Bateman. Text planning for a systemic-functional grammarof Japanese. Technical Report, Dept. of Electrical Engineering, KyotoUniversity, Kyoto, Japan, 1986.

430 John A. Bateman. Utterances in context: towards a systemic theory ofthe intersubjective achievement of discourse. PhD thesis, University ofEdinburgh, School of Epistemics, Edinburgh, Scotland, 1986. Availableas Edinburgh University, Centre for Cognitive Science In-House Publi-cation EUCCS/PhD-7.

35

431 John A. Bateman. Aspects of clause politeness in Japanese: an extendedinquiry semantics treatment. In Proceedings of the 26th InternationalConference on Computational Linguistics, pages 147–154, Buffalo, NewYork, 1988. Association for Computational Linguistics.

432 John A. Bateman. From Systemic-Functional Grammar to Systemic-Functional Text Generation: escalating the exchange. In Eduard H.Hovy, David D. McDonald, Sheryl R. Young, and Douglas E. Appelt,editors, Proceedings of the 1988 American Association for Artificial In-telligence Workshop on Text Planning and Realization, pages 123–132,St. Paul, Minnesota, 1988.

433 John A. Bateman. Dynamic systemic-functional grammar: a new fron-tier. Word, 40(1-2):263–286, 1989.

434 John A. Bateman. Upper Modelling for Machine Translation: a levelof abstraction for preserving meaning. Technical Report EUROTRA-D Working Papers, No. 12, Institut für Angewandte Informations-forschung, Saarbrücken, Germany, 1989.

435 John A. Bateman. Finding translation equivalents: an application ofgrammatical metaphor. In 13th. International Conference on Compu-tational Linguistics (COLING-90), volume II, pages 13–18, Helsinki,Finland, 1990.

436 John A. Bateman. Upper Modeling: organizing knowledge for naturallanguage processing. In Proceedings of the Fifth International NaturalLanguage Generation Workshop, pages 54–60, Pittsburgh, PA., 1990.Organized by Kathleen R. McKeown (Columbia University), JohannaD. Moore (University of Pittsburgh) and Sergei Nirenburg (CarnegieMellon University). Held 3-6 June 1990, Dawson, PA.

437 John A. Bateman. Upper Modeling: organizing knowledge for naturallanguage processing. In Proceedings of the Fifth International NaturalLanguage Generation Workshop, pages 54–60, Pittsburgh, PA., 1990.

438 John A. Bateman. Upper Modeling: current states of theory and prac-tise, 1990. PENMAN Development Note, USC/Information SciencesInstitute.

439 John A. Bateman. Decision making in text generation: towards a neg-ative definition? In Proceedings of the IJCAI’91 Workshop on DecisionMaking throughout the Generation Process, pages 5–10, Sydney, Aus-tralia, August 1991.

440 John A. Bateman. Language as constraint and language as resource:a convergence of metaphors in systemic-functional grammar. TechnicalReport, Gesellschaft für Mathematik und Datenverarbeitung - Institut

36

für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, Ger-many, 1991. Written version of paper presented at the InternationalWorkshop on Constraint-based Formalisms for Natural Language Gen-eration, November 27-30, 1990, Bad Teinach.

441 John A. Bateman. Uncovering textual meanings: a case study involvingsystemic-functional resources for the generation of Japanese texts. InCécile L. Paris, William R. Swartout, and William C. Mann, editors,Natural language generation in artificial intelligence and computationallinguistics, pages 125–153. Kluwer Academic Publishers, July 1991. Pre-sented at the Fourth International Workshop on Natural Language Gen-eration. Santa Catalina Island, California, July, 1988.

442 John A. Bateman. Grammar, Systemic. In Stuart Shapiro, editor,Encyclopedia of Artificial Intelligence, Second Edition, pages 583–592.John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, 1992.

443 John A. Bateman. Nigel: textual semantics documentation. TechnicalReport, GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Information-ssysteme, Darmstadt, Germany, 1992.

444 John A. Bateman. The theoretical status of ontologies in natural lan-guage processing. In Susanne Preuß and Birte Schmitz, editors, TextRepresentation and Domain Modelling - ideas from linguistics and AI,pages 50–99, Berlin, Germany, May 1992. KIT-Report 97, TechnischeUniversität Berlin. (Papers from KIT-FAST Workshop, Technical Uni-versity Berlin, October 9th - 11th 1991).

445 John A. Bateman. Towards Meaning-Based Machine Translation: us-ing abstractions from text generation for preserving meaning. MachineTranslation, 6(1):1–37, 1992. (Special edition on the role of text gener-ation in MT).

446 John A. Bateman. Ontology construction and natural language. InProceedings of the International Workshop on Formal Ontology, pages83–93, Padova, Italy, March 1993. LABSEB-CNR. LADSEB-CNR In-ternal Report 01/93; edited by: N. Guarino and R. Poli.

447 John A. Bateman. Review Article: Ontologie und Axiomatik der Wis-sensbasis von LILOG (Klose, Lang, Pirlein eds.). Computational Lin-guistics, 19(3):539–543, September 1993.

448 John A. Bateman. KPML: The KOMET-Penman (Multilingual)Development Environment. Technical Report, Institut für Integri-erte Publikations- und Informationssysteme (IPSI), GMD, Darmstadt,September 1994. Release 0.6.

449 John A. Bateman. Variations of discourse functions and discourse rep-resentations according to context: the Dandelion project. In K. C.

37

Varghese, S. Pfleger, and J. P. Lefèvre, editors, Advanced Speech Ap-plications: European Research on Speech Technology, pages 254–274.Springer, Berlin, 1994. Research Reports ESPRIT, Vol. 1.

450 John A. Bateman. Basic technology for multilingual theory and practise:the KPML development environment. In Proceedings of the IJCAI work-shop in multilingual text generation (International Joint Conference onArtificial Intelligence) 1995, pages 1–12, Montréal, Canada, 1995.

451 John A. Bateman. KPML: The KOMET-Penman multilingual resourcedevelopment environment. In Proceedings of the Fifth European Work-shop on Natural Language Generation, pages 219–222, Leiden, TheNetherlands, May 1995. Faculty of Social and Behavioural Sciences, Uni-versity of Leiden.

452 John A. Bateman. KPML: The KOMET-Penman (Multilingual) De-velopment Environment. Technical Report, Institut für IntegriertePublikations- und Informationssysteme (IPSI), GMD, Darmstadt, Jan-uary 1995. Release 0.7.

453 John A. Bateman. KPML: The KOMET-Penman (Multilingual) Devel-opment Environment: support for multilingual linguistic resource devel-opment and sentence generation. Technical Report, Institut für Integri-erte Publikations- und Informationssysteme (IPSI), GMD, Darmstadt,July 1995. Release 0.8 (.26).

454 John A. Bateman. On the relationship between ontology constructionand natural language: a socio-semiotic view. International Journal ofHuman-Computer Studies, 43(5/6):929–944, 1995.

455 John A. Bateman. Rezension von: Dik, Simon C.: Functional Gram-mar in Prolog: An integrated implementation for English, French, andDutch: Berlin, New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 1992. Zeitschrift fürSprachwissenschaft, 14(1):91–100, 1995. (Review in English).

456 John A. Bateman. KPML-compatible linguistic resources: Release 3.Technical Report, Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informa-tionssysteme (IPSI), GMD, Darmstadt, Germany, May 1996.

457 John A. Bateman. KPML Development Environment: multilingual lin-guistic resource development and sentence generation. German NationalCenter for Information Technology (GMD), Institute for integrated pub-lication and information systems (IPSI), Sankt Augustin, 1996. (Release1.1).

458 John A. Bateman, editor. Speech generation in multimodal informationsystems and its practical applications. Number 302 in GMD-Studie.German National Research Center for Information Technology (GMD),Sankt Augustin, Germany, November 1996. Proceedings of the 2nd.‘SPEAK!’ Workshop.

38

459 John A. Bateman. The ‘SPEAK!’ information scenario. In John A. Bate-man, editor, Speech generation in multimodal information systems andits practical applications: Proceedings of the 2nd. ‘SPEAK!’ Workshop,number 302 in GMD-Studien, pages 8–20. German National ResearchCenter for Information Technology (GMD), Sankt Augustin, Germany,1996.

460 John A. Bateman. Deep Generation. In Ronald A. Cole, Joseph Mariani,Hans Uszkoreit, Annie Zaenen, and Victor Zue, editors, Survey of Stateof the Art in Human Language Technology, chapter 4.3, pages 151–155. Cambridge University Press, 1997. (Contribution to Chapter on‘Language Generation’).

461 John A. Bateman. Enabling technology for multilingual natural lan-guage generation: the KPML development environment. Natural Lan-guage Engineering, 3(1):15–55, 1997.

462 John A. Bateman. Some apparently disjoint aims and requirementsfor grammar development environments: the case of natural languagegeneration. In Proceedings of ACL/EACL97 Workshop: “ENVGRAM:Computational Environments for grammar development and linguisticengineering, pages 1–8. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1997.

463 John A. Bateman. Automatic Discourse Generation. In Allen Kent,editor, Encyclopedia of Library and Information Science, volume 62,pages 1–54. Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1998. (Supplement 25).

464 John A. Bateman. Using corpora for uncovering text organization: goals,requirements and methodologies. Jornades de corpus lingüístics: 1996-1997, IV-V:141–158, 1998.

465 John A. Bateman. The dynamics of ‘surfacing’: an initial investiga-tion. In J. Oberlander, A. Knott, and J. Moore, editors, Proceedings ofthe 1999 Levels of Representation in Discourse Workshop (LORID’99),pages 127–133, Edinburgh, Scotland, July 1999. University of Edin-burgh.

466 John A. Bateman. Using aggregation for selecting content when gener-ating referring expressions. In Proceedings of the 37th. Annual Meetingof the American Association for Computational Linguistics (ACL’99),pages 127–134, University of Maryland, 1999. American Association forComputational Linguistics.

467 John A. Bateman. Multilinguality and multifunctionality in linguisticdescription - and some possible applications. Sprachtypologie und Uni-versalienforschung (STUF), 53(2):131–154, 2000.

468 John A. Bateman. Review of: Halliday and Matthiessen: ‘ConstruingExperience through Meaning’. Cognitive Systems Research, 1(3):193–199, 2000.

39

469 John A. Bateman. Angewandte natürlichsprachliche Generierungs- undAuskunftssysteme. In Kai-Uwe Carstensen, Christian Ebert, CorneliaEndriss, Susanne Jekat, Ralf Klabunde, and Hagen Langer, editors,Computerlinguistik und Sprachtechnologie - Eine Einführung, pages506–513. Spektrum Akademischer Verlag, Heidelberg, 2001.

470 John A. Bateman. Between the leaves of rhetorical structure: static anddynamic aspects of discourse organisation. Verbum, 23(1):31–58, 2001.

471 John A. Bateman. Web Ontology Portal. University of Bremen, 2003.

472 John A. Bateman. Realist linguistics and dynamic ontology. In AndreaGraumann, Peter Holz, and Martina Plümacher, editors, Towards a dy-namic theory of language: a Festschrift in Honour of Wolfgang Wildgen,Diversitas Linguarum, pages 79–117. Universitätsverlags N. Brockmann,Bochum, 2004.

473 John A. Bateman. Review of: Jackson and Moulinier: ‘Processing forOnline Applications: text retrieval, extraction and categorization’. In-formation Design Journal and Document Design, 12(1):85–88, 2004.

474 John A. Bateman. The place of language within a foundational ontology.In Achille C. Varzi and Laure Vieu, editors, Formal Ontology in Infor-mation Systems: Proceedings of the Third International Conference onFormal Ontology in Information Systems (FOIS-2004), pages 222–233,Amsterdam, 2004. IOS Press.

475 John A. Bateman. Ontologien für räumliches Schließen, Handeln undInteragieren. In GI Jahrestagung (2), page 671, 2005.

476 John A. Bateman. Review of: Teich: ‘Cross-linguistic variation in sys-tem and text’. Languages in contrast, 5(1):165–170, 2005.

477 John A. Bateman. Review: The Access Principle: the case for openaccess to research and scholarship John Willinsky (2006). Linguisticsand the Human Sciences, 2(1):165–168, 2006.

478 John A. Bateman. Review of: Jan Renkema ‘Introduction to DiscourseStudies’. Information Design Journal and Document Design, 14(1):88–91, 2006.

479 John A. Bateman. Special Issue on Genre: Introduction. Linguisticsand the Human Sciences, 2(2):177–183, 2006.

480 John A. Bateman. Introduction to the special issue on genre. Linguisticsand the Human Sciences, 2(2):1–8, 2007.

481 John A. Bateman. Linguistic interaction and ontological mediation. InAndrea Schalley and Dietmar Zaefferer, editors, Ontolinguistics. Howontological status shapes the linguistic coding of concepts, pages 115–144. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 2007.

40

482 John A. Bateman. Towards a grande paradigmatique of film: ChristianMetz reloaded. Semiotica, 167(1/4):13–64, 2007.

483 John A. Bateman. Multimodality and Genre: a foundation for the sys-tematic analysis of multimodal documents. Palgrave Macmillan, London,2008.

484 John A. Bateman. Systemic functional linguistics and the notionof linguistic structure: unanswered questions, new possibilities. InJonathan J. Webster, editor, Meaning in context: strategies for im-plementing intelligent applications of language studies, pages 24–58.Equinox, 2008.

485 John A. Bateman. The Long Road from Spatial Language to GeospatialInformation, and the Even Longer Road Back: The Role of Ontologi-cal Heterogeneity. In Proceedings of the Workshop on Methodologies andResources for Processing Spatial Language at the 6th International Con-ference on Language Resources and Evaluation, pages 1–3, Marrakech,Morocco, 2008.

486 John A. Bateman. Discourse across semiotic modes. In Jan Renkema,editor, Discourse, of course: an overview of research in discourse stud-ies, pages 55–66. John Benjamins, Amsterdam / Philadelphia, 2009.

487 John A. Bateman. Film and representation: making filmic meaning.In Wolfgang Wildgen and Barend van Heusden, editors, Metarepresen-tation, Self-Organization and Art, European Semiotics, pages 137–162.Lang, Bern, 2009.

488 John A. Bateman. Automated Discourse Generation. In Encyclopediaof Library and Information Science, Third Edition, volume 1, pages442–451. Taylor & Francis, New York, 2010.

489 John A. Bateman. Language and Space: a two-level semantic approachbased on principles of ontological engineering. International Journal ofSpeech Technology, 13(1):29–48, 2010.

490 John A. Bateman. Ontological diversity: the case from space. In AntonyGalton and Riichiro Mizoguchi, editors, Formal Ontology in InformationSystems. Proceedings of the 6th International Conference (FOIS 2010),Frontiers in Artificial Intelligence and Applications, pages 5–16. IOSPress, Amsterdam, 2010.

491 John A. Bateman. Ontologies of Language and Language Processing.In Roberto Poli, Michael Healey, and Achilles Kameas, editors, Theoryand Applications of Ontology: Computer Applications, pages 393–410.Springer, Dordrecht, Heidelberg, London, New York, 2010.

41

492 John A. Bateman. Situating spatial language and the role of ontology:issues and outlook. Linguistics and Language Compass, 4(8):639–664,2010.

493 John A. Bateman. The Decomposability of Semiotic Modes. In Kay L.O’Halloran and Bradley A. Smith, editors, Multimodal Studies: MultipleApproaches and Domains, Routledge Studies in Multimodality, pages17–38. Routledge, London, 2011.

494 John A. Bateman. Multimodal Corpus-Based Approaches. In Carol A.Chapelle, editor, The Encyclopedia of Applied Linguistics. Wiley-Blackwell, 2012.

495 John A. Bateman. Multimodality and Film. In Carol A. Chapelle,editor, The Encyclopedia of Applied Linguistics. Wiley-Blackwell, 2012.

496 John A. Bateman, Stefano Borgo, Klaus Lüttich, Claudio Masolo, andTill Mossakowski. Ontological Modularity and Spatial Diversity. SpatialCognition and Computation, 7(1):97–128, 2007.

497 John A. Bateman, Joe Calder, Renate Henschel, and Erich Steiner.Specification of a discourse grammar development tool. Technical Re-port, GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssys-teme, Darmstadt, Germany, 1994. (ESPRIT Basic Research Action:Dandelion, EP6665; Deliverable R2.2.1).

498 John A. Bateman, Liesbeth Degand, and Elke Teich. Multilingual Tex-tuality: Some experiences from multilingual text generation. In Proceed-ings of the Fourth European Workshop on Natural Language Generation,Pisa, Italy, 28-30 April 1993, pages 5–17, 1993.

499 John A. Bateman and Judy L. Delin. The role of genre in multimodaldocument layout. Paper presented at the 2nd. Swedish Symposium onMultimodal Communication, Lund, October 1998.

500 John A. Bateman and Judy L. Delin. From genre to text critiquingin multimodal documents. In Liebeth Degand, Yves Bestgen, WilbertSpooren, and Luuk van Waes, editors, Proceedings of the 4th Interna-tional Workshop on Multidisciplinary Approaches To Discourse (MAD01). ‘Improving Text: From Text Structure To Text Type’, pages 163–173, Amsterdam and Munster, 5-8 August 2001. Uitgaven StichtingNeerlandistiek VU and Nodus Publikationen.

501 John A. Bateman and Judy L. Delin. Genre and multimodality: expand-ing the context for comparison across languages. In Dominique Willems,Bart Defrancq, Timothy Colleman, and Dirk Noël, editors, Contrastiveanalysis in language: identifying linguistic units of comparison, pages230–266. Palgrave Macmillan, Houndsmill, 2003.

42

502 John A. Bateman and Judy L. Delin. Rhetorical Structure Theory. InKeith Brown, editor, The Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics,volume 10, pages 588–596. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 2nd edition, 2006.

503 John A. Bateman, Judy L. Delin, and Patrick Allen. Constraints onlayout in multimodal document generation. In Proceedings of the FirstInternational Natural Language Generation Conference, Workshop onCoherence in Generated Multimedia, Mitzpe Ramon, Israel, 2000. Asso-ciation for Computational Linguistics.

504 John A. Bateman, Judy L. Delin, and Renate Henschel. A brief in-troduction to the GEM annotation schema for complex document lay-out. In Graham Wilcock, Nancy Ide, and Laurent Romary, editors,Proceedings of the 2nd Workshop on NLP and XML (NLPXML-2002)– Post-Conference Workshop of the 19th International Conference onComputational Linguistics (COLING-2002), pages 13–20, AcademicaSinica, Taipei, Taiwan, September 2002. Association of ComputationalLinguistics and Chinese Language Processing.

505 John A. Bateman, Judy L. Delin, and Renate Henschel. XML andmultimodal corpus design: experiences with multi-layered stand-off an-notations in the GeM corpus. In Proceedings of the LREC’02 Workshop’Towards a Roadmap for Multimodal Language Resources and Evalua-tion’, Las Palmas, Canary Islands, Spain, June 2002.

506 John A. Bateman, Judy L. Delin, and Renate Henschel. Multimodalityand empiricism: preparing for a corpus-based approach to the studyof multimodal meaning-making. In Eija Ventola, Cassily Charles, andMartin Kaltenbacher, editors, Perspectives on Multimodality, pages 65–87. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2004.

507 John A. Bateman, Judy L. Delin, and Renate Henschel. Mapping themultimodal genres of traditional and electronic newspapers. In Terry D.Royce and Wendy L. Bowcher, editors, New Directions in the Analysisof Multimodal Discourse, pages 147–172. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates,2007.

508 John A. Bateman, Martin Emele, and Stefan Momma. The nondirec-tional representation of Systemic Functional Grammars and Semanticsas Typed Feature Structures. Technical Report, GMD/Institut für In-tegrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt and Insti-tut für Maschinelle Sprachverarbeitung, Universität Stuttgart, October1991.

509 John A. Bateman, Martin Emele, and Stefan Momma. The nondirec-tional representation of Systemic Functional Grammars and Semanticsas Typed Feature Structures. In Proceedings of COLING-92, volumeIII, pages 916–920, Nantes, France, 1992.

43

510 John A. Bateman, Martin Emele, and Stefan Momma. The nondirec-tional representation of Systemic Functional Grammars and Semanticsas Typed Feature Structures. In Proceedings of COLING-92, Nantes,France, July 1992.

511 John A. Bateman and Scott Farrar. Spatial ontology baseline. SFB/TR8internal report I1-[OntoSpace]: D2, Collaborative Research Center forSpatial Cognition, University of Bremen, Germany, 2004.

512 John A. Bateman and Scott Farrar. Towards a generic foundation forspatial ontology. In Achille C. Varzi and Laure Vieu, editors, Formal On-tology in Information Systems: Proceedings of the Third InternationalConference on Formal Ontology in Information Systems (FOIS-2004),pages 237–248, Amsterdam, 2004. IOS Press.

513 John A. Bateman and Scott Farrar. Modelling models of robot naviga-tion using formal spatial ontology. In Christian Freksa, Markus Knauff,Bernd Krieg-Brückner, Bernhard Nebel, and Thomas Barkowsky, edi-tors, Spatial Cognition IV: Reasoning, Action, Interaction. InternationalConference Spatial Cognition 2004, Frauenchiemsee, Germany, October2004, Proceedings, pages 366–389, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2005. Springer.

514 John A. Bateman, Kerstin Fischer, Reinhard Moratz, Scott Farrar, andThora Tenbrink. Project I1-OntoSpace: Ontologies for Spatial Commu-nication. In DiaBruck, 7th Workshop on the Semantics and Pragmaticsof Dialogue, Proceedings, Sept. 4th-6th 2003, pages 163–164, 2003.

515 John A. Bateman, Kerstin Fischer, and Thora Tenbrink. Why a staticinterpretation is not sufficient in spatial communication. In Proceedingsof the European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguis-tics (EACL-03) Workshop on Dialogue Systems: interaction, adaptionand styles of management, Budapest, Hungary, 2003.

516 John A. Bateman, Eli Hagen, and Adelheit Stein. Dialogue Modelling forSpeech Generation in Multimodal Information Systems. In P. Dalsgaard,L. B. Larsen, L. Boves, and I. Thomsen, editors, Proc. ESCA Workshopon Spoken Dialogue Systems; Theories and Applications, pages 225–228.ESCA, 1995.

517 John A. Bateman and Anthony Hartley. Target suites for evaluating thecoverage of text generators. In M. Gavrilidou, G. Carayannis, S. Markan-tonatou, S. Piperidis, and G. Stainhaouer, editors, Proceedings of theSecond International Conference on Language Resources and Evaluation(LREC’2000), Athens, Greece, 2000. European Language Resources As-sociation (ELRA).

518 John A. Bateman and R. Henschel. From full generation to ‘near’ tem-plates without loosing generality. In S. Busemann and T. Becker, edi-tors, May I speak freely?: Proceedings of the KI’99 Workshop on Natural

44

Language Generation, pages 13–18, Bonn, Germany, 1999. Available as:DFKI document D-99-01; http://www.dfki.de/service/NLG/KI99.html.

519 John A. Bateman and Renate Henschel. Generating text, layout and dia-grams appropriately for genre. In I. van der Sluis, M. Theune, E. Reiter,and E. Krahmer, editors, Proceedings of the Workshop on MultimodalOutput Generation MOG 2007, pages 29–40. Centre for Telematics andInformation Technology (CTIT), University of Twente, 2007.

520 John A. Bateman, Renate Henschel, and Fabio Rinaldi. Generalized Up-per Model 2.0: documentation. Technical Report, GMD/Institut für In-tegrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, Germany,1995.

521 John A. Bateman, Joana Hois, Robert J. Ross, and Thora Tenbrink. Alinguistic ontology of space for natural language processing. ArtificialIntelligence, 174(14):1027–1071, September 2010.

522 John A. Bateman and Eduard H. Hovy. Computers and text genera-tion: principles and uses. In Christopher S. Butler, editor, Computersand written texts, pages 53–74. Basil Blackwell, Oxford, England andCambridge, Massachusetts, 1992. (Applied Language Studies).

523 John A. Bateman, Thomas Kamps, Jörg Kleinz, and Klaus Reichen-berger. Communicative Goal-Driven NL Generation and Data-drivenGraphics Generation: an architectural synthesis for multimedia pagegeneration. In Proceedings of the 1998 International Workshop on Nat-ural Language Generation, pages 8–17. Niagara-on-the-Lake, Canada,1998.

524 John A. Bateman, Thomas Kamps, Jörg Kleinz, and Klaus Reichen-berger. Constructive text, diagram and layout generation for infor-mation presentation: the DArtbio system. Computational Linguistics,27(3):409–449, 2001.

525 John A. Bateman, Robert Kasper, and Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen.Systemic Linguistics and Natural Language Processing: Case Studiesin the Exchange. invited workshop presentation at the InternationalSystemic Congress, East Lansing, Michigan, 1989.

526 John A. Bateman, Robert T. Kasper, Johanna D. Moore, andRichard A. Whitney. A general organization of Knowledge for naturallanguage processing: the PENMAN Upper Model. Technical Report,USC/Information Sciences Institute, Marina del Rey, California, 1990.

527 John A. Bateman, Robert T. Kasper, Jörg F. L. Schütz, and Erich H.Steiner. A new view on the translation process. In Proceedings of the Eu-ropean Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages282–290, Manchester, England. April, 1989, 1989. Association for Com-putational Linguistics.

45

528 John A. Bateman, Robert T. Kasper, Jörg F. L. Schütz, and Erich H.Steiner. Interfacing an English text generator with a German MT analy-sis. In B. Endres-Niggemeyer, T. Herrmann, Alfred Kobsa, and DietmarRösner, editors, Interaktion und Kommunikation mit dem Computer,GLDV-Jahrestagung, Ulm, März 1989, pages 155–163. Springer, Berlin,New York, 1990. Proceedings, Informatik-Fachberichte 238.

529 John A. Bateman, Gen-ichiro Kikui, and Atsushi Tabuchi. Designinga computational systemic grammar of Japanese for text generation: aprogress report. Technical Report, Kyoto University, Dept. of ElectricalEngineering, Kyoto, Japan, 1987.

530 John A. Bateman, Ivana Kruijff-Korbayová, and Geert-Jan Kruijff. Mul-tilingual Resource Sharing Across Both Related and Unrelated Lan-guages: An Implemented, Open-Source Framework for Practical Nat-ural Language Generation. Research on Language and Computation,3(2):191–219, 2005.

531 John A. Bateman and Hang Li. The application of systemic-functionalgrammar to Japanese and Chinese for use in text generation. In Pro-ceedings of the 1988 International Conference on Computer Processingof Chinese and Oriental Languages, pages 443–447, Toronto, Canada,August 29 - September 1 1988.

532 John A. Bateman, Bernando Magnini, and Fabio Rinaldi. The Gener-alized{Italian,German,English} Upper Model. In Proceedings of the ECAI94Workshop: Comparison of Implemented Ontologies, Amsterdam, 1994.

533 John A. Bateman, Bernardo Magnini, and Giovanni Fabris. The Gener-alized Upper Model Knowledge Base: Organization and Use. In N. J. I.Mars, editor, Towards very large knowledge bases: knowledge buildingand knowledge sharing, pages 60–72, Amsterdam, 1995. IOS Press.

534 John A. Bateman, Elisabeth A. Maier, Elke Teich, and Leo Wanner.Towards an Architecture for Situated Text Generation. In InternationalConference on Current Issues in Computational Linguistics, pages 336–349, Penang, Malaysia, 1991.

535 John A. Bateman, Elisabeth Maier, Christian Matthiessen, and CecileParis. Generation Systems Design: Issues of Modularity. Technical Re-port, GMD, Integrated Publication and Information Systems Institute,Darmstadt, Germany, 1992. working notes.

536 John A. Bateman and Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Using a func-tional grammar as a tool for developing planning algorithms – an illus-tration drawn from nominal group planning. Technical Report, Infor-mation Sciences Institute, Marina del Rey, California, 1988. (PenmanDevelopment Note).

46

537 John A. Bateman and Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Uncovering thetext base. In Keqi Hao, Hermann Bluhme, and Renzhi Li, editors,Proceedings of the International Conference on Texts and Language Re-search (29-31 March 1989, Xi’an, China), pages 3–45. Xi’an JiaotongUniversity Press, 1993. ISBN 7-5606-0627-5/H.54.

538 John A. Bateman, Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen, Keizo Nanri, andLicheng Zeng. The rapid prototyping of natural language generationcomponents: an application of functional typology. Technical Report,Department of Linguistics, University of Sydney, Sydney, Australia,November 1990.

539 John A. Bateman, Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen, Keizo Nanri, andLicheng Zeng. Multilingual text generation: an architecture based onfunctional typology. In International Conference on Current Issues inComputational Linguistics, Penang, Malaysia, 1991.

540 John A. Bateman, Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen, Keizo Nanri, andLicheng Zeng. The re-use of linguistic resources across languages inmultilingual generation components. In Proceedings of the 1991 Inter-national Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, Sydney, Australia,volume 2, pages 966–971, San Francisco, CA, 1991. Morgan KaufmannPublishers.

541 John A. Bateman, Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen, and Licheng Zeng.A general architecture for multilingual resources for natural languageprocessing. Technical Report, GMD/IPSI, Darmstadt and University ofSydney, working notes.

542 John A. Bateman, Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen, and Licheng Zeng. Ageneral architecture of multilingual resources for natural language pro-cessing. Technical Report, University of Stirling, Stirling and MacquarieUniversity, Sydney., 1998.

543 John A. Bateman, Christian M. I. M Matthiessen, and Licheng Zeng.Multilingual natural language generation for multilingual software: afunctional linguistic approach. Applied Artificial Intelligence, 13(6):607–639, September 1999.

544 John A. Bateman, Christian Matthiessen, Keizo Nanri, and LichengYeng. A general architecture for multilinguality in natural languageprocessing, in preparation.

545 John A. Bateman and Stefan Momma. The nondirectional repre-sentation of Systemic Functional Grammars and Semantics as TypedFeature Structures. Technical Report, GMD/Institut für IntegriertePublikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt and Institut fürMaschinelle Sprachverarbeitung, Universität Stuttgart, January 1991.

47

546 John A. Bateman and Beatrice T. Oshika. Computer Generation andControl of Spoken Discourse, 1989. (Declined) Proposal prepared for theNational Science Foundation; Information Sciences Institute, PENMANnote, Marina del Rey, California.

547 John A. Bateman and Cécile L. Paris. Register theory: the genericbasis for contextualized natural language generation. Technical Report,USC/ISI, in preparation.

548 John A. Bateman and Cécile L. Paris. Tailoring text to the hearer’slevel of expertise by register choice, forthcoming. Work in progress.

549 John A. Bateman and Cécile L. Paris. Phrasing a Text in Terms theUser Can Understand. In Proceedings of the Eleventh International JointConference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 1511–1517, Detroit, Michi-gan, 1989. IJCAI’89.

550 John A. Bateman and Cécile L. Paris. Constraining the development oflexicogrammatical resources during text generation: towards a compu-tational instantiation of register theory. In Eija Ventola, editor, RecentSystemic and Other Views on Language, pages 81–106. Mouton, Ams-terdam, 1991.

551 John A. Bateman and Cécile L. Paris. Benutzermodellierung. InKai-Uwe Carstensen, Christian Ebert, Cornelia Endriss, SusanneJekat, Ralf Klabunde, and Hagen Langer, editors, Computerlinguis-tik und Sprachtechnologie - Eine Einführung, pages 316–330. SpektrumAkademischer Verlag, Heidelberg, 2001.

552 John A. Bateman and Klaas Jan Rondhuis. Coherence relations: anal-ysis and specification. Technical Report, GMD-IPSI, Darmstadt, FRG,September 1994. (ESPRIT Basic Research Action: Dandelion, EP6665;Deliverable R1.1.2a,b).

553 John A. Bateman and Klaas Jan Rondhuis. A bi-stratal account ofcoherence relations in discourse: empirical motivation and initial speci-fication. Technical Report, Integrated Publication and Information Sys-tems Institute (IPSI), German National Research Center for InformationTechnology (GMD), Darmstadt, Germany, 1996.

554 John A. Bateman and Klaas Jan Rondhuis. ‘Coherence relations’: to-wards a general specification. Discourse Processes, 24:3–49, 1997.

555 John A. Bateman and Karl-Heinrich Schmidt. Multimodal Film Analy-sis: How Films Mean. Routledge Studies in Multimodality. Routledge,London, 2012.

556 John A. Bateman and Serge Sharoff. Multilingual grammars and mul-tilingual lexicons for multilingual text generation. In Multilinguality in

48

the lexicon II, ECAI’98 Workshop 13, pages 1–8, Brighton, U.K., August1998. European Conference on Artificial Intelligence.

557 John A. Bateman, E. Teich, I. Kruijff-Korbayová, G.-J. Kruijff,S. Sharoff, and H. Skoumalová. Resources for multilingual text gen-eration in three Slavic languages. In M. Gavrilidou, G. Carayannis,S. Markantonatou, S. Piperidis, and G. Stainhaouer, editors, Proceed-ings of the Second International Conference on Language Resources andEvaluation (LREC’2000), pages 1763–1768, Athens, Greece, 2000. Eu-ropean Language Resources Association (ELRA).

558 John A. Bateman and Elke Teich. SFG and HPSG: An attempt to rec-oncile a functional and an information-based view on grammar. Tech-nical Report, GMD-IPSI, Darmstadt, August 1991. Paper presented atthe Workshop on Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar and German,Saarbruecken, August 8-9.

559 John A. Bateman and Elke Teich. Selective information presentationin an integrated publication system: an application of genre-driven textgeneration. Information Processing and Management: an internationaljournal, 31(5):753–767, September 1995.

560 John A. Bateman, Elke Teich, and Melina Alexa. Generic technologiesfor selective information presentation: an application of computationallinguistic methods. In Peter Fankhauser and Marlies Ockenfeld, edi-tors, Integrated Publication and Information Systems: 10 years of re-search and development, number ISBN: 3088457-968-1, pages 237–258.GMD, Forschungszentrum Informationstechnik, Sankt Augustin, Ger-many, 1998.

561 John A. Bateman, Elke Teich, and Beate Firzlaff. A linguistically ori-ented methodology for domain model construction in knowledge-basedsystems. Technical Report, Gesellschaft für Mathematik und Datenver-arbeitung, Forschungszentrum Informationstechnik, Bonn, St. Augustin,1996. GMD-Arbeitsbericht Nr. 971.

562 John A. Bateman, Elke Teich, and Adelheit Stein. Speech generation ina multimodal interface for information retrieval: The SPEAK! system.In Peter Fankhauser and Marlies Ockenfeld, editors, Integrated Publica-tion and Information Systems: 10 years of research and development,pages 149–168. GMD, Forschungszentrum Informationstechnik, SanktAugustin, Germany, 1998.

563 John A. Bateman, Thora Tenbrink, and Scott Farrar. The Role ofConceptual and Linguistic Ontologies in Discourse. Discourse Processes,44(3):175–213, 2007.

564 John A. Bateman and Leo Wanner. Towards a lexicon for German orga-nized by communicative function: an application of ‘Lexical Functions’.

49

In Proceedings of the 14th German Workshop on Artificial Intelligence,pages 196–205. Springer, Berlin, 1990.

565 John A. Bateman and Wolfgang Wildgen, editors. Sprachbewusstheitim schulischen und sozialen Kontext. Number 39 in forum AngewandteLinguistik. Peter Lang, Frankfurt, 2002.

566 John A. Bateman and Michael Zock. The B-to-Z of Natural LanguageGeneration Systems: an almost complete list. Technical Report, Uni-versity of Bremen, Germany and LIMSI, France, 2001. Continuallyupdated.

567 John Bateman, Alexander Castro, Immanuel Normann, Omar Pera,Leyla Garcia, and Jose-Maria Villaveces. OASIS Common hyper-ontological framework (COF). EU FP7 Project OASIS - Open architec-ture for Accessible Services Integration and Standardization DeliverableD1.2.1, Bremen University, Bremen, Germany, January 2010.

568 John Bateman and Michael Zock. Natural Language Generation. InR. Mitkov, editor, Oxford Handbook of Computational Linguistics, chap-ter 15, pages 284–304. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2003.

569 E. Bates. Language and Context: the acquisition of pragmatics. Aca-demic Press, New York, 1976.

570 E. Bates and B. MacWhinney. A functionalist approach to the acquisi-tion of grammar. In E. Ochs and B. Schieffelin, editors, DevelopmentalPragmatics, pages 167–211. Academic Press, New York, 1979.

571 E. Bates and B. MacWhinney. Functional approaches to grammar. InGleitman and Wanner, editors, Language Acquisition : the state of theart. 1980.

572 M. Bates. Language instruction without pre-stored examples. In Pro-ceedings of the Third Canadian Symposium on Instructional Technology,February 1980.

573 M. Bates and R. J. Bobrow. The RUS Parser User’s Guide. TechnicalReport, Bolt, Beranek and Newman, Inc., April 1983.

574 M. Bates, G. Brown, and A. Collins. Socratic Teaching of Causal Knowl-edge and Reasoning. Technical Report 3995, Bolt Beranek and Newman,Inc., December 1978.

575 Madeline Bates and Robert Ingria. Controlled Transformational Sen-tence Generation. In 19th Annual Meeting of the Association for Com-putational Linguistics, Stanford University, 1981. Association for Com-putational Linguistics.

50

576 Gregory Bateson. Steps to an ecology of mind: collected essays in an-thropology. Chandler Publications, San Francisco, 1972.

577 A. Batliner. Produktion und Prädiktion. Die Rolle intonatorischer undanderer Mittel bei der Bestimmung des Satzmodus. In H. Altmann, edi-tor, Intonationsforschungen, pages 207–222. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 1988.

578 A. Batliner, K. Fischer, R. Huber, J. Spilker, and Nöth. DesperatelySeeking Emotions: Actors, Wizards, and Human Beings. In Proceedingsof the ISCA-Workshop on Speech and Emotion: A Conceptual Frame-work for Research, 2000.

579 A. Batliner, K. Fischer, R. Huber, J. Spilker, and E. Nöth. How to findtrouble in communication. Speech Communication, 40:117–143, 2003.

580 A. Batliner, R. Huber, H. Niemann, E. Nöth, J. Spilker, and K. Fis-cher. The Recognition of Emotion. In W Wahlster, editor, Verbmobil:Foundations of Speech-to-Speech Translation, pages 122–130. Springer,Berlin, 2000.

581 Robert H. Baud, C. Lovis, L. Alpay, Anne-Marie Rassinoux, Jean-RaoulScherer, A. Nowlan, and Alan L. Rector. Modelling for natural languageunderstanding. In C. Safran, editor, Proceedings of SCAMC’93, pages289–293, New York, 1993. McGraw-Hill.

582 Jean-Louis Baudry. Ideological Effects of the Basic CinematographicApparatus. Film Quarterly, 28(2):39–47, Winter 1974. translated byAlan Williams.

583 Jean-Louis Baudry. Ideological Effects of the Basic CinematographicApparatus. In Leo Braudy and Marshall Cohen, editors, Film theory andcriticsm: introductory readings, pages 345–355. Oxford University Press,1999. Reprinted from ? ); originally appeared in French in Cinéthique,7-8, 1970.

584 S. Bauer, M Kommenda, and A. Pounder. Graphem-Phonem-Umsetzung: Lexikon versus Regelkatalog. In H. Tillmann and G. Wille,editors, Analyse und Synthese gesprochener Sprache, pages 18–25.Hildesheim, Germany, 1987.

585 Z. Bauman. Hermeneutics and social science: approaches to under-standing. Hutchinson, London, 1978.

586 Nicole Baumgarten. The Secret Agent: Film dubbing and the influenceof the English language on German communicative preferences. Towardsa model for the analysis of language use in visual media. PhD thesis,University of Hamburg, Germany, 2005.

51

587 E. Baumgartner, W. Baumgartner, B. Borstner, M. Potrc, J. Shawe-Taylor, and Valentine E., editors. Phenomenology and cognitive science.Verlag J.H. Röll, Dettelbach, 1996.

588 Klaus Baumgärtner. Konstituenz und Dependenz. Zur Integration derbeiden Prinzipien. In Steger H., editor, Vorschläge für eine struktu-rale Gramamtik des Deutschen, pages 52–77. Wissenschaftliche Buchge-sellschaft, Darmstadt, 1970.

589 Sabrina Baumgartner and Joachim Trebbe. Die Konstruktion interna-tionaler Politik in den Bildsequenzen von Fernsehnachrichten. Quantita-tive und qualitative Inhaltsanalysen zur Darstellung von mediatisierterund inszenierter Politik. IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bild-wissenschaft, 6:3–21, July 2007.

590 J.B. Bavelas and N. Chovil. Visible acts of meaning. An integratedmessage model of language in face-to-face dialogue. Journal of Languageand Social Psychology, 19(2):163–194, 2000.

591 Peter Baxter. On the history and ideology of film lighting. Screen,16(3):19–28, 1975.

592 Paul Bayley, editor. Cross-Cultural Perspectives on Parliamentary Dis-course, volume 10 of Discourse Approaches to Politics, Society and Cul-ture. John Benjamins, Amsterdam and Philadelphia, 2004.

593 C. E. Bazell, J. C. Catford, M. A. K. Halliday, and R. H. Robins. Inmemory of J.R.Firth. Longman, London, 1966.

594 Charles Bazerman. Systems of genres and the enactment of social in-tentions. In Aviva Freedman and Peter Medway, editors, Genre andthe new rhetoric, chapter 5, pages 79–104. Taylor and Francis, London,1994.

595 Charles Bazerman. Emerging perspectives on the many dimensions ofscientific discourse. In J.R. Martin and Robert Veel, editors, Readingscience: critical and functional perspectives on discourses of science,pages 15–30. Routledge, London, 1998.

596 André Bazin. The Evolution of the Western. In André Bazin, editor,What is Cinema?, volume 2. University of Californa Press, Berkeley,CA, 1956.

597 André Bazin. The Ontology of the Photographic Image. Film Quarterly,13(4):4–9, 1960. Translated by Hugh Gray.

598 André Bazin. What is cinema? University of California Press, Berkelely,1967.

52

599 S. Beale and S. Nirenburg. PICARD: The Next Generator. In INLG’96,pages 21–24, Herstmonceux Castle, Sussex, 1996. Poster.

600 S. Beale and S. Nirenburg. Breaking down the barriers: The Mikrokos-mos Generator. In Natural Language Processing Pacific Rim Symposium(NLPRS), pages 141–148, Phuket, 1997.

601 S. Beale, S. Nirenburg, E. Viegas, and L. Wanner. De-ConstrainingText Generation. In Proceedings of the Ninth International Workshopon Natural Language Generation, Niagara-on-the-Lake, Ontario, 1998.

602 A. Beard. The Language of Sport. Routledge, London, 1998.

603 G.W. Beattie. The regulation of speaker turns in face-to-face conversa-tion: Some implications for conversation in sound-only communicationschannels. Semiotica, 34:55–70, 1981.

604 Liza Beattie, Furzana Khan, and Greg Philo. Race, advertising andthe public face of television. In Greg Philo, editor, Message received:Glasgow Media Group research 1993-1998, chapter 10, pages 149–170.Addison Wesley Longman, Harlow, 1999.

605 Robert de Beaugrande. Performative speech acts in linguistic theory:the rationality of Noam Chomsky. Journal of Pragmatics, 29:1–39, 1998.

606 Johannes Bechert, Guiliano Bernini, and Claude Buridant. Towards atypology of European languages. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, New York,1990.

607 S. Bechhofer, I. Horrocks, C. Goble, and R. Stevens. OilEd: A reason-able ontology editor for the semantic web. In KI-2001: Advances inArtificial Intelligence, number 2174 in LNAI, pages 396–408. Springer,Berlin, Heidelberg, 2001.

608 Sean Bechhofer. The DIG description logic interface: DIG/1.1. Techni-cal Report, University of Manchester, Feb 2003.

609 A.L. Becker. Text-building, epistemology, and aesthetics in Javaneseshadow theatre. In A.L. Becker and A.A. Yengoyan, editors, The Imag-ination of Reality, pages 211–242. Ablex Pub. Inc., Norwood, NJ, 1979.

610 A.L. Becker and A.A. Yengoyan, editors. The Imagination of Reality.Ablex Pub. Inc., Norwood, NJ, 1979.

611 Christian Becker and Daniela Nicklas. Where do spatial context-modelsend and where do ontologies start? A proposal of a combined approach.In Jadwiga Indulska and David De Roure, editors, Proceedings of theFirst International Workshop on Advanced Context Modelling, Reason-ing and Management in conjunction with UbiComp 2004, University ofSouthhampton, September 2004.

53

612 Joseph D. Becker. The phrasal lexicon. In Roger C. Schank and Bon-nie L. Webber, editors, Theoretical Issues in Natural Language Process-ing (TINLAP): 1, pages 70–73. Cambridge, MA, 1975.

613 R. Becker, D. Kuepper, M. Strobel, and D. Rösner. A cooperativenatural language environmental information system. In R. Aiken, ed-itor, Information Processing 92 - Proceedings of the IFIP 12th WorldCongress, volume 2, pages 655–665, North-Holland, 1992. Elsevier.

614 T. Becker, W. Finkler, A. Kilger, and P. Poller. An efficient Kernel forMultilingual Generation in Speech-to-Speech Dialogue Translation. InColing-ACL ’98, volume 1, pages 110–116, Montréal, 1998.

615 Thomas Becker, Claus Nagel, and Thomas H. Kolbe. A MultilayeredSpace-Event Model for Navigation in Indoor Spaces. In Jiyeong Lee andSisi Zlatanova, editors, Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on3D Geo-Information, Seoul, Korea, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2008. Springer.

616 Tilman Becker and Stephan Busemann. "May I speak Freely?" BetweenTemplates and Free Choice in Natural Language Generation. Techni-cal Report D-99-01, DFKI, Saarbrücken, 1999. Workshop at the 23dGerman Annual Conference for Artificial Intelligence (KI’99).

617 Tilman Becker, Anne Kilger, Patrice Lopez, and Peter Poller. An ex-tended architecture for robust generation. In Proceedings of the First In-ternational Conference on Natural Language Generation (INLG 2000),Mitzpe Ramon, Israel, June 2000.

618 M. E. Beckman and J. Pierrehumbert. Japanese prosodic phrasing andintonation synthesis. In Proceedings of the 24th. Annual Meeting of theAssociation for Computational Linguistics, pages 173–180, New York,1986. Association for Computational Linguistics.

619 Monika Bednarek. The language of fictional television: Drama and Iden-tity. Continuum, London, 2010.

620 Monika Bednarek and James R. Martin, editors. New Discourse onLanguage Functional Perspectives on Multimodality, Identity, and Affil-iation. Continuum, London, 2010.

621 John Beekman and John Callow. Translating the word of God. Zonder-van Publishing House, Grand Rapids, Mich., 1974.

622 John Beekman, John Callow, and Michael Kopesec. The SemanticStructure of Written Communication. Summer Institute of Linguistics,Dallas, Texas, 5th edition edition, 1981.

623 J. Beetz, J.P. van Leeuwen, and B. de Vries. An Ontology Web LanguageNotation of the Industry Foundation Classes. In Proceedings of the 22ndConference on Information Technology in Construction, 2005.

54

624 Nicholas J. Belkin, Colleen Cool, Adelheit Stein, and Ulrich Thiel. Cases,Scripts, and Information Seeking Strategies: On the Design of Interac-tive Information Retrieval Systems. Technical Report Arbeitspapiereder GMD 875, GMD, 1994. (to be published in: Expert Systems andApplications, Vol 9, 1995, in print).

625 Nicholas J. Belkin, Colleen Cool, Adelheit Stein, and Ulrich Thiel. Cases,Scripts, and Information Seeking Strategies: On the Design of Interac-tive Information Retrieval Systems. Expert Systems and Applications,9(3):379–395, 1995. (Also available: “Arbeitspapiere der GMD”, No.875, Sankt Augustin, Germany 1994).

626 Nicholas J. Belkin, P. G. Marchetti, and Colleen Cool. BRAQUE: Designof an Interface to Support User Interaction in Information Retrieval.Information Processing and Management, 29(3):325–344, 1993.

627 Nicholas J. Belkin and Alina Vickery. Interaction in Information Sys-tems: A Review of Research from Document Retrieval to Knowledge-Based Systems. The British Library, London, 1985.

628 Allan Bell. The language of the news media. Blackwell Publishers,Oxford U.K. and Cambridge MA, 1991.

629 Allan Bell. Text, time and technology in news English. In Sharon Good-man and David Graddol, editors, Redesigning English: new texts, newidentities, chapter 1, pages 3–26. Routledge and the Open University,London and New York, 1996.

630 Allan Bell. The discourse structure of news stories. In Allan Bell andPeter Garrett, editors, Approaches to Media Discourse, pages 64–104.Blackwell, Oxford, 1998.

631 Allan Bell. News stories as narratives. In Adam Jaworski and NikolasCoupland, editors, The Discourse Reader, chapter 13, pages 236–251.Routledge, London, 1999.

632 Allan Bell and Peter Garrett, editors. Approaches to Media Discourse.Blackwell, Oxford, 1998.

633 Philip Bell. Content analysis of visual images. In Theo van Leeuwenand Carey Jewitt, editors, Handbook of visual analysis, chapter 2, pages10–24. Sage, London, 2001.

634 Philip Bell and Theo van Leeuwen. The media interview - confession,contest, conversation. University of New South Wales Press, Sydney,1994.

635 Philip Bell and Marko Milic. Goffman’s Gender Advertisements revis-ited: combining content analysis with semiotic analysis. Visual Com-munication, 1(2), June 2002.

55

636 Roger T. Bell. Translation and translating: theory and practise. Long-man, London, 1991.

637 R.T. Bell. Sociolinguistics. Batsford, London, 1976.

638 S. Bell. Two consequences of advancement rules in Cebuano. NewEngland Linguistic Society, 5, 1974.

639 A.A. Bellack, H.M. Kliebard, R.T. Hyman, and F.L. Smith. The lan-guage of the classroom. Teachers College Press, New York, 1966.

640 I. Bellos. Towards a multilingual IDAS. Technical Report, University ofEdinburgh, Department of Artificial Intelligence, Edinburgh, Scotland,1992.

641 Raymond Bellour. Les Oiseax: analyse d’une séquence. Cahiers ducinema, 216:24–38, October 1969.

642 Raymond Bellour. The obvious and the code. Screen, 15(4):7–17, Winter1974. Reprinted in ? , 69-76).

643 Raymond Bellour. The unattainable text. Screen, 16(3):19–28, 1975.

644 Raymond Bellour. To alternate / to narrate. In Thomas Elsaesser, ed-itor, Early Cinema: space, frame, narrative, pages 360–374. BFI Pub-lishing, London, 1990. First published in English Australian Journal ofScreen Theory 15/16, 1983. Translated by Inge Pruks.

645 Raymond Bellour. Der unauffindbare Text. montage av. Zeitschrift fürTheorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation, 8(1):8–17, 1999.

646 Raymond Bellour. System of a fragment (on The Birds). In ConstancePenley, editor, The analysis of film, pages 28–67. Indiana UniversityPress, Bloomington and Indianopolis, 2000. Written 1969; translatedby Ben Brewster.

647 Raymond Bellour. The analysis of film. Indiana University Press,Bloomington and Indianopolis, 2000. A collection of essays originallypublished in French in the 1980s.

648 Raymond Bellour. To alternate / to narrate (on The Lonedale Opera-tor). In Constance Penley, editor, The analysis of film, pages 262–277.Indiana University Press, Bloomington and Indianopolis, 2000. Firstpublished in English in Australian Journal of Screen Theory 15/16,1983.

649 Raymond Bellour. To segment / to analyze (on Gigi). In ConstancePenley, editor, The analysis of film, pages 193–216. Indiana Univer-sity Press, Bloomington and Indianopolis, 2000. Originally published inQuarterly Review of Film Studies 1(3), August 1976.

56

650 Raymond Bellour and Christian Metz. Entretien sur la sémiologie ducinéma. Semiotica, 4(1):1–30, 1971. Taken from Christian Metz Essaissur la signification au cinéma II, 1972, Paris: Klincksieck, Chapter 10.

651 Raymond Bellour and Christian Metz. Essais sur la signification aucinéma II, chapter 10. Entretien sur la sémiologie du cinéma, pages195–215. Klincksieck, Paris, 1972. Reproduced as ? ).

652 N. Belnap and T. Steel. The Logic of Questions and Answers. YaleUniversity Press., New Haven, 1976.

653 Anja Belz. Automatic generation of weather forecast texts using com-prehensive probabilistic generation-space models. Natural Language En-gineering, 14(4):431–455, 2007.

654 Anja Belz, Mike White, Dominic Espinosa, Eric Kow, Deirdre Hogan,and Amanda Stent. The First Surface Realisation Shared Task:Overview and Evaluation Results. In Proceedings of the 13th EuropeanWorkshop on Natural Language Generation, pages 217–226, 2011.

655 Sandra Lipsitz Bem. Gender Schema Theory: a cognitive account of sextyping. Psychological review, 88(4):354–364, 1981.

656 Alla Bemova and Vladislav Kubon. Czech-to-Russian transducingdictionary. In Proceedings of COLING90, volume 3, pages 314–316,Helsinki, Finland, 1990.

657 S. Bémová, K. Oliva, and J. Panevovà. Some problems of machinetranslation between closely related languages. In Procesings of COLING’88, Budapest, 1988.

658 Eftihia Benaki, Karkaletsis Vangelis A, and Constantine D. Spyropou-los. Integrating User Modeling Into Information Extraction: The UMIEPrototype. In A. Jameson, C. Paris, and C. Tasso, editors, Proceedingsof the Sixth International Conference on User Modeling (UM97), pages55–57. Springer, Berlin, June 2-5 1997. (Chia Laguna, Sardinia, Italy).

659 Farah Benamara. Generating intensional answers in intelligent questionanswering systems. In Anja Belz, Roger Evans, and Paul Piwek, editors,Natural Language Generation: Third international Conference (INLG2004), number 3123 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages11–20. Springer, Berlin, New York, July 14-16 2004.

660 Trevor J. M. Bench-Capon and Grant Malcolm. Formalising Ontologiesand Their Relations. In Trevor J. M. Bench-Capon, Giovanni Soda,and A. Min Tjoa, editors, Database and Expert Systems Applications,10th International Conference, DEXA ’99, Florence, Italy, August 30 -September 3, 1999, Proceedings, volume 1677 of Lecture Notes in Com-puter Science, pages 250–259. Springer, 1999.

57

661 Emily M. Bender, Dan Flickinger, and Stephan Oepen. The Gram-mar Matrix: an open-source starter-kit for the rapid development ofcross-linguistically consistent broad-coverage precision grammars. InProceedings of the COLING 2002 Workshop on Grammar Engineeringand Evaluation, pages 8–14. COLING, 2002.

662 G. Benelli, A. Bianchi, P. Marti, Elena Not, and D. Sennati. HIPS:hyper-interaction within physical space. In Proceedings of the IEEEinternational conference on multimedia computing, Florance, Italy, 1999.

663 S. K. Bennacef, F. Néel, and H. B. Maynard. An oral dialogue modelbased on speech acts categorization. In Proceedings of the ESCA (Euro-pean Speech Communication Association) Workshop on Spoken DialogueSystems, May 30 - June 2, 1995, pages 237–240, Vigso, Denmark, 1995.

664 B Bennett. The application of Qualitative Spatial Reasoning to GIS. InR.J. Abrahart, editor, Proceedings of the First International Conferenceon GeoComputation, volume I, pages 44–47, Leeds, 1996.

665 B. Bennett. Physical Objects, Identity and Vagueness. In D. Fensel,Deborah McGuinness, and Mary-Anne Williams, editors, Principles ofKnowledge Representation and Reasoning: Proceedings of the EighthInternational Conference (KR2002), San Francisco, CA, 2002. MorganKaufmann.

666 B. Bennett and A. G. Cohn. Multi-Dimensional Multi-Modal Logics asa Framework for Spatio-Temporal Reasoning. In Proceedings of the ‘HotTopics in Spatio-Temporal Reasoning’ workshop, IJCAI-99, Stockholm,1999.

667 B Bennett, A G Cohn, and A Isli. Combining Multiple Representationsin a Spatial Reasoning System. In Proceedings of the 9th IEEE Interna-tional Conference on Tools with Artificial Intelligence (TAI-97), pages314–322, Newport Beach, CA, 1997.

668 B. Bennett, A.G. Cohn, P. Torrini, and S.M. Hazarika. A foundationfor region-based qualitative geometry. In W. Horn, editor, Proceedingsof ECAI-2000, pages 204–208, 2000.

669 B. Bennett, A.G. Cohn, P. Torrini, and S.M. Hazarika. Region-BasedQualitative Geometry. Technical Report 2000.07, School of Computing,University of Leeds, Leeds, LS2 9JT, UK, 2000.

670 B. Bennett and A.P. Galton. A unifying semantics for time and events.QSR Group Technical Report, School of Computing, University ofLeeds, Leeds, U.K., 2000.

671 B. Bennett and A.P. Galton. A versatile representation for time andevents. In Proceedings of the 5th Symposium on logical formalizationsof commonsense reasoning (Commonsense 2001), pages 43–52, 2001.

58

672 Brandon Bennett. Spatial reasoning with propositional logic. In Pro-ceedings of Principles of Knowledge Representation and Reasoning: Pro-ceedings of the Fourth International Conference (KR94), pages 51–62,San Mateo, CA, 1994. Morgan Kaufmann.

673 Brandon Bennett. Space, time, matter and things. In Christopher Weltyand Barry Smith, editors, Formal Ontology in Information Systems:Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference on Formal Ontology inInformation Systems, pages 105–116, New York, 2001. ACM Press.

674 Brandon Bennett. What is a forest? on the vagueness of certain geo-graphic concepts. Topoi, 20(2):189–201, 2001.

675 Brandon Bennett and Pragya Agarwal. Semantic Categories Underly-ing the Meaning of ‘Place’. In Stephan Winter, Matt Duckham, LarsKulik, and Benjamin Kuipers, editors, Spatial Information Theory: Pro-ceedings of the 8th international conference (COSIT-2007, Melbourne,Australia), number 4736 in Lecture Notes in Computer Science, pages78–95, Berlin and Heidelberg, 2007. Springer-Verlag.

676 Brandon Bennett and Matteo Cristani, editors. Spatial Vagueness, Un-certainty, Granularity: A Special Double Issue of spatial Cognition andComputation. Psychology Press, 2003.

677 Brandon Bennett, Frank Wolter, and Michael Zakharyaschev. Multi-dimensional modal logic as a framework for spatio-temporal reasoning.Applied Intelligence, 17(3):239–251, 2002.

678 John G. Bennett. Depiction and convention. Monist, 58(2):255–268,1974.

679 Peter Bennett, Andrew Hickman, and Peter Wall, editors. Film studies:the essential resource. Routledge, London, 2007.

680 W. Bennett. Spatial and Temporal Uses of English Prepositions. AnEssay in Stratificational Semantics. Longman, London, 1975.

681 W. S. Bennett. The linguistic component of METAL, 1982. WorkingPaper LRC-92-2, Linguistic Research Center, University of Texas atAustin.

682 Winfield S. Bennett and Jonathan Slocum. The LRC Machine Transla-tion System. Computational Linguistics, 11(2-3):111–121, 1985.

683 M. Bennewitz, Burgard W., and S. Thrun. Optimizing schedules forprioritized path planning. In Proc. of the IEEE International Conferenceon Robotics & Automation (ICRA). 2001.

684 System structures and discourse: selected papers from the FifteenthInternational Systemic Congress. Word, 40(1-2), April-August 1989.

59

685 James D. Benson and Barron Brainerd. Chesterton’s Parodies of Swin-burne and Yeats: a lexical approach. Literary and Linguistic Computing,3(4):226–231, 1988.

686 James D. Benson, Michael Cummings, and William S. Greaves, editors.Linguistics in a Systemic Perspective. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1988.

687 James D. Benson and William S. Greaves. The language people reallyuse. The Book Society of Canada, Agincourt, Ontario, 1973.

688 James D. Benson and William S. Greaves. The Language People ReallyUse. Book Society of Canada, Toronto, 1973.

689 James D. Benson and William S. Greaves. Field of discourse: theoryand application. Applied Linguistics, 2:45–55, 1981.

690 James D. Benson and William S. Greaves. Textual meaning in Trollope’sBarchester Towers: the foregrounding of adversative conjunctions. InWaldemar Gutwinski and Grace Jolly, editors, The Eighth Lacus Forum1981. Hornbeam Press, Columbia, 1982.

691 James D. Benson and William S. Greaves. Field of discourse: a theo-retical vantage point enabling more effective use of computer assistedcollocational analysis, 1983. Paper presented at Association for Literaryand Linguistic Computing (ALLC) Conference, San Francisco.

692 James D. Benson and William S. Greaves. Ideational, interpersonaland textual meaning in Melville’s Moby Dick. Forum Linguisticum,8(2):157–167, 1984.

693 James D. Benson and William S. Greaves. You and your language:meaning is choice, volume 2. Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1984.

694 James D. Benson and William S. Greaves. You and your language:styles and dialects, volume 1. Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1984.

695 James D. Benson and William S. Greaves, editors. Systemic Perspec-tives on Discourse, Volume 1: Selected Theoretical Papers from the 9thInternational Systemic Workshop. Ablex, Norwood, New Jersey, 1985.

696 James D. Benson and William S. Greaves, editors. Systemic Perspec-tives on Discourse: Selected Applied Papers from the Ninth InternationalSystemic Workshop, Vol. 2. Ablex, Norwood, New Jersey, 1985.

697 James D. Benson and William S. Greaves. A Comparison of ProcessTypes in Poe and Melville. In Ross Steele and Terry Threadgold, editors,Language Topics: essays in honour of Michael Halliday, volume 1. JohnBenjamins Publishing Co., Amsterdam and Philadelphia, 1987.

60

698 James D. Benson and William S. Greaves, editors. Systemic FunctionalApproaches to Discourse: Selected Papers from the Twelfth InternationalSystemic Workshop. Ablex, Norwood, New Jersey, 1988.

699 James D. Benson and William S. Greaves. Using narrow-span colloca-tions in parsing lexicogrammatical output of field in a natural languagetext, 1989. Paper presented at the 16th International Systemic Work-shop, Helsinki.

700 James D. Benson and William S. Greaves. Collocation and field ofdiscourse. In William C. Mann and Sandra A. Thompson, editors, Dis-course description: diverse analyses of a fund raising text, pages 397–410. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1992.

701 James D. Benson and William S. Greaves. Semiosis in bridge: doing andhappening, having and being, saying and thinking. Language Sciences,14(4):565–579, 1992.

702 James D. Benson and William S. Greaves. The notion of ’technicality’ inregister: a case study from the language of bridge. In Martin Davies andLouise Ravelli, editors, Advances in systemic linguistics: recent theoryand practice, pages 205–221. Pinter, London, 1992.

703 James D. Benson, William S. Greaves, and Barron Brainerd. A Quan-tificational Approach to Field of Discourse. In Methodes quantitatives etinformatiques dans l’etude des textes. Slatkine-Champion, Geneve-Paris,1986.

704 James D. Benson, William S. Greaves, and David Mendelsohn. Anexperimental validation of M.A.K. Halliday’s system of tone at primarydelicacy in a Canadian context. In Robin P. Fawcett and David Young,editors, New developments in systemic linguistics. Pinter, London, 1988.

705 James D. Benson, William S. Greaves, and Glenn Stillar. Transitivityand ergativity in ’The Lotus-Eaters’. Language and Literature, 4(1):31–48, 1995.

706 James D. Benson, William S. Greaves, and Glenn Stillar. Construingcontext in two movie reviews. In Robert Stainton and Jessica Devilliers,editors, Communication in linguistics: Festschrift for Michael Gregory.Editions du GREF, Toronto, 2001.

707 Morton Benson, Evelyn Benson, and Robert Ilson. The BBI Combi-natory Dictionary of English. John Benjamins Publishing Company,Amsterdam, 1986.

708 Günter Bentele. Audio-visual analysis and a grammar of presentationforms in news programs: some mediasemiotic considerations. In TeunA. van Dijk, editor, Discourse and communication: new approaches to

61

the analysis of mass media discourse and communication, pages 159–184. Walter de Gruyter, Berlin, 1985.

709 Émile Benveniste. Problèmes de linguistique générale. Gallimard, Paris,1966. Translation available in ? ).

710 Emile Benveniste. Problems in general linguistics, chapter The correla-tions of tense in the French verb, pages 205–215. University of MiamiPress, Coral Gables, 1971. Translated by Mary Elizabeth Meek.

711 Émile Benveniste. Probleme der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. PaulList Verlag, München, 1974. Translated by Wilhelm Bolle.

712 Bethan Benwell and Elizabeth Stokoe. Discourse and identity. Edin-burgh University Press, Edinburgh, 2007.

713 Bernard Berelson. Content analysis in communication research. FreePress, Glencoe, Illinois, 1952.

714 B. Berendt, B. Barkowsky, C. Freksa, and S. Kelter. Spatial representa-tion with aspect maps. In C. Freksa, C. Habel, and K.F. Wender, editors,Spatial Cognition I - An interdisciplinary approach to representing andprocessing spatial knowledge, pages 313–336. Springer, Berlin, 1998.

715 B. Berendt, T. Barkowsky, C. Freksa, and S. Kelter. Spatial representa-tion with aspect maps. In C. Freksa, C. Habel, and K.F. Wender, editors,Spatial Cognition I - An interdisciplinary approach to representing andprocessing spatial knowledge, pages 313–336. Springer, Berlin, 1998.

716 B. Berendt and P. Jansen-Osmann. Feature accumulation and routestructuring in distance estimations - an interdisciplinary approach. InS. Hirtle and A. Frank, editors, Spatial information theory: A theo-retical basis for GIS. Proceedings of COSIT 97, pages 279–296, Berlin,Heidelberg, 1997. Springer.

717 B. Berendt, R. Rauh, and T. Barkowsky. Spatial thinking withgeographic maps: an empirical study. In H. Czap, P. Ohly, andS. Pribbenow, editors, Herausforderungen an die Wissensorganisa-tion:Visualisierung, multimediale Dokumente, Internetstrukturen, pages63–73. ERGON-Verlag, Würzburg, 1998.

718 K. L. Berge, P. Coppock, and E. Maagero, editors. Å SkapeMening Med Språk: en samling artikler av M. A. K. Halliday, R.Hasan og J. R. Martin. (Critical Perspectives on Literacy and Educa-tion). Landslaget for norskundervisning (LNU) og Cappelen AkademiskForlag, Oslo, 1998.

719 Kjell Lars Berge and Eva Maagero, editors. Semiotics from the North.Nordic approaches to systemic functional linguistics. Novus Press, Oslo,2005.

62

720 Arthur Asa Berger. Narratives in Popular Culture, Media, and EverydayLife. Sage, Thousand Oaks, CA, 1997.

721 Arthur Asa Berger. The Sign in the Window: A Semiotic Analysis ofAdvertising. In Roberta Kevelson, editor, Hi-Fives. A Trip to Semiotics,pages 13–28. Peter Lang, New York, 1998.

722 Arthur Asa Berger. Media and Communication Research Methods: anintroduction to qualitative and quantitative approaches. Sage Publica-tions, Thousand Oaks, CA, 2000.

723 P.L. Berger and T. Luckmann. The social construction of reality: atreatise in the sociology of knowledge. Allen Lane (Penguin), London,1967.

724 Todd Berliner and Dale J. Cohen. The illusion of continuity: activeperception and the classical editing system. Journal of Film and Video,63(1):44–63, 2011.

725 L. Bernard, U. Einspanier, S. Haubrock, S. Hübner, W. Kuhn, R. Less-ing, M. Lutz, and U. Visser. Ontologies for Intelligent Search and Se-mantic Translation in Spatial Data Infrastructures. Photogrammetrie -Fernerkundung - Geoinformation (PFG), 6:451–462, 2003.

726 Michael Bernard, Barbara Chaparro, and R. Thomasson. Finding In-formation on the Web: Does the Amount of Whitespace Really Matter?Usability News, 2(1), 2000.

727 M.L. Bernard. Developing schemas for the location of common webobjects. In Proceedings of the Human Factors and Ergonomics Society45th Annual Meeting 2001, pages 1161–1165, 2001.

728 R. Bernardo. Subjecthood and consciousness. In Wallace L. Chafe,editor, The Pear Stories, pages 275–300. Ablex Publishing Corps., NewJersey, 1980.

729 T. Berners-Lee, J. Hendler, and O. Lassila. The semantic web. ScientificAmerican, 284(5), May 2001.

730 Tim Berners-Lee. Information Management: A Proposal. TechnicalReport, CERN, 1989. March 1989, May 1990.

731 Stephen A. Bernhardt. Text structure and graphic design: the visibledesign. In James D. Benson and William S. Greaves, editors, SystemicPerspectives on Discourse, Volume 1, pages 18–38. Ablex, Norwood,New Jersey, 1985.

732 Stephen A. Bernhardt. Visual Rhetoric. In Therese Enos, editor, En-cyclopedia of Rhetoric and Composition: Communication from ancienttimes to the information age, pages 746–748. Garland, New York, 1996.

63

733 Nora Berning. Narrative means to journalistic ends: a narratologicalanalysis of selected journalistic reportages. VS Verlag, Wiesbaden, 2011.

734 Niels Ole Bernsen. Foundations of multimodal representations: a tax-onomy of representational modalities. Interacting with Computers,6(4):347–371, 1994.

735 Niels Ole Bernsen. Defining a taxonomy of output modalities from anHCI perspective. Computer Standards and Interfaces, 18:537–553, 1997.

736 Niels Ole Bernsen. Multimodality in language and speech systems - fromtheory to design support tool. In Björn Granström, David House, andInger Karlsson, editors, Mutlimodality in language and speech systems,pages 93–148. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 2002.

737 N.O. Bernsen, J. Dybkjaer, and L. Dybkjaer. Cooperativity in human-machine and human-human spoken dialogue. Discourse Processes,21(2):213–236, 1996.

738 Basil Bernstein. Class, Codes, and Control 1: theoretical studies towardsa sociology of language. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London, 1971.

739 Basil Bernstein, editor. Class, Codes and Control 2: applied studiestowards a sociology of language. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London,1973.

740 Mark Bernstein. Patterns of hypertext. In Proceedings of the ninth ACMconference on Hypertext and hypermedia, pages 21–29, NY, 1998. ACM.

741 Chris Berry and Feii Lu. Island on the Edge : Taiwan New Cinema andAfter. Hong Kong University Press, 2005.

742 Margaret Berry. An introduction to systemic linguistics 1: structuresand systems. B.T. Batsford Ltd., London, 1975.

743 Margaret Berry. An introduction to systemic linguistics 2: levels andlinks. B.T. Batsford Ltd., London, 1977.

744 Margaret Berry. A note on Sinclair and Coulthard’s classes of actsincluding a comment on comments. Nottingham Linguistic Circular,8:49–59, 1979.

745 Margaret Berry. They’re all out of step except for our Johnny: a discus-sion of motivation (or the lack of it) in systemic linguistics, 1980. Paperpresented at the Seventh Systemic Workshop, Sheffield, 10 September,1980.

746 Margaret Berry. Polarity, ellipticity and propositional development,their relevance to the well-formedness of an exchange. Nottingham Lin-guistic Circular, 10, 1981.

64

747 Margaret Berry. Systemic linguistics and discourse analysis: a multi-layered approach to exchange structure. In Malcolm Coulthard andMichael Montgomery, editors, Studies in Discourse Analysis, pages 120–145. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London, 1981.

748 Margaret Berry. Towards layers of exchange structure for directive ex-changes. Network: news, views and reviews in systemic lingustics andrelated areas, 2, 1981.

749 Margaret Berry. Review article: Michael A.K. Halliday (1978) Languageas Social Semiotic: The Social Interpretation of Language and Meaning.Nottingham Linguistic Circular, 1982.

750 Margaret Berry, editor. Nottingham Linguistic Circular: special issueon systemic linguistics. University of Nottingham, England, 1984.

751 Margaret Berry. Is teacher an unanalysed concept? In Michael A. K.Halliday and Robin P. Fawcett, editors, New development in systemiclinguistics. Frances Pinter, London, 1987.

752 Margaret Berry. Thematic options and success in writing. InM. Ghadessy, editor, Thematic development in English texts, pages 55–84. Pinter Publishers, London, 1995.

753 Margaret Berry. What is Theme? - A(nother) personal view. InRobin Fawcett Margaret Berry Christopher Butler and Guowen Huang,editors, Meaning and form: systemic functional interpretations, pages1–64. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1996.

754 Margaret Berry, Christopher Butler, Robin Fawcett, and GuowenHuang, editors. Meaning and form: systemic functional interpretations.Vol. 2 of Meaning and Choice in language: studies for Michael Halliday.Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1996.

755 M. Bertamini. Representational momentum, internalised dynamics, andperceptual adaptation. Visual Cognition, 9:195–216, 2002.

756 Raphael Berthele. The typology of motion and posture verbs: a varia-tionist account. In Bernd Kortmann, editor, Dialectology meets Typol-ogy. Dialect grammar from a cross-linguistic perspective, number 153 inTrends in Linguistics. Studies and Monographs, pages 93–126. Moutonde Gruyter, Berlin / New York, 2004.

757 J. Bertin. Semiology of graphics. University of Wisconsin Press, Madi-son, Wisconsin, 1983.

758 D. J. Besemer and P. S. Jacobs. FLUSH: A Flexible Lexicon Design.In Proceedings of the 25th. Annual Meeting of the Association for Com-putational Linguistics, pages 186–192, Stanford, CA., 1987. Associationfor Computational Linguistics.

65

759 Gerry Bettison. Happy Together? Generic Hybridity in 2046 and Inthe Mood for Love. In Warren Buckland, editor, Puzle Films: ComplexStorytelling in COntemporary Cinema. Wiley-Blackwell, 2010.

760 Robbert-Jan Beun and Rogier M. van Eijk. Conceptual Mismatches andRepair in Human-Computer Interaction. In Proceedings of Symposiumon Dialogue Modelling and Generation, Amsterdam, The Netherlands,July 2005. Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam.

761 A Beurer and B. Harriehausen-Mühlbauer. Choose your desired struc-ture or Generation in PLNLP. In International Conference on CurrentIssues in Computational Linguistics, Malaysia, 1991.

762 David Beymer, Peter Z. Orton, and Daniel M. Russell. An EyeTracking Study of How Pictures Influence Online Reading. In CéciliaBaranauskas, Philippe Palanque, Julio Abascal, Simone Diniz, and Jun-queira Barbosa, editors, Human-Computer Interaction: INTERACT2007, volume II of LNCS, pages 456–460. Springer-Verlag, Berlin / Hei-delberg, 2007.

763 J. Bezemer and G. Kress. Writing in multimodal texts: a social semioticaccount of designs for learning. Written Communication, 25(2):165–195,2008.

764 R. van Bezooijen. Evaluation of two synthesis systems for Dutch:phonemes and consonant clusters. In Proceedings of the 11th. Insti-tute of Phonetic Sciences, pages 47–57, Amsterdam, 1987. University ofAmsterdam.

765 R. van Bezooijen and L. C. W. Pols. Evaluation of two synthesis-by-rule systems for Dutch. In Proceedings of the Speech ’88, 7th. FASESymposium, volume 2, pages 445–452, Edinburgh, 1988.

766 Homi K. Bhabha. DissemiNation: time, narrative and the margins ofthe modern nation. In Homi K. Bhabha, editor, Nation and narration.Routledge, London and New York, 1990.

767 Homi K. Bhabha. Nation and narration. Routledge, London and NewYork, 1990.

768 Homi K. Bhabha. The location of culture. Routledge, London, 1994.

769 Vijay K. Bhatia. Analysing genre: language use in professional settings.Longman, Harlow, U.K., 1993.

770 Vijay K. Bhatia. Applied genre analysis: analytical advances and ped-agogical procedures. In A.M. Johns, editor, Genre in the classroom:multiple perspectives. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Marwah, NJ, 2002.

66

771 Vijay K. Bhatia. Worlds of Written Discourse: A Genre-Based View.Continuum, London and New York, 2004.

772 M. Bhatt and G. Flanagan. Spatio-Temporal Abduction for Scenarioand Narrative Completion (a preliminary statement). In Proceedingsof ECAI 2010 International Workshop on Spatio-Temporal Dynamics,Lisbon, Portugal, 2010.

773 Mehul Bhatt, Frank Dylla, and Joana Hois. Spatio-Terminological In-ference for the Design of Ambient Environments. In Kathleen StewartHornsby, Christophe Claramunt, Michel Denis, and and Gérard Ligozat,editors, Conference on Spatial Information Theory (COSIT’09), pages371–391. Springer-Verlag, 2009.

774 Douglas Biber. Spoken and written textual dimensions in English: re-solving the contradictory findings. Language, 62(2):384–414, 1986.

775 Douglas Biber. Variation Across Speech and Writing. Cambridge Uni-versity Press, Cambridge, 1988.

776 Douglas Biber. A typology of English texts. Linguistics, 27:3–43, 1989.

777 Douglas Biber. On the complexity of discourse complexity: a multidi-mensional analysis. Discourse Processes, 15:133–163, 1992.

778 Douglas Biber. Representativeness in corpus design. Literary and Lin-guistic Computing, 8(4):243–257, 1993.

779 Douglas Biber. Using register-diversified corpora for general languagestudies. Computational Linguistics, 19(2):219–242, 1993.

780 Douglas Biber. Dimensions of register variation: a cross-linguistic com-parison. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1995.

781 Douglas Biber, Susan Conrad, and Randi Reppen. Corpus Linguistics:investigating language structure and use. Cambridge University Press,Cambridge, 1998.

782 Douglas Biber and Ed Finegan. Adverbial stance types in English. Dis-course Processes, 11:1–34, 1988.

783 Douglas Biber and Ed Finegan. Styles of stance in English: lexical andgrammatical marking of evidentiality and affect. Text, 9:93–124, 1989.

784 Douglas Biber and Edward Finegan, editors. Perspectives on register:situating register variation within sociolinguistics. Oxford UniversityPress, 1993.

785 Douglas Biber and Mohamed Hared. Dimensions of register variation inSomali. Language variation and change, 4:41–75, 1992.

67

786 Douglas Biber, Stig Johansson, Geoffrey Leech, Susan Conrad, andEd Finegan, editors. The Longman Grammar of Spoken and WrittenEnglish. Longman, London, 1999.

787 T. Bickmore and R.W. Picard. Establishing and maintaining long-termhuman-computer relationships. ACM transactions on Computer HumanInteraction (ToCHI), 2004.

788 Marie A. Bienkowski. A Computational Model for ExtemporaneousElaborations. Technical Report CSL 1, Cognitive Science Laboratory,Princeton University, September 1986.

789 Meghyn Bienvenu. Consequence Finding in Modal Logic. PhD thesis,Université de Toulouse, 2009.

790 Gann Bierner. TraumaTalk: Content-to-speech generation for decisionsupport at point of care. In Proceedings of the 1998 American MedicalInformatics Association Annual Symposium (AMIA’98), 1998.

791 Manfred Bierwisch. Some semantic universals of German adjectivals.Foundations of Language, 3:1–36, 1967.

792 Manfred Bierwisch. Regeln für die Intonation deutscher Sätze. In Stu-dia Grammatica VII: Untersuchungen über Akzent und Intonation imDeutschen, pages 99–201. Akademie Verlag, Berlin, 3rd. edition edition,1973.

793 Manfred Bierwisch. Semantische und konzeptuelle Repräsentationlexikalischer Einheiten. In R. Ružička and W. Motsch, editors, Unter-suchungen zur Semantik, pages 61–99. Akademie-Verlag, Berlin, 1982.

794 Manfred Bierwisch. The Semantics of Gradation. In Manfred Bier-wisch and Ewald Lang, editors, Dimensional Adjectives: GrammaticalStructure and Conceptual Interpretation, pages 71–262. Springer Verlag,Berlin, 1987.

795 Manfred Bierwisch. On the grammar of local prepositions. In ManfredBierwisch, W. Motsch, and I. Zimmermann, editors, Syntax, Semantik,und Lexikon: Rudolf Ruzicka zum 65. Geburtstag, pages 1–65. AkademieVerlag, Berlin, 1988.

796 Manfred Bierwisch. How much space gets into language. In Paul Bloom,Mary A. Peterson, Lynn Nadel, and Merrill F. Garrett, editors, Lan-guage and Space, pages 31–76. MIT Press, Cambride, MA, 1999.

797 Manfred Bierwisch and Ewald Lang, editors. Dimensional adjectives.Grammatical structure and conceptual interpretation. Springer, Berlin,1989.

68

798 Manfred Bierwisch and Robert Schreuder. From concepts to lexicalitems. Cognition, 42:23–60, 1992.

799 D. Bigorgne, O. Boeffard, B. Cherbonnel, F. Emerard, D. Larreur, J. L.Le Saint Milon, I. Metayer, C. Sorin, and S. White. Multilingual PSOLAText-to-Speech system. In Proceedings of the ICASSP ’93, volume II,pages 187–190, Minneapolis, USA, 1993. (23-26 April, 1993.

800 E. Bilange. A Task Independent Oral Dialogue Model. In Proceed-ings of the 5th. Meeting of the European Chapter of the Association forComputational Linguistics, pages 83–87, 1991.

801 Roland Billen and Eliseo Clementini. A Model for Ternary ProjectiveRelations between Regions. In Advances in Database Technology - Pro-ceedings of EDBT 2004, number 2992 in Lecture Notes in ComputerScience, pages 310–328. Springer, Berlin / Heidelberg, 2004.

802 Michael Billig. Prejudice, categorization and particularization: from aperceptual to a rhetorical approach. European Journal of Social Psy-chology, 15:79–103, 1985.

803 Michael Billig. Arguing and thinking: a rhetorical approach to socialpsychology. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1987.

804 Michael Billig. Methodology and scholarship in understanding ideolog-ical explanation. In Charles Antaki, editor, Analysing everyday expla-nation: a casebook of methods, pages 199–215. Sage, London, 1988.

805 Michael Billig. The notion of ’prejudice’: some rhetorical and ideologicalaspects. Text, 8(1-2):91–110, 1988.

806 Michael Billig. The argumentative nature of holding strong views: acase study. European Journal of Social Psychology, 19:203–223, 1989.

807 Michael Billig. Banal nationalism. Sage, London, 1995.

808 J. Bing. Aspects of English prosody. University Linguistics Club, Indi-ana, 1980.

809 K. Binsted, A. Cawsey, and R.B. Jones. Generating Personalised Infor-mation using the Medical Record. In Artificial Intelligence in Medicine:Proceedings of AIME 95, pages 29–41. Springer, Berlin, 1995.

810 K. Binsted and Graeme Ritchie. An implemented model of punningriddles. In Proceedings of the Twelth National Conference on ArtificialIntelligence (AAAI-94), pages 633–638, Seattle, USA, 1994.

811 K. Binsted and Graeme Ritchie. Speculations on story puns. In Proceed-ings of the International Workshop on Computational Humour, pages151–159, Enschede, Netherlands, 1996.

69

812 K. Binsted and O. Takizawa. Computer generation of puns. In NaturalLanguage Processing Pacific Rim Symposium (NLPRS), pages 129–134,Phuket, 1997.

813 David Birch and Michael O’Toole, editors. Functions of Style. FrancesPinter, London, 1988.

814 David Birch and Michael O’Toole. The power of functional sylistics.In David Birch and Michael O’Toole, editors, Functions of Style, pages1–11. Pinter Publishers, London, 1988.

815 S. Bird and J. Harrington. Special issue on Speech annotation andcorpus tools. Speech Communication, 33(1-2), 2001.

816 S. Bird and M. Liberman. A formal framework for linguistic annotation.Speech communication, 33(1-2):23–60, 2001.

817 L. Birnbaum, M. Flowers, and R. McGuire. Towards an A.I. modelof argumentation. In Proceedings of the First National Conference onArtificial Intelligence. Stanford University, August 1980.

818 L. Birnbaum and M. Selfridge. Conceptual Analysis of Natural Lan-guage. In Roger C. Schank and C. K. Riesbeck, editors, Inside ComputerUnderstanding, pages 318–353. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale,New Jersey, 1981.

819 T. Bittner, M. Donnelly, and S. Winter. Ontology and Semantic Inter-operability. In D. Prosperi and S. Zlatanova, editors, Large-Scale 3DData Integration. CRC Press, London, 2005.

820 Thomas Bittner. Indeterminacy and Rough Approximation. In Pro-ceedings of the 16th Florida Artificial Intelligence Research Symposium(FLAIRS). AAAI Press, forthcoming.

821 Thomas Bittner. Approximate qualitative temporal reasoning. 35(1-2),2002.

822 Thomas Bittner. Granularity in Reference to Spatio-Temporal Locationand Relations. In Proceedings of the 15th Florida Artificial IntelligenceResearch Symposium (FLAIRS), 2002.

823 Thomas Bittner. Judgments about Spatio-Temporal Relations. In KR2002 - 8th International Conference on Principles of Knowledge Repre-sentation and Reasoning, 2002.

824 Thomas Bittner. Reasoning about Qualitative Spatio-Temporal Rela-tions at Multiple Levels of Granularity. In F. van Harmelen, editor,Proceedings of the 15th European Conference on Artificial Intelligence -ECAI 2002, Amsterdam, 2002. IOS Press.

70

825 Thomas Bittner, Maureen Donnelly, and Barry Smith. A Spatio-Temporal Ontology for Geographic Information Integration. Inter-national Journal of Geographical Information Science, 23(5):765–798,2009.

826 Thomas Bittner and Barry Smith. Formal ontologies for space and time,forthcoming.

827 Thomas Bittner and Barry Smith. A Taxonomy of Granular Parti-tions. In Proceedings of the Conference on Spatial Information The-ory - COSIT 2001, Lecture Notes in Computer Science, pages 28–43.Springer-Verlag, Berlin-Heidelberg, 2001.

828 Thomas Bittner and Barry Smith. Vagueness and Granular Partitions.In Proceedings of the Conference on Formal Ontology in InformationSystems - FOIS2001, pages 309–321. Sheridan Press, 2001.

829 Thomas Bittner and Barry Smith. A Theory of Granular Partitions.In Matthew Duckham, Michael F. Goodchild, and Michael F. Worboys,editors, Foundations of Geographic Information Science, pages 117–151.Taylor and Francis, London, 2003.

830 Thomas Bittner and Barry Smith. Directly depicting granular ontolo-gies. Presented at the 1st International Workshop on Adaptive Multi-media Retrieval, Hamburg, Sept 2003.

831 Thomas Bittner and Barry Smith. Granular Spatio-Temporal Ontolo-gies. In 2003 AAAI Symposium: Foundations and Applications ofSpatio-Temporal Reasoning (FASTR), 2003.

832 Thomas Bittner and Barry Smith. Vague Reference and ApproximatingJudgements. 3(2):137–156, 2003.

833 Thomas Bittner and John G. Stell. Stratified Rough Sets and Vagueness.In Proceedings of COSIT 2003, forthcoming.

834 Thomas Bittner and John G. Stell. Approximate qualitative spatialreasoning. Spatial Cognition and Computation, 2(4):435–466, 2002.

835 Thomas Bittner and John G. Stell. Vagueness and Rough Location.Geoinformatica, 6:99–121, 2002.

836 L.F. Bitzer. The rhetorical situation. Philosophy and Rhetoric, 1:1–14,1968.

837 Alexander Black. Photography in fiction: “Miss Jerry", the first pictureplay. Scribner’s, 18:348–360, September 1895.

838 Alexander Black. The camera and the comedy. Scribner’s, 20:605–610,November 1896.

71

839 Black and Campbell. Predicting the intonation of discourse segmentsfrom examples in dialogue speech. In Proceedings of the ESCA (Euro-pean Speech Communication Association) Workshop on Spoken DialogueSystems, May 30 - June 2, 1995, pages 197–200, Vigso, Denmark, 1995.

840 David Alan Black. Genette and film: narrative level in the fiction cin-ema. Wide Angle, 8(3):19–26, 1986.

841 M. Black. The Labyrinth of Language. Encyclopedia Britannica Inc.,1968.

842 Patrick Blackburn and Maarten de Rijke. Why combine logics? StudiaLogica, 59(1):5–27, 1997.

843 Patrick Blackburn, Claire Gardent, and Maarten de Rijke. Back andForth through Time and Events. In Proceedings of the 9th AmsterdamColloquium, pages 161–175, Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1993. Insti-tute for Logic, Language and Computation.

844 Patrick Blackburn, Claire Gardent, and Maarten de Rijke. Rich on-tologies for tense and aspect. In Jerry Seligman and Dag Westerstahl,editors, Logic, Language and Computation, pages 77–92. CSLI Publica-tions, Stanford, 1996.

845 O. H. Blackwood, W. B. Herron, and W. C. Kelly. The High SchoolPhysics. Ginn and Company, 1951.

846 J. Anthony Blair. The rhetoric of visual arguments. In Charles A Hilland Marguerite Helmers, editors, Defining visual rhetorics, pages 41–62.Erlbaum, Mahwah, NJ, 2004.

847 David Blakesley. Sophistry, magic, and the vilifying rhetoric of TheUsual Suspects. In David Blakesley, editor, The terministic screen:rhetorical perspectives on film, pages 234–245. Southern Illinois Uni-versity Press, Carbondale, Il, 2003.

848 David Blakesley. Defining film rhetoric: the case of Hitchcock’s Ver-tigo. In Charles A Hill and Marguerite Helmers, editors, Defining visualrhetorics, pages 111–134. Erlbaum, Mahwah, NJ, 2004.

849 L. Blankert, A. Jacobs, A. Miene, Th. Hermes, G.T. Ioannidis, andO. Herzog. An environment for modelling telecast structures. TZI-Bericht 32, TZI Technologie-Zentrum Informatik, Universität Bremen,Bremen, 2005.

850 Nate Blaylock, James Allen, and George Ferguson. Managing commu-nicative intentions with collaborative problem solving. In Ronnie Smithand Jan van Kuppevelt, editors, Current and New Directions in Dis-course and Dialogue. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 2003.

72

851 Joan Bliss, Martin Monk, and Jon Ogborn. Qualitative data analysisfor educational research. Croom Helm, London, 1983.

852 A. Blocher, E. Stopp, and T. Weis. ANTLIMA-1: Ein System zur Gener-ierung von Bildvorstellungen ausgehend von Propositionen. TechnicalReport 50, University of Saarbrücken, Sonderforschungsbereich 314, In-formatik, 1992.

853 Anselm Blocher and Eva Stopp. Time-dependent generation of minimalsets of spatial descriptions. In Workshop notes of the Workshop on theRepresentation and Processing of Spatial Expressions at the 14th. Inter-national Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI-95), pages1–7, Montréal, Canada, August 1995.

854 Anselm Blocher and Eva Stopp. Time-dependent generation of minimalsets of spatial descriptions. In Patrick Olivier and Klaus-Peter Gapp,editors, Representation and processing of spatial expressions, pages 57–72. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Mahwah, New Jersey, 1998.

855 H. U. Block. Compiling trace and unification grammar for parsing andgeneration. In Proceedings of the ACL Reversible Grammar Workshop,Berkeley, California, 1991.

856 H.U. Block. Two optimizations for semantic-head-driven generators. InThird European Workshop on Natural Language Generation, Judenstein,Austria, 1991.

857 R. Block. Lexical Functional Grammar and Natural Language Genera-tion. Wisber Report 10, University of Hamburg, 1986.

858 R. Block. Can a ‘parsing grammar’ be used for natural language genera-tion? The negative example of LFG. In M. Zock and G. Sabah, editors,Advances in natural langugae generation, Vol. II, pages 53–62. Pinter,London, 1988.

859 R. Block. Generating Referential Expressions. Wisber Report 46, Uni-versität Hamburg, 1989.

860 R. Block. Relational Grammar and Natural Language Generation. Wis-ber Report 45, Universität Hamburg, 1989.

861 R. Block and H. Horacek. Generating Referring Expressions Using Mul-tiple Knowledge Sources. In Proceedings of the 13th. International Con-ference on Computational Linguistics (COLING’90), Helsinki, Finland,1990. International Committee on Computational Linguistics.

862 R. Block and S. Schachtl. Trace and Unification Grammar. In COLING-92, Nantes, 1992.

73

863 L. Blockma, P. L. Diez-Orzas, and P. Vossen. User requirements andfunctional specification of the EuroWordNet project. EuroWordNetProject (LE-2 4003) Deliverable D001 (WP1), Commission of the Euro-pean Union, 1996.

864 Andreas Blödorn. Verweissystem Farbe: Semiotisierung und Referen-tialisierung von ,Sehen’ am Beispiel von Nicolas Roegs Don’t Look Now(1973). Zeitschrift für Semiotik, 30(3-4):321–353, 2008.

865 Andreas Blödorn. Verweissystem Farbe: Semiotisierung und Referen-tialisierung von Sehen und Erkennen am Beispiel von Nicolas RoegsDon’t Look Now (1973). Zeitschrift für Semiotik, 30(3-4):321–353, 2008.

866 Siebe Bloembergen and Claire Gardent. Parsing Discourse. TechnicalReport, Amsterdam, April 1994. [DRAFT].

867 P. Bloom, M.A. Peterson, L. Nadel, and M.F. Garrett, editors. Languageand Space. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1996.

868 Leonard Bloomfield. Language. Henry Holt and Co. and Allen andUnwin Ltd., New York and London, 1933.

869 Meriel Bloor and Thomas Bloor. Given and new information in thethematic organization of text: an application to the teaching of academicwriting. Occasional Papers in Systemic Linguistics, 6:33–43, 1992.

870 Meriel Bloor and Thomas Bloor. The Practice of Critical DiscourseAnalysis. Hodder Arnold, London, 2007.

871 Thomas Bloor and Meriel Bloor. The functional analysis of English: aHallidayan approach. Edward Arnold, London, 1995.

872 Dominique Blüher, Frank Kessler, and Magrit Tröhler. Film als Text.Theorie und Praxis der ’analyse textuelle’. montage av. Zeitschrift fürTheorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation, 8(1):3–7, 1999.

873 H. Blum. A Transformation for Extracting new Descriptors of Shape.In Wathen-Dunn, editor, Models for the Perception of Speech and VisualForm, pages 362–380. MIT-Press, 1967.

874 Joachim Blum and Hans-Jürgen Bucher. Die Zeitung: Ein Multi-medium. Textdesign - ein Gestaltungskonzept für Text, Bild und Grafik.UKV, Konstanz, 1998.

875 Shoshana Blum-Kulka and Gabriele Kasper. Journal of Paradigmatics:special issue on ‘Politeness’. Elsevier Science Publishers B.V. (NorthHolland), North Holland, 1990. Volume 14(2).

876 Ben Blumson. Depiction and Convention. Dialectica, 62(3):335–348,2008.

74

877 D. G. Bobrow, R. M. Kaplan, M. Kay, D. A. Norman, H. Thompson,and T. Winograd. GUS: a Frame-Driven Dialog System. ArtificialIntelligence, 8:155–173, 1977.

878 D.G. Bobrow and A.M. Collins, editors. Representation and Under-standing. Academic Press, New York, 1975.

879 D.G. Bobrow and T. Winograd. An overview of KRL, a KnowledgeRepresentation Language, volume 1. 1977.

880 Rusty Bobrow and Bonnie Webber. PSI-KLONE: Parsing and SemanticInterpretation in the BBN Natural Language Understanding System. InProceedings of the 1980 Conference of the Canadian Society for Com-putational Studies of Intelligence. CSCSI/SCEIO, 1980.

881 J. Bock and D. Irwin. Exploring Levels of Processing in Sentence Pro-duction. In G. Kempen, editor, Natural Language Generation: NewResults in Artificial Intelligence, Psychology and Linguistics. MartinusNijhoff Pbs, Dordrecht, 1987.

882 J. Kathryn Bock. Syntactic persistence in language production. Cogni-tive Psychology, 18:355–387, 1986.

883 Kathryn Bock. Sentence production: From mind to mouth. In J. L.Miller and P.D. Eimas, editors, Handbook of perception and cognition,volume 11: Speech, language and communication, pages 181–216. Aca-demic Press, Orlando, FL, 1995.

884 Kathryn Bock. Language Production. In Robert Wilson and FrankKeil, editors, The MIT Encyclopedia of the Cognitive Sciences, pages453–456. A Bradford Book, MIT Press, London, 1999.

885 Kathryn Bock and Zenzi Griffin. Producing words: how mind meetsmouth. Psychology Press, London, 2000.

886 Kathryn Bock and Willem Levelt. Language Production: GrammaticalEncoding. In M. Gernsbacher, editor, Handbook of Psycholinguistics,pages 945–984. Academic Press, Orlando, FL., 1994.

887 Kathryn Bock and Helga Loebell. The isolability of syntactic process-ing. In G. Carlson and M. Tanenhaus, editors, Linguistic structure inlanguage processing, pages 157–196. Kluwer Academic Pbs, Dordrecht,1989.

888 P.M. Boechler. How spatial is hyperspace? Interacting with hypertextdocuments: cognitive processes and concepts. CyberPsychology and Be-havior, 4:23–46, 2001.

889 Leo Bogart. Magazines since the rise of television. Journalism Quarterly,33(2):153–166, 1956.

75

890 Joseph M. Boggs and Dennis W. Petrie. The art of watching films: aguide to film analysis. Mayfield, Mountain View, CA, 5 edition, 2000.

891 Joseph M. Boggs and Dennis W. Petrie. The art of watching films: aguide to film analysis. Mcgraw-Hill, New York, 7 edition, 2006.

892 B. K. Boguraev. Automatic Resolution of Linguistic Ambiguities. Tech-nical Report 11, Computational Laboratory, Cambridge University,England, August 1979.

893 Bran Boguraev and Karen Sparck-Jones. A general semantic analyzerfor database access. In Proceedings of the 7th. International Joint Con-ference on Artificial Intelligence, 1981. Vancouver, BC, Canada.

894 P. Bohlin, R. Cooper, E. Engdahl, and S. Larsson. Information statesand dialog move engines. Electronic Transactions in AI, 3(9), 1999.

895 Peter Bohlin, Robin Cooper, Elisabet Engdahl, and Staffan Larsson.Information states and dialogue move engines. ETAI: News Journal onIntelligent User Interfaces, 10, 1999. Special Issue on Intelligent Dia-logue Systems edited by Jan Alexandersson, Lars Ahrenberg, KristiinaJokinen and Arne Jönsson.

896 D. Bohm and D. Peat. Science, Order, and Creativity. A Dramatic NewLook at the Creative Roots of Science and Life. Bantam Books, NewYork, 1987.

897 David Bohm. Wholeness and the Implicate Order. Routledge and KeganPaul, London, 1979.

898 Thorsten Bohnenberger and Anthony Jameson. When Policies Are Bet-ter Than Plans: Decision-Theoretic Planning of Recommendation Se-quences. In James Lester, editor, IUI 2001: International Conference onIntelligent User Interfaces, pages 21–24. ACM, New York, 2001. Avail-able from http://dfki.de/∼jameson/abs/BohnenbergerJ01.html.

899 Bernd Bohnet, Andreas Langjahr, and Leo Wanner. A DevelopmentEnvironment for an MTT-Based Sentence Generator.

900 C. Boitet. Twelve Problems for Machine Translation. In Conference onCurrent Issues in Computational Linguistics, Penang, Malaysia, 1991.

901 Chr. Boitet, P. Guillaume, and Qu/’ezel-Ambrunaz. A case study insoftware evolution: from ARIANE-78 to ARIANE-85. In Conference onTheoretical and Methodological Issues in Machine Translation of NaturalLanguages, Colgate University, Hamilton, NY, August 1985.

902 Karin Böke. Die "Invasion" aus den "Armenhäusern Europas". Meta-phern im Einwanderungsdiskurs. In Matthias Jung, Martin Wengeler,

76

and Karin Böke, editors, Die Sprache des Migrationsdiskurses. Das Re-den über ”Ausländer" in Medien, Politik und Alltag, pages 164–193.Westdeutscher Verlag, Opladen, 1997.

903 D. Bolinger. Interrogative Structures of American English (The DirectQuestion). Alabama University Press, Alabama, 1957. The AmericanDialect Society, 28.

904 Dwight Bolinger. Intonation: levels versus configurations. Word, 7:199–210, 1951.

905 Dwight Bolinger. Contrastive accent and contrastive stress. Language,37:83–96, 1961.

906 Dwight Bolinger. The Atomization of Meaning. Language, 41:555–573,1965.

907 Dwight Bolinger. Accent is predictable, if you’re a mind-reader. Lan-guage, 48, 1972.

908 Dwight Bolinger. Truth is a linguistic question. Language, 49:539–550,1973.

909 Dwight Bolinger. Pronouns in discourse. In Talmy Givòn, editor, Syn-tax and Semantics 12: Discourse and syntax, pages 289–309. AcademicPress, New York, 1979.

910 Dwight Bolinger. Language: the loaded weapon; the use and abuse oflanguage today. Longman, London, 1980.

911 Dwight Bolinger. Intonation and its parts. Language, 58(3):505–533,1982.

912 Dwight Bolinger. Intonation and its Parts: Melody in spoken English.Stanford University Press, Stanford, Ca, 1986.

913 Valerie J. Boliviar, Annabel J. Cohen, and John C. Fentress. Semanticand Formal Congruency in Music and Motion Pictures: Effects on theinterpretation of visual action. Psychomusicology, 13:28–59, Spring/Fall1994.

914 David S. Bolme, J. Ross Beveridge, Marcio Teixeira, and Bruce A.Draper. The CSU face identification evaluation system: Its purpose, fea-tures, and structure. In James Crowley, Justus Piater, Markus Vincze,and Lucas Paletta, editors, Computer Vision Systems, volume 2626 ofLecture Notes in Computer Science, pages 304–313. Springer, 2003.

915 Marilyn G. Boltz. The cognitive processing of film and musical sound-tracks. Memory & Cognition, 32(7):1194–1205, 2004.

77

916 Piero Bonatti, Carsten Lutz, Anielo Murano, and Moshe Vardi. TheComplexity of Enriched µ-Calculi. Logical Methods in Computer Sci-ence, 2009.

917 A. V. Bondarko. Teorija grammtaicheskogo znachenija i aspektologich-eskie issledovanija. Nauka, Leningrad, 1984.

918 A. V. Bondarko. Teorija funktsional’noj grammatiki. Vvedenie: aspek-tual’nost’, vremennaja lokalizovannost’, taksis. Nauka, Leningrad, 1987.

919 A. V. Bondarko. Printsipy funktsional’noj grammatiki i voprosy aspek-tologii. Nauka, Leningrad, 1988.

920 A. V. Bondarko. O značenijach vidov russkogo glagola (Zu den Bedeu-tungen des russischen Verbalaspekts). Voprosy jazykoznanija, 4, 1990.

921 Gui Bonsiepe. Visual/verbal rhetoric. Dot Zero, 2:37–38, 1966. Alsoappears as ? ).

922 Gui. Bonsiepe. Visual/verbal rhetoric. In M. Beirut, J. Helfand,S. Heller, and R. Poynor, editors, Looking closer 3: Classic Writingson Graphic Design, pages 167–173. Allworth, New York, 1999.

923 K. Bontcheva. Generation of Multilingual Explanations from Concep-tual Graphs. In R. Mitkov and N. Nicolov, editors, Recent Advances inNatural Language Processing, pages 365–376. J. Benjamins Publ. Com-pany, Amsterdam, 1997.

924 K. Bontcheva and G. Angelova. Planning and generating hypertextdocumentation. In Jokinen K., M. Maybury, M. Zock, and I. Zuker-man, editors, ECAI-96, workshop "Gaps and Bridges: New Directionsin Planning and Natural Language Generation", pages 25–28, Budapest,1996.

925 Kalina Bontcheva. Generating adaptive hypertext: a usability approach.In Galia Angelova, Kalina Bontcheva, Ruslan Mitkov, Nicolas Nicolov,and Nikolai Nikolov, editors, Proceedings of the Euroconference RecentAdvances in Natural Language Processing (RANLP-2001), pages 35–39,Tzigov, Bulgaria, September 2001.

926 Kalina Bontcheva. Tailoring the Content of Dynamically Generated Ex-planations. In M. Bauer, P.J. Gmytrasiewicz, and J. Vassileva, editors,User Modelling 2001: 8th International Conference (UM2001), number2109 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2001.Springer Verlag.

927 Kalina Bontcheva. Generating Adaptive Hypertext Explanations with aNested Agent Model. PhD thesis, University of Sheffield, 2002.

78

928 Kalina Bontcheva. The Impact of Empirical Studies on the Design ofan Adaptive Hypertext Generation System. In Proceedings of the ThirdWorkshop on Adaptive Hypertext and Hypermedia, Lecture Notes in Ar-tificial Intelligence. Springer Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2002.

929 Kalina Bontcheva and Yorick Wilks. Generation of Adaptive (Hy-per)Text Explanations with an Agent Model. In P. St. Dizier, editor,Proceedings of the European Workshop on Natural Language Generation(EWNLG’99), pages 67–76, Toulouse, France, 1999.

930 Kalina Bontcheva and Yorick Wilks. Dealing with Dependencies be-tween Content Planning and Surface Realisation in a Pipeline Genera-tion Architecture. In Proceedings of the International Joint Conferencein Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI’2001), Seattle, USA, August 2001.

931 Kalina Bontcheva and Yorick Wilks. Automatic Report Generation fromOntologies: The MIAKT Approach. In Farid Meziane and Elisabeth Mé-tais, editors, NLDB, volume 3136 of Lecture Notes in Computer Science,pages 324–335. Springer, 2004.

932 Kalina Bontcheva and Yorick Wilks. Tailoring automatically generatedhypertext. User modeling and user-adapted interaction, 15:135–168,2005.

933 Wayne Booth. Rhetoric of fiction. Chicago University Press, Chicago,1961.

934 F. Bopp. Über das Conjugationssystem der Sanskritsprache in Vergle-ichung mit jedem der griechischen, lateinischn, persischen und german-ischen Sprachen. Andreäische Buchhandlung, Frankfurt, 1816.

935 Monica Bordegoni, Giorgio Faconti, Mark T. Maybury, Thomas Rist,Salvatore Ruggieri, Panos Trahanias, and M. Wilson. A standard refer-ence model for intelligent multimedia presentation systems. ComputerStandards and Interfaces: International Journal on the Developmentand Application of standards for Computers, Data Communication andInterfaces, 18(6-7):477–496, 1997.

936 R. H. Bordini, L. A. Dennis, B. Farwer, and M. Fisher. Automatedverification of multi-agent programs. In 23rd International Conferenceon Automated Software Engineering, pages 69–78. IEEE, 2008.

937 David Bordwell. Textual analysis, etc. Enclitic, 6(1):125–136,Fall/Spring 1982. Double Issue: International Conference on the textualanalysis of film.

938 David Bordwell. Textual analysis revisited. Enclitic, 7(1):92–95, Spring1983.

79

939 David Bordwell. Narration in the fiction film. University of WisconsinPress, Madison, WI, 1985.

940 David Bordwell. Historical Poetics of Cinema. In R. Barton Palmer,editor, The Cinematic Text: Methods and Approaches, pages 369–398.AMS Press, New York, 1989.

941 David Bordwell. Making meaning. Inference and rhetoric in the inter-pretation of cinema. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA, 1989.

942 David Bordwell. Contemporary film studies and the vicissitudes ofGrand Theory. In David Bordwell and Noël Carroll, editors, Post-theory:reconstructing film studies, pages 3–36. University of Wisconsin Press,Madison, Wisconsin, 1996.

943 David Bordwell. Convention, construction and cinematic vision. InDavid Bordwell and Noël Carroll, editors, Post-theory: reconstructingfilm studies, pages 87–107. University of Wisconsin Press, Madison, Wis-consin, 1996.

944 David Bordwell. On the history of film style. Harvard University Press,Cambridge, MA, 1997.

945 David Bordwell. Visual style in cinema: Vier Kapitel Filmgeschichte.Verlag der Autoren, Frankfurt am Main, 2001.

946 David Bordwell. Film Futures. SubStance, 31(1):88–104, 2002.

947 David Bordwell. Neo-structuralist narratology and the functions of filmicstorytelling. In Marie-Laure Ryan, editor, Narrative across media. Thelanguages of storytelling, chapter 6, pages 203–219. University of Ne-braska Pres, Lincoln and London, 2004.

948 David Bordwell. Figures traced in light: on cinematic staging. Universityof California Press, Berkeley, Los Angeles, London, 2005.

949 David Bordwell. The Way Hollywood Tells It: Story and style in modernmovies. University of Califormia Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 2006.

950 David Bordwell. Poetics of Cinema. Routledge, London, New York,2007.

951 David Bordwell. The Hook: Scene Transitions in Classical Cin-ema. Online essay (David Bordwell’s website on cinema), pagehttp://www.davidbordwell.net/essays/hook.php, 2008.

952 David Bordwell. Cognitive Theory. In Paisley Livingston and CarlPlantinga, editors, The Routledge Companion to Philosophy and Film,chapter 33, pages 356–367. Routledge, London and New York, 2009.

80

953 David Bordwell. Common Sense + Film Theory = Common-Sense FilmTheory? David Bordwell’s website on cinema: Essays, 2011. May.

954 David Bordwell and Noël Carroll, editors. Post-Theory. ReconstructingFilm Studies. University of Wisconsin Press, Madison, 1996.

955 David Bordwell and Kristin Thompson. Toward a scientific film history?Quarterly review of film studies, 10(3):224–237, Summer 1985.

956 David Bordwell and Kristin Thompson. Film Art: An Introduction. TheMcGraw-Hill Inc, New York, fourth edition, 1993.

957 David Bordwell and Kristin Thompson. Film History. An Introduction.McGraw-Hill, Boston, 2nd edition, 2003.

958 David Bordwell and Kristin Thompson. Film Art: An Introduction.Eighth Edition. The McGraw-Hill Inc, New York, 2008.

959 David Bordwell and Kristin Thompson. Film Art: An Introduction.Ninth Edition. The McGraw-Hill Inc, New York, 9th edition, 2008.

960 David Bordwell and Kristin Thompson. Film Art: An Introduction.Eighth Edition, chapter 3, pages 74–111. The McGraw-Hill Inc, NewYork, 8th edition, 2008.

961 David Bordwell, Kristin Thompson, and Janet Staiger. The ClassicalHollywood Cinema. Film Style and Mode of Product to 1960. Routledge,1985.

962 Hagit Borer. Parametric Syntax: case studies in Semitic and RomanceLanguages. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, Holland, 1984.

963 A. Borgida and L. Serafini. Distributed description logics: assimilatinginformation from peer sources. Journal of Data Semantics, 1:153–184,2003.

964 Stefano Borgo. Euclidean and Mereological Qualitative Spaces: A Studyof SCC and DCC. In Craig Boutilier, editor, Proceedings of the 21stInternational Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI 2009),pages 708–713, Pasadena, California, 2009.

965 Stefano Borgo, Roberta Ferrario, Claudio Masolo, and Alessandro Oltra-mari. Mereogeometry and pictorial morphology. Image: Zeitschrift fürinterdisziplinäre Bildwissenschaft, 5:36–49, 2007. Special issue: Com-putational Visualistics and Picture Morphology; edited by Jörg R.J.Schirra.

966 Stefano Borgo, Nicola Guarino, and Claudio Masolo. A pointless theoryof space based on strong congruence and connection. In L.C. Aiello andJ. Doyle, editors, Principles of knowledge representation and reasoning,Proceedings of the 5th International Conference KR96, San Mateo, CA,1996. Morgan Kaufmann.

81

967 Stefano Borgo, Nicola Guarino, and Claudio Masolo. Stratified ontolo-gies: the case of physical objects. In Proceedings of the Workshop onOntological Engineering at ECAI’96, Budapest, Hungary, 1996.

968 Stefano Borgo, Nicola Guarino, and Claudio Masolo. An ontologicaltheory of physical objects. In L. Ironi, editor, Proceedings of 11th in-ternational workshop on qualitative reasoning (QR’97), Cortona, Italy,1997.

969 Stefano Borgo and Claudio Masolo. Ontologies Foundations of DOLCE.In Roberto Poli, Michael Healey, and Achilles Kameas, editors, Theoryand Applications of Ontology: Computer Applications, pages 279–296.Springer, Dordrecht, Heidelberg, London, New York, 2010.

970 Andrée Borillo. On the spatial meaning of contre in French: the role ofentities and force dynamics. In Michel Aurnague, Maya Hickmann, andLaure Vieu, editors, The Categorization of Spatial Entities in Languageand Cognition, volume 20 of Human Cognitive Processing, pages 53–70.John Benjamins Publishing Company, Amsterdam, The Netherlands,2007.

971 Lera Boroditsky. Metaphoric structuring: understanding time throughspatial metaphors. Cognition, 75:1–28, 2000.

972 Jan Borota. A procedure of Syntactic Synthesis of Czech. Techni-cal Report XVIII, Matematicko-fyzikálnífakulta UK, Charles University,Prague, 1990. Series: Explizite Beschreibung der Sprache und automa-tische Textbearbeitung.

973 P. Borst, J. M. Akkermans, and J. L. Top. Engineering ontologies.International Journal on Human Computer Studies, 46(2/3):365–406,1997.

974 Nils Borstnar, Eckhard Pabst, and Hans Jürgen Wulff. Einführung in dieFilm- und Fernsehwissenschaft. Number 2362 in UTB. UVK, Konstanz,2002.

975 J. Bos and J. Heine. Discourse and dialogue semantics for transla-tion. In Wolfgang Wahlster, editor, Verbmobil: foundations of speech-to-speech translation, pages 336–347. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, NewYork, 2000.

976 Johan Bos. Compilation of unification grammars with compositionalsemantics to speech recognition packages. In Shu-Chuan Tseng, editor,Proceedings of the 19th International Conference on Computational Lin-guistics (COLING-2002), volume 1, pages 113–119, Academica Sinica,Taipei, Taiwan, September 2002. Association of Computational Linguis-tics and Chinese Language Processing, Association of ComputationalLinguistics and Chinese Language Processing.

82

977 Johan Bos, Björn Gambäck, Christian Lieske, Yoshiki Mori, ManfredPinkal, and Karsten Worm. Compositional semantics in Verbmobil.In Proceedings of the 16th. International Conference on ComputationalLinguistics (COLING-96), Copenhagen, 1996.

978 Peter Bosch. The Bermuda triangle: natural language semantics be-tween linguistics, knowledge representation, and knowledge process-ing. In O. Herzog and C.-R. Rollinger, editors, Text understanding inLILOG: integrating computational linguistics and artificial intelligence,Final report on the IBM Germany LILOG-Project, number 546 in Lec-ture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages 243–258. Springer, Berlin,1991.

979 P. Boscolo. The cognitive approach to writing and writing instruction: acontribution to a critical appraisal. Cah. Psychol. Cogn., 14(4):343–366,1995.

980 S. Bossie. A tactical component for text generation: sentence generationusing a functional grammar. Technical Report MS-CIS-81-5, Universityof Pennsylvania, 1982. Uncompleted.

981 Simon Botley and Anthony Mark McEnery, editors. Corpus-based andcomputational approaches to discourse analysis. Benjamins, Amsterdam,2000.

982 M. Böttcher and M. Könyves-Toth. Non-destructive unification ofdisjunctive feature structures by constraint sharing, ECAI WorkshopNotes. In H. Trost and R. Backofen, editors, Coping with LinguisticAmbiguity in Typed Feature Formalisms, Vienna, 1992.

983 Nadjet Bouayad-Agha. Annotating a corpus with layout. In RichardPower and Donia Scott, editors, Proceedings of the AAAI Fall Sympo-sium on Using Layout for the Generation, Understanding or Retrievalof Documents, pages 58–61, Cape Cod, Massachusetts, November 1999.American Association for Artificial Intelligence.

984 Nadjet Bouayad-Agha. Layout Annotation in a Corpus of Patient In-formation Leaflets. In M. Gavrilidou, G. Carayannis, S. Markantona-tou, S. Piperidis, and G. Stainhaouer, editors, Proceedings of the Sec-ond International Conference on Language Resources and Evaluation(LREC’2000), Athens, Greece, 2000. European Language Resources As-sociation (ELRA).

985 Nadjet Bouayad-Agha. Using an abstract rhetorical representation togenerate a variety of pragmatically congruent texts. In Companion Vol-ume to the Proceedings of the Association for Computational Linguistics(ACL-2000), Student Workshop, pages 16–22, Hong Kong, 2000.

83

986 Nadjet Bouayad-Agha. The role of document structure in text gener-ation. ITRI Report ITRI-01-24, University of Brighton, InformationTechnology Research Institute, Brighton, UK, July 2001.

987 Nadjet Bouayad-Agha, Richard Power, and Donia Scott. Can text struc-ture be incompatible with rhetorical structure? In Proceedings of theInternational Natural Language Generation Conference (INLG-2000),pages 194–200, Mitzpe Ramon, Israel, 2000.

988 Nadjet Bouayad-Agha, Donia Scott, and Richard Power. Integratingcontent and style in documents: a case study of patient informationleaflets. Information Design Journal, 9(2):161–176, 2000.

989 Nadjet Bouayad-Agha, Donia Scott, and Richard Power. The influenceof layout on the interpretation of referring expressions. In LiesbethDegand, Yves Bestgen, Wilbert Spooren, and Luuk van Waes, editors,Multidisciplinary approaches to discourse. Stichting Nierlandistiek andNodus Publikationen, Amsterdam and Münster, 2001.

990 Paolo Bouquet, Marc Ehrig, Jérôme Euzenat, Enrico Franconi, PascalHitzler, Enrico Franconi, Pascal Hitzler, Markus Krötzsch, Sergio Tes-saris, Dieter Fensel, and Alain Leger. Specification of a common frame-work for characterizing alignment, 2005. Knowledge Web DeliverableD2.2.1.

991 Paolo Bouquet, Fausto Giunchiglia, Frank van Harmelen, Luciano Ser-afini, and Heiner Stuckenschmidt. C-OWL: Contextualizing Ontologies.Proceedings of the 2nd International Semantic Web Conference (ICSW2003), pages 164–179, 2003.

992 Paolo Bouquet, Fausto Giunchiglia, Frank van Harmelen, Luciano Ser-afini, and Heiner Stuckenschmidt. Contextualizing Ontologies. Journalof Web Semantics, 1(4):325–343, 2004.

993 L. Bourbeau, D. Carcagno, R. Kittredge, and A. Polguère. Text Synthe-sis for Marine Weather Forecast. Technical Report, Odyssey ResearchAssociates Inc., Montréal, 1989. Final Report, FOG project.

994 Laurent Bourbeau, Denis Carcagno, E. Goldberg, Richard Kittredge,and Alain Polguère. Bilingual generation of weather forecasts in an op-erations environment. In Hans Kargren, editor, Proceedings of the 13th.International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING’90),pages 318–320, Helsinki, Finland, 1990. International Committee onComputational Linguistics.

995 Pierre Bourdieu. The Peculiar History of Scientific Reason. SociologicalForum, 6(1):3–26, 1991.

84

996 Wendy L. Bowcher. Play-by-Play Talk on Radio: An Enquiry into someRelations Between Language and Context. PhD thesis, University ofLiverpool, Liverpool, England, 2001.

997 Wendy L. Bowcher. A multimodal analysis of Good Guys and Bad Guysin Rugby League Week. In Terry D. Royce and Wendy L. Bowcher,editors, New Directions in the Analysis of Multimodal Discourse, pages239–274. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 2007.

998 W.L. Bowcher. Teaching the Narrative Essay: A Genre Approach in theEFL Context. In P. Storey, V. Berry, D. Bunton, and P. Hoare, editors,Issues in Language in Education, Selected Papers from the InternationalLanguage in Education Conference 1995, pages 35–56. Department ofCurriculum Studies, The University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong, 1996.

999 W.L. Bowcher. Review of ’The Functional Analysis of English: A Hall-idayan Approach’, by Thomas Bloor and Meriel Bloor. JALT Journal,19(2):324–327, 1997.

1000 W.L. Bowcher. Intonation in English: Workshop. JASFL OccasionalPapers Volume, 1:51–68, 1998.

1001 W.L. Bowcher. Review of ’Ways of Saying: Ways of Meaning: Se-lected Papers of Ruqaiya Hasan’, edited by C. Cloran, D. Butt and G.Williams. Australian Journal of Linguistics, 18(1):115–122, 1998.

1002 W.L. Bowcher. Investigating Institutionalization in Context. In MohsenGhadessy, editor, Text and Context in Functional Linguistics, pages141–176. John Benjamins Publishers, Amsterdam, 1999.

1003 Melissa Bowerman. The origins of children’s spatial semantic cate-gories: Cognitive versus linguistic determinants. In John J. Gumperzand Stephen C. Levinson, editors, Rethinking linguistic relativity. Cam-brige University Press, Cambridge, 1996.

1004 Melissa Bowerman. Containment, support, and beyond: constructingtopological spatial categories in first language acquisition. In MichelAurnague, Maya Hickmann, and Laure Vieu, editors, The Categoriza-tion of Spatial Entities in Language and Cognition, volume 20 of HumanCognitive Processing, pages 177–204. John Benjamins Publishing Com-pany, Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 2007.

1005 Melisssa Bowerman. Learning how to structure space for language: Acrosslinguistic perspective. In Paul Bloom, Mary A. Peterson, LynnNadel, and Merrill F. Garrett, editors, Language and Space, pages 385–436. MIT Press, Cambride, MA, 1999.

1006 J. Bowers. The syntax of predication. Linguistics Inquiry, 24:591–656,1993.

85

1007 Eileen Bowser. Toward Narrative, 1907: The Mill Girl. In John L.Fell, editor, Film before Griffith, pages 330–338. University of CaliforniaPress, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 1983.

1008 G. W. Boxelaar. PB-word intelligibility and speaker identifiability of 4medium band coders: a pilot study. In Proceedings of the 10th. Instituteof Phonetic Sciences, pages 97–113, Amsterdam, 1986. University ofAmsterdam.

1009 Maurice Boxwell. “Nothing” makes sense in Weri: a case of extensiveellipsis of nominals in a Papuan language. In Ruqaiaya Hasan and PeterFries, editors, On Subject and Theme: a discourse functional perspective,pages 123–150. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1995.

1010 S. Boyd. TREND: a system for generating intelligent descriptions oftime series data. In Proceedings of the IEEE international conferenceon intelligent processing systems (ICIPS-1998, 1998.

1011 M. Boyer and G. Lapalme. Generating paraphrases from meaning-textsemantic networks. Computational Intelligence, 1(1):103–117, 1985.

1012 Nadia Bozak. Four Cameras are Better than One: Division as Excess inMike Figgis’ Timecode. Refractory: a journal of Entertainment Media,14, Dec 2008.

1013 Paul de Bra and Licia Calvi. AHA! An open adaptive hypermedia archi-tecture. New Review of Hypermedia and Multimedia, 4:115–139, 1998.

1014 Ronald J. Brachman. What’s in a concept: Structural Foundationsfor Semantic Networks. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies,9:127–152, March 1977.

1015 Ronald J. Brachman. A structural paradigm for representing knowledge.Technical Report BBN Report 3605, Bolt, Beraneck and Newman, Inc.,Cambridge, MA, 1978.

1016 Ronald J. Brachman. On the epistemological status of semantic net-works. In N. Findler, editor, Associative Networks: Representation anduse of knowledge by computers. Academic Press, New York, 1979.

1017 Ronald J. Brachman. Taxonomy, Descriptions and Individuals in Nat-ural Language Processing. In Proceedings of the 17th Annual Meetingof the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 33–38, La Jolla,California, 1979.

1018 Ronald J. Brachman, R. Bobrow, P. Cohen, J. Klovstad, B. L. Web-ber, and W. A. Woods. Research in Natural Language Understanding.Technical Report 4274, Bolt Beranek and Newman Inc., August 1979.

86

1019 Ronald J. Brachman, R. Fikes, and Hector J. Levesque. KRYPTON: AFunctional Approach to Knowledge Representation. IEEE Computer,16(10), 1983.

1020 Ronald J. Brachman, Victoria Pigman Gilbert, and Hector J. Levesque.An Essential Hybrid Reasoning System: Knowledge and Symbol LevelAccounts of KRYPTON. In Proceedings of the IJCAI’85, pages 532–539,Los Angeles, CA, August 1985. IJCAI, Morgan Kaufmann PublishersInc.

1021 Ronald J. Brachman and Hector J. Levesque, editors. Readings inKnowledge Representation. Morgan Kaufman, Los Altos, 1985.

1022 Ronald J. Brachman and J. Schmolze. An Overview of the KL-ONEKnowledge Representation System. Cognitive Science, 9(2):171–216,1985.

1023 C. Brachmann, H. I. Chunpir, S. Gennies, B. Haller, T. Hermes, O. Her-zog, A. Jacobs, P. Kehl, A. P. Mochtarram, D. Möhlmann, C. Schrumpf,C. Schultz, B. Stolper, and B. Walther-Franks. Automatic Generation ofMovie Trailers using Ontologies. IMAGE - Journal of InterdisciplinaryImage Science, 5:117–139, 2007.

1024 John Bradley. TACT: User’s Guide. Technical Report, University ofToronto, 1990. version 1.2.

1025 Georges Bragues. Memory and Morals in Memento: Hume at theMovies. Film-Philosophy, 12(2):62–82, 2008.

1026 Andrea B. Braidt. Film-Genus. Zu einer theoretischen und methodischenKonzeption von Gender und Genre im narrativen Film. In ClaudiaLiebrand and Ines Steiner, editors, Hollywood hybrid: Genre und Genderim zeitgenössischen Mainstream-Film, pages 45–66. Schüren, Marburg,2004.

1027 Andrea B. Braidt. Film-Genus. Gender und Genre in derFilmwahrnehmung. Schüren, Marburg, 2008.

1028 M.D.S. Braine and R.S. Wells. Case-like categories in children: Theactor and some related categories. Cognitive Psychology, 10:100–122,1978.

1029 M. M. Brala. English, Croatian and Italian prepositions from a cognitiveperspective. When ‘at’ is ‘on’ and ‘on’ is ‘in’. PhD thesis, University ofCambridge, 2000.

1030 Sergio Dias Branco. The Mosaic-Screen: Exploration and Definition.Refractory: a journal of Entertainment Media, 14, Dec 2008.

87

1031 Patrick Brandt. Sprachwissenschaft: ein roter Faden für das Studium.Boehlau, Köln, 1999.

1032 Edward Branigan. Formal permutations of the point-of-view shot.Screen, 16(3):54–64, 1975.

1033 Edward Branigan. The space of Equinox Flower. Screen, 17(2):74–105,1976.

1034 Edward Branigan. Subjectivity Under Siege - From Fellini’s 81/2 toOshima’s The Story of a Man Who Left His Will on Film. Screen,19(1):7–40, 1978.

1035 Edward Branigan. Point of view in the cinema: a theory of narrationand subjectivity in classical film. Number 66 in Approaches to semiotics.Mouton, Berlin, 1984.

1036 Edward Branigan. Diegesis and authorship in film. Iris: revue de théoriede l’image et du son, 7:37–54, 1986.

1037 Edward Branigan. ‘Here is a picture of no revolver!’: the negation ofimages, and methods for analyzing the structure of pictorial statements.Wide Angle, 8(3):8–17, 1986.

1038 Edward Branigan. Point of view in the fiction film. Wide Angle, 8(3):4–7, 1986.

1039 Edward Branigan. Narrative comprehension and film. Routledge, Lon-don, 1992.

1040 Edward Branigan. Nearly true: forking plots, forking interpretations. Aresponse to David Bordwell’s ’Film Futures’. SubStance, 31(1):105–114,2002.

1041 Edward Branigan. Projecting a Camera: Language-Games in Film The-ory. Routledge, New York, 2006.

1042 Edward Branigan. Die Point-of-View-Struktur. montage av. Zeitschriftfür Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation, 16(1):45–82,2007. Translation from ? , pp.Kap.5) by Christine N. Brinckmann.

1043 Edward Branigan. Fokalisierung. montage av. Zeitschrift für Theorie &Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation, 16(1):71–82, 2007. Transla-tion from ? , pp.100-107) by Christine N. Brinckmann.

1044 Holly P. Branigan, Martin J. Pickering, and Alexandra A. Cleland. Syn-tactic co-ordination in dialogue. Cognition, 75:1–39, 2000.

1045 H.P. Branigan, M.J. Pickering, J. Pearson, J.F. McLean, and C.I. Nass.Syntactic Alignment Between Computers and People: The Role of Beliefabout Mental States. In Proceedings of the 25th Annual Meeting of theCognitive Science Society, Boston, MA, 2003.

88

1046 Janez Brank, Marko Grobelnik, and Dunja Mladenić. A survey of on-tology evaluation techniques. In Conference on Data Mining and DataWarehouses (SiKDD 2005), Ljubljana, Slovenia, 2005.

1047 J. Bransford and J.J. Franks. The abstraction of linguistic ideas: Areview. Cognition, ???, 1971.

1048 J.D. Bransford, J.R. Barclay, and J.J. Franks. Sentence memory : Aconstructive versus interpretive approach. Cognitive Psychology, 3:193–209, 1972.

1049 J.D. Bransford and M.K. Johnson. Contextual prerequisites for under-standing: Some investigations of comprehension and recall. Journal ofVerbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 11(6):717–726, 1972.

1050 Leo Braudy. The world in a frame: what we see in films. Anchor Press /Doubleday, Garden City, New York, 1976.

1051 Leo Braudy and Marshall Cohen, editors. Film Theory and Criticism.Oxford University Press, Oxford, sixth edition, 2004.

1052 David Brazil. Discourse Intonation II. English Language Research,University of Birmingham, 1978. Discourse Analysis Monographs 2.

1053 David Brazil. The place of intonation in a discourse model. In R. MCoulthard and M. Montgomery, editors, Studies in Discourse Analysis,pages 146–157. Routledge and Kegan Paul Ltd., London, 1981.

1054 D. S. Bree and R. A. Smit. Linking Propositions. In Proceedings ofthe 11th International Conference on Computational Linguistics, pages177–179. Coling, August 1986.

1055 Claude Bremont. Logique du Récit. Seuil, Paris, 1973.

1056 W. Brennenstuhl. What we can’t do. In Chicago Linguistic Society,volume 12, pages 59–71. 1976.

1057 W. Brennenstuhl and K. Wachowicz. On the pragmatics of control. InBerkeley Linguistics Society, volume 2. 1976.

1058 F. Brentano. Psychology from an Empirical Standpoint (1874). Human-ities Press, New York, 1973.

1059 Joan Bresnan. Polyadicity: Part I of a Theory of Lexical Rules andRepresentations. In T. Hoekstra, H. van der Hulstra, and M. Moort-gat, editors, Lexical Grammar. Foris, Dordrecht, 1980. Also appears inBresnan, Joan (ed.)(1982) The Mental Representation of GrammaticalRelations, MIT Press.

89

1060 Joan Bresnan. Control and computation. In Joan Bresnan, editor,The Mental Representation of Grammatical Relations, chapter 5. M.I.T.Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, 1982.

1061 Joan Bresnan. Polyadicity. In Joan Bresnan, editor, The Mental Rep-resentation of Grammatical Relations. The M.I.T. Press, 1982.

1062 Joan Bresnan, editor. The Mental Representation of Grammatical Re-lations. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1982.

1063 Joan Bresnan. The passive in lexical theory. In Joan Bresnan, edi-tor, The Mental Representation of Grammatical Relations, pages 3–86.M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, 1982.

1064 Joan Bresnan and Ronald Kaplan. Lexical-Functional Grammar: A For-mal System for Grammatical Representation. In Joan Bresnan, editor,The Mental Representation of Grammatical Relations, pages 173–281.The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1982.

1065 Daniel Bresson and Dmitrij Dobrovol’skij. Semantik und Syntax derANGST-Ausdrücke. In Daniel Bresson and Jacqueline Kubczak, edi-tors, Abstrakte Nomina: Vorarbeiten zu ihrer Erfassung in einem zweis-prachigen syntagmatischen Wörterbuch, pages 163–186. Narr, Tübingen,1998.

1066 W. Breu. Zur Rolle der Lexik in der Aspektologie. Die Welt der Slaven,XXXIX(1), 1984.

1067 Horst Breuer. Titel und Anrede bei Shakespeare und in der Shake-spearezeit. Anglia, 10(1-2):49–77, 1983.

1068 Manuel Breva-Claramonte. Sanctius’ theory of language. A contributionto the history of Renaissance linguistics. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1983.

1069 Chris Brew. Systemic Classification and its Efficiency. ComputationalLinguistics, 17(4):375–408, Dec 1991.

1070 Chris Brew, Joke Dorrepaal, Claire Gardent, Claire Grover, Suresh Man-andhar, Marc Moens, Hub Prüst, and Andreas Schöter. Representationof Discourse Information. Technical Report, University of Edinburgh,December 1993.

1071 Christopher Brew. Partial descriptions and systemic grammar. In 13th.International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING-90),pages 36–41, Helsinki, Finland, 1990. Volume 1.

1072 W. Brewer and R. Harris. Memory for deictic elements in sentences.Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 13:321–327, 1974.

90

1073 William F. Brewer. The nature of narrative suspense and the problem ofrereading. In Peter Vorderer, Hans J. Wulff, and Mike Friederichsen, ed-itors, Suspense: conceptualizations, theoretical analyses, and empiricalexplorations, chapter 7, pages 107–128. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates,Mahwah, NJ, 1996.

1074 Christopher Brewster, Harith Alani, Srinandan Dasmahapatra, andYorick Wilks. Data-driven Ontology Evaluation. In Proceedings of the4th International Conference on Language Resources and Evaluation,Lisbon, 2004. European Language Resources Association.

1075 S. Bridges, M. E. Prince, and J. D. Johannes. Explanation Productionby Expert Planners. University of Alabama in Hunstville.

1076 S. Brierley. The Advertising Handbook. Routledge, London, 1995.

1077 Charles L. Briggs and Richard Baumann. Genre, intertextuality andsocial power. Journal of Linguistic Anthropology, 2(2):131–172, 1992.

1078 C. Brindöpke, M. Johanntokrax, A. Pahde, and B. Wrede. Darf ich DichMarvin nennen? Instruktionsdialoge in einem Wizard-of-Oz-Szenario.Materialband. Report of the Sonderforschungsbereich 360 “Situiertekünstliche Kommunikatoren" 95/7, Universität Bielefeld, 1995.

1079 Klaus Brinker. Linguistische Textanalyse: Eine Einführung in Grund-begriffe und Methoden. Erich Schmidt Verlag, Berlin, 4th edition, 1997.

1080 W.C. Brinton. Graphic methods for presenting facts. The ElectricalMagazine Company. Industrial Management Library, New York, 1914.

1081 T. Briscoe and J. Carroll. Automatic extraction of subcategorizationfrom corpora. In Proceedings of the Fifth Conference on Applied NaturalLanguage Processing, Washington, DC, 1997.

1082 Ted Briscoe, Ann Copestake, and Valeria de Paiva. Inheritance, defaults,and the lexicon. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1993.

1083 Britannica Junior Encyclopedia, Chicago, Ill., 1963. Encyclopaedia Bri-tannica, Inc. Encyclopedia Britannica Inc.; William Benton Publisher.

1084 The New Encyclopedia Britannica. Encyclopedia Britannica Inc, 1964.

1085 Carsten Brockmann and Mirella Lapata. Evaluating and CombiningApproaches to Selectional Preference Acquisition. In Proceedings of the10th Conference of the European Chapter of the Association for Compu-tational Linguistics (EACL-03), pages 27–34, Budapest, Hungary, 2003.

1086 Jens Brockmeier. Remembering and Forgetting: Narrative as CulturalMemory. Culture & Psychology, 8(1):15–43, 2002.

91

1087 D. Brockway. Semantic constraints on relevance. In H. Parret, M. Sbisa,and J Verscheuren, editors, Possibilities and Limitations of Pragmatics,pages 57–78. John Benjamins B.V., Amsterdam, 1981. Conference onPragmatics, Urbino, July8-14, 1979.

1088 Michael Broe. Prosodic analysis and unification-based representation.1988.

1089 G. Brook. The Language of Shakespeare. Deutsch, London, 1976.

1090 C. Brooks and R. Penn Warren. Modern Rhetoric. Harcourt BraceJovanovich, Inc., New York, 1972.

1091 H. M. Brooks, P. J. Daniels, and N. J. Belkin. Research on InformationInteraction and Intelligent Information Provision Mechanisms. Journalof Information Science, 12:37–44, 1986.

1092 M. Brösamle, M. Mavridou, and C. Hölscher. What constitutes a mainstaircase? Evidence from wayfinding behaviour, architectural expertiseand space syntax methods. In 7th Space Syntax Symposium, Stockholm,2009.

1093 Martin Brösamle and Christoph Hölscher. Architects seeing through theeyes of building users. In Thomas Barkowsky, Zafer Bilda, ChristophHölscher, and Georg Vrachliotis, editors, Spatial Cognition in Architec-tural Design, Melbourne, Australia, 2007. http://www.sfbtr8.spatial-cognition.de/SCAD/.

1094 Martin Brösamle and Christoph Hölscher. The Architects’ Understand-ing of Human Navigation. In Saif Haq, Christoph Hölscher, and Sue Tor-grude, editors, EDRA 2008, Report Series of the Transregional Collab-orative Research Center SFB/TR 8 Spatial Cognition, Veracruz, Mex-ico, 2008. Workshop Movement and Orientation in Built Environments:Evaluating Design Rationale and User Cognition an EDRA 2008.

1095 Martin Brösamle, Christoph Hölscher, and Georg Vrachliotis. Multi-level complexity in terms of Space Syntax: A case study. In Ayse Kubat,özhan Ertekin, Yasemin Güney, and Engin Eyüboglu, editors, Proceed-ings of the 6th Space Syntax Symposion, Istanbul, 2007. ITU Faculty ofArchitecture.

1096 D. Brosset, C. Claramunt, and E. Saux. A location and action-basedmodel for route descriptions. In F. Fonseca and M. Rodríguez, editors,GeoS 2007, number 4853 in LNCS, pages 146–159. Springer, 2007.

1097 Gabriele Brösske. . . . a language we all understand Zur Analyse undFunktion von Filmmusik. In Ludwig Bauer, Elfriede Ledig, and MichaelSchaudig, editors, Strategien der Filmanalyse: Zehn Jahre MünchenerFilmphilologie. Prof. Dr. Klaus Kanzog zum 60. Geburtstag, number 1

92

in diskurs film: Münchener Beiträge zur Filmphilologie, pages 9–24.Verlegergemeinschaft Schaudig/Bauer/Ledig, München, 1987.

1098 E.K. Brown. Grammatical inchoherence. In H.W. Dechert and M. Rau-pach, editors, Temporal Variables in Speech, pages 27–38. Mouton, TheHague, 1980.

1099 G. P. Brown. Some Problems in German to English Machine Trans-lation. Technical Report 142, Massachusetts Institute of Technology,December 1974. Project MAC.

1100 G. P. Brown. Towards a Computational Theory of Indirect SpeechActs. Technical Report MIT/LCS/TR-223, Massachusetts Institute ofTechnology, September 1979.

1101 Gillian Brown. Listening to spoken English. Longman, London, 1977.

1102 Gillian Brown. Prosodic structure and the given/new distinction. InA. Cutler and R. Ladd, editors, Prosody: models and measurements.Springer, Berlin, New York, 1983.

1103 Gillian Brown, K.L. Currie, and J. Kenworthy. Questions of Intonation.Croom Helm Ltd., London, 1980.

1104 Gillian Brown and Geoff Yule. Discourse Analysis. Cambridge Univer-sity Press, Cambridge, 1983.

1105 J. S. Brown and R. R. Burton. Multiple Representations of Knowledgefor Tutorial Reasoning. In D. G. Bobrow and A. Collins, editors, Rep-resentation and Understanding, pages 311–349. Academic Press, NewYork, 1975.

1106 J. S. Brown and R. R. Burton. Diagnostics Models for Procedural Bugsin Basic Mathematical Skills. Cognitive Science, 2 2:pages155–192, 1978.

1107 J. S. Brown, R. Rubinstein, and R. Burton. Reactive Learning Environ-ment for Computer Assisted Electronics Instruction. Technical ReportBBN Report 3314, Bolt Beranek and Newman, Inc., Cambridge, MA,1976.

1108 P. F. Brown, J. Cocke, S. A. Della Pietra, F. Jelinek, J. D. Lafferty,R. L. Mercer, and P. S. Roossin. A statistical approach to MachineTranslation. Computational Linguistics, 16(2):79–85, 1990.

1109 Penelope Brown and Colin Fraser. Speech as a marker of situation. InKlaus R. Scherer and Howard Giles, editors, Social markers in Speech,pages 33–62. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1979.

93

1110 Penelope Brown and Stephen C. Levinson. Politeness: some universalsin language usage. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1987. Re-vised version of ‘Universals in language usage: politeness phenomena’,originally published in E. Goody (ed.)(1978) Questions and Politeness:Strategies in Social Interaction, Cambridge University Press.

1111 R. H. Brown. Use of multiple-body interrupts in discourse generation,1974. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Department of ElectricalEngineering and Computer Science, Bachelors Degree thesis.

1112 Roger Brown. A First Language. Harvard University Press, Harvard,1973.

1113 Roger Brown and A. Gilman. The pronouns of power and solidarity.In T. Sebeok, editor, Style in Language. The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge,MA, 1960.

1114 Roger W. Brown and Marguerite Ford. Address in American English. InDell H. Hymes, editor, Language in culture and society, pages 234–244.Harper and Row, New York, 1964.

1115 Roger W. Brown and Albert Gilman. Politeness theory and Shake-speare’s four major tragedies. Language in Society, 18:159–212, 1989.

1116 R.W. Brown. How shall a thing be called? Psychology Review, 65:14–21,1959.

1117 Nick Browne. The rhetoric of filmic narration, chapter 2: Representa-tion and story: Significance in The 39 Steps, pages 25–42. Number 12in Studies in Cinema. UMI Research Press, Ann Arbor, MI, 1976.

1118 Nick Browne. The rhetoric of filmic narration. Number 12 in Studiesin Cinema. UMI Research Press, Ann Arbor, MI, 1976.

1119 Nick Browne. The rhetoric of filmic narration, chapter 1: The spectator-in-the-text: the rhetoric of Stagecoach, pages 1–15. Number 12 in Stud-ies in Cinema. UMI Research Press, Ann Arbor, MI, 1976.

1120 Nick Browne. The rhetoric of filmic narration. UMI Research Press,Ann Arbor, MI, 1982.

1121 A. Bruce, I. Nourbakhsh, and R. Simmons. The Role of Expressivenessand Attention in Human-Robot Interaction. In Proceedings of 2001AAAI Fall Symposium, 2001.

1122 B. Bruce. Case Systems for Natural Language. Artificial Intelligence,6(4):327–360, 1975. Winter.

1123 B. Bruce. Analysis of interacting plans as a guide to the understandingof story structure. Poetics, 9:295–311, 1980.

94

1124 B. C. Bruce. Belief Systems and Language Understanding. TechnicalReport 2973, Bolt Beranek and Newman Inc., 1975.

1125 B. C. Bruce. Generation as a social action. In Proceedings of Theoret-ical Issues in Natural Language Processing-I (TINLAP), pages 64–67,Cambridge, Mass., June 1975.

1126 B. C. Bruce, A. Collins, A. D. Rubin, and D. Gentner. A CognitiveScience Approach to Writing. Technical Report 89, Bolt Beranek andNewman, Inc., June 1978.

1127 B. Bruce and D. Newman. Interacting Plans. Cognitive Science, 2:195–233, 1978.

1128 Bertram C. Bruce. A Model for Temporal References and Its Applicationin a Question Answering Program. Artificial Intelligence, (3):1–25, 1972.

1129 Bertram C. Bruce. Natural communication between person and com-puter. In Wendy G. Lehnert and Martin H. Ringle, editors, Strategiesfor natural language processing, pages 55–88. Lawrence Erlbaum Asso-ciates, Hillsdale, N. J, 1982.

1130 V. Bruce and P. Green. Visual Perception: physiology, psychology, andecology. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, London, 1985.

1131 Claudia Brugman and Monica Macaulay. Proceedings of the TenthAnnual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society. In Proceedings fothe Tenth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, Berkeley,1984. Berkeley Linguistics Society.

1132 Caroline Brun and Marc Dymetman. Rédaction Multilingue Assistédans le Modèle MDA. In Frédérique Segond, editor, Multilinguisme etTraitement de l’Information. Hermès, Paris, 2002.

1133 Caroline Brun, Marc Dymetman, and Veronika Lux. Document Struc-ture and Multilingual Text Authoring. In Proceedings of the Interna-tional Natural Language Generation Conference (INLG-2000), MitzpeRamon, Israel, 2000.

1134 Giuliana Bruno. Heresies: The Body of Pasolini’s Semiotics. CinemaJournal, 30(3):29–40, 1991.

1135 John Bruns. The polyphonic film. New Review of Film and TelevisionStudies, 6(2):189–212, Aug 2008.

1136 P. Brusilovsky. Adaptive navigation support in educational hypermedia:the role of student knowledge level the case for meta-adaption. BritishJournal of Educational Technology, 34(4):487–497, 2003.

1137 Martin Bryan. SGML: An author’s guide to the Standard GeneralizedMarkup Language. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1988.

95

1138 David J. Bryant. Human spatial concepts reflect regularities of the phys-ical world and human body. In Patrick Olivier and Klaus-Peter Gapp,editors, Representation and processing of spatial expressions, pages 215–230. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Mahwah, New Jersey, 1998.

1139 W. Bublitz. Supportive Fellow Speakers and Cooperative Conversations.Benjamins, Amsterdam and Philadelphia, 1988.

1140 Wolfram Bublitz, Eija Ventola, and Uta Lenk, editors. Coherence inSpoken and Written Discoursse. John Benjamins Publishing Co, Ams-terdam, 1999.

1141 B. G. Buchanan, J. Moore, D. Forsythe, G. Banks, and S. Ohlsson.Involving patients in health care: Using medical informatics for expla-nation in the clinical seeting. In Proceedings of the 16th Symposium onComputer Applications in Medical Care, pages 510–514, 1992.

1142 B. G. Buchanan, G. C. Sutherland, and E. A. Feigenbaum. Heuris-tic DENDRAL: A Program for Generating Explanatory Hypotheses inOrganic Chemistry. In B. Meltzer and D. Michie, editors, Machine In-telligence 4, pages 209–254. Edinburgh Press, Edinburgh, 1969.

1143 B. Buchanan, J. Moore, D. Forsythe, G. Carenini, and S. Ohlsson. Us-ing medical informatics for explanation in a clinical setting. TechnicalReport 93-16, Intelligent Systems Laboratory, University of Pittsburgh,1994.

1144 B. Buchanan, J. Moore, D.E. Forsythe, G. Carenini, G. Banks, andS. Ohlsson. An Intelligent Interactive System for Delivering Individ-ualized Information to Patients. Artificial Intelligence in Medicine,7(2):117–154, 1995.

1145 Bruce G. Buchanan and Shortliffe Edward H. Rule-based expert sys-tems: The MYCIN experiments of the Stanford Heuristic ProgrammingProject. Addison-Wesley, 1984.

1146 Bruce G. Buchanan and E. H. Shortliffe. Rule-Based Expert Sys-tems: The MYCIN Experiments of the Stanford Heuristic ProgrammingProject. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Reading, Mass., 1984.

1147 E. Buchberger. Introduction to selected topics on lexicalization. InH. Horacek and M. Zock, editors, New concepts in Natural LanguageGeneration: planning, realization, systems. Pinter Pbs., London, 1993.

1148 E. Buchberger, E. Garner, W. Heinz, J. Matiasek, and B. Pfahringer.VIE-DU - Dialogue by Unification. In H. Kaindl, editor, 7. Österre-ichische Artificial-Intelligence Tagung, pages 42–51. Springer, Berlin,New York, 1991.

96

1149 E. Buchberger, I. Steinacker, R. Trappl, H. Trost, and E. Leinfellner.VIE-lang - a German language understanding system. In R. Trappl,editor, Cybernetics and System Research. North-Holland, Amsterdam,1982.

1150 Ernst Buchberger and Helmut Horacek. VIE-gen - a generator for Ger-man texts. In David D. McDonald and Leonard Bolc, editors, Natu-ral Language Generation Systems, pages 166–204. Springer, New York,Berlin, 1988.

1151 Hans-Jürgen Bucher, Thomas Gloning, and Katrin Lehnen, editors.Neue Medien - neue Formate: Ausdifferenzierung und Konvergenz inder Medienkommunikation. Interaktiva. Zentrums für Medien und In-teraktivität, Gießen, 2010.

1152 Boyd Buchin and Ulf Schmerl. TextPro - a Method of generating Textsfrom a Formal Language into Natural Language. In Tilman Becker andStephan Busemann, editors, Workshop at the 23d German Annual Con-ference for Artificial Intelligence (KI’99) "May I speak Freely?" BetweenTemplates and Free Choice in Natural Language Generation, pages 31–35, Bonn, 1999. DFKI-D-99-01.

1153 S. Büchner, C. Hölscher, and G. Strube. Path choice heuristics fornavigation related to mental representations of a building. In Vosni-adou, Kayser, and Protopapas, editors, 2nd European Cognitive ScienceConference, pages 504–509, Delphi, Greece, 2007. Lawrence ErlbaumAssociates.

1154 S. J. Büchner, J.M. Wiener, and C. Hölscher. Interaction of targetlocation and strategy choice for search performance. In Annual Meetingof the Cognitive Science Society 2009, Amsterdam, NL, 2009.

1155 Warren Buckland. Filmic meaning: the semantics-pragmatics interface.Kodikas/Code: Ars Semeiotica, 14(3-4):261–279, 1991.

1156 Warren Buckland. The structural linguistic foundation of film semiology.Language and Communication, 11(3):197–216, 1991.

1157 Warren Buckland. Michel Colin and the psychological reality of filmsemiology. Semiotica, 107(1/2):51–79, 1995.

1158 Warren Buckland, editor. The Film Spectator: from Sign to Mind. Am-sterdan University Presses, Amsterdam, 1995.

1159 Warren Buckland. The Cognitive Semiotics of Film. Cambridge Uni-versity Press, Cambridge, 2000.

1160 Warren Buckland. Film semiotics. In Toby Miller and Robert Stam,editors, A companion to film theory, Blackwell companions in culturalstudies, pages 84–104. Blackwell, Oxford, 2004.

97

1161 Warren Buckland. Directed by Steven Spielberg: Poetics of Contempo-rary Hollywood Bluckbusters. Continuum, 2006.

1162 Warren Buckland. The Death of The Camera: A Review and RationalReconstruction of Edward Branigan’s Projecting a Camera: Language-Games in Film Theory. New Review of Film and Television Studies,4(3):311–330, Dec 2006.

1163 Warren Buckland. Introduction: puzzle plots. In Warren Buckland, ed-itor, Puzzle Films. Complex storytelling in contemporary cinema, pages1–12. Wiley-Blackwell, Chichester, U.K., 2009.

1164 Warren Buckland. Making sense of Lost Highway. In Warren Buck-land, editor, Puzzle Films. Complex storytelling in contemporary cin-ema, pages 42–61. Wiley-Blackwell, Chichester, U.K., 2009.

1165 Warren Buckland, editor. Puzzle Films. Complex storytelling in con-temporary cinema. Wiley-Blackwell, Chichester, U.K., 2009.

1166 Richard W. Budd, Robert K. Thorp, and Lewis Donohew. Contentanalysis of communications. Macmillan, London and New York, 1967.

1167 Renate Bugyi-Ollert. Verbal turn-taking and picture turn-taking in TVinterviews. In Friedrich Ungerer, editor, English Media Texts past andpresent: language and textual structure, pages 241–262. Benjamins, Am-sterdam, 2000.

1168 James Buhler. Star Wars, Music and Myth. In Jame Buhler, Aryl Flinn,and David Neumeyer, editors, Music and Cinema. Wesleyan UniversityPress, New York, 2000.

1169 Karl Bühler. Sprachtheorie: die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache. Fis-cher, Jena, 1934.

1170 Karl Bühler. Sprachtheorie. Gustav Fischer, Dordrecht, 1934. repr.1965.

1171 Kristin Bührig. On the multimodality of interpreting in medical briefingsfor informed consent: using diagrams to impart knowledge. In EijaVentola, Cassily Charles, and Martin Kaltenbacher, editors, Perspectiveson Multimodality, pages 227–241. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2004.

1172 P. Buitelaar. CoreLex: an ontology of systematic polysemous classes.In N. Guarino, editor, Formal Ontology in Information Systems, pages221–235. IOS Press, Amsterdam, 1998.

1173 Paul Buitelaar. Semantic Lexicons: Between Terminology and Ontology.In Proceedings of OntoLex’2000 - Workshop on Ontologies and LexicalKnowledge Bases, pages 16–24, Sozopol, Bulgaria, Sept. 8-10 2000.

98

1174 Paul Buitelaar, Thierry Declerck, Anette Frank, Stefania Racioppa,Malte Kiesel, Michael Sintek, Ralf Engel, Massimo Romanelli, DanielSonntag, Berenike Loos, Vanessa Micelli, Robert Porzel, and PhilippCimiano. LingInfo: Design and Applications of a Model for the Inte-gration of Linguistic Information in Ontologies. In Proceedings of theOntoLex Workshop at LREC, pages 28–32, May 2006.

1175 William E. Bull. Time, Tense and the Verb. University of CaliforniaPress, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 1963.

1176 Claudia Bullerjahn. Grundlagen der Wirkung von Filmmusik. Wissner,Hannover, 2001.

1177 Claudia Bullerjahn and Markus Güldenring. An Empirical investigationof effects of film music using qualitative content analysis. Psychomusi-cology, 13:99–118, 1994.

1178 Jeremy C. Bullock. Text generation from semantic network based med-ical records. MSc, Department of Computer Science, University ofManchester, Manchester, England, 1993.

1179 Candace Bullwinkle. Levels of complexity in discourse for anaphoradisambiguation and speech act interpretation. In Proceedings of theFifth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, August1977.

1180 D.C.A. Bulterman, L. Hardman, J. Jansen, K.S. Mullender, and L. Rut-ledge. GRiNS: A GRaphical INterface for Creating and Playing SMILDocuments. In Seventh International World Wide Web Conference,Brisbane, Australia, April 14-18 1998.

1181 D.C.A. Bulterman, L. Rutledge, L. Hardman, and J. van Ossenbruggen.Supporting Adaptive and Adaptable Hypermedia Presentation Seman-tics. In The 8th IFIP 2.6 Working Conference on Database Semantics(DS-8): Semantic Issues in Multimedia Systems, Rotorua, New Zealand,5-8 January 1999, January 1999.

1182 D.C.A. Bulterman and R. van Liere. Multimedia Synchronization andUnix. CWI Internal Communication, 1992. Amsterdam.

1183 Dick C.A. Bulterman. Models, Media and Motion: Using the Web toSupport Multimedia Documents. In Multimedia Modelling, pages 227–246, November 17-20 1997.

1184 Dick C.A. Bulterman. User-Centered Abstractions for Adaptive Hyper-media Presentations. In Proceedings of ACM Multimedia, pages 145–150,New York, November 1998. ACM Press.

99

1185 Dick C.A. Bulterman, Lloyd Rutledge, Lynda Hardman, Jack Jansen,and K. Sjoerd Mullender. GRiNS: An Authoring Environment for WebMultimedia. In ED-MEDIA 99 - World Conference on Educational Mul-timedia, Hypermedia & Educational Telecommunications, Seattle, Wash-ington USA, June 19-24 1999.

1186 Dick C.A. Bulterman and Lloyd W. Rutledge. SMIL 3.0 - Flex-ible Multimedia for Web, Mobile Device and Daisy Talking Books.X.media.publishing. Springer, Berlin, 2 edition, 2008.

1187 Dick C.A. Bulterman, Guido van Rossum, and Robert van Liere. AStructure for Transportable, Dynamic Multimedia Documents. In Pro-ceedings of the Summer 1991 USENIX Conference, pages 137–155,Nashville, TN, 1991.

1188 H.H. Bülthoff, B.M. Föse-Mallot, and H.A. Mallot. Virtuelle Realität alsMethode der modernen Hirnforschung. In H. Krapp and T. Wägenbaur,editors, Künstliche Paradiese, Virtuelle Realitäten. Künstliche Räumein Literatur-, Sozial- und Naturwissenschaften. Wilhelm Fink Verlag,München, 1997.

1189 Peer Bundgaard. Principles of linguistic composition below and beyondthe clause: Elements of a semantic combinatorial system. Pragmatics &Cognition, 14(3):501–525, 2006.

1190 Th. Bungarten, editor. Beiträge zur Fachsprachenforschung. Sprache inWissenschaft und Technik, Wirtschaft und Rechtswesen. WestdeutscherVerlag, Opladen/Wiesbaden, 1994.

1191 H. Bunt. An Exploration in Utterance Generation from Semantic Repre-sentations Augmented with Pragmatic Information. In Kempen, editor,Natural Language Generation: New Results in Artificial Intelligence,Psychology and Linguistics. Martinus Nijhoff Pbs, Dordrecht, 1987.

1192 H. Bunt and Y. Girard. Designing an open, multidimensional dialogueact taxonomy. In Proceedings of DIALOR’05, pages 37–44, Nancy, 2005.

1193 Harry Bunt. The DIT++ taxonomy for functional dialogue markup.In Proceedings AMAAS 2009 Workshop Towards a Standard MarkupLanguage for Embodied Dialogue Acts, Budapest, 2009.

1194 Harry Bunt and Robbert-Jan Beun, editors. Cooperative MultimodalCommunication. Number 2155 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence.Springer, Berlin, 2001.

1195 Harry C. Bunt. Utterance generation from semantic representation aug-mented with pragmatic information. In Gerard Kempen, editor, NaturalLanguage Generation: Recent Advances in Artificial Intelligence, Psy-chology, and Linguistics, pages 333–348. Kluwer Academic Publishers,

100

Boston/Dordrecht/The Hague, 1987. Paper presented at the Third In-ternational Workshop on Natural Language Generation, August 1986,Nijmegen, The Netherlands.

1196 Noël Burch. Praxis du cinema. Éditions Gallimard, Paris, 1969.

1197 Noël Burch. Theory of film practice. Secker and Warburg, London,1973. Translation of ? ) by Helen R. Lane.

1198 Noël Burch. Theory of film practice, chapter 1: ’Spatial and temporalarticulations’, pages 3–16. Secker and Warburg, London, 1973. Trans-lation of ? ) by Helen R. Lane.

1199 Noël Burch. Life to those shadows. University of California Press, Berke-ley and California, 1990. Translated and edited by Ben Brewster.

1200 Noël Burch. In and Out of Synch: The Awakening of a Cine-Dreamer.Scolar, Aldershot, England, 1991.

1201 A. Burchardt, A. Frank, and M. Pinkal. Building Text Meaning Rep-resentations from Contextually Related Frames - A Case Study. InProceedings of the Sixth International Workshop on Computational Se-mantics, IWCS-6, Tilburg, The Netherlands, 2005.

1202 Bryan Burford, Pam Briggs, and John P. Eakins. A taxonomy of theimage: On the classification of content for image retrieval. Visual Com-munication, 2(2):123–161, 2003.

1203 Bryan Burford, Pam Briggs, and John P. Eakins. Types of image con-tent: an outline classification. Visual Communication, 2, 2004.

1204 W. Burgard, A.B. Cremers, D. Fox, D. Hähnel, G. Lakemeyer, D. Schulz,W. Steiner, and S. Thrun. The interactive museum tour-guide robot.In Proc. of the National Conference on Artificial Intelligence (AAAI).1998.

1205 W. Burgard, D. Fox, D. Hennig, and Timo Schmidt. Position trackingwith position probability grids. In Proc. of the First EUROMICROWorkshop on Advanced Mobile Robots (EUROBOT. 1996.

1206 W. Burgard, D. Fox, H. Jans, C. Matenar, and S. Thrun. Sonar-basedmapping of large-scale mobile robot environments using EM. In Proc.Of the International Conference on Machine Learning (ICML), 2001.1999.

1207 W. Burgard, M. Moors, D. Fox ans R. Simmons, and S. Thrun. Col-laborative multi-robot exploration. In Proc. of the IEEE InternationalConference on Robotics & Automation (ICRA). 2000.

101

1208 W. Burgard and D. Schulz. Robust visualization for web-based controlof mobile robots. In K. Goldberg and R. Siegwart, editors, Robots onthe Web: Physical Interaction through the Internet. MIT Press, 2001.

1209 Kirstin Burghardt. Kinetische Zeichen. Notationsverfahren für Bewe-gungsabläufe im Spielfilm. In Klaus Kanzog, editor, Einführung in dieFilmphilologie, number 4 in diskurs film: Münchener Beiträge zur Film-philologie, pages 195–200. Verlegergemeinschaft Schaudig/Bauer/Ledig,München, 1991.

1210 Robert Burgoyne. The cinematic narrator: the logic and pragmatics ofimpersonal narration. Journal of Film and Video, 42(1):3–16, 1990.

1211 J.L. Burke, R.R. Murphy, E. Rogers, V.J. Lumelsky, and J. Scholtz.Final report for the DARPA/NSF interdisciplinary study on human-robot interaction. IEEE Transactions on Systems, Man and Cybernetics,Part C, 34(2):103–112, 2004.

1212 Kenneth Burke. A grammar of motives. Prentice Hall, Inc., London,1945.

1213 Andrew Burn and David Parker. Analysing Media Texts. Continuum,London, 2003.

1214 Andrew Burn and David Parker. Tiger’s Big Plan: Multimodality andthe Moving Image. In Carey Jewitt and Gunther Kress, editors, Multi-modal Literacy, number 4 in New Literacies and Digital Epistemologies,pages 56–72. Peter Lang, New York, 2003.

1215 Colin Burnett. A new look at the concept of style in film: the originsand development of the problem-solution model. New Review of Filmand Television Studies, 6(2):127–149, August 2008.

1216 A. Burns and C. Coffin. Analysing English in a Global Context. Rout-ledge, London, 2001.

1217 Anne Burns and Helen de Silva Joyce. Focus on speaking. NCELTR,Macquarie University, 2001.

1218 Mark H. Burstein. Concept Formation through the Formation of Mul-tiple Models. In Proceedings of the Third Annual Conference of theCognitive Science Society, pages 271–273, Berkeley, California, 1981.Cognitive Science Society.

1219 Mark H. Burstein. Learning New Concepts from Multiple AnalogicalModels. PhD thesis, Yale University Department of Computer Science,1983.

1220 D. Burton. Analysing spoken discourse. In Malcolm Coulthard andMichael Montgomery, editors, Studies in Discourse Analysis, pages 61–81. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London, 1981.

102

1221 Dierdre Burton. Towards an analysis of casual conversation. NottinghamLinguistic Circular, 7:151–164, 1978.

1222 Dierdre Burton. Dialogue and Discourse. Routledge and Kegan PaulLtd., London, 1980.

1223 Dolores Burton. Shakespeare’s grammatical style: a computer-assistedanalysis of Richard II and Anthony and Cleopatra. University of TexasPress, 1973.

1224 Andrew Burton-Jones, Veda C. Storey, Vijayan Sugumaran, and PunitAhluwalia. A semiotic metrics suite for assessing the quality of ontolo-gies. Data and Knowledge Engineering,, 55(1):84–102, 2005.

1225 Bianka Buschbeck, Renate Henschel, Iris Höser, Gerda Klimonow, An-dreas Küstner, and Iris Starke. VIRTEX - A German-Russian Transla-tion Experiment. In 13th. International Conference on ComputationalLinguistics (COLING-90), Helsinki, Finland, 1990.

1226 Bianka Buschbeck, Renate Henschel, Iris Höser, Gerda Klimonow, An-dreas Küstner, and Iris Starke. Limits of a sentence based proceduralapproach for aspect choice in German-Russian MT. In Proceedings of the5th. Conference of the European Chapter of the Association for Compu-tational Linguistics, Berlin, Germany, 1991.

1227 Edward Buscombe. The Idea of Genre in the American Cinema. InBarry Keith Grant, editor, Film Genre. The Scarecrow Press, London,1977.

1228 Edward Buscombe. The Idea of Genre in the American Cinema. InBarry Keith Grant, editor, Film Genre Reader. University of TexasPress, Austin, 1995.

1229 Edward Buscomne. The Idea of Genre in the American Cinema. Screen,11(2):34–45, 1970.

1230 Buselle and Bilandnic. Measuring narrative engagement. Media Psy-chology, 12(4):321–347, 2009.

1231 S. Busemann. Generierung mit GPSG. In K. Morik, editor, GWAI-87: 11th German Workshop on Artificial Intelligence. Springer, Berlin,1987.

1232 S. Busemann. The SeReal System: putting semantic head driven gen-eration to the limits. Technical Report, DFKI, 1995.

1233 Stephan Busemann. Surface Transformations during the generation ofwritten German sentences. In David D. McDonald and Leonard Bolc,editors, Natural Language Generation Systems, pages 98–165. Springer,Berlin, New York, 1988.

103

1234 Stephan Busemann. Implicit relationships between grammar and con-trol. In Deklarative und prozedurale Aspekte der Sprachverarbeitung: 4.Fachtagung der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Sprachwissenschaft, SektionComputerlinguistik, pages 12–17, 1993. (17-19.11.1993, Hamburg).

1235 Stephan Busemann. Best-first surface realization. In Proceedings of the8th. International Workshop on Natural Language Generation (INLG’96), pages 101–110, Herstmonceux, England, June 1996.

1236 Stephan Busemann. A shallow formalism for defining personalizedtext. In Proceedings of the Workshop ‘Professionelle Erstellung vonPapier- und Online-Dokumentation: Perspektiven für die automatis-che Textgenerierung’, Bremen, Germany, September 1998. 22nd. AnnualGerman Conference on Artificial Intelligence (KI-98).

1237 Stephan Busemann. Constraint-based techniques for interfacing soft-ware modules. In Workshop on reference architectures and data stan-dards for NLP at the AISB’99 convention, Edinburgh, Scotland, April1999.

1238 Stephan Busemann. Generierung natürlichsprachlicher Texte. In Gün-ther Goerz, Claus-Rainer Rollinger, and Josef Schneeberger, editors,Einführung in die Künstliche Intelligenz. Oldenbourg Verlag, Munichand Vienna, 2000.

1239 Stephan Busemann. Ten Years After: An Update on TG/2 (andFriends). In Graham Wilcock, Kristiina Jokinen, Chris Mellish, andEhud Reiter, editors, Proceedings of the 10th European Workshop onNatural Language Generation, pages 32–39, Aberdeen, 2005.

1240 Stephan Busemann, Thierry Declerck, Abdel Kader Diagne, Luca Dini,Judith Klein, and Sven Schmeier. Natural Language Dialogue Servicefor Appointment Scheduling Agents. In Proc. 5th Conference on AppliedNatural Language Processing, pages 25–32, Washington, DC., 1997.

1241 Stephan Busemann and Helmut Horacek. Generating Air-Quality Re-ports from Environmental Data. In Stephan Busemann, Tilman Becker,and Wolfgang Finkler, editors, DFKI Workshop on Natural LanguageGeneration, DFKI Document D-97-06, Saarbruecken, 1997.

1242 Stephan Busemann and Helmut Horacek. A flexible shallow ap-proach to text generation. In Proceedings of the Ninth InternationalWorkhop on Natural Language Generation (INLG-98), pages 238–247, Niagara-On-The-Lake, Ontario, Canada, 1998. Also available at:http://xxx.lanl.gov/abs/cs.CL/9812018.

1243 Stephan Busemann and Hans-Joachim Novak. Generierung natür-licher Sprache. Technical Report Research Report RR-92-50, DeutschesForschungszentrum für Kunstliche Intelligenz (DFKI), Saarbrücken,November 1992.

104

1244 Stephan Busemann and Hans-Joachim Novak. Generierung natürlicherSprache. In Günter Görz, editor, Einführung in die Künstliche Intel-ligenz, pages 492–540. Addison-Wesley, Bonn, (2nd. edition) edition,1995.

1245 Chilton R. Bush. A system of categories for general news content. Jour-nalism Quarterly, 37(2):206–210, 1960.

1246 Vannevar Bush. As we may think. Atlantic Monthly, 176:101–108, 1945.

1247 Dietrich Busse and Busse-Niehr-Wengeler, editors. Brisante Se-mantik: Neuere Konzepte und Forschungsergebnisse einer kulturwis-senschaftlichen Linguistik, volume 259 of Reihe germanistische Linguis-tik. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 2005.

1248 Ulrich Busse. Forms of address in Shakespeare’s plays. In Rainer Schulz,editor, Meaningful choices in English, pages 33–60. Narr, Tübingen,1998.

1249 Christopher S. Butler. Recent developments in systemic linguistics. Lan-guage Teaching and Linguistics Abstracts, 12:71–89, 1979.

1250 Christopher S. Butler. The Directive Function of the English Modals.PhD thesis, University of Nottingham, 1982.

1251 Christopher S. Butler. The directive function of the English modals.PhD thesis, University of Nottingham, Department of English Studies,Nottingham, 1982.

1252 Christopher S. Butler. Discourse systems and structures and their placewithin an overall systemic model. In James D. Benson and William S.Greaves, editors, Systemic perspectives on discourse: selected theoreticalpapers from the 9th International Systemic Workshop. Ablex, Norwood,NJ, 1985.

1253 Christopher S. Butler. Systemic linguistics: theory and applications.Batsford, London, 1985.

1254 Christopher S. Butler. Communicative function and semantics. InMichael A. K. Halliday and Robin P. Fawcett, editors, New Develop-ments in Systemic Linguistics. Volume 1. Frances Pinter, London, 1987.

1255 Christopher S. Butler. Politeness and the semantics of modalised di-rectives in English. In James D. Benson, Michael J. Cummings, andWilliam S. Greaves, editors, Linguistics in a Systemic Perspective. Ben-jamins, Amsterdam, 1988.

1256 Christopher S. Butler. Pragmatics and systemic linguistics. Journal ofPragmatics, 12:83–102, 1988.

105

1257 Christopher S. Butler. Systemic linguistics, semantics and pragmatics.In Erich Steiner and Robert Veltman, editors, Pragmatics, discourse andtext. Some systemically inspired approaches. Frances Pinter, London,1988.

1258 Christopher S. Butler. Systemic linguistics: unity, diversity and change.Word, 40(1-2):1–35, 1989.

1259 Christopher S. Butler. On the concept of an interpersonal metafunc-tion in English. In Christopher Butler Margaret Berry Robin Fawcettand Guowen Huang, editors, Meaning and form: systemic functionalinterpretations. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1996.

1260 Christopher S. Butler. Structure and function; Part 1. John Benjamins,Amsterdam, 2003.

1261 Christopher S. Butler. Structure and function; Part 2. John Benjamins,Amsterdam, 2003.

1262 David Butt. Theories, maps and descriptions: an introduction. InRuqaiya Hasan, Carmel Cloran, and David Butt, editors, Functionaldescriptions - theory in practice, Current Issues in Linguistic Theory,pages xv–xxxv. Benjamins, Amsterdam.

1263 David Butt, Rhondda Fahey, Sue Spinks, and Colin Yallop. Using Func-tional Grammar: an Explorer’s Guide. National Centre for English Lan-guage Teaching and Research, Macquarie University, Australia, 1995.

1264 David Butt, Rhondda Fahey, Sue Spinks, and Colin Yallop. Using Func-tional Grammar: an Explorer’s Guide. National Centre for EnglishLanguage Teaching and Research, Macquarie University, Australia, 2nd.edition edition, 2001.

1265 David G. Butt. Semantic ’drift’ in verbal art. Australian Review ofApplied Linguistics, 6(1):38–48, 1983.

1266 David G. Butt. Perceiving as making in the poetry of Wallace Stevens.Nottingham Linguistic Circular, 13:124–146, 1984.

1267 David G. Butt. The Relationship between theme and lexicogrammar inthe poetry of Wallace Stevens. PhD thesis, Macquarie University, 1984.

1268 David G. Butt. Talking and thinking: the patterns of behaviour. Socio-cultural Aspects of Language and Education. Deakin University Press,Geelong, Vic., 1985.

1269 David G. Butt. The problem of solipsism and the semiotician’s reply.Beiträge zur Phonetik und Linguistik, 48, 1985.

106

1270 David G. Butt. The role of systemic functional grammar in under-standing a “difficult” literary text. Network: news, views and reviews insystemic lingustics and related areas, 8, 1985.

1271 David G. Butt. Wallace Stevens and ’wilful nonsense’. Southern Review,18.73, 1985.

1272 David G. Butt. Ideational meaning and the existential fabric of a poem.In Robin P. Fawcett and David Young, editors, New developments insystemic linguistics: theory and application. Pinter, London, 1988.

1273 David G. Butt. Randomness, order and the latent patterning of text.In David Birch and Michael O’Toole, editors, Functions of style. Pinter,London, 1988.

1274 David. G. Butt. The object of language. In Ruqaiya Hasan and James R.Martin, editors, Language development: learning language, learning cul-ture (Meaning and choice in language: studies for Michael Halliday).Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1989.

1275 David G et al. Butt. Living with English: some resources on the smallerscale. Technical Report, Sydney: Literacy Technologies, in conjunc-tion with Macquarie University: National Centre for English languageTeaching and Research, Wahroonga, N.S.W., 1989.

1276 David J. Butt. Some basic tools in a linguistic approach to personality:a Firthian concept of social process. In Fran Christie, editor, Literacy insocial processes: papers from the Inaugural Australian Systemic Func-tional Linguistics Conference, Deakin University, January 1990. Centrefor Studies of Language in Education, Northern Territory University,Darwin, 1991.

1277 Miriam Butt, Martin Forst, Tracy Holloway King, and Jonas Kuhn.The feature space in parallel grammar writing. In Emily Bender, DanFlickinger, Frederik Fouvry, and Melanie Siegel, editors, Proceedings ofthe ESSLLI Workshop on Ideas and Strategies for Multilingual Gram-mar Development, number 15 in European Summer School for Logic,Language and Information, pages 9–16, Vienna, Austria, 18-29 August2003. ESSLLI.

1278 Miriam Butt, Tracy Holloway King, María-Eugenia Niño, andFrédérique Segond. A Grammar Writer’s Cookbook. CSLI, Stanford,1999.

1279 B. Butterworth. Evidences from pauses in speech. In B. Butterworth,editor, Language Production. Volume 1 : Speech and Talk, pages 155–176. Academic Press, New York, 1980.

1280 B. Butterworth, editor. Language Production. Volume 1 : Speech andTalk. Academic Press, New York, 1980.

107

1281 B. Butterworth, R. Hine, and K. Brady. Speech and Interaction inSound-Only Communication. Semiotica, 20, 1977.

1282 G. Button and N. Casey. Generating topic: the use of topic initialelicitors. In J.M. Atkinson and J.C. Heritage, editors, Structures ofSocial Action. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1984.

1283 A. Butz, J. Baus, A. Krüger, and M. Lohse. A hybrid indoor naviga-tion system. In Proceedings of IUI2001: International Conference onIntelligent User Interfaces, pages 25–33, New York, 2001. ACM.

1284 Hilary Buxton and Richard J. Howarth. Generating dynamic scene de-scriptions. In Patrick Olivier and Klaus-Peter Gapp, editors, Repre-sentation and processing of spatial expressions, pages 91–102. LawrenceErlbaum Associates, Mahwah, New Jersey, 1998.

1285 J. Bybee and S. Fleischman. Modality in Grammar and Discourse. Ben-jamins, Amsterdam, 1995.

1286 Lindley C. and Nack F. Hybrid Narrative and Associative/CategoricalStrategies for Interactive and Dynamic Video Presentation Generation.New Review of Hypermedia and Multimedia 2000, 6:111–145, 2000.edited by Lynda Hardman.

1287 Rowles C., X. Huang, M. de Beler, J. Vonwiller, R. King, C. Matthiessen,P. Sefton, and M. O’Donnell. Using Prosody to Assist in the Understand-ing of Spoken English. In Fourth Australian International Conferenceon Speech Science and Technology, Brisbane, Australia, April 1992.

1288 Rosario Caballero. Re-Viewing Space: Figurative Language in Archi-tects’ Assessment of Built Space. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 2006.

1289 D. Caccamise. Idea Generation in Writing. In A. Matsuhashi, editor,Writing in Real Time. Ablex, NJ, 1986.

1290 W. Cadbury and L. Poague. Film Criticism: a Counter Theory. IowaState University Press, Ames, 1982.

1291 David Caduff and Sabine Timpf. On the assessment of landmark saliencefor human navigation. Cognitive Processing, 9(4):249–267, 2008.

1292 S. Cadwallader. Cooking adventures for kids. Houghton Mifflin, Boston,1974.

1293 Mimo Caenepeel. Aspect and text structure. Linguistics, 33, 1995.

1294 Alice Caffarel. Mediating between grammar and context; bi-Stratal ex-ploration of the semantics of French tense. Technical Report, Depart-ment of Linguistics, University of Sydney, Sydney, Australia, November1990. Bachelor’s Honours Thesis.

108

1295 Alice Caffarel. Context projected onto semantics and its consequencesfor grammatical selection. Language Sciences, 92(4), 1992.

1296 Alice Caffarel. Interacting between a generalized tense semantics andregister-specific semantic tense systems: a bi-stratal exploration of thesemantics of French tense. Language Sciences, 14(4):385–418, 1992.

1297 Alice Caffarel. Approach the French clause as a move in dialogue: in-terpersonal organisation. In Ruqaiaya Hasan and Peter Fries, editors,On Subject and Theme: a discourse functional perspective, pages 1–50.Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1995.

1298 Alice Caffarel. Prolegomena to a systemic functional interpretation ofFrench grammar: from discourse to grammar and back. PhD thesis,Department of Linguistics, Sydney University, 1996.

1299 Alice Caffarel. Interpreting French theme as a bi-layered structure: dis-course implications. In Eija Ventola, editor, Discourse and community:doing functional linguistics, Language in Performance 21, pages 247–272. Gunter Narr, Tübingen, 2000.

1300 Alice Caffarel, J. R. Martin, and Christian Matthiessen, editors. Lan-guage Typology: A Functional Perspective. Current Issues in LinguisticTheory. John Benjamins, 2004.

1301 Aoife Cahill, Martin Forst, Mairead McCarthy, Ruth O’Donovoan,Christian Rohrer, Josef van Genabith, and Andy Way. Treebank-basedmultilingual unification-grammar development. In Emily Bender, DanFlickinger, Frederik Fouvry, and Melanie Siegel, editors, Proceedings ofthe ESSLLI Workshop on Ideas and Strategies for Multilingual Gram-mar Development, number 15 in European Summer School for Logic,Language and Information, pages 17–24, Vienna, Austria, 18-29 August2003. ESSLLI.

1302 Lynn Cahill, Christie Doran, Roger Evans, Roger Kibble, Chris Mel-lish, Daniel Paiva, Mike Reape, Donia Scott, and Neil Tipper. Enablingresource sharing in language generation: an abstract reference architec-ture. In Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference on LanguageResources and Evaluation, Athens, Greece, 2000.

1303 Lynne Cahill. Lexicalisation in applied NLG systems. Technical Re-port ITRI-99-04, ITRI, University of Brighton, 1998. obtainable athttp://www.itri.brighton.ac.uk/projects/rags/.

1304 Lynne Cahill. Generating nominals (and other words) in applied NLGsystems. In Proceedings of the Workshop on the Generation of Nominals,ESSLLI Summer School, Utrecht, Netherlands, 1999.

109

1305 Lynne Cahill, J. Carroll, R. Evans, D. Paiva, Richard Power, DoniaScott, and Kees van Deemter. From RAGS to RICHES: exploiting thepotential of a flexible generation architecture. In Proceedings of theConference of the Association for Computational Linguistics (ACL’01),Toulouse, France, July 2001.

1306 Lynne Cahill, Christy Doran, Roger Evans, Chris Mellish, Daniel Paiva,Mike Reape, Donia Scott, and Neil Tipper. In Search of a Reference Ar-chitecture for NLG Systems. In Proceedings of the 7th European Work-shop on Natural Language Generation, pages 77–85, Toulouse, 1999.

1307 Lynne Cahill, Christy Doran, Roger Evans, Chris Mellish, DanielPaiva, Mike Reape, Donia Scott, and Neil Tipper. Towardsa Reference Architecture for Natural Language Generation Sys-tems. Technical Report ITRI-99-14, Information Technology Re-search Institute (ITRI), University of Brighton, 1999. Available athttp://www.itri.brighton.ac.uk/projects/rags.

1308 Lynne Cahill, Christy Doran, Roger Evans, Chris Mellish, Daniel Paiva,Mike Reape, Donia Scott, and Neil Tipper. Reinterpretation of an exist-ing NLG system in a Generic Generation Architecture. In Proceedingsof the First International Conference on Natural Language Generation,pages 69–76, Mitzpe Ramon, 2000.

1309 Lynne Cahill, Roger Evans, Chris Mellis, Daniel Paiva, Mike Reape,and Donia Scott. Introduction to the RAGS architecture. Available at:http://www.itri.brighton.ac.uk/projects/rags, 2001.

1310 Lynne J. Cahill and Gerald Gazdar. Multilingual lexicons for relatedlanguages. In Proceedings of the 2nd DTI Language Engineering Confer-ence, pages 169–176, London, 1995. Department of Trade and Industry.

1311 Lynne J. Cahill and Gerald Gazdar. A lexical analysis of numerical ex-pressions in three related languages. In Proceedings of the AISB work-shop on multilinguality in the lexicon. AISB, 1996.

1312 Lynne Cahill and Mike Reape. Component tasks in applied NLG sys-tems. Technical Report ITRI-99-05, ITRI, University of Brighton, 1998.obtainable at http://www.itri.brighton.ac.uk/projects/rags/.

1313 Guoray Cai. Contextualization of Geospatial Database Semantics forHuman-GIS Interaction. GeoInformatica, 11(2):217–237, 2007.

1314 Carmen Rosa Caldas-Coulthard and Malcolm Coulthard, editors. Textsand practices: readings in critical discourse analysis. Routledge, Lon-don, 1996.

1315 Jo Calder. Paradigmatic Morphology. In Proceeedings of the Euro-pean Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, Manch-ester, 1989. Association of Computational Linguistics. (A longer version

110

of this paper appears as Centre for Cognitive Science Research Paper:EUCCS/RP-23, November 1988).

1316 Jo Calder, Roger Evans, Chris Mellish, and Mike Reape. “Free choice”and templates: how to get both at the same time. In "May I speakFreely?" Between Templates and Free Choice in Natural Language Gen-eration., number D-99-01, pages 19–24. Saarbrücken, 1999. Workshopat the 23d German Annual Conference for Artificial Intelligence (KI’99).

1317 Jo Calder, Mike Reape, and Henk Zeevat. An Algorithm for Generationin Unification Categorial Grammar. In Proceedings of the 4th Con-ference of the European Chapter of the Association of ComputationalLinguistics, Manchester, England, 1989. Association for ComputationalLinguistics.

1318 D. Caldwell and T. Korelsky. Bilingual generation of job descriptionsfrom quasi-conceptual forms. In Proceedings of the 4th. Conference onApplied Natural Language Processing, pages 1–6, Stuttgart, 1994. Asso-ciation for Computational Linguistics.

1319 David Caldwell and Michele Zappavigna. Visualizing multimodal pat-terning. In Shooshi Dreyfus, Sue Hood, and Maree Stenglin, editors,Semiotic Margins: reclaiming meaning, pages 229–242. Continuum,London, 2011.

1320 D.E. Caldwell and M. White. CogentHelp: a tool for authoring dynam-ically generated help for Java GUIs. In Proceedings of the 15th. AnnualInternational Conference on Computer Documentation (SIGDOC ’97),pages 17–22, Salt Lake City, UT, 1997.

1321 Andrea Calì, Georg Gottlob, and Thomas Lukasiewicz. A generaldatalog-based framework for tractable query answering over ontologies.In Jan Paredaens and Jianwen Su, editors, PODS, pages 77–86. ACM,2009.

1322 Charles Callaway. Narrative Prose Generation. PhD thesis, North Car-olina State University, Raleigh, NC, 2000.

1323 Charles Callaway. A Computational Feature Analysis for MultilingualCharacter-to-Character Dialogue. In Proceedings of the Second Inter-national Conference on Intelligent Text Processing and ComputationalLinguistics, pages 251–264, Mexico City, Mexico, 2001.

1324 Charles Callaway. Non-Localized, Interactive Multimodal Direction Giv-ing. In I. van der Sluis, M. Theune, E. Reiter, and E. Krahmer, editors,Proceedings of the Workshop on Multimodal Output Generation MOG2007, pages 41–50. Centre for Telematics and Information Technology(CTIT), University of Twente, 2007.

111

1325 Charles B. Callaway, Brent H. Daniel, and James C. Lester. Multi-lingual natural language generation for 3D learning environments. InProceedings of the Argentinian Artificial Intelligence Conference, 1998.

1326 Charles B. Callaway and James C. Lester. Robust natural language gen-eration from large-scale knowledge bases. In Proceedings of the FourthBar-Ilan Symposium on the foundations of Artificial Intelligence, pages96–105, 1995.

1327 Charles B. Callaway and James C. Lester. Dynamically Improving Ex-planations: A Revision-Based Approach to Explanation Generation. InProceedings of the Fifteenth International Joint Conference on ArtificialIntelligence, pages 952–958, Nagoya, Japan, 1997.

1328 Charles Callaway and James Lester. Evaluating the Effects of Nat-ural Language Generation on Reader Satisfaction. In Proceedings ofthe Twenty-Third Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society,pages 164–169, Edinburgh, UK, 2001.

1329 Charles Callaway and James Lester. Narrative Prose Generation. InProceedings of the Seventeenth International Joint Conference on Arti-ficial Intelligence, pages 1241–1248, Seattle, WA, 2001.

1330 E. Callenbach. Who is Christian Metz and Why is Everybody Sayingthese Awful Things About Him? Film Quarterly, 28(3):19, 1975.

1331 Ulrich Callmeier. PET - a platform for experimentation with efficientHPSG processing techniques. Natural Language Engineering, 6(1):99–107, 2000.

1332 Jon Callow, editor. Image matters: Visual texts in the classroom. Pri-mary English Teaching Association, Sydney, 1999.

1333 Diego Calvanese, Enrico Franconi, Volker Haarslev, Domenico Lembo,Boris Motik, Anni-Yasmin Turhan, and Sergio Tessaris, editors. Pro-ceedings of the 2007 International Workshop on Description Logics(DL2007), Brixen-Bressanone, near Bozen-Bolzano, Italy, 8-10 June,2007, volume 250 of CEUR Workshop Proceedings. CEUR-WS.org, 2007.

1334 Diego Calvanese, Giuseppe De Giacomo, Domenico Lembo, MaurizioLenzerini, and Riccardo Rosati. Tractable Reasoning and EfficientQuery Answering in Description Logics: The L-Lite Family. J. Autom.Reasoning, 39(3):385–429, 2007.

1335 Diego Calvanese, Giuseppe De Giacomo, and Maurizio Lenzerini. Onthe Decidability of Query Containment under Constraints. In PODS,pages 149–158. ACM Press, 1998.

112

1336 Diego Calvanese, Giuseppe De Giacomo, Maurizio Lenzerini, DomenicoLembo, Antonella Poggi, and Riccardo Rosati. MASTRO-I: Efficient In-tegration of Relational Data through DL Ontologies. In Diego Calvanese,Enrico Franconi, Volker Haarslev, Domenico Lembo, Boris Motik, Anni-Yasmin Turhan, and Sergio Tessaris, editors, Description Logics, volume250 of CEUR Workshop Proceedings. CEUR-WS.org, 2007.

1337 Calvanese et al. Semi-structured data with constraints and incompleteinformation. In Enrico Franconi, Giuseppe De Giacomo, Robert M. Mac-Gregor, Werner Nutt, and Christopher Welty, editors, Proceedings ofthe 1998 International Workshop on Description Logics (DL’98), IRST,Povo-Trento, Italy, 1998.

1338 Clara Calvo. Power relations and fool-master discourse in Shakespeare:a discourse stylistics approach to dramatic dialogue. PhD thesis, De-partment of English Studies, University of Nottingham, Nottingham,1991.

1339 Nicoletta Calzolari. The dictionary and the thesaurus can be combined.In Martha W. Evens, editor, Relational models of the lexicon: represent-ing knowledge in semantic networks, pages 75–96. Cambridge UniversityPress, Cambridge/New York, 1988.

1340 Nicoletta Calzolari. Structure and access in an automated lexicon andrelated issues. In Donald E. Walker, Antonio Zampolli, and NicolettaCalzolari, editors, Automating the lexicon, pages 337–356. Oxford Uni-versity Press, Oxford and New York, 1995.

1341 Nicolleta Calzolari. Acquiring and representing semantic information ina Lexical Knowledge Base. In James Pustejovsky and Sabine Bergler,editors, Proceedings of 1991 ACL Workshop on Lexical Semantics andKnowledge Representation, pages 188–197, 1991.

1342 A.E. Campbell and S.C. Shapiro. Ontological mediation: an overview.In Proceedings of the IJCAI Workshop on basic ontological issues inknowledge sharing, Menlo Park, California, 1995. AAAI Press.

1343 K. Campbell. Abstract Particulars. Basil Blackwell, Oxford, 1990.

1344 K.S. Campbell. Coherence, continuity and cohesion – theoretical foun-dations for document design. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale,New Jersey, 1995.

1345 Georges Canguilhem. Ideologie et rationalité dans les sciences de la vie.Vrin, Paris, 1977.

1346 David Canter and Peter Stringer, editors. Environmental Interaction:Psychological Approaches to our Physical Surroundings. InternationalUniversities Press, New York, 1975.

113

1347 Helen Caple. Intermodal relations in image nuclear news stories. InLen Unsworth, editor, Multimodal Semiotics: Functional Analysis inContexts of Education, pages 127–138. Continuum, London, 2008.

1348 Amedeo Cappelli, Maria Novella Catarsi, Patrizia Michelassi, andLorenzo Moretti. Conceptual and linguistic constraints for the construc-tion of a knowledge base in archaeology. Applied Artificial Intelligence,17:835–858, 2003.

1349 A. Caramazza, E. Grober, C. Garvey, and J. Yates. Comprehension ofanaphoric pronouns. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior,16:601–609, 1977.

1350 Sandra Carberry. Tracking User Goals in an Information-Seeking Envi-ronment. In Proceedings of AAAI-83. American Association of ArtificialIntelligence, 1983.

1351 Sandra Carberry. Plan Recognition and User Modelling. ComputationalLinguistics, 14(3), September 1988.

1352 Sandra Carberry. Plan Recognition and its Use in Understanding Dia-logue. In Alfred Kobsa and Wolfgang Wahlster, editors, User Models inDialog Systems, Symbolic Computation Series, pages 133–162. Springer,Berlin/Heidelberg/ New York/Tokyo, 1989.

1353 Sandra Carberry, J. Chu, Nancy Green, and L. Lambert. Rhetoricalrelations: necessary but not sufficient. In O. (Ed.) Rambow, editor,Workshop on Intentionality and Structure in Discourse Relations, pages1–4, Ohio State University, 1993.

1354 Sandra Carberry and John R. Clarke. Generating clinical exercisesof varying difficulty. In A. Jameson, C. Paris, and C. Tasso, editors,Proceedings of the Sixth International Conference on User Modeling(UM97), pages 273–275. Springer, Berlin, June 2-5 1997. (Chia Laguna,Sardinia, Italy).

1355 J. G. Carbonell. Subjective Understanding: Computer Models of BeliefSystems. UMI Research Press, Ann Arbor, Michigan, 1981.

1356 J. G. Carbonell. Derivational Analogy in Problem Solving and Knowl-edge Acquisition. In Proceedings of the 1983 International MachineLearning Workshop, pages 12–18, Champaign-Urbana, Illinois, 1983.

1357 J. Jr. Carbonell. Subjective Understanding: Computer Models of BeliefSystems. PhD thesis, Yale University, Computer Science Department,1979. Also Technical report No 150, Yale University, 1979.

1358 J. R. Carbonell and A. M. Collins. Natural semantics in artificial intel-ligence. In Proceedings of the Third International Joint Conference onArtificial Intelligence, pages 344–351, Stanford, Calif., 1973.

114

1359 Jaime G. Carbonell. Metaphor: an inescapable phenomenon in natural-language comprehension. In Wendy G. Lehnert and Martin H. Ringle,editors, Strategies for natural language processing, pages 415–434.Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, N. J, 1982.

1360 Jaime G. Carbonell, R. E. Cullingford, and A. G. Gershman. Steps to-wards knowledge-based machine translation. IEEE transactions: PAMI,3(4), July 1981.

1361 Jaime G. Carbonell and Steven Minton. Metaphor and commonsensereasoning. In Jerry R. Hobbs and Robert C. Moore, editors, Formaltheories of the commonsense world, pages 405–426. Ablex PublishingCorporation, Norwood, New Jersey, 1985.

1362 Jaime G. Carbonell and Masaru Tomita. Knowledge-based machinetranslation, the CMU approach. In Sergei Nirenburg, editor, Theo-retical and Methodological Issues in Machine Translation, pages 68–89.Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1987.

1363 D. Carcagno and L. Iordanskaja. Content Determination and TextStructuring in GOSSIP. In Extended Abstracts of the 2nd EuropeanNatural Language Generation Workshop (ENLG’89), pages 15–21, Uni-versity of Edinburgh, 1989.

1364 D. Carcagno and L. Iordanskaja. Content determination and text struc-turing: two interrelated processes. In Helmut Horacek and Michael Zock,editors, New concepts in natural language generation, pages 10–26. Pin-ter Publishers, London, 1993.

1365 G. Carenini and D.J. Moore. An empirical study of the influence of usertailoring on evaluative argument effectiveness. In Proceedings of the 17thInternational Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI 2001),Seattle, WA, 2001.

1366 G. Carenini, F. Pianesi, M. Ponzi, and O. Stock. Natural LanguageGeneration and Hypertext Access. Applied Artificial Intelligence, 7:135–164, 1993.

1367 Giuseppe Carenini. GEA: a Complete, Modular System for GeneratingEvaluative Arguments. In International workshop on ComputationalModels of Natural Language Argument, San Francisco, California, 2001.

1368 Giuseppe Carenini and Johanna Moore. A strategy for generating Eval-uative Arguments. In Proceedings of the International Natural LanguageGeneration Conference (INLG-2000), Mitzpe Ramon, Israel, 2000.

1369 John Carey. Conventions and meaning in film. In Sari Thomas, editor,Film / Culture: Explorations of cinema in its social context, pages 110–125. The Scarecrow Press, Metuchen, NJ, 1982.

115

1370 Jean C. Carletta. Assessing the reliability of subjective codings. Com-putational Linguistics, 22(2):249–254, 1996.

1371 L. Carlson, Christoph Hölscher, C. Shipley, and R. Conroy Dalton. Get-ting lost in buildings. Current Directions in Psychological Science, sub-mitted.

1372 Laura A. Carlson. Selecting a reference frame. Spatial Cognition andComputation, 1(4):365–379, 1999.

1373 Laura A. Carlson and Eric S. Covey. How far is near? Inferring distancefrom spatial descriptions. Language and Cognitive Processes, 20(5):617–631, 2005.

1374 Laura A. Carlson and Shannon R. Van Deman. The space in spatiallanguage. Journal of Memory and Language, 51:418–436, 2004.

1375 Laura A. Carlson and Emile van der Zee, editors. Functional featuresin language and space: Insights from perception, categorization and de-velopment. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2005.

1376 Lauri Carlson. Dialogue Games: An Approach to Discourse Analysis.D. Reidel, Dordrecht, Holland, 1983.

1377 Lynn Carlson, Daniel Marcu, and Mary Ellen Okurowski. Buildinga Discourse-Tagged Corpus in the Framework of Rhetorical StructureTheory. In Jan van Kuppevelt and Ronnie Smith, editors, Current Di-rections in Discourse and Dialogue, pages 85–112. Kluwer AcademicPublishers, 2003.

1378 Lynn Carlson and Sergei Nirenburg. Practical world modelling for NLPapplications. In Proceedings of the Third Conference on Applied Natu-ral Language Processing, pages 235–236. Association for ComputationalLinguistics, 1992.

1379 L. A. Carlson-Radvansky, E. S. Covey, and K. M. Lattanzi. ‘What’ ef-fects on ‘where’: Functional influences on spatial relations. PsychologicalScience, 10:516–521, 1999.

1380 L.A. Carlson-Radvansky and D.E. Irwin. Frames of reference in visionand language: where is above? Cognition, 46:223–244, 1993.

1381 Laura A. Carlson-Radvansky and Gordon D. Logan. The Influence ofReference Frame Selection on Spatial Template Construction. Journalof Memory and Language, 37:411–437, 1997.

1382 Lynn Carlson-Radvansky and Y. Jiang. Inhibition accompanies refer-ence frame selection. Psychological Science, 9:386–391, 1998.

1383 R. Carney and J. Levin. Pictorial illustrations still improve students’learning from text. Educational Psychology Review, 14:5–26, 2002.

116

1384 S. Caro and A. Bisseret. Using weakening paralinguistic organizers inelectronic documents: an experimental approach. Travails Humaine,60(4):409–437, 1997.

1385 Berardina de Carolis, Fiorella de Rosis, Chiara Andreoli, Vincenzo Cav-allo, and M. Luisa De Cicco. The dynamic generation of hypertextpresentations of medical guidelines. The New Review of Hypermediaand Multimedia, 4:67–88, 1998.

1386 Berardina de Carolis, Fiorella de Rosis, Floriana Grasso, A. Rossiello,Dianne C. Berry, and T. Gillie. Generating recipient-centered expla-nations about drug prescription. Artificial Intelligence in Medicine, 8,1996.

1387 Berardina de Carolis, Fiorella de Rosis, and Sebastiano Pizzutilo. Gen-erating user-adapted hypermedia from discourse plans. In Proceedingsof Fifth Congress of the Italian Association for Artificial Intelligence(AIIA’97), pages 334–345, Rome, 1997.

1388 Jean Caron. Linguistic markers and cognitive operations. In JosianeCaron-Pargue and Steven Gillis, editors, Verbal Production and ProblemSolving, pages 11–28. Antwerp Papers in Linguistics 85, UniversiteitAntwerpen, 1996.

1389 Bob Carpenter. The generative power of categorial grammars and head-driven phrase structure grammars with lexical rules. ComputationalLinguistics, 17(3):301–314, 1991.

1390 Bob Carpenter. The Attribute Logic Engine. Laboratory for Computa-tional Linguistics, CMU Pittsburgh, 1992. Version β.

1391 Bob Carpenter. The Logic of Typed Feature Structures. CambridgeUniversity Press, Cambridge, England, 1992.

1392 Bob Carpenter and Gerald Penn. The Attribute Logic Engine: User’sguide. Computational Linguistics Program, CMU Pittsburgh, 1994. Ver-sion 2.0.

1393 Bob Carpenter and Carl Pollard. Inclusion, Disjointness and Choice:the logic of linguistic classification. In Annual Meeting of the Assocationfor Computational Linguistics, pages 9–16, Berkeley, California, 1991.Association for Computational Linguistics.

1394 B. Carr and I. Goldstein. Overlays: A Theory of Modeling for ComputerAided Instruction. Memo 406, Massachusetts Institute of Technology,Artificial Intelligence Laboratory, February 1977.

1395 Patricia L. Carrell. Cohesion is not Coherence. TESOL Quarterly,16(4):479–487, December 1982.

117

1396 Jill Carrier and Janet H. Randall. The argument structure and syntacticstructure of Resultatives. Linguistics Inquiry, 23:173–234, 1992.

1397 John Carrol. Relating complexity to practical performance in pars-ing with wide-coverage unification grammars. In 32nd. Annual Meetingof the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 287–294, NewMexico State University, Las Cruces, New Mexico, 1994.

1398 J. Carroll. A Performance Grammar Approach to Language Teaching.In R. Schiefelbusch, editor, Non-Speech Language Communication. Un.Park Press, Baltimore, 1980.

1399 J. Carroll and R. Freedle, editors. Language Comprehension and theAcquisition of Knowledge. Wiley and Sons, New York, 1972.

1400 John Carroll, Ann Copestake, Dan Flickinger, and Victor Poznanski.An efficient chart generator for (semi-)lexicalist grammars. In Proceed-ings of the 7th European Workshop on Natural Language Generation(EWNLG’99), pages 86–95, Toulouse, France, 1999.

1401 John M. Carroll. A program for cinema theory. Journal of Aestheticsand Art Criticism, 35:337–351, 1977.

1402 John M. Carroll. Linguistics, Psychology, and Cinema Theory. Semiot-ica, 20(1-2):173–195, 1977.

1403 John M. Carroll. Towards a structural psychology of cinema. Number 55in Approaches to semiotics. Mouton, The Hague, 1980.

1404 John M. Carroll. The film experience as cognitive structure. Empiricalstudies of the Arts, 2:1–17, 1984.

1405 John M. Carroll and Thomas G. Bever. Segmentation in cinema per-ception. Science, 191:1053–1055, 1976.

1406 John Carroll, Nicholas Nicolov, O. Shaumyan, M. Smets, and D. Weir.Engineering a wide-coverage lexicalized grammar. In Proceedings of theFifth International Workshop on Tree Adjoining Grammars and RelatedFrameworks, pages 55–60, Paris, France, 2000.

1407 Mary Carroll. Changing place in English and German: language-specificpreferences in the conceptualization of spatial relations. In Jan Nuyts,editor, Language and Conceptualization, pages 137–161. Cambridge Uni-versity Press, 1997.

1408 Mary Carroll and Christiane von Stutterheim. The representation of spa-tial configurations in English and German and the grammatical struc-ture of locative and anaphoric expressions. Linguistics, 31:1011–1041,1993.

118

1409 Noël Carroll. Review of Film Language. Film comment, 10(6):61–63,Fall 1974.

1410 Noël Carroll. Nightmare and the Horror Film: The Symbolic Biology ofFantastic Beings. Film Quarterly, 34(3):16–25, 1981.

1411 Noël Carroll. Mystifying Movies: Fads and Fallacies in ContemporaryFilm Theory. Columbia University Press, New York, 1988.

1412 Noël Carroll. Philosophical problems of classical film theory. PrincetonUniversity Press, Princeton, New Jersey, 1988.

1413 Noël Carroll. The Philosophy of Horror, or Paradoxes of the Heart.Routledge, New York, 1990.

1414 Noël Carroll. Visual metaphor. In Aspects of Metaphor, pages 189–218.Kluwer, Dordrecht, 1994.

1415 Noël Carroll. Critical Study Kendall L. Walton: Mimesis As Make-Believe. The Philosophical Quarterly, 45(178):93–99, Jan 1995.

1416 Noël Carroll. The paradox of suspense. In Peter Vorderer, Hans J.Wulff, and Mike Friederichsen, editors, Suspense: conceptualizations,theoretical analyses, and empirical explorations, chapter 5, pages 71–92.Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Mahwah, NJ, 1996.

1417 Noël Carroll. Theorizing the moving image. Cambridge University Press,Cambridge, 1996.

1418 Noël Carroll. Theorizing the moving image, chapter XXII. Cognitivism,Contemporary Film Theory and Method: a response to Warren Buck-land, pages 321–335. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1996.

1419 Noël Carroll. Theorizing the moving image, chapter IV. Defining themoving image, pages 49–74. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,1996.

1420 Noël Carroll. Theorizing the moving image, chapter XXVIII. Towardsa theory of film editing, pages 403–419. Cambridge University Press,Cambridge, 1996. Originally published in Millennium Film Journal, 3,1979.

1421 Noël Carroll. Theorizing the moving image, chapter A note on filmmetaphor, pages 212–223. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,1996.

1422 Noël Carroll. Theorizing the moving image, chapter VIII. Towards a the-ory of point-of-view editing: communication, emotion and the movies,pages 125–138. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1996.

119

1423 Noël Carroll. Towards an ontology of the moving image. In Cynthia A.Freeland and Thomas E. Wartenberg, editors, Philosophy and Film,pages 68–85. Routledge, London, 1996.

1424 Noël Carroll. Film form: an argument for a functional theory of style inthe individual film - Style in Cinema. Style, 32(3):385–402, Fall 1998.

1425 Noël Carroll. Film, emotion, and genre. In Carl Plantinga and Greg M.Smith, editors, Passionate views: film, cognition, and emotion, chap-ter 2, pages 21–47. The John Hopkins University Press, Baltimore andLondon, 1999.

1426 Noël Carroll. Beyong Aesthetics: Philosophical Essays. Cambridge Uni-versity Press, New York, 2001.

1427 Noël Carroll. On the narrative connection. In Willie van Peer andSeymour Chatman, editors, New Perspectives on Narrative Perspective,pages 21–42. State University of New York Press, Albany, NY, 2001.

1428 Noël Carroll. Engaging the moving image. Yale University Press, NewHaven, CT, 2003.

1429 Noël Carroll. The philosophy of motion pictures. Oxford UniversityPress, Oxford, 2008.

1430 Noël Carroll. Memento and the phenomenology of comprehending mo-tion picture narration. In Andrew Kania, editor, Memento, Philosopherson film, pages 127–146. Routledge, London, 2009.

1431 Noël Carroll and Patrick Carroll. Notes on movie music. In R. BartonPalmer, editor, The cinematic text: methods and approaches, pages 237–246. AMS Press, New York, 1989.

1432 T. Carroll and Judy L. Delin. Written Instructions in Japanese andEnglish. Pragmatics, 8(3):339–385, 1998.

1433 Kai-Uwe Carstensen, Christian Ebert, Cornelia Endriss, Susanne Jekat,Ralf Klabunde, and Hagen Langer, editors. Computerlinguistik undSprachtechnologie - Eine Einführung. Spektrum Akademischer Verlag,Heidelberg, 2001.

1434 R. Carter. Front pages: lexis, style, and newspaper reports. In MohsenGhadessy, editor, Registers of Written English: situational factors andlinguistic features, pages 8–16. Frances Pinter, London, 1988.

1435 R. Carter and S. Adolphs. Linking the verbal and the visual: newdirections for corpus linguistics. Language and Computers, 64:275–291,2008.

1436 R. Carter and M. McCarthy, editors. Vocabulary and Language Teach-ing. Longman, London, 1988.

120

1437 Ronald Carter and Walter Nash. Seeing through language: a guide tostyles of English writing. Basil Blackwell, Oxford, 1990.

1438 Roberto Casati, Barry Smith, and Achille C. Varzi. Ontological toolsfor geographic representation. In N. Guarino, editor, Formal Ontologyin Information Systems (FOIS), pages 77–85. IOS Press, Amsterdam,1998.

1439 Roberto Casati and Achille C. Varzi. Holes and other superficialities.MIT Press (Bradford Books), Cambridge, MA and London, 1994.

1440 Roberto Casati and Achille C. Varzi. The structure of spatial localiza-tion. Philosophical Studies, 82:205–239, 1996.

1441 Roberto Casati and Achille C. Varzi. Spatial entities. In Olivero Stock,editor, Spatial and temporal reasoning, pages 71–95. Kluwer AcademicPublishers, Dordrecht, 1997.

1442 Roberto Casati and Achille C. Varzi. Parts and places: the structuresof spatial representation. MIT Press (Bradford Books), Cambridge, MAand London, 1999.

1443 Francesco Casetti. Communicative situations: The cinema and the tele-vision situation. Semiotica, 112(1/2):35–48, 1996.

1444 Francesco Casetti. Inside the Gaze: The Fiction Film and Its Spectator.Indiana University Press, Bloomington, 1998. translated by Nell Andrewwith Charles O’Brien.

1445 Francesco Casetti and Barbara Grespi. Cinema and the question ofreception. In Norma Bouchard and Veronica Pravadelli, editors, Um-berto Eco’s Alternative. The Politics of Culture and the Ambiguities ofInterpretation. Peter Lang, 1998.

1446 S. Casner. A task-analytic approach to the automated design of graphicpresentations. ACM Transactions on Graphics, 10(2):111–151, 1991.

1447 S. Cassidy and J. Harrington. Multilevel annotation in the EMU speechdatabase management system. Speech communication, 33(1-2):61–78,2001.

1448 Víctor M. Castel. Desarrollo, implementación y utilización de modelospara el procesamiento automático de textos, chapter 3: Determinacióndinámica de valores de verdad de condiciones de reglas de generaciónde textos, pages 23–34. Editorial de la Facultad de Filosofía y LetrasUNCuyo, Mendoza, 2005.

1449 Víctor M. Castel. Rule Types in a Systemic Functional Grammar:An XML Definition of the Cardiff Lexicogrammar Generator. Pa-per presented at the 2006 International Systemic-Functional LinguisticsCongress (ISFC 33), Brasil, 2006.

121

1450 A. Garcia Castro, I. Normann, J. Hois, and O. Kutz. OntologizingMetadata for Assistive Technologies–The OASIS Repository. In FirstInternational Workshop on Ontologies in Interactive Systems (Ontoract-08), Liverpool, UK. IEEE Computer Society, 2008.

1451 Alexander García Castro, Leyla Jael García-Castro, Alberto Labarga,Olga L. Giraldo, César Montaña, Kieran O’Neill, and John A. Bateman.Annotating Atomic Components of Papers in Digital Libraries: TheSemantic and Social Web Heading towards a Living Document Sup-porting eSciences. In Sourav S. Bhowmick, Josef Küng, and RolandWagner, editors, Database and Expert Systems Applications (DEXA),volume 5690 of Lecture Notes in Computer Science, pages 287–301, Hei-delberg / Berlin, 2009. Springer. 20th International Conference, DEXA2009, Linz, Austria, August 31 - September 4, 2009. Proceedings.

1452 Catford. A linguistic theory of translation. Oxford University Press,Oxford, 1965.

1453 J. C. Catford. ’Rest’ and ’open transition’ in a systemic phonology ofEnglish. In James D. Benson and William S. Greaves, editors, SystemicPerspectives on Discourse. Ablex, Norwood NJ, 1985.

1454 Stanley Cavell. The world viewed: reflections on the ontology of film.Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA, 1980.

1455 John G. Cawelti. The Six-Gun Mystique. Bowling Green UniversityPress, Bowling Green, 1975.

1456 John G. Cawelti. Advanture, Mystery and Romance: Formula Storiesas Art and Popular Culture. Chicago University Press, Chicago, 1976.

1457 A. Cawsey. Generating Explanatory Discourse: a plan based, interactiveapproach. PhD dissertation, University of Edinburgh, 1989.

1458 A. Cawsey. A computational model of explanatory discourse: localinteractions in a plan-based explanation. In P. Luff, N. Gilbert, andD. Frohlich, editors, Computers and Conversation. Academic Press,1991.

1459 A. Cawsey. Explanation and interaction: the computer generation ofexplanatory dialogues. MIT Press, Cambridge, 1993.

1460 A. Cawsey. Review of: Participating in Explanatory Dialogues-interpreting and responding to questions in context (J.D. Moore). Com-putational Linguistics, 21(3):422–424, 1995.

1461 A. Cawsey, K. Binstead, and R. B. Jones. Personalised explanationsfor patients: problems and principles. In W. Hoeppner and H. Ho-racek, editors, Principles of Natural Language Generation - Papers froma Dagstuhl-Seminar, Dagstuhl, 1995.

122

1462 A. Cawsey and F. Grasso. Goals and Attitude Change in Generation:A case Study in Health Education. In Kristina Jokinen, Mark May-bury, Michael Zock, and Ingrid Zukerman, editors, ECAI-96, workshop"Gaps and Bridges: New Directions in Planning and Natural LanguageGeneration", pages 19–24, Budapest, 1996.

1463 A. J. Cawsey, D. Bental, R. B. Jones, J. Pearson, and E. Carter. A per-sonalised patient information system using GRAIL. In B. Richards, ed-itor, Proceedings of Healthcare Computing 1998. BJHC Limited, March1998.

1464 A. Cawsey, R. B. Jones, and J. Pearson. The Evaluation of a Person-alised Information System for Patients with Cancer. User Modeling andUser-Adapted Interaction, 10(1), 2000.

1465 Alison Cawsey. Generating explanatory discourse. In Robert Dale, ChrisMellish, and Michael Zock, editors, Current research in Natural Lan-guage Generation, pages 75–102. Academic Press, London, 1990.

1466 Alison Cawsey. Using plausible inference rules in description planning.In 5th Conference of the European Chapter of the Association for Com-putational Linguistics, pages 119–124, Berlin, 1991.

1467 Alison Cawsey. Presenting tailored resource descriptions: will XSLTdo the job? In Proceedings of the ninth World-Wide Web conference(WWW9), 2000.

1468 Alison Cawsey, Kim Binsted, and Ray Jones. Personalised explanationsfor patient education. In Proceedings of the Fifth European Workshopon Natural Language Generation, Leiden, the Netherlands, 20-22 May1995, pages 59–74, 1995.

1469 Alison Cawsey, Bonnie L. Webber, and Ray B. Jones. Natural LanguageGeneration in Healthcare. Journal of the American Medical InformaticsAssociation, 1998.

1470 CCED. Collins COBUILD English Dictionary. HarperCollins, Glasgow,2nd edition, 1995.

1471 Silvio Ceccato. Linguistic Analysis and Programming for MechanicalTranslation. Gordon and Breach, New York, 1961.

1472 Michel Cegarra. Cinema and Semiology. Screen, 14:129–187, 1973.Reprinted from Cinéthique 7/8, 1970.

1473 F. Cerbah. A Study of Some Lexical Differences between French and En-glish Instructions in a Multilingual Generation Framework. In Proceed-ings of the Eighth International Workshop on Natural Language Gener-ation, pages 131–140, Herstmonceux, Sussex, UK, 1996.

123

1474 Farid Cerbah. Generating causal explanations: from qualitative modelsto natural language texts. In B. Neumann, editor, 10th European Con-ference on Artificial Intelligence. John Wiley and Sons Ltd, Chichester,England, 1992.

1475 Farid Cerbah. Integrating qualitative reasoning and text planning togenerate causal explanations. In Proceedings of the fifteenth Interna-tional Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING-92), volumeII, pages 617–623, Nantes, France, 1992. International Committe onComputational Linguistics.

1476 Farid Cerbah. Une approche de génération de textes pour la productiond’explication causales. In 12th International Conference of ArtificialIntelligence, Expert Systems and Natural Language, Avignon, 1992.

1477 Farid Cerbah, Corinne Fournier, and P.-Y. Raccah. Qualitative Rea-soning and Argumentation: Study of Some Affinities when GeneratingCausal Explanations. In Proceedings of IMACS, 1991.

1478 M. Cerioli, M. Gogolla, H. Kirchner, B. Krieg-Brückner, Z. Qian, andM. Wolf. Algebraic System Specification and Development: Survey andAnnotated Bibliography. In Monographs of the Bremen Institute of SafeSystems 3. Shaker, 1997.

1479 M. Cerioli, A. Haxthausen, B. Krieg-Brückner, and T. Mossakowski.Permissive Subsorted Partial Logic in CASL. In Michael Johnson, ed-itor, Algebraic methodology and software technology: 6th internationalconference, AMAST 97, Lecture Notes in Computer Science 1349, pages91–107. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 1997.

1480 M. Cerioli, T. Mossakowski, and H. Reichel. From total equational topartial first order logic. In E. Astesiano, H.-J. Kreowski, and B. Krieg-Brückner, editors, Algebraic Foundations of System Specification. IFIPState-of-the-Art Reports, pages 31–104. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg,1999.

1481 Francesca Cesarini, Marco Lastri, Simone Marinai, and Giovanni Soda.Encoding of Modified X-Y Trees for Document Classification. Proceed-ings of the Sixth International Conference on Document Analysis andRecognition (ICDAR’01), pages 1131–1136, 2001.

1482 Francesca Cesarini, Simone Marinai, Giovanni Soda, and M. Gori. Struc-tured Document Segmentation and Representation by the Modified X-Ytree. Proceedings of the Fifth International Conference on DocumentAnalysis and Recognition (ICDAR’99), pages 563–566, 1999.

1483 W. Ceusters, F. Buekens, G. De Moor, and A. Waagmeister. The dis-tinction between linguistic and conceptual semantics in medical termi-nology and its implications for NLP-based knowledge acquisition. InIMIA Working Group 6, Jacksonville, Florida, 1997.

124

1484 W. Ceusters, F. Buekens, G. De Moor, and A. Waagmeister. The distinc-tion between linguistic and conceptual semantics in medical terminologyand its implications for NLP-based knowledge acquisition. Methods ofInformation in Medicine, 37:327–333, 1998.

1485 Werner Ceusters, Ignace Desimpel, Barry Smith, and Stefan Schulz.Underspecification in Formal Ontologies. In Medical Informatics Europe2003, pages 391–396. IOS Press, Amsterdam, 2003.

1486 Werner Ceusters, Barry Smith, and Jim Flanagan. Ontology and Med-ical Terminology: Why Description Logics Are Not Enough. In Pro-ceedings of TEPR 2003 - Towards an Electronic Patient Record, SanAntonio, Texas, 2003.

1487 Jin Soon Cha, editor. Before and towards communication linguistics:essays by Michael Gregory and associates. Daehan Publications Limited,Seoul.

1488 Jin Soon Cha. Linguistic cohesion in texts: theory and description.Daehan Texbook Printing Co, Seoul, 1985.

1489 W. Chafe. Cognitive Constraints on Information Flow. In R. Tom-lin, editor, Coherence and Grounding in Discourse, pages 21–51. JohnBenjamins Publishing Company, Amsterdam and Philadelphia, 1987.

1490 Wallace Chafe. Prosody and emotion in a sample of real speech. In Pe-ter H. Fries, Michael Cummings, David Lockwood, and William Spruiell,editors, Relations and functions within and around language, Open Lin-guistics. Continuum Press, London, 2001.

1491 Wallace L. Chafe. Language as symbolization. Language, 43:57–91,1967.

1492 Wallace L. Chafe. Meaning and the Structure of Language. The Univer-sity of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1970.

1493 Wallace L. Chafe. Directionality and paraphrase. Language, 47:1–26,1971.

1494 Wallace L. Chafe. Discourse structure and human knowledge. In J. Car-roll and R. Freedle, editors, Language Comprehension and the Acquisi-tion of Knowledge, pages 41–70. Wiley and Sons, New York, 1972.

1495 Wallace L. Chafe. Language and Memory. Language, 49:261–281, 1973.

1496 Wallace L. Chafe. Language and consciousness. Language, 50:111–133,1974.

1497 Wallace L. Chafe. Giveness, Contrastiveness, Definiteness, Subjects,Topics, and Points of View. In C. N. Li, editor, Subject and Topic,pages 25–56. Academic Press, 1976.

125

1498 Wallace L. Chafe. Creativity and Verbalization and its Implications forthe Nature of Stored Knowledge. In Roy O. Freedle, editor, DiscourseProcesses: Advances in Research and Theory. Volume 1: Discourse Pro-duction and Comprehension, pages 41–56. Ablex, Norwood, 1977.

1499 Wallace L. Chafe. The Flow of Thought and the Flow of Language. InTalmy Givòn, editor, Syntax and Semantics 12: Discourse and syntax,pages 159–181. Academic Press, New York, 1979.

1500 Wallace L. Chafe. The deployment of consciousness in the production ofa narrative. In Wallace L. Chafe, editor, The Pear Stories, pages 9–50.Ablex Publishing Corps., New Jersey, 1980.

1501 Wallace L Chafe, editor. The Pear Stories. Ablex Publishing Corps.,New Jersey, 1980.

1502 Wallace L. Chafe. Integration and Involvement in Speaking, Writing andOral Literature. In D. Tannen, editor, Spoken and Written Language:Exploring Orality and Literacy, pages 35–54. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1982.

1503 Wallace L. Chafe. How People Use Adverbial Clauses. In Proceedings ofthe Tenth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, Berkeley,1984. Berkeley Linguistics Society.

1504 Wallace L. Chafe. Discourse, Consciousness, and Time: The Flow andDisplacement of Conscious Experience in Speaking and Writing. Uni-versity of Chicago Press, Chacago, Il, 1994.

1505 Wallace L. Chafe. The Pear Stories: Cognitive, Cultural and LinguisticAspects of Narrative Production. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1997.

1506 W.L. Chafe. Evidentiality in English conversation and academic writing.In W.L. Chafe and J. Nichols, editors, Evidentiality: the linguistic codingof epistemology, pages 261–272. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1968.

1507 W.L. Chafe. Some reasons for hesitating. Mouton, The Hague, 1980.

1508 W.L. Chafe and J. Nichols, editors. Evidentiality: the linguistic codingof epistemology. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1968.

1509 R. Chaffin and D. J. Herrmann. The Nature of Semantic Relations.In Martha Evens, editor, Relational Models of the Lexicon. CambridgeUniversity Press, Cambridge, 1988.

1510 Yllias Chali, Elsa Pascual, and Jacques Virbel. Towards a text represen-tation for text expanding. In Kristina Jokinen, Mark Maybury, MichaelZock, and Ingrid Zukerman, editors, ECAI-96, workshop "Gaps andBridges: New Directions in Planning and Natural Language Genera-tion", pages 87–90, Budapest, 1996.

126

1511 J.K. Chambers. Sociolinguistic theory: linguistic variation and its socialsignificance. Blackwell, Oxford, 2003.

1512 J.K. Chambers and Peter Trudgill. Dialectology. Cambridge UniversityPress, Cambridge, England, 2nd edition edition, 1998.

1513 E. Chan and L. Unsworth. Image-language interaction in online readingenvironments: Challenges for students’ reading comprehension. Aus-tralian Educational Researcher, 38(2):181–202, 2011.

1514 Daniel Chandler. Semiotics: The Basics. Routledge, London and NewYork, 2002.

1515 Songsak Channarukul. YAG: a template-based natural language gener-ator for Real Time systems. Master Thesis, Department of ElectricalEngineering and Computer Science, University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee,December 1999.

1516 Joanna Channell. Corpus-based analysis of evaluative lexis. In SusanHunston and Geoff Thompson, editors, Evaluation in Text: authorialstance and the construction of discourse, pages 38–55. Oxford UniversityPress, Oxford, England, 2000.

1517 L. John Chapman. Reading development and cohesion. HeinemannEducational, London and Exeter, NH, 1983.

1518 E. Charniak, C. K. Riesbeck, D. V., and McDermott. Artificial In-telligence Programming. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NewJersey, 1980.

1519 Eugene Charniak. A Framed Painting: The Representation of a Com-mon Sense Knowledge Fragment. Cognitive Science, 1:355–394, 1977.

1520 Eugene Charniak. On the use of framed knowledge in language compre-hension. Artificial Intelligence, 11:225–265, 1978.

1521 Eugene Charniak. With Spoon in Hand This Must be the Eating Frame.In David Waltz, editor, Theoretical Issues in Natural Language Process-ing - 2 (TINLAP), pages 187–193. ACM, New York, 1978.

1522 Eugene Charniak. Context Recognition in Language Comprehension. InWendy G. Lehnert and Martin H. Ringle, editors, Strategies for natu-ral language processing, pages 435–454. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates,Hillsdale, N. J, 1982.

1523 Eugene Charniak. Passing markers: A theory of contextual inferencein language comprehension. Technical Report CS-80, Brown UniversityDepartment of Computer Science, 1982.

127

1524 Eugene Charniak. Statistical parsing with a context-free grammar andword statistics. In Proceedings of the fourteenth national conference onartificial intelligence, Menlo Park, 1997. AAAI Press/MIT Press.

1525 Eugene Charniak and Yorick Wilks, editors. Semantic Nets as MemoryModels. North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1976.

1526 Dominique Chateau. Vers un modèle génératif du discours filmique.Humanisme et entreprise, 99:1–10, 1976. Neuilly.

1527 Dominique Chateau. Towards a generative model of filmic discourse. InWarren Buckland, editor, From film spectator: from sign to mind, Filmculture in transition, pages 35–44. Amsterdam University Press, 1995.Summary of the doctoral dissertation ‘Problèmes de la théorie sémi-ologique du cinéma’ (1975), University Paris I; published as Le cinémacomme langage, Brussels: AISS - Publications de la Sorbonne (1987).

1528 Seymour Chatman. Semiotics and Citizen Kane. Quarterly Review ofFilm and Video, 3(3):417–421, 1978.

1529 Seymour Chatman. Story and discourse: narrative structure in fictionand film. Cornell University Press, Ithaca and London, 1978.

1530 Seymour Chatman. What novels can do that films can’t (and vice versa).Critical Inquiry, 8(1):121–140, 1980. Reprinted in: Gerald Mast, Mar-shall Cohen and Leo Braudy (eds.)(1992) Film theory and criticsm: in-troductory readings, Oxford University Press, pp403-419.

1531 Seymour Chatman. What novels can do that films can’t (and vice versa).In Gerald Mast, Marshall Cohen, and Leo Braudy, editors, Film theoryand criticsm: introductory readings, pages 403–419. Oxford UniversityPress, 3rd edition, 1992. Originally appeared in Critical Inquiry, 8(1),1980, 121-140.

1532 Shohini Chaudrini. Feminist film theories. Laura Mulvey, Kaja Silver-man, Terese de Lauretis, Barbara Creed. Routlege, London and NewYork, 2006.

1533 P. Cheeseman, B. Kanefsky, and W.M. Taylor. Where the really hardproblems are. In Morgan Kaufmann, editor, Proceedings of the 12th In-ternational Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI-91), pages331–337, San Mateo, CA, 1991.

1534 Lynn Chemy. Conversation and Community: Discourse in a SocialMUD. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 1999.

1535 Keh-Jiann Chen and Chuan-Shu Cha. The design of a conceptual struc-ture and its relation to the parsing of chinese sentences. In Proceedingsof the 1988 International Conference on Computer Processing of Chi-nese and Oriental Languages, Toronto, Canada, August 29 - September1 1988.

128

1536 Hua Cheng, Massimo Poesio, Renate Henschel, and Chris Mellish.Corpus-based NP Modifier Generation. In Proceedings of the NorthAmerican Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics(NAACL), Pittsburgh, June 2001.

1537 Yee Han Cheong and Ingrid Zukerman. Enhancing Automatically Gen-erated Explanations by Means of Rhetorical Devices, 1988. Dept ofComputer Science, Monash University, Clayton, Victoria 3168, Aus-tralia.

1538 Yun-Gyung Cheong and R. Michael Young. A Computational Model ofNarrative Generation for Suspense. In Proceedings of the AAAI 2006Computational Aesthetic Workshop, Boston, MA, USA„ July 16 2006.

1539 Vadim Chepegin, Lora Aroyo, Paul De Bra, and Dominik Heckmann.User Modeling for Modular Adaptive Hypermedia. In Workshop onApplications of Semantic Web Technologies for Educational AdaptiveHypermedia in conjunction with AH’04, Eindhoven, The Netherlands,August 2004.

1540 D. Chester. The Translation of Formal Proofs into English. ArtificialIntelligence, 7(3):261–278, Fall 1976.

1541 A. Chevalier and M. Ivory. Web site designs: Influences of designer’sexpertise and design constraints. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 58:57–87, 2003.

1542 M. T. H. Chi, R. Glaser, and E. Rees. Expertise in Problem Solving.In R. J. Sternberg, editor, Advances in the Psychology of Human Intel-ligence, volume 1. Lawrence Erlbaum, Hillsdale, 1981.

1543 Christian Chiarcos and Manfred Stede. Salience-driven text planning.In Anja Belz, Roger Evans, and Paul Piwek, editors, Natural LanguageGeneration: Third international Conference (INLG 2004), number 3123in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages 21–30. Springer, Berlin,New York, July 14-16 2004.

1544 S. Chibnall. Chronicles of the gallows: the social history of crime re-porting. In H. Christian, editor, The sociology of journalism and thepress, number 29 in Sociological Review Monograph. 1980.

1545 Arthur Kok Kum Chiew. Multisemiotic mediation in hypertext. InKay L. O’Halloran, editor, Multimodal discourse analysis: systemicfunctional perspectives, Open Linguistics Series, pages 131–162. Con-tinuum, London, 2004.

1546 Paul Chilton and C. Schäffner, editors. Politics as text and talk: Analyticapproaches to political discourse. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2002.

129

1547 David N. Chin. User Modelling in UC, the Unix Consultant. In Proceed-ings of the 1986 Conference on Computer-Human Interaction (CHI’86),1986.

1548 David N. Chin. KNOME: Modeling What the User Knows in UC. InAlfred Kobsa and Wolfgang Wahlster, editors, User Models in DialogSystems, Symbolic Computation Series, pages 74–107. Springer, Berlin,Heidelberg, New York, Tokyo, 1989.

1549 Ann Chisholm. Rhetoric and the early work of Christian Metz: Aug-menting ideological inquiry in rhetorical film theory and criticism. InDavid Blakesley, editor, The terministic screen: rhetorical perspectiveson film, pages 37–54. Southern Illinois University Press, Carbondale, Il,2003.

1550 Roderick M. Chisholm. The basic ontological categories. In Kevin Mul-ligan, editor, Language, truth and ontology, number 51 in PhilosophicalStudies Series, pages 1–13. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht /Boston / London, 1992.

1551 Bark Cheung Chiu, Geoffrey I. Webb, and Mark Kuzmyck. A Compari-son of First-Order and Zeroth-Order Induction for Input-Output AgentModelling. In A. Jameson, C. Paris, and C. Tasso, editors, Proceed-ings of the Sixth International Conference on User Modeling (UM97),pages 347–358. Springer, Berlin, June 2-5 1997. (Chia Laguna, Sardinia,Italy).

1552 R. Chiu. Measuring register characteristics. International Review ofApplied Linguistics, 11:56–68, 1973.

1553 Injoo Choi-Jonin and Laure Sarda. The expression of semantic compo-nents and the nature of ground entity in orientation motion verbs: Across-linguistic account based on French and Korean. In Michel Aur-nague, Maya Hickmann, and Laure Vieu, editors, The Categorization ofSpatial Entities in Language and Cognition, volume 20 of Human Cog-nitive Processing, pages 123–149. John Benjamins Publishing Company,Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 2007.

1554 S. Choi and M. Bowerman. Learning to express motion events in Englishand Korean: the influence of language-specific lexicalization patterns.Cognition, 41:83–121, 1991.

1555 N. Chomsky. Essays on Form and Interpretation. North-Holland Pub-lishing Co., Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1977.

1556 N. Chomsky. Rules and Representations. Columbia Univeristy Press,New York, 1980.

130

1557 N. Chomsky. A Minimalist Program for Linguistic Theory. In K. Haleand S. J. Keyser, editors, The View from Building 20. MIT Press, Cam-bridge, Mass, 1993.

1558 Noam Chomsky. Three models for the description of language. IRETransactions on Information Theory, 2:113–124, 1956.

1559 Noam Chomsky. Syntactic structures. Mouton, The Hague, 1957.

1560 Noam Chomsky. Current Issues in Linguistic Theory. Mouton, TheHague, 1964.

1561 Noam Chomsky. Aspects of the theory of syntax. M.I.T. Press, Cam-bridge, Massachusetts, 1965.

1562 Noam Chomsky. Cartesian Linguistics: a chapter in the history of ra-tionalist thought. Harper and Row Pub. Inc., 1966.

1563 Noam Chomsky. Remarks on Nominalization. In R. Jacobs and P. S.Rosenbaum, editors, Readings in English Transformational Grammar.Ginn and Co., Waltham, Massachusetts, 1970.

1564 Noam Chomsky. On Binding. Linguistic Inquiry, 11(1):1–46, 1980.

1565 Noam Chomsky. Lectures on Government and Binding. Foris, Dor-drecht, 1981.

1566 H. Choset. Topological simultaneous localization and mapping (slam):Toward exact localization without explicit localization. In IEEE Trans-actions on Robotics and Automation, volume 2. 2001.

1567 Howie Choset and Joel Burdick. Sensor-based exploration: The Hi-erarchical Generalized Voronoi Graph. The International Journal ofRobotics Research, 19(2):96–125, February 2000.

1568 Ian C. Chow and Jonathan J. Webster. Integration of Linguistic Re-sources for Verb Classification: FrameNet frame, WordNet Verb andSuggested Upper Merged Ontology. In A. Gelbukh, editor, Proceedingsof CICLing 2007, number 4394 in Lecture Notes in Computer Science,pages 1–11, Berlin, 2007. Springer.

1569 Ian C. Chow and Jonathan J. Webster. Supervised Clustering of theWordNet Verb Hierarchy for Systemic Functional Process Type Iden-tification. In Proceedings of the First International Conference onGlobal Interoperability for Language Resources (ICGL 2008), pages 51–58, Hong Kong, 2008.

1570 Nicola Guarino Chris Welty. Supporting ontological analysis of taxo-nomic relationships. Data and Knowledge Engineering, 39:51–74, 2001.

131

1571 Oliver Christ. A modular and flexible architecture for an integratedcorpus query system. In COMPLEX’94, Budapest, 1994.

1572 M. Christel, A. Hauptmann, and H. Wactlar. Improving Access to Digi-tal Video Archives through Informedia Technology. To Appear in Jour-nal of the Audio Engineering Society, 2001.

1573 F. Christiansen and B. Christiansen. Notes toward a New Rhetoric.Harper and Row, 1978.

1574 Hans-Christian Christiansen. Comics and film: a narrative perspective.In Comics & culture: Analytical and theoretical approaches to comics,pages 107–122. Museum Tusculanum Press University of Copenhagen,Copenhagen, Denmark, 2000.

1575 F. Christie. The Teaching of English in Elementary School in N.S.W.Technical Report, Sydney University, Australia, 1976. M.A. Thesis,Dept of Education.

1576 F. Christie. Pedagogic discourse in the primary school. Linguistics andEducation, 3(7):212–242, 1995.

1577 F. Christie. Literacy and schooling. Routledge, London, 1998.

1578 F. Christie, editor. Pedagogy and the shaping of consciousness: Linguis-tic and social processes. Cassell, London, 1999.

1579 F. Christie, B. Devlin, P. Freebody, J. R. Martin A. Luke, T. Thread-gold, and C. Walton. Literacy in secondary subjects other than English.In Teaching Critical Social Literacy: a project of national significanceon the preservice preparation of teachers for teaching English literacy,volume 1, pages 199–231. DEET, Canberra, 1991.

1580 F. Christie, B. Devlin, P. Freebody, A. Luke, J. R. Martin, T. Thread-gold, and C. Walton. Nominalisation in science and humanities: distill-ing knowledge and scaffolding text. In Eija Ventola, editor, Functionaland Systemic Linguistics: approaches and use, number 55 in Trendsin Linguistics: studies and monographs, pages 307–338. Mouton deGruyter, Berlin, 1991.

1581 Frances Christie. The teaching of English in elementary schools in NewSouth Wales 1848-1900: an enquiry into social conditions and pedagog-ical theories determining the teaching of English. M.Ed. Hons., Depart-ment of Education, University of Sydney, 1977.

1582 Frances Christie. The ’received tradition’ of English language studyin topics = area.sfl; systemicbib, schools: the decline of rhetoric andthe corruption of grammar. Department of Linguistics, University ofSydney: MA Long Essay, 1982.

132

1583 Frances Christie. Learning to write: a process of learning how tomean. English in Australia: Journal of the Australian Association forthe Teaching of English, 66:4–17, 1983.

1584 Frances Christie. Writing in schools. Australian Review of AppliedLinguistics, 7(1):86–102, 1984.

1585 Frances Christie. Language education. Deakin University Press, Gee-long, Vic., 1985. 2nd. edition: Oxford University Press, 1989.

1586 Frances. Christie. Some current issues in writing research. InH. Nicholas, editor, Current Issues in First and Second Langage De-velopment: proceedings of the ALAA Working Group on Language De-velopment, Alice Springs, August 1984, pages 27–54. Applied LinguisticsAssociation of Australia, 1985.

1587 Frances Christie, editor. Language and the Social Construction of Expe-rience. Papers from a working conference on language in education heldat Deakin University 22-26 August, 1983. Deakin University, 1986.

1588 Frances Christie. Learning to mean in writing. N. Stewart-Dore. InWriting and reading to learn, pages 21–34. Primary English TeachingAssociation, Sydney, 1986.

1589 Frances Christie. Young children’s writing development: the relation-ship of written genres to curriculum genres. In B. Bartlett and J. Carr,editors, Language in Education Workshop: a report of proceedings, pages41–69. Center for Research and Learning in Literacy, Brisbane CAE, MtGravatt Campus, 1986.

1590 Frances Christie. The morning news genre: using a functional grammarto illuminate educational issues. Australian Review of Applied Linguis-tics, 10(2):182–198, 1987.

1591 Frances Christie. Young children’s writing: from spoken to writtengenre. Language and Education, 1(1):3–13, 1987.

1592 Frances Christie. Language in Education: the language developmentproject, phase 1; Language development in education. In R. Hasanand J. R. Martin, editors, Language development: learning language,learning culture, pages 152–198. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1989.

1593 Frances Christie, editor. Writing in schools: study guide and reader.Deakin University Press, Geelong, Vic., 1989.

1594 Frances Christie. Curriculum genres in early childhood education: a casestudy in writing development. PhD thesis, Department of Linguistics,University of Sydney, 1990.

133

1595 Frances Christie, editor. Fresh look at the basics: literacy for a changingworld. Australian Council for Educational Research, Melbourne, 1990.

1596 Frances Christie, editor. Literacy for a changing world. AustralianCouncil for Educational Research, Hawthorn, Vic., 1990.

1597 Frances Christie, editor. Literacy in social processes: papers from the In-augural Australian Systemic Functional Linguistics Conference, DeakinUniversity, January 1990. Centre for Studies of Language in Education,Northern Territory University, Darwin, 1991.

1598 Frances Christie. The language of classroom interaction and learning.In Len Unsworth, editor, Researching language in schools and communi-ties: functional linguistic perspectives, pages 184–203. Cassell, London,2000.

1599 Frances Christie, editor. Classroom Discourse Analysis. A FunctionalPerspective. Continuum Press, London, 2002.

1600 Frances Christie, B. Devlin, Peter Freebody, Alan Luke, James R. Mar-tin, Terry Threadgold, and C. Walton. Teaching critical social literacy:a project of national significance on the preservice preparation of teach-ers for teaching English literacy. DEET, 1991.

1601 Frances et al. Christie. Language: a resource for meaning; exploringexplanations, Levels 1-4; teachers’ book. Harcourt Brace Jovanovitch,Orlando, Florida, 1992.

1602 Frances Christie and J. R. Martin. Genre and institutions: social pro-cesses in the workplace and school. Cassell, London, 1997.

1603 Frances Christie, James R. Martin, and Joan Rothery. Genres makemeaning: another reply to Sawyer and Watson. English in Australia,43-59, 1990.

1604 Frances Christie and Joan Rothery. English in Australia: an interpreta-tion of role in the curriculum. pages 197–242. Curriculum DevelopmentCentre, Canberra.

1605 Frances Christie and Joan Rothery. Varieties of language and languageteaching. Applied Linguistics Association of Australia, 1980.

1606 Frances Christie and Len Unsworth. Developing socially responsiblelanguage research. In Len Unsworth, editor, Researching language inschools and communities: functional linguistic perspectives, pages 1–26.Cassell, London, 2000.

1607 Francis Christie. Curriculum macrogenres as forms of initiation intoa culture. In Frances Christie and J. R. Martin, editors, Genre andinstitutions: social processes in the workplace and school, pages 134–160. Cassell, London, 1997.

134

1608 Arkadiusz Chrudzimski and Barry Smith. Brentano’s Ontology. In DaleJacquette, editor, The Cambridge Companion to Brentano. CambridgeUniversity Press, Cambridge, forthcoming.

1609 Sandra Chung. An object creating rule in Bahasa Indonesian. LinguisticInquiry, 7:41–88, 1976.

1610 Sandra Chung. On the subject of two passives in Indonesian. In CharlesLi, editor, Subject and Topic. Academic Press, New York, 1976.

1611 Kenneth Church. Word Association Norms, Mutual Information andLexicography. Computational Linguistics, 16(1):22–29, 1991.

1612 Kenneth Church. Empirical Estimates of Adaptation: The chance ofTwo Noriega’s is closer to p/2 than p2. In Proc. COLING, pages 173–179, 2000.

1613 Kenneth Church and William Gale. Poisson mixtures. Natural LanguageEngineering, 1(2), 1995.

1614 Kenneth W. Church and Patrick Hanks. Word association norms, mu-tual information, and Lexicography. In Proceedings of the 27th. AnnualMeeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 76–83,Vancouver, B.C., 1989. Association for Computational Linguistics.

1615 Gavin E. Churcher, Eric S. Atwell, and Clive Souter. A generic tem-plate to evaluate integrated components in spoken dialogue systems.In Julia Hirschberg, Candace Kamm, and Marilyn Walker, editors, Pro-ceedings of the ACL/EACL Workshop on Interactive Spoken Dialog Sys-tems: bringing speech and NLP together in real applications, pages 9–16,Madrid, Spain, 1997. Assocation for Computational Linguistics.

1616 C. M. Churchward. Tongan Grammar. Oxford University Press, Lon-don, 1953.

1617 A.V. Cicourel. Cognitive Sociology. Penguin, Harmondsworth, 1973.

1618 A.V. Cicourel. Discourse and Text. Versus, 12:33–84, 1975.

1619 C. Cieri and M. Liberman. Language resources creation and distributionat the Linguistic Data Consortium. In Proc. of Language Resources andEvaluation Conference (LREC02), pages 1327–1333, May 2002. LasPalmas, Spain.

1620 Philipp Cimiano, Andreas Eberhart, Pascal Hitzler, Daniel Oberle, Stef-fen Staab, and Rudi Studer. The SmartWeb Foundational Ontology.SmartWeb Project Report, September 2004.

135

1621 Philipp Cimiano and Uwe Reyle. Towards Foundational Semantics –Ontological Semantics Revisited. In Brandon Bennett and ChristianeFellbaum, editors, Proceedings of the International Conference on For-mal Ontology in Information Systems (FOIS), pages 51–62. IOS Press,2006.

1622 James J. Cimino. Vocabulary and Health Care Information Technol-ogy: state of the art. Journal of the American Society for InformationScience, 46(10):777–782, 1995.

1623 Gianluigi Ciocca, Claudio Cusano, Simone Santini, and RaimondoSchettini. Prosemantic features for content-based image retrieval. InProceedings of the 7th international conference on Adaptive multimediaretrieval: understanding media and adapting to the user, AMR’09, pages87–100, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2009. Springer-Verlag.

1624 W. Claassen. Generating referring expressions in a multilingual envi-ronment. In R. Dale, Eduard H. Hovy, D. Rösner, and O. Stock, ed-itors, Aspects of Automated Natural Language Generation, pages 247–262. Springer, Berlin, 1992.

1625 W. Claassen. A natural language generator in ROIS. Links: The ROISnewsletter, 2, February 1997. (ed. E.J. van der Haring) Catholic Uni-versity of Nijmegen.

1626 W. Claassen, Edwin Bos, Carla Huls, and Koenraad de Smedt. Com-menting on action: continuous linguistic feedback generation. In Pro-ceedings of the international workshop on intelligent user interfaces(IUI93), pages 141–148, Orlando, Florida, 1993.

1627 Ralf Claassens. Applied Natural Language Generation Systems in GridComputing. PhD thesis, Tilburg University, Faculty of Arts, Tilburg,2005. (in progress).

1628 Gardent Claire and Stefan Thater. Generating with a Grammar Basedon Tree Descriptions: a Constraint-Based Approach. In 39th AnnualMeeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 2001.

1629 W. J. Clancey. An Antibiotic Therapy Selector Which Provides for Ex-planation. Technical Report HPP-78-26, Stanford University, December1978.

1630 W. J. Clancey. Tutoring Rules for Guiding a Case Method Dialogue.Technical Report HPP-78-25, Stanford University, Department of Com-puter Science, Heuristic Programming Project, December 1978.

1631 W. J. Clancey. Dialogue management for rule-based tutorials. In Pro-ceedings of the Sixth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intel-ligence, pages 155–161, Tokyo, August 1979.

136

1632 William Clancey. NEOMYCIN: Reconfiguring a Rule-Based Expert Sys-tem for Application to Teaching. Technical Report, IJCAI, Vancouver,BC, August 1981.

1633 William Clancey. The Epistemology of a Rule-Based Expert System:A Framework for Explanation. Artificial Intelligence, 20(3):215–251,1983. Also in Rule-Based Expert Systems: The MYCIN Experiments ofthe Stanford Heuristic Heuristic Programming Project; Buchanan andShortliffe (eds), Addison-Wesley, 1984.

1634 William J. Clancey. The Epistemology of a Rule-Based Expert Sys-tem: A Framework for Explanation. Technical Report STAN-CS-81-896, Stanford University, Department of Computer Science, November1981.

1635 Patricia M. Clancy and Pamela Downing. The use of wa as a cohesionmarker in Japanese oral narratives. In John Hinds et al., editors, Per-spectives on Topicalization: the case of Japanese ‘wa’, pages 3–56. JohnBenjamins, Amsterdam, 1987.

1636 P.M. Clancy. Referential choice in English and Japanese narrative dis-course. In Wallace L. Chafe, editor, The Pear Stories, pages 127–202.Ablex Publishing Corps., New Jersey, 1980.

1637 Claudia Claridge. Pamphlets and early newspapers: political interac-tion vs. news reporting. In Friedrich Ungerer, editor, English MediaTexts past and present: language and textual structure, pages 25–44.Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2000.

1638 David B. Clark. The Cinematic City. Routledge, London, 1997.

1639 H. H. Clark. Inferences in Comprehension. In D. Laberge and S. J.Samuels, editors, Basic Processes in Reading: Perception and Compre-hension. Erlbaum, Hillsdale, N. J., 1977.

1640 H. H. Clark and S. E. Haviland. Comprehension and the Given-NewContract. In R. O. Freedle, editor, Discourse Production and Compre-hension, pages 1–40. Ablex Publishing, Hillsdale, N. J., 1977.

1641 H. H. Clark and P. Lucy. Understanding what is meant from what issaid: a study in conversationally conveyed requests. Journal of VerbalLearning and Verbal Behaviour, 14:56–72, 1975.

1642 H. H. Clark and C. Marshall. Reference Diaries. IJCAI, 1977. CHECKYEAR AND PLACE.

1643 H. H. Clark and C. Marshall. Paper presented at the Sloan Workshop onComputational Aspects of Linguistics Structure and Discourse Setting,University of Pennsylvania, May 1978. REFERENCE DIARIES IS ANABBREVIATED VERSION OF THIS PAPER.

137

1644 H. H. Clark and C. R. Marshall. Definite Reference and Mutual Knowl-edge. In Bonnie L. Webber, Aravind K. Joshi, and Ivan A. Sag, editors,Elements of Discourse Processing, pages 10–63. Cambridge UniversityPress, New York, 1981.

1645 Herbert H. Clark. Arenas of Language Use. University of Chicago Press,1993.

1646 Herbert H. Clark. Using Language. Cambridge University Press, Cam-bridge, 1996.

1647 Herbert H. Clark and Deanna Wilkes-Gibbs. Referring as a Collabora-tive Process. Cognition, 22(1):1–39, 1986.

1648 H.H. Clark. How Do Real People Communicate with Virtual Partners?In Proceedings of the AAAI Fall Symposium on Psychological Models ofCommunication in Collaborative Systems, North Falmouth, MA. MenloPark, Calif, 1999. American Association for Artificial Intelligence Pressand MIT Press.

1649 H.H. Clark and E.V. Clark. Psychology and language. Harcourt, Brace,and Jovanovich, New York, 1977.

1650 H.H. Clark and E.F. Schaefer. Contributing to Discourse. CognitiveScience, 13:259–294, 1989.

1651 H.H. Clark and C.J. Sengul. In search of referents for nouns and pro-nouns. Memory and Cognition, 7:35–41, 1979.

1652 K. Clark. The linguistics of blame: representations of women in TheSun’s reporting of crimes of sexual violence. In M. Toolan, editor,Language, Text, and Context: Essays In Stylistics. Routledge, London,1992.

1653 Peter Clark, John Thompson, and Bruce Porter. Knowledge Patterns. InProceedings of Knowledge Representation conference (KR’2000), 2000.

1654 Stephen Clark, Julia Hockenmaier, and Mark Steedman. Building DeepDependency Structures using a Wide-Coverage CCG Parser. In Proceed-ings of the 40th Annual Meeting of the Association for ComputationalLinguistics (ACL), pages 327–334, 2002.

1655 R. Hörnig B. Claus and K. Eyferth. Perspektivität raum-analoger men-taler Modelle. In A. Schorr, editor, Experimentelle Psychologie, 38.Tagung experimentell arbeitender Psychologen. Pabst Science Publish-ers, Lengerich, 1996.

1656 I.F.C.S. Clayre. A preliminary note on focus and emphasis in Melanau- a language of coastal Sarawak. Lingua, 31, 1973.

138

1657 A.A. Cleland and Martin J. Pickering. The use of lexical and syntacticinformation in language production: evidence from the priming of noun-phrase structure. Journal of Memory and Language, 49:214–230, 2003.

1658 E. Clementini, P.D. Felici, and D. Hernandez. Qualitative representationof positional information. Artificial Intelligence, 95:317–356, 1997.

1659 P Clements. The effects of staging on recall from prose. In R. O. Freedle,editor, Discourse Processes: Advances in Research and Theory. Volume2: New Directions in Discourse Processing, pages 287–330. Ablex, Nor-wood, New Jersey, 1979.

1660 Salvador Climent, Horacio Rodríguez, and Julio Gonzalo. Definition ofthe links and subsets for nouns of the EuroWordNet project. EuroWord-Net (EU LE-2 4003) Deliverable D005 (WP3.1), FUE-U. de Barcelona,FUE-U. Politécnica de Cataluña, FUE-UNED, October 1996.

1661 B. Cline and J. Nutter. KALOS - A System for Natural LanguageGeneration with Revision. In AAAI, 1994.

1662 J. H. Clippinger. A Discourse Speaking Program as a Preliminary The-ory of Discourse Behavior and a Limited Theory of Psychoanalytic Dis-course. PhD thesis, University of Pennsylvania, 1974.

1663 J. H. Clippinger. Speaking with many tongues: Some problems in mod-elling speakers of actual discourse. In Proceedings of Theoretical Issuesin Natural Language Processing - I (TINLAP), pages 68–73, Cambridge,Mass., June 1975.

1664 Jon Clippinger. Meaning and discourse: A computer model of psychoan-alytic speech and cognition. John Hopkins University Press, Baltimore,1978.

1665 C. Cloran. Negotiating new contexts in conversation. Occasional Papersin Systemic Linguistics, 1:85–110, 1987.

1666 Carmel Cloran. Negotiating new contexts in conversation. In OccasionalPapers in Systemic Linguistics, pages 85–110, 1987.

1667 Carmel Cloran. Learning through language: The social constructionof gender. In Ruqaiya Hasan and James R. Martin, editors, Languagedevelopment: learning language, learning culture (Meaning and choicein language: studies for Michael Halliday). Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1989.

1668 Carmel Cloran. Rhetorical units and decontextualisation: an enquiryinto some relations of context, meaning and grammar. PhD thesis,Nottingham University, Nottingham, 1994. (Monographs in SystemicLinguistics 6).

139

1669 Carmel Cloran. Defining and relating text segments: subject and themein discourse. In Ruqaiaya Hasan and Peter Fries, editors, On Subject andTheme: a discourse functional perspective, pages 361–403. Benjamins,Amsterdam, 1995.

1670 Carmel Cloran. Instruction at home and school. In F. Christie, edi-tor, Pedagogy and the shaping of consciousness: Linguistic and socialprocesses, pages 31–65. Cassell, London, 1999.

1671 Carmel Cloran. Socio-semantic variation: different wordings, differentmeanings. In Len Unsworth, editor, Researching language in schools andcommunities: functional linguistic perspectives, pages 152–183. Cassell,London, 2000.

1672 R. Close. Will in if-clauses. In Sidney Greenbaum, Geoffrey Leech, andJan Svartvik, editors, Studies in English Linguistics for Randolph Quirk.Longman, London, 1979.

1673 COBUILD. English Grammar. Collins, London and Glasgow, 1990.

1674 F. Coccetta. Multimodal functional-notional concordancing. InA. Frankenberg-Garcia, L. Flowerdew, and G. Aston, editors, Newtrends in corpora and language learning, pages 121–138. Continuum,London, 2011.

1675 J. Coch. Evaluating and Comparing Three Text-Production Techniques.In Proceedings of the 16th International Conference on ComputationalLinguistics (COLING’96), pages 249–254, Copenhagen, Denmark, 1996.

1676 J. Coch. Overview of AlethGen. In Proceedings of the Eighth Interna-tional Workshop on Natural Language Generation, pages 25–28, Herst-monceux, Sussex, UK, 1996. Demonstrations and Posters.

1677 J. Coch. Interactive generation and knowledge administration in Mul-tiMeteo. In Proceedings of the Ninth International Workshop on Natu-ral Language Generation, pages 300–303, Niagara-on-the-lake, Ontario,Canada, 1998. software demonstration.

1678 J. Coch. MultiMeteo: multilingual production of weather forecasts.ELRA Newsletter, 3(2), 1998.

1679 J. Coch. Applications industrielles de la génération : pourquoi et com-ment. ???, 9(2):89–106, 1999.

1680 J. Coch and R. David. Causality and Multisentential Text. In Proceed-ings of the 1st International Workshop on Computational Semantics,pages 41–50, ITK, Tilburg University, 1994.

140

1681 J. Coch and R. David. Representing Knowledge for Planning Multisen-tential Text. In Proc. of 4th conference on Applied Natural LanguageProcessing, pages 203–205, Stuttgart, 1994. Association for Computa-tional Linguistics.

1682 J. Coch and R. David. Une application de generation de textes. In Pro-ceedings of Le Traitement Automatique du Langage Naturel en Franceaujourd’hui (TALN-94), pages 37–45, Marseille, April 1994.

1683 J. Coch, R. David, and J. Magnoler. Quality test for a mail generationsystem. In Proceedings of Linguistic Engineering ’95, pages 435–443,Montpellier, France, 1995.

1684 José Coch. Evaluating and comparing three text-production techniques.In Proceedings of the 16th. International Conference on ComputationalLinguistics (COLING ’96), volume 1, pages 249–254, Copenhagen, Den-mark, 1996.

1685 José Coch. Génération multilingue de bulletins météréologiques: lelogiciel MULTIMETEO. In GAT-99, 2éme Colloque Francophone deGénération automatique de Textes, Grenoble, 1999.

1686 José Coch, Edward De Dycker, José-Antonio García-Moya, HerbertGmoser, Jean-Frančois Stranart, and Jean Tardieu. MultiMeteo: adapt-able software for interactive production of multilingual weather fore-casts. In Proceedings of the 4th European Conference on Applications ofMeteorology (ECAM 99), Norrköping, Sweden, 1999.

1687 Moreno I. Coco and Frank Keller. The Impact of Visual Informationon Reference Assignment in Sentence Production. In Niels Taatgen andHedderick van Rijn, editors, Proceedings of the 31st Annual Conferenceof the Cognitive Science Society, pages 274–279, 2009.

1688 E. F. Codd. A Relational Model of Data for Large Shared Data Banks.Comm. ACM, 13(6):pages377–387, June 1970.

1689 E. F. Codd. Seven Steps to Rendez-vous with the Casual User. In J. W.Klimbie and K. Koffeman, editors, Data Base Management. North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1977.

1690 Mihai Codescu and Till Mossakowski. Heterogeneous colimits. InFrédéric Boulanger, Christophe Gaston, and Pierre-Yves Schobbens, ed-itors, MoVaH’08 Workshop on Modeling, Validation and Heterogeneity.IEEE press, 2008.

1691 Michael J. Cody and Margaret L. McLaughlin. Accounts on trial: oralarguments in traffic court. In Charles Antaki, editor, Analysing everydayexplanation: a casebook of methods, pages 113–127. Sage, London, 1988.

141

1692 C. Coffin. Exploring Literacy in School History. Metropolitan East Dis-advantaged Schools Program. NSW Department of School Education,Sydney, 1996.

1693 C. Coffin, R. Brook, and S. Humphrey. Australian Identity. Metropoli-tan East Disadvantaged Schools Program. NSW Department of SchoolEducation, Sydney, 1996.

1694 C. Coffin and B. Derewianka. Multimodal layout in school history books:the texturing of historical interpretation. In G. Thompson and G. Forey,editors, Text-type and Texture, chapter 9, pages 191–215. Equinox, Lon-don, UK, 2008.

1695 Carline Coffin. Constructing and giving value to the past: an investiga-tion into second school history. In Frances Christie and J. R. Martin,editors, Genre and institutions: social processes in the workplace andschool, pages 196–230. Cassell, London, 1997.

1696 Caroline Coffin. Contemporary educational argumentation: a multi-modal perspective. Argumentation, 23(4):513–530, 2009.

1697 CoFI. The Common Framework Initiative for algebraic specificationand development, electronic archives. Notes and Documents accessiblefrom www.cofi.info, 2002.

1698 A. Cohen. The television news interview. Sage, Newbury Park, CA,1987.

1699 A. D. Cohen and Jonathan Fine. Reading history in English: discourseanalysis and the experience of native and non-native readers. WorkingPapers in Bilingualism, 16:55–74, 1978.

1700 A.D. Cohen, H. Glasman, P.R. Rosenbaum-Cohen, J. Ferrara, andJ. Fine. Reading English for specialized purposes: discourse analysisand the use of student informants. TESOL Quarterly, 13:551–564, 1979.Reprinted in Interactive approaches to second language reading, P. Car-rell, J.Devine, and D. Eskey (eds.), Cambridge: Cambridge UniversityPress, 1988.

1701 Alain J.J. Cohen. Natural Born Killers: Rhythms of the filmic imageand styles of violence. In Winfried Nöth, editor, Semiotics of the Media.State of the Art, Projects, and Perspectives, number 127 in Approachesto Semiotics, pages 239–254. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin/New York,1997.

1702 Annabel J. Cohen. Associationism and musical soundtrack phenomena.Contemporary Music Review, 9(1-2):163–178, 1993.

142

1703 Annabel J. Cohen. How music influences the interpretation of film andvideo: approaches from experimental psychology. In Perspectives in Sys-tematic Musicology, number 12 in Selected Reports in Ethnomusicology,pages 15–36. UCLA Press, Los Angeles, 2004.

1704 Jacob Cohen. A coefficient of agreement for nominal scales. Educationaland Psychological Measurement, 20(1):37–46, 1960.

1705 P. Cohen, C. R. Perrault, and J. Allen. Beyond Question-Answering.Technical Report 4644, Bolt Beranek and Newman, 1981.

1706 P. R. Cohen. On Knowing What to Say: Planning Speech Acts. Tech-nical Report 118, University of Toronto, January 1978. Department ofComputer Science.

1707 P. R. Cohen. The Need for Referent Identification as a Planned Action.In Proceedings of IJCAI’81. International Joint Conference on ArtificialIntelligence, 1981.

1708 P. R. Cohen, M. Dalrymple, D. Moran, F. Pereira, J. Sullivan, Gar-gan Jr. R., J. Schlossberg, and S. Tyler. Synergistic Use of Direct Ma-nipulation and Natural Language. In K. Bice and C. Lewis, editors,Proceedings of CHI ’89, (Austin, Texas, April 30 - May 4, 1989), pages227–233, New York, 1989. Association of Computing Machinery.

1709 P. R. Cohen and C. R. Perrault. Overview of ‘planning speech acts’.In Proceedings of the Fifth International Joint Conference on ArtificialIntelligence. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, August 1977.

1710 P. R. Cohen and C. R. Perrault. Elements of a Plan-Based Theory ofSpeech Acts. Cognitive Science, 3:177–212, 1979.

1711 Philip R. Cohen and Hector J. Levesque. Speech Acts and Rational-ity. In Proceedings of the 23rd Annual Meeting of the Association forComputational Linguistics, pages 49–59. Association for ComputationalLinguistics, July 1985.

1712 Philip R. Cohen and Hector J. Levesque. Persistence, Intention andCommitment. Technical Report CSLI-87-88, Center for the Study ofLanguage and Information, Stanford, CA, March 1987.

1713 Philip R. Cohen, Raymond Perrault, and James F. Allen. Beyond ques-tion answering. In Wendy G. Lehnert and Martin H. Ringle, editors,Strategies for natural language processing, pages 245–274. Lawrence Erl-baum Associates, Hillsdale, N. J, 1982.

1714 Phillip R. Cohen and S.L. Oviatt. The Role of Voice Input for Human-Machine Communication. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sci-ences, 92(22):9921–9927, 1995.

143

1715 Ph.R. Cohen and Sh.L. Oviatt. The Role of Voice Input for Human-Machine Communication. In Proceedings of the National Academy ofSciences 92, volume 22, pages 9921–9927, 1995.

1716 Ralph Cohen. History and Genre. New Literary History, 17(2):203–218,1986.

1717 Robin Cohen. A Computational Model for the Analysis of Arguments.PhD thesis, University of Toronto, 1983.

1718 Robin Cohen and Marlene Jones. Incorporating User Models into Ex-pert Systems for Educational Diagnosis. In Alfred Kobsa and WolfgangWahlster, editors, User Models in Dialog Systems, Symbolic Compu-tation Series, pages 313–333. Springer Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, NewYork, Tokyo, 1989.

1719 Gilbert Cohen-Séat. Le discourse filmique. Revue Internationale deFilmologie, 5:37–48, 1948.

1720 A G Cohn and J Renz. Qualitative Spatial Representation and Reason-ing. In F. van Harmelen, V. Lifschitz, and B. Porter, editors, Handbookof Knowledge Representation, pages 551–596. Elsevier, Oxford, 2007.

1721 A. Cohn, L. Schubert, and S. Shapiro. Principles of Knowledge Repre-sentation and Reasoning. In Morgan Kaufmann, editor, Proceedings ofthe 6th International Conference (KR-98), San Mateo, CA, 1998.

1722 A.G. Cohn and Nick M. Gotts. The ‘egg-yolk’ representation of regionswith intederminate boundaries. In P. Burrough and A.M. Frank, edi-tors, Proceedings GISDATA Specialist Meeting on Geographical Objectswith Undetermined Boundaries, pages 171–187, London, 1996. FrancisTaylor.

1723 A.G. Cohn and S.M. Hazarika. Qualitative spatial representation andreasoning: an overview. Fundamenta Informaticae, 43:2–32, 2001.

1724 A.G. Cohn, D.A. Randell, and Z. Cui. Taxonomies of logically definedqualitative spatial relations. International Journal of Human-ComputerStudies, 43(5/6):831–846, 1995.

1725 Anthony Cohn. Formalising bio-spatial knowledge. In Christopher Weltyand Barry Smith, editors, Proceedings of the 2nd International Confer-ence on Formal Ontology in Information Systems, New York, 2001. ACMPress.

1726 Anthony G. Cohn, Brandon Bennett, John Gooday, and Nicolas M.Gotts. Representing and reasoning with qualitative spatial relations.In Olivero Stock, editor, Spatial and temporal reasoning, pages 97–132.Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1997.

144

1727 Daniel Cohnitz and Barry Smith. Assessing Ontologies: The Ques-tion of Human Origins and Its Ethical Significance. In C. Kanzian andE. Runggaldier, editors, Persons: An Interdisciplinary Approach. Vi-enna, forthcoming.

1728 Pierre-François Jurie and Gabriel G. Bès. The control of UCG gram-mars. In Gabriel G. Bès and Theirry Guillotin, editors, The constructionof a natural language and graphic interface: Results and perspectivesfrom the acord project. to appear.

1729 K.M. Colby. Artificial Paranoia: A Computer Simulation of ParanoidProcesses. Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1975.

1730 Fred Cole and Heather Brown. Standards: what can hypertexts learnfrom paper documents? In Proceedings of the HT Standardization Work-shop, January 16 -18, Gaithersburg, MD, 1990. National Institute ofStandards and Technology.

1731 P. Cole, editor. Radical Pragmatics. Academic Press, New York, 1981.

1732 P. Cole and J. L. Morgan (eds.). Syntax and Semantics. Volume 3:Speech Acts. Academic Press, 1975.

1733 Ronald A. Cole, Joseph Mariani, Hans Uszkoreit, Annie Zaenen, andVictor Zue, editors. Survey of State of the Art in Human LanguageTechnology. Cambrige University Press, Cambridge, 1997.

1734 R.W. Cole, editor. Current Issues in Linguistic Theory. UniversityPress, Bloomington, 1977.

1735 John Coleman, Arthur Dirksen, Sarmad Hussain, and Juliette Waals.Multilingual phonological analysis and speech synthesis. In Proceed-ings of the 2nd ACL SIGPHON Meeting, Santa Cruz, 1997. Associationfor Computational Linguistics. (Also available from the ComputationalLinguistics E-Print Archive, paper: cmp-lg/9707018).

1736 S. E. Coleman. A Text-Book of Physics. D.C. Heath and Company,Boston, New York, Chicago, 1911.

1737 Michel Colin. Vers une novelle sémiologie? La Pensée, 220:130–136,1981.

1738 Michel Colin. Langue, film, discours : prolégomènes à une sémiologiegénérative du film. Klincksieck, Paris, 1985.

1739 Michel Colin. A ’Generative Semiology’ of film: To what end? Iris:revue de théorie de l’image et du son, 9:159–169, 1989.

1740 Michel Colin. La Grande Syntagmatique revisitée. Actes Sémiotiques,1:1–49, 1989.

145

1741 Michel Colin. Film semiology as a cognitive science. In Warren Buck-land, editor, From film spectator: from sign to mind, Film culture intransition, pages 86–110. Amsterdam University Press, 1995.

1742 Michel Colin. The grande syntagmatique revisited. In Warren Buckland,editor, From film spectator: from sign to mind, Film culture in transi-tion, pages 45–85. Amsterdam University Press, 1995. Translation of ?) by Claudine Tourniaire.

1743 N. Colineau, C. Paris, and K. Vander Linden. An Evaluation of Pro-cedural Instructional Text. In Proceedings of the International NaturalLanguage Generation Conference (INLG), pages 128–135, New York,2002.

1744 N. Colineau, C. Paris, and R. Wilkinson. Towards Measuring the Cost ofChanging Adaptive Hypermedia Systems. In Proceedings of the FourthInternational Conference on Adaptive Hypermedia and Adaptive Web-Based Systems (AH’06), number 4018 in LNCS, pages 259–263, Dublin,Ireland, June 21-23 2006. Springer.

1745 N. Colineau and Cécile L. Paris. Tailoring and the Efficiency of Infor-mation Seeking. In Proceedings of the 11th International Conference onUser Modeling (UM 2007), pages 440–444, Corfu, Greece, June 25-292007.

1746 Nathalie Colineau, Cécile Paris, and Mingfang Wu. Actionable Informa-tion Delivery. Revue d’Intelligence Artificielle (RSTI - RIA), 18(4):549–576, 2004. Special Issue on Tailored Information Delivery.

1747 J. Collerson. Juliet and the territorial imperative. Australian Review ofApplied Linguistics, 7(1):102–123, 1984.

1748 John Collerson. English grammar: a functional approach. PrimaryEnglish Teaching Association, Newtown, N.S.W., 1994.

1749 Malcolm Collier. Approaches to analysis in visual anthropology. InTheo van Leeuwen and Carey Jewitt, editors, Handbook of visual anal-ysis, chapter 3, pages 35–60. Sage, London, 2001.

1750 R. Collier. Multi-lingual intonation synthesis: principles and applica-tions. In Proceedings of the ESCA Workshop on Speech Synthesis, pages273–276, Autrans, France, 1990.

1751 R. Collier. On the communicative function of prosody: some experi-ments. Annual Progress Report, IPO, Eindhoven, 1993.

1752 R. Collier and J. Terken. Intonation by rule in text-to-speech applica-tions. In Proceedings of the European Conference on Speech Technology,volume 2, pages 165–168, Edinburgh, 1987.

146

1753 A. Collins. Fragments of a Human Plausible Reasoning. TINLAP, 1978.Urbana-Champaign, Illinois.

1754 A. Collins. Studies of Plausible Reasoning, Final Report, Volume I:Human Plausible Reasoning. Technical Report 3810, BBN, 1978. Cam-bridge, Mass.

1755 A. Collins and D. Gentner. A Framework for a Cognitive Theory ofWriting. In L. Gregg and E. R. Steinberg, editors, Cognitive Processesin Writing, pages 51–72. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NewJersey, 1980.

1756 A. M. Collins, J. Passafiume, L. Gould, and J. G. Carbonell. ImprovingInteractive Capabilities in Computer-Assisted Instruction. TechnicalReport 2631, Bolt Beranek and Newman, Inc., August 1973.

1757 A. Collins, E. H. Warnock, N. Aiello, and M. L. Miller. Reasoning fromIncomplete Knowledge. In D. Bobrow and A. Collins, editors, Repre-sentation and Understanding: Studies in Cognitive Science. AcademicPress, New York, 1975.

1758 A.M. Collins and M.R. Quillian. Retrieval time from semantic memory.Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 8:240–247, 1969.

1759 A.M. Collins and M.R. Quillian. Does category size affect categorizationtime. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 9:432–438, 1970.

1760 Jim Collins. Genericity in the Nineties: Eclectic Irony and the NewSincerity. In Jim Collins, Hilary Radner, and Ava Preacher Collins,editors, Film Theory Goes to the Movies. Routledge, London, 1993.

1761 Peter Collins. Cleft sentences in English discourse. Australian Reviewof Applied Linguistics, 5(1):60–83, 1982.

1762 Peter Collins. Shared knowledge and cleft constructions. In W.R. Alburyand Peter Slezak, editors, Dimensions of Cognitive Science, volume 2 ofKensington Studies in the Humanities. University of NSW Press, Syd-ney, 1988.

1763 Peter J. Collins. Th-clefts and all-clefts. Beiträge zür Phonetik undLinguistik, 4:45–53, 1985.

1764 Peter J. Collins. Cleft and pseudo-cleft constructions in English. Rout-ledge, London and New York, 1991.

1765 Peter J. Collins. Pseudo cleft and cleft constructions: a thematic andinformational interpetation. Linguistics, 29, 1991.

1766 Peter J. Collins. Cleft existentials in English. Language Sciences,14(4):419–435, 1992.

147

1767 A. Colmerauer. Les Systèmes Q ou un Formalisme pour Analyser etSynthétiser des Phrases sur Ordinateur. Technical Report, Universityof Montreal, 1970. (Internal Publication No. 43).

1768 A. Colmerauer, H. Kanoui, Pasero R., and P. Roussel. Un Systemede Communication Homme-Machine en Francais. Technical Report,Groupe d’Intelligence Artificielle, Universite d’Aix-Marseille II, 1973.

1769 Computational Linguistics: Special Issue on User Modelling, September1988.

1770 Bernard Comrie. The antiergative: Finland’s answer to Basque. InChicago Linguistic Society, volume 11. 1975.

1771 Bernard Comrie. Aspect. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1976.

1772 Bernard Comrie. Language universals and linguistic typology. BasilBlackwell Publishers, Oxford, 1981.

1773 Bernard Comrie, editor. The major languages of the world. Basil Black-well Publishers?, Oxford?, 1987.

1774 Bernard Comrie. Language universals and linguistic typology: syntaxand morphology. Chicago University Press, 1989.

1775 Bernard Comrie. Ein Strukturrahmen für descriptive Grammatiken. InD. Zaefferer, editor, Deskriptive Grammatik und allgemeiner Sprachver-gleich, pages 7–16. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 1998.

1776 Bernard Comrie and Norval Smith. Lingua descriptive studies: ques-tionnaire. Lingua, 42:1–72, 1977.

1777 Susan Condor. ’Race stereotypes’ and racist discourse. Text, 8(1-2):69–89, 1988.

1778 E. Conklin. Language Generation and Scene Description. In ArbibM., editor, From Schema Theory to Language. Oxford University Press,1987.

1779 J. Conklin. Hypertext: an introduction and survey. IEEE ComputerMagazine, 20(9):17–41, 1987.

1780 John H. Connolly. Testing Functional Grammar placement rules us-ing Prolog. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 24:623–632,1986.

1781 Richard Conrad. Social images in East and West Germany: a compara-tive study of matched newspapers in two social systems. Social Forces,33(3):281–285, 1955.

148

1782 Susan Conrad and Douglas Biber. Adverbial marking of stance in speechand writing. In Susan Hunston and Geoff Thompson, editors, Evaluationin Text: authorial stance and the construction of discourse, pages 56–73.Oxford University Press, Oxford, England, 2000.

1783 R. Conroy Dalton and C. Hölscher. Understanding Space: the nascentsynthesis of cognition and the syntax of spatial morphologies. InC. Hölscher, R. Conroy Dalton, and A. Turner, editors, Space Syntaxand Spatial Cognition - Proceedings of the Workshop held in Bremen,24th September 2006. University of Bremen, Bremen, Germany, 2007.

1784 R. Conroy Dalton, R. Troffa, J. Zacharias, and C. Hölscher. Movementin the built environment: cognition of wayfinding and exploration. InInternational Association for People-Environment Studies - IAPS 20thPost-Conference book. accepted.

1785 David M. Considine and Frank Baker. Focus on Film: They Learn Itthru the Movies. Journal of Media Literacy, 53(2):24–32, 2006.

1786 BNC Consortium. The British National Corpus, version 3 (BNC XMLEdition). Distributed by Oxford University Computing Services on be-half of the BNC Consortium, 2007. http://www.natcorp.ox.ac.uk/.

1787 Gist Consortium. GIST - Generating InStructional Text.Technical Report, Information Technology Research Insti-tute, 1996. Project LRE 062-09 Final Report, project URL:http://ecate.itc.it:1024/projects/gist.html.

1788 World Wide Web Consortium. Extensible Markup Language (XML).Available at http://www.w3.org/TR/PR-xml.html, 1997.

1789 World Wide Web Consortium. Extensible Markup Language(XML) 1.0 (Second edition) - W3C Recommendation. Available athttp://www.w3.org/TR/2000/WD-xml-2e-20000814, 2000.

1790 World Wide Web Consortium. XML Path Language(XPath) Version 1.0 - W3C Recommendation. Available athttp://www.w3.org/TR/xpath.html, 2000.

1791 World Wide Web Consortium. XQuery: The W3C querylanguage for XML - W3C working draft. Available athttp://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/, 2001.

1792 C. Contant. Génération automatique de Texte: Application au Sous-Langage Boursier Francais. Mémoire de maitrise, Université de Mon-tréal, 1985.

1793 C. Contant. Géneration automatique de texte: Application au sous-language boursier. Master’s thesis, D’ept. de Linguistique, Universitéde Montréal, 1986.

149

1794 C. Contant. Génération automatique de rapports boursiers francais etanglais. 17(1):197–222, 1988.

1795 G. Cook. The Discourse of Advertising. Routledge, London, 1992.

1796 J. Cook-Gumperz and John J. Gumperz. From oral to written cul-ture: the transition to literacy. In M.F. Whiteman, editor, Writing: thenature, development and teaching of written communication. Volume 1:Variation in writing, pages 89–109. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 1981.

1797 Guy Cook. Discourse. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1989.

1798 Guy Cook. The discourse of advertising. Routledge, London, 2nd. edi-tion edition, 2001.

1799 Pam Cook. The Cinema Book. BFI Publishing, London, 1985.

1800 Pam Cook. The Cinema Book. BFI Publishing, London, 3 edition, 2008.

1801 Gloria S. Cooper. A semantic analysis of English locative prepositions.BBN report 1587, Bolt, Beranek and Newman Inc., Cambridge, MA02238, 1968.

1802 Robin Cooper, Kuniaki Mukai, and John Perry, editors. Situation The-ory and its applications, volume I. CSLI: Center for the Study of Lan-guage and Information, Stanford University, California, 1990. CSLILecture Notes Number 22.

1803 W.E. Cooper and J.R. Ross. Word Order. In R.E. Grossman, J.L. San,and T.J. Vance, editors, Papers from the parasession on Functionalism,pages 63–111. Chicago Linguistic Society, Chicago, 1975.

1804 Bill Cope and Mary Kalantzis, editors. The Powers of literacy: a genreapproach to teaching writing. University of Pittsburgh Press, Pittsburgh,1993.

1805 Bill Cope and Mary Kalantzis. Designs for social futures. In MaryKalantzis and Bill Cope, editors, Multiliteracies: Literacy Learning andthe Design of Social Futures, chapter 10, pages 203–234. Routledge,London, 2000.

1806 Ann Copestake. Constraints, tlinks and MT. Acquilex-II Working Pa-per 16, ESPRIT BRA-7315 ACQUILEX-II, 1994.

1807 Ann Copestake. Appendix: definitions of typed feature structures. Nat-ural Language Engineering, 6(1):109–112, 2000.

1808 Ann A. Copestake and Karen Sparck-Jones. Natural Language Inter-faces to Databases. The Knowledge Engineering Review, 5(4):225–249,1990.

150

1809 Ann Copestake and Dan Flickinger. An Open Source Grammar De-velopment Environment and Broad-coverage English Grammar UsingHPSG. In Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference on LanguageResources and Evaluation, Athens, Greece, 2000.

1810 Ann Copestake, Dan Flickinger, Rob Malouf, Susanne Riehemann, andIvan Sag. Translation using Minimal Recursion Semantics. In Proceed-ings of the 6th. International Conference on Theoretical and Method-ological Issues in Machine Translation (TMI-95), Leuven, Belgium, July1995.

1811 Ann Copestake, Dan Flickinger, Carl Pollard, and Ivan Sag. Minimalrecursion semantics: an introduction. Research on Language and Com-putation, 3:281–332, 2005.

1812 Ann Copestake, Dan Flickinger, and Ivan Sag. Minimal recursion se-mantics: an introduction. Technical Report, CSLI, Stanford, CA, 1999.

1813 Ann Copestake, Bernie Jones, Antonio Sanfilippo, Horacio Rodriguez,Piek Vossen, Simonetta Montemagni, and Elisabeta Marinai. Multi-lingual lexical representation. Acquilex Working Paper 43, ESPRITBRA-3030 ACQUILEX, 1992. Also appears in: The (other) CambridgeAcquilex Papers (ed: A. Sanfilippo), University of Cambridge Com-puter Laboratory, Technical Report No. 253, pp117-129, 1992.

1814 Ann Copestake and A. Sanfilippo. Multilingual lexical representation.In Building Lexicons for Machine Translation: Papers from the 1993Spring Symposium, pages 12–21, Stanford, CA, 1993. American Associ-ation for Artificial Intelligence, AAAI Press. Technical Report SS-93-02.

1815 Ann Copestake, Antonio Sanfilippo, Ted Briscoe, and Valeria de Paiva.The ACQUILEX LKB: an introduction. In Ted Briscoe, Valeriade Paiva, and Ann Copestake, editors, Inheritance, defaults, and thelexicon, pages 148–163. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1993.

1816 Anne Copestake. Implementing Typed Feature Structure Grammars.CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA, 2002.

1817 Ann Copesteak. The ACQUILEX LKB: representation issues in semi-automatic acquisition of large lexicons. In Proceedings of the Third Con-ference on Applied Natural Language Processing, pages 88–95, Trento,Italy, 1992. Association for Computational Linguistics. 31 March - 3April.

1818 Patrick John Coppock. The semiotics of a phenomenological re-search paradigm for investigating the evolution and ontogenesis of cul-tural norm-systems in distributed virtual environments. Semiotica,115(3/4):235–262, 1997.

151

1819 Raul Corazzon. Linguistic Relativism: the Sapir-Whorf Hypothesis.Website: Ontology. A Resource Guide for Philosophers, 2007. last ac-cessed 4 Aug 2007.

1820 Le Corbusier. The Modulor: a harmonious measure to the human scaleuniversally applicable to architecture and mechanics. Faber and Faber,London, 1951. Originally published in French in 1948.

1821 Oscar Corcho. A layered declarative approach to ontology translationwith knowledge presentation. Frontiers in Artificial Intelligence and Ap-plications. IOS Press, Amsterdam, 2005.

1822 Marc Corio and Guy Lapalme. Integrated generation of graphics andtext: a corpus study. In M. T. Maybury and J. Pustejovsky, editors, Pro-ceedings of the COLING-ACL Workshop on Content Visualization andIntermedia Representations (CVIR’98), pages 63–68, Montréal, August1998.

1823 Marc Corio and Guy Lapalme. Generation of texts for informationgraphics. In P. Saint-Dizier, editor, Proceedings of the 7th. EuropeanWorkshop on Natural Language Generation (EWNLG’99), pages 49–58,Toulouse, May 1999.

1824 Frank Cornelissen. Network quality of service for multimedia presenta-tion generation systems. Technical Report INS-R0106, CWI, May 2001.

1825 B. Corona and S. Winter. Approaches to an Ontology for PedestrianNavigation Services. Technical Report, Institute for Geoinformation,University Vienna, Vienna, Austria, 2001.

1826 General Motors Corporation. Chevrolet Service Manual. Detroit, Michi-gan, 1978.

1827 ISX Corporation. LOOM User Guide: Version 1.4. Technical Report,ISX Corporation, Aug 1991.

1828 Simon Corston-Oliver, Michael Gamon, Eric Ringger, and RobertMoore. An overview of Amalgam: A machine-learned generation mod-ule. In Proceedings of the International Natural Language GenerationConference, pages 33–40, New York, USA, 2002. Association for Com-putational Linguistics.

1829 Martin Cortazzi and Lixian Jin. Evaluating evaluation in narrative. InSusan Hunston and Geoff Thompson, editors, Evaluation in Text: au-thorial stance and the construction of discourse, pages 102–120. OxfordUniversity Press, Oxford, England, 2000.

1830 William V. Costanzo. Joyce and Eisenstein: Literary reflections of thereel world. Journal of Modern Literature, 11(1-4):175–180, March 1984.

152

1831 M. Coulthard and M. Ashby. A linguistic description of doctor-patientinterviews. In M. Wadsworth and D. Robinson, editors, Studies in Ever-day Medical Life. Martin Robertson, London, 1976.

1832 Malcolm Coulthard, editor. Advances in written text analysis. Rout-ledge, London, 1994.

1833 Malcolm Coulthard and David C. Brazil. Exchange structure. In Mal-colm Coulthard and M. Montgomery, editors, Studies in discourse anal-ysis, pages 82–106. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London, 1981.

1834 Malcolm Coulthard, Janet Coterill, and Frances Rock, editors. Dia-logue Analysis VII: Working with Dialogue. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 2000.Selected papers from the 7th. IADA Conference, Birmingham 1999.

1835 R.M. Coulthard. Discourse analysis in English: a short review of theliterature. Language Teaching and Linguistics: Abstracts, 8, 1975.

1836 R.M. Coulthard. An introduction to discourse analysis. Longman, Lon-don, 1977.

1837 R.M. Coulthard and D. Brazil. Exchange Structure. Number 5 in Dis-course Analysis Monographs. University of Birmingham English Lan-guage Research, Birmingham, 1979.

1838 R.M. Coulthard, M. Montgomery, and D. Brazil. Developing a descrip-tion of spoken discourse. In Malcolm Coulthard and Michael Mont-gomery, editors, Studies in Discourse Analysis, pages 1–50. Routledgeand Kegan Paul, London, 1981.

1839 Barbara Couture, editor. Functional approaches to writing research.Pinter, London, 1986.

1840 Kenny R. Coventry. Spatial prepositions, functional relations, and lex-ical specification. In Patrick Olivier and Klaus-Peter Gapp, editors,Representation and processing of spatial expressions, pages 247–262.Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Mahwah, New Jersey, 1998.

1841 Kenny R. Coventry. Function, geometry and spatial prepositions: threeexperiments. Spatial Cognition and Computation, 1(2):145–154, 1999.

1842 Kenny R. Coventry. Spatial prepositions, spatial templates, and ’se-mantic’ versus ’pragmatic’ visual representations. In Emile van der Zeeand Jon Slack, editors, Representing direction in language and space,Explorations in language and space, chapter 13, pages 255–267. OxfordUniversity Press, Oxford, 2003.

1843 Kenny R. Coventry, Elena Andonova, and Thora Tenbrink. Primed bywhat we hear and what we see: Spatial reference frame use and verbaland visual context. submitted 15Feb2009, currently under revision.

153

1844 Kenny R. Coventry, R. Carmichael, and Simon C. Garrod. Spatialprepositions, object-specific function and task requirements. Journalof Semantics, 11:289–309, 1994.

1845 Kenny R. Coventry and Simon C. Garrod. Saying, seeing and acting.The psychological semantics of spatial prepositions. Essays in CognitivePsychology series. Psychology Press, Hove, UK, 2004.

1846 Kenny R. Coventry and Simon C. Garrod. Towards a classificationof extra-geometric influences on the comprehension of spatial preposi-tions. In L.A. Carlson and E. van der Zee, editors, Functional featuresin language and space: Insights from perception, categorization and de-velopment, pages 149–162. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2004.

1847 Kenny R. Coventry, Dermot Lynott, Ronan O’Ceallaigh, and JamesMiller. Happy is Up and Sad is Down; the facial emotion-spatial con-gruity effect. Psychonomic Bulletin and Review, 2008.

1848 Kenny R. Coventry and M. Prat-Sala. Object-specific function, geome-try and the comprehension of ’in’ and ’on’. European Journal of Cogni-tive Psychology, 13(4):509–528, 2001.

1849 Kenny R. Coventry, M. Prat-Sala, and L. V. Richards. The interplaybetween geometry and function in the comprehension of ’over’, ’under’,’above’ and ’below’. Journal of Memory and Language, 44:376–398,2001.

1850 Kenny R. Coventry, S.F. Venn, G.D. Smith, and A.M. Morley. Spatialproblem solving and functional relations. European Journal of CognitivePsychology, 15:71–99, 2003.

1851 Kenny Coventry, Thora Tenbrink, and John Bateman, editors. SpatialLanguage and Dialogue. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2009.

1852 Peter Cowie. The cinema of Orson Welles. A.S. Barnes and Com-pany /The Trinity Press, South Brunswick and New York / London,1973.

1853 B.E. Cox. Young children’s regulatory talk: evidence of emergingmetacognitive control over literary products and processes. In M. R.Ruddell, R.B. Ruddell, and H. Singer, editors, Theoretical models andprocesses of reading, pages 733–756. International Reading Association,Newark, DE, 1994.

1854 B.E. Cox, T. Shanahan, and E. Sulzby. Good and poor elementaryreaders’ use of cohesion in writing. Reading Research Quarterly, 25:47–65, 1990.

154

1855 B.E. Cox, T. Shanahan, and E. Sulzby. Children’s knowledge of or-ganization, cohesion, and voice in written exposition. Research in theTeaching of English, 25:179–218, 1991.

1856 Richard Cox, Mick O’Donnell, and Jon Oberlander. Dynamic versusstatic hypermedia in museum education: an evaluation of ILEX, theintelligent labelling explorer. In Proceedings of the Artificial Intelligencein Education conference (AI-ED99), Amsterdam, 1999. IOS Press.

1857 Wolfgang Coy and Claus Pias, editors. PowerPoint: Macht und Einflusseines Präsentationsprogramms. Fischer Taschenbuch Verlag, Frankfurtam Main, 2009.

1858 Margaret U. Coyne. A Critical Study of Two Models for Speech ActAnalysis. PhD thesis, Northwestern University, August 1975.

1859 George Agis Cozyris. Christian Metz and the reality of film. Disserta-tions on Film. Arno Press, New York, 1980.

1860 C.G. Craig. Properties of basic and derived subjects in Jacaltec. InCharles Li, editor, Subject and Topic. Academic Press, New York, 1976.

1861 James Craig and Bruce Barton. Thirty centuries of graphic design: anillustrated survey. Watson-Guptil Publications, New York, 1987.

1862 Jeremy Crampton. A cognitive analysis of wayfinding expertise. Carto-graphica, 29(3/4):46–65, 1992.

1863 Anne Cranny-Francis. Feminist fiction. Polity, London, 1990.

1864 Anne Cranny-Francis. The body in the text. Melbourne University Press,Melbourn, 1995.

1865 Anny Cranny-Francis. The ‘science’ of science fiction: a socioculturalanalysis. In J.R. Martin and Robert Veel, editors, Reading science:critical and functional perspectives on discourses of science, pages 63–82. Routledge, London, 1998.

1866 Mary Crawford and Rhoda K. Unger. Gender issues in psychology.In Andrew M. Colman, editor, Companion encyclopedia of psychology,chapter 11.4, pages 1007–1027. Routledge, 1994.

1867 Lewis G. Creary, J. Mark Gawron, and John Nerbonne. Reference to lo-cations. In Proceedings of the 27th Annual Meeting of the Association forComputational Linguistics, pages 42–50, Vancouver, British Columbia,Canada, June 1989. Association for Computational Linguistics.

1868 Lewis G. Creary and Carl Pollard. A computational semantics for nat-ural language. In Proceedings of the 23rd annual meeting of the Asso-ciation for Computational Linguistics, pages 172–179, Chicago, Illinois,1985. Association for Computational Linguistics.

155

1869 Anne Cregan, Rolf Schwitter, and Thomas Meyer. Sydney OWL syntax- towards a controlled natural language syntax for OWL 1.1. InOWLED,2007.

1870 C.A. Creider. On the explanation of transformations. In Talmy Givòn,editor, Syntax and Semantics 12: Discourse and syntax, pages 3–22.Academic Press, New York, 1979.

1871 T. Cresswell. Place: a short introduction. Blackwell, Oxford, 2004.

1872 Colin Crisp. Genre, Myth and Convention in the French Cinema, 1929-1939. Indiana University Press, Bloomington, 2002.

1873 Victoria Crisp and Ezekiel Sweiry. Can a picture ruin a thousand words?Physical aspects of the way exam questions are laid out and the impactof changing them. Technical Report: Research and Evaluation Division,University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate, 2003. Paperpresented at the British Educational Research Association Annual Con-ference, Edinburgh, September 2003.

1874 Matteo Cristani. The Complexity of Reasoning about Spatial Congru-ence. Journal of Artificial Intelligence Research, 11:361–390, 1999.

1875 Matteo Cristani and Anthony G. Cohn. SpaceML: a mark-up languagefor spatial knowledge. Journal of Visual Language Computing, 13(1):97–116, 2002.

1876 Dan Cristea, Nancy Ide, Daniel Marcu, and V. Tablan. An empirical in-vestigation of the relation between discourse structure and co-reference.In Proceedings of the International Conference on Computational Lin-guistics (COLING’2000), 2000.

1877 Dan Cristea, Nancy Ide, and Laurent Romary. Veins theory: a modelof global discourse cohesion and coherence. In Coling-ACL ’98, pages281–285, Montréal, 1998.

1878 Dan Cristea and Bonnie Webber. Expectations in incremental discourseprocessing. In Proceedings of the 35th. Annual Meeting of the Assoca-tion for Computational Linguistics and the 8th. Conference of the Eu-ropean Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics (ACL-EACL97), pages 88–95, Madrid, Spain, July 1997. Association for Com-putational Linguistics.

1879 William Croft. A conceptual framework for grammatical categories.Journal of semantics, 7:245–280, 1991.

1880 William Croft. Case marking and the semantics of mental verbs. InJames Pustejovsky, editor, Semantics and the lexicon, number 49 inStudies in Linguistics and Philosophy, chapter 5, pages 55–72. KluwerAcademic Publishers, Dordrecht/Boston/London, 1993.

156

1881 William Croft. Radical construction grammar: syntactic theory in typo-logical perspective. Oxford University Press, Oxford & New York, 2001.

1882 M. Cross and F. O’Brien. Architectures for Systems that Manage Natu-ral Language. In 1st Australian Workshop on Natural Language Process-ing and Information Retrieval, pages 35–43, Monash, Australia, Novem-ber 1992.

1883 Marilyn Cross. Choice in Lexis: Computer Generation of Lexis as MostDelicate Grammar. Language Sciences, 14(4):579–607, 1992.

1884 Marilyn Cross. Choice in text: a systemic approach to computer mod-elling of variant text production. PhD thesis, School of English andLinguistics, Macquarie University, Sydney, Australia, 1992.

1885 Marilyn Cross. The Complementarity of Generic/Schema Theories ofText Structure and Rhetorical Structure Theory in Quasi-ScientificTexts. In Proceedings of Seventeenth Annual ALAA Congress, Sydney,Australia, July 1992.

1886 Marilyn Cross. The Rhetorical Organisation of Knowledge in ScientificTexts. In Proceedings of AAAI Workshop on Communicating Scien-tific and Technical Knowledge, pages 33–40, San Jose, California, 1992.American Association of Artificial Intelligence.

1887 Marilyn Cross. Collocation in computer modelling of lexis as most del-icate grammar. In Mohsen Ghadessy, editor, Register analysis: theoryand practice. Pinter, London, 1993.

1888 Marilyn Cross. Collocation in Computer Modelling of Lexis as Most Del-icate Grammar. In M. Ghadessy, editor, Registers of Written English,pages 196–220. Pinter Publishers, London, 1993.

1889 Edward Crothers. Paragraph Structure Inference. Ablex, Norwood, NJ,1979.

1890 K. Crowston and M. Williams. Reproduced and emergent genres of com-munication on the World-Wide Web. In Proceedings of the 30th AnnualHawaii International Conference on System Sciences, volume VI, pages30–39, Los Alamitos, CA, 1997. IEEE Computer Society Press.

1891 K. Crowston and M. Williams. The effects of linking on genres of webdocuments. In Proceedings of the 32nd Annual Hawaii InternationalConference on System Sciences (HICSS’99), Los Alamitos, CA, 1999.IEEE Computer Society Press.

1892 K. Crowston and M. Williams. Reproduced and emergent genres ofcommunication on the World-Wide Web. The Information Society,16(3):201–215, 2000.

157

1893 Kevin Crowston and Barbara H. Kwaśnik. Can document-genre meta-data improve information access to large digital collections? LibraryTrends, 52(2):345–361, 2003.

1894 Kevin Crowston and Barbara H. Kwaśnik. A framework for creatinga facetted classification of genres: addressing issues of multidimension-ality. In Proceedings of the 37th Hawaii International Conference onSystem Sciences, Big Island, Hawaii, 2004. IEEE.

1895 D. A. Cruse. Lexical Semantics. Cambridge University Press, Cam-bridge, 1986.

1896 D.A. Cruse. Some thoughts on agentivity. Journal of Linguistics, 9:1–23,1973.

1897 D.A. Cruse. The pragmatics of lexical specificity. Journal of Linguistics,13:153–164, 1977.

1898 D. Crystal. Specification of English Tenses. Journal of Linguistics,2:1–33, 1966.

1899 David Crystal. Paralanguage. In T.A.Seboek, editor, Linguistics andadjacent arts and sciences, volume 12 of Current Trends in Linguistics.Mouton, The Hague, 1974.

1900 David Crystal. Reading, grammar and the line. In D. Thackray, editor,Growth in reading. Ward Lock, London, 1979.

1901 David Crystal. Cambridge Encyclopedia of Language. Cambridge Uni-versity Press, Cambridge, 2nd. edition edition, 1997.

1902 David Crystal and D. Davy. Investigating English Style. Longman,London, 1969.

1903 Heriberto Cuayáhuitl. Hierarchical Reinforcement Learning for SpokenDialogue Systems. PhD thesis, School of Informatics, University of Ed-inburgh, January 2009.

1904 Heriberto Cuayáhuitl, Nina Dethlefs, Lutz Frommberger, Kai-FlorianRichter, and John Bateman. Generating Adaptive Route InstructionsUsing Hierarchical Reinforcement Learning. In Proc. of the 7th Inter-national Conference on Spatial Cognition, pages 285–304, Berlin / Hei-delberg, August 15-19 2010. Springer-Verlag.

1905 Heriberto Cuayáhuitl, Nina Dethlefs, Kai-Florian Richter, Thora Ten-brink, and John Bateman. A Dialogue System for Indoor WayfindingUsing Text-Based Natural Language. In Proceedings of the 11th Inter-national Conference on Intelligent Text Processing and ComputationalLinguistics (CICLing 2010): posters and short presentations, Iasi, Ro-mania, 2010. March 21-27.

158

1906 Heriberto Cuayáhuitl, Nina Dethlefs, Kai-Florian Richter, Thora Ten-brink, and John Bateman. A Dialogue System for Indoor WayfindingUsing Text-Based Natural Language. International Journal of Compu-tational Linguistics and Applications, 1(1-2):285–304, 2010.

1907 Heriberto Cuayáhuitl, Steve Renals, Oliver Lemon, and Hiroshi Shi-modaira. Reinforcement Learning of Dialogue Strategies With Hierar-chical Abstract Machines. In Proc. of IEEE/ACL Workshop on SpokenLanguage Technology (SLT), December 2006.

1908 Heriberto Cuayáhuitl, Steve Renals, Oliver Lemon, and Hiroshi Shi-modaira. Hierarchical Dialogue Optimization Using Semi-Markov Deci-sion Processes. In Proc. of INTERSPEECH, August 2007.

1909 Heriberto Cuayáhuitl, Steve Renals, Oliver Lemon, and Hiroshi Shi-modaira. Evaluation of a hierarchical reinforcement learning spokendialogue system. Computer Speech and Language, 24(2):395–429, 2010.

1910 Sean Cubitt. Visual and audiovisual: from image to moving image.Journal of Visual Culture, 1(3):359–368, 2002.

1911 Songren Cui. Comparing Structures of Essays in Chinese and English.Master’s thesis, UCLA, 1985.

1912 Jonathan Culler. Structuralist Poetics. Structuralism, Linguistics andthe Study of Literature. Routledge, London, 1975.

1913 R. E. Cullingford. Script Application: Computer Understanding ofNewspaper Stories. Technical Report Research Report 116, Yale Uni-versity, Department of Computer Science, 1978.

1914 R. E. Cullingford, M. W. Krueger, M. Selfridge, and M. A. Bienkowski.Automated Construction of Classifications: Conceptual Clustering Ver-sus Numerical Taxonomy. IEEE Transactions on Systems, Man andCybernetics, 12(2):168–181, 1982.

1915 R. E. Cullingford, M. W. Krueger, M. Selfridge, and M. A. Bienkowsky.Automated explanations as a component of a computer-aided designsystem. To appear in IEEE Transactions on Systems, Man and Cyber-netics., December 1981.

1916 G. Cumming. Liturgical typography: a plea for sense-lining. InformationDesign Journal, 6:89–99, 1990.

1917 Michael Cumming. A systemic functional analysis to the thematic struc-ture of the Old English clause. In Ruqaiaya Hasan and Peter Fries, ed-itors, On Subject and Theme: a discourse functional perspective, pages275–316. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1995.

159

1918 Susanna Cumming. Design of a Master Lexicon. Technical ReportISI/RR-85-163, USC/Information Sciences Institute, Marina del Rey,CA, February 1986.

1919 Susanna Cumming. The Lexicon in Text Generation. Technical ReportISI/RR-86-168, USC/Information Sciences Institute, 1986.

1920 Susanna Cumming. The lexicon in text generation: progress andprospects. In Donald E. Walker, Antonio Zampolli, and Nicoletta Calzo-lari, editors, Automating the lexicon, pages 171–206. Oxford UniversityPress, Oxford and New York, 1995.

1921 Susanna Cumming and Robert Albano. A Guide to Lexical Ac-quisition in the JANUS System. Technical Report ISI/RR-85-162,USC/Information Sciences Institute, Marina del Rey, CA, February1986.

1922 Louise Cummings. Pragmatics: A multidisciplinary perspective. Edin-burgh University Press, Edinburgh, 2005.

1923 Michael Cummings. SYSPRO: a computerized method for writingsystem networks and deriving selection expressions. In Ross Steeleand Terry Threadgold, editors, Language Topics: essays in honour ofMichael Halliday, pages 45–64. John Benjamins Publishing Co., Ams-terdam and Philadelphia, 1987.

1924 Michael Cummings. The inference of given information in written text.In Eija Ventola, editor, Discourse and community: doing functional lin-guistics, pages 331–354. Gunter Narr, Tübingen, 2000.

1925 Michael Cummings, J. Benson, and W. Greaves, editors. Linguistics ina Systemic Perspective. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1988.

1926 Michael J. Cummings. Scale-and-category analysis of Old English verbalgroups. The Canadian Journal of Linguistics, 20:23–58, 1975.

1927 Michael J. Cummings. Systemic analysis of Old English nominal groups.In William C. McCormack and Herbert J. Izzo, editors, The Sixth LA-CUS Forum 1979, pages 228–242, Columbia, SC, 1980. Hornbeam Press.

1928 Michael J. Cummings. Systemic phoricity in the Old English nominalgroup. In The Seventh LACUS Forum, pages 348–358, Columbia, SC,1980. Hornbeam Press.

1929 Michael J. Cummings. A systemic-functional model for Old English. InW. Gutwinski and G. Jolly, editors, The Eighth LACUS Forum 1981,pages 196–207. Hornbeam Press, Columbia, S.C., 1983.

1930 Michael J. Cummings. Sequence and function in the Old English nom-inal group. In Robert A. Hall, editor, The Eleventh LACUS Forum,pages 422–431, Columbia, SC, 1984. Hornbeam Press.

160

1931 Michael J. Cummings. Analysis of Old English text through logic pro-gramming. In E. Brunet, editor, Methodes quantitatives et informatiquesdans l’etude des textes/Computers in literary and linguistic research: enhommage à Charles Muller, pages 229–239. Slatkine, Geneva, 1986.

1932 Michael J. Cummings. A computational logic test for complex systemnetworks. Word, 40(1-2):287–296, 1989.

1933 Michael J. Cummings. Backward and forward chaining in a PRO-LOG simulation of linguistic models. In Lawrence J. McCrank, edi-tor, Databases in the humanities and social sciences 4: proceedings ofthe International Conference on Databases in the Humanities and So-cial Sciences, Auburn University, July, 1987, pages 183–194. LearnedInformation, Inc., Medford, NJ, 1989.

1934 Michael J. Cummings. Simulating linguistic networks with list process-ing. Literary and Linguistic Computing, 5(2):161–170, 1990.

1935 Michael J. Cummings. Structural Semantics as the Basis forTheme/Rheme. In Mava Jo Powell, editor, The 21st LACUS Forum1994, pages 443–459. Linguistic Association of Canada and the UnitedStates, Lake Bluff, Ill., 1995.

1936 Michael J. Cummings. Computational Analysis of Old English LexicalCohesion. In Bates Hoffer, editor, The 22nd LACUS Forum 1995. Lin-guistic Association of Canada and the United States, Lake Bluff, Ill.,1996.

1937 Michael J. Cummings. Intuitive and quantitative analyses of Given/Newin texts. In J. DeVilliers and R. J. Stainton, editors, Communication inLinguistics. GREF Publishers, Toronto, 1996.

1938 Michael J. Cummings and Lewis Baxter. Computerized analysis of sys-temic tree diagrams in Old English. In John Morreall, editor, The NinthLACUS Forum 1982, pages 540–548. Hornbeam Press, Columbia, S.C.,1983.

1939 Michael J. Cummings and Robert Simmons. The language of litera-ture: a stylistic introduction to the study of literature. Pergamon Press,Oxford, 1983.

1940 Michael J. Cummings and Xinyu Zou. Systemic linguistics in a formalperspective. In Ruth M. Brend, editor, The 18th LACUS Forum 1991,pages 187–197. Linguistic Association of Canada and the United States,Lake Bluff, Ill., 1992.

1941 Michael Cummings and A. Regina. A PROLOG parser-generator forsystemic analysis of Old English nominal groups. In James D. Bensonand William S. Greaves, editors, Systemic serspectives on discourse:

161

selected applied papers from the 9th International Systemic Workshop,pages 88–101. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1985.

1942 Angela Curran and Carol Donelan. Gender. In Paisley Livingston andCarl Plantinga, editors, The Routledge Companion to Philosophy andFilm, chapter 13, pages 142–151. Routledge, London and New York,2009.

1943 Gregory Currie. The long goodbye: the imaginary language of film.British Journal of Aesthetics, 33(1):207–219, 1993.

1944 Gregory Currie. Image and mind: film, philosophy and cognitive science.Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, U.K., 1995.

1945 Gregory Currie. Unreliability Refigured. Narrative in Literature andFilm. The Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism, 53:19–29, 1995.

1946 Gregory Currie. Film, reality and illusion. In David Bordwell and NoëlCarroll, editors, Post-theory: reconstructing film studies, pages 325–344.University of Wisconsin Press, Madison, Wisconsin, 1996.

1947 Gregory Currie. The film theory that never was: a nervous manifesto. InRichard Allen and Murray Smith, editors, Film theory and philosophy,pages 42–59. Oxford University Press, Oxford, U.K., 1997.

1948 Gregory Currie. Visible Traces: Documentary Film and the Contentsof Photographs. Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism, 57:285–297,1999.

1949 Gregory Currie. Preserving the Traces: An Answer to Noel Carroll.Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism, 58(3):306–309, 2000.

1950 Gregory Currie. The long goodbye: the imaginary language of film. InNoël Carroll and Jinhee Choi, editors, Philosophy of film and motionpictures: an anthology, chapter 7, pages 91–97. Blackwell Publishing,2006[1993]. originally published in British Journal of Aesthetics, 33(3),1993.

1951 Gregory Currie. Narratives and narrators: a philosophy of stories. Ox-ford University Press, Oxford, U.K., 2010.

1952 K.L. Currie. An initial search for tonics. Language and Speech, 23:329–350, 1980.

1953 K.L. Currie. Further experiments in the Search for tonics,. Languageand Speech, 24:1–28, 1981.

1954 Anne Cutler and Steven D. Isard. The production of prosody. In B. But-terworth, editor, Language Production. Volume 1 : Speech and Talk,pages 245–270. Academic Press, New York, 1980.

162

1955 James Cutting. Perceiving Scenes in Film and in the World. In JosephAnderson and Barbara Fisher Anderson, editors, Moving Image The-ory: Ecological Considerations, pages 9–27. Southern Illinois UniversityPress, 2005.

1956 James E. Cutting, Kaitlin L. Brunick, and Jordan E. DeLong. On shotlengths and film acts: a revised view. Projections: The journal formovies and mind, in press.

1957 James E. Cutting, Kaitlin L. Brunick, and Jordan E. DeLong. How actstructure sculpts shot lengths and shot transitions in Hollywood film.Projections: The journal for movies and mind, 5(1):1–16, 2011.

1958 James E. Cutting, Kaitlin L. Brunick, Jordan E. DeLong, and CatalinaIricinschi. Quicker, faster, darker: changes in Hollywood film over 75years. i-Perception, 2(6):569–576, 2011.

1959 James E. Cutting, Jordan E. DeLong, and Kaitlin L. Brunick. Visualactivity in Hollywood film: 1935 to 2005 and beyond. Psychology ofAesthetics, Creativity, and the Arts, 5(2):115–125, 2011.

1960 James E. Cutting, Jordan E. DeLong, and Christine E. Nothelfer. At-tention and the evolution of Hollywood film. Psychological Science,21(3):432–439, March 2010.

1961 Cycorp. Cyc 101 tutorial. Technical Report, 2004.

1962 Cycorp. Cyc tutorial. Technical Report, 2004.

1963 Cycorp. Ontological engineer’s handbook v. 0.7. Technical Report, 2004.

1964 Cycorp. OpenCyc 0.7.0. Technical Report, 2004.

1965 Cycorp. OpenCyc 0.9. Technical Report, 2005.http://www.opencyc.org.

1966 Karolina Czajka. Design of interactive and adaptive interfaces to exploitlarge media-based knowledge spaces in the domain of museums for thefine arts. Master’s thesis, University of Applied Science Darmstadt, June2002.

1967 Barbara Czarniawska. Narratives in social science research. IntroducingQualitative Methods. Sage Publications, London / Thousand Oaks /New Delhi, 2004.

1968 A Cziferszky and S. Winter. Automatisches Generieren von Wan-derrouten. In J. Strobl, T. Blaschke, and G. Griesebner, editors,Angewandte Geographische Informationsverarbeitung XIV, pages 77–86.Wichmann, Heidelberg, 2002.

163

1969 Hartvig Dahl and Barry Stengel. A Classification of Emotion Words.Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Thought, 1(2):269–312, 1978.

1970 Östen Dahl. Some arguments for higher nodes in syntax: a reply toHudson’s ‘Constituency and dependency’. Linguistics, 18:485–488, 1980.

1971 Östen Dahl. Tense and aspect systems. Basil Blackwell, Oxford, Eng-land, 1985.

1972 Östen Dahl, editor. Tense and aspect in the languages of Europe. Mou-ton de Gruyter, Berlin and New York, 2000.

1973 V. Dahl. Un Systeme Deductif d’Interrogation de Banques de Donneesen Espagnol. Technical Report, Groupe d’Intelligence Artificielle, Uni-versite d’Aix- Marseille ll, 1977.

1974 V. Dahl. Quantification in Three-valued Logic for Natural LanguageQuestion-Answering Systems. In Proceedings of IJCAI’79. IJCAI, 1979.pages 182-187, IJCAI’79, Tokyo, August 1979.

1975 Nils Dahlbäck. Towards a Dialogue Taxonomy. In Workshop on Di-alogue Processing in Spoken Language Systems, pages 29–40, London,UK, 1997. Springer.

1976 K. Dahlgren. A linguistic ontology. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 43(5/6):809–818, 1995.

1977 Kathleen Dahlgren, Joyce McDowell, and Edward P. Stabler. KnowledgeRepresentation for Commonsense Reasoning with Text. ComputationalLinguistics, 15(3):149–170, 1989.

1978 R. Dale. The generation of subsequent referring expressions in structureddiscourses. In M. Zock and G. Sabah, editors, Advances in naturallangugae generation, Vol. II, pages 58–75. Pinter, London, 1988.

1979 R. Dale. Generating referring expressions in a domain of objects andprocesses. PhD thesis, University of Edinburgh, 1989.

1980 R. Dale. An Introduction to Natural Language Generation. Presented atEuropean Summer School on Logic, Language and Information, August1995. Barcelona.

1981 Robert Dale. The generation of subsequent referring expressions instructured discourses. In Michael Zock and Gérard Sabeh, editors, Ad-vances in Natural Language Generation: An interdisciplinary perspec-tive; Volume 2, pages 58–85. Pinter Publishers, London, 1988.

1982 Robert Dale. Cooking up referring expressions. In Proceedings of theTwenty-Seventh Annual Meeting of the Association for ComputationalLinguistics, Vancouver, British Columbia, June 1989. Association forComputational Linguistics.

164

1983 Robert Dale. Generating Recipes: An Overview of Epicure. In R. Dale,C. Mellish, and M. Zock, editors, Current Research in Natural LanguageGeneration, pages 229–258. Academic Press, London, 1990.

1984 Robert Dale. Generating referring expressions: constructing descrip-tions in a domain of objects and processes. Bradford Books, MIT Press,Cambridge, Massachusetts, 1992.

1985 Robert Dale. Rhetoric and intentions in discourse. In Owen Ram-bow, editor, Intentionality and structure in discourse relations, pages5–6. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1993. (Proceedings ofa Workshop sponsored by the Special Interest Group on Generation, 21June, 1993, Columbus, Ohio).

1986 Robert Dale, Barbara Di Eugenio, and Donia Scott. Introduction to theSpecial Issue on Natural Language Generation. Computational Linguis-tics, 24(3):345–354, September 1998.

1987 Robert Dale, Sabine Geldof, and Jean-Philippe Prost. Generating morenatural route descriptions. In 2002 Australasian Workshop on NaturalLanguage Processing, pages 41–48, Canberra, Australia, December 2002.

1988 Robert Dale, Sabine Geldof, and Jean-Philippe Prost. CORAL: Usingnatural language generation for navigational assistance. In M. Oud-shoorn, editor, Proceedings of the 26th Australasian Computer ScienceConference (ACSC2003), Adelaide, Australia, 2003.

1989 Robert Dale, Sabine Geldof, and Jean-Philippe Prost. Using naturallanguage generation in automatic route description. Journal of Researchand Practice in Information Technology, 37(1):89–105, 2005.

1990 Robert Dale, Stephen J. Green, Maria Milosavljevic, Cécile Paris, Cor-nelia Verspoor, and Sandra Williams. The realities of generating nat-ural language from databases. In Proceedings of the 11th AustralianJoint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, Brisbane, Australia, 13-17July 1998.

1991 Robert Dale, Stephen J. Green, Maria Milosavljevic, Cécile Paris, Cor-nelia Verspoor, and Sandra Williams. Using natural language to producevirtual documents. In Proceedings of the 3rd Australasian DocumentComputing Symposium, Sydney, Australia, 1998.

1992 Robert Dale and Nicholas Haddock. Content determination in the gen-eration of referring expressions. Computational Intelligence, 7(4), 1991.

1993 Robert Dale and Nicholas Haddock. Generating referring expressionsinvolving relations. In Proceedings of the 1991 Meeting of the EuropeanChapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 161–166, Berlin, 1991. Association for Computational Linguistics.

165

1994 Robert Dale, Eduard H. Hovy, Dietmar Rösner, and Olivero Stock, ed-itors. Aspects of automated natural language generation: 6th. interna-tional workshop on natural language generation. Springer, Berlin, 1992.

1995 Robert Dale, Christopher S. Mellish, and Michael. Zock, editors. Cur-rent Research in Natural Language Generation. Academic Press, 1990.Selected Papers from the 1989 European Natural Language GenerationWorkshop, Edinburgh, April.

1996 Robert Dale, Maria Milosavljevic, and Jon Oberlander. The Web as Di-alogue: the role of natural language generation in hypertext. In Proceed-ings of the AAAI’97 Spring Symposium: Natural Language Processingfor the World Wide Web. American Association for Artificial Intelli-gence, 1997.

1997 Robert Dale, H. Moisl, and Harold Somers, editors. A handbook of nat-ural language processing: techniques and applications for the processingof language as text. Marcel Dekker, New York, 2000.

1998 Robert Dale, Jon Oberlander, Maria Milosavljevic, and Alistair Knott.Integrating natural language generation and hypertext to produce dy-namic documents. Interacting with Computers, 11(2), Dec 1998.

1999 Robert Dale and Ehud Reiter. Computational interpretations of theGricean Maxims in the generation of referring expressions. CognitiveScience, 18:233–263, 1995.

2000 G.M. Dalgish and G. Sheintuch. On the justification for language specificsubgrammatical relations. Studies in the Linguistic Sciences, 6:89–107,1976.

2001 H. Dalianis. Aggregation in the Natural Language Generator of theVIsual and Natural Language Specification Tool (VINST). In studentsession of the 7th EACL, pages 286–90, Dublin, 1995.

2002 H. Dalianis. Aggregation, Formal Specification and Natural LanguageGeneration. In 1st Int. Workshop on the Appl. of Nat. Language to DataBases, pages 139–49, Versailles, 1995.

2003 Hercules Dalianis. Concise Natural Language Generation from FormalSpecifications. Report Series No. 96-008, ISSN 1101-8526, SRN SU-KTH/DSV/R-96/8-SE, Department of Computer and Systems Sciences,Royal Institute of Technology/Stockholm University, Stockholm, Swe-den, June 1996.

2004 Hercules Dalianis. Aggregation in Natural Language Generation. Jour-nal of Computational Intelligence, 15(4), November 1999.

166

2005 Hercules Dalianis. The VOLVEX Handbook: A General Validation Toolby Natural Language Generation for the STEP/EXPRESS Standard.Department of Computer and Systems Sciences (DSV) The Royal In-stitute of Technology (KTH) and Stockholm University, Kista, Sweden,1999.

2006 Hercules Dalianis and Eduard H. Hovy. Aggregation in natural lan-guage generation. In Giovanni Adorni and Michael Zock, editors, Trendsin natural language generation: an artificial intelligence perspective,number 1036 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages 88–105.Springer, 1996.

2007 Hercules Dalianis and Eduard H. Hovy. On Lexical Aggregation and Or-dering. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Workshop on NaturalLanguage Generation, pages 29–32, Herstmonceux, Sussex, UK, 1996.Demonstrations and Posters.

2008 Ruth Conroy Dalton. Space Syntax and Spatial Cognition. World Ar-chitecture, 185:41–47,107, 2005.

2009 A. Daly and L. Unsworth. Analysis and comprehension of multimodaltexts. Australian Journal of Language and Literacy, 34(1):61–80, 2011.

2010 F. Damerau. Advantages of a Transformational Grammar for QuestionAnswering. In Proceedings of IJCAI’77. IJCAI, 1977.

2011 Dandelion-1. DANDELION: Periodic Progress Report 1. Technical Re-port, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam and CLS Tilburg/Nijmegen, 1993.(ESPRIT Basic Research Action: Dandelion, EP6665).

2012 Dandelion-2. DANDELION: Periodic Progress Report 2. Technical Re-port, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam and CLS Tilburg/Nijmegen, 1994.(ESPRIT Basic Research Action: Dandelion, EP6665).

2013 Dandelion-3. DANDELION: Periodic Progress Report 3. Technical Re-port, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam and CLS Tilburg/Nijmegen, 1995.(ESPRIT Basic Research Action: Dandelion, EP6665).

2014 Frantisek Danes and Dieter Viegweger. Probleme der Textgrammatik,volume ? of Studiaa grammatic XI. Akademie-Verlag, Berlin, 1976.

2015 Marcel Danesi and Paul Perron. Analyzing Cultures: An Introductionand Handbook. Indiana University Press, Bloomington, Indiana, 1999.

2016 František Daneš. Functional sentence perspective and the organisationof the text. In František Daneš, editor, Papers on Functional SentencePerspective, pages 106–128. Academia, Prague, 1974.

2017 František Daneš. Papers on Functional Sentence Perspective. Academia,Prague, 1974.

167

2018 František Daneš. Zur Terminologie der funktionalen Satzperspektive.In František Daneš, editor, Papers on Functional Sentence Perspective,pages 217–222. Academia, Prague, 1974.

2019 Trang Hoa Dang, Karen Kipper, Martha Palmer, and Joseph Rosen-zweig. Investigating regular sense extensions based on intersective Levinclasses. In Proceedings of Coling-ACL ’98, pages 293–299, Montréal,1998.

2020 F. D’Angelo. A Conceptual Theory of Rhetoric. Winthrop Publishers,Cambridge, Mass., 1975.

2021 Brent H. Daniel, W. Bares, Charles B. Callaway, and James C. Lester.Student-sensitive multimodal explanation generation for 3D learning en-vironments. In Proceedings of the Sixteenth National Conference on Ar-tificial Intelligence, 1998.

2022 Jack Daniel. Metz’ Grande Syntagmatique: summary and critique. Filmform, 1(1):78–90, 1976.

2023 M.P. Daniel and M. Denis. Spatial descriptions as navigational aids: acognitive analysis of route directions. Kognitionswissenschaft, 7:45–52,1998.

2024 Anna Danielewicz-Betz. Variation in (Silent) Discourse and Music. InEija Ventola, editor, Discourse and community: doing functional lin-guistics, pages 223–246. Gunter Narr, Tübingen, 2000.

2025 Morena Danieli, Elisabetta Gerbino, and Loreta M. Moisa. Dialoguestrategies for improving the usability of telephone human-machine con-versation. In Julia Hirschberg, Candace Kamm, and Marilyn Walker,editors, Proceedings of the ACL/EACL Workshop on Interactive SpokenDialog Systems: bringing speech and NLP together in real applications,pages 114–120, Madrid, Spain, 1997. Assocation for Computational Lin-guistics.

2026 J.H. Danks and M.A. Schwenk. Prenominal adjective order and context.Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 11, 1972.

2027 L. Danlos. A French and English Syntactic Component for Genera-tion. In Gerard Kempen, editor, Natural Language Generation: RecentAdvances in Artificial Intelligence, Psychology, and Linguistics, pages191–218. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Boston/Dordrecht, 1987.

2028 L. Danlos and G. Lapalme. An experiment in combining two text gener-ators. In Proceedings of the AISB’99 Workshop on Reference Architec-tures and Data Standards for NLP, pages 1–7, Edinburgh, April 1999.AISB.

168

2029 Laurence Danlos. Conceptual and linguistic Decisions in Generation.In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on ComputationalLinguistics, pages 319–25, Stanford, CA, July 1984.

2030 Laurence Danlos. The linguistic basis of text generation. Studies inNatural Language Processing. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,England, 1987.

2031 Laurence Danlos. G-TAG : un formalisme lexicalisé pour la généra-tion de textes inspiré de TAG. Traitement Automatique des Langues -T.A.L., 2:28, 1998.

2032 Laurence Danlos. Strong generative capacity of RST, SDRT and dis-course dependency DAGS. In A. Belz and Peter Kühnlein, editors,Constraints in discourse. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2007.

2033 Laurence Danlos, Eric Laporte, and Françoise Emerard. Synthe-sis of spoken messages from semantic representations (Semantic-representation-to-speech system). In Proceedings of Coling86: 11th. In-ternational Conference on Computational Linguistics, pages 599–604,Bonn, 1986.

2034 T. Daradoumis. Managing Interruptions in Tutorial Dialogues by Meansof an Extended RST-based Model. In World Conference on ArtificialIntelligence in Education, pages 121–128, Edinburgh, 1993.

2035 T. Daradoumis. Using rhetorical relations in building a coherent conver-sational teaching session. In R. Beun, M. Baker, and Reiner M., editors,Dialogue and instruction, pages 56–71. Springer, Heidelberg, 1995.

2036 T. Daradoumis. An integrated approach to modelling tutorial dialoguesunder an overall rhetorical structure. PhD thesis, universitat Politècnicade Catalunya, 1997.

2037 Thanasis Daradoumis. Towards a representation of the rhetorical struc-ture of interrupted exchanges. In Giovanni Adorni and Michael Zock,editors, Trends in natural language generation: an artificial intelligenceperspective, number 1036 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence,pages 106–124. Springer, Berlin, New York, 1996.

2038 M Dascal. Conversational Relevance. Journal of Pragmatics, 1:309–327,1977.

2039 M. Dascal. Contextualism. In H. Parret, M. Sbisa, and J Verscheuren,editors, Possibilities and Limitations of Pragmatics, pages 153–178.John Benjamins B.V., Amsterdam, 1981. Conference on Pragmatics,Urbino, July8-14, 1979.

169

2040 Jordi Daudé, Lluís Padró, and German Rigau. Validation and tuningof Wordnet mapping techniques. In Galia Angelova, Kalina Bontcheva,Ruslan Mitkov, Nicolas Nicolov, and Nikolai Nikolov, editors, Interna-tional conference on Recent Advances in Natural Language Processing(RANLP’2003), pages 117–123, Borovets, Bulgaria, 10-12 September2003.

2041 A. Davey. Discourse Production: A Computer Model of Some Aspectsof a Speaker. Edinburgh University Press, Edinburgh, 1978. Publishedversion of Ph.D. dissertation, University of Edinburgh, 1974.

2042 Jérôme David and Jérôme Euzenat. On Fixing Semantic AlignmentEvaluation Measures. In Pavel Shvaiko, Jérôme Euzenat, FaustoGiunchiglia, and Heiner Stuckenschmidt, editors, OM, volume 431 ofCEUR Workshop Proceedings. CEUR-WS.org, 2008.

2043 Kristin Davidse. Ditransitivity and possession. In Ruqaiya Hasan,Carmel Cloran, and David Butt, editors, Functional descriptions - the-ory in practice, Current Issues in Linguistic Theory, pages 85–144. Ben-jamins, Amsterdam.

2044 Kristin Davidse. Michael A.K. Halliday’s Functional Grammar and thePrague School. L.A.U.T. Series A., 141, 1985.

2045 Kristin Davidse. Michael A.K. Halliday’s Functional Grammar and thePrague School. In René Dirven and Vilém Fried, editors, Functionalismin Linguistics. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1987.

2046 Kristin Davidse. Categories of experiential grammar. PhD thesis,Catholic University of Leuven, 1991.

2047 Kristin Davidse. A semiotic approach to relational clauses. OccasionalPapers in Systemic Linguistics, 6:99–131, 1992.

2048 Kristin Davidse. Existential constructions: a systemic perspective. Leu-vense Bijdragen: Leuven Contributions in Linguistics and Philology,81:71–99, 1992.

2049 Kristin Davidse. Transitive/ergative: the Janus-headed grammar of ac-tions and events. In Martin Davies and Louise Ravelli, editors, Advancesin systemic linguistics, pages 105–135. Pinter, London, 1992.

2050 Kristin Davidse. Fact projection. In K.P. Carlon, K. Davidse, andB. Rudzka-Ostyn, editors, Perspectives on English. Studies in Honourof Professor Emma Vorlat, pages 259–286. Peeters, Leuven, 1994.

2051 Kristin Davidse. Language and world view in the poetry ofG.M.Hopkins. In O. De Graef and ??, editors, Acknowledged Legisla-tors: Essays on English Literature in Honour of Herman Servotte, pages104–118. Pelckmans, Kapellen, 1994.

170

2052 Kristin Davidse. Functional dimensions of the Dative in English. InW. Van Belle and W. Van Langendonck, editors, Case and Grammati-cal Relations across Language Boundaries; Volume Ia: The Dative andits Counterparts, pages 289–338. Benjamins, Amsterdam/Philadelphia,1996.

2053 Kristin Davidse. Turning grammar on itself: identifying clauses in lin-guistic discourse. In Christopher Butler, Margaret Berry, Robin Fawcett,and Guowen Huang, editors, Meaning and form: systemic functionalinterpretations. Meaning and choice in Language: Studies for M.A.K.Halliday, pages 367–393. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1996.

2054 Kristin Davidse. The Subject-Object versus the Agent-Patient asym-metry. Leuven Contributions in Linguistics and Philology, 86:413–431,1997.

2055 Kristin Davidse. Agnates, verb classes and the meaning of construals.The case of ditransitivity in English. Leuven Contributions in Linguisticsand Philology, 87:281–313, 1998.

2056 Kristin Davidse. The Dative as participant role versus the IndirectObject: on the need to distinguish two layers of organization. InW. Van Langendonck and W. Van Belle, editors, Case and Grammati-cal Relations across Language Boundaries. Volume Ib: The Dative andits Counterparts, pages 143–184. Benjamins, Amsterdam/Philadelphia,1998.

2057 Kristin Davidse. Are there sentences that can be analyzed as there-clefts? In B. Devriendt, S. Geukens, and G. Tops, editors, Festschriftin honour of Xavier Dekeyser, pages 177–193. Peeters, Leuven, 1999.

2058 Kristin Davidse. Categories of Experiential Grammar. Monographs inSystemic Linguistics. University of Nottingham, Nottingham, 1999.

2059 Kristin Davidse. On transitivity and ergativity in English, or on the needfor dialogue between schools. In J. Van der Auwera and J. Verschueren,editors, English as a Human Language, pages 95–108. Lincom, Munich,1999.

2060 Kristin Davidse. The semantics of cardinal versus enumerative existen-tial constructions. Cognitive Linguistics, 10(3), 2000.

2061 Kristin Davidse and Sara Geyskens. Have you walked the dog yet? Theergative causativization of intransitives. Word, 49(2):155–180, 1998.

2062 Kristin Davidse and Liesbet Heyvaert. On the so-called ’middle’ con-struction in English and Dutch. 5-6 February 1999.

171

2063 D. Davidson. The logical form of action sentences. In N. Rescher, editor,The logic of decision and action, pages 81–95. University of PittsburghPress, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, 1967.

2064 D. Davidson. The Logical Form of Action Sentences (1967). In Essays onActions and Events, chapter 6, pages 196–248. Clarendon Press, Oxford,1980.

2065 D. Davidson and G. Harman, editors. Semantics of Natural Language.Reidel, Dordrecht, 1972.

2066 Donald Davidson. Mental Events. In L. Foster and J. Swanson, editors,Experience and theory. University of Massachussetts Press, Cambridge,MA, 1970.

2067 Donald Davidson. The Material Mind. In John Haugeland, editor, MindDesign, pages 339–354. The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, MA, 1981.

2068 J. Davidson. Natural Language Access to Data Bases: User Modellingand Focus. In Proceedings of the Fourth Biennial Conference of theCSCSI, pages 204–211, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan, 1982. Canadian Soci-ety for Computational Studies of Intelligence’.

2069 David Davies. Ontology. In Paisley Livingston and Carl Plantinga,editors, The Routledge Companion to Philosophy and Film, chapter 20,pages 217–236. Routledge, London and New York, 2009.

2070 Eirian Davies. English questions. In Erich Steiner and Robert Veltman,editors, Pragmatics, discourse and text. Pinter, London, 1988.

2071 Eirian Davies. On different possibilities in the syntax of English. InMichael J. Cummings, William S. Greaves, and James D. Benson, edi-tors, Linguistics in a systemic perspective. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1988.

2072 Eirian Davies. Sentence types in English discourse. Occasional Papersin Systemic Linguistics, 3, 1989.

2073 F. Davies. Marked theme as a heuristic for analyzing text type, text andgenre. In J. Pique and D.J. Viera, editors, Applied Languages: theoryand practice in ESP. University of Valencia Press, Valencia, Spain, 1997.

2074 Martin Davies. Literacy and intonation. In Barbara Couture, editor,Functional approaches to writing: research perspectives. Ablex, Nor-wood, NJ, 1986.

2075 Martin Davies. Prosodic and non-prosodic cohesion in speech and writ-ing. Word, 40(1-2), 1989.

172

2076 Martin Davies. Theme and information until Shakespeare. In Christo-pher Butler, Margaret Berry, Robin Fawcett, and Guowen Huang, ed-itors, Meaning and form: systemic functional interpretations. Ablex,Norwood, NJ, 1996.

2077 Martin Davies and Louise Ravelli, editors. Advances in systemic linguis-tics: recent theory and practice. Pinter, London and New York, 1992.

2078 Desmond Davis. The grammar of television production. Barrie, Jenkins,London, 1974.

2079 E. Davis, N.M. Gotts, and A.G. Cohn. Constraint Networks of Topo-logical Relations and Convexity. Constraints, 4(3):241–280, 1999.

2080 Ernest Davis. Representations of Commonsense Knowledge. Represen-tation and reasoning. Morgan Kaufmann, San Mateo, CA, 1990.

2081 Howard H. Davis. Discourse and media influence. In Teun A. van Dijk,editor, Discourse and communication: new approaches to the analysisof mass media discourse and communication, pages 44–59. Walter deGruyter, Berlin, 1985.

2082 Howard Davis and Paul Walton. Death of a premier: concensus andclosure in international news. In Howard Davis and Paul Walton, editors,Language, Image, Media, pages 8–49. Basil Blackwell, Oxford, 1983.

2083 Howard Davis and Paul Walton, editors. Language, Image, Media. BasilBlackwell, Oxford, 1983.

2084 James R. Davis. Giving directions: a voice interface to an urban navi-gation program. American Voice I/O Society, pages 77–84, Sep 1986.

2085 James Raymond Davis and Julia Hirschberg. Assigning intonationalfeatures in synthesized spoken directions. In Proceedings of the 26thAnnual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages187–193, 1988.

2086 James Raymond Davis and Christopher M. Schmandt. Back seat driver:voice assisted automobile navigation. PhD thesis, Massachussetts Insti-tute of Technology, 1989.

2087 James Raymond Davis and Christopher M. Schmandt. The back seatdriver: real time spoken driving instructions. In IEEE Vehicle Nav-igation and Information Systems Conference, pages 146–150, Canada,1989. IEEE.

2088 M. S. Davis. That’s Interesting! Towards a Phenomenology of Sociologyand a Sociology of Phenomenology. Philosophy of the Social Sciences,1:309–344, 1971.

173

2089 R. Davis. Applications of Meta Level Knowledge to the Construction,Maintenance, and Use of Large Knowledge Bases. PhD thesis, StanfordUniversity, 1976.

2090 R. Davis. Interactive Transfer of Expertise. Artificial Intelligence,12(2):121–157, 1979.

2091 R. Davis and D. B. Lenat. Knowledge-Based Systems in Artificial In-telligence. McGraw-Hill, New York, N.Y., 1982.

2092 Randall Davis. Applications of Meta Level Knowledge to the Construc-tion, Maintenance and Use of Large Knowledge Bases. Technical Report,Stanford Artificial Intelligence Laboratory, 1976.

2093 Richard Davis. Complete Guide to Film Scoring. The Art and Businessof Writing Music for Movies and TV. Berklee Press, Boston, 1999.

2094 A. Davison. Readibility Formulas and Comprehension. In Laura R.Roehler Gerald G. Duffy and Jana Mason, editors, Comprehension In-struction; Perspectives and Suggestions. Longman, New York and Lon-don, 1984.

2095 Alice Davison. Indirect speech acts and what to do with them. InP. Cole and J. L. Morgan, editors, Speech Acts, volume 3 of Syntax andSemantics, pages 143–185. Academic Press, New York, 1975.

2096 Joel R. Davitz. The Language of Emotion. Academic Press, New York,1969.

2097 Roger Dawkins. Making Sense of Matter in Deleuze’s Conception ofCinema Language. Reconstruction, 2(2), 2002.

2098 R. de Beaugrande and W. U. Dressler. Introduction to Text Linguistics.Longman, London, 1981.

2099 R. de Beaugrande and G. W. Miller. Processing Models for Children’sStory Comprehension. Poetics, 9(1-3):181–202, 1980.

2100 Robert de Beaugrande. Text and sentence in discourse planning. InJanos S. Petofi, editor, Text Vs. Sentence: Basic Questions of TextLinguistics, pages 467–494. Buske, Hamburg, 1978.

2101 Robert de Beaugrande. Text, Discourse, and Process: Toward a Multi-disciplinary Science of Texts, volume IV of Advances in Discourse Pro-cesses. Ablex Publishing Corp., Norwood, New Jersey, Norwood, N. J.,1980.

2102 Robert de Beaugrande. Text Production. Toward a Science of Compo-sition. Ablex, Norwood, New Jersey, 1984.

174

2103 Robert de Beaugrande. Interpreting the discourse of H.G. Widdowson:a corpus-based critical discourse analysis. Applied Linguistics, 21, 2000.

2104 B. de Carolis, F. de Rosis, D. Berry, and I. Michas. Evaluating Plan-Based Hypermedia Generation. In P. St. Dizier, editor, 7th EWNLG,pages 126–134, Toulouse, 1999.

2105 Berardina de Carolis. Introducing Reactivity in Adaptive HypertextGeneration. In H. Prade, editor, 13th European Conference on ArtificialIntelligence (ECAI’98), pages 682–683. John Wiley and Sons, Chich-ester, England, 1998.

2106 J. de Finney, C. Moghrabi, and P. Tarau. PARDA: A Parser and TextGeneration System for Argumentative Discourse. In Int. Conf. on Com-puter Assisted Learning in Post Secondary Education. University of Cal-gary, 1987.

2107 B. de Gelder. Attributing mental states: A second look at mother-childinteraction. In H. Parret, M. Sbisa, and J Verscheuren, editors, Possi-bilities and Limitations of Pragmatics, pages 237–250. John BenjaminsB.V., Amsterdam, 1981. Conference on Pragmatics, Urbino, July8-14,1979.

2108 Anneke de Graaf, Hans Hoeken, José Sanders, and Johannes W. J. Been-tjes. Identification as a medium of narrative persuasion. CommunicationResearch, May 2011.

2109 Alex de Joia and Adrian Stenton. Terms in Systemic Linguistics. AGuide to Halliday. Batsford, London, 1980.

2110 J. de Kleer and J. Brown. Mental Models of Physical Systems and theirAcquisition. In Anderson, editor, Cognitive Skills and Their Acquisition.Erlbaum, 1981.

2111 G. De Michelis and M.A. Grasso. Situating Conversations within theLanguage/Action Perspective: The Milan Conversation Model. In Pro-ceedings of the 6th Conference on Computer Supported CooperativeWork (CSCW’94), pages 89–100, New York, 1994. ACM.

2112 Roberta Pires de Oliviera. Language and ideology: an interview withGeorge Lakoff. In René Dirven, Bruce Hawkins, and Esra Sandik-cioglu, editors, Language and ideology. Volume 1: theoretical cognitiveapproaches, number 204 in Current Issues in Linguistic Theory, pages23–48. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2001.

2113 J. R. de Pijper. Modelling British English Intonation. Foris Publications,Dordrecht, 1983.

175

2114 Reind van de Riet, Hans Burg, and Frank Dehne. Linguistic instrumentsin information systems design. In N. Guarino, editor, Formal Ontologyin Information Systems, pages 39–60. IOS Press, Amsterdam, 1998.

2115 A. de Roeck and B. Lowden. Generating English Paraphrases fromFormal Relational Calculus Expressions. In 11th COLING, Bonn, 1986.

2116 F. de Rosis and F. Grasso. Mediating between hearer’s and speaker’sviews in the generation of adaptive explanations. In Expert Systems withApplications. 1994.

2117 Ferdinand de Saussure. Course in General Linguistics. McGraw-Hilland the Philosophical Library, Inc., New York / Toronto / London,1959[1915]. Edited by Charles Bally and Albert Sechehaye, in collabo-ration with Albert Riedlinger; Translated by Wade Baskin.

2118 Ferdinand de Saussure. Course in General Linguistics. Duckworth,1983[1916].

2119 Helen de Silva Joyce and Anne Burns. Focus on grammar. NCELTR,Macquarie University, 2001.

2120 Koenraad de Smedt and Gerard Kempen. Incremental sentence produc-tion, self-correction and co-ordination. In Gerard Kempen, editor, Nat-ural Language Generation: Recent Advances in Artificial Intelligence,Psychology, and Linguistics, pages 365–376. Kluwer Academic Publish-ers, Boston/Dordrecht, 1987. Paper presented at the Third InternationalWorkshop on Natural Language Generation, August 1986, Nijmegen,The Netherlands.

2121 Ithiel de Sola Pool, editor. Trends in content analysis. University ofIllinois Press, Urbana, Illinois, 1959.

2122 Clarisse Siekenius de Souza, Donia R. Scott, and Nunes Maria dasGraças Volpe. Enhancing text quality in a text-answering system. Tech-nical Report, Departamento de Informática, Pontificia Universidade deRio de Janeiro, Brasil and Philips Research Laboratories, Redhill, Eng-land, 1989.

2123 N. Van de Weghe, A.G. Cohn, Ph. De Maeyer, and F. Witlox. Represent-ing Moving Objects in Computer Based Expert Systems: The OvertakeEvent Example. Expert Systems with Applications, 29(4):977–983, 2005.

2124 N. Van de Weghe, A.G. Cohn, G. De Tré, and Ph. De Maeyer. A Qual-itative Trajectory Calculus as a Basis for Representing Moving Objectsin Geographical Information Systems. Control and Cybernetics, 2005.

2125 Nico Van de Weghe, Bart Kuijpers, Peter Bogaert, and Philippe DeMaeyer. A Qualitative Trajectory Calculus and the Composition of ItsRelations. In M. Andrea Rodríguez, Isabel F. Cruz, Max J. Egenhofer,

176

and Sergei Levashkin, editors, GeoS 2005: GeoSpatial Semantics, FirstInternational Conference, Proceedings, volume 3799 of Lecture Notes inComputer Science, pages 60–76, Berlin, Heidelberg, November 29-302005. Springer.

2126 T.C.J. De Wit and R.J. Van Lier. Global visual completion of quasi-regular shapes. Perception, 31(8):969–984, 2002.

2127 E. Deardorff, T.D.C. Little, J.D. Marskall, D. Venkatesh, and R. Walzer.Video Scene Decomposition with the Motion Picture Parser. InIS&T/SPIE Symposium on Electronical Imaging Science & Technology(Digital Video Compression and Processing on Personal Computers: Al-gorithms and Technologies), volume SPIE 2187, pages 44–55, San Jose,CA, February 1994.

2128 H.W. Dechert and M. Raupach, editors. Temporal Variables in Speech.Mouton, The Hague, 1980.

2129 Jan-Oliver Decker and Hans Krah. Zeichen(-Systeme) in Film.Zeitschrift für Semiotik, 30(3-4):225–235, 2008.

2130 Thierry Declerck and Judith Klein. Ein Email-Korpus zur Entwicklungund Evaluierung der Analysekomponente eines Terminvereinbarungssys-tems. In Proceedings of DGfS-CL, Heidelberg, 1997.

2131 Thierry Declerck and Peter Wittenburg. XML and NLP: Their Inter-action and their Role for HLT Applications. In Proceedings of the 1st.NLP and XML Workshop; Workshop session of the 6th Natural Lan-guage Processing Pacific Rim Symposium, Tokyo, November 2001.

2132 Hannah M. Dee, Roberto Fraile, David C. Hogg, and Anthony G. Cohn.Modelling scenes using the activity within them. In Christian Freksa,Nora S. Newcombe, Peter Gärdenfors, and Stefan Wölfl, editors, Spa-tial Cognition VI: Learning, Reasoning and Talking about Space, number5241 in Lecture notes in Artifiicial Intelligence, pages 394–408. Springer,2008. International Conference, Spatial Cognition 2008, Freiburg, Ger-many.

2133 Liesbeth Degand. A Dutch component for a systemic multilingual textgeneration system. In Proceedings of the European Workshop on NaturalLanguage Generation, Pisa, Italy, pages 143–147, 1993.

2134 Liesbeth Degand. Dutch Grammar Documentation. Technical Report,GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme,Darmstadt, Germany, 1993.

2135 Liesbeth Degand. La génération multilingue: des convergences aux di-vergences. In Traductique TA-TAO, recherches de pointe et applicationsimmédiates, Actes des Troisièmes Journées scientifiques du réseau LTT

177

tenues à Montréal du 30 septembre au 2 octobre 1993, Montreal, Canada,1993. Presses de l’Université de Montréal, Collection Sciences Actualités.

2136 Liesbeth Degand. Towards a Systemic Functional Grammar of Dutch forMultilingual Text Generation. Technical Report, GMD/Institut für In-tegrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, Germany,1993. (Available in abbreviated form in the Proceedings of the FourthEuropean Workshop on Natural Language Generation, Pisa, Italy, 28-30April 1993, pp143-147).

2137 Liesbeth Degand. A Dutch component for a multilingual systemic textgeneration system. In G. Adorni and M. Zock, editors, Trends in Natu-ral Language Generation: an artificial intelligence perspective, number1036 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages 350–367. Springer,Berlin, New York, 1996. (Selected Papers from the 4th. European Work-shop on Natural Language Generation, Pisa, Italy, 28-30 April 1993).

2138 Liesbeth Degand. A situation-based approach to causation in Dutch, withsome implications for text generation. PhD thesis, Université catholiquede Louvain, Louvain-la-Neuve, Belgium, 1996.

2139 Liesbeth Degand. Causation in Dutch and French: interpersonal aspects.In Ruqaiya Hasan, Carmel Cloran, and David Butt, editors, Functionaldescriptions - theory in practice, Current Issues in Linguistic Theory,pages 207–237. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1996.

2140 Liesbeth Degand. Form and Function of Causation. A theoretical andEmpirical Investigation of Causal Constructions in Dutch. Number 5 inStudies op het gebied van de Nederlandse taalkunde. Peeters, Leuven,Paris, Sterling, 2001.

2141 Liesbeth Degand and Elke Teich. Thematic organization: A comparisonof English, German, and Dutch. Technical Report, GMD/Institut für In-tegrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, Germany,1994. Paper presented at the Jahrestagung der Deutschen Gesellschaftfür Sprachwissenschaft, Münster, March 1994.

2142 Wolfgang Degen, Barbara Heller, Heinrich Herre, and Barry Smith.GOL: A general ontology language. In Christopher Welty and BarrySmith, editors, Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference on For-mal Ontology in Information Systems, pages 34–45, New York, 2001.ACM Press.

2143 Wolfgang Degen, Barbara Heller, Heinriche Herre, and Barry Smith.GOL: A General Ontological Language. In Christopher Welty and BarrySmith, editors, Formal Ontology and Information Systems, pages 34–46.ACM Press, New York, 2001.

178

2144 S. Dehaene, S. Bossini, and P. Giraux. The mental representation ofparity and number magnitude. Journal of Experimental Psychology:General, 122(3):371–396, 1993.

2145 Stanislas Dehaene, Véronique Izard, Pierre Pica, and Elizabeth Spelke.Core knowledge of geometry in an Amazonian indigene group. Science,311(5759):381–384, 2006.

2146 Nathalie Dehn. Memory in Story Invention. In Proceedings of the ThirdAnnual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society, pages 213–215,Berkeley, California, August 1981.

2147 Nathalie Dehn. Story generation after TALE-SPIN. In Proceedings ofthe Seventh International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence.University of British Columbia, August 1981.

2148 G. F. DeJong. Prediction and Substantiation: A New Approach toNatural Language Processing. Cognitive Science, 3:251–273, 1979.

2149 G. F. DeJong. Skimming stories in real time: An experiment in inte-grated understanding. Technical Report 158, Yale University Depart-ment of Computer Science, 1979.

2150 G. F. DeJong. Generalizations Based on Explanations. In Proceedingsof the Seventh International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence,Vancouver, Canada, 1981.

2151 G. F. DeJong. Acquiring Schemata through Understanding and General-izing Plans. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conferenceon Artificial Intelligence, Karlsruhe, West Germany, 1983.

2152 G. F. DeJong. An Approach to Learning from Observation. In Pro-ceedings of the 1983 International Machine Learning Workshop, pages171–176, Champaign-Urbana, Illinois, 1983.

2153 G. F DeJong. Artificial Intelligence Implications for Information Re-trieval. In Proceedings of the Sixth International ACM SIGIR Confer-ence, Washington, DC, 1983. ACM SIGIR.

2154 Gerald DeJong. An overview of the FRUMP system. In Wendy G.Lehnert and Martin H. Ringle, editors, Strategies for natural languageprocessing, pages 149–176. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, N.J, 1982.

2155 Maria del Socorro Bernados Galindo and Guadalupe Aguado de Ceo.Adapting the Generalized Upper Model to Spanish. In Galia Angelova,Kalina Bontcheva, Ruslan Mitkov, Nicolas Nicolov, and Nikolai Nikolov,editors, Proceedings of the Euroconference Recent Advances in NaturalLanguage Processing (RANLP-2001), pages 103–107, Tzigov, Bulgaria,September 2001.

179

2156 Gilles Deleuze. Cinema 1: The movement-image. The Athlone Press,London, 1986. (Translated by Hugh Tomlinson and Barbara Haberjam.).

2157 Gilles Deleuze. Cinema 2: The time-image. The Athlone Press, London,1989. (Translated by Hugh Tomlinson and Barbara Haberjam.).

2158 Gilles Deleuze. Montage–the American School and the Soviet School.In Angela Dalle Vacche, editor, The Visual Turn. Classical Film Theoryand Art History, pages 56–66. Rutgers University Press, New Brunswick,NJ, 2003. (Reprinted from Cinema Vol. 1: The movement-image (1986),Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, pp29-40. Translated byHugh Tomlinson and Barbara Haberjam.).

2159 Gilles Deleuze and Félix Guattari. A Thousand Plateaus: Capitalismand Schizophrenia. University of Minnesota, 1987. translated by BrianMassumi.

2160 Gilles Deleuze and Félix Guattari. A Thousand Plateaus: Capitalismand Schizophrenia, chapter November 20, 1923: Postulates of Linguis-tics. University of Minnesota, 1987. translated by Brian Massumi.

2161 Celestino Deleyto. Focalisation in film narrative. In Susana Onega,Garcia Landa, and José Angel, editors, Narratology: an introduction,pages 217–233. Longman, 1996.

2162 J.L. Delin, S. Pleace, John A. Bateman, and P. Allen. Design and Lay-out in illustrated documents: towards a model of genre. In Proceedingsof InfoDesign 2000: the 4th. International Conference of the Informa-tion Design Network and the Information Design Association, Coventry,England, 2000. IDA.

2163 Judy L. Delin. Plans but no scripts: planning, discourse, and interpre-tation in the Step Aerobics Workout. In Eija Ventola, editor, Discourseand community: doing functional linguistics, pages 199–222. GunterNarr, Tübingen, 2000.

2164 Judy L. Delin. The language of everyday life. Sage, London, 2000.

2165 Judy L. Delin. Keeping in Step: Task Structure, Discourse Structure,and Utterance Interpretation in the Step Aerobics Workout. DiscourseProcesses, 31(1):61–90, 2001.

2166 Judy L. Delin and John A. Bateman. Describing and critiquing multi-modal documents. Document Design, 3(2):140–155, 2002.

2167 Judy L. Delin, John A. Bateman, and Patrick Allen. A model of genrein document layout. Information Design Journal, 11(1):54–66, 2002.

2168 Judy L. Delin, Anthony J. Hartley, and Donia Scott. Towards a con-trastive pragmatics: syntactic choice in English and French instructions.Language Sciences, 18(3-4):897–931, 1996. Pergamon.

180

2169 Judy L. Delin, Anthony Hartley, Cécile L. Paris, Donia Scott, andKeith Vander Linden. Expressing Procedural Relationships in Multilin-gual Instructions. In Proceedings of the Seventh International Workshopon Natural Language Generation, Kennebunkport, Maine, USA, June21-24, 1994, pages 61–70, Kennebunkport, Maine, USA, 1994.

2170 Judy L. Delin, Donia Scott, and Tony Hartley. Knowledge, intention,rhetoric: levels of variation in multilingual instructions. In Owen Ram-bow, editor, Intentionality and structure in discourse relations, pages7–10. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1993. (Proceedings ofa Workshop sponsored by the Special Interest Group on Generation, 21June, 1993, Columbus, Ohio).

2171 Judy L. Delin, Donia R. Scott, and Anthony Hartley. Language-specificmappings from semantics to syntax. In Proceedings of the 16th. Inter-national Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING-96), pages292–297, Copenhagen, 1996.

2172 Judy L. Delin, Abi Searle-Jones, and Rob Waller. Branding and rela-tionship communications: the evolution of utility bills in the UK. InS. Carliner, J.P. Verckens, and C. de Waele, editors, Information andDocument Design, pages 27–59. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2006.

2173 A. K. Demidova, O. G. Motovilova, G. D. ševčenko, and E. P. Čaply-gina. Naibolee upotrebitel’nye glagol’y sovre mennogo russkogo jazyka(Die gebräuchlichsten Verben der russischen Gegenwartssprache). Iz-dat. Akademii nauk, Moskva, 1963.

2174 Hanny den Ouden. Prosodic realizations of text structure. PhD. Uni-versity of Tilburg. J.F. Schouten School for User-System InteractionResearch, Tilburg, The Netherlands, 2004.

2175 J. N. den Ouden, C. H. van Wiik, J. M. B. Terken, and L. G. M. No-ordman. Reliability of discourse structure annotation. In IPO Centerfor research on user-system interaction, Annual Progress Report, num-ber 33, pages 129–138. Technische Universiteit Eindhoven, 1998.

2176 Yasaharu Den. Generalized chart algorithm: an efficient procedure forcost-based abduction. In 32nd. Annual Meeting of the Association forComputational Linguistics, pages 218–225, New Mexico State Univer-sity, Las Cruces, New Mexico, 1994.

2177 Matthias Denecke and Alex Waibel. Integrating knowledge sources forthe specification of a task-oriented dialogue system. volume 10, 1999.Special Issue on Intelligent Dialogue Systems edited by Jan Alexander-sson, Lars Ahrenberg, Kristiina Jokinen and Arne Jönsson.

2178 M. Denis. The Description of Routes: A Cognitive Approach to the Pro-duction of Spatial Discourse. Cahiers de Psychologie Cognitive, 16:409–458, 1997.

181

2179 M. Denis, F. Robin, A. Laroui, and M. Zock. Identifying and simulatingcognitive strategies for the description of spatial networks. AcademicPress, 1992.

2180 Michel Denis, Francesca Pazzaglia, Cesare Cornoldi, and Laura Bertolo.Spatial discourse and navigation: an analysis of route directions in thecity of Venice. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 13(2):145–174, 1999.

2181 Daniel C. Dennett. Comments on Rorty. Synthese, 53:349–356, 1982.

2182 Daniel C. Dennett. How to study human consciousness empirically, ornothing comes to mind. Synthese, 53:159–180, 1982.

2183 Pim van der Eijk. Controlled languages in technical documentation.ELSNEWS: The newsletter of the European Network in Language andSpeech, 7(1):4–5, February 1998.

2184 Rob A. van der Sandt. Presupposition and discourse structure. InSemantics and contextual expression, Groningen-Amsterdam Studies inSemantics, pages 267–294. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1989.

2185 I. van der Sluis, M. Theune, E. Reiter, and E. Krahmer, editors. Proceed-ings of the Workshop on Multimodal Output Generation (MOG 2007).Centre for Telematics and Information Technology (CTIT), Universityof Twente, 2007.

2186 Emile van der Zee and Jon Slack, editors. Representing direction in lan-guage and space. Explorations in language and space. Oxford UniversityPress, Oxford, 2003.

2187 Beverly Derewianka. Exploring how texts work. Rozelle, N.S.W. Pri-mary English Teaching Association, 1990.

2188 Beverly Derewianka. Language development in the transition from child-hood to adolescence: the role of grammatical metaphor. PhD thesis,Macquarie University, 1995.

2189 Beverly Derewianka and Caroline Coffin. Time visuals in history text-books: some pedagogic issues. In Len Unsworth, editor, MultimodalSemiotics: Functional Analysis in Contexts of Education, pages 187–215. Continuum, London, 2008.

2190 Beverly Derewienka. Pedagogical grammars: their role in English lan-guage teaching. In A. Burns and C. Coffin, editors, Analysing Englishin a Global Context: a reader, Teaching English Language Worldwide,pages 240–269. Routledge, London, 2001.

2191 Beverly Derewienka. Trends and Issues in Genre-Based Approaches.RELC Journal: a journal of language teaching and research, 34(2):133–154, 2003.

182

2192 Evangelos Dermatas and George Kokkinakis. LEXITHIRAS: a PC-based framework for developing corpus-based processing tools. In Pro-ceedings of ACL-95), 1995. Paper submitted for presentation at ACL-95.

2193 Steven Derose. XML and TEI. Computers and the humanities, 33:11–30,1999.

2194 Steven J. DeRose and Christopher R. Maden. Problems with dy-namically assembled document portions, and some solutions. URL:http://www.oreilly.com/people/staff/chrism/transclu.html, n.d. (lastaccessed: 27 Dec 2001).

2195 Marcia A. Derr and Kathleen R. McKeown. Using Focus to GenerateComplex and Simple Sentences. In Proceedings of the 10th InternationalConference on Computational Linguistics, pages 501–504, Stanford, Ca.,July 1984. Association for Computational Linguistics.

2196 Jacques Derrida. Of grammatology. John Hopkins University Press,Baltimore, MD and London, 1976. translated by Gayatri ChakravortySpivak.

2197 Jacques Derrida. Of grammatology, chapter Linguistics and Grammatol-ogy. John Hopkins University Press, Baltimore, MD and London, 1976.translated by Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak.

2198 Jacques Derrida. The Law of Genre. Critical Inquiry, 7(1):55–81, 1980.

2199 Louisa Desilla. Implicatures in film: Construal and functions in BridgetJones romantic comedies. Journal of Pragmatics, 44(1):30–53, Jan 2011.

2200 Ithiel deSola Pool. The ‘Prestige Papers’: a survey of their editorials.Stanford University Press, Stanford, California, 1952.

2201 Jean Louis Dessalles. Logical constraints on spontaneous conversations.Technical Report 92-D-011, TELECOM-Paris, 1992.

2202 Nina Dethlefs and Heriberto Cuayáhuitl. Hierarchical ReinforcementLearning for Adaptive Text Generation. In Proc. of the Sixth Interna-tional Natural Language Generation Conference (INLG), pages 37–46,Dublin, Ireland, 2010. July 7-9.

2203 Nina Dethlefs, Heriberto Cuayáhuitl, Kai-Florian Richter, Elena An-donova, and John Bateman. Evaluating Task Success in a Dialogue Sys-tem for Indoor Navigation. In Paweł Łupkowski and Matthew Purver,editors, Proc. of the 14th Workshop on the Semantics and Pragmaticsof Dialogue (SemDial), pages 143–146, Poznan, Poland, 2010. PolishSociety for Cognitive Science. June 16-18.

2204 Marshall Deutelbaum. Structural patterning in the Lumière films. InJohn L. Fell, editor, Film before Griffith, pages 299–310. University ofCalifornia Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 1983.

183

2205 Paul J. Deutschmann. News-page content of twelve metropolitan dailies.Scripps-Howard Research, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1959.

2206 Amy J. Devitt. Intertextuality in tax accounting: generic, referential,and functional. In Charles Bazerman and James Paradis, editors, Tex-tual dynamics of the professions: historical and contemporary studies ofwriting in professional communities, pages 336–357. University of Wis-consin Press, Madison, WI, 1991.

2207 Keith Devlin. Infons and types in an information-based logic. In RobinCooper, Kuniaki Mukai, and John Perry, editors, Situation Theory andits applications, volume I, pages 79–96. CSLI: Center for the Study ofLanguage and Information, Stanford University, California, 1990. CSLILecture Notes Number 22.

2208 J. Dewaele and A. Pavlenko. Emotion vocabulary in interlanguage.Language Learning, 52(2), 2002.

2209 Kay Dickinson. Movie Music. London, London, 2003.

2210 Gertraud Diem-Wille. A therapeutic perspective: the use of drawings inchild psychoanalysis and social science. In Theo van Leeuwen and CareyJewitt, editors, Handbook of visual analysis, chapter 6, pages 119–133.Sage, London, 2001.

2211 T. G. Dietterich and R. S. Michalski. Discovering Patterns in Sequencesof Objects. In Proceedings of the 1983 International Machine LearningWorkshop, pages 41–57, Champaign-Urbana, Illinois, 1983.

2212 T. Dietterich and R. Michalski. Learning and Generalization of Char-acteristic Descriptions: Evaluation Criteria and Comparative Reviewof Selected Methods. In Proceedings of the Sixth International JointConference on Artificial Intelligence, Tokyo, Japan, 1979. InternationalJoint Conference on Artificial Intelligence.

2213 J.L.G. Dietz. Business Modeling for Business Redesign. In Proceedingsof the 27th Hawaii International Conference on System Sciences, pages723–732. IEEE Computer Society Press, 1994.

2214 J.L.G. Dietz. Modeling Business Processes for the Purpose of Redesign.In Proceedings IFIP TC8 Open Conference on Business Process Re-design, pages 249–258. North-Holland, 1994.

2215 J.L.G. Dietz and G.A.M. Widdershoven. Speech Acts or Communica-tive Action? In L. Bannon, M. Robinson, and K. Schmidt, editors,Proceedings of the Second European Conference on Computer SupportedCooperative Work (ECSCW’91), Dordrecht, 1991. Kluwer.

2216 Digital Equipment Corporation. DECtalk DTC01: owner’s manual,1985.

184

2217 Digital Equipment Corporation. DECtalk Text-to-Speech system; user’smanual, 1993.

2218 F. Dignum and H. Weigand. Modelling Communication between Coop-erative Systems. In Proceedings of CAISE’95, 1995.

2219 Teun A. van Dijk, editor. Discourse and communication: new ap-proaches to the analysis of mass media discourse and communication.Walter de Gruyter, Berlin, 1985.

2220 Teun A. van Dijk. Structures of news in the press. In Teun A. van Dijk,editor, Discourse and communication: new approaches to the analysisof mass media discourse and communication, pages 69–93. Walter deGruyter, Berlin, 1985.

2221 Teun A. van Dijk. News Analysis: case studies of international andnational news in the press. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale,New Jersey, 1988.

2222 Teun A. van Dijk. News as discourse. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates,Hillsdale, New Jersey, 1988.

2223 Teun A. van Dijk, editor. Racism and the Press: critical studies inracism and migration. Routledge, London, 1991.

2224 Teun A. van Dijk. Opinions and ideologies in the press. In Allan Belland Peter Garrett, editors, Approaches to Media Discourse, pages 21–63.Blackwell, Oxford, 1998.

2225 S. Dik. Seventeen sentences: Basic Principles and Application of Func-tional Grammar. In J. Wirth E. Moravcsik, editor, Syntax and Seman-tics 13: Current Approaches to Syntax. Academic Press, 1980.

2226 Simon C. Dik. Semantic representation of manner adverbials. InA. Kraak, editor, Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-73. Assen, 1975.

2227 Simon C. Dik. Functional Grammar. North Holland, Amsterdam, 1978.

2228 Simon C. Dik. Generating answers from a linguistically coded knowledgebase. In Gerard Kempen, editor, Natural Language Generation: RecentAdvances in Artificial Intelligence, Psychology, and Linguistics. KluwerAcademic Publishers, Boston/Dordrecht, 1987. Paper presented at theThird International Workshop on Natural Language Generation, August1986, Nijmegen, The Netherlands.

2229 Simon C. Dik. Functional Grammar in Prolog: an integrated implemen-tation for English, French, and Dutch. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin/NewYork, 1992.

185

2230 Simon C. Dik. Generating sentences using ProfGlot. In Giovanni Adorniand Michael Zock, editors, Trends in natural language generation: anartificial intelligence perspective, number 1036 in Lecture Notes in Arti-ficial Intelligence, pages 314–330. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 1996.

2231 M. Diligenti, P. Frasconi, and M. Gori. Hidden tree Markov models fordocument image classification. IEEE Transactions on Pattern Analysisand Machine Intelligence, 25(4):519–523, 2003.

2232 Hans-Jürgen Diller. Kenneth Starr and us: the internet and the van-ishing of the journalist. In Friedrich Ungerer, editor, English MediaTexts past and present: language and textual structure, pages 197–214.Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2000.

2233 Stephan Dilley, John A. Bateman, Ulrich Thiel, and Anne Tissen. In-tegrating Natural Language Components into Graphical Discourse. InProceedings of the Third Conference on Applied Natural Language Pro-cessing, pages 72–79, Trento, Italy, 1992. Association for ComputationalLinguistics. 31 March - 3 April.

2234 A. Dillon and B.A. Gushrowski. Genres and the web: is the personalhome page the first uniquely digital genre. Journal of the AmericanSociety for Information Science, 51(2):202–205, 2000.

2235 Andrew Dillon. Myths, misconceptions, and an alternative perspec-tive on information usage and the electronic medium. In Jean-FrancoisRouet, Jarmo L. Levonen, Andrew Dillon, and Rand J. Spriro, editors,Hypertext and cognition, chapter 3, pages 25–42. Lawrence Erlbaum As-sociates, Mahwah, New Jersey, 1996.

2236 C. DiMarco, G. Hirst, L. Wanner, and J. Wilkinson. HealthDoc: Cus-tomizing patient information and health education by medical conditionand personal characteristics. In First International Workshop on Arti-ficial Intelligence in Patient Education, Glasgow, August 1995.

2237 Chrysanne DiMarco and M.E. Foster. The automated generation of Webdocuments that are tailored to the individual reader. In Proceedings ofthe AAAI Spring Symposium on Natural Language Processing on theWorld Wide Web, Stanford University, 1997. AAAI.

2238 Chrysanne DiMarco and Graeme Hirst. Stylistic Grammar in LanguageTranslation. In Proceedings of the 12th International Conference onComputational Linguistics (COLING 88), volume I, pages 148–153, Bu-dapest, Hungary, 1988.

2239 Chrysanne DiMarco and Graeme Hirst. A computational approach tostyle in language. Computational Linguistics, 19(4):449–497, 1993.

186

2240 Chrysanne DiMarco, Graeme Hirst, and Eduard H. Hovy. Generationby selection and repair as a method for adapting text for the individualreader. In Proceedings of the Workshop on Flexible Hypertext, 8th ACMInternational Hypertext Conference, Southampton, May 1997.

2241 Aggeliki Dimitromanolaki, Ion Androutsopoulos, and V. Karkaletsis. Alarge-scale systemic functional grammar of Greek. In Proceedings of the5th. International Conference on Greek Linguistics, Sorbonne, France,2001.

2242 Y. Dimopoulos, B. Nebel, and J. Koehler. Encoding Planning Problemsin Non-Monotonic Logic Programs. In Proc. European Conference onPlanning 1997 (ECP-97), pages 169–181. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg,1997.

2243 Luca Dini and Federica Busa. Generative Operations in a Constraint-based Grammar. In Harald Trost, editor, KONVENS ’94, pages 72–81,Vienna, 1994.

2244 R.J. DiPietro. Verbal strategies: a neglected dimension in languageacquisition studies. In H.W. Dechert and M. Raupach, editors, TemporalVariables in Speech, pages 313–321. Mouton, The Hague, 1980.

2245 A. Dirksen and H. Quené. Prosodic analysis: the next generation. InV. J. van Heuven and L. C. W. Pols, editors, Analysis and synthesis ofspeech. Strategic research towards high-quality text-to-speech generation,pages 131–144. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 1993.

2246 René Dirven, Roslyn Frank, and Cornelia Ilie, editors. Language andideology. Volume 2: descriptive cognitive approaches. Number 205 inCurrent Issues in Linguistic Theory. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2001.

2247 René Dirven, Bruce Hawkins, and Esra Sandikcioglu, editors. Languageand ideology. Volume 1: theoretical cognitive approaches. Number 204in Current Issues in Linguistic Theory. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2001.

2248 René Dirven and John Talylor. Conceptualization of vertical space inEnglish. In Brygida Rudzka-Ostyn, editor, Topics in cognitive linguis-tics, pages 379–402. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1988.

2249 René Dirven and Marjolijn Verspoor. Cognitive explorations of languageand linguistics. Cognitive Linguistics in Practice. John Benjamins, Am-sterdam, 1998.

2250 William Diver. The chronological system of the English verb. Word, 19,1963.

2251 Peter Dixon and Marisa Bortolussi. Prolegomena for a science of psy-chonarratology. In Willie van Peer and Seymour Chatman, editors, NewPerspectives on Narrative Perspective, pages 275–287. State Universityof New York Press, Albany, NY, 2001.

187

2252 R.M. Dixon. A note on Dyirbal ergativity. In Chicago Linguistic Society,volume 15, pages 90–91. 1979.

2253 Emilia Djonov. Children’s website structure and navigation. In LenUnsworth, editor, Multimodal Semiotics: Functional Analysis in Con-texts of Education, pages 216–236. Continuum, London, 2008.

2254 Emilia Nikolaeva Djonov. Analysing the organisation of informationin websites: from hypermedia design to systemic functional hypermediadiscourse analysis. PhD thesis, University of New South Wales, 2005.

2255 Emilia Nikolaeva Djonov. Website hierarchy and the interaction betweencontent organization, webpage and navigation design: A systemic func-tional hypermedia discourse analysis perspective. Information DesignJournal, 15(2):144–162, 2007.

2256 Edward Dmytryk. On Filmmaking. Focal Press, London, 1986.

2257 Mary Ann Doane. The emergence of cinematic time: modernity, con-tingency, the archive. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA andLondon, England, 2002.

2258 Z. Dobeš and Hans-Joachim Novak. From Constituent Planning to TextPlanning. In Helmut Horacek and Michael Zock, editors, New conceptsin Natural Language Generation: Planning, Realization and Systems,pages 87–113. Pinter Publishers, New York, 1993.

2259 Zuzana Dobeš and Hans-Joachim Novak. From knowledge structures totext structures. In O. Herzog and C.-R. Rollinger, editors, Text under-standing in LILOG: integrating computational linguistics and artificialintelligence, Final report on the IBM Germany LILOG-Project, pages670–684. Springer, Berlin, 1991. Lecture notes in artificial intelligence,546.

2260 Michael Dobrovolsky. Animal communication. In William O’Grady,Michael Dobrovolsky, and Francis Katamba, editors, Contemporary Lin-guistics. An introduction, chapter 16, pages 625–663. Longman, Londonand New York, 3rd. edition, 1996.

2261 Michael Dobrovolsky and William O’Grady. Writing and language. InWilliam O’Grady, Michael Dobrovolsky, and Francis Katamba, editors,Contemporary Linguistics. An introduction, chapter 15, pages 591–624.Longman, London and New York, 3rd. edition, 1996.

2262 S. Dodd. Systemic grammar and the description of English. In R.R.K.Hartmann, editor, Solving Language Problems: From General to AppliedLinguistics. University of Exeter Press, Exeter.

188

2263 Christian Doelker. Das Bild in der Kommunikation. In Louis Bosshartand Jean-Pierre Chuard, editors, Communication visuelle: l’image dansla presse et la publicité, number 19 in Communication sociale, Cahiersde travaux pratiques, pages 119–142. Ed. Univ., Fribourg, Suisse, 1988.

2264 Christian Doelker. Ein Funktionenmodell für Bildtexte. In KlausSachs-Hombach, editor, Bildhandeln: interdisziplinäre Forschungen zurPragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen, number 3 in Reihe Bildwis-senschaft, pages 29–39. Scriptum-Verlag, Magdeburg, 2001.

2265 Christian Doelker. Bild-Wort-Beziehungen in Print-Gesamttexten. InMarci-Boehncke and Matthias Rath, editors, BildTextZeichen Lesen.Intermedialität im didaktischen Diskurs, number 4 in Medienpädagogikinterdisziplinär, pages 27–38. Kopäd, München, 2006.

2266 David Doermann, A. Rosenfeld, and E. Rivlin. The function of docu-ments. In Proceedings of the 4th International Conference on DocumentAnalysis and Recognition, volume 2, pages 1077–1081, Ulm, Germany,1997.

2267 Monika Doherty. Informationelle Holzwege. LiLi. Zeitschrift für Liter-aturwissenschaft und Linguistik, 84:30–49, 1991.

2268 Monika Doherty. Relativity of sentence boundary. BABEL, 38(2):72–78,1992. Revue internationale de la traduction / International journal oftranslation.

2269 Monika Doherty. Parametrisierte Perspektive. Zeitschrift für Sprach-wissenschaft, 12(1):3–38, 1993.

2270 Monika Doherty. Position and explicitness-language specific conditionsfor the use of adverbial clauses in translations between German andEnglish. In Monika Doherty, editor, Sprachspezifische Aspekte der In-formationsverteilung, volume 47 of Studia Grammatica, pages 112–148.Akademie Verlag, Berlin, 1999.

2271 Monika Doherty, editor. Sprachspezifische Aspekte der Informa-tionsverteilung, volume 47 of Studia Grammatica. Akademie Verlag,Berlin, 1999.

2272 James Donald and Michael Renov, editors. SAGE Handbook of FilmStudies. Sage, London, 2008.

2273 Donis A. Dondis. A Primer of Visual Literacy. The MIT Press, Cam-bridge, Massachusetts, 1972.

2274 Paolo Dongilli and Enrico Franconi. An Intelligent Query Interface withNatural Language Support. In Geoff Sutcliffe and Randy Goebel, ed-itors, Proceedings of the Nineteenth International Florida Artificial In-telligence Research Society Conference, pages 658–663, 2006.

189

2275 Paolo Dongilli, Sergio Tessaris, and John Bateman. LeveragingSystemic-Functional Linguistics to Enhance Intelligent Database Query-ing. In Proceedings of the Sixth International Conference on IntelligentSystems Design and Applications, pages 1073–1079, Jinan, China, Oc-tober 2006. IEEE.

2276 Francesco M. Donini, Maurizio Lenzerini, Daniele Nardi, and WernerNutt. The Complexity of Concept Languages. Technical Report RR-95-07, Deutsches Forschungszentrum für Künstliche Intelligenz, Germany,1995.

2277 K.S. Donnellan. Reference and Definite Descriptions. Philosophical Re-view, 75:281–304, 1966.

2278 K.S. Donnellan. Proper names and identifying descriptions. pages 356–379. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1972.

2279 K.S. Donnellan. Speaker references, descriptions and anaphora. InP. Cole, editor, Pragmatics, Syntax and Semantics 9. Academic Press,New York, 1978.

2280 K.S. Donnellan. Intuitions and presuppositions. In P. Cole, editor,Syntax and semantics 14: Radical Pragmatics, pages 129–142. AcademicPress, New York, 1981.

2281 Maureen Donnelly. Layered Mereotopology. In IJCAI 2003 - EighteenthInternational Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence. 2003.

2282 Maureen Donnelly. A formal theory for reasoning about parthood, con-nection and location. Artificial Intelligence, 160:145–172, 2004.

2283 Maureen Donnelly. Relative Places. In Achille C. Varzi and LaureVieu, editors, Formal Ontology in Information Systems: Proceedings ofthe Third International Conference on Formal Ontology in InformationSystems (FOIS-2004), pages 249–260, Amsterdam, 2004. IOS Press.

2284 Maureen Donnelly. Relative Places. Applied Ontology, 1(1):55–75, 2005.

2285 Maureen Donnelly and Barry Smith. Layers: A New Approach to Lo-cating Objects in Space. In W. Kuhn, M. F. Worboys, and S. Timpf,editors, Spatial Information Theory: Foundations of Geographic Infor-mation Science, number 2825 in Lecture Notes in Computer Science,pages 50–65. Springer, Berlin, 2003.

2286 Chitra Dorai and Svetha Venkatesh. Bridging the semantic gap in con-tent management systems: Computational media aesthetics. In 2001International Conference on Computational Semiotics in Games andNew Media, pages 94–99, September 2001.

190

2287 Chitra Dorai and Svetha Venkatesh, editors. Media Computing: Com-putational Media Aesthetics. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Boston /Dordrecht / London, 2002.

2288 Chitra Dorai and Svetha Venkatesh. Bridging the Semantic Gap withComputational Media Aesthetics. IEEE MultiMedia, pages 15–17, 2003.

2289 C. Doran and B. Srinivas. Developing a Wide-Coverage CCG System.Technical Report, IRCS, University of Pennsylvania, 1997.

2290 Christy Doran, Dania Egedi, Beth Ann Hockey, B. Srinivas, and MartinZaidel. XTAG System - a wide coverage grammar for English. In Pro-ceedings of the 15th. International Conference on Computational Lin-guistics (COLING 94), volume II, pages 922–928, Kyoto, Japan, 1994.

2291 Georg Dorffner, Ernst Buchberger, and Markus Kommenda. Integratingstress and intonation into a concept-to-speech system. In 13th. Inter-national Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING-90), vol-ume II, pages 89–94, Helsinki, Finland, 1990.

2292 Georg Dorffner, Harold Trost, and Ernst Buchberger. Generating spokenoutput for an expert system interface. ÖGAI-Journal, 3-4:36–41, 1988.

2293 Dov Dori, David Doermann, Christian Shin, Robert Haralick, IhsinPhillips, Mitchell Buchman, and David Ross. The representation ofdocument structure: a generic object-process analysis. In Handbookof Optical Character Recognition and Document Image Analysis, chap-ter 17, pages 421–456. World Scientific Publishing Company, 1997.

2294 Raymond Dorn. How to design and improve magazine layouts. Nelson-Publishers, Chicago, 1986.

2295 Michael Dorna and Jochen Dörre. CUF - Version 2.28d. Institut fürmaschinelle Sprachverarbeitung (IMS), Universität Stuttgart, 1993.

2296 Michael Dorna and Martin Emele. Semantic-based transfer. In Proceed-ings of the 16th. International Conference on Computational Linguistics(COLING-96), Copenhagen, 1996.

2297 B. Dorr. A lexical-semantic solution to the divergence problem in ma-chine translation. In P. Saint-Dizier and E. Viegas, editors, Computa-tional Lexical Semantics, pages 367–396. Cambridge University Press,New York, 1995.

2298 B. Dorr and T. Gaasterland. Selecting tense, aspect, and connectingwords in language generation. In 14th IJCAI, pages 1299–1305, Mon-tréal, 1994.

2299 B.J. Dorr and T. Gaasterland. Constraints on the generation of tense,aspect and connecting words from temporal expressions. Journal ofArtificial Intelligence Research, 1:1–47, 2002.

191

2300 Bonnie Dorr. Lexical Conceptual Structure and generation in machinetranslation. In Proceedings of the 11th. Annual Meeting of the CognitiveScience Society, pages 74–81. Cognitive Science Society, 1989.

2301 Bonnie Dorr. Parameterization of the interlingua in machine transla-tion. In Proceedings of the fifteenth International Conference on Com-putational Linguistics (COLING-92), volume II, pages 624–630, Nantes,France, 1992. International Committe on Computational Linguistics.

2302 Bonnie J. Dorr. Unitran: a principle-based approach to machine trans-lation. Technical Report MIT AI Technical Report 1000, MassachussettsInstitute of Technology, Department of Electrical Engineering and Com-puter Science, Cambridge, Massachussetts, 1987.

2303 Bonnie J. Dorr. Lexical conceptual structure and machine translation.PhD thesis, Massachussetts Institute of Technology, Department of Elec-trical Engineering and Computer Science, Cambridge, Massachussetts,1990.

2304 Bonnie J. Dorr. A two-level knowledge representation for machine trans-lation: lexical semantics and tense/aspect. In James Pustejovsky andSabine Bergler, editors, Proceedings of the 1991 ACL Workshop on Lex-ical Semantics and Knowledge Representation, pages 250–263, Berkeley,CA, June 1991.

2305 Bonnie J. Dorr. A Two-Level Knowledge Representation for MachineTranslation: Lexical Semantics and Tense/Aspect. In 29th. AnnualMeeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics, Berkeley, Cal-ifornia, 1991.

2306 Bonnie J. Dorr. Interlingual machine translation: a parameterized ap-proach. Artificial Intelligence, 63(1/2):429–492, 1993.

2307 Bonnie J. Dorr. Lexical semantics for interlingual machine translation.Machine Translation, 7(3):135–193, 1993.

2308 Bonnie J. Dorr. Machine Translation: a view from the lexicon. MITPress, Cambridge, MA, 1993.

2309 Bonnie J. Dorr. Machine translation divergences: a formal descriptionand proposed solution. Computational Linguistics, 20(4):597–634, De-cember 1994.

2310 Bonnie J. Dorr, Nizar Habash, and David R. Traum. A Thematic Hi-erarchy for Efficient Generation from Lexical-Conceptual Structure. InAMTA, pages 333–343, 1998.

2311 Bonnie J. Dorr, Pamela W. Jordan, and John W. Benoit. A survey ofcurrent paradigms in Machine Translation. Technical Report, Universityof Maryland, 1999.

192

2312 Bonnie J. Dorr and Mari Broman Olsen. Multilingual generation: therole of telicity in lexical choice and syntactic realization. Machine Trans-lation, 11(1-3):37–74, 1996.

2313 Bonnie J. Dorr and Mari Broman Olsen. Deriving verbal and composi-tional lexical aspect for NLP applications. In Proceedings of the 35th.Annual Meeting of the Assocation for Computational Linguistics and the8th. Conference of the European Chapter of the Association for Com-putational Linguistics (ACL-EACL97), pages 151–158, Madrid, Spain,July 1997. Association for Computational Linguistics.

2314 Bonnie J. Dorr and Clare R. Voss. Machine Translation of spatial ex-pressions: defining the relation between an interlingua and a knowledgerepresentation system. In AAAI93, Proceedings of the 12th Conferenceof the American Association for Artificial Intelligence, 1993.

2315 Bonnie J. Dorr and Clare R. Voss. A Multi-level approach to Interlin-gual MT: defining the Interface between Representational Languages.International Journal of Expert Systems, Special Issue on KnowledgeRepresentation and Reasoning for Natural Language Processing, 9(1),March 1996.

2316 Bonnie J. Dorr, Clare R. Voss, Eric Peterson, and Michael Kiker. Con-cept Based Lexical Selection, November 1994. AAAI Fall Symposiumon Knowledge Representation for Natural Language Processing in Im-plemented Systems, New Orleans, LA.

2317 J. Dörre and S. Momma. Generierung aus f-Strukturen als strukturges-teuerte Ableitung. In K. Morik, editor, GWAI-87: 11th German Work-shop on Artificial Intelligence, pages 54–63. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg,1987.

2318 Jochen Dörre and Michael Dorna. CUF - A Formalism for LinguisticKnowledge Representation. Technical Report, Institut für maschinelleSprachverarbeitung, Stuttgart, FRG, 1993. (ESPRIT Basic ResearchAction 3175: Dyana, Deliverable R1.2.A).

2319 Jochen Dörre, Michael Dorna, and Jörg Junger. The CUF User’s Man-ual. Institut für maschinelle Sprachverarbeitung (IMS), UniversitätStuttgart, Germany, 1996.

2320 Jochen Dörre and Andreas Eisele. A comprehensive unification-basedgrammar formalism. Technical Report Deliverable R3.1.B, Esprit BasicResearch Action DYANA (BRA3175: Dynamic interpretation of naturallanguage), 1991.

2321 Jochen Dörre and Roland Seiffert. Sorted feature terms and relationaldependencies. Technical Report IWBS report 153, IWBS, IBM Deutsch-land, Stuttgart, 1991.

193

2322 Maria dos Santos Lonsdale. Does typographic design of examinationmaterials affect performance? Information Design Journal, 15(2):114–138, 2007.

2323 John Dowding, Jean Mark Gawron, Doug Appelt, John Bear, LynnCherny, Robert Moore, and Douglas Moran. GEMINI: a natural lan-guage understanding system for spoken-language understanding. In Pro-ceedings of the 31st Annual Meeting of the Association for Computa-tional Linguistics. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1993.

2324 John Dowding, Robert Moore, François Andry, and Douglas Moran.Interleaving syntax and semantics in an efficient bottom-up parser. In32nd. Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics,New Mexico State University, Las Cruces, New Mexico, 1994. Associa-tion for Computational Linguistics.

2325 A. Downing and Julia Lavid. Information Progression Strategies in Ad-ministrative Forms: a Cross Linguistic Study. In A. Sánchez-Macarroand R. Carter, editors, Linguistic Choice Across Genres: Variation inSpoken and Written English, number 158 in Current Issues in LinguisticTheory, pages 99–116. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1998.

2326 Angela Downing. An alternative approaches to Theme: a systemic-functional perspective. Word, 42(2):119–144, 1991.

2327 Angela Downing. Thematic layering and focus assignment in Chaucer’s"General prologue" to "The Canterbury Tales". In Mohsen Ghadessy,editor, Thematic developments in English texts, pages 147–164. Pinter,London and New York, 1995.

2328 Angela Downing. Thematic layering and focus assignment in Chaucer’sGeneral Prologue to The Canterbury Tales. In M. Ghadessy, editor, The-matic development in English texts, pages 147–163. Pinter Publishers,London, 1995.

2329 Angela Downing. Discourse-pragmatic distinctions of the past in presentin English and Spanish. In Christopher Butler, Margaret Berry, RobinFawcett, and Guowen Huang, editors,Meaning and form: systemic func-tional interpretations, pages 509–533. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1996.

2330 Angela Downing. The semantics of get-passives. In Ruqaiya Hasan,Carmel Cloran, and David Butt, editors, Functional descriptions - the-ory in practice, Current Issues in Linguistic Theory, pages 179–207.Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1996.

2331 Angela Downing. Nominalization and topic management in leads andheadlines. In Eija Ventola, editor, Discourse and community: doingfunctional linguistics, pages 355–378. Gunter Narr, Tübingen, 2000.

194

2332 Angela Downing and Philip Locke. A university course in English gram-mar. Prentice Hall, New York, 1992.

2333 John D.H. Downing. ‘Coillons . . . Shryned in an Hogges Toord’: BritishNews Media discourse. In Teun A. van Dijk, editor, Discourse andcommunication: new approaches to the analysis of mass media discourseand communication, pages 295–323. Walter de Gruyter, Berlin, 1985.

2334 Pamela Downing. Factors influencing lexical choice in narrative. InWallace L. Chafe, editor, The Pear Stories, pages 89–126. 1980.

2335 D. Dowty. On the syntax and semantics of the atomic predicate Cause.In Chicago Linguistic Society, volume 8, pages 62–74. 1972.

2336 D. Dowty and S. Peters R. Wall. Introduction to Montague Semantics.Reidel, 1981.

2337 David Dowty. Thematic proto-roles and argument selection. Language,67:547–619, 1991.

2338 W.U. Dressler, editor. Current Trends in Textlinguistics. de Gruyter,Berlin, 1978.

2339 HL Dreyfus. The Perceptual Noema: Gurwitsch’s Crucical Contribu-tion. pages 135–170. Northwestern University Press, 1972.

2340 Hubert L. Dreyfus. What Computers can’t do: a critique of artificialreason. Harper and Row, 1972.

2341 Hubert L. Dreyfus. Heidegger’s Existential Phenomenology, 1977. Un-published course notes to Philosophy 152B, University of California atBerkeley.

2342 Hubert L. Dreyfus. From micro-worlds to knowledge representation: AIat an impasse. In John Haugeland, editor, Mind Design, pages 161–204.The M.I.T. Press, 1981.

2343 Hubert L. Dreyfus, editor. Husserl, Intentionality, and Cognitive Sci-ence. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1982.

2344 Hubert L. Dreyfus. The Current Relevance of Merleau-Ponty’s Phe-nomenology of Embodiment. In Conference on After Postmodernism,University of Chicago, 1997. November 14-16.

2345 Shooshi Dreyfus, Sue Hood, and Maree Stenglin, editors. Semiotic Mar-gins: reclaiming meaning. Continuum, London, 2011.

2346 N. Driedger, B. Greaves, R. Paterson, and R. Trafford. A new ma-rine forecast text generator built on a graphical depiction database. InPreprints 2nd Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 65–68, LongBeach, CA, 2000. American Meteorological Society.

195

2347 Johanna Drucker. Graphic devices: narration and navigation. Narrative,2008.

2348 H. Dryer. Sentence Aspect and the Movement of Narrative Time. Text,1-3, 1981.

2349 Amit Dubey, Frank Keller, and Patrick Sturt. Intergrating syntacticpriming into an incremental probabilistic parser, with an application topsychological modeling. In Proceedings of the 21st International Con-ference on Computational Linguistics (COLING) and the 44th AnnualMeeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics (ACL), Syd-ney, Australia, 2006.

2350 Jack W. DuBois. Beyond definiteness: the trace of identity in discourse.In Wallace L. Chafe, editor, The Pear Stories, pages 203–274. AblexPublishing Corps., New Jersey, 1980.

2351 Pablo A. Duboue. Indirect supervised learning of content selection logic.In Anja Belz, Roger Evans, and Paul Piwek, editors, Natural LanguageGeneration: Third international Conference (INLG 2004), number 3123in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages 41–50. Springer, Berlin,New York, July 14-16 2004.

2352 Denys Duchier and Claire Gardent. Tree descriptions, Constraints andIncrementality. In ???, editor, ???, page ??? Kluwer Academic Press,???, 2001.

2353 Matt Duckham, Lars Kulik, and Mike F. Worboys. Imprecise navigation.GeoInformatica, 7(3):79–94, 2003.

2354 Matthew Duckham, Michael F. Goodchild, and Michael F. Worboys,editors. Foundations of Geographic Information Science. Taylor andFrancis, London, 2003.

2355 O. Ducrot. Le sens commun: Le dire et le dit. Les Editions de Minuit,1983.

2356 Ann Duffy. The origins of questions in Nigel’s conversation 1;6-2;2.Working Papers: University of Sydney Linguistics Department, 3, 1986.

2357 Jean-Pierre Dufreigne. Hitchcock Style. Assouline, New York, 2004.

2358 Symbil Dümchen and Michael Nerlich, editors. Texte - Image – Bild -Text, Berlin, 1990. Institut für Romanische Literaturwissenschaft, Tech-nische Universität Berlin. Colloquium: Image et Texte / Text und Bild,December 1988.

2359 Anne Dunn. Television news as narrative. In Helen Fulton, RosemaryHuisman, Julian Murphet, and Anne Dunn, editors, Narrative and me-dia, pages 140–152. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 2005.

196

2360 Ivo Düntsch, Hui Wang, and Steve McCloskey. A relation-algebra ap-proach to the region connection calculus. Technical Report, School ofInformation and Software Engineering, University of Ulster, 1998.

2361 N.D. Duran, P.M. McCarthy, A.C. Graesser, and D.S. McNamara. Us-ing temporal cohesion to predict temporal coherence in narrative andexpository texts. Behavior Research Methods, 39:212–223, 2007.

2362 J. Durand. Rhetorical figures in the advertising image. In J. Umiker-Sebeok, editor, Marketing and semiotics: new directions in the studyof signs for sale, pages 295–318. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin/NewYork/Amsterdam, 1987.

2363 J. Durand, P. Bennett, V. Allegranza, F. van Eynde, L. Humphreys,P. Schmidt, and E. Steiner. The Eurotra linguistic specifications: anoverview. Machine Translation, forthcoming.

2364 R. Durgnat. The death of cinesemiology (with not even a whimper).Cineaste, 10(2):10–13, 1980.

2365 Uwe Durst. Why Germans don’t feel ‘anger’. In Jean Harkins and AnnaWierzbicka, editors, Emotions in Crosslinguistic Perspective, pages 115–148. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 2001.

2366 P. Durusau and M.B. O’Donnell. Concurrent Markup for XML Docu-ments. In Proceedings of XML Europe, Atlanta, Georgia, 2002.

2367 Patrick Durusau and Matthew Brook O’Donnell. Implementing con-current markup in XML. Markup Languages: Theory and Practice,submitted.

2368 R.T. Duvivier. Lecture discourse and intonation. PhD thesis, Universityof Kent at Canterbury, 1992.

2369 Dagmar Dwehus and Elke Teich. FIT: Functional integration of textprojects. Technical Report, GMD/IPSI, Darmstadt, October 1990.

2370 Laila Dybkjaer, Stephen Berman, Michael Kipp, Malene Wegener Olsen,Vito Pirrelli, Norbert Reithinger, and Claudia Soria. Survey of ExistingTools, Standards and User Needs for Annotation of Natural Interactionand Multimodal Data. Chapter 2; Video Annotation: ANVIL. Interna-tional Standards for Language Engineering (ISLE): Natural Interactivityand Multimodality Working Group Deliverable D11.1, NISLab, OdenseUniversity, Denmark; IMS, Stuttgart University, Germany; ILC, Pisa,Italy; DFKI, Saarbrücken, Germany, January 2001. (last access: 7 sep2002).

2371 Laila Dybkjaer, Stephen Berman, Michael Kipp, Malene Wegener Olsen,Vito Pirrelli, Norbert Reithinger, and Claudia Soria. Survey of ExistingTools, Standards and User Needs for Annotation of Natural Interaction

197

and Multimodal Data. International Standards for Language Engineer-ing (ISLE): Natural Interactivity and Multimodality Working Group De-liverable D11.1, NISLab, Odense University, Denmark; IMS, StuttgartUniversity, Germany; ILC, Pisa, Italy; DFKI, Saarbrücken, Germany,January 2001.

2372 Laila Dybkjaer, Niels Ole Bernsen, and Hans Dybkjaer. Generality andobjectivity: central issues in putting a dialogue evaluation tool into prac-tical use. In Julia Hirschberg, Candace Kamm, and Marilyn Walker,editors, Proceedings of the ACL/EACL Workshop on Interactive SpokenDialog Systems: bringing speech and NLP together in real applications,pages 17–24, Madrid, Spain, 1997. Assocation for Computational Lin-guistics.

2373 G. Dyer. Advertising as Communication. Methuen, London, 1982.

2374 Michael G. Dyer. In-Depth Understanding: A Computer Model of Inte-grated Processing for Narrative Comprehension. Technical Report 219,Yale University Department of Computer Science, 1982.

2375 Michael G. Dyer and Wendy G. Lehnert. Organization and Search Pro-cesses for Narratives. Technical Report 175, Yale University Departmentof Computer Science, 1980.

2376 Frank Dylla and Reinhard Moratz. Exploiting qualitative spatial neigh-borhoods in the situation calculus. In Christian Freksa, Markus Knauff,Bernd Krieg-Brückner, Bernhard Nebel, and Thomas Barkowsky, edi-tors, Spatial Cognition IV: Reasoning, Action, Interaction. InternationalConference Spatial Cognition 2004, Frauenchiemsee, Germany, October2004, Proceedings, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2005. Springer.

2377 Frank Dylla and Jan Oliver Wallgrün. On generalizing orientation infor-mation in OPRAm. In Proceedings of the 29th German Conference onArtificial Intelligence (KI 2006), Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence,Berlin, 2006. Springer.

2378 Marc Dymetman, Veronika Lux, and Aarne Ranta. XML and Multilin-gual Document Authoring: Converging Trends. In Proceedings of the18th. International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING2000), Saarbrücken, Germany, 2000.

2379 M. C. Dyson. How physical text layout affects reading from screen.Behaviour and Information Technology, 23:377–393, 2004.

2380 Helge Dyvik. Exploiting structural similarities in machine translation.Computers and the Humanities, 28:225–234, 1995.

2381 Myroslava O. Dzikovksa, James F. Allen, and Mary D. Swift. Link-ing semantic and knowledge representations in a multi-domain dialoguesystem. Journal of Logic and Computation, 2007.

198

2382 M.O. Dzikovska, M.D. Swift, and J.F. Allen. Customizing meaning:building domain-specific semantic representations from a generic lexi-con. In Harry Bunt and Rinhard Muskens, editors, Computing Mean-ing, volume 3 of Studies in Linguistics and Philosophy, pages 213–231.Springer, Dordrecht, The Netherlands, 2003.

2383 Herbert Eagle, editor. Russian Formalist Film Theory. Michigan SlavicPublications, 1981.

2384 EAGLES. Formalisms working group final report. Expert AdvisoryGroup on Language Engineering Standards document, September 1996.

2385 EAGLES. Preliminary recommendations on text typology. ExpertAdvisory Group on Language Engineering Standards document EAG-TCWG-TTYP/P, August 1996.

2386 EAGLES. Recommendations for the morphosyntactic annotation of cor-pora. Expert Advisory Group on Language Engineering Standards doc-ument EAG-TCWG-MAC/R, August 1996.

2387 EAGLES. Recommendations on subcategorization. Expert AdvisoryGroup on Language Engineering Standards document EAG-CLWG-SYNLEX/P, August 1996.

2388 C. Ebert, D. Glatz, M. Jansche, R. Meyer-Klabunde, and R. Porzel.From Conceptualization to Formulation in Generating Spatial Descrip-tions. In U. Schmid, J. Krems, and F. Wysotzki, editors, Proceedingsof the First European Workshop on Cognitive Modeling, number Re-port No. 96-39, pages 235–241, TU Berlin, 1996. Forschungsberichte desFachbereichs Informatik.

2389 K .H. Ebert. Aspektmarkierung im Fering. In W. Abraham andT. Janssen, editors, Tempus–Aspekt–Modus. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 1989.

2390 Eva M. Eckkrammer and Hildegund M. Eder. (Cyber)Diskurs zwischenKonvention und Revolution. Eine multilinguale textlinguistische Analysevon Gebrauchstextsorten im realen und virtuellen Raum. Peter Lang,Frankfurt am Main, 2000.

2391 Eva Martha Eckkrammer. Drawing on theories of inter-semiotic lay-ering to analyse multimodality in medical self-conselling texts and hy-pertexts. In Eija Ventola, Cassily Charles, and Martin Kaltenbacher,editors, Perspectives on Multimodality, pages 211–226. John Benjamins,Amsterdam, 2004.

2392 Eva Martha Eckkrammer. Diachronische und verstehenstheoretischeAspkete informierender Bildlichkeit der Medizin. In Eva Martha Eck-krammer and Gudrun Held, editors, Textsemiotik: Studien zu multi-modalen Texten, pages 37–60. Lang, Frankfurt am Main, 2006.

199

2393 Umberto Eco. Die Gliederung des filmischen Kode. Sprache im Tech-nischen Zeitalter, 27:230–252, 1968.

2394 Umberto Eco. Die Gliederung des filmischen Code. In Friedrich Knilli,editor, Semiotik des Films. Mit Analysen kommerzieller Pornos und rev-olutionärer Agitationsfilme, pages 70–93. Carl Hanser Verlag, München,1971. unter Mitarbeit von Erwin Reiss und Knut Hickethier.

2395 Umberto Eco. Die Gliederung des filmischen Kode. In Heinz Blumen-sath, editor, Strukturalismus in der Literaturwissenschaft, pages 363–384. Kiepenheuer & Witsch, Köln, 1972. Aus: ? ).

2396 Umberto Eco. Einführung in die Semiotik, chapter 5. Einige Proben:Die Reklame-Botschaft, pages 267–292. Fink, München, 1972.

2397 Umberto Eco. Einführung in die Semiotik. Fink, München, 1972.

2398 Umberto Eco. A Theory of Semiotics. Indiana University Press, Bloom-ington, 1976.

2399 Umberto Eco. Articulations of the cinematic code. In Bill Nichols,editor, Movies and methods: an anthology, pages 592–607. University ofCalifornia Press, Berkeley, 1976.

2400 Umberto Eco. On the contribution of film to semiotics. Quarterly reviewof film studies, 2(1):1–14, 1977.

2401 Umberto Eco. Signs. An introduction to the concept and its history.1977.

2402 Umberto Eco. Semiotics and the philosophy of language. Macmillan,Basingstoke, 1984.

2403 Umberto Eco. The limits of interpretation. Indiana University Press,Bloomington, 1990.

2404 Umberto Eco. The search for the perfect language. Fontana Press,London, 1995. Translated by James Fentress.

2405 Dorothy Economou. The big picture. In L. Lassen, J. Strunck, andA. Vestergaard, editors, Mediating ideology in text and image, pages112–234. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2006.

2406 Dorothy Economou. Pulling readers in: news photos in Greek and Aus-tralian broadsheets. In E. Thomson and P.R.R. White, editors, Com-municating conflict: multilingual case studies of the news media, pages253–280. Continuum, London, 2008.

2407 Dorothy Economou. Photos in the news: appraisal analysis of visualsemiosis and verbal-visual intersemiosis. PhD thesis, University of Syd-ney, Sydney, Australia, 2009.

200

2408 Dorothy Economou. Having it both ways? Image and text face off inbroadsheet news. In V. Rupar, editor, Newspapers and making sense,pages 175–198. Hampton Press, London, 2010.

2409 Paul L. ed. Garvin. Method and Theory in Linguistics. Mouton, TheHague, 1970.

2410 Jens Eder. Dramaturgie des populären Films: Drehbuchpraxis undFilmtheorie. Lit Verlag, Hamburg, 3 edition, 1999.

2411 Jens Eder. „Noch einmal mit Gefühl?”. Zu Figur und Affekt im Spielfilm.In Jan Sellmer and Hans J. Wulff, editors, Film und Psychologie - nachder kognitiven Phase?, pages 93–108. Schüren, Marburg, 2002.

2412 Jens Eder. Die Figur im Film: Grundlagen der Figurenanalyse. Schüren,Marburg, 2008.

2413 Jens Eder. Understanding Characters. Projections, 4:16–40, 2010.

2414 A. Edgar and F.J. Pelletier. Natural language explanation of natural de-duction proofs. In Proceedings of the First Conference of the Pacific As-sociation for Computational Linguistics, Simon Fraser University, 1993.

2415 EDR. Bilingual Dictionary. Technical Report TR-029, Japanese Elec-tronic Dictionary Research Institute Ltd., Tokyo, 1990.

2416 G. Edwards, G. Ligozat, A. Gryl, L. Fraczak, B. Moulin, and C.M.Gold. A Voronoi-based pivot representation of spatial concepts and itsapplication to route descriptions expressed in natural language. In Pro-ceedings of the 7th International Conference on Spatial Data Handling,1996.

2417 Geoffrey Edwards and Bernard Moulin. Towards a simulation of spa-tial mental images using the Voronoï model. In Patrick Olivier andKlaus-Peter Gapp, editors, Representation and processing of spatial ex-pressions, pages 163–184. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Mahwah, NewJersey, 1998.

2418 D. E. Egan and L. M. Gomez. Characteristics of People who can Learnto use Computer Text Editor: Hints for Future Text Editor Design andTraining. In Proceedings of the ASIS Annual Meeting, volume 19, 1982.

2419 D. E. Egan and L. M. Gomez. Assaying, Isolating and AccomodatingIndividual Differences in Learning a Complex Skill. In Dillon R. F.,editor, Individual Differences In Cognition, volume 2. Academic Press,New York, 1983.

2420 D.E. Egan and B.J. Schwartz. Chunking in recall of symbolic drawings.Memory and Cognition, 7:149–158, 1979.

201

2421 M. Egenhofer and A. Rodríguez. Relation Algebras over Containers andSurfaces: An Ontological Study of a Room Space. Spatial Cognition andComputation, 1(2):155–180, 1999.

2422 Max J. Egenhofer. Spatial SQL: a query and presentation language.IEEE Transactions on knowledge and data engineering, 6(1):86–95,1994.

2423 Max J. Egenhofer. Towards the Semantic Geospatial Web. In Pro-ceedings of the Geographic Information Science Conference (GIS’02),McLean, Virginia, November 2002. ACM.

2424 Max J. Egenhofer and J. Herring. Categorizing binary topological rela-tionships between regions, lines and points in geographic databases. InM. Egenhofer, J. Herring, T. Smith, and K. Park, editors, A frameworkfor the definition of topological relationships and an algebraic approachto spatial reasoning within this framework, number 91-7 in NCGIA Tech-nical Report. National Center for Geographic Information and Analysis,Santa Barbara, CA, 1991.

2425 Max J. Egenhofer, A. Rashid, and B.M. Shariff. Metric details fornatural-language spatial relations. ACM Transactions on InformationSystems, 16(4):295–321, 1998.

2426 Max Egenhofer and David Mark. Modeling Conceptual Neighborhoodsof Topological Line-Region Relations. International Journal of Geo-graphical Information Systems, 9(5):555–565, 1995.

2427 M.J. Egenhofer. Reasoning about binary topological relations. InO. Günther and H.J. Schek, editors, Proceedings of the Second Sym-posium on Large Scaled Spatial Databases, pages 143–160, Berlin, 1991.Springer.

2428 M.J. Egenhofer and R. Franzosa. Point-set topological spatial relations.International Journal of Geographical Information Systems, 5:161–174,1991.

2429 M.J. Egenhofer and D. Mark. Naive Geography. In Andrew U. Frank andWerner Kuhn, editors, Spatial Information Theory: a theoretical basisfor GIS, number 988 in Lecture Notes in Computer Science, pages 1–15.Springer, Berlin/Heidelberg/New York, 1995. International ConferenceCOSIT’95.

2430 Markus Egg and Gisela Redeker. Underspecified Discourse Representa-tion. In A. Benz and Peter Kühnlein, editors, Constraints in Discourse.John Benjamins, 2006.

2431 S. Eggins and Rick Iedema. Difference without Diversity: The Semanticsof Women’s Magazines. In R. Wodak, editor, Gender and Discourse,pages 165–196. Sage, Thousand Oaks, California, 1997.

202

2432 Suzanne Eggins. Conversational structure: a systemic-functional anal-ysis of interpersonal and logical meaning in multiparty sustained talk.PhD thesis, Department of Linguistics, University of Sydney, Sydney,Australia, 1990.

2433 Suzanne Eggins. An Introduction to Systemic Functional Linguistics.Pinter Publishers, London, 1994.

2434 Suzanne Eggins. Researching everyday talk. In Len Unsworth, editor,Researching language in schools and communities: functional linguisticperspectives, pages 130–151. Cassell, London, 2000.

2435 Suzanne Eggins. An Introduction to Systemic Functional Linguistics.Continuum, second edition, 2004.

2436 Suzanne Eggins and James R. Martin. Genres and Registers of Dis-course. In Teun A. van Dijk, editor, Discourse Studies: a multidis-ciplinary introduction. Discourse. Discourse as Structure and Process,volume 1, pages 230–256. Sage, London, 1997.

2437 Suzanne Eggins and Diana Slade. Analysing casual conversation. Cas-sell, London, 1997.

2438 Suzanne Eggins, Peter Wignell, and James R. Martin. The discourseof history: distancing the recoverable past. In James R. Martin, Pe-ter Wignell, and Suzanne Eggins, editors, Writing Project Report 1987,number 5 in Working papers in linguistics. University of Sydney Lin-guistics Department, Sydney, 1987.

2439 P. Eglin. Leaving out the interpreter’s work: a methodological critiqueof ethnosemantics based on ethnomethodology. Semiotica, 17:339–369,1976.

2440 Véronique Eglin and Stéphane Bres. Analysis and interpretation ofvisual saliency for document functional labeling. International Journalon Document Analysis and Recognition (IJDAR), 7:28–43, 2004.

2441 K. Ehlich, C. Noack, and S. Scheiter. Instruktionen durch Texte undDiskurs. Zur Linguistik “Technischer Texte”. Westdeutscher Verlag,Opladen/Wiesbaden, 1994.

2442 V. Ehrich. The Generation of Tense. In G. Kempen, editor, NaturalLanguage Generation: New Results in Artificial Intelligence, Psychologyand Linguistics. Martinus Nijhoff Pbs, dordrecht, 1987.

2443 V. Ehrich. Verbbedeutung und Verbgrammatik: Transportverben imDeutschen. In E. Lang and G. Zifonun, editors, Deutsch - typologisch,pages 229–260. de Gruyter, Berlin, 1996.

203

2444 Boris Eicenbaum. The Theory of the Formal Method. In Lee T. Lemonand Marion J. Reis, editors, Russian Formalist Criticism. Four Essays,pages 99–140. University Nebraska Press, 1965.

2445 Boris Eicenbaum. Problems of Cinema Stylistics. In Russian FormalistFilm Theory, pages 55–80. Michigan Slavic Publications, 1981.

2446 Ludwig M. Eichinger. Raum und Zeit im Verbwortschatz des Deutschen:eine valenzgrammatische Studie. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 1989.

2447 Charles Eidsvik. Background tracks in recent Cinema. In Joseph Ander-son and Barbara Fisher Anderson, editors, Moving Image Theory: Eco-logical Considerations, pages 70–78. Southern Illinois University Press,2005.

2448 A. Eisenkolb, A. Musto, K. Schill, D. Hernández, and W. Brauer. Qual-itative Representation of the Course of Motion: Cognitive and Psy-chophysical Foundations, 1997.

2449 Sergei Eisenstein. The film sense. Faber, London, 1943. Translated byJ. Leyda.

2450 Sergei Eisenstein. Montage. In Gesammelte Aufsätze I, pages 229–280.Arche, Zürich, 1961. Originally published in 1938.

2451 Sergei Eisenstein. Film form: Essays in Film Theory. Dennis Dobson,London, 1963.

2452 Sergei Eisenstein. Film Form: Essays in Film Theory. Harvest Book,1969.

2453 Sergei Eisenstein. Perspektiven. In Friedrich Knilli, editor, Semiotikdes Films. Mit Analysen kommerzieller Pornos und revolutionärer Ag-itationsfilme, pages 27–37. Carl Hanser Verlag, München, 1971. unterMitarbeit von Erwin Reiss und Knut Hickethier.

2454 Sergei Eisenstein. A dialectic approach to film form, pages 45–63. Har-court Brace and Company, San Diego, 1977.

2455 Will Eisner. Comics and sequential art. Kitchen Sink Press Inc., Prince-ton, WI, 1992.

2456 Thomas Eiter, Carsten Lutz, Magdalena Ortiz, and Mantas Simkus.Query Answering in Description Logics with Transitive Roles. In Pro-ceedings of the 21st International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelli-gence IJCAI09. AAAI Press, 2009.

2457 Paul Ekman, Wallace V. Friesen, and Joseph C. Hager. Facial ActionCoding System - The Manual. A Human Face, Utah, 2002.

204

2458 Keir Elam. Grid Systems: Principles of Organizing Type. PrincetonArchitectural Press, Princeton, 2004.

2459 Electronic Dictionary Project. Technical Report, Japan Electronic Dic-tionary Research Institute, Ltd., 1988.

2460 Andrew Elfenbein. Cognitive Science and the History of Reading.PMLA: Journal of the Modern Language Association of America,121(2):484–502, 2006.

2461 A. Elfes. Occupancy Grids: A Stochastic Spatial Representation forActive Robot Perception. In S. S. Iyengar and A. Elfes, editors, Au-tonomous Mobile Robots, pages 60–70. IEEE Computer Society Press,Los Alamitos, California, 1991.

2462 M. Elhadad. Generating coherent argumentative paragraphs. In Pro-ceedings of the fifteenth International Conference on Computational Lin-guistics (COLING-92), volume II, pages 638–651, Nantes, France. In-ternational Committe on Computational Linguistics.

2463 M. Elhadad. Generating adjectives to express the speaker’s argumenta-tive intent. In Proceedings of the 1991 Annual Conference on ArtificialIntelligence (AAAI-91). American Association of Artificial Intelligence,1991.

2464 M. Elhadad and K. McKeown. Generating Connectives. In Proceed-ings of the 13th. International Conference on Computational Linguistics(COLING’90), Helsinki, 1990.

2465 Michael Elhadad. Types in Functional Unification Grammars. In Pro-ceedings of the 28th. Annual Meeting of the Association for Computa-tional Linguistics, pages 157–164, University of Pittsburgh, Pennsylva-nia, 1990. Association for Computational Linguistics.

2466 Michael Elhadad. Using argumentation to control lexical choice: afunctional unification-based approach. PhD dissertation, Departmentof Computer Science, Columbia University, 1992.

2467 Michael Elhadad. FUF: the Universal Unifier. User Manual Version5.2. Technical Report, Computer Science, Ben Gurion University of theNegev, Beer Sheva, Israel, 1993.

2468 Michael Elhadad, Kathleen McKeown, and Jacques Robin. Floatingconstraints in lexical choice. Computational Linguistics, 23(2):195–240,1996.

2469 Michael Elhadad and Jacques Robin. Controlling content realizationwith functional unification grammars. In Robert Dale, Eduard H.Hovy, Dietmar Rösner, and Olivero Stock, editors, Aspects of automatednatural language generation: 6th. international workshop on natural

205

language generation, pages 89–104. Springer, Berlin/Heidelberg, 1992.(Lecture Notes in Artifical Intelligence 587).

2470 Michael Elhadad and Jacques Robin. A reusable comprehensive syntac-tic realization component. In Demonstrations and Posters of the 1996International Workshop on Natural Language Generation (INLG ’96),pages 1–4, Herstmonceux, England, June 1996.

2471 Lars Elleström. The modalities of media: a model for understandingintermedial relations. In Lars Elleström, editor, Media Borders, Mul-timodality and Intermediality, pages 11–50. Palgrave Macmillan, Bas-ingstoke, 2010.

2472 Elmar Elling. Zum Begriff des ikonischen Zeichens bei Charles SandersPeirce. In Die Einstellung als Größe einer Filmsemiotik. Zur Ikontheoriedes Filmbildes, number 7 in Papiere des Münsteraner Arbeitskreises fürSemiotik, pages 21–36. MAkS Publikationen, 1978.

2473 Elmar Elling. Zum Begriff des ikonischen Zeichens bei Charles SandersPeirce. In Die Einstellung als Größe einer Filmsemiotik, number 7 inpapmaks, pages 31–44. MAKS (Münsteraner Arbeitskreis for Semiotik)Publikationen, Münster, 1978.

2474 J Ellis. Linguistic sociology and institutional linguistics. Linguistics, 19,1965.

2475 Jeffrey D. Ellis. The logical and textual functions. In Michael A. K.Halliday and Robin P. Fawcett, editors, New developments in systemiclinguistics: theory and description, pages 107–130. Pinter, London, 1987.

2476 Jeffrey O. Ellis. On contextual meaning. In C.E. Bazell et al, editor, Inmemory of J.R. Firth, pages 1–27. 1968.

2477 John Ellis. Documentary: Witness and Self-Revelation. Routledge, Lon-don and New York, 2012.

2478 Thomas Ellman. Generalizing Logic Circuit Designs by AnalyzingProofs of Correctness. In Proceedings of the Ninth International JointConference on Artificial Intelligence, Los Angeles, 1985.

2479 Elisabeth Ellsworth. Why Doesn’t this Feel Empowering? Workthrough the Repressive Myth of Critical Pedagogy. In C. Luke andJ. Gore, editors, Feminisms and Critical Pedagogy. Routledge, NewYork, 1992.

2480 Afaf Elmenoufy. A study of the role of intonation in the grammar ofEnglish. PhD thesis, University of London, 1969.

2481 Afaf Elmenoufy. Intonation and Meaning in Spontaneous Discourse. InJ. D. Benson, M. J. Cummings, and W. Greaves, editors, Linguistics ina Systemic Perspective. John Benjamins Publishing Company, 1988.

206

2482 Thomas Elsaesser, editor. Early Cinema: space, frame, narrative. BFIPublishing, London, 1990. edited with Adam Barker.

2483 Thomas Elsaesser. The Mind-Game Film. In Warren Buckland, editor,Puzzle Films. Complex storytelling in contemporary cinema, pages 13–41. Wiley-Blackwell, Chichester, U.K., 2009.

2484 Thomas Elsaesser and Adam Barker. The continuity system: Griffithand beyond. Introduction. In Thomas Elsaesser, editor, Early Cinema:space, frame, narrative, pages 293–317. BFI Publishing, London, 1990.

2485 Thomas Elsaesser and Warren Buckland. Studying contemporary Amer-ican film: a guide to movie analysis. Arnold, London, 2002.

2486 Thomas Elsaesser and Malte Hagener. Film theorie zur Einführung.Junius, Hamburg, 2007.

2487 David K. Elson. Categorization of narrative semantics for use in gen-erative multidocument summarization. In Anja Belz, Roger Evans, andPaul Piwek, editors, Natural Language Generation: Third internationalConference (INLG 2004), number 3123 in Lecture Notes in Artificial In-telligence, pages 192–197. Springer, Berlin, New York, July 14-16 2004.

2488 L.E. Embree, editor. Life-World and Consciousness: Essays for AronGurwitsch. Northwestern University Press, Evanston, Illinois, 1972.

2489 Martin Emele. FREGE: ein objektorientierter Front-End-Generator.In K. Morik, editor, GWAI-87: 11th German Workshop on ArtificialIntelligence. Springer, Berlin, 1987.

2490 Martin C. Emele. FREGE: Entwicklung und Implementierung einesobjektorientierten FRont-End-Generator für das Deutsche. TechnicalReport, University of Stuttgart, 1986. Master’s thesis.

2491 Martin C. Emele. A typed-feature structure unification-based approachto generation. In Proceedings of the WGNLC of the IECE, Oita Univer-sity, Japan, 1989.

2492 Martin C. Emele. Unification using lazy nonredundent copying. In29th. Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics,Berkeley, California, 1991. Also available as: Project Polygloss Paper,Institut für Maschinelle Sprachverarbeitung, University of Stuttgart,Germany.

2493 Martin C. Emele, Ulrich Heid, Stefan Momma, and Rémi Zajac. Orga-nizing linguistic knowledge for multilingual generation. In 13th. In-ternational Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING-90),Helsinki, Finland, 1990. Also available as: Project Polygloss Paper, In-stitut für Maschinelle Sprachverarbeitung, University of Stuttgart, Ger-many.

207

2494 Martin C. Emele, Ulrich Heid, Stefan Momma, and Rémi Zajac. In-teractions between linguistic constraints: Procedural vs. declarative ap-proaches. Machine Translation, 6(1), 1992. (Special edition on the roleof text generation in MT).

2495 Martin C. Emele and Rémi Zajac. Typed Unification Gram-mars. In 13th. International Conference on Computational Linguis-tics (COLING-90), volume III, pages 293–298, Helsinki, Finland, 1990.Also available as: Project Polygloss Paper, Institut für MaschinelleSprachverarbeitung, University of Stuttgart, Germany.

2496 Martin Emele, Ulrich Heid, Walter Kehl, Stefan Momma, and Rémi Za-jac. Organizing linguistic knowledge for multilingual generation. Tech-nical Report, Project Polygloss, University of Stuttgart, West Germany,1990. Paper submitted to COLING-90.

2497 Karen Emmorey. The confluence of space and language in signed lan-guages. In Paul Bloom, Mary A. Peterson, Lynn Nadel, and Merrill F.Garrett, editors, Language and Space, pages 171–210. MIT Press, Cam-bride, MA, 1999.

2498 Catherine Emmott. Splitting the referent: an introduction to narrativeenactors. In Martin Davies and Louise Ravelli, editors, Advances insystemic linguistics: recent theory and practice, pages 221–229. Pinter,London, 1992.

2499 Catherine Emmott. Narrative Comprehension. A Discourse Perspective.Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1997.

2500 B. Endres-Niggemeyer. Summarizing text for intelligent communication:results of the Dagstuhl seminar. Knowledge Organisation, 21(4):213–223, 1994.

2501 C. Endriss and R. Klabunde. Planning word-order dependent focus as-signments. In Proceedings of the First International Conference on Nat-ural Language Generation (INLG 2000), pages 156–162, Mitzpe Ramon,Israel, June 2000.

2502 Elisabet Engdahl, Mike Reape, Martin Mellor, and Richard Cooper.Parametric Variation in Germanic and Romance: Proceedings from aDYANA workshop, September 1989. Technical Report Edinburgh Work-ing Papers in Cognitive Science, Volume 6, Centre for Cognitive Science,Edinburgh University, 1990.

2503 Elisabet Engdahl and Enric Vallduví. Information packaging and gram-mar architecture: a constraint-based approach. In Elisabet Engdahl,editor, Integrating information structure into constraint-based and cate-gorial approaches. Amsterdam, 1994. (ESPRIT Project DYANA-2 (Ba-sic research project 6852; Report R.1.3.B).

208

2504 U. Engel. Deutsche Grammatik. Groos Verlag, Heidelberg, 1988.

2505 Yuri Engelhardt. The language of graphics. ILLC Dissertation series2002-03, Institute for Logic, Language and Computation, Amsterdam,Amsterdam, 2002.

2506 Yuri Engelhardt. Syntactic Structures in Graphics. Image: Zeitschriftfür interdisziplinäre Bildwissenschaft, 5:23–35, 2007. Special issue:Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology; edited by Jörg R.J.Schirra.

2507 Brigitte Engelien and Ronnie McBryde. Ovum: Natural Language Mar-kets: Commercial Strategies. Ovum Ltd., London, England, 1991.

2508 Lorenz Engell. Medienphilosophie des Films. In Mike Sandbothe undLudwig Nagl, editor, Systematische Medienphilosophie, pages 283–298.Akademie Verlag, 2005.

2509 S. Engelson. Passive Map Learning and Visual Place Recognition, 1994.

2510 NE Enkvist. On defining style: an essay in applied linguistics. In N.E.Enkvist, J. Spencer, and M.J. Gregory, editors, Linguistics and style,pages 1–56. Oxford University Press, London, 1964.

2511 N.E. Enkvist. Categories of situational context from the perspective ofstylistics. Language Teaching and Linguistics Abstracts, 13:75–94, 1980.

2512 N.E. Enkvist, J. Spencer, and M.J. Gregory, editors. Linguistics andstyle. Oxford University Press, London, 1964.

2513 Proceedings of the Third European Workshop on Natural Language Gen-eration, Judenstein, Austria, 1991.

2514 P.G.B. Enser. The evolution of visual information retrieval. Journal ofInformation Science, 34(4):531–546, 2008.

2515 J. Epstein. Informing the elderly. Information Design Journal, 2:215–235, 1981.

2516 G. Erbach, M. van der Kraan, S. Manandhar, H. Ruessink, and C. Thier-sch. Extending unification formalisms. In Proceedings of the 2nd Lan-guage Engineering Convention, London, 1995.

2517 Gregor Erbach. Multi-Dimensional Inheritance. In H. Trost, editor,KONVENS ’94, pages 102–111, Vienna, 1994.

2518 Gregor Erbach. ProFIT 1.05 user’s guide. Computerlinguistik, Univer-sitaet des Saarlandes, 1994.

209

2519 Gregor Erbach and Brigitte Krenn. Idioms and Support Verb Construc-tions. In John Nerbonne, Klaus Netter, and Carl Pollard, editors, Ger-man in Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar, pages 365–396. CSLI,Stanford, CA, 1994.

2520 Peter Erdmann. Fokuskonstruktionen im Deutschen und Englischen. InGnutzmann Claus, editor, Kontrastive Linguistik, pages 69–83. Lang,Frankfurt, 1990.

2521 Peter Erdmann. German as an SOV language? Kwartalnik Neofilolog-iczny, XXXVII(1):21–27, 1990.

2522 E. Erguvanli. An odd case in the causative construction of Turkish. InChicago Linguistic Society, volume 15, pages 92–99. 1979.

2523 T. Erickson. Making Sense of Computer-Mediated Communication(CMC): Conversations as Genres, CMC Systems as Genre Ecologies.In J. F. Nunamaker and R. H. Sprague, editors, Proceedings of the 33rdAnnual Hawaii International Conference on System Sciences (HICSS2000), Los Alamitos, CA, 2000. IEEE Computer Society Press.

2524 K. Anders Ericsson and Herbert A. Simon. Protocol analysis; Verbalreports as data. Bradford books/MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1984.

2525 L.B. Eriksen and C. Ihlström. Evolution of the Web news genre – Theslow move beyond the print metaphor. In Proceedings of the 33rd AnnualHawaii International Conference on System Sciences (HICSS 2000), LosAlamitos, CA, 2000. IEEE Computer Society Press.

2526 Katrin Erk, Andrea Kowalski, and Manfred Pinkal. A corpus resourcefor lexical semantics. In Proceedings of the 5th international workshopon computational semantics, Tilburg, The Netherlands, 2003.

2527 Astrid Erll. Kollektives Gedächtnis und Erinnerungskulturen. Eine Ein-führung. Metzler, Stuttgart, 2005.

2528 Lee D. Erman, Frederick Hayes-Roth, Victor R. Lesser, and D. RajReddy. The HEARSAY-II Speech Understanding System: IntegratingKnowledge to Resolve Uncertainty. Computing Surveys, 12:213–253,1980. Reprinted in: Readings in Artificial Intelligence, Bonnie L. Web-ber and Nils J. Nilssen (eds.)(1981), pp 349-389. Morgan Kaufman Pub.Inc., Los Altos, CA.

2529 Susan Ervin-Tripp. Sociolinguistics. Advances in Experimental SocialPsychology, 4, 1969.

2530 S. ErvinTripp. How to make and understand a request. In H. Parret,M. Sbisa, and J Verscheuren, editors, Possibilities and Limitations ofPragmatics, pages 195–210. John Benjamins B.V., Amsterdam, 1981.Conference on Pragmatics, Urbino, July8-14, 1979.

210

2531 John Esch and Robert Levinson. An Implementation Model for Contextsand Negation in Conceptual Graphs. In Proceedings of the 3rd. Interna-tional Conference on Conceptual Structures (ICCS’95), pages 247–262.

2532 C. Eschenbach. A Predication Calculus for Qualitative Spatial Repre-sentations. In C. Freksa and D.M. Mark, editors, Spatial informationtheory- Cognitive and computational foundations of geographic informa-tion science (COSIT 99), pages 157–172. Springer, Berlin, 1999.

2533 C. Eschenbach. Viewing composition tables as axiomatic systems. InC. Welty and B. Smith, editors, Formal Ontology in Information Sys-tems. Collected Papers from the Second International conference, pages93–104. ACM Press, New York, 2001.

2534 C. Eschenbach, C. Habel, and L. Kulik. Representing Simple Trajecto-ries as Oriented Curves. In A.N. Kumar and I. Russell, editors, Pro-ceedings of the 12th Florida Artificial Intelligence Research Symposium(FLAIRS), pages 431–436, Orlando, Florida, 1999. AAAI Press.

2535 C. Eschenbach, C. Habel, L. Kulik, and A. Leß möllmann. Shape nounsand shape concepts: A geometry for ”corner". In C. Freksa, C. Habel,and K.F. Wender, editors, Spatial Cognition I - An interdisciplinaryapproach to representing and processing spatial knowledge, pages 177–201. Springer, Berlin, 1998.

2536 C. Eschenbach, C. Habel, and A. Leöllmann. The interpretation of com-plex spatial relations by integrating frames of reference. In P. Olivier,editor, Working notes of the Workshop ’language and Space’, (AAAI-97), pages 45–56. 1997.

2537 C. Eschenbach, C. Habel, and A. Leöllmann. Multiple frames of refer-ence in interpretating complex projective terms. In P. Olivier, editor,Spatial Language: Cognitive and Computational Aspects. Kluwer, Dor-drecht, 1998.

2538 C. Eschenbach and L. Kulik. An axiomatic approach to the spatial re-lations underlying ’left’-’right’ and ’in front of’-’behind’. In G. Brewka,C. Habel, and B. Nebel, editors, KI97: Advances in Artificial Intelli-gence. Proceedings of the Twenty-first Annual German Conference onArtificial Intelligence, pages 207–218, Berlin, 1997. Springer.

2539 Carola Eschenbach. Geometric structures of frames of reference and nat-ural language semantics. Spatial Cognition and Computation, 1(4):329–348, 1999.

2540 Carola Eschenbach. Contextual, functional, and geometric features andprojective terms. In Laura Carlson and Emile van der Zee, editors,Defining functional and spatial features. The 2nd annual language andspace workshop. University of Notre Dame, South Bend, IN, 2001.

211

2541 Carola Eschenbach. Contextual, functional, and geometric features andprojective terms. In Proceedings of the 2nd. Annual Language and SpaceWorkshop, Notre Dame, 2001.

2542 Carola Eschenbach. Contextual, Functional, and Geometric Compo-nents in the Semantics of Projective Terms. In L.A. Carlson and E. vander Zee, editors, Functional features in language and space: Insightsfrom perception, categorization, and development, pages 71–91. OxfordUniversity Press, Oxford, 2005.

2543 Carola Eschenbach, Christopher Habel, and Annette Leßmöllman. Theinterpretation of complex spatial relations by integrating frames of refer-ence. In P. Olivier, editor, Working notes of the Workshop on "Languageand Space" (AAAI-97), pages 45–56, Providence/Rhode Island, 1997.

2544 Carola Eschenbach and W. Heydrich. Classical mereology and restricteddomains. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 43:723–740, 1995.

2545 Carola Eschenbach and Lars Kulik. An axiomatic approach to the spa-tial relations underlying left-right and in front of-behind. In G. Brewska,C. Habel, and B. Nebel, editors, KI-97 Advances in Artificial Intelli-gence, pages 207–218. Springer, Berlin, 1997.

2546 Carola Eschenbach, Ladina Tschander, Christopher Habel, and Lars Ku-lik. Lexical specification of paths. In C. Freksa, W. Brauer, C. Habel,and K.F. Wender, editors, Spatial Cognition II - An interdisciplinary ap-proach to representing and processing spatial knowledge, pages 127–144.Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2000.

2547 Rik Eshuis. Memory for Locations Relative to Objects: Axes and theCategorization of Regions. In Emile van der Zee and Jon Slack, editors,Representing direction in language and space, Explorations in languageand space, pages 226–254. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2003.

2548 Charles Ess. The political computer: hypertext, democracy and Haber-mas. In George P. Landow, editor, Hyper / Text / Theory, chapter 7,pages 225–267. John Hopkins University Press, Baltimore and London,1994.

2549 E. F. Codd et al. Rendezvous Version 1: An Experimental English-Language Query Formulation System for Casual Users of RelationalDatabases. Technical Report RJ2144(29407), IBM Research Laboratory,San Jose, Calif., 1978.

2550 J. Rushby et al. An Automated Method to Detect Potential ModeConfusions. In Proc. of the 18th AIAA/IEEE Digital Avionics SystemsConference. 1999.

212

2551 John McH. Sinclair et al. English Lexical Studies. Final Report ofO.S.T.I. Programme C/LP/08. Department of English, University ofBirmingham, 1970.

2552 M. Bates et al. Generative tutorial systems. In Proceedings of the 1981ADCIS Conference, March 1981.

2553 M. Bates et al. ILIAD Final Report. Technical Report 4771, BoltBeranek and Newman, Inc., September 1981.

2554 N. Leveson et al. Analyzing Software Specifications for Mode Confu-sion Potential. In Proc. of the Workshop on Human Error and SystemDevelopment. 1997.

2555 T. Etchegoyhen and T. Wehrle. GBGen: large-scale domain-independent GB syntax. In 9th INLG, pages 288–291, Niagara-on-the-Lake, Ontario, 1998. software demonstration.

2556 Ruggero Eugeni. Von der themenzentrierten Analyse zur Soziosemiotikdes filmischen Texts. montage av. Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichteaudiovisueller Kommunikation, 11(2):113–121, 2002.

2557 Barbara Di Eugenio. Action Representation for interpreting PurposeClauses in Natural Language Instructions. In J. Doyle, E. Sandewall,and P. Torasso, editors, Principles of Knowledge Representation andReasoning: Proceedings of the Fourth International Conference (KR94).Morgann Kaufmann, San Mateo, CA, 1994.

2558 Barbara Di Eugenio and Bonnie Lynn Webber. Pragmatic Overload-ing in Natural Language Instructions. International Journal of ExpertSystems, Special Issue on Knowledge Representation and Reasoning forNatural Language Processing, 9(1), March 1996.

2559 Jérôme Euzenat. Semantic Precision and Recall for Ontology AlignmentEvaluation. In Manuela M. Veloso, editor, Proc. of the 20th InternationalJoint Conference on Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI 2007), Hyderabad,India, January 6-12, 2007, pages 348–353, 2007.

2560 Jérôme Euzenat and Pavel Shvaiko. Ontology Matching. Springer, Hei-delberg, 2007.

2561 Gary W. Evans and Janetta Mitchell McCoy. When buildings don’twork: The role of architecture in human health. Journal of Environ-mental Psychology, 18(1):85–94, 1998.

2562 H. Evans. News Headlines. Heinemann, London, 1979.

2563 Janet Evans. Talking beyond the page : reading and responding to pic-turebooks. Routledge, London, 2009.

213

2564 R. Evans. The GIST Messsage Representation Framework. TechnicalReport LRE Project 062-09 Deliverable PR-1b, Information TechnologyResearch Institute (ITRI), University of Brighton, 1994.

2565 Roger Evans and Gerald Gazdar. The DATR Papers. Cognitive ScienceResearch Paper, University of Sussex, 1990.

2566 Roger Evans and Gerald Gazdar. DATR: A language for lexical knowl-edge representation. Computational Linguistics, 22(2):167–216, 1996.

2567 Roger Evans, Paul Piwek, Lynne Cahill, and Neil Tipper. Natural lan-guage processing in CLIME, a multilingual legal advisory system. Nat-ural Language Engineering, 14(1):101–132, 2006.

2568 T. G. Evans. A Heuristic Program to Solve Geometric Analogy Prob-lems. In M. Minsky, editor, Semantic Information Processing. TheM.I.T. Press, Cambridge, MA, 1968.

2569 M. W. Evens, B. Litowitz, J. Markowitz, R. Smith, and O. Werner.Lexical-Semantic Relations: A Comparative Survey. Linguistic Re-search, Inc., Edmonton, Alberta, 1980.

2570 Proceedings of the Seventh European Natural Language GenerationWorkshop, Toulouse, France, 1999.

2571 F. van Eynde. The analysis of tense and aspect in Eurotra. In 12th.International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING-88),volume 2, pages 699–704, Budapest, 1988.

2572 F. van Eynde. Tense and Aspect – Pragmatics. In The EUROTRAReference Manual. Commission of the European Community, June 1989.

2573 Elisabeth Ezra. Georges Méliès. Manchester University Press, Manch-ester, 2000.

2574 Codd E. F., Arnold R. S., Cadiou J-M., Chang C. L., and RoussopoulosN. Rendezvous Version 1: An Experimental English-Language QueryFormulation System for Casual Users of Relational Data Bases. Tech-nical Report Research Report RJ214429407, 1/26/78, IBM ResearchLaboratory, 1978. Computer Science, Research Division, San Jose, Ca.

2575 Marilyn Fabe. Closely watched films: An introduction to the art ofnarrative film technique. University of California Press, Berkeley / LosAngeles / London, 2004.

2576 Cathrine Fabricius-Hansen. Information packaging and translation: as-pects of translational sentence splitting (German - English/Norwegian).In Monika Doherty, editor, Sprachspezifische Aspekte der Informa-tionsverteilung, volume 47 of Studia Grammatica, pages 175–214.Akademie Verlag, Berlin, 1999.

214

2577 Manfred Fahle. How can language cope with color? Functional aspectsof the nervous system. In Martina Plümacher and Peter Holz, editors,Speaking of colors and odors, pages 35–60. John Benjamins, Amterdam,2007.

2578 Normal Fairclough. Language and power. Longman, London, 1989.

2579 Normal Fairclough. Discourse and Social Change. Polity Press, Cam-bridge, 1992.

2580 Normal Fairclough. Media discourse. Edward Arnold, London, 1995.

2581 Norman Fairclough. Linguistic and intertextual analysis within dis-course analysis. Discourse and Society, 3(2):193–217, 1992.

2582 Norman Fairclough. Political discourse in the media: an analyticalframework. In Allan Bell and Peter Garrett, editors, Approaches toMedia Discourse, pages 142–162. Blackwell, Oxford, 1998.

2583 Norman Fairclough. Linguistic and intertextual analysis within dis-course analysis. In Adam Jaworski and Nikolas Coupland, editors, TheDiscourse Reader, volume 3, chapter 11, pages 183–211. Routledge, Lon-don, 1999.

2584 B. Falkenheimer, Kenneth Forbus, and Dedre Gentner. The Structure-Mapping Engine. In Proceedings of the Fifth National Conference on Ar-tificial Intelligence, pages 272–277, San Francisco, 1986. Morgan Kauf-mann.

2585 Wolfgang Falkner. “Look how Sexist our Advert is!” The ‘postmod-ernization’ of sexism and stereotyped female role portrayals in printadvertisements. In Friedrich Ungerer, editor, English Media Texts pastand present: language and textual structure, pages 111–128. Benjamins,Amsterdam, 2000.

2586 G. Fallahi, M. Mesgari, A. Rajabifard, and A. Frank. An OntologicalStructure for Semantic Interoperability of GIS and Environmental Mod-eling. International Journal of Applied Earth Observation and Geoin-formation, 10(3):342–357, 2008.

2587 Pierre Falzon. Human-Computer Interaction: Lessons from Human-Human Communication. In Pierre Falzon, editor, Cognitive ergonomics:Understanding, Learning and Designing Human-Computer Interaction,pages 51–67. Academic Press, London, England, 1990.

2588 Yang Fan and Peter A. Heeman. Initiative conflicts in task-orienteddialogue. Computer Speech and Language, 24:175Ð189, 2010.

2589 Yan Fang. A tentative study of Theme and Rheme in Chinese. Journalof Qinghua University, 2:66–71, 1989.

215

2590 Yan Fang. A contrastive study of Theme and Rheme in English and Chi-nese. In Hermann Bluhme, Renzhi Li, and Keqi Hao, editors, Proceed-ings of the International Conference on Texts and Language Research.Xi’an Jiaotong University Press, Xi’an, 1993.

2591 Yan Fang, Edward McDonald, and Musheng Cheng. On Theme in Chi-nese: from clause to discourse. In Ruqaiya Hasan and Peter H. Fries,editors, On subject and theme: a discourse functional perspective, pages235–275. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1995.

2592 Peter Fankhauser and Marlies Ockenfeld, editors. Integrated Publica-tion and Information Systems: 10 years of research and development.Number ISBN: 3088457-968-1. GMD, Forschungszentrum Information-stechnik, Sankt Augustin, Germany, 1998.

2593 K. T. Fann. Peirce’s theory of abduction. Nijhoff, The Hague, 1970.

2594 A. Farquhar, R. Fikes, and J. Rice. The Ontolingua server: a toolfor collaborative ontology construction. In Proceedings of the 10thBanff Knowledge Acquisition for Knowledge Based Systems Workshop(KAW95), Banff, Canada, 1996.

2595 S. Farrar and J. Bateman. General ontology baseline. SFB/TR8 internalreport I1-[OntoSpace]: D1, Collaborative Research Center for SpatialCognition, University of Bremen, Germany, 2004.

2596 Scott Farrar. An ontology for linguistics: Extending SUMO with GOLD.In Proceedings of the 2003 IEEE International Conference on NaturalLanguage Processing and Knowledge Engineering, Beijing, PRC, Oct2003. IEEE.

2597 Scott Farrar. An ontology for linguistics on the Semantic Web. Ph.D.,University of Arizona, May 2003.

2598 Scott Farrar and D. Terence Langendoen. A linguistic ontology for theSemantic Web. GLOT International, 7(3):97–100, 2003.

2599 Scott Farrar, William D. Lewis, and D. Terence Langendoen. A com-mon ontology for linguistic concepts. In Proceedings of the KnowledgeTechnologies Conference, Seattle, 2002.

2600 Scott Farrar, William D. Lewis, and D. Terence Langendoen. An on-tology for linguistic annotation. In Semantic Web Meets Language Re-sources: Papers from the AAAI Workshop, Technical Report WS-02-16,pages 11–19, Menlo Park, CA, 2002. AAAI Press.

2601 Scott Farrar, Thora Tenbrink, Robert Ross, and John Bateman. On theRole of Conceptual and Linguistic Ontologies in Spoken Dialogue Sys-tems. In Proceedings of Symposium on Dialogue Modelling and Gener-ation, Amsterdam, The Netherlands, July 2005. Vrije Universiteit Am-sterdam.

216

2602 M. Fasciano. Génération intégrée de textes et de graphiques statistiques.PhD thesis, Département d’informatique et de recherche opérationnelle,Université de Montréal, 1996.

2603 M. Fasciano and G. Lapalme. A Prolog implementation of the func-tional unification grammar formalism. In Proceedings of the Fourth In-ternational Workshop on Natural Language Understanding and LogicProgramming (NLULP4), pages 37–45, Nara, Japan, 1993.

2604 Massimo Fasciano and Guy Lapalme. PostGraphe: a system for thegeneration of statistical graphics and text. In Proceedings of the 8th.International Workshop on Natural Language Generation (INLG ’96),pages 51–60, Herstmonceux, England, June 1996.

2605 Massimo Fasciano and Guy Lapalme. Intentions in the coordinatedgeneration of graphics and text from tabular data. Knowledge and In-formation Systems, 2(3), August 2000.

2606 R. Fasold. Two models of socially significant language variation. Lan-guage, 46:551–563, 1970.

2607 Gilles Fauconnier. Do quantifiers branch? Linguistic Inquiry, 6:555–578,1975.

2608 Gilles Fauconnier and Mark Turner. The Way We Think: ConceptualBlending and the Mind’s Hidden Complexities. Basic Books, New York,2003.

2609 Werner Faulstich. Einführung in die Filmanalyse. Narr, Tübingen, 1980.

2610 Werner Faulstich. Grundkurs Filmanalyse. UTB. W. Fink Verlag,München, 2 edition, 2002.

2611 R. Fawcett. A grammar for textual analysis: proposals derived from asystemic model of language. Forthc.

2612 R. Fawcett. Language as a Semiological System: A Re-Enterpretation ofSaussure. In J. Morreal and John Morreall, editors, The Ninth LACUSForum 1982, Columbia, SC, 1983. Hornbeam Press.

2613 R. Fawcett. Language Generation as Choice in Social Interaction. In M.Zock and G. Sabah, editors, Advances in natural language generation,volume 2, pages 27–49. Pinter Publishers, 1988. (Paper presented at theFirst European Workshop of Natural Language Generation, Royaumont,1987).

2614 R. P. Fawcett. System networks, codes and knowledge of the universe:a cognitive perspective on the relationship between language and cul-ture. In Michael A. K. Halliday, S. M. Lamb, and A. Makkai, editors,Semiotics of culture and language. Frances Pinter Ltd, in press. Earlierversion presented to Burg Wartenstein Symposium No. 66.

217

2615 R. P. Fawcett. Some Complexities in the Semantics and Syntax of theGrammar of the English Cardinal Numbers. In Proceedings of the 5thEuropean Workshop on Natural Language Generation, pages 223–227,Leiden, The Netherlands, 1995.

2616 Robin P. Fawcett. Generating a sentence in systemic functional gram-mar. In Michael A. K. Halliday and James R. Martin, editors, Readingsin systemic linguistics. Batsford, London, 1973.

2617 Robin P. Fawcett. Language functions and language variation in a cog-nitive model of communication. In C. N. Candlin, editor, The com-municative teaching of English. Lancaster University Press, Lancaster,1973.

2618 Robin P. Fawcett. Some proposals for systemic syntax 1-3. MALSJournal, 1-2, 1974-6.

2619 Robin P. Fawcett. Summary of some issues concerning levels in systemictheory. Nottingham Linguistic Circular, January 1975.

2620 Robin P. Fawcett. Cognitive Linguistics and Social Interaction. ExeterUniversity and Julius Groos Verlag, Exeter and Heidelberg, 1980. ExeterLinguistic Studies 3.

2621 Robin P. Fawcett. Some proposals for systemic syntax. Polytechnic ofWales (now University of Glamorgan), Pontypridd, 1981.

2622 Robin P. Fawcett. Two concepts of function in a cognitive model oflanguage. In C. N. Candlin, editor, The Communicative Teaching ofEnglish. Longman, London, 1981.

2623 Robin P. Fawcett. Language as a resource. Australian Review of AppliedLinguistics, 7(1):17–56, 1984.

2624 Robin P. Fawcett. System networks, codes, and knowledge of the uni-verse. In Michael A. K. Halliday, Robin P. Fawcett, S. Lamb, andA. Makkai, editors, The semiotics of culture and language: languageand other semiotic systems of culture. Pinter, London, 1984.

2625 Robin P. Fawcett. Children are choosers: a socio-cognitive frameworkusing systemic linguistics, for thinking about language in education. InFrances Christie, editor, Language in the social construction of experi-ence, pages 1–28. Deakin University Press, Geelong, Vic., 1986.

2626 Robin P. Fawcett. The form of a minimal procedural grammar, i.e.a grammar for natural language interaction with a computer. In IlahFlemming, editor, The 13th LACUS Forum 1986, pages 1–28. HornbeamPress, Columbia, 1987.

218

2627 Robin P. Fawcett. The semantics of clause and verb for relational pro-cesses in English. In Robin P. Fawcett and David J. Young, editors, Newdevelopments in systemic linguistics: theory and description, volume 1.Pinter, London, 1987.

2628 Robin P. Fawcett. Language generation as choice in social interaction.In M. Zoch and G. Sabah, editors, Advances in natural language gener-ation, pages 27–49. Pinter, London and New York, 1988.

2629 Robin P. Fawcett. The English personal pronouns: an exercise in linguis-tic theory. In Michael J. Cummings, James D. Benson, and William S.Greaves, editors, Linguistics in a systemic perspective, pages 185–220.Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1988.

2630 Robin P. Fawcett. What makes a ’good’ system network good? InJames D. Benson and William S. Greaves, editors, Systemic functionalapproaches to discourse, pages 1–28. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1988.

2631 Robin P. Fawcett. Towards a systemic flowchart model for discourseanalysis. In Robin P. Fawcett and David Young, editors, New devel-opments in systemic linguistics: theory and application, pages 116–143.Pinter, London, 1989.

2632 Robin P. Fawcett. The COMMUNAL project: two years old and goingwell. Network: news, views and reviews in systemic lingustics and relatedareas, 13/14:35–39, 1990.

2633 Robin P. Fawcett. The computer generation of Speech with discoursallyand semantically motivated intonation. In 5th. International Workshopon Natural Language Generation, 3-6 June 1990, Pittsburgh, PA., 1990.

2634 Robin P. Fawcett. A generationist approach to grammar reversibility innatural language processing. Technical Report, UWCC ComputationalLinguistics Unit, Cardiff, Wales, 1992.

2635 Robin P. Fawcett. Language as program: a reassessment of the natureof descriptive linguistics. Language Sciences, 14(4):623–657, 1992.

2636 Robin P. Fawcett. The state of the craft in computational linguistics:a generationist’s viewpoint. Technical Report, UWCC ComputationalLinguistics Unit, Cardiff, Wales, 1992.

2637 Robin P. Fawcett. Decision-making in natural language generation:some current issues in the use of systemic functional grammars. Tech-nical Report, UWCC Computational Linguistics Unit, Cardiff, Wales,1993.

2638 Robin P. Fawcett. The architecture of the COMMUNAL project in NLG(and NLU). In The Fourth European Workshop on Natural LanguageGeneration. Pisa, 1993.

219

2639 Robin P. Fawcett. A generationist approach to grammar reversibilityin natural language processing. In T. Strzalkowski, editor, Reversiblegrammar in natural language generation, pages 365–413. Kluwer, Dor-drecht, 1994.

2640 Robin P. Fawcett. On moving on ontologies mass, count and long thinthings. In Proceedings of the Seventh International Workshop on NaturalLanguage Generation, Kennebunkport, Maine, USA, June 21-24, 1994,Kennebunkport, Maine, USA, 1994.

2641 Robin P. Fawcett. Some complexities in the semantics and syntax ofthe grammar of the English cardinal numbers. In The Fifth EuropeanWorkshop on Natural Language Generation, 1995.

2642 Robin P. Fawcett. A systemic functional approach to complementationin English. In Christopher Butler, Margaret Berry, Robin Fawcett, andGuowen Huang, editors, Meaning and form: systemic functional inter-pretations. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1996.

2643 Robin P. Fawcett. A theory of syntax for systemic functional linguistics,volume 206 of Current Issues in Linguistics. John Benjamins, Amster-dam, 2000.

2644 Robin P. Fawcett. In place of Halliday’s ’verbal group’: part 1: evidencefrom the problems of representations and the relative simplicity of theproposed alternative. Word, 51(2):157–203, 2000.

2645 Robin P. Fawcett. In place of Halliday’s ’verbal group’: part 2: evidencefrom generation, semantics and interruptability. Word, 51(3):327–375,2000.

2646 Robin P. Fawcett and B.D. Davies. Some issues in discourse planning:towards a marriage of the systemic flowchart model of exchange struc-ture with rhetorical structure theory. Technical Report, UWCC Com-putational Linguistics Unit, Cardiff, Wales, 1992.

2647 Robin P. Fawcett and Bethan L. Davies. Monologue as a turn in dia-logue: towards an integration of exchange structure theory and rhetor-ical structure theory. In Robert Dale, Eduard H. Hovy, Dietmar Rös-ner, and Olivero Stock, editors, Aspects of automated natural languagegeneration, pages 151–166. Springer, 1992. (Proceedings of the 6th In-ternational Workshop on Natural Language Generation, Trento, Italy,April 1992).

2648 Robin P. Fawcett, N. Duffield, and Y.Q. Lin. Towards an algorithm forselecting theme. Technical Report, UWCC Computational LinguisticsUnit, Cardiff, Wales, in press.

220

2649 Robin P. Fawcett and Guowen Huang. Enhanced Theme in English:towards a functional explanation of the ’it-cleft’ construction. Cassell,London, 1997.

2650 Robin P. Fawcett, Y.Q. Lin, and B.L. Davies. GENEDIS: the discoursegenerator in COMMUNAL. In D. Hogg, A. Sloman, G. Humphreys,A. Ramsay, and D. Partridge, editors, Prospects for artificial intelli-gence: proceedings of AISB 93, pages 175–178. IOS Press, Amsterdam,1993.

2651 Robin P. Fawcett and M. M. Taylor. A generative grammar for localdiscourse structure. In F. Neel, D. G. Bouwhuis, and M.M. Taylor,editors, The structure of multimodal dialogue. Elsevier North Holland.,Amsterdam, 1989.

2652 Robin P. Fawcett and M.M. Taylor. A discourse grammar that allowsflexibility. In F. Neel, D.G. Boushuis, and M.M. Taylor, editors, Thestructure of multi-modal dialogue. North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1989.

2653 Robin P. Fawcett and Gordon H. Tucker. Prototype Generators 1 and2. Technical Report COMMUNAL Report Number 10, ComputationalLinguistics Unit, University of Wales College of Cardiff, 1989.

2654 Robin P. Fawcett and Gordon H. Tucker. Demonstration of GENESYS:a very large, semantically based systemic functional grammar. In 13th.International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING-90),volume I, pages 47–49, Helsinki, Finland, 1990.

2655 Robin P. Fawcett, Gordon H. Tucker, and Y.Q. Lin. How a systemicfunctional grammar works: the role of realization in realization. Tech-nical Report, UWCC Computational Linguistics Unit, Cardiff, Wales,1992.

2656 Robin P. Fawcett, Gordon H. Tucker, and Yuen Q. Lin. How a systemicfunctional grammar works: the role of realization in generation. InHelmut Horacek and Michael Zock, editors, New concepts in naturallanguage generation, pages 114–186. Pinter Publishers, London, 1993.

2657 Robin P. Fawcett, Gordon Tucker, and Lin Yuen. How a systemic-functional grammar works. In Helmut Horacek and Michael Zock, ed-itors, New concepts in natural language: planning realisation and sys-tems, pages 114–186. Pinter, London, 1993.

2658 Robin P. Fawcett, Anita van der Mije, and Carla van Wissen. Towardsa systemic flowchart model for discourse structure. In Robin P. Fawcettand David Young, editors, New Developments in Systemic Linguistics:Volume 2, pages 116–143. Pinter Publishers, London, 1988.

221

2659 Robin P. Fawcett and A.R. Weerasinghe. Probabilistic incremental pars-ing in systemic functional grammar. In H. Bunt and M. Tomita, edi-tors, Proceedings of the Third Workshop on Parsing Technologies, pages349–367. Institute for Language Technology and Artificial Intelligence,Tilburg, 1993.

2660 Robin P. Fawcett and David Young, editors. New developments in sys-temic linguistics: theory and application, volume 2 of Open LinguisticsSeries. Pinter, London, 1988.

2661 Hendrik Feddes. XLEX suite of tools for linguistic data processing, 2002.

2662 Susan Feez. Text-based syllabus design. NCELTR, Macquarie Univer-sity, 2001.

2663 B. Fehr and J.A. Russell. Concept of emotion viewed from a prototypeperspective. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 113:464–486,1984.

2664 Steven K. Feiner. A Grid-based approach to automating display layout.In Proceedings of the Graphics Interface, pages 192–197, Los Angeles,CA, 1988. Morgan Kaufman.

2665 Steven K. Feiner, Diane J. Littman, Kathleen R. McKeown, and Re-becca J. Passonneau. Towards coordinated temporal multimedia pre-sentations. In Mark T. Maybury, editor, Intelligent Multimedia Inter-faces, pages 139–147. AAAI Press/The MIT Press, Menlo Park (CA),Cambridge (MA), London (England), 1993.

2666 Steven K. Feiner and Kathleen R. McKeown. Coordinating Text andGraphics in Explanation Generation. In AAAI-90: Proceedings of the8th National Conference on Artificial Intelligence, volume I, pages 442–449. AAAI Press / The MIT Press, 1990. July 29, 1990 - Aug. 3, 1990,Menlo Park.

2667 Steven K. Feiner and Kathleen R. McKeown. Generated coordinatedmultimedia explanations. In CAIA-90: Proceedings of the IEEE Con-ference on AI applications. IEEE, March 1990.

2668 Steven K. Feiner and Kathleen R. McKeown. Automating the generationof coordinated multimedia explanations. In Mark T. Maybury, editor,Intelligent Multimedia Interfaces, pages 117–138. AAAI Press/The MITPress, Menlo Park (CA), Cambridge (MA), London (England), 1993.

2669 M.I. Feist and Dedre Gentner. On plates, bowls, and dishes: factorsin the use of English ’in’ and ’on’. In Proceedings of the 20th AnnualConference of the Cognitive Science Society, 1998.

2670 J. A. Feldman and D. H. Ballard. Connectionist Models and TheirProperties. Cognitive Science, 6(3):205–254, 1982.

222

2671 Jürgen Felix, editor. Moderne Film-Theorie. Bender, Mainz, 2003.

2672 John L. Fell, editor. Film before Griffith. University of California Press,Berkeley and Los Angeles, 1983.

2673 Christiane Fellbaum. English Verbs as a semantic net. In 5 papers onWordNet. 1993.

2674 Christiane Fellbaum and George Miller, editors. WordNet: An electroniclexical database. The MIT Press, 1998.

2675 D. Fensel, I. Horrocks, F. van Harmelen, S. Decker, M. Erdmann, andM. Klein. OIL in a nutshell. In R. Dieng, editor, Proceedings of the 12th.European Workshop on Knowledge Acquisition, Modeling and Manage-ment (EKAW-00), number 1937 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelli-gence. Springer-Verlag, 2000.

2676 J. E. Fensted, P.-K. Halvorsen, T. Langholm, and J. van Bentham.Equations, Schemata, and Situations: a framework for linguistic seman-tics. Technical Report Report No. CSLI-85-29, Stanford: Center for theStudy of Language and Information, 1985.

2677 T. Ferenczi. Flexible, scalable architecture of MULTIVOX. In John A.Bateman, editor, Speech generation in multimodal information systemsand its practical applications: Proceedings of the 2nd. ‘SPEAK!’ Work-shop, number 302 in GMD-Studien, pages 51–55. German National Re-search Center for Information Technology (GMD), Sankt Augustin, Ger-many, 1996.

2678 C. Ferguson. Sports announcer talk: syntactic aspects of register varia-tion. Language in Society, 12:153–172, 1983.

2679 C.A. Ferguson. Editor’s introduction. Special language registers. Dis-course Processes, 8:391–394, 1985.

2680 Charles A. Ferguson. Baby talk as a simplified register. In C. E. Snowand C. A. Ferguson, editors, Talking to children, pages 209–233. Cam-bridge University Press, Cambridge, 1977.

2681 L. Ferguson, C. MacLulich, and Louise L. Ravelli. Meanings and mes-sages: language guidelines for museum exhibitions. Australian Museum,Sydney, 1995.

2682 Linda Ferguson, Carolyn MacLulich, and Louise Ravelli. Meanings andmessages: language guidelines for museum exhibitions. Australian Mu-seum, Sydney, NSW, 1995.

2683 Robert Ferguson. Representing ’Race’: ideology, identity and the media.Arnold, London, 1998.

223

2684 A. Ferrara. An extended theory of speech acts: Appropriateness condi-tions for subordinate acts in sequences. Journal of Pragmatics, 4:233–252, 1980.

2685 A. Ferrara. An extended theory of speech acts: Appropriateness condi-tions for subordinate acts in sequences. Journal of Pragmatics, 4:233–252, 1980.

2686 A. Ferrara. Appropriateness conditions for entire sequences of speechacts. Journal of Pragmatics, 4:321–340, 1980.

2687 A. Ferrara. Appropriateness conditions for entire sequences of speechacts. Journal of Pragmatics, 4:321–340, 1980.

2688 Alessandro Ferrara. An extended theory of speech acts: appropriatenessconditions for subordinate acts in sequences. Journal of Pragmatics,4(3):233–252, 1980.

2689 Alessandro Ferrara. Appropirateness conditions for entire sequences ofspeech acts. Journal of Pragmatics, 4(3):321–340, 1980.

2690 Kathleen Ferrara, Hans Bunner, and Greg Whittemore. Interactive writ-ten discourse as an emergent register. Written Communication, 8(1):8–34, 1991.

2691 Alfredo A. Ferreira. Japanese semiotic vernaculars in ESP multiliteraciesprojects. In Terry D. Royce and Wendy L. Bowcher, editors, New Direc-tions in the Analysis of Multimodal Discourse, pages 299–330. LawrenceErlbaum Associates, 2007.

2692 C. Fery. German Intonational Patterns. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 1993.

2693 Jane Feuer. Genre Study and Television. In Robert A. Allen, editor,Channels of Discourse, Reassembled, pages 138–160. University of NorthCarolina Press, Chapel Hill, 1992.

2694 Armin Fiedler. Using a cognitive architecture to plan dialogs for theadaptive explanation of proofs. In 16th. International Joint Conferenceon Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI’99), pages 358–363, 1999.

2695 Armin Fiedler. Dialog-driven Adaptation to Explanations of Proofs. InProceedings of the 17th International Joint Conference on Artificial In-telligence (IJCAI), pages 1296–1300, Seattle, WA, 2001. Morgan Kauf-mann.

2696 Armin Fiedler. P.rex: An Interactive Proof Explainer. In Proceedingsof the 1st International Joint Conference on Automated Reasoning (IJ-CAR), pages 416–420. Springer-Verlag, 2001.

224

2697 Armin Fiedler. User-adaptive proof explanation. PhD thesis,Naturwissenschaftlich-Technische Fakultät I, Universität des Saarlan-des, Saarbrücken, Germany, 2001.

2698 Armin Fiedler and Xiaorong Huang. Aggregation in the Generation ofArgumentative Texts. In Proceedings of the Fifth European Workshopon Natural Language Generation, pages 5–9, Leiden, The Netherlands,May 1995. Faculty of Social and Behavioural Sciences, University ofLeiden.

2699 R. E. Fikes and H. J. Nilsson. STRIP: A New Approach to the Appli-cation of Theorem Proving to Problem Solving. Artificial Intelligence,2:pages189–205, 1971.

2700 R. Fikes, P. Hart, and N. Nilsson. Learning and Executing GeneralizedRobot Plans. Artificial Intelligence, 3:251–288, 1972.

2701 Richard Fikes, Adam Farquhar, and James Rice. Tools for AssemblingModular Ontologies in Ontolingua. In Proceedings of AAAI/IAAI 1997,pages 436–441, 1997.

2702 Richard Fikes and Gary Hendrix. A Network-Based Knowledge Repre-sentation and its Natural Deduction System. In Proceedings of the FifthInternational Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence. IJCAI, 1977.

2703 Richard Fikes and Deborah L. McGuinness. An Axiomatic Semanticsfor RDF, RDF Schema, and DAML+OIL. KSL Technical Report KSL-01-01, Stanford University, 2001.

2704 H. Filip. Aspectual Properties of the AN-Construction in German.In W. Abraham and T. Janssen, editors, Tempus–Aspekt–Modus.Niemeyer, Tübingen, 1989.

2705 C. Fillmore and B. Atkins. Towards a frame-based lexicon: the seman-tics of RISK and its neighbors. In A. Lehrer and E. Kittay, editors,Frame, fields and contrasts. New essays in semantic and lexical organi-zation, pages 75–102. Erlbaum, Hillsdale, NJ, 1992.

2706 C. J. Fillmore. The case for Case reopened. In Peter Cole and Jer-rold M. Sadock, editors, Grammatical Relations, volume 8 of Syntaxand Semantics. Academic Press, New York, 1976.

2707 Charles J. Fillmore. Deictic categories in the semantics of ’come’. Foun-dations of Language, 2:219–239, 1966.

2708 Charles J. Fillmore. The case for case. In Emons Bach and Robert T.Harms, editors, Universals in Linguistic Theory, pages 1–88. Holt, Rine-hart and Wilson, New York, 1968.

225

2709 Charles J. Fillmore. An alternative to checklist theories of meaning. InBerkeley Linguistics Society, volume 1, pages 123–131. 1975.

2710 Charles J. Fillmore. Frame semantics and the nature of language. InS. Harnad, editor, Origins and evolution of language and speech, pages155–202. Academy of Sciences, 1976.

2711 Charles J. Fillmore. The need for a frame semantics within linguistics.In Statistical methods in linguistics, pages 5–29. Skriptor, Stockholm,1976.

2712 Charles J. Fillmore. Ideal readers and real readers. pages 248–270.Georgetown University Press, Washington, D.C., 1982.

2713 Charles J. Fillmore. Towards a descriptive framework for spatial deixis.In R. J. Jarvella and W. Klein, editors, Syntax Speech, place and action:studies in deixis and related topics, pages 31–60. John Wiley, Chichester,1982.

2714 Charles J. Fillmore. How to know whether you’re coming or going. InG. Rauch, editor, Essays on Deixis, pages 219–227. Narr, Tübingen,1983.

2715 Charles J. Fillmore. Frames and the semantics of understanding.Quaderni di semantica, VI(2):222–255, December 1985.

2716 Charles J. Fillmore. Coming and going. In Lectures on Deixis, number 65in CSLI Lecture Notes, pages 77–102. CSLI Press, Stanford, CA, 1997.

2717 Charles J. Fillmore. Lectures on Deixis. Number 65 in CSLI LectureNotes. CSLI Press, Stanford, CA, 1997.

2718 Charles J. Fillmore. Space. In Lectures on Deixis, number 65 in CSLILecture Notes, pages 27–77. CSLI Press, Stanford, CA, 1997.

2719 Charles J. Fillmore and B.T.S Atkins. Starting where the DictionariesStop: The Challenge of Corpus Lexicography. In B.T.S. Atkins andA. Zampolli, editors, Computational Approaches to the Lexicon, pages349–396. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1994.

2720 C.J. Fillmore. Frame Semantics. In Linguistics Society of Korea, editor,Linguistics in the morning calm, pages 111–137. Hanshin, Seoul, 1982.

2721 C.J. Fillmore and B. Atkins. FrameNet and lexicographic relevance. InProceedings of the International Conference on Language Resources andEvaluation (LREC), Granada, Spain, 1998.

2722 C.J. Fillmore and B. Atkins. Describing polysemy. The case of ‘crawl’.In Y. Ravin and C. Laecock, editors, Polysemy, pages 91–110. OxfordUniversity Press, Oxford, 2000.

226

2723 C.J. Fillmore, P. Kay, and M.C. O’Connor. Regularity and idiomaticityin grammatical constructions. Language, 64:501–538, 1988.

2724 N. V. Findler. Associative Networks: Representation and use of knowl-edge by computers. Academic Press, New York, 1979.

2725 Jonathan Fine. Conversation, cohesive and thematic patterning in chil-dren’s dialogues. Discourse Processes, 1:247–266, 1978. Reprinted in:M.B. Franklin, S.S. Barten (eds.) Child Language: A book of readings,New York: Oxford University Press, 1987.

2726 Jonathan Fine. On the interpretation of language data for cognitive pur-poses. The Quarterly Newsletter of the Laboratory of topics = area.sfl;systemicbib; source.mickbib, Comparative Human Cognition, 4:78–80,1982.

2727 Jonathan Fine. Cohesion as an index of social-cognitive factors: orallanguage of the reading disabled. Discourse Processes, 8:91–112, 1985.

2728 Jonathan Fine. What do surface markers mean? Towards a triangu-lation of social, cognitive and linguistic factors. In James D. Bensonand Williams S. Greaves, editors, Systemic perspectives on discourse:selected applied papers from the 9th International Systemic Workshop.1985.

2729 Jonathan Fine. Cognitive processes in context: a systemic approach toproblems in oral language use. In Robert Veltman and Erich H. Steiner,editors, Pragmatics, discourse and text: some systemically-inspired ap-proaches, pages 171–181. Pinter, London, 1988.

2730 Jonathan Fine. Review of The Language of Psychosis by B.Rosenbaum,H. Sonne. Applied Psycholinguistics, 9:283–287, 1988.

2731 Jonathan Fine. Second language discourse: a textbook of current re-search. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1988.

2732 Jonathan Fine. Review of Neurotic and Psychotic Language Behaviorby R. Wodak, P. Von de Craen. Studies in Second Language Acquisition,11:96–97, 1989.

2733 Jonathan Fine. The static and dynamic choices of responding: towardthe process of building social reality by the developmentally disordered.In Eija Ventola, editor, Functional and systemic linguistics, pages 213–234. Mouton de Gruyter, The Hague, 1991.

2734 Jonathan Fine. Functions of probabilities on linguistic systems. Occa-sional Papers in Systemic Linguistics, 6:9–18, 1992.

2735 Jonathan Fine. How language works: cohesion in normal and nonstan-dard communication. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1994.

227

2736 Jonathan Fine. Towards understanding and studying cohesion inschizophrenic speech. Applied Psycholinguistics, 16:25–41, 1995.

2737 Jonathan Fine. Using linguistic analysis for understanding psychiatriclanguage. In Robert Stainton and Jessica DeVilliers, editors, Commu-nication in Linguistics. Editions du GREF, Toronto, 2001.

2738 Jonathan Fine and G. Bartolucci. Cohesion and retrieval categories innormal and disturbed communication: a methodological note. DiscourseProcesses, 4:267–270, 1981.

2739 Jonathan Fine, G. Bartolucci, G. Ginsberg, and P. Szatmari. The use ofintonation to communicate in pervasive developmental disorders. Jour-nal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 32:771–782, 1991.

2740 Jonathan Fine, G. Bartolucci, P. Szatmari, and G. Ginsberg. Cohesivediscourse in pervasive developmental disorders. Journal of Autism andDevelopmental Disorders, 24:315–329, 1994.

2741 Jonathan Fine, Giampiero Bartolucci, and Peter Szatmari. Textualsystems: their use in creation and miscalculation of social reality. Word,40(1-2):65–79, 1989.

2742 Kit Fine. Vagueness, truth and logic. Synthese, 30:265–300, 1975.

2743 Kit Fine. Compounds and Aggregates. Noûs, 28:137–158, 1994.

2744 Kit Fine. Ontological dependence. Proceedings of the Aristotelian soci-ety, 95:269–290, 1995.

2745 Kit Fine. Part-whole. In Barry Smith and David Woodruff Smith, edi-tors, The Cambridge companion to Husserl, pages 463–486. CambridgeUniversity Press, Cambridge, U.K., 1995.

2746 R. Fine and R. Freedle, editors. Developmental Issues in Discourse.Ablex Pub. Corp, Norwood, NJ, 1983.

2747 Edward Finegan. Language: its structure and use. Harcourt Brace andCompany, Orlando, Florida, 2nd. edition edition, 1989.

2748 Edward Finegan. Language: its structure and use. Harcourt Brace, FortWorth, TX, 2nd edition edition, 1994.

2749 Timothy W. Finin. The Interpretation of Nominal Compounds in Dis-course. Technical Report MS-CIS-82-3, Moore School of Engineering,University of Pennsylvania, 1982.

2750 R. Finke. Principles of mental imagery, 1989.

228

2751 W. Finkler. POPEL-HOW: ein verteiltes paralleles Modell zur inkre-mentellen Generierung natuerlichsprachlicher Saetze aus konzeptuellenEinheiten. Technical Report, FB Informatik, Universität Saarbrücken,1989.

2752 W. Finkler and G. Neumann. MORPHIX: A fast realization of aclassification-based approach to morphology. In Proceedings of the 4th.ÖGAI: Wiener Workshop Wissensbasierte Sprachverarbeitung, number176 in Informatik Fachberichte. Springer, Berlin, 1988.

2753 W. Finkler and G. Neumann. POPEL-HOW: a Distributed ParallelModel for Incremental Natural Language Production with Feedback. InIJCAI’89, pages 1518–1523, 1989.

2754 Wolfgang Finkler. Automatische Selbstkorrektur bei der inkrementellenGenerierung gesprochener Sprache unter Realzeitbedingungen: Einempirisch-simulativer Ansatz unter Verwendung eines Begründungsver-waltungssystems. Doktor der Ingenieurwissenschaften der TechnischenFakultaet, Universität des Saarlandes, 1996.

2755 Wolfgang Finkler. Automatische Selbstkorrektur bei der inkrementellenGenerierung gesprochener Sprache unter Realzeitbedingungen: Einempirisch-simulativer Ansatz unter Verwendung eines Begründungsver-waltungssystems. DISKI Verlag, 1997.

2756 Wolfgang Finkler and Anne Kilger. Inkrementelle Generierung in Verb-mobil. In G. Goerz, W. Menzel, and P. Regel-Brietzmann, editors,Prozedurale Anforderungen an die maschinelle Sprachverarbeitung -Workshop während der Jahrestagung KI-94, pages 79–88, Saarbrücken,Germany, 1995. Verbmobil Report 60.

2757 Aidan Finn and Nicholas Kushmerick. Learning to classify documentsaccording to genre. Journal of the American Society for InformationScience and Technology, 57(11):1506–1518, 2006.

2758 Cara A. Finnegan. Doing rhetorical history of the visual: the photographand the archive. In Charles A Hill and Marguerite Helmers, editors,Defining visual rhetorics, pages 195–214. Erlbaum, Mahwah, NJ, 2004.

2759 Jan Firbas. Functional sentence perspective in written and spoken com-munication. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1992.

2760 Janos Firbas. On defining the theme in functional sentence analysis.Travaux Linquistique de Prague, 1:267–280, 1966.

2761 J. R. Firth. Modes of Meaning (1951). In J. R. Firth, editor, Papers inlinguistics 1934-1951, pages 190–215. Oxford University Press, 1957.

2762 J. R. Firth. Personality and language in society. In Papers in linguistics1934-1951, pages 177–189. Oxford University Press, London, 1957-1950.

229

2763 J. R. Firth. The Technique of Semantics. In Papers in linguistics 1934-1951, pages 7–33. Oxford University Press, London, 1957[1935].

2764 J. R. Firth. Linguistic analysis as a study of meaning. In F. Palmer,editor, Selected Papers of J.R. Firth, pages 12–26. Longman, London,1968.

2765 J.R. Firth. A synopsis of linguistic theory. Oxford: Philological Society,1957. Reprinted in F. Palmer (ed.)(1968). Studies in Linguistic Analysis1930-1955. Selected Papers of J.R. Firth., Harlow: Longman.

2766 J.R. Firth. Modes of meaning (1951). In J.R. Firth, editor, Papers inlinguistics 1934-1951, pages 190–215. Oxford University Press, Oxford,1957.

2767 J.R. Firth. Papers in Linguistics, 1934-1951. Oxford University Press,London, 1957.

2768 Beate Firzlaff and Karin Haenelt. On the acquisition of conceptual def-initions via textual modelling of meaning paraphrases. In Proceedingsof the fifteenth International Conference on Computational Linguistics(COLING-92), volume IV, pages 1209–1213, Nantes, France, 1992. In-ternational Committe on Computational Linguistics.

2769 Beate Firzlaff, Lothar Rostek, and Elke Teich. Elektronische Publikatio-nen mit linguistischen Verfahren und objekt-orientierten Verlagsdaten-banken. IX Multiuser Multitasking Magazin, pages 146–156, 1994.

2770 Dietrich H. Fischer. Checking redundency and formal consistency inWordNet 1.5: explication of dictionary checking rules and diagnosticreport. Technical Report, GMD/IPSI, Darmstadt, Germany, 1997. (inpreparation).

2771 Dietrich Fischer and Wiebke Möhr. Lexikon-Redaktion: eine Her-ausforderung für Computer-Assistenz beim Publizieren. GMD-Spiegel.Information aus der wissenschaftlichen Arbeit der Gesellschaft fürMathematik- und Datenverarbeitung, March 1991.

2772 Dietrich Fischer, Wiebke Möhr, and Lothar Rostek. A modular, object-oriented and generic approach for building terminology maintenance sys-tems. In Proceedings of TKE’96, 1996.

2773 Dietrich Fischer and Lothar Rostek. SFK: A Smalltalk Frame Kit. Tech-nical Report, GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informa-tionssysteme, 1993.

2774 K. Fischer. A Construction-based Approach to the Lexicalization ofInterjections. In M. Gellerstam, J. Järborg, S. Malmgren, K. Nören,L. Rogström, and C. Rojder Papmehl, editors, Euralex ’96: Proceedings,1996.

230

2775 K. Fischer. Compositionality and Lexical Semantics for Compounds.In F. Hundsnurscher and E. Weigand, editors, Lexical Structures andLanguage Use. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 1996.

2776 K. Fischer. Distributed Representation Formalisms for Discourse Par-ticles. In D. Gibbon, editor, Natural Language Processing and SpeechTechnology. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 1996.

2777 K. Fischer. Annotating Emotional Language Data, 1999.

2778 K. Fischer. Repeats, Reformulations, and Emotional Speech: Evidencefor the Design of Human-Computer Speech Interfaces. In H-J. Bullingerand J. Ziegler, editors, Human-Computer Interaction: Ergonomics andUser Interfaces. Proceedings of the 8th International Conference onHuman-Computer Interaction, volume 1, pages 560–565, Munich, Ger-many, 1999. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

2779 K. Fischer. Die Ikonizität der Pause: Zwischen kognitiver Last undkommunikativer Funktion. In I. Wachsmuth and B. Jung, editors, Kog-Wis99: Proceedings der 4. Fachtagung der Gesellschaft für Kognition-swissenschaf, pages 250–255, Sankt Augustin, 2000.

2780 K. Fischer. From Cognitive Semantics to Lexical Pragmatics: The Func-tional Polysemy of Discourse Particles, 2000.

2781 K. Fischer. What Is a Situation? In Proceedings of Götalog 2000, FourthWorkshop on the Semantics and Pragmatics of Dialogue, Göteborg Uni-versity, pages 85–92, 2000.

2782 K. Fischer and A. Batliner. What Makes Speakers Angry in Human-Computer Conversation. In Proceedings of the Third Workshop onHuman-Computer Conversation, pages 62–67, 2000.

2783 Kerstin Fischer. Mensch-Computer-Interaktion als interkulturelle Kom-munikation. In Cecile Sandten, Kathleen Starck, and Martina Schrader-Kniffki, editors, Transkulturelle Begegnungen. Inputs, University of Bre-men, Bremen, to appear.

2784 Kerstin Fischer. Annotating Emotional Language Data. Verbmobil Re-port 236, Hamburg University, December 1999.

2785 Kerstin Fischer. Discourse Effects on the Prosodic Properties of Repeti-tions in Human-Computer Interaction. In Proceedings of the ESCA-Workshop on Dialogue and Prosody, pages 123–128, De Koningshof,Veldhoven, The Netherlands, 1999.

2786 Kerstin Fischer. Repeats, Reformulations, and Emotional Speech: Evi-dence for the Design of Human-Computer Speech Interfaces. In H-J.Bullinger and J. Ziegler, editors, Human-Computer Interaction: Er-gonomics and User Interfaces, Volume 1 of the Proceedings of the 8th

231

International Conference on Human-Computer Interaction, pages 560–565. Lawrence Erlbaum, London, 1999.

2787 Kerstin Fischer. From Cognitive Semantics to Lexical Pragmatics: TheFunctional Polysemy of Discourse Particles. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin,New York, 2000.

2788 Kerstin Fischer. What Is a Situation? In Proceedings of Götalog 2000,Fourth Workshop on the Semantics and Pragmatics of Dialogue, Göte-borg University, 15-17 June 2000, number 00-5 in Gothenburg Papersin Computational Linguistics, pages 85–92, 2000.

2789 Kerstin Fischer. How much Common Ground Do we Need for Speak-ing? In Proceedings of the 5th Workshop on Formal Semantics andPragmatics of Dialogue, pages 313–320, 2001.

2790 Kerstin Fischer. Linguistic Methods for Investigating Concepts in Use.In Thomas Stolz and Katja Kolbe, editors, Methodologie in der Linguis-tik, pages 39–62. Peter Lang, Frankfurt a.M., 2003.

2791 Kerstin Fischer. Notes on analysing context. In Peter Kühnlein, HannesRieser, and Henk Zeevat, editors, Perspectives on Dialogue in the NewMillennium, number 114 in Pragmatics and Beyond new series, pages193–214. John Benjamins Publishers, Amsterdam, 2003.

2792 Kerstin Fischer. Addressee-oriented Blending in Spatial Object Locali-sation Tasks. In Proceedings of Spatial Cognition ’04, Frauenchiemsee,Oct. 2004, 2004.

2793 Kerstin Fischer. Expressive Speech Characteristics in the Communica-tion with Artificial Agents. In Proceedings of the AISB 2004 Convention,Symposium on Language, Speech and Gesture for Expressive Characters,University of Leeds, 29 March - 1 April 2004, pages 1–11, 2004.

2794 Kerstin Fischer. Transkriptionskonventionen. SFB/TR8 internal reportI1-[OntoSpace]: D5, Collaborative Research Center for Spatial Cogni-tion, University of Bremen, Germany, 2004.

2795 Kerstin Fischer. Discourse Conditions for Spatial Perspective Taking. InWoSLaD Workshop on Spatial Language and Dialogue, October 23-25,2005, 2005.

2796 Kerstin Fischer. The role of users’ preconceptions in talking to comput-ers and robots. In Kerstin Fischer, editor, Proceedings of the Workshopon How People Talk to Computers, Robots, and Other Artificial Com-munication Partners, Hansewissenschaftskolleg, Delmenhorst, April 21-23, 2006, pages 112–130, University of Bremen, 2006. SFB/TR8 Report010-09-2006.

232

2797 Kerstin Fischer. What Computer Talk Is and Is not: Human-ComputerConversation as Intercultural Communication, volume 17 of Linguistics- Computational Linguistics. AQ-Verlag, Saarbrücken, 2006.

2798 Kerstin Fischer. The role of users’ concepts of the robot in human-robot spatial instruction. In Thomas Barkowsky, Markus Knauff, GerardLigozat, and Dan Montello, editors, Spatial Cognition V: Reasoning,Action, Interaction, pages 76–89. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2007.

2799 Kerstin Fischer and John A. Bateman. Keeping the initiative: anempirically-motivated approach to predicting user-initiated dialoguecontributions in HCI. In Proceedings of the 11th Conference of the Eu-ropean Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages185–192, Trento, April 2006. Association for Computational Linguistics.

2800 Kerstin Fischer and A. Batliner. What Makes Speakers Angry inHuman-Computer Conversation. In Proceedings of the Third Workshopon Human-Computer Conversation, Bellagio, Italy, 2000.

2801 Kerstin Fischer and R. Moratz. From Communicative Strategies toCognitive Modelling. In Proceedings of the First International Workshopon ‘Epigenetic Robotics’, Lund, Sweden, 2001.

2802 Kerstin Fischer and Thora Tenbrink. Video conferencing in a transre-gional research cooperation: Turn-taking in a new medium. In JanaDöring, H. Walter Schmitz, and Olaf Schulte, editors, Connecting Per-spectives. Videokonferenz: Beiträge zu ihrer Erforschung und Anwen-dung, Aachen, 2003. Shaker.

2803 Kerstin Fischer and Thora Tenbrink. Videoconferencing in a Transre-gional Research Cooperation: Turn-Taking in a New Medium. In JanaDöring, H. Walther Schmitz, and Olaf A. Schulte, editors, ConnectingPerspectives. Videokonferenz: Beiträge zu ihrer Erforschung und An-wendung, pages 89–104. Shaker, Aachen, 2003.

2804 Kerstin Fischer and Ruth Wilde. Methoden zur Analyse interaktiver Be-deutungskonstitution. In Christiane Solte-Gresser, Karen Struwe, andNatascha Ueckmann, editors, Von der Wirklichkeit zur Wissenschaft.Aktuelle Forschungsmethoden in den Sprach-, Literatur- und Kulturwis-senschaften, number 1 in Forum Literaturen Europas, pages 163–174.LIT-Verlag, Hamburg, 2005.

2805 Kerstin Fischer and B. Wrede. Discourse Particles in Female and MaleHuman-Computer-Interaction. In Proceedings of WiC, Exeter, 1997.Intellect Press.

2806 Kerstin Fischer, B. Wrede, C. Brindöpke, and M. Johanntokrax. Quan-titative und funktionale Analysen von Diskurspartikeln im ComputerTalk. Sprache und Datenverarbeitung, 21(1-2):85–100, 1996.

233

2807 Lucy Fischer. The lady vanishes: women, magic, and the movies. InJohn L. Fell, editor, Film before Griffith, pages 339–354. University ofCalifornia Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 1983.

2808 Markus Fischer. Weiterentwicklung und Implementierung eines Di-alogsystems für kooperative Informationssysteme. Technical ReportGMD Studien 228, GMD, 1994.

2809 Markus Fischer, Elisabeth Maier, and Adelheit Stein. Generating Co-operative System Responses in Information Retrieval Dialogues. In Pro-ceedings of the International Workshop on Natural Language generation(INLGW ’94), Kennebunkport, Maine, pages 207–216, 1994.

2810 Martin H. Fischer and Rolf A. Zwaan. Embodied language: A review ofthe role of the motor system in language comprehension. The QuarterlyJournal of Experimental Psychology, 61(6):825–850, 2008. Special Issue:Grounding Cognition in Perception and Action.

2811 Stanley Fish. Is there a text in this class?: The authority of interpreta-tive communities. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA, 1980.

2812 W. Fisher. Narration as a human communication paradigm: the case ofpublic moral argument. Communication Monographs, 51:1–22, 1984.

2813 Susan T. Fiske. Social Cognition and Social Perception. Annual Reviewof Psychology, 44:155–194, 1993.

2814 Susan T. Fiske and Shelley E. Taylor. Social Cognition. McGraw-Hill,New York, 1991.

2815 S. Fitzhugh, A. Morrison, J. Chein, Shipley, and N. Newcombe. Trainingmental rotation: A comparison of training spatial skills and workingmemory. in prep.

2816 Ulla Fix and Hans Weillmann, editors. Bild im Text - Text und Bild,volume 20 of Sprache - Literatur und Geschichte. Winter, Heidelberg,2000. Symposion vom 6. - 8. April 2000 in Lepzig.

2817 Martin Flanagan. Bakhtin and the Movies: New Ways of UnderstandingHollywood Film. Palgrave Macmillan, 2009.

2818 Owen Flanagan. Consciousness reconsidered. MIT Press, Cambridge,MA, 1992.

2819 Karsten Fledelius. Syntagmatic film analysis: with special reference tohistorical research. In Untersuchung zur Syntax des Films: 1, number 8in papmaks, pages 32–68. Münsteraner Arbeitskreis for Semiotik e.V.,Münster, 1978.

2820 S. Fleischman. The future in thought and language. Diachronic evidencefrom Romance. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1982.

234

2821 S. Fleischman. Discourse functions of tense-aspect oppositions in nar-rative: towards a theory of grounding. Linguistics, 23:851–882, 1985.

2822 S. Fleischman. Tense and narrativity. Routledge, London, 1990.

2823 A. Flett, M. Casella Dos Santos, and W. Ceusters. Some ontology engi-neering processes and their supporting technologies. In A. Gómez-Pérezand V.R. Benjamins, editors, Ontologies and the Semantic Web, pages154–165. Springer, Berlin, 2002.

2824 Rosie Flewitt, Regine Hampel, Mirjam Hauck, and Lesley Lancaster.What are multimodal data and transcription? In Carey Jewitt, editor,The Routledge Handbook of multimodal analysis, pages 40–53. Rout-ledge, London, 2009.

2825 Dan Flickinger. On building a more efficient grammar by exploitingtypes. Natural Language Engineering, 6(1):15–28, 2000.

2826 Dan Flickinger and Emily M. Bender. Compositional semantics in amultilingual grammar resource. In Emily Bender, Dan Flickinger, Fred-erik Fouvry, and Melanie Siegel, editors, Proceedings of the ESSLLIWorkshop on Ideas and Strategies for Multilingual Grammar Develop-ment, number 15 in European Summer School for Logic, Language andInformation, Vienna, Austria, 18-29 August 2003. ESSLLI.

2827 Daniel Flickinger, Stephan Oepen, Hans Uszkoreit, and Jun-Ichi Tsujii,editors. Journal of Natural Language Engineering. Special issue on ef-ficient processing with HPSG: Methods, systems, evaluation, volume 6.Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, U.K., 2000.

2828 Daniel Flickinger, Carl Pollard, and Thomas Wasow. Structure-Sharingin Lexical Representation. In Proceedings of the 23rd annual meeting ofthe Association for Computational Linguistics, Chicago, Illinois, 1985.Association for Computational Linguistics.

2829 M. Flickner, H. Sawhney, W. Niblack, J. Ashley, Q. Huang, B. Dom,M. Gorkani, J. Hafner, D. Lee, D. Petkovic, D. Steele, and P. Yanker.Query By Image And Video Content: The QBIC system. IEEE Com-puter: Special issue on Content Based Picture Retrieval Systems, 1995.

2830 F. Flores, M. Graves, B. Hartfield, and T. Winograd. Computer Systemsand the Design of Organizational Interaction. ACM Transactions onOffice Information Systems, 6(2):153–172, 1988.

2831 F. Flores and J.J. Ludlow. Doing and Speaking in the Office. In G. Fickand H. Spraque Jr., editors, Decision Support Systems: Issues and Chal-lenges, pages 95–118. Pergamon Press, New York, 1980.

235

2832 Dan Flory. Race. In Paisley Livingston and Carl Plantinga, editors,The Routledge Companion to Philosophy and Film, chapter 21, pages227–236. Routledge, London and New York, 2009.

2833 L. S. Flower and J. R. Hayes. The Dynamics of Composing: MakingPlans and Juggling Constraints. In L. Gregg and E. R. Steinberg, ed-itors, Cognitive Processes in Writing, pages 31–50. Lawrence ErlbaumAssociates, Hillsdale, New Jersey, 1980.

2834 J. Flowerdew. Genre in the classroom: a linguistic approach. In A.M.Johns, editor, Genre in the classroom: multiple perspectives. LawrenceErlbaum Associates, Marwah, NJ, 2002.

2835 John Flowerdew. Academic listening: research perspectives. CambridgeUniversity Press, Cambridge, 1995.

2836 Monika Fludernik. Towards a ’natural’ narratology. Routledge, London,1996.

2837 Monika Fludernik. Genres, text types, or discourse modes? Narrativemodalities and generic categorization. Style, 34(1):274–292, 2000.

2838 Monika Fludernik. New Wine in Old Bottles? Voice, Focalization,and New Writing. New Literary History: A Journal of Theory andInterpretation, 32(3):619–638, 2001.

2839 Monika Fludernik. The establishment of internal focalization in oddpronominal contexts. In Willie van Peer and Seymour Chatman, edi-tors, New Perspectives on Narrative Perspective, pages 101–116. StateUniversity of New York Press, Albany, NY, 2001.

2840 Monika Fludernik. Scene shift, metalepsis, and the metaleptic mode.Style, 37:382–400, 2003.

2841 Monika Fludernik. Unreliablility vs. Discordance. Kritische Betrachtun-gen zum literaturwissenschaftlichen Konzept der erzählerischen Unzu-verlässigkeit. In Fabienne Liptay and Yvonne Wolf, editors, Was stimmtden jetzt? Unzuverlässiges Erzählen in Literatur und Film, pages 39–59.edition text + kritik, München, 2005.

2842 Monika Fludernik. Introduction to narratology. Routledge, London,2009.

2843 Monika Fludernik. Narratology in the Twenty-First Century: The Cog-nitive Approach to Narrative. Publications of the Modern LanguageAssociation of America (PMLA), 125(4):924–930, October 2010.

2844 Annika Flycht-Eriksson. A survey of knowledge sources in dialogue sys-tems. ETAI: News Journal on Intelligent User Interfaces, 10, 1999.Special Issue on Intelligent Dialogue Systems edited by Jan Alexander-sson, Lars Ahrenberg, Kristiina Jokinen and Arne Jönsson.

236

2845 Annika Flycht-Eriksson. Design of ontologies for dialogue interactionand inforamation extraction. In Proceedings of the 3rd Workshop onKnowledge and Reasoning in Practical Dialogue Systems at the Eigh-teenth International Joint Conference On Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI-03), Acapulco, Mexico, 2003. American Association for Artificial Intel-ligence.

2846 J. A. Fodor, T. G. Bever, and M. F. Garrett. The Psychology of Lan-guage. McGraw Hill, New York, 1974.

2847 Jerry Fodor. The modularity of mind. 1983.

2848 William Foley and Robert Van Valin. Functional syntax and universalgrammar. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1984.

2849 Sandiway Fong and Robert C. Berwick. Isolating cross-linguistic parsingcomplexity with a Principles-and-Parameters parser: a case study ofJapanese and English. In Proceedings of COLING-92, volume II, pages631–637, Nantes, France, July 1992.

2850 T. Fong, Ch. Thorpe, and Ch. Baur. Collaboration, Dialogue, andHuman-Robot Interaction. In 10th International Symposium of RoboticsResearch. 2001.

2851 T. Fong, Ch. Thorpe, and Ch. Baur. Collaboration, Dialogue, andHuman-Robot Interaction. In Proceedings of the 10th InternationalSymposium of Robotics Research, Lorne, Victoria, Australia, November2001.

2852 Vivienne Fong. The order of things: what directional locatives denote.PhD thesis, Stanford University, Stanford, California, 1997.

2853 Frederico Fonseca, Max Egenhofer, Clodoveu Davis, and Gilberto Câ-mara. Semantic Granularity in Ontology-Driven Geographic Informa-tion Systems. Annals of Mathematics and Artificial Intelligence, 36(1-2):121–151, 2002.

2854 Frederico T. Fonseca, Max J. Egenhofer, Peggy Agouris, and GilbertoCâmara. Using ontologies for integrated geographic information sys-tems. Transactions in GIS, 6(3), 2002.

2855 T. Fontanelle. A bilingual lexical database for frame semantics. Inter-national Journal of Lexicography, 13:232–248, 2000.

2856 International Organization for Standardization. ISO 8879-1986 (E).Information processing - Text and Office Systems - Standard GeneralizedMarkup Language (SGML). First edition - 1986-10-15. InternationalOrganization for Standardization, Geneva, 1986.

237

2857 K. Forbus and A. Stevens. Using Qualitative Simulation to GenerateExplanations. Technical Report 4490, Bolt Beranek and Newman, Inc.,March 1981. Also appeared in Cognitive Science, 3, 1981.

2858 K.D. Forbus. Qualitative reasoning about space and motion. In D. Gen-tner and A.L. Stevens, editors, Mental models, pages 53–73. LawrenceErlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ, 1983.

2859 Kenneth Forbus. Qualitative Reasoning about Physical Processes. InProceedings of IJCAI’81. International Joint Conferences on ArtificialIntelligence, 1981.

2860 Charles J. Forceville. Pictorial metaphor in advertising. Routledge,London, 1996.

2861 Charles J. Forceville. The conspiracy in "The Comfort of Strangers":narration in the novel and the film. Language and Literature, 11(2):119–135, 2002.

2862 Charles J. Forceville. The identification of target and source in pictorialmetaphors. Journal of Pragmatics, 34(1):1–14, 2002.

2863 Charles J. Forceville. Cognitive Linguistics and Multimodal Metaphor.In K. Sachs-Hombach, editor, Bildwissenschaft zwischen Reflexion undAnwendung, pages 264–284. Herbert von Halem Verlag, 2005.

2864 Charles J. Forceville. Visual representations of the idealized cognitivemodel of anger in the Asterix album La Zizanie. Journal of Pragmatics,37(1):69–88, 2005.

2865 Charles J. Forceville. Non-verbal and multimodal metaphor as a cog-nitivist framework: agendas for research. In Gitte Kristiansen, MichelAchard, Rene Dirven, and Francisco Ruiz de Mendoza Ibanez, editors,Cognitive Linguistics: Current Applications and Future Perspectives,pages 379–402. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin/New York, 2006.

2866 Charles J. Forceville. Book Review: Multimodal Transcription and TextAnalysis: A Multimedia Toolkit and Coursebook by Anthony Baldry andPaul J. Thibault. Journal of Pragmatics, 39:1235–1238, 2007.

2867 Charles J. Forceville and Marloes Jeulink. The flesh and blood of em-bodied understanding: The source-path-goal schema in animation film.Pragmatics and Cognition, 19(1):37–59, 2011.

2868 Cecilia Ford. Overlapping Relations in Text Structure. In Scott De-Lancey and Russell Tomlin, editors, Proceedings of the Second AnnualMeeting of the Pacific Linguistics Society. Linguistics Department, Uni-versity of Oregon, 1987.

238

2869 Cecilia C. Ford. Overlapping relations in text structure. In Scott De-Lancey and R. S. Tomlin, editors, Proceedings of the Second AnnualMeeting of the Pacific Linguistic Conference, Eugene, 1987. Departmentof Linguistics, University of Oregon.

2870 Cecilia Ford and William C. Mann. Process Design for a RhetoricalStructure Planner. Technical Report, USC/Information Sciences Insti-tute, 1987. in preparation, 11/86.

2871 Cecilia Ford and William C. Mann. Testing a Rhetorical StructurePlanner. Technical Report, USC/Information Sciences Institute, 1987.in preparation 11/86.

2872 Cecilia Ford and Sandra A. Thompson. Conditionals In Discourse: AText-Based Study From English. In ter Meulen Traugott and Reilly,editors, On Conditionals. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1985.

2873 D.J. Foss and D.A. Harwodd. Memory for sentences : implicationsfor human associative memory. Journal of Verbal Learning and VerbalBehavior, 14:1–16, 1975.

2874 Sonja K. Foss. A rhetorical schema for the evaluation of visual imagery.Communication Studies, 45(3-4):213–224, 1994.

2875 Sonja K. Foss. Framing the study of visual rhetoric: toward a transfor-mation of rhetorical theory. In Charles A Hill and Marguerite Helmers,editors, Defining visual rhetorics, pages 303–314. Erlbaum, Mahwah,NJ, 2004.

2876 Mary Ellen Foster. Automatically generating text to accompany infor-mation graphics.

2877 Mary Ellen Foster. Corpus-based planning of deictic gestures in COMIC.In Anja Belz, Roger Evans, and Paul Piwek, editors, Natural LanguageGeneration: Third international Conference (INLG 2004), number 3123in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages 198–204. Springer,Berlin, New York, July 14-16 2004.

2878 Michel Foucault. The Archaeology of Knowledge. Routledge, London,1969.

2879 Michel Foucault. What is an author? In The Foucault Reader, pages101–120. Pantheon Books, New York, 1984.

2880 Corinne Fournier. Un générateur de textes fondé sur le modèle Sens-Texte. Technical Report, Dassault Aviation, 1991.

2881 Alastair Fowler. Kinds of literature. Oxford University Press, Oxford,1982.

239

2882 Roger Fowler. Language in the news: discourse and ideology in the press.Routledge, London and New York, 1991.

2883 Roger Fowler, Bob Hodge, Gunther Kress, and Tony Trew. Languageand control. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London, Boston and Henley,1979.

2884 Roger Fowler and Gunther Kress. Critical linguistics. In Roger Fowler,Bob Hodge, Gunther Kress, and Tony Trew, editors, Language and con-trol, pages 185–213. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London, Boston andHenley, 1979.

2885 Barbara A. Fox. Local patterns and general principles in cognitive pro-cesses: Anaphora in written and conversational English. Text, 6:25–51,1986.

2886 Barbara A. Fox. Discourse Structure and Anaphora in Written andConversational English. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1987.

2887 D. Fox, W. Burgard, F. Dellaert, and S. Thrun. Monte carlo localization:Efficient position estimation for mobile robots. In Proc. of the NationalConference on Artificial Intelligence (AAAI). 1999.

2888 D. Fox, W. Burgard, H. Kruppa, and S. Thrun. Collaborative multi-robot localization. In DAGM, editor, Proc. of the German Conference onArtificial Intelligence (KI) and the 21st Symposium on Pattern Recog-nition (DAGM). 1999.

2889 D. Fox, W. Burgard, H. Kruppa, and S. Thrun. Efficient Multi-RobotLocalization Based on Monte Carlo Approximation. In Proc. of the 9thInternational Symposium of Robotics Research (ISRR-99). 1999.

2890 D. Fox, W. Burgard, and S. Thrun. Controlling synchro-drive robotswith the dynamic window approach to collision avoidance. In Proc.of the IEEE/RSJ International Conference on Intelligent Robots andSystems (IROS). 1996.

2891 D. Fox, W. Burgard, and S. Thrun. Markov localization for reliablerobot navigation and people detection. In Proc. of the Dagstuhl Seminaron Modelling and Planning for Sensor-Based Intelligent Robot Systems,LNCS. Springer, 1999.

2892 D. Fox, W. Burgard, S. Thrun, and A.B. Cremers. A hybrid collisionavoidance method for mobile robots. In Proc. of the IEEE InternationalConference on Robotics & Automation (ICRA). 1998.

2893 D. Fox, W. Burgard, S. Thrun, and A.B. Cremers. Position estimationfor mobile robots in dynamic environments. In Proc. of the NationalConference on Artificial Intelligence (AAAI). 1998.

240

2894 Claudia Fraas and Michael Klemm, editors. Mediendiskurse. Bestand-saufnahme und Perspektiven. Peter Lang, Frankfurt a.M., 2005.

2895 L. Fraczak. Description d’itineraires: de la référence au texte. SciencesCognitives, Université de Paris XI, Orsay, 1998.

2896 L. Fraczak, G. Lapalme, and M. Zock. Automatic generation of subwaydirections: Salience gradation as a factor for determining message andform. In Proceedings of the Ninth International Workhop on NaturalLanguage Generation (INLG-98), pages 58–67, Niagara-On-The-Lake,Ontario, Canada, 1998.

2897 L. Fraczak, G. Lapalme, and M. Zock. Variation du contenu et dela forme dans la génération de descriptions d’itinéraires en métro.In P. Zweigenbaum, editor, TALN (Le Traitement Automatique desLangues Naturelles), volume 1, pages 72–81, Paris, 1998.

2898 Lidia Fraczak. Generating "Mental Maps" from route descriptions. InPatrick Olivier and Klaus-Peter Gapp, editors, Representation and pro-cessing of spatial expressions, pages 185–200. Lawrence Erlbaum Asso-ciates, Mahwah, New Jersey, 1998.

2899 Lidia Fraczak and Guy Lapalme. Utilisation de stratégies cognitivesdans la génération automatique de descriptions d’itinéraires. In TALN(Le Traitement Automatique des Langues Naturelles), pages 145–154,Cargèse, 1999.

2900 C.O. Frake. Plying frames can be dangerous: some reflections onmethodology in cognitive anthropology. Quarterly newsletter of the in-stitute for comparative human cognition, 1:1–7, 1977.

2901 Nissim Francez and Mark Steedman. Categorial grammar and the se-mantics of contextual prepositional phrases. Linguistics and Philosophy,29:381–417, 2006.

2902 G. Francis, S. Hunston, and E. Manning. Collins COBUILD GrammarPatterns 1: Verbs. HarperCollins, London, 1996.

2903 G. Francis, S. Hunston, and E. Manning. Collins COBUILD GrammarPatterns 2: Nouns and Adjectives. HarperCollins, London, 1998.

2904 Gill Francis. Thematic selection and distribution in written discourse.Word, 40(1-2):201–223, 1989.

2905 Gill Francis. A corpus-driven approach to grammar: principles, methodsand examples. In M. Baker, G. Francis, and E. Toginini-Bognelli, edi-tors, Text and technology: In honour of John Sinclair, pages 137–156.Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1993.

241

2906 W. Nelson Francis and Henry Kučera. Computational analysis ofpresent-day American English. Brown University Press, Providence,1967.

2907 D. Franck. Seven sins of pragmatics: Theses about speech act theory,conversational analysis, linguistics and rhetoric. In H. Parret, M. Sbisa,and J Verscheuren, editors, Possibilities and Limitations of Pragmatics,pages 225–236. John Benjamins B.V., Amsterdam, 1981. Conference onPragmatics, Urbino, July8-14, 1979.

2908 A. Frank. Qualitative spatial reasoning with cardinal directions. In Pro-ceedings of the Seventh Austrian Conference on Artificial Intelligence,Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 1991. Springer.

2909 A. Frank. In Ch. Freksa, W. Brauer, Ch. Habel, and K. F. Wender,editors, Spatial Cognition III. Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence.Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2002.

2910 A. Frank and W. Kuhn. Cell graphs: a provably correct method for thestorage of geometry. In Proceedings of the 2nd. international symposiumon spatial data handling, pages 411–436, Seattle, Washington, 1986.

2911 A. Frank and W. Kuhn. A specification language for interoperable GIS.In M.F. Goodchild, M. Egenhofer, R Fegeas, and C. Kottmann, editors,Interoperating geographic information systems, pages 123–132. Kluwer,Norwell, MA, 1999.

2912 Andrew Frank. Pragmatic Information Content: How to Measure theInformation in a Route Description. In M. Duckham, M. Goodchild, andM. Worboys, editors, Perspectives on Geographic Information Science,pages 47–68. Taylor and Francis, London, 2003.

2913 Andrew Frank. Ontology. In K. Kemp, editor, Encyclopedia of Geo-graphic Information Science, pages 326–329. SAGE Publications, LosAngeles, London, New Delhi, Singapore, 2008.

2914 Andrew U. Frank. Spatial ontology: a geographical information pointof view. In Oliviero Stock, editor, Spatial and temporal reasoning, pages135–153. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1997.

2915 Andrew U. Frank. Tiers of ontology and consistency constraints in ge-ographical information systems. International Journal of GeographicalInformation Science, 15(7):667–678, 2001.

2916 Annette Frank. Verb Second by Underspecification. In Harald Trost,editor, KONVENS ’94, pages 121–130, Vienna, 1994.

2917 Annette Frank and Uwe Reyle. Principled based semantics for HPSG.In Proceedings of EACL-95. Association for Computational Linguistics,1995.

242

2918 A.U. Frank. Qualitative Spatial Reasoning about Distances and Direc-tions in Geographic Space. Journal of Visual Languages and Computing,3:343–371, 1992.

2919 A.U. Frank. Qualitative spatial reasoning: cardinal directions as anexample. IJGIS, 10(3):269–290, 1996.

2920 A.U. Frank. Spatial Communication with Maps: Defining the Correct-ness of Maps Using a Multi-Agent Simulation. In C. Freksa, W. Brauer,C. Habel, and K.F. Wender, editors, Spatial Cognition II - IntegratingAbstract Theories, Empirical Studies, Formal Methods, and PracticalApplications, pages 80–99. Springer, Berlin, 2000.

2921 A.U. Frank. A linguistically justified proposal for a spatio-temporal on-tology’. In Proceedings of the COSIT03 international conference, 2003.Position paper in COSIT-03 workshop.

2922 A.U. Frank. Ontology for spatio-temporal databases. In M. Koubarakis,editor, Spatiotemporal Databases: The Chorochronos Approach, LectureNotes in Computer Science, pages 9–78. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 2003.

2923 M. Frankel. Media mongrels. New York Times Magazine, pages 20–22,June 2 1996.

2924 Julia Frankenstein, Simon Büchner, Thora Tenbrink, and ChristophHölscher. Influence of geometry and objects on local route choicesfor wayfinding. In C. Hölscher, T. Shipley, M. Olivetti Belardinelli,J.A. Bateman, and N. Newcombe, editors, Spatial Cognition VII: In-ternational Conference Spatial Cognition, August 15-19, 2010, Mt.Hood/Portland, Oregon, Berlin/Heidelberg, 2010. Springer.

2925 M.O. Franz and H.G. Krapp. Wide-Field, Motion-Sensitive Neuronsand Optimal Matched Filters for Optic Flow, 1998.

2926 Bruce Fraser. Hedged performatives. In P. Cole and J. L. Morgan,editors, Speech Acts, volume 3 of Syntax and Semantics, pages 187–210.Academic Press, 1975.

2927 N.N. Fraser and G.N. Gilbert. Simulating speech systems. Computer,Speech and Language, 5(1):81–99, 1991.

2928 Norman M. Fraser and Richard A. Hudson. Inheritance in Word Gram-mar. Computational Linguistics, 18(2), 1992.

2929 Norman M. Fraser and J. H. Simon Thornton. Vocalist: A robust,portable spoken language dialogue system for telephone applications.In Proceedings of EUROSPEECH ‘95, 18-21 September, 1995, pages1947–1950, Madrid, Spain, 1995.

243

2930 William Frawley. Linguistic Semantics. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates,Hillsdale, New Jersey, 1992.

2931 Anne Freadman. Structuralist uses of Peirce: Jakobson, Metz et al.In T. Threadgold, E. A. Grosz, G. Kress, and Michael A. K. Halliday,editors, Semiotics - language - ideology, number 3 in Sydney Studies inSociety and Culture, pages 93–124. Sydney Association for Studies inSociety and Culture, Sydney, 1986.

2932 C.H. Frederickson. Representing Logical and Semantic Structure ofKnowledge acquired from Discourse. Cognitive Psychology, 7:371–458,1975.

2933 C.H. Frederickson. Semantic Processing Units in Understanding Text. InRoy O. Freedle, editor, Discourse Processes: Advances in Research andTheory. Volume 1: Discourse Production and Comprehension, pages57–88. Ablex, Norwood, 1977.

2934 Robert Frederking, Ariel Cohen, Dean Grannes, Peter Cousseau, andSergei Nirenburg. The PANGLOSS mark i MAT system. In Sixth con-ference of the European Chapter of the Association for ComputationalLinguistics, page 468. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1993.

2935 Dennis Freeborn, Peter French, and David Langford. Varieties of En-glish. Macmillan, Basingstoke, 2nd edition, 1993.

2936 R. O. Freedle, editor. Discourse Processes: Advances in Research andTheory. Volume 2: New Directions in Discourse Processing. Ablex,Norwood, New Jersey, 1979.

2937 R.O. Freedle and R.P. Duran. Sociolinguistic approaches to dialoguewith suggested applications to cognitive science. In R. O. Freedle, editor,Discourse Processes: Advances in Research and Theory. Volume 2: NewDirections in Discourse Processing, pages 197–206. Ablex, Norwood,New Jersey, 1979.

2938 R.O. Freedle and J. Fine. An interactional approach to the developmentof discourse. In R. Fine and R. Freedle, editors, Developmental Issuesin Discourse, pages 143–168. Ablex Pub. Corp, Norwood, NJ, 1983.

2939 Roy O. Freedle and Jonathan Fine. Prose comprehension in naturaland experimental settings: the theory and its practical implications. InS. Rosenberg, editor, Handbook of applied psycholinguistics, pages 257–294. Erlbaum, Hillsdale, N. J., 1982.

2940 Aviva Freedman and Peter Medway, editors. Genre and the new rhetoric.Taylor and Francis, London, 1994.

244

2941 Aviva Freedman and Peter Medway. Locating genre studies: antecedentsand prospects. In Aviva Freedman and Peter Medway, editors, Genreand the new rhetoric, chapter 1, pages 1–22. Taylor and Francis, London,1994.

2942 R. Freedman, S. Brandle, M. Glass, J. Kim, Y. Zhou, and M. Evens.Circsum-Tutor: content planning in a tutoring system. In 9th INLG,pages 280–283, Niagara-on-the-Lake, Ontario, 1998. software demon-stration.

2943 C. Freksa. Conceptual neighborhood and its role in temporal and spatialreasoning. In M. Singh and L. Travé-Massuyès, editors, Decision Sup-port Systems and Qualitative Reasoning, pages 181–187. North-Holland,Amsterdam, 1991.

2944 C. Freksa. Using orientation information for qualitative spatial reason-ing. In A. U. Frank, I. Campari, and U. Formentini, editors, Theoriesand methods of spatio-temporal reasoning in geographic space, volume639 of LNCS, pages 162–178. Springer, Berlin, 1992.

2945 C. Freksa. Spatial and temporal structures in cognitive processes. InC. Freksa, M. Jantzen, and R. Valk, editors, Foundations of ComputerScience. Potential - Theory - Cognition, pages 379–387. Springer, Berlin,1997.

2946 C. Freksa. Links vor - Prototyp oder Gebiet? Probabilistische undpossibilistische Raumbeschreibung. In G. Rickheit, editor, Richtungenim Raum, pages 231–246. Westdeutscher Verlag, Opladen, 1998.

2947 C. Freksa. Spatial Aspects of Task-Specific Wayfinding Maps. In J.S.Gero and B. Tversky, editors, Visual and Spatial Reasoning in Design,pages 15–32. Key Centre of Design Computing and Cognition, Univer-sity of Sydney, 1999.

2948 C. Freksa and T. Barkowsky. On the duality and on the integration ofpropositional and spatial representations. In G. Rickheit and C. Habel,editors, Mental Models in Discourse Processing and Reasoning, pages195–212. Elsevier, Amsterdam, Lausanne, New York, 1999.

2949 C. Freksa, W. Brauer, C. Habel, and K.F. Wender (Eds.). Spatial Cogni-tion II. Integrating Abstract Theories, Empirical Studies, Formal Meth-ods, and Practical Applications, 2000.

2950 C. Freksa and D.M Mark (Eds). Spatial information theory- Cogni-tive and computational foundations of geographic information science(COSIT 99), 1999.

2951 C. Freksa, C. Habel, and K.F. Wender (Eds.). Spatial Cognition I - Aninterdisciplinary approach to representing and processing spatial knowl-edge, 1998.

245

2952 C. Freksa, M. Jantzen, and R. Valk (Eds.). Foundations of ComputerScience. Potential - Theory - Cognition, 1997.

2953 C. Freksa, R. Moratz, and T. Barkowsky. Schematic Maps for RobotNavigation. In C. Freksa, W. Brauer, C. Habel, and K.F. Wender,editors, Spatial Cognition II - Integrating Abstract Theories, EmpiricalStudies, Formal Methods, and Practical Applications, pages 100–114.Springer, Berlin, 2000.

2954 C. Freksa, R. Moratz, and T. Barkowsky. Schematic Maps for RobotNavigation. In C. Freksa, W. Brauer, C. Habel, and K.F. Wender,editors, Spatial Cognition II - Integrating Abstract Theories, EmpiricalStudies, Formal Methods, and Practical Applications, pages 100–114.Springer, Berlin, 2000.

2955 C. Freksa and R. Röhrig. Dimensions of qualitative spatial reasoning.In N. P. Carrete and M. G. Singh, editors, Qualitative reasoning anddecision technologies, Proc. QUARDET93, pages 483–492. 1993.

2956 Christian Freksa. Linguistic description of human judgements in expertsystems and in the ‘soft’ sciences. In M.M. Gupta and E. Sanchez, edi-tors, Approximate reasoning in decision analysis, pages 297–305. North-Holland Publishing Company, 1982.

2957 Christian Freksa. Temporal reasoning based on semi-intervals. ArtificialIntelligence, 54:199–227, 1992.

2958 Christian Freksa, R. Moratz, and T. Barkowsky. Robot navigation withschematic maps. In E. Pagello, editor, Intelligent Autonomous Systems,volume 6, pages 809–816. IOS Press, 2000.

2959 Paul Frenger. Mind.Forth: Thoughts on Artificial Intelligence andForth. ACM Sigplan Notices, 33(12):25–31, December 1998.

2960 Jochen Frey, Robert Neßelrath, Christian H. Schulz, and Jan Alexan-dersson. SensHome: Towards a Corpus for Everyday Activities in SmartHomes. In European Language Resources Association (ELRA), editor,Proceedings of Multimodal Corpora: Advances in Capturing, Coding andAnalyzing Multimodality. o.A., 5 2010.

2961 Werner Frey and Karin Pittner. Adverbialpositionen im deutsch-englischVergleich. In Monika Doherty, editor, Sprachspezifische Aspekte der In-formationsverteilung, volume 47 of Studia Grammatica, pages 14–40.Akademie Verlag, Berlin, 1999.

2962 G. Friden. Studies on the Tenses of the English Verb from Chaucerto Shakespeare with Special Reference to the Late Sixteenth Century.Uppsala University, Uppsala, 1948.

246

2963 Joyce Friedman. Directed Random Generation of Sentences. Commu-nications of the Association for Computing Machinery, 12(6), 1969.

2964 C. C. Fries. The Expression of the Future. Language, 3:87–95, 1927.

2965 Peter Fries. The Uses of the Infinitive in the Object of the Verb inEnglish. Ph.D. Dissertation, Linguistics, University of Pennsylvania,1964.

2966 Peter Fries. On pernicious recursion. Wisconsin Papers in Linguis-tics, 1(1):1–21, 1970. Reprinted in Studia Anglica Posnaniensia 4:35-50.(1972).

2967 Peter Fries. On repeatability and reduplication. TESL Reporter, 3(4):1–2, 1970.

2968 Peter Fries. English noun phrase construction. volume 6, pages 8–9.(Fall) 1972.

2969 Peter Fries. Review of: ’Peter S. A. Cooper. "Correct your En-glish: Dialogues and Difficulties". Second edition. Muenchen: Hueber.(1971),’ ’Hans G. Hoffmann and Friedgold Schmidt. English Gram-mar Exercises: a Systematic Course for Advanced Students. Muenchen:Hueber. (1971)., ’Rudolf Meldau and John Leyton. The Little Eng-land Book Muenchen: Hueber. (1971).’, ’Rudolf Meldau and RonaldTaylor. Deutsche Uebersetzungsbeispiele zur Englischen Sprachlehre.Muenchen: Hueber. (1969).’, ’Joseph Raith and Herbert Marchl.Beispielsaetze zur Englischen Grammatik. Muenchen: Hueber. (1969).’,’Walter Spiegelberg. Moderne Englische Nacherzaehlungen. Muenchen:Hueber. (1969).’. Modern Language Journal, 58:82–83, 1974.

2970 Peter Fries. English predications of comparison. In Robert DiPietroand Edward Blansitt, editors, The Third LACUS Forum, pages 545–556. Hornbeam Press, Columbia S.C., 1977. Reprinted in Studia AnglicaPosnaniensia 9:95-103. (1977).

2971 Peter Fries. Lexical systems and the meanings of words. The Languageof Poems, 6(1 and 2):3–5, March 1977.

2972 Peter Fries. Language and the expression of meaning: a linguist looksat literature. English in Australia, 48:29–38, June 1979.

2973 Peter Fries. On negation in comparative constructions. In Edward Blan-sitt and Richard Teschner, editors, Festschrift for Jacob Ornstein: Stud-ies in General Linguistics and Sociolinguistics, pages 120–133. NewburyHouse, Rowley, Massachusetts, 1980.

2974 Peter Fries. C. C. Fries, signals grammar and the goals of linguistics. InJohn Morreall, editor, The Ninth LACUS Forum 1982, pages 146–158.Hornbeam, Columbia, SC, 1983.

247

2975 Peter Fries. C. C. Fries’ view of language and linguistics. In Peter H.Fries and Nancy M. Fries, editors, Towards an Understanding of Lan-guage: C. C. Fries in Perspective, number 40 in Current Issues in Lin-guistic Theory, pages 63–83. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1985.

2976 Peter Fries. Kenneth L. Pike: Mentor and friend. In Ruth Brend, editor,Kenneth Lee Pike Bibliography, number 10 in Arcadia BibliographicaVirorum Eruditorum, pages 46–49. Eurolingua, Bloomington, Indiana,1987.

2977 Peter Fries. Review of Francis Christie (ed.), Deakin University Series inLanguage and Linguistics. Deakin University, Victoria, Australia. Word,38(3):216–220, 1988.

2978 Peter Fries. Fries’ views on psychology: His non-mechanical view of hu-man behavior. In William E. Norris and Jerris E. Strain, editors, CharlesCarpenter Fries: His ‘Oral Approach’ for Teaching and Learning For-eign Languages, pages 11–20. Georgetown University Press, Washington,DC, 1989.

2979 Peter Fries. Toward a componential approach to text. In John Gibbons,Howard Nicholas, and M. A. K. Halliday, editors, Learning, Keepingand Using Language: Selected Papers from the Eighth World Congressof Applied Linguistics, Sydney, August 16 - 21, 1987, volume 2, pages363–380. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1990.

2980 Peter Fries. Looking at Language in Context: A Common Concern ofWhole Language and Systemic Functional Linguistics. In Ann M. Marekand Carole Edelsky, editors, Reflections and Connections: Essays on theInfluence of Kenneth S. Goodman’s influence on language education.Hampton Press, 1999.

2981 Peter Fries. Issues of structure and interpretation in the English nominalgroup. In Robert Stainton and Jessica DeVilliers, editors, Communica-tion in Linguistics: festschrift in honor of Michael Gregory. Editions duGREF, Toronto, 2001.

2982 Peter Fries, Jon Erickson, Eugene Kintgen, and Bruce Stark. Historyof the language. Backgrounds in Language, 1967. Developed by theUpper Midwest Regional Education Lab and Distributed by the NationalCouncil of Teachers of English.

2983 Peter Fries and Julie Fair. The structure of texts: A preliminary report.Michigan State University Working Papers in Language and Linguis-tics, 2:109–122, April 1976. Reprinted in The Internal Journal 1(1):1-8.Department of English, Central Michigan University (September 1974)and Studia Anglica Posnaniensia 10:95-104 (1978).

248

2984 Peter H. Fries. Toward a discussion of the flow of information in text.In Sandra A. Thompson and William C. Mann, editors, Text Descrip-tion: diverse analyses of a fund-raising text. Benjamins, Amsterdam,forthcoming.

2985 Peter H. Fries. English predications of comparison. In R. DiPietroand E. Blansitt, editors, The Third LACUS Forum 1976, pages 545–56.Hornbeam Press, Columbia, S.C., 1977.

2986 Peter H. Fries. On the status of theme in English: arguments fromdiscourse. Forum Linguisticum, 6(1):1–38, 1981. Reprinted in JanosS. Petöfi and Emel Soezer (eds.)(1983) Micro and Macro Connexity ofDiscourse, Hamburg: Buske (Papers in Text Linguistics 45), pp116-152.

2987 Peter H. Fries. On Repetition and Interpretation. Forum Linguisticum,7(1):50–64, 1982.

2988 Peter H. Fries. C. C. Fries, signals grammar and the goals of linguistics.In John Morreall, editor, Ninth LACUS Forum 1982, pages 146–158.Hornbeam Press, Columbia, 1983.

2989 Peter H. Fries. Language and interactive behavior: the language ofbridge. Notes on Linguistics, 25:17–23, 1983.

2990 Peter H. Fries. C. C. Fries’ view of language and linguistics. In Pe-ter H. Fries and Nancy M. Fries, editors, Towards an Understanding ofLanguage: C. C. Fries in Perspective, number 40 in Current Issues inLinguistic Theory, pages 63–83. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1985.

2991 Peter H. Fries. How does a story mean what it does? A partial answer. InJames D. Benson and William S. Greaves, editors, Systemic perpectiveson discourse: Selected Theoretical Papers from the Ninth InternationalSystemic Workshop, pages 295–321. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1985.

2992 Peter H. Fries. Lexical patterns in a text and interpretation. In KurtJankowsky, editor, Scientific and humanistic dimensions of language:Festschrift for Robert Lado, on the occasion of his 70th birthday, pages483–90. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1985.

2993 Peter H. Fries. Language features, textual coherence and reading. Word,37(1-2):13–29, 1986.

2994 Peter H. Fries. Toward a discussion of the ordering of adjectives in theEnglish noun phrase. In Benjamin Elson, editor, Language and globalperspective: papers in honor of the Summer Institute of Linguistics,1935-1985, pages 123–134. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Dallas, TX,1986.

2995 Peter H. Fries. Charles Fries’ views on psychology and ESL pedagogy.Journal of Intensive English Studies, 1(1):17–39, 1987.

249

2996 Peter H. Fries. Towards a componential approach to text. In MichaelA. K. Halliday, John Gibbons, and Nicholas Howard, editors, Proceed-ings of the 1987 AILA meeting. AILA, Australia, 1987.

2997 Peter H. Fries. Review of Frances Christie (ed.), Deakin University Se-ries in Language and Linguistics. Deakin University, Victoria, Australia.Word, 38(3):216–220, 1988.

2998 Peter H. Fries. Toward a componential approach to text. In HowardNicholas, M. A. K. Halliday, and John Gibbons, editors, Learning, keep-ing and using language: selected proceedings of AILA proceedings, Syd-ney: the Eighth World Congress of Applied Linguistics, August 16-21,1987, Sydney, pages 363–380. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1990.

2999 Peter H. Fries. Lexico-grammatical patterns and the interpretation oftexts. Discourse Processes, 15:73–91, 1992.

3000 Peter H. Fries. The structuring of information in written English texts.Language Sciences, 14(4):461–489, 1992.

3001 Peter H. Fries. Information flow in written advertising. In James Alatis,editor, Language, communication and social meaning, pages 336–352.Georgetown University Press, Washington, D.C., 1993.

3002 Peter H. Fries. On repetition and interpretation. In S. K. Verma andV. Prakasam, editors, New horizons in functional linguistics, pages 69–102. Booklinks Corporation., Hyderabad, India, 1993.

3003 Peter H. Fries. On Theme, Rheme and discourse goals. In MalcolmCoulthard, editor, Advances in written text analysis, pages 229–249.Routledge and Kegan Paul, London, 1994.

3004 Peter H. Fries. A personal view of Theme. In Mohsen Ghadessey, editor,Thematic development in English texts, pages 1–19. Pinter Publishers,London, 1995.

3005 Peter H. Fries. Patterns of information in initial position in English.In Peter H. Fries and Michael Gregory, editors, Discourse in society:functional perspectives, pages 47–67. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1995.

3006 Peter H. Fries. Themes, methods of development, and texts. In RuqaiyaHasan and Peter H. Fries, editors, On Subject and Theme: a discoursefunctional perspective, pages 317–359. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1995.

3007 Peter H. Fries. Lexico-grammatical patterns and the interpretation oftext. In Peter H. Fries and Michael Gregory, editors, Discourse in soci-ety: functional perspectives. Ablex, Norwood, 1996.

3008 Peter H. Fries. Theme and New in written English. TESOL France,3(1):69–85, 1996. Functional Approaches to Written Text: ClassroomApplications (Thomas Miller, ed.); also published as ? ).

250

3009 Peter H. Fries. Theme and New in written English. In Tom Miller,editor, Functional Approaches to Written Text: Classroom Applications,pages 230–243. English Language Programs. United States InformationAgency, Washington, D.C., 1997.

3010 Peter H. Fries. Theme and New in written English. In Thomas Miller,editor, Functional Approaches to Written Text: Classroom Discourse.USIS, Washington, DC, 1997.

3011 Peter H. Fries. Looking at language in context: A common concernof Whole Language and Systemic Functional Linguistics. In Ann M.Marek and Carole Edelsky, editors, Reflections and Connections: Essaysin Honor of Kenneth S. Goodman’s Influence on Language Education,pages 67–93. Hampton Press, Cresskill, NJ, 1999.

3012 Peter H. Fries. Post-nominal modifiers in the English noun phrase. InPeter Collins and David Lee, editors, The Clause in English: In Hon-our of Rodney Huddleston, pages 93–111. John Benjamins, Amsterdam,1999.

3013 Peter H. Fries. Review of Carmel Cloran, David Butt and GeoffWilliams, (eds.) Ways of Saying: Ways of Meaning Selected Papers ofRuqaiya Hasan. London: Cassel. 1996. Language in Society, 28(4):594–597, 1999.

3014 Peter H. Fries. Some peculiar adjectives in the English nominal group.In David Lockwood, Peter H. Fries, and James Copeland, editors, Func-tional Approaches to Language, Culture and Cognition, pages 295–329.John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2000.

3015 Peter H. Fries. Issues in modeling the textual metafunction: A construc-tive approach. In Mike Scott and Geoff Thompson, editors, Patterns ofText: In Honour of Michael Hoey, pages 83–107. John Benjamins, Am-sterdam, 2001.

3016 Peter H. Fries. Some aspects of coherence in a conversation. In Peter H.Fries, Michael Cummings, David Lockwood, and William Spruiell, ed-itors, Relations and functions within and around language, Open Lin-guistics. Continuum Press, London, 2001.

3017 Peter H. Fries. Systemic Functional Linguistics: a close relative of SILF?La Linguistique, 37:89–100, 2001.

3018 Peter H. Fries. The flow of information in a written English text. In Pe-ter H. Fries, Michael Cummings, David Lockwood, and William Spruiell,editors, Relations and functions within and around language, Open Lin-guistics. Continuum Press, London, 2001.

251

3019 Peter H. Fries. Toward a constructive view of language. In RanShaozeng, William Guthrie, and I. W. Ronald Fong, editors, Gram-mar and Discourse: Proceedings of the Fifth International Conferenceon Discourse Analysis, pages 59–74. Publications Centre, University ofMacau, Macau, 2001.

3020 Peter H. Fries, Michael Cummings, David Lockwood, and WilliamSpruiell, editors. Relations and functions within and around language.Open Linguistics. Continuum Press, London, 2001.

3021 Peter H. Fries and Gill Francis. Exploring Theme: problems for research.Occasional Papers in Systemic Linguistics, 5:45–60, 1992.

3022 Peter H. Fries and Michael J. Gregory, editors. Discourse in society:functional perspectives. Meaning and Choice in Language (Meaning andChoice in Language: Studies for Michael Halliday, 2). Ablex, Norwood,NJ, 1996.

3023 Peter H. Fries and K. L. Pike. Slot in referential hierarchy in relationto Charles C. Fries’ views of language. In Peter H. Fries and Nancy M.Fries, editors, Towards an Understanding of Language: C. C. Fries inPerspective, number 40 in Current Issues in Linguistic Theory, pages105–127. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1985.

3024 Peter Fries and Richard Kittredge. A periphrastic determination of sen-tence structure. University of Pennsylvania Transformations and Dis-course Analysis Project Paper 60, University of Pennsylvania, 1965.

3025 Steven Frisson. Semantic Underspecification in Language Processing.Language and Linguistics Compass, 3(1):111–127, 2009.

3026 Uta Frith and Joselyn E. Robinson. Perceiving the language of films.Perception, 4(1):97–103, 1975.

3027 Marcel Frölich. AREA.NLG(db) Natural Language Generation fromDatabases. Magisterarbeit, University of Tübingen, Tübingen, Ger-many, 1998.

3028 Marcel Frölich and Reind van de Riet. Conceptual models as knowl-edge resources for text generation. In Proceedings of the 3rd. Interna-tional Workshop on Applications of Natural Language to Data Bases(NLDB’97, 1997.

3029 Victoria Fromkin and Robert Rodman. An introduction to language.Harcourt Brace College Publishers, Orlando, Florida, 6th. edition edi-tion, 1998.

3030 L. Frommberger. Situation Dependent Spatial Abstraction in Reinforce-ment Learning. In ICML/UAI/COLT Workshop on Abstraction in Re-inforcement Learning, Montreal, Canada, 2009.

252

3031 John Frow. Discourse genres. The Journal of Literary Semantics, 9:73–79, 1980.

3032 John Frow. Genre. Routledge, London, 2006.

3033 N. Frye. Anatomy of criticism. Princeton University Press, Princeton,NJ, 1957.

3034 Patrick Fuery. New developments in film theory. Macmillan Press, Lon-don, 2000.

3035 Thomas Fuhr, Gudrun Socher, Christian Scheering, and GerhardSagerer. A three-dimensional spatial model for the interpretation ofimage data. In Patrick Olivier and Klaus-Peter Gapp, editors, Repre-sentation and processing of spatial expressions, pages 103–118. LawrenceErlbaum Associates, Mahwah, New Jersey, 1998.

3036 Jun-ichi Fukumoto and Jun-ichi Tsujii. Breaking down rhetorical rela-tions for the purpose of analysing discourse structure. In Proceedings ofthe 15th. International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COL-ING 94), volume II, pages 1177–1183, Kyoto, Japan, 1994.

3037 Gillian Fuller. Engaging cultures: negotiating discourse in popular sci-ence. PhD thesis, Sydney University, 1995.

3038 Gillian Fuller. Cultivating science: negotiating discourse in the populartexts of Stephen Jay Gould. In J.R. Martin and Robert Veel, editors,Reading science: critical and functional perspectives on discourses ofscience, pages 35–62. Routledge, London, 1998.

3039 Helen Fulton, Rosemary Huisman, Julian Murphet, and Anne Dunn,editors. Narrative and media. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,UK, 2005.

3040 Danilo Fum, Giovanni Guida, and Carlo Tasso. Evaluating Importance:A Step toward Text Summarization. In Proceedings of the Ninth Inter-national Conference, pages 840–844. IJCAI, 1985.

3041 Kotaro Funakoshi, Satoru Watanabe, Naoko Kuriyama, and TakenobuTokunaga. Generating referring expressions using perceptual groups.In Anja Belz, Roger Evans, and Paul Piwek, editors, Natural LanguageGeneration: Third international Conference (INLG 2004), number 3123in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages 51–60. Springer, Berlin,New York, July 14-16 2004.

3042 R. P. Gabriel. An Organization for Programs in Fluid Domains. PhDthesis, Stanford University, 1980.

3043 R. P. Gabriel. Performance and Evaluation of Lisp Systems. The M.I.T.Press, Cambridge, Mass., 1985.

253

3044 Richard P. Gabriel. Deliberate writing. In David D. McDonald andLeonard Bolc, editors, Natural language generation systems, pages 1–46. Springer, 1988.

3045 Hans-Georg Gadamer. Truth and method. Sheed & Ward Ltd. and Con-tinuum, London, 1975. translated by J. Weinsheimer and D.G.Marshall.

3046 G. Gadzar. Pragmatics: Implicature, Presupposition and Logical Form.Academic Press, New York, 1979.

3047 Werner Gaede. Vom Wort zum Bild: Kreativ-Methoden der Visual-isierung. Langen-Müller/Herbig, Munich, 1981. 2nd edn, 1992.

3048 Michel Gagnon. Expression de concept temporels en génération au-tomatique de textes. Technical Report, Université de Montréal, 1990.Mémoire de maÎtrise.

3049 Michel Gagnon and Guy Lapalme. Un générateur de texte exprimant desconcepts temporels. Technique et science informatiques, Forthcoming.

3050 Michel Gagnon and Guy Lapalme. A text generator for the expression oftemporal relations. In Proceedings of the 3rd European Natural LanguageGeneration Workshop, Judenstein/Innsbruck, Austria, Mar 1991.

3051 Michel Gagnon and Guy Lapalme. Génération de texte. Exemple de laproduction d’un rapport à partir d’un réseau pert. In Colloque ICO,Montréal, 1991.

3052 Michel Gagnon and Guy Lapalme. From conceptual time to linguistictime. Computational Linguistics, 22(1):91–127, March 1996.

3053 Michel Gagnon and Guy Lapalme. Prétexte: a generator for the ex-pression of temporal information. In Giovanni Adorni and MichaelZock, editors, Trends in natural language generation: an artificial in-telligence perspective, number 1036 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intel-ligence, pages 238–259. Springer, 1996.

3054 H. Gaifman. Dependency systems and phrase structure systems. Infor-mation and Control, 8:304–337, 1965.

3055 P. Gailly. Expressing Quantifier Scope in French Generation. InCOLING-88, 1988.

3056 P. Gailly. HERMES: un générateur du français. PHD, University ofLiège, 1989.

3057 P. Gailly and D. Ribbens. HERMES: a Written French Generator Fo-cussing on Quantifier Scope Expression. In ICSC, Hongkong, 1988.

254

3058 D. Galanis and I. Androutsopoulos. Generating Multilingual Descrip-tions from Linguistically Annotated OWL Ontologies: the NaturalOWLSystem. In Proceedings of the 11th European Workshop on Natural Lan-guage Generation (ENLG 2007), pages 143–146, Schloss Dagstuhl, Ger-many, 2007.

3059 William A. Gale and Kenneth Ward Church. A Program for AligningSentences in Bilingual Corpora. Computational Linguistics, 19(1):75–102, 1991.

3060 Angelova Galia and Kalina Bontcheva. Planning and generating hyper-text documentation. In Kristina Jokinen, Mark Maybury, Michael Zock,and Ingrid Zukerman, editors, ECAI-96, workshop "Gaps and Bridges:New Directions in Planning and Natural Language Generation", pages25–28, Budapest, 1996.

3061 P. Galien and W.L. Bowcher. Towards a Broader View of Authentic-ity in the Language Classroom: A Discussion Paper. In D. Nunan,R. Berry, and V. Berry, editors, Bringing About Change in LanguageEducation, Proceedings of the International Language in Education Con-ference 1994, pages 103–119. Department of Curriculum Studies, TheUniversity of Hong Kong, Hong Kong, 1996.

3062 A. P. Galton. The logic of aspect: an axiomatic approach. ClarendonPress, Oxford, 1984.

3063 Anthony Galton. Space, time, and movement. In Olivero Stock, edi-tor, Spatial and temporal reasoning, pages 321–353. Kluwer AcademicPublishers, Dordrecht, 1997.

3064 Antony Galton and James Hood. Anchoring: A New Approach to Han-dling Indeterminate Location in GIS. In Anthony G. Cohn and David M.Mark, editors, Proceedings of Spatial Information Theory: InternationalConference, COSIT 2005, pages 1–13. Springer-Verlag, 2005.

3065 Johan Galtung and Mari Holmboe Ruge. The structure of foreign news.In Howard Tumber, editor, News: a reader, pages 21–31. Oxford Uni-versity Press, Oxford, 1999.

3066 Pierre Gambarotto and Philippe Muller. Ontological problems for thesemantics of spatial expressions in natural language. In Emile van derZee and Jon Slack, editors, Representing direction in language and space,Explorations in language and space, chapter 8, pages 144–165. OxfordUniversity Press, Oxford, 2003.

3067 E. Gamma, R. Helm, R. Johnson, and J. Vlissides. Design Patterns.Addison-Wesley, 1995.

255

3068 Michael Gamon, Carmen Lozano, Jessie Pinkham, and Tom Reuther.Practical experience with grammar sharing in multilingual NLP. InProceedings of the ACL/EACL-97 Workshop: From Research to Com-mercial applications: making NLP technology work in practise, Madrid,1997. Association for Computational Linguistics.

3069 Micheal Gamon, Eric Ringger, Zhu Zhang, Robert Moore, and SimonCorston-Oliver. Extraposition: A case study in German sentence real-ization. In Proceedings of COLING 2002, pages 301–307. Associationfor Computational Linguistics, 2002.

3070 A. Gangemi, N. Guarino, A. Oltramari, and S. Borgo. Cleaning-upWordNet’s top-level. In Proceedings of the 1st International WordNetConference, January 2002.

3071 A. Gangemi, N. Guarino, A. Oltramari, and L. Schneider. Sweeten-ing ontologies with DOLCE. In Proceedings of EKAW 2002, Siguenza,Spain, January 2002.

3072 A. Gangemi, D. Pisanelli, and G. Steve. An overview of the ONIONSproject: applying ontologies to the integration of medical terminologies.Data and Knowledge Engineering, 31, 1999.

3073 A. Gangemi, D.M. Pisanelli, and G. Steve. Ontology integration: ex-periences with medical terminologies. In N. Guarino, editor, FormalOntology in Information Systems, pages 19–28. IOS Press, Amsterdam,1998.

3074 Aldo Gangemi. Ontology Design Patterns for Semantic Web Content.In Y. Gil, editor, Proceedings of the International Semantic Web Con-ference 2005 (ISWC 2005), number 3729 in LNCS, pages 262–276,.Springer, Berlin / Heidelberg, 2005.

3075 Aldo Gangemi, Carola Catenacci, Massimiliano Ciaramita, and JosLehmann. A theoretical framework for ontology evaluation and vali-dation. In Proceedings of SWAP 2005, the 2nd Italian Semantic WebWorkshop, CEUR Workshop Proceedings, Trento, Italy, 2005.

3076 Aldo Gangemi, Carola Catenacci, Massimiliano Ciaramita, and JosLehmann. Qood Grid: a metaontology-based framework for ontologyevaluation and selection. In 4th International Workshop on Evaluationof Ontologies for the Web (EON 2006) at the 15th International WorldWide Web Conference, Edinburgh, Scotland, 2006.

3077 Aldo Gangemi, Nicola Guarino, Claudio Masolo, and Alessandro Oltra-mari. Understanding top-level ontological distinctions. In Proceedingsof IJCAI 2001 workshop on Ontologies and Information Sharing, 2001.

3078 Aldo Gangemi, Nicola Guarino, Claudio Masolo, and Alessandro Oltra-mari. Restructuring WordNet’s top-level. AI magazine, 2002.

256

3079 Aldo Gangemi, Nicola Guarino, Claudio Masolo, and Alessandro Oltra-mari. Sweetening ontologies with DOLCE. AI magazine, 24(3):13–24,Fall 2003.

3080 Aldo Gangemi, Nicola Guarino, and Alessandro Oltramari. Concep-tual analysis of lexical taxonomies: the case of WordNet top-level. InChristopher Welty and Barry Smith, editors, Proceedings of the 2ndInternational Conference on Formal Ontology in Information Systems,pages 285–296, New York, 2001. ACM Press.

3081 Aldo Gangemi and Peter Mika. Understanding the Semantic Webthrough descriptions and situations. In Proceedings of ODBASE 2003,2003.

3082 Giorgio Ganis and Stephen M. Kosslyn. Neuroimaging. In Encyclopediaof the Human Brain, pages 493–505, New York, 2009. Academic Press.

3083 Herbert J. Gans. Deciding what’s news (excerpt). In Howard Tumber,editor, News: a reader, pages 235–248. Oxford University Press, Oxford,1999.

3084 Bernhard Ganter and Rudolf Wille. Formale Begriffsanalyse–Mathematische Grundlagen. Springer, Berlin/Heidelberg, 1996.

3085 Bernhard Ganter and Rudolf Wille. Formal concept analysis: mathe-matic foundations. Springer, Berlin/Heidelberg, 1999.

3086 K. Gapp. Basic meanings of spatial relations: computation and evalua-tion in 3D space. In Proceedings of AAAI-94, pages 1393–1398, Seattle,Washington, 1994.

3087 Klaus-Peter Gapp. An Empirically Validated Model for Computing Spa-tial Relations. In I. Wachsmuth, C.-R. Rollinger, andW. Brauer, editors,KI-95. Advances in Artificial Intelligence. 19th Annual German Confer-ence on Artificial Intelligence., pages 245–256, Berlin, 1995. Springer.

3088 Alexander García Castro, Ken Baclawski, John Bateman, Kim Viljanen,and Christoph Lange, editors. Proceedings of the Workshop OntologiesCome of Age in the Semantic Web, International Semantic Web Con-ference, Number 809 in CEUR Workshop Proceedings, Aachen, 2011.

3089 Alexander García-Castro, Alberto Labarga, Leyla García, Olga Giraldo,Cesar Montaña, and John A. Bateman. Semantic Web and Social Webheading towards Living Documents in the Life Sciences. Web Semantics:Science, Services and Agents on the World Wide Web, 8(2-3):155–162,July 2010.

3090 E. Garcia. Discourse without syntax. In Talmy Givòn, editor, Syntaxand Semantics 12: Discourse and syntax, pages 23–49. Academic Press,New York, 1979.

257

3091 Mario R. Garcia. Contemporary newspaper design: a structural ap-proach. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 3rd. edition, 1993.

3092 P. Gärdenfors. Conceptual spaces: the geometry of thought. MIT Press,Cambridge, MA., 2000.

3093 Claire Gardent. Parsing Discouse. Technical Report, University ofClermont-Ferrand, April 1994. [DRAFT].

3094 Claire Gardent. Discourse tree adjoining grammars. Claus report 89,University of the Saarland, Saarbrücken, Germany, 1997.

3095 Claire Gardent, Benjamin Gottesman, and Laura Perez-Betrachini. Us-ing regular tree grammars to enhance sentence generation. Natural Lan-guage Engineering, 17(2):185–201, 2011.

3096 Claire Gardent and Bonnie Webber. Describing discourse semantics. InProceedings of the 4th TAG+ Workshop, Philadelphia, 1998. Universityof Pennsylvania.

3097 Rod Gardner and Sigrid Luchtenberg. Reference, image, text in Germanand Australian advertising posters. Journal of Pragmatics, 32(12):1807–1821, November 2000.

3098 H. Garfinkel. Studies in Ethnomethodology. Prentice-Hall, New York,1967.

3099 H. Garfinkel. Studies in the routine grounds of everyday activities. InD. Sudnow, editor, Studies in Social Interaction, pages 1–30. The FreePress, New York, 1972.

3100 R. Garigliano, R. G. Morgan, and M. H. Smith. The LOLITA system asa contents scanning tool. In Proceedings of the 13th. International Con-ference on Artificial Intelligence, Expert Systems and Natural LanguageProcessing, Avignon, May 1993.

3101 T. Gärling, J. Säisä, A. Böök, and E. Lindberg. The spatiotemporalsequencing of everyday activities in the large-scale environment. Journalof Environmental Psychology, 6:261–280, 1986.

3102 Tommy Gärling, E. Lindberg, and T. Mäntylä. Orientation in buildings:effects of familiarity, visual access, and orientation aids. Journal ofApplied Psychology, 68(1):177–186, 1983.

3103 Peter Garrett and Allan Bell. Media and discourse: a critical overview.In Allan Bell and Peter Garrett, editors, Approaches to Media Discourse,pages 1–20. Blackwell, Oxford, 1998.

3104 S. Garrod. The Challenge of Dialogue for Theories of Language Pro-cessing. In S. Garrod and M.J. Pickering, editors, Language Processing.Psychology Press, Hove, 1999.

258

3105 Simon C. Garrod and Anthony Anderson. Saying what you mean indialogue: a study in conceptual and semantic co-ordination. Cognition,27:181–218, 1987.

3106 Simon C. Garrod and Anthony J. Sanford. The mental representationof discourse in a focused memory system: implications for the interpre-tation of anaphoric noun phrases. Journal of Semantics, 1, 1982.

3107 Simon C. Garrod and Anthony J. Sanford. Discourse models as inter-faces between language and the spatial world. Journal of Semantics,6:147–160, 1988.

3108 Simon Garrod, Gillian Ferrier, and Siobhan Campbell. In and on: in-vestigating the functional geometry of spatial prepositions. Cognition,72:167–189, 1999.

3109 Simon Garrod and Anthony J. Sanford. Interpreting anaphoric relations:the interpretation of semantic information while reading. Journal ofVerbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 16:77–90, 1977.

3110 Roger Garside and Geoffrey Leech. A probabilistic parser. In Proceedingsof the 2nd. Conference of the European Chapter of ACL (EACL), pages166–170, Geneva, Switzerland, 1985.

3111 Roger Garside, Geoffrey Leech, and Anthony McEnery, editors. Corpusannotation: linguistic information from computer text corpora. Long-man, London, 1997.

3112 C. Garvey. Contingent Queries and Their Relations in Discourse. InE. Ochs and B. Schieffelin, editors, Developmental Pragmatics, pages363–372. Academic Press, New York, 1979.

3113 Ian Garwood. Sound and Space in the Split-Screen Movie. Refractory:a journal of Entertainment Media, 14, Dec 2008.

3114 Albert Gatt and Ehud Reiter. SimpleNLG: A realisation engine forpractical applications. In Proceedings of the 12th European Workshopon Natural Language Generation, pages 90–93, Athens, Greece, 2009.Association for Computational Linguistics.

3115 Albert Gatt and Kees van Deemter. Conceptual Coherence in the Gen-eration of Referring Expressions. In Proceedings of the COLING/ACL2006 Main Conference Poster Sessions, pages 255–262, Sydney, Aus-tralia, July 2006. Association for Computational Linguistics.

3116 Merideth Gattis, editor. Spatial schemas and abstract thought. MITPress, Cambridge, MA, 2001.

3117 André Gaudreault. Temporality and narrativity in early cinema, 1895-1908. In John L. Fell, editor, Film before Griffith, pages 311–329. Uni-versity of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 1983.

259

3118 André Gaudreault. Du litteraire au filmique: System du récit. MeridiensKlincksieck, Paris, 1988. Translated as ? ).

3119 André Gaudreault. Detours in film narrative: the development of cross-cutting. In Thomas Elsaesser, editor, Early Cinema: space, frame, nar-rative, pages 133–152. BFI Publishing, London, 1990. originally pub-lished in Cinema Journal, 19(1), 1979. Translated by Charles Musserand Martin Sopocy.

3120 André Gaudreault. From Plato to Lumière. Narration and Monstrationin Literature and Cinema. University of Toronto Press, Toronto, 2009.

3121 André Gaudreault and Philippe Marion. Dieu est l’auteur des doc-umentaires... Cinémas. Journal of film studies. Revue d’études ciné-matographiques, 2:11–26, 1994.

3122 Berys Gaut. Making sense of film: Neo-formalism and its limits. ModernLanguage Studies, 31(1):8–23, 1995.

3123 Berys Gaut. Film Authorship and Collaboration. In Richard Allen andMurray Smith, editors, Film Theory and Philosophy, pages 149–172.Oxford University Press, 1997.

3124 Berys Gaut. Identification and emotion in narrative film. In CarlPlantinga and Greg M. Smith, editors, Passionate views: film, cognition,and emotion, chapter 10, pages 200–216. The John Hopkins UniversityPress, Baltimore and London, 1999.

3125 Berys Gaut. A philosophy of cinema art. Cambridge University Press,Cambridge, 2010.

3126 Marsal Gavaldà. Epiphenomenal grammar acquisition with GSG. InProceedings of the ANLP/NAACL 2000 Workshop on ConversationalSystems, pages 36–41, Seattle, May 2000. Association for ComputationalLinguistics.

3127 Barbara Gawronksa. Aspect - a problem for MT. In Proceedingsof the fifteenth International Conference on Computational Linguistics(COLING-92), volume II, pages 652–657, Nantes, France, 1992. Inter-national Committe on Computational Linguistics.

3128 G. Gazdar and C. Mellish. Natural Language in LISP: an introductionto computational linguistics. Addison Wesley, 1989.

3129 Gerald Gazdar. A cross-categorial semantics for coordination. Linguis-tics, 3:407–409, March 1980.

3130 Gerald Gazdar. Speech act assignment. In Bonnie L. Webber, Ar-avind K. Joshi, and Ivan A. Sag, editors, Elements of Discourse Pro-cessing, pages 64–83. Cambridge University Press, New York, 1981.

260

3131 Gerald Gazdar, Ewan Klein, Geoffrey Pullum, and Ivan A. Sag. Gen-eralized Phrase Structure Grammar. Blackwell Publishing and HarvardUniversity Press, Oxford, England and Cambridge, Massachusetts, 1985.

3132 Gerald Gazdar and Geoffrey Pullum. Truth-functional connectives innatural language. In Proceedings of 12th Regional Meeting, ChicagoLinguistics Society, 1976.

3133 Dirk Geeraerts. Cognitive grammar and the history of lexical semantics.In Brygida Rudzka-Ostyn, editor, Topics in Cognitive Linguistics, pages649–677. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1988.

3134 Jeroen Geertzen. Dialogue Act Prediction Using Stochastic Context-Free Grammar Induction. In Proceedings of the EACL 2009 Workshopon Computational Linguistic Aspects of Grammatical Inference, pages7–15, Athens, Greece, March 2009. Association for Computational Lin-guistics.

3135 C. Geiser, W. Lehmann, and M. Eid. Separating Rotators from Non-Rotators in the Mental Rotations Test: A multigroup latent class anal-ysis. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 41(3):261–293, 2006.

3136 Sabine Geldof. Contextual navigation support. The New Review ofHypermedia and Multimedia, 4:47–65, 1998.

3137 Sabine Geldof. Templates for wearables in context. In S. Buse-mann and T. Becker, editors, May I speak freely?: Proceedings ofthe KI’99 Workshop on Natural Language Generation, pages 48–51, Bonn, Germany, 1999. Available as: DFKI document D-99-01;http://www.dfki.de/service/NLG/KI99.html.

3138 Sabine Geldof. Corpus analysis for NLG. In E. Reiter, H. Horacek,and K. van Deemter, editors, Proceedings of the 9th European Workshopon Natural Language Generation (ENLG’03), Budapest, Hungary, April2003.

3139 Sabine Geldof and Robert Dale. Improving route descriptions on mobiledevices. In Proceedings of the ICSA Workshop on Multi-modal Dialoguein Mobile Environments, Kloster Irsee, Germany, June 2002.

3140 Sabine Geldof and Walter Van de Velde. Context-sensitive hy-pertext generation. Technical Report, Artificial Intelligence Labo-ratory, Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Brussel, Belgium, 1997. URL:http://arti.vub.ac.be/AAAI97/cr/context.html.

3141 Sabine Geldof and W. Van de Velde. An architecture for Template based(hyper)text Generation. In W. Hoeppner, editor, Proceedings of the6th European Workshop on Natural Language Generation EWNLG’97,pages 28–37, Duisburg, Germany, 1997.

261

3142 Sabine Geldof and W. Van de Velde. Context-sensitive hypertext gen-eration. In Working notes of the AAAI’97 Spring Symposium Workshopon Natural Language Processing for the Web, pages 54–61, Stanford,CA: Stanford University, 1997. AAAI.

3143 Ronald Geluykens. It takes two to cohere: the collaborative dimensionof topical coherence in conversation. In Wolfram Bublitz, Uta Lenk,and Eija Ventola, editors, Coherence in Spoken and Written Discourse,number 63 in Pragmatics and beyond new series, pages 35–53. JohnBenjamins Publishing Company, Amsterdam/Philadelphia, 1999.

3144 M. Genesereth. Automated Consultation for Complex Computer Sys-tems. PhD thesis, Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass, 1978.

3145 Michael R. Genesereth and David E. Smith. Meta-Level Architecture.Technical Report HPP-81-6, Department of Computer Science, StanfordUniversity, May 1981.

3146 M. Geneserith. Knowledge Interchange Format. In J. Allen, editor, Pro-ceedings of the 2nd International Conference on the Principles of Knowl-edge Representation and Reasoning (KR-91), pages 238–249. MorganKaufman, 1991.

3147 M. Geneserith and R. Fikes. Knowledge interchange format, version 3.0.Reference manual. Computer Science Department, Technical ReportLogic 92-1, Stanford University, 1992.

3148 Gérard Genette. Strukturalismus und Literaturwissenschaft. In HeinzBlumensath, editor, Strukturalismus in der Literaturwissenschaft, pages71–88. Kiepenheuer &Witsch, Köln, 1972. Übersetzt von Erika Hönisch.

3149 Gérard Genette. Genres, ’types’, modes. Poétique, 8:389–421, 1977.

3150 Gérard Genette. Narrative discourse. Cornell University Press, Ithaca,NY, 1980. Translated by Jane E. Lewin.

3151 Gérard Genette. Narrative discourse revisited. Cornell University Press,Ithaca, NY, 1988. Translated by Jane E. Lewin.

3152 Gérard Genette. The architext: an introduction. University of CaliforniaPress, Berkeley, CA, 1992[1979]. Translated by Jane E. Lewin.

3153 Gérard Genette. Die Erzählung. Fink, München, 1994. (dt. Übersetzungaus dem Französichen von Andreas Kopp).

3154 D. Gentner and A.L. Stevens, editors. Mental models. Lawrence Erl-baum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ, 1983.

3155 Dedre Gentner. Structure-mapping: a theoretical framework for anal-ogy. Cognitive Science, 7:155–170, 1983.

262

3156 Dedre Gentner. Metaphor as Structure Mapping: The Relational Shift.Children Development, 59:47–59, 1988.

3157 Dedre Gentner and Cecile Toupin. Systematicity and Surface Similarityin the Development of Analogy. Cognitive Science, 10:277–300, 1986.

3158 R. Gerber and H.-H. Nagel. Representation of occurrences for roadvehicle traffic. Artificial Intelligence, 172(4-5):351–391, March 2008.

3159 G. Gerbner, L. Gross, M. Morgan, M. Signorelli, and J. Shanahan.Growing up with television: cultivation processes. In J. Bryant andD. Zillman, editors, Media effects: advances in theory and research,pages 43–67. Erlbaum, Hillsdale, NJ, 2002.

3160 George Gerbner. Ideological perspectives and political tendencies innews reporting. Journalism Quarterly, 41(4):494–508, 1964.

3161 George Gerbner, editor. The analysis of communication content. Wiley,New York, 1969.

3162 Dale Gerdemann. Complement Inheritance as Subcategorization Inher-itance. In John Nerbonne, Klaus Netter, and Carl Pollard, editors, Ger-man in Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar, pages 341–363. CSLI,Stanford, CA, 1994.

3163 Dale Gerdemann. Open and Closed World Types in NLP Systems. InProceedings of 5. Fachtagung der Sektion Computerlinguistik der DGfS,pages 25–30, Duesseldorf, 1995.

3164 Dale Gerdemann and Thilo Goetz. Troll: Type resolution system, user’sguide. University of Tuebingen, 1994.

3165 A. Gerevini and J. Renz. Combining topological and qualitative sizeconstraints for spatial reasoning. In Proceedings of the 4th interna-tional conference on principles and practice of constraint programming(CP’98), Berlin, 1998. Springer-Verlag.

3166 Alfonso Gerevini. Reasoning about time and action in in artificial intel-ligence. In Olivero Stock, editor, Spatial and temporal reasoning, pages43–70. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1997.

3167 Alfonso Gerevini and Jochen Renz. Combining topological and sizeinformation for spatial reasoning. Artificial Intelligence, 137:1–42, 2002.

3168 Martin Gerling and Norbert Orthen. Deutsche Zustands- und Bewe-gungsverben: eine Untersuchung zu ihrer semantischen Struktur undValenz. Narr, Tübingen, 1979.

3169 Linda Gerot. Making sense of text. Number 2 in Making sense oflanguage. Antipodean Education Enterprises (AEE), Queensland, Aus-tralia, 1995.

263

3170 Linda Gerot. Exploring reading processes. In Len Unsworth, editor,Researching language in schools and communities: functional linguisticperspectives, pages 204–221. Cassell, London, 2000.

3171 Linda Gerot, Jane Oldenburg, and Theo van Leeuwen. Language andsocialisation: home and school. In Proceedings from the Working Confer-ence on Language in Education, Macquarie University, 17-21 November1986. Working Conference on Language in Education, Macquarie Uni-versity, 1988. Macquarie University.

3172 Linda Gerot and Peter Wignall. Making sense of functional grammar.Antipodean Education Enterprises (AEE), Queensland, Australia, 1994.

3173 A. V. Gershman. Analyzing English Noun Groups for their ConceptualContent. Technical Report 110, Yale University Department of Com-puter Science, 1977.

3174 A. V. Gershman. Knowledge-Based Parsing. Technical Report 156, YaleUniversity Department of Computer Science, 1979.

3175 P. Gerstl and S. Pribbenow. Midwinters, end games, and body parts: aclassification of part-whole relations. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 43(5/6):865–890, 1995.

3176 Heidrun Gerzymisch-Arbogast. Zum Relevanz der Thema-RhemaGliederung für den Übersetzungsprozeß. In Mary Snell-Hornby, edi-tor, Übersetzungswissenschaft - eine Neuorientierung, pages 160–183.Francke Verlag, Tübingen, 1986.

3177 Heidrun Gerzymisch-Arbogast. Zur Thema-Rhema-Gliederung inamerikanischen Wirtschaftstexten. Narr, Tübingen, 1987.

3178 Bart Geurts and Gerrit Rentier. Quasi Logical Form in PLUS, 1993.Deliverable to WP3 of the PLUS Project: A pragmatics-based languageunderstanding system, ESPRIT Project P5254.

3179 Joost Geurts. Constraints for Multimedia Presentation Generation.Master’s thesis, University of Amsterdam, 2002.

3180 Joost Geurts, Stefano Bocconi, Jacco Van Ossenbruggen, and LyndaHardman. Towards Ontology-driven Discourse: From Semantic Graphsto Multimedia Presentations. In Proceedings of the Second InternationalSemantic Web Conference (ISWC2003), pages 597–612, 2003.

3181 Joost Geurts, Jacco van Ossenbruggen, and Lynda Hardman.Application-Specific Constraints for Multimedia Presentation Genener-ation. Technical Report INS-R0107, CWI, May 31 2001.

264

3182 Joost Geurts, Jacco van Ossenbruggen, and Lynda Hardman.Application-Specific Constraints for Multimedia Presentation Genera-tion. In Proceedings of the International Conference on Multimedia Mod-eling 2001 (MMM01), pages 247–266, CWI, Amsterdam, The Nether-lands, November 5-7 2001.

3183 P. Geutner, M. Denecke, U. Meier, M. Westphal, and A. Waibel. Con-versational Speech Sytems for On-Board Car Navigation and Assistance.In Proceedings of ICSLP 1998, 1998.

3184 M. Ghadessy, editor. Thematic development in English texts. PinterPublishers, London, 1995.

3185 M. Ghadessy, A. Henry, and R.L. Roseberry, editors. Small corpusstudies and ELT: theory and practice. John Benjamins, Amsterdam,2001.

3186 Mohsen Ghadessy, editor. Registers of Written English: situational fac-tors and linguistic features. Frances Pinter, London, 1988.

3187 Mohsen Ghadessy. The language of written sports commentary: soccer -a description. In Mohsen Ghadessy, editor, Registers of Written English:situational factors and linguistic features. Frances Pinter, London, 1988.

3188 Mohsen Ghadessy. Register Analysis. Theory and Practice. Pinter, Lon-don, 1993.

3189 Mohsen Ghadessy. Thematic development and its relationship to reg-isters and genres. In M. Ghadessy, editor, Thematic development inEnglish texts, pages 129–146. Pinter Publishers, London, 1995.

3190 Mohsen Ghadessy, editor. Text and context in functional linguistics.Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2000.

3191 Mohsen Ghadessy and J. Webster. Form and function in English busi-ness letters: implications for computer-based learning. In MohsenGhadessy, editor, Registers of Written English: situational factors andlinguistic features. Frances Pinter, London, 1988.

3192 Stefano Ghislotti. Backwards: Memory and Fabula Construction inMemento by Christopher Nolan. Film Anthology, Internet Review ofFilm and Cinema, http://www.unibg.it/fa, 2003.

3193 Stefano Ghislotti. Narrative comprehension made difficult: Film Formand Mnemonic Devices in Memento. In Warren Buckland, editor, PuzzleFilms: Complex Storytelling in Contemporary Cinema, pages 87–106.John Wiley and Sons, 2009.

265

3194 Stefano Ghislotti. Narrative comprehension made difficult: film formand mnemonic devices in Memento. In Warren Buckland, editor, Puz-zle Films. Complex storytelling in contemporary cinema, pages 87–106.Wiley-Blackwell, Chichester, U.K., 2009.

3195 Matila Ghyka. The geometry of art and life. Dover Publications, Mine-ola, NY, 1977. originally published 1946.

3196 Louis Giannetti. Understanding movies. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs,NJ, 5th edition, 1990.

3197 Alison Gibbons. Multimodality, Cognition, and Experimental Literature.Routledge Studies in Multimodality. Routledge, London, 2011.

3198 John Gibbons and Victoria Markwick-Smith. Exploring the use of asystemic semantic description. International Journal of Applied Lin-guistics, 2(1):36–50, 1992.

3199 John Gibbs. Mis-en-scene: Film Style and Interpretation. WallflowerPress, London, 2002.

3200 R.W. Gibbs Jr. Why many concepts are metaphorical. Cognition,61:195–324, 1996.

3201 Raymond W. Gibbs and Nandini P. Nayak. Psycholinguistic Studies onthe Syntactic Behaviour of Idioms. Cognitive Psychology, 21:100–138,1989.

3202 Raymond W. Gibbs and Jennifer E. O’Brien. Idioms and Mental Im-agery: The metaphorical motivation for idiomatic meaning. Cognition,36:35–68, 1990.

3203 Andrew Gibson. Towards a postmodern theory of narrative. EdinburghUniversity Press, Edinburgh, Scotland, 1996.

3204 J.J. Gibson. The senses considered as perceptual systems. Allen andUnwin, London, 1966.

3205 J.J. Gibson. The Senses Considered as Perceptual Systems. Houghton-Mifflin, Boston, 1966.

3206 J.J. Gibson. The theory of affordances. In Robert Shaw and John Brans-ford, editors, Perceiving, Acting, and Knowing: Toward and EcologicalPsychology, pages 62–82. Erlbaum, Hillsdale, NJ, 1977.

3207 J.J. Gibson. The ecological approach to visual perception. HoughtonMifflin, Boston, 1979.

3208 T. R. Gibson. Towards a discourse theory of abstracts and abstract-ing. PhD thesis, Dept. of English Studies, University of Nottingham,Nottingham, 1993.

266

3209 A. Giddens. Agency, Institution, and Time-Space Analysis. In K. Knorr-Cetina and A.V. Cicourel, editors, Advances in Social Theory andMethodology. Toward An Integration of Micro- and Macro-Sociologies.Routledge and Kegan Paul, Boston, 1981.

3210 A. Giddens. The constitution of society: outline of the theory of struc-turation. Polity Press, Cambridge, 1984.

3211 Anthony Giddens. Structuralism, Post-structuralism and the Produc-tion of Culture. In Anthony Giddens and Jonathan Turner, editors, So-cial theory today, pages 195–223. Stanford University Press, Palo Alto,CA, 1987.

3212 Walter Gieber. News is what newspapermen make it. In Howard Tum-ber, editor, News: a reader, pages 218–223. Oxford University Press,Oxford, 1999.

3213 Sabine Gieszinger. Two hundred years of advertising in The Times: thedevelopment of text type markers. In Friedrich Ungerer, editor, EnglishMedia Texts past and present: language and textual structure, pages85–110. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2000.

3214 P. P. Giglioli. Language and Social Context. Penguin, London, 1972.

3215 David Gil. Aristotle goes to Arizona, and finds a language without’and’. In Dietmar Zaefferer, editor, Semantic universals and universalsemantics, pages 96–132. Foris, Berlin, 1991.

3216 G. Nigel Gilbert. Forms of Explanation, August 1988. Presented at theAAAI-88 Workshop on Explanations.

3217 G.N. Gilbert and C.C. Heath, editors. Social action and artificial intel-ligence. Gower Press, Aldershot, 1985.

3218 J.K. Gilbert, M. Reiner, and M. Nakhlel, editors. Visualization: theoryand practice in science education. Springer, New York, 2008.

3219 John K. Gilbert. Visualization: an emergent field of practice and en-quiry in science education. In John K. Gilbert, Miriam Reiner, andMary Nakhleh, editors, Visualization: Theory and Practice in ScienceEducation, pages 3–24. Springer, 2008.

3220 Howard Giles and Nikolas Coupland. Language: Contexts and Conse-quences. Open University Press, Milton Keynes, 1991.

3221 V. Giles and F.W. Hodgson. Creative newspaper design. Heinemann,Oxford, 1990.

3222 C.T. Gilreath. Graphic cueing of text: the typographic and diagraphicdimensions. Visible Language, 3(27):336–361, 1993.

267

3223 Jonathan Ginzburg. Dynamics and the semantics of dialogue. In J. Selig-man, editor, Language, logic and computation, volume 1, pages 221–237.CSLI Lecture Notes, CSLI Stanford, 1996.

3224 Rachel Giora, Ofer Fein, Keren Aschkenazi, and Inbar Alkabets-zlozover.Negation in context: a functoinal approach to suppression. DiscourseProcesses, 43(2):153–172, 2007.

3225 Erica Giorda, Elena Not, and Emanuele Pianta. Implementation of thetext structurer. Technical Report LRE Project 062-09 Deliverable TSP-2b, IRST, 1995.

3226 Alessandro Giovannelli. Cognitive Value and Imaginative Identification:The Case of Kubrick’s Eyes Wide Shut. The Journal of Aesthetics andArt Criticism, 68(4):355–366, 2010.

3227 M. Giro-Veber. Vid i semantika russkogo glagola (Aspekt und Semantikdes russischen Verbs). Voprosy jazykoznanija, 2, 1990.

3228 Rosalba Giugno and Thomas Lukasiewicz. P-SHOQ(D): A ProbabilisticExtension of SHOQ(D) for Probabilistic Ontologies in the Semantic. InSergio Flesca, Sergio Greco, Nicola Leone, and Giovambattista Ianni,editors, JELIA: Logics in Artificial Intelligence, volume 2424 of Lec-ture Notes in Computer Science, pages 86–97, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2002.Springer. European Conference, 2002, Cosenza, Italy, September, 23-26,Proceedings.

3229 T Givon. The time-axis phenomenon. Language, 49, 1973.

3230 T Givòn. Syntax and Semantics 12: Discourse and syntax. AcademicPress, New York, 1979.

3231 Talmy Givon. From discourse to syntax. In Talmy Givòn, editor, Syntaxand Semantics 12: Discourse and syntax, pages 81–112. Academic Press,New York, 1979.

3232 Talmy Givon. Logic vs. Pragmatics, with human language as the ref-eree: toward an empirically viable epistemology. Journal of Pragmatics,6(2):81–133, 1982.

3233 Talmy Givòn, editor. Topic Continuity in Language. Benjamins, Ams-terdam, 1983.

3234 Harry Glahn. Computer-produced worded forecasts. Bulletin of theAmerican Meteorological Society, 51(12):1126–1131, 1970.

3235 R. Gläser. Fachtextsorten im Englischen. Gunter Narr Verlag, Tübin-gen, 1990.

268

3236 James Glass, Joseph Polifroni, and Stephanie Seneff. Multilingual lan-guage generation across multiple domains. In Proceedings of the In-ternational Conference on Spoken Language Processing, pages 18–22,Yokohama, Japan, September 1994.

3237 B. Glatt. Defining Thematic Progressions and their relationship toReader Comprehension. In What Writers Know: The Language, Pro-cess, and Structure of Written Discourse. Academic Press, New York,1982.

3238 C. Gledhill. Collocation and genre analysis. Zeitschrift für Anglistik undAmerikanistik (ZAA), 1995.

3239 C. Gledhill. Scientific innovation and the phraseology of rhetoric: pos-ture, reformulation and collocation in cancer research articles. PhDthesis, Aston University, Birmingham, 1995.

3240 Christine Gledhill. Genre. In Pam Cook and Mieke Bernink, editors,The Cinema Book. British Film Institute, London, 1985.

3241 Christine Gledhill. Rethinking Film Genre. In Christine Gledhill andLinda Williams, editors, Reinventing Film Studies. Arnold, London,2000.

3242 C.J. Gledhill. Collocations in science writing. Number 22 in Languagein Performance. Gunter Narr Verlag, Tübingen, 2000.

3243 A.M. Glenberg and W.E. Langston. Comprehension of illustrated text:Pictures help to build mental models. Journal of Memory and Language,31:129–151, 1992.

3244 A.M. Glenberg, A.C. Wilkinson, and W. Epstein. The illusion of know-ing: failure in the self-assessment of comprehension. Memory and Cog-nition, 10(6):597–602, 1982.

3245 Birte Glimm, Carsten Lutz, Ian Horrocks, and Ulrike Sattler. Answeringconjunctive queries in the SHIQ description logic. Journal of ArtificialIntelligence Research, 31:150–197, 2008.

3246 M. Ja. Glovinskaja. Semantičeskie tipy vidovych protivopostavlenijrusskogo glagola (Semantische Typen von Aspektoppositionen des rus-sischen Verbs. Moskva, 1982.

3247 J. Glück, R. Machat, M. Jirasko, and B. Rollett. Training-relatedchanges in solution strategy in a spatial test: An application of itemresponse models. Learning and Individual Differences, 13(1):1–22, 2001.

3248 C. Gnutzmann. ‘Abstracts’ und ‘Zusammenfassungen’ im deutsch-englischen Vergleich. In B.-D. Müller, editor, Interkulturelle Wirtschaft-skommunikation, pages 363–378. Iudicium, München, 1991.

269

3249 François Goasdoué, Véronique Lattès, and Marie-Christine Rousset.The Use of CARIN Language and Algorithms for Information Integra-tion: The PICSEL System. Int. J. Cooperative Inf. Syst., 9(4):383–401,2000.

3250 Andrew Goatly. Marked Theme and its interpretation in A.E.Housman’sA Shropshire Lad. In M. Ghadessy, editor, Thematic development inEnglish texts, pages 164–197. Pinter Publishers, London, 1995.

3251 A. Goddard. The language of advertising: written texts. Routledge,London, 1998.

3252 Cliff Goddard. Semantic analysis: a practical introduction. OxfordUniversity Press, Oxford, 1998.

3253 Cliff Goddard. On and on: Verbal explications for a polysemic network.Cognitive Linguistics, 13(3):277–294, 2002.

3254 Cliff Goddard and Anna Wierzbicka, editors. Meaning and UniversalGrammar: Theory and empirical findings. John Benjamins, Amsterdam,2002.

3255 Günther Goerz, Claus-Rainer Rollinger, and Josef Schneeberger, editors.Einführung in die Künstliche Intelligenz. Oldenbourg Verlag, Munichand Vienna, 2000.

3256 Thilo Goetz and Walt Detmar Meurers. Compiling HPSG type con-straints into definite clause programs. In Proceedings of ACL-95, 1995.

3257 E. Goffman. The neglected situation. American Anthropologist, 66:133–136, 1964. Reprinted in Giglioli, P.P. (ed.) (1972) Language and SocialContext London: Penguin.

3258 E. Goffman. Interaction Ritual. Penguin, Harmondsworth, 1967.

3259 E. Goffman. Frame Analysis: An essay in the organisation of experi-ence. Harper and Row, New York, 1974.

3260 E. Goffman. Replies and Responses. Language in Society, 5:257–313,1976.

3261 E. Goffman. Response Cries. Language, 54:287–815, 1978.

3262 E. Goffman. Forms of Talk. Basil Blackwell, Oxford, 1981.

3263 Erving Goffman. On face work. Psychiatry, 18:213–231, 1955.

3264 Erving Goffman. Gender advertisements. Harvard University Press,Cambridge, Massachusetts, 1979. First appeared in Studies in the An-thropology of Visual Communication, 3(2), Fall 1976.

270

3265 Maureen Daly Goggin. Visual rhetoric in pens of steel and inks of silk:challenging the great visual/verbal divide. In Charles A Hill and Mar-guerite Helmers, editors, Defining visual rhetorics, pages 87–110. Erl-baum, Mahwah, NJ, 2004.

3266 J. A. Goguen, C. Linde, and J. L. Weiner. Reasoning and Natural Expla-nation, 1982. Unpublished proceedings of ISI Workshop on Explanation.

3267 Joseph Goguen. An introduction to algebraic semiotics, with applica-tions to user interface design. In Chrystopher Nehaniv, editor, Compu-tation for metaphors, analogy and agents, number 1562 in LNAI, pages242–291. Springer, Berlin, 1999.

3268 Joseph Goguen. Semiotic Morphisms, Representations and Blending forInterface Design. In In Proceedings, AMAST Workshop on AlgebraicMethods in Language Processing, pages 1–15. AMAST Press, 2003.

3269 Joseph A. Goguen. Data, Schema, Ontology and Logic Integration. LogicJ. of the IGPL, 13:685–715, 2005.

3270 Joseph A. Goguen. Information Integration in Institutions. In LarryMoss, editor, Jon Barwise Memorial Volume. Indiana University Press,2006. to appear.

3271 Joseph Goguen and Rod Burstall. Institutions: abstract model the-ory for specification and programming. Journal of the Association forComputing Machinery, 39(1):95–146, January 1992.

3272 Adele E. Goldberg. Constructions: a construction grammar approachto argument structure. University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1995.

3273 E. Goldberg, N. Driedger, and R. Kittredge. Using Natural-LanguageProcessing to Produce Weather Forecasts. IEEE Expert, 9(2):45–53,1994.

3274 E. Goldberg, R. Kittredge, and A. Polguere. Computer generation ofmarine forecast text. Journal of Atmospheric and Oceanic Technology,5(4):473–483, 1988. American Meteorological Society.

3275 Herman D. Goldberg. The role of ’cutting’ in the perception of themotion picture. Journal of Applied Psychology, 35:70–71, 1951.

3276 Charles F. Goldfarb, editor. The SGML Handbook. Clarendon Press,Oxford, 1990.

3277 S. Goldin-Meadow. Hearing gesture: how our hands help us think. Belk-nap Press, Cambridge, 2003.

3278 A. I. Goldman. A Theory of Human Action. Princeton University Press,Princeton, NJ, 1970.

271

3279 N. M. Goldman. The boundaries of language generation. In Proceedingsof Theoretical Issues in Natural Language Processing - I (TINLAP),pages 74–78, Cambridge, Mass., June 1975.

3280 Neil Goldman. Computer Generation of Natural-Language from a DeepConceptual Base. PhD thesis, Yale University, 1974.

3281 Neil Goldman. Conceptual Generation. In Roger C. Schank, editor,Conceptual Information Processing. North-Holland Publishing Co, Am-sterdam, 1975.

3282 Neil Goldman. Computer Generation of Natural Language from a DeepConceptual Base. PhD thesis, Yale University, 1984.

3283 I. Goldstein. Developing a Computational Representation of ProblemSolving Skills. memo 495, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Arti-ficial Intelligence Laboratory, Cambridge, Mass., October 1978.

3284 Sharon J. Goldwater, Elizabeth Owen Bratt, Jean Mark Gawron, andJohn Dowding. Building a robust dialogue system with limited data. InProceedings of the ANLP/NAACL 2000 Workshop on ConversationalSystems, pages 61–65, Seattle, May 2000. Association for ComputationalLinguistics.

3285 Reginald Golledge. Defining the Criteria Used in Path Selection. In D.F.Ettema and H.J.P. Timmermans, editors, Activity-Based Approaches toTravel Analysis, pages 151–169. Elsevier, New York, 1997.

3286 R.G. Golledge. Human wayfinding and cognitive maps. In R.G.Golledge, editor, Wayfinding behavior: Cognitive mapping and otherspatial processes, pages 5–45. Johns Hopkins Press, Baltimore, MD,1999.

3287 R.G. Golledge. Wayfinding behavior: Cognitive mapping and other spa-tial processes. Johns Hopkins Press, Baltimore, MD, 1999.

3288 Stefan Göller, Markus Lohrey, and Carsten Lutz. PDL with Intersectionand Converse: Satisfiability and Infinite-State Model Checking. Journalof Symbolic Logic, 74(1):279–314, 2009.

3289 E. Gombrich. Pictorial instructions. In H. Barlow, C. Blakemore,and M. Weston-Smith, editors, Images and understanding, pages 26–45. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, U.K., 1990.

3290 E.H. Gombrich. The image and the eye: further studies in the psychologyof pictorial representation. Phaidon, Oxford, 1982.

3291 E.H. Gombrich. The image and the eye: further studies in the psychologyof pictorial representation, chapter Moment and movement in art, pages40–62. Phaidon, Oxford, 1982.

272

3292 Ernst. H. Gombrich. Art and Illusion: A Study in the Psychology ofPictorial Representation. Phaidon Press, London, 1959.

3293 Ernst. H. Gombrich. Art and Illusion: A Study in the Psychology ofPictorial Representation. Princeton University Press, Princeton, 1961.

3294 María Ángeles Gómez-González. The Theme-Topic Interface. Ben-jamins, Amsterdam, 2000.

3295 María L.A. Gómez-González. The relevance of Theme in the textualorganization of BBC News Reports. Word, 45(3):293–305, 1994.

3296 María L.A. Gómez-González. Theme: A heuristic method for discourseanalysis. Estudios Ingleses de la Universidad Complutense, 3:43–54,1995.

3297 María L.A. Gómez-González. Theme in Present-Day British English:Towards an Alternative Moderate Functionalist Interpretation. PhD the-sis, English Philology, Universidade de Santiago de Compostela, 1996.

3298 María L.A. Gómez-González. Theme: Topic or Framework? Miscelánea,17:123–140, 1996.

3299 María L.A. Gómez-González. A contrastive critique of Topic and Themein Functional Grammar (FG) and Systemic Functional Grammar (SFG).RESLA, 12:75–94, 1997.

3300 María L.A. Gómez-González. An alternative analysis of MultipleThemes in Present-day English: Arguments from discourse. Atlantis,19(1):135–160, 1997.

3301 María L.A. Gómez-González. Notes on Theme, Topic and Givenness:The state of the art. Moenia, 3:135–155, 1997.

3302 María L.A. Gómez-González. On It-extrapositions: Evidence fromPresent-day English. Revista Alicantina de Estudios Ingleses, 10:95–108, 1997.

3303 María L.A. Gómez-González. A corpus-based analysis of Extended Mul-tiple Themes in Present-day English. International Journal of CorpusLinguistics, 3(1):81–114, 1998.

3304 María L.A. Gómez-González. About topicality and thematicity in Func-tional Grammar (FG) and Systemic Functional Grammar (area.sfl).Seminarios de Lingüística, 2:49–72, 1998.

3305 María L.A. Gómez-González. Aspects of Topic and topicality in Func-tional Grammar. Working Papers in Functional Grammar, 65:1–22,1998.

273

3306 María L.A. Gómez-González. Some remarks on Systemic-FunctionalGrammar. Interface, 12(2):65–80, 1998.

3307 María L.A. Gómez-González. The ins and outs of the notion of ’about-ness’. Interface, 13(1):19–32, 1998.

3308 María L.A. Gómez-González. Towards an alternative account of FGTopic. Verba, 25:345–356, 1998.

3309 María L.A. Gómez-González. Some reflections on Systemic FunctionalGrammar: With a Focus on Theme. Word, 52(1):1–28, 2001.

3310 María L.A. Gómez-González. First mention orientation in discourse.In L. Rábade, S. Doval, and M.L.A. Gómez, editors, Studies in Con-trastive Linguistics, pages 37–48. Servicio de Publicaciones de la USC,Compostela, 2002.

3311 María L.A. Gómez-González. Functional Grammar and the dynamicsof discourse. In J.L. Mackenzie and M.L.A. Gómez, editors, A New Ar-chitecture for Functional Grammar, pages 211–242. Mouton de Gruyter,Berlin/New York, 2002.

3312 María L.A. Gómez-González and Francisco Gonzálvez-García. Cleftsand pseudo-clefts in English and Spanish. ???, in preparation.

3313 A. Gómez-Pérez. Ontology evaluation. In S. Staab and R. Studer,editors, Handbook on Ontologies, pages 251–274. Springer-Verlag, Hei-delberg and Berlin, 2004.

3314 Asunción Gómez-Pérez, Mariano Fernández-López, and Oscar Corcho,editors. Ontological engineering - with examples from the areas ofKnowledge Management, e-Commerce and the Semantic Web. Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg and Berlin, 2004.

3315 David Gooding. Visualisation, inference and explanation in the sci-ences. In Grant Malcolm, editor, Multidisciplinary approaches to visualrepresentations and interpretations, volume 2 of Studies in Multidisci-plinarity, pages 1–25. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 2004.

3316 N. Goodman. Fact, Fiction, and Forecast. The Bobbs Merrill Company,Inc., Indianapolis, Ind., 1965.

3317 Nelson Goodman. Languages of Art. An approach the a theory of sym-bols. Oxford University Press, London, 1969.

3318 Nelson Goodman. Weise der Welterzeugung. Suhrkamp, Frankfurt,1984.

3319 Nelson Goodman. Vom Denken und anderen Dingen. Suhrkamp, Frank-furt, 1987.

274

3320 Nelson Goodman and Catherine Z. Elgin. Reconceptions in philosophyand other arts and sciences. Routledge, London, 1988.

3321 Nelson Goodman and Catherine Z. Elgin. Revisionen. Suhrkamp, Frank-furt, 1989.

3322 Sharon Goodman. Visual English. In Sharon Goodman and DavidGraddol, editors, Redesigning English: new texts, new identities, chap-ter 2, pages 38–72. Routledge and the Open University, London andNew York, 1996.

3323 Sharon Goodman and David Graddol, editors. Redesigning English: newtexts, new identities. Routledge and the Open University, London andNew York, 1996.

3324 Trischa Goodnow. Using narrative theory to understand the power ofnews photographs. In Ken Smith, Sandra Moriarty, Gretchen Barbatsis,and Keith Kenney, editors, Handbook of visual communication: theory,methods, and media. Routledge, London, 2004.

3325 Charles Goodwin. Practices of seeing visual analysis: an ethnomethod-ological approach. In Theo van Leeuwen and Carey Jewitt, editors,Handbook of visual analysis, chapter 8, pages 157–182. Sage, London,2001.

3326 M. Gopnik. Linguistic structures in scientific texts. Janua Linguarum.Series Minor, The Hague, 1972.

3327 Claudia Gorbman. Narrative Film Music. Yale French Studies, 60:183–203, 1980. Cinema/Sound.

3328 Claudia Gorbman. Unheard Melodies: Narrative Film Music. IndianaUniversity Press, Bloomington, 1987.

3329 Paul Gordon and David Rosenberg. Daily Racism: the press and blackpeople in Britain. The Runnymede Trust, London, 1989.

3330 Jennifer Gore. The Struggle for Pedagogies: Critical and Feminist Dis-course as Regimes of Truth. Routledge, New York, 1993.

3331 Marco Gori, Marco Maggini, and Enrico Martinelli. Web-Browser Ac-cess Through Voice Input and Page Interest Prediction. In A. Jameson,C. Paris, and C. Tasso, editors, Proceedings of the Sixth InternationalConference on User Modeling (UM97), pages 17–19. Springer, Berlin,June 2-5 1997. (Chia Laguna, Sardinia, Italy).

3332 Juliana Goschler, Elena Andonova, and Robert J. Ross. Perspective useand perspective shift in spatial dialogue. In Christian Freksa, Nora S.Newcombe, Peter Gärdenfors, and Stefan Wölfl, editors, Spatial Cogni-tion VI: Learning, Reasoning and Talking about Space, number 5241 in

275

Lecture notes in Artifiicial Intelligence, pages 250–265. Springer, 2008.International Conference, Spatial Cognition 2008, Freiburg, Germany.

3333 M. Gósy. Temporal factors of speech. Technical Report, MTA Nyelvtu-dománya Intéte, Budapest, 1992.

3334 Mária Gósy, Gábor Olaszy, Fred Englert, and Alexandra Kneiff. Fi-nal year intonation quality evaluation in the Speak! Dialogue System.COPERNICUS ’93 Project No. 10393 SPEAK!, Deliverable R4.1.2, TU-Budapest and GMD/IPSI, Darmstadt, Germany, 1996.

3335 Mark Gottdiener. Postmodern semiotics: material culture and the formsof postmodern life. Blackwell, Cambridge, MA and Oxford, 1995.

3336 Nigel Gotteri. Towards a systemic approach to tense and aspect in Pol-ish. In Christopher Butler, Margaret Berry, Robin Fawcett, and GuowenHuang, editors, Meaning and form: systemic functional interpretations.Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1996.

3337 Björn Gottfried. Reasoning about intervals in two dimensions. InIEEE International Conference on Systems, Man and Cybernetics, pages5324–5332, The Hague, 2004. Omnipress.

3338 Björn Gottfried. Global Feature Schemes for Qualitative Shape De-scriptions. In H.W. Guesgen, Ch. Freksa, and G. Ligozat, editors, Pro-ceedings of the IJCAI-05 Workshop on spatial and temporal reasoning.,Edinburgh, Scotland, 2005.

3339 Georg Gottlob and Alan Nash. Efficient core computation in data ex-change. J. ACM, 55(2), 2008.

3340 Nick Gotts. How far can we ‘C’? Defining a ‘Doughnut’ Using Connec-tion Alone. In J. Doyle, E. Sandewall, and P. Torasso, editors, Princi-ples of Knowledge Representation and Reasoning. Proceedings of KR’94,pages 246–257, San Mateo, CA, 1994. Morgan Kaufmann.

3341 T. Götz and W. D. Meurers. Compiling HPSG type constraints intodefinite clause programs. In Proceedings of the 33rd. Annual Meeting ofthe Association for Computational Linguistics, 1995.

3342 Anna Goy and Leonardo Lesmo. Representation of Verb Meaning: TheCase of Italian Communication Verbs. In Proceedings of the Workshop:The Future of the Dictionaries, Grenoble, October 17-19 1994.

3343 W. Grabe. Narrative and expository macro-genres. In A.M. Johns,editor, Genre in the classroom: multiple perspectives. Lawrence ErlbaumAssociates, Marwah, NJ, 2002.

3344 William P. Grabe. Towards defining expository prose within a theory oftext construction. PhD thesis, Department of Linguistics, University ofSouthern California, 1984.

276

3345 Joachim Grabowski and Petra Weiß. The prepositional inventory oflanguages: a factor that affects comprehension of spatial prepositions.Language Sciences, 18:19–35, 1996.

3346 D. Graddol and O. Boyd-Barrett, editors. Media Texts: Authors andReaders. Open University Press, Clevedon, 1994.

3347 David Graddol. English manuscripts: the emergence of a visual identity.In David Graddol, Dick Leith, and Joan Swann, editors, English history,diversity and change, pages 41–94. Routledge, London and New York,1996. The Open University.

3348 David Graddol. The development of scientific English. In David Grad-dol, Dick Leith, and Joan Swann, editors, English history, diversity andchange, chapter 4, Reading B, pages 171–179. Routledge, London andNew York, 1996. The Open University.

3349 David Graddol. The semiotic construction of a wine label. In SharonGoodman and David Graddol, editors, Redesigning English: new texts,new identities, chapter 2, Reading A, pages 73–80. Routledge and theOpen University, London and New York, 1996.

3350 David Graddol, Dick Leith, and Joan Swann, editors. English history,diversity and change. Routledge, London and New York, 1996. TheOpen University.

3351 Joe Grady. The “Conduit Metaphor” revisited: a reassessment ofmetaphors for communication. In J.-P. Koenig, editor, Discourse andCognition: Bridging the Gap. CSLI Publications, Stanford, 1998.

3352 A.C. Graesser, M. Singer, and T. Trabasso. Constructing inferencesduring narrative text comprehension. Psychological Review, 101:371–395, 1994.

3353 Arthur C. Graesser, Cheryl Bowers, Ute J. Bayen, and Xiangen Hu.Who said what? Who knows what? Tracking speakers and knowledgein narrative. In Willie van Peer and Seymour Chatman, editors, NewPerspectives on Narrative Perspective, pages 255–272. State Universityof New York Press, Albany, NY, 2001.

3354 Arthur C. Graesser, Danielle S. McNamara, and Jonna M. Kulikowich.Coh-Metrix: Providing multilevel analyses of text characteristics. Edu-cational Researcher, 40(5):223–234, 2011.

3355 Dennis Gräf. Kinesik im Stummfilm. Zeitschrift für Semiotik, 30(3-4):237–267, 2008.

3356 Winfried H. Graf. Constraint-based layout of multimodal presentations.Technical Report RR-92-15, DFKI, Germany, 1992.

277

3357 Winfried H. Graf. The constraint-based layout framework LayLab andits applications. In Proceedings of ACM Workshop on Effective Abstrac-tions in Multimedia, Layout and Interaction, San Francisco, California.,1995. ACM.

3358 Winfried H. Graf. Towards a reference model for intelligent multimedialayout. In G.P. Faconti and T. Rist, editors, Proceedings of the ECAI’96 Workshop ‘Towards a Standard Reference Model for Intelligent Mul-timedia Systems’, 1996.

3359 Winfried H. Graf. Intelligent multimedia layout: a reference architec-ture for the constraint-based spatial layout of multimedia presentations.Computer Standards and Interfaces, 18:515–524, 1997.

3360 Mark Graham. The Inaccessibility of The Lady from Shanghai. FilmCriticism, 5(3):21–37, 1981.

3361 R. H. Granger, K. P. Eislet, and J. K. Holbrook. The Parallel Organiza-tion of Lexical, Syntactic and Pragmatic Inference. In Proceedings of theFirst Annual Workshop on Theoretical Issues in Conceptual InformationProcessing, Atlanta, Georgia, 1984.

3362 Richard H. Granger. FOUL-UP: A Program that Figures out Meaningsof Words from Context. In Proceedings of the Fifth International JointConference on Artificial Intelligence, Cambridge, MA, 1977.

3363 Sylviane Granger. The international corpus of learner English. In JanAarts, Pieter de Haan, and Nelleke Oostdijk, editors, English languagecorpora: design, analysis and exploration, pages 57–69. Rodopi, Ams-terdam, 1993.

3364 Sylviane Granger, editor. Leaner English on Computer. Longman, Lon-don, 1998.

3365 Sylviane Granger. Prefabricated patterns in advanced EFL writing:collocations and formulae. In A.P. Cowie, editor, Phraseology: the-ory, analysis and applications, pages 145–160. Clarendon Press, Oxford,1998.

3366 Sylviane Granger. Uses of tenses by advanced EFL learners: evidencefrom an error-tagged computer corpus. In Hilde Hasselgard and SigneOksefell, editors, Out of corpora: studies in honour of Stig Johansson,pages 191–202. Rodopi, Amsterdam, 1999.

3367 Barry Keith Grant. Film Genre Reader. University of Texas Press,Austin, 1995.

3368 Barry Keith Grant. Film Genre: From Iconography to Ideology.Wallflower Press, London, 2007.

278

3369 R. Granville. Cohesion in Computer Text Generation: Lexical Substi-tution. Technical Report MIT/LCS/TR-310, M.I.T., Cambridge, MA,1983.

3370 Robert Granville. Building underlying structures for multiparagraphtexts. In Proceedings of the 7th. International Workshop on Natural Lan-guage generation (INLGW ’94), pages 21–28, Kennebunkport, Maine,1994.

3371 Bernardo Cuenca Grau, Ian Horrocks, Yevgeny Kazakov, and UlrikeSattler. Modular Reuse of Ontologies: Theory and Practice. J. Artif.Intell. Res. (JAIR), 31:273–318, 2008.

3372 Bernardo Cuenca Grau and Oliver Kutz. Modular Ontology LanguagesRevisited. In Proc. of the IJCAI’07 Workshop on Semantic Web for Col-laborative Knowledge Acquisition (SWeCKa), Hyderabad, India, Jan-uary 2007, 2007.

3373 Bernardo Cuenca Grau, Bijan Parsia, and Evren Sirin. Working withmultiple ontologies on the semantic web. In Proceedings of the 3thdInternational Semantic Web Conference (ISWC-2004), number 3298 inLNCS, Berlin, 2004. Springer.

3374 Bernardo Cuenca Grau, Bijan Parsia, and Evren Sirin. Combining OWLOntologies Using E-Connections. Journal of Web Semantics, 2006.

3375 Sophie De Grauwe. A systemic-functional analysis of the multimodaltext of film: David Lynch’s Lost Highway. Master’s thesis, Universityof Leuven, Leuven, Belgium, 1999.

3376 Sophie De Grauwe. The cognitivist approach to film in the light ofsystemic-functional theory: a changing of the guards? Image and Nar-rative, 1, July 2000. Online magazine of the visual narrative.

3377 Sophie De Grauwe. The possibility of minimal units in the filmic image.Image and Narrative, 7, February and October 2003. Online magazineof the visual narrative.

3378 Sophie De Grauwe. The possibility of minimal units in the filmic image;part 1. Image and Narrative, 7, February 2003. Online magazine of thevisual narrative.

3379 Sophie De Grauwe. The possibility of minimal units in the filmic image;part 2. Image and Narrative, 7, October 2003. Online magazine of thevisual narrative.

3380 Martin Grayson, David Eckroth, Herman F. Mark, Donald F. Oth-mer, Charles G. Overberger, and Glenn T. Seaborg, editors. The Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Techology, New York, NY, 1978. JohnWiley and Sons.

279

3381 David Greatbatch. Conversation analysis: neutralism in British newsinterviews. In Allan Bell and Peter Garrett, editors, Approaches toMedia Discourse, chapter 6, pages 163–185. Blackwell, Oxford, 1998.

3382 Anders Green, Helge Hüttenrauch, Elin Anna Topp, and Kerstin Sev-erinson Eklundh. Developing a Contextualized Multimodal Corpus forHuman-Robot Interaction. In Proceedings of the LREC InternationalConference on Language Resources and Evaluation, May 2006.

3383 B. F. Green, A. K. Wolf, C. Chomsky, and K. Laughery. Baseball: AnAutomatic Question-Answerer. In E. A. Feigenbaum and J. Feldman,editors, Computers and Thought. McGraw-Hill, New York, 1963.

3384 Elizabeth Green. Intonation. B.A. Honours thesis, Department of Lin-guistics, University of Sydney, Sydney, Australia, 1988.

3385 M. Green. Narratives and cancer counselling. Journal of Communica-tion, 56:163–183, 2006.

3386 Nancy Green and Sandra Carberry. A hybrid reasoning model for in-direct answers. In 32nd. Annual Meeting of the Association for Com-putational Linguistics, pages 58–65, New Mexico State University, LasCruces, New Mexico, 1994.

3387 Nancy Green and Sandra Carberry. Generating indirect answers to yes-no questions. In D. McDonald and M. Meteer, editors, Proceedings ofthe 7th International Workshop on Natural Language Generation, 1995.

3388 Nancy Green and Sandra Carberry. A Computational Mechanism forInitiative in Answer Generation. User modelling and user-adapted inter-action, 9:93–132, 1999. Reprinted in: S. Haller, A. Kobsa and S. McRoy(eds.)(1999)Computational Models of Mixed-Initiative Interaction, Dor-drecht: Kluwer, pp277-316.

3389 Nancy Green and Sandra Carberry. Interpreting and generating indirectanswers. Computational Linguistics, 25(3):389–435, 1999.

3390 Nancy Green, Guiseppe Carenini, Stephen Kerpedjiev, Stephen F. Roth,and Johanna D. Moore. A media-independent content language for in-tegrated text and graphics generation. In Proceedings of the Workshopon Content Visualization and Intermedia Representations (CVIR’98) ofthe 17th. International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COL-ING’98) and the 36th. Annual Meeting of the Association for Compu-tational Linguistics (ACL’98), Montreal, Canada, 1998. Association forComputational Linguistics.

3391 Nancy Green, Guiseppe Carenini, and Johanna D. Moore. A princi-pled representation of attributive descriptions for generating integratedtext and information graphics presentations. In 9th INLG, pages 18–27,Niagara-on-the-Lake, Ontario, 1998.

280

3392 Rebecca Green, Carol A Bean, and Sung Hyon Myaeng. The semanticsof relationships: An interdisciplinary perspective, volume 3 of Informa-tion science and knowledge management. Kluwer Academic Publishers,Dordrecht, 2002.

3393 Stephen Green. Automatically generating hypertext in newspaper arti-cles by computing semantic relatedness.

3394 Stephen Green. Using lexical chains to build hypertext links in newspa-per articles.

3395 Stephen J. Green and Chrysanne DiMarco. Stylistic decision-making innatural language generation. In G. Adorni and M. Zock, editors, Trendsin Natural Language Generation: an artificial intelligence perspective,number 1036 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages 125–143.Springer, Berlin, New York, 1996. (Selected Papers from the 4th. Eu-ropean Workshop on Natural Language Generation, Pisa, Italy, 28-30April 1993).

3396 Sidney Greenbaum. Studies in English Adverbial Usage. Longman,London, 1969.

3397 Sidney Greenbaum, editor. Acceptability in Language. Mouton, TheHague, 1977.

3398 Joseph H. Greenberg. Some universals of grammar with particular ref-erence to the order of meaningful elements. In Joseph H. Greenberg,editor, Universals of language, pages 73–113. MIT Press, Cambridge,MA, 2nd edition, 1966.

3399 Joseph H. Greenberg, editor. Universals of language. MIT Press, Cam-bridge, MA, 2nd edition, 1966.

3400 B. G. Greene, L. M. Manous, and D. B. Psioni. Perceptual evaluationof DECtalk: final report on version 1.8. Technical Report, 1984.

3401 J.G. Greeno. Conceptual entities. In D. Gentner and A.L. Stevens,editors, Mental models. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ,1983.

3402 G. Grefenstette and P. Tapanainen. What is a word, what is a sen-tence? problems of tokenization. In The 3rd International Conferenceon Computational Lexicography, Budapest, 1994, pages 79–87, 1994.

3403 L. Gregg and E. Steinberg. Cognition Processes in Writing. LawrenceErlbaum Associates, 1980.

3404 L. Gregg and E. R. Steinberg, editors. Cognitive Processes in Writing.Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, New Jersey, 1980.

281

3405 Michael Gregory. Aspects of varieties differentiation. Journal of Lin-guistics, 3:177–198, 1967.

3406 Michael Gregory. Doing forensic linguistics: endangered people in thecommunity. In Eija Ventola, editor, Discourse and community: doingfunctional linguistics, pages 19–28. Gunter Narr, Tübingen, 2000.

3407 Michael Gregory. What can linguistics learn form translation? In ErichSteiner and Colin Yallop, editors, Exploring Translation and Multilin-gual Text Production: beyond content. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin andNew York, 2000.

3408 Michael Gregory. Phasal analysis within communicative linguistics: twocontrastive discourses. In Peter H. Fries, Michael Cummings, DavidLockwood, and William Spruiell, editors, Relations and functions withinand around language, Open Linguistics. Continuum Press, London,2001.

3409 Michael Gregory. Relations and functions within and around language:the systemic-functional tradition. In Peter H. Fries, Michael Cummings,David Lockwood, and William Spruiell, editors, Relations and functionswithin and around language, Open Linguistics. Continuum Press, Lon-don, 2001.

3410 Michael Gregory and S. Carrol. Language and Situation: Languagevarieties and their social contexts. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London,1978.

3411 Michael J. Gregory. A theory for stylistics exemplified: Donne’s ’HolySonnet XIV’. Language and Style, 8, 1974.

3412 Michael J. Gregory. Marvell’s ’To His Coy Mistress’: the poem as alinguistic and social event. Poetics, 7, 1978.

3413 Michael J. Gregory. Language as a social semiotic: the recent work ofMichael A.K. Halliday. Applied Linguistics, 1, 1980.

3414 Michael J. Gregory. Hamlet’s voice: aspects of text formation and co-hesion in a soliloquy. Forum Linguisticum, 7(2), 1982.

3415 Michael J. Gregory. The nature and use of metafunctions in systemictheory: current concerns. In Eighth LACUS Forum. Hornbeam Press,Columbia, 1982.

3416 Michael J. Gregory. Clause and sentence as distinct units in the morpho-syntactic analysis of English and their relation to semological propo-sitions and predications. In Proceedings of the 9th. LACUS Forum,Columbia, S.C., 1983. Hornbeam Press.

282

3417 Michael J. Gregory. Propositional and predicational analysis in discoursedescription. In Ninth LACUS Forum. Hornbeam Press, Columbia, 1984.

3418 Michael J. Gregory. Linguistics and theatre - Hamlet’s voice: aspectsof text formation and cohesion in a soliloquy. Forum Linguisticum, 7,1985.

3419 Michael J. Gregory. Towards communication linguistics: a framework.In James D. Benson and William S. Greaves, editors, Systemic Perspec-tives on Discourse, Volume 1. Ablex, Norwood, New Jersey, 1985.

3420 Michael J. Gregory. Meta-functions: aspects of their development, sta-tus and use in systemic linguistics. In Michael A. K. Halliday andRobin P. Fawcett, editors, New development in systemic linguistics: the-ory and description, volume 1. Frances Pinter, London, 1987.

3421 Michael J. Gregory. Generic situation and register: a functional viewof communication. In Michael J. Cummings, William S. Greaves, andJames D. Benson, editors, Linguistics in a systemic perspective. Ben-jamins, Amsterdam, 1988.

3422 Michael J. Gregory. Generic expectancies and discoursal surprises: JohnDonne’s "The Good Morrow". In Peter H. Fries and Michael J. Gregory,editors, Discourse in society: systemic functional perspectives, pages 67–85. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1995.

3423 Michael Gregory and K. Malcolm. Generic situation and discoursephase, 1981. Mimeo. Applied Linguistics Research Working Group, Uni-versity of York, Toronto.

3424 Algirdas-Julien Greimas. Elemente einer narrativen Grammatik. InHeinz Blumensath, editor, Strukturalismus in der Literaturwissenschaft,pages 47–67. Kiepenheuer & Witsch, Köln, 1972. übersetzt von Irmelaund Jochen Rehbein.

3425 Algirdas-Julien Greimas. Structural semantics: an attempt at a method.University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln and London, 1983. Originallypublished as Sémantique structurale: Recherche de mèthode (LibrarieLarousse, 1966); translated by Daniele McDowell, Ronald Schleifer andAlan Velie.

3426 Algirdas-Julien Greimas and François Rastier. The Interaction of Semi-otic Constraints. Yale French Studies, 41:86–105, 1968.

3427 R. Greiner and M. R. Genesereth. What’s New? A Semantic Definitionof Novelty. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conferenceon Artificial Intelligence, Karlsruhe, West Germany, 1983.

3428 Russell Greiner. A Representation Language Language, 1980. HPP-80-9, Working Paper.

283

3429 Russell Greiner and Douglas B. Lenat. Details of RLL-1, 1980. HPP-80-23, Working Paper.

3430 Lenore Ann Grenoble. A contrastive analysis of verbs of motion inRussian and Polish. PhD thesis, University of California, Berkeley, 1986.

3431 Pierre Grenon. Knowledge Management from the Ontological Stand-point. In Workshop on Knowledge Management and Philosophy: WM2003 - 2nd Konferenz Professionelles Wissensmanagement - Erfahrun-gen und Visionen, 2003.

3432 Pierre Grenon. The Formal Ontology of Spatio-Temporal Reality andits Formalization. In 2003 AAAI Spring Symposium on the Founda-tions and Applications of Spatio-Temporal Reasoning, Technical ReportSeries, pages 27–34. AAAI, 2003.

3433 Pierre Grenon. Tucking RCC in Cyc’s Ontological Bed. In GottlobG. and Walsh T., editors, IJCAI-03 - Eighteenth International JointConference in Artificial Intelligence, pages 894–899. Morgan Kaufmann,San Francisco, 2003.

3434 Pierre Grenon and Barry Smith. SNAP and SPAN: Towards DynamicSpatial Ontology. Spatial Cognition and Computation, 4(1):69–103,2004.

3435 H. P. Grice. Meaning. Philosophical Review, 66(3):377–388, 1957.

3436 H. P. Grice. Utterer’s Meaning and Intentions. Philosophical Review,68(2):147–177, 1969.

3437 H. Paul Grice. Logic and conversation. In Peter Cole and Jerry L.Morgan, editors, Speech Acts, volume 3 of Syntax and Semantics, pages43–58. Academic Press, New York, 1975.

3438 M. Grice and R. Benzmüller. Transcription of German intonation usingTOBI-tones–the Saarbrücken system. PHONUS Research Report, In-stitute of Phonetics, University of the Saarland, October 1995. pp33-51.

3439 Julika Griem and Eckart Voigts-Virchow. Filmnarratologie: Grundla-gen, Tendenzen und Beispielanalysen. In Erzähltheorie transgenerisch,intermedial, interdisziplinär, pages 155–183. WVT, Trier, 2002.

3440 Stefan T. Gries. Particle movement: a cognitive and functional ap-proach. Cognitive Linguistics, 10(2):105–146, 1999.

3441 M. Grigni, D. Papadias, and C. Papadimitriou. Topological Inference. InProceedings of the 14th Int. Joint Conf. of Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI’95), 1995.

3442 Joseph E. Grimes. Outlines and Overlays. Language, 48:513–524, 1972.

284

3443 Joseph E. Grimes. The Thread of Discourse. Mouton, The Hague, 1975.

3444 Joseph E. Grimes. Context Structure Patterns. In Sture Allèn, editor,Text Processing. Almqvist and Wiksell, Stockholm, 1982.

3445 Joseph E. Grimes. Topics within topics. pages 164–176. GeorgetownUniversity Press, Washington, D.C., 1982.

3446 T. Grimes. Mild auditory-visual dissonnance in television news mayexceed viewer attentional capacity. Human communication research,18:268–298, 1991.

3447 Petra Grimm. Filmnarratologie: eine Einführung in die Praxis der In-terpretation am Beispiel des Werbespots. Schaudig und Ledig, München,1996.

3448 Susan J. Grimm. How to write computer manuals for users. LifeTimelearning publications, Belmont, California, 1982.

3449 Jane B. Grimshaw. Argument Structure. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA,1990.

3450 Colette Grinevald. The linguistic classification of spatial entities: Clas-sifiers and other nominal classification systems. In Michel Aurnague,Maya Hickmann, and Laure Vieu, editors, The Categorization of Spa-tial Entities in Language and Cognition, volume 20 of Human CognitiveProcessing, pages 93–122. John Benjamins Publishing Company, Ams-terdam, The Netherlands, 2007.

3451 Therese Grisham. Linguistics as an Indiscipline: Deleuze and Guattari’sPragmatics. SubStance, 20(3):36–54, 1991. Issue 66: Special Issue:Deleuze & Guattari.

3452 R. Grishman. Response generation in question-answering systems. InProceedings of the Seventeenth Annual Meeting of the Association forComputational Linguistics, pages 99–101, August 1979.

3453 R. Grishman. Response generation in question-answering systems. InProceedings of the 17th International Conference on Computational Lin-guistics, pages 99–102, La Jolla, Ca., August 1979.

3454 R. Grishman and R. Kittredge. Analyzing Language in Restricted Do-mains: Sublanguage Decription and Processing. Lawrence Erlbaum,Hillsdale, New Jersey, 1986.

3455 Ralph Grishman, Lynette Hirschman, and Ngo Thanh Nhan. Discov-ery procedures for sublanguage selectional patterns: initial experiments.Computational Linguistics, 12(3):205–216, 1986.

285

3456 Ralph Grishman and John Sterling. Generalizing automatically gener-ated selection patterns. In Proceedings of the 15th. International Con-ference on Computational Linguistics (COLING 94), volume II, pages742–747, Kyoto, Japan, 1994.

3457 Hannes Grobe, Diepenbroek, Michael, Uwe Schindler, and Rainer Sieger.Introduction to the data library PANGAEA - Publishing Network forGeoscientific & Environmental Data. Technical Report, Alfred WegenerInstitute for Polar and Marine Research (AWI), Bremen, 2006.

3458 Francois Grobler, Ajla Aksamija, Hyunjoo Kim, Ramesh Krishnamurti,Kui Yue, and Casey Hickerson. Ontologies and Shape Grammars: Com-munication between Knowledge-Based and Generative Systems. In De-sign Computing and Cognition ’08, pages 23–40. Springer, 2008.

3459 Torban Grodal. Moving Pictures: A New Theory of Film Genres, Feel-ings and Cognition. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1997.

3460 Torben Grodal. Emotions, cognitions, and narrative patterns in film.In Carl Plantinga and Greg M. Smith, editors, Passionate views: film,cognition, and emotion, chapter 6, pages 127–145. The John HopkinsUniversity Press, Baltimore and London, 1999.

3461 Torben Grodal. Embodied Visions: Evolution, Emotions, Culture, andFilm. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2009.

3462 J. Groenendijk and M. Stokhof. Dynamic Predicate Logic. Linguisticsand Philosophy, 14(1):39–100, 1991.

3463 Thierry Groensteen. Système de la bande dessinée. Presses Universi-taires de France, Paris, 1999.

3464 Gerhard Gröger, Thomas H. Kolbe, Angela Czerwinski, and ClausNagel, editors. OpenGIS City Geography Markup Language (CityGML)Encoding Standard. Number OGC 08-007r1. Open Geospatial Consor-tium Inc., 2008.

3465 B. Gronbeck. Celluloid rhetoric: on genres of documentary. In K.K.Campbell and K.H. Jamieson, editors, Form and genre: shaping rhetor-ical action, pages 139–161. Speech Communication Association, FallsChurch, VA, 1978.

3466 Rudolf Groner, Marina Groner, and eds. Walter F. Bischof. Methods ofHeuristics. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, New Jersey, 1983.

3467 Alan G. Gross. The rhetoric of science. Harvard University Press,Cambridge, MA, 2nd printing edition, 1996.

3468 Maurice Gross. Méthodes en Syntaxe. Hermann, Paris, 1975.

286

3469 Maurice Gross. On the Failure of Generative Grammar. Language,55(4):859–886, 1979.

3470 Maurice Gross. Lexicon-Grammar and the syntactic analysis of French.In COLING-84, 1984.

3471 Maurice Gross. Lexicon-Grammar: The Representation of CompoundWords. In COLING-86, 1986.

3472 S. Grossberg and E. Mingolla. Neural dynamics of form perception:Boundary completion, illusory figures, and neon color spreading. Psy-chological Review, 92:173–211, 1985.

3473 R.E. Grossman, J.L. San, and T.J. Vance, editors. Papers from theparasession on Functionalism. Chicago Linguistic Society, Chicago,1975.

3474 B. Grosz. Discourse Analysis. In R. Kittredge, editor, Sublanguages.Studies of Language in Restricted Semantic Domains. Mouton DeGruyter, 1989.

3475 B. J. Grosz. The Representation and Use of Focus in Dialog Under-standing. PhD thesis, University of California, Berkeley, 1977.

3476 Barbara Grosz. Focusing and Description in Natural Language Dia-logues. In Aravind K. Joshi, Bonnie L. Webber, and Ivan A. Sag, ed-itors, Elements of Discourse Understanding, pages 85–105. CambridgeUniversity Press, Cambridge, England, 1981.

3477 Barbara J. Grosz. The Representation and Use of Focus in a System forUnderstanding Dialogs. In Proceedings of 5th. International Joint Con-ference on Articial Intelligence (IJCAI’77), pages 67–76, Pittsburgh,Pennsylvania, 1977. International Joint Conferences on Artificial Intel-ligence.

3478 Barbara J. Grosz. The Representation and Use of Focus in DialogueUnderstanding. Technical Report Technical note 151, Stanford ResearchInstitute, 1977.

3479 Barbara J. Grosz. The representation and use of focus in dialogue un-derstanding. PhD thesis, University of California at Berkeley, 1977.

3480 Barbara J. Grosz. Discourse Knowledge. In Donald E. Walker, editor,Understanding Spoken Language. North Holland, New York, 1978.

3481 Barbara J. Grosz. Focusing in Dialog. Technical Note 166, SRI, ArtificialIntelligence Center, July 1978. Also in Waltz, 1978, pp 96 - 103.

3482 Barbara J. Grosz. Utterance and Objective: Issues in Natural Lan-guage Communication. In Proceedings of the Sixth International JointConference on Artificial Intelligence, Tokyo, Japan, 1979. IJCAI.

287

3483 Barbara J. Grosz. Focusing and description in natural language dialogs.In Aravind K. Joshi et al., editors, Elements of Discourse Understand-ing: Proceedings of a Workshop on Computational Aspects of LinguisticStructure and Discourse Setting, Cambridge, 1980. Cambridge Univer-sity Press.

3484 Barbara J. Grosz. Focusing and descriptions in natural language dia-logues. In Bonnie L. Webber, Aravind K. Joshi, and Ivan A. Sag, editors,Elements of Discourse Processing, pages 84–105. Cambridge UniversityPress, New York, 1981.

3485 Barbara J. Grosz and Candace L. Sidner. Attention, Intentions andthe Structure of Discourse. Computational Linguistics, 12(3):175–204,July-September 1986.

3486 Barbara J. Grosz and Candace L. Sidner. Plans for Discourse. TechnicalReport 6728, BBN Laboratories, Inc., Cambridge, MA 02238, February1988.

3487 Barbara Grosz and S. Kraus. Collaborative plans for complex groupaction. Artificial Intelligence, 86(2):269–357, 1996.

3488 B.J. Grosz, A.K. Joshi, and S. Weinstein. Centering: a framework formodelling the local coherence of discourse. Computational Linguistics,21(2):203–226, 1995.

3489 B. Grote. Specifications of grammar/semantic extensions for inclusion ofintonation within the KOMET grammar of German. COPERNICUS ’93Project No. 10393 SPEAK!, Deliverable R2.1.1, GMD/IPSI, Darmstadt,Germany, 1995.

3490 B. Grote, D. Rösner, and M. Stede. Representation Levels in Mul-tilingual Text Generation. In Grote. B., D. Rösner, M. Stede, andU. Weis, editors, Knowledge to Language Three Papers on MultilingualText Generation, number FAW-TR-93017. 1993.

3491 B. Grote and M. Stede. Discourse marker choice in sentence planning.In 9th INLG, pages 128–137, Niagara-on-the-Lake, Ontario, 1998.

3492 Brigitte Grote. Grammatial revision of the German prepositionalphrase in KOMET. Technical Report, GMD/Institut für IntegriertePublikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, Germany, May1994.

3493 Brigitte Grote. Intonational control in German speech synthesizing sys-tems. Technical Report, Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Infor-mationssysteme (IPSI), GMD, Darmstadt, Germany, September 1994.SPEAK! Project (EU Copernicus Project 10393) Deliverable R2.1.1.

288

3494 Brigitte Grote. Linguistic properties of the text type ‘instruction’. Tech-nical Report, Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssys-teme (IPSI), GMD, Darmstadt, Germany, September 1994. technicalreport.

3495 Brigitte Grote. Decomposing discourse relations for instructional texts.In J. Oberlander, A. Knott, and J. Moore, editors, Proceedings ofthe 1999 Levels of Representation in Discourse Workshop (LORID’99),pages 79–85, Edinburgh, Scotland, July 1999. University of Edinburgh.

3496 Brigitte Grote. A German prepositional phrase grammar: paradigmaticchoices and syntagmatic structure. Functions of Language, 7(2):231–272, 2000.

3497 Brigitte Grote. German temporal markers and multilingual text gen-eration. PhD thesis, University of Bremen, Fachbereich 10, Bremen,2004.

3498 Brigitte Grote, Eli Hagen, Adelheit Stein, and Elke Teich. Speech pro-duction in Human-Machine dialogue: a natural language generation per-spective. In Elisabeth Maier, Marion Mast, and Susan Luperfoy, editors,Dialogue Processing in Spoken Language Systems, pages 70–85. Springer,Berlin/Heidelberg/New York, 1997.

3499 Brigitte Grote, Eli Hagen, and Elke Teich. Matchmaking: dialoguemodelling and speech generation meet. In Proceedings of the 1996 In-ternational Workshop on Natural Language Generation, pages 171–180,Herstmonceux, England, June 1996.

3500 Brigitte Grote, Nils Lenke, and Manfred Stede. Ma(r)king concessionsin English. Discourse Processes, 24(1):87–118, 1997.

3501 CoFI Semantics Task Group. CASL - The CoFI Algebraic SpecificationLanguage - Semantics. CoFI note S-9 (version 0.95), 1999.

3502 Common Logic Working Group. Common Logic: Abstract syntax andsemantics. Technical Report, 2003.

3503 Glasgow University Media Group. Bad News. Routledge and KeganPaul, London, 1976.

3504 Glasgow University Media Group. More Bad News. Routledge andKegan Paul, London, 1980.

3505 New London Group. A pedagogy of Multiliteracies designing social fu-tures. In Mary Kalantzis and Bill Cope, editors, Multiliteracies: Liter-acy Learning and the Design of Social Futures, chapter 1, pages 9–38.Routledge, London, 2000.

289

3506 The SVP Group. Automatic generation of movie trailers using ontolo-gies. Image: Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildwissenschaft, 5:117–139, 2007. Special issue: Computational Visualistics and Picture Mor-phology; edited by Jörg R.J. Schirra.

3507 XTAG Research Group. A Lexicalized Tree Adjoining Grammar for En-glish. Technical Report IRCS-01-03, IRCS, University of Pennsylvania,2001.

3508 Donald J. Grout. A History of Western Music. W.W. Norton & Co.,New York, 1973.

3509 George Grove and Stanley Sadie. The Grove Concise Dictionary ofMusic. Macmillan Publisher Ltd, 1988.

3510 Claire Grover, Chris Brew, Suresh Manandhar, and Marc Moens. Prior-ity Union and Generalization in Discourse Grammars. In 32nd. AnnualMeeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 17–24,Las Cruces, NM, 1994. Association for Computational Linguistics.

3511 Claire Grover, John Carroll, and Ted Briscoe. The Alvey Natural Lan-guage Tools Grammar (4th release). Technical Report, Human Com-munication Research Centre, University of Edinburgh and ComputerLaboratory, University of Cambridge, 1993.

3512 H. Gruber. Scholarly email discussion list postings: A single new genreof academic communication? In L. Pemberton and S. Shurrille, editors,Words on the web: Computer-mediated communication, pages 36–43.Intellect Ltd., Exeter, 2000.

3513 J. Gruber. Lexical Structures in Syntax and Semantics. North-Holland,Amsterdam, 1976.

3514 Jeffrey S. Gruber. Studies in Lexical Relations. PhD thesis, MIT, Cam-bridge, 1965. Reprinted as part of Lexical Structures in Syntax andSemantics, North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1976.

3515 J.S. Gruber. Look and see. Language, 43:937–947, 1967.

3516 J.S. Gruber. Topicalization in child language. Foundations of Language,3:37–65, 1967.

3517 T. R. Gruber. A translation approach to portable ontology specifica-tions. Knowledge Acquisition, 5(2):199–220, 1993.

3518 T. R. Gruber. A translation approach to portable ontology specifica-tions. Technical Report KSL 92-71, Computer Science Department,Stanford University, California, 1993.

290

3519 T. R. Gruber and P. O. Gautier. Machine-generated explanations ofengineering models: a compositional modeling approach. In Proceedingsof the 13th. International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence,pages 1502–1508, San Mateo, CA, 1993. Morgan Kaufmann. (Chambery,France).

3520 T. R. Gruber and D. M. Russell. Generative design rationale: beyondthe record and replay paradigm. In Thomas Moran and John H. Car-roll, editors, Design rationale: concepts, techniques and use. LawrenceErlbaum Associates, 1995.

3521 T. Gruber, S. Vemuri, and J. Rice. Virtual documents that explain HowThings Work: Dynamically generated question-answering documents.Technical Report, Knowledge Systems Laboratory, Stanford, 1995.

3522 Tom Gruber. Toward principles for the design of ontologies used forknowledge sharing. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies,43(5/6):907–928, 1995.

3523 Peter Grundy. Doing pragmatics. Arnold, London, 2nd edition, 2000.

3524 Peter Grundy and Yan Jiang. Ideological ground and relevant inter-pretation in a Cognitive Semantics. In René Dirven, Bruce Hawkins,and Esra Sandikcioglu, editors, Language and ideology. Volume 1: theo-retical cognitive approaches, number 204 in Current Issues in LinguisticTheory, pages 107–140. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2001.

3525 M. Gruninger. Ontology of Process Specifiation Language. In S. Staaband R. Studer, editors, Handbook on Ontologies, pages 575–592.Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg and Berlin, 2004.

3526 Michael Gruninger and Jintae Lee. Ontology: applications and design.Communications of the ACM, 45(2):39–41, February 2002.

3527 Agnès Gryl, Bernard Moulin, and Driss Kettani. A conceptual model forrepresenting verbal expressions used in route descriptions. In Kenny R.Coventry and Patrick Olivier, editors, Spatial Language: Cognitive andComputational Perspectives, pages 19–42. Kluwer, Dordrecht, 2002.

3528 N. Guarino. Formal ontology and information systems. In N. Guarino,editor, Formal Ontology in Information Systems (FOIS), pages 3–18.IOS Press, Amsterdam, 1998.

3529 N. Guarino and R. Poli, editors. Formal ontology in conceptual analysisand knowledge representation. Kluwer Academic Press, Dordrecht, 1994.

3530 Nicola Guarino. The Ontological Level. In Roberto Casati, Barry Smith,and G. White, editors, Philosophy and the Cognitive Sciences, pages443–456. Hölder-Pichler-Tempsky, Vienna, 1994.

291

3531 Nicola Guarino. Formal ontology, conceptual analysis and knowledgerepresentation. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies,43(5/6):625–640, 1995.

3532 Nicola Guarino. Some ontological principles for designing upper levellexical resources. In Antonio Rubio, Natividad Gallardo, Rosa Castro,and Antonio Tejada, editors, Proceedings of the First International Con-ference on Language Resources and Evaluation (LREC), pages 527–534,Granada, Spain, 28-30 May 1998.

3533 Nicola Guarino, Massimiliano Carrara, and Pierdaniele Giaretta. For-malizing ontological commitment. In Proceedings of AAAI’94, 1994.

3534 Nicola Guarino and Roberto Poli. The role of formal ontology in theinformation technology. International Journal of Human and ComputerStudies, 43:623–624, 1995.

3535 Nicola Guarino and Chris Welty. A formal ontology of properties. InKnowledge Engineering and Knowledge Management: Methods, Modelsand Tools. 12th International Conference, EKAW2000, pages 97–112.Springer Verlag, France, 2000.

3536 Nicola Guarino and Chris Welty. Identity and subsumption. In RebeccaGreen, Carol A. Bean, and Sung Hyon Myaeng, editors, The seman-tics of relationships: an interdisciplinary reader, pages 111–125. KluwerAcademic Publishers, Dordrecht, 2002.

3537 Nicola Guarino and Christopher Welty. Evaluating ontological decisionswith OntoClean. Communications of the ACM, 45(2):61–65, February2002.

3538 Nicola Guarino and Christopher Welty. An overview of OntoClean. InS. Staab and R. Studer, editors, Handbook on Ontologies, pages 151–171.Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg and Berlin, 2004.

3539 Nicola Guarino and Christopher A. Welty. Evaluating ontological deci-sions with OntoClean. Communications of the ACM, 45(2):61–65, 2002.

3540 F. Guenthner and M. Guenthner-Reutter, editors. Meaning and Trans-lation. Philosophical and Linguistics Approaches. Duckworth, London,1978.

3541 Hans W. Guesgen, Reinhard Moratz, and Thora Tenbrink. Proceed-ings of Spatial Reasoning and Communication: Symposium at AISB’07,April 2nd-5th 2007, Newcastle University, Newcastle upon Tyne, UK.2007.

3542 M. Guhe, C. Habel, and H. Tappe. Incremental event conceptualiza-tion and Natural Language Generation. In Proceedings of the First In-ternational Conference on Natural Language Generation (INLG 2000),

292

Mitzpe Ramon, Israel, June 2000. Association for Computational Lin-guistics.

3543 G. Guida and C. Tasso. IR-NLI: an expert natural language interfaceto online data bases. In Proceedings of the 1st. Conference on AppliedNatural Language Processing, pages 31–38, Santa Monica, California,1983.

3544 Curry I. Guinn. An analysis of initiative selection in collaborative task-oriented discourse. User Modeling and User Adapted Interaction, 8:255–314, 1998.

3545 G. W. Guizzardi. Ontological foundations for structure conceptual mod-els. Enschede, Netherlands, 2005.

3546 G.W. Guizzardi, H. Herre, and G. Wagner. On the general ontologi-cal foundations of conceptual modelling. In Proceedings of 1st Inter-national Conference on Ontologies, Databases and Applications of Se-mantics (ODBASE 2002), number 2519 in Lecture Notes in ComputerScience. Springer-Verlag, 2002.

3547 E. Gülich and W. Raible, editors. Textsorten. Differenzierungskriterienaus linguistischer Sicht. Frankfurt am Main, 1972.

3548 E. Gülich and W. Raible. Textsorten-Probleme. In LinguistischeProblemen der Textanalyse, Jahrbuch des Instituts für Deutschesprachein Mannheim, pages 144–197, Düsseldorf, 1975. Pädagogischer VerlagSchwann.

3549 Jon Atle Gulla. Explanation generation in information system engi-neering. PhD thesis, Faculty of Electrical Engineering and ComputerScience, The Norwegian Institute of Technology, Trondheim, Norway,1993.

3550 Jon Atle Gulla. A general explanation component for conceptual mod-elling in CASE environments. ACM Transactions on Information Sys-tems, 14(3), July 1996.

3551 Jon Atle Gulla, O.I. Lindland, and G. Willumsen. PPP: an integratedCASE environment. In R. Andersen, J.A. Bubenko Jr., and A. Solvberg,editors, Proceedings of the Third International Conference on AdvancedInformation Systems Engineering (CAiSE’91), pages 194–221. Springer,Berlin, New York, 1991. Trondheim.

3552 Jon Atle Gulla and G. Willumsen. Using explanations to improve thevalidation of executable models. In C. Rolland, F. Bodart, and C. Cau-vet, editors, Proceedings of the Fifth International Conference on Ad-vanced Information Systems Engineering (CAiSE’93), pages 118–142.Springer, Berlin, New York, 1991. Paris.

293

3553 Liselotte Gumpel. Metaphor Reexamined: A Non-Aristotelian Perspec-tive. Indiana University Press, Bloomington, 1984.

3554 J. J. Gumperz. The social setting of linguistic behavior. In Dan Slobin,editor, A field manual for cross-cultural communicative competence,pages 129–134. Berkeley, 1967.

3555 J. J. Gumperz. Discourse Strategies. Cambridge University Press, Cam-bridge, 1982.

3556 J. J. Gumperz and D. H. Hymes, editors. The ethnography of communi-cation. American Anthropologist, 66, 1964. Published as Directions inSociolinguistics: the ethnography of communication (1972), New York:Holt, Rinehard and Wilson.

3557 John J. Gumperz and Stephen C. Levinson, editors. Rethinking linguis-tic relativity. Cambrige University Press, Cambridge, 1996.

3558 J.K. Gundel. Universals of Topic-Comment Structure. In M. Ham-mond, E. Moravčik, and J. Wirth, editors, Studies in Syntactic Typol-ogy, pages 209–239. John Benjamins Publishing Company, Amsterdamand Philadelphia, 1988.

3559 Takao Gunji. Japanese Phrase Structure Grammar. Reidel PublishingCompany, Dordrecht, 1987.

3560 Tom Gunning. D.W. Griffith and the Origins of American NarrativeFilm: The Early Years at Biograph. University of Illinois Press, Cham-paign, IL, 1993.

3561 Tom Gunning. Review Article. The work of film analysis: Systems,fragments, alternation. Semiotica, 144(1-4):343–357, 2003.

3562 Tom Gunning. Narrative Discourse and the Narrator System. In LeoBraudy and Marshall Cohen, editors, Film Theory and Criticism, pages470–481. Oxford University Press, Oxford, sixth edition, 2004.

3563 Tom Gunning. Moving Away from the Index: Cinema and the Impres-sion of Reality. differences, 18(1):29–52, 2007.

3564 R. Gunter. On the placement of accent in dialogue: a feature of contextgrammar. Journal of Linguistics, 2:159–179, 1966.

3565 C. Günther, A. Schopp, and S. Ziesche. Incremental computation ofinformation structure and its empirical foundation. In Proceedings of theFifth European Workshop on Natural Language Generation, pages 181–205, Leiden, The Netherlands, 1995. Faculty of Social and BehaviouralSciences, University of Leiden.

294

3566 Carsten Günther. Das prosodische System des Deutschen aus der Sichtder Sprachproduktion. In M. Herweg, editor, Hamburger Arbeitspapierezur Sprachproduktion-I, pages 81–92. Hamburg, 1992.

3567 Carsten Günther. Von der abstrakten prosodischen Planung zurphonetischen Realisierung. In M. Herweg, editor, Hamburger Arbeitspa-piere zur Sprachproduktion-I, pages 93–110. Hamburg, 1992.

3568 Carsten Günther. Plannung und Repräsentation prosodischer undphonetisch-artikulatorischer Merkmale in SprachproduktionssystemSYNPHONICS. In Proceedings of the 4th. Fachtagung DeutscheGesellschaft für Sprachwissenschaft - Sektion Computerlinguistik:Deklarative und prozedurale Aspekte der Sprachverarbeitung, pages 40–46, Hamburg, 1993. (17-19.11.1993, Hamburg).

3569 Ulla Günther and Eva Lia Wyss. E-mail-Briefe - eine neue Textsortezwischen Mündlichkeit und Schriftlichkeit. In Ernest W.B. Hess-Lüttich,Werner Holly, and Ulrich Püschel, editors, Textstrukturen in Medien-wandel, pages 61–86. ??, Frankfurt am Main, 1996.

3570 Libo Guo. Multimodality in a biology textbook. In Kay L. O’Halloran,editor, Multimodal discourse analysis: systemic functional perspectives,Open Linguistics Series, pages 196–219. Continuum, London, 2004.

3571 A. Gupta. The logic of common nouns: an investigation in quantifiedmodal logic. Yale University Press, New Haven, 1980.

3572 S. Gupta, M.A. Walker, and D.M. Romano. How Rude are You?: Eval-uating Politeness and Affect in Interaction. In Affective Computing andIntelligent Interaction (ACII-2007), number 4738 in Lecture Notes inComputer Science, pages 203–217. Springer, Berlin/Heidelberg, 2007.Proceedings of conference held at Calouste Gulbenkian Foundation, Lis-bon, Portugal, 12th September 2007.

3573 S. Gupta, M.A. Walker, and D.M. Romano. Using a Shared Represen-tation to Generate Action and Social Language for a Virtual DialogueEnvironment. In Proceedings of the AAAI Spring Symposium on Emo-tion, Personality and Social Behavior, Stanford University, Palo Alto,CA, 2008. Association for the Advancement of Artificial Intelligence.

3574 Swati Gupta, Marilyn Walker, and Daniela Romano. Generating Polite-ness in Task Based Interaction: An Evaluation of the Effect of LinguisticForm and Culture. In Proceedings of the Eleventh European Workshopon Natural Language Generation (ENLG 07), Saarbrücken, Germany,June 2007. DFKI GmbH. Document D-07-01.

3575 Iryna Gurevych and Robert Porzel. SmartKom Ontology. OIL file:Release 1.0, 2004.

295

3576 Iryna Gurevych, Robert Porzel, and Rainer Malaka. The SmartKomOntology. In Wolfgang Wahlster, editor, SmartKom–Foundations ofMultimodal Dialogue Systems. Springer, Berlin, 2004.

3577 Iryna Gurevych, Robert Porzel, Elena Slinko, Norbert Pfleger, JanAlexandersson, and Stefan Merten. Less is more: using a single knowl-edge representation in dialogue systems. In Proceedings of the NAACL2003 Workshop on Text Meaning. Association for Computational Lin-guistics, 2003.

3578 C. A. Gurr. Knowledge engineering in the communication of informationfor safety critical systems. Knowledge Engineering Review, 12(3):249–270, 1997.

3579 Helmar Gust. Representing word meanings. In O. Herzog and C.-R.Rollinger, editors, Text understanding in LILOG: integrating compu-tational linguistics and artificial intelligence, Final report on the IBMGermany LILOG-Project, pages 127–142. Springer, Berlin, 1991. Lec-ture notes in artificial intelligence, 546.

3580 Bernd Gutkauf, Stefanie Thies, and Gitta Domik. A User-AdaptiveChart Editing System Based on User Modeling and Critiquing. InA. Jameson, C. Paris, and C. Tasso, editors, Proceedings of the SixthInternational Conference on User Modeling (UM97), pages 159–170.Springer, Berlin, June 2-5 1997. (Chia Laguna, Sardinia, Italy).

3581 Waldemar Gutwinski. Cohesion in literary texts: a study of some gram-matical and lexical features of English discourse. Mouton, The Hague,1976.

3582 Alfred Guzzetti. Christian Metz and the Semiology of the Cinema.Journal of Modern Literature, 3(2):292–308, April 1973. Special Issue:film as literature and language.

3583 Kilem Gwet. Handbook of Inter-Rater Reliability. Stataxis PublishingCompany, 2001.

3584 Buffart H., Leeuwenberg E., and Restle F. Coding theory of visualpattern completion. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Per-ception and Performance, 7:241–274, 1981.

3585 Anja Haake, Christoph Hüser, and Klaus Reichenberger. The Individ-ualized Electronic Newspaper: An example of an Active Publication.Technical Report, Arbeitspapiere der GMD No. 799, Institut für Inte-grierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme, 1993.

3586 Anja Haake, Christoph Hüser, and Klaus Reichenberger. The Individ-ualized Electronic Newspaper: An example of an Active Publication.Electronic Publishing, 7(2):89–111, 1994.

296

3587 Leila Haaparanta, editor. Mind, Meaning and Mathematics. Kluwer,Dordrecht, 1994.

3588 Volker Haarslev and Ralf Möller. RACER System Description. In In-ternational Joint Conference on Automated Reasoning (IJCAR’2001),number 2083 in Lecture Notes in Computer Science, pages 701–712,Berlin, June 18-23 2001. Springer-Verlag.

3589 Volker Haarslev, Ralf Möller, and Michael Wessel. The Description LogicALCNHR+ Extended with Concrete Domains: A Practically MotivatedApproach. In International Joint Conference on Automated Reasoning(IJCAR’2001), number 2083 in Lecture Notes in Computer Science,Berlin, 2001. Springer-Verlag.

3590 S. W. Haas and E. S. Grams. A link taxonomy for Web pages. InProceedings of the 61st Annual Meeting of the American Society forInformation Science, pages 485–495, 1998.

3591 S.W. Haas and E.S. Grams. Readers, authors and page structure - adiscussion of four questions arising from a content analysis of web pages.Journal of the American Society for Information Science, 51(2):181–192,2000.

3592 P. Haase, V. Honavar, O. Kutz, Y. Sure, and A. Tamilin, editors.Proceedings of the 1st International Workshop on Modular Ontologies,WoMO’06, co-located with the International Semantic Web Conference,ISWC’06 November 5, 2006, Athens, Georgia, USA, volume 232 ofCEUR Workshop Proceedings. CEUR-WS.org, 2007.

3593 Nizar Habash. OxyGen: A Language Independent Linearization Engine.In AMTA, pages 68–79, 2000.

3594 Nizar Habash. A reference manual to the linearization engine oxyGen.Technical Report, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland,2001.

3595 Nizar Habash. The use of a structural N-gram language model ingeneration-heavy hybrid machine translation. In Anja Belz, RogerEvans, and Paul Piwek, editors, Natural Language Generation: Thirdinternational Conference (INLG 2004), number 3123 in Lecture Notesin Artificial Intelligence, pages 61–69. Springer, Berlin, New York, July14-16 2004.

3596 Nizar Habash and Bonnie J. Dorr. Large Scale Language IndependentGeneration: Using Thematic Hierarchies. In Proceedings of the MT-Summit, Santiago, Spain, 2001.

3597 Nizar Habash, Bonnie J. Dorr, and David Traum. Efficient LanguageIndependent Generation from Lexical Conceptual Structure. Technical

297

Report LAMP-TR-074, CS-TR-4262, UMIACS-TR-2001-43, Universityof Maryland, College Park, Maryland, 2001.

3598 C. Habel and C. Eschenbach. Abstract structures in spatial cognition. InC. Freksa, M. Jantzen, and R. Valk, editors, Foundations of ComputerScience. Potential - Theory - Cognition, pages 369–378. Springer, Berlin,1997.

3599 C. Habel, B. Hildebrandt, and R. Moratz. Interactive Robot Naviga-tion based on Qualitative Spatial Representations. In I. Wachsmuthand B. Jung, editors, KogWis99: Proceedings der 4. Fachtagung derGesellschaft für Kognitionswissenschaft, pages 219–224. Infix, Sankt Au-gustin, 1999.

3600 C. Habel, A. Schmit, and H. Schweppe. On Automatic Paraphrasingof Natural Language Expressions. Technical Report 3//17, TechnischeUniversiteit, Berlin, 1977. Semantic Network Project.

3601 C. Habel and H. Tappe. Processes of segmentation and linearization indescribing events. In R. Klabunde and C. von Stutterheim, editors,Representations and Processes in Language Production. DUV, West-deutscher Verlag, 1999.

3602 Ch. Habel and H.Tappe. Processes of segmentation and linearization indescribing events. In R. Klabunde and C. von Stutterheim, editors,Representations and Processes in Language Production. DUV, West-deutscher Verlag, 1999.

3603 Christopher Habel and Cengiz Acartürk. On reciprocal improvement inmultimodal generation: co-reference by text and information graphics.In I. van der Sluis, M. Theune, E. Reiter, and E. Krahmer, editors,Proceedings of the Workshop on Multimodal Output Generation MOG2007, pages 69–80. Centre for Telematics and Information Technology(CTIT), University of Twente, 2006.

3604 Christopher Habel and Carola Eschenbach. Abstrakte Räumlichkeit inder Kognition. Kognitionswissenschaft, 4:171–176, 1995.

3605 J. Habermas. Comments on John Searle: Meaning, Communication andRepresentation. In E. Lepore and R. Van Gulick, editors, John Searleand his Critics, pages 17–31. Blackwell, Cambridge, MA, 1991.

3606 Jurgen Habermas. Towards a theory of communicative competence.Inquiry, 13:360–375, 1970.

3607 Jurgen Habermas. Knowledge and Human Interests Erkenntnis und In-teresse. Beacon Press, Boston, 1971. Translated by J. Shapiro.

3608 Pius ten Hacken. Word formation in electonic dictionaries. Dictionaries,19:158–187, 1998.

298

3609 Pius ten Hacken and Cornelia Tschichold. Word Manager and CALL:structured access to the lexicon as a tool for enriching learners’ vocab-ulary. ReCALL, 13(1):121–131, 2001.

3610 Achim Hackenberg. Filmverstehen als kognitiv-emotionaler Prozess.Zum Instruktionscharakter filmischer Darstellungen und dessen Bedeu-tung für die Medienrezeptionsforschung. Logos, 2004.

3611 N. Haddock. Linear-Time reference evaluation. Technical Report,Hewlett Packard Laboratories, Bristol, 1991.

3612 J. Haegeman. Introduction to Government and Binding Theory. Black-well, Oxford (UK) and Cambridge (USA), 1991.

3613 Liliane Haegeman. Register variation in English: some theoretical ob-servations. Journal of English Linguistics, 20(2), 1987.

3614 Karin Haenelt. Das Textanalysesystem KONTEXT. Sprache und Daten-verarbeitung, 1994.

3615 Karin Haenelt and Michael Könyves-Tóth. The textual developmentof non-stereotypical concepts. In Proceedings of the Fifth Meeting ofthe European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics,Berlin, April 1991. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1991.

3616 Karin Haenelt, Michael Könyves-Tòth, Elisabeth Maier, DagmarMörscher-Krämer, and Leo Wanner. Multimedia knowledge process-ing in integrated Publication and Information Systems. Finite String;ACL Newsletter, 1988.

3617 W.R. van Hage. Evaluating Ontology-Alignment Techniques. PhD thesis,Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, 2008.

3618 E. Hagen and A. Stein. Automatic Generation of a Complex DialogueHistory. In Proc. 11th Canadian Conference on Artificial Intelligence(AI96), pages 84–96. Springer, Berlin/Heidelberg/New York, 1996.

3619 Eli Hagen and Brigitte Grote. Planning efficient mixed initiative dia-logue. In Julia Hirschberg, Candace Kamm, and Marilyn Walker, ed-itors, Proceedings of the ACL/EACL Workshop on Interactive SpokenDialog Systems: bringing speech and NLP together in real applications,pages 53–56, Madrid, Spain, 1997. Assocation for Computational Lin-guistics.

3620 Eli Hagen, Adelheit Stein, and John A. Bateman. The Extension of aRhetorical Component for the ‘Speak!’ Dialogue System. Technical Re-port, GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssys-teme, Darmstadt, Germany, November 1994. (COPERNICUS Project10393; Deliverable R3.2.2).

299

3621 Malte Hagener. The Aesthetics of Displays: How the Split Screen Re-mediates Other Media. Refractory: a journal of Entertainment Media,14, Dec 2008.

3622 U. Hahn, S. Schulz, and M. Romacker. Part-whole reasoning: Acase study in medical ontology engineering. IEEE Intelligent Systems,14(5):59–67, 1999.

3623 U. Hahn, S. Schulz, and M. Romacker. Partonomic reasoning as taxo-nomic reasoning in medicine. In Proceedings of the 16th National Confer-ence on Artificial Intelligence & 11th Innovative Applications of Artifi-cial Intelligence Conference (AAAI’99/IAAI’99), pages 271–276. AAAI,Menlo Park, CA: AAAI Press, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, July 18-221999.

3624 Udo Hahn and Michael Strube. Centering-in-the-Large: computing ref-erential discourse segments. In Proceedings of the 35th. Annual Meetingof the Assocation for Computational Linguistics and the 8th. Conferenceof the European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguis-tics (ACL-EACL97), pages 104–111, Madrid, Spain, July 1997. Associ-ation for Computational Linguistics.

3625 W. von Hahn, W. Hoeppner, A. Jameson, and W. Wahlster. TheAnatomy of the Natural Language Dialogue System HAM-RPM. InL. Bolc, editor, Natural Communication with Computers. Carl HanserVerlag, München, 1980.

3626 H. Haider. Die Struktur der deutschen Nominalphrase. Zeitschrift fürSprachwissenschaft, 7(1):32–60, 1988.

3627 J. Haiman. Conditionals are topics. Language, 54:564–589, 1978.

3628 John Haiman and Sandra A. Thompson, editors. Clause Combining inGrammar and Discourse. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1988.

3629 Ira Haimowitz. Generating Coherent and Concise Descriptions of Med-ical Terminology in a Frame Based Knowledge Representation. ClinicalDecision Making Group, MIT Laboratory for Computer Science, 545Technology Square, Room 370, Cambridge, MA 02139, 1988.

3630 E. Hajičová and Z. Kirschner. Fail-soft (“emergency”) measures in aproduction-oriented MT system. In Proceedings of the Third Conferenceof the European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguis-tics, Copenhagen, 1987. Association for Computational Linguistics.

3631 H. Haken and J. Portugali. The face of the city is its information.Journal of Environmental Psychology, 23(4):382–405, 2003.

300

3632 Dilek Zeynep Hakkani and Kemal Oflazer. Tactical generation in a freeconstituent order language. Natural Language Engineering, 4:115–134,1998.

3633 Dilek Zeynep Hakkani, Kemal Oflazer, and Ilyas Cicekli. Tactical gener-ation in a free constituent order language. In Proceedings of the 1996 In-ternational Workshop on Natural Language Generation, Herstmonceux,England, June 1996.

3634 F. G. Halasz. "Seven issues": Revisited, December 15 - 18 1991. Finalkeynote talk at the 3rd ACM Conference on Hypertext.

3635 Frank Halasz. The Dexter Hypertext Reference Model. Communica-tions of the Association for Computing Machinery, 37(2):30–39, Febru-ary 1994.

3636 K. Hale and J. Keyser. Some transitivity alternations in English. Tech-nical Report Lexicon Project Working Papers 7, Center for CognitiveScience, MIT, Cambridge, MA, 1986.

3637 Edward T. Hall. Proxemics. Current Anthropology, 9(2/3):83–108, 1968.

3638 Stuart Hall. The Television Discourse–Encoding and Decoding. In Cen-tre for Contemporary Cultural Studies, editor, Culture, Media, Lan-guage: Working Papers in Cultural Studies, 1972-79, pages 128–138.Hutchinson, London, 1973. Reprinted in ? ).

3639 Stuart Hall. Encoding / decoding. In Stuart Hall, Dorothy Hobson, An-drew Lowe, and Paul Willis, editors, Culture, Media, Language. WorkingPapers in Cultural Studies, 1972-79, pages 128–138. Routledge, London,1980. Transferred to digital printing 2006.

3640 Stuart Hall. The Television Discourse–Encoding and Decoding. In AnnGray and Jim McGuigan, editors, Studies in Culture: An IntroductoryReader, pages 28–34. Arnold, London, 1997.

3641 Stuart Hall, Chas Critcher, Tony Jefferson, John Clarke, and BrianRoberts. Policing the crisis (excerpt). In Howard Tumber, editor, News:a reader, pages 249–256. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1999.

3642 Gerd Hallenberger. Das Konzept "Genre": Zur Orientierung von Medi-enhandeln. In Peter Gendolla, Peter Ludes, and Volker Roloff, editors,Bildschirm - Medien - Theorien, pages 83–110. Wilhelm Fink Verlag,München, 2002.

3643 S. Haller, A. Kobsa, and S. McRoy, editors. Computational Models ofMixed-Initiative Interaction. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht,1999.

301

3644 Susan M. Haller and Stuart C. Shapiro. IDP: an interactive discourseplanner. In Giovanni Adorni and Michael Zock, editors, Trends in nat-ural language generation: an artificial intelligence perspective, number1036 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages 144–167. Springer,1996.

3645 Catalina Hallett, Donia Scott, and Richard Power. Composing Ques-tions through Conceptual Authoring. Computational Linguistics,33(1):105–133, 2007.

3646 M. A. K. Halliday. The users and uses of language. In Joshua F. Fish-man, editor, Readings in the sociology of language, pages 139–169. Mou-ton, The Hague, 1968.

3647 M. A. K. Halliday. Language and Social Man. Longman, London, 1974.Schools Council Programme in Linguistics and English, Teaching Papers11, 3.

3648 M. A. K. Halliday. Foreword. In Alex de Joia and Adrian Stenton,editors, Terms in Systemic Linguistics. A Guide to Halliday. Batsford,London, 1980.

3649 M. A. K. Halliday. Corpus studies and probabilistic grammar. InK. Aumer and B. Altenberg, editors, English Corpus Linguistics: Stud-ies in Honour of Jan Svartvik. 1993.

3650 M. A. K. Halliday. Literacy and linguistics: A functional perspective. InRuqaiya Hasan and Geoff Williams, editors, Literacy in society. Long-man, London, 1996.

3651 M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Martin. Writing science: literacy anddiscursive power. Falmer Press, London, 1993.

3652 M.A.K Halliday. Grammatical categories in Modern Chinese. Transac-tions of the Philological Society, pages 177–224, 1956.

3653 M.A.K Halliday. Linguistique générale et linguistique appliquée àl’enseignement des langues. Etudes de Linguistique Appliquée, 1:5–42,1961.

3654 M.A.K Halliday. Intonation in English grammar. Transactions of thePhilological Society, pages 143–169, 1963.

3655 M.A.K Halliday. Patterns in words. The Listener, LXXV(1920):53–55,1966.

3656 M.A.K Halliday. Language and experience. Educational Review,20(2):95–106, 1968.

302

3657 M.A.K Halliday. English intonation as a resource for discourse. Beiträgezur Phonetik und Linguistik, 48:111–117, 1985. Festschrift in Honour ofArthur Delbridge.

3658 M.A.K Halliday. It’s a fixed word order language is English. ITL Reviewof Applied Linguistics, 67-68:91–116, 1985.

3659 M.A.K Halliday. Linguistic perspectives on literacy: a systemic-functional approach. In Frances Christie, editor, Literacy in social pro-cesses: papers from the Inaugral Australian Systemic Linguistics Confer-ence, Deakin University, January 1990. Centre for Studies of Languagein Education, Northern Territory University, Darwin, 1991.

3660 M.A.K Halliday. Language as cultural dynamic. Cultural Dynamics,6(1-2):1–10, 1993.

3661 M.A.K Halliday. The act of meaning. In Washington, editor, GeorgetownUniversity Round Table on Languages and Linguistics 1992: language,communication and social meaning. 1993.

3662 M.A.K Halliday. Towards a language-based theory of learning. Linguis-tics and Education, 5(2):93–116, 1993.

3663 M.A.K Halliday. A recent view of "missteps" in linguistic theory (Reviewarticle of John M. Ellis, Language, thought and logic). Functions ofLanguage, 2(2):249–267, 1995.

3664 Michael A. K. Halliday. How do you mean? In Martin Davies and LouiseRavelli, editors, Selected Papers from the Seventeenth International Sys-temic Congress. forthcoming. University of Stirling, July 1990.

3665 Michael A. K. Halliday. The linguistic basis of a mechanical thesaurus,and its application to English preposition classification. MechanicalTranslation, 3(3):81–88, 1956.

3666 Michael A. K. Halliday. Some aspects of systematic description andcomparison in grammatical analysis. In Studies in Linguistic Analysis,pages 54–67. Blackwell, Oxford, 1957.

3667 Michael A. K. Halliday. Phonological (prosodic) analysis of the newChinese syllable (modern Pekingese). In Michael A. K. Halliday, editor,The language of the Chinese "Secret history of the Mongols". Blackwell,Oxford, 1959.

3668 Michael A. K. Halliday. The language of the Chinese "Secret History ofthe Mongols". Blackwell, Oxford, 1959.

3669 Michael A. K. Halliday. Categories of the theory of grammar. Word,17(3):241–292, 1961. Reprinted in abbreviated form in Halliday (1976)edited by Gunther R. Kress, pp 52-72.

303

3670 Michael A. K. Halliday. Categories of the theory of grammar. Word,17(3):241–292, 1961.

3671 Michael A. K. Halliday. Linguistics and machine translation. Zeitschriftfür Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung, 15(1-2):145–158, 1962.

3672 Michael A. K. Halliday. Class in relation to the axes of chain and choicein language. Linguistics, 2:5–15, 1963. Reprinted in abbreviated formin Gunther R. Kress (ed.)(1976) Halliday: system and function in lan-guage, London: Oxford University Press, pp84-87.

3673 Michael A. K. Halliday. The tones of English. Archivum Linguisticum,15(1):1–28, 1963.

3674 Michael A. K. Halliday. Descriptive linguistics in literary studies. InAlan Duthie, editor, English studies today: third series. Edinburgh Uni-versity Press, Edinburgh, 1964.

3675 Michael A. K. Halliday. Syntax and the consumer. In C. I. J. M. Stu-art, editor, Report of the Fifteenth Annual (First International) RoundTable Meeting on Linguistics and Language Study, volume 17 of Mono-graph Series in Languages and Linguistics, pages 11–24. GeorgetownUniversity Press, Washington, D.C., 1964.

3676 Michael A. K. Halliday. The linguistic study of literary texts. In Ho-race Lunt, editor, Proceedings of the Ninth International Congress ofLinguistics, 1964.

3677 Michael A. K. Halliday. The linguistic study of literary texts. In TheNinth International Congress of Linguistics. Mouton, 1964.

3678 Michael A. K. Halliday. Types of structure. The O.S.T.I. Programme inthe Linguistic Properties of Scientific English, 1965.

3679 Michael A. K. Halliday. Lexis as a linguistic level. In C. E. Bazell et al.,editor, In Memory of J.R. Firth. Longman, London, 1966.

3680 Michael A. K. Halliday. Some notes on ‘deep’ grammar. Journal ofLinguistics, 2(1):57–67, 1966.

3681 Michael A. K. Halliday. The concept of Rank: a reply. Journal ofLinguistics, 2(1):110–118, 1966.

3682 Michael A. K. Halliday. Grammar, Society and the Noun. H.K Lewisfor University Colledge London, London, 1967.

3683 Michael A. K. Halliday. Intonation and Grammar in British English.Mouton, The Hague, 1967.

304

3684 Michael A. K. Halliday. Linguistics and the teaching of English. InJames N. Britton, editor, Talking and writing: a handbook for Englishteachers, pages 80–90. Methuen, London, 1967.

3685 Michael A. K. Halliday. Notes on transitivity and theme in English –Parts 1 and 2. Journal of Linguistics, 3:37–81and199, 1967.

3686 Michael A. K. Halliday. Some aspects of the thematic organisation ofthe English clause. The RAND Corporation., 1967.

3687 Michael A. K. Halliday. Notes on transitivity and theme in English –Part 3. Journal of Linguistics, 4:179–215, 1968.

3688 Michael A. K. Halliday. Options and functions in the English clause.Brno Studies in English, 8:82–88, 1969. Reprinted in Halliday and Mar-tin (eds.)(1981) Readings in Systemic Linguistics, Batsford, London.

3689 Michael A. K. Halliday. A Course in Spoken English: Intonation. OxfordUniversity Press, Oxford, 1970.

3690 Michael A. K. Halliday. Functional diversity in language, as seen froma consideration of modality and mood in English. Foundations of Lan-guage, 6(3):322–361, 1970.

3691 Michael A. K. Halliday. Language Structure and Language Function.In John Lyons, editor, New Horizons in Linguistics. Penguin, Har-mondsworth, 1970.

3692 Michael A. K. Halliday. On functional grammars. In The Seminar onthe Construction of Complex Grammars, Cambridge, Mass., 1970.

3693 Michael A. K. Halliday. Phonological (prosodic) analysis of the new Chi-nese syllable (modern Pekingese). In Frank R. Palmer, editor, Prosodicanalysis. Oxford University Press, London, 1970.

3694 Michael A. K. Halliday. Linguistic function and literary style: an enquiryinto the language of William Golding’s ’The Inheritors’. In SeymourChatman, editor, Literary Style: a symposium. Oxford University Press,New York, 1971.

3695 Michael A. K. Halliday. Linguistic function and literary style: an enquiryinto the language of William Golding’s ‘The Inheritors’. In SeymourChatman, editor, Literary style: a symposium. Oxford University Press,London, 1971.

3696 Michael A. K. Halliday. Explorations in the Functions of Language.Edward Arnold, London, 1973.

3697 Michael A. K. Halliday. ’Discussion’. In Herman Parret, editor, Dis-cussing Language. Mouton, The Hague, 1974.

305

3698 Michael A. K. Halliday. Language and social man. In Schools Coun-cil Programme in Linguistics and English Teaching, Papers. Longman,London, 1974.

3699 Michael A. K. Halliday. The place of ‘functional sentence perspective’ inthe system of linguistic description. In František Daneš, editor, Paperson Functional Sentence Perspective, pages 43–53. Academia, Prague,1974. (Reprinted in abbreviated form in M.A.K. Halliday (1976) Sys-tem and Function in Language, edited by Gunther R. Kress, OxfordUniversity Press, pp26-31.).

3700 Michael A. K. Halliday. Language as social semiotic: towards a generalsociolinguistic theory. In First LACUS Forum., Columbia, SC, 1975.Hornbeam Press.

3701 Michael A. K. Halliday. Learning how to mean. In Eric Lenneberg andElizabeth Lenneberg, editors, Foundations of language development: amultidisciplinary approach. Academic Press, New York, 1975.

3702 Michael A. K. Halliday. Learning How to Mean: explorations in thedevelopment of language. Edward Arnold, London, 1975.

3703 Michael A. K. Halliday. Sociological aspects of semantic change. In TheEleventh International Congress of Linguists, Bologna, 1975. Mulino.

3704 Michael A. K. Halliday. Anti-languages. American Anthropologist, 78,1976.

3705 Michael A. K. Halliday. System and Function in Language. OxfordUniversity Press, London, 1976. Edited by Gunther R. Kress.

3706 Michael A. K. Halliday. The English verbal group. In Gunther R. Kress,editor, Halliday: system and function in language. Oxford UniversityPress, London, 1976.

3707 Michael A. K. Halliday. The form of a functional grammar. In Gun-ther R. Kress, editor, Halliday: system and function in language. OxfordUniversity Press, London, 1976. Revised version of paper ‘On FunctionalGrammars’ originally read to the Seminar on the Construction of Com-plex Grammars, Cambridge, MA. Also, a further version has appearedin B. Bernstein (ed.)(1973) Class Codes and Control, Vol. II, London:Routledge and Kegan Paul.

3708 Michael A. K. Halliday. "The teacher taught the student English": anessay in applied linguistics. In LACUS, Columbia, SC., 1976. HornbeamPress.

3709 Michael A. K. Halliday. Aims and Perspectives in Linguistics. AppliedLinguistics Association of Australia, Brisbane, 1977. Occasional PapersNumber 1.

306

3710 Michael A. K. Halliday. Some thoughts on language in the middle schoolyears. English in Australia, 42, 1977.

3711 Michael A. K. Halliday. Text as semantic choice in social contexts. InTeun van Dijk and Janos Petöfi, editors, Grammars and Descriptions.Walter de Gruyter, Berlin, 1977. Abridged version in Michael A. K.Halliday (1978) Language as social semiotic.

3712 Michael A. K. Halliday. Is learning a second language like learninga first language all over again? In D.E. Ingram and T. J. Quinne,editors, Language learning in Australian society. International Press andPublications, Melbourne, 1978.

3713 Michael A. K. Halliday. Language as social semiotic. Edward Arnold,London, 1978.

3714 Michael A. K. Halliday. Meaning and the construction of reality in earlychildhood. In Herbert L. Pick Jr and Elliot Saltzman, editors, Modes ofperceiving and processing information, pages 67–96. Erlbaum, Hillsdale,1978.

3715 Michael A. K. Halliday. Notes on ’Talking Shop’: demands on language.Australian Film Commission, Lindfield, NSW, 1978.

3716 Michael A. K. Halliday. Development of texture in child language. InTerry Myers, editor, The development of conversation and discourse.Edinburgh University Press, Edinburgh, 1979.

3717 Michael A. K. Halliday. Differences between spoken and written lan-guage: some implications for literacy. In Glenda Page et al, editor,Communication through reading. Australian Reading Association, Ade-laide, 1979.

3718 Michael A. K. Halliday. Modes of meaning and modes of expression:types of grammatical structure and their determination by different se-mantic functions. In D. J. Allerton, E. Carney, and D. Holdcroft, editors,Function and Context in Linguistic Analysis. A Festschrift for WilliamHaas, pages 57–79. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1979.

3719 Michael A. K. Halliday. One child’s protolanguage. In Margaret Bullowa,editor, Before speech: the beginnings of interpersonal communication,pages 171–190. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1979.

3720 Michael A. K. Halliday. The ontogenesis of dialogue. In Wolfgang U.Dressler, editor, Proceedings of the Twelfth International Congress ofLinguistics. 1979.

3721 Michael A. K. Halliday. Three aspects of children’s language devel-opment: learning language, learning through language, learning aboutlanguage. In Myna M. Haussler, Dorothy S. Strickland, and Yetta M.

307

Goodman, editors, Oral and Written Language Development: impact onschools, pages 7–19. 1979/1980.

3722 Michael A. K. Halliday, editor. Working Conferences on Language inEducation: report to participants. Extension Programme and Depart-ment of Linguistics, Sydney University, 1979.

3723 Michael A. K. Halliday. On being teaching. In Sidney Greenbaum et al,editor, Studies in English linguistics: for Randolph Quirk. Longman,London, 1980.

3724 Michael A. K. Halliday. Text semantics and clause grammar: somepatterns of realization. In Seventh LACUS Forum, Columbia, SC, 1981.Hornbeam Press.

3725 Michael A. K. Halliday. Types of structure. In Michael A. K. Hallidayand James R. Martin, editors, Readings in Systemic Linguistics, pages29–41. Batsford, London, 1981/65. Reprinted version of original paperfrom 1965.

3726 Michael A. K. Halliday. Types of structure. In Michael A. K. Hallidayand James R. Martin, editors, Readings in Systemic Linguistics, pages29–41. Batsford, London, 1981. Reprinted version of original paper from1965.

3727 Michael A. K. Halliday. How is a text like a clause? In Sture Allén, edi-tor, Text Processing: text analysis and generation, text typology and at-trition, pages 209–247. Almqvist and Wiksell International, Stockholm,1982.

3728 Michael A. K. Halliday. The de-automatization of grammar: fromPriestley’s ‘An inspector calls’. In John M. Anderson, editor, Languageform and linguistic variation: Papers dedicated to Angus MacIntosh,pages 129–159. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1982.

3729 Michael A. K. Halliday. On the transition from child tongue to mothertongue. Australian Journal of Linguistics, 3:201–216, 1983.

3730 Michael A. K. Halliday. Language as code and language as behaviour:a systemic-functional interpretation of the nature and ontogenesis ofdialogue. In Michael A. K. Halliday, Robin P. Fawcett, S. Lamb, andA. Makkai, editors, The semiotics of language and cultbure, volume 1,pages 3–35. Frances Pinter, London, 1984. (Open Linguistics Series).

3731 Michael A. K. Halliday. Listening to Nigel. Technical Report, SydneyUniversity Linguistics Department, 1984. Mimeo.

3732 Michael A. K. Halliday. On the ineffability of grammatical categories.In Tenth LACUS Forum, Columbia, 1984. Hornbeam Press.

308

3733 Michael A. K. Halliday. A grammar for casual conversation? In RuqaiyaHasan, editor, Discourse on discourse, pages 30–33. Applied LinguisticsAssociation of Australia, 1985.

3734 Michael A. K. Halliday. A grammar for casual conversation? In RuqaiyaHasan, editor, Discourse on discourse: workshop reports from the Mac-quarie Workshop on Discourse Analysis. Applied Linguistics Associationof Australia, Sydney, Australia, 1985. Occasional Papers Number 7.

3735 Michael A. K. Halliday. An Introduction to Functional Grammar. Ed-ward Arnold, London, 1985.

3736 Michael A. K. Halliday. An Introduction to Functional Grammar. Ed-ward Arnold, London, 1985. 2nd. edition, 1994.

3737 Michael A. K. Halliday. An Introduction to Functional Grammar. Ed-ward Arnold, London, 1985.

3738 Michael A. K. Halliday. An Introduction to Functional Grammar. Ed-ward Arnold, London, 1985. (2nd. edition 1994).

3739 Michael A. K. Halliday. Dimensions of discourse analysis: grammar. InTeun A. van Dijk, editor, Handbook of Discourse Analysis. AcademicPress, New York, 1985.

3740 Michael A. K. Halliday. Spoken and Written Language. Deakin Uni-versity Press, Geelong, Victoria, 1985. (Language and Learning Series).Also appears as ? ).

3741 Michael A. K. Halliday. Systemic background. In James D., William S.Greaves, and James Benson, editors, Systemic perspectives on discourse,volume 1. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1985.

3742 Michael A. K. Halliday. Language and learning: linguistic aspects of ed-ucation and scientific knowledge. Singapore University Press, Singapore,1986.

3743 Michael A. K. Halliday. Language and socialization: home and school. InWorking Conference on Language in Education, Macquarie University,1986.

3744 Michael A. K. Halliday. Learning Asian languages. University of SydneyCentre for Asian Studies, Sydney, 1986.

3745 Michael A. K. Halliday. Language and the order of nature. In N. Fabb,D. Attridge, A. Durant, and C. MacCabe, editors, The Linguistics ofWriting, pages 135–154. Manchester University Press, Manchester, 1987.

3746 Michael A. K. Halliday. Some basic concepts of educational linguistics.In Verner Bickley, editor, Proceedings of the ILE International Seminaron Languages in Education in a Bilingual. 1987.

309

3747 Michael A. K. Halliday. Spoken and written modes of meaning. InRosalind Horowitz and S. Jay Samuels, editors, Comprehending Oraland Written Language, pages 55–82. Academic Press, New York, 1987.

3748 Michael A. K. Halliday. Foreword. In David Birch and Michael O’Toole,editors, Functions of style. Pinter, London, 1988.

3749 Michael A. K. Halliday. Language and the enhancement of learning. InThe Post-World Reading Congress Symposium on Language in Learn-ing: future directions. Brisbane, 1988.

3750 Michael A. K. Halliday. On the Ineffability of Grammatical Categories.In James D. Benson, Michael Cummings, and William S. Greaves, ed-itors, Linguistics in a Systemic Perspective, pages 27–51. Benjamins,Amsterdam, 1988.

3751 Michael A. K. Halliday. On the Language of Physical Science. In MohsenGhadessy, editor, Registers of Written English: situational factors andlinguistic features, pages 162–177. Frances Pinter, London, 1988.

3752 Michael A. K. Halliday. Poetry as scientific discourse: the nuclear sec-tions of Tennyson’s ’In Memoriam’. In David Birch and Michael O’Toole,editors, Functions of style. Pinter, London, 1988.

3753 Michael A. K. Halliday. The history of a sentence: an essay in socialsemiotics. In Rosa Maria Bollettieri Bosinelli, editor, Language Systemsand Cultural Systems: proceedings of the International Symposium onBologna, Italian Culture and Modern Literature. University of Bologna,October 1988.

3754 Michael A. K. Halliday. The history of a sentence: an essay in socialsemiotics. In The International Symposium on Bologna, Italian Cultureand Modern Literature, University of Bologna, 1988.

3755 Michael A. K. Halliday. Some grammatical problems in scientific En-glish. In SPELT (Society of Pakistani English Language Teachers) Sym-posium in Education, Karachi, 1989.

3756 Michael A. K. Halliday. Spoken and Written Language. Oxford Univer-sity Press, London, 1989.

3757 Michael A. K. Halliday. Towards probabilistic interpretations. In Six-teenth International Systemic Congress, 1989.

3758 Michael A. K. Halliday. New ways of meaning: a challenge to appliedlinguistics. Journal of Applied Linguistics, 6, 1990. (Greek AppliedLinguistics Association, Thessaloniki, Greec).

3759 Michael A. K. Halliday. Towards probabilistic interpretations. In EijaVentola, editor, Recent Systemic and Other Views on Language. Ben-jamins, 1990.

310

3760 Michael A. K. Halliday. Corpus linguistics and probabilistic grammar. InKarin Aijmer and Bengt Altenberg, editors, English corpus linguistics:studies in honour of Jan Svartvik, pages 30–44. Longman, London, 1991.

3761 Michael A. K. Halliday. The place of dialogue in children’s constructionof meaning. In Edda Weigand, Franz Hundsnurscher, and Sorin Stati,editors, Dialoganalyse III: Referate der 3. Arbeitstagung, Bologna 1990(Beitrage zur Dialogforscung, Bd. 1). Niemeyer, 1991.

3762 Michael A. K. Halliday. How do you mean? In Martin Davies andLouise Ravelli, editors, Advances in systemic linguistics: recent theoryand practice, pages 20–37. Pinter, London, 1992.

3763 Michael A. K. Halliday. Language as system and language as instance:the corpus as a theoretical construct. In Jan Svartvik, editor, Directionsin corpus linguistics: proceedings of Nobel Symposium 82, Stockholm,4-8 August 1991. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 1992.

3764 Michael A. K. Halliday. Language theory and translation practice. Riv-ista internazionale di technica della traduzione, 0, 1992.

3765 Michael A. K. Halliday. New ways of meaning: a challenge to appliedlinguistics. Greek Applied Linguistics Association, Journal of AppliedLinguistics, 6, 1992.

3766 Michael A. K. Halliday. Some lexicogrammatical features of the ZeroPopulation Growth text. In Sandra A. Thompson and William C. Mann,editors, Discourse description: diverse analyses of a fund-raising text.Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1992.

3767 Michael A. K. Halliday. Systemic grammar and the concept of a ’sci-ence of language’. Waiguoyu Journal of Foreign Languages, ShanghaiInternational Studies University, 2, 1992.

3768 Michael A. K. Halliday. The history of a sentence: an essay in socialsemiotics. In Vita Fortunait, editor, La cultura italiana e le letera-ture straniere moderne. Longo Editore (for the University of Bolognia),Bolognia, 1992.

3769 Michael A. K. Halliday. The notion of ’context’ in language education. InThao Le and Mike McCausland, editors, Language development: Inter-action and development. University of Tasmania, Tasmania, 1992. Pro-ceedings of the international conference, Vietnam, 30 March - 1 April1992.

3770 Michael A. K. Halliday. A systemic interpretation of Peking syllablefinals. In Paul Tench, editor, Studies in systemic phonology. Pinter,London, 1993.

311

3771 Michael A. K. Halliday. Analysis of scientific texts in English and Chi-nese. In Hermann Bluhme, Renzhi Li, and Keqi Hao, editors, Proceed-ings of the International Conference on Texts and Language Research,pages 90–97. Xi’an Jiaotong University Press, Xi’an, 1993.

3772 Michael A. K. Halliday. Language in a changing world. Applied Lin-guistics Association of Australia, Canberra, ACT, 1993.

3773 Michael A. K. Halliday. Quantitative studies and probabilities in gram-mar. In Michael Hoey, editor, Data, description, discourse: papers onthe English language in honour of John McH. Sinclair. Harper Collins,1993.

3774 Michael A. K. Halliday. Systemic theory. In The encyclopedia of lan-guage and linguistics. Pergamon, Oxford, 1993.

3775 Michael A. K. Halliday. The construction of knowledge and value inthe grammar of scientific discourse: Charles Darwin’s The Origin of theSpecies. In Michael A. K. Halliday and J.R. Martin, editors, Writing Sci-ence: literacy and discoursive power, pages 86–105. The Falmer Press,London, 1993.

3776 Michael A. K. Halliday. A language development approach to educa-tion. In Norman Bird et al, editor, Language and learning. Institute ofLanguage in Education. 5-17, Hong Kong, 1994.

3777 Michael A. K. Halliday. An Introduction to Functional Grammar. Ed-ward Arnold, London, 1994. 2nd. edition.

3778 Michael A. K. Halliday. Contexts of English. In K. Davidse, B. Rudzka-Ostyn, and K. Carlon, editors, Perspectives on English: studies in hon-our of Professor Emma Vorlat, pages 449–468. Peeters, Leuven, 1994.

3779 Michael A. K. Halliday. Investigating, learning and teaching intonation:The Study of Sounds. In Proceedings of the International Symposiumof Japanese Prosody and its Education. The Phonetic Society of Japan,1994.

3780 Michael A. K. Halliday. Language and the theory of codes. In AlanSadovnik, editor, Knowledge and pedagogy: the sociology of Basil Bern-stein, pages 124–142. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1994.

3781 Michael A. K. Halliday. So you say ’pass’ ... thank you three muchly.In Allen D. Grimshaw, editor, What’s going on here: complementarystudies of professional talk. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1994.

3782 Michael A. K. Halliday. Systemic theory. In R.E. Asher, editor, Theencyclopedia of language and linguistics. Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1994.

312

3783 Michael A. K. Halliday. Fuzzy grammatics a systemic functional ap-proach to fuzziness in natural language. In Proceedings of the Interna-tional Joint Conference of the 4th. IEEE International Conference onFuzzy Systems and the 2nd. International Fuzzy Engineering Symposium(FUZZ-IEEE/ IFES ’95), Yokohama, 1995. 20-24 March 1995.

3784 Michael A. K. Halliday. Language and the reshaping of human expe-rience. In The Fourth International Symposium on Critical DiscourseAnalysis, Athens, 1995. Athens, 15-16 December 1995.

3785 Michael A. K. Halliday. On language in relation to the evolution ofhuman consciousness. In Sture Allén, editor, Of thoughts and words:proceedings of Nobel Symposium 92 "The relation between language andmind", Stockholm, 8-12 August 1994, pages 45–84. Imperial CollegePress, Singapore, River Edge NJ, and London, 1995.

3786 Michael A. K. Halliday. The grammar of daily life: construing pain.In The Fourth International Symposium on Critical Discourse Analysis,Athens, 1995. Athens, 15-16 December 1995.

3787 Michael A. K. Halliday. Grammar and the construction of educationalknowledge. In The International Conference "Language Analysis andDescription applications in language teaching. Lingnan College and TheHong Kong University of Science and Technology, 1996. 26-29 June1996; ? ).

3788 Michael A. K. Halliday. On grammar and grammatics. In RuqaiyaHasan, Carmel Cloran, and David Butt, editors, Functional descriptions- theory in practice, Current Issues in Linguistic Theory, pages 1–38.Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1996.

3789 Michael A. K. Halliday. On the grammar of pain. Functions of Language,5(1):1–32, 1998.

3790 Michael A. K. Halliday. Things and relations: regrammaticalising expe-rience as technical knowledge. In J.R. Martin and Robert Veel, editors,Reading science: critical and functional perspectives on discourses ofscience, pages 185–235. Routledge, London, 1998.

3791 Michael A. K. Halliday. Grammar and the construction of educationalknowledge. In J. Webster and Michael A. K. Halliday, editors, Languageof early childhood. Volume 4 of collected works of M.A. K. Halliday,pages 353–372. Continuum, New York, 2003.

3792 Michael A. K. Halliday. Computing meanings: some reflections on pastexperience and present prospects. In Jonathan J. Webster, editor, Com-putational and Quantitative Studies, volume 6 of Collected works ofM.A.K.Halliday, pages 239–267. Continuum, London, 2005.

313

3793 Michael A. K. Halliday. Systems of the English clause: A trial grammarfor the PENMAN text generation project [Information Sciences Insti-tute, University of Southern California]. In Jonathan J. Webster, editor,Computational and Quantitative Studies, volume 6 of Collected works ofM.A.K.Halliday, pages 265–284. Continuum, London, 2005. Publishedversion of an internal Penman project note from 1980.

3794 Michael A. K. Halliday and Robin P. Fawcett, editors. New Devel-opments in Systemic Linguistics. Volume 1. Theory and description.Frances Pinter, London, 1987.

3795 Michael A. K. Halliday, John Gibbons, and Howard Nicholas, edi-tors. Learning, keeping and using language: selected papers from the8th World Congress of Applied Linguistics, Sydney, 16-21 August 1987.Benjamins, Amsterdam and Philadelphia, 1990.

3796 Michael A. K. Halliday and Ruqaiya Hasan. Cohesion in English. Long-man, London, 1976.

3797 Michael A. K. Halliday and Ruqaiya Hasan. Language, Context andText: a social semiotic perspective. Deakin University Press, Geelong,Victoria, 1985. (Language and Learning Series). Also: Oxford UniversityPress, London, 1989.

3798 Michael A. K. Halliday and Ruqaiya Hasan. Language, Context andText: a social semiotic perspective. Oxford University Press, London,1989.

3799 Michael A. K Halliday and Zoe L. James. A quantitative study of po-larity and primary tense in the English finite clause. In Michael Hoey,John M.Sinclair, and Gwyneth Fox, editors, Techniques of Description:Spoken and Written Discourse (A Festschrift for Malcolm Coulthard).Routledge, London and New York, 1993.

3800 Michael A. K. Halliday and James R. Martin, editors. Readings inSystemic Linguistics. Batsford, London, 1981.

3801 Michael A. K. Halliday and Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Historicalsurvey of systemic linguistics. In Fred C. C. Peng and J. Ney, editors,Current Approaches to Syntax. Benjamins and Whurr, Amsterdam andLondon, 1990. (Volume in preparation).

3802 Michael A. K. Halliday and Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Construingexperience through meaning: a language-based approach to cognition.Cassell, London, 1999.

3803 Michael A. K. Halliday and Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. An Intro-duction to Functional Grammar. Edward Arnold, London, 3rd edition,2004.

314

3804 Michael A. K. Halliday, A. McIntosh, and Peter Strevens. The linguisticsciences and language teaching. Longman, London, 1964.

3805 Michael A. K. Halliday and Angus McIntosh. Patterns of language:papers in general, descriptive and applied linguistics. Longman, London,1966.

3806 Michael A. K. Halliday and Guenter A. Plum. On Casual Conversation.In Ruqaiya Hasan, editor, Discourse on discourse. ALAA, Wollongong,NSW, 1985.

3807 Michael A.K. Halliday. Towards a theory of good translation. In ErichSteiner and Colin Yallop, editors, Exploring Translation and Multilin-gual Text Production: beyond content. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin andNew York, 2000.

3808 William Halsey, editor. Collier’s Encyclopedia, New York, NY., 1962.The Crowell-Collier Publishing Company.

3809 Per-Kristian Halvorsen. Semantics for Lexical-Functional Grammar.Linguistic Inquiry, 14(4):567–615, 1983.

3810 Per-Kristian Halvorsen and Ronald M. Kaplan. Projection and SemanticDescription in Lexical-Functional Grammar. In Proceedings of the Inter-national Conference on Fifth Generation Computer Systems, FGCS-88,Tokyo, 1988.

3811 A. Hameed, D. Sleeman, and A. Preece. Detecting mismatches amongexperts’ ontologies acquired through knowledge elicitation. Knowledge-Based Systems, 15:265–273, 2002.

3812 Rhonda Hammer and Douglas Kellner, editors. Media/Cultural Studies:critical approaches. Peter Lang, New York, 2009.

3813 Jennifer. Hammond. The effect of modelling reports and narrativeson the writing of year two children from a non-English speaking back-ground. Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 9(2):75–93, 1986.

3814 Jennifer Hammond. The grammatical construction of literacy: an anal-ysis of two primary school literacy programs. PhD thesis, Sydney Uni-versity, 1995.

3815 Jennifer Hammond, A. Burns, H. Joyce, D. Brosnan, and L. Gerot. En-glish for social purposes: a handbook for teachers of adult literacy. Na-tional Centre for English Language Teaching and Research, MacquarieUniversity, Sydney, 1995.

3816 Jennifer Hammond and Beverly Derewianka. Genre. In Ronald Carterand David Nunan, editors, The Cambridge Guide to Teaching Englishto Speakers of Other Languages, chapter 27, pages 186–193. CambridgeUniversity Press, Cambridge, 2001.

315

3817 B. Hamp and H. Feldweg. GermaNet - a Lexical-Semantic Net for Ger-man. In Proceedings of the ACL/EACL-97 Workshop on Automatic In-formation Extraction and Building Lexical Semantic Resources for NLPapplications, Madrid, 1997. Association for Computational Linguistics.

3818 Li Hang. Chugoku-go bun seisei no tame no systemic bunpou no sakusei’(The development of a systemic grammar for the generation of Chinesetext), 1988. Bachelor’s thesis.

3819 Mosegaard Hansen and Maj Britt. The Function of Discourse Particles.Benjamins, 1998.

3820 Per Krogh Hansen. Reconsidering the Unreliable Narrator. Semiotica,165(1/4):227–246, 2007.

3821 Janet Harbord. The evolution of film: rethinking film studies. PolityPress, Cambridge, 2007.

3822 K. Harbusch, W. Finkler, and A. Schauder. Incremental SyntaxGeneration with Tree Adjoining Grammars. In W. Hernandez andD. Brauer, editors, 4. Internationaler GI-Kongress: WissensbasierteSysteme, pages 363–374. Springer, Munich, 1991. also available de DFKIRR 91-25.

3823 K. Harbusch, G. Kikui, and A. Kilger. Default handling in incrementalgeneration. In The 15th International Conference on ComputationalLinguistics, Kyoto, 1994.

3824 Karin Harbusch, Camiel van Breugel, Ulrich Koch, and Gerard Kem-pen. Interactive sentence combining and paraphrasing in support ofintegrated writing and grammar instruction: A new application area fornatural language sentence generators. In Proceedings of the Eleventh Eu-ropean Workshop on Natural Language Generation, pages 65–68, Saar-brücken, Germany, June 2007. DFKI GmbH. Document D-07-01.

3825 Karin Harbusch and Jens Woch. Integrated Natural Language Gener-ation with Schema- Tree Adjoining Grammars. In Christopher Habeland Thomas Pechmann, editors, Language Production, pages 87–116.Mouton De Gruyter, Berlin, Germany, 2004.

3826 L. Hardman and D. C. A. Bulterman. Document Model Issues for Hy-permedia. In William I. Grosky, Ramesh Jain, and Rajiv Mehrotra,editors, Handbook of Multimedia Information Management, pages 39–68. Prentice Hall, 1997.

3827 L. Hardman, D. C. A. Bulterman, and G.van Rossum. The AmsterdamHypermedia Model: Adding Time and Context to the Dexter Model.Communications of the ACM, 37(2):50–62, February 1994.

316

3828 L. Hardman, D.C.A. Bulterman, and G. van Rossum. Links in hyperme-dia: the requirement for context. In Proceedings of 1993 InternationalHypertext Conference, pages 183–191, 1993.

3829 L. Hardman, D.C.A. Bulterman, and G. van Rossum. The AmsterdamHypermedia Model: Extending Hypertext to Support REAL Multime-dia. Technical Report CS-R9306, CWI Amsterdam, January 1993.

3830 L. Hardman, M. Kersten, G.J. Houben, P. De Bra, W. ten Kate, andE. Aarts. Semi-automatic Hypermedia Presentation Generation. NWOResearch proposal.

3831 L. Hardman, J. van Ossenbruggen, and D.C.A. Bulterman. A HyTime-Compliant Interchange Format for CMIF Hypermedia Documents.VU/CWI, August 1995.

3832 Lynda Hardman. Modelling and Authoring Hypermedia Documents.PhD thesis, University of Amsterdam, 1998. ISBN: 90-74795-93-5, alsoavailable at http://www.cwi.nl/∼lynda/thesis/.

3833 Lynda Hardman, Dick C. A. Bulterman, and Guido van Rossum.The Amsterdam Hypermedia Model: Extending Hypertext to SupportREAL Multimedia. Hypermedia Journal, 5(1):47–69, July 1993. Revisedversion of CWI Report CS-R9306.

3834 Lynda Hardman, Patrick Schmitz, Jacco van Ossenbruggen, Warnerten Kate, and Lloyd Rutledge. The Link vs. the Event: Activatingand Deactivating Elements in Time-Based Hypermedia. New Review ofHypermedia and Multimedia, 6:89–109, 2000. edited by Lynda Hardman.

3835 Lynda Hardman and Jacco van Ossenbruggen. Device Independent Mul-timedia Authoring.

3836 Lynda Hardman, Jacco van Ossenbruggen, Lloyd Rutledge, andDick C.A. Bulterman. Hypermedia: The Link with Time. ACM Com-puting Surveys, December 1999.

3837 Lynda Hardman, Jacco van Ossenbruggen, Lloyd Rutledge, K. SjoerdMullender, and Dick C. A. Bulterman. Do You Have the Time? Com-position and Linking in Time-based Hypermedia. In Proceedings of 1999International Hypertext Conference, pages 189–196, 1999.

3838 Lynda Hardman, Guido van Rossum, and Dick C. A. Bulterman. Struc-tured Multimedia Authoring. In ACM Multimedia, pages 283–289, Ana-heim, CA, 1993. Revised version of CWI Report CS-R9304.

3839 Lynda Hardman, Marcel Worring, and D.C.A. Bulterman. Integratingthe Amsterdam Hypermedia Model into the Standard Reference Modelfor Intelligent Multimedia Presentation Sytems. Computer Standardsand Interfaces, 18(6-7):497–508, 1997.

317

3840 J.S. Hare, P.H. Lewis, P.G.B. Enser, and C.J. Sandom. Mind the gap:another look at the problem of the semantic gap in image retrieval. InE.Y. Chang, A. Hanjalic, and N. Sebe, editors, Proceedings of the 2006SPIE Conference on Multimedia Content Analysis, Management andRetrieval, number 6073 in SPIE, pages 1–12, Bellingham, WA, 2006.

3841 Jean Harkins and Anna Wierzbicka, editors. Emotions in CrosslinguisticPerspective. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 2001.

3842 G. Harman. Review of Linguistic Behaviour by Jonathan Bennett. Lan-guage, 53:417–424, 1977.

3843 Gilbert Harman. Semiotics and the cinema: Metz and Wollen. Quarterlyreview of film studies, 2(1):15–24, 1977.

3844 Wolfgang Harms, editor. Text und Bild, Bild und Text: DFG-Symposion1988. J.B. Metzlersche Verlagsbuchhandlung, Stuttgart, 1990.

3845 S. Harnad. The symbol grounding problem. Physica, 42:335–346, 1990.

3846 D. Harrah. Communication: A Logical Model. M.I.T. Press, Cambridge,Massachusetts, 1963.

3847 J. Harrell and W.A. Linkugel. On rhetorical genre: an organizing per-spective. Philosophy and Rhetoric, 11:262–281, 1978.

3848 Jinni A. Harrigan. Proxemics, kinesics and gaze. In Jinni A. Harrigan,Robert Rosenthal, and Klaus R. Scherer, editors, The New Handbookof Methods in Nonverbal Behavioral Research, pages 137–198. OxfordUniversity Press, Oxford, 2008.

3849 L. R. Harris. Natural Language Data Base Query: Using the Data Baseitself as the Definition of World Knowledge and as an Extension of theDictionary. TR 77-2, Darmouth, Math Department, 1977.

3850 L. R. Harris. Natural Language Processing Applied to Data Base Query.In Proceedings of the 1978 ACM Annual Conference, Washington, D. C.,1978. Association for Computer Machinery.

3851 L. R. Harris. ROBOT: A High Performance Natural Language Inter-face For Data Base Query. In L. Bolc, editor, Natural Language BasedComputer Systems. Hansen/Macmillan, Munchen/London, 1980.

3852 R. Harris and T.J. Taylor. Caxton on dialects. In David Graddol, DickLeith, and Joan Swann, editors, English history, diversity and change,chapter 4, Reading A, pages 167–170. Routledge, London and New York,1996. The Open University.

3853 Randy A. Harris. The linguistics wars. Oxford University Press, Oxford,1993.

318

3854 Sandra Harris. Court discourse as genre: some problems and issues.In Robin P. Fawcett and David Young, editors, New Developments inSystemic Linguistics; Volume 2: Theory and Application, pages 94–115.Pinter, London, 1988.

3855 Zellig Harris. Methods in Structural Linguistics. University of ChicagoPress, Chicago, 1951.

3856 Zellig Harris. Discourse Analysis: a Sample Text. Language, 28:474–494,1952.

3857 Zellig Harris. A grammar of English on mathematical principles. Wiley,New York, 1982.

3858 G. Hart, S. Temple, and H. Mizen. Tales of the river bank: first thoughtsin the development of a topographic ontology. In F. Toppen and P. Pras-tacos, editors, Proceedings of the 7th AGILE Conference, pages 165–168,Heraklion, 2004. Crete University Press.

3859 J. ’t Hart, R. Collier, and A. Cohen. A preceptual study of intonation.Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1990.

3860 Anthony F. Hartley and Cécile L. Paris. Supporting multilingual doc-ument production: machine translation or multilingual generation? InRichard Kittredge, editor, Proceedings of the IJCAI workshop on mul-tilingual generation, pages 34–41, Montréal, Québec, August 1995. In-ternational Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, AAAI. IJCAI(International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence) 95, August21-25, 1995, Montréal, Canada.

3861 Anthony F. Hartley and Cécile L. Paris. Designing drafting tools for andwith translators. In Proceedings of the World Congress for Translators(FIT 96), Melbourne, Australia, 1996.

3862 Anthony Hartley and Cécile Paris. Towards an empirical characterisa-tion of the discourse of software instructions. Computational Linguistics,forthcoming.

3863 Anthony Hartley and Cécile Paris. Automatic text generation for soft-ware development and use. In H. Somers, editor, Terminology, transla-tion and LSP: studies in language engineering in honor of J.C. Sager,pages 221–242. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1997.

3864 Anthony Hartley and Cécile Paris. Multilingual document production:from support for translating to support for authoring. Machine Trans-lation, 12(1-2):109–129, 1997.

3865 Anthony Hartley and Cécile L. Paris. Two sources of control over thegeneration of software instructions. In Proceedings of the 1996 AnnualMeeting of the Association for Computional Linguistics, Santa Cruz,California, 1996.

319

3866 Anthony Hartley and Cécile L. Paris. Translation, controlled languages,generation. In Erich Steiner and Colin Yallop, editors, Exploring Trans-lation and Multilingual Text Production: beyond content. Mouton deGruyter, Berlin and New York, 2000.

3867 Anthony Hartley, Donia Scott, John Bateman, and Danail Dochev. AG-ILE – A System for Multilingual Generation of Technical Instructions.In Proceedings of the Machine Translation Summit VIII, pages 145–150,Santiago de Compostela, Spain, Sep 2001.

3868 J. Hartley. Designing instructional Text. Kogan Page, London, 1985.3rd edn, 1994.

3869 James Hartley. Space and structure in instructional text. In RonaldEasterby and Harm Zwaga, editors, Information Design: the design andevaluation of signs and printed material, pages 497–516. John Wiley andSons Ltd., Chichester, UK, 1984.

3870 James Hartley. Designing Instructional Text. Nichols, East Brunswick,NJ, 3rd edition, 1994.

3871 John Hartley and Martin Montgomery. Representation and relations:ideology and power in presss and TV news. In Teun A. van Dijk, editor,Discourse and communication: new approaches to the analysis of massmedia discourse and communication, pages 233–269. Walter de Gruyter,Berlin, 1985.

3872 Britta Hartmann. Topographische Ordnung und narrative Strukturim klassischen Gangsterfilm. montage av. Zeitschrift für Theorie &Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation, 8(1):110–133, 1999.

3873 Britta Hartmann. Diegetisieren, Diegese, Diskursuniversum. montageav. Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation,16(2):53–692, 2007.

3874 Britta Hartmann. Aller Anfang: Zur Initialphase des Spielfilms.Schüren, 2009.

3875 Britta Hartmann and Hans J. Wulff. Vom Spezifischen des Films. Ne-oformalismus, Kognitivismus, Historische Poetik des Kinos. montageav. Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation,4(1):5–22, 1995.

3876 Britta Hartmann and Hans J. Wulff. Neoformalismus, Kognitivismus,Historische Poetik des Kinos. In Jürgen Felix, editor, Moderne Film-Theorie, pages 191–216. Bender, Mainz, 2003. ? ).

3877 Eva-Maria Hartmann. Diskursive Strukturen in Filmadaptationendramatischer und narrativer Texte. Nodus Publikationen, Münster,2007.

320

3878 Jens Hartmann, Peter Spyns, Alain Giboin, Diana Maynard, RobertaCuel, Mari Carmen Suárez-Figueroa, and York Sure. Methods for On-tology Evaluation. In Knowledge Web Deliverable, 2005.

3879 Knut Hartmann, Bernhard Preim, and Thomas Strothotte. DescribingAbstraction in Rendered Images through Figure Captions. LinköpingElectronic Articles in Computer and Information Science, 4(18), 1999.

3880 Tilo Hartmann and Peter Vorderer. It’s Okay to Shoot a Character:Moral Disengagement in Violent Video Games. Journal of Communica-tion, 60:94–119, 2010.

3881 Carolyn G. Hartnett. The Pit after the Theme. In M. Ghadessy, editor,Thematic development in English texts, pages 198–212. Pinter Publish-ers, London, 1995.

3882 Masahiko Haruno, Yasuharu Den, and Yuji Matsumoto. A chart-basedsemantic head driven generation algorithm. In Giovanni Adorni andMichael Zock, editors, Trends in natural language generation: an artifi-cial intelligence perspective, number 1036 in Lecture Notes in ArtificialIntelligence, pages 300–313. Springer, 1996.

3883 Arlene Harvey. Definitions in English technical discourse: a studyin metafunctional dominance and interaction. Functions of Language,6(1):55–96, 1999.

3884 Arlene Harvey and Licheng Zeng. Patterns of definitions: towards track-ing terms in technical documents. In The 2nd. Conference of the PacificAssociation for Computational Linguistics (PacLing-II), pages 85–97,Brisbane, Australia, 1995.

3885 Terry Harvey and Sandra Carberry. Integrating Text Plans for Con-ciseness and Coherence. In Proceedings of the 17th International Con-ference on Computational Linguistics and the 36th Annual Meeting ofthe Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 512–518, Montreal,Canada, 1998.

3886 Ruqaiaya Hasan and Peter Fries, editors. On Subject and Theme: adiscourse functional perspective. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1995.

3887 Ruqaiya Hasan. The verb ’be’ in Urdu. In J.W.M Verhaar, editor, Theverb ’Be’ and its Synonyms (pt5). Foundations of Language, 1972.

3888 Ruqaiya Hasan. Code, register and social dialect. In Basil Bernstein,editor, Class, Codes and Control: applied studies towards a sociology oflanguage, pages 253–292. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London, 1973.

3889 Ruqaiya Hasan. The place of stylistics in the study of verbal art. InH. Ringbom, editor, Style and Text. Skriptor, Amsterdam, 1975.

321

3890 Ruqaiya Hasan. Socialization and cross-cultural education. Interna-tional Journal of the Sociology of Language, 8, 1976.

3891 Ruqaiya Hasan. Some sociological considerations in second languageteaching. In David E. Ingram and Terry J. Quinn, editors, Languagelearning in Australian society: proceedings of the 1976 congress of theApplied Linguistics Association of Australia. Australia InternationalPress, Melbourne, 1978.

3892 Ruqaiya Hasan. Text in the Systemic-Functional Model. In WolfgangDressler, editor, Current Trends in Text Linguistics, pages 228–246. deGruyter, Berlin, 1978.

3893 Ruqaiya Hasan. On the notion of text. In Janos Petöfi, editor, Textversus Sentence: basic questions of text linguistics, number 20 in Papersin Text Linguistics. Buske, Hamburg, 1979.

3894 Ruqaiya Hasan. What’s going on: a dynamic view of context. In J. E.Copeland and P. W. Davis, editors, The Seventh LACUS forum, pages106–121. Hornbeam Press, Columbia, S.C., 1980.

3895 Ruqaiya Hasan. Review article: Paul Werth (ed.) Conversation anddiscourse. Australian Journal of Linguistics, 3(2):253–277, 1983.

3896 Ruqaiya Hasan. Coherence and cohesive harmony. In James Flood,editor, Understanding reading comprehension: cognition, language, andthe structure of prose, pages 181–219. International Reading Association,Newark, Delaware, 1984.

3897 Ruqaiya Hasan. The nursery tale as a genre. Notthingham LinguisticCircular, 13:71–102, 1984.

3898 Ruqaiya Hasan. The nursery tale as a genre. Notthingham LinguisticCircular, 13:71–102, 1984. Reprinted as ? ).

3899 Ruqaiya Hasan. The structure of the nursery tale. In L. Coveri, editor,Linguistica testuale: proceedings of the 15th international congress ofthe Italian Linguistic Society. Bulzoni, Rome, 1984.

3900 Ruqaiya Hasan. Ways of saying: ways of meaning. In Robin P. Fawcettet al, editor, Semiotics of Culture and Language. Frances Pinter, Lon-don, 1984.

3901 Ruqaiya Hasan. What kind of resource is language? Australian Reviewof Applied Linguistics, 7(1):57–85, 1984.

3902 Ruqaiya Hasan, editor. Discourse on discourse: workshop reports fromThe Macquarie Workshop on Discourse Analysis. Applied LinguisticsAssociation of Australia, Canberra, A.C.T., 1985.

322

3903 Ruqaiya Hasan. Lending and borrowing: from grammar to lexis.Beiträge zur Phonetik und Linguistik, 48:56–67, 1985.

3904 Ruqaiya Hasan. Linguistics, language and verbal art. Deakin UniversityPress, Geelong, Vic., 1985.

3905 Ruqaiya Hasan. Meaning, context and text: fifty years after Malinowski.In James D. Benson and William S. Greaves, editors, Systemic Perspec-tives on Discourse, Volume 1. Ablex, Norwood, New Jersey, 1985.

3906 Ruqaiya Hasan. Meaning, context and text: fifty years after Malinowski.In James D. Benson and William S. Greaves, editors, Systemic Perspec-tives on Discourse, pages 16–50. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1985.

3907 Ruqaiya Hasan. The implication of semantic distance for language in ed-ucation. In A. Abbi, editor, Studies in bilingualism. Bahri Publications,New Delhi, 1986.

3908 Ruqaiya Hasan. The ontogenesis of ideology: an interpretation ofmother-child talk. In T. Threadgold, E. A. Grosz, G. Kress, and MichaelA. K. Halliday, editors, Semiotics - language - ideology. 1986.

3909 Ruqaiya Hasan. Directions from structuralism. In D. Attridge, N. Fabb,A. Durant, and C. McCabb, editors, The linguistics of writing: argu-ments between language and literature, pages 103–122. Manchester Uni-versity Press, Manchester, 1987.

3910 Ruqaiya Hasan. Offers in the Making: A systemic-functional approach,1987ms. Unpublished manuscript, Macquarie University.

3911 Ruqaiya Hasan. Reading picture: reading invisible instruction at homeand in school. In The 13th Conference of the Australian Reading Asso-ciation, Sydney, July 1987.

3912 Ruqaiya Hasan. Reading picture reading. In Proceedings from the 13thConference of the Australian Reading Association, Sydney, 1987.

3913 Ruqaiya Hasan. The grammarian’s dream: lexis as most delicate gram-mar. In M.A.K. Halliday and R.P. Fawcett, editors, New developmentsin systemic linguistics: theory and description. Pinter, London, 1987.

3914 Ruqaiya Hasan. The grammarian’s dream: lexis as most delicate gram-mar. In Michael A. K. Halliday and Robin P. Fawcett, editors, NewDevelopments in Systemic Linguistics. Volume 1. Frances Pinter, Lon-don, 1987.

3915 Ruqaiya Hasan. Language in the process of socialisation: home andschool. In Linda Gerot, Jane Oldenburg, and Theo van Leeuwen, ed-itors, Language and socialisation: home and school (Proceedings fromthe Working Conference on Language in Education, 17-21 November,1986). Macquarie University, North Ryde, N.S.W., 1988.

323

3916 Ruqaiya Hasan. Meaning in sociolinguistic theory, 1988. Paper presentedat the first Hong Kong Conference on Language and Society: 23-25April, 1988.

3917 Ruqaiya Hasan. The analysis of one poem: theoretical issues in practice.In D. Birch and M. O’Toole, editors, Functions of Style. Pinter, London,1988.

3918 Ruqaiya Hasan. Semantic variation and sociolinguistics. AustralianJournal of Linguistics, 9:221–275, 1989.

3919 Ruqaiya Hasan. The representation of meaning in the systemic func-tional model. Technical Report, Department of Linguistics, MacquarieUniversity, Sydney, Australia, 1989. Paper presented at the 16th. Inter-national Systemic Congress, Helsinki, Finland.

3920 Ruqaiya Hasan. Questions as a mode of learning in everyday talk. InT. Le and M. McCausland, editors, Language education: interaction anddevelopment, pages 70–.115. University of Tasmania, Launceston, 1991.

3921 Ruqaiya Hasan. Meaning in sociolinguistics theory. In Kingsley Boltonand Helen Kwok, editors, Sociolinguistics today: international perspec-tives. Routledge. 80-119, London and New York, 1992.

3922 Ruqaiya Hasan. Rationality in everyday talk: from process to system.In Jan Svartvik, editor, Directions in corpus linguistics: Proceedings ofNobel Symposium 82, Stockholm, 4-8 August 1991. de Gruyter, Berlin,1992.

3923 Ruqaiya Hasan. Speech genre, semiotic mediation and the developmentof higher mental functions. Language Sciences, 14(4):489–528, 1992.

3924 Ruqaiya Hasan. Contexts for meaning. In James E. Alatis, editor,Georgetown University Round Table on Language and Linguistics 1992:language, communication and social meaning, pages 79–103. George-town University Press, Washington, D.C., 1993.

3925 Ruqaiya Hasan. Situation and the definition of genre. In Allen D.Grimshaw, editor, What’s going on here: complementary studies of pro-fessional talk, pages 127–172. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1994.

3926 Ruqaiya Hasan. English process, English tense: foreign learner, foreignteacher. SPELT (Society of Pakistan Language Teachers) Newsletter,10(4):2–23, 1995.

3927 Ruqaiya Hasan. On social conditions for semiotic mediation: the genesisof mind in society. In Alan Sadovnik, editor, Knowledge and pedagogy:the sociology of Basil Bernstein, pages 171–196. Ablex, Norwood, NJ,1995.

324

3928 Ruqaiya Hasan. The conception of context in text. In Peter H. Friesand Michael Gregory, editors, Discourse in society: systemic functionalperspectives, pages 183–283. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1995.

3929 Ruqaiya Hasan. Literacy, everyday talk and society. In Ruqaiya Hasanand Geoff Williams, editors, Literacy in society. Longman, London,1996.

3930 Ruqaiya Hasan. On teaching distances across cultural distances. InJoyce E. James, editor, The language - culture connection. RELC., Sin-gapore, 1996.

3931 Ruqaiya Hasan. The nursery tale as a genre. In C. Cloran, D. Butt, andG. Williams, editors, Ways of saying, ways of meaning: selected papersof Ruqaiya Hasan, pages 51–72. Cassell, London, 1996.

3932 Ruqaiya Hasan. The ontogenesis of ideology: An interpretation ofmother-child talk. In C. Cloran, D. Butt, and G. Williams, editors,Ways of saying, ways of meaning: selected papers of Ruqaiya Hasan,pages 133–151. Cassell, London, 1996.

3933 Ruqaiya Hasan. Ways of saying, ways of meaning: selected papers ofRuqaiya Hasan. Cassell, London, 1996. Edited by C. Cloran, D. Buttand G. Williams.

3934 Ruqaiya Hasan. What kind of a resource is language. In C. Cloran,D. Butt, and G. Williams, editors, Ways of saying, ways of meaning:selected papers of Ruqaiya Hasan, pages 13–37. Cassell, London, 1996.

3935 Ruqaiya Hasan. Analysing Discursive Variation. In Lynne Young andClaire Harrison, editors, Systemic Functional Linguistics and CriticalDiscourse Analysis: Studies in Social Change, pages 15–52. Continuum,London, 2004.

3936 Ruqaiya Hasan and Carmel Cloran. A sociolinguistic interpretation ofeveryday talk between mothers and children. In Michael A. K. Halliday,J. Gibbons, and H. Nicholas, editors, Learning, keeping and using lan-guage: Selected papers from the 8th world congress of applied linguistics.John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1990.

3937 Ruqaiya Hasan and Carmel Cloran. A sociolinguistic interpretation ofeveryday talk between mothers and children. In Michael A. K. Halli-day, Howard Nichols, and John Gibbons, editors, Learning, keeping andusing language: selected papers from the 8th World Congress of AppliedLinguistics, Sydney, 16-21 August 1987, pages 67–99. Benjamins, Ams-terdam, 1990.

3938 Ruqaiya Hasan, Carmel Cloran, and David Butt, editors. Current Issuesin Linguistic Theory. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1996.

325

3939 Ruqaiya Hasan and Peter H. Fries. Reflections on Subject and Theme:an introduction. In Ruqaiaya Hasan and Peter Fries, editors, On Sub-ject and Theme: a discourse functional perspective, pages xiii–xlv. Ben-jamins, Amsterdam, 1995.

3940 Ruqaiya Hasan and Peter H. Fries. Reflections on Subject and Theme:an introduction. In Ruqaiya Hasan and Peter H. Fries, editors, OnSubject and Theme: from the perspective of functions in discourse, pagesxiii–xlv. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1995.

3941 Ruqaiya Hasan and James R. Martin, editors. Language development:learning language, learning culture. Meaning and choice in language,volume 1. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1989.

3942 Ruqaiya Hasan and Gillian Perrett. Learning to function with the othertongue: a systemic functional perspective on second language teaching.In Terence Odlin, editor, Perspectives on pedagogic grammars, pages179–226. Cambridge University Press, New York, 1994.

3943 Ruqaiya Hasan and Geoff Williams, editors. Literacy in society. Long-man, London, 1996.

3944 Martin Haspelmath. From Space to Time. Temporal Adverbials in theWorld’s Languages. Lincom, Muenchen, 1997.

3945 Uri Hasson, Ohad Landesman, Barbara Knappmeyer, Ignacio Vallines,Nava Rubin, and David J. Heeger. Neurocinematics: The Neuroscienceof Film. Projections: the Journal for Movies and Mind, 2(1):1–26, 2008.

3946 Uri Hasson, Yuval Nir, Ifat Levy, Galit Fuhrmann, and Rafael Malach.Intersubject Synchronization of Cortical Activity During Natural Vision.Science, 303(5664):1634–1640, 2004.

3947 Reid Hastie. Schematic Principles in Human Memory. In E. Tony Hig-gins, C. Peter Herman, and Mark P. Zanna, editors, Social Cognition:The Ontario Symposium, volume 1. Lawrence Erlbaum, Hilldale, N.J.,1981.

3948 Basil Hatim and Ian Mason. Discourse and the translator. Longman,London, 1990.

3949 V. Hatzivassiloglou and J. Wiebe. Effects of adjective orientation andgradability on sentence subjectivity. In Proceedings of the 18th Interna-tional Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING ’00), 2000.

3950 Christa Hauenschild. Discourse structure – some implications for ma-chine translation. In Dan Maxwell, Klaus Schubert, and Toon Witkam,editors, New directions in machine translation, pages 145–156. ForisPublications, Dordrecht, Holland, 1988.

326

3951 John Haugeland. The nature and plausibility of cognitivism. The Be-havioural and Brain Sciences 1, pages 215–226, 1978. Reprinted inHaugeland, J. (ed.)(1981) Mind Design. MIT Press. pp243-281.

3952 A. G. Hauptmann. Speech Recognition in the Informedia Digital VideoLibrary: Uses and Limitations. In ICTAI-95 7th IEEE InternationalConference on Tools with AI, Washington, DC, USA, November 6-81995.

3953 Bernhard Hauser. Multilinguale Textgenerierung am Beispiel desJapanischen, 1995. (Diplomarbeit, Technische Hochschule Darmstadt).

3954 Daniel Hausmann, Till Mossakowski, and Lutz Schröder. A Coalge-braic Approach to the Semantics of the Ambient Calculus. TheoreticalComputer Science, 366(1-2):121–143, 2006. Extends (Hausmann et al.2005).

3955 F. J. Hausmann. Kollokationen im deutschen Wörterbuch: Ein Beitragzur Theorie des lexikographischen Beispiels. In H. Bergenholtz andJ. Mugdan, editors, Lexikographie und Grammatik, Akten des EssenerKolloquiums zur Grammatik im Wörterbuch, pages 118–129. 1985.

3956 S. Haviland and H. Clark. What’s new? Acquiring new information asa process in comprehension, volume 13. 1974.

3957 B. Havránek. The Functional Differentiation of the Standard Language.In B. Havránek and M. Weingart, editors, Spisnovná cestina a jazykovákultura. 1932. Reprinted in Garvin, P. (ed.)(1964) A Prague SchoolReader on Esthetics, Literary Structure, and Style, Georgetown Univer-sity Press.

3958 B. Havránek. The functional differentiation of the standard language. InP. Garvin, editor, A Prague school reader on Esthetics, Literary struc-ture, and style. 1964. (Originally in Havránek, B. and Weingart, M.(eds.) Spisnová cestina a jazyková kultura, 1932).

3959 Bohuslav Havranek. The Functional Differentiation of the StandardLanguage, pages 3–16. Georgetown University Press, Washington, DC,1932. Paul L. Garvin, translator.

3960 Bruce Hawkins. Incorporating tensions: on the treatment of ideology incognitive linguistics. In René Dirven, Bruce Hawkins, and Esra Sandik-cioglu, editors, Language and ideology. Volume 1: theoretical cognitiveapproaches, number 204 in Current Issues in Linguistic Theory, pages1–22. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2001.

3961 J. A. Hawkins. Modifier-head or Function-argument relations in phrasestructure? The evidence of some word-order universals. Lingua, 63:107–138, 1984.

327

3962 John A. Hawkins. Semantic generalisations contrasting syntactic rulesin English and German. Linguistic Agency of the University of Trier(LAUD), 73, 1980. Series A.

3963 John A. Hawkins. The semantic diversity of subject and object: acomparison of German and English. Linguistic Agency of the Universityof Trier (LAUD), 74, 1980. Series A.

3964 John A. Hawkins. Word order universals: quantitative analyses of lin-guistic structure. Academic Press, New York, 1983.

3965 John A. Hawkins. A comparative typology of English and German.Croom Helm, London and Sydney, 1986.

3966 Peter Hawkins. Social class, the nominal group and verbal strategies.Routledge and Kegan Paul, London, 1977.

3967 Peter Hawkins. Introducing phonology. 1984.

3968 P. Hayes. Some Association-Based Techniques for Disambiguation byMachine. Technical Report 25, Department of Computer Science, Uni-versity of Rochester, Rochester, NY, 1977.

3969 P. J. Hayes and J. G. Carbonell. Multi-Strategy Construction-SpecificParsing for Flexible Data Base Query and Update. In Proceedings ofthe Seventh International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence,Vancouver, Canada, 1981.

3970 P. J. Hayes and G. V. Mouradian. Flexible parsing. American Journalof Computational Linguistics, 7(4):232–242, 1981.

3971 P. Hayes and D. Reddy. Steps towards graceful interaction in spoken andwritten man-machine communication. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 19:213–284, 1983.

3972 P. Hayes and R. Reddy. Graceful Interaction in Man-Machine Commu-nication. In Proceedings of IJCAI’79. International Joint Conference onArtificial Intelligence, 1979.

3973 Patrick Hayes. RDF Model Theory. Technical Report, W3C, February2002. W3C Working Draft.

3974 Patrick J. Hayes. The naive physics manifesto. In Donald Michie, editor,Expert systems in the microelectronic age, pages 242–270. EdinburghUniversity Press, Edinburgh, Scotland, 1979.

3975 Patrick J. Hayes. Native physics I: ontology for liquids. In Jerry R.Hobbs and R. C. Moore, editors, Formal theories of the commonsenseworld, pages 71–108. Ablex Publishing Corporation, New Jersey, 1985.

328

3976 Patrick J. Hayes. The second naive physics manifesto. In Jerry R. Hobbsand R. C. Moore, editors, Formal theories of the commonsense world,pages 1–36. Ablex Publishing Corporation, New Jersey, 1985.

3977 Patrick Hayes and Christopher Menzel. A semantics for the KnowledgeInterchange Format. In Proceedings of the IJCAI 2001 Workshop onthe IEEE Standard Upper Ontology, Seattle, Washington, 2001. Inter-national Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence.

3978 Philip J. Hayes. Steps towards Integrating Natural Language andGraphical Interaction for Knowledge-Based Systems. In B. du Boulay,D. Hogg, and L. Steels, editors, Advances in Artificial Intelligence – II,pages 543–552. North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1987. (Proc. ECAI-86).

3979 Phillip Hayes. On semantic nets, frames and associations. In Proceed-ings of the 5th. International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence,pages 99–107, 1977.

3980 D. G. Hays. Dependency theory: a formalism and some observations.Language, 40(4):511–525, 1964.

3981 Susan Hayward. Prolegomena II: An application of discourse analysisto filmic language. Language and Style, 17(4):275–285, 1984.

3982 Susan Hayward. Cinema Studies: the key concepts. Routledge, London,3 edition, 2006.

3983 W. G. Hayward and M. J. Tarr. Spatial language and spatial represen-tation. Cognition, 55:39–84, 1995.

3984 A.W. He. Exploring modality in institutional interactions: cases fromacademic counselling encounters. Text, (13):503–528, 1993.

3985 H. S. Heaps. Information Retrieval: Computational and TheoreticalAspects. Academic Press, New York, 1978.

3986 Marti Hearst. Multi-paragraph segmentation of expository text. In 32nd.Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages9–16, New Mexico State University, Las Cruces, New Mexico, 1994.

3987 J. Heath. Some functional relationships in grammar. Language, 51:89–104, 1975.

3988 J. Heath. Antipassivisation - A functional typology. In Berkeley Lin-guistics Society, volume 2. 1976.

3989 J. Heath. Choctaw cases. In Berkeley Linguistics Society, volume 3.1977.

3990 J. Heath. Functional universals. In Berkeley Linguistics Society, vol-ume 4. 1978.

329

3991 Stephen Heath. Film/Cinetext/Text. Screen, 14:102–127, 1973.

3992 Stephen Heath. Metz’s Semiology: a short glossary. Screen, 14(1/2):214–226, Spring/Summer 1973.

3993 Stephen Heath. Film and System: terms of analysis; Part I. Screen,16(1):7–77, Spring 1975.

3994 Stephen Heath. Film and System: terms of analysis; Part II. Screen,16(2):91–113, Summer 1975.

3995 Stephen Heath. Questions of cinema. Macmillan, London, 1981.

3996 Stephen Heath. The work of Christian Metz. Screen Reader, 2:99–124,1981. Society for Education in Film and Television.

3997 Heiko Hecht. Film as dynamic event perecpetion: technological develop-ment forces realism to retreat. Image - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäreBildwissenschaft, 3:3–24, 2008.

3998 Dominik Heckmann, Boris Brandherm, Tim Schwartz, and Margerittavon Wilamowitz-Moellendorff. GUMO, the General User Model Ontol-ogy. In 10th International Conference on User Modeling, Edinburgh,Scotland, 2005.

3999 Domink Heckmann. Ubiquitous User Modeling for Situated Interaction.PhD thesis, Saarland University, Germany and University of Edinburgh,Scotland, 2005.

4000 Ian Horrocks Hector Perez-Urbina, Boris Motik. Efficient Query An-swering for OWL 2. In Proceedings of the 8th International SemanticWeb Conference (ISWC 2009), to appear.

4001 Natalie L. Hedberg and Ruth J. Fink. Cohesive Harmony in the WrittenStories of Elementary Children. Reading and Writing, 8(1):73–86, 1996.

4002 Vinzenz Hediger. Das vorläufige Gedächtnis des Films Anmerkungenzu Morphologie und Wirkungsästhetik des Kinotrailers. Montage-A/V,8(2):111–132, 1999.

4003 Marko Hedler. Perzeptive Syntagmen für Bewegtbilddokumente. PhDthesis, Fachbereich Elektrotechnik, Informationstechnik, Medientech-nik, Bergischen Universität Wuppertal, Wuppertal, Germany, 2008.urn:nbn:de:hbz:468-20080538.

4004 P. Heeman and G. Hirst. Collaborating referring expressions. Compu-tational Linguistics, 21:351–382, 1995.

4005 P. Heeman, M. Johnston, J. Denny, and E. Kaiser. Beyond structureddialogs: factoring out grounding. In Proceedings of the 5th. InternationalConference of Spoken Language Processing (ICSLP’98), 1998.

330

4006 Peter A. Heeman and James Allen. The Trains 93 Dialogues. TrainsTechnical Note 94-2, Computer Science Dept., University of Rochester,mar 1995.

4007 James A.W. Heffernan. Cultivating picturacy: visual art and verbalinterventions. Baylor University Press, Waco, Texas, 2006.

4008 Kevin Heffernan. Ghouls, Gimmicks, and Gold: Horror Films and theAmerican Movie Business. Duke University Press, London, 2004.

4009 Jeff Heflin and James Hendler. Dynamic ontologies on the web. InProceedings of the Seventeenth National Conference on Artificial Intel-ligence (AAAI-2000), Menlo Park, California, 2000. AAAI/MIT Press.

4010 M. Hegarty, P.A. Carpenter, and M.A. Just. Diagrams in the compre-hension of scientific text. In R. Barr, M.L. Kamil, P.B. Mosenthal, andP.D. Pearson, editors, Handbook of reading research. Volume 2, pages641–668. Longman, New York, 1991.

4011 M. Hegarty, D. R. Montello, A. E. Richardson, T. Ishikawa, andK. Lovelace. Spatial abilities at different scales: Individual differencesin aptitude-test performance and spatial-layout learning. Intelligence,34:151–176, 2006.

4012 Mary Hegarty. Mental animation: Inferring motion from static displaysof mechanical systems. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning,Memory and Cognition, 18:1084–1102, 1992.

4013 Mary Hegarty and M.A. Just. Constructing mental models of machinesfrom text and diagrams. Journal of Memory and Language, 32(6):717–742, 1993.

4014 U. Heid and S. Momma. FREGE: ein objektorientierter Front-End-Generator. In k. Morik, editor, GWAI-87: 11th German Workshop onArtificial Intelligence. Springer, Berlin, 1987.

4015 Ulrich Heid. Zur Lexikonarchitektur für ein constraint-basiertesmaschinelles Übersetzungssystem. In Jürgen Rolshoven and Dieter Seel-bach, editors, Romanistische Linguistik. Theorien und Implementatio-nen. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 1991.

4016 Ulrich Heid and John McNaught. Eurotra-7 Study: Feasability andProject definition study on the reusability of lexical and terminologicalresources in computerized applications – Final Report. Commission ofthe European Communities, Luxembourg, August 1991.

4017 Ulrich Heid and John McNaught. EUROTRA ET-7 Study: Feasibilityand Project definition study on the reusability of lexical and terminolog-ical resources in computerized applications (Final Report). Commissionof the European Communities, Luxembourg, 1991.

331

4018 Ulrich Heid and Sybille Raab. Collocations in Multilingual Generation.In Proceedings of the 4th. Conference of the European Chapter of theAssociation for Computational Linguistics, pages 130–136, Manchester,1989. Association for Computational Linguistics.

4019 Ulrich Heid, Dietmar Rösner, and Birgit Roth. Generating German fromSemantic Relations: Semantic relations as an input to the SEMSYNgenerator. In Erich H. Steiner, Paul Schmidt, and Cornelia Zelinksy-Wibbelt, editors, From Syntax to Semantics: experiences from MachineTranslation. Frances Pinter, London, 1988.

4020 K. E. Heidolph, W. Flämig, and W. Motsch. Grundzüge einer deutschenGrammatik. Akademie-Verlag, Berlin, 1980.

4021 G. Heidorn. Natural Language Inputs to a Simulation Programming Sys-tem. Technical Report NPS-55HD72101A, Naval Postgraduate School,Monterey, Calif., 1972.

4022 G. Heidorn. Augmented phrase structure grammar. In Theoretical Issuesin Natural Language Processing-1 (TINLAP), pages 1–5, Cambridge,Mass., June 1975.

4023 George E. Heidorn. Intelligence Writing Assistance. In Robert Dale,H. Moisl, and Harold Somers, editors, A handbook of natural languageprocessing: techniques and applications for the processing of language astext, pages 181–207. Marcel Dekker, New York, 2000.

4024 P. Bryan Heidorn. Shapes from natural language in VerbalImage. InPatrick Olivier and Klaus-Peter Gapp, editors, Representation and pro-cessing of spatial expressions, pages 119–132. Lawrence Erlbaum Asso-ciates, Mahwah, New Jersey, 1998.

4025 G. van Heijst, A. Th. Schreiber, and B. J. Wielinga. Using explicitontologies in KBS development. Human-Computer Interaction, forth-coming.

4026 J Heil. Does Cognitive Psychology Rest on a Mistake? Mind, 90:321–342, 1981.

4027 I. Heim. File change semantics and the familiarity theory of definite-ness. In C. Schwarze and A. von Stechow, editors, Meaning, Use andInterpretation of Language, pages 164–178. De Gruyter, Berlin, 1983.

4028 O. Heinamaki. ’Towards a Theory of Tense’ on the Wrong Track. InT. Pettersson, editor, Papers from the Fifth Scandinavian Conference ofLinguistics, Stockholm, 1979. Almqvist and Wiksell International.

4029 Sandra Heinen. Literarische Inszenierung von Autorschaft:Geschlechtsspezifische Autorschaftsmodelle in der englischen Romantik.PhD thesis, Gießen University, Trier, 2006.

332

4030 Wolfgang Heinz and Johannes Matiasek. Argument Structure and CaseAssignment in German. In John Nerbonne, Klaus Netter, and CarlPollard, editors, German in Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar,pages 199–236. CSLI, Stanford, CA, 1994.

4031 Paul Heisterkamp. Time to get real: current and future requirements forgeneration in speech and natural language from an industrial perspec-tive. In Tilman Becker and Stephan Busemann, editors, Workshop atthe 23d German Annual Conference for Artificial Intelligence (KI’99):"May I speak Freely?" Between Templates and Free Choice in NaturalLanguage Generation, pages 25–30, Bonn, 1999. DFKI, Saarbrücken.DFKI-D-99-01.

4032 Gerhard Helbig and Joachim Buscha. Deutsche Grammatik. Ein Hand-buch für den Ausländerunterricht. VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie, Leipzig,1988.

4033 Jörg Helbig. ‘Follow the right rabbit!’ Signale erzählerischer Unzuver-lässigkeit im zeitgenössischen Spielfilm. In Fabienne Liptay and YvonneWolf, editors, Was stimmt den jetzt? Unzuverlässiges Erzählen in Lit-eratur und Film, pages 131–146. edition text + kritik, München, 2005.

4034 Gudrun Held. Magazine covers - A multimodal pretext-genre. FoliaLinguistica, XXXIX(1-2):173–196, 2005.

4035 Lars Hellan and Petter Haugereid. NorSource: An exercise in the Matrixgrammar-building design. In Emily Bender, Dan Flickinger, FrederikFouvry, and Melanie Siegel, editors, Proceedings of the ESSLLI Work-shop on Ideas and Strategies for Multilingual Grammar Development,number 15 in European Summer School for Logic, Language and Infor-mation, pages 41–48, Vienna, Austria, 18-29 August 2003. ESSLLI.

4036 B. Heller and H. Herre. Ontological Categories in GOL. Axiomathes,14(1-3):57–76, 2004.

4037 Barbara Heller and Heinrich Herre. Formal ontology and principles ofGOL. OntoMed Report 1, Institute for Medical Informatics, Statisticsand Epidemiology (IMISE), University of Leipzig, Germany, July 2003.

4038 Barbara Heller and Heinrich Herre. General ontological language GOL:A formal framework for building and representing ontologies. TechnicalReport 7, Institute for Medical Informatics, Leipzig, Germany, 2004. Incollaboration with Patryk Burek, Frank Loebe and Hannes Michalek.

4039 M. Heller. The ontology of physical objects: four-dimensional hunks ofmatter. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1991.

4040 Mark Heller. The ontology of physical objects: Four-dimensional hunksof matter. Cambridge studies in philosophy. Cambridge University Press,Cambridge, 1990.

333

4041 Peter Hellwig. Bausteine des Deutschen. Germanistisches Seminar, Uni-versität Heidelberg, Heidelberg, 1980.

4042 Marguerite Helmers. Framing the fine arts through rhetoric. InCharles A Hill and Marguerite Helmers, editors, Defining visualrhetorics, pages 63–86. Erlbaum, Mahwah, NJ, 2004.

4043 J. P. Hemert, U. Adriaens-Porzig, and L. M. Adriaens. Speech Synthesisin the SPICOS project. In H. G. Tillmann and G. Willee, editors,Analyse und Synthese gesprochener Sprache. Jahrestagung der GLDV,pages 34–39. Georg Olms, Hildesheim, 1987.

4044 Brain Henderson. Towards a non-bourgeois camera style. Film Quar-terly, 24(2):2–14, Winter 1970.

4045 Brian Henderson. Metz: Essais I and film theory. Film Quarterly,28(3):18–33, 1975.

4046 Brian Henderson. Segmentation. Film Quarterly, 31(1):57–65, 1977.

4047 Brian Henderson. Tense, mood, and voice in film (Notes after Genette).Film Quarterly, 36(4):4–17, 1983.

4048 Eugénie Henderson. J.R. Firth in retrospect: a view from the eighties.In Ross Steele and Terry Threadgold, editors, Language Topics: essaysin honour of Michael Halliday, volume 1. John Benjamins PublishingCo., Amsterdam and Philadelphia, 1987.

4049 John M. Henderson, James R. Brockmole, Monica S. Castelhano, andMichael Mack. Visual Saliency Does Not Account for Eye Movementsduring Visual Search in Real-World Scenes. In Roger van Gompel, Mar-tin Fischer, Wayne Murray, and Robin Hill, editors, Eye MovementResearch: Insights into Mind and Brain. Elsevier, 2007.

4050 James Hendler. Agents and the semantic web. IEEE Intelligent SystemsJournal, 16(2), March/April 2001.

4051 Talma Hendler. Afilliate Lab Interview. Quarterly newsletter for theCenter for Cognitive and Social Neuroscience, pages 1–2, Spring 2011.University of Chicago.

4052 W.O. Hendricks. On the notion "beyond the sentence". Linguistics,37:12–51, 1967.

4053 G. G. Hendrix. LIFER: A Natural Language Facility. Technical Note135, SRI, December 1976. Menlo Park, California.

4054 G. G Hendrix. Human Engineering for Applied Natural Language Pro-cessing. In Proceedings of IJCAI’77, Cambridge, MA, 1977. Interna-tional Joint Conferences on Artificial Intelligence.

334

4055 G. G Hendrix. The LIFER Manual: A Guide to Building PracticalNatural Language Interfaces. Technical Note 138, SRI International,Menlo Park, California, 1977.

4056 G. G. Hendrix. The representation of semantic knowledge. in Walker1978, pp 121 - 181, 1978.

4057 G. Hendrix, E. Sacerdoti, D. Sagalowicz, and J. Slocum. Developing aNatural Language Interface to Complex Data. ACM Transactions onDatabase Systems, 3(2):105–149, 1978.

4058 Gary Hendrix. Semantic Knowledge. In Donald Walker, editor, Under-standing Spoken Language. North Holland, New York, 1978.

4059 Gary Hendrix. Encoding knowledge in partitioned networks. In N. V.Findler, editor, Associative Networks:Representation and use of knowl-edge by computers. Academic Press, New York, 1979.

4060 Jennifer Henke. Gender takes place: Geschlechter-Räume imShakespeare-Film. Zur Interdependenz von Raumsemantik, Performa-tivität und Gender am Beispiel von Much Ado About Nothing . RabbitEye - Zeitschrift für Filmforschung, 2, 2010. online.

4061 Mathilde Hennig. Tempus und Temporalität in geschriebenen undgesprochenen Texte. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 2000.

4062 Alick Henrici. Notes on the systemic generation of a paradigm of theEnglish clause. Technical Report, O.S.T.I. Programme in the LinguisticProperties of Scientific English, 1965. (Reprinted in M.A.K. Hallidayand J.R. Martin (Eds., 1981) Readings in Systemic Linguistics, London:Batsford.).

4063 Alick Henrici. Notes on the systemic generation of a paradigm of theEnglish clause. In Michael A. K. Halliday and James R. Martin, editors,Readings in Systemic Linguistics. Batsford, London, 1981. Reprintedfrom 1965 Working Paper for the O.S.T.I. Programme in the LinguisticProperties of Scientific English.

4064 Renate Henschel. Traversing the Labyrinth of Feature Algebras for aDeclarative Implementation of Large Scale Systemic Grammars. Tech-nical Report, GMD/IPSI, Darmstadt, in preparation.

4065 Renate Henschel. The Morphological Principle. In GWAI’91, pages116–125, Berlin, Germany, July 1991.

4066 Renate Henschel. A proposal for merging the English and German UpperModels. Technical Report, GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations-und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, West Germany, Darmstadt, Ger-many, 1992.

335

4067 Renate Henschel. Towards a declarative representation for systemicgrammar. Technical Report, GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations-und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, West Germany, Darmstadt, Ger-many, 1992.

4068 Renate Henschel. Auf der Suche nach einem Deduktionssystem fürsystemische Grammatiken. In Deklarative und prozedurale Aspekteder Sprachverarbeitung: 4. Fachtagung der Deutschen Gesellschaft fürSprachwissenschaft, Sektion Computerlinguistik, pages 53–58, 1993. (17-19.11.1993, Hamburg).

4069 Renate Henschel. Merging the English and the German Upper Model.Technical Report, GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und In-formationssysteme, Darmstadt, Germany, 1993. Appears as: Arbeitspa-piere der GMD, 848, June 1994. GMD, Sankt Augustin.

4070 Renate Henschel. Declarative Representation and Processing of Sys-temic Grammars. In Carlos Martin-Vide, editor, Current Issues inMathematical Linguistics, pages 363–371, Amsterdam, 1994. ElsevierScience Publisher B.V.

4071 Renate Henschel. Traversing the Labyrinth of Feature Logics for aDeclarative Implementation of Large Scale Systemic Grammars. InSuresh Manandhar, editor, Proceedings of the CLNLP 95, 1995. April1995, South Queensferry.

4072 Renate Henschel. Compiling systemic grammar into feature logic sys-tems. In Suresh Manandhar, Werner Nutt, and Gabriel Pereira Lopez,editors, CLNLP/NLULP Proceedings. 1997.

4073 Renate Henschel. Compiling systemic grammar into feature logic sys-tems. In Suresh Manandharand Werner Nutt and Gabriel Pereira Lopez,editors, CLNLP/NLULP Proceedings. Springer, 1997.

4074 Renate Henschel. GeM annotation manual. GeM project report, Uni-versity of Bremen and University of Stirling, 2002.

4075 Renate Henschel. GeM Annotation: One complete example - the Fleggpage. GeM project report, University of Bremen and University of Stir-ling, Bremen and Stirling, 2003. Available at http://purl.org/net/gem.

4076 Renate Henschel and John A. Bateman. The merged upper model: alinguistic ontology for German and English. In Proceedings of COLING’94, volume II, pages 803–809, Kyoto, Japan, August 1994.

4077 Renate Henschel and John A. Bateman. Application-driven automaticsubgrammar extraction. In Proceedings of ACL/EACL97 Workshop:“ENVGRAM: Computational Environments for grammar developmentand linguistic engineering, pages 46–53. Association for Computational

336

Linguistics, 1997. Also available from the Computational LinguisticsE-Print Archive, paper: cmp-lg/9711010.

4078 Renate Henschel, John A. Bateman, and Judy L. Delin. Automaticgenre-driven layout generation. In Proceedings of the 6. Konferenz zurVerarbeitung natürlicher Sprache (KONVENS 2002), pages 51–58, Uni-versity of the Saarland, Saarbrücken, 2002.

4079 Renate Henschel, John A. Bateman, and Christian Matthiessen. Thesolved part of NP generation. In K. van Deemter and R. Kibble, editors,Proceedings of 1999 European Summer School in Logic, Language andInformation, Workshop on Generating Nominal Referring Expressions.,Utrecht, 1999. ESLLI.

4080 Renate Henschel, Hua Cheng, and Massimo Poesio. Pronominaliza-tion Revisited. In Proceedings of the 18th Conference on ComputationalLinguistics (COLING’2000), July 31 - August 4 2000, pages 306–312,Saarbrücken, 2000. Universität des Saarlandes, Saarbrücken, Germany.

4081 Renate Henschel and Waltraut Hiltl. How TFS conquered the PENMANjungle – Declarative representation and processing of the NIGEL gram-mar. Technical Report, GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- undInformationssysteme, Darmstadt, West Germany, Darmstadt, Germany,1992.

4082 K. Hentschel. Mapping the spectrum: techniques of visual representationin research and teaching. Oxford University Press, Oxford and NewYork, 2002.

4083 J. Herder. Essay on the origin of language. F. Ungar, New York, 1967.Originally published 1772. Translated by J.H. Moran and A. Gode.

4084 Hans-Jürgen Heringer. Deutsche Syntax. de Gruyter, Berlin, 1972.

4085 J. Heringer. Some grammatical correlates of felicity conditions and pre-suppositions. PhD thesis, The Ohio State University, 1972. Reproducedby the Indiana University Linguistics Club, May 1976.

4086 John Heritage. A ’change of state’ token and aspects of its sequentialplacement. In J.M. Atkinson and J.C. Heritage, editors, Structures ofSocial Action. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1984.

4087 John Heritage. Expanations as accounts: a conversation analytic per-spective. In Charles Antaki, editor, Analysing everyday explanation: acasebook of methods, pages 127–144. Sage, London, 1988.

4088 John Heritage and M. Atkinson, editors. Structures of Social Action:Studies in Conversation Analysis. Cambridge University Press, Cam-bridge, 1984.

337

4089 David Herman. On the semantic status of film: Subjectivity, possibleworlds, transcendental semiotics. Semiotica, 99(1/2):5–27, 1994.

4090 David Herman. Towards a formal description of narrative metalepsis.Journal of Literary Semantics, 26:132–152, 1997.

4091 David Herman. Sciences of the Text. Postmodern Culture, 11(3), 2001.

4092 David Herman. Quantitative methods in narratology: a corpus-basedstudy of motion events in stories. In Jan Christoph Meister, Tom Kindt,Wilhelm Schermus, and Malte Stein, editors, Narrative Beyond LiteraryCriticism, pages 125–150. De Gruyter, Berlin, 2005.

4093 David Herman. Word-Image/Utterance-Gesture: Case Studies in Mul-timodal Storytelling. In Ruth Page, editor, New Perspectives on Narra-tive and Multimodality, pages 78–98. Routledge, New York and London,2010.

4094 Goran Hermeren. Representation and Meaning in the Visual Art. Scan-dinavian University Books, Lund, 1969.

4095 Th. Hermes, C. Klauck, and O. Herzog. Knowledge-based Image Re-trieval. In B. Jähne, H. Haussecker, and P. Geissler, editors, Handbookof Computer Vision and Application, Vol. 3, chapter 25, pages 517–532.Academic Press, 1999.

4096 Th. Hermes, Ch. Klauck, J. Kreyß, and J. Zhang. Image Retrieval forInformation Systems. In Proceedings of IS&T/SPIE’s Symposium onElectronic Imaging: Science & Technology, San Jose, CA, USA, 5 - 10February 1995.

4097 Daniel Hernández. Qualitative representation of spatial knowledge.Number 804 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence. Springer-Verlag,Berlin, 1991.

4098 T. Herrmann and J. Grabowski. Sprechen: Psychologie der Sprachpro-duktion. Spektrum Verlag, Heidelberg, 1994.

4099 Theo Herrmann. Vor, hinter, rechts und links: das 6H-Modell. Psychol-ogische Studien zum sprachlichen Lokalisieren. Zeitschrift für Literatur-wissenschaft und Linguistik, 78:117–140, 1990.

4100 Theo Herrmann and Werner Deutsch. Psychologie der Objektbenennung.Hans Huber Verlag, Bern u.a., 1976.

4101 Annette Herskovits. The Generation of French from Semantic Structure.Technical Report 212, Stanford Artificial Intelligence Laboratory, 1973.

4102 Annette Herskovits. Language and Spatial Cognition: an interdisci-plinary study of the prepositions in English. Studies in Natural LanguageProcessing. Cambridge University Press, London, 1986.

338

4103 Annette Herskovits. Language, spatial cognition, and vision. In OliveroStock, editor, Spatial and temporal reasoning, pages 155–201. KluwerAcademic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1997.

4104 Annette Herskovits. Schematization. In Patrick Olivier and Klaus-Peter Gapp, editors, Representation and processing of spatial expres-sions, pages 149–162. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Mahwah, New Jer-sey, 1998.

4105 S. Hervey and I. Higgins. Thinking translation. Routledge, London,1992.

4106 Sándor Hervey, Ian Higgins, and Michael Loughridge. Thinking GermanTranslation. Routledge, London, 1995.

4107 Michael Herweg. Aspectual requirements of temporal connectives: evi-dence for a two-level approach to semantics. In James Pustejovsky andSabine Bergler, editors, Proceedings of the 1991 ACL Workshop on Lex-ical Semantics and Knowledge Representation, pages 152–164, Berkeley,CA, June 1991.

4108 Michael Herweg. Zeitaspekte: Die Bedeutung von Tempus, Aspekt undtemporalen Konjunktionen. Deutscher Universitaets Verlag, 1991.

4109 G. Herzog, W. Maass, and P. Wazinski. VITRA GUIDE: utilisationdu langage naturel et de représentations graphiques pour la descriptiond’itinéraires. VITRA 92, Sonderforschungsbereich 314 - Künstliche In-telligens - Wissensbasierte Systeme, Universität des Saarlandes, 1993.

4110 G. Herzog, W. Maass, and P. Wazinski. VITRA GUIDE: utilisationdu langage naturel et de représentations graphiques pour la descriptiond’itinéraires. In Images et Langages: Multimodalité et Modélisation Cog-nitive, Colloque Interdisciplinaire du Comité National de la RechercheScientifique, pages 243–251, Paris, 1993.

4111 G. Herzog and G. Retz-Schmidt. Das System SOCCER: Simultane In-terpretation und natürlich sprachliche Beschreibung zeitveränderlicherSzenene, VITRA. VITRA 62, Sonderforschungsbereich 314 - KünstlicheIntelligens - Wissensbasierte Systeme, Universität des Saarlandes, 1989.

4112 G. Herzog and T. Rist. Simultane Interpretation und natürlichsprach-liche Beschreibung zeitveränderlicher Szenen: Das System SOCCER.VITRA 25, Sonderforschungsbereich 314 - Künstliche Intelligens - Wis-sensbasierte Systeme, Universität des Saarlandes, 1988.

4113 G. Herzog, C. Sung, E. André, W. Enkelmann, H. Nagel, T. Rist,W. Wahlster, and G. Zimmermann. Incremental Natural Language De-scription of Dynamic Imagery. VITRA 58, Sonderforschungsbereich 314Künstliche Intelligens - Wissensbasierte Systeme, Universität des Saar-landes, 1989.

339

4114 G. Herzog and P. Wazinski. VIsual TRAnslator: linking perceptionsand natural language descriptions. Artificial Intelligence Review, 8(2-3):175–187, 1994.

4115 Gerd Herzog, Anselm Blocher, Klaus-Peter Gapp, Eva Stopp, and Wolf-gangWahlster. VITRA: Verbalisierung visueller Information. Informatik- Forschung und Entwicklung, 11(1):12–19, 1996.

4116 Gerd Herzog, Anselm Blocher, Klaus-Peter Gapp, Eva Stopp, and Wolf-gang Wahlster. VITRA: Verbalisierung visueller Information. VI-TRA 140, Sonderforschungsbereich 378 - Ressourcenadaptive kognitiveProzesse, Universität des Saarlandes, 1998.

4117 Otthein Herzog and Claus-Rainer Rollinger, editors. Text understand-ing in LILOG: integrating computational linguistics and artificial intel-ligence, Final report on the IBM Germany LILOG-Project. Springer,Berlin, 1991. Lecture notes in artificial intelligence, 546.

4118 Susan J. Hespos and Elizabeth S. Spelke. Precursors to spatial language:the case of containment. In Michel Aurnague, Maya Hickmann, andLaure Vieu, editors, The Categorization of Spatial Entities in Languageand Cognition, volume 20 of Human Cognitive Processing, pages 233–246. John Benjamins Publishing Company, Amsterdam, The Nether-lands, 2007.

4119 Ernest W.B. Hess-Lüttich. Soziale Interaktion und literarischer Dialog,volume I. Grundlagen der Dialoglinguistik of Philologische Studien undQuellen. Erich Schmidt Verlag, Berlin, 1981.

4120 Ernest W.B. Hess-Lüttich. Soziale Interaktion und literarischer Dialog,volume I. Grundlagen der Dialoglinguistik of Philologische Studien undQuellen, chapter Medialität und Multimedialität. Zum Verhältnis vonKanal, Code, Sinn und Modus in Zeichensysteme, pages 289–318. ErichSchmidt Verlag, Berlin, 1981.

4121 Ernest W.B. Hess-Lüttich. Soziale Interaktion und literarischer Dialog,volume I. Grundlagen der Dialoglinguistik of Philologische Studien undQuellen, chapter Textualität und Text, pages 318–342. Erich SchmidtVerlag, Berlin, 1981.

4122 Ulrike Hick. Geschichte der optischen Medien. Fink, München, 1999.

4123 Knut Hickethier. Genretheorie und Genreanalyse. In Jürgen Felix, edi-tor, Moderne Film-Theorie, pages 62–96. Bender Verlag, Mainz, 2002.

4124 Knut Hickethier. Genre und Genreanalyse. In Jürgen Felix, editor,Moderne Film-Theorie, pages 62–96. Bender, Mainz, 2003.

340

4125 Knut Hickethier. Die kulturelle Bedeutung medialer Emotionserzeu-gung. In Anne Bartsch, Jens Eder, and Kathrin Fahlenbrach, edi-tors, Audiovisuelle Emotionen: Emotionsdarstellung und Emotionsver-mittlung durch audiovisuelle Medienangebote, pages 104–122. Herbertvon Harlem Verlag, Köln, 2007.

4126 Knut Hickethier. Film und Fernsehanalyse. J.B. Metzler, Stuttgart /Weimar, 4 edition, 2007.

4127 Reymond Hickey. Lexa, Corpus proceesing software. Technical Report,Report series: the Norwegian Computing Centre for the Humanities,1992. Vol. 57, 58, 59.

4128 Maya Hickmann. Static and dynamic location in French: Developmen-tal and cross-linguistic perspectives. In Michel Aurnague, Maya Hick-mann, and Laure Vieu, editors, The Categorization of Spatial Entitiesin Language and Cognition, volume 20 of Human Cognitive Processing,pages 205–232. John Benjamins Publishing Company, Amsterdam, TheNetherlands, 2007.

4129 Maya Hickmann and Stephane Robert, editors. Space in Languages:Linguistic Systems and Cognitive Categories. Number 66 in TypologicalStudies in Language. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2006.

4130 E. Tory Higgins and John A. Bargh. Social Cognition and Social Per-ception. Annual Review of Psychology, 38:369–425, 1987.

4131 N. B. Highton and R. B. Highton. The Home Book of Vegetarian Cook-ery. Faber and Faber, London.

4132 Tuomo Hiippala. Modelling multimodal genre in print media: a casestudy of tourist brochures. In Proceedings of the 10th World Congressof Semiotics, forthcoming.

4133 Tuomo Hiippala. Helsinki: a multisemiotic analysis of tourist brochures.M.A. thesis, University of Helsinki, Helsinki, Finland, 2007.

4134 Tuomo Hiippala. The localisation of advertising print media as a mul-timodal process. In Wendy L. Bowcher, editor, Multimodal Texts fromAround the World : Linguistic and Cultural Insights. Palgrave Macmil-lan, Basingstoke, 2011.

4135 Tuomo Hiippala. Reading paths and visual perception in multimodalresearch, psychology and brain sciences. Journal of Pragmatics, 2012.

4136 B. Hildebrandt, R. Moratz, G. Rickheit, and G. Sagerer. Cognitive mod-elling of vision and speech understanding. In G. Rickheit and C. Habel,editors, Mental Models in Discourse Processing and Reasoning. Elsevier,Amsterdam, 1999.

341

4137 Charles A. Hill. The psychology of rhetorical images. In Charles A Hilland Marguerite Helmers, editors, Defining visual rhetorics, pages 25–40.Erlbaum, Mahwah, NJ, 2004.

4138 Charles A Hill and Marguerite Helmers, editors. Defining visualrhetorics. Erlbaum, Mahwah, NJ, 2004.

4139 T. Hill. Institutional linguistics. Orbis, 7, 1958.

4140 E. Hillard. On the differentiation of Subject and Object in relativisation:Evidence from Lushai. In Berkeley Linguistics Society, volume 3. 1977.

4141 B. Hillier. Space is the Machine. Cambridge University Press, Cam-bridge, UK, 1996.

4142 Hilary Hillier. The language of spontaneous interaction between childrenaged 7-12 instigating action. PhD thesis, Department of English Studies,University of Nottingham, Nottingham, 1992.

4143 I. Hinckfuss. The Existence of Space and Time. Clarendon Press, Ox-ford, 1975.

4144 John Hinds. Case marking in Japanese. Linguistics, 20:541–557, 1983.

4145 John Hinds. Topic continuity in Japanese. In Talmy Givòn, editor,Topic continuity in discourse: a quantitative cross-language study. JohnBenjamins Publishing Company, Amsterdam, 1983.

4146 John Hinds, Senko K. Maynard, and Shoichi Iwasaki, editors. Perspec-tives on Topicalization: the case of Japanese ‘wa’. John Benjamins,Amsterdam, 1987.

4147 Pamela J. Hinds, Teresa L. Roberts, and Hank Jones. Whose Job isit Anyway? A Study of Human-Robot Interaction in a CollaborativeTask. Human-Computer Interaction, 19(1-2):151–181, 2004.

4148 E. W. Hinrichs, D. M. Ayuso, and R. Scha. The syntax and semanticsof the JANUS semantic interpretation language, pages 27–31. BBNLaboratories, Report No. 6552, 1987.

4149 Erhard Hinrichs and Tsuneko Nakazawa. Linearizing AUXs in GermanVerbal Complexes. In John Nerbonne, Klaus Netter, and Carl Pollard,editors, German in Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar, pages 11–37. CSLI, Stanford, CA, 1994.

4150 J. Hintikka. Knowledge and Belief. Cornell University Press, Ithaca,New York, 1963.

4151 M. Hirai and K. Hiraki. The relative importance of spatial versus tem-poral structure in the perception of biological motion; an event-relatedpotential study. Cognition, 99:15–29, 2006.

342

4152 J. Hirschberg and D. Litman. Now let’s talk about now: identifying cuephrases intonationally. In Proceedings of the 25th. Annual Meeting ofthe Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 163–171, Stanford,1987. Association for Computational Linguistics.

4153 J. Hirschberg, Ch. H. Nakatani, and B. J. Grosz. Conveying discoursestructure through intonation variation. In Proceedings of the ESCA (Eu-ropean Speech Communication Association) Workshop on Spoken Dia-logue Systems, May 30 - June 2, 1995, pages 189–192, Vigso, Denmark,1995.

4154 J. Hirschberg and J. Pierrehumbert. The intonational structuring ofdiscourse. In Proceedings of the 24th. Annual Meeting of the Associ-ation for Computational Linguistics, pages 136–144, New York, 1986.Association for Computational Linguistics.

4155 J. Hirschberg and J. Pierrehumbert. The intonational structuring ofdiscourse. In Proceedings of the 24th Annual Meeting of the Associationfor Computational Linguistics, pages 136–144, 1986.

4156 Julia Hirschberg. Towards a Redefinition of Yes/No Questions. In Pro-ceedings of the 22nd Annual Meeting of the ACL, Stanford University,California, 1984. Association for Computational Linguistics.

4157 Julia Hirschberg. Accent and discourse context: assigning pitch accentin synthetic speech. In Proceedings of the Eighth National Conferenceon Artificial Intelligence: AAAI-90, pages 952–957, Menlo Park, Cam-bridge, London, 1990. The AAAI Press and The MIT Press.

4158 Julia Hirschberg. Using discourse context to guide pitch accent deci-sions in synthetic speech. In G. Bailly and C. Benoit, editors, Talkingmachines: Theory, Models, and Design, pages 367–376. North Holland,Tübingen, 1992.

4159 L. Hirschmann and N. Sager. Discovering Sublanguage Structures. InR. Grishman and R. Kittredge, editors, Analyzing Langauge in Re-stricted Domains: Sublanguage Decription and Processing, pages 211–234. Lawrence Erlbaum, Hillsdale, New Jersey, 1986.

4160 Graeme Hirst. Discourse-Oriented Anaphora Resolution in Natural Lan-guage Understanding: A Review. American Journal for ComputationalLinguistics, 7(2):85–98, April-June 1981.

4161 Graeme Hirst. Semantic interpretation against ambiguity. PhD thesis,Department of Computer Science, Brown University, 1983.

4162 Graeme Hirst, Chrysanne DiMarco, Eduard H. Hovy, and K. Parsons.Authoring and Generating Health-Education Documents That are Tai-lored to the Needs of the Individual Patient. In Proceedings of the 6thInternational Conference on User Modeling, Italy, June 1997.

343

4163 Stephen Hirtle, Sabine Timpf, and Thora Tenbrink. The Effect of Ac-tivity on Relevance and Granularity for Navigation. In Max Egenhofer,Nicholas Giudice, Reinhard Moratz, and Mike Worboys, editors, COSIT2011, LNCS 6899, pages 73–89, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2011. Springer.

4164 W. H. Hirtle. Time, Aspect and the Verb. Les Presses de l’UniversiteLaval, Quebec, 1975.

4165 J. Hitzeman, A. Black, C. Mellish, J. Oberlander, M. Poesio, and P. Tay-lor. An annotation scheme for Concept to speech synthesis. In P. St.Dizier, editor, 7th EWNLG, pages 59–66, Toulouse, 1999.

4166 Janet Hitzeman, Chris Mellish, and Jon Oberlander. Dynamic genera-tion of museum web pages: the intelligent labelling explorer. Archivesand Museum Informatics, 11:105–112, 1997.

4167 Janet Hitzeman, Marc Moens, and Claire Grover. Algorithms foranalysing the temporal structure of discourse. In Proceedings of EACL-95. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1995.

4168 L. Hitzenberger and C. Womser-Hacker. Experimentelle Untersuchun-gen zu multimodalen natürlichsprachigen Dialogen in der Mensch-Computer-Interaktion. Sprache und Datenverarbeitung, 19(1):51–61,1995.

4169 Pascal Hitzler, Markus Krötzsch, Marc Ehrig, and York Sure. What isontology merging? - a category-theoretical perspective using pushouts.In Proceedings of C&O’06 Contexts and ontologies: theory, practice andapplications, 2006.

4170 Louis Hjelmslev. Omkring sprogteoriens grundlaeggelse. Akademisk For-lag, Køpenhavn, 1943.

4171 Louis Hjelmslev. Prolegomena to a theory of language. Indiana Univer-sity Publications in Anthropology and Linguistics, Bloomington, Indi-ana, 1953. Translated by Francis J. Whitfield.

4172 Louis Hjelmslev. Prolegomena to a theory of language. University ofWisconsin Press, Madison, Wisconsin, 1961. Originally published 1943;Translated by F.J.Whitfield.

4173 J.E. Hoard. On the semantic representation of oblique complements.Language, 55:319–332, 1979.

4174 C. A. R. Hoare. Communicating Sequential Processes. Prentice-Hall,1985.

4175 J. Hobbs. Why is Discourse Coherent? In Neubauer, editor, Coherencein Natural Language Texts. Buske, 1983.

344

4176 J. R. Hobbs. Coherence and Coreference. Cognitive Science, 3(1), 1979.

4177 J. R. Hobbs. Literature and cognition. CSLI, Stanford, California, 1990.CSLI Lecture Notes.

4178 J. R. Hobbs and J. J. Robinson. Why Ask? Technical Note 169, SRIInternational, October 1978.

4179 Jerry Hobbs. Coherence and Coreference. Technical Note 168, SRIInternational, 1978. Menlo Park, California.

4180 Jerry Hobbs. Why is a Discourse Coherent? Technical Report 176, SRIInternational, 1978.

4181 Jerry Hobbs and David Evans. Conversation as Planned Behavior. Cog-nitive Science, 4(4):349–377, 1980.

4182 Jerry R. Hobbs. A Computational Approach To Discourse Analysis.Technical Report 76-2, Department of Computer Sciences, City College,City University of New York, New York, New York, December 1976.

4183 Jerry R. Hobbs. Coherence and Coreference. Cognitive Science, 3:67–90,1979.

4184 Jerry R. Hobbs. Towards an understanding of coherence in discourse.In Wendy G. Lehnert and Martin H. Ringle, editors, Strategies for nat-ural language processing, pages 223–244. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates,Hillsdale, N. J, 1982.

4185 Jerry R. Hobbs. On the Coherence and Structure of Discourse. TechnicalReport CLSI-85-37, Center for the Study of Language and Information,Stanford, CA, October 1985.

4186 Jerry R. Hobbs. On the Coherence and Structure of Discourse. TechnicalReport CSLI-85-37, Center for the Study of Language and Information,Leland Stanford Junior University, Stanford, California, October 1985.

4187 Jerry R. Hobbs. Ontological promiscuity. In Proceedings of the 23rdannual meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages61–69, Chicago, Illinois, 1985. Association for Computational Linguis-tics.

4188 Jerry R. Hobbs. Overview of the TACITUS project. In Proceedings ofDARPA’s 1986 Strategic Computing Natural Language Processing Work-shop. DARPA, 1986.

4189 Jerry R. Hobbs. Sublanguage and knowledge. In Ralph Grishman andRichard Kittredge, editors, Analyzing language in restricted domains:sublanguage description and processing, pages 53–68. Lawrence ErlbaumAssociates, Hillsdale, New Jersey and London, 1986.

345

4190 Jerry R. Hobbs. Sketch of an ontology underlying the way we talkabout the world. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies,43(5/6):819–830, 1995.

4191 Jerry R. Hobbs, Douglas E. Appelt, John Bear, and Mabry Tyson. Ro-bust processing of real-world natural-language texts. In Proceedingsof the Third Conference on Applied Natural Language Processing, pages186–192, Trento, Italy, 1992. Association for Computational Linguistics.31 March - 3 April.

4192 Jerry R. Hobbs, William Croft, Todd Davies, Douglas Edwards, andKenneth Laws. Commonsense metaphysics and lexical semantics. Com-putational Linguistics, 13(3-4):241–250, July - December 1987.

4193 Jerry R. Hobbs and Megumi Kameyama. Translation by Abduction.Technical Report Technical Note 484, SRI International, Menlo Park,California, 1990.

4194 Jerry R. Hobbs and Megumi Kameyama. Translation by abduc-tion. In 13th. International Conference on Computational Linguistics(COLING-90), volume III, pages 155–161, Helsinki, Finland, 1990.

4195 Jerry R. Hobbs and R. C. Moore, editors. Formal theories of the com-monsense world. Ablex Publishing Corporation, New Jersey, 1985.

4196 Jerry R. Hobbs and Srini Narayanan. Spatial Representation and Rea-soning. In Encyclopedia of Cognitive Science. MacMillan, London, 2002.

4197 Jerry R. Hobbs and Feng Pan. An Ontology of Time for the Seman-tic Web. ACM Transactions on Asian Language Processing (TALIP),3(1):66–84, March 2004. Special issue on Temporal Information Pro-cessing.

4198 Jerry R. Hobbs and Stuart M. Shieber. An algorithm for generatingquantifier scopings. Computational Linguistics Journal, 13(1-2):47–63,January-June 1987.

4199 Jerry R. Hobbs, Mark E. Stickel, Douglas E. Appelt, and Paul Martin.Interpretation as abduction. Artificial Intelligence, 63:69–142, 1993.(ARTINT 1059).

4200 Renée Hobbs, Richard Frost, Arthur Davis, and John Stauffer. Howfirst time viewers comprehend editing conventions. Journal of Commu-nication, 38(4):50–60, 1988.

4201 Ursula Hoberg. Die Wortstellung in der geschriebenen deutschen Gegen-wartsprache. Max Hueber Verlag, Munich, 1981.

4202 J.M. Hoc. Towards a Cognitive Approach to Human-Machine Coopera-tion in Dynamic Situations. International Journal of Human-ComputerStudies, 54:509–540, 2001.

346

4203 Julian Hochberg. Representation of motion and space in video and cin-ematic displays. In Kenneth R. Boff, Lloyd Kaufman, and James P.Thomas, editors, Handbook of perception and human performance, vol-ume I: Sensory Processes and Perception, chapter 22, pages 22–1. JohnWiley and Sons, New York, 1986.

4204 Julian Hochberg and Virginia Brooks. The Perception of Motion Pic-tures. In Morton P. Friedman and Edward C. Carterette, editors, Hand-book of Perception, volume X. Academic Press, New York, 1978.

4205 Julian Hochberg and Virginia Brooks. Movies in the mind’s eye. InDavid Bordwell and Noël Carroll, editors, Post-theory: reconstructingfilm studies, pages 368–387. University of Wisconsin Press, Madison,Wisconsin, 1996.

4206 Julian Hochberg and Virginia Brooks. The perception of motion pic-tures. In M.P. Friedman and E.C. Carterette, editors, Cognitive Ecology,pages 205–293. Academic Press, New York, 1996.

4207 Hartwig H. Hochmair. PDA-Assisted Indoor-Navigation with ImprecisePositioning: Results of a Desktop Usability Study. In L. Meng, A. Zipf,and S. Winter, editors, Map-based Mobile Services - Interactivity, Us-ability and Case Studies, pages 228–247. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg,2008.

4208 Hartwig H. Hochmair and Andrew U. Frank. Influence of estimationerrors on wayfinding-decisions in unknown street networks - analyzingthe least-angle strategy. Spatial Cognition and Computation, 2(4):283–313, 2002.

4209 Charles F. Hockett. A course in modern linguistics. Macmillan, NewYork, 1958.

4210 Charles F. Hockett. The origin of speech. Scientific American, 203:88–96, 1960.

4211 M.E. Hocks and M.R. Kendrick, editors. Eloquent images: word andimage in the age of new media. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 2003.

4212 Bob Hodge. Newspapers and communities. In Roger Fowler, Bob Hodge,Gunther Kress, and Tony Trew, editors, Language and control, pages147–174. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London, Boston and Henley, 1979.

4213 Bob Hodge. How the medium is the message in the unconscious of‘America Online’. Visual Communication, 2, 2004.

4214 Bob Hodge and Roger Fowler. Orwellian Linguistics. In Roger Fowler,Bob Hodge, Gunther Kress, and Tony Trew, editors, Language and con-trol, pages 6–25. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London, Boston and Hen-ley, 1979.

347

4215 R. Hodge and G. Kress. Transformations, models and processes: towardsa more usable linguistics. Journal of Literary Semiotics, 3:5–21, 1974.

4216 Robert Hodge. Halliday and the stylistics of creativity. In David Birchand Michael O’Toole, editors, Functions of Style, pages 142–157. Pinter,London, 1988.

4217 Robert Hodge and Gunther Kress. Social Semiotics. Polity Press, Cam-bridge, England, 1988.

4218 Robert Hodge and Gunther Kress. Language as Ideology. Routledge,London, 2nd. edition edition, 1993.

4219 Robert Hodge and Gunther Kress. Language as Ideology, chapter Chap-ter 2: Transformations and truth, pages 15–37. Routledge, London, 2nd.edition edition, 1993.

4220 F.W. Hodgson. Modern newspaper practice: a primer on the press.Focal, Oxford, 4th. edition, 1996.

4221 Leo H. Hoek. La transposition intersémiotique pour une classificationpragmatique. In L.H. Hoek and K. Meerhoff, editors, Rhétorique etImage Textes en hommage à Á. Kibédi Varga, pages 65–80. Rodopi,Amsterdam, 1995.

4222 Jarmilla Hoensch. Fragen an die Filmsemiologie. Semiosis, 3:42–53,1976.

4223 W. Hoeppener, T. Christaller, H. Marburger, K. Morik, B. Nebel,M. O’Leary, and W. Wahlster. Beyond domain-independence: experi-ence with the development of a German natural language access systemto highly diverse background systems. In Proceedings of the 8th. In-ternational Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 588–594,Karlsruhe, Germany, 1983.

4224 W. Hoeppner. Generierung in natürlichsprachlichen Systemen:Beziehungen zwischen der Erzeugung von Inhalt und Form. In K. Morik,editor, GWAI-87: 11th German Workshop on Artificial Intelligence,page 306. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 1987.

4225 W. Hoeppner, K. Morik, and H. Marburger. Talking it Over: TheNatural Dialog System HAM-ANS. Technical Report ANS-26, ResearchUnit for Information Science and Artificial Intelligence, University ofHamburg, 1984.

4226 Olaf Hoerschelmann. "Memoria Dextera Est": Film and Public Memoryin Postwar Germany. Cinema Journal, 40(2):78–97, Winter 2001.

348

4227 Michael Hoey. Persuasive rhetoric in linguistics: a stylistic study ofsome features of the language of Noam Chomsky. In Susan Hunston andGeoff Thompson, editors, Evaluation in Text: authorial stance and theconstruction of discourse, pages 28–27. Oxford University Press, Oxford,England, 2000.

4228 Michael Hoey. Textual interaction: an introduction to written discourseanalysis. Routledge, London, 2001.

4229 Michael P. Hoey. On the Surface of Discourse. George Allen and Unwin,London, 1983.

4230 M. Hofbauer, S.M. Wuerger, G.F. Meyer, F. Roehrbein, K. Schill, andC. Zetzsche. Catching audiovisual mice: predicting the arrival timeof auditory-visual motion signals. Cognitive, Affective & BehavioralNeuroscience, 4:241–250, 2004.

4231 Beryl Hoffman. Generating context-appropriate word orders in Turk-ish. In Proceedings of the Seventh International Workshop on NaturalLanguage Generation, Kennebunkport, Maine, USA, June 21-24, 1994,Kennebunkport, Maine, USA, 1994.

4232 Beryl Hoffman. Integrating ’free’ word order syntax and informationstructure. In Proceedings of the Seventh Conference of the EuropeanChapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, Dublin, Ire-land, 1995. Association for Computational Linguistics.

4233 L. Hoffmann, editor. Fachsprachen und Sprachstatistik. Beiträge zurangewandten Sprachwissenschaft. Akademieverlag, Berlin, 1975.

4234 L. Hoffmann. Kommunikationsmittel Fachsprache: Eine Einführung.Narr, Tübingen, 1985.

4235 Andrea Hofinger and Eija Ventola. Multimodality in operation: lan-guage and picture in a museum. In Eija Ventola, Cassily Charles, andMartin Kaltenbacher, editors, Perspectives on Multimodality, pages 193–210. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2004.

4236 Patrick Colm Hogan. Sensorimotor projection, violations of continuity,and emotion in the experience of film. Projections, 1(1):41–58, Summer2007.

4237 J. Hois. Towards Combining Ontologies and Uncertain Knowledge, 2007.In progic07: The Third Workshop on Combining Probability and Logic,Canterbury, UK.

4238 J. Hois, Thora Tenbrink, R. Ross, and J. Bateman. GUM-Space - TheGeneralized Upper Model spatial extension: a linguistically-motivatedontology for the semantics of spatial language. SFB/TR8 technical re-port, Collaborative Research Center for Spatial Cognition, University ofBremen, Germany, 2009. Version 3.0.

349

4239 Joana Hois. A Semantic Framework for Uncertainties in Ontologies. InChad Lane and Hans Guesgen, editors, Proceedings of the 22nd Inter-national FLAIRS conference 2009 (FLAIRS’09). AAAI Press, 2009.

4240 Joana Hois. Inter-Annotator Agreement on a Linguistic Ontology forSpatial Language - A Case Study for GUM-Space. In Proceedings ofthe Seventh conference on International Language Resources and Eval-uation (LREC’10), pages 3464–3469. LREC, European Language Re-sources Association (ELRA), may 2010.

4241 Joana Hois, Mehul Bhatt, and Oliver Kutz. Modular Ontologies forArchitectural Design. In R. Ferrario and A. Oltramari, editors, FormalOntologies Meet Industry, pages 66–77. IOS Press, Amsterdam, 2009.

4242 Joana Hois, Frank Dylla, and Mehul Bhatt. Qualitative Spatial andTerminological Reasoning for Ambient Environments - Recent Trendsand Future Directions. In Mehul Bhatt and Hans Guesgen, editors,Proceedings of the First workshop on Space, Time and Ambient Intel-ligence, co-located with the International Conference on Spatial Infor-mation Theory 09, pages 32–43. SFB/TR 8 Spatial Cognition ReportSeries, No. 020-08/2009, September 2009.

4243 Joana Hois and Oliver Kutz. Counterparts in Language and Space - Sim-ilarity and S-Connection. In Carola Eschenbach and Michael Grüninger,editors, Proceedings of the International Conference on Formal Ontologyin Information Systems (FOIS), pages 266–279, Amsterdam, 2008. IOSPress.

4244 Joana Hois and Oliver Kutz. Natural Language meets Spatial Calculi.In Christian Freksa, Nora S. Newcombe, Peter Gärdenfors, and StefanWölfl, editors, Spatial Cognition VI: Learning, Reasoning and Talkingabout Space, number 5241 in Lecture notes in Artifiicial Intelligence,pages 266–282. Springer, 2008. International Conference, Spatial Cog-nition 2008, Freiburg, Germany.

4245 Joana Hois, Oliver Kutz, and John A. Bateman. Similarity-Connectionsbetween Natural Language and Spatial Situations. In Kenny Coventryand Ronan O’Ceallaigh, editors, Workshop on Spatial Language in Con-text: Computational and Theoretical Approaches to Situation SpecificMeaning (in Association with Spatial Cognition 2008), pages 266–282.Springer, 2008.

4246 Joana Hois, Oliver Kutz, Till Mossakowski, and John A. Bateman. To-wards Ontological Blending. In Proceedings of the 14th InternationalConference Artificial Intelligence: Methodology, Systems, and Applica-tions (AIMSA 2010), number 6304 in LNAI, pages 263–264. Springer,September 8-10 2010.

350

4247 Joana Hois, Robert J. Ross, John D. Kelleher, and John A. Bateman,editors. COSLI-2011: Computational Models of Spatial Language Inter-pretation and Generation, volume 759 of CEUR Workshop Proceedings,2011.

4248 Joana Hois, Kerstin Schill, and John A. Bateman. Integrating Uncer-tain Knowledge in a Domain Ontology for Room Concept Classifica-tions. In Max Bramer, Frans Coenen, and Andrew Tuson, editors, TheTwenty-sixth SGAI International Conference on Innovative Techniquesand Applications of Artificial Intelligence, Research and Development inIntelligent Systems XXIII, pages 245–258, Cambridge, UK, December2006. Springer-Verlag.

4249 Joana Hois, Michael Wünstel, John A. Bateman, and Thomas Röfer.Dialog-based 3D-image recognition using a domain ontology. In Pro-ceedings of the 2006 International Conference on Spatial Cognition (SC2006), number 4387 in LNAI, pages 107–120, Bremen, Germany, 2006.Springer.

4250 Elmar Holenstein. Roman Jakobson’s Approach to Language: Phe-nomenological Structuralism. Indiana University Press, Bloomington,1976.

4251 Norman N. Holland. The Puzzling Movie: Their Appeal. Cinema Jour-nal, 3:17–28, 1963.

4252 A. Hollingworth. Failures of retrieval and comparison constrain changedetection in natural scenes. Journal of Experimental Psychology: HumanPerception and Performance, 29:388–403, 2003.

4253 A. Hollingworth, C. C. Williams, and J. M. Henderson. To see andremember: Visually specific information is retained in memory frompreviously attended objects in natural scenes. Psychonomic Bulletinand Review, 8:761–768, 2001.

4254 Richard Hollis. Swiss Graphic Design: The Origins and Growth of anInternational Style, 1920-1965. Yale University Press, New Haven, CT,2006.

4255 Werner Holly. Zum Zusammenspiel von Sprache und Bildern im au-diovisuellen Verstehen. In Dietrich Busse and Busse-Niehr-Wengeler,editors, Brisante Semantik: Neuere Konzepte und Forschungsergebnisseeiner kulturwissenschaftlichen Linguistik, volume 259 of Reihe german-istische Linguistik, pages 337–354. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 2005.

4256 Burnes Hollyman. Alexander Black’s Picture Plays, 1893-1894. CinemaJournal, 16(2):26–33, 1977. Republished as ? ).

351

4257 Burnes St. Patrick Hollyman. Alexander Black’s Picture Plays, 1893-1894. In John L. Fell, editor, Film before Griffith, pages 236–243. Uni-versity of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 1983.

4258 Tomlinson Holman. Sound for film and television. Focal Press, Boston,1997.

4259 Bryan Holme. Advertising: reflections of a century. The Viking Press,New York, 1982.

4260 H. W. Holmes and O. Gallagher. Composition and Rhetoric. D. Apple-ton and Co., New York, 1917.

4261 Jana Holsanova and Andreas Nord. Multimedia design: media struc-tures, media principles and users’ meaning-making in newspapers andnet papers. In Hans-Jürgen Bucher, Thomas Gloning, and KartinLehnen, editors, Neue Medien - neue Formate. Ausdifferenzierungund Konvergenz in der Medienkommunikation, number 10 in Interak-tiva. Schriftenreihe des Zentrums für Medien und Interaktivität (ZMI),Gießen, pages 81–103. Campus Verlag, Frankfurt / New York, 2010.

4262 Jana Holsanova, Henrik Rahm, and Kenneth Holmqvist. Entry pointsand reading paths on newspaper spreads: comparing a semiotic analysiswith eye-tracking measurements. Visual Communication, 5(1):65–93,2006.

4263 C. Hölscher. Indoor Wayfinding - kognitive Grundlagen und räumlicheFaktoren. In A. Gleiniger, editor, Orientierung - Desorientierung. LarsMüller Verlag, Basel, in press.

4264 C. Hölscher. Wayfinding Strategies and Behavioral Patterns in BuiltSpaces. In A. Gleiniger and G. Vrachliotis, editors, Context Architecture- Pattern, Ornament, Structure and Behavior. Birkhäuser, Basel, inpress.

4265 C. Hölscher, M. Brösamle, and G. Vrachliotis. Challenges in Multi-levelWayfinding: A Case-study with Space Syntax technique. Environmentand Planning B: Planning & Design, in press.

4266 C. Hölscher, S. Büchner, M. Brösamle, T. Meilinger, and G. Strube.Cognitive Economy of External Aids for Indoor Navigation: Usage andEfficiency. revised submission.

4267 C. Hölscher, S. Büchner, M. Brösamle, T. Meilinger, and G. Strube.Signs and Maps and Cognitive Economy in the Use of External Aids forIndoor Navigation. In D. S. McNamara and J. G. Trafton, editors, 29thAnnual Cognitive Science Society, pages 377–382, Austin, TX, 2007.Cognitive Science Society.

352

4268 C. Hölscher, S. Büchner, T. Meilinger, and G. Strube. Map Useand Wayfinding Strategies in a Multi-Building Ensemble. In ThomasBarkowsky, Markus Knauff, Gerard Ligozat, and Daniel R. Montello,editors, Spatial Cognition V, volume 4387 of Lecture Notes in ArtificialIntelligence, pages 365–380, Bremen, Germany, 2007. Springer.

4269 C. Hölscher, S. Büchner, T. Meilinger, and G. Strube. Adaptivity ofWayfinding Strategies in a Multi-Building Ensemble: the effects of spa-tial structure, task requirements and metric information. Journal ofEnvironmental Psychology, 29(2):208–219, 2009.

4270 C. Hölscher and R. Conroy Dalton. Comprehension of layout complexity:Effects of architectural expertise and mode of presentation. In J. S.Gero and A. K. Goel, editors, Third International Conference on DesignComputing and Cognition, pages 159–178. Springer, 2008.

4271 C. Hölscher, T. Meilinger, G. Vrachliotis, M. Brösamle, and M. Knauff.Up the down staircase: Wayfinding strategies in multi-level buildings.Journal of Environmental Psychology, 26(4):284–299, 2006.

4272 C. Hölscher and A. Schmidt. User needs at the heart of town: Orienta-tion and appraisal in an endoscopic city-scale model. In Proceedings ofthe 7th EAEA Conference, European Architectural Endoscopy Associa-tion, Dortmund, Germany, September 8-10, 2005.

4273 Christoph Hölscher and Martin Brösamle. Capturing Indoor Wayfind-ing Strategies and Differences in Spatial Knowledge with Space Syntax.In Ayse Kubat, Özhan Ertekin, Yasemin Güney, and Engin Eyüboglu,editors, 6th Space Syntax Symposion, Istanbul, 2007. ITU Faculty ofArchitecture.

4274 Christoph Hölscher, Ruth Conroy Dalton, and A. Turner, editors. SpaceSyntax and Spatial Cognition: Proceedings of the Workshop held in Bre-men, 24th September 2006. University of Bremen Press, Bremen, Ger-many, 2007.

4275 Christoph Hölscher, Thomas F. Shipley, Marta Olivetti Belardinelli,John A. Bateman, and Nora S. Newcombe, editors. Spatial CognitionVII. Number 6222 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence. Springer,Berlin, Heidelberg and New York, 2010. International Conference Spa-tial Cognition 2010, Mt. Hood/Portland, OR, USA, August 15-19, 2010,Proceedings.

4276 Christoph Hölscher, Thora Tenbrink, and Jan Wiener. Would you followyour own route description? Cognition, 2011.

4277 Keith J. Holyoak and Richard E. Nisbett. Induction. In R. J. Stern-berg and E. E. Smith, editors, The psychology of thinking, pages 50–91.Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1988.

353

4278 Hans G. Hönig and Paul Kußmaul. Strategie der Übersetzung: Ein Lehr-und Arbeitsbuch. Gunter Narr Verlag, Tübingen, 1982.

4279 Matthew Honnibal. Converting the Penn Treebank to systemic func-tional grammar. In Proceedings of the Australasian Language TechnologyWorkshop (ALTW04), 2004.

4280 Matthew Honnibal and James R. Curran. Creating a Systemic Func-tional Grammar Corpus from the Penn Treebank. In Proceedings ofthe ACL 2007 Workshop on Deep Linguistic Processing, pages 89–96,Prague, Czech Republic, June 2007. Association for Computational Lin-guistics.

4281 James Hood and Anthony Galton. Implementing anchoring. InM. Raubal, H. Miller, A. Frank, and M. Goodchild, editors, GeographicInformation Science - Fourth International Conference, GIScience 2006,number 4197 in Lecture Notes in Computer Science. Springer, Berlin,2006.

4282 Chng Huang Hoon. Is rank necessary? A Discussion of the views ofHalliday and Hudson. B.A. Honours thesis, Department of English Lan-guage and Literature, National University of Singapore, 1988.

4283 J. E. Hopcroft and J. D. Ullman. Introduction to Automata Theory,Languages, and Computation, chapter 2, pages 13–45. Addison-WesleyPublishing Company, 1987.

4284 H. U. Hoppe, R. T. King, F. Schiele, and A. Tißen. The “Cognitive UserInterface” Lab at GMD-IPSI. In CHI ‘89 Conference Proceedings, pages307–308, New York, 1989. Addison Wesley.

4285 J. Hoppenbrouwers, A. J. van der Vos, and S. Hoppenbrouwers. NLstructures and Conceptual modelling: the KISS case. In Proceedingsof the 2nd. International Workshop on the application of Natural Lan-guage to Information Systems (NLDB’96), Amsterdam, The Nether-lands, 1996. IOS Press.

4286 P. Hopper. Emergent grammar. In Berkeley Linguistics Conference(BLS), volume 13, pages 139–157, 1987.

4287 Paul J. Hopper and Sandra A. Thompson. Transitivity in grammar anddiscourse. Language, 56:251–299, 1980.

4288 P.J. Hopper. Aspect and foregrounding in discourse. In Talmy Givòn,editor, Syntax and Semantics 12: Discourse and syntax, pages 213–241.Academic Press, New York, 1979.

4289 Marit Hom Hopperstad. How children make meaning through drawingand play. Visual Communication, 7(1):77–96, 2008.

354

4290 H. Horacek. Decision making throughout the generation process in thesystems WISBER and DIAMOD. In H. Horacek and M. Zock, editors,New concepts in Natural Language Generation: planning, realization,systems, pages 215–237. Pinter, London, 1993.

4291 Helmut Horacek. Towards principles of ontology. In D. Metzing, ed-itor, Proceedings of the German Workshop on Artificial Intelligence:GWAI89, pages 323–330. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 1989.

4292 Helmut Horacek. The architecture of a generation component in a com-plete natural language dialogue system. In Robert Dale, Chris Mellish,and Michael Zock, editors, Current research in Natural Language Gen-eration, pages 193–227. Academic Press, London, 1990.

4293 Helmut Horacek. More on generating referring expressions. In Proceed-ings of the Fifth European Workshop on Natural Language Generation,pages 43–58, Leiden, The Netherlands, May 1995. Faculty of Social andBehavioural Sciences, University of Leiden.

4294 Helmut Horacek. Structure mapping as a backbone for multi-lingualgeneration systems:. In Proceedings of the IJCAI workshop in mul-tilingual text generation (International Joint Conference on ArtificialIntelligence) 1995, pages 42–53, Montréal, Canada, 1995.

4295 Helmut Horacek. Tailoring inference-rich descriptions through makingcompromises between conflicting principles. International Journal onHuman Computer Studies, 53:1117–1146, 2000.

4296 Helmut Horacek. Textgenerierung. In Kai-Uwe Carstensen, ChristianEbert, Cornelia Endriss, Susanne Jekat, Ralf Klabunde, and HagenLanger, editors, Computerlinguistik und Sprachtechnologie - Eine Ein-führung, pages 331–360. Spektrum Akademischer Verlag, Heidelberg,2001.

4297 Helmut Horacek. Aggregation with strong regularities and alternatives.In Proceedings of the International Natural Language Generation Con-ference 2002 (INLG2002), 2002.

4298 Helmut Horacek. On referring to sets of objects naturally. In Anja Belz,Roger Evans, and Paul Piwek, editors, Natural Language Generation:Third international Conference (INLG 2004), number 3123 in LectureNotes in Artificial Intelligence, pages 70–79. Springer, Berlin, New York,July 14-16 2004.

4299 Helmut Horacek. Generating references to parts of recusively structuredobjects. In Proceedings of the 4th International Conference on NaturalLanguage Generation, pages 47–54, Sydney, 2006.

355

4300 Helmut Horacek, H. Bergmann, R. Block, M. Fliegner, M. Gerlach, Mas-simo Poesio, and Michael Sprenger. From Meaning to Meaning : a Walkthrough WISBER’s Semantic Pragmatic Processing. In W. Hoeppner,editor, GWAI-88. Springer, 1988.

4301 Helmut Horacek and Stephan Busemann. Towards a Methodology forDeveloping Application-Oriented Report Generation. In Andreas Gün-ter and Otthein Herzog, editors, 22nd German Conference on ArtificialIntelligence (KI-98). Proceedings, Bremen, Germany, 1998.

4302 Helmut Horacek, Robert Dale, David D. McDonald, Dietmar Rösner,and Eduard H. Hovy. Special Topic: The initial specifications for gen-eration. In Helmut Horacek and Michael Zock, editors, New concepts innatural language generation, chapter 10, pages 269–287. Pinter Publish-ers, London, 1993. (A collection of position papers).

4303 Helmut Horacek and Claudius Pyka. Towards bridging two levels ofrepresentation – linking the syntax-oriented functional and the object-oriented paradigm. In International Computer Science Conference,Hong Kong, December 1988.

4304 Helmut Horacek and Michael Zock, editors. New concepts in naturallanguage generation. Pinter Publishers, London, 1993.

4305 Motoko Hori. Subjectlessness and honorifics in Japanese: a case oftextual construal. In Ruqaiaya Hasan and Peter H. Fries, editors, OnSubject and Theme: a discourse functional perspective, pages 151–186.Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1995.

4306 L. R. Horn. On the Semantic Properties of the Logical Operators inEnglish. Mimeo, Indiana University Linguistics Club, 1972.

4307 L. R. Horn. Greek Grice: A brief survey of protoconversational rulesin the history of logic. In Proceedings of the Ninth Regional Meeting ofthe Chicago Linguistics Society, pages 205–214, Chicago, Illinois, 1973.Chicago Linguistics Society.

4308 A. Hornby. A Guide to English Patterns and Usage. Oxford UniversityPress, London, 1954.

4309 K. Hornsby. Identity-based reasoning about spatial-temporal change.Technical Report, Spatial Information Science and Engineering, Univer-sity of Maine, Orono, 1999.

4310 K. Hornsby and M. Egenhofer. Identity-based change: a foundationfor spatio-temporal knowledge representation. International Journal ofGeographical Information Science, 14(3):207–224, 2000.

356

4311 K. Hornsby and M. Egenhofer. Modeling Moving Objects over MultipleGranularities. Annals of Mathematics and Artificial Intelligence, 36(1-2):177–194, 2002.

4312 Norbert Hornstein. Towards a Theory of Tense. Linguistic Inquiry,8:521–558, 1977.

4313 Norbert Hornstein. The Study of Meaning in Natural Language: ThreeApproaches to Tense. In Norbert Hornstein and David Lightfoot, edi-tors, Explanation in Linguistics. The Logical Problem of Language Ac-quisition. Longman, London, 1981.

4314 Matthew Horridge and Peter F. Patel-Schneider. Manchester Syntax forOWL 1.1. OWLED 2008, 4th international workshop OWL: Experiencesand Directions, 2008.

4315 M. K. Horrigan. Modelling simple dialogues. Technical Report 108,University of Toronto, Department of Computer Science, 1977.

4316 Mary Katherine Horrigan. Modelling simple dialogs. In Proceedingsof the Fifth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence,August 1977.

4317 Geoffrey Horrocks, editor. Generative Grammar. Longman, London andNew York, 1987.

4318 I. Horrocks, P. Patel-Schneider, and F. van Harmelen. From SHIQ andRDF to OWL: The making of a web ontology language. Journal of WebSemantics, 1(1):7–26, 2003.

4319 I. Horrocks and U. Sattler. Ontology Reasoning in the SHOQ(D) De-scription Logic. In Proceedings of the Seventeenth International JointConference on Artificial Intelligence, 2001.

4320 I. Horrocks and U. Sattler. Decidability of SHIQ with Complex RoleInclusion Axioms. In Proc. of the International Joint Conference on Ar-tificial Intelligence (IJCAI-2003). Morgan-Kaufmann Publishers, 2003.

4321 I. Horrocks, U. Sattler, and S. Tobies. Practical reasoning for expressivedescription logics. In Harald Ganzinger, David McAllester, and AndreiVoronkov, editors, Proceedings of the 6th. International Conference onLogic for Programming and Automated Reasoning (LPAR’99), number1705 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages 161–180, Berlin,1999. Springer-Verlag.

4322 Ian Horrocks. Using an Expressive Description Logic: FaCT or Fic-tion? In Proceedngs of the 6th International Conference on Principles ofKnowledge Representation and Reasoning-KR’98, pages 636–647, 1998.

357

4323 Ian Horrocks. DAML+OIL: a Reason-able web ontology language. InChristian S. Jensen, Keith G. Jeffery, Jaroslav Pokorný, Simonas Salte-nis, Elisa Bertino, Klemens Böhm, and Matthias Jarke, editors, Pro-ceedings of the Advances in Database Technology - EDBT 2002, 8thInternational Conference on Extending Database Technology, Prague,Czech Republic, March 25-27, volume 2287 of Lecture Notes in Com-puter Science. Springer, 2002.

4324 Ian Horrocks and James A. Hendler, editors. The Semantic Web -ISWC 2002, First International Semantic Web Conference, Sardinia,Italy, June 9-12, 2002, Proceedings, volume 2342 of Lecture Notes inComputer Science. Springer, 2002.

4325 Ian Horrocks, Oliver Kutz, and Uli Sattler. The Even More IrresistibleSROIQ. Technical report, School of Computer Science, University ofManchester, Manchester, England, 2005.

4326 Ian Horrocks, Oliver Kutz, and Uli Sattler. The Even More IrresistibleSROIQ. In In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Prin-ciples of Knowledge Representation and Reasoning (KR 2006). AAAIPress, 2006.

4327 Ian Horrocks and Peter F. Patel-Schneider. DL systems comparison. InEnrico Franconi, Giuseppe De Giacomo, Robert M. MacGregor, WernerNutt, and Christopher Welty, editors, Proceedings of the 1998 Inter-national Workshop on Description Logics (DL’98), IRST, Povo-Trento,Italy, 1998.

4328 Ian Horrocks and Ulrike Sattler. Ontology reasoning in the SHOQ(D)description logic. In Proceedings of the International Joint Conferencein Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI’2001), Seattle, USA, August 2001.

4329 Ian Horrocks and Ulrike Sattler. A Tableaux Decision Procedure forSHOIQ. In Proc. of the 19th Int. Joint Conf. on Artificial Intelligence(IJCAI 2005), 2005.

4330 Ian Horrocks and Sergio Tessaris. Querying the semantic web: a formalapproach. In Proceedings of the International Semantic Web Conference2002, pages 177–191, Chia, Sardinia, Italy, 2002.

4331 Ian Horrocks and Andrei Voronkov. Reasoning support for expressiveontology languages using a theorem prover. In Proceedings of FoIKS2006, number 3861 in LNCS, pages 201–218, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2006.Springer-Verlag.

4332 Barbara Horvath and Suzanne Eggins. Opinion texts in conversation. InPeter H. Fries and Michael J. Gregory, editors, Discourse in society: sys-temic functional perspectives, pages 29–47. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1995.

358

4333 Houghton. Creationist writings. In Mohsen Ghadessy, editor, Registersof Written English: situational factors and linguistic features. FrancesPinter, London, 1988.

4334 G. Houghton. The Production of Language in Dialogue. PhD thesis,University of Sussex, 1986.

4335 George Houghton and Mark Pearson. The production of spoken dia-logue. In Michael Zock and Gérard Sabeh, editors, Advances in NaturalLanguage Generation: an interdisciplinary approach, volume 1, pages112–130. Pinter Publishers, London, 1988.

4336 House. A model of translation quality assessment. Günther Narr, Tübin-gen, 1977.

4337 J. House and M. Johnson. Enlivening the Intonation in Text-to-SpeechSynthesis: an ‘Accent-Unit’. In Proceedings of 11th. ICPhS, Tallinn,1987.

4338 Juliane House. Contrastive discourse analysis and misunderstanding:German and English. In Marlies Hellinger and U. Ammon, editors,Contrastive Sociolinguistics, pages 345–361. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin,1996.

4339 Juliane House. How do we know when a translation is good? In ErichSteiner and Colin Yallop, editors, Exploring Translation and Multilin-gual Text Production: beyond content. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin andNew York, 2000.

4340 F. Householder. How Different Are They? In D. Dinnsen, editor,Current Approaches to Phonological Theory. Indiana University Press,1979.

4341 Hanneke Houtkoop. Establishing agreement: an analysis of proposal-acceptance sequences. Foris publications, Dordrecht, 1987.

4342 P.S. Houts, C.C. Doak, L.G. Doak, and M.J. Loscalzo. The role ofpictures in improving health communication: A review of research onattention, comprehension, recall and adherence. Patient Education andCounselling, 61:173–190, 2006.

4343 Eduard Hovy. A standard for large ontologies. Technical Report,USC/Information Sciences Institute, 1997.

4344 Eduard H. Hovy. Integrating Text Planning and Production in Gener-ation. In Proceedings of IJCAI’85, Stanford, California, 1985. Interna-tional Joint Conferences on Artificial Intelligence.

4345 Eduard H. Hovy. Generating Natural Language Under Pragmatic Con-straints. Pragmatics, 11(6):689–719, 1987.

359

4346 Eduard H. Hovy. Generating Natural Language under PragmaticConstraints. PhD thesis, Yale University, 1987. (Technical report:YALEU/CSD/RR 521). Also published by Lawrence Erlbaum Asso-ciates, Hillsdale, New Jersey, 1988.

4347 Eduard H. Hovy. Interpretation in Generation. In Proceedings of theSixth National Conference, Seattle, Washington, July 1987. AmericanAssociation for Artificial Intelligence.

4348 Eduard H. Hovy. Some Pragmatic Decision Criteria in Generation.In Gerard Kempen, editor, Natural Language Generation: Recent Ad-vances in Artificial Intelligence, Psychology, and Linguistics, pages 3–17. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Boston/Dordrecht, 1987.

4349 Eduard H. Hovy. Generating Language with a Phrasal Lexicon. InD. McDonald and L. Bolc, editors, Natural Language Generation Sys-tems, pages 353–384. Springer, New York, 1988.

4350 Eduard H. Hovy. Generating natural language under pragmatic con-straints. Lawrence Erlbaum, Hillsdale, New Jersey, 1988.

4351 Eduard H. Hovy. Planning Coherent Multisentential Texts. In TheProceedings of the 26th. Annual Meeting of the Association of Com-putational Linguistics, pages 163–169, Buffalo, New York, June 1988.Association for Computational Linguistics.

4352 Eduard H. Hovy. Two Types of Planning in Language Generation. InProceedings of the Twenty-Sixth Annual Meeting of the Association forComputational Linguistics, State University of New York, Buffalo, NewYork, 1988.

4353 Eduard H. Hovy. New Possibilities in Machine Translation. Techni-cal Report, USC/Information Sciences Institute, Marina del Rey, CA,1989. Proposal prepared to encourage new DARPA initiatives in Ma-chine Translation.

4354 Eduard H. Hovy. Pragmatics and Natural Language Generation. Arti-ficial Intelligence Journal, Fall 1989.

4355 Eduard H. Hovy. Parsimonious and Profligate Approaches to the Ques-tion of Discourse Structure Relations. In 5th. International Workshopon Natural Language Generation, 3-6 June 1990, Pittsburgh, PA., 1990.Organized by Kathleen R. McKeown (Columbia University), JohannaD. Moore (University of Pittsburgh) and Sergei Nirenburg (CarnegieMellon University).

4356 Eduard H. Hovy. Unresolved issues in paragraph planning. In RobertDale, Chris Mellish, and Michael Zock, editors, Current research in Nat-ural Language Generation, pages 17–45. Academic Press, London, 1990.

360

4357 Eduard H. Hovy. Approaches to the Planning of Coherent Text. InCécile L. Paris, William R. Swartout, and William C. Mann, editors,Natural language generation in artificial intelligence and computationallinguistics, pages 83–102. Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1991.

4358 Eduard H. Hovy. Automated discourse generation using discourse rela-tions. Artificial Intelligence, 63(1-2):341–385, 1993.

4359 Eduard H. Hovy. From interclausal relations to discourse structure–along way ahead, a long way behind. In Helmut Horacek and MichaelZock, editors, New concepts in natural language generation, pages 57–68.Pinter Publishers, London, 1993.

4360 Eduard H. Hovy. In defense of syntax: informational, intentional, andrhetorical structures in discourse. In Owen Rambow, editor, Intention-ality and structure in discourse relations, pages 35–39. Association forComputational Linguistics, Morristown, 1993. (Proceedings of a Work-shop sponsored by the Special Interest Group on Generation, 21 June,1993, Columbus, Ohio).

4361 Eduard H. Hovy. Using an ontology to simplify data access. Communi-cations of the ACM, 46(1):47–49, 2003.

4362 Eduard H. Hovy, Douglas Appelt, and David D. McDonald. Workshopon text planning and Natural Language Generation, August 1988. Spon-sored by American Association for Artificial Intelligence.

4363 Eduard H. Hovy and Yigal Arens. Automatic generation of formattedtext. In Proceedings of the 8th. Conference of the American Associationfor Artifical Intelligence, pages 92–96, Anaheim, California, 1991.

4364 Eduard H. Hovy and Kevin Knight. Motivating shared knowledge re-sources: an example from the Pangloss collaboration. In Proceedings ofIJCAI Workshop on Knowledge Sharing and Information Interchange.International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, 1993.

4365 Eduard H. Hovy, Julia Lavid, Elisabeth Maier, Vibhu Mittal, and CécileParis. Employing Knowledge Resources in a New Text Planner Archi-tecture. In Robert Dale, Eduard Hovy, Dietmar Rösner, and OliveroStock, editors, Aspects of automated natural language generation, pages57–72. Springer, Berlin, 1992. (Proceedings of the 6th InternationalWorkshop on Natural Language Generation, Trento, Italy, April 1992).

4366 Eduard H. Hovy, Julia Lavid, Elisabeth Maier, Vibhu Mittal, and CecileParis. Employing Knowledge Resources in a New Text Planner Archi-tecture. In Proceedings of the 6th International Workshop on NaturalLanguage Generation (Trento, Italy). Springer, Berlin, New York, 1992.

361

4367 Eduard H. Hovy and Kathleen F. McCoy. Focusing your RST: A steptowards generating coherent multisentential text. In Proceedings of the11th. Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society, pages 667–674, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, August 16-19 1989.Hillsdale, New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

4368 Eduard H. Hovy and S. Nirenburg. Approximating an Interlingua ina Principled Way. In Proceedings of the DARPA Speech and NaturalLanguage Workshop. Arden House, New York, 1992.

4369 Eduard H. Hovy and Donia R. Scott, editors. Computational and Con-versational Discourse: Burning Issues - an interdisciplinary account.NATO ASI Series. Springer, Berlin, 1996.

4370 Eduard H. Hovy and Leo Wanner. Managing Sentence Planning Re-quirements. In Kristina Jokinen, Mark Maybury, Michael Zock, andIngrid Zukerman, editors, ECAI-96, workshop "Gaps and Bridges: NewDirections in Planning and Natural Language Generation", pages 53–58,Budapest, 1996.

4371 Eduard Hovy, Mitchell Marcus, Martha Palmer, Lance Ramshaw, andRalph Weischedel. OntoNotes: The 90% Solution. In Proceedings of theHuman Language Technology Conference of the NAACL, CompanionVolume: Short Papers, pages 57–60, New York City, USA, June 2006.Association for Computational Linguistics.

4372 Harry Howard. Age/Gender morphemes inherit the biases of their un-derlying dimensions. In René Dirven, Bruce Hawkins, and Esra Sandik-cioglu, editors, Language and ideology. Volume 1: theoretical cognitiveapproaches, number 204 in Current Issues in Linguistic Theory, pages165–196. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2001.

4373 Richard J. Howarth. On seeing spatial expressions. In Patrick Olivierand Klaus-Peter Gapp, editors, Representation and processing of spatialexpressions, pages 37–56. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Mahwah, NewJersey, 1998.

4374 L.F. Hoye. ”You may think that; I couldn’t possibly comment!” Modalitystudies: Contemporary research and future directions. Part II. Journalof Pragmatics, 37(9):1481–1506, 2005. review article.

4375 J. Hu, R. Kashi, and G. Wilfong. Document classification using lay-out analysis. In Proceedings of the 10th International Workshop onDatabases and Expert Systems Applications, Florence, Italy, September1999.

4376 Zhuang-lin Hu. Textual Cohesion in Chinese, 1981. M.A. Thesis inApplied Linguistics.

362

4377 Zhuanglin Hu. A merge of systemic grammar, generative grammar anddependency grammar. In International Generative Grammar Confer-ence, Harbin, China, 1983.

4378 Zhuanglin Hu. Michael A. K. Halliday. Linguistics Abroad, 2:60–63,1983.

4379 Zhuanglin Hu. A Hallidayan approach to language. Foreign LanguageTeaching and Research, 1:23–9, 1984.

4380 Zhuanglin Hu. Differences in mode. Journal of Pragmatics, 8:595–606,1984.

4381 Zhuanglin Hu. Halliday’s Functional Grammar. Studies of Modern En-glish, 1:54–57, 1986.

4382 Zhuanglin Hu. A semantic-functional approach to word order in Chinese.In International Conference on Texts and Language Research, Xi’an,P.R.C., 1989. Xi’an Jiaotong University.

4383 Zhuanglin Hu, editor. Language, system and function: proceedings of the1989 Beijing Systemic-Functional Workshop. Peking University Press,Beijing, 1990.

4384 Zhuanglin Hu. Contemporary linguistic theories and applications.Peking University Press, Beijing, 1995.

4385 Zhuanglin Hu, Yongsheng Zhu, and Zhang Delu. A survey of systemicfunctional grammar. Hunan Educational Publishing House, Changsha,1989. in Chinese.

4386 Zhuanglin Hu, Yongsheng Zhu, and Delu Zhang. Systemic-FunctionalGrammar. Hunan Educational Publishers, Hunan, P.R. China, 1990.(In Chinese).

4387 Tsung Tie Hua. Circumstantial Elements in Chinese, 1986. M.A. Thesisin Applied Linguistics.

4388 Tsung Tie Hua. Circumstantial elements in Chinese. M.A. thesis, De-partment of Linguistics, University of Sydney, 1986.

4389 C.-T. James Huang and Robert May. Logical structure and linguisticstructure. Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1992.

4390 Chu-ren Huang, Nicoletta Calzolari, Aldo Gangemi, Alessandro Lenci,Alessandro Oltramari, and Laurent Prevot, editors. Ontologies and thelexicon. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2008.

4391 Guowen Huang. Experiential enhanced Theme in English. In MargaretBerry, Christopher Butler, Robin Fawcett, and Guowen Huang, editors,Meaning and form: systemic functional interpretations, pages 65–113.Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1996.

363

4392 Hui Huang. Exploration of principles of systemic-functional grammar.Journal of Foreign Languages, 3, 1985.

4393 X. Huang. Planning Argumentative Texts. In Proceedings of the 15thInternational Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING’94),pages 329–333, Kyoto, 1994.

4394 X. Huang. Human Oriented Proof Presentation: A Reconstructive Ap-proach. DISKI 112. Infix, Sankt Augustin, 1996.

4395 X. Huang. Planning Reference Choices for Argumentative Texts. In Pro-ceedings of the 8th Conference of the European Chapter of the Associa-tion for Computational Linguistics (EACL’97), pages 190–197, Madrid,1997.

4396 X. Huang and A. Fiedler. Proof verbalization as an application of NLG.In IJCAI, pages 965–970, Nagoya, 1997.

4397 Xiaorong Huang and Armin Fiedler. Paraphrasing and aggregrating ar-gumentative text using text structure. In Proceedings of the 8th. Inter-national Workshop on Natural Language Generation (INLG ’96), pages21–30. Herstmonceux, England, June 1996.

4398 Yan Huang. A preliminary discussion of the cohesive relations of Englishlexical words. Foreign Languages, 2:27–31, 1984.

4399 Yan Huang. Lexical reiteration in Modern Standard Chinese. JCLTA,3:73–91, 1986.

4400 E. Hilton Hubbard. Love, war and lexicogrammar: Transitivity andcharacterisation. Journal of Literary Studies, 3:355–376, 1999.

4401 Dieter Huber. Tools and Resources for Spoken Language Processing. InProceedings of the Santorin workshop ‘Language Engineering on the In-formation Highway’, 26-30 September, 1994, page 27, Santorin, Greece,1994.

4402 K. Huber, H. Hunker, B. Pfister, T. Russi, and C. Traber. Sprachsyn-these ab Text. In H. G. Tillmann and G. Willee, editors, Analyse undSynthese gesprochener Sprache. Jahrestagung der GLDV, pages 26–33.Georg Olms, Hildesheim, 1987.

4403 R. Huddleston. Rank and depth. Language, 41:574–86, 1965.

4404 R. Huddleston. Some Observations on Tense and Deixis in English.Language, 45:777–806, 1969.

4405 R. D. Huddleston. The sentence in written English: a syntactic studybased on an analysis of scientific texts. Cambridge University Press,London, 1971.

364

4406 R. D. Huddleston, R. A. Hudson, A. Henrici, and O. E. Winter. Sentenceand clause in scientific English. Technical Report, London UniversityCollege, 1968.

4407 R.D. Huddleston. Constituency, multi-functionality and grammati-calization in Halliday’s Functional Grammar. Journal of Linguistics,24:137–174, 1988.

4408 Rodney D. Huddleston. On classifying anaphoric relation. Lingua, 45,1978.

4409 Rodney D. Huddleston. A fragment of a systemic description of English.In M.A.K. Halliday and J.R. Martin, editors, Readings in Systemic Lin-guistics. Batsford, London, 1981.

4410 Rodney D. Huddleston. Rank and Depth. In M.A.K. Halliday andJ.R. Martin, editors, Readings in Systmic Linguistics. Batsford, London,1981.

4411 Rodney D. Huddleston. Systemic features and their realization. InM.A.K. Halliday and J.R. Martin, editors, Readings in Systemic Lin-guistics. Batsford, London, 1981.

4412 Rodney D. Huddleston, Richard A. Hudson, Eugene Winter, andA. Henrici. Sentence and clause in Scientific English. Final Report ofO.S.T.I. Programme. Communication Research Centre, University Col-lege London, 1968.

4413 Rodney D. Huddleston and Ormond Uren. Declarative, interrogative,and imperative in French. Lingua, 22:1–26, 1969.

4414 H. Hudson and M. Imhoof. From Paragraph to Theme: Understandingand Practice. MacMillan Co., New York, 1972.

4415 R. A. Hudson. Arguments for a non-transformational grammar. Uni-versity of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1972.

4416 Richard A. Hudson. Constituency in a systemic description of the En-glish clause. Lingua, 18:225–250, 1967. Reprinted in Michael A.K. Halli-day and James R. Martin (eds.)(1981) Readings in Systemic Linguistics,Batsford, London.

4417 Richard A. Hudson. English Complex Sentences. North Holland, Ams-terdam, 1971.

4418 Richard A. Hudson. An item-and-paradigm approach to Beja syntaxand morphology. Foundations of Language, 9:504–548, 1973. Reprintedin Michael A.K. Halliday and James R. Martin (eds.)(1981) Readings inSystemic Linguistics, London, Batsford.

365

4419 Richard A. Hudson. An item-and-paradigm approach to Beja syntaxand morphology. Foundations of Language, 9:504–48, 1973.

4420 Richard A. Hudson. Syllables, moras, and accents in Beja. Journal ofLinguistics, 9(1):53–63, 1973.

4421 Richard A. Hudson. Systemic generative grammar. Linguistics, 139:5–42, 1974.

4422 Richard A. Hudson. Arguments for a non-transformational grammar.Chicago University Press, Chicago, 1976.

4423 Richard A. Hudson. A second attack on constituency: a reply to Dahl.Linguistics, 18:489–504, 1980.

4424 Richard A. Hudson. Constituency and dependency. Linguistics, 18:179–198, 1980.

4425 Richard A. Hudson. Daughter-dependency grammar. In Lieb Hans-Heinrich, editor, Oberflächensyntax und Semantik, pages 32–50. MaxNiemeyer, Tübingen, 1980.

4426 Richard A. Hudson. DDG Working Papers. University College, London,1980. Mimeo.

4427 Richard A. Hudson. Word Grammar. Basil Blackwell, Oxford, 1984.

4428 Richard A. Hudson. Systemic grammar. Review article. Linguistics,24:791–815, 1986.

4429 Richard A. Hudson. Daughter dependency theory and systemic gram-mar. 1987.

4430 Richard A. Hudson. Daughter-dependency theory and systemic gram-mar. In M. A. K. Halliday and R. P Fawcett, editors, New developmentsin systemic linguistics, volume 1, pages 103–114. Pinter, London, 1987.

4431 Richard A. Hudson. Zwicky on heads. Journal of Linguistics, 23:109–132, 1987.

4432 Richard A. Hudson. Coordination and grammatical relations. Journalof Linguistics, 24(2):303–342, 1988.

4433 Richard A. Hudson. Gapping and grammatical relations. Journal ofLinguistics, 25(1):57–94, 1989.

4434 Richard A. Hudson. English Word Grammar. Basil Blackwell, Oxford,1990.

366

4435 Birgit Huemer. aonDigital TV - iTV am Beispiel Telekom Austria(aonDigital TV - iTV at Telekom Austria). i-com Zeitschrift für inter-aktive und kooperative Medien, 5(1):18–23, 2006. München: OldenburgWissenschaftsverlag.

4436 Birgit Huemer. Hierarchie und soziale Distanz in der Arbeitswelt. Multi-modale Diskursanalyse am Beispiel Stellenanzeigen. In Helmut Gruber,Martin Kaltenbacher, and Peter Muntigl, editors, Empirie-orientierteAnsätze der Diskursanalyse im Vergleich, pages 199–252. Peter Lang,Frankfurt, 2007.

4437 Birgit Huemer. Representations of individual and mass: modelling ex-perience through multiple modes in digital art. In Carys Jones and EijaVentola, editors, From Language to Multimodality: new developmentsin the study of ideational meaning, pages 255–274. Equinox PublishingLtd., London, 2008.

4438 Birgit Huemer. A Semiotic Approach to Visitor Interaction, Partici-pation and Perspective in Digital Arts. In Roy Ascott, Gerald Bast,Wolfgang Fiel, M. Jahrmann, and R. Schnell, editors, New Realities:Being Syncretic, edition Angewandte, pages 144–147. Springer, Wien,2009. Consciousness Reframed: The Planetary Collegium’s IXth Inter-national Research Conference Series.

4439 Birgit Huemer. Semiotik der digitalen Medienkunst: Eine funktionaleKunstbetrachtung. PhD thesis, Philologisch-KulturwissenschaftlicheFakultät, Universität Wien, Wien, Austria, 2010.

4440 S. B. Huffman, Laird J. Laird, and E. J. Flexibly instructable agents.Journal of Artificial Intelligence Research, 3:271–324, 1995.

4441 C. Hughes. Is a thing just the sum of its parts? Proceedings of theAristotelian society, 86:213–233, 1986.

4442 Peter Hühn, Wolf Schmid, and Jörg Schönert, editors. Point of view, per-spective and focalization: modeling mediation in narrative. de Gruyter,Berlin and New York, 2009.

4443 Rosemary Huisman. The three tellings of Beowulf’s fight with Grendel’sMother. Leeds Studies in English, pages 217–248, 1989.

4444 Rosemary Huisman. The Written Poem: Semiotic Conventions fromOld to Modern English. Cassell, London and New York, 1998. (appearsin paperback, Continuum Press, 2000).

4445 Rosemary Huisman. Theme in Exodus: Grammatical Meaning and Spo-ken Syntax in Old English Poetry. In Christian J. Kay and Louise M.Sylvester, editors, Lexis and Texts in Early English, Studies presentedto Jane Roberts, pages 129–142. Rodopi, Amsterdam, 2001.

367

4446 Wilhelm von Humboldt. Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichenSprachbaues und ihren Einfluß auf die geistige Entwicklung des Men-schengeschlechts. Königliche Akademie der Wissenschaften, Dümmler,Berlin, 1836.

4447 Wilhelm von Humboldt. Linguistic Variability and Intellectual Develop-ment. Number 9. Miami Linguistics Series, Coral Gables, Florida, 1971.(trans. by G.C. Buck and F.A. Raven; originally published 1836).

4448 S. Hunston. Evaluation and organization in a sample of written aca-demic discourse. In Malcolm Coulthard, editor, Advances in writtentext analysis, pages 191–218. Routledge, London, 1994.

4449 Susan Hunston. Evaluation and ideology in scientific discourse. InM. Ghadessy, editor, Register Analysis. Theory and Practice, pages 57–73. Pinter, London, 1993.

4450 Susan Hunston. Evaluation and the planes of discourse: status and valuein persuasive texts. In Susan Hunston and Geoff Thompson, editors,Evaluation in Text: authorial stance and the construction of discourse,pages 176–207. Oxford University Press, Oxford, England, 2000.

4451 Susan Hunston and Gill Francis. Verbs observed: a corpus-driven ped-agogic grammar of English. Applied Linguistics, 19:45–72, 1998.

4452 Susan Hunston and Gill Francis. Pattern Grammar. Benjamins, Ams-terdam, 2000.

4453 Susan Hunston and John Sinclair. A local grammar of evaluation. InSusan Hunston and Geoff Thompson, editors, Evaluation in Text: au-thorial stance and the construction of discourse, pages 74–101. OxfordUniversity Press, Oxford, England, 2000.

4454 Susan Hunston and Geoff Thompson, editors. Evaluation in Text: au-thorial stance and the construction of discourse. Oxford UniversityPress, Oxford, England, 2000.

4455 Leon Hunt. ’The student of Prague’: division and codification of space.In Thomas Elsaesser, editor, Early Cinema: space, frame, narrative,pages 389–402. BFI Publishing, London, 1990.

4456 Allen Hurlburt. The Grid: A modular system for the design and pro-duction of newspapers, magazine, and books. Van Nostrand ReinholdCompany, New York, 1978.

4457 Matthew Hurst. Towards a theory of tables. International Journal ofDocument Analysis, 8(2):123–131, 2006.

4458 Matthias Hurst. Erzählsituationen in Literatur und Film. Number 40 inMedien in Forschung + Unterricht: Series A. Max Niemayer, Tübingen,1996.

368

4459 Matthias Hurst. Erzählsituationen in Literatur und Film : ein Mod-ell zur vergleichenden Analyse von literarischen Texten und filmischenAdaptionen. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 1996.

4460 Charles Husband. News media, language and race relations. In H. Giles,editor, Language, Ethnicity and Intergroup relations, pages 211–240.Academic Press, London, 1977.

4461 Christoph Hüser, Klaus Reichenberger, Lothar Rostek, and NorbertStreitz. Knowledge-based Editing and Visualization for HypermediaEncyclopedias. Communications of the ACM, 38(4):49–51, April 1995.

4462 Christoph Hüser and Anja Weber. The Individualized Electronic News-paper: An application involving challenging hypertext technology. Tech-nical Report Arbeitspapiere der GMD 664, Gesellschaft für Mathematik-und Datenverarbeitung, Birlinghoven, Sankt Augustin, Germany, July1992.

4463 D. Hüske-Kraus. Suregen 2: A shell system for the generation of clini-cal documents. In Proceedings of the 10th Conference of the EuropeanChapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics (EACL-2003),pages 215–218, 2003. (Research Notes and Demos).

4464 Edmund Husserl. Ideen zu einer reinen Phäanomenologie und phänome-nologischen Philosophie, Zweites Buch: phänomenologische Unter-suchungen zur Konstitution. Martinus Nijhoff, Den Haag, 1952. Ed.Marly Biemel, English translation: Ideas II: Studies in the phenomenol-ogy of constitution. Tr. by Richard Rojcewicz and André Schuwer.

4465 Edmund Husserl. Zur Phänomenologie des inneren Zeitbewußtseins.Martinus Nijhoff, 1969. Ed. Rudolf Boehm, English translation: Thephenomenology of the consciousness of internal time, tr. by James S.Churchill.

4466 Ian Hutchby. Confrontation talk: arguments, asymmetries and poweron talk radio. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Mahwah, NJ, 1996.

4467 Ian Hutchby. Conversation and Technology. Polity Press (Blackwell),2001.

4468 Ian Hutchby and Robin Wooffitt. Conversation Analysis. Polity Press(Blackwell), London, 1998.

4469 E. L. Hutchins, J. D. Hollan, and D. A. Norman. Direct Manipulation In-terfaces. In D.A. Norman and S. W. Draper, editors, User Centered Sys-tem Design: New Perspectives on Human-Computer Interaction, pages87–124. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ and London, 1986.

4470 W. J. Hutchins. The Generation of Syntactic Structures from a SyntacticBase. North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1971.

369

4471 W. John Hutchins and Harold L. Somers. An introduction to MachineTranslation. Academic Press, London, 1992.

4472 Allen Hutt. The changing newspaper: typographic trends in Britain andAmerica 1622-1972. Gordon Fraser, London, 1973.

4473 Christopher Hutton. Cultural and conceptual relativism, universalismand the politics of linguistics: dilemmas of a would-be progressive lin-guistics. In René Dirven, Bruce Hawkins, and Esra Sandikcioglu, edi-tors, Language and ideology. Volume 1: theoretical cognitive approaches,number 204 in Current Issues in Linguistic Theory, pages 277–296. Ben-jamins, Amsterdam, 2001.

4474 Christopher M. Hutton. Linguistics and the Third Reich: mother-tonguefacism, race and the science of language. Routledge, London, 1999.

4475 N. Hyde-Clarke. The African face in the bus stop: visual narrativesin public spaces. In M. Stocchetti and J. Sumiala-Seppaenen, editors,Images and communities: the visual construction of the social, pages??–?? Helsinki University Print, Helsinki, Finland, 2007.

4476 Dell H. Hymes, editor. Language in culture and society. Harper andRow, New York, 1964.

4477 Dell H. Hymes. Models of interaction of language and social setting.Journal of Social Issues, 23, 1967.

4478 Dell H. Hymes. Foundations in sociolinguistics: an ethnographic ap-proach. University of Pennsylvania Press, Philadelphia, 1974.

4479 Sunny Hyon. Genre in three traditions: implications for ESL. TESOLQuarterly, 30(4):693–722, 1996.

4480 T. Iachini and R.H. Logie. The role of perspective in locating positionin a real-world, unfamiliar environment. Applied Cognitive Psychology,17(6):715–732, 2003.

4481 ICCL. Proceedings of the 13th International Conference on Computa-tional Linguistics (COLING-90), Helsinki, 1990.

4482 ICCL. Proceedings of the 15th International Conference on Computa-tional Linguistics (COLING’94), Kyoto, 1994.

4483 ICCL. Proceedings of the 16th International Conference on Computa-tional Linguistics (COLING’96), Copenhagen, 1996.

4484 N. Ide, L. Romary, and E. de la Clergerie. International standard for alinguistic annotation framework. In Proceedings of the HLT-NAACL’03Workshop on the Software Engineering and Architecture of LanguageTechnology, 2003.

370

4485 Nancy Ide, Patrice Bonhomme, and Laurent Romary. XCES: An XML-based Encoding Standard for Linguistic Corpora. In M. Gavrilidou,G. Carayannis, S. Markantonatou, S. Piperidis, and G. Stainhaouer,editors, Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference on LanguageResources and Evaluation (LREC 2000), Athens, Greece, 2000. Euro-pean Language Resources Association (ELRA).

4486 Nancy Ide and Laurent Romary. Standards for Language Resources. InProceedings of the IRCS Workshop on Linguistic Databases, pages 141–149, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, 11-13 December 2001.

4487 Nancy Ide, Laurent Romary, and Tomaz Erjavec. A Common XML-based Framework for Syntactic Annotations. In Proceedings of the 1st.NLP and XML Workshop; Workshop session of the 6th Natural Lan-guage Processing Pacific Rim Symposium, Tokyo, November 2001.

4488 Nancy Ide and Jean Véronis. MULTEXT: multilingual text tools andcorpora. In Proceedings of the 15th. International Conference on Com-putational Linguistics (COLING 94), volume I, pages 588–592, Kyoto,Japan, 1994.

4489 R. Iedema. Culture-specific constructions of conflict: Bonnie and Clyde(US) and The Runner (Iran). University of New South Wales, 1998.

4490 R. Iedema, P. Degeling, and L. White. Professionalism and Organisa-tional Change. In R. Wodak and C. Ludwig, editors, ??, pages 127–155.Passagen Verlag, Vienna, 1999.

4491 Rick Iedema. Legal English: Discipline specific literacy and genre theory.Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 16(2):86–122, 1993.

4492 Rick Iedema. Administration, Education and Critical Literacy.FinePrint, journal of the Victorian Adult Literacy and Basic EducationCouncil Inc., pages 20–25, 1995.

4493 Rick Iedema. Legal Ideology: The Role of Language in Common LawAppellate Judgments. The International Journal for the Semiotics ofLaw, VIII(22):21–36, 1995.

4494 Rick Iedema. Political Newsreporting: The Media as ’Secondary Oral-ity’. Social Semiotics, 1:65–100, 1995.

4495 Rick Iedema. Review of Ian Ward’s "Politics of the Media". SocialSemiotics, 2:309–313, 1995.

4496 Rick Iedema. Save the Talk for after the Listening: The Realisation ofRegulative Discourse in Teacher Talk. In S. Sarangi and M. Baynham,editors, Discursive Construction of Educational Identities, pages 82–102.Multilingual Matters Ltd., Avon, U.K., 1996. Special issue of Languageand Education.

371

4497 Rick Iedema. The language of administration, volume III of Write ItRight publications: Industry Research Monograph. Metropolitan EastDisadvantaged Schools Program, Sydney, 1996. NSW Department ofSchool Education.

4498 Rick Iedema. Interactional Dynamics and Social Change: Planning asMorphogenesis. PhD thesis, Linguistics Department, University of Syd-ney, Sydney, Australia, 1997.

4499 Rick Iedema. The History of the Accident News Story. Australian Reviewof Applied Linguistics, 20(2):95–119, 1997.

4500 Rick Iedema. The language of administration: organizing human activ-ity in formal institutions. In Frances Christie and J. R. Martin, editors,Genre and institutions: social processes in the workplace and school,pages 73–100. Cassell, London, 1997.

4501 Rick Iedema. A Review of Paul Thibault’s Rereading Saussure: TheDynamics of Signs in Social Life. Functions of Language, 5(1), 1998.

4502 Rick Iedema. Hidden Meanings and Institutional Responsibility. Dis-course and Society, 9(4), 1998.

4503 Rick Iedema. The Formalisation of Organisational Meaning. Discourseand Society, 10(1), February 1999. Special issue on organisational re-search edited by R. Wodak and R. Iedema.

4504 Rick Iedema. Bureaucratic planning and resemiotisation. In Eija Ven-tola, editor, Discourse and community: doing functional linguistics,pages 47–70. Gunter Narr, Tübingen, 2000.

4505 Rick Iedema. Analysing film and television: a social semiotic accountof Hospital: an Unhealthy Business. In Theo van Leeuwen and CareyJewitt, editors, Handbook of visual analysis, chapter 9, pages 183–206.Sage, London, 2001.

4506 Rick Iedema. Resemiotisation. Semiotica, 37(1/4):23–40, 2001.

4507 Rick Iedema. A Discussion with Emanual Schegloff: The Relevanceof Structure and the Significance of Interactive Dynamics. In C. Pre-vignano and P.J. Thibault, editors, Discussing Conversation Analysis:Emanuel A. Schegloff. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2003.

4508 Rick Iedema. Discourses of Organization. Benjamins, Amsterdam andNew York, 2003.

4509 Rick Iedema. Multimodality, resemiotization: extending the analysis ofdiscourse as multi-semiotic practice. Visual Communication, 2(1):29–58,2003.

372

4510 Rick Iedema. The Medical Record As Organising Discourse. Journal ofDocument Design, 2003.

4511 Rick Iedema. On the multi-modality, materiality and contingency oforganizational discourse. Organization Studies, 28(06):931–946, 2007.

4512 Rick Iedema and P. Degeling. From Difference to Divergence: TheLogogenesis of Interactive Tension. Functions of Language, 8(1):33–56,2001.

4513 Rick Iedema and P. Degeling. Quality of care: clinical governance andpathways. The Australian Health Care Review, 24(3):12–15, 2001.

4514 Rick Iedema, P. Degeling, J. Braithwaite, and L. White. ’It’s an Inter-esting Conversation I’m Hearing’: A Doctor as Manager. OrganizationStudies, 2003.

4515 Rick Iedema, S. Feez, and P. White. Media literacy, volume II of WriteIt Right publications: Industry Research Monograph. Metropolitan EastDisadvantaged Schools Program, Sydney, 1995. NSW Department ofSchool Education.

4516 Rick Iedema and H. Scheeres. From Doing to Talking Work: Renegoti-ating Knowing, Doing and Identity. Applied Linguistics, 2003.

4517 Rick Iedema and Ruth Wodak. Organisations and Discourse Analysis.Discourse and Society, 10(1), February 1999. Special issue on organisa-tional research edited by R. Wodak and R. Iedema.

4518 IEEE. The IEEE Standard Upper Ontology Working Group (P1600.1),2001.

4519 IEEE. Standard Upper Ontology Knowledge Interchange Format. Tech-nical Report, 2003.

4520 Luis Iglesias Rábade, Susana Doval-Suárez, and María L.A. Gómez-González, editors. Studies in Contrastive Linguistics. Proceedings ofthe Second International Contrastive Linguistics Conference (ICLC 2).USC Publishing Services, Santiago de Compostela, 2002.

4521 Sabine Schulte im Walde. Experiments on the automatic induction ofGerman semantic verb classes. Computational Linguistics, 32(2):159–194, June 2006.

4522 Wirnani Indah. Verbal, mental and behavioural processes in Indonesian.M.A. thesis, Department of Linguistics, University of Sydney, 1985.

4523 Roman Ingarden. Untersuchungen zur Ontologie der Kunst: Musikwerk,Bild, Architektur, Film. Max Niemeyer Verlag, Tübingen, 1962.

373

4524 Roman Ingarden. Ontology of the Work of Art: The musical work, thepicture, the architectural work, the film. Ohio University Press, Athens,1989. translated by Raymond Meyer and J.T. Goldwait.

4525 Robert Ingria. Structuring the Lexicon. In Tutorial Notes from the 24thAnnual Meeting. Association for Computational Linguistics, June 1986.Available from ACL.

4526 Robert Ingria, Bran Boguraev, and James Pustejovsky. Lexicons forNatural Language Processing. ??, 17(3), 1991.

4527 Robert J. P. Ingria. Lexical information for parsing systems: points ofconvergence and divergence. In Donald E. Walker, Antonio Zampolli,and Nicoletta Calzolari, editors, Automating the lexicon, pages 93–170.Oxford University Press, Oxford and New York, 1995.

4528 Peter Ingwersen. Information Retrieval Interaction. Taylor Graham,London, 1992.

4529 Diana Zaiu Inkpen and Graeme Hirst. Near-Synonym Choice in Natu-ral Language Generation. In Galia Angelova, Kalina Bontcheva, Rus-lan Mitkov, Nicolas Nicolov, and Nikolai Nikolov, editors, Interna-tional conference on Recent Advances in Natural Language Processing(RANLP’2003), pages 204–211, Borovets, Bulgaria, 10-12 September2003.

4530 Third International Workshop on Natural Language Generation, August1986. Organized by Dr. Gerard Kempen; selected papers published inKempen (ed.) (1987) Natural Language Generation: Recent Advances inArtificial Intelligence, Psychology, and Linguistics, Boston/Dordrecht:Kluwer Academic Publishers.

4531 Proceedings of the Seventh International Workshop on Natural LanguageGeneration, Kennebunkport, Maine, 1994.

4532 Proceedings of the Eighth International Workshop on Natural LanguageGeneration, Herstmonceux, Sussex, UK, 1996.

4533 Proceedings of the Ninth International Workshop on Natural LanguageGeneration, Niagara-on-the-Lake, Ontario, 1998.

4534 Proceedings of the First International Conference on Natural LanguageGeneration (INLG 2000). Association for Computational Linguistics,Mitzpe Ramon, Israel, June 2000.

4535 Fourth International Workshop on Natural Language Generation, July1988. Organized by Dr. William C. Mann, Dr. Cécile L. Paris and Dr.William R. Swartout.

374

4536 Proceedings of the Fifth International Natural Language GenerationWorkshop, Dawson, PA, 1990.

4537 K. Inoue. ‘Empathy and Syntax’ re-examined: A case study from theverbs of giving in Japanese. Annual Meeting of the Chicago LinguisticsSociety, 15:149–159, 1979.

4538 Kentaro Inui, Takenobu Tokunaga, and Hozumi Tanaka. Text revision:a model and its implementation. In Aspects of automated natural lan-guage generation, pages 215–230. Springer, Berlin, 1992. (Proceedingsof the 6th International Workshop on Natural Language Generation,Trento, Italy).

4539 Lidija Iordanskaja. Communicative Structure in the Meaning-Text The-ory. Technical Report, Odyssee Recherches Appliquees, Montr/’eal,Canada, 1989.

4540 Lidija Iordanskaja, Richard Kittredge, Benoit Lavoie, and Alain Pol-guère. Generation of extended bilingual statistical reports. In Proceed-ings of COLING-92, pages 1019–1023, Nantes, France, 1992.

4541 Lidija N. Iordanskaja. Tentative lexicographic definitions for a group ofRussian words denoting emotions. In F. Kiefer, editor, Trends in SovietTheoretical Linguistics, pages 389–410. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1973.

4542 Lidija N. Iordanskaja, Richard Kittredge, and Alain Polguère. Imple-menting a Meaning-Text Model for Language Generation. In COLING-88, 1988.

4543 Lidija N. Iordanskaja, Richard Kittredge, and Alain Polguère. Lexi-cal Selection and Paraphrase in a Meaning-Text Generation Model. InCécile L. Paris, William R. Swartout, and William C. Mann, editors,Natural language generation in artificial intelligence and computationallinguistics, pages 293–312. Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1991.

4544 Madelyn Anne Iris, Bonnie E. Litowitz, and Martha Evens. Problems ofthe Part-Whole Relation. In Martha Evens, editor, Relational Modelsof the Lexicon: Representing Knowledge in Semantic Networks, pages261–288. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1988.

4545 Ingo Irsigler. Ton, Geräusch, Rede: Die rauschende Masse einer un-bekannten Sprache - Zeichenfülle und Bedeutungslehre in Sofia Coppo-las Lost in Translation (2003). Zeitschrift für Semiotik, 30(3-4):269–291,2008.

4546 J. T. Irvine. Formality and informality of speech events. AmericanAnthropologist, 81(4):773–790, 1979.

4547 Pierre Isabelle. Machine translation at the TAUM group, 1984. Paperpresented at the ISSCO Tutorial on Machine Translation.

375

4548 Pierre Isabelle and Elliot Macklovitch. Transfer and MT Modularity.In Proceedings of the 11th. International Conference on ComputationalLinguistics (COLING-86), pages 115–117, Bonn, Germany, 1986. Insti-tut für angewandte Kommunikations- und Sprachforschung e.V. (IKS).

4549 A. Isard, J. Oberlander, I. Androutsopoulos, and C. Matheson. Speakingthe Users’ Languages. IEEE Intelligent Systems Magazine, 18(1):40–45,January-February 2003. Special Issue "Advances in Natural LanguageProcessing".

4550 Amy Isard, Carsten Brockmann, and Jon Oberlander. Individuality andAlignment in Generated Dialogues. In Proceedings of the Fourth Inter-national Natural Language Generation Conference, pages 25–32, Sydney,Australia, July 2006. Association for Computational Linguistics.

4551 Amy Isard, Carsten Brockmann, Jon Oberlander, and Michael White.The Critical Agent Dialogue (CrAg) Project. In Proceedings of the 7thWorkshop on the Semantics and Pragmatics of Dialogue (DiaBruck-03),pages 185–186, Wallerfangen, Germany, 2003. Poster abstract.

4552 H. Isenberg. Texttypen als Interaktionstypen: Eine Typologie.Zeitschrift für Germanistik, 3:261–270, 1984.

4553 Wolfgang Iser. The act of reading: a theory of aesthetic response. JohnHopkins University Press, Baltimore, 1978.

4554 S. Ishizaki. Generation of Japanese Sentences from Conceptual Repre-sentation. In IJCAI, Karlsruhe, 1983.

4555 S. Ishizaki. Generating Japanese Text from Conceptual Representation.In D. McDonald and L. Bolc, editors, Natural Language GenerationSystems. Springer, New York, 1988.

4556 A. Isli and A. G Cohn. An algebra for cyclic ordering of 2d orientations.In Proceedings of AAAI-98, pages 643–649, Madison, WI, 1998. MITPress.

4557 A. Isli, L. Museros, L. M. Cabedo, T. Barkowsky, and R. Moratz. ATopological Calculus for Cartographic Entities. In C. Freksa, W. Brauer,C. Habel, and K.F. Wender, editors, Spatial Cognition II - IntegratingAbstract Theories, Empirical Studies, Formal Methods, and PracticalApplications, pages 225–238. Springer, Berlin, 2000.

4558 Marja-Leena Itälä. Kohäsion im Bildtextverbund Comic. TurunYliopisto, Turku, 1994.

4559 Yasuhiro Ito and Takeshi Hatta. Spatial structure of quantitative rep-resentation of numbers: Evidence from the SNARC effect. Memory andCognition, 32(4):662–673, 2004.

376

4560 William H. Ittelson. Visual perception of markings. Psychonomic Bul-letin and Review, 3(2):171–187, 1996.

4561 Laurent Itti and Christof Koch. Computational modelling of visual at-tention. Nature Reviews: Neuroscience, pages 194–203, March 2001.

4562 Dittmann J. and Nack F. Copyright - Copywrong. IEEE MultiMedia,2(4), October-December 2000.

4563 Foley J. Vygotsky, Bernstein and Halliday: Towards a Unified Theoryof L1 and L2 Learning. Language, Culture and Curriculum, 4(1):17–40,1991.

4564 Jerrold J. Katz and Jerry Fodor. The structure of a semantic theory.Language, 39(2):170–210, 1963.

4565 K. Jablonski, A. Rau, and J. Ritzke. NUGGET: ein DCG basiertesTextgenerierungs System. Wisber 27, Nixdorf Computer AG, 1988.

4566 K. Jablonski, A. Rau, and J. Ritzke. Wissensbasierte Textgenerierung:Linguistische Grundlagen und softwaretechnische Realisierung. G. Narr,Tübingen, 1990.

4567 Lynda Hardman Jacco van Ossenbruggen and Lloyd Rutledge. Hyper-media and the Semantic Web: A Research Agenda. Journal of DigitalInformation, 3(1), August 2002.

4568 Gwenyth L. Jackaway. Media at war: radio’s challenge to the newspa-pers, 1924-1939. Praeger, Westport, CN, 1995.

4569 R. Jackendoff. Semantic Interpretation in Generative Grammar. TheM.I.T. Press, 1972.

4570 Ray Jackendoff. Morphological and semantic regularities in the lexicon.Language, 51, 1975.

4571 Ray Jackendoff. Towards an Explanatory Semantic Representation. Lin-guistic Inquiry, 7:89–150, 1976.

4572 Ray Jackendoff. X Syntax: a study of phrase structure. The M.I.T.Press, Cambridge, MA, 1977.

4573 Ray Jackendoff. Semantics and Cognition. The M.I.T. Press, Cam-bridge, MA, 1983.

4574 Ray Jackendoff. The status of thematic relations in linguistic theory.Linguistic Inquiry, 18(3):369–411, 1987.

4575 Ray Jackendoff. Semantic Structures. The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge,MA, 1990.

377

4576 Ray Jackendoff. The architecture of the linguistic-spatial interface. InPaul Bloom, Mary A. Peterson, Lynn Nadel, and Merrill F. Garrett,editors, Language and Space, pages 1–30. MIT Press, Cambride, MA,1999.

4577 Ray S. Jackendoff. The Architecture of the Language Faculty. The MITPress, Cambridge, MA, 1997.

4578 D. Jacob and E. Maier. Die Übertragung des MUMBLE-Generators fürdie Generierung von Deutsch. In H. Trost, editor, 4. ÖsterreichischeArtificial-Intelligence-Tagung Proceedings, number 176 in Informatik-Fachberichte. Springer, 1988.

4579 Charles Jacobs, Wilmot Li, Evan Schrier, David Bargeron, and DavidSalesin. Adaptive grid-based document layout. In SIGGRAPH ’03,pages 838–847, New York, NY, USA, 2003. ACM Press.

4580 Geert Jacobs. Preformulating the news: an analysis of the metaprag-matics of press releases. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2000.

4581 P. S. Jacobs. A Knowledge-Based Approach to Language Production.Technical Report UCB/CSD 86/254, Univ. of California at Berkeley,1985.

4582 Paul Jacobs. PHRED: A Generator for Natural Language Interfaces.Computational Linguistics Journal, 11, 1985.

4583 Paul Jacobs. Why text planning isn’t planning, August 1988. Presentedat the AAAI-88 Workshop on Text Planning and Realization, organizedby Eduard H. Hovy, Doug Appelt, David McDonald and Sheryl Young.

4584 Paul S. Jacobs. A Knowledge-Based Approach to Language Production.PhD thesis, UC Berkeley, 1985.

4585 Paul S. Jacobs. PHRED: A generator for natural language interfaces.Technical Report UCB/CSD 85/198, UC Berkeley, 1985.

4586 Paul S. Jacobs. KING: a knowledge-intensive natural language genera-tor. In Gerard Kempen, editor, Natural Language Generation: RecentAdvances in Artificial Intelligence, Psychology, and Linguistics, pages219–230. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Boston/Dordrecht, 1987.

4587 Paul S. Jacobs. Word sense acquisition for multilingual text interpre-tation. In Proceedings of the 15th. International Conference on Com-putational Linguistics (COLING 94), volume II, pages 665–671, Kyoto,Japan, 1994.

4588 Paul S. Jacobs and Lisa F. Rau. Innovations in text interpretation.Artificial Intelligence, 63:143–191, 1993.

378

4589 Roman Jacobson. The Dominant. In Reading in Russian Poetics: For-malist and Structuralist Views, pages 82–90. The MIT Press, 1971.

4590 Ira Jaffe. Hollywood hybrids: mixing genres in contemporary films. Row-man and Littlefield, Lanham, Maryland, 2008.

4591 Siegfried Jäger. Kulturkontakt-Kulturkonflikt. Ein diskursanalytisch be-gründeter Problemaufriß. In Matthias Jung, Martin Wengeler, andKarin Böke, editors, Die Sprache des Migrationsdiskurses. Das Redenüber ”Ausländer" in Medien, Politik und Alltag, pages 71–88. West-deutscher Verlag, Opladen, 1997.

4592 Manfred Jahn. Focalization. In David Herman, Manfred Jahn, andMarie-Laure Ryan, editors, Routledge Encyclopedia of Narrative Theory,pages 173–177. Routledge, London, 2005.

4593 J. S. Jain. Parsing complex sentences with structured connectionst net-works. Neural Computation, 3:110–120, 1991.

4594 Eva-Maria Jakobs. Mediale Wechsel und Sprache. Entwicklungsstadienelektronisher Schreibwerkzeuge und ihr Einfluß auf Kommunikations-formen. In Werner Holly and Bernd Ulrich Biere, editors, Medien imWandel, pages 187–209. ??, Opladen, 1998.

4595 Roman Jakobson. On linguistic aspects of translation. In R. A. Brower,editor, On Translation, pages 232–239. Harvard University Press, Cam-bridge, MA, 1959. Also appears in ? ), pp261-266; republished in ? ),pp113-118.

4596 Roman Jakobson. Linguistics and Poetics. In T. A. Sebeok, editor, Stylein Language. The M.I.T. Press, 1960.

4597 Roman Jakobson. Roman Jakobson: Selected Writings, volume VolumeII: Word and Language, chapter Parts and wholes in language, pages280–284. Mouton, The Hague, 1971.

4598 Roman Jakobson. Roman Jakobson: Selected Writings, volume VolumeII: Word and Language. Mouton, The Hague, 1971.

4599 Roman Jakobson. Linguistik und Poetik. In Heinz Blumensath, editor,Strukturalismus in der Literaturwissenschaft, pages 118–147. Kiepen-heuer & Witsch, Köln, 1972. übersetzt von Heinz Blumensath und RolfKloepfer.

4600 P. L. Jalbert. Some constructs for analysing news. In Howard Davis andPaul Walton, editors, Language, Image, Media, pages 282–299. BasilBlackwell, Oxford, 1983.

4601 William James. What is an emotion? Mind, 9:188–205, 1884.

379

4602 William James. Principles of Psychology. Holt, New York, 1890.

4603 William James. Pragmatism. A New Name for Some Old Ways of Think-ing. The Echo Library, Teddington, Middlesex, 2009[1907]. Also pub-lished by Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA, 1979.

4604 A. Jameson. Adaptive interfaces and agents. In Andrew Sears andJulie A. Jacko, editors, Human-computer interaction handbook: Funda-mentals, Evolving Technologies and Emerging Applications, pages 433–458. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, New York, 2 edition, 2008.

4605 A. Jameson, W. Hoeppner, and W. Wahlster. The Natural LanguageSystem Ham-Rpm as a Hotel Manager: some Representation Prereque-sites. In R. Wilhelm, editor, GI-10 Jahrestagung, Saarbrucken. Springer,Berlin, 1980.

4606 A. Jameson and W. Wahlster. User Modelling in Anaphora Generation:Ellipsis and Definite Description. In Proceedings of ECAI-82, pages222–227, Orsay, France, 1982. ECAI.

4607 A. Jameson and W. Wahlster. User modelling in anaphora generation.In Proceedings of the 5th. European Conference on Artificial Intelligence(ECAI), pages 222–227, Orsay, 1988.

4608 Anthony Jameson. Impression Monitoring in Evaluation-Oriented Di-alog. The Role of the Listener’s Assumed Expectations and Values inthe Generation of Informative Statements. In Proceedings of IJCAI’83,Karlsruhe, 1983. International Joint Conferences on Artificial Intelli-gence.

4609 Anthony Jameson. How to appear to be conforming to the ‘maxims’ evenif you prefer to violate them. In Gerard Kempen, editor, Natural Lan-guage Generation: Recent Advances in Artificial Intelligence, Psychol-ogy, and Linguistics. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Boston/Dordrecht,1987. Paper presented at the Third International Workshop on NaturalLanguage Generation, August 1986, Nijmegen, The Netherlands.

4610 Anthony Jameson. But what will the listener think? Belief ascrip-tion and image maintenance in dialog. In Alfred Kobsa and Wolf-gang Wahlster, editors, User Models in Dialog Systems, pages 255–312.Springer, Berlin, 1989. (Symbolic Computation Series).

4611 Anthony Jameson. Wie gehen wir mit dem Arbeitsgedächtnis un-serer Dialogpartner um? Eine Integration von Ergebnissen aus vierForschungsrichtungen [How Do We Deal with the Working Memoryof Our Dialog Partners? An Integration of Results from Four Ar-eas of Research]. In Heinz Mandl, editor, Bericht über den 40. Kon-greß der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Psychologie in München 1996,pages 258–263. Hogrefe, Göttingen, Germany, 1997. Available fromhttp://dfki.de/∼jameson/abs/Jameson97DGPs.html.

380

4612 Anthony Jameson. Modeling Both the Context and theUser. Personal Technologies, 5(1):29–33, 2001. Available fromhttp://dfki.de/∼jameson/abs/Jameson01PT.html.

4613 Anthony Jameson, Barbara Großmann-Hutter, Leonie March, RalfRummer, Thorsten Bohnenberger, and Frank Wittig. When ActionsHave Consequences: Empirically Based Decision Making for IntelligentUser Interfaces. Knowledge-Based Systems, 14:75–92, 2001. Availablefrom http://dfki.de/∼jameson/abs/JamesonGM+01.html.

4614 Anthony Jameson, Bernhard Kipper, Alassane Ndiaye, Ralph Schäfer,Joep Simons, Thomas Weis, and Detlev Zimmermann. Cooperatingto be Noncooperative: The Dialog System PRACMA. In B. Nebeland L. Dreschler-Fischer, editors, Proceedings of the Eighteenth GermanConference on Artificial Intelligence (KI-94), pages 106–117. Springer,1994. Also available as: Technical Report No 106, Sonderforschungs-bereich 314 (PRACMA), University of Saarbrücken, June 1994.

4615 Anthony Jameson, Ralph Schäfer, Thomas Weis, André Berthold, andThomas Weyrath. Making Systems Sensitive to the User’s Changing Re-source Limitations. Knowledge-Based Systems, 12:413–425, 1999. Avail-able from http://dfki.de/∼jameson/abs/JamesonSW+99KBS.html.

4616 Moulton Janice and G. M. Robinson. The Organization of Language.Cambridge University Press, 1983.

4617 Richard W. Janney. Film discourse cohesion. In Christian R. Hoffmann,editor, Narrative Revisited. Telling a story in the age of new media,number 199 in Pragmatics and Beyond, pages 245–266. John Benjamins,Amsterdam, 2010.

4618 Richard W. Janney and Arndt Horst. Can a picture tell a thousandwords? Interpreting sequential vs. holistic graphic images. In Origins ofsemiosis: sign evolution in nature and culture, pages 439–453. Moutonde Gruyter, Berlin, 1994.

4619 Fotis Jannidis. Figur und Person. Beitrag zu einer historischen Narra-tologie. De Gruyter, Berlin, 2004.

4620 M.A. Janson and C.C. Woo. Comparing IS Development Tools andMethods: Using the Speech Act Theory. Information and Management,28:1–12, 1995.

4621 E. Janus. Five Polish Dictionary Entries... Naučno-techničeskaja infor-macia, 2(11):21–24, 1971.

4622 Gabriele Janzen and Steffi Katz. Die Wahrnehmung von Eigen- undFremdbewegung und ihr Ausdruck in der Sprache. In Christopher Ha-bel and Christiane von Stutterheim, editors, Räumliche Konzepte undsprachliche Strukturen. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 2000.

381

4623 Gabriele Janzen, M. Schade, S. Katz, and Theo Herrmann. Strategiesfor detour finding in a virtual maze: The role of the visual perspective.Journal of Environmental Psychology, 21:149–163, 2001.

4624 N. Japkowicz and J. Wiebe. A System for Translating Locative Prepo-sitions from English into French. In Proceedings of the 29th. AnnualMeeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 153–160, Berkeley, 1991.

4625 R. Jarantsev. Spravochnik po russkoj frazeologii dlja inostrantsev:vyrazhenie emotsij. Moscow University Press, Moscow, 1976.

4626 Mustafa Jarrar, Maria Keet, and Paolo Dongilli. Multilingual verbaliza-tion of ORM conceptual models and axiomatized ontologies. TechnicalReport STARLab Technical Report, Vrije Universiteit Brussel, 2 2006.

4627 Katja Jasinskaja and Antje Roßdeutscher. Towards Generating Narra-tives from a Preverbal Message: A DRT-based Approach. In A. Benz,P. Kühnlein, and M. Stede, editors, Constraints in Discourse 3. Proceed-ings of the Workshop, pages 45–52. University of Potsdam, Potsdam,Germany, 2008.

4628 Hans Robert Jauss. Toward an Aesthetics of Reception. Harvard Uni-versity Press, Brighton, 1982. tran. T. Bahti.

4629 Lena Jayyusi. Towards a socio-logic of the film text. Semiotica, 68(3-4):271–296, 1988.

4630 G. Jefferson. Side Sequences. In D. Sudnow, editor, Studies in SocialInteraction, pages 294–338. The Free Press, New York, 1972.

4631 G. Jefferson. A case of precision timing in ordinary conversation: over-lapped tag-positioned address terms in closing sequences. Semiotica,9:47–96, 1973.

4632 G. Jefferson. Final Report to the (British) S.S.R.C. on the Analysisof Conversation in which Troubles, and Anxieties, are expressed, 1980.(mimeo).

4633 G. Jefferson. The abominable Ne?, : a working paper exploring thephenomenon of post-response pursuit of response. Technical Report 6,University of Manchester Occasional Paper, 1981.

4634 Helen R. Jenkins. On being clear about time: an analysis of a chap-ter of Stephen Hawking’s A brief History of Time. Language Sciences,14(4):529–545, 1992.

4635 K. Jensen, G. Heidorn, and S. Richardson, editors. The paragraph as asemantic unit. Kluwer Academic, Boston, 1993.

382

4636 Klaus Bruhn Jensen. The social semiotics of mass communication. SagePublications, London and Thousand Oaks, CA, 1995.

4637 O. Jespersen. Philosophy of Grammar. Edward Arnold, London, 1924.

4638 O. Jespersen. Modern English Grammar, Part V. Edward Arnold, 1931.

4639 O. Jespersen. Essentials of English Grammar. Edward Arnold, London,1933.

4640 O. Jesperson. A Modern English Grammar on Historical Principles,part IV. George Allen and Unwin, London and Copenhagen, 1931.

4641 C. Jewitt and G.R. Kress. Multimodal literacy. Number 4 in New lit-eracies and digital epistemologies. P. Lang, Frankfurt a.M. / New York,2003.

4642 Carey Jewitt. The move from page to screen: the multimodal reshapingof school English. Visual Communication, 1(2):171–195, February 2002.

4643 Carey Jewitt. Computer-mediated learning: the multimodal construc-tion of mathematical entities on screen. In Carey Jewitt and GuntherKress, editors, Multimodal Literacy, number 4 in New Literacies andDigital Epistemologies, pages 34–55. Peter Lang, New York, 2003.

4644 Carey Jewitt. Different approaches to multimodality. In Carey Jewitt,editor, The Routledge Handbook of multimodal analysis, pages 28–39.Routledge, London, 2009.

4645 Carey Jewitt. An introduction to multimodality. In Carey Jewitt, edi-tor, The Routledge Handbook of multimodal analysis, pages 14–27. Rout-ledge, London, 2009.

4646 Carey Jewitt, editor. The Routledge Handbook of multimodal analysis.Routledge, London, 2009.

4647 Carey Jewitt and Rumiko Oyama. Visual meaning: a social semioticapproach. In Theo van Leeuwen and Carey Jewitt, editors, Handbook ofvisual analysis, chapter 7, pages 134–156. Sage, London, 2001.

4648 Yinglin Ji. Transitivity and mental transformation: Scheila Watson’sThe Double Book. Language and Literature, 13(4):335–348, 2004.

4649 C. Jian, H. Shi, and B. Krieg-Brückner. SimSpace: A Tool to Inter-pret Route Instructions with Qualitative Spatial Knowledge. In AAAISpring Symposium on Benchmarking of Qualitative Spatial and Tempo-ral Reasoning Systems, 2009.

4650 C. Jian, D. Zhekova, H. Shi, and J. Bateman. Deep Reasoning in Clari-fication Dialogues with Mobile robots. In 19th European Conference onArtificial Intelligence (ECAI 2010), pages 177–182, Amsterdam, 2010.IOS Press.

383

4651 Ernesto Jiménez-Ruiz, Bernardo Cuenca Grau, Ian Horrocks, and RafaelBerlanga. Ontology Integration Using Mappings: Towards Getting theRight Logical Consequences. In ESWC 2009 Heraklion: Proceedingsof the 6th European Semantic Web Conference on The Semantic Web,pages 173–187, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2009. Springer-Verlag.

4652 Hongyan Jing and Kathleen R. McKeown. Combining multiple, large-scale resources in a reusable lexicon for natural language generation. InProceedings of the ACL/COLING-98, Montreal, Quebec, 1998.

4653 Hongyan Jing, Yael Dahan Netzer, Michael Elhadad, and Kathleen R.McKeown. Integrating a large-scale, reusable lexicon with a naturallanguage generator. In Proceedings of the 1st International Conferenceon Natural Language Generation, pages 209–216, Mitzpe Ramon, Israel,2000.

4654 P. Johannesson. Representation and Communication: A Speech ActBased Approach to Information Systems Design. Information Systems,20(4):291–303, 1995.

4655 Ingvar Johansson. Functions, Function Concepts, and Scales. TheMonist, forthcoming.

4656 Ingvar Johansson. Performatives and Antiperformatives. Linguisticsand Philosophy, forthcoming.

4657 S. Johansson, E. Atwell, R. Garside, and G. Leech. The Tagged LOBCorpus: User’s Manual. Norwegian Computing Centre for the Human-ities, Bergen, 1986.

4658 S. Johansson, G. Leech, and H. Goodluck. Manual of Information toAccompany the Lancaster-Olso/Bergen Corpus of British English, forUse with Digital Computers. Department of English, University of Oslo,Oslo, 1978.

4659 R. Johari, J. Marks, A. Partovi, and S. Shieber. Automatic Yellow-Pages Pagination and Layout. Research Report TR-96-29, MERL -A Mitsubishi Electric Research Laboratory, Cambridge, MA, October1996.

4660 Ann M. Johns, editor. Genre in the classroom: multiple perspectives.Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Marwah, NJ, 2002.

4661 C. Johnson and J. Bachenko. Applied Computational Linguistics inPerspective: Proceedings of the Workshop. American Journal of Com-putational Linguistics, 8(2):55–83, April-June 1982.

4662 D. Johnson. Approximate algorithms for combinatorial problems. Jour-nal of Computer and Systems Sciences, 9, 1974.

384

4663 David E. Johnson. On the role of grammatical relations in Linguistictheory. In Chicago Linguistic Society, volume 10, pages 269–283. 1974.

4664 David E. Johnson. JETS: A Japanese-English Translation system basedon Relational Grammar. Technical Report, IBM Research Report,Tokyo Scientific Center, Tokyo, Japan, 1988.

4665 Ian Johnson. The Multilingual Information Society: New applicationsfrom Sharp. ELSNEWS: The newsletter of the European Network inLanguage and Speech, 7(1):6–7, February 1998.

4666 P.N. Johnson-Laird. Mental models in cognitive science. Cognitive Sci-ence, 4:91–115, 1980.

4667 P.N. Johnson-Laird. Mental models of meaning. In Bonnie L. Webber,Aravind K. Joshi, and Ivan A. Sag, editors, Elements of Discourse Pro-cessing, pages 106–126. Cambridge University Press, New York, 1981.

4668 P.N. Johnson-Laird. Mental Models: Towards a Cognitive Science ofLanguage, Inference, and Conciousness. Cambrige University Press,Cambridge, 1983.

4669 P.N. Johnson-Laird, V. Girotto, and P. Legrenzi. Reasoning from In-consistency to Consistency. Psychological Review, 111(1):640–661, 2004.

4670 P.N. Johnson-Laird and K. Oatley. The language of emotions: An anal-ysis of a semantic field. Cognition and Emotion, 3:81–123, 1989.

4671 Mark Johnson. The body in the mind. University of Chicago Press,Chicago, Il, 1987.

4672 R. L Johnson, S. Krauwer, M. Rosner, and G. B Varile. Design of KernelArchitecture of the EUROTRA System. In International Conference onComputational Linguistics (COLING-84), Stanford, CA, U.S.A., 1984.

4673 Rod Johnson and Leslie Olsen. Towards a better measure of readability:explanation of empirical performance results. Word, 40(1-2), 1989.

4674 Roderick L. Johnson. Parsing - an MT perspective. In K. S. Jonesand Yorick Wilks, editors, Automatic Natural Language Parsing. EllisHorwood Ltd., Chichester, Great Britain, 1983.

4675 Jason Johnston. Explorations in systemic phonology. B.A. Honours the-sis, Department of Linguistics, University of Sydney, Sydney, Australia,1988.

4676 Trevor Johnston. The realization of the linguistic metafunctions in asign language. Language Sciences, 14(4):317–355, 1992.

385

4677 A. Johnstone, U. Berry, T. Ngyuen, and A. Asper. There was along pause: Influencing Turn-Taking Behaviour in Human-Human andHuman-Computer Spoken Dialogues. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 41:383–411, 1994.

4678 K. Jokinen. Response planning in information-seeking Dialogues. Doc-tor of Philosophy, University of Manchester Institute of Science andTechnology, 1994.

4679 Kristiina Jokinen. Reasoning about coherence and cooperative systemresponses. In Giovanni Adorni and Michael Zock, editors, Trends in nat-ural language generation: an artificial intelligence perspective, number1036 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages 168–187. Springer,1996.

4680 Aled Jones. Powers of the press: newspapers, power and the public innineteenth-century England. Scolar Press, Aldershot, Hants, 1996.

4681 Bernard Jones. Towards a syntactic account of punctuation. In Proceed-ings of the 16th International Conference on Computational Linguistics(COLING ’96), pages 604–609, Copenhagen, Denmark, 1996.

4682 D. Jones and J. Tsujii. High quality machine-driven text translation.In Proceedings of the 3rd International Conference on Theoretical andMethodological Issues in Machine Translation of Natural Languages,pages 43–46, Austin, Texas, USA, 1990.

4683 Daniel Jones. Analogical natural language processing. Studies in Com-putational Linguistics. UCL Press, London, 1996.

4684 Danny Jones. Non-hybrid example-based machine translation architec-tures. In Proceedings of TMI-92, pages 163–171, Montréal, Canada,1992.

4685 Janet Jones. Multiliteracies for academic purposes: a metafunctionalexploration of intersemiosis and multimodality in university textbook andcomputer-based learning resources in science. PhD thesis, University ofSydney, Sydney, Australia, September 2006.

4686 Janet Jones. Multiliteracies for academic purposes: a metafunctionalexploration of intersemiosis and multimodality in university textbook andcomputer-based learning resources in science. PhD thesis, Faculty ofEducation and Social Work, Sydney University, 2008.

4687 Karen Sparck Jones. Tailoring output to the user: what does user mod-elling in generation mean? In Cécile L. Paris, William R. Swartout,and William C. Mann, editors, Natural Language Generation in Artifi-cial Intelligence and Computational Linguistics, pages 201–225. KluwerAcademic Publishers, Boston/Dordrecht/London, 1991.

386

4688 Peter E. Jones. Cognitive linguistics and the Marxist approach to ide-ology. In René Dirven, Bruce Hawkins, and Esra Sandikcioglu, edi-tors, Language and ideology. Volume 1: theoretical cognitive approaches,number 204 in Current Issues in Linguistic Theory, pages 227–252. Ben-jamins, Amsterdam, 2001.

4689 M. Joos. The English Verb. University of Wisconsin Press, Madisonand Milwaukee, 1964.

4690 Gesche Joost. Bild-Sprache. Die audio-visuelle Rhetorik des Films. tran-script, Bielefeld, 2008.

4691 Gesche Joost. Bild-Sprache: Die audio-visuelle Rhetorik des Films. tran-script - Verlag für Kommunikation, Kultur und soziale Praxis, Bielefeld,2008.

4692 Michael P. Jordan. Prose Structures in Everyday English Texts. GeorgeAllen and Unwin, London, 1984.

4693 Michael P. Jordan. Relational Propositions Within the Clause. In Pro-ceedings of the 14th LACUS Conference. Queen’s University, August1987.

4694 Michael P. Jordan. Some advances in clause-relational theory. InJames D. Benson and William S. Greaves, editors, Systemic FunctionalApproaches to Discourse: Selected Papers from the Twelfth InternationalSystemic Workshop, pages 282–301. Ablex, Norwood, New Jersey, 1988.

4695 T. Jordan, M. Raubal, B. Gartrell, and M. Egenhofer. An Affordance-Based Model of Place in GIS. In Proceedings of the 8th InternationalSymposium on Spatial Data Handling (SDH’98), Vancouver, Canada,1998.

4696 Tanja Jörding and Ipke Wachsmuth. An anthropomorphic agent for theuse of spatial language. In Spatial language: cognitive and computationalaspects, chapter 4. Kluwer, 2001.

4697 Fredrik Jørgensen and Jan Tore Lønning. A minimal recursion semanticanalysis of locatives. Computational Linguistics, 35(2):229–270, June2009.

4698 A. K. Joshi, K. Vijay-Shanker, and D. Weir. The Convergence of MildlyContext-Sensitive Grammar Formalisms. In P. Sells, S.M. Shieber, andT. Wasow, editors, Foundational Issues in Natural Language Processing,pages 31–81. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1991.

4699 A. Joshi and S. Weinstein. Control of Inference: the role of some aspectsof discourse structure centering. 1981.

387

4700 Aravind K. Joshi. Mutual Beliefs in Question-Answer Systems. InN. Smith, editor, Mutual Beliefs. Academic Press, New York, 1982.

4701 Aravind K. Joshi. An introduction to Tree Adjoining Grammar. InAlexis Manaster-Ramer, editor, Mathematics of Language, pages 87–114. John Benjamins Company, 1987.

4702 Aravind K. Joshi. The relevance of tree adjoining grammar to genera-tion. In Gerard Kempen, editor, Natural Language Generation: RecentAdvances in Artificial Intelligence, Psychology, and Linguistics. KluwerAcademic Publishers, Boston/Dordrecht, 1987. Paper presented at theThird International Workshop on Natural Language Generation, August1986, Nijmegen, The Netherlands.

4703 Aravind K. Joshi, Bonnie L. Webber, and Ralph Weischedel. LivingUp to Expectations: Computing Expert Responses. In Proceedings ofAAAI-84. American Association of Artificial Intelligence, 1984.

4704 Mark Joyce. The Soviet montage cinema of the 1920s. In Jill Nelmes,editor, Introduction to Film Studies, chapter 15, pages 364–397. Rout-ledge, London, 4th edition, 2007.

4705 Guy L. Steele Jr. Common Lisp: the language. Digital Press, (2nd.edition) edition, 1990.

4706 Henry Allen Gleason. Jr. Linguistics and English grammar. Holt, Rine-hart and Winston, New York, 1965.

4707 Henry Allen Gleason Jr. Contrastive analysis in discourse structure.Georgetown University Institute of Language and Linguistics, George-town, 1968. Monograph series on languages and linguistics 21.

4708 J. Gough Jr. The essential being of language cannot be anything lin-guistic - Martin Heidegger. Semiotica, 41:135–167, 1982.

4709 A. Jucker. News Interviews. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1986.

4710 J. Jung, A. Kresse, N. Reithinger, and R. Schäfer. Das System ZORAWissensbasierte Generierung von Zeigegesten. XTRA 54, Universitätdes Saarlandes, Sonderforschungsbereich 314, 1989.

4711 I.J. Jureta, J. Mylopoulos, and S. Faulner. A core ontology for require-ments. Applied Ontology, 4(3-4):169–244, 2009.

4712 M. A. Just and P. A Carpenter. The psychology of reading and languagecomprehension. Allyn and Bacon, London, 1987.

4713 Braj B. Kachru. Socially realistic linguistics: the Firthian tradition.Studies in the Linguistic Sciences, 10, 1980.

388

4714 T. Kaczmarek, R. Bates, and G. Robins. Recent Developments inNIKL. In Proceedings of the National Conference on Artificial Intel-ligence. American Association for Artificial Intelligence, 1986.

4715 T. Kaczmarek, W. Mark, and N. Sondheimer. The Consul/CUE Inter-face: An Integrated Interactive Environment. In Proceedings of CHI ’83Human Factors in Computing Systems, pages 98–102. ACM, December1983.

4716 Ekkat Kaemmerling. Rhetorik als Montage. In Friedrich Knilli, editor,Semiotik des Films. Mit Analysen kommerzieller Pornos und revolu-tionärer Agitationsfilme, pages 94–109. Carl Hanser Verlag, München,1971. unter Mitarbeit von Erwin Reiss und Knut Hickethier.

4717 Klaus Kaindl. Multimodality in the translation of humour in comics. InEija Ventola, Cassily Charles, and Martin Kaltenbacher, editors, Per-spectives on Multimodality, pages 173–192. John Benjamins, Amster-dam, 2004.

4718 Wojciech H. Kalaga and Marzena Kubisz, editors. Multicultural dilem-mas. Identity, difference, otherness. Peter Lang, Frankfurt am main,2008.

4719 Mary Kalantzis and Bill Cope, editors. Multiliteracies: Literacy Learn-ing and the Design of Social Futures. Routledge, London, 2000.

4720 James Kalbach and Tim Bosenick. Web page layout: a comparisonbetween left- and right-justified site navigation menus. Journal of DigitalInformation, 4(1), 2003.

4721 Yannis Kalfoglou and Marco Schorlemmer. Ontology mapping: the stateof the art. The Knowledge Engineering Review, 18(1):1–31, 2003.

4722 Yannis Kalfoglou and Marco Schorlemmer. Ontology mapping: the stateof the art. Knowledge Engineering Review, 18(1):1–31, 2003.

4723 Yannis Kalfoglou and Marco Schorlemmer. Ontology mapping: thestate of the art. In Yannis Kalfoglou, Marco Schorlemmer, A. Sheth,S. Staab, and M. Uschold, editors, Semantic interoperability and inte-gration, number 4391 in Dagstuhl Seminar Proceedings, Dagstuhl, Ger-many, 2005. Internationales Begegnungs- und Forschungszentrum fuerInformatik (IBFI), Schloss Dagstuhl, Germany.

4724 Yannis Kalfoglou and W. Marco Schorlemmer. IF-Map: An Ontology-Mapping Method Based on Information-Flow Theory. J. Data Seman-tics, 1:98–127, 2003.

4725 J. Kalita. Automatically Generating Natural Language Reports. Int. J.Man-Machine Studies, 30:399–423, 1989.

389

4726 J. Kalita and B. Badler. Interpreting prepositions physically. In Pro-ceedings of AAAI-91, pages 105–110, 1991.

4727 J. Kalita and L. Shastri. Generation of simple Sentences in EnglishUsing the Connectionist Model of Computation. In 9th Cognitive ScienceSociety Conference, Seattle, 1987.

4728 J. Kalita and L. Shastri. A Connectionist Approach to Generation ofSimple Sentences and Word Choice. In G. Adriaens and U. Hahn, ed-itors, Parallallel Natural Language Processing, pages 395–420. Ablex,Norwood, NJ, 1994.

4729 J. Kalita and S. Shende. Automaticaly Generating Natural LanguageReports in an Office Environment. In 2nd Conf. on Appl. Natural Lan-guage Processing, Austin, 1988.

4730 Kaarel Kaljurand and Norbert E. Fuchs. Verbalizing OWL in AttemptoControlled English. In Proceedings of the Third International Workshopon OWL: experiences and directions, volume 258, Innsbruck, Austria,2007.

4731 Hermann Kalkofen. Bilder lesen ... IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdiszi-plinäre Bildwissenschaft, 6:22–29, July 2007.

4732 Martin Kaltenbacher. Multimodality in language teaching CD-ROMs. InEija Ventola, Cassily Charles, and Martin Kaltenbacher, editors, Per-spectives on Multimodality, pages 119–136. John Benjamins, Amster-dam, 2004.

4733 Martin Kaltenbacher. Perspectives on Multimodality: From the earlybeginnings to the state of the art. Information Design Journal,12(3):190–207, 2004.

4734 Slava Kalyuga, Paul Chandler, and John Sweller. Levels of Expertise andUser-Adapted Formats of Instructional Presentations: A Cognitive LoadApproach. In A. Jameson, C. Paris, and C. Tasso, editors, Proceedingsof the Sixth International Conference on User Modeling (UM97), pages261–274. Springer, Berlin, June 2-5 1997. (Chia Laguna, Sardinia, Italy).

4735 Hasan Kamal and Chris Mellish. An ATMS approach to systemic sen-tence generation. In Anja Belz, Roger Evans, and Paul Piwek, editors,Natural Language Generation: Third international Conference (INLG2004), number 3123 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages80–89. Springer, Berlin, New York, July 14-16 2004.

4736 Megumi Kameyama. Atomization in grammar sharing. In Proceed-ings of the 26th. Annual Meeting of the Association for ComputationalLinguistics, pages 194–203, Buffalo, New York, 1988. Association forComputational Linguistics.

390

4737 Megumi Kameyama, Ryo Ochitani, and Stanley Peters. ResolvingTranslation Mismatches with Information Flow. In Annual Meeting ofthe Assocation of Computational Linguistics, pages 193–200, Berkeley,California, 1991. Association of Computational Linguistics.

4738 B. Kamler. The construction of gender in early writing. AustralianReview of Applied Linguistics, Series S(10):129–146, 1993.

4739 Hans Kamp. A Theory of Truth and Semantic Representation. InJeroen A.G. Groenendijk, T.M.V. Janssen, and Martin B.J. Stokhof,editors, Formal methods in the study of language, number 136, pages277–322. Mathematical Centre Tracts, Amsterdam, 1981.

4740 Hans Kamp and Uwe Reyle. From discourse to logic: introduction tomodeltheoretic semantics of natural language, formal logic and discourserepresentation theory. Kluwer Academic Publishers, London, Boston,Dordrecht, 1993. Studies in Linguistics and Philosophy, Volume 42.

4741 Hans Kamp and Christian Rohrer. Tense in texts. In R. Bauerle,C. Schwarze, and A. von Stechow, editors, Meaning, use and interpre-tation of language, pages 250–269. de Gruyter, Berlin, 1983.

4742 Thomas Kamps. Automatic visualization for Hypermedia Publications.Technical Report, GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und In-formationssysteme, 1993.

4743 Thomas Kamps. A constructive theory for diagram design and its algo-rithmic implementation. PhD thesis, Darmstadt University of Technol-ogy, Darmstadt, Germany, 1997.

4744 Thomas Kamps. A constructive approach to automatic diagram design.In Peter Fankhauser and Marlies Ockenfeld, editors, Integrated Publica-tion and Information Systems: 10 years of research and development,number ISBN: 3088457-968-1, pages 223–236. GMD, ForschungszentrumInformationstechnik, Sankt Augustin, Germany, 1998.

4745 Thomas Kamps, Christoph Hüser, Wiebke Möhr, and Ingrid Schmidt.Knowledge-based information access for hypermedia reference works:exploring the spread of the Bauhaus movement. In Maristella Agosti andAlan F. Smeaton, editors, Information retrieval and hypertext, pages225–255. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Boston/London/Dordrecht,1996.

4746 Thomas Kamps, C. Obermeier, Klaus Reichenberger, and IngridSchmidt. SGML für dynamische Publikationen-das Beispiel FischerWeltalmanach. In Wiebke Möhr und Ingrid Schmidt, editor, SGMLund XML: Anwendungen und Perspektiven, pages 173–192. Springer,1999.

391

4747 Thomas Kamps and Klaus Reichenberger. A dialogue approach tographical information access. In W. Schuler, J. Hannemann, and N. Stre-itz, editors, Designing user interfaces for Hypermedia, pages 141–155.Springer, Berlin, 1995.

4748 Min-Yen Kan, Kathleen R. McKeown, and Judith L. Klavans. Ap-plying natural language generation to indicative summarization. InProceedings of the 8th. European Workshop on Natural Language Gen-eration, pages 92–100, Toulouse, France, July 2001. Available athttp://centrifuser.cs.columbia.edu/wnlg01/wnlg01.pdf.

4749 Min-Yen Kan, Kathleen R. McKeown, and Judith L. Klavans.Domain-specific informative and indicative summarization forinformation retrieval. In Proceedings of the Document Under-standing Conference, New Orleans, U.S.A., 2001. Available athttp://centrifuser.cs.columbia.edu/sigirDuc01/sigirDuc01.pdf.

4750 T. Kanda, H. Ishiguro, and T. Ishida. Psychological Analysis on Human-Robot Interaction. In IEEE International Conference on Robotics andAutomation (ICRA 2001), 2001.

4751 M. J. Kane, D. Z. Hambrick, S. W. Tuholski, O. Wilhelm, T. W. Payne,and R. W. Engle. The generality of working memory capacity: A latentvariable approach to verbal and visuospatial memory span and reason-ing. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 133:189–217, 2004.

4752 Dazhou Kang, Baowen Xu, Jianjiang Lu, Peng Wang, and Yanhui Li.Extracting Sub-ontology from Multiple Ontologies. In Robert Meers-man, Zahir Tari, and Angelo Corsaro, editors, On the Move to Mean-ingful Internet Systems 2004: OTM 2004 Workshops, number 3292 inLNCS, pages 731–740. Springer-Verlag, Berlin / Heidelberg, 2004.

4753 Andrew Kania. Memento. In Paisley Livingston and Carl Plantinga,editors, The Routledge Companion to Philosophy and Film, chapter 60,pages 650–660. Routledge, London and New York, 2009.

4754 Andrew Kania, editor. Memento. Philosophers on film. Routledge, Lon-don, 2009.

4755 Andrew Kania. Realism. In Paisley Livingston and Carl Plantinga,editors, The Routledge Companion to Philosophy and Film, chapter 22,pages 237–248. Routledge, London and New York, 2009.

4756 Andrew Kania. What is Memento? Ontology and interpretation inmainstream film. In Andrew Kania, editor, Memento, Philosophers onfilm, pages 167–188. Routledge, London, 2009.

4757 M. Kantrowitz and J. Bates. Integrated Natural Language GenerationSystems. In R. Dale, E. Hovy, D. Rösner, and O. Stock, editors, As-pects of Automated Natural Language Generation, pages 13–28. Springer,Berlin, 1992.

392

4758 Klaus Kanzog, editor. Einführung in die Filmphilologie. Number 4 indiskurs film: Münchener Beiträge zur Filmphilologie. Verlegergemein-schaft Schaudig/Bauer/Ledig, München, 1991.

4759 Klaus Kanzog. Der Film als philologische Aufgabe. In Hans Gerd Rötzer,editor, Literaturverfilmungen, number 11 in Themen - Texte - Interpre-tationen, pages 40–45. C.C. Buchners, Bamberg, 1993.

4760 Klaus Kanzog, editor. Grundkurs Filmsemiotik. Number 10 in diskursfilm: Münchener Beiträge zur Filmphilologie. diskurs film Verlag,München, 2007.

4761 C. Kaplan, J. Fenwick, and J. Chen. Adaptive Hypertext NavigationBased on User’s Goals and Context. User Modeling and User-AdaptedInteraction, 3(3):193–220, 1993.

4762 Ronald M. Kaplan, Klaus Netter, Jürgen Wedekind, and Annie Zaenen.Translation by structural correspondences. In Proceedings of the 4th.Annual Meeting of the European Chapter of the Association for Com-putational Linguistics, pages 272–281, UMIST, Manchester, England,1989.

4763 S. J. Kaplan. Cooperative Responses from a Natural Language DataBase Query System. Technical Report, Moore School of Engineering,University of Pennsylvania, 1977.

4764 S. J. Kaplan. Indirect Responses to Loaded Questions. In Proceedingsof the Second Workshop in Theoritical Issues in Natural Language Pro-cessing, Urbana-Champaign, Illinois, 1978. Theoritical Issues in NaturalLanguage Processing.

4765 S. J. Kaplan. Cooperative Responses from a Portable Natural Lan-guage Database Query System. PhD thesis, University of Pennsylvania,Philadelphia, Pa, 1979.

4766 S. J. Kaplan. Cooperative Responses from a Portable Natural LanguageQuery System. Artificial Intelligence, 2(19), 1982.

4767 S. J. Kaplan and J. Davidson. Interpreting Natural Language DatabaseUpdates. In Proceedings of 19th Meeting of ACL, pages 139–142. ACL,1981.

4768 Charalampos Karagiannidis, Adamantios Koumpis, and ConstantineStephanidis. Supporting adaptivity in intelligent user interfaces : Thecase of media and modalities allocation. In Proceedings of the 1st ERCIMWorkshop on User Interface for All, pages 30–31, Heraklion, 1995.

4769 Nikiforos Karamanis. Entity Coherence for Descriptive Text Structur-ing. PhD thesis, School of Informatics, University of Edinburgh, Scot-land, 2003.

393

4770 Nikiforos Karamanis, Chris Mellish, Jon Oberlander, and Massimo Poe-sio. A corpus-based methodology for evaluating metrics of coherence fortext structuring. In Anja Belz, Roger Evans, and Paul Piwek, editors,Natural Language Generation: Third international Conference (INLG2004), number 3123 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages90–99. Springer, Berlin, New York, July 14-16 2004.

4771 Nikiforos Karamanis, Massimo Poesio, Chris Mellish, and Jon Ober-lander. Evaluating Centering-based Metrics of Coherence Using a Reli-ably Annotated Corpus. In Proceedings of the 2004 annual meeting ofthe Association of Computational Linguistics, pages 391–398, Barcelona,Spain, 2004.

4772 A. Karasimos and A. Isard. Multi-lingual Evaluation of a Natural Lan-guage Generation System. In Proceedings of the Fourth InternationalConference on Language Resources and Evaluation (LREC 2004), Lis-bon, Portugal, May 2004.

4773 Reinhard Kargl. Wie Film erzählt. Wege zu einer Theorie des mul-timedialen Erzählens im Spielfilm. Number 1931 in EuropäischeHochschulschriften: Reihe 1, Deutsche Sprache und Literatur. Lang,Frankfurt am Main, 2006.

4774 Vangelis Karkaletsis, Constantine D. Spyropoulos, and George A.Vouros. A knowledge-based methodology for supporting multilingualand user-tailored interfaces. Interacting with Computers, 9(3):311–333,1998.

4775 Jussi Karlgren and Douglass Cutting. Recognizing text genres withsimple metrics using discriminant analysis. In Proceedings of the 15th.International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING 94),volume II, pages 1071–1075, Kyoto, Japan, 1994.

4776 F. Karlsson. Finskans struktur. Liber Läromedel, Lund, 1976.

4777 Lauri Karttunen. Pronouns and variables. In Chicago Linguistic Society,volume 5. 1969.

4778 Lauri Karttunen and Martin Kay. Parsing in a Free Word Order Lan-guage. In D. Dowty, L. Karttunen, and A. Zwicky, editors, NOWAVAILABLE IN ACL SERIES, GET TITLE. Cambridge UniversityPress, 1983.

4779 Lauri Kartunnen. Presupposition and Linguistic context. TheoreticalLinguistics, 1, 1974.

4780 B. Kaspar, G. Fries, K. Schuhmacher, and A. Wirth. FAUST–A Direc-tory Assistance Demonstrator. In Proceedings of 4th. European Confer-ence on Speech Communication and Technology (Eurospeech’95), pages1161–1164, 1995.

394

4781 Robert. Kasper. Feature Structures: A Logical Theory with Applicationto Language Analysis. PhD thesis, University of Michigan, 1987.

4782 Robert Kasper. SPL: A Sentence Plan Language for text generation.Technical Report, USC/ISI, 1989.

4783 Robert Kasper. Adjuncts in the Mittelfeld. In John Nerbonne, KlausNetter, and Carl Pollard, editors, German in Head-Driven Phrase Struc-ture Grammar, pages 39–69. CSLI, Stanford, CA, 1994.

4784 Robert Kasper, Bernd Kiefer, Klaus Netter, and K. Vijay-Shanker.Compilation of HPSG to TAG. In Proceedings of the 33rd. Annual Meet-ing of the Association for Computational Linguistics, MIT, Cambridge,1995. ACL.

4785 Robert T. Kasper. A Unification Method for Disjunctive Feature De-scriptions. In Proceedings of the 25th Annual Meeting, Stanford, CA,July 1987. Association for Computational Linguistics.

4786 Robert T. Kasper. Feature Structures: A Logical Theory with Applica-tion to Language Analysis. PhD thesis, University of Michigan, Com-puter and Communication Sciences, 1987.

4787 Robert T. Kasper. An Experimental Parser for Systemic Grammars. InProceedings of the 12th International Conference on Computational Lin-guistics, August 1988, Budapest, Hungary, 1988. Association for Com-putational Linguistics.

4788 Robert T. Kasper. Conditional Descriptions in Functional UnificationGrammar. In Proceedings of the 26th Annual Meeting of the Associationfor Computational Linguistics, Buffalo, N.Y., June 1988. Association forComputational Linguistics.

4789 Robert T. Kasper. Systemic Grammar and Functional UnificationGrammar. In James D. Benson and William S. Greaves, editors, Sys-temic Functional Approaches to Discourse, pages 176–199. Ablex, Nor-wood, New Jersey, 1988.

4790 Robert T. Kasper. A flexible interface for linking applications to PEN-MAN’s sentence generator. In Lynette Hirschman, editor, Proceedingsof the DARPA Workshop on Speech and Natural Language, San Mateo,CA, 1989. Morgan Kaufmann. Available from ACL Anthology H89-1022.

4791 Robert T. Kasper. A flexible interface for linking applications to PEN-MAN’s sentence generator. In Proceedings of the DARPA Workshop onSpeech and Natural Language, 1989.

4792 Robert T. Kasper. Unification and classification: an experiment ininformation-based parsing. In Proceedings of the International Work-shop on Parsing Technologies, pages 1–7, 1989. 28-31 August, 1989,Carnegie-Mellon University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

395

4793 Robert T. Kasper and Michael O’Donnell. Representing the Nigel gram-mar and semantics in LOOM. Technical Report, USC/Information Sci-ences Institute, Marina del Rey, California, 1990.

4794 Robert Kasper and Richard Whitney. SPL: A Sentence Plan Languagefor text generation. Technical Report forthcoming, Information SciencesInstitute, 1989. 4676 Admiralty Way, Marina del Rey, California 90292-6695.

4795 W. Kasper, B. Kiefer, H.-U. Krieger, C.J. Rupp, and K. Worm. Chartingthe depths of robust speech parsing. In Proceedings of the 37th. AnnualMeeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 513–518, University of Maryland, 1999.

4796 Robert Kass. Student modeling in Intelligent Tutoring Systems - Im-plications for user modeling. In Alfred Kobsa and Wolfgang Wahlster,editors, User Models in Dialog Systems, pages 386–410. Springer Verlag,Symbolic Computation Series, Berlin Heidelberg New York Tokyo, 1989.

4797 Robert Kass and Tim Finn. Modeling the user in natural languagesystems. Computational Linguistics Journal, 14:5–22, 1989. SpecialIssue on User Modelling.

4798 Kim A. Kastens, Shruti Agrawal, and Lynn S. Liben. How students andfield geologists reason in integrating spatial observations from outcropsto visualize a 3-D geological structure. International Journal of ScienceEducation, 31(3):365–393, 2009.

4799 Kim A. Kastens, Lynn S. Liben, and Shruti Agrawal. Epistemic actionsin science education. In Christian Freksa, Nora S. Newcombe, PeterGärdenfors, and Stefan Wölfl, editors, Spatial Cognition VI: Learning,Reasoning and Talking about Space, number 5241 in Lecture notes in Ar-tifiicial Intelligence, pages 202–215. Springer, 2008. International Con-ference, Spatial Cognition 2008, Freiburg, Germany.

4800 Andreas Kathol. Passives without Lexical Rules. In John Nerbonne,Klaus Netter, and Carl Pollard, editors, German in Head-Driven PhraseStructure Grammar, pages 237–272. CSLI, Stanford, CA, 1994.

4801 Graham Katz, Inderjeet Mani, and Thora Tenbrink. Proceedings ofMethodologies and Resources for Processing Spatial Language: Work-shop at LREC-2008, May 28-31, 2008, Marrakech, Morocco. 2008.

4802 J.J. Katz. The real status of semantic representation. Linguistic Inquiry,8:559–584, 1977.

4803 S. Katz. Assessing self-maintenance: Activities of daily living, mobilityand instrumental activities of daily living. Journal of the AmericanGeriatrics Society, 31(12):721–726, 1983.

396

4804 Steven D. Katz. Film Directing Shot by Shot: Visualizing from Conceptto Screen. Michael Wiese Productions, C.A., 1991.

4805 David S. Kaufer and Kathleen M. Carley. Communication at a dis-tance: the influence of print on sociocultural organization and change.Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ, 1993.

4806 Marinos Kavouras and Margarita Kokla. Theories of Geographic Con-cepts: Ontological Approaches to Semantic Integration. CRC Press, Tay-lor & Francis Group, Boca Raton, Florida, 2008.

4807 Bruce F. Kawin. Mindscreen: Bergman, Godard, and First-Person Film.Princeton University Press, Princeton, N.J., 1978.

4808 Bruce F. Kawin. How movies work. University of California Press,Berkeley / Los Angeles / London, 1992.

4809 Martin Kay. Functional Grammar. In Proceedings of the 5th meetingof the Berkeley Linguistics Society, pages 142–158. Berkeley LinguisticsSociety, 1979.

4810 Martin Kay. Functional unification grammar: A formalism for machinetranslation. In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference onComputational Linguistics, Stanford, CA. Association of ComputationalLinguistics, 1984.

4811 Martin Kay. Parsing in functional unification grammar. In David R.Dowty, Lauri Kartunnen, and Arnold Zwicky, editors, Natural LanguageParsing, pages 251–278. Cambridge University Press, London, 1985.

4812 Martin Kay. Parsing in functional unification grammar. In Barbara J.Grosz, Karen Sparck-Jones, and Bonnie L. Webber, editors, Readingsin Natural Language Processing, pages 125–138. Morgan Kaufman Pub-lishers, 1986. Reprinted from David R. Dowty, Lauri Kartunnen andArnold Zwicky (eds.)(1982) Natural Language Parsing, Cambridge Uni-versity Press, pp251-278.

4813 Martin Kay. Multilinguality: overview. In Ronald A. Cole, JosephMariani, Hans Uszkoreit, Annie Zaenen, and Victor Zue, editors, Surveyof State of the Art in Human Language Technology, chapter 8.1, pages245–247. Cambridge University Press, 1997.

4814 Martin Kay, J. M. Gawron, and P. Norvig. Verbmobil: a translationsystem for face-to-face dialog. CSLI, Stanford, CA, 1994.

4815 Martin Kay, J. M. Gawron, and Peter Norvig. Verbmobil: A transla-tion system for face-to-face dialog, August 1991. Report prepared forplanning phase of the German Bundesministerium für Forschung undTechnologie Verbmobil project.

397

4816 Martin Kay and Martin Röscheisen. Text-translation alignment. Com-putational Linguistics, 19(1):121–142, March 1993.

4817 E. L. Keenan. Two Kinds of Presuppositions in Natural Language. InC. J. Fillmore and D. T. Langendoen, editors, Studies in LinguisticSemantics. Holt, Rinehart, and Winston, New York, 1971.

4818 Edward Keenan. Remarkable subjects in Malagasy. In Charles Li, edi-tor, Subject and Topic. Academic Press, New York, 1976.

4819 Edward Keenan. Towards a universal definition of "Subject of". InCharles Li, editor, Subject and Topic. Academic Press, New York, 1976.

4820 Edward Keenan and Bernard Comrie. Noun phrase accessibility anduniversal grammar. Linguistic Inquiry, 8(1), 1977.

4821 Edward L. Keenan. On semantically based grammar. Linguistic Inquiry,3:413–462, 1972.

4822 Edward L. Keenan. The functional principle : Generalising the notion’Subject of’. Chicago Linguistic Society, 10:298–308, 1974.

4823 Edward L. Keenan. Some universals of passive in Relational Grammar.Chicago Linguistic Society, 11, 1975.

4824 Edward Keenan and Alan Timberlake. Predicate formation rules inuniversal grammar. In Edward Keenan, editor, Universal Grammar: 15essays, pages 316–334. Croom Helm, London, 1985.

4825 E.O. Keenan and E. Klein. Coherency in children’s discourse. Journalof Psycholinguistic research, 4:365–378, 1975.

4826 E.O. Keenan and B.B. Schieffelin. Topic as a discourse notion. InCharles Li, editor, Subject and Topic. Academic Press, New York, 1976.

4827 Sonya E. Keene. Object-Oriented Programming in Common Lisp: Aprogrammer’s guide to CLOS. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company,Cambridge, MA, 1989.

4828 C. M. Keet. A Formal Theory of Granularity. PhD thesis, KRDBResearch Centre, Faculty of Computer Science, Free University of Bozen-Bolzano, Italy., 2008.

4829 C. M. Keet. Structuring GIS information with types of granularity: acase study. In VI International Conference on Geomatics, 10-12 Febru-ary 2009, Havana, Cuba, 2009.

4830 D. D. Kehagias, I. Papadimitriou, J. Hois, D. Tzovaras, and John A.Bateman. A Methodological Approach for Ontology Evaluation andRefinement. In ASK-IT International Conference 2008, 2008. CD only.

398

4831 W. Kehl. GEOTEX-E: Generierung zweisprachiger Konstruktionstexte.In B. Endres-Niggemeyer, editor, Interaktion und Kommunikation mitdem Computer, number 238 in Informatik-Fachberichte. Springer, 1989.(GLDV-Jahrestagung Proceedings).

4832 Walter Kehl. GEOTEX - Ein System zur Verbalisierung geometrischenKonstruktionen, 1986. Diplomarbeit. Stuttgart University, Institut fürInformatik.

4833 Andrew Kehler. Common topics and coherent situations: interpretatingellipsis in the context of discourse inference. In 32nd. Annual Meeting ofthe Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 50–57, NewMexicoState University, Las Cruces, New Mexico, 1994.

4834 Andrew Kehler. Temporal relations: reference or discourse coherence. In32nd. Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics,pages 319–321, New Mexico State University, Las Cruces, New Mexico,1994.

4835 Andrew Kehoe and Antoinette Renouf. WebCorp: Applying the Webto Linguistics and Linguistics to the Web. In WWW2002 Conference,Honolulu, Hawaii, 2002.

4836 John D. Kelleher and Fintan J. Costello. Applying computational mod-els of spatial prepositions to visually situated dialog. ComputationalLinguistics, 35(2):119–149, June 2009.

4837 John D. Kelleher and Geert-Jan M. Kruijff. Incremental Generation ofSpatial Referring Expressions in Situated Dialog. In Proceedings of the21st International Conference on Computational Linguistics and 44thAnnual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages1041–1048, Sydney, Australia, July 2006. Association for ComputationalLinguistics.

4838 John D. Kelleher, Geert-Jan M. Kruijff, and Fintan J. Costello. Prox-imity in Context: An Empirically Grounded Computational Model ofProximity for Processing Topological Spatial Expressions. In Proceed-ings of the 21st International Conference on Computational Linguisticsand 44th Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Lin-guistics, pages 745–752, Sydney, Australia, July 2006. Association forComputational Linguistics.

4839 John Kelleher and Geert-Jan Kruijff. A Context-dependent Algorithmfor Generating Locative Expressions in Physically Situated Environ-ments. In Proceedings of the Tenth European Workshop on NaturalLanguage Generation (ENLG-05), 2005.

4840 D. Keller-Cohen, B.I. Meader, and D.W. Mann. Redesiging a telephonebill. Information Design Journal, 6:45–66, 1990.

399

4841 E. Keller, editor. Fundamentals of Speech Synthesis and Speech Recog-nition. Ellis Harwood, Chichester, 1994.

4842 P.J. Kellman. Interpolation processes in the visual perception of objects.Neural Networks, 16:915–923, 2003.

4843 Douglas Kellner. Media Culture: Cultural Studies, Identity and Politicsbetween the Modern and Postmodern. Routledge, New York, 1995.

4844 Gerard Kempen. Building a psychologically plausible sentence gener-ator. Presented at the Conference on Empirical and MethodologicalFoundations of Semantic Theories for Natural Language, Nijmegen, TheNetherlands., March 1977.

4845 Gerard Kempen. Language Generation Systems. In I. Batori,W. Lenders, and W. Putschke, editors, Computational Linguistics. AnInternational Handbook on Computer Oriented Language Research andApplications. Walter de Gruyter, Berlin and New York, 1986.

4846 Gerard Kempen. Natural Language Generation: Recent Advances inArtificial Intelligence, Psychology, and Linguistics. Kluwer AcademicPublishers, 1987. Selected papers presented at the Third InternationalWorkshop on Natural Language Generation, August 1986, Nijmegen,The Netherlands.

4847 Gerard Kempen and E. Hoenkamp. A Procedural Grammar for SentenceProduction. Technical Report, University of Nijmegen, Department ofPsychology, The Netherlands, 1979.

4848 Gerard Kempen and E. Hoenkamp. A incremental procedural grammarfor sentence formulation. Cognitive science, 11:201–258, 1987.

4849 S. Kemper and T. Harden. Experimentally disentangling what’s bene-ficial about elderspeak from what’s not. Psychology and Aging, 14:656–670, 1999.

4850 R. M. Kempson. Logical form: the grammar cognition interface. Journalof Linguistics, 24(2):393–432, September 1988.

4851 Ruth M. Kempson. Presupposition and the delimitation of semantics.Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1975.

4852 Sarah Kennelly and Fabien Reniers. Cumulativity and Distributivity:Interaction of Polyadic Quantifiers. In Proceedings of 12th AmsterdamColloquium, 1999.

4853 R. Kent. A KIF formalization for the IFF category theory ontology.In Working Notes of the IJCAI-2001 Workshop on the IEEE StandardUpper Ontology, 2001.

400

4854 Robert E. Kent. The information flow foundation for conceptual knowl-edge organization. In Proceedings of the 6th. international conference ofthe international society for knowledge organization (ISKO), Toronto,Canada, 2000.

4855 Robert E. Kent. The Information Flow Foundation (IFF) Ontology.IEEE SUO report Version 2002-01-02, IEEE, Standard Upper OntologyWorking Group, 2002.

4856 Robert E. Kent. Semantic Integration in the IFF. In Proceedings ofthe Semantic Integration Workshop (SI 2003) of the 2nd InternationalSemantic Web Conference (ISWC 2003), 2003.

4857 Angela Keppler and Martin Seel. Über den Status filmischer Genres.montage av. Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kom-munikation, 11(2):59–68, 2002.

4858 A. Kerner and U. Thiel. Graphical Support for Users’ Inferences withinRetrieval Dialogues. In Proceedings of the IEEE Workshop on VisualLanguages, pages 211–216, 1991.

4859 Stephan Kerpedjiev, Guiseppe Carenini, Nancy Green, Johanna D.Moore, and Steven Roth. Saying it in graphics: from intentions tovisualizations. In IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization (In-foVis’98), pages 97–101, Research Triangle Park, NC, Oct 1998. IEEE.

4860 Stephan Kerpedjiev, Guiseppe Carenini, Steven Roth, and Johanna D.Moore. Integrating planning and task-based design for multimedia pre-sentation. In Proceedings of IUI-97, 1997.

4861 B. Kessler, G. Nunberg, and H. Schütze. Automatic detection of textgenre. In Proceedings of the 35th. Annual Meeting of the Assocationfor Computational Linguistics and the 8th. Conference of the Euro-pean Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics (ACL-EACL97), pages 32–38, Madrid, Spain, July 1997. Association for Com-putational Linguistics.

4862 Franck Kessler. La grande syntagmatique re-située. Les Cahiers duCIRCAV, (6/7):185–194, 1995. Hommage à Christian Metz.

4863 Frank Kessler. Filmsemiotik. In Jürgen Felix, editor, Moderne Film-Theorie, pages 104–125. Bender, Mainz, 2003.

4864 Klaus Kessler, Ingo Duwe, and Hans Strohner. Grounding Mental Mod-els: Subconceptual Dynamics in the Resolution of Reference in Dis-course. In Gert Rickheit and Christopher Habel, editors, Mental Modelsin Discourse Processing and Reasoning. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1999.

4865 Haig Khatchadourian. Movement and action in film. British Journal ofAesthetics, 20(4):349–355, 1980.

401

4866 Haig Khatchadourian. Space and time in film. British Journal of Aes-thetics, 27(2):169–177, 1987.

4867 Lina Khatib. The politics of space: the spatial manifestations of rep-resenting Middle Eastern politics in American and Egyptian cinema.Visual Communication, 3(1):69–90, 2004.

4868 Rayd Khouloki. Der filmische Raum. Konstruktion, Wahrnehmung, Be-deutung. Bertz + Fischer, 2007.

4869 Roger Kibble, Richard Power, and Kees van Deemter. Editing logicallycomplex discourse meanings. In Proceedings of the 3rd InternationalWorkshop on Computational Semantics, pages 147–162, ITK, TilburgUniversity, 1999.

4870 Joseph G. Kickasola. Semiotics and semiology. In Paisley Livingstonand Carl Plantinga, editors, The Routledge Companion to Philosophyand Film, chapter 42, pages 457–489. Routledge, London and New York,2009.

4871 Manfred Kienpointner. Alltagslogik. Struktur und Funktion von Argu-mentationsmustern. ??, Stuttgart-Bad Cannstatt, 1992.

4872 Manfred Kienpointner and Walther Kindt. On the problem of bias inpolitical argumentation: An investigation into discussions about politi-cal asylum in Germany and Austria. Journal of Pragmatics, 27:555–585,1997.

4873 Daniel Kies. The uses of passivity: suppressing agency in "NineteenEighty-Four". In Martin Davies and Louise Ravelli, editors, Advancesin systemic linguistics: recent theory and description, pages 229–251.Pinter, London, 1992.

4874 Gen-ichiro Kikui. Bunmyaku-wo Kouryo sta Nihon-go bun no Seisei’(The generation of Japanese text in relation to context). Master’s thesis,Dept. of Electrical Engineering, Kyoto University, Kyoto, Japan, 1986.

4875 Adam Kilgarriff. BNC database and word frequency lists, 1996.

4876 Adam Kilgarriff. “I don’t believe in word senses”. Computers and theHumanities, 31(2):91–113, 1997.

4877 Adam Kilgarriff. Putting Frequencies in the Dictionary. InternationalJournal of Lexicography, 10(2):135–155, 1997.

4878 Adam Kilgarriff. SENSEVAL: An exercise in evaluating word sensedisambiguation programs. In Proceedings of the International Confer-ence on Language Resources and Evaluation (LREC), pages 581–588,Granada, Spain, 1998.

402

4879 Adam Kilgarriff. Generative Lexicon Meets Corpus Data: The Caseof Nonstandard Word Uses. In P. Bouillon and F. Busa, editors, TheLanguage of Word Meaning. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,2001.

4880 Adam Kilgarriff and Gregory Grefenstette. Introduction to the Specialissue of the Web as Corpus. Computational Linguistics, 29(2):333–347,2003.

4881 A. Kilger. Using UTAGs for Incremental and Parallel Generation.10(4):591–603, 1994.

4882 A. Kilger and W. Finkler. Incremental generation for real-time applica-tions. Technical Report RR-95-11, DFKI, Saarbrücken, 1995.

4883 Henry Kim. Predicting how ontologies for the semantic web will evolve.Communications of the ACM, 45(2):48–54, February 2002.

4884 H.M. Kim, M.S. Fox, and M. Gruninger. An ontology for quality man-agement: enabling quality problem identification and tracing. BT Tech-nology Journal, 17(4):131–140, 1999.

4885 Ji-Hoon Kim. The post-medium condition and the explosion of cinema.Screen, 50(1):114–123, 2009.

4886 Roger Kim, Mary Dalrymple, Ronald M. Kaplan, Tracy Holloway King,Hiroshi Masuichi, and Tomoko Ohkuma. Multilingual grammar develop-ment via grammar porting. In Emily Bender, Dan Flickinger, FrederikFouvry, and Melanie Siegel, editors, Proceedings of the ESSLLI Work-shop on Ideas and Strategies for Multilingual Grammar Development,number 15 in European Summer School for Logic, Language and Infor-mation, pages 49–56, Vienna, Austria, 18-29 August 2003. ESSLLI.

4887 Sanghee Kim, Harith Alani, Wendy Hall, Paul Lewis, David Millard,Nigel Shadbolt, and Mark Weal. Artequakt: Generating Tailored Bi-ographies with Automatically Annotated Fragments from the Web. InProceedings Semantic Authoring, Annotation and Knowledge MarkupWorkshop in the 15th European Conference on Artificial Intelligence,Lyon, France, 2002.

4888 J. Kimble. Plain English: a charter for clear writing. Thomas M. CooleyLaw Review, 9(1):1–58, 1992.

4889 Tom Kindt. ’Erzählerische Unzuverlässigkeit’ in Literatur und Film.Überlegungen zu einem Begriff zwischen Narratologie und Interpreta-tionstheorie. In Herbert Hrachovec, Wolfgang Müller-Funk, and BirgitWagner, editors, Kleine Erzählungen und ihre Medien, volume 8 of ReiheKultur-Wissenschaften, pages 55–66. Turia und Kant, Wien, 2003.

403

4890 Tom Kindt and Hans-Harald Müller. Narratology and interpretation: arejoinder to David Darby. Poetics Today, 24(3):413–421, 2003.

4891 Tom Kindt and Hans-Harald Müller. The Implied Author: concept andcontroversy. De Gruyter, Berlin, 2006.

4892 Robin King, Christian Matthiessen, Julie Vonwiller, Suzanne Eggins,and Petie Sefton. Research and development of a linguistic model ofhuman dialogues. Technical Report, Speech Technology and LanguageResearch Group, University of Sydney, 1991.

4893 P. Kingsbury, M. Palmer, and M. Marcus. Adding semantic annotationto the Penn TreeBank. In Proceedings of the Human Language Technol-ogy Conference, San Diego, 2002.

4894 Geoffrey Kingscott. The translation of names and titles. LanguageInternational, 2(6):13–21, 1990.

4895 Satoshi Kinoshita, John Phillips, and Jun-ichi Tsujii. Interaction be-tween structural changes in machine translation. In Proceedings ofthe fifteenth International Conference on Computational Linguistics(COLING-92), volume II, pages 679–685, Nantes, France, July 1992.

4896 W. Kintsch. The Representation of Meaning in Memory. Erlbaum,Hillsdale, N. J., 1974.

4897 Walter Kintsch. Memory and Cognition. John Wiley and Sons, NewYork, 1977.

4898 Walter Kintsch. Learning from Text, Levels of Comprehension, or: WhyAnyone Would Read a Story Anyway. Poetics, 9(1-3):87–98, 1980.

4899 Walter Kintsch. The Role of Knowledge in Discourse Comprehension: Aconstruction-intergration Model. Psychological Review, 95(2):163–182,1988.

4900 P. Kiparski. Über den deutschen Akzent. In Studia Grammatica VII:Untersuchungen über Akzent und Intonation im Deutschen, pages 69–98.Akademie Verlag, Berlin, 3rd. edition edition, 1973.

4901 M. Kipp, M. Neff, and I. Albrecht. An Annotation Scheme for Con-versational Gestures: How to economically capture timing and form.Journal on Language Resources and Evaluation, 41(2-3):325–339, 2007.Special Issue on Multimodal Corpora for Modeling Human MultimodalBehaviour.

4902 Michael Kipp. Multimodal annotation, querying and analysis in ANVIL.In Mark Maybury, editor, Multimedia information extraction, chap-ter 19. IEEE Computer Society Press, 2012.

404

4903 Michael Kipp, Jean-Claude Martin, Patrizia Paggio, and Dirk Heylen.Multimodal corpora. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2009.

4904 Karin Kipper-Schuler. VerbNet: a broad-coverage, comprehensive verblexicon. PhD thesis, Computer and Information Science Department,Universiy of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, PA, 2005.

4905 Kathleen C. Kirasic. Age differences in adults’ spatial abilities, learningenvironmental layout, and wayfinding behavior. Spatial Cognition andComputation, 2:117ff, 2000.

4906 Sabine Kirschmeier-Andersen. Implementing monolingual grammarsand transfer components in the Eurotra formalism. Machine Trans-lation, 6(3):149–170, 1991.

4907 Sabine Kirschmeier-Anderson. Implementing monolingual grammarsand transfer components in the Eurotra formalism. Machine Trans-lation, 6(3):149–170, 1991.

4908 Zdenek Kirschner. A dependency-based analysis of English for thepurpose of Machine Translation. Technical Report IX, Matematicko-fyzikálnífakulta UK, Charles University, Prague, 1982. Series: ExpliziteBeschreibung der Sprache und automatische Textbearbeitung (2nd. edi-tion republished in 1988).

4909 Zdenek Kirschner. APAC3-2: An English-to-Czech Machine Transla-tion System. Technical Report XIII, Matematicko-fyzikálnífakulta UK,Charles University, Prague, 1987. Series: Explizite Beschreibung derSprache und automatische Textbearbeitung.

4910 R Kirsner. Deixis in discourse: An exploratory quantitative study of themodern Dutch demonstrative adjective. In Talmy Givòn, editor, Syn-tax and Semantics 12: Discourse and syntax, pages 355–375. AcademicPress, New York, 1979.

4911 R. Kirsner and S. Thompson. The role of inference in semantics: a studyof sensory verb complements in English. Glossa, 10:200–240, 1976.

4912 R.S. Kirsner. On the subjectless ’pseudo-passive’ in standard Dutch. InCharles Li, editor, Subject and Topic. Academic Press, New York, 1976.

4913 Atanas Kiryakov, Kiril Simov, and Marin Dimitrov. OntoMap: ontolo-gies for lexical semantics. In Galia Angelova, Kalina Bontcheva, Rus-lan Mitkov, Nicolas Nicolo, and Nikolai Nikolov, editors, Proceedingsof the Euroconference Recent Advances in Natural Language Processing(RANLP-2001), pages 142–148, Tzigov, Bulgaria, September 2001.

4914 Atanas Kiryakov and Kiril Iv. Simov. A comparison between UpperCyc Ontology and EuroWordnet Top Ontology. In Proceedings of On-toLex’2000 - Workshop on Ontologies and Lexical Knowledge Bases, So-zopol, Bulgaria, Sept. 8-10 2000.

405

4915 Atanas Kiryakov and Kiril Iv. Simov. Mapping of EuroWordnet TopOntology to Upper Cyc Ontology. In Proceedings of the 12th Interna-tional Conference on Knowledge Engineering and Knowledge Manage-ment (EKAW’2000): Workshop on Ontologies and Texts, pages 93–105,Juan-les-Pins, French Riviera, October 2000.

4916 Tibor Kiss. Obligatory Coherence: The Structure of German ModalVerb Constructions. In John Nerbonne, Klaus Netter, and Carl Pollard,editors, German in Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar, pages 71–107. CSLI, Stanford, CA, 1994.

4917 Tibor Kiss. Unicorns in Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar. InHarald Trost, editor, KONVENS ’94, pages 191–200, Vienna, 1994.

4918 K. Kita, Y. Fukui, M. Nagata, and T. Morimoto. Automatic Acquisitionof Probabilistic Dialogue Models. In Proceedings of ICSLP ’96, volume 1,pages 196–199, Philadelphia, PA, October 1996.

4919 Y. Kitamura, Y. Koji, and R. Mizoguchi. An ontological model of devicefunction: instrustrial deployment and lessons learned. Applied Ontology,3(3/4):237–262, 2005.

4920 Hiroaki Kitano. Parallel incremental sentence production for a model ofsimultaneous interpretation. In Robert Dale, Chris Mellish, and MichaelZock, editors, Current research in Natural Language Generation, pages321–351. Academic Press, London, 1990.

4921 Eliza Kitis. Ads-part of our lives: linguistic awareness of powerful ad-vertising. Word and Image, 13(3):304–313, July-September 1997.

4922 Jim Kitses. Horizons West: Directing the Western from John Ford toClint Eastwood. British Film Institute, London, 2004.

4923 R. Kittredge. Variation and Homogeneity of Sublanguages. In R. Kit-tredge and J. Lehrberger, editors, Sublanguage: Studies of language inrestricted semantic domains, pages 107–137. de Gruyter, Berlin and NewYork, 1982.

4924 R. Kittredge, A. Polguère, and E. Goldberg. Natural Language Re-port Synthesis: an Application to Marine Weather Forecasts. In 6thCanadian Conference on AI, 1986.

4925 R. Kittredge, A. Polguère, and E. Goldberg. Synthesizing weather re-ports from formatted data. In Proceedings of the 11th. InternationalConference on Computational Linguistics, pages 563–565, Bonn, Ger-many, 1986. International Committee on Computational Linguistics.

4926 Richard Kittredge. The significance of sublanguage for automatic trans-lation. In Sergei Nirenburg, editor, Machine Translation: Theoreticaland methodological issues, pages 59–67. Cambridge University Press,London, 1987.

406

4927 Richard Kittredge. Guest Editor’s Note: On the Relevance of Text Gen-eration Research in Machine Translation. Machine Translation, 7(4):1–4, 1992.

4928 Richard Kittredge, editor. Machine Translation (Special Issue on TextGeneration), volume 7(4). 1992.

4929 Richard Kittredge. Efficiency vs. Generality in Interlingual Design: somelinguistic considerations. In Richard Kittredge, editor, Proceedings ofthe IJCAI ’95 Workshop on Multilingual Text Generation, pages 64–74, Montréal, Québec, August 1995. International Joint Conference onArtificial Intelligence, AAAI.

4930 Richard Kittredge, editor. Proceedings of the IJCAI 95 workshop onMultilingual Text Generation. AAAI, Montréal, Québec, August 1995.

4931 Richard Kittredge, Eli Goldberg, Myunghee Kim, and Alain Polguère.Sublanguage engineering in the FOG system. In Proceedings of the 4th.Conference on Applied Natural Language Processing (ANLP-94), pages215–216, Stuttgart, 1994.

4932 Richard I. Kittredge and Alain Polguère. Dependency grammars forbilingual text generation: inside FoG’s stratification models. In Proceed-ings of International Conference on Current Issues in ComputationalLinguistics, pages 318–330, Penang, Malaysia, 1991.

4933 Richard I. Kittredge and Alain Polguère. Generating extended bilingualtexts from application knowledge bases. In Proceedings of the Next Gen-eration Natural Language Processing Conference, pages 147–160, Kyoto,Japan, 1991.

4934 Richard I. Kittredge and Alain Polguére. The generation of reportsfrom databases. In Robert Dale, H. Moisl, and Harold Somers, editors,A handbook of natural language processing: techniques and applicationsfor the processing of language as text, pages 261–304. Marcel Dekker,New York, 2000.

4935 Richard Kittredge, Lidija Iordanskaja, and Alain Polguère. MultilingualText Generation and the Meaning-Text Theory. In Conference on The-oretical and Methodological Issues in Machine Translation of NaturalLanguages, Carnegie Mellon University, Pittsburgh, PA, June 1988.

4936 Richard Kittredge, Tanya Korelsky, and Owen Rambow. On the needfor domain communication knowledge. Computational Intelligence,7(4):305–314, 1991.

4937 Richard Kittredge and J. Lehrberger, editors. Sublanguage: Studies oflanguage in restricted semantic domains. de Gruyter, Berlin and NewYork, 1982.

407

4938 Richard Kittredge and Igor A. Mel’čuk. Towards a computable modelof meaning-text relations within a natural sublanguage. In Proceedingsof the IJCAI 1983, 1983.

4939 Esther Klabbers, Emiel Krahmer, and Mariët Theune. A generic al-gorithm for generating spoken monologues. In Proceedings of the 5th.International Conference of Spoken Language Processing (ICSLP’98),pages 2759–2862, Sydney, Australia, 1998.

4940 Martin Klarner. Hybrid NLG in a generic dialog system. In Anja Belz,Roger Evans, and Paul Piwek, editors, Natural Language Generation:Third international Conference (INLG 2004), number 3123 in LectureNotes in Artificial Intelligence, pages 205–211. Springer, Berlin, NewYork, July 14-16 2004.

4941 D. H. Klatt. Review of text-to-speech conversion for English. Journalof the Acoustical Society of America, 82(3):737–793, 1987.

4942 J. de Kleer and J. S. Brown. Assumptions and ambiguities in mechanisticmental models. In D. Gentner and A.L. Stevens, editors, Mental models,pages 155–190. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ, 1983.

4943 J. de Kleer and J. S. Brown. A Qualitative Physics Based on Confluence.In Jerry R. Hobbs and Robert C. Moore, editors, Formal theories ofthe commonsense world, pages 109–184. Ablex Publishing Corporation,Norwood, New Jersey, 1985.

4944 Andy Klein. Everything you wanted to know about ’Memento’. Sa-lon.com Arts & Entertainment, June 2001. Published: 28th June 2001;last accessed: 10th April 2010.

4945 Marie-Luise Klein. Women in the discourse of sports reports. Interna-tional Review for the Sociology of Sport, 23(2):139–152, 1988.

4946 S. Klein. Automatic paraphrasing in essay format. Mechanical Transla-tion, 8(3), 1965.

4947 S. Klein. Meta-compiling text grammars as a model for human behavior.In Proceedings of Theoretical Issues in Natural Language Processing - I(TINLAP), pages 94–98, Cambridge, Mass., June 1975.

4948 Sheldon Klein. Control of Style with a Generative Grammar. Language,41:619–631, 1965. Also appears in German translation as: Klein, S.1971. Stilkontrolle mit einer generativen Grammatik. In: Jens Ihwe (ed.)Literaturwissenschaft und Linguistik: Ergebnisse und Perspektiven, Vol.1, pp. 234-252.

4949 Sheldon Klein, J. F. Aeschlimann, M. A. Appelbaum, D. F. Balsiger,E. J. Curtis, M. Foster, S. D. Kalish, S. J. Kamin, Y.-D. Lee, L. A.

408

Price, and D. F. Salsieder. Modelling Propp and Lèvi-Strauss in a Meta-symbolic Simulation System. Tech. Report 226, University of Wisconsin,Computer Science, Wisconsin, 1974.

4950 Sheldon Klein, J. F. Aeschlimann, M. A. Appelbaum, D. F. Balsiger,E. J. Curtis, M. Foster, S. D. Kalish, S. J. Kamin, Y.-D. Lee, L. A.Price, and D. F. Salsieder. Modelling Propp and Lévi-Strauss in a Meta-symbolic Simulation System. In H. Jason and D. Segal, editors, Patternsin Oral Literature, World Anthropology Series, pages 141–222. Mouton,The Hague, 1977. (Published version of UWCS Tech. Report No. 226.,1974).

4951 Sheldon Klein, J. F. Aeschlimann, M. A. Applebaum, D. F. Balsiger,E. J. Curtis, M. Foster, S. D. Kalish, S. J. Kamin, Y.-D. Lee, and L. A.Price. Simulation d’hypothèses émisés par Propp et Lévi-Strauss enutilisant un système de simulation meta-symbolique. Informatique etSciences Humaines, 28:63–133, Mars 1976.

4952 Sheldon Klein, J. F. Aeschlimann, D. F. Balsiger, S. L. Converse,C. Court, M. Foster, R. Lao, J. D. Oakely, and J. D. Smith. AutomaticNovel Writing. UWCS Technical Report 186, University of Wisconsin,Computer Science Department, 1973.

4953 Sheldon Klein, J. F. Aeschlimann, D. F. Balsiger, S. L. Converse,C. Court, M. Foster, R. Lao, J. D. Oakely, and J. D. Smith. Auto-matic Novel Writing. In W. Burghardt and K. Hölker, editors, TextProcessing/Textverarbeitung, pages 338–412. Walter de Gruyter, Berlinand New York, 1979. (Published version of UWCS Technical ReportNo. 186, 1973).

4954 Sheldon Klein and R. F. Simmons. Syntactic Dependence and the Com-puter Generation of Coherent Discourse. Mechanical Translation, 7(2),1963.

4955 Wolfgang Klein. Der Stand der Forschung zur deutschen Satzintonation.Linguistische Berichte, 68:3–33, 1980.

4956 Wolfgang Klein. Verbal planning in route directions. In H.W. Dechertand M. Raupach, editors, Temporal Variables in Speech, pages 159–168.Mouton, The Hague, 1980.

4957 Chuck Kleinhans. New theory, new questions: Intro-duction to special section. Jump Cut: A Review ofContemporary Media, 12/13:37–38, 1976. Appears on-line at http://www.ejumpcut.org/archive/onlinessays/jc12-13folder/intro.newtheory.html (2004; last accessed 30 Sep 2010).

4958 Sonja Kleinke. Women and headline-policy in German and English localdaily newspapers. In Friedrich Ungerer, editor, English Media Texts past

409

and present: language and textual structure, pages 67–84. Benjamins,Amsterdam, 2000.

4959 M. Klenner. TELOS: Ein System zur Generierung temporaler Konjunk-tionalsätze. Research Report 75, Psychological Institute, University ofFreiburg, Freiburg, Germany, 1991.

4960 Meike Klettke, Mathias Bietz, Ilvio Bruder, Andreas Heuer, DennyPriebe, Günter Neumann, Markus Becker, Jochen Bedersdorfer, HansUszkoreit, Alexander Maedche, Steffen Staab, and Rudi Studer. GET-ESS - Ontologien, Objektrelationale Datenbanken und Textanalyse alsBausteine einer Semantischen Suchmaschine. Datenbank Spektrum, 1:1–10, 2001.

4961 G. Klimonow. Valenz als eine theoretische Grundlage der automatischenSprachverarbeitung, volume XXX of Studia Grammatica. Akademie Ver-lag, Berlin, 1989.

4962 G. Klimonow, I. Starke, V. M. Grigorjan, and R. L. Urutjan. Zur Syntaxund Semantik prädikativer Strukturen. Akademie-Verlag Berlin, Berlin,1989.

4963 Volker Klingspor, J. Demiris, and M. Kaiser. Human-Robot-Communication and Machine Learning. Applied Artificial Intelligence,11(7/8):719–746, 1997.

4964 Volker Klingspor, Katharina Morik, and Anke Rieger. Learning Con-cepts from Sensor Data of a Mobile Robot. Machine Learning,23(2/3):305–332, 1996.

4965 A. Klippel, S. Hansen, J Davies, and S. Winter. A high-level cognitiveframework for route directions. In Proceedings of the SSC 2005 SpatialIntelligence, Innovation, and Praxis: The National Bienneal Conferenceof the Spatial Science Institute. Spatial Science Institute, 2005.

4966 A. Klippel, S. Hansen, J. Davies, and S. Winter. A High-Level Cog-nitive Framework for Route Directions. In Spatial Science Conference,Melbourne, Australia, 2005. Spatial Science Institute.

4967 A. Klippel, P. U. Lee, S. Fabrikant, D.R. Montello, and J. Bateman.The Cognitive Conceptual Approach as a Leitmotif for Map Design. InAAAI Spring Symposium. AAAI, 2005. Technical Report SS-05-06.

4968 A. Klippel, T. Tappe, L. Kulik, and P. U. Lee. Wayfinding choremes -A language for modeling conceptual route knowledge. Journal of VisualLanguages and Computing, 16(4):311–329, 2005.

4969 Alexander Klippel, Carsten Dewey, Markus Knauff, Kai-Florian Richter,Dan R. Montello, Christian Freksa, and Esther-Anna Loeliger. DirectionConcepts in Wayfinding Assistance Systems. In Jörg Baus, Christian

410

Kray, and Robert Porzel, editors, Workshop on Artificial Intelligence inMobile Systems (AIMS’04), Proceedings, number Memo 84 in SFB 378,pages 1–8, Saarbrücken, 2004.

4970 Alexander Klippel, Kai-Florian Richter, Thomas Barkowsky, and Chris-tian Freksa. The cognitive reality of schematic maps. In L. Meng,A. Zipf, and T. Reichenberger, editors, Map-based mobile services -Theories, Methods and Implementations, pages 57–74. Springer, Berlin,2005.

4971 Alexander Klippel, Heike Tappe, and Christopher Habel. Pictorial Rep-resentations of Routes: Chunking Route Segments During Comprehen-sion. In Christian Freksa, Wilfried Brauer, Christopher Habel, andKarl F. Wender, editors, Spatial Cognition III – Routes and Naviga-tion, Human Memory and Learning, Spatial Representation and SpatialLearning, Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages 11–33. Springer,2003.

4972 Alexander Klippel, Thora Tenbrink, and Dan Montello. The Role ofStructure and Function in the Conceptualization of Directions. In MilaDimitrova-Vulchanova and Emile van der Zee, editors, Motion Encodingin Spatial Language. Oxford University Press, Oxford, forthcoming.

4973 Rolf Kloepfer. Komplementarität von Sprache und Bild. Am Beispiel vonComic, Karikatur und Reklame. In Roland Posner and Hans-Peter Rei-necke, editors, Zeichenprozesse. Semiotische Forschung in den Einzel-wissenschaften. Athenäum, Wiesbaden, 1977.

4974 Rolf Kloepfer. Mimesis und Sympraxis: Zeichengelenktes Miteinanderim erzählenden Werbespot. Mannheimer Analytika, 4, 1986. Narrativ-ität in den Medien. Also appears as Papiere des Münsteraner Arbeit-skreis für Semiotik, 19.

4975 Rolf Kloepfer. SYMPRAXIS - semiotics, aesthetics and consumer par-ticipation. In J. Umiker-Sebeok, editor, Marketing and semiotics: newdirections in the study of signs for sale, pages 123–148. Mouton deGruyter, Berlin/New York/Amsterdam, 1987.

4976 Rolf Kloepfer. Werbung und Semiotik. In Walter A. Koch, editor, Semi-otik in den Einzelwissenschaften, volume 1, pages 1–24. Brockmeyer,Bochum, 1990.

4977 Rolf Kloepfer. Semiotische Aspekte der Filmwissenschaft: Filmsemi-otik. In Roland Posner, Klaus Robering, and Thomas A. Sebeok, ed-itors, Semiotik/Semiotics: Ein Handbuch Zu Den ZeichentheoretischenGrundlagen von Natur und Kultur / A Handbook of the sign-theoreticfoundations of nature and culture, volume 3. de Gruyter, Berlin, 2003.(Semiotic aspects of film studies: Semiotics of the cinema).

411

4978 Gudrun Klose, Ewald Lang, and Thomas Pirlein. Die Ontologie undAxiomatik der Wissensbasis von LEU/2: Erfahrungen - Probleme -Ausblicke. Technical Report IWBS Report 171, IBM Deutschland,Stuttgart, 1991.

4979 Gudrun Klose, Ewald Lang, and Thomas Pirlein, editors. Die Ontologieund Axiomatik der Wissensbasis von LILOG: Wissensmodellierung imIBM Deutschland LILOG-Projekt. Springer, Berlin/Heidelberg, 1992.Informatik-Fachberichte 307.

4980 Gudrun Klose and Thomas Pirlein. Die Modellierung der LEU/2-Wissensbasis im Überblick. In Gudrun Klose, Ewald Lang, and ThomasPirlein, editors, Die Ontologie und Axiomatik der Wissensbasis vonLILOG: Wissensmodellierung im IBM Deutschland LILOG-Projekt,pages 3–22. Springer, Berlin/Heidelberg, 1992. Informatik-Fachberichte307.

4981 Gudrun Klose and Kai von Luck. The background knowledge of theLILOG system. In O. Herzog and C.-R. Rollinger, editors, Text under-standing in LILOG: integrating computational linguistics and artificialintelligence, Final report on the IBM Germany LILOG-Project, pages455–463. Springer, Berlin, 1991. Lecture notes in artificial intelligence,546.

4982 T. Kluss, N. Schult, K. Schill, M. Fahle, and C. Zetzsche. Investigatingthe In-Between: Multisensory Integration between Auditory and VisualMotion Streams. Seeing and Perceiving, submitted.

4983 T. Kluss, N. Schult, C. Zetzsche, M. Fahle, and K. Schill. The Influenceof Visual Stimuli on Auditory Apparent Motion Perception. In 10thInternational Multisensory Research Forum, The City College of NewYork, New York, 29.6-02.07.2009 2009.

4984 T. Kluss, N. Schult, C. Zetzsche, M. Fahle, and K. Schill. MultisensoryIntegration in Apparent Motion Perception. In 11th International Mul-tisensory Research Forum, University of Liverpool, Liverpool, 16.06.-19.06.2010 2010.

4985 M. Knauff, R. Rauh, and C. Schlieder. Preferred mental models inqualitative spatial reasoning: A cognitive assessment of Allens calculus.In Proceedings of the Seventeenth Annual Conference of the CognitiveScience Society, pages 200–205, Mahwah, NJ, 1995. Lawrence ErlbaumAssociates.

4986 Markus Knauff. The cognitive adequacy of Allen’s interval calculus forqualitative spatial representation and reasoning. Spatial Cognition andComputation, 1:261–290, 1999.

412

4987 Markus Knauff. Stop Using Introspection to Gather Data for the De-sign of Computational Modeling and Spatial Assistance. In ThomasBarkowsky, Christian Freksa, Mary Hegarty, and Ric Lowe, editors,Proceedings of the AAAI Spring Symposium on Reasoning with Men-tal and External Diagrams: Computational Modeling and Spatial Assis-tance, number SS-05-06 in AAAI Technical Report, pages 96–100, MenloPark, California, 2005. AAAI Press.

4988 Markus Knauff, Reinhold Rauh, and Jochen Renz. A Cognitive As-sessment of Topological Spatial Relations: Results from an EmpiricalInvestigation. In Proceedings of the 3rd International Conference onSpatial Information Theory (COSIT97), 1997.

4989 R. Knaus. Incremental sentence processing. American Journal of Com-putational Linguistics, Fiche 33, 1975.

4990 Thomas Knieper and Marion G. Müller, editors. Kommunikation visuell.Das Bild als Forschungsgegenstand - Grundlagen und Perspektiven. Her-bert von Halem Verlag, Köln, 2001.

4991 Kevin Knight and Vasileios Hatzivassiloglou. Two-level, many pathsgeneration. In Proceedings of the 33rd. Annual Meeting of the Associa-tion for Computationa Linguistics (ACL’95), Cambridge, MA, 1995.

4992 Kevin Knight and Steve K. Luk. Building a large-scale knowledge basefor machine translation. In Proceedings of AAAI-94, Seattle, U.S.A.,1994. American Association of Artificial Intelligence.

4993 Friedrich Knilli. Zeichensystem Film. In Friedrich Knilli, editor, Semi-otik des Films. Mit Analysen kommerzieller Pornos und revolutionärerAgitationsfilme, pages 8–23. Carl Hanser Verlag, München, 1971. unterMitarbeit von Erwin Reiss und Knut Hickethier.

4994 Friedrich Knilli and Erwin Reiss. Semiotik des Films: Mit Analy-sen kommerzieller Pornos und revolutionärer Agitationsfilme, volume2098 of Fischer-Athenäum-TaschenbücherLiteraturwissenschaft, Me-dien. Athenäum-Fischer-Verlag, Frankfurt am Main, 1971.

4995 A. Knoll, B. Hildebrandt, and J. Zhang. Instructing Cooperating As-sembly Robots through Situated Dialogues in Natural Language. InIEEE Conference on Robotics and Automation, 1997.

4996 Gerhard Knorz and Wiebke Möhr. Semantische Markup zur Inhalter-schließung von Agenturmeldungen. In Wiebke Möhr und Ingrid Schmidt,editor, SGML und XML: Anwendungen und Perspektiven, pages 279–306. Springer, 1999.

4997 A. Knott and C. Mellish. A feature-based account of the relations sig-nalled by sentence and clause connectives. Language and Speech, 39(2-3):143–183, 1996.

413

4998 A. Knott, J. Oberlander, M. O’Donnell, and C. Mellish. Beyond elab-oration: the interaction of relations and focus in coherent text. InT. Sanders, J. Schilperoord, and W. Spooren, editors, Text representa-tion: linguistic and psycholinguistic aspects, pages 181–196. Benjamins,Amsterdam, 2001.

4999 A. Knott and T. Sanders. The classification of coherence relations andtheir linguistic markers: An exploration of two languages. Journal ofPragmatics, 30(2):135–175, 1998.

5000 Alistair Knott. A Data-Driven Methodology for Motivating a Set ofCoherence Relations. PhD thesis, University of Edinburgh, Edinburgh,to appear.

5001 Alistair Knott and Robert Dale. Using linguistic phenomena to motivatea set of rhetorical relations. Technical Report HCRC/RP-39, HumanCommunication Research Centre, University of Edinburgh, Edinburgh,Scotland, 1992.

5002 Alistair Knott and Robert Dale. Using linguistic phenomena to motivatea set of coherence relations. Discourse Processes, 18(1):35–62, 1994.

5003 Alistair Knott and Robert Dale. Choosing a set of coherence relationsfor text-generation: a data-driven approach. In Giovanni Adorni andMichael Zock, editors, Trends in natural language generation: an artifi-cial intelligence perspective, number 1036 in Lecture Notes in ArtificialIntelligence, pages 47–67. Springer, 1996.

5004 Alistair Knott, Chris Mellish, Jon Oberlander, and Mick O’Donnell.Sources of Flexibility in Dynamic Hypertext Generation. In Proceedingsof the 8th. International Workshop on Natural Language Generation(INLG ’96), Herstmonceux, England, June 1996.

5005 Alistair Knott, Michael J. O’Donnell, Jon Oberlander, and Chris Mel-lish. Defeasible Rules in Content Selection and Text Structuring. InW. Hoeppner, editor, Proceedings of the 6th European Workshop on Nat-ural Language Generation EWNLG’97, Duisburg, Germany, 1997.

5006 Alistair Knott, Ted Sanders, and Jon Oberlander. Levels of Representa-tions in Discourse Relations. Cognitive Linguistics, 12(3):197–209, 2001.

5007 Alistair Knott and Peter Vlugte. Multi-agent human-machine dialogue:issues in dialogue management and referring expression semantics. Ar-tificial Intelligence, 172(2-3):69–102, February 2008.

5008 John S. Knox. Visual-verbal communication on online newspaper homepages. Visual Communication, 6(1):19–53, 2007.

414

5009 John S. Knox. Online newspapers and TESOL classrooms: a multimodalperspective. In Len Unsworth, editor, Multimodal Semiotics: FunctionalAnalysis in Contexts of Education, pages 139–158. Continuum, London,2008.

5010 Donald E. Knuth. Digital Typography. CSLI Lecture Notes. Center forthe Study of Language and Information, 1999.

5011 Donald E. Knuth and Michael F. Plass. Breaking paragraphs into lines.Software-Practice and Experience, 11:1119–1184, 1981.

5012 Donald E. Knuth and Michael F. Plass. Choosing better line breaks.In Nievergelt, editor, Document Preparation Systems, pages 221–242.North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1982.

5013 Ichiro Kobayashi. A social system simulation based on human informa-tion processing. PhD thesis, Tokyo Institute of Technology, 1995.

5014 Alfred Kobsa. A taxonomy of beliefs and goals for user models in dialogsystems. In Alfred Kobsa and Wolfgang Wahlster, editors, User modelsin dialog systems, pages 52–68. Springer, Berlin, 1989.

5015 Alfred Kobsa. Generic User Modeling Systems. User modelling anduser-adapted interaction, 11:49–63, 2001.

5016 Alfred Kobsa and Wolfgang Wahlster. Computational Linguistics: Spe-cial issue on User Modeling, volume 14. The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge,MA, 1988. number 3.

5017 Alfred Kobsa and Wolfgang Wahlster, editors. User Models in DialogSystems. Symbolic Computation Series. Springer, Berlin Heidelberg NewYork Tokyo, 1989.

5018 Christian H. Koch. Understanding Film as Process of Change: A meta-language for the study of film developed and applied to Ingmar Bergman’sPersona and Alan J. Pakula’s The Sterile Cuckoo. PhD thesis, Univer-sity of Iowa, Iowa, 1970. UMI Microform, Ann Arbor, MI.

5019 Jonas Koch. Unreliable and discordant film narration. Journal of Lit-erary Theory, 5(1):57–80, 2011.

5020 Thomas Koebner. Was stimmt denn jetzt? ’Unzuverlässiges Erzählen’im Film. In Fabienne Liptay and Yvonne Wolf, editors, Was stimmtden jetzt? Unzuverlässiges Erzählen in Literatur und Film, pages 19–38. edition text + kritik, München, 2005.

5021 Thomas Koebner and Thomas Meder, editors. Bildtheorie und Film.edition text+kritik, München, 2006.

5022 J. Koehler. Planning under Resource Constraints. In Proceedings of the13th European Conference on Artificial Intelligence (ECAI98), 1998.

415

5023 E.F.K. Koerner. Linguistics and ideology in the nineteenth and twenti-eth century studies of language. In René Dirven, Bruce Hawkins, andEsra Sandikcioglu, editors, Language and ideology. Volume 1: theoret-ical cognitive approaches, number 204 in Current Issues in LinguisticTheory, pages 253–276. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2001.

5024 Zoltan Koevecses. Emotion Concepts. Cambridge University Press,1990.

5025 Zoltan Koevecses. Metaphor and Emotion. Cambridge University Press,2000.

5026 K. Koffka. Principles of Gestalt Psychology. Harcourt-Brace, New York,1935.

5027 Kiyoshi Kogure. A method of analyzing Japanese Speech Acttypes. Technical Report ATR Technical Report, TR-I-0026, AdvancedTelecommunications Research Institute International, Kyoto, Japan,1988.

5028 D. Kohl, A. Plainfossé, and Claire Gardent. The General Architectureof Generation in ACCORD. In COLING, Helsinki, 1990. Architecture.

5029 D. Kohl, A. Plainfossé, M. Reape, and C. Gardent. Text Generationfrom Semantic Representation. ESPRIT Project Accord 393, 1989.

5030 Dieter Kohl. Generating from under- and overspecified structures. InProceedings of the fifteenth International Conference on ComputationalLinguistics (COLING-92), volume II, pages 686–692, Nantes, France,1992. International Committe on Computational Linguistics.

5031 Jacob Köhler, Katherine Munn, Alexander Rüegg, Andre Skusa, andBarry Smith. Quality control for detecting terms and definitions inontologies and taxonomies. BMC Bioinformatics, 7:212, 2006.

5032 K. J. Kohler. Einführung in die Phonetik des Deutschen. Berlin, 1977.

5033 K. J. Kohler. Funktionen von F0-Gipfeln im Deutschen. In H. Tillmannand G. Wille, editors, Analyse und Synthese gesprochener Sprache, pages133–140. Hildesheim, Germany, 1987.

5034 W. Köhler. Gestalt psychology. Liveright, Liverpool, 1947.

5035 Michael Kohlhase. OMDoc - An open markup format for mathematicaldocuments. Number 4180 in LNAI. Springer, 2006.

5036 Margarita Kokla and Marinos Kavouros. Fusion of top-level and ge-ographical domain ontologies based on context formation and comple-mentarity. International Journal of Geographical Information Science,15(7):679–687, 2001.

416

5037 Phokion G. Kolaitis. Schema mappings, data exchange, and metadatamanagement. In Chen Li, editor, PODS, pages 61–75. ACM, 2005.

5038 P. A. Kolers. Aspects of motion perception. Pergamon, Oxford, 1972.

5039 J. Kollmann, A. Lankenau, A. Bühlmeier, B. Krieg-Brückner, andT. Röfer. Navigation of a Kinematically Restricted Wheelchair by theParti-Game Algorithm. In Spatial Reasoning in Mobile Robots and An-imals, AISB-97 Workshop, pages 35–44. Manchester University, Manch-ester, 1997.

5040 Janet L. Kolodner. Retrieval and Organizational Strategies in Concep-tual Memory: A Computer Model. Technical Report 187, Yale Univer-sity, Department of Computer Science, 1980.

5041 Janet L. Kolodner. Organization and Retrieval in a Conceptual Memoryfor Events or CONS54, Where are you? In Proceedings of IJCAI’81,pages 227–233. International Joint Conferences on Artificial Intelligence,August 1981.

5042 Janet L. Kolodner. Maintaining Organization in a Dynamic Long-TermMemory. Cognitive Science, 7(4):243–280, 1983.

5043 Janet L. Kolodner. Reconstructive Memory: A Computer Model. Cog-nitive Science, 7(4):281–328, 1983.

5044 Janet L. Kolodner. Retrieval and Organizational Strategies in Concep-tual Memory: A Computer Model. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hills-dale, New Jersey, 1984.

5045 komet. KOMET: Grammar documentation of prototype 1. TechnicalReport, GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Information-ssysteme, Darmstadt, West Germany, Darmstadt, Germany, 1990.

5046 komet. KOMET: Grammar documentation of prototype 2. TechnicalReport, GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Information-ssysteme, Darmstadt, West Germany, Darmstadt, Germany., November1991.

5047 komet. KOMET: Grammar documentation II - Extensions. TechnicalReport, GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Information-ssysteme, Darmstadt, West Germany, Darmstadt, Germany, May 1991.

5048 Boris Konev, Carsten Lutz, Dirk Walther, and Frank Wolter. Seman-tic Modularity and Module Extraction in Description Logics. In Ma-lik Ghallab, Constantine D. Spyropoulos, Nikos Fakotakis, and NikosAvouris, editors, Proceedings of the 18th European Conference on Arti-ficial Intelligence (ECAI08), volume 178 of Frontiers in Artificial Intel-ligence and Applications, pages 55–59. IOS Press, 2008.

417

5049 Boris Konev, Carsten Lutz, Dirk Walther, and Frank Wolter. Formalproperties of modularization. In Heiner Stuckenschmidt, Christine Par-ent, and Stefano Spaccapietra, editors, Modular Ontologies: Concepts,Theories and Techniques for Knowledge Modularization, volume 5445 ofLecture Notes in Computer Science, pages 25–66. Springer, 2009.

5050 Boris Konev, Dirk Walther, and Frank Wolter. Forgetting and uniforminterpolation in large-scale description logic terminologies. In Proceed-ings of the 21st International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence(IJCAI09). AAAI Press, 2009.

5051 Kenneth C.C. Kong. A taxonomy of the discourse relations betweenwords and visuals. Information Design Journal, 14(3):207–230, 2006.

5052 Ekkhard Konig. The Semantics of Focus Particles. To Appear.

5053 K. Konolige and N. J. Nilsson. Multiple-agent planning systems. InProceedings of the First Annual National Conference on Artificial Intel-ligence. ???, August 1980.

5054 Irina Kononenko and Serge Sharoff. Understanding short texts with in-tegration of knowledge representation methods. In D. Bjorner, M. Broy,and I.V. Pottosin, editors, Perspectives of System Informatics, volumeVol. 1181 of Springer Lecture Notes in Computer Science, pages 111–121. Springer Verlag, 1996.

5055 Jacques Francois Konstanz. On the perspectival ordering of patientand causing event in the distribution of French and German verbs ofchange: a contrastive study. In Rainer Bäuerle, Christoph Schwarze,and Arnim von Stechow, editors, Meaning, Use and Interpretation ofLanguage, pages 121–133. Walter de Gruyter, Berlin/New York, 1983.

5056 Roman Kontchakov, Carsten Lutz, David Toman, Frank Wolter, andMichael Zakharyaschev. Combined FO Rewritability for ConjunctiveQuery Answering in DL-Lite. In Proceedings of the 22nd InternationalWorkshop on Description Logics (DL2009), volume 477 of CEUR-WS,2009.

5057 Roman Kontchakov, Yavor Nenov, Ian Pratt-Hartmann, and MichaelZakharyaschev. On the decidability of connectedness constraints in 2Dand 3D Euclidean spaces. In IJCAI-2011: Proceedings of the 22nd In-ternational Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, Barcelona, Cat-alonia, Spain, July 16-22, 2011, pages 957–962, 2011.

5058 Stefan Kopp and Ipke Wachsmuth. Synthesizing multimodal utterancesfor conversational agents. Computer Animation and Virtual Worlds,15:39–52, 2004.

418

5059 M. Koppel, S. Argamon, and A.R. Shimoni. Automatically categorizingwritten texts by author gender. Literary and Linguistic Computing,14(3), 2003.

5060 J. Kopperschmidt. An analysis of argumentation. In Teun A. van Dijk,editor, Handbook of discourse analysis: Volume 2; Dimensions of dis-course, pages 159–168. Academic Press, London, 1985.

5061 Tania Korelsky and Richard Kittredge. Towards stratification of RST.In Owen Rambow, editor, Intentionality and structure in discourse re-lations, pages 52–55. Association for Computational Linguistics, Mor-ristown, 1993. (Proceedings of a Workshop sponsored by the SpecialInterest Group on Generation, 21 June, 1993, Columbus, Ohio).

5062 Tanya Korelsky, Daryl McCullough, and Owen Rambow. Knowledgerequirements for the automatic generation of project management re-ports. In Proceedings of the Eighth Knowledge-Based Software Engi-neering Conference (KBSE-93), pages 2–9, Chicago, Illinois, 1993.

5063 J. Korhonen. Studien zu Dependenz, Valenz und Satzmodell, volume 1.Verlag Peter Lang, Frankfurt, 1977.

5064 A. Kornai and G. K. Pullum. The X-bar theory of phrase structure.Language, 66(1):24–50, 1990.

5065 David S. Kornalijnslijper. A study of three models for image-text rela-tions. Capita Selecta, Human Media Interaction Group, University ofTwente, Enschede, The Netherlands, 2006.

5066 Helmut Korte. Vom Filmprotokoll zur Filmanalyse. Erfahrungen imUmgang mit der Analyse von Filmen. Augen-Blick, 3:21–48, 1986.

5067 Helmut Korte. Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse. Ein Ar-beitsbuch. Erich Schmidt Verlag, Berlin, 3 edition, 2004.

5068 Michiko Kosaka, Virginia Teller, and Ralph Grishman. A SublanguageApproach to Japanese-English Machine Translation. In Dan Maxwell,Klaus Schubert, and Toon Witkam, editors, New directions in ma-chine translation, pages 109–121. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, Hol-land, 1988.

5069 Leila Kosseim and Guy Lapalme. Content and Rhetorical Status Se-lection in Instructional Texts. In Proceedings of the Seventh Inter-national Workshop on Natural Language Generation, Kennebunkport,Maine, USA, June 21-24, 1994, pages 53–60, Kennebunkport, Maine,USA, 1994.

5070 Leila Kosseim and Guy Lapalme. Choosing rhetorical structures to planinstructional texts. Computational Intelligence, 16(3):408–445, August2000.

419

5071 Leila Kosseim, Agnès Tutin, Richard Kittredge, and Guy Lapalme.Generating grammatical and lexical anaphora in assembly instructionaltexts. In Giovanni Adorni and Michael Zock, editors, Trends in nat-ural language generation: an artificial intelligence perspective, number1036 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages 260–276. Springer,1996.

5072 S.M. Kosslyn, O. Koenig, A. Barrett, C.B. Cave, J. Tang, and J.D.E.Gabrieli. Evidence for two types of spatial representations: hemisphericspecialization for categorical and coordinate relations. Journal of Exper-imental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 15:723–735,1989.

5073 Charles Kostelnick. A systematic approach to visual language in busi-ness communication. Journal of Business Communication, 25(3):29–48,1988.

5074 Charles Kostelnick. Visual Rhetoric: a reader-oriented approach tographics and designs. Technical Writing Teacher, 16:77–88, 1989.

5075 Charles Kostelnick. Melting-pot ideology, modernist aesthetics, and theemergence of grpahical conventions: the Statistical Atlases of the UnitedStates, 1874-1925. In Charles A Hill and Marguerite Helmers, editors,Defining visual rhetorics, pages 215–242. Erlbaum, Mahwah, NJ, 2004.

5076 Charles Kostelnick and Michael Hassett. Shaping Information: TheRhetoric of Visual Conventions. Southern Illinois University Press,2003.

5077 Z. Kourtzi and N. Kanwisher. Activation in human MT/MST by staticimages with implied movement. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience,12:48–55, 2000.

5078 András Bálint Kovács. Causal understanding and narrative. Projections:Journal for Movies and Mind, 5(1):51–68, Summer 2011.

5079 Zoltan Kövecses. Emotion concepts. Springer, New York, 1990.

5080 Kouji Kozaki, Keisuke Hihara, and Riichiro Mizoguchi. Dynamic is-aHierarchy Generation for User Centric Semantic Web. In Alexander Gar-cía Castro, Ken Baclawski, John Bateman, Kim Viljanen, and ChristophLange, editors, Proceedings of the Workshop Ontologies Come of Age inthe Semantic Web (OCAS), International Semantic Web Conference,pages 29–40, 2011.

5081 Sarah Kozloff. Overhearing film dialogue. Univ. of California Press,Berkeley, 2000.

420

5082 Siegfried Kracauer. Photography. Critical Inquiry, 19(3):421–436,Spring 1993[1927]. Translated by Thomas Y. Levin; first published inthe Frankfurter Zeitung, 1927.

5083 Siegfried Kracauer. Theory of Film: The Redemption of Physical Real-ity. Princeton University Press, Princeton, N.J., 1997.

5084 M. Kracht and O. Kutz. Logically Possible Worlds and Counterpart Se-mantics for Modal Logic. In D. Jacquette, editor, Philosophy of Logic,Handbook of the Philosophy of Science, volume 5, pages 943–996. Else-vier, Amsterdam, 2007.

5085 Markus Kracht. On the Semantics of Locatives. Linguistics and Philos-ophy, 25:157–232, 2002.

5086 Markus Kracht. Directionality Selection. In Patrick Saint-Dizier, edi-tor, Linguistic Dimensions of the Syntax and Semantics of Prepositions,pages 101–114. Springer, Berlin, 2006.

5087 Markus Kracht. The Fine Structure of Spatial Expressions. In AnnaAsbury, Jakub Dotlacil, Berit Gehrke, and Rick Nouwen, editors, TheStructure of Local P, pages 35–62. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2008.

5088 M. Kracker. Unscharfes assoziatives Begriffswissen zur Unterstützungder Formulierung von Datenbankabfragen. PhD thesis, TU Wien, April1991. (Title in English: Fuzzy Associative Conceptual Knowledge forSupporting Query Formulation).

5089 R.N. Kraft. Light and mind: understanding the structure of film. InR.R. Hoffman and D.S. Palermo, editors, Cognition and the symbolicprocesses: applied and ecological perspectives, pages 351–370. LawrenceErlbaum, Hillsdale, NJ, 1991.

5090 R.N. Kraft, P. Cantor, and C. Gottdiener. The coherence of visualnarratives. Communication Research, 18:601–616, 1991.

5091 Emiel Krahmer, Sebastian van Erk, and André Verleg. Graph-based Generation of Referring Expressions. Computational Linguistics,29(1):53–72, 2003.

5092 Emiel Krahmer, Jan Landsbergen, and Xavier Pouteau. How to obey the7 commandments for spoken dialogue? In Julia Hirschberg, CandaceKamm, and Marilyn Walker, editors, Proceedings of the ACL/EACLWorkshop on Interactive Spoken Dialog Systems: bringing speech andNLP together in real applications, pages 82–89, Madrid, Spain, 1997.Assocation for Computational Linguistics.

5093 Emiel Krahmer and Mariët Theune, editors. Empirical Methods in Nat-ural Language Generation: Data-oriented methods and empirical evalu-ation. Number 5790 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence. Springer,Berlin and Heidelberg, 2010.

421

5094 Martin Krampen. Semiosis of the mass media: modeling a complexprocess. In Winfried Nöth, editor, Semiotics of the Media. State of theArt, Projects, and Perspectives, number 127 in Approaches to Semiotics,pages 87–98. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin/New York, 1997.

5095 Martin Krampen. Code. In Thomas A. Sebeok and Marcel Danesi,editors, Encyclopedic dictionary of semoitics, volume 1, pages 127–135.Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 3 edition, 2010.

5096 Alfred Kranstedt, Stefan Kopp, and Ipke Wachsmuth. MURML: A Mul-timodal Utterance Representation Markup Language for ConversationalAgents. Technical Report 2002/05, SFB 360 Situated Artifical Commu-nicators, Universität Bielefeld, Bielefeld, Germany, 2002.

5097 Heike Kranzdorf and Ulrike Griefahn. Text Planning in ITEX: A HybridApproach. In Hans Jürgen Ohlbach, editor, Proceedings of the 16thGerman Conference on Artificial Intelligence (GWAI-92): Advances inArtificial Intelligence, Lecture Notes in Computer Science, pages 235–246, Berlin, Germany, August 31 - September 3 1992. Springer.

5098 Dirk Kraus. Text Generation in Clinical Medicine - a Review. Methodsof information in Medicine, 2002.

5099 J. Krause and L. Hitzenberger. Computertalk. Olms, Hildesheim, 1992.

5100 Rosalind E. Krauss. Reinventing the medium. Critical Inquiry,25(2):289–305, 1999.

5101 S. Krauwer and L. des Tombe. Transfer in a multilingual MT system. InProceedings of COLING-84, pages 464–467, Stanford, California, 1984.

5102 Christian Kray. Situated interaction on spatial topics. PhD thesis, Uni-versity of Saarbrücken, 2003.

5103 Christian Kray, G. Kortuem, and A. Krüger. Adaptive Navigation Sup-port with Public Displays. In Robert St. Amant, John Riedl, and An-thony Jameson, editors, Proceedings of IUI 2005. ACM Press, New York,pages 326–328, 2005.

5104 Christopher Kray, J. Baus, H. Zimmer, H. Speiser, and A. Krüger. TwoPath Prepositions: Along and Past. In D.R. Montello, editor, SpatialInformation Theory: Foundations of Geographic Information Science(International Conference Proceedings COSIT 2001 Morro Bay, CA,USA, September 19-23, 2001), Berlin and Heidelberg, 2001. Springer.

5105 Christopher Kray and Anselm Blocher. Modeling the basic meaning ofpath relations. In Proceedings of the 16th International Joint Conferenceon Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI-99), pages 384–389, Los Altos, CA,1999. Morgan Kaufman Publishers.

422

5106 Martin Kreiswirth. Trusting the tale: the narrativist turn in the humansciences. New Literary History, 23(3):629–657, Summer 1992.

5107 G. Kress. Linguistic and ideological transformations in news reporting.In Howard Davis and Paul Walton, editors, Language, Image, Media,pages 120–138. Basil Blackwell, Oxford, 1983.

5108 G. R. Kress and A. A. Trew. Ideological transformation of discourse: orhow the Sunday Times got its message across. Journal of Pragmatics,2:311–329, 1978. Also available in Sociological Review, 26(4), 755-776.

5109 G.R. Kress, C. Jewitt, J. Ogborn, and C. Tsatsarelis. Multimodal teach-ing and learning. Continuum, London, 2000.

5110 Gunther Kress. Structuralism and popular culture. In C. Bigsby, editor,Approaches to Popular Culture. Edward Arnold, London, 1976.

5111 Gunther Kress. You name it, sort of thing..: some syntactic correlatesof code. University of East Anglia Papers in Linguistics, 2:36–42, 1976.

5112 Gunther Kress. Tense as modality. University of East Anglia papers inLinguistics, 5:40–52, 1977.

5113 Gunther Kress. Conjoined sentences in the writing of 7 to 9 year oldchildren. University of East Anglia Papers in Linguistics, 10:1–18, 1979.

5114 Gunther Kress. The development of the concept of sentence in children’swriting. Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 3(2):63–76, 1980.

5115 Gunther Kress. Children’s speech and children’s writing. In T. Leand M. McCausland, editors, Child language development: theory intopractice. Launceston teachers Centre, Launceston, Tasmania, 1981.

5116 Gunther Kress. Learning to Write. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London,1982.

5117 Gunther Kress. Media Analysis and the study of discourse. MediaInformation Australia, 28:3–12, 1983.

5118 Gunther Kress. The politics of newspaper language. International Jour-nal of the Sociology of Language, 32:43–58, 1983.

5119 Gunther Kress. Things children read and things children write. Inthe Fifth Macarthur Reading/Language Symposium., Sydney, 1984.Macarthur Institute of Higher Education.

5120 Gunther Kress. Ideological structures in discourse. In T. van Dijk,editor, Handbook of Discourse Analysis. Academic Press, London, 1985.

5121 Gunther Kress. Sociolinguistic development and the mature languageuser. In G. Wells and J. Nicholls, editors, Language and Learning: aninternational perspective. Falmer, London, 1985.

423

5122 Gunther Kress. Curriculum areas and forms of writing: learning whatwriting is really about. In P. Jensen, D. Jensen, and R. D. Walshe,editors, Writing and Learning in Australia. Oxford University Press,Melbourne, 1986.

5123 Gunther Kress. Discourses, texts, readers and the pro-nuclear argu-ments. In Paul Chilton, editor, Language and the nuclear arms debate:nukespeak today. Pinter, London, 1986.

5124 Gunther Kress. Interrelations of reading and writing. In A. Wilkinson,editor, The Writing of Writing. Open University Press, Stony Stratford,1986.

5125 Gunther Kress. Language in the media: the construction of the domainsof public and private. Media Culture and Society, 8(4):395–419, 1986.

5126 Gunther Kress. Reading, writing, power. 1986.

5127 Gunther Kress. The politics of children’s writing. 1986.

5128 Gunther Kress, editor. Communication and culture. University of NewSouth Wales Press, Sydney, 1987.

5129 Gunther Kress. Educating readers: language in advertising. InJ. Hawthorn, editor, Propaganda, Persuasion and Polemic. EdwardArnold, London, 1987.

5130 Gunther Kress. Genre in a social theory of language. 1987.

5131 Gunther Kress. Textual matters: the social effectiveness of style. InD. Birch and M. O’Toole, editors, Functions of Style. Pinter, London,1988.

5132 Gunther Kress. History and language: towards a social account of lin-guistics change. Journal of Pragmatics, 1989.

5133 Gunther Kress. Texture as meaning. In R. Andrews, editor, Narrativeand Argument. Open University Press, Milton Keynes, 1989.

5134 Gunther Kress. Genre as social process. In B. Cope and M. Kalantzis,editors, The powers of literacy: a genre approach to writing, pages 22–37. University of Pittsburgh Press, Pittsburgh, 1993.

5135 Gunther Kress. Learning to write. Routledge, New York, 1994. (2ndedition).

5136 Gunther Kress. The social production of language: history and struc-tures of domination. In Peter H. Fries and Michael Gregory, editors,Discourse in society: systemic functional perspectives, pages 115–141.Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1995.

424

5137 Gunther Kress. Before writing: rethinking paths into literacy. Routledgeand Kegan Paul, London, 1997.

5138 Gunther Kress. Design and transformation: new theories of meaning. InMary Kalantzis and Bill Cope, editors, Multiliteracies: Literacy Learn-ing and the Design of Social Futures, chapter 7, pages 153–161. Rout-ledge, London, 2000.

5139 Gunther Kress. Multimodality. In Mary Kalantzis and Bill Cope, edi-tors, Multiliteracies: Literacy Learning and the Design of Social Futures,chapter 9, pages 182–202. Routledge, London, 2000.

5140 Gunther Kress. Genres and the multimodal production of ‘scientific-ness’. In Carey Jewitt and Gunther Kress, editors, Multimodal Literacy,number 4 in New Literacies and Digital Epistemologies, pages 173–185.Peter Lang, New York, 2003.

5141 Gunther Kress. Literacy in the New Media Age. Routledge, London,2003.

5142 Gunther Kress. Commentary. Media discourse–extensions, mixes, andhybrids: some comments on pressing issues. Text, 24(3):443–446, 2004.

5143 Gunther Kress. What is mode? In Carey Jewitt, editor, The Rout-ledge Handbook of multimodal analysis, pages 54–67. Routledge, London,2009.

5144 Gunther Kress. Multimodality: a social semiotic approach to contempo-rary communication. Routledge, London, 2010.

5145 Gunther Kress and D. Aers. The politics of style in Measure for Measure.Style, 16(1):22–37, 1982.

5146 Gunther Kress and Robert Hodge. The semiotics of love and power:King Lear and the new stylistics. Southern review, 15(2):143–156, 1982.

5147 Gunther Kress and Robert Hodge. Functional semiotics: key concepts fothe analysis of media, culture and society. Australian Journal of CulturalStudies, 1(1):1–17, 1983.

5148 Gunther Kress and Robert Hodge. Re-reading as exorcism: semioticsand the ghost of Saussure. Southern review, 16(2):38–52, 1986.

5149 Gunther Kress and G. Jones. Classifications at work: the case of middlemanagement. Text, 1(1):65–83, 1981.

5150 Gunther Kress and Theo van Leeuwen. Reading Images. Socioculturalaspects of language and education. Deakin University Press, Geelong,Victoria, Australia, 1990.

425

5151 Gunther Kress and Theo van Leeuwen. Reading Images: the grammarof visual design. Routledge, London and New York, 1996.

5152 Gunther Kress and Theo van Leeuwen. Front pages: the (critical) anal-ysis of newspaper layout. In Allan Bell and Peter Garrett, editors, Ap-proaches to Media Discourse, pages 186–219. Blackwell, Oxford, 1998.

5153 Gunther Kress and Theo van Leeuwen. Multimodal discourse: the modesand media of contemporary communication. Arnold, London, 2001.

5154 Gunther Kress and Theo van Leeuwen. Colour as a semiotic mode: notesfor a grammar of colour. Visual Communication, 1(3):343–368, October2002.

5155 Gunther Kress and Theo van Leeuwen. Reading Images: the grammarof visual design. Routledge, London and New York, 2 edition, 2006.

5156 Gunther R. Kress. Linguistic processes in sociocultural experience.Deakin University Press, Geelong, Vic, 1985.

5157 Gunther R. Kress. Textual matters: the social effectiveness of style.In David Birch and Michael O’Toole, editors, Functions of Style, pages126–141. Pinter Publishers, London, 1988.

5158 Gunther R. Kress and Robert Hodge. Language as ideology. Routledgeand Kegan Paul, London, 1979.

5159 Gunther Kress and Terry Threadgold. Toward a social theory of genre.Southern Review, 21(3):215–243, 1988.

5160 Gunther Kress and Tony Trew. Transformations and discourse: a studyof conceptual change. Journal of Literary Semantics, 7(1):29–48, 1978.

5161 J. Kreyss. Über die W’s der Textgenerierung. Was, wofür, wo undwie: Wissensbasierte Generierung von informierenden Texten in einemAuskunftssystem. IBM Report, IWBS Report 148, 1991.

5162 Jutta Kreyss. Planung von aufmerksamkeitssteuernden Diskursen: Er-wartungsverletzung als Strategie fuer die Inhaltsplanung. Ph.D, Ham-burg, 1994.

5163 Kreyss and H. Novak. The Textplanning Component PIT of the LILOGSystem. In 13 COLING, Helsinki, 1990.

5164 B. Krieg-Brückner. A Taxonomy of Spatial Knowledge for Navigation.In U. Schmid and F. Wysotzki, editors, Qualitative and Quantitative Ap-proaches to Spatial Inference and the Analysis of Movements(TechnicalReport, 98-2), pages 5–8. Fakultät für Informatik, Fachbereich Metho-den der KI, TU Berlin, Berlin, 1998.

426

5165 B. Krieg-Brückner. UniForM Perspectives for Formal Methods. InD. Hutter, W. Stephan, P. Traverso, and M. Ullmann, editors, AppliedFormal Methods - FM-Trends 98. International Workshop on CurrentTrends in Applied Formal Methods. Lecture Notes in Computer Science1641., pages 251–265. Springer, 1999.

5166 B. Krieg-Brückner, J. Peleska, E.-R. Olderog, and A. Baer. The Uni-ForM Workbench, a Universal Development Environment for FormalMethods. In J. M. Wing, J. Woodcock, and J. Davies, editors, FM99,Formal Methods. Proceedings, Vol. II. Lecture Notes in Computer Sci-ence 1709, pages 1186–1205. Springer, 1999.

5167 B. Krieg-Brückner, T. Röfer, H.-O. Carmesin, and R. Müller. A Tax-onomy of Spatial Knowledge for Navigation and its Application to theBremen Autonomous Wheelchair. In C. Freksa, C. Habel, and K.F.Wender, editors, Spatial Cognition I - An interdisciplinary approach torepresenting and processing spatial knowledge, pages 373–397. Springer,Berlin, 1998.

5168 B. Krieg-Brückner, Hui Shi, and Robert Ross. A safe and robust ap-proach to shared-control via dialogue. Chinese Journal of Software,2004.

5169 Bernd Krieg-Brückner, Udo Frese, Klaus Lüttich, Christian Mandel, TillMossakowski, and Robert Ross. Specification of an Ontology for RouteGraphs. In Christian Freksa, Markus Knauff, Bernd Krieg-Brückner,Bernhard Nebel, and Thomas Barkowsky, editors, Spatial Cognition IV:Reasoning, Action, Interaction. International Conference Spatial Cogni-tion 2004, Frauenchiemsee, Germany, October 2004, Proceedings, pages390–412, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2005. Springer.

5170 Bernd Krieg-Brückner, Bernd Gersdorf, M. Döhle, and Kerstin Schill.Technik für Senioren in spe im Bremen Ambient Assisted Living Lab. In2. Deutscher AAL-Kongress 2009, Berlin-Offenbach, 2009. VDE-Verlag.

5171 Bernd Krieg-Brückner and Hui Shi. Orientation Calculi and RouteGraphs: Towards Semantic Representations for Route Descriptions. InM. Raubal, H. Miller, A. Frank, and M. Goodchild, editors, GeographicInformation Science - Fourth International Conference, GIScience 2006,number 4197 in Lecture Notes in Computer Science, pages 234–250.Springer, Berlin, 2006.

5172 Gerhard Krieger, Ingo Rentschler, Gert Hauske, Kerstin Schill, andChristoph Zetzsche. Object and scene analysis by saccadic eye-movements: an investigation with higher-order statistics. Spatial Vision,13(2-3):201–214, 2000.

5173 Hans-Ulrich Krieger. TDL - A Type Description Language for HPSG.Part 2: User Guide. DFKI, Saarbruecken, 1994. Research Report D-94-14.

427

5174 Hans-Ulrich Krieger and John Nerbonne. Feature-based inheritancenetworks for computational lexicons. Technical Report Research Re-port, RR-91-31, Deutsches Forschungszentrum für Künstliche Intelligenz(DFKI), Saarbrücken, Germany, 1991.

5175 Hans-Ulrich Krieger and John Nerbonne. Feature-Based InheritanceNetworks for Computational Lexicons. In Ted Briscoe, Valeria de Paiva,and Ann Copestake, editors, Inheritance, defaults, and the lexicon, pages90–137. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1993.

5176 Hans-Ulrich Krieger and Ulrich Schäfer. TDL - A type description lan-guage for unification-based grammars. Technical Report, DFKI, Saar-brücken, 1993.

5177 Manfred Krifka. Nominalreferenz, Zeitkonstitution, Aspekt, Aktionsart:Eine semantische Erklärung ihrer Interpretation. In W. Abraham andT. Janssen, editors, Tempus–Aspekt–Modus. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 1989.

5178 Manfred Krifka. Nominalreferenz und Zeitkonstitution: zur Semantikvon Massentermen, Pluraltermen und Aspektklassen. Wilhelm Fink Ver-lag, Muenchen, 1989.

5179 Manfred Krifka. The origins of telicity. In Susan Rothstein, editor,Events and Grammar, pages 197–235. Kluwer, Dordrecht, 1998.

5180 S. Kripke. Speaker reference and semantic reference. In P. A. French,editor, Contemporary Perspectives in the Philosophy of Language. Uni-versity of Minnesota Press, Minneapolis, 1977.

5181 S. Kripke. Speaker’s Reference and Semantic Reference. In T. E. UehlingP. A. French and H. K. Wettstein, editors, Midwest Studies in Philoso-phy, pages 255–276. ???, Minneapolis, 1977.

5182 Julia Kristeva. Probleme der Textstrukturation. In Heinz Blumen-sath, editor, Strukturalismus in der Literaturwissenschaft, pages 243–262. Kiepenheuer & Witsch, Köln, 1972. Übersetzt von Irmela undJochen Rehbein; Original: ’Problème de la structuration du text’ LaNouvelle Critique, 1968, S. 55-64.

5183 A. S. Kroch and A. K. Joshi. The linguistic relevance of Tree AdjoiningGrammar. Technical Report, University of Pennsylvania, Departmentof Computer Science, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, April 1985.

5184 A. Krokhin, P. Jeavons, and P. Jonsson. Classification of complexity inallens algebra in the presence of a non-trivial basic relation. In MorganKaufmann, editor, Proceedings of the 17th International Joint Confer-ence on Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI-01), pages 83–88, 2001.

428

5185 S. Kröner and R. Moratz. Capacity of Structured Multilayer Networkswith Shared Weights. In Proceedings of the International Conference onArtificial Neural Networks, ICANN96, pages 543–550, 1996.

5186 S. Kröner, R. Moratz, and H. Burkhardt. An adaptive invariant transfor-mation using neural network techniques. In Proccedings of the EuropeanConference on Signal Proccessing, EUSIPCO 94. 1994.

5187 A. Kronfeld. Donnellan’s distinction and a computational model of ref-erence. In Proceedings of the 24th annual Meeting of the ACL, pages186–191, New York, NY, June 1986.

5188 Markus Krötzsch, Pascal Hitzler, Marc Ehrig, and York Sure. Cate-gory Theory in Ontology Research: Concrete Gain from an AbstractApproach. Technical Report, AIFB, Universität Karlsruhe, Karlsruhe,March 2005.

5189 Antonio Krüger. Graphical abstraction - How to adapt the detail ofgraphics to limited resources. In H. Prade, editor, 13th European Con-ference on Artificial Intelligence (ECAI’98), pages 684–685. John Wileyand Sons, Chichester, England, 1998.

5190 Geert-Jan M. Kruijff. A Categorial-Modal Logical Architecture of Infor-mativity: Dependency Grammar Logic & Information Structure. PhDthesis, Faculty of Mathematics and Physics, Charles University, Prague,Czech Republic, April 2001.

5191 Geert-Jan M. Kruijff. A categorial-modal logical architecture for infor-mativity: dependency grammar logic and information structure. PhDthesis, Faculty of Mathematics and Physics, Charles University, Prague,Czech Republic, April 2001.

5192 Geert-Jan M. Kruijff, Ivana Kruijff-Korbayová, John Bateman, and ElkeTeich. Linear Order as Higher-Level Decision: Information Structure inStrategic and Tactical Generation. In Helmut Horacek, editor, Proceed-ings of the 8th European Workshop on Natural Language Generation,pages 74–83, Toulouse, France, July 5-6 2001.

5193 Geert-Jan M. Kruijff, Hendrik Zender, Patric Jensfelt, and Henrik I.Christensen. Clarification dialogues in human-augmented mapping. InProceedings of the 1st Annual Conference on Human-Robot Interaction(HRI’06), Salt Lake City, UT, March 2006.

5194 Geert-Jan M. Kruijff, Hendrik Zender, Patric Jensfelt, and Henrik I.Christensen. Situated Dialogue and Spatial Organization: What,Where... and Why? International Journal of Advanced Robotic Systems,4(1):125–138, March 2007. Special Issue on Human-Robot Interaction.

429

5195 Geert-Jan Kruijff, Elke Teich, John A. Bateman, Ivana Kruijff-Korbayová, Hana Skoumalová, Serge Sharoff, Lena Sokolova, Tony Hart-ley, Kamy Staykova, and Jiří Hana. A multilingual system for textgeneration in three Slavic languages. In Proceedings of the 18th. In-ternational Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING’2000),pages 474–480, Saarbrücken, Germany, 2000.

5196 Ivana Kruijff-Korbayová, Geert-Jan M. Kruijff, and John A. Bateman.Generation of contextually appropriate word order. In Kees van Deemterand Rodger Kibble, editors, Information sharing, pages 193–222. CSLI,2002.

5197 Robert Krull and Michael Sharp. Visual verbs: Using arrows to depictthe direction of actions in procedural illustrations. Information DesignJournal, 14(3):189–198, 2006.

5198 Sandra Kübler and Desislava Zhekova. Semi-Supervised Learning forWord Sense Disambiguation: Quality vs. Quantity. In Proceedings ofthe International Conference on Recent Advances in Natural LanguageProcessing (RANLP), Borovets, Bulgaria, 2009.

5199 Thomas Kuchenbuch. Filmanalyse: Theorien. Methoden. Kritik. Num-ber 2648 in UTB. Böhlau Verlag, Wien / Köln / Weimar, 2 edition,2005.

5200 Sven E. Kuehne and Kenneth D. Forbus. Qualitative physics as a com-ponent in natural language semantics: A progress report. In Proceedingsof the Twenty-fourth Annual Meeting of the Cognitive Science Society,George Mason University, Fairfax, VA, 2002.

5201 Rainer Kuhlen. Hypertext - Ein nicht-lineares Medium zwischen Buchund Wissensbank. Springer, Berlin, 1991.

5202 Jonas Kuhn. An Underspecified HPSG Representation for InformationStructure. In Proceedings of the 16th. International Conference on Com-putational Lingusitics (COLING-96), pages 670–675, Copenhagen, 1996.

5203 Markus Kuhn. Filmnarratologie. Entwurf eines erzähltheoretischenAnalysemodells. PhD thesis, Fachbereiche Sprach, Literatur, Medien& Europäische Sprachen und Literatur der Universität Hamburg, Ham-burg, 2008.

5204 Markus Kuhn. Film Narratology: Who Tells? Who Shows? Who Fo-calizes? Narrative Mediation in Self-Reflexive Fiction Films. In PeterHühn, Wolf Schmid, and Jörg Schönert, editors, Point of View, Per-spective, Focalization: Modeling Mediation in Narrative, pages 259–278.de Gruyter, Berlin / New York, 2009.

430

5205 Markus Kuhn. Gibt es einen Ich-Kamera-Film? Überlegungen zumfilmischen Erzählen mit der subjektiven Kamera und eine exemplarischeAnalyse von La scaphandre et le papillon. In H. Birr, M. Reinerth, andJ.-N. Thon, editors, Probleme filmische Erzählens, pages 59–83. LIT-Verlag, Münster, 2009.

5206 Markus Kuhn. Filmnarratologie. Ein erzähltheoretisches Analysemodell.Number 26 in Narratologia / Contributions to Narrative Theory. deGruyter, Berlin and New York, 2011.

5207 Werner Kuhn. Ontologies in support of activities in geographical space.International Journal of Geographical Information Science, 15(7):613–631, 2001.

5208 Werner Kuhn. ?? In C. Freksa, W. Brauer, C. Habel, and K. F. Wender,editors, Spatial Cognition III. Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence.Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2002.

5209 Werner Kuhn. Semantic Reference Systems. International Journal ofGeographical Information Science, 17(5):405–409, 2003.

5210 Werner Kuhn. An Image-Schematic Account of Spatial Categories. InSpatial Information Theory, number 4736 in Lecture Notes in ComputerScience, pages 152–168. Springer-Verlag, 2007. 8th International Con-ference, COSIT 2007. Melbourne, Australia.

5211 Werner Kuhn and M. Raubal. Implementing semantic reference systems.In M.F.Gould, editor, 6th AGILE Conference on Geographic Informa-tion Science, 2003.

5212 Peter Kühnlein, Hannes Rieser, and Henk Zeevat, editors. Perspec-tives on Dialogue in the New Millennium. John Benjamins, Amsterdam,Philadelphia, 2003.

5213 B. Kuipers. Modelling spatial knowledge. Cognitive Science, 2(2):129–154, 1978.

5214 B. Kuipers. A hierarchy of qualitative representations for space. InC. Freksa, C. Habel, and K.F. Wender, editors, Spatial Cognition I - Aninterdisciplinary approach to representing and processing spatial knowl-edge. Springer, Berlin, 1998.

5215 B. J. Kuipers. Representing Knowledge of Large-Scale Space, 1977.

5216 B. Kuipers and T. Levitt. Navigation and mapping in a large-scale space.AI Magazine, 9(2):25–43, 1988. Reprinted in Advances in Spatial Rea-soning, Volume 2, Su-shing Chen (Ed.), Norwood NJ: Ablex Publishing,1990.

431

5217 Benjamin Kuipers. Qualitative simulation. Artificial Intelligence,29:289–338, 1986.

5218 Benjamin Kuipers. A hierarchy of qualitative representations for space.In Proceedings of the 10th International Workshop on Qualitative Rea-soning about Physical Systems, number WS-96-01 in AAAI TechnicalReport, pages 113–120, Menlo Park, CA, 1996. AAAI Press.

5219 Benjamin Kuipers. The spatial semantic hierarchy. Artificial Intelli-gence, 19:191–233, 2000.

5220 K. Kukich. Where do Verb Phrases Come from: some PreliminaryExperiments in Connectionist Phrase Generation. In Gerard Kempen,editor, Natural Language Generation: Recent Advances in Artificial In-telligence, Psychology, and Linguistics. 1987.

5221 K. Kukich, K. McKeown, J. Shaw, J. Robin, J. Lim, N. Morgan, andJ. Phillips. User-Needs Analysis and Design Methodology for an Au-tomated Documentation Generator. In Proceedings of the 4th Bell-core/BCC Symposium on User-Centered Design, Piscataway, NJ, 1993.

5222 Karen Kukich. Design of a Knowledge-Based Report Generator. InProceedings of the 21st Annual Conference of the Association for Com-putational Linguistics. Association for Computational Linguistics, June1983.

5223 Karen Kukich. Knowledge-Based Report Generation: A Technique forAutomatically Generating Natural Language Reports from Databases.In Proceedings of the Sixth International ACM SIGIR Conference,Washington, DC, 1983. ACM SIGIR.

5224 Karen Kukich. Knowledge-Based Report Generation: A Knowledge-Engineering Approach to Natural Language Report Generation. PhDthesis, University of Pittsburgh, 1983.

5225 Karen Kukich. Explanation Structures in XSEL. In Proceedings of the23rd Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics,Chicago, Illinois, 1985. Association for Computational Linguistics.

5226 Karen Kukich. Link-dependent explanation generation. In Proceedingsof the 23rd Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Lin-guistics, pages 228–237, Chicago, Illinois, 1985. Association for Compu-tational Linguistics.

5227 Karen Kukich. Fluency in Natural Language Reports. In D. McDonaldand L. Bolc, editors, Readings in Text Generation. Carl Hanser Verlag,München, 1986.

432

5228 Karen Kukich. Fluency in Natural Language Reports. In D. McDonaldand L. Bolc, editors, Natural Language Generation Systems, pages 280–311. Springer, 1988.

5229 Lev Kuleshov. Kuleshov on film. University of California Press, Berkeleyand Los Angeles, CA, 1974.

5230 L. Kulik. Zur Grenzziehung zwischen Rand und Grenze. In W. Krause,U. Kotkamp, and R. Goertz, editors, KogWis97: Proceedings der 3.Fachtagung der Gesellschaft für Kognitionswissenschaft, pages 104–106,Jena, Germany, 1997. Friedrich-Schiller-Universität.

5231 L. Kulik. Zur Grenzziehung zwischen Rand, Grenze und Begrenzung.In U. Kotkamp and W. Krause, editors, Intelligente Informationsverar-beitung, pages 9–16. Deutscher Universitätsverlag, Wiesbaden, 1998.

5232 L. Kulik and C. Eschenbach. A geometry of oriented curves, 1999.

5233 L. Kulik and A. Klippel. Reasoning about cardinal directions using gridsas qualitative geographic coordinates. In C. Freksa and D.M. Mark,editors, Spatial information theory- Cognitive and computational foun-dations of geographic information science (COSIT 99), pages 205–220.Springer, Berlin, 1999.

5234 Lars Kulik. Vague spatial reasoning based on supervaluation. In St.Winter, editor, Geographical Domain and Geographical Information Sys-tems, pages 73–80. Institute for Geoinformation, Vienna University ofTechnology, Vienna, Austria, 2000.

5235 John V. Kulvicki. On images: their structure and content. ClarendonPress, Oxford, 2006.

5236 Tadashi Kumano, Takenobu Tokunaga, Kentaro Inui, and HozumiTanaka. GENESYS: an integrated environment for developing systemicfunctional grammars. In Proceedings of the Workshop on Sharable Nat-ural Language Resources, Nara, Japan, 1994. Also available as: Depart-ment of Computer Science, Tokyo Institute of Technology, TechnicalReport: 94TR-0028.

5237 Anand Kumar and Barry Smith. Ontology for Task-Based ClinicalGuidelines. In AMIE 2003 - 9th Conference on Artificial Intelligencein Medicine Europe, 2003.

5238 Anand Kumar and Barry Smith. The Universal Medical Language Sys-tem and the Gene Ontology: Some Critical Reflections. In KI 2003 -26th German Conference on Artificial Intelligence, 2003.

5239 Masako Kume, Gayle K. Sato, and Kei Yoshimoto. A descriptive frame-work for translating speaker’s meaning: towards a dialogue translationsystem between Japanese and English. In Proceedings of the 4th. Annual

433

Meeting of the European Chapter of the Association for ComputationalLinguistics, pages 264–271, UMIST, Manchester, England, 1989.

5240 Lorraine Kumpf. Structuring Narratives in a Second Language: a De-scription of Rhetoric and Grammar. PhD thesis, University of Californiaat Los Angeles, 1986.

5241 Michael Kunczik and Astrid Zipfel. Gewalt und Medien: Ein Studien-handbuch, volume 2725 of UTB Medienwissenschaft, Kommunikation-swissenschaft. Böhlau, Köln, 5., völlig überarb. aufl. edition, 2006.

5242 Susumo Kuno. A preliminary approach to Japanese-English automatictranslation. In Proceedings of the 1961 International Conference on Ma-chine Translation of Languages and Applied Language Analysis, pages8–23, London, 1962. Her Majesty’s Stationery Office.

5243 Susumo Kuno. Functional sentence perspective. Linguistic Inquiry,3:269–320, 1972.

5244 Susumo Kuno. Pronominalisation and reflexivisation. Linguistic In-quiry, 3:161–195, 1972.

5245 Susumo Kuno. The structure of the Japanese language. The M.I.T.Press, Cambridge, MA, 1973.

5246 Susumo Kuno. Three perspectives in the functional approach to syntax.In R.E. Grossman, J.L. San, and T.J. Vance, editors, Papers from theparasession on Functionalism, pages 276–336. Chicago Linguistic Soci-ety, Chicago, 1975.

5247 Susumo Kuno. Subject, Theme and the Speaker’s Empathy. InCharles N. Li, editor, Subject and Topic. Academic Press, New York,1976.

5248 Susumo Kuno and E. Kaburaki. Empathy and Syntax. Linguistic In-quiry, 8:627–672, 1977.

5249 Thierry Kuntzel. The film work. Enclitic, 2(1):38–61, 1978.

5250 Thierry Kuntzel. The film work, 2. Camera Obscura: a journal offeminism and film theory, 2(2 5):7–68, Spring 1980.

5251 Thierry Kuntzel. Die Film Arbeit 2. montage av. Zeitschrift für Theorie& Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation, 8(1):24–84, 1999.

5252 Jürgen Kunze. Abhängigkeitsgrammatik, volume XII of Studia Gram-matica. Akademie Verlag, Berlin, 1975.

5253 Jürgen Kunze. Semantische Emphase und Aktanten bei deutschen Be-sitzwechselverben. Sprache und Datenverarbeitung, (2):19–46, 1988.

434

5254 Jürgen Kunze. Semantic Emphasis and Case Frames, KIT-Report 74.Technical Report, TU Berlin, Berlin, 1989.

5255 Jürgen Kunze. Kasusrelationen und semantische Emphase, volumeXXXII of Studia Grammatica. Akademie Verlag, Berlin, 1991.

5256 Jürgen Kunze. Verbfeldstrukturen und Übersetzung. Zeitschrift fürLiteraturwissenschaft und Linguistik, 84:67–103, 1992.

5257 Jürgen Kunze and Beate Firzlaff. Sememstrukturen und Feldstrukturen,volume XXXVI of Studia Grammatica. Akademie Verlag, Berlin, 1993.

5258 G. Kuper, L. Lipkin, and J. Paredaens. Constzraint Databases, 2000.

5259 D. Kurabayashi, J. Ota, T. Arai, and E. Yoshida. Cooperative sweepingby multiple mobile robots. In Proc. of the IEEE International Confer-ence on Robotics & Automation (ICRA), pages 1744–1749. 1996.

5260 S. Kurakake, H. Kuwano, and K. Odaka. Recognition and visual featurematching of text region in video for conceptual indexing. In ProceedingsSPIE Vol 3022, 1997.

5261 Yohei Kurata and Max Egenhofer. The 9+-Intersection for TopologicalRelations between a Directed Line Segment and a Region. In B. Got-tfried, editor, 1st Workshop on Behaviour Monitoring and Interpreta-tion, KI 2007, pages 62–76, Aachen and Tilburg, 2007. CEURWorkshopProceedings.

5262 R. Kurazume and N. Shigemi. Cooperative positioning with multiplerobots. In Proc. of the IEEE/RSJ International Conference on Intelli-gent Robots and Systems (IROS). 1994.

5263 A. Küstner. VIRTEX - ein System zur deutsch - russischen maschinellenÜbersetzung. Presentation at TU und FU, Berlin, 1990.

5264 O. Kutz. Notes on Logics of Metric Spaces. Studia Logica, 85(1):75–104,2007.

5265 O. Kutz, D. Lücke, and T. Mossakowski. Heterogeneously StructuredOntologies–Integration, Connection, and Refinement. In Thomas Meyerand Mehmet A. Orgun, editors, Advances in Ontologies. Proceedingsof the Knowledge Representation Ontology Workshop (KROW 2008),volume 90 of CRPIT, pages 41–50, Sydney, Australia, 2008. ACS.

5266 O. Kutz, D. Lücke, and T. Mossakowski. Modular Construction ofModels–Towards a Consistency Proof for the Foundational OntologyDOLCE. In First International Workshop on Foundations of ComputerScience as Logic-Related, (ICTAC-08), Istanbul, Turkey, 2008.

435

5267 O. Kutz, D. Lücke, and T. Mossakowski. The Architecture ofConsistency–Modular Model Construction for Complex Ontologies.Technical Report, SFB/TR 8 Spatial Cognition, 2009. Under review.

5268 O. Kutz, D. Lücke, T. Mossakowski, and I. Normann. The OWL in theCasl–Designing Ontologies Across Logics. In Catherine Dolbear, AlanRuttenberg, and Uli Sattler, editors, OWL: Experiences and Directions,5th International Workshop (OWLED-08), co-located with ISWC-08,Karlsruhe, Germany, October 26-27, 2008. CEUR-WS, Vol-432.

5269 O. Kutz, C. Lutz, F. Wolter, and M. Zakharyaschev. E-Connections ofAbstract Description Systems. Artificial Intelligence, 156(1):1–73, 2004.

5270 O. Kutz and T. Mossakowski. Modules in Transition: Conservativity,Composition, and Colimits. In 2nd Int. Workshop on Modular Ontolo-gies (WoMO-07), 2007. K-CAP, Whistler BC, Canada.

5271 O. Kutz and T. Mossakowski. Conservativity in Structured Ontologies.In 18th European Conf. on Artificial Intelligence (ECAI-08), Patras,Greece, 2008. IOS Press.

5272 O. Kutz, T. Mossakowski, and M. Codescu. Shapes of Alignments: Con-struction, Combination, and Computation. In U. Sattler and A. Tamilin,editors, Proceedings of the 1st Workshop on Ontologies: Reasoning andModularity (WORM-08), number 348, ESWC, Tenerife, Spain, 2008.CEUR-WS.

5273 O. Kutz and I. Normann. Context Discovery via Theory Interpretation.In Proc. of the IJCAI Workshop on Automated Reasoning about Contextand Ontology Evolution, ARCOE-09, Pasadena, California, 2009.

5274 Oliver Kutz, Joana Hois, Jie Bao, and Bernando Cuenca Grau, edi-tors. Modular Ontologies: Proceedings of the 4th International Work-shop (WoMo 2010), volume 210 of Frontiers in Artificial Intelligenceand Applications, Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 2010. IOS Press.

5275 Oliver Kutz, Dominik Lücke, and Till Mossakowski. Modular Construc-tion of Models - Towards a Consistency Proof for the Foundational On-tology DOLCE. In First International Workshop on Foundations ofComputer Science as Logic-Related, (ICTAC-08), 2008.

5276 Oliver Kutz and TIll Mossakowski. Conservativity in Structured Ontolo-gies. In M. Ghallab, C.D. Spyropoulos, N. Fakotakis, and N. Avouris,editors, Proceedings of the 18th European Conference on Artificial In-telligence (ECAI-08), number 178 in Frontiers in Artificial Intelligenceand Applications, Patras, Greece, 2008. IOS Press.

5277 Oliver Kutz and TIll Mossakowski. Conservativity in Structured andHeterogeneous Ontologies. Technical Report, University of Bremen andDFKI Lab, Bremen, Bremen, 2008.

436

5278 Oliver Kutz, Till Mossakowski, and Dominik Lücke. Carnap, Goguen,and the Hyperontologies: Logical Pluralism and Heterogeneous Struc-turing in Ontology Design. Logica Universalis, 4(2):255–333, 2010. Spe-cial Issue on ’Is Logic Universal?’.

5279 Henry Kučera. A semantic Model of Verbal Aspect. In S. Flier, editor,American Contributions to the ninth international congress of slavists,volume I, Kiev, 1983. Slavica.

5280 S. Kwasny and N. Sondheimer. Relaxation Techniques for ParsingIll-Formed Input. American Journal of Computational Linguistics,7(2):99–108, 1981.

5281 T. L. Kwee. In Search of an Appropriate Relative Clause. In H. vander Hulst M. Moortgat T. Hoekstra, editor, Perspectives on FunctionalGrammar. Foris, 1980.

5282 Tjoe Liong Kwee. A68-FG(3); Simon Dik’s funktionele grammatikageschreven in algol 68 versie nr 03 [Simon Dik’s functional grammarwritten in Algol68]. Publications of the institute for General Linguis-tics 23, University of Amsterdam, 1979.

5283 Tjoe-Liong Kwee. A computer model of Functional Grammar. In GerardKempen, editor, Natural Language Generation, pages 315–331. MartinusNijhoff Publishers, Boston/Dordrecht, 1987.

5284 TjoeLiong Kwee. Natural Language Generation. One Individual Imple-menter’s Experience. In Proceedings of the First European Workshopon Language Generation, Royaumont, France, January 1987. LanguageGeneration Workshop.

5285 Pike K. L. and Peter Fries. Slot in referential hierarchy in relation toCharles C. Fries’ views of language. In Towards an Understanding ofLanguage: C. C. Fries in Perspective, number 40 in Current Issues inLinguistic Theory, pages 105–127. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1985.

5286 Teunissen L. and P. A. Coppen. GENIUS: GENerative Implementationof Universal Semantic Syntax. In W. Hoeppner, editor, 6th EuropeanWorkshop on Natural Language Generation, pages 127–131, 1997.

5287 W. Labov. Rules for ritual insults. In D. Sudnow, editor, Studies inSocial Interaction, pages 120–169. The Free Press, New York, 1972.

5288 W. Labov and J. Waletzky. Narrative Analysis. In J. Helm, editor,Essays on the verbal and visual arts, pages 12–44. University of Wash-ington Press, Seattle, 1978. (Proceedings of the 1966 Spring Meeting ofthe American Ethnological Society).

5289 William Labov. Contraction, deletion, and inherent variability of theEnglish copula. Language, 45(4):715–762, 1969.

437

5290 William Labov. Language in the inner city: studies in the Black Englishvernacular. University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, PA, 1972.

5291 William Labov. The boundaries of words and their meanings. In C.-J.Baily and Shuy R., editors, news ways of analyzing variation in English,pages 340–373. Georgetown University Press, 1973.

5292 William Labov. Intensity. In Deborah Schiffrin, editor, Meaning, formand use in context: linguistic applications (GURT’84), pages 43–70.Georgetown University Press, 1984.

5293 William Labov. Principles of linguistic change, Volume 1: internalfactors. Blackwell, Oxford, 1994.

5294 William Labov. Principles of linguistic change, Volume 2: social factors.Blackwell, Oxford, 2001.

5295 William Labov and D. Fanshel. Therapeutic Discourse. Academic Press,New York, 1977.

5296 N. Lacey. Narrative and genre: key concepts in media studies. Palgrave,New York, 2000.

5297 Brian Laetz and Dominic McIver Lopes. Genre. In Paisley Livingstonand Carl Plantinga, editors, The Routledge Companion to Philosophyand Film, chapter 14, pages 152–161. Routledge, London and New York,2009.

5298 Luuk Lagerwerf and Leonoor Oversteegen. Inferring coherence relationsthrough presuppositions. In P. Bosch and R. van der Sandt, editors,Focus and Natural Language Processing, number ISSN 0946-7521, pages503–512, Heidelberg, Germany, 1994. IBM Deutschland and Journal ofSemantics. (Proceedings of a Conference in Celebration of the 10th An-niversary of the Journal of Semantics, Schloß Wolfsbrunnen, Germany).

5299 Maurice Lahde. Der Leibhafteige erzählt. Täuschungsmanöver in TheUsual Suspects. montage av. Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichteaudiovisueller Kommunikation, 11(1):149–179, 2002.

5300 Maurice Lahde. Die Unverlässige Erzähler in The Usual Suspects. InFabienne Liptay and Yvonne Wolf, editors, Was stimmt den jetzt? Un-zuverlässiges Erzählen in Literatur und Film, pages 293–306. editiontext + kritik, München, 2005.

5301 Tarja Laine. Shame and Desire: emotion, intersubjectivity, cinema.P.I.E. Lang, Bruxelles, 2007.

5302 John E. Laird and Allen Newell. A Universal Weak Method. Techni-cal Report CMU-CS-83-141, Carnegie-Mellon University Department ofComputer Science, Pittsburgh, PA, June 1983.

438

5303 George Lakoff. Instrumental adverbs and the concept of deep structure.Foundations of Language, 4:4–29, 1968.

5304 George Lakoff. Structural complexity in fairy tales. The Study of Man,1:128–190, 1972.

5305 George Lakoff. Linguistic Gestalts. Chicago Linguistic Society, 13:236–287, 1977.

5306 George Lakoff. Women, Fire, and Dangerous Things. Chicago Univer-sity Press, Chicago, Mi, 1987.

5307 George Lakoff. Metaphor and war: the metaphor system used to justifywar in the Gulf. In Martin Pütz, editor, Thirty years of linguistic evo-lution. Studies in honour of René Dirven on the occasion of his sixtiethbirthday, pages 463–481. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1992.

5308 George Lakoff. The syntax of metaphorical semantic roles. In JamesPustejovsky, editor, Semantics and the lexicon, number 49 in Studies inLinguistics and Philosophy, chapter 3, pages 27–36. Kluwer AcademicPublishers, Dordrecht/Boston/London, 1993.

5309 George Lakoff and Mark Johnson. Metaphors we live by. Chicago Uni-versity Press, Chicago, Il, 1980.

5310 George Lakoff and Mark Johnson. The metaphorical structure of thehuman conceptual system. Cognitive Science, 4(2):195–208, 1980.

5311 George Lakoff and Mark Johnson. Philosophy in the flesh: The embodiedmind and its challenge to Western thought. Basic Books, New York,1999.

5312 George Lakoff and Henry Thompson. Dative quesions in CognitiveGrammar. In R.E. Grossman, J.L. San, and T.J. Vance, editors, Papersfrom the parasession on Functionalism, pages 337–350. Chicago Linguis-tic Society, Chicago, 1975.

5313 George Lakoff and Henry Thompson. Introducing Cognitive Grammar.In Berkeley Linguistics Society, volume 1. 1975.

5314 Robin Lakoff. Language in context, volume 48. 1972.

5315 Robin Lakoff. Remarks on THIS and THAT. Chicago Linguistic Society,10:345–356, 1974.

5316 Robin Lakoff. Politeness, pragmatics and performatives. In Proceed-ings of the Texas Conference on Performatives, Presuppositions, andImplicatures, pages 79–106, Austin, Texas, 1977.

5317 L. Lakusta and B. Landau. Starting at the end: The importance ofgoals in spatial language. Cognition, 96(1):1–33, 2005.

439

5318 Sidney M. Lamb. Outline of Stratificational Grammar. GeorgetownUniversity Press, Washington, 1966.

5319 Sydney Lamb. Interpreting discourse. In Peter H. Fries, Michael Cum-mings, David Lockwood, and William Spruiell, editors, Relations andfunctions within and around language, Open Linguistics. ContinuumPress, London, 2001.

5320 Knud Lambrecht. Information Structure and Sentence Form. Topic, Fo-cus, and the Mental Representation of Discourse Referents. CambridgeUniversity Press, Cambridge, 1994.

5321 J. S. Lancaster and J. L. Kolodner. Problem Solving in a Natural Taskas a Function of Experience. Technical Report, School of Informationand Computer Science, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Ga30332, 1987.

5322 Lesley Lancaster. Beginning at the beginning: how a young child con-structs time multimodally. In Carey Jewitt and Gunther Kress, editors,Multimodal Literacy, number 4 in New Literacies and Digital Episte-mologies, pages 107–122. Peter Lang, New York, 2003.

5323 Claude Lancelot. Nouvelle méthode pour facilement et un peu de tempscomprendre la langue latine. Pierre le Petit, Paris, 3rd edition, 1653.

5324 Claude Lancelot and Antoine Arnauld. Grammaire générale et raison-née contenant Les fondemens de l’art de parler; expliquez d’une manièreclaire & naturelle; Les raisons de ce qui est commun à toutes les langues,& des principales differences qui s’y rencontrent; Et plusieurs remarquesnouvelles sur la Langue Francoise. Pierre le Petit, Paris, 1660. (Fac-scimile reprint by The Scholar Press, Menston, England. 1967).

5325 B. Landau. Multiple geometric representations of objects. In P. Bloom,M.A. Peterson, L. Nadel, and M.F. Garrett, editors, Language andSpace, pages 317–363. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1996.

5326 Barbara Landau. Multiple Geometric Representations of Objects inLanguages and Language Learners. In Paul Bloom, Mary A. Peterson,Lynn Nadel, and Merrill F. Garrett, editors, Language and Space, pages317–364. MIT Press, Cambride, MA, 1999.

5327 Barbara Landau and James E. Hoffman. Parallels between spatial cog-nition and spatial language: Evidence from Williams syndrome. Journalof Memory and Language, 53:163–185, 2005.

5328 Barbara Landau and Ray Jackendoff. ’What’ and ’where’ in spatiallanguage and cognition. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 16:217–238,1993.

440

5329 Barbara Landau and Edward Munnich. The representation of space andspatial language: challenges for cognitive science. In Patrick Olivier andKlaus-Peter Gapp, editors, Representation and processing of spatial ex-pressions, pages 263–272. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Mahwah, NewJersey, 1998.

5330 P. Landerman. The Proto-Quechua First Person Marker and the Clas-sification of Quechua Dialects. Manuscript, 1978.

5331 Fred Landman. Events and plurality. Kluwer, Dordrecht, 2000.

5332 G. P. Landow. Relationally encoded links and the rhetoric of hypertext.In Proceedings of the First ACM Workshop on Hypertext (Hypertext’87), pages 331–343, Chapel Hill, 1987. University of North Carolina.

5333 George P. Landow. The rhetoric of hypermedia: some rules for authors.Journal of Computing in Higher Education, 1:39–64, 1989.

5334 George P. Landow. Hypertext, hypermedia and literary studies: thestate of the art. In Paul Delany and George P. Landow, editors, Hy-permedia and literary studies, pages 3–50. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA,1991.

5335 George P. Landow. Hypertext: the convergence of contemporary criticaltheory and technology. John Hopkins University Press, Baltimore andLondon, 1992.

5336 George P. Landow, editor. Hyper / Text / Theory. John Hopkins Uni-versity Press, Baltimore and London, 1994.

5337 George P. Landow. Hypertext 2.0: the convergence of contemporarycritical theory and technology. John Hopkins University Press, Baltimoreand London, 2nd edition edition, 1997.

5338 George P. Landow. Hypertext 2.0: the convergence of contemporarycritical theory and technology, chapter 6, pages 178–218. John Hop-kins University Press, Baltimore and London, 2nd edition edition, 1997.“Reconfiguring narrative”.

5339 J. Landsbergen. Isomorphic grammars and their use in the rosettatranslation system. In M. King, editor, Machine Translation Today: thestate of the art, pages 351–372. Edinburgh University Press, Edinburgh,1987.

5340 Saunders Mac Lane. Categories for the working mathematician. Grad-uate Texts in Mathematics. Springer, New York / Berlin, 2nd. editionedition, 1998.

441

5341 Ewald Lang. The LILOG ontology from a linguistic point of view. InO. Herzog and C.-R. Rollinger, editors, Text understanding in LILOG:integrating computational linguistics and artificial intelligence, Final re-port on the IBM Germany LILOG-Project, pages 464–481. Springer,Berlin, 1991. Lecture notes in artificial intelligence, 546.

5342 Ewald Lang. A two-level approach to projective prepositions. InG. Rauh, editor, Approaches to Prepositions, pages 127–167. GunterNarr, Tübingen, 1991.

5343 Ewald Lang, Kai-Uwe Carstensen, and Geoffrey Simmons. Modellingspatial knowledge on a linguistic basis: theory - prototype - integration.Number 481 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence. Springer, Berlin,Heidelberg, 1991.

5344 R. Langacker. Form and meaning of the English auxiliary. Language,54, 1978.

5345 R. Langacker. Remarks on English Aspect. In P.J. Hopper, editor,Tense-Aspect: between Semantics and Pragmatics. John Benjamins,Amsterdam/Philadelphia, 1982.

5346 Robert W. Langacker. Functional Stratigraphy. In R.E. Grossman, J.L.San, and T.J. Vance, editors, Papers from the parasession on Function-alism, pages 351–397. Chicago Linguistic Society, Chicago, 1975.

5347 Ronald Langacker. A usage-based model. In Brygida Rudzka-Ostyn,editor, Topics in Cognitive Linguistics, pages 127–161. John Benjamins,Amsterdam, 1988.

5348 Ronald W. Langacker. Foundations in Cognitive Grammar. Volume 1,Theoretical Prerequisites. Stanford University Press, Stanford, Califor-nia, 1987.

5349 Ronald W. Langacker. A view of linguistic semantics. In B. Rudzka-Ostyn, editor, Topics in Cognitive Linguistics, pages 49–90. John Ben-jamins, Amsterdam, 1988.

5350 Ronald W. Langacker. Foundations in Cognitive Grammar. Volume 2,Descriptive application. Stanford University Press, Stanford, California,1991.

5351 B Lange. Making sense with schemata. Journal of Reading, 24(5):442–445, 1981.

5352 Siegfried Lange. Einführung in die Filmwissenschaft. WB, Darmstadt,2007.

5353 Jean-Marie Langel, Miyo Otani, Nathalie Simonin, and Laurence Dan-los. SAGE: a sentence parsing and generation system. Proceedings ofCOLING-88, pages 359–364, 1988.

442

5354 Barry Langford. Film Genre: Hollywood and Beyond. Edinburgh Uni-versity Press, 2005.

5355 I. Langkilde. Forest-Based Statistical Sentence Generation. In Proceed-ings of NAACL’00, Seattle, WA, 2000.

5356 I. Langkilde and K. Knight. Generation that Exploits Corpus-based Sta-tistical Knowledge. In Proceedings of the ACL/COLING-98, Montreal,Quebec, 1998.

5357 A. Lankenau. Avoiding Mode Confusion in Service Robots - The Bre-men Autonomous Wheelchair as an Example. In M. Mokhtari, editor,Integration of Assistive Technology in the Information Age. Proc. ofthe 7th Int. Conf. on Rehabilitation Robotics, pages 162–167. IOS Pres,Amsterdam, 2001.

5358 A. Lankenau. Avoiding mode confusion in service-robots. InM. Mokhtari, editor, Integration of Assistive Technology in the Informa-tion Age. Proc. of the 7th Int. Conf. on Rehabilitation Robotics, pages162–167. IOS Pres, Amsterdam, 2001.

5359 A. Lankenau and O. Meyer. Fault-tree Based Verification - The BremenAutonomous Wheelchair as an Example. In Proc. of the Quality WeekEurope 1999. 1999.

5360 A. Lankenau and O. Meyer. Formal methods in robotics: Fault treebased verification. In Proc. of Quality Week Europe. 1999.

5361 A. Lankenau and O. Meyer. Formal methods in robotics: Fault treebased verification. In Proc. of Quality Week Europe. 1999.

5362 A. Lankenau, O. Meyer, and B. Krieg-Brückner. Safety in Robotics:The Bremen Autonomous Wheelchair. In Proceedings of the 5th Interna-tional Workshop on Advanced Motion Control (AMC98), pages 524–529,Piscataway, NJ, 1998. IEEE.

5363 A. Lankenau and T. Röfer. Architecture of the Bremen AutonomousWheelchair. In B. Hildebrand, R. Moratz, and C. Scheering, editors,Architectures in Cognitive Robotics (Technischer Bericht 98/13n SFB360, Situierte Künstliche Kommunikatoren), pages 19–24. UniversitätBielefeld, Bielefeld, 1998.

5364 A. Lankenau and T. Röfer. The Role of Shared Control in Service Robots- The Bremen Autonomous Wheelchair as an Example. In T. Röfer,A. Lankenau, and R. Moratz, editors, Service Robotics - Applicationsand Safety Issues in an Emerging Market. Workshop Notes. EuropeanConference on Artificial Intelligence 2000 (ECAI 2000), pages 27–31.2000.

443

5365 A. Lankenau and T. Röfer. Selbstlokalisation in Routengraphen.In Autonome Mobile Systeme 2001.Informatik aktuell, pages 157–163.Springer, 2001.

5366 A. Lankenau and T. Röfer. Mobile Robot Self-Localization in Large-Scale Environments. In Proceeding of the International Conference onRobotics and Automation 2002 (ICRA-2002). 2002.

5367 A. Lankenau, T. Röfer, and B. Krieg-Brückner. Self-Localization inLarge-Scale Environments for the Bremen Autonomous Wheelchair. InSpatial Cognition III. Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence. Springer,2002.

5368 Susan S. Lanser. (Im)playing the author. Narrative, 9:153–160, 2001.

5369 Susan Snaider Lanser. The narrative act: point of view in prose fiction.Princeton University Press, Princeton, NJ, 1981.

5370 Robert Lapsley and Michael Westlake. Film theory: an introduction.Manchester University Press, Manchester and New York, 1988.

5371 Robert Lapsley and Michael Westlake. Film theory: an introduction.Manchester University Press, Manchester and New York, 2nd edition,2006.

5372 Francois Lareau. La synthèse automatique de paraphrases comme outilde vérification des dictionnaires et grammaires de type Sens-Texte. Mas-ter’s thesis, Département de linguistique et de traduction, Université deMontréal, Montréal, 2002.

5373 Don Larkin and Michael H. O’Malley. Declarative Sentences and theRule-Of-Conversation Hypothesis. In Papers from the Ninth RegionalMeeting, pages 306–319. Chicago Linguistic Society, April 1973.

5374 J.H. Larkin and H.A. Simon. Why a diagram is (sometimes) worth tenthousand words. Cognitive Science, 11:65–99, 1987.

5375 S. Larsson, P. Bohlin, J. Bos, and D. Traum. TRINDIKIT 1.0 Manual.TRINDI Project, 1999. Deliverable D2.2.

5376 Staffan Larsson, Peter Ljunglöf, Robin Cooper, Elisabet Engdahl, andStina Ericsson. GoDiS - an accomodating dialogue system. In Proceed-ings of the ANLP/NAACL 2000 Workshop on Conversational Systems,pages 7–10, Seattle, May 2000. Association for Computational Linguis-tics.

5377 Staffan Larsson and David Traum. Information state and dialogue man-agement in the TRINDI Dialogue Move Engine Toolkit. Natural Lan-guage Engineering, pages 323–340, 2000. Special Issue on Best Practicein Spoken Language Dialogue Systems Engineering.

444

5378 Alex Lascarides and N. Asher. Discourse relations and defeasible knowl-edge. In Proceedings of the 29th. Annual Meeting of the Association forComputational Linguistics, pages 55–63, Berkeley, California, 1991. As-sociation for Computational Linguistics.

5379 Alex Lascarides and Nicholas Asher. A Semantics and Pragmatics forthe Pluperfect. In Proceedings of the Sixth Conference of the EuropeanChapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 250–259, Utrecht, the Netherlands, 1993.

5380 Alex Lascarides and Nicholas Asher. Temporal Interpretation, DiscourseRelations, and Common Sense Entailment. Linguistics and Philosophy,16(5):437–495, 1993.

5381 Alex Lascarides and Jon Oberlander. Abducing temporal discourse.In Aspects of automated natural language generation, pages 167–182.Springer, Berlin, 1992. (Proceedings of the 6th International Workshopon Natural Language Generation, Trento, Italy, April 1992).

5382 Alex Lascarides and Jon Oberlander. Temporal Connectives in a Dis-course Context. In Proceedings of the Sixth Conference of the EuropeanChapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 260–268, Utrecht, the Netherlands, 1993.

5383 James A. Laspina. The visual turn and the transformation of the text-book. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Mahway, NJ, 1998.

5384 Inger Lassen, Jeanne Strunck, and Torben Vestergaard, editors. Medi-ating ideology in text and image. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2006.

5385 J. C. Latombe. Robot Motion Planning, 1991.

5386 F. Latraverse and S. Leblanc. On the delimitation of semantics and thecharacterisatrion of meaning: Some remarks. In H. Parret, M. Sbisa,and J Verscheuren, editors, Possibilities and Limitations of Pragmatics,pages 399–412. John Benjamins B.V., Amsterdam, 1981. Conference onPragmatics, Urbino, July8-14, 1979.

5387 Sarda Laure. Semantics of French Direct Transitive Motion Verbs.In Németh T. Eniko, editor, Cognition in Language Use, Selected Pa-pers from the Seventh International Pragmatics Conference, volume 1,pages 388–404. International Pragmatics Association, Antwerp, Bel-gium, 2001.

5388 Stanislao Lauria, Guido Bugmann, Theocharis Kyriacou, Johan Bos,and Ewan Klein. Training Personal Robots via Natural-Language In-structions. IEEE Intelligent Systems, pages 38–45, 2001.

445

5389 Albert J. LaValley. Analysis of the plane and cornfield chase sequence inNorth by Northwest. In Albert J. LaValley, editor, Focus on Hitchcock,pages 145–173. Prentice Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1972.

5390 Albert J. LaValley, editor. Focus on Hitchcock. Prentice Hall, Inc.,Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1972.

5391 Alberto Lavelli, Bernardo Magnini, and Carlo Strapparava. An Ap-proach to Multilevel Semantics for Applied Systems. In Proceedingsof the 3rd Conference on Applied Natural Language Processing, pages17–24, Trento, Italy, 1992. Association for Computational Linguistics.

5392 Julia Lavid. Text Type Taxonomy: A Functional Framework for textAnalysis and Generation. Technical Report, Universidad Complutensede Madrid, 1993. (ESPRIT Basic Research Action: Dandelion, EP6665;deliverable R1.1.1a).

5393 Julia Lavid. Thematic Development in Texts. Deliverable R1.2.1 ofWP 1.2.1 ‘Thematic Structure’, ESPRIT Basic Research Project 6665DANDELION, Universidad Complutense de Madrid, Madrid, 1994.

5394 Julia Lavid. Theme, Discourse Topic, and Information Structuring. De-liverable R1.2.2b of WP 1.2.2 ‘Theme, discourse topic, and informationstructuring’, ESPRIT Basic Research Project 6665 DANDELION, Uni-versidad Complutense de Madrid, Madrid, " oct " 1994.

5395 Julia Lavid. The Relevance of Corpus-based Research for ContrastiveLinguistic and Computational Studies. Jornades de corpus lingüístics:els corpus en la recerca semàntica i pragmàtica. (Corpora in Semanticand Pragmatic Research), IV-V:117–139, 1998. Publicaciones del Insti-tuto de Lingüística Aplicada.

5396 Julia Lavid. Cross-cultural variation in multilingual instructions: astudy of speech act realisation patterns. In Eija Ventola, editor, Dis-course and community: doing functional linguistics, pages 71–86. GunterNarr, Tübingen, 2000.

5397 Julia Lavid, Jorge Arús, and Juan Rafael Zamorano-Mansilla. Systemicfunctional grammar of Spanish: : a contrastive study with English. Con-tinuum, London, 2010.

5398 Julia Lavid, Francisco José Ballesteros, and Isabel Alonso. ConjunctiveRelations Analysis of the Fund-raising texts corpus, 1994.

5399 Julia Lavid and Elisabeth Maier. Text relations: their usefulness fora dynamic account of discourse structure in a text planning system.Technical Report, GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und In-formationssysteme, Darmstadt, Germany, 1992.

446

5400 B. Lavoie and O. Rambow. A Framework for Customizable Genera-tion of Hypertext Presentations. In Coling-ACL ’98, pages 718–722,Montréal, 1998.

5401 B. Lavoie, O. Rambow, and E. Reiter. Customizable Descriptions ofObject-Oriented Models. In Proceedings of the Fifth Conference on Ap-plied Natural Language Processing, pages 253–256, Washington, DC,1997.

5402 Benoit Lavoie. Interlingua for Bilingual Statistical Reports. In Pro-ceedings of the IJCAI workshop in multilingual text generation (Inter-national Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence) 1995, pages 84–94,Montréal, Canada, 1995.

5403 Benoit Lavoie and Owen Rambow. A fast and portable realizer for textgeneration systems. In Proceedings of the 5th. Conference on AppliedNatural Language Processing, pages 265–268, Washington, D.C., 1997.Association for Computational Linguistics.

5404 Benoit Lavoie, Owen Rambow, and Ehud Reiter. The ModelExplainer.In INLG’96, pages 9–12, Herstmonceux Castle, Sussex, 1996. Demon-stration.

5405 Steve Lawrence and C. Lee Giles. Accessibility of Information on theWeb. Nature, 400:107–109, 1999.

5406 C.A. Lawton. Strategies for indoor wayfinding: The role of orientation.Journal of Environmental Psychology, 16(2):137–145, 1996.

5407 K. Lay, E. Prassler, R. Dillmann, G. Grunwald, M. Hägele, G. Law-itzky, A. Stopp, and W. von Seelen. ’MORPHA: Communication andInteraction with Intelligent, Anthropomorphic Robot Assistants’. InTagungsband Statustage Leitprojekte Mensch-Technik-Interaktion in derWissensgesellschaft. 2001.

5408 LDOCE. Longman Dictionary of Contemporary English. Longman,Harlow, 3rd edition, 1995.

5409 Michael Lebowitz. Reading with a Purpose. In Proceedings of the 17thAnnual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages59–64, La Jolla, California, 1979. Association for Computational Lin-guistics.

5410 Michael Lebowitz. Generalization and Memory in an Integrated Under-standing System. Technical Report 186, Yale University Department ofComputer Science, 1980. PhD Thesis.

5411 Michael Lebowitz. Language and Memory: Generalization as a Partof Understanding. In Proceedings of the First National Conference onArtificial Intelligence, pages 324–326, Stanford, CA, 1980. AmericanAssociation for Artificial Intelligence.

447

5412 Michael Lebowitz. “Abstract” Understanding: The Relation BetweenLanguage and Memory. Technical Report, Columbia University Depart-ment of Computer Science, 1981.

5413 Michael Lebowitz. “Abstract” Understanding: The Relation BetweenLanguage and Memory. in press, 1981.

5414 Michael Lebowitz. Memory-Based Parsing. Technical Report, ColumbiaUniversity Department of Computer Science, 1981.

5415 Michael Lebowitz. Organizing Memory for Use in Understanding. InProceedings of the Workshop on Human Computer Interaction, Atlanta,1981.

5416 Michael Lebowitz. Representing Complex Events Simply. TechnicalReport, Columbia University Department of Computer Science, 1981.

5417 Michael Lebowitz. The Nature of Generalization in Understanding. InProceedings of the Seventh International Joint Conference on ArtificialIntelligence, Vancouver, Canada, 1981. International Joint Conferenceon Artificial Intelligence.

5418 Michael Lebowitz. The Nature of Interest. unpublished manuscript,1981.

5419 Michael Lebowitz. Correcting Erroneous Generalizations. Cognition andBrain Theory, 5(4):367–381, 1982.

5420 Michael Lebowitz. Intelligent Information Systems. Technical Report,Columbia University Department of Computer Science, 1982.

5421 Michael Lebowitz. Limited Parallel Parsing. Technical Report,Columbia University Department of Computer Science, 1982.

5422 Michael Lebowitz. Understanding Technical Texts. In Proceedings ofthe ACM-CSC 82 Computer Science Conference, Indianapolis, Indiana,1982.

5423 Michael Lebowitz. Classifying Numeric Information. Technical Report,Columbia University Department of Computer Science Technical Re-port, 1983.

5424 Michael Lebowitz. Concept Learning in a Rich Input Domain. In Pro-ceedings of the 1983 International Machine Learning Workshop, pages177–182, Champaign-Urbana, Illinois, 1983.

5425 Michael Lebowitz. Creating a Story-Telling Universe. In Proceedingsof the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence,Karlsruhe, West Germany, 1983.

448

5426 Michael Lebowitz. Generalization from Natural Language Text. Cogni-tive Science, 7(1):1–40, 1983.

5427 Michael Lebowitz. Implementing Descriptions Using Non-Von Neu-mann Parallelism. Technical Report, Columbia University Departmentof Computer Science, 1983.

5428 Michael Lebowitz. Intelligent Information Systems. In Proceedings ofthe Sixth International ACM SIGIR Conference, Washington, DC, 1983.ACM SIGIR.

5429 Michael Lebowitz. Memory-Based Parsing. Artificial Intelligence,21(4):363–404, 1983.

5430 Michael Lebowitz. RESEARCHER: An Overview. In Proceedings of theThird National Conference on Artificial Intelligence, Washington, DC,1983. American Association of Artificial Intelligence.

5431 Michael Lebowitz. RESEARCHER: An Overview. In Proceedings of theThird National Conference on Artificial Intelligence, Washington, DC,1983.

5432 Michael Lebowitz. Conceptual Processing When Things Go Wrong.Cognition and Brain Theory, 1984. in press.

5433 Michael Lebowitz. Creating Characters in a Story-Telling Universe.Poetics, 13:171–194, 1984.

5434 Michael Lebowitz. The Use of Memory in Text Processing. TechnicalReport, Columbia University Department of Computer Science, 1984.

5435 Michael Lebowitz. Using Memory in Text Understanding. In Proceedingsof ECAI-84, Pisa, Italy, 1984.

5436 Michael Lebowitz. Classifying Numeric Information for Generalization.Cognitive Science, 1985. in press.

5437 Michael Lebowitz. Generating Plot Outlines. Technical Report,Columbia University Department of Computer Science, 1985.

5438 Michael Lebowitz. Integrated Learning: Controlling Explanation. Cog-nitive Science, 1985. to appear.

5439 Michael Lebowitz. RESEARCHER: An experimental intelligent infor-mation system. In Proceedings of the Ninth International Joint Confer-ence on Artificial Intelligence, pages 858–862, Los Angeles, 1985.

5440 Michael Lebowitz. An experiment in intelligent information systems:RESEARCHER. In R. Davies, editor, Intelligent Library and Informa-tion Systems. Ellis Horwood, London, 1986.

449

5441 Helen Leckie-Tarry. The specification of a text: register, genre andlanguage teaching. In M. Ghadessy, editor, Register Analysis. Theoryand Practice, pages 26–42. Pinter, London, 1993.

5442 Helen Leckie-Tarry. Language and context: a functional linguistic theoryof register. Pinter, London, 1995. Edited by David Birch.

5443 Roger Lécuyer, James Rivière, and Karine Durand. The sources ofspatial cognition. In Michel Aurnague, Maya Hickmann, and LaureVieu, editors, The Categorization of Spatial Entities in Language andCognition, volume 20 of Human Cognitive Processing, pages 247–266.John Benjamins Publishing Company, Amsterdam, The Netherlands,2007.

5444 David Y.W. Lee. Genres, registers, text types, domains, and styles:clarifying the concepts and navigating a path through the BNC jungle.Language Learning and Technology, 5(3):37–72, Sep 2001.

5445 John Lee. Component modes of graphical communication. In GrantMalcolm, editor, Multidisciplinary approaches to visual representationsand interpretations, volume 2 of Studies in Multidisciplinarity, pages197–210. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 2004.

5446 John Lee and Keith Stenning. Anaphora in multimodal discourse. InHarry Bunt, Robbert-Jan Beun, and Tijn Borghuis, editors, MultimodalHuman-Computer Communication: Systems, Techniques, and Experi-ments, number 1374 in Lecture Notes in Computer Science, pages 250–263. Springer, 1998.

5447 Jong-Hyeok Lee, Akitoshi Okumura, Kazunori Muraki, and Gil ChangKim. An English-Korean machine translation system: Korean synthesisunder the environment of Japanese generation system. In Proceedings of1991 Japan-Australia Joint Symposium on Natural Language Processing,pages 219–224, Fukuoka, Japan, 1991.

5448 Patricia Ann Lee. Impositive Speech Acts. PhD thesis, Ohio StateUniversity, 1974.

5449 Woongjae Lee and Martha Evens. Generating cohesive text using lexicalfunctions. In Leo Wanner, editor, Lexical functions in lexicography andnatural language processing, pages 299–306. John Benjamins, Amster-dam/Philadelphia, 1996.

5450 G. Leech. Meaning and the English Verb. Longman, London, 1971.

5451 G. Leech. Semantics. Penguin Books, 1974.

5452 G. Leech and J. Svartvik. A Communicative Grammar of English. Long-man, 1975.

450

5453 Geoffrey Leech. Principles of Pragmatics. Longman, London, 1983.

5454 Geoffrey Leech. Corpora and theories of linguistic performance. In JanSvartvik, editor, Directions in corpus linguistics: proceedings of NobelSymposium 82, Stockholm, 4-8 August 1991, pages 105–122. Mouton deGruyter, Berlin, 1992.

5455 Geoffrey N. Leech. English in Advertising. Longman, London, 1966.

5456 Geoffrey N. Leech. Towards a Semantic Description of English. Long-man, London, 1969.

5457 Pieter De Leenheer. Revising and Managing Multiple Ontology Versionsin a Possible Worlds Setting. In Robert Meersman, Zahir Tari, andAngelo Corsaro, editors, On the Move to Meaningful Internet Systems2004: OTM 2004 Workshops, number 3292 in LNCS, pages 798–809.Springer-Verlag, Berlin / Heidelberg, 2004.

5458 Theo van Leeuwen. Rhythmic structure of the film text. In Teun A. vanDijk, editor, Discourse and communication: new approaches to the anal-ysis of mass media discourse and communication, pages 216–232. Walterde Gruyter, Berlin, 1985.

5459 Theo van Leeuwen. The consumer, the producer and the state: analysisof a television news item. In Terry Threadgold, E. A. Grosz, GuntherKress, and Michael A. K. Halliday, editors, Language, Semiotics, Ideol-ogy, pages 203–224. The Sydney Association for Studies in Society andCulture, Sydney, Australia, 1986.

5460 Theo van Leeuwen. Generic stages in press journalism. Australian Re-view of Applied Linguistics, 10(2):199–221, 1987.

5461 Theo van Leeuwen. Changed times, changed tunes: music and ideologyof the news. In J. Tulloch and G. Turner, editors, Australian Television- programs, pleasrues and politics. Allen and Unwin, Sydney, 1989.

5462 Theo van Leeuwen. The schoolbook as a multimodal text. InternationaleSchulbuchforschung, 14(1):35–38, 1992.

5463 Theo van Leeuwen. Genre and field in critical discourse analysis: asynopsis. Discourse and Society, 4(2):193–225, 1993.

5464 Theo van Leeuwen. Moving English: the visual language of film. InSharon Goodman and David Graddol, editors, Redesigning English: newtexts, new identities, chapter 2, Reading B, pages 81–105. Routledge andthe Open University, London and New York, 1996.

5465 Theo van Leeuwen. The representation of social actors. In Carmen R.Caldas-Coulthard and Malcolm Coulthard, editors, Texts and practices:Readings in Critical Discourse Analysis, pages 32–70. Routledge, Lon-don, 1996.

451

5466 Theo van Leeuwen. Speech, Music and Sound. MacMillan, London,1999.

5467 Theo van Leeuwen. Semiotics and iconography. In Theo van Leeuwenand Carey Jewitt, editors, Handbook of visual analysis, chapter 5, pages92–118. Sage, London, 2001.

5468 Theo van Leeuwen. Some Notes on Visual Semiotics. Semiotica,129(1):179–195, 2001.

5469 Theo van Leeuwen. Ten reasons why linguists should pay attentionto visual communication. In Philip LeVine and Ron Scollon, editors,Discourse and technology: multimodal discourse analysis, pages 7–19.Georgetown University Press, Washington, D.C., 2004.

5470 Theo van Leeuwen. Book Review: Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in derSprache – Zur Verknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialenText . Visual Communication, 4:375–378, 2005.

5471 Theo van Leeuwen. Introducing social semiotics. Routledge, London,2005.

5472 Theo van Leeuwen. Multimodality, genre and design. In Sigrid Norrisand Rodney Jones, editors, Discourse in Action - Introducing MediatedDiscourse Analysis, pages 73–94. Routledge, London, 2005.

5473 Theo van Leeuwen. Parametric systems: the case of voice quality. InCarey Jewitt, editor, The Routledge Handbook of multimodal analysis,pages 68–77. Routledge, London, 2009.

5474 Theo van Leeuwen and Carey Jewitt, editors. Handbook of visual anal-ysis. Sage, London, 2001.

5475 Theo van Leeuwen and Carey Jewitt. Introduction. In Theo vanLeeuwen and Carey Jewitt, editors, Handbook of visual analysis, chap-ter 1, pages 1–9. Sage, London, 2001.

5476 Theo van Leeuwen and Gunther Kress. Critical layout analysis. Inter-nationale Schulbuchforschung, 17(3):25–43, 1995.

5477 Theo van Leeuwen and Ruth Wodak. Legitimizing immigration control:a discourse-historical analysis. Discourse Studies, 1(1):83–119, 1999.

5478 Martin Lefebvre. Film Narratology and Semiotic: Towards a NewParadigm. S - European Journal for Semiotic Studies, 5(4):691–712,1993.

5479 Wolfgang Lefèvre, J. Renn, and U. Schoepflin, editors. The power ofimages in early modern science. Birkhauser Verlag, Basel, Switzerland,2003.

452

5480 I. Lehiste. Suprasegmentals. The M.I.T. Press, 1970.

5481 F.W. Lehman. Semantic networks. Computers and Mathematics withApplications, 23(2-5):1–50, 1992.

5482 Jill Fain Lehman and Jaime G. Carbonell. Learning the user’s language:a step towards automated creation of user models. In Alfred Kobsa andWolfgang Wahlster, editors, User Models in Dialog Systems, pages 163–194. Springer Verlag, Symbolic Computation Series, Berlin HeidelbergNew York Tokyo, 1989.

5483 Peter Lehman and William Luhr. Thinking About Movies: Watching,Questioning, Enjoying. Blackwell Publishing, Oxford, 1999.

5484 F. Lehmann and Anthony G. Cohn. The EGG/YOLK reliability hierar-chy: semantic data integration using sorts with prototypes. In Proceed-ings of the Conference on Information Knowledge Management, pages272–279, New York, 1994. ACM Press.

5485 Christoph Lehner. Einige zentrale Probleme der neueren Filmsemi-otik. In Ludwig Bauer, Elfriede Ledig, and Michael Schaudig, edi-tors, Strategien der Filmanalyse: Zehn Jahre Münchener Filmphilologie.Prof. Dr. Klaus Kanzog zum 60. Geburtstag, number 1 in diskurs film:Münchener Beiträge zur Filmphilologie, pages 59–72. Verlegergemein-schaft Schaudig/Bauer/Ledig, München, 1987.

5486 W. Lehnert. Human and computational question answering. CognitiveScience, 1(1):47–63, 1977.

5487 W. G. Lehnert. Plot Units and Narrative Summarization. CognitiveScience, 5(4):293–331, 1981.

5488 Wendy Lehnert. A Conceptual Theory of Question Answering. In Pro-ceedings of IJCAI’77, Cambridge, Massachusetts, 1977. InternationalJoint Conference of Artificial Intelligence.

5489 Wendy G. Lehnert. Representing Physical Objects in Memory. TechnicalReport 131, Yale University Department of Computer Science, 1978.

5490 Wendy G Lehnert. The Process of Question Answering. Lawrence Erl-baum Associates, Hillsdale, N. J., 1978.

5491 Wendy G. Lehnert. Plot units: a narrative summarization strategy. InWendy G. Lehnert and Martin H. Ringle, editors, Strategies for natu-ral language processing, pages 375–414. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates,Hillsdale, N. J, 1982.

5492 Sabine Lehrmann, Dominique Estival, Kirsten Falkedal, Herv Com-pangnion, Lorna Balkan, Frederik Fouvry, Judith Baur, and JudithKlein. TSNLP: User Manual, Volume 3: Data Documentation. Istituto

453

Dalle Molle per gli Studii Semantici e Cognitivi (ISSCO), Switzerland,1995. LRE Project 62-089 (TSNLP).

5493 E. Lehtinen and K. Lyytinen. Action Based Model of Information Sys-tems. Information Systems, 11(4):299–317, 1986.

5494 W. Leiss, S. Kline, and S. Jhally. Social communication in advertising.Nelson, Ontario, 2 edition, 1990.

5495 Jo ao Alexandre Leite, Amílcar Cardoso, Francisco Cámara Pereira, andLuís Moniz Pereira. Metaphorical mapping consistency via DynamicLogic Programming, 2000.

5496 Dick Leith. The origins of English. In David Graddol, Dick Leith,and Joan Swann, editors, English history, diversity and change, pages95–132. Routledge, London and New York, 1996. The Open University.

5497 Birgit Leitner. A higher dimension of movement. A staircase - AboutTime 2 (Mike Figgis). In Birgit Leitner and Lorenz Engell, editors,Philosophie des Films, number 8 in Philosophische Diskurse, pages 242–269. Verlag der Bauhaus-Universität Weimar, Weimar, 2007.

5498 Birgit Leitner and Lorenz Engell, editors. Philosophie des Films. Verlagder Bauhaus-Universität, Weimar, 2007.

5499 Gilles Lemire. Langue française: vision systémique. Les éditions L.E,Québec, 1995.

5500 Jay Lemke. Multimodality, identity and time. In Carey Jewitt, editor,The Routledge Handbook of multimodal analysis, pages 140–150. Rout-ledge, London, 2009.

5501 Jay L. Lemke. Thematic analysis: systems, structures, and strategies.Semiotic Inquiry, 3(2):159–187, 1983.

5502 Jay L. Lemke. Semiotics and education. Toronto Semiotic Circle,Toronto, 1984.

5503 Jay L. Lemke. ’The formal analysis of instruction’ and ’Action, contextand meaning’. In J. L. Lemke, editor, Semiotics and Education. VictoriaUniversity (Toronto Semiotics Circle Monographs, Working Papers andPrepublications), Toronto, 1984.

5504 Jay L. Lemke. Ideology, Intertextuality, and the Notion of Register. InJames D. Benson and William S. Greaves, editors, Systemic perspectiveson discourse, Volume 1; Selected theoretical papers from the ninth In-ternational Systemic Workshop, pages 275–294. Ablex, Norwood, N.J,1985.

5505 Jay L. Lemke. Using language in the classroom. Deakin UniversityPress, Geelong, Vic., 1985.

454

5506 Jay L. Lemke. The topology of genre: text structures and text types.Technical Report, 1987. MS.

5507 Jay L. Lemke. Discourses in conflict: heteroglossia and text seman-tics. In J. D. Benson and W. S. Greaves, editors, Systemic FunctionalApproaches to Discourse, pages 29–50. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1988.

5508 Jay L. Lemke. Genres, semantics and classroom education. Linguisticsand Education, 1(1):81–100, 1988.

5509 Jay L. Lemke. Text structure and text semantics. In Erich Steiner andRobert Veltman, editors, Pragmatics, discourse and text: explorationsin systemic semantics. Pinter, London, 1988.

5510 Jay L. Lemke. Semantics and social values. Word, 40(1-2), 1989.

5511 Jay L. Lemke. Talking science: language, learning and values. Ablex,Norwood, NJ, 1990.

5512 Jay L. Lemke. Technical discourse and technocratic ideology. In JohnGibbons, M. A. K. Halliday, and Howard Nicholas, editors, Learn-ing, keeping, and using Language: selected papers from the 8th AILAWorld Congress of Applied Linguistics, Sydney 1987, pages 435–460.Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1990.

5513 Jay L. Lemke. Text production and dynamic text semantics. In EijaVentola, editor, Functional and systemic linguistics: approaches anduses, pages 23–38. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 1991.

5514 Jay L. Lemke. Interpersonal meaning in discourse: value orientations.In Martin Davies and Louise Ravelli, editors, Advances in systemic lin-guistics: recent theory and practice, pages 82–105. Pinter, London, 1992.

5515 Jay L. Lemke. Discourse, dynamics, and social change. Cultural Dy-namics, 6(1-2):243–276, 1993.

5516 Jay L. Lemke. Intertextuality and text semantics. In Peter H. Fries andMichael J. Gregory, editors, Discourse in society: systemic functionalperspectives, pages 85–115. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1995.

5517 Jay L. Lemke. Textual Politics: discourse and social dynamics. Taylorand Francis, London and Bristol, PA, 1995.

5518 Jay L. Lemke. Multiplying meaning: visual and verbal semiotics inscientific text. In J.R. Martin and Robert Veel, editors, Reading science:critical and functional perspectives on discourses of science, pages 87–113. Routledge, London, 1998.

5519 Jay L. Lemke. Resources for attitudinal meaning: evaluative orienta-tions in text semantics. Functions of Language, 5(1):33–56, 1998.

455

5520 Jay L. Lemke. Typology, topology, topography: genre semantics. MSUniversity of Michigan, 1999.

5521 Jay L. Lemke. Across the scales of time: artefacts, activities and mean-ings in ecosocial systems. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 7(4):273–290,2000.

5522 Jay L. Lemke. Ideology, intertextuality and the communication of sci-ence. In Peter H. Fries, Michael Cummings, David Lockwood, andWilliam Spruiell, editors, Relations and functions within and aroundlanguage, Open Linguistics. Continuum Press, London, 2001.

5523 Jay L. Lemke. Travels in hypermodality. Visual Communication,1(3):299–325, October 2002.

5524 Jay L. Lemke. Multimedia genre and traversals. Folia Linguistica,XXXIX(1-2):45–56, 2005.

5525 Lee T. Lemon and Marion J. Reis, editors. Russian Formalist Criticism.Four Essays. University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln and London, 1965.

5526 Oliver Lemon, Alexander Gruenstein, and Stanley Peters. CollaborativeActivities and Multi-tasking in Dialogue Systems. Traitement Automa-tique des Langues (TAL), 43(2):131–154, 2002. Special issue on dialogue.

5527 Oliver Lemon and Ian Pratt. Spatial Logic and the Complexity of Dia-grammatic Reasoning. Machine Graphics and Vision, 6(1):89–108, 1997.

5528 Oliver Lemon and Ian Pratt. Complete Logics for Qualitative SpatialReasoning. Journal of Visual Languages and Computing, 9:5–21, 1998.

5529 D. Lenat. Cyc: a large-scale investment in knowledge infrastructure.Communications of the ACM, 38(11), November 1995.

5530 Doug Lenat and R. V. Guha. The world according to CYC. TechnicalReport MCC Technical Report ACA-AI-300-88, Microelectronics andComputer Technology Corporation, Austin, Texas, September 1988.

5531 Doug Lenat and R. V. Guha. Building large knowledge-based systems:representation and inference in the CYC project. Addison-Wesley Pub-lishers, New York, 1989.

5532 Scott Lennox, Liesl Osman, Ehud Reiter, Roma Robertson, JamesFriend, Ian McCann, Diane Skatun, and Peter Donnan. The Cost-Effectiveness of Computer-Tailored and Non-Tailored Smoking Ces-sation Letters in General Practice: A Randomised Controlled Study.British Medical Journal, 322:1396–1400, 2001.

5533 Leo Lentz. Eye-tracking and Information Design. Information DesignJournal, 13(3):255–261, 2005.

456

5534 Leo Lentz and Henk Pander Maat. Functional analysis for documentdesign. Technical communication, 51(3):387–399, August 2004.

5535 N. N. Leontjeva and S. L. Nikogosov. Sistema FRAP: Problema ocenkikačestva avtomatičeskogo perevoda. Mashinnij perevod i prikladnajalingvistika, 20, 1980.

5536 B. Leplow, D. Höll, L. Zeng, and M. M. Mehdorn. Spatial orientationand spatial memory within a ’locomotor maze’ for humans. In C. Freksa,C. Habel, and K.F. Wender, editors, Spatial Cognition I - An interdisci-plinary approach to representing and processing spatial knowledge, pages429–446. Springer, Berlin, 1998.

5537 B. Leplow, D. Höll, L. Zeng, and M. Mehdorn. Investigation of Age andSex Effects in Spatial Cognitions as Assessed in a Locomotor Maze andin a 2-D Computer Maze. In C. Freksa, W. Brauer, C. Habel, and K.F.Wender, editors, Spatial Cognition II - Integrating Abstract Theories,Empirical Studies, Formal Methods, and Practical Applications, pages399–418. Springer, Berlin, 2000.

5538 B. Leplow, K. Tetzlaff, D. Höll, L. Zeng, and M. Reuter. Navigationbelow sea level: Is it impaired in construction divers?, ???

5539 B. Leplow, K. Tetzlaff, D. Höll, L. Zeng, and M. Reuter. Spatial Orien-tation in Construction Divers - Are there Associations to Diving Expe-rience? In International Archives of Occupational and EnvironmentalHealth, volume 74, pages 189–198. 2001.

5540 C. L. Lerman. Dominant discourse: the Institutional Voice and controlof topic. In Howard Davis and Paul Walton, editors, Language, Image,Media, pages 75–103. Basil Blackwell, Oxford, 1983.

5541 Claire Lindgren Lerman. Media analysis of a presidential speech: imper-sonal identity forms in discourse. In Teun A. van Dijk, editor, Discourseand communication: new approaches to the analysis of mass media dis-course and communication, pages 185–215. Walter de Gruyter, Berlin,1985.

5542 Richard A. Lerner. Synthetic Vaccines. Scientific American, 248(2),February 1983.

5543 Greg Lessard and Michael Levison. Le logiciel VINCI: lexigram-maire et génération automatique. In Jacques Labelle, editor, Lexiques-grammaires comparés et traitements automatiques, pages 175–185. Uni-versité du Québec à Montréal, Montréal, 1995.

5544 V. R. Lesser and L. D. Erman. A retrospective view of the Hearsay-IIarchitecture. In Proceedings of the Fifth International Joint Conferenceon Artificial Intelligence, pages 790–800, 1977.

457

5545 James C. Lester and Bruce W. Porter. Scaling up explanation genera-tion: large-scale knowledge bases and empirical studies. In Proceedingsof the National Conference on Artificial Intelligence (AAAI-96), Port-land, Oregon, 1996. American Association for Artificial Intelligence.

5546 James C. Lester and Bruce W. Porter. Developing and empirically eval-uating robust explanation generators: the KNIGHT experiments. Com-putational Linguistics, 23(1):65–102, March 1997.

5547 Sander Lestrade. The space of case. Radboud Universiteit, Nijmegen,The Netherlands, 2010.

5548 Sander Lestrade, Helen de Hoop, and Kees de Schepper. Spatial Case.Linguistics, 48(5):973–981, 2010.

5549 Karen Leube. Information structure and word order in the advancedlearner variety. BoD, Norderstedt, 2000.

5550 W. Levelt. Accessing Words in Speech Production: Stages, Processesand Representations. Cognition, 42:1–22, 1992.

5551 W. Levelt. Lexical selection, or how to bridge the major rift in languageprocessing. In Beckmann and G. Heyer, editors, Theorie und Praxis desLexicons. Walter de Gruyter, Berlin, 1993.

5552 Willem J. M. Levelt. Speaking. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1989.

5553 Willem J. M. Levelt. Perspective taking and ellipsis in spatial descrip-tion. In Paul Bloom, Mary A. Peterson, Lynn Nadel, and Merrill F.Garrett, editors, Language and Space, pages 77–108. MIT Press, Cam-bride, MA, 1999.

5554 Willem J. M. Levelt and Herbert Schriefers. Stages of Lexical Access. InGerard Kempen, editor, Natural Language Generation: Recent Advancesin Artificial Intelligence, Psychology, and Linguistics. Kluwer AcademicPublishers, Boston/Dordrecht, 1987. Paper presented at the Third In-ternational Workshop on Natural Language Generation, August 1986,Nijmegen, The Netherlands.

5555 Willem J.M. Levelt. The Speaker’s Linearisation Problem. PhilosophicalTransactions of the Royal Society, London, B295:305–315, 1981.

5556 Willem J.M. Levelt. Linearization in Describing Spatial Networks. InStanley Peters and E. Saarinen, editors, Processes, Beliefs and Ques-tions. Reidel, Dordrecht, Holland, 1982.

5557 W.J.M. Levelt. Perspective Taking and Ellipsis in Spatial Descriptions.In P. Bloom, M.A. Peterson, L. Nadel, and M.F. Garrett, editors, Lan-guage and Space, pages 77–109. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1996.

458

5558 H. Levesque and J. Mypoulos. A procedural semantics for semanticnetworks. In N. V. Findler, editor, Associative Networks:Representationand use of knowledge by computers. Academic Press, New York, 1979.

5559 Hector J. Levesque. The Winograd schema challenge. In ErnestDavis, Patrick Doherty, and Esra Erdem, editors, Proceedings of theCommonSense-11 Symposium, number SS-11-06. American Associationfor Artificial Intelligence, 2011. AAAI Spring Symposium.

5560 Judith N. Levi. The Syntax and Semantics of Complex Nominals. Aca-demic Press, New York, 1978.

5561 H. W. Levie and R. Lentz. Effects of text illustrations: A review ofresearch. Educational Communication and Technology Journal, 30:195–232, 1982.

5562 Beth Levin. English Verb Diathesis. Lexicon Project Working Papers,32, 1989.

5563 Beth Levin. English Verb Classes and Alternations: a preliminary in-vestigation. University of Chicago Press, Chicago and London, 1993.

5564 Beth Levin and M. Rappaport Hovav. Argument Realization. CambridgeUniversity Press, Cambridge, 2005.

5565 Daniel T. Levin and Daniel J. Simons. Perceiving Stability in a ChangingWorld: Combining Shots and Intergrating Views in Motion Pictures andthe Real World. Media Psychology, 2(4):357–380, 2000.

5566 Daniel T. Levin and Caryn Wang. Spatial Representation in CognitiveScience and Film. Projections, 3:24–52, 2009.

5567 J. A. Levin and N. M. Goldman. Process Models of Reference in Context.Technical Report RR-78-72, USC/Information Sciences Institute, 1978.

5568 J. A. Levin and James A. Moore. Dialogue-Games: Meta-Communication Structures for Natural Language Interaction. CognitiveScience, 1(4), 1977. also: Technical Report No ISI/RR-77-53, Informa-tion Science Institute, Marina del Rey, Ca, 1977.

5569 J. A. Levin and James A. Moore. Dialogue-games: Meta-communicationstructures for natural language interaction. Cognitive Science, 1(4),1977.

5570 Lori Levin. Towards a linking theory of relation changing rules in LFG.Technical Report Report No. CSLI-87-115, Center for the Study of Lan-guage and Information, Stanford, California, 1987.

5571 Lori Levin. Towards a linking theory of relation changing rules in LFG.Technical Report No. CSLI-87-115, Center for the Study of Languageand Information, Stanford, California, 1987.

459

5572 Lori Levin and Sergei Nirenburg. The correct place of lexical semanticsin interlingual MT. In Proceedings of the 15th. International Conferenceon Computational Linguistics (COLING 94), volume I, pages 349–355,Kyoto, Japan, 1994.

5573 John Levine and Chris Mellish. CORECT: combining CSCW with nat-ural language generation for collaborative requirements capture. In Pro-ceedings of the 7th. International Workshop on Natural Language gen-eration (INLGW ’94), pages 236–239, Kennebunkport, Maine, 1994.

5574 Philip LeVine and Ron Scollon, editors. Discourse and technology: mul-timodal discourse analysis. Georgetown University Round Table on Lan-guages & Linguistics. Georgetown University Press, Washington, D.C.,2004.

5575 Jerrold Levinson. Music, art and metaphysics. Essays in philosophicalaesthetics. Cornell University Press, Ithaca, NY and London, 1990.

5576 Jerrold Levinson. Defending hypothetical intentionalism. British Jour-nal of Aesthetics, 50(2):139–150, April 2010.

5577 S. C. Levinson. Pragmatics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,England, 1983.

5578 S.C. Levinson. Speech act theory: the state of the art. Language Teach-ing and Linguistics:Abstracts, 13, 1980.

5579 S.C. Levinson. Frames of reference and Molyneux’s question: Crosslin-guistic evidence. In P. Bloom, M.A. Peterson, L. Nadel, and M.F. Gar-rett, editors, Language and Space, pages 109–169. MIT Press, Cam-bridge, MA, 1996.

5580 S.C. Levinson and D. Wilkins, editors. Grammars of space. Explorationsin Cognitive Diversity. Language, Culture and Cognition. CambridgeUniversity Press, Cambridge, U.K., 2006.

5581 Stephen C. Levinson. The essential inadequacies of speech act models ofdialogue. In H. Parret, M. Sbisa, and J Verscheuren, editors, Possibilitiesand Limitations of Pragmatics, pages 473–492. John Benjamins B.V.,Amsterdam, 1981. Conference on Pragmatics, Urbino, July8-14, 1979.

5582 Stephen C. Levinson. Relativity in spatial conception and description.In John J. Gumperz and Stephen C. Levinson, editors, Rethinking lin-guistic relativity, pages 177–202. Cambrige University Press, Cambridge,1996.

5583 Stephen C. Levinson. Space in language and cognition: explorations incognitive diversity. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2003.

460

5584 Stephen C. Levinson, Sotaro Kita, Daniel B.M. Haun, and Björn H.Rasch. Returning the tables: language affects spatial reasoning. Cogni-tion, 84:155–188, 2002.

5585 Stephen C. Levinson and Sergio Meira. Natural concepts’ in the spatialtopological domain – Adpositional meanings in crosslinguistic perspec-tive: an exercise in semantic typology. Language, 79(3):485–516, 2003.

5586 Stephen C. Levinson and David P. Wilkins, editors. Grammars of Space.Explorations in Cognitive Diversity. Number 6 in Language, Culture andCognition. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2006.

5587 Michael Levison and Greg Lessard. A System for Natural LanguageSentence Generation. Computers and the Humanities, 26:43–58, 1992.

5588 Michael Levison and Greg Lessard. Using a Language Generation Sys-tem for Second Language Learning. Computer-Assisted Language Learn-ing, 9(2-3):181–189, 1996.

5589 Michael Levison, Greg Lessard, Anna Marie Danielson, and DelphineMerven. From Symptoms to Diagnosis. In Keith Cameron, editor,CALL - The Challenge of Change, pages 53–59. Elm Bank Publications,Exeter, 2001.

5590 Michael Levit and Deb Roy. Interpretation of spatial language in a mapnavigation task. IEEE Transactions on Systems, Man and Cybernetics,37(3):667–679, 2006.

5591 D. M. Levy. The Architecture of the Text. PhD thesis, Stanford Uni-versity, Department of Computer Science, 1979.

5592 David M. Levy. Communicative goals and strategies: Between discourseand semantics. In Talmy Givòn, editor, Syntax and Semantics, Volume12, pages 183–210. Academic Press, New York, 1979.

5593 Beverly Lewin, Jonathan Fine, and Lynne Young. Expository Discourse:A Genre-based Approach to Social Science Texts. Continuum, London,2005.

5594 Ian Lewin. A Formal Model of Conversational Game Theory. In FourthWorkshop on the Semantics & Pragmantics of Dialogue, Gothenburg,Sweden, 2000.

5595 David Lewis. General semantics. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1972.

5596 David K. Lewis. On the Plurality of Worlds. Blackwell, Oxford, 1986.

5597 D.K. Lewis. Parts of classes. Blackwell, Oxford, 1991.

461

5598 J. P. Lewis, Morgan McGuire, and Pamela Fox. Mapping the mentalspace of game genres. In Proceedings of the 2007 ACM SIGGRAPHsymposium on Video games, Sandbox ’07, pages 103–108, New York,NY, USA, 2007. ACM.

5599 Charles Li, editor. Subject and Topic. Academic Press, New York, 1976.

5600 Charles (editor) Li. Subject and Topic: Proceedings of a Symposium atUniversity of California, Santa Barbara, March, 1975. Academic Press,1976.

5601 Charles N. Li, editor. Word Order and word order change. Universityof Texas, Austin, Texas, 1975.

5602 Charles N. Li and Sandra Thompson. A reference grammar of MandarinChinese. University of California, California, 1981.

5603 Charles Li and Sandra Thompson. The semantic function of word order:a case study in Mandarin. In Charles Li, editor, Word Order and WordOrder Change. University of Texas Press, Austin, Texas, 1975.

5604 Charles Li and Sandra Thompson. Subject and topic: A new typologyof language. In Charles Li, editor, Subject and Topic. Academic Press,New York, 1976.

5605 Chen Li, editor. Proceedings of the Twenty-fourth ACM SIGACT-SIGMOD-SIGART Symposium on Principles of Database Systems, June13-15, 2005, Baltimore, Maryland, USA. ACM, 2005.

5606 C.N. Li and S.A. Thompson. Strategies for signalling grammatical rela-tions in Wappo. Chicago Linguistic Society, 12:450–459, 1976.

5607 P. Li, M. Evens, and D. Hier. Generating medical case reports with thelinguistic string parser. In Proceedings of 5th. National Conference onArtificial Intelligence (AAAI-86), pages 1069–1073, Philadelphia, PA,1986.

5608 Peggy Li and Lila Gleitman. Turning the tables: language and spatialreasoning. Cognition, 83:265–294, 2002.

5609 Wenjie Li, Kam-Fai Wong, and Chunfa Yuan. A model for process-ing temporal references in Chinese. In Proceedings of the Workshop onTemporal and Spatial Information Processing at the 39th. Annual Meet-ing and 10th Conference of the European Chapter of the Association forComputational Linguistics, pages 33–40, Toulouse, France, 2001. Asso-ciation for Computational Linguistics.

5610 L. S. Liben, L.J. Myers, and K. A. Kastens. Locating oneself on amap in relation to person qualities and map characteristics. In Chris-tian Freksa, Nora S. Newcombe, Peter Gärdenfors, and Stefan Wölfl,

462

editors, Spatial Cognition VI: Learning, Reasoning and Talking aboutSpace, number 5241 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages171–187. Springer, 2008. International Conference, Spatial Cognition2008, Freiburg, Germany.

5611 M. Liberman and A. Prince. On stress and linguistic rhythm. LinguisticInquiry, 8:249–336, 1977.

5612 M. Liberman and I.A. Sag. Prosodic form and discourse function.Chicago Linguistic Society, 10, 1974.

5613 Mark Y. Liberman. The intonational system of English. Garland, NewYork, 1979.

5614 Leonid Libkin. Data exchange and incomplete information. In StijnVansummeren, editor, PODS, pages 60–69. ACM, 2006.

5615 H.K. Lie. The Electronic Broadsheet: All the news that fits the dis-play. Master’s thesis, School of Architecture and Planning, MIT, Boston,1991.

5616 H.-H. Lieb. Intonation als Mittel verbaler Kommunikation. LinguistischeBerichte, 68:34–48, 1980.

5617 Claudia Liebrand and Ines Steiner, editors. Hollywood hybrid: Genreund Gender im zeitgenössischen Mainstream-Film. Schüren, Marburg,2004.

5618 R. Lienhart. Comparison of Automatic Shot Boundary Detection Algo-rithms. In Proc. SPIE Vol. 3656 Storage and Retrieval for Image andVideo Databases VII, pages 290–301, San Jose, CA, USA, January 23 -29 1999.

5619 Rainer Lienhart and Wolfgang Effelsberg. Automatic Text Segmenta-tion and Textrecognition for Video Indexing. Technical Report, Univer-sität Mannheim, Praktische Informatik IV, September 1998.

5620 Christian Lieske. Turn off the radio and call again: how acousticclues can improve dialogue management. In Julia Hirschberg, CandaceKamm, and Marilyn Walker, editors, Proceedings of the ACL/EACLWorkshop on Interactive Spoken Dialog Systems: bringing speech andNLP together in real applications, pages 45–47, Madrid, Spain, 1997.Assocation for Computational Linguistics.

5621 G. Ligozat and M. Zock. Generating temporal expressions from icons.In E. Feldbusch, R. Pogarell, and C. Weiss, editors, Neue Fragen derLinguistik, pages 495–503. Max Niemeyer Verlag, Tübingen, 1990.

5622 G. Ligozat and M. Zock. How to visualize time, tense and aspect. InProceedings of COLING ’92, pages 475–482, Nantes, 1992.

463

5623 Victor Fei Lim. Developing an integrative multi-semiotic model. InKay L. O’Halloran, editor, Multimodal discourse analysis: systemicfunctional perspectives, Open Linguistics Series, pages 220–246. Con-tinuum, London, 2004.

5624 Victor Fei Lim. Problemising ‘semiotic resource’. In Eija Ventola, Cass-ily Charles, and Martin Kaltenbacher, editors, Perspectives on Multi-modality, pages 51–64. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2004.

5625 Victor Fei Lim. The visual semantics stratum: making meaning insequential images. In Terry D. Royce and Wendy L. Bowcher, editors,New Directions in the Analysis of Multimodal Discourse, pages 195–214.Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 2007.

5626 Dekang Lin. PRINCIPAR: an efficient, broad-coverage, principle-basedparser. In Proceedings of the 15th. International Conference on Com-putational Linguistics (COLING 94), volume I, pages 482–488, Kyoto,Japan, 1994.

5627 Dekang Lin. Automatic Retrieval and Clustering of Similar Words. InCOLING-ACL98, Montreal, 1998.

5628 Jicheng Lin. Lexical items as a means of cohesion in English texts.Foreign Languages, 5:20–6, 1986.

5629 C. Linde and J. A. Goguen. Structure of Planning Discourse. Journalof Social and Biological Structures, 1:219–251, 1978.

5630 Charlotte Linde. Information Structures in Discourse. PhD thesis,Columbia University, New York, 1974.

5631 Charlotte Linde. Focus of attention and the choice of pronouns in dis-course. In Talmy Givòn, editor, Syntax and Semantics 12: Discourseand syntax, pages 337–354. Academic Press, New York, 1979.

5632 Charlotte Linde and William Labov. Spatial networks as a site for thestudy of language and thought. Language, 50(4):924–939, 1975.

5633 Keith Vander Linden. Speaking of actions: choosing rhetorical statusand grammatical form in instructional text generation. PhD thesis, Uni-versity of Colorado at Boulder, Department of Computer Science, July1993. Appears as technical report CU-CS-654-93.

5634 Keith Vander Linden. Generating precondition expressions in instruc-tional text. In 32nd. Annual Meeting of the Association for Compu-tational Linguistics, pages 42–49, New Mexico State University, LasCruces, New Mexico, 1994.

464

5635 Keith vander Linden. Natural Language Generation. In D. Jurafsky andJ. Martin, editors, Speech and Language Processing: an introduction tospeech recognition, computational linguistics and natural language pro-cessing, chapter 20, pages 763–798. Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 2000.

5636 Keith Vander Linden, Susanna Cumming, and James Martin. Usingsystem networks to build rhetorical structures. In Robert Dale, EduardHovy, Dietmar Rösner, and Olivero Stock, editors, Aspects of automatednatural language generation, pages 183–198. Springer, 1992. (Proceed-ings of the 6th International Workshop on Natural Language Generation,Trento, Italy, April 1992).

5637 Keith Vander Linden and Barbara Di Eugenio. A corpus study ofnegative imperatives in natural language instructions. In Proceedingsof the 16th. International Conference on Computational Lingusitics(COLING-96), Copenhagen, 1996.

5638 Keith Vander Linden and James H. Martin. Expressing rhetorical rela-tions in instructional text: a case study of the purpose relation. Com-putational Linguistics, 21(1):29–57, 1995.

5639 Craig Lindley, Jim Davis, Frank Nack, and Lloyd Rutledge. The appli-cation of rhetorical structure theory to interactive news program gener-ation from digital archives. Technical Report INS-R0101, CWI, January2001.

5640 Craig Lindley and Frank Nack. Categorical, Narrative, and Hybrid Be-havior Generation in the GENIE Environment for Interactive NarrativeVirtual Worlds. In Proceedings International Conference on Media Fu-tures, pages 65–68, Florence, Italy, May 8 2001.

5641 J. Lindop and Jun-ichi Tsujii. Complex transfer in MT: a survey ofexamples. Technical Report Report 91/5, Center for ComputationalLinguistics/UMIST, 1991.

5642 P. Lindsay and D. Norman. Human Information Processing. AcademicPress, New York, 1972.

5643 R. Linggard. Electronic synthesis of speech. Cambridge University Press,Cambridge, England, 1985.

5644 A. Linke, M. Nussbaumer, and Paul R. Portmann, editors. StudienbuchLinguistik. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 1991.

5645 Thomas Lipkis. NIKL Documentation. 1985.

5646 Fabienne Liptay. Leerstellen im Film. Zum Wechselspiel von Bild undEinbildung. In Thomas Koebner and Thomas Meder, editors, Bildtheorieund Film, pages 108–134. edition text+kritik, München, 2006.

465

5647 Fabienne Liptay and Yvonne Wolf, editors. Was stimmt denn jetzt?:Unzuverlässiges Erzählen in Literatur und Film. edition text + kritik,München, 2005.

5648 K. L. List. Coherence and Cohesion; contextualization of OswaldDucrot’s general theory of linguistic semantic. PhD thesis, University ofMichigan, 1984.

5649 Paul Listen. The emergence of German polite Sie: cognitive and soci-olinguistic parameters. Lang, New York, 1999.

5650 Martin Lister and Liz Wells. Seeing beyond belief: Cultural Studies asan approach to analysing the visual. In Theo van Leeuwen and CareyJewitt, editors, Handbook of visual analysis, chapter 4, pages 61–91.Sage, London, 2001.

5651 Kenneth C. Litkowski and Orin Hargraves. The Preposition Project. InProceedings of the ACL-SIGSEM Workshop on ‘The Linguistic Dimen-sions of Prepositions and Their Use in Computational Linguistic For-malisms and Applications’, pages 171–179, University of Essex, Colch-ester, United Kingdom, 2005.

5652 Kenneth C. Litkowski and Orin Hargraves. Coverage and Inheritancein The Preposition Project. In Proceedings of the Third ACL-SIGSEMWorkshop on Prepositions, pages 37–44, Trento, Italy, April 2006.

5653 Diane Litman. Linguistic Coherence: a Plan-based Alternative. InProceedings of the 24th Annual Meeting of the ACL, New York City,New York, June 1986. Association of Computational Linguistics.

5654 Diane Litman and Julia Hirschberg. Disambiguating cue phrases intext and speech. In 13th. International Conference on ComputationalLinguistics (COLING-90), Helsinki, Finland, 1990.

5655 Diane Litman, Satinder Singh, Michael Kearns, and Marilyn Walker.NJFun: a reinforcement learning spoken dialogue system. In Proceed-ings of the ANLP/NAACL 2000 Workshop on Conversational Systems,pages 17–20, Seattle, May 2000. Association for Computational Linguis-tics.

5656 R. Litteral. Rhetorical predicates and time topology in Anggor. Foun-dations of Language, 8, 1972.

5657 Suzanne Little, Joost Geurts, and Jane Hunter. Dynamic Generationof Intelligent Multimedia Presentations through Semantic Inferencing.In 6th European Conference on Research and Advanced Technology forDigital Libraries, pages 158–189. Springer, September 2002.

5658 William G. Little. Surviving Memento. Narrative, 31(1):67–83, January2005.

466

5659 Christine Litz. It is unsubstantial : zur Textualität der Kunst im 20.Jahrhundert: Duchamp, Nauman, Horn. PhD thesis, Ruhr-UniversitätBochum, Fakultät für Geschichtswissenschaft, Bochum, 2002.

5660 H.-C. Liu, M.-L. Lai, and H.-H. Chuang. Using eye-tracking technologyto investigate the redundant effect of multimedia web-pages on view-ers’ cognitive processes. Computers in Human Behavior, 27:2410–2417,2011.

5661 K. Liu and R. W. Picard. Embedded Empathy in Continuous, Interac-tive Health Assessment. In Proceedings of the CHI Workshop on HCIChallenges in Health Assessment, Portland, Oregon, April 2005.

5662 Yu Liu and Kay L. O’Halloran. Intersemiotic Texture: analyzing cohe-sive devices between language and images. Social Semiotics, 19(4):367–388, 2009.

5663 Paisley Livingston. Cinematic authorship. In Richard Allen and Mur-ray Smith, editors, Film theory and philosophy, pages 132–148. OxfordUniversity Press, Oxford, U.K., 1997.

5664 Paisley Livingston. Art and Intention. Oxford University Press, 2005.

5665 Paisley Livingston. Cinema, Philosophy and Bergman: On Film asPhilosophy. Oxford University Press, 2009.

5666 Paisley Livingston and Carl Plantinga, editors. The Routledge Compan-ion to Philosophy and Film. Routledge, London and New York, 2009.

5667 G. Lizogat. Reasoning about cardinal directions. Journal of visual lan-guages and computing, 9:137–168, 1998.

5668 Gérard Lizogat. On generalized interval calculi. In Thomas L. Deanand Kathleen McKeown, editors, Proceedings of Proceedings of the 9thNational Conference on Artificial Intelligence (AAAI-91), pages 234–240. AAAI Press, 1991.

5669 Gérard Lizogat. From language to motion, and back: generating andusing route descriptions. In D.N. Christodoulakis, editor, Natural Lan-guage Processing 2000, number 1835 in LNCS, pages 328–345. Springer-Verlag, Berlin and Heidelberg, 2000.

5670 Magnus Ljung. Newspaper genres and newspaper English. In FriedrichUngerer, editor, English Media Texts past and present: language andtextual structure, pages 131–150. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2000.

5671 A. Lock, editor. Action, Gesture and Symbol. Academic Press, London,1978.

467

5672 Graham Lock. Non-segmental phonology and variable rules: investigat-ing variation in Singapore Mandarin nasal finals. In Paul Tench, editor,Studies in systemic phonology. Pinter, London, 1992.

5673 Graham Lock. Functional English grammar: an introduction for secondlanguage teachers. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1995.

5674 Graham Lock. Functional English Grammar: An introduction for secondlanguage teachers. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1996.

5675 D. Lockwood. Introduction to Stratificational Linguistics. HarcourtBrace Jovanovich, New York, 1972.

5676 David Lockwood, Peter H. Fries, and James Copeland, editors. Func-tional Approaches to Language, Culture and Cognition. John Benjamins,Amsterdam, 2000.

5677 David G. Lockwood. Highlighting in stratificational-cognitive linguistics.In Peter H. Fries, Michael Cummings, David Lockwood, and WilliamSpruiell, editors, Relations and functions within and around language,Open Linguistics. Continuum Press, London, 2001.

5678 David G. Lockwood. Intrastratal and interstratal relations in languageand their functions. In Peter H. Fries, Michael Cummings, David Lock-wood, and William Spruiell, editors, Relations and functions within andaround language, Open Linguistics. Continuum Press, London, 2001.

5679 Kate Lockwood, Ken Forbus, and Jeffrey Usher. SpaceCase: A modelof spatial preposition use. In Bruno G. Bara, Lawrence Barsalou, andMonica Bucciarelli, editors, Proceedings of the 27th Annual Conferenceof the Cognitive Science Society, Mahwah, NJ, 2005. Cognitive ScienceSociety and Lawhrence Erlbaum Associates.

5680 Kate Lockwood, Andrew Lovett, and Ken Forbus. Automatic classifica-tion of containment and support spatial relations in English and Dutch.In Christian Freksa, Nora S. Newcombe, Peter Gärdenfors, and StefanWölfl, editors, Spatial Cognition VI: Learning, Reasoning and Talkingabout Space, number 5241 in Lecture notes in Artifiicial Intelligence,pages 283–294. Springer, 2008. International Conference, Spatial Cog-nition 2008, Freiburg, Germany.

5681 Frank Loebe. An analysis of roles: towards ontology-based modelling.OntoMed Report 6, Institute for Medical Informatics, Statistics andEpidemiology (IMISE), University of Leipzig, Germany, August 2003.

5682 S. G. Loeber, L. M. Aroyo, and L. Hardman. An explicit model for tailor-made eCommerce web presentations. In Workshop on Recommendationand Personalization in eCommerce (at the 2nd International Conferenceon Adaptive Hypermedia and Adaptive Web Based Systems), Malaga,Spain, May 29-31 2002.

468

5683 Gordon D. Logan and Daniel D. Sadler. A computational analysis ofthe apprehension of spatial relations. In Paul Bloom, Mary A. Peterson,Lynn Nadel, and Merrill F. Garrett, editors, Language and Space, pages493–530. MIT Press, Cambride, MA, 1999.

5684 R. H. Logie. Visuo-spatial working memory, 1995.

5685 Anke-Marie Lohmeier. Hermeneutische Theorie des Films. Number 42in Medien in Forschung + Unterricht: Series A. Max Niemayer, Tübin-gen, 1996.

5686 Simon Lok and Steven Feiner. A survey of automated layout tech-niques for information presentation. In Proceedings of Smartgraphics’01, Hawthorne, NY, March 2001.

5687 Matthew Lombard, Jennifer Snyder-Duch, and Cheryl CampanellaBracken. Content analysis in mass communication: Assessment andreporting of intercoder reliability. Human Communication Research,28(4):587–604, 2002.

5688 C. Lombardi. Experiments for Determining the Assignment of Informa-tion to Media in COMET. Columbia University, New York, N.Y., USA,1989.

5689 J. M. Long, J. R. Sagle, M. R. Wick, J. P. Matts, and A. S. Leon. TheEta Project: A Case Study of Expert Systems for Analysis of SerialClinical Trial Data. In Proceedings of the Fifth Conference on MedicalInformatics, MEDINFO’86, pages 155–159, October 1986.

5690 J. M. Long, J. R. Sagle, M.R. Wick, A. S. Leon, L. L. Fitch, J. P.Matts, J. N. Karnegis, J. K. Bissett, H. S. Sawin, and J. P. Stevenson.An Example of Expert Systems Applied to Clinical Trials: Analysisof Serial Graded Exercise ECG Test Data. Controlled Clinical Trials,8:136–145, 1987.

5691 Rijin Long. A brief introduction to the London School’s theory of lan-guage variation. Linguistics Abroad, 4:58–61, 1982.

5692 RE Longacre. Some fundamental insights of Tagmemics. Language,41:61–76, 1965.

5693 Robert Longacre. An anatomy of speech notions. de Ridder, Lisse, 1976.

5694 Robert E. Longacre. An Anatomy of Speech Notions. The Peter deRidder Press, Lisse, 1976.

5695 Robert E. Longacre. The Grammar of Discourse: Notional and SurfaceStructures. Plenum Press, New York, 1983.

469

5696 Robert E. Longacre and Sandra A. Thompson. Adverbial Clauses. InTimothy Shopen, editor, Language Typology and Syntactic Description.Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1985.

5697 P. Longley, M. Goodchild, D. Maguire, and D. Rhind. Geographic Infor-mation Systems and Science. Wiley and sons, Chichester, U.K., 2001.

5698 Bertrand De Longueville, Nicole Ostländer, and Carina Keskitalo. Ad-dressing vagueness in Volunteered Geographic Information (VGI) - Acase study. International Journal of Spatial Data Infrastructures Re-search, 2009. Special Issue GSDI-11, under review.

5699 Lennart Lönngren. Chastotnyi slovar’ sovremennogo russkogo yazyka(The Frequency Dictionary of Modern Russian). Acta Univ. Ups, Upp-sala, 1993.

5700 N. Loorbach, J. Karreman, and M. Steehouder. Adding motivationalelements to an instruction manual for seniors: effects on usability andmotivation. Technical Communication, 54(3):343–358, 2007.

5701 Dominic Lopes. Understanding Pictures. Oxford Philosophical Mono-graphs. Oxford University Press, Oxford, UK, 1996.

5702 M. F. Lopez, A. Gómez-Pérez, J. P. Sierra, and A. P. Sierra. Buildinga chemical ontology using Methontology and the Ontology Design En-vironment. IEEE Intelligent Systems, 14(5):37–45, January/February1999.

5703 Jakob Lothe. Narrative in Fiction and Film. An Introduction. OxfordUniversity Press, Oxford, 2000.

5704 Jurij M. Lotman. Probleme der Kinoästhetik. Einführung in die Semiotikdes Films. Number 103. Syndikat, Frankfurt am Main, 1977. Translatedby Christiane Böhle-Auras.

5705 Jurij M. Lotman. Die Struktur literarischer Texte. Number 103. UTB,München, 1981.

5706 A. Lötscher. Text und Thema. Studien zur thematischen Konstituenzvon Texten. ?, Tübingen, 1987.

5707 B. Louw. Irony in the text or insincerity in the writer?: the diagnosticvalue of semantic prosodies. In M. Baker, G. Francis, and E. Toginini-Bognelli, editors, Text and technology: In honour of John Sinclair, pages157–176. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1993.

5708 M. Loux. Metaphysics: A contemporary introduction. Routledge, Lon-don, 1998.

470

5709 Kristin L. Lovelace, Mary Hegarty, and Daniel R. Montello. Elementsof Good Route Directions in Familiar and Unfamiliar Environments. InChristian Freksa and D.M. Mark, editors, Spatial Information Theory.Cognitive and Computational Foundations of Geographic InformationScience, pages 65–82. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 1999.

5710 Andrew Lovett, Kate Lockwood, and Kenneth Forbus. Modeling cross-cultural performance on the visual oddity task. In Christian Freksa,Nora S. Newcombe, Peter Gärdenfors, and Stefan Wölfl, editors, Spa-tial Cognition VI: Learning, Reasoning and Talking about Space, number5241 in Lecture notes in Artifiicial Intelligence, pages 378–393. Springer,2008. International Conference, Spatial Cognition 2008, Freiburg, Ger-many.

5711 D.G. Lowe. Distinctive Image Features from Scale-Invariant Keypoints.International Journal of Computer Vision, 60(2):91–110, 2004.

5712 R.K. Lowe. Diagrammatic information: techniques for exploring itsmental representation and processing. Information Design Journal, 7:3–18, 1993.

5713 Lowth. English grammar. 1762.

5714 F. Lu and E.E Milios. Robot Pose Estimation in Unknown Environmentsby Matching 2D Range Scans. In IEEE Conference on Computer Visionand Pattern Recognition, pages 935–938. 1994.

5715 S. Lu and C. Paris. Automatic Acquisition of Task Models from ObjectOriented Design Specifications : a Case Study. In European Confer-ence on Object Oriented Programming Workshop on Interactive SystemDesign and Object Modelling, Lisbon, Portugal, 1999.

5716 S. Lu, C. Paris, and K. Vander Linden. Towards the automatic genera-tion of task models from object oriented diagrams. In Stephane Chattyand Prasun Dewan, editors, Engineering for Human-Computer Interac-tion. Kluwer academic publishers, Boston, 1999.

5717 ShiJian Lu, Francois Paradis, Cécile Paris, Stephen Wan, Ross Wilkin-son, and Mingfang Wu. Generating Personal Travel Guides from Dis-course Plans. In International Conference on Adaptive Hypermedia andAdaptive Web-based Systems, August 2000.

5718 Shijian Lu, François Paradis, Cécile Paris, Stephen Wan, Ross Wilkin-son, and MingFang Wu. Generating Personal Travel Guides from Dis-course Plans. In Proceedings of the International Conference on Adap-tive Hypermedia and Adaptive Web-based Systems, Trento, Italy, August2000.

471

5719 P. A. Luce, T. C. Feustel, and D. B. Pisoni. Capacity demands inshort-term memory for synthetic and natural speech. Human Factors,25:17–32, 1983.

5720 Dominik Lücke, Till Mossakowski, and Diedrich Wolter. Qualitative rea-soning about convex relations. In Christian Freksa, Nora S. Newcombe,and Peter Gaerdenfors, editors, Spatial Cognition 2008, Lecture Notesin Computer Science. Springer, 2008. to appear.

5721 H. Luckhardt and H. Maas. SUSY- Handbuch fuer Transfer und Syn-these: Die Erzeugung deutscher, Englischer oder französischer Saetzeaus SATAN-Analyseergebnissen. Linguistische Arbeiten des Sonder-forschungsbereich 100, 1983.

5722 T Luckmann. On the boundaries of the Social World. In M. Natanson,editor, Phenomenology and Social Reality: Essays in memory of AlfredSchutz, pages 73–100. Nijhoff, The Hague, 1970.

5723 T. Luckmann. The constitution of language in the world of everydaylife. pages 469–488. Northwestern University Press, 1972.

5724 T. Luckmann. Phenomenology and Sociology. Penguin, London, 1978.

5725 Thomas Luckmann. Observations on the structure and function of com-municative genres. Semiotica, 173(1/4):267–282, 2009.

5726 Gerhard Jens Lüdeker. Grundlagen für eine ethische Filmanalyse. Fig-urenmoral und Rezeption am Beispiel von Tropa de Elite und Dexter .Rabbit Eye. Zeitschrift für Filmforschung, (001):41–59, 2010.

5727 Gerhard Jens Lüdeker. Kollektive Erinnerung un nationale Iden-tität im Spielfilm. Nationalsozialismus, DDR und Wiedervereinigung imdeutschen Spielfilm nach 1989. PhD thesis, Universität Bremen, Bre-men, 2011.

5728 Marika Lüders, Lin Proitz, and Terje Rasmussen. Emerging PersonalMedia Genres. New Media and Society, 12(6):947–963, 2010.

5729 Peter Ludes, editor. Algorithms of power: key invisibles. The WorldLanguage of Key Visuals. Computer Sciences, Humanities, Social Sci-ences. Lit Verlag, Münster, Berlin, Hamburg, London, Wien, 2011.

5730 Peter Ludes and Otthein Herzog, editors. Visual Hegemonies: An Out-line, volume 1 of The World Language of Key Visuals. Computer Sci-ences, Humanities, Social Sciences. Lit Verlag, Münster, Berlin, Ham-burg, London, Wien, 2004.

5731 Tim C. Lueth, Thomas Laengle, Gerd Herzog, Eva Stopp, and UlrichRembold. KANTRA: human-machine interaction for intelligent robotsusing natural language. VITRA Report 104, Sonderforschungsbereich

472

314 - Künstliche Intelligens - Wissensbasierte Systeme, Universität desSaarlandes, 1994.

5732 J.V. Lund. Newspaper advertising. Prentice-Hall, New York, 1947.

5733 Harald Lüngen, Maja Bärenfänger, Mirco Hilbert, Henning Lobin, andCsilla Puskás. Discourse Relations and Document Structure. In An-dreas Witt, Dieter Metzing, and Nancy Ide, editors, Linguistic Modelingof Information and Markup Languages, volume 41 of Text, Speech andLanguage Technology, pages 97–123. Springer Netherlands, 2010.

5734 S. Luperfoy, A. Nijholt, and G. Veldhuijzen van Zenten, editors. Dialoguemanagement in natural language systems, Enschede, The Netherlands,1996. 11th. Twente Workshop on Language Technology.

5735 C. Lüth, H. Tej, Kolyang, and B. Krieg-Brückner. TAS and IsaWin:Tools for Trans-formational Program Development and Theorem Prov-ing. In J.-P. Finance, editor, Fundamental Approaches to Software Engi-neering (FASE99). Joint European Conferences on Theory and Practiceof Software (ETAPS99), pages 239–243. Springer, 1999.

5736 Klaus Lüttich, Claudio Masolo, and Stefano Borgo. Development ofModular Ontologies in CASL. In Proceedings of the 2006 Workshop onModular Ontologies, Athens, Georgia, 2006.

5737 Klaus Lüttich and Till Mossakowski. Specification of ontologies inCASL. In Achille C. Varzi and Laure Vieu, editors, Proceedings of theInternational Conference on Formal Ontology in Information Systems(FOIS-2004), pages 140–150, Amsterdam, 2004. IOS PRess.

5738 Klaus Lüttich, Till Mossakowski, and Bernd Krieg-Brückner. Ontologiesfor the Semantic Web in CASL. 17th International Workshop on Alge-braic Development Techniques (WADT 2004), (3423):106–125, 2005.

5739 Carsten Lutz. The Complexity of Conjunctive Query Answering in Ex-pressive Description Logics. In Proceedings of the 4th International JointConference on Automated Reasoning (IJCAR08), volume 5195 of LNAI,pages 179–193. Springer-Verlag, 2008.

5740 Carsten Lutz, David Toman, and Frank Wolter. Conjunctive QueryAnswering in EL using a database system. In In Proceedings of theOWLED 2008 Workshop on OWL: Experiences and Directions, 2008.

5741 Carsten Lutz, David Toman, and Frank Wolter. Conjunctive QueryAnswering in the Description Logic EL using a Relational DatabaseSystem. In Proceedings of the 21st International Joint Conference onArtificial Intelligence (IJCAI09). AAAI Press, 2009.

473

5742 Carsten Lutz, Dirk Walther, and Frank Wolter. Conservative Exten-sions in Expressive Description Logics. In Proceedings of the 20th In-ternational Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI07), pages453–458. AAAI Press, 2007.

5743 Carsten Lutz and Frank Wolter. Deciding inseparability and conserva-tive extensions in the description logic EL. Journal of Symbolic Com-putation, 2009.

5744 Michael Lutz. Ontology-Based Descriptions for Semantic Discovery andComposition of Geoprocessing Services. GeoInformatica, 11(1):1–36,2007.

5745 Michael Lutz and Eva Klien. Ontology-based retrieval of geographicinformation. International Journal of Geographical Information Science,20(3):233–260, 2006.

5746 Peter R. Lutzeier. Die semantische Struktur des Lexikons. In ChristophSchwarze and Dieter Wunderlich, editors, Handbuch der Lexikologie.Athenäum, Königstein/Ts, 1985.

5747 F. Lux. Text, Situation, Textsorte. Probleme der Textsortenanalyse,dargestellt am Beispiel der britischen Register-linguistik. Mit einem Aus-blick auf eine adäquate Textsortentheorie. Tübingen, 1981. (Disserta-tion, Bochum 1980. Tübinger Beiträge zur Linguistik, 172).

5748 Athony Lyne. Systemic syntax from a lexical point of view. In M. Cum-mings, W. Greaves, and J. Benson, editors, Linguistics in a Systemicperspective. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1988.

5749 J. Lyons. Semantics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1977.

5750 K. Lyytinen and R. Hirschheim. Information Systems as Rational Dis-course: an Application of Habermas’ Theory of Communicative Action.Scandinavian Journal of Management, 4(1/2):19–30, 1988.

5751 H. D Maas. The MT system SUSY. Geneva, 1984. Paper presented atthe ISSCO Tutorial on Machine Translation.

5752 Sabine Maasen, Torsten Mayerhauser, and Cornelia Renggli. Bilder alsDiskurse - Bilddiskurse. Velbrück Wiss., Weilerswist, 2006.

5753 H. P. Maat. Classifying negative coherence relations on the basis oflinguistic evidence. Journal of Pragmatics, 30(2):177–204, 1998.

5754 Henk Pander Maat. The differential linguistic realization of comparativeand additive coherence relations. Cognitive Linguistics, 10(2):147–184,1999.

474

5755 Henk Pander Maat and Gemma Bierman. How lay readers and expertsunderstand organization charts. Information Design Journal + Docu-ment Design, 13(2):118–132, 2005.

5756 Colin MacCabe. On Discourse. Economy and Society, 8:279–293, 1979.

5757 Michael MacDonald-Ross and Robert Waller. The transformer revisited.Information Design Journal, 9(2-3):177–193, 2000.

5758 R. MacGiffert. The art of editing the news. Philadelphia/NewYork/London, 1967.

5759 Robert MacGregor. Retrospective on Loom. Technical Report, Univer-sity of Southern California, Information Sciences Institute, Los Angeles,1999.

5760 Robert MacGregor and Raymond Bates. The LOOM Knowledge Rep-resentation Language. In Proceedings of the Knowledge-Based SystemsWorkshop, 1987.

5761 Robert MacGregor and David Brill. The LOOM Manual, 1989.USC/Information Sciences Institute, Marina del Rey, CA.

5762 Robert M. MacGregor. Inside the LOOM description classifier. ACMSIGART Bulletin, 2(3):88–92, 1991.

5763 Robert M. MacGregor. Representing reified relations in Loom. Journalof Experimental and Theoretical Artificial Intelligence, 5:179–193, 1993.

5764 William MacGregor. The Metafunctional Hypothesis and syntagmaticrelations, 1989. Draft manuscript.

5765 Judith Macheiner. Das grammatische Varieté. Eichborn Verlag, Frank-furt am Main, 1991.

5766 David Machin. Introduction to Multimodal Analysis. Hodder Arnold,London, 2007.

5767 David Machin. Visual discourses of war: multimodal analyses of pho-tographs of the Iraq occupation. In Adam Hodges and Chad Nilep, edi-tors, Discourse, War and Terrorism, number 24 in Discourse approachesto politics, society and culture, pages 123–142. John Benjamins, Ams-terdam, 2007.

5768 David Machin. Multimodality and theories of the visual. In CareyJewitt, editor, The Routledge Handbook of multimodal analysis, pages181–190. Routledge, London, 2009.

5769 David Machin and Adam Jaworski. Archive video footage in news: cre-ating a likeness and index of the phenomenal world. Visual Communi-cation, 5(3):345–366, 2006.

475

5770 David Machin and Theo van Leeuwen. Global Media Discourse: A crit-ical introduction. Routledge, London, 2007.

5771 R. Mackay and A. Mountford. English for Specific Purposes. Longman,London, 1978.

5772 I. Mackenzie and Igor Mel’čuk. Crossroads of obstetrics and lexicog-raphy: a case study. International Journal of Lexicography, 1:71–83,1988.

5773 J. Lachlan Mackenzie and María L.A. Gómez-González, editors. A NewArchitecture for Functional Grammar. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin/NewYork, in press.

5774 J. Lachlan Mackenzie and María L.A. Gómez-González. Introduction.In J.L. Mackenzie and M.L.A. Gómez, editors, A New Architecturefor Functional Grammar, pages i–xiii. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin/NewYork, 2002.

5775 J.L. Mackenzie and M.Á. Gómez-González, editors. Studies in Func-tional Discourse Grammar. Number 26 in Linguistic Insights. PeterLang, Berne, Berlin, Brussels, Frankfurt a.M., New York, Oxford andVienna, 2005.

5776 P. K. MacKeown and T. C. Weekes. Cosmic rays from Cygnus X-3.Scientific American, 253(5), 1995.

5777 P. K. MacKeown and T. C. Weekes. Kosmische Strahlen von CygnusX-3. Spektrum der Wissenschaft, 1996.

5778 Jock D. Mackinlay. Automatic design of graphical presentations. PhDthesis, Computer Science Department, University of Stanford, Stanford,CA, 1986.

5779 A. Mackworth. Consistency in networks of relations. Artificial Intelli-gence, 8:99–118, 1977.

5780 Brian MacWhinney. Starting Points. Language, 53:152–168, 1977.

5781 Sutjaja I. Gusti Made. The nominal group in Bahasa Indonesia. PhDthesis, Department of Linguistics, Sydney University, 1988.

5782 J. Madhavan, P. Bernstein, P. Domingos, and A. Halevy. Representingand reasoning about mappings between domain models. In Proc. ofAAAI 2002, Edmonton, Canada, 2002.

5783 A. Mädl and H. Tietgens. Selbstlokalisation mit Neuronalen Netzen undWahrscheinlichkeitsgittern, 1999.

476

5784 H. Maeda, S. Kato, K. Kogure, and H. Iida. Parsing Japanese Hon-orifics in Unification-based Grammar. In Proceedings of the 26th. An-nual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages139–146, 1988.

5785 Alfons Maes and Joost Schilperoord. Schemes and tropes in visual com-munication: The case of object grouping in advertisements. In JanRenkema, editor, Discourse, of course: an overview of research in dis-course studies, pages 67–78. John Benjamins, Amsterdam / Philadel-phia, 2009.

5786 Hans Maes. Intention, Interpretation, and Contemporary Visual Art.British Journal of Aesthetics, 50(2):121–138, April 2010.

5787 J.P. Magliano, K. Dijkstra, and R.A. Zwaann. Generating predictiveinferences while viewing a movie. Discourse Processes, 22:199–224, 1996.

5788 Paul P. Maglio and Rob Barrett. How to build Modeling Agents toSupport Web Searchers. In A. Jameson, C. Paris, and C. Tasso, edi-tors, Proceedings of the Sixth International Conference on User Model-ing (UM97), pages 5–16. Springer, Berlin, June 2-5 1997. (Chia Laguna,Sardinia, Italy).

5789 L. Magnani. Abduction, Reason, and Science. Processes of Discoveryand Explanation. Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers, New York,2001.

5790 B. Magnini. Specification of the upper model. Technical Report LREProject 062-09 Deliverable TST-1, IRST, 1994.

5791 Bernardo Magnini and Manuela Speranza. Integrating generic andspecialized WordNets. In Galia Angelova, Kalina Bontcheva, RuslanMitkov, Nicolas Nicolov, and Nikolai Nikolov, editors, Proceedings ofthe Euroconference Recent Advances in Natural Language Processing(RANLP-2001), pages 149–153, Tzigov, Bulgaria, September 2001.

5792 Anne Magnussen and Hans-Christian Christiansen. Comics & culture:Analytical and theoretical approaches to comics. Museum TusculanumPress University of Copenhagen, Copenhagen, Denmark, 2000.

5793 Kavi Mahesh, Sergei Nirenburg, Jim Cowie, and David Farwell. AnAssessment of Cyc for Natural Language Processing. Technical ReportMCCS-96-302, CRL, NMSU, New Mexico, 1996.

5794 Andreas Mahler. Erzählt der Film? Zeitschrift für französische Spracheund Literatur, 111:260–269, 2001.

5795 Achim Mahnke and Bernd Krieg-Brückner. Literate Ontology Develop-ment. In Robert Meersman, Zahir Tari, and Angelo Corsaro, editors,

477

On the Move to Meaningful Internet Systems 2004: OTM 2004 Work-shops, number 3292 in LNCS, pages 753–757. Springer-Verlag, Berlin /Heidelberg, 2004.

5796 B. Mahr, K. Eyferth, R. Posner, and F. Wysotzki. Prinzipien der Kon-textualisierung, 1997.

5797 Claudia Maienborn. On the position and interpretation of locative mod-ifiers. Natural Language Semantics, 9:191–240, 2001.

5798 J.R. Maienborn. Processing spatial knowledge in LILOG. IWBS Report157, IBM, Germany, 1991.

5799 Carmen Daniela Maier. The Promotional Genre of Film Trailers: Per-suasive Structures in a Multimodal Form. PhD thesis, Department ofLanguage and Business Communication, Aarhus School of Business,Denmark, 2006.

5800 Carmen Daniela Maier. Visual evaluation in film trailers. Visual Com-munication, 8(2):159–180, 2009.

5801 E. Maier and N. Reithinger. Top-down discourse predictions in NaturalLanguage Generation. In W. Hoeppner and H. Horacek, editors, Princi-ples of Natural Language Generation - Papers from a Dagstuhl-Seminar,pages 73–79, 1995.

5802 Elisabeth Maier. Report about the implementation of the first text plan-ning prototype. Technical Report, GMD/IPSI, Darmstadt, December1990.

5803 Elisabeth Maier. Text structure and content planning. Technical Report,GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme,Darmstadt, Germany, 1990. (Dissertation proposal).

5804 Elisabeth Maier. Die automatische Erzeugung von Texten. Der GMD-Spiegel, 21(1):32–34, 1991.

5805 Elisabeth Maier. Zwei Texttheorien in neuem Licht - RST und GSPfuers Abstracting. Technical Report, GMD-IPSI, Darmstadt, September1991. Paper presented on the workshop Textzusammenfassen at theyearly GAL conference, Mainz, September 28.

5806 Elisabeth Maier. Textual relations as part of multiple links between textsegments. In Giovanni Adorni and Michael Zock, editors, Trends in nat-ural language generation: an artificial intelligence perspective, number1036 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages 68–87. Springer,1996.

5807 Elisabeth A. Maier. Ein modularer Ansatz für die Textplanung. PhDthesis, University of Stuttgart, forthcoming. preliminary title...

478

5808 Elisabeth A. Maier and Eduard H. Hovy. A Metafunctionally Moti-vated Taxonomy of Discourse Structure Relations. In Proceedings ofthe 3rd European Natural Language Generation Workshop, Innsbruck,March, 1991, 1991. Also available as technical report of GMD/Institutfür Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, WestGermany.

5809 Elisabeth A. Maier and Eduard H. Hovy. Organizing discourse structurerelations using metafunctions. In Helmut Horacek and Michael Zock, ed-itors, New concepts in natural language generation, pages 69–86. PinterPublishers, London, 1993.

5810 Elisabeth A. Maier and Stefan Sitter. An extension of rhetorical struc-ture theory for the treatment of retrieval dialogues. In Proceedings of theFourteenth Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society, pages968–973, Indiana University, Bloomington, 1992. Lawrence Erlbaum As-sociates. July 29 to August 1.

5811 Elisabeth Maier and Marcus Brown. A Goal-Oriented Treatment ofText Structures in Text Planning. Technical Report Arbeitspapiere derGMD, 484, GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informa-tionssysteme, Darmstadt, Germany, 1990.

5812 Elisabeth Maier, Marion Mast, and Susan Luperfoy, editors.Dialogue Processing in Spoken Language Systems. Springer,Berlin/Heidelberg/New York, 1997.

5813 Elisabeth Maier, Norbert Reithinger, and Jan Alexandersson. Clarifi-cation dialogues as measure to increase robustness in a spoken dialoguesystem. In Julia Hirschberg, Candace Kamm, and Marilyn Walker, ed-itors, Proceedings of the ACL/EACL Workshop on Interactive SpokenDialog Systems: bringing speech and NLP together in real applications,pages 33–36, Madrid, Spain, 1997. Assocation for Computational Lin-guistics.

5814 Nicolas Eric Maillot and Monique Thonnat. Ontology Based ComplexObject Recognition. Image and Vision Computing, 26(1):102–113, 2008.

5815 Arianna Maiorani. ’Reloading’ movies into commercial reality: A multi-modal analysis of The Matrix trilogy’s promotional posters. Semiotica,166(1/4):45–67, August 2007.

5816 Arianna Maiorani. Reading movies as interactive messages: A proposalfor a new method of analysis. Semiotica, 187(1/4):167–188, September2011.

5817 G. Mairdirussian. Noun incorporation in Universal Grammar. ChicagoLinguistic Society, 11, 1975.

479

5818 Francois Mairesse and Marilyn Walker. PERSONAGE: Personality Gen-eration for Dialogue. In Proceedings of the 45th Annual Meeting of theAssociation for Computational Linguistics (ACL 2007), Prague, June2007.

5819 Francois Mairesse and Marilyn Walker. Trainable Generation of Big-Five Personality Styles through Data-driven Parameter Estimation. InProceedings of the 46th Annual Meeting of the Association for Compu-tational Linguistics (ACL 2008), Columbus, OH, June 2008.

5820 A. Makkai. Idiom Structure in English. The Hague, Mouton, 1972.

5821 K. Malcolm. Alternative approaches to casual conversation in linguisticdescription. Occasional Papers in Systemic Linguistics, 1:111–134, 1987.

5822 Karen Malcolm. Different approaches to the description of casual con-versation. In Tenth LACUS Forum, Columbia, SC, 1984. HornbeamPress.

5823 Karen Malcolm. Communication Linguistics: a sample analysis. InJames Benson and William Greaves, editors, Systemic Perspectives inDiscourse: selected theoretical papers from the 9th. International Sys-temic Workshop. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1985. Also appears in Depart-ment of English, University of Nottingham: Occasional Papers in Sys-temic Linguistics 1: 111-134.

5824 Karen Malcolm. Coherence in Chaucer’s Tales. In The fifteenth LACUSForum, Lake Bluff, Ill., 1989. Linguistics Association of Canada and theUnited States (LACUS).

5825 Karen Malcolm. What Communication Linguistics has to offer genreand register research. Folia Linguistica, XXXIX(1-2):57–74, 2005.

5826 A. Malhotra. Design Criteria for a Knowledge-Based English LanguageSystem for Management. Technical Report Technical Report TR-146,MIT, Project MAC, 1975.

5827 A. Malhotra and P. Sheridan. Experimental Determination of DesignRequirements For a Program Explanation System. Technical ReportTechnical Report RC 5831, IBM Research Center, Yortown Heights,NY, 1976.

5828 Jillian Maling-Keepes and Bruce D. Keepes, editors. Language in edu-cation: the Language Development Project Phase I. Curriculum Devel-opment Centre, Canberra, 1979.

5829 Branislaw Malinowski. The problem of meaning in primitive languages.Harcourt, Brace, and Co., Inc., 1923. Supplement I to C.K. Ogden andI.A. Richards The Meaning of Meaning.

480

5830 John C. Mallery. A Common LISP Hypermedia Server. In Proceedingsof the 1st. International Conference on the World-Wide Web, Geneva,May 1994. CERN.

5831 John C. Mallery, R. Hurwitz, and G. Duffy. Hermeneutics: from textualexplication to computer understanding. In Stuart Shapiro, editor, TheEncyclopedia of Artificial Intelligence. John Wiley and sons, New York,1987.

5832 H.A. Mallot. Künstliche neuronale Netze für die Modellierung von Orts-gedächtnis und kognitiven Karten. In M. Lasar, editor, Netzwerktheorie.Möglichkeiten für die psychiatrische Wissenschaft, pages 139–159. PabstScience Publishers, Lengerich, Berlin, 1996.

5833 H.A. Mallot. The view-based approach to visual coding. In R. Caminiti,K.P. Hoffmann, F. Lacquaniti, and J. Altman, editors, Vision and Move-ment Mechanisms in the Celebral Cortex. Human Frontier Workshop II.HFSP, Strasburg, 1996.

5834 H.A. Mallot. Route Memory and Cognitive Maps: Evidence from Behav-ioral Experiments in Virtual Environments. In N.Elsner and R.Wehner,editors, New Neuroethology on the Move. Proc. 26th Göttingen Neuro-biology Conference. G. Thieme Verlag, tuttgart, 1997.

5835 H.A. Mallot, M. Franz, B. Schölkopf, and H.H. Bülthoff. The view-graph approach to visual navigation and spatial memory. In W. Ger-stner, A.Germond, M. Hasler, and J.D. Nicoud, editors, Artificial Neu-ral Networks-ICANN 97. Proc. of the 7th international conference.Springer, Berlin, 1997.

5836 H.A. Mallot and S. Gillner. View-based vs. place-based navigation:What is recognized in recognition-triggered responces?, 1998.

5837 H.A. Mallot, S. Gillner, S.D. Steck, and M.O. Franz. Recognition-triggered response and the view-graph approach to spatial cognition.In C. Freksa and D.M. Mark, editors, Spatial information theory- Cog-nitive and computational foundations of geographic information science(COSIT 99), pages 367–380. Springer, Berlin, 1999.

5838 H.A. Mallot, S. Gillner, H.A.H.C van Veen, and H.H. Bülthoff. Behav-ioral experiments in spatial cognition using virtual reality. In C. Freksa,C. Habel, and K.F. Wender, editors, Spatial Cognition I - An interdisci-plinary approach to representing and processing spatial knowledge, pages447–467. Springer, Berlin, 1998.

5839 Robert Malouf, John Carroll, and Ann Copestake. Efficient featurestructure operations without compilation. Natural Language Engineer-ing, 6(1):29–46, 2000.

481

5840 Suresh Manandhar. An attributive logic of set descriptions and set op-erations. In Proceedings of the 32nd. Annual Meeting of the Associationfor Computational Linguistics. ACL, 1994.

5841 Suresh Manandhar. Deterministic checking of LP constraints. In Pro-ceedings of the Seventh Conference of the European Chapter of the As-sociation for Computational Linguistics, Dublin, Ireland, 1995. Associ-ation for Computational Linguistics.

5842 Clara Mancini. From cinematographic to hypertext narrative. In Hy-pertext 2000, pages 236–237, New York, 2000. ACM Press.

5843 Clara Mancini. Cinematic hypertext: investigating a new paradigm.Frontiers in Artificial Intelligence and Applications. IOS Press, Ams-terdam, 2005.

5844 Clara Mancini and Donia R. Scott. Hyper-document structure: Repre-senting cognitive coherence in non-linear documents. Information De-sign Journal, 14(3):232–235, 2006.

5845 Clara Mancini and Simon Buckingham Shum. Cognitive coherence re-lations and hypertext: from cinematic patterns to scholarly discourse.In HYPERTEXT ’01: Proceedings of the 12th ACM conference on Hy-pertext and Hypermedia, pages 165–174, NY, 2001. ACM.

5846 Clara Mancini and Simon Buckingham Shum. Towards ’cinematic’ hy-pertext. In HYPERTEXT ’04: Proceedings of the 15th ACM conferenceon Hypertext and Hypermedia, pages 215–224, New York, 2004. ACMPress.

5847 L.M. Mandell and D.L. Shaw. Judging people in the news–unconsciously: Effect of camera angle and bodily activity. Journal ofBroadcasting, 17:353–362, 1973.

5848 Jean M. Mandler. Stories, scripts and scenes: aspects of schema theory.Lawrence Erlbaum, Hillsdale, NJ, 1984.

5849 Inderjeet Mani, Christy Doran, Dave Harris, Janet Hitzeman, RobQuimby, Justin Richer, Ben Wellner, Scott Mardis, and Seamus Clancy.SpatialML: annotation scheme, resources, and evaluation. Language Re-sources and Evaluation, 44(3):263–280, 2010. Special Issue LREC 2008:Selected papers, Edited by: N. Ide and N. Calzolari.

5850 Inderjeet Mani, B. Gates, and E. Bloedorn. Improving summaries byrevising them. In Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Associationfor Computational Linguistics (ACL’99), 1999.

5851 Inderjeet Mani, Janet Hitzeman, and Cheryl Clark. Annotating natu-ral language geographic references. In Proceedings of the Workshop onMethodologies and Resources for Processing Spatial Language at the 6th

482

International Conference on Language Resources and Evaluation, pages11–15, Marrakech, Morocco, 2008.

5852 Inderjeet Mani, Janet Hitzeman, J. Richer, D. R. Harris, R. Quimby,and B. Wellner. SpatialML: Annotation Scheme, Corpora, and Tools. InProceedings of the 6th International Conference on Language Resourcesand Evaluation (LREC’08), Marrakech, Morocco, 2008.

5853 Inderjeet Mani and Mark T. Maybury, editors. Advances in automatictext summarization. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 2000.

5854 S. Mann and R.W. Picard. Video orbits of the projective group: a newperspective on image mosaicing. Technical Report 338, MIT TechnicalReport, 1995.

5855 S. Mann and R.W. Picard. Video orbits of the projective group: a newperspective on image mosaicing. Technical Report 338, MIT TechnicalReport, 1995.

5856 Stephanie Großmann. Musik im Film. Zeitschrift für Semiotik, 30(3-4):293–320, 2008.

5857 William C. Mann. Dialogue Based Research in Man-Machine Commu-nication. Technical Report RR-75-41, USC/Information Sciences Insti-tute, 1975.

5858 William C. Mann. Why Things Are So Bad for the Computer-NaiveUser. Technical Report ISI/RR-75-32, USC Information Sciences Insti-tute, March 1975. Also Appears in the proceedings of the 1975 NCC.

5859 William C. Mann. Why Things are so Bad for Computer-Naive User.Technical Report ISI/RR-75-32, Information Sciences Institute, Marinadel Rey, Ca, 1975.

5860 William C. Mann. Man-Machine Communication Research: Final Re-port. Technical Report ISI/RR-77-57, Information Sciences Institute,Marina del Rey, Ca, 1977.

5861 William C. Mann. Man-Machine Communication Research. Final Re-port RR-77-57, USC/Information Sciences Institute, 1977.

5862 William C. Mann. Design for Dialogue Comprehension. In Proceedingsof the Conference, 17th Annual Meeting of the Association for Compu-tational Linguistics, pages 83–84. The Association for ComputationalLinguistics, August 1979.

5863 William C. Mann. Dialogue Games. Technical Report RR-79-77,USC/Information Sciences Institute, 1979.

483

5864 William C. Mann. Toward a Speech Act Theory for Natural LanguageProcessing. Technical Report ISI/RR-79-75, USC Information SciencesInstitute, March 1980.

5865 William C. Mann. Selective Planning of Interface Evaluations. In The19th Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics.Sperry Univac, 1981.

5866 William C. Mann. Two discourse generators. In The Nineteenth An-nual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics. SperryUnivac, 1981.

5867 William C. Mann. A characterization of language comprehension. (inpreparation)., 1982.

5868 William C. Mann. Anatomy of a Systemic Choice. In Proceedings of theNinth International Conference on Computational Linguistics, Prague,July 1982. COLING. Highly abbreviated version of the Discourse Pro-cesses paper.

5869 William C. Mann. Generating Text: The Grammar’s Demands. Is-sued as ‘Inquiry Semantics-A Functional Semantics of Natural LanguageGrammar’, February 1982.

5870 William C. Mann. A linguistic overview of the Nigel text genera-tion grammar. In Proceedings of the Xth International LACUS Forum,Quebec City, Quebec, Canada, August 1983. Linguistic Association ofCanada and the United States.

5871 William C. Mann. A Tutorial on Text Generation. In Conference Pro-ceedings, Santa Monica, CA, January 1983. Association for Computa-tional Linguistics, Conference on Applied Natural Language Processing.Oral presentation.

5872 William C. Mann. An introduction to the Nigel text generationgrammar. In Nigel: A Systemic Grammar for Text Generation.USC/Information Sciences Institute, RR-83-105, February 1983. Thispaper also appears in a volume of the Advances in Discourse ProcessesSeries, R. Freedle (ed.): Systemic Perspectives on Discourse: Volume I.published by Ablex.

5873 William C. Mann. An Overview of the PENMAN Text GenerationSystem. Technical Report ISI/RR-83-114, USC/Information SciencesInstitute, Marina del Rey, CA, 1983.

5874 William C. Mann. An overview of the PENMAN text generation sys-tem. In Proceedings of the National Conference on Artificial Intelligence,pages 261–265. AAAI, August 1983. Also appears as USC/InformationSciences Institute, RR-83-114.

484

5875 William C. Mann. Inquiry Semantics: A Systemic View. In Chris Butler,editor, Proceedings of the 10th International Systemic Workshop, Not-tingham, England, September 1983. 10th International Systemic Work-shop. Publication of the Proceedings is uncertain.

5876 William C. Mann. Inquiry semantics: A functional semantics of naturallanguage grammar. In Proceedings of the First Annual Conference. As-sociation for Computational Linguistics, European Chapter, September1983.

5877 William C. Mann. Multiparagraph Text Generation. In William R.Swartout, editor, Workshop on Automated Explanation Production, vol-ume No. 85. ACM, 1983.

5878 William C. Mann. Systemic encounters with computation. Network:News, Views and Reviews in Systemic Linguistics and Related Areas,(5):27–33, May 1983.

5879 William C. Mann. Systemic encounters with computation. Network:news, views and reviews in systemic lingustics and related areas, 5:27–32, 1983.

5880 William C. Mann. The Anatomy of a Systemic Choice. Discourse Pro-cesses, 1983.

5881 William C. Mann. Discourse Structures for Text Generation. In Pro-ceedings of the 22nd Annual Meeting. Association for ComputationalLinguistics, June 1984.

5882 William C. Mann. Discourse Structure for Text Generation. TechnicalReport ISI/RR-84-127, Information Sciences Institute, February 1984.4676 Admiralty Way, Marina del Rey, California 90292-6695.

5883 William C. Mann. Discourse Structures for Text Generation. In Pro-ceedings of COLING 84, Stanford, Ca., July 1984. Association for Com-putational Linguistics.

5884 William C. Mann. Research on Knowledge Delivery: Contract FinalReport of Research in the period August 15, 1979 to August 14, 1984.Technical Report ISI/SR-84-148, USC/Information Sciences Institute,Marina del Rey, CA, December 1984.

5885 William C. Mann. An introduction to the Nigel text generation gram-mar. In James D. Benson and William S. Greaves, editors, SystemicPerspectives on Discourse: Selected Theoretical Papers from the 9th.International Systemic Workshop, pages 84–95. Ablex Pub. Corp., Nor-wood, NJ, 1985.

5886 William C. Mann. Janus Abstraction Structure - Draft 1, 1985. Aninformal project technical memo of the Janus project at ISI.

485

5887 William C. Mann. The Anatomy of a Systemic Choice. Discourse Pro-cesses, 8(1):53–74, January-March 1985.

5888 William C. Mann. Text Generation: Is it the Graphics of the 90’s?In Workshop on Future Directions in Artificial Intelligence, Box 12211,Research Triangle Park, NC 27709, 1986. U.S. Army Research Office.

5889 William C. Mann. Toward a Theory of Reading Between the Lines.presented at the International Association for Applied Linguistics con-ference, Sydney, Australia; revised version presented at 4th InternationalWorkshop on Natural Language Generation., August 1987.

5890 William C. Mann. Dialogue Games. Argumentation, 1988.

5891 William C. Mann. Text Generation: The Problem of Text Structure.In David D. McDonald and Leonard Bolc, editors, Natural LanguageGeneration Systems. Springer, New York, 1988. Based on a presentationat COLING86. Also available as ISI/RS-87-181.

5892 William C. Mann. The Origins of Text Structuring Relations. In Prepa-ration., 1990.

5893 William C. Mann, Levin J. A., and J. H. Carlisle. Observation Meth-ods for Human Dialogue. Technical Report ISI/RR-75-33, InformationSciences Institute, Marina del Rey, Ca, 1975.

5894 William C. Mann, Yigal Arens, Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen, ShariNaberschnig, and Norman K. Sondheimer. Janus abstraction structure –draft 2. Technical Report, USC/Information Sciences Institute, Marinadel Rey, California, October 1985. (Circulated in draft form only.).

5895 William C. Mann, Madeleine Bates, Barbara J. Grosz, David D. McDon-ald, Kathleen R. McKeown, and William R. Swartout. Text Generation:The State of the Art and the Literature. Technical Report ISI/RR-81-101, Information Science Institute, Marina del Rey, California, 1981.Also available as a Technical Report at the University of Pennsylva-nia, number MS-CIS-81-9; and in American Journal of ComputationalLinguistics (April-June), 8(2):62-69, 1982.

5896 William C. Mann, Madeleine Bates, Barbara J. Grosz, David D. Mc-Donald, Kathleen R. McKeown, and William R. Swartout. Text Gener-ation: The State of the Art and the Literature. Computational Linguis-tics, 8(2):62–69, April-June 1982. (Also available as Technical ReportISI/RR-81-101 of the Information Science Institute, Marina del Rey,California and MS-CIS-81-9 of the University of Pennsylvania.).

5897 William C. Mann, Madeline Bates, Barbara J. Grosz, David D. McDon-ald, Kathleen R. McKeown, and William R. Swartout. Text Generation.American Journal of Computational Linguistics, 8(2):62–69, April-June1982.

486

5898 William C. Mann, J. H. Carlisle, J. A. Moore, and J. A. Levin. An As-sessment of Reliability of Dialogue-Annotation Instructions. TechnicalReport RR-77-54, USC/Information Science Institute, 1977.

5899 William C. Mann, Moore James D., and Levin J. A ComprehensionModel for Human Dialogue. In Proceedings of IJCAI’77, Cambridge,Massachusetts, August 1977. International Joint Conferences on Artifi-cial Intelligence.

5900 William C. Mann, Eduard H. Hovy, Cécile L. Paris, and Richard A.Whitney. PENMAN Natural Language Generation: A Case Study ofEase of Use. Technical Report ISI/RR-88-217, USC Information Sci-ences Institute, September 1988.

5901 William C. Mann and C. M. I. M. Matthiessen. Nigel: A Sys-temic Grammar for Text Generation. Technical Report RR-83-105,USC/Information Sciences Institute, February 1983. This paper alsoappears in a volume of the Advances in Discourse Processes Series, R.Freedle (ed.): Systemic Perspectives on Discourse: Volume I. publishedby Ablex.

5902 William C. Mann and C. M. I. M. Matthiessen. The realization operatorsof the Nigel grammar. Network: News, Views and Reviews in SystemicLinguistics and Related Areas, (7), 1984.

5903 William C. Mann and Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. A demonstra-tion of the Nigel text generation computer program. In Nigel: A Sys-temic Grammar for Text Generation. USC/Information Sciences Insti-tute, RR-83-105, February 1983. This paper also appears in a volume ofthe Advances in Discourse Processes Series, R. Freedle (ed.): SystemicPerspectives on Discourse: Volume I. published by Ablex.

5904 William C. Mann and Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. An Overviewof the Nigel Text Generation Grammar. Technical Report RR-83-113,USC/Information Sciences Institute, 1983.

5905 William C. Mann and Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. NIGEL: A Sys-temic Grammar for Text Generation. Technical Report ISI/RR-85-105,USC/ISI, February 1983.

5906 William C. Mann and Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. NIGEL: A Sys-temic Grammar for Text Generation. Technical Report ISI/RR-85-105,Information Sciences Institute, February 1983. 4676 Admiralty Way,Marina del Rey, California 90292-6695.

5907 William C. Mann and Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Demonstrationof the Nigel Text Generation Computer Program. In James D. Bensonand William S. Greaves, editors, Systemic Perspectives on Discourse,Volume 1, pages 50–83. Ablex, Norwood, New Jersey, 1985.

487

5908 William C. Mann and Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Functions ofLanguage in Two Frameworks. Technical Report ISI/RR-90-290, Infor-mation Sciences Institute, Los Angeles, California, 1990. (Presented atthe 1987 International Systemic Workshop).

5909 William C. Mann, Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen, and Sandra A.Thompson. Rhetorical Structure Theory and Text Analysis. TechnicalReport ISI/RR-89-242, University of Southern California, InformationSciences Institute, Marina del Rey, California, 1989. (A revised versionof this paper is published in: Mann, William C. and Sandra A. Thomp-son (eds.) Text Description: Diverse Analyses of a Fund Raising Text(Amsterdam: John Benjamins), 1993).

5910 William C. Mann, Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen, and Sandra A.Thompson. Rhetorical Structure Theory and Text Analysis. InWilliam C. Mann and Sandra A. Thompson, editors, Text Description:Diverse Analyses of a Fund Raising Text, pages 39–78. John Benjamins,Amsterdam, 1992.

5911 William C. Mann, J. A. Moore, and J. A. Levin. A ComprehensionModel for Human Dialogue. In Proceedings of the Fifth InternationalJoint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, volume 1, pages 77–87. Mas-sachusetts Institute of Technology, August 1977.

5912 William C. Mann, J. A. Moore, J. A. Levin, and J. H. Carlisle. Ob-servation Methods for Human Dialogue. Technical Report RR-75-33,USC/Information Sciences Institute, 1975.

5913 William C. Mann and James A. Moore. Computer as Author – Resultsand prospects. Technical Report ISI/RR-79-82, Information Science In-stitute, USC/Information Sciences Institute, Marina del Rey, CA, 1980.

5914 William C. Mann and James A. Moore. Computer generation of mul-tiparagraph English text. American Journal of Computational Linguis-tics, 7(1), jan - mar 1981.

5915 William C. Mann and James A. Moore. Computer Generation of Mul-tiparagraph Text. American Journal of Computational Linguistics,7(1):17–29, 1981.

5916 William C. Mann, Greg W. Scragg, and Armar A. Archbold. WorkingPapers in Dialogue Modeling, Volume 2. Technical Report ISI/RR-77-56, USC Information Sciences Institute, January 1977.

5917 William C. Mann and William R. Swartout. Knowledge Representa-tion and Grammar: The Case of OWL and Nigel. Technical Report,USC/Information Sciences Institute, 1983. ( report in preparation.).

488

5918 William C. Mann and Sandra A. Thompson. Assertions from DiscourseStructure. In Proceedings of the Eleventh Annual Meeting of the BerkeleyLinguistics Society, Berkeley, 1985. Berkeley Linguistic Society.

5919 William C. Mann and Sandra A. Thompson. Assertions from DiscourseStructure. In Proceedings of the Eleventh Annual Meeting of the BerkeleyLinguistics Society, Berkeley, 1985. Berkeley Linguistic Society.

5920 William C. Mann and Sandra A. Thompson. Relational Propositions inDiscourse. Discourse Processes, 9(1):57–90, January-March 1986.

5921 William C. Mann and Sandra A. Thompson. Rhetorical Structure The-ory: description and construction of text structures. In Gerard Kempen,editor, Natural Language Generation: Recent Advances in Artificial In-telligence, Psychology, and Linguistics, pages 85–96. Kluwer AcademicPublishers, Boston/Dordrecht, 1987.

5922 William C. Mann and Sandra A. Thompson. Rhetorical Structure The-ory: A Theory of Text Organization. Technical Report ISI/RS-87-190,USC Information Sciences Institute, 1987.

5923 William C. Mann and Sandra A. Thompson. Rhetorical StructureTheory: a theory of text organization. Technical Report RS-87-190,USC/Information Sciences Institute, 1987. Reprint series.

5924 William C. Mann and Sandra A. Thompson. Rhetorical Structure The-ory: A Framework for the Analysis of Texts. IPRA Papers in Pragmat-ics, 1:79–105, 1987.

5925 William C. Mann and Sandra A. Thompson. Rhetorical Structure The-ory: Toward a Functional Theory of Text Organization. Text, 8(3):243–281, 1988.

5926 William C. Mann and Sandra A. Thompson. Rhetorical Structure The-ory: A Theory of Text Organization. In Livia Polanyi, editor, TheStructure of Discourse. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1989. Book did not ap-pear. Available as ISI/RS-87-190 from Document Center, USC/ISI, 4676Admiralty Way, Marina del Rey, CA 90292.

5927 William C. Mann and Sandra A. Thompson, editors. Discourse Descrip-tion: Diverse linguistic analyses of a fund-raising text. John Benjamins,Amsterdam, 1992.

5928 Z. Manna and A. Pnueli. The temporal logic of reactive and concurrentsystems, 1992.

5929 C. Manning and I.A. Sag. Dissociations between Argument Structureand Grammatical Relations. In Gert Webelhuth, Jean-Pierre Koenig,and Andreas Kathol, editors, Lexical and Constructional Aspects of Lin-guistic Explanation, pages 63–78. CSLI, Stanford, 1995.

489

5930 Christopher D. Manning, Ivan A. Sag, and Masayo Iida. The lexi-cal integrity of Japanese causatives. In Robert D. Levine and Geor-gia M. Green, editors, Studies in contemporary phrase structure gram-mar, pages 39–79. Cambridge University Press, 1999.

5931 Christopher Manning and Hinrich Schütze. Foundations of StatisticalNatural Language Processing. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1999.

5932 Lev Manovich. What Is Digital Cinema. In Peter Lunenfeld, editor, TheDigital Dialectic: New Essays on New Media. The MIT Press, 2000.

5933 Lev Manovich. The language of the new media. MIT Press, Cambridge,MA, 2001.

5934 Lev Manovich. Cultural Analytics: Analysis and Visualization of LargeCultural Datasets. Whitepaper from the Software Studies Initiative;retrieved 21.2.2012, 2008.

5935 Lev Manovoch. The Poetics of Augmented Space. Visual Communica-tion, 5:219–240, 2006.

5936 S. Mao, L. Nie, and G.R. Thoma. Unsupervised Style Classification ofDocument Page Images. In Proceedings of the IEEE International Con-ference on Image Processing (ICIP), volume II, pages 510–513, Genova,Italy, September 11-14 2005.

5937 H. Marburger. A Strategy for Producing Cooperative NL Reactions ina Database Interface. In Proceedings of AISMA, 1986.

5938 B. P. Marchant, F. Cerbah, and C. Mellish. The GhostWriter project: ademonstration of the use of AI techniques in the production of technicalpublications. In Proceedings of Expert Systems ’96: 16th Conference ofthe British Computer Society, pages 9–25, Cambridge, U.K., 1996.

5939 Tomasz Marciniak and Michael Strube. Classification-based generationusing TAG. In Anja Belz, Roger Evans, and Paul Piwek, editors, NaturalLanguage Generation: Third international Conference (INLG 2004),number 3123 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages 100–109.Springer, Berlin, New York, July 14-16 2004.

5940 Diego Marconi. Lexical Competence. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1997.

5941 Daniel Marcu. From local to global coherence: a bottom-up approachto text planning. In Proceedings of the National Conference on ArtificialIntelligence (AAAI’97), 1997.

5942 Daniel Marcu. The rhetorical parsing, summarization, and generationof natural language texts. PhD thesis, Department of Computer Science,University of Toronto, December 1997.

490

5943 Daniel Marcu. Extending a Formal and Computational Model of Rhetor-ical Structure Theory with Intentional Structures à la Grosz and Sid-ner. In The 18th International Conference on Computational Linguistics(COLING’2000), 2000.

5944 Daniel Marcu. The rhetorical parsing of unrestricted texts: a surface-based approach. Computational Linguistics, 26(3):395–448, Sep 2000.

5945 Daniel Marcu. The Theory and Practice of Discourse Parsing and Sum-marization. The MIT Press, Boston, MA, 2000.

5946 Daniel Marcu, Lynn Carlson, and Maki Watanabe. An empirical studyin multilingual natural language generation: what should a text plannerdo? In Proceedings of the International Natural Language GenerationConference (INLG-2000), Mitzpe Ramon, Israel, 2000.

5947 Daniel Marcu, Lynn Carlson, and Maki Watanabe. The automatic trans-lation of discourse structures. In Proceedings of the Annual Meeting ofthe North American Chapter of the Association for Computational Lin-guistics (NAACL), 2000.

5948 M. Marcus, B. Santorini, and M.A. Marcinkiewicz. Building a largeannotated corpus of English: The Penn Treebank. Computational Lin-guistics, 19(2):313–330, 1993.

5949 Mitch Marcus. A Theory of Syntactic Recognition for Natural Language.The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, MA, 1980.

5950 Mitch Marcus. Generation Systems should choose their words. InY. Wilks, editor, TINLAP-3: Theoretical Issues in Natural LanguageProcessing 3, Memoranda in Computer and Cognitive Science. Cam-bridge University Press, New Mexico State University, 1987.

5951 B. Marfurth. Textsorte Witz. Möglichkeiten einer sprachwis-senschaftlichen Textsorten-Bestimmung. Tübingen, 1977.

5952 Philippe Marion. Traces en cases. Essai sur la bande dessin‘ée.Académia, Louvain-la-Neuve, 1993.

5953 D. Mark, D. Comas, M. Egenhofer, S. Freundschuh, J. Gould, andJ. Nunes. Evaluating and refining computational models of spatial re-lations through cross-linguistic human-subjects testing. In A. Frank,editor, Spatial Information Theory: a theoretical basis for GIS, number988 in Lecture Notes in Computer Science, pages 553–568. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1995.

5954 David M. Mark and Barry Smith. A Science of Topography: From Qual-itative Ontology to Digital Representations. In Michael P. Bishop andJack Shroder, editors, Geographic Information Science and MountainGeomorphology, pages 75–100. Springer-Praxis, Chichester, 2004.

491

5955 David M. Mark, Barry Smith, Max J. Egenhofer, and S.C. Hirtle. On-tological foundations for geographic information science. In A researchagenda for Geographic Information Science, pages 335–350. CRC Press,Boca Raton, FL, 2004.

5956 D.M. Mark, W. Kuhn, B. Smith, and A.G. Turk. Ontology, natural lan-guage, and information systems: implications of cross-linguistic studiesof geographic terms. In M. Gould, R. Laurini, and S. Coulondre, editors,AGILE 2003: 6th AGILE conference on geographic information science,pages 45–50, Lyon, France, 2003.

5957 D.M. Mark, A. Skupin, and Barry Smith. Features, objects, and otherthings: ontological distinctions in the geographic domain. In D. R. Mon-tello, editor, Spatial Information Theory - Foundations of GeographicInformation Science, pages 489–502. Springer, Berlin, 2001.

5958 D.M. Mark and A.G. Turk. Landscape categories in Yindjibarndi: on-tology, environment, and language. In W. Kuhn, M. Worboys, andS. Timpf, editors, Spatial Information Theory: foundations of geographicinformation science, number 2825 in Lecture Notes in Computer Science,pages 31–49. Springer-Verlag, Berlin and Heidelberg, 2003.

5959 William Mark. The Reformulation Model of Expertise. Technical Re-port, MIT Laboratory for Computer Science, 1976.

5960 William Mark. The ‘Askit’ English Database Query Facility. TechnicalReport GMR-2977, General Motors Research Laboratories, June 1979.

5961 William Mark. A Rule-Based Inference System for Natural LanguageDatabase Query. Technical Report GMR-3290, General Motors Re-search Laboratories, May 1980.

5962 William Mark. Representation and inference in the Consul system. InProceedings of the 7th. international Joint Conference on Artificial In-telligence, IJCAI’81, 1981.

5963 Numa Markee. Conversation Analysis. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates,2000.

5964 J. Marks and E. Reiter. Avoiding Unwanted Conversational Implicaturesin Text and Graphics. In Proceedings of the Eigth National Conferenceof Artificial Intelligence, Boston, 1990.

5965 Joe W. Marks. A formal specification scheme for network diagrams.Journal of Visual Languages and Computing, 2(4):395–414, 1991.

5966 David Marr. Vision, chapter 3: From images to surfaces, pages 99–267.W.H. Freeman and Company, San Francisco, 1982.

492

5967 Emily E. Marsh and Marilyn Domas White. A taxonomy of relationshipsbetween images and text. Journal of Documentation, 59(6):647–672,2003.

5968 C. Marshall. Representing the structure of a legal argument. In Pro-ceedings of the Second International Conference on AI and Law, pages121–127, Vancouver, B.C., 1989.

5969 Erwin Marsi. Intonation in a spoken language generator. In H. Strik,N. Oostdijk, C. Cucchiarini, and P. Coppen, editors, Proceedings 1995,pages 85–97, Nijmegen, 1995. Department of Language and Speech, Uni-versity of Nijmegen.

5970 Erwin Marsi. A reusable syntactic generator for Dutch. In P.-A. Coppin,H.V. Halteren, and L. Teunissen, editors, Computational Linguistics inthe Netherlands 1997. Selected papers from the Eighth CLIN Meeting),Amsterdam, 1998. Rodopi.

5971 Erwin Marsi. Introducing maximal variation in text planning for smalldomains. In Proceedings of the Ninth International Workhop on NaturalLanguage Generation (INLG-98), pages 68–77, Niagara-On-The-Lake,Ontario, Canada, 1998.

5972 Erwin Marsi. Intonation in spoken language generation. LOT (Landeli-jke Onderzoekschool Taalwetenschap), Utrecht, 2001.

5973 W. Marslen-Wilson. The limited compatibility of Linguistic and Percep-tual Explanations. In R.E. Grossman, J.L. San, and T.J. Vance, editors,Papers from the parasession on Functionalism, pages 398–408. ChicagoLinguistic Society, Chicago, 1975.

5974 C.A. Martin. Staging the reality principle: systemic-functional linguis-tics and the context of theatre. PhD thesis, Macquarie University, 1997.

5975 J.-C. Martin, P. Kühnlein, P. Paggio, R. Stiefelhagen, and F. Pianese,editors. LREC 2006 Workshop on Multimodal Corpora: From multi-modal behaviour theories to usable models, 2005.

5976 J. R. Martin. The Development of Register. Technical Report, SydneyUniversity, Australia, 1980. Working papers in Linguistics, LinguisticDepartment.

5977 J. R. Martin. Analysing genre: functional parameters. In FrancesChristie and J. R. Martin, editors, Genre and institutions: social pro-cesses in the workplace and school, pages 3–39. Cassell, London, 1997.

5978 J. R. Martin, C. M. I. M. Matthiessen, and C. Painter. Working withFunctional Grammar. Arnold, London, 1997.

493

5979 J. R. Martin and J. Rothery. The Ontogenesis of Written Genre. Tech-nical Report, Sydney University, Australia, 1981. Working papers inLinguistics, Linguistic Department.

5980 J. R. Martin and Joan Rothery. The ontogenesis of written genre. Uni-versity of Sydney Working Papers in Linguistics, 2:1–59, 1981.

5981 James R. Martin. Sense and sensibility: texturing evaluation. In J. Foleyand K. O’Halloran, editors, Selected Papers from the Singapore ISFCCongress. Singapore University Press, Singapore, to appear.

5982 James R. Martin. Pre-writing: oral models for written text. Prospect:The Journal of the Adult Migrant Education Program, 3:75–90, 1.

5983 James R. Martin. Review of M. A. K. Halliday “Learning How to Mean".Canadian Journal of Linguistics, 23(1-2):187–194, 1978.

5984 James R. Martin. Coherence in student composition. In Michael A. K.Halliday, editor, Working conference on language in education: reportto participants, pages 14–31. Sydney University Extension Program andDepartment of Linguistics, Sydney, 1979.

5985 James R. Martin. Review of P. Robinson “Language Management inEducation - the Australian context”. English in Australia, 1980.

5986 James R. Martin. Conjunction and continuity in Tagalog. In MichaelA. K. Halliday and J.R. Martin, editors, Readings in Systemic Linguis-tics, pages 310–336. Batsford, London, 1981.

5987 James R. Martin. How many speech acts? University of East AngliaPapers in Linguistics, 14, 1981.

5988 James R. Martin. Review of G. Sampson “Schools of Linguistics”. Aus-tralian Journal of Linguistics, 2(1):97–115, 1982. Republished in Net-work 13/14, 1990:20-28.

5989 James R. Martin. What is language? Commentary on Schwartz. TheBehavioural and Brain Sciences, 5(4):607–608, 1982.

5990 James R. Martin. Conjunction: the logic of English text. In Janos S.Petöfi and Emel Sözer, editors, Micro and macro connexity of discourse,number 45 in Papers in Textlinguistics, pages 1–72. Helmut Buske Ver-lag, Hamburg, 1983.

5991 James R. Martin. Participant identification in English, Tagalog andKate. Australian Journal of Linguistics, 3(1):45–74, 1983.

5992 James R. Martin. The development of register. In Roy O. Freedle andJonathan Fine, editors, Developmental Issues in Discourse, number 10in Advances in Discourse Processes, pages 1–40. Ablex, Norwood, NJ,1983.

494

5993 James R. Martin. Functional components in a grammar: a review ofdeployable recognition criteria. Nottingham Linguistics Circular, 13,1984.

5994 James R. Martin. Language, register and genre. In Frances Christie,editor, Children Writing: reader, (ECT Language Studies: children writ-ing), pages 21–30. Deakin University Press, Geelong, Vic., 1984.

5995 James R. Martin. Language, register and genre. In Frances Christie,editor, Children Writing: reader, (ECT Language Studies: children writ-ing), pages 21–30. Deakin University Press, Geelong, Vic., 1984. Revisedin ? ).

5996 James R. Martin. Types of writing in infants and primary school. InLeonard Unsworth, editor, Reading, Writing, Spelling. Macarthur Insti-tute, Milperra, NSW, 1984.

5997 James R. Martin. Factual Writing: exploring and challenging social real-ity. Deakin University Press, 1985. (Sociocultural Aspects of Languageand Education; also published by Oxford University Press, 1989).

5998 James R. Martin. Process and text: two aspects of human semiosis.In James D. Benson and William S. Greave, editors, Systemic perspec-tives on discourse, Volume 1; Selected theoretical papers from the ninthInternational Systemic Workshop, number 15 in Advances in Discourseprocesses, pages 248–274. Ablex, Norwood, New Jersey, 1985.

5999 James R. Martin. Reading 2: Exposition. In J. R. Martin, editor,Factual Writing: exploring and challenging social reality, pages 83–99.literary criticism, Geelong, Vic., 1985. (ECS806 Sociocultural Aspectsof Language and Education). Republished by Oxford University Press,1989.

6000 James R. Martin. Systemic functional linguistics and an understandingof written text. In Brendan Bartlett and John Carr, editors, Proceedingsof the 1984 Working Conference on Language in Education. BrisbaneCollege of Advanced Education, Brisbane, 1985.

6001 James R. Martin. The language of madness: method or disorder? InLanguage and the Inner Life. (Department of English, Occasional Pa-pers 4), pages 4–35. Faculty of Military Studies, Duntroon, Canberra,1985.

6002 James R. Martin. Grammaticalizing ecology: the politics of baby sealsand kangaroos. In T. Threadgold, E. A. Grosz, G. Kress, and MichaelA. K. Halliday, editors, Semiotics - language - ideology, number 3 in Syd-ney Studies in Society and Culture, pages 225–268. Sydney Associationfor Studies in Society and Culture, Sydney, 1986.

495

6003 James R. Martin. Intervening in the process of writing development. InClaire Painter and James R. Martin, editors, Writing to mean: teachinggenres across the curriculum, number 9 in Occasional Papers, pages11–43. Applied Linguistics Association of Australia, 1986.

6004 James R. Martin. Pre-writing: oral models for written text. In R. D.Walshe, P. March, and D. Jensen, editors, Writing and Learning inAustralia, pages 138–142. Dellasta Books, Melbourne, 1986. Unabridgedversion published as ? ).

6005 James R. Martin. Pre-writing: oral models for written text. Prospect:The Journal of the Adult Migrant Education Program, 3(1):75–90, 1987.

6006 James R. Martin. The meaning of features in systemic linguistics. InMichael A. K. Halliday and Robin P. Fawcett, editors, New Develop-ments in Systemic Linguistics, volume 1, pages 14–40. Frances Pinter,London, 1987.

6007 James R. Martin. Grammatical conspiracies in Tagalog: family, face andfate - with reference to Benjamin Lee Whorf. In Michael J. Cummings,William S. Greaves, and James D. Benson, editors, Linguistics in aSystemic Perspective, pages 243–300. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1988.

6008 James R. Martin. Hypotactic recursive systems in English: towardsa functional interpretation. In Benson and Greaves, editors, SystemicFunctional Approaches to Discourse: Selected Papers from the TwelfthInternational Systemic Workshop, pages 240–70. Ablex, Norwood, NJ.,1988.

6009 James R. Martin. Hypotactic Recursive Systems in English: Toward aFunctional Interpretation. In James D. Benson and William S. Greaves,editors, Systemic Functional Approaches to Discourse: Selected Papersfrom the Twelfth International Systemic Workshop, number 26 in Ad-vances in Discourse Processes, pages 240–270. Ablex, Norwood, NewJersey, 1988.

6010 James R. Martin. Factual Writing: exploring and challenging socialreality. Oxford University Press, London, 1989.

6011 James R. Martin. Technicality and abstraction: language of specialisedtexts. In F. Christie, editor, Children Writing: Reader, pages 36–44.Deakin University Press, Geelong, Vic, 2 edition, 1989.

6012 James R. Martin. Interpersonal grammatization: mood and modality inTagalog. Philippine Journal of Linguistics, 21:2–51, 1990. (Special Issueon the Silver Anniversary of the Language Study Centre of PhilippineNormal College 1964-1989 - Part 2).

496

6013 James R. Martin. Language and control: fighting with words. In C. Wal-ton and W. Eggington, editors, Language: maintenance, power and ed-ucation in Australian Aboriginal contexts, pages 12–43. Northern Terri-tory University Press, Darwin, N.T, 1990.

6014 James R. Martin. Literacy in science: learning to handle text as technol-ogy. In F. Christie, editor, Fresh look at the basics:literacy for a changingworld. Australian Council for Education Research, Melbourne, 1990.

6015 James R. Martin. Literacy in science: learning to handle text as tech-nology. In F. Christie, editor, Literacy for a Changing World, (FreshLook at the Basics), pages 79–117. Australian Council for EducationalResearch, Melbourne, 1990. Republished in ? ). (Norwegian translationin ? )).

6016 James R. Martin. Critical literacy: the role of a functional model oflanguage. Australian Journal of Reading, 14(2):117–132, 1991. (FocusIssue on Literacy Research in Australia edited by Peter Freebody andBruce Shortland-Jones).

6017 James R. Martin. Intrinsic functionality: implications for contextualtheory. Social Semiotics, 1(1):99–162, 1991.

6018 James R. Martin. Systemic grammar. In W. Bright, editor, The Ox-ford International Encyclopedia of Linguistic, volume IV, pages 120–122.Oxford University Press, London, 1991. (revised 2001).

6019 James R. Martin. English text: systems and structure. Benjamins,Amsterdam, 1992.

6020 James R. Martin. Macro-proposals: meaning by degree. In William C.Mann and Sandra A. Thompson, editors, Text description: diverse anal-yses of a fund raising text, pages 359–395. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1992.

6021 James R. Martin. Macro-proposals: meaning by degree. In Sandra A.Thompson and William C. Mann, editors, Text Description: diverseanalyses of a fund-raising text, pages 359–395. Benjamins, Amsterdam,1992.

6022 James R. Martin. A context for genre: modelling social processes infunctional linguistics, July 1993. Paper presented at the InternationalSystemic Functional Congress, University of Victoria, British Columbia,Canada.

6023 James R. Martin. A contextual theory of language. In W. Cope andM. Kalantzis, editors, The Powers of Literacy: a genre approach toteaching literacy, (Critical Perspectives on Literacy and Education),pages 116–136. Falmer, London, 1993. Also published by Universityof Pittsburgh Press (Pittsburgh Series in Composition, Literacy, andCulture), Pittsburgh.

497

6024 James R. Martin. Genre and literacy - modelling context in educationallinguistics. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 13:141–172, 1993.

6025 James R. Martin. Life as a noun. In M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Martin,editors, Writing Science: literacy as discursive power, (Critical Perspec-tives on Literacy and Education), pages 221–267. Falmer, London, 1993.(Norwegian translation in ? )).

6026 James R. Martin. Literacy in science: learning to handle text as tech-nology. In M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Martin, editors, Writing Science:literacy and discursive power, Critical Perspectives on Literacy and Ed-ucation, pages 166–202. Falmer, London, 1993. (Norwegian translationin ? )).

6027 James R. Martin. Technicality and abstraction: language for the cre-ation of specialised texts. In M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Martin, editors,Writing Science: literacy and discursive power, Critical Perspectives onLiteracy and Education, pages 203–220. Falmer, London, 1993. Revisedin ? ).

6028 James R. Martin. Technology, bureaucracy and schooling: discursiveresources and control. Cultural Dynamics, 6(1-2):84–131, 1993.

6029 James R. Martin. The model. In M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Mar-tin, editors, Writing Science: literacy as discursive power, pages 22–50.Falmer, London, 1993.

6030 James R. Martin. The macro-genre of the page. Network, 21:29–52,1994.

6031 James R. Martin. Interpersonal meaning, persuasion and public dis-course: packing semiotic punch. Australian Journal of Linguistics,15(1):33–67, 1995.

6032 James R. Martin. Logical meaning, interdependency and the linkingparticle -ng/na in Tagalog. Functions of Language, 2(2):189–228, 1995.

6033 James R. Martin. More than what the message is about: English Theme.In M. Ghadessy, editor, Thematic development in English texts, OpenLinguistics Series, pages 223–258. Pinter Publishers, London, 1995.

6034 James R. Martin. Reading positions/positioning readers: judgement inEnglish. Prospect: a journal of Australian TESOL, 10(2):27–37, 1995.

6035 James R. Martin. Text and clause: fractal resonance. Text, 15(1):5–42,1995.

6036 James R. Martin. Evaluating disruption: symbolising theme in juniorsecondary narrative. In R. Hasan and G. Williams, editors, Literacyin Society, (Applied Linguistics and Language Study), pages 124–171.Longman, London, 1996.

498

6037 James R. Martin. Metalinguistic diversity: the case from case. InRuqaiya Hasan, Carmel Cloran, and David Butt, editors, Functionaldescriptions - theory in practice, Current Issues in Linguistic Theory,pages 323–374. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1996.

6038 James R. Martin. Transitivity in Tagalog: a functional interpretationof case. In Christopher Butler, Margaret Berry, Robin Fawcett, andGuowen Huang, editors, Meaning and form: systemic functional inter-pretations, pages 229–296. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1996.

6039 James R. Martin. Types of structure: deconstructing notions of con-stituency. In Eduard H. Hovy and Donia R. Scott, editors, Compu-tational and Conversational Discourse: Burning Issues - an interdisci-plinary account, number 151 in NATO Advanced Science Institute SeriesF - Computer and Systems Sciences, pages 39–66. Springer, Berlin, 1996.

6040 James R. Martin. Waves of abstraction: organising exposition. TheJournal of TESOL France, 2(2):87–104, 1996. (Guest edited by T.Miller) Republished in “Functional Approaches to Written Text: class-room applications.”, Washington: United States Information Service(English Language Programs), 1997:244-259.

6041 James R. Martin. Interpersonal meaning: some notes on realisation. InV. Prakasam and K. V. Tirumalesh, editors, Issues in English Gram-mar, volume 1, pages 31–49. Central Institute for English and ForeignLanguages, Hyderabad, 1997.

6042 James R. Martin. Linguistics and the consumer: theory in practice.Linguistics and Education, 9(4):409–446, 1997.

6043 James R. Martin. Register and genre: modelling social context in func-tional linguistics - narrative genres. In E. R. Pedro, editor, DiscourseAnalysis: Proceedings of First International Conference on DiscourseAnalysis, pages 305–344. Colibri/Portuguese Linguistics Association,Lisbon, 1997.

6044 James R. Martin. Discourses of science: genesis, intertextuality andhegemony. In J. R. Martin and R. Veel, editors, Reading Science: crit-ical and functional perspectives on discourses of science, pages 3–14.Routledge, London, 1998.

6045 James R. Martin. Practice into theory: catalysing change. In S. Hun-ston, editor, Language at work. Multilingual Matters, number 13 inBritish Studies in Applied Linguistics, pages 151–167. British Associ-ation of Applied Linguistics, Clevedon, 1998.

6046 James R. Martin. Grace: the logogenesis of freedom. Discourse Studies,1(1):31–58, 1999.

499

6047 James R. Martin. Mentoring semogenesis: ’genre-based’ literacy peda-gogy. In F. Christie, editor, Pedagogy and the Shaping of Consciousness:linguistic and social processes, Open Linguistics Series, pages 123–155.Cassell, London, 1999.

6048 James R. Martin. Modelling context: the crooked path of progressin contextual linguistics (Sydney SFL). In M. Ghadessy, editor, Textand Context in Functional Linguistic, (CILT Series IV), pages 25–61.Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1999.

6049 James R. Martin. Beyond Exchange: APPRAISAL systems in English.In Susan Hunston and Geoff Thompson, editors, Evaluation in Text: au-thorial stance and the construction of discourse, pages 142–175. OxfordUniversity Press, Oxford, England, 2000.

6050 James R. Martin. Close reading: functional linguistics as a tool for criti-cal discourse analysis. In Len Unsworth, editor, Researching language inschools and communities: functional linguistic perspectives, pages 275–302. Cassell, London, 2000.

6051 James R. Martin. Design and practice: enacting functional linguisticsin Australia. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 20:116–126, 2000.(20th Anniversary Volume ‘Applied Linguistics as an Emerging Disci-pline’).

6052 James R. Martin. Factoring out exchange: types of structure. InM. Coulthard, J. Cotterill, and F. Rock, editors, Working with Dia-logue, pages 19–40. Niemeyer, Tubingen, 2000.

6053 James R. Martin. Grammar meets genre - reflections on the ‘SydneySchool’. Arts, 22:47–95, 2000.

6054 James R. Martin. Sin and grace: nought for naughts? Text, 20(2):227–238, 2000.

6055 James R. Martin. A context for genre: modelling social processes infunctional linguistics. In J. Devilliers and R. Stainton, editors, Commu-nication in Linguistics: papers in honour of Michael Gregory, number 10in Theoria Series, pages 287–328. GREF, Toronto, 2001.

6056 James R. Martin. Blessed are the peacemakers: reconciliation and eval-uation. In C. Candlin, editor, Research and Practice in ProfessionalDiscours. City University Press, Hong Kong, 2001.

6057 James R. Martin. Cohesion and texture. In D. Schiffrin, D. Tannen,and H. Hamilton, editors, Handbook of Discourse Analysis, pages 35–53.Blackwell, Oxford, 2001.

500

6058 James R. Martin. From little things big things grow: ecogenesis inschool geography. In R. Coe, L. Lingard, and T. Teslenko, editors,The Rhetoric and Ideology of Genre: strategies for stability and change,pages 243–271. Hampton Press, Cresskill, N.J, 2001.

6059 James R. Martin. Giving the game away: explicitness, diversity andgenre-based literacy in Australia. In R. de Cilla, H. Krumm, andR. Wodak et al., editors, Functional Il/literacy, pages 155–174. Verlagder Osterreichischen Akadamie der Wissenschaften, Vienna, 2001.

6060 James R. Martin. Language, register and genre. In A. Burns and C. Cof-fin, editors, Analysing English in a Global Context: a reader, Teach-ing English Language Worldwide, pages 149–166. Routledge, Clevedon,2001.

6061 James R. Martin. Language, register and genre. In A. Burns and C. Cof-fin, editors, Analysing English in a Global Context: a reader, Teach-ing English Language Worldwide, pages 149–166. Routledge, Clevedon,2001. Martin84-register-genre.

6062 James R. Martin. Technicality and abstraction: language for the cre-ation of specialised texts. In A. Burns and C. Coffin, editors, AnalysingEnglish in a Global Context: a reader, Teaching English LanguageWorldwide, pages 211–228. Routledge, Clevedon, 2001. Revised versionof ? ).

6063 James R. Martin. Writing history: construing time and value in dis-courses of the past. In C. Colombi and M. Schleppergrell, editors, De-veloping Advanced Literacy in First and Second Language, pages 87–118.Erlbaum, Mahwah, N.J, 2001.

6064 James R. Martin. A universe of meaning - how many practices? InA. M. Johns, editor, Genres in the Classroom: multiple perspectives,pages 269–278. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Mahwah, NJ, 2002.

6065 James R. Martin. Fair trade: negotiating meaning in multimodal texts.In Patrick Coppock, editor, The Semiotics of Writing: transdisciplinaryperspectives on the technology of writing, pages 311–338. Brepols andIndiana University Press, 2002.

6066 James R. Martin. Maps of meaning: functional language typology. InA. Caffarel, J. R. Martin, and C.M.I.M. Matthiessen, editors, Languagetypology: a functional perspective, Current Issues in Linguistic Theory.Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2002.

6067 James R. Martin. Meaning beyond the clause: SFL perspectives. AnnualReview of Applied Linguistics, 22, 2002.

501

6068 James R. Martin. Metafunctional profile: Tagalog. In A. Caffarel,J. R. Martin, and C.M.I.M. Matthiessen, editors, Language typology: afunctional perspective, Current Issues in Linguistic Theory. Benjamins,Amsterdam, 2002.

6069 James R. Martin. Positive discourse analysis: power, solidarity andchange. Social Semiotics, 12, 2002. Special Issue on ‘Critical SocialSemiotics’ (edited by C. Caldas-Coulthard and T. van Leeuwen).

6070 James R. Martin. Making history: grammar for explanation. In J. R.Martin and R. Wodak, editors, Re/reading the past: critical and func-tional perspectives on time and value. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2003.

6071 James R. Martin. Boomer dreaming: the texture of recolonisation ina lifestyle magazine. In G. Forey and G. Thompson, editors, Text-typeand Texture. Equinox, London and New York, 2006.

6072 James R. Martin. Genre, ideology and intertextuality: a systemic func-tional perspective. Linguistics and the Human Sciences, 2(2):275–298,2006.

6073 James R. Martin. Multimodal Semiotics: Theoretical Challenges. InShooshi Dreyfus, Sue Hood, and Maree Stenglin, editors, Semiotic Mar-gins: reclaiming meaning, pages 243–270. Continuum, London, 2011.

6074 James R. Martin, F. Christie, and J. Rothery. Social processes in edu-cation. In I. Reid, editor, The Place of Genre in Learning, (TypereaderPublications 1), pages 58–82. Centre for Studies in Literary Education,Deakin University, Geelong, Vic, 1987. Unabridged version published in? ).

6075 James R. Martin, F. Christie, and J. Rothery. Social processes in ed-ucation. The Teaching of English: Journal of the English Teachers’Association of New South Wales, 53:3–22, 1987.

6076 James R. Martin, F. Christie, and J. Rothery. Social processes in ed-ucation. The Teaching of English: Journal of the English Teachers’Association of New South Wales, 53:3–2, 1987.

6077 James R. Martin, F. Christie, and J. Rothery. Genres make meaning:another reply to Sawyer and Watson. English in Australia, 90:43–59,1989.

6078 James R. Martin, F. Christie, and J. Rothery. Teaching functionalgrammar. In Teaching Critical Social Literacy: a project of nationalsignificance on the preservice preparation of teachers for teaching Englishliteracy - Vol. 2: Papers, pages 88–125. DEET, Canberra, 1991.

502

6079 James R. Martin, Bill Cope, Mary Kalantzis, Gunther Kress, and Lor-raine Murphy. Bibliographical essay: a foundation for effective learningin the school context. In W. Cope and M. Kalantzis, editors, The Powersof Literacy: a genre approach to teaching literacy, (Critical Perspectiveson Literacy and Education), pages 231–247. Falmer, London, 1993. Alsopublished by University of Pittsburgh Press (Pittsburgh Series in Com-position, Literacy, and Culture), Pittsburgh.

6080 James R. Martin and Anne Cranny-Francis. Contratextuality: the po-etics of subversion. In F. Christie, editor, Literacy in Social Processes:papers from the inaugural Australian Systemic Linguistics Conference,held at Deakin University, January 1990, pages 286–344. Centre forStudies in Language in Education, Northern Territory University, Dar-win, 1991.

6081 James R. Martin and Anne Cranny-Francis. Making new meanings:literary and linguistic perspectives on the function of genre in textualpractice. English in Australia, 105:30–44, 1993.

6082 James R. Martin and Anne Cranny-Francis). In/visible education: class,gender and pedagogy in Educating Rita and Dead Poets Society. In-terpretations: Journal of the English Teachers’ Association of WesternAustralia, 27(1):28–57, 1994.

6083 James R. Martin and Anne Cranny-Francis. Writings/readings: how toknow a genre. Interpretations: Journal of the English Teachers’ Asso-ciation of Western Australia, 28(3):1–32, 1995.

6084 James R. Martin, Anne Cranny-Francis, A. Lee, and R. McCormack.Danger - shark: assessment and evaluation of a student text. InF. Christie, editor, Literacy in Social Processes: papers from the inau-gural Australian Systemic Linguistics Conference, held at Deakin Uni-versity, January 1990, pages 245–285. Centre for Studies in Languagein Education, Northern Territory University, Darwin, 1991.

6085 James R. Martin, Suzanne Eggins, and Peter Wignell. The discourseof history: distancing the recoverable past. In M. Ghadessy, editor,Register Analysis: theory and practice, Open Linguistics Series, pages75–109. Pinter, London, 1993.

6086 James R. Martin and Michael A. K. Halliday. Some dimensions of lan-guage variation: discussion. English Teachers Association Newsletter(NSW), 5(vii-viii):34–9, 1982.

6087 James R. Martin and R. Hasan. Introduction. In R. Hasan and J. R.Martin, editors, Language Development: learning language, learning cul-ture, number 27 in Advances in Discourse Processes, pages 1–9. Ablex,Norwood, N.J, 1989. (Meaning and Choice in Language: studies forMichael Halliday).

503

6088 James R. Martin and Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Systemic typologyand topology. Technical Report, Department of Linguistics, Universityof Sydney, Sydney, Australia, 1990.

6089 James R. Martin and Christian M.I.M. Matthiessen. Systemic typologyand topology. In Frances Christie, editor, Literacy in social processes:papers from the Inaugural Australian Systemic Functional LinguisticsConference, Deakin University, January 1990, pages 345–383. Centrefor Studies of Language in Education, Northern Territory University,Darwin, 1991.

6090 James R. Martin and R. McCormack. Mapping meaning: profiling withintegrity in a post-modern world. Applied Language Studies, 1(1):6–18,2001.

6091 James R. Martin, C. Painter, and James R. Martin. Introduction. InClaire Painter and James R. Martin, editors, Writing to mean: teachinggenres across the curriculum, pages 1–10. Applied Linguistics Associa-tion of Australia, 1986.

6092 James R. Martin and Clare Painter. Writing to mean: teaching genresacross the curriculum. Occasional Papers.Applied Linguistics Associa-tion of Australia, 9, 1986.

6093 James R. Martin and P. Peters. On the Analysis of Exposition. InRuqaiya Hasan, editor, Discourse on Discourse (Workshop reports fromthe Macquarie Workshop on Discourse Analysis), pages 61–92. AppliedLinguistics Association of Australia, 1985. Occasional Papers 7.

6094 James R. Martin and G. Plum. Construing experience: some storygenres. Journal of Narrative and Life History, 7(1-4):299–308, 1997.(Special Issue: Oral Versions of Personal Experience: three decades ofnarrative analysis; M. Bamberg Guest Editor).

6095 James R. Martin and S. Rochester. Cohesion and reference inschizophrenic speech. In The First LACUS Forum, Columbia, SC., 1975.Hornbeam Press.

6096 James R. Martin and S. Rochester. The art of referring: the speaker’suse of noun phrases to instruct the listener. In Roy O. Freedle, edi-tor, Discourse comprehension and production, number 1 in Advances inDiscourse Processes, pages 245–269. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1977.

6097 James R. Martin and David Rose. Working with discourse: meaningbeyond the clause. Continuum, London and New York, 2003.

6098 James R. Martin and David Rose. Genre relations: mapping culture.Equinox, London and New York, 2008.

504

6099 James R. Martin and J. Rothery. Grammar: making meaning in writ-ing. In W. Cope and M. Kalantzis, editors, The Powers of Literacy: agenre approach to teaching literacy, (Critical Perspectives on Literacyand Education), pages 137–153. Falmer, London, 1993. Also publishedby University of Pittsburgh Press (Pittsburgh Series in Composition,Literacy, and Culture), Pittsburgh.

6100 James R. Martin and Joan Rothery. Writing project report 1. LinguisticsDepartment, Sydney University, 1980.

6101 James R. Martin and Joan Rothery. The Ontogenesis of Written Genre.Technical Report Project Report, no. 2, Sydney University: LinguisticsDepartment (Working Papers), 1981.

6102 James R. Martin and Joan Rothery. What a functional approach tothe writing task can show teachers about ’good. Linguistics Department,Sydney University, 1986.

6103 James R. Martin and Joan Rothery. Grammar: making meaning inwriting. In W. Cope and M. Kalantzis, editors, The Powers of Literacy:a genre approach to teaching literacy, (Critical Perspectives on Literacyand Education), pages 137–153. Falmer, London, 1993. Also publishedby University of Pittsburgh Press (Pittsburgh Series in Composition,Literacy, and Culture), Pittsburgh.

6104 James R. Martin and Maree Stenglin. Materializing reconciliation: ne-gotiating difference in a transcolonial exhibition. In Terry D. Royce andWendy L. Bowcher, editors, New Directions in the Analysis of Multi-modal Discourse, pages 215–238. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 2007.

6105 James R. Martin, P. Wignell, and S. Eggins. The discourse of geog-raphy: ordering and explaining the experiential world. Linguistics andEducation, 1, 4.

6106 James R. Martin, Peter Wignell, Susanne Eggins, and Joan Rothery.Secret English: discourse technology in a junior secondary school. InB. Cope and M. Kalantzis, editors, Genre Approaches to Literacy: the-ories and practices; Papers from the 1991 LERN Conference, Univer-sity of Technology, Sydney, 23-24 November 1991, Sydney, pages 43–76.Common Ground, 1993.

6107 James R. Martin, Peter Wignell, Suzanne Eggins, and Joan Rothery. Se-cret English: discourse technology in a junior secondary school. In JaneOldenburg, Theo van Leeuwen, and Linda Gerot, editors, Language andsocialisation: home and school. (Proceedings from the Working Confer-ence on Language in Education, Macquarie University 17-21 November,1986), pages 143–173. Macquarie University, North Ryde, N.S.W., 1988.

505

6108 James R. Martin and G. Williams. Functional sociolinguistics. In U. Am-mon, N. Dittmar, K. Mattheier, and P. Trudgill, editors, Sociolinguis-tics: an international handbook of the science of language and society.Walter de Gruyter, Berlin, to appear.

6109 James R. Martin and Ruth Wodak, editors. Re/reading the past. Criticaland functional perspectives on time and value. Benjamins, Amsterdam,2003.

6110 Jane Roland Martin. The School Home: Rethinking Schools for Chang-ing Families. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, 1992.

6111 David Martin-Jones. Deleuze, cinema and national identity: Narrativetime in national contexts. Edinburgh University Press, Edinburgh, 2006.

6112 J.R. Martin. Discourses of science: recontextualisation, genesis, inter-textuality and hegemony. In J.R. Martin and Robert Veel, editors, Read-ing science: critical and functional perspectives on discourses of science,pages 3–14. Routledge, London, 1998.

6113 J.R. Martin and Robert Veel, editors. Reading science: critical andfunctional perspectives on discourses of science. Routledge, London,1998.

6114 J.R. Martin and P.R.R. White. The language of evaluation: appraisalin English. Palgrave, London, 2005.

6115 P. Martin, D. Appelt, and F. Pereira. Transportability and Generalityin a Natural-Language Interface System. In Proceedings of the ThirdNational Conference on Artificial Intelligence, Washington, DC, 1983.American Association of Artificial Intelligence. CHECK DATE ANDPLACE.

6116 Phillipe Martin. Correction and Extension of WordNet 1.7. In Pro-ceedings of ICCS 2003: 11th International Conference on ConceptualStructures, number 2746 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages160–173, Heidelberg and Berlin, July 21-25 2003. Springer Verlag.

6117 Phillipe Martin. Knowledge Representation, Sharing and Retrieval onthe Web. In N. Zhong, J. Liu, and Y. Yao, editors, Web Intelligence.Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg and Berlin, 2003.

6118 Ruqaiya Hasan Martin and James R., editors. Language development:learning language, learning culture. Meaning and choice in language:studies for Michael Halliday. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1989.

6119 Wallace Martin. Recent theories of narrative. Cornell University Press,Ithaca, NY, 1986.

506

6120 William Martin and Richard Fateman. The MACSYMA System. Pro-ceedings of the Second Symposium on Symbolic and Algebraic Manipu-lation, 1971.

6121 Radan Martinec. Hierarchy of rhythm in English speech. PhD thesis,Department of Linguistics, Sydney University, 1995.

6122 Radan Martinec. Cohesion in action. Semiotica, 120(1-2):161–180, 1998.

6123 Radan Martinec. Construction of identity in M. Jackson’s Jam. Socialsemiotics, 10(3):313–329, 2000.

6124 Radan Martinec. Rhythm in multimodal texts. Leonardo, 33(4):289–297, 2000.

6125 Radan Martinec. Types of process in action. Semiotica, 130(3-4):243–268, 2000.

6126 Radan Martinec. Interpersonal resources in action. Semiotica, 135(1-4):117–145, 2001.

6127 Radan Martinec. Rhythmic hierarchy in monologue and dialogue. Func-tions of Language, 9(1):39–59, 2002.

6128 Radan Martinec. Concept evaluation in focus groups: semantic fieldsand evaluation strategies. Semiotica, 147(1/4):357–388, 2003.

6129 Radan Martinec. The social semiotics of text and image in Japaneseand English software manuals and other procedures. Social Semiotics,13(1):43–69, 2003. A special issue on Critical Social Semiotics.

6130 Radan Martinec. Gestures which co-occur with speech as a systematicresource: the realization of experiential meanings in indexes. SocialSemiotics, 14(2):193–213, 2004.

6131 Radan Martinec. Topics in multimodality. In Jonathan Webster,Ruqaiya Hasan, and Christian M.I.M. Matthiessen, editors, ContinuingDiscourse on Language: A Functional Perspective, volume 1. Equinox,London and New York, 2005.

6132 Radan Martinec and Anthony Salway. A system for image-text relationsin new (and old) media. Visual Communication, 4(3):337–371, 2005.

6133 André Martinet. Elements of general linguistics. Faber and Faber,London, 1960.

6134 José M. Martínez. ISO/IEC JTC1/SC29/WG11, Coding of moving pic-tures and audio, N4980, MPEG7 Overview. ISO, 2002.

6135 José M. Martínez. MPEG-7 Overview of MPEG-7 description tools,part 2. IEEE Multimedia, 9(3):83–93, 2002.

507

6136 José M. Martínez, Robert Koenen, and Fernando Pereira. MPEG-7 thegeneric multimedia content description standard, part 1. IEEE Multi-media, 9(2):78–87, April 2002.

6137 Matias Martinez and Michael Scheffel. Einführung in die Erzähltheorie.Beck, München, 1999.

6138 Oscar Rosell Martinez. Design dependencies within the automatic gen-eration of hypermedia presentations. Master’s thesis, Technical Univer-sity of Catalonia, June 30 2002. Published as CWI technical reportINS-R0205.

6139 Patricia Martìnez. Problems of language use in the translation of touristbrochures: the systemic functional grammar as a serviceable tool fortranslation decisions. In Eija Ventola, editor, Discourse and commu-nity: doing functional linguistics, pages 273–290. Gunter Narr, Tübin-gen, 2000.

6140 Jurij S. Maslov. Voprosy proischoždenija glagol’nogo vida na IV Mež-dunarodnom sjezde slavistov (Fragen der Behandlung des Verbalaspektsauf dem IV Internationalem Slawistenkogress). Voprosy jazykoznanija,2, 1959.

6141 Jurij S. Maslov. Voprosy glagol’nogo vida v zarubeženom jazykoznanii(Fragen des Verbalaspekts in der internationalen Sprachwissenschaft).Voprosy glagol’nogo vida, 1962.

6142 Jurij S. Maslov. Sistema osnovnych ponjatij i terminov slavjanskoj as-pektologii (Das System der Grundbegriffe und Termini de slawischenAspektologie). Voprosy obščego jazykoznanija, 1965.

6143 C Masolo and S. Borgo. Qualities in Formal Ontology. In P. Hitzler,C. Lutz, and G. Stumme, editors, Foundational Aspects of Ontologies(FOnt 2005) Workshop at KI 2005, pages 2–16, Koblenz, Germany,2005.

6144 Claudio Masolo, Stefano Borgo, Aldo Gangemi, Nicola Guarino, andAlessandro Oltramari. Ontologies library (final). WonderWeb Deliver-able D18, ISTC-CNR, Padova, Italy, December 2003.

6145 Claudio Masolo, Stefano Borgo, Aldo Gangemi, Nicola Guarino,Alessandro Oltramari, and Luc Schneider. The WonderWeb library offoundational ontologies: preliminary report. WonderWeb DeliverableD17, ISTC-CNR, Padova, Italy, August 2002.

6146 Claudio Masolo and Laure Vieu. Atomicity vs. Infinite Divisibility ofSpace. In C. Freksa and D. Mark, editors, Spatial Information theory.Proceedings of COSIT’99, number 1661 in LNCS, pages 235–250, Berlin,1999. Springer-Verlag.

508

6147 Claudio Masolo, Laure Vieu, Emanuele Bottazzi, Carola Catenacci,Roberta Ferrario, Aldo Gangemi, and Nicola Guarino. Social Roles andtheir Descriptions. In Didier Dubois, Christopher Welty, and Mary-AnneWilliams, editors, Procedings of the Ninth International Conference onthe Principles of Knowledge Representation and Reasoning (KR2004),pages 267–277, Whistler, BC, Canada, June 2-5 2004.

6148 D. Massam and Y. Roberge. Recipe context null objects in English.Linguistic Inquiry, 20(1):134–139, 1989.

6149 I. Massey. Words and images: Harmony and dissonance. Georgia Review,34:375–395, 1980.

6150 Gerald Mast. Film/Cinema/Movie: a theory of experience. Harper andRow, New York, 1977.

6151 Margaret Masterman. Semantic message detection for machine trans-lation, using an interlingua. In Proceedings of the 1961 InternationalConference on Machine Translation of Languages and Applied LanguageAnalysis, pages 438–475, London, 1962. Her Majesty’s Stationery Office.

6152 M. Mataric and G. Sukhatme. Task-allocation and coordination of mul-tiple robots for planetary exploration. In Proc. of the InternationalConference on Advanced Robotics. 2001.

6153 Colin Matheson, Massimo Poesio, and David Traum. Modelling ground-ing and discourse obligations using update rules. In Proceedings of the1st. conference of the North American Chapter of the Association forComputational Linguistics, 2000.

6154 P.H. Mathews. The concept of Rank in ’Neo-Firthian’ grammar. Journalof Linguistics, 2:101–109, 1966.

6155 J. Matiasek and E. Buchberger. A tactical generator for German com-bining HPSG and FUF. In Proceedings of the Fifth European Workshopon Natural Language Generation, Leiden, the Netherlands, 20-22 May1995, 1995.

6156 J. Matiasek and H. Trost. The German Tactical Generator. Techni-cal Report, Austrian Research Institute for Artificial Intelligence, 1994.GIST deliverable.

6157 Johannes Matiasek. Conditional Constraints in a CLP-Based HPSGImplementation. In Harald Trost, editor, KONVENS ’94, pages 230–239, Vienna, 1994.

6158 Johannes Matiasek and Harald Trost. Requirements on LinguisticKnowledge Sources for Multilingual Generation. In Richard Kittredge,editor, Proceedings of the IJCAI ’95 Workshop on Multilingual TextGeneration, Montréal, Québec, August 1995. International Joint Con-ference on Artificial Intelligence, AAAI.

509

6159 Johannes Matiasek and Harald Trost. An HPSG-Based Generator forGerman: An experiment in the re-usability of linguistic resources. InProceedings of the 16th. International Conference on ComputationalLinguistics (COLING-96), volume 2, pages 752–757, Copenhagen, 1996.

6160 P. Matsakis, J. Keller, L. Wendling, J. Marjamaa, and O. Sjahputera.Linguistic description of relative positions in images. IEEE Transactionson Systems, Man, and Cybernetics - Part B, 31(4):573–588, 2001.

6161 Tomoyoshi Matsukawa and Eiji Yokota. Development of the conceptdictionary - implementation of lexical knowledge. In James Pustejovskyand Sabine Bergler, editors, Proceedings of the ACL Workshop on Lexi-cal Semantics and Knowledge Representation, pages 206–223, Berkeley,CA, June 1991.

6162 Kevin Matthews. Taking the Initiative in Problem-Solving Discourse.Technical Report CUCS-114-84, Columbia University, 1984.

6163 P. H. Matthews, editor. Morphology – An introduction to the theory ofword-structure. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1974.

6164 P. H. Matthews. Syntax. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1981.

6165 Peter H. Matthews. The concept of rank in "neo-Firthian linguistics".Journal of Linguistics, 2(1):101–118, 1966.

6166 R.J. Matthews. Concerning a linguistic theory of metaphor, volume 7.1971.

6167 C. Matthiessen. The Object of study in cognitive science in relationto its construal and enactment in language. Department of Linguistic,University of Sidney, 1992.

6168 C. M. I. M. Matthiessen. Hallidayan linguistics.

6169 C. M. I. M. Matthiessen. A grammar and a lexicon for a text-productionsystem. In The Nineteenth Annual Meeting of the Association for Com-putational Linguistics. Sperry Univac, 1981.

6170 C. M. I. M. Matthiessen. The Syntactic Coverage of a Text ProductionGrammar. Technical Report, USC/Information Sciences Institute, 1982.

6171 C. M. I. M. Matthiessen. Choosing primary tense in English. Studies inLanguage, 7(3), 1983.

6172 C. M. I. M. Matthiessen. Choosing Tense in English. Master’s thesis,University of California at Los Angeles, 1983.

510

6173 C. M. I. M. Matthiessen. The systemic framework in text genera-tion: Nigel. In Nigel: A Systemic Grammar for Text Generation.USC/Information Sciences Institute, RR-83-105, February 1983. Thispaper also appears in a volume of the Advances in Discourse ProcessesSeries, R. Freedle (ed.): Systemic Perspectives on Discourse: Volume I.published by Ablex.

6174 C. M. I. M. Matthiessen. What’s in Nigel: 1. Network: News, Viewsand Reviews in Systemic Linguistics and Related Areas, (6):36–44, April1984.

6175 C. M. I. M. Matthiessen. Lexico-grammatical Cartography: English Sys-tems. International Language Sciences Publishers, Tokyo, 1995. Text-book Series in the Language Sciences ed. by F. C. C. Peng.

6176 Christian Matthiessen. Organizing Text: Rhetorical Schemas and GSP.Technical Report, USC/ Information Sciences Institute, Marina del Rey,1988.

6177 Christian Matthiessen. Fuzziness construed in language: a linguisticperspective. In Proceedings of the International Joint Conference ofthe 4th. IEEE International Conference on Fuzzy Systems and the 2nd.International Fuzzy Engineering Symposium, pages 1871–1878, 1995.

6178 Christian Matthiessen. The environments of translation. In Erich Steinerand Colin Yallop, editors, Exploring Translation and Multilingual TextProduction: beyond content, pages 41–124. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlinand New York, 2001.

6179 Christian Matthiessen. The ’Architecture’ of Language Accordingto Systemic Functional Theory: Developments since the 1970s. InRuquaiya Hasan, Christian Matthiessen, and Johnathen Webster, ed-itors, Continuing Discourse on Language: a functional perspective.Equinox, London, 2007.

6180 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Systemic Perspective on tense in En-glish. In Margaret Berry, Christopher S. Butler, and Robin P. Fawcett,editors, Meaning and choice in Language: Studies for Michael Halliday;Volume 2: Grammatical structure, a functional interpretation. Ablex,Norwood, New Jersey, to appear.

6181 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. A grammar and a lexicon for a textproduction system. In Proceedings of the 19th International Conferenceon Computational Linguistics, pages 161–204, Stanford, Ca., July 1981.

6182 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. A grammar and a lexicon for a textproduction system. In Proceedings of the 19th Annual Meeting of theAssociation for Computational Linguistics, 1981.

511

6183 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Choosing Primary Tense in English.Studies in Language, 7(3):369–430, 1983.

6184 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. How to Make Grammatical Choicesin Text Generation. In The Tenth LACUS Forum, Columbia, SouthCarolina, 1983. LACUS, Hornbeam Press.

6185 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Systemic grammar in computation: theNigel case. In Proceedings of the First Annual Conference of the Euro-pean Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1983.

6186 Christian M. I. M Matthiessen. Systemic Grammar in Computation:The Nigel Case. In Proceedings of the First Annual Conference. As-sociation for Computational Linguistics, European Chapter, September1983.

6187 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. The systemic framework in text gen-eration: Nigel. Technical Report, USC/Information Sciences Institute,1983. Also published in James D. Benson and William S. Greaves (eds.)(1985) Systemic Perspectives on Discourse, Volume 1, Ablex, Norwood,New Jersey.

6188 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Choosing Tense in English. TechnicalReport ISI/RR-84-143, USC/Information Sciences Institute, Marina delRey, CA, 1984.

6189 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. The systemic framework in text gen-eration: Nigel. In James D. Benson and William S. Greaves, editors,Systemic Perspectives on Discourse, Volume 1, pages 96–118. Ablex,Norwood, New Jersey, 1985.

6190 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Notes on the Organization of theenvironment of a text generation grammar. In Gerard Kempen, ed-itor, Natural Language Generation: Recent Advances in Artificial In-telligence, Psychology, and Linguistics. Kluwer Academic Publishers,Boston/Dordrecht, 1987. Paper presented at the Third InternationalWorkshop on Natural Language Generation, August 1986, Nijmegen,The Netherlands.

6191 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Generic Structure Potential and Rhetor-ical Schemas, 1988. ms. USC/Information Sciences Institute.

6192 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Representational Issues in Systemic-functional grammar. In James D. Benson and William S. Greaves, edi-tors, Systemic-functional approaches to discourse, pages 136–175. AblexPub. Corp., Norwood, NJ, 1988.

6193 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Semantics for a Systemic Grammar:The Chooser and Inquiry Framework. In Michael Cummings, James D.

512

Benson, and William S. Greaves, editors, Systemic Perspectives on Dis-course. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1988.

6194 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Systemic theory and text genera-tion: some central design considerations. In Proceedings of the firstAustralian-Japanese joint symposium on Natural Language Processing,Department of Computer Science, Melbourne University, Melbourne,Nov 27-29, 1989.

6195 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Text Generation as a Linguistic Re-search Task. PhD thesis, Department of Linguistics, UCLA, Los Ange-les, CA, 1989.

6196 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Metafunctional complementarity andresonance in syntagmatic organization. Technical Report, University ofSydney, Linguistics Department, Sydney, Australia, 1990.

6197 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Metafunctional complementarity andresonance in syntagmatic organizxation. Technical Report, LinguisticsDepartment, University of Sydney, Sydney, Australia, 1990.

6198 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Semantic interfaces in text genera-tion. In 13th. International Conference on Computational Linguistics(COLING-90), pages 322–329, Helsinki, Finland, 1990. Volume 2.

6199 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Lexico(grammatical) choice in textgeneration. In Cécile L. Paris, William R. Swartout, and William C.Mann, editors, Natural language generation in artificial intelligence andcomputational linguistics. Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1991. Presentedat the Fourth International Workshop on Natural Language Generation.Santa Catalina Island, California, July, 1988.

6200 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Lexico(grammatical) choice in textgeneration. In Cécile L. Paris, William R. Swartout, and William C.Mann, editors, Natural language generation in artificial intelligence andcomputational linguistics, pages 249–292. Kluwer Academic Publishers,1991.

6201 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Interpreting the textual metafunction.In M. Davies and L. Ravelli, editors, Advances in systemic linguistics,pages 221–292. Pinter Publishers, London, 1992.

6202 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Lexicogrammatical cartography: En-glish systems. Technical Report, University of Sydney, Linguistics De-partment, 1992. Draft 5.

6203 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Register in the round, or diversity ina unified theory of register. In M. Ghadessy, editor, Register Analysis.Theory and Practice, pages 221–292. Pinter, London, 1993.

513

6204 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Lexicogrammatical cartography: Englishsystems. International Language Science Publishers, Tokyo, Taipei andDallas, 1995.

6205 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. Theme as an enabling resource inideational ‘knowledge’ construction. In M. Ghadessy, editor, Thematicdevelopment in English texts. Pinter Publishers, London, 1995.

6206 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen and John A. Bateman. Text genera-tion and systemic-functional linguistics: experiences from English andJapanese. Frances Pinter Publishers and St. Martin’s Press, Londonand New York, 1991.

6207 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen and Michael A. K. Halliday. SystemicFunctional Grammar. In Fred C. C. Peng and J. Ney, editors, CurrentApproaches to Syntax. Benjamins and Whurr, Amsterdam and London,forthcoming.

6208 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen, I. Kobayashi, L. Zeng, and M. Cross.Generating multimodal presentations: resources and processes. In Pro-ceedings of the Australian Conference on Artificial Intelligence, Can-berra, 1995.

6209 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen and James R. Martin. Systemic typologyand topology. In Frances Christie, editor, Social processes in education:proceedings of the First Australian Systemic Network Conference, Gee-long, Victoria, Australia, 1991. Deakin University Press.

6210 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen, Keizo Nanri, and Licheng Zeng. Mul-tilingual resources in text generation: ideational focus. In Proceedingsof the 2nd Japan-Australia Joint Symposium on Natural Language Pro-cessing, Kyushu, Japan, 1991. Kyushu Institute of Technology.

6211 Christian M. I. M Matthiessen, Keizo Nanri, and Licheng Zeng. Multi-lingual generation: dimensions of organization and forms of representa-tion. In Robert Dale, Eduard Hovy, Dietmar Rösner, and Olivero Stock,editors, Aspects of automated natural language generation: 6th Interna-tional Workshop on Natural Language Generation, Trento, Italy, April1992, Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence No. 587, pages 300–302.Springer, Berlin, 1992.

6212 Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen, Michael O’Donnell, and Licheng Zeng.Discourse Analysis and the Need for Functionally Complex Grammar inParsing. In Proceedings of the 2nd Japan-Australia Joint Symposium onNatural Language Processing, Kyushu, Japan, 1991. Kyushu Instituteof Technology.

6213 Christian M.I.M. Matthiessen. The systemic framework in text genera-tion: Nigel. 1983.

514

6214 Christian M.I.M. Matthiessen. Notes on the organization of the environ-ment of a text generation grammar. In Gerard Kempen, editor, NaturalLanguage Generation. Martinus Nijhof, Dordrecht, 1987.

6215 Christian M.I.M. Matthiessen. Semantics for a systemic grammar: thechooser and inquiry framework. In Michael J. Cummings, William S.Greaves, and James D. Benson, editors, Linguistics in a Systemic Per-spective. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1988.

6216 Christian M.I.M. Matthiessen. Text-generation as a linguistic researchtask. PhD thesis, University of California at Los Angeles, 1988.

6217 Christian M.I.M. Matthiessen. Language on language: the grammar ofsemiosis. Social Semiotics, 1(2), 1991.

6218 Christian M.I.M. Matthiessen. Lexico(grammatical) choice in text-generation. In William Swartout, William C. Mann, and Cécile Paris,editors, Natural language generation in artificial intelligence and com-putational linguistics. Kluwer, Boston, 1991.

6219 Christian M.I.M. Matthiessen. Interpreting the textual metafunction.In Martin Davies and Louise Ravelli, editors, Advances in systemic lin-guistics: recent theory and practice, pages 37–82. Pinter, London, 1992.

6220 Christian M.I.M. Matthiessen. The object of study in cognitive sciencein relation to its construal and enactment in language. 1993.

6221 Christian M.I.M. Matthiessen. Tense in English seen through systemic-functional theory. In Christopher Butler, Margaret Berry, RobinFawcett, and Guowen Huang, editors,Meaning and form: systemic func-tional interpretations. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1996.

6222 Christian M.I.M. Matthiessen. Construing processes of consciousness:from the commonsense model to the uncommonsense model of cognitivescience. In J.R. Martin and Robert Veel, editors, Reading science: crit-ical and functional perspectives on discourses of science, pages 327–355.Routledge, London, 1998.

6223 Christian M.I.M. Matthiessen. The multimodal page: a systemic func-tional exploration. In Terry D. Royce and Wendy L. Bowcher, editors,New Directions in the Analysis of Multimodal Discourse, pages 1–62.Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 2007.

6224 Christian M.I.M. Matthiessen and Michael A. K. Halliday. Systemicfunctional grammar: a first step into the theory. Technical Report,University of Sydney, 1997.

6225 Christian M.I.M. Matthiessen and James R. Martin. A response toHuddleston’s review of Halliday’s Introduction to Functional Grammar.Occasional Papers in Systemic Linguistics, 5:5–74, 1991.

515

6226 Christian M.I.M. Matthiessen and Christopher Nesbitt. On the ideaof theory-neutral descriptions. In Ruqaiya Hasan, Carmel Cloran, andDavid Butt, editors, Functional descriptions - theory in practice, Cur-rent Issues in Linguistic Theory, pages 39–85. Benjamins, Amsterdam,1996.

6227 Christian M.I.M. Matthiessen, Diana Slade, and Mary Macken. Lan-guage in context: a new model for evaluating student writing. Linguis-tics and Education, 4(2):173–195, 1992.

6228 Christian M.I.M. Matthiessen and Sandra A. Thompson. The Struc-ture of Discourse and ‘Subordination’. In John Haiman and San-dra A. Thompson, editors, Clause Combining in Grammar and Dis-course, pages 275–329. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1988.

6229 Patrick Maué. Semantic annotations in OGC standards. OpenGIS Dis-cussion Paper OGC 08-167r1, Open Geospatial Consortium Inc., July2009.

6230 M. Mauldin. Semantic rule Based Text Generation. In COLING-84,Stanford, 1984.

6231 Anna Mauranen. Theme and prospection in written discourse. In GillFrancis, Elena Tognini-Bonelli, and Mona Baker, editors, Text and tech-nology: in honour of John Sinclair, pages 95–114. Benjamins, Amster-dam, 1993.

6232 Iris B. Mauss and Michael D. Robinson. Measures of Emotion: A Re-view. Cognition & Emotion, 23(2):209–237, 2009.

6233 Diane Mavers. Image in the multimodal ensemble: children’s drawing.In Carey Jewitt, editor, The Routledge Handbook of multimodal analysis,pages 263–271. Routledge, London, 2009.

6234 Nikolaos Mavridis and Deb Roy. Grounded situation models for robots:Where words and percepts meet. In Proceedings of the IEEE/RSJ Inter-national Conference on Intelligent Robots and Systems (IROS), pages4690–4697, 2006.

6235 M. Mavridou, C. Kalff, and C. Hölscher. The impact of different buildingheight configurations on visibility and route cognition. In 7th SpaceSyntax Symposium, Stockholm, 2009.

6236 D.N. Maxwell. Strategies of relativisation and Noun Phrase accessibility.Language, 55, 1979.

6237 M. May, F. Wartenberg, and R. Klatzky. Path Integration on the basisof Whole-Body Movements: Ignoring irrelevant movements, 1998.

516

6238 M. May, F. Wartenberg, and R.L. Klatzky. Path integration on the basisof visually simulated movements: Ignoring irrelevant movements, 1998.

6239 M. May, F. Wartenberg, and P. Péruch. Raumorientierung in virtuellenUmgebungen. In R.H. Kluwe, editor, Kognitionswissenschaft: Struk-turen und Prozess intelligenter Systeme. Deutscher Universitätsverlag,Wiesbaden, 1997.

6240 Mark Maybury. EXPLANATION RHETORIC: The Rhetorical Pro-gression of Justifications, 1988. Rome Air Development Center, GriffissAFB, Rome NY 13441-5700.

6241 Mark T. Maybury. GENNY: a knowledge-based text generation sys-tem. International Journal of Information Processing and Management,25(2):137–150, 1989.

6242 Mark T. Maybury. Intelligent Multimedia Interfaces. AAAI Press andMIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, 1993.

6243 Mark T. Maybury. Research in multimedia and multimodal parsing andgeneration. Artificial Intelligence Review, 9(2/3):103–127, 1995.

6244 Mark T. Maybury. Human Computer Interaction: State of the Artand Further Development in the International Context - North Amer-ica. International Status Conference: Lead Projects Human-Computer-Interaction. Saarbruecken, Germany. October 26 - 27, 2001, Universityof Saarland, 2001.

6245 M.T. Maybury. Human Computer Interaction: State of the Art andFurther Development in the International Context - North America. InUniversity of Saarland., editor, International Status Conference: LeadProjects Human-Computer-Interaction. 2001.

6246 Hans Mayer.

6247 R. Mayer. Multimedia literacy. In J. Corio, M. Knobel, C. Lankshear,and D. Leu, editors, Handbook of research on new literacies, pages 235–376. Erlbaum, New York, 2008.

6248 R. E. Mayer. Multimedia Learning. Cambridge University Press, Cam-bridge, 2001.

6249 R. E. Mayer. The Cambridge Handbook of Multimedia Learning. Cam-bridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005.

6250 D.W. Maynard. Placement of topic changes in conversation. Semiotica,30:263–290, 1980.

6251 Patrick Maynard. Depiction, Vision, and Convention. Americal Philo-sophical Quarterly, 9(3):243–250, July 1972.

517

6252 Senko K. Maynard. Discourse functions of the Japanese theme markerwa. PhD thesis, Northwestern University, Illinois, 1980.

6253 Alan Mayne. The imagined slum: newspaper representation in threecities, 1870-1914. Leicester University Press, Leicester, 1993.

6254 Eric Mays. Correcting Misconceptions about Data Base Structure. InProceedings 3-CSCSI, Victoria, B. C., May 1980. Canadian Society ofComputational Studies of Intelligence.

6255 Eric Mays. Failures in Natural Language Systems: Applications to DataBase Query Systems. In Proceedings of the 1980 Conference on Artifi-cial Intelligence, Stanford, Ca, 1980. American Association of ArtificialIntelligence.

6256 Eric Mays. Monitors as Responses to Questions: Determining Com-petence. In Proceedings of the 1982 National Conference On ArtificialIntelligence, Pittsburgh, Penn, August 1982. National Conference onArtificial Intelligence.

6257 Eric Mays. Model Temporal Logic for Reasoning about Change. PhDthesis, The Moore School, University of Pennsylvania, 1983. Reportnumber MS-CIS-83-29.

6258 Eric Mays, Aravind K. Joshi, and Bonnie L. Webber. Taking the Ini-tiative in Natural Language Data Base Interactions: Monitoring as Re-sponse. In Proceedings of the 1982 European Conf. on Artificial In-telligence, Orsay, France, July 1982. European Conference on ArtificialIntelligence.

6259 Eric Mays, S. Lanka, Aravind K. Joshi, and Bonnie L. Webber. NaturalLanguage Interaction with Dynamic Knowledge Bases: Monitoring asResponses. In Proceedings of the 8th IJCAI, Vancouver, B. C., August1981. International Joint Conferences of Artificial Intelligence.

6260 Ali A. Mazrui and Alamin M. Mazrui. Linguistic dilemmas of Afrocen-tricity: the diaspora experience. In René Dirven, Bruce Hawkins, andEsra Sandikcioglu, editors, Language and ideology. Volume 1: theoret-ical cognitive approaches, number 204 in Current Issues in LinguisticTheory, pages 141–164. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2001.

6261 Colin McArthur. Underworld USA. Secker and Warburg, London, 1972.

6262 John McCarthy. Programs with Common sense. In Proceedings of theTeddington Conference on the Mechanization of Thought Processes (De-cember 1958), pages 75–91, London, 1959. Her Majesty’s Stationary Of-fice.

518

6263 John McCarthy. Situations, actions and causal laws. In M. Minsky,editor, Semantic Information Processing, pages 410–417. MIT Press,1968.

6264 T. A. McCarthy. A theory of communicative competence. Philosophyof the Social Sciences, 3:135–156, 1973.

6265 J. McCawley. Tense and time reference in English. In C. Fillmore andD. T. Langendoen, editors, Studies in Linguistic Semantics. Holt, NewYork, 1971.

6266 J. McCawley. Notes on the English Present Perfect. Australian Journalof Linguistics, 1:81–90, 1981.

6267 James D. McCawley. Everything that Linguists have Always Wantedto Know about Logic*...*but were ashamed to ask. The University ofChicago Press, Chicago, 1981.

6268 Susan McClary. The impromptu that trod on a loaf: or how music tellsstories. Narrative, 5(1):20–35, 1997.

6269 D.N. McCloskey. Storytelling in Economics. In C. Nash, editor, Narra-tive in culture, pages 5–22. Routledge, London, 1990.

6270 Scott McCloud. Understanding comics: the invisible art. HarperPeren-nial, New York, 1994.

6271 R. McCoard. The English Perfect: Tense-Choice and Pragmatic Infer-ence. North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1976.

6272 Maxwell E. McCombs and Donald L. Shaw. The agenda-setting functionof mass media. In Howard Tumber, editor, News: a reader, pages 320–328. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1999.

6273 George W. McConkie and C. B. Currie. Visual stability across saccadeswhile viewing complex pictures. Journal of Experimental Psychology:Human Perception and Performance, 22(3):563–581, 1996.

6274 Michael C. McCord. On the form of a systemic grammar. Journal ofLinguistics, 11:195–212, 1975.

6275 Michael C. McCord. Procedural systemic grammars. International Jour-nal of Man-Machine Studies, 9:255–286, 1977.

6276 Michael C. McCord. Design of LMT: A Prolog-based machine transla-tion system. Computational Linguistics, 15(1):33–52, 1989.

6277 Ruth McCormick. Christian Metz and the Semiology Fad. Cineaste,6(4):23–25, 1975.

519

6278 K. F. McCoy. Automatic Enhancement of a Database Knowledge Rep-resentation for Natural Language Generation. Technical Report MS-CIS-81-6, University of Pennsylvania, 1981.

6279 Kathleen F. McCoy. Augmenting a Database Knowledge Representa-tion for Natural Language Generation. In Proceedings of the 20th An-nual Meeting of the ACL, Toronto, Canada, June 1982. Association ofComputational Linguistics.

6280 Kathleen F. McCoy. Correcting Misconceptions: What to say When theUser is Mistaken. In Proceedings of the CHI’83; Conference on HumanFactors in Computing Systems, Boston, Ma, 1983. Human Factors.

6281 Kathleen F. McCoy. The ROMPER System: Responding to Object-Related Misconceptions Using Perspective. In Proceedings of the 24thAnnual Meeting of the ACL, New York City, New York, June 1986.Association of Computational Linguistics.

6282 Kathleen F. McCoy. Reasoning on a Dynamically Highlighted UserModel to Respond to Misconceptions. Computational Linguistics, 14(3),September 1988.

6283 Kathleen F. McCoy. Highlighting a user model to respond to misconcep-tions. In Alfred Kobsa and Wolfgang Wahlster, editors, User Models inDialog Systems, pages 233–254. Springer Verlag, Symbolic ComputationSeries, Berlin Heidelberg New York Tokyo, 1989.

6284 Kathleen F. McCoy and Jeanette Cheng. Focus of attention: constrain-ing what can be said next. In Cécile L. Paris, William R. Swartout,and William C. Mann, editors, Natural language generation in artificialintelligence and compuational linguistics. Kluwer Academic Publishers,1991.

6285 Kathleen F. McCoy, K. Vijay-Shanker, and Gijoo Yang. Using TreeAdjoing Grammars in the Systemic Framework. In 5th. InternationalWorkshop on Natural Language Generation, 3-6 June 1990, pages 1–8,Pittsburgh, PA., 1990. Organized by Kathleen R. McKeown (ColumbiaUniversity), Johanna D. Moore (University of Pittsburgh) and SergeiNirenburg (Carnegie Mellon University).

6286 Kathleen McCoy, Christopher Pennington, and Linda Suri. Consideringthe effects of second language learning on generation. In INLG’96, pages71–80, Herstmonceux Castle, Sussex, 1996.

6287 D. McCutchen. Domain knowledge and linguistic knowledge in the de-velopment of written ability. Journal of Memory and Language, 25:431–444, 1986.

6288 D. McDermott. A packet-based approach to the symbol-mapping prob-lem. SIGART Newsletter, 53:6–7, 1975.

520

6289 D McDermott. Symbol-mapping. SIGART Newsletter, 51:4–5, 1975.

6290 D. McDermott. A Temporal Logic for Reasoning about Processes andPlans. Cognitive Science, 6(2):101–155, 1982.

6291 D. V. McDermott. Artificial Intelligence Meets Natural Stupidity. InJ. Haugeland, editor, Mind Design. The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, MA,1981.

6292 D. McDonald and F. Busa. On the Creative Use of Language: theForm of Lexical Resources. In Proceedings of the Seventh InternationalWorkshop on Natural Language Generation, Kennebunkport, Maine,1994.

6293 D. D. McDonald. A framework for writing generation grammars forinteractive computer programs. American Journal of ComputationalLinguistics, Fiche 33, 1975.

6294 D. D. McDonald. A preliminary report on a program for generatingnatural language. In Proceedings of the Third International Joint Con-ference on Artificial Intelligence, Tibilisi, USSR, August 1975.

6295 D. D. McDonald. Language generation: The linguistics component(short note). In Proceedings of the Fifth International Joint Confer-ence on Artificial Intelligence, Cambridge, Mass., August 1977.

6296 D. D. McDonald. Subsequent references: Syntactic and rhetorical con-straints. In David Waltz, editor, Theoretical Issues in Natural LanguageProcessing - 2 (TINLAP). ACM, New York, 1978.

6297 D. D. McDonald. The role of discourse structure in language production.In The Proceedings of the Third Biannual Meeting of the SCSIO/SCEIO,1980.

6298 David D. McDonald. Natural Language Production as a Process of De-cision Making under Constraint. PhD thesis, MIT, Cambridge, Mass,1980.

6299 David D. McDonald. Language production: The source of the dictionary.In The Nineteenth Annual Meeting of the Association for ComputationalLinguistics, Stanford University, June 1981.

6300 David D. McDonald. Description directed control: its implications fornatural language generation. Computers and Mathematics, 9(1):111–129, 1983. (Reprinted in Barbara J. Grosz et al. (eds.) Readings inNatural Language Processing, Morgan Kaufman Publishers, California,1986, pp519-538).

521

6301 David D. McDonald. Natural Language Generation: complexities andtechniques. In Sergei Nirenburg, editor, Theoretical and MethodologicalIssues in Machine Translation. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,1986.

6302 David D. McDonald. On the place of words in the Generation Pro-cess. In Cécile L. Paris, William R. Swartout, and William C. Mann,editors, Natural language generation in artificial intelligence and com-putational linguistics. Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1991. Presented atthe Fourth International Workshop on Natural Language Generation.Santa Catalina Island, California, July, 1988.

6303 David D. McDonald. On the place of words in the Generation Process.In Cécile L. Paris, William R. Swartout, and William C. Mann, editors,Natural language generation in artificial intelligence and computationallinguistics. Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1991.

6304 David D. McDonald. Type-driven suppression of redundancy in thegeneration of inference-rich reports. In Aspects of automated naturallanguage generation, pages 72–88. Springer, Berlin, 1992. (Proceedingsof the 6th International Workshop on Natural Language Generation,Trento, Italy, April 1992).

6305 David D. McDonald. Issues in the choice of a source for natural languagegeneration. Computational Linguistics, 19(1):191–197, March 1993.

6306 David D. McDonald. Reversible NLP by linking the grammar to theknowledge base. In Tomek Strzalkowski, editor, Reversible Grammarin Natural Language Processing, pages 257–292. Kluwer Academic Pub-lishers, 1994.

6307 David D. McDonald. Natural Language Generation. In Robert Dale,H. Moisl, and Harold Somers, editors, A handbook of natural languageprocessing: techniques and applications for the processing of language astext, pages 147–179. Marcel Dekker, New York, 2000.

6308 David D. McDonald and Leonard Bolc. Natural Language GenerationSystems. Springer, New York, Berlin, 1988.

6309 David D. McDonald and James E. Conklin. Salience as SimplifyingMetaphor for Natural Language Generation. In Proceedings of the ThirdNational Conference on Artificial Intelligence, Washington, DC, 1983.American Association of Artificial Intelligence.

6310 David D. McDonald, Marie W. Meteer, and James Pustejovsky. Fac-tors contributing to efficiency in Natural Language generation. In Ger-ard Kempen, editor, Natural Language Generation: Recent Advancesin Artificial Intelligence, Psychology, and Linguistics. Kluwer Academic

522

Publishers, Boston/Dordrecht, 1987. Paper presented at the Third In-ternational Workshop on Natural Language Generation, August 1986,Nijmegen, The Netherlands.

6311 David D. McDonald, Marie W. Meteer, and James Pustejovsky. Fac-tors contributing to efficiency in Natural Language generation. In Ger-ard Kempen, editor, Natural Language Generation: Recent Advancesin Artificial Intelligence, Psychology, and Linguistics. Kluwer AcademicPublishers, Boston/Dordrecht, 1987.

6312 David D. McDonald and James D. Pustejovsky. Description-DirectedNatural Language Generation. In Proceedings of the International JointConference in Artificial Intelligence, pages 799–805, Los Angeles, 1985.

6313 David D. McDonald, Marie M. Vaughan, and James D. Pustejovsky.Factors contributing to efficiency in natural language generation. In Ger-ard Kempen, editor, Natural Language Generation: Recent Advances inArtificial Intelligence, Psychology, and Linguistics, pages 159–182. Mar-tinus Nijhoff Publishers, Boston/Dordrecht, 1987.

6314 Edward McDonald. A new teaching grammar of Chinese. MaquarieUniversity, North Ryde, N.S.W, 1990.

6315 Edward McDonald. Outline of a functional grammar of Chinese forteaching purposes. Language Sciences, 14(4):435–461, 1992.

6316 Edward McDonald. Completive verb compounds in Modern Chinese: anew look at an old problem. Journal of Chinese Linguistics, 22(2):317–62, 1994.

6317 Edward McDonald. The "complement" in Chinese grammar: a func-tional reinterpretation. In Ruqaiya Hasan, Carmel Cloran, and DavidButt, editors, Functional descriptions - theory in practice, Current Is-sues in Linguistic Theory, pages 265–287. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1996.

6318 J. McDowell. Meaning, Communication, and Knowledge. pages 117–139. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1980.

6319 J. McDowell. Anti-realism and the Epistemology of Understanding. InH. Parret and J. Bouveresse, editors, Meaning and Understanding, pages79–111. de Gruyter, Berlin, 1981.

6320 Tony McEnery and Andrew Wilson. Corpus Linguistics. EdinburghTextbooks in Empirical Linguistics. Edinburgh University Press, Edin-burgh, 2nd edition, 2001.

6321 Bill McGregor. The English ’Tag Question’: a new analysis, is(n’t) it?In Ruqaiaya Hasan and Peter Fries, editors, On Subject and Theme: adiscourse functional perspective, pages 91–122. Benjamins, Amsterdam,1995.

523

6322 William McGregor. A functional grammar of Gooniyandi. Benjamins,Amsterdam and Philadelphia, 1990.

6323 William McGregor. Clause types in Gooniyandi. Language Sciences,14(4):355–385, 1992.

6324 William McGregor. The place of circumstantials in systemic-functionalgrammar. In Martin Davies and Louise Ravelli, editors, Advances insystemic linguistics: recent theory and practice, pages 136–150. Pinter,London, 1992.

6325 William McGregor. Speaking in black and white: differences in therepresentation of Australian Aborigines and whites as speakers. CulturalDynamics, 6(1-2):10–42, 1993.

6326 William McGregor. The grammar of nominal prefixing in Nyulnyul.In Hilary Chappell and William McGregor, editors, The grammar ofinalienability: a typological perspective on body part terms and the part-whole relation. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin and New York, 1996.

6327 William B. McGregor. Attribution and identification in Gooniyandi.In Christopher Butler, Margaret Berry, Robin Fawcett, and GuowenHuang, editors, Meaning and form: systemic functional interpretations.Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1996.

6328 D. McGuinness, R. Fikes, J. Rice, and S. Wilder. An environment formerging and testing large ontologies. In Proceedings of KR 2000, pages483–493. Morgan Kaufmann, 2000.

6329 Deborah L. McGuinness. Ontologies Come of Age. In Dieter Fensel, JimHendler, Henry Lieberman, and Wolfgang Wahlster, editors, Spinningthe Semantic Web: Bringing the World Wide Web to Its Full Potential.MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 2002.

6330 Rod McGuire. Political Primaries and Words of Pain. Technical Report,Yale University Department of Computer Science, 1980.

6331 D. McInnes. Attending to the instance: towards a systemic based dy-namic and responsive analysis of composite performance text. PhD the-sis, Macquarie University, 1992.

6332 A. McIntosh. Predictive Statements. In C. E. et al. Bazell, editor, InMemory of J.R. Firth. Longman, London, 1966.

6333 Angus McIntosh. Some thoughts on style. In Angus McIntosh andMichael A. K. Halliday, editors, Patterns of Language: papers in gen-eral, descriptive and applied linguistics. Longman and Indiana Univer-sity Press, London and Bloomington, 1966.

524

6334 R. McIntyre and D.W. Smith. Husserl’s Identification of Meaning andNoema. In Hubert L. Dreyfus, editor, Husserl, Intentionality, and Cog-nitive Science, pages 81–92. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1982.

6335 D. McKelvie, A. Isard, A. Mengel, M.B. Moller, M. Gross, and M. Klein.The MATE workbench – an annotation tool for XML coded speechcorpora. Speech Communication, 33(1-2):97–112, 2001.

6336 K. McKeown. Paraphrasing Using Given and New Information in aQuestion-Answer System. In 17th Annual Meeting of the ACL, pages67–72, San Diego, 1979.

6337 K. McKeown, K. Kukich, and J. Shaw. Practical issues in automaticdocumentation generation. In 4th ANLP, pages 7–14, Stuttgart, 1994.

6338 K. R. McKeown. Paraphrasing using given and new information in aquestion-answer system. Master’s thesis, University of Pennsylvania,Philadelphia, 1979. Number MS-CIS-80-13. Also appeared in Proceed-ings of the Seventeenth Annual Meeting of the Association for Compu-tational Linguistics, August 1979, pp. 67-72.

6339 K. R. McKeown. Generating Descriptions and Explanations: Applica-tions to Questions about Database Structure. Technical Report MS-CIS-80-9, University of Pennsylvania, 1980.

6340 K. R. McKeown. Generating relevant explanations: Natural languageresponses to questions about database structure. In Proceedings of TheFirst Annual National Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 306–309, Stanford, Calif., August 1980.

6341 Kathleen McKeown, Michael Elhadad, Yumiko Fukumoto, Jong Lim,Christine Lombardi, Jacques Robin, and Frank Smadja. Natural Lan-guage Generation in COMET. In Robert Dale, Chris Mellish, andMichael Zock, editors, Current Research in Natural Language Gener-ation, pages 103–139. Academic Press, London, 1990.

6342 Kathleen McKeown, Shimei Pan, James Shaw, Desmond Jordan, andBarry Allen. Language Generation for Multimedia Healthcare Briefings.In Proc. of the Fifth ACL Conf. on ANLP, pages 277–282, 1997.

6343 Kathleen R. McKeown. Paraphrasing Using Given and New Informationin a Question-Answer System. Technical Report MS-CIS-80-13, Dept. ofComputer and Information Science, University of Pennsylvania, August1979. M.S. Thesis.

6344 Kathleen R. McKeown. Paraphrasing Using Given and New Informationin a Question-Answer System. In Proceedings of the 17th Annual Meetingof the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 67–72, La Jolla,Ca., August 1979. Association for Computational Linguistics.

525

6345 Kathleen R. McKeown. Generating Relevant Explanations: NaturalLanguage Responses to Questions about Database Structure. In Pro-ceedings of the First Annual Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages306–309, Stanford, Ca, 1980. American Association of Artificial Intelli-gence.

6346 Kathleen R. McKeown. Generating Natural Language: Deciding Whatto Say Next. Technical Report MS-CIS-81-1, Dept. of Computer andInformation Science, University of Pennsylvania, June 1981.

6347 Kathleen R. McKeown. Generating Natural Language Text in Responseto Questions About Database Structure. PhD thesis, University of Penn-sylvania, May 1982. Also a Technical report, No MS-CIS-82-05, Univer-sity of Pennsylvania, 1982.

6348 Kathleen R. McKeown. The TEXT System for Natural Language Gen-eration: An Overview. In Proceedings of the 20th Annual Meeting of theACL, Toronto, June 1982. Association of Computational Linguistics.

6349 Kathleen R. McKeown. Focus Constraints on Language Generation. InProceedings of the Eighth International Conference on Artificial Intelli-gence, Karlsruhe, Germany, August 1983.

6350 Kathleen R. McKeown. Natural Language Systems: How Are TheyMeeting Human Needs? In Proceedings of ACM ’83, New York, N.Y.,October 1983. Association for Computing Machinery.

6351 Kathleen R. McKeown. Paraphrasing Questions Using Given and NewInformation. American Journal of Computational Linguistics, January-March 1983.

6352 Kathleen R. McKeown. Recursion in Text and its Use in LanguageGeneration. In Proceedings of the National Conference on of ArtificialIntelligence, Washington, DC, 1983. American Association of ArtificialIntelligence.

6353 Kathleen R. McKeown. Strategies and Constraints for Generating Nat-ural Language text. Artificial Intelligence, December 1983.

6354 Kathleen R. McKeown. User-Oriented Explanation for Expert Systems.Technical Report, Department of Computer Science, Columbia Univer-sity, August 1983.

6355 Kathleen R. McKeown. Natural Language for Expert Systems: Compar-isons with Database Systems. In Proceedings of COLING ’84, Stanford,Ca., July 1984. Association for Computational Linguistics.

6356 Kathleen R. McKeown. Using Focus to Constrain Language Generation.In G. B. Bara and B. Guida, editors, Natural Language Processing.North Holland Publishing Company, 1984.

526

6357 Kathleen R McKeown. Text Generation: Using Discourse Strategiesand Focus Constraints to Generate Natural Language Text. CambridgeUniversity Press, Cambridge, England, 1985.

6358 Kathleen R. McKeown and Michael Elhadad. Comparison of SurfaceLanguage Generators: a Case Study in Choice of Connectives. In Cé-cile L. Paris, William R. Swartout, and William C. Mann, editors, Nat-ural language generation in artificial intelligence and computational lin-guistics. July 1991. Presented at the Fourth International Workshop onNatural Language Generation.

6359 Kathleen R. McKeown and Michael Elhadad. Comparison of SurfaceLanguage Generators: a Case Study in Choice of Connectives. InCécile L. Paris, William R. Swartout, and William C. Mann, editors,Natural language generation in artificial intelligence and computationallinguistics. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Boston/Dordrecht, 1991. Pre-sented at the Fourth International Workshop on Natural Language Gen-eration, Santa Catalina Island, California, July, 1988.

6360 Kathleen R. McKeown, Judith L. Klavans, Vasileios Hatzivassiloglou,Regina Barzilay, and Eleazar Eskin. Towards multidocument summa-rization by reformulation: progress and prospects. In Proceedings ofthe 16th National Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 453–459,Orlando, FL, 1999.

6361 Kathleen R. McKeown and Cécile L. Paris. Functional UnificationGrammar Revisited. In Proceedings of the 25th Annual Meeting of theACL, Palo Alto, California, 1987. Association of Computational Lin-guistics.

6362 Kathleen R. McKeown and William R. Swartout. Language Generationand Explanation. In Annual Reviews in Computer Science, 1987.

6363 Kathleen R. McKeown, Michael Wish, and Kevin Matthews. TailoringExplanations for the User. In International Joint Conference on Artifi-cial Intelligence, Los Angeles, CA, 1985. International Joint Conferenceon Artificial Intelligence.

6364 Kathleen McKeown, Jacques Robin, and Karen Kukich. Generatingconcise natural language summaries. Information Processing and Man-agement, 31(5):703–733, 1995.

6365 C. McKnight, A. Dillon, and J. Richardson. Hypertext in context. Cam-bridge University Press, Cambridge, 1991.

6366 Peter McLaren, Rhonda Hammer, David Sholle, and Susan Raeilly, edi-tors. Rethinking Media Literacy. A Critical Pedagogy of Representation.Peter Lang, New York, 1995.

527

6367 Greg McLaughlin. Refugees, migrants and the fall of the Berlin wall.In Greg Philo, editor, Message received: Glasgow Media Group research1993-1998, chapter 12, pages 197–209. Addison Wesley Longman, Har-low, 1999.

6368 Ian McLean. Example-based machine translation using connectionistmatching. In Proceedings of TMI-92, pages 35–43, Montréal, Canada,1992.

6369 S. McLendon. Meaning, rhetorical structure, and discourse organisationin myth. pages 284–305. Georgetown University Press, Washington,D.C., 1982.

6370 M. McLuhan. Ads: keeping upset with the Joneses. In UnderstandingMedia: the extensions of man, Routledge Classics, chapter 23, pages246–253. Routledge, London, 2002.

6371 M. McLuhan. The medium is the message. In Understanding Media: theextensions of man, Routledge Classics, chapter 1, pages 7–23. Routledge,London, 2002.

6372 Marshall McLuhan. Understanding Media: the extensions of man.McGraw-Hill, New York, 1964.

6373 Thomas A. McMahon and John Tyler Bonner. On Size and Life. Sci-entific American Library, New York, 1983.

6374 David McNeil, Francis Quek, Kari-Erik McCullough, Susan Duncan,Robert Bryll, Xin-Feng Ma, and Rashid Ansari. Dynamic imagery inspeech and gesture. In Björn Granström, David House, and Inger Karls-son, editors, Mutlimodality in language and speech systems, pages 27–44.Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 2002.

6375 D. McNeill and E. Levy. Conceptual representations in language activityand gesture. In R. J. Jarvella and W. Klein, editors, Syntax Speech,place and action: studies in deixis and related topics, pages 271–295.John Wiley, Chichester, 1982.

6376 David McNeill. Language and Gesture. Cambridge University Press,Cambridge, 2000.

6377 Fiona McNeill, Alan Bundy, and Chris Walton. Planning from rich on-tologies through translation between representations. In Juan Fernán-dez Olivares and Eva Onaindía, editors, Proceedings of the ICAPS-2005Workshop on the Role of Ontologies in Planning and Scheduling, pages13–21, Monterey, California, 2005.

6378 E.F. McQuarrie and D.G. Mick. Visual rhetoric in advertising: Text-interpretive, experimental, and reader-response analyses. Journal ofconsumer research, 26:37–54, 1999.

528

6379 E.F. McQuarrie and D.G. Mick. The contribution of semiotic and rhetor-ical perspectives to the explanation of visual persuasion in advertising.In Persuasive imagery. A consumer response perspective, pages 191–221.Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Mahwah, NJ, 2003.

6380 E.F. McQuarrie and D.G. Mick. Visual and verbal rhetorical figures un-der directed processing versus incidental exposure to advertising. Jour-nal of consumer research, 29:579–587, 2003.

6381 Susan W. McRoy, Songsak Channarukul, and Syed S. Ali. A naturallanguage generation component for dialog systems. In Working Notes ofthe AAAI’99 Workshop on Mixed-Initiative Intelligence, Orlando, FL,July 1999. American Association for Artificial Intelligence.

6382 Susan W. McRoy, Songsak Channarukul, and Syed S. Ali. Enrichingpartially-specified representations for text realization using an attributegrammar. In Proceedings of the First International Conference on Nat-ural Language Generation (INLG 2000), Mitzpe Ramon, Israel, June2000.

6383 G.H. Mead. Mind, Self and Society. University of Chicago Press,Chicago, 1934.

6384 S. Mecklenbräuker, W. Wippich, M. Wagener, and J.E. Saathoff. Spatialinformation and actions. In C. Freksa, C. Habel, and K.F. Wender, edi-tors, Spatial Cognition I - An interdisciplinary approach to representingand processing spatial knowledge, pages 39–61. Springer, Berlin, 1998.

6385 R. Medina-Mora, T. Winograd, R. Flores, and F. Flores. The ActionWorkflow Approach to Workflow Management Technology. In J. Turnerand R. Kraut, editors, Proceedings of the 4th Conference on ComputerSupported Cooperative Work, New York, 1992. ACM.

6386 J. Meehan. The Metanovel: Writing Stories by Computer. Garland,New York, 1980.

6387 J. R. Meehan. Using planning structures to generate stories. AmericanJournal of Computational Linguistics, Fiche 33, 1975.

6388 J. R. Meehan. The Metanovel: Writing Stories by Computer. TechnicalReport 74, Yale University Department of Computer Science, 1976.

6389 J. R. Meehan. TALE-SPIN, an interactive program that writes stories.In Proceedings of the Fifth International Joint Conference on ArtificialIntelligence, August 1977.

6390 James R. Meehan. TALE-spin, an interactive program that writes sto-ries. In Proceedings of IJCAI’77. International Joint Conference on Ar-tificial Intelligence, 1977.

529

6391 Stephan Mehl. Interaction between syntax and semantics: the case ofgerund translation. In Proceedings of the Fifth European Workshop onNatural Language Generation, pages 33–42, Leiden, The Netherlands,May 1995. Faculty of Social and Behavioural Sciences, University ofLeiden.

6392 Hans R. Mehlig. Satzsemantik und Aspektsemantik im Russischen (ZurVerbklassifikation von Zeno Vendler), volume XV of Novoe v zarubežnojlingvistike. Moskva, 1981.

6393 Hans R. Mehlig. Verbalaspekt und Determination, volume 230 of Slav-istische Beiträge. Sagner, München, 1988.

6394 Margaret Mehring. The Screenplay: A Blend of Film Form and Content.Focal Press, London, 1990.

6395 Jing Mei, Shengping Liu, Guotong Xie, Aditya Kalyanpur, Achille Fok-oue, Yuan Ni, Hanyu Li, and Yue Pan. A Practical Approach for Scal-able Conjunctive Query Answering on Acyclic EL+ Knowledge Base. InProceedings of the 8th International Semantic Web Conference (ISWC2009), to appear.

6396 B. P. Meier and M. D. Robinson. Why the sunny side is up: Associationsbetween affect and vertical position. Psychological Science, 15:243–247,2004.

6397 Stefan Meier. Zeichenlesen im Netzdiskurs. Überlegungen zu einersemiotischen Diskursanalyse multimedialer Kommunikation. In ClaudiaFraas and Michael Klemm, editors, Mediendiskurse. Bestandsaufnahmeund Perspektiven, pages 123–141. Peter Lang, Frankfurt a.M., 2005.

6398 Stefan Meier. Von der Sichtbarkeit im Diskurs - Zur Methode diskursan-alytischer Untersuchung multimodaler Kommunikation. In Ingo Warnkeand Jürgen Spitzmüller, editors, Diskurslinguistik nach Foucault - Meth-oden, pages 263–286. de Gruyter, Berlin/New York, 2008.

6399 Stefan Meier. Bild und Frame - Eine diskursanalytische Perspek-tive auf visuelle Kommunikation und deren methodische Operational-isierung. In Anna Duszak, Juliane House, and Łukasz Kumiega, edi-tors, Globalization, Discourse, Media: In a Critical Perspective / Glob-alisierung, Diskurse, Medien: eine kritische Perspektive, pages 371–392. Wydawnictwa Uniwersytetu Warszawskiego (Warschauer Univer-sitätsverlag / Warsaw University Press), Warszawa, 2009.

6400 T. Meilinger, C. Hölscher, S. Büchner, and M. Brösamle. How muchinformation do you need? Schematic maps in wayfinding and self lo-calisation. In Thomas Barkowsky, Markus Knauff, Gerard Ligozat, andDaniel R. Montello, editors, Spatial Cognition V, volume 4387 of LectureNotes in Artificial Intelligence, pages 381–400, Bremen, Germany, 2007.Springer.

530

6401 T. Meilinger, C. Hölscher, G. Wilbertz, S. Büchner, H. Sprenger, andM. Brösamle. Schematic maps or how useful is metric information forwayfinding and self localization? Spatial Cognition and Computation,revised submission.

6402 T. Meilinger, M. Knauff, and H.H. Bülthoff. Working memory inwayfinding: a dual task experiment in a virtual city. Cognitive Science,32(4):755–770, 2008.

6403 Tobias Meilinger. The network of reference frames theory: A synthesis ofgraphs and cognitive maps. In Christian Freksa, Nora S. Newcombe, Pe-ter Gärdenfors, and Stefan Wölfl, editors, Spatial Cognition VI: Learn-ing, Reasoning and Talking about Space, number 5241 in Lecture notesin Artifiicial Intelligence, pages 344–360. Springer, 2008. InternationalConference, Spatial Cognition 2008, Freiburg, Germany.

6404 Tobias Meilinger, J. Schulte-Pelkum, N. Laharnar, W. Teramoto, JuliaFrankenstein, and Heinrich H. Bülthoff. Orientation biases in memoryfor vista and environmental spaces. In 9. Fachtagung der Gesellschaftfür Kognitionswissenschaft (KogWis 2008), page 32, 2008.

6405 Martin Meisel. Realizations: narrative, pictorial, and theatrical arts innineteenth-century England. Princeton University Press, Princeton, NJ,1983.

6406 Jan Christoph Meister, Tom Kindt, Wilhelm Schermus, and Malte Stein.Narratology beyond literary criticism: mediality - disciplinarity. InJan Christoph Meister, Tom Kindt, Wilhelm Schermus, and Malte Stein,editors, Narrative Beyond Literary Criticism, pages ix–xvi. De Gruyter,Berlin, 2005.

6407 Igor Mel’cuk. Meaning-text models: a recent trend in Soviet linguistics.Annual Review of Anthropology, 10:27–62, 1981.

6408 M. Melero and A. Font-Llitjos. Construction of a Spanish generationmodule in the framework of a general-purpose, multilingual natural lan-guage processing system. In Proceedings of the VII International Sym-posium on Social communication, Santiago de Cuba, 2001.

6409 C. Mellish. Generating natural language explanations from plans. InL. Sterling, editor, The Practice of Prolog, pages 181–223. MIT Press,Cambridge, 1986.

6410 C. Mellish and R. Evans. Natural Language Generation from Plans.Computational Linguistics, 15:233–249, 1989.

6411 C. Mellish, A. Knott, J. Oberlander, and M. O’Donnell. Experimentsusing stochastic search for text planning. In 9th INLG, pages 98–107,Niagara-on-the-Lake, Ontario, 1998.

531

6412 C. Mellish, M. O’Donnell, J. Oberlander, and A. Knott. An architecturefor opportunistic text generation. In 9th INLG, pages 28–37, Niagara-on-the-Lake, Ontario, 1998.

6413 C. Mellish, E. Reiter, and J. Levine. Natural Language GenerationApplications to Technical Documentation: a View through IDAS. InG. Adorni and M. Zock, editors, Trends in Natural Language Genera-tion: an Artificial Intelligence Perspective, Lecture Notes in ArtificialIntelligence 1036, pages 368–382. Springer, Heidelberg, 1996.

6414 C. Mellish, D. Scott, L. Cahill, R. Evans, D. Paiva, and M. Reape. Areference architecture for natural language generation systems. Naturallanguage Engineering, 12(1):1–34, 2006.

6415 Chris Mellish. Resolving structural ambiguity in generated speech. InAnja Belz, Roger Evans, and Paul Piwek, editors, Natural LanguageGeneration: Third international Conference (INLG 2004), number 3123in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages 110–119. Springer,Berlin, New York, July 14-16 2004.

6416 Chris Mellish, Roger Evans, Lynne Cahill, Christy Doran, Daniel Paiva,Mike Reape, Donia Scott, and Neil Tipper. A representation for complexand evolving data dependencies in generation. In Language TechnologyJoint Conference, ANLP-NAACL’2000, Seattle, 2000.

6417 Chris Mellish and Jeff Z. Pan. Natural language directed inference fromontologies. Artificial Intelligence, 172:1285–1315, June 2008.

6418 Christopher S. Mellish. Implementing Systemic Classification by Unifi-cation. Journal of Computational Linguistics, 14(1):40–51, 1988.

6419 Robin Melrose. General word and particular text: a study of cohesionin academic writing. M.A. thesis, Department of Linguistics, Universityof Sydney, 1979.

6420 Robin Melrose. The communicative syllabus: a systemic-functional ap-proach to language teaching. Pinter, London and New York, 1991. (Is-sued in paperback 1995).

6421 Robin Melrose. The communicative syllabus: a systemic-functional ap-proach to language teaching. Pinter, London and New York, 1995. Paperback version.

6422 Robin Melrose and Susan F. Melrose. Drama, ’style’, stage. In D. Birchand M. O’Toole, editors, Functions of Style. Pinter, London, 1988.

6423 I. A. Mel’čuk, N. Arbatchewsky-Jumarie, L. Elnitsky, L. Iordanskaja,and A. Lessard. Dictionnaire explicatif et combinatoire du français con-temporain: Recherches lexico-sémantiques. Presses de l’Universite deMontreal, Montreal, 1984.

532

6424 Igor Mel’čuk. Towards a Functioning Model of Language. In M. Bier-wisch and K. E. Heidolph, editors, Progress in Linguistics. Mouton, TheHague, Paris, 1970.

6425 Igor Mel’čuk. Semantic description of lexical units in an ExplanatoryCombinatorial Dictionary: basic principles and heuristic criteria. Inter-national Journal of Lexicography, 1:165–188, 1988.

6426 Igor A. Mel’čuk. Opyt teorii lingvističeskix modelej “Smysl – Tekst”.Nauka, Moscow, 1974.

6427 Igor A. Mel’čuk. Dependency Syntax: Theory and Practice. State Uni-versity of New York Press, Albany, 1988.

6428 Igor A. Mel’čuk. The Future of the Lexicon in Linguistic Descriptionand The Explanatory Combinatorial Dictionary. In Ik-Hwan Lee, editor,Linguistics in the Morning Calm 3, Seoul, 1993.

6429 Igor A. Mel’čuk. Lexical Functions: a tool for the description of lex-ical relations in a lexicon. In Leo Wanner, editor, Lexical Functionsin Lexicography and Natural Language Processing, pages 37–102. JohnBenjamins, Amsterdam, 1996.

6430 Igor A. Mel’čuk, N. Arbatchewsky-Jumarie, L. Elnitsky, and A. Lessard.Dictionnaire explicatif et combinatoire du francais contemporain. Pressesde l’Université de Montréal, Montréal, Canada, 1984. Volume 1.

6431 Igor A. Mel’čuk, N. Arbatchewsky-Jumarie, L. Elnitsky, and A. Lessard.Dictionnaire explicatif et combinatoire du francais contemporain. Pressesde l’Université de Montréal, Montréal, Canada, 1988. Volume 2.

6432 Igor A. Mel’čuk, N. Arbatchewsky-Jumarie, L. Elnitsky, and A. Lessard.Dictionnaire explicatif et combinatoire du francais contemporain. Pressesde l’Université de Montréal, Montréal, Canada, 1992. Volume 3.

6433 Igor A. Mel’čuk and Nikolaj V. Percov. Surface Syntax of English. JohnBenjamins Publishing Company, Amsterdam, 1987.

6434 Igor A. Mel’čuk and Alain Polguère. A Formal Lexicon in the Meaning-Text Theory (or How to Do Lexica with Words). Computational Lin-guistics, 13(3-4):276–289, 1987.

6435 Igor A. Mel’čuk and Alexander K. Žolkovskij. Towards a FunctioningMeaning-Text Model of Language. Linguistics, 57:10–47, 1970.

6436 Igor A. Mel’čuk and Alexander K. Žolkovskij. Explanatory Combina-torial Dictionary of Modern Russian. Wiener Slawistischer Almanach,Vienna, 1984.

533

6437 Igor A. Mel’čuk and Leo Wanner. Lexical Co-occurrence and LexicalInheritance: A Case Study of Emotion Lexemes in German. TechnicalReport, Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme,GMD, Darmstadt, forthcoming.

6438 Igor A. Mel’čuk and Leo Wanner. Lexical Functions and Lexical Inher-itance for Emotion Lexemes in German. In Leo Wanner, editor, LexicalFunctions in Lexicography and Natural Language Processing, pages 209–278. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1996.

6439 Igor Mel’čuk and Nikolai Pertsov. Surface Syntax of English. JohnBenjamins, Amsterdam, 1987.

6440 D. Memmi. Génération Automatique de Phrases. PhD thesis, Paris 7,1979.

6441 Alfred Pang Kah Meng. Making history in From Colony to Nation: amultimodal analysis of a museum exhibition in Singapore. In Kay L.O’Halloran, editor, Multimodal discourse analysis: systemic functionalperspectives, Open Linguistics Series, pages 28–54. Continuum, London,2004.

6442 J. Ment. From Equations to Words. Language Generation and Con-straints in the Instruction of Algebra Word Problems. Technical Re-port, Computer Science Department, Columbia University, New York,New York, 10027, 1987.

6443 Volker Mergenthaler. Kriesfahrten: Überlegungen zum ästhetischen po-tential eines filmischen ’Stillmittels’. Zeitschrift für Ästhetik und Allge-meine Kunstwissenschaft, 51(2):269–286, 2006.

6444 Marcel Merleau-Ponty. Das Kino und die neue Psychologie. Filmkritik,155, 1969. translated from the French original of 1945.

6445 M. MerleauPonty. Signs. Northwestern University Press, Evanston,Illinois, 1964. (trans. by R.C.McCleary, originally published: 1960).

6446 P. Merril. Telicity and the Progressive in English. UCLA MA thesis,1982.

6447 Nadia Mesli. Funktionsverbgefüge in der maschinellen Analyse undÜbersetzung: linguistische Beschreibung und Implementierung imCAT2-Formalismus. Technical Report EUROTRA-d Working PapersNo. 19, Institut für Angewandte Informationsforschung, Saarbrücken,1991.

6448 Paul Messaris. To what extent does one have to learn to interpretmovies? In S. Thomas, editor, Film / Culture. Scarecrow Press, 1982.

534

6449 Paul Messaris. Visual Persuasion: the role of images in advertising.Sage, Thousand Oaks, CA, 1997.

6450 Paul Messaris. Visual aspects of media literacy. Journal of Communi-cation, 48(1):70–80, March 1998.

6451 Paul Messaris. Visual communication: theory and research. A reviewessay. Journal of Communication, 53(3):551–556, September 2003.

6452 Paul Messaris and S. Moriarty. Visual literacy theory. In K. Smith,S. Moriarty, G. Barbatsis, and K. Kenney, editors, Handbook of visualcommunication. Theory, methods and media, pages 479–502. LawrenceErlbaum Associates, Mahwah, NJ, 2005.

6453 M. Messner, M. Duncan, and K. Jensen. Separating the men from thegirls: the gendered language of televised sports. Gender and Society,7(1):121–137, March 1993.

6454 Marie Meteer. The Implications of Revisions for Natural Language Gen-eration. In Cécile L. Paris, William R. Swartout, and William C. Mann,editors, Natural language generation in artificial intelligence and com-putational linguistics, pages 155–178. Kluwer Academic Publishers, July1991. Presented at the Fourth International Workshop on Natural Lan-guage Generation. Santa Catalina Island, California, July, 1988.

6455 Marie Meteer. Portable natural language generation using spokesman.In Proceedings of the third conference on applied natural language pro-cessing, Trento, March 31 - April 3, 1992, pages 237–238. Associationfor Computational Linguistics, 1992.

6456 Marie W. Meteer. Defining a vocabulary for text planning, August 1988.Presented at the AAAI-88 Workshop on Text Planning and Realization,organized by Eduard H. Hovy, Doug Appelt, David McDonald and Sh-eryl Young.

6457 Marie W. Meteer. The SPOKESMAN Natural Language GenerationSystem. Technical Report BBN Report No. 7090, BBN Systems andTechnologies Corporation, Cambridge, MA, 1989.

6458 Marie W. Meteer. Abstract linguistic resources for text planning. In5th. International Workshop on Natural Language Generation, 3-6 June1990, pages 1–8, Pittsburgh, PA., 1990. Organized by Kathleen R. McK-eown (Columbia University), Johanna D. Moore (University of Pitts-burgh) and Sergei Nirenburg (Carnegie Mellon University).

6459 Marie W. Meteer. The Generation Gap: the problem of expressability intext planning. PhD thesis, Computer and Information Sciences Depart-ment, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Amherst, Massachusetts,February 1990.

535

6460 Marie W. Meteer. Bridging the generation gap between text planningand linguistic realization. Computational Intelligence, 7(4):296–304,1991.

6461 Marie W. Meteer. Expressibility and the Problem of Efficient Text Plan-ning. Pinter Publishers, London, 1992.

6462 Marie W. Meteer. Assumptions underlying discourse relations: whichones are there and where are they? In Owen Rambow, editor, Intention-ality and structure in discourse relations, pages 82–85. Association forComputational Linguistics, Morristown, 1993. (Proceedings of a Work-shop sponsored by the Special Interest Group on Generation, 21 June,1993, Columbus, Ohio).

6463 Marie W. Meteer, David D. McDonald, S. D. Anderson, D. Forster,L. S. Gay, A. K. Huettner, and P. Sibun. MUMBLE-86: Design andImplementation. Technical Report 87-87, COINS, University of Mas-sachusetts, 1987.

6464 Christian Metz. Le cinéma: langue ou langage? Communications, 4:52–90, 1964. Appears in English as ’The cinema: language or languagesystem?’ in ? , 31-91).

6465 Christian Metz. La grande syntagmatique du film narratif. Communica-tions, 8:120–124, 1966. Recherches sémiologiques: l’analyse structuraledu récit.

6466 Christian Metz. ‘Montage’ et discours dans le film. Un problème desémiologie diachronique du cinéma. Word: Journal of the InternationalLinguistic Association, 23(1/2):388–395, Apr-Dec 1967. Reprinted inEssais sur la signification au cinéma, Volume 2, Paris: Klincksieck,1972, pp. 89-96.

6467 Christian Metz. Spécificité des codes et spécificité des langages. Semi-otica, 1(4):370–396, 1969.

6468 Christian Metz. Essais sur la signification au cinéma, Volume 2. Klinck-sieck, Paris, 1972.

6469 Christian Metz. Ponctuations et démarcations dans le film de diégèse.Cahiers du cinéma, pages 63–78, Jan/Feb 1972. Reprinted in Essaissur la signification au cinéma, Volume 2, Paris: Klincksieck, 1972, pp.111-137.

6470 Christian Metz. Methodological Propositions for the Analysis of Film.Screen, 14(1-2):89–101, 1973. Translated by Diana Matias; originalFrench article from 1968 reprinted in ? , pp97-110).

536

6471 Christian Metz. Film language: a semiotics of the cinema. OxfordUniversity Press and Chicago University Press, Oxford and Chicago,1974. Translated by Michael Taylor.

6472 Christian Metz. Film language: a semiotics of the cinema, chapter Thecinema: language or language system?, pages 31–91. Oxford UniversityPress and Chicago University Press, Oxford and Chicago, 1974. Trans-lated by Michael Taylor.

6473 Christian Metz. Film language: a semiotics of the cinema, chapterProblems of denotation in the fiction film, pages 108–146. Oxford Uni-versity Press and Chicago University Press, Oxford and Chicago, 1974.Translated by Michael Taylor. Originally published in French in 1968.

6474 Christian Metz. Language and Cinema. Number 26 in Approachesto Semiotics. Mouton, The Hague, 1974. Translated by Donna JeanUmiker-Sebeok.

6475 Christian Metz. The imaginary signifier. Screen, 16(2):14–76, Summer1975.

6476 Christian Metz. On the notion of cinematographic language. In Moviesand Methods: an anthology, pages 582–589. University of CaliforniaPress, Berkeley, 1976.

6477 Christian Metz. Aural Objects. Yale French Studies, 60:24–32, 1980.

6478 Christian Metz. Methodological Propositions for the Analysis of Film.In Mick Eaton, editor, Cinema and Semiotics. Society for Education inFilm and Television, London, 1981.

6479 Christian Metz. The Imaginary Signifier: Psychoanalysis and the Cin-ema. Indiana University Press, Bloomington, 1986.

6480 Christian Metz. L’énonciation impersonnelle, ou Le site du film. Méri-diens Klincksieck, Paris, 1991.

6481 Christian Metz. The Impersonal Enunciation, or the Site of Film (Inthe margin of recent works on enunciation in cinema). New LiteraryHistory, 22:747–772, 1991.

6482 Christian Metz. The impersonal ennunciation, or the site of film. In War-ren Buckland, editor, The Film Spectator: From Sign to Mind, pages140–163. University of Amsterdam Press, Amsterdam, 1995. Also ap-pears as: 1991 New Literary History, 22: 747-772.

6483 F. Meunier. Implémentation d’un formalisme de génération inspiré deTAG. Thèse de doctorat en Informatique Fondamentale et Applications,université de Paris 7, Jussieu, 1997.

537

6484 F. Meunier and L. Danlos. FLAUBERT: user-friendly, multilingualNLG. In 9th INLG, pages 284–287, Niagara-on-the-Lake, Ontario, 1998.software demonstration.

6485 Frédérique Meunier. Plate-forme de développement de générateurs mul-tilingues. In GAT-99, 2’eme Colloque Francophone de Génération au-tomatique de Textes, Grenoble, 1999.

6486 Walt Detmar Meurers. On Implementing an HPSG theory. TechnicalReport, Arbeitspapiere des Sonderforschungsbereich 340, Nr.58, Univer-sitaet Tuebingen, 1994.

6487 Walt Detmar Meurers. On Expressing Lexical Generalizations in HPSG.Nordic Journal of Linguistics, 24(2), 2001.

6488 B. J. Meyer. The Organization of Prose and its Effects on Memory.North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1975.

6489 Bonnie J. F. Meyer. Signaling the Structure of Text. In Jon Assen,editor, The Technology of Text, volume 2. Educational Technology Pub-lications, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1982.

6490 Bonnie J. F. Meyer. Prose Analysis: Purposes, Procedures and Prob-lems. In Bruce K. Britton and John B. Black, editors, UnderstandingExpository Text: A Theoretical and Practical Handbook for AnalyzingExplanatory Text, chapter 2. Erlbaum, Hillsdale, NJ, 1984.

6491 Corinna Meyer. Der Prozeß des Filmverstehens. Ein Vergleich der The-orien von David Bordwell und Peter Wuss. Coppi-Verlag, Allfeld/Leine,1996.

6492 G. Meyer, S. Wuerger, F. Röhrbein, and C. Zetzsche. Low-level integra-tion of auditory and visual motion signals requires spatial co-localisation.Experimental Brain Research, 166:538–547, 2005.

6493 Ingrid Meyer, Boyan Onyshkevych, and Lynn Carlson. LexicographicPrinciples and Design for Knowledge-Based Machine Translation, CMU-CMT-90-118. Technical Report, Center for Machine Translation,Carnegie Mellon University, Pittsburgh, PA., 1990.

6494 Ingrid Meyer and James Steele, editors. Meaning-Text Theory – Lin-guistics, Lexicography, and Implications. University of Ottawa Press,Ottawa, 1990.

6495 M. Meyer, S. Titscher, E. Vetter, and R. Wodak. Methods of Text andDiscourse Analysis. Sage, London, 2000.

6496 P.G. Meyer. Satzverknupfungsrelationen. G. Narr, Tubingen, 1975.

538

6497 Richard J. Meyer. The Films of David Wark Griffith: The Developmentof Themes and Techniques in Forty-Two of His Films. In Harry MGeduld, editor, Focus on D. W. Griffith. Prentice-Hall, Eaglewood Cliffs,N.J., 1971.

6498 J. Meyrowitz. Television and interpersonal behavior: Codes of per-ception and response. In G. Gumpert and R. Cathcart, editors, In-ter/media: Interpersonal communication in a media world, pages 253–272. Oxford University Press, New York, 3rd edition, 1986.

6499 Lloyd Michaels. The Phantom of the Cinema: Character in ModernFilm. State University of New York Press, 1998.

6500 R. S. Michalski. A Theory and Methodology of Inductive Learning.Artificial Intelligence, 20:111–161, 1983.

6501 R. S. Michalski, J. G. Carbonell, and T. M. eds. Mitchell. MachineLearning, An Artificial Intelligence Approach. Tioga Press, Palo Alto,CA, 1983.

6502 R. S. Michalski and R. E. Stepp. Automated Construction of Classi-fications: Conceptual Clustering Versus Numerical Taxonomy. IEEETransactions on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, 5(4):396–409, 1983.

6503 Pierre-Emmanuel Michon and Michel Denis. When and why are visuallandmarks used in giving directions? In Dan R. Montello, editor, SpatialInformation Theory: Foundations of Geographic Information Science.International Conference, COSIT 2001, Lecture Notes in Computer Sci-ence, pages 292–305. Springer-Verlag, Berlin-Heidelberg, 2001.

6504 Albert Michotte. On Phenomenal Permanence: Facts and Theories.In Alan Costall Georges Thines and George Butterworth, editors, Mi-chotte’s Experimental Phenomenology of Perception. Lawrence ErlbaumAssoc Inc, Hillsdale, NJ., 1991.

6505 A. Miene, A. Dammeyer, T. Hermes, and O. Herzog. Advanced AndAdapted Shot Boundary Detection. In D. W. Fellner, N. Fuhr, andI. Witten, editors, Proceedings of ECDL WS Generalized Documents,pages 39–43, 2001.

6506 A. Miene, A. Dammeyer, Th. Hermes, and O. Herzog. Advanced andAdaptive Shot Boundary Detection. In Proceeding of the ECDL Work-shop Generalized Documents: A key challenge in digital library researchand development, Darmstadt, Germany, September 8th, 2001.

6507 A. Miene, T. Hermes, and G. T. Ioannidis. Extracting Textual Insertsfrom Digital Videos. In Proceedings of the Sixth International Confer-ence on Document Analysis and Recognition (IDCAR’01), pages 1079–1083, Seattle, Washington, USA, 2001.

539

6508 A. Miene, Th. Hermes, and G. T. Ioannidis. Automatic Video Indexingwith the ADViSOR System. In Proceedings of the CBMI 2001 Interna-tional Workshop on Content-Based Multimedia Indexing, Brescia, Italy,September 19-21, 2001. (to appear).

6509 A. Miene, Th. Hermes, and G. T. Ioannidis. Extracting Textual Insertsfrom Digital Videos. In Proceedings of the ICDAR 2001, Sixth Inter-national Conference on Document Analysis and Recognition, Seattle,Washington, USA, September 10-13, 2001. (to appear).

6510 A. Miene and O. Herzog. AVAnTA - Automatische Video Analyse undtextuelle Annotation. it + ti - Informationstechnik und Technische In-formatik, 42(6), 2000.

6511 Adrian Miles. Cinematic Paradigms for Hypertext. Continuum: Journalof Media and Cultural Studies, 13(2):217–226, July 1999.

6512 Adrian Miles. Hypertext syntagmas: cinematic narration with links.Journal of Digital Information, 1(7), 2000.

6513 Adrian Miles. Hypertext structure as the event of connection. Journalof Digital Information, 2(3), 2002.

6514 Carolyn R. Miller. Genre as social action. Quarterly Journal of Speech,70:151–167, 1984.

6515 Carolyn R. Miller. Genre as social action. Quarterly Journal of Speech,70:151–167, 1984. Reprinted as ? ).

6516 Carolyn R. Miller. Genre as social action. In Aviva Freedman and PeterMedway, editors, Genre and the new rhetoric, chapter 2, pages 23–42.Taylor and Francis, London, 1994.

6517 Carolyn R. Miller. Rhetorical community: the cultural basis of genre. InAviva Freedman and Peter Medway, editors, Genre and the new rhetoric,chapter 4, pages 67–78. Taylor and Francis, London, 1994.

6518 G. Miller. WordNet: an online lexical database. International Journalof Lexicography, 3(4), 1990.

6519 G.A. Miller, E. Gallanter, and K.H. Pribram. Plans and the structureof behaviour. Holt, Rinehart and Winston, New York, 1960.

6520 G.A. Miller and P.N. Johnson-Laird. Language and Perception. Cam-bridge University Press, Cambridge, 1976.

6521 George Miller. English verbs of motion: a case study in semantics andlexical memory. In A.W. Melton and E. Martin, editors, Coding Pro-cesses in Human Memory, pages 335–372. Wiley, New York, 1972.

540

6522 Izchak Miller. Husserl’s account of our temporal awareness. In Hubert L.Dreyfus, editor, Husserl, Intentionality, and Cognitive Science, pages125–146. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1982.

6523 J.H. Miller. Narrative. In Critical terms for literary study, pages 66–79.Chicago University Press, 1990.

6524 Mark C. Miller. Boxed In: The Culture of TV. Northwestern UniversityPress, Evanston, I.L., 1988.

6525 P. Miller and G. Rennels. Prose Generation from Expert Systems. InAI-Magazine, pages 37–44, 1988.

6526 Rebecca E. Miller. Cognitive film semiotics and enlightened empiricism.Semiotica, 151(1/4):241–257, 2004.

6527 Toby Miller and Robert Stam, editors. Film and Theory: An Anthology.Blackwell, Oxford, 2000.

6528 Toby Miller and Robert Stam, editors. A companion to film theory.Blackwell companions in cultural studies. Blackwell, Oxford, 2004.

6529 C. Millet and M. Gilloux. A Study of the Necessary Knowledge forExplanation in Expert System. C.N.E.T. Lannion A., departementSLC/AIA, Route de Tregastel, B.P. 1, 22301 Lannion, France.

6530 Jeffrey Ayla Milligan. Idolatry of Multicultural Education. MulticulturalEducation, 6(3):2–5, 1999.

6531 Kathy Mills. Multiliteracies and a metalanguage for the moving image:Multimodal analysis of a claymation movie. In Peter L. Jeffery, edi-tor, AARE 2008 - International Education Research Conference. TheAustralian Association for Research in Education, 2009.

6532 Kathy Mills. ’Now I know their secrets’: Kineikonic texts in the literacyclassroom. Australian Journal of Language and Literacy, 34(1):24–37,2011.

6533 M. Milosavljevic and R. Dale. Text generation and user modelling onthe web. In Proceedings of User Modelling for Information Filtering onthe World Wide Web workshop at the User Modelling ’96 conference,1996.

6534 Maria Milosavljevic. Content Selection in Comparison Generation. InW. Hoeppner, editor, 6th European Workshop on Natural Language Gen-eration (6th EWNLG), pages 72–81, 1997.

6535 Maria Milosavljevic. The Automatic Generation of Com-parisons in Descriptions of Entities. PhD thesis, Depart-ment of Computing, Macquarie University, 1999. Available athttp://www.comp.mq.edu.au/ mariam/papers/thesis/thesis.pdf.

541

6536 Maria Milosavljevic and Robert Dale. Strategies for Comparison inEncyclopedia Descriptions. In INLG’96, pages 161–170, HerstmonceuxCastle, Sussex, 1996.

6537 Maria Milosavljevic, Robert Dale, Stephen J. Green, Cécile Paris, andSandra Williams. Virtual Museums on the Information Superhighway:Prospects and Potholes. In Proceedings of CIDOC’98, the Annual Con-ference of the International Committee for Documentation of the In-ternational Council of Museums, Melbourne, Australia, 10-14 October1998.

6538 Maria Milosavljevic and Jon Oberlander. Dynamic Hypertext Cata-logues: Helping Users to Help Themselves. In Proceedings of the 9thACM Conference on Hypertext and Hypermedia (HT’98), Pittsburgh,PA, USA, 20-24 June 1998.

6539 Maria Milosavljevic, Adrian Tulloch, and Robert Dale. Text generationin a dynamic hypertext environment. In Proceedings of the NineteenthAustralasian Computer Science Conference (ACSC ’96), pages 417–426,Melbourne, Australia, 1996.

6540 David Milward and Martin Beveridge. Ontology-based dialogue sys-tems. In Proceedings of the 3rd Workshop on Knowledge and Reasoningin Practical Dialogue Systems at the Eighteenth International Joint Con-ference On Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI-03), Acapulco, Mexico, 2003.American Association for Artificial Intelligence.

6541 C. Min and L. Shinan. High intelligibility and naturalness of ChineseTTS systems and prosodic rules. In Proceedings of the InternationalCongress of Phonetic Science, volume 2, pages 334–339, Stockholm,1995.

6542 Marvin Minsky. A framework for representing knowledge. In P. H.Winston, editor, The Psychology of Computer Vision, pages 211–277,New York, 1975. McGraw-Hill. Reprinted in Ronald J. Brachman andHector J. Levesque (eds.) Readings in Knowledge Representation, (1985)Los Altos: Kaufman.

6543 Marvin Minsky. A framework for representing knowledge. In TheoreticalIssues in Natural Language Processing 1, 1975. See also paper of thesame name in ? ).

6544 Steve Minton. Constraint-Based Generalization. In Proceedings of theFourth National Conference on Artificial Intelligence, Austin, TX, 1984.

6545 Nicholas Mirzoeff. An introduction to visual culture. Routledge, Londonand New York, 1999.

542

6546 Parag K. Mital, Tim J. Smith, Robin L. Hill, and John M. Henderson.Clustering of gaze during dynamic scene viewing is predicted by motion.Cognitive Computation, 3:5–24, 2011.

6547 Teruko Mitamura and Eric H. Nyberg III. Hierarchical lexical struc-ture and interpretive mapping in machine translation. In Proceedingsof the fifteenth International Conference on Computational Linguistics(COLING-92), volume IV, pages 1254–1258, Nantes, France, 1992. In-ternational Committe on Computational Linguistics.

6548 C. Mitchel Kernan and S. ErvinTrip, editors. Child Discourse. AcademicPress, New York, 1977.

6549 T. F. Mitchell. The Language of Buying and Selling in Cyrenaica: asituational statement. Hesperis, 44, 1957. (Reprinted in T.F. Mitchell,Principles of Neo-Firthian Linguistics, London: Longman, 1975, pp31-71).

6550 T. M. Mitchell. An Approach to Concept Learning. Technical ReportHPP-79-2, Stanford University, Ca, 1978.

6551 T. M. Mitchell. Generalization as Search. Artificial Intelligence, 18:203–226, 1982.

6552 T. M. Mitchell. Learning and Problem Solving. In Proceedings of theEighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, Karl-sruhe, West Germany, 1983.

6553 W.J.T. Mitchell. Picture Theory: Essays on verbal and visual represen-tation. University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1994.

6554 W.J.T. Mitchell. There are no visual media. Journal of visual culture,4(2):257–266, 2005.

6555 W.J.T. Mitchell. There are no visual media. In Oliver Grau, editor,Media Art Histories, pages 395–406. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 2007.

6556 Marianne Mithun. How To Avoid Subordination. In Proceedings of theTenth Annual Meeting, Berkeley, 1984. Berkeley Linguistics Society.

6557 R. Mitkov. A tutoring System which Explains in Natural Language. InJ. Grabowski, editor, BIT-89. Akademie Verlag, Berlin, 1990.

6558 R. Mitkov. Generating Explanations of Geometrical Concepts. Com-puters and Artificial Intelligence, 9(6):589–598, 1990.

6559 Ruslan Mitkov. How could rhetorical relations be used in machine trans-lation? (and at least two open questions). In Owen Rambow, editor,Intentionality and structure in discourse relations, pages 86–89. Associ-ation for Computational Linguistics, 1993. (Proceedings of a Workshopsponsored by the Special Interest Group on Generation, 21 June, 1993,Columbus, Ohio).

543

6560 Debasis Mitra and Hyoung-Rae Kim. A Spatial Knowledge Representa-tion Scheme: Star Calculus. In Proceedings of the Spatial and TemporalReasoning Workshop at the International Joint Conference on ArtificialIntelligence (IJCAI), Acapulco, Mexico, 2005.

6561 Jean Mitry. Esthétique et psychologie du cinéma. Tome I: Les structures.Editions Universitaires, Paris, 1963.

6562 Jean Mitry. Remarks on the problems of cinematic adaptation. TheBulletin of the Midwest Modern Language Association, 4(1):1–9, Spring1971.

6563 Jean Mitry. The Aesthetics and Psychology of Cinema. The AthlonePress, London, 1998[1963]. Translated by Christopher King.

6564 V. Mittal and C. Paris. Automatic Documentation Generation: TheInteraction of Texts and Examples. In IJCAI, pages 1158–1163, 1993.

6565 Vibhu Mittal. Generating natural language descriptions with inte-grated text and examples. Research Report ISI/RR-93-392, Universityof Southern California, Information Sciences Institute, Marina del Rey,California, 1993.

6566 Vibhu O. Mittal. Generating natural language descriptions with inte-grated text and examples. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, New Jersey,1999.

6567 Vibhu O. Mittal, Johanna D. Moore, Giuseppe Carenini, and StevenRoth. Describing complex charts in natural language: a caption gen-eration system. Computational Linguistics, 24(3):431–468, September1998.

6568 Vibhu O. Mittal, Steven Roth, Johanna D. Moore, Joe Mattis, andGuiseppe Carenini. Generating explanatory captions for informationgraphics. In Proceedings of the 15th. International Joint Conference onArtificial Intelligence (IJCAI’95), volume 2, pages 1276–1283, Montréal,Canada, 1995.

6569 E. Mittelberg. Wortschatz und Syntax der BILD-Zeitung. MarburgerBeiträge zur Germanistik, Marburg, 1967. Band 19.

6570 Jason Mittell. A Cultural Approach to Television Genre theory. CinemaJournal, 40(3):3–24, 2001.

6571 Jason Mittell. Genre and Television. Routledge, New York and London,2004.

6572 Yusuke Miyao, Takaki Makino, Kentaro Torisawa, and Jun-Ichi Tsu-jii. The LiLFeS abstract machine and its evaluation with the LinGOgrammar. Natural Language Engineering, 6(1):47–61, 2000.

544

6573 Riichiro Mizoguchi. Tutorial on ontological engineering: part 3: Ad-vanced course of ontological engineering. New Generation Computing,22(2):198–220, 2004.

6574 Riichiro Mizoguchi. Functional ontology of artifacts. In Mitsuhiro Okadaand Barry Smith, editors, Interdisciplinary Ontology: Proceedings ofthe First Interdisciplinary Ontology Meeting, February 26th-27th, 2008,Tokyo, pages 51–60, Tokyo, 2008. Open Research Centre for Logic andFormal Ontology, Keio University.

6575 Osamu Mizutani and Noboko Mizutani. How to be polite in Japanese.The Japan Times, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan, 1987.

6576 Ingrid Moardh. Headlinese: on the grammar of English front page head-lines. Gleerup, Lund, 1980.

6577 Carol C. Mock. The grammatical units of the Nzema Language: Asystemic analysis. PhD thesis, University of London, 1969.

6578 Carol C. Mock. A systemic phonology of Isthmus Zapotec prosodies. InBenson and Greaves, editors, Systemic perspectives on Discourse, pages349–373. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1985.

6579 Carol C. Mock. Relations between pitch accent and stress. ChicagoLinguistic Society, 21:256–74, 1985.

6580 Carol C. Mock. Systemic phonology: a partial bibliography of publica-tions. In Paper presented at the 14th. International Systemic Workshop(ISW 14), 1987.

6581 Carol C. Mock. Pitch accent and stress in Isthmus Zapotec. In Harryvan der Hulst and Norval Smith, editors, Autosegmental approaches topitch accent, pages 197–223. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1988.

6582 Carol C. Mock. Systemic insights into phonological universals. In J. Ben-son and W. Greaves, editors, Systemic Functional Approaches to Dis-course: Selected Papers from the Twelfth International Systemic Work-shop. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1988.

6583 M.O.Dzikovska. A practical semantic representation for natural lan-guage parsing. PhD thesis, University of Rochester, Rochester, NY,2004.

6584 Daryl R. Moen. Newspaper Layout and Design: a team approach. IowaState University Press, Ames, Iowa, 2nd. edition, 1989.

6585 M. Moens and M. Steedman. Temporal ontology and Temporal refer-ence. Computational Linguistics, 14(2), 1988.

545

6586 Marc Moens, Jo Calder, Ewan Klein, Mark Reape, and Henk Zeevat.Expressing Generalizations in Unification-based Formalisms. In Proceed-ings of the 4th. Conference of the European Chapter of the Associationfor Computational Linguistics, pages 174–181, Manchester, England,1989. Association for Computational Linguistics.

6587 S.D. Moeser. Cognitive mapping in a complex building. Environmentand Behavior, 20(1):21–49, 1988.

6588 Scott D. Moffat, Alan B. Zonderman, and Susan M. Resnick. Age dif-ferences in spatial memory in a virtual environment navigation task.Neurobiology of Aging, 22:787ff, 2001.

6589 C. Moghrabi. Un Programme de Génération Conceptuel de l’Arabe:Application aux Recettes de Cuisine. PhD thesis, Paris 6, 1980.

6590 B.A. Mohan. An investigation of the relationship between language andsituational factors in a card game, with specific attention to the languageof instructions. PhD thesis, University of London, 1969.

6591 Bernard Mohan, Tammy Slater, Emi Kobayashi, Lynn Luo, MasakiKobayashi, and Kangli Ji. Multimodal scientific representations acrosslanguages and cultures. In Terry D. Royce and Wendy L. Bowcher,editors, New Directions in the Analysis of Multimodal Discourse, pages275–298. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 2007.

6592 Bernhard A. Mohan. Language and content. Addison-Wesley, Reading,Mass., 1986.

6593 Bernhard A. Mohan. A situation-based approach to language socializa-tion. Word, 40(1-2):99–117, 1989.

6594 Gregor Möhler. Rule based generation of fundamental frequency con-tours for German utterances. In John A. Bateman, editor, Speech gener-ation in multimodal information systems and its practical applications,GMD Studien. German National Research Center for Information Tech-nology (GMD), Sankt Augustin, Germany, 1996.

6595 Wiebke Möhr and Lothar Rostek. TEDI: An Object-Oriented Termi-nology Editor. In Proceedings of the Third International Congress onTerminology and Knowledge Engineering. Indeks Verlag, 1993.

6596 Wiebke Möhr and Ingrid Schmidt, editors. SGML und XML: Anwen-dungen und Perspektiven. Springer, Berlin, New York, 1999.

6597 A. Mojaev and A. Zell. Online-Positionskorrektur für mobile Roboterdurch Korrelation lokaler Gitterkarten. In H. Wörn, R. Dillmann, andD. Henrich, editors, Autonome Mobile Systeme 1998. Informatik aktuell,pages 93–99. Springer, 1998.

546

6598 Karl-Dietmar Möller. Schichten des Filmbildes und Ebenen des Films.In Die Einstellung als Größe einer Filmsemiotik, number 7 in papmaks,pages 37–81. MAKS (Münsteraner Arbeitskreis for Semiotik) Publika-tionen, Münster, 1978.

6599 Karl-Dietmar Möller. Werbung und Semiotik. In Walter A. Koch, editor,Filmwissenschaft und Semiotik, volume 1, pages 287–306. Brockmeyer,Bochum, 1990.

6600 Karl-Dietmar Möller-Naß. Filmsprache: eine kritische Theo-riegeschichte. MAKS (Münsteraner Arbeitskreis for Semiotik) Publika-tionen, Münster, 1986.

6601 A. Leßmöllmann, C. Eschenbach, and C. Habel. Multiple Referen-zrahmen: Der Fall oben über der Tür. In W. Krause, U. Kotkamp,and R. Goertz, editors, KogWis97: Proceedings der 3. Fachtagung derGesellschaft für Kognitionswissenschaft, pages 119–121, Jena, Germany,1997. Friedrich-Schiller-Universität.

6602 Stefan Momma and Jochen Dörre. Generation from f-structures. InEwan Klein and Johann Van Bentham, editors, Categories, Polymor-phism and Unification. Cognitive Science Centre, University of Edin-burgh, Edinburgh, Scotland, 1987.

6603 Monica Monachini and Nicoletta Calzolari. Synopsis and comparison ofmorphosyntactic phenomena encoded in lexicons and corpora. A com-mon proposal and applications to European languages. Technical Re-port, Istituto di Linguistica Computazionale, October 1994. Draft ver-sion of EU-LRE Project Eagles deliverable EAG-LSG/IR-T4.6/CSG-T3.2.

6604 James Monaco. How to read a film: movies, media, multimedia. OxfordUniversity Press, Oxford, U.K., 3rd edition, 2000.

6605 James Monaco. How to read a film: movies, media and beyond. OxfordUniversity Press, Oxford, U.K., 30th anniversary edition edition, 2009.

6606 James Monaghan. The Neo-Firthian Tradition and its Contribution toGeneral Linguistics. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 1979.

6607 R. Montague. Formal Philosophy. Yale University Press, New Haven,1974.

6608 Richard Montague. Selected Papers of Richard Montague, volume 7 ofSynthese Language Library. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, Holland, 1974. Editedby David R. Dowty.

6609 D. Montello. Scale and multiple psychologies of space. In A.U. Frankand I. Campari, editors, Spatial Information Theory: Theoretical Basisfor Geographic Information Science, number 716 in Lecture Notes inComputer Science, pages 312–321. Springer, Berlin, 1993.

547

6610 D. Mooney. Generating High-Level Structure for Extended Explanations.PhD thesis, University of Delaware, Dept. of Computer and InformationSciences, 1993.

6611 David J. Mooney, Sandra Carberry, and Kathleen F. McCoy. Capturinghigh-level structure of naturally occuring, extended explanations usinghigh-level strategies. Computational Intelligence, 7(4):334–356, 1991.

6612 A. Moore and C. Atkeson. The Parti-Game Algorithm for VariableResolution Reinforcement Learning in Multidimensional State-Spaces.In Machine Learning 21, pages 199–233. Kluwer Academic Publishers,Boston, 1995.

6613 J. A. Moore, J. A. Levin, and W. C. Mann. A Goal-Oriented Modelof Human Dialogue. American Journal of Computational Linguistics,Microfiche 67, 1977.

6614 J. A. Moore, J. A. Levin, and William C. Mann. A Goal-Oriented Modelof Human Dialogue. Submitted to American Journal of ComputationalLinguistics, 1977. ?????

6615 J. A. Moore and W. C. Mann. A snapshot of KDS, a knowledge deliverysystem. In Proceedings of the Conference, 17th Annual Meeting of theAssociation for Computational Linguistics, pages 51–52, August 1979.

6616 J. D. Moore and V. O. Mittal. Dynamically generated follow-up ques-tions. Computer, 29(7):75–8, 1996.

6617 J. D. Moore and J. R. Swartout. Pointing: A Way Toward ExplanationDialogue. In AAAI-90: Proc. 8th Nat. Conf. on Artificial Intelligence,pages 457–464, Menlo Park, 1990. AAAI Press / The MIT Press. (July29, 1990 - Aug. 3, 1990. Vol. I).

6618 Johanna D. Moore. A reactive approach to explanation in expert andadvice-giving systems. PhD thesis, University of California, Los Angeles,1989.

6619 Johanna D. Moore and Yigal Arens. A Hierarchy for Entities, 1985.USC/Information Sciences Institute, Internal Draft.

6620 Johanna D. Moore and Cécile L. Paris. Constructing Coherent TextsUsing Rhetorical Relations. In Proceedings of the Tenth Annual Confer-ence of the Cognitive Science Society, pages 637–643, Montreal, Canada,August 1988. Cognitive Science Society.

6621 Johanna D. Moore and Cécile L. Paris. Planning text for advisory di-alogues. In Proceedings of the 27th Annual Meeting of the Associationfor Computational Linguistics, pages 203–211, Vancouver, Canada, June1989. Association for Computational Linguistics.

548

6622 Johanna D. Moore and Cécile L. Paris. Exploiting user feedback tocompensate for the unreliability of user models. User Modeling andUser-Adapted Interaction, 2:287–330, 1992.

6623 Johanna D. Moore and Cécile L. Paris. Planning texts for advisory di-alogs: capturing intentional and rhetorical information. ComputationalLinguistics, 19(4):651–694, December 1993.

6624 Johanna D. Moore and Martha E. Pollack. A problem for RST: the needfor multi-level discourse analysis. Computational Linguistics, 18(4):537–544, Dec 1992.

6625 Johanna D. Moore and William R. Swartout. A Reactive Approachto Explanation, August 1988. Presented at the AAAI Workshop onExplanations.

6626 Johanna D. Moore and William R. Swartout. Explanation in expert sys-tems: a survey. Technical Report ISI/RR-88-228, Information SciencesInstitute, Marina del Rey, Los Angeles, CA, December 1988.

6627 Johanna D. Moore and William R. Swartout. A Reactive Approach toExplanation. In Proceedings of the Eleventh International Joint Confer-ence on Artificial Intelligence, Detroit, MI, August 20-25 1989. IJCAI.

6628 Johanna D. Moore and William R. Swartout. A Reactive Approach toExplanation. In Cécile L. Paris, William R. Swartout, and William C.Mann, editors, Natural language generation in artificial intelligenceand computational linguistics, pages 3–48. Kluwer Academic Publish-ers, 1991.

6629 R. Moore. Reasoning about Knowledge and Action. Technical Note 191,SRI International, Artificial Intelligence Center, 1980.

6630 R. C. Moore. Problems in Logical Form. In Proceedings of the 19rdAnnual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages117–24, Stanford, Ca, June 1981.

6631 R.C. Moore. A serial scheme for inheritance of properties. SIGARTNewsletter, 53:8–9, 1975.

6632 S. Moorehead, R. Simmons, and W. Whittaker. Autonomous explo-ration using multiple sources of information. In Proc. of the IEEE In-ternational Conference on Robotics & Automation (ICRA). 2001.

6633 A. Morales-Cueto. Adaption of the resource model of ILEX/WAG toSpanish. Master’s thesis, Division of Informatics, University of Edin-burgh, Edinburgh, Scotland, 1998.

6634 R. Moratz. Visuelle Objekterkennung als kognitive Simulation. In Diski174. Infix, Sankt Augustin, 1997.

549

6635 R. Moratz and K. Fischer. Cognitively Adequate Modelling of SpatialReference in Human-Robot Interaction. In Proceedings of the IEEEInternational Conference on Tools with Artificial Intelligence (ICTAI-2000), Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, 2000.

6636 R. Moratz, K. Fischer, and T. Tenbrink. Cognitive Modelling of Spa-tial Reference for Human-Robot Interaction. International Journal OnArtificial Intelligence Tools, 10(4), 2001.

6637 R. Moratz, C. Freksa, and T. Barkowsky. Diagrammatic Instruction-Maps for Human-Robot Interaction. In T. Röfer, A. Lankenau, andR. Moratz, editors, Service Robotics - Applications and Safety Issues inan Emerging Market. Workshop Notes. European Conference on Artifi-cial Intelligence 2000 (ECAI 2000). 2000.

6638 R. Moratz, G. Heidemann, S. Posch, H. Ritter, and G. Sagerer. Repre-senting procedural knowledge for semantic networks using neural nets.In Proc. 9th Scandinavian Conference on Image Processing., pages 819–828. 1995.

6639 R. Moratz and B. Hildebrandt. Abteilung raumbezogener Hand-lungsziele aus sprachlichen Instruktionen, 1998.

6640 R. Moratz and B. Hildebrandt. Deriving spatial goals from verbalinstructions: A speech interface for robot navigation. In B. Hilde-brand, R. Moratz, and C. Scheering, editors, Architectures in CognitiveRobotics (Technischer Bericht 98/13n SFB 360, Situierte KünstlicheKommunikatoren). Universität Bielefeld, Bielefeld, 1998.

6641 R. Moratz, T. Tenbrink, J. Bateman, and K. Fischer. Spatial Knowl-edge Representation for Human-Robot Interaction. In Christian Freksa,W. Brauer, C. Habel, and K.F. Wender, editors, Spatial Cognition III,pages 263–286. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2003.

6642 Reinhard Moratz. Intuitive Linguistic Joint Object Reference in Human-Robot Interaction: Human Spatial Reference Systems and Function-based Categorisation for Symbol Grounding. In Proceedings of AAAI-06:the Twenty-First National Conference on Artificial Intelligence, Boston,USA, July 2006. AAAI, AAAI.

6643 Reinhard Moratz. Representing Relative Direction as a Binary Relationof Oriented Points. In Gerhard Brewka, Silvia Coradeschi, Anna Perini,and Paolo Traverso, editors, ECAI 2006, 17th European Conference onArtificial Intelligence, August 29 - September 1, 2006, Riva del Garda,Italy, Including Prestigious Applications of Intelligent Systems (PAIS2006), Proceedings, volume 141 of Frontiers in Artificial Intelligenceand Applications, pages 407–411. IOS Press, 2006.

550

6644 Reinhard Moratz. Representing relative direction as binary relation oforiented points. In Proceedings of the 17th European Conference onArtificial Intelligence (ECAI 2006), pages 407–411, 2006.

6645 Reinhard Moratz, Frank Dylla, and Lutz Frommberger. A RelativeOrientation Algebra with Adjustable Granularity. In Proceedings of theWorkshop on Agents in Real-Time and Dynamic Environments (IJCAI05), 2005.

6646 Reinhard Moratz, Jochen Renz, and Diedrich Wolter. Qualitative Spa-tial Reasoning about Line Segments. In W. Horn, editor, Proceedingsof the 14th European Conference on Artificial Intelligence (ECAI00),Amsterdam, 2000. IOS Press.

6647 Reinhard Moratz and Thora Tenbrink. Natural Language Instructionsfor Joint Spatial Reference between Naive Users and a Mobile Robot.In Proceedings of the 11th IEEE International Workshop on Robot andHuman Interactive Communication, 2002.

6648 Reinhard Moratz and Thora Tenbrink. Instruction modes for joint spa-tial reference between naive users and a mobile robot. In Proc. ICRISSP2003 IEEE International Conference on Robotics, Intelligent Systemsand Signal Processing, Special Session on New Methods in Human RobotInteraction, October 8-13, 2003, Changsha, Hunan, China, 2003.

6649 Reinhard Moratz and Thora Tenbrink. Affordance-based human-robotinteraction. In Proc. Dagstuhl Seminar 06231: Towards Affordance-Based Robot Control, June 05-09, 2006, 2006.

6650 Reinhard Moratz and Thora Tenbrink. Spatial reference in linguistichuman-robot interaction: Iterative, empirically supported developmentof a model of projective relations. Spatial Cognition and Computation,6(1):63–107, 2006.

6651 Reinhard Moratz and Thora Tenbrink. Affordance-based human-robotinteraction. In Erich Rome, Joachim Hertzberg, and Georg Dorffner,editors, Towards affordance-based robot control, pages 63–76. Springer,Berlin, 2008.

6652 E. Moravcsik and J. Wirth, editors. Syntax and Semantics, volume 13:Current Approaches to Syntax. Academic Press, New York, 1980.

6653 H. Moravec and A. Elfes. High resolution maps from wide angle sonar. InProc. of the IEEE International Conference on Robotics & Automation(ICRA). 1985.

6654 J. L. Morgan. Discourse theory and the independence of sentence gram-mar. In Deborah Tannen, editor, Georgetown University Round Tableon Languages and Linguistics 1981 - Analyzing Discourse: Text and

551

Talk, pages 196–204. Georgetown University Press, Washington, D.C.,1982.

6655 J. L. Morgan and G. M. Green. Pragmatics and Reading Comprehen-sion, 1977. University Of Illinois.

6656 Jerry L. Morgan. How can you be in two places at once when you’re notanywhere at all? Chicago Linguistic Society, 9:410–427, 1973.

6657 Jerry L. Morgan. Some Remarks on the Nature of Sentences. InR.E. Grossman, J.L. San, and T.J. Vance, editors, Papers from theparasession on Functionalism, pages 433–449. Chicago Linguistic Soci-ety, Chicago, 1975.

6658 Jerry L. Morgan and G. Green. Pragmatics and Reading Comprehen-sion. In R. Spiro, B. Bruce, and W. Brewer, editors, Theoretical Issuesin Reading Comprehension, pages 113–140. Lawrence Erlbaum, HillsdaleNJ, 1980.

6659 Jerry L. Morgan and M. Sellner. Discourse and Linguistic Theory. InR. Spiro, B. Bruce, and W. Brewer, editors, Theoretical Issues in Read-ing Comprehension, pages 165–200. Lawrence Erlbaum, Hillsdale NJ,1980.

6660 Wendy Morgan. Heterotopics, towards a grammar of hyperlinks. InMesser morphs the media ’99, Darmstadt, Germany, 1999. Writer’sworkshop at Hypertext ’99. (Last accessed: January 2007).

6661 Yoshiki Mori. Multiple Discourse Relations on the Sentential Level inJapanese. In Proceedings of the 16th. International Conference on Com-putational Lingusitics (COLING-96), pages 788–793, Copenhagen, 1996.

6662 Sandra E. Moriarty. Abduction: a theory of visual interpretation. Com-munication Theory, 6(2):167–187, 1996.

6663 k. Morik, editor. GWAI-87: 11th German Workshop on Artificial Intel-ligence. Springer, Berlin, 1987.

6664 Katharina Morik. User Modelling, Dialog Structure, and Dialog Strat-egy in HAM-ANS. In Proceedings of EACL-85, Geneva, Switzerland,1985. European Association of Computational Linguistics.

6665 Katharina Morik. Modeling the User’s Wants. Presented at the FirstInternational Workshop on User Modelling, August 1986.

6666 Katharina Morik. User models and conversational settings: modelingthe user’s wants. In Alfred Kobsa and Wolfgang Wahlster, editors, UserModels in Dialog Systems, pages 364–385. Springer Verlag, SymbolicComputation Series, Berlin Heidelberg New York Tokyo, 1989.

552

6667 David Morley. An introduction to systemic grammar. Macmillan, Lon-don, 1985.

6668 G. David Morley. Syntax in functional grammar: an introduction tolexicogrammar in systemic linguistics. Continuum, London and NewYork, 2000.

6669 G. David Morley. Explorations in Functional Syntax: A New Frameworkfor Lexicogrammatical Analysis. Equinox, London and New York, 2004.

6670 G. MorpurgoTagliabue. Grammar, logic and rhetoric in a pragmaticperspective. In H. Parret, M. Sbisa, and J Verscheuren, editors, Possi-bilities and Limitations of Pragmatics, pages 493–508. John BenjaminsB.V., Amsterdam, 1981. Conference on Pragmatics, Urbino, July8-14,1979.

6671 Charles W. Morris. Foundations of the Theory of Signs. University ofChicago Press, Chicago, 1938.

6672 Daniel Morrow. Situation models and point of view in narrative un-derstanding. In Willie van Peer and Seymour Chatman, editors, NewPerspectives on Narrative Perspective, pages 225–239. State Universityof New York Press, Albany, NY, 2001.

6673 Paul Morărescu. Principles for Annotating and Reasoning with SpatialInformation. In Proceedings of the 2006 International Conference onLanguage Resources and Evaluation (LREC’2006), Genoa, Italy, 2006.

6674 Paul Morărescu. A Lexicalized Ontology for Spatial Semantics. In Pro-ceedings of the IJCAI-2007 Workshop on Modeling and Representationin Computational Semantics, Hyderabad, India, 2007.

6675 Doris Mosbach. Coming together? Exotische Menschen als Zeichen ineuropäischer Anzeigen- und Plakatwerbung. Zeitschrift für Semiotik,16(3-4):217–253, 1994.

6676 M. G. Moser. An Overview of NIKL, the New Implementation of KL-one. In Research in Natural Language Understanding. Bolt, Beranek,and Newman, Inc., Cambridge, MA, 1983. BBN Technical Report 5421.

6677 Megan Moser and Johanna D. Moore. Towards a synthesis of two ac-counts of discourse structure. Computational Linguistics, 22(3):409–419,September 1996.

6678 Megan Moser, Johanna D. Moore, and Erin Glendening. Instructionsfor coding explanations: identifying segments, relations and minimalunits. Technical Report 96-17, University of Pittsburgh, Department ofComputer Science, 1996.

553

6679 Lisa Moses. TOPS-20 User’s manual. USC/Information Sciences Insti-tute, Internal manual, Marina del Rey, California.

6680 Peter Moss. Rhetoric of defense in the United States: language, mythand ideology. In Paul Chilton, editor, Language and the nuclear armsdebate: Nukespeak today, pages 45–63. Frances Pinter, London, 1985.

6681 T. Mossakowski. Using limits of parchments to systematically constructinstitutions of partial algebras. In M. Haveraaen, O. Owe, and O.-J. Dahl, editors, Recent Trends in Data Type Specification. Proc. 11thADT/COMPASS Workshop (Oslo 1995), Lecture Notes in ComputerScience 1130, pages 379–393. 1999.

6682 T. Mossakowski. Heterogeneous development graphs and heterogeneousborrowing. In In M. Nielsen and U. Engberg, editors, Foundations ofSoftware Science and Computation Structures. Lecture Notes in Com-puter Sci-ence 2303, pages 326–341. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2000.

6683 T. Mossakowski. Specification in an arbitrary institution with symbols.In C. Choppy and D. Bert, editors, Recent Trends in Algebraic Devel-opment Techniques. WADT99 Lecture Notes in Computer Science 1827,pages 252–270. Springer, 2000.

6684 T. Mossakowski. Relating CASL with other specification languages: theinstitution level. In J. Fiadeiro, editor, Abstract Data Types (SpecialIssue). Theoretical Computer Science (invited paper). 2003.

6685 T. Mossakowski, S. Autexier, and D. Hutter. Extending developmentgraphs with hiding. In H. Hußmann, editor, Fundamental Approaches toSoftware Engineering. Lecture Notes in Computer Science 2029, pages269–283. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2001.

6686 T. Mossakowski, A. Haxthausen, and B. Krieg-Brückner. SubsortedPartial Higher-Order Logic as an Extension of CASL. In C. Choppyand D. Bert, editors, Recent Trends in Algebraic Development Tech-niques. WADT99 Lecture Notes in Computer Science 1827, pages 126–145. Springer, 2001.

6687 T. Mossakowski and B. Klin. Institution independent static analysis forCASL. In M. Cerioli and G. Reggio, editors, Recent Trends in AlgebraicDevelopment Techniques, 15th International Workshop, WADT01, Lec-ture Notes in Computer Science 2267, pages 221–237. Springer, Berlin,Heidelberg, 2002.

6688 T. Mossakowski, Kolyang, and B. Krieg-Brückner. Static SemanticAnalysis and Theorem Proving for CASL. In F. Parisi-Pressice, editor,Recent Trends in Algebraic Development Techniques. WADT97, LectureNotes in Computer Science 1376, pages 333–348. Springer, 1998.

554

6689 T. Mossakowski, A. Tarlecki, and W. Pawowski. Combining and repre-senting logical systems using model-theoretic parchments. In F. Parisi-Pressice, editor, Recent Trends in Algebraic Development Techniques.WADT97, Lecture Notes in Computer Science 1376, pages 349–364.Springer, 1998.

6690 Till Mossakowski, Joseph Goguen, Razvan Diaconescu, and AndrzejTarlecki. What is a Logic? (revised version). In Jean-Yves Beziau,editor, Logica Universalis, number second edition, pages 111–133.Birkhäuser, 2007.

6691 Till Mossakowski, Anne Haxthausen, Don Sannella, and Andrzej Tar-lecki. CASL, the Common Algebraic Specification Language. InD. Bjorner and M. Henson, editors, Logics of formal specification lan-guages, Monographs in Theoretical Computer Science, chapter 3, pages241–298. Springer-Verlag Heidelberg, 2008.

6692 Till Mossakowski, Christian Maeder, and Klaus Lüttich. The Heteroge-neous Tool Set. In Orna Grumberg and Michael Huth, editors, TACAS2007, volume 4424 of Lecture Notes in Computer Science, pages 519–522. Springer-Verlag Heidelberg, 2007.

6693 Till Mossakowski, Lutz Schröder, and Sergey Goncharov. A GenericComplete Dynamic Logic for Reasoning about Purity and Effects. For-mal Aspects of Computing, to appear.

6694 Till Mossakowski, Andrzej Tarlecki, and Razvan Diaconescu. What is alogic translation? Logica Universalis, 3(1):95–124, 2009. Winner of theuniversal logic 2007 contest.

6695 Peter D. Mosses, editor. CASL Reference Manual. Number 2960 inLNCS. Springer, Berlin, 2004.

6696 Peter D. Mosses and M. Bidoit. CASL – the Common Algebraic Spec-ification Language: User Manual. Number 2900 in LNCS. Springer,Berlin, 2004.

6697 Groupe µ. Traité du signe visuel: pour une rhétorique de l’image. Edi-tions du Seuil, Paris, 1992.

6698 Manfred Muckenhaupt. Text und Bild. Grundfragen der Beschrei-bung von Text-Bild-Kommunikation aus sprachwissenschaftlicher Sicht.Tübinger Beiträge zur Linguistik. Narr, Tübingen, 1986.

6699 Erik T. Mueller. Daydreaming in humans and machines: A computermodel of the stream of thought. Ablex/Intellect, Norwood, NJ, 1990.

6700 Erik T. Mueller. Daydreaming in humans and machines: A computermodel of the stream of thought, chapter Appendix B: description of gen-erator, pages 351–363. Ablex/Intellect, Norwood, NJ, 1990.

555

6701 Erik T. Mueller. Natural language processing with Thought-Treasure. Signiform, New York, 1998. Available at:http://www.signiform.com/tt/book/.

6702 S. Muenzer, C. Hölscher, and K. Gramann. Entwicklung eines deutschenFragebogens zur räumlichen Orientierung. In L. Urbas, T. Goschke, andB. Velichkovsky, editors, Jahrestagung der Gesellschaft für Kognition-swissenschaft in Dresden., Dresden, 2008. KogWis 2008 9.

6703 Alfred Mugler. Tempus und Aspekt als Zeitbeziehung, volume 9 of Stu-dien zur theoretischen Linguistik. Fink, München, 1988.

6704 Susanne Mühleisen. How to translate Creole: choices in German trans-lations of Anglo-creolophone texts. In Rainer Schulz, editor, Meaningfulchoices in English, pages 139–156. Narr, Tübingen, 1998.

6705 Susanne Mühleisen. From mother tongue to metaphor of new ’imaginedcommunities’: Creole and its migrant transformations. Zeitschrift fürAnglistik und Amerikanistik (ZAA), 3, 2001.

6706 Peter Mühlhäusler and Rom Harré. Pronouns and people: the linguisticconstruction of social and personal identity. Blackwell, Oxford, 1990.

6707 James Muir. A Modern Approach to English Grammar. An Introductionto Systemic Grammar. Batsford, London, 1972.

6708 A. Mukerjee and G. Joe. A qualitative model for space. In Proceedings ofthe 8th National Conference of the American Association for ArtificialIntelligence (AAAI-90), pages 721–727, Boston, MA, 1990. MIT Press.

6709 Amitabha Mukerjee. Neat versus scruffy: a review of computationalmodels for spatial expressions. In Patrick Olivier and Klaus-Peter Gapp,editors, Representation and processing of spatial expressions, pages 1–36. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Mahwah, New Jersey, 1998.

6710 M. Van Mulken. Analyzing rhetorical devices in print advertisements.Document Design, 4(2):114–128, 2003.

6711 M. Van Mulken, R. Van Enschot, and H. Hoeken. Levels of implicitnessin magazine advertisements: an experimental study into the relation-ship between complexity and appreciation in magazine advertisements.Information Design Journal + Document Design, 13(2):155–164, 2005.

6712 Adrian Müller and Ulrich Thiel. Query Expansion in an Abductive In-formation Retrieval System. In Proceedings of the RIAO’94 Conference -Intelligent Multimedia Information Retrieval Systems and Management,New York, NY, Vol. 1, pages 461–480, 1994.

6713 J. Müller-Brockmann. Grid systems in graphic design: a visual commu-nication manual for graphic design. Hastings House, New York, 1985.

556

6714 C. Müller and R. Wasinger. Adapting Multimodal Input for the Elderly.In Proceedings of ABIS-02, Adaptivität und Benutzermodellierung ininteraktiven Softwaresystemen. Hannover, Germany, 2002.

6715 Marion G. Müller. Politische Bildstrategien im amerikanischen Präsi-dentschaftswahlkampf 1828-1996. Akademie Verlag, Berlin, 1997.

6716 Marion G. Müller. Politische Liturgie. Zum symbolischen Momentpolitischen Handelns in westlichen Demokratien. In Werner Krempand Berthold Meyer, editors, Religion und Zivilreligion im AtlantischenBündnis, pages 58–90. WVT Wissenschaftlicher Verlag, 2001.

6717 Marion G. Müller. Grundlagen der visuellen Kommunikation. Theo-rieansätze und Methoden. UVK, utb, konstanz edition, 2003.

6718 Marion G. Müller. Die Ikonographie des politischen Händedrucks. InS. Appuhn-Radthke and E.P. Wipfler, editors, Freundschaft, Motiveund Bedeutungen, pages 205–215. Zentralinstitut für Kunstgeschichte,München, 2006.

6719 Marion G. Müller. What is visual communication? Past and future ofan emerging field of communication research. Studies in CommunicationSciences, 7(2):7–34, 2007.

6720 Marion G. Müller. Iconography and Iconology as a visual method andapproach. In Eric Margolis and Luc Pauwels, editors, Handbook of VisualResearch Methods, pages 283–297. Sage, London, 2011.

6721 Marion G. Müller and John Bateman. Amok and war: visible violence- invisible victims. In Peter Ludes, editor, Algorithms of power: keyinvisibles, The world language of key visuals, pages 115–130. LIT Verlag,Berlin, 2011.

6722 Marion G. Müller and Arvid Kappas. Visual emotions - Emotional vi-suals emotions, pathos formulae, and their relevance for communicationresearch. In K. Döveling, K.C. von Scheve, and E. Konijn, editors, TheRoutledge handbook of emotions in mass media, pages 310–331. Rout-ledge, London, U.K., 2011.

6723 Marion G. Müller and E. Özcan. The political iconography of Muham-mad Cartoons: Understanding cultural conflict and political action. PS:Political Science & Politics, 40(2):287–292, 2007.

6724 P. Muller. A qualitative theory of motion based on spatio-temporalprimitives. In A.G. Cohn, L. Schubert, and S.C. Shapiro, editors, Princi-ples of Knowledge Representation and Reasoning, Proceedings of the 6thInternational Conference (KR98), pages 131–142. Morgan KaufmannPublishers, San Francisco, 1998.

557

6725 Philippe Muller. The temporal essence of spatial objects. In Michel Aur-nague, Maya Hickmann, and Laure Vieu, editors, The Categorization ofSpatial Entities in Language and Cognition, volume 20 of Human Cog-nitive Processing, pages 285–306. John Benjamins Publishing Company,Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 2007.

6726 Philippe Muller and Laure Sarda. The Semantics of French Transi-tive Movement Verbs and the Ontological Nature of their Objects. InProceedings of the 5th International Colloquium of Cognitive Science(ICCS’97), 1997.

6727 R. Müller, T. Röfer, A. Lankenau, A. Musto, K. Stein, and A. Eisenkolb.Coarse Qualitative Descriptions in Robot Navigation. In C. Freksa,W. Brauer, C. Habel, and K.F. Wender, editors, Spatial Cognition II -Integrating Abstract Theories, Empirical Studies, Formal Methods, andPractical Applications, pages 265–276. Springer, Berlin, 2000.

6728 Kevin Mulligan. Perception, predicates and particulars. In D. Fisette,editor, Consciousness and intentionality: models and modalities of at-tribution, pages 163–194. Kluwer, Dordrecht / Boston / London, 1999.

6729 MULTILEX. Linguistic description of the MULTILEX standard. Tech-nical Report, CAP GEMINI Innovation, Boulogne-Billancourt, 1993.

6730 Laura Mulvey. Visual pleasure and narrative cinema. Screen, 16(3):6–18,1975.

6731 Dieter Münch. Intention und Zeichen: Untersuchungen zu FranzBrentano und Edmund Husserls Frühwerk. Suhrkamp, Frankfurt amMain, 1993.

6732 Edward Munnich, Barbara Landau, and Barbara Anne Dosher. Spa-tial language and spatial representation: A cross-linguistic comparison.Cognition, 81:171–207, 2001.

6733 Allen Munro. Speech Act Understanding in Context. PhD thesis, Uni-versity of California, San Diego, 1977.

6734 Hugo Munsterberg. The Film: A Psychological Study; The Silent Pho-toplay in 1916. D. Appleton and Company, New York, 1970.

6735 Hugo Münsterberg. Hugo Münsterberg on Film: The Photoplay - APsychological Study and Other Writings. Routledge, 2001[1916]. Editedby Allan Langdale.

6736 Peter Muntigl. Modelling multiple semiotic systems: the case of gestureand speech. In Eija Ventola, Cassily Charles, and Martin Kaltenbacher,editors, Perspectives on Multimodality, pages 31–50. John Benjamins,Amsterdam, 2004.

558

6737 Peter Muntigl and Helmut Gruber. Introduction: approaches to genre.Folia Linguistica, XXXIX(1-2):1–18, 2005.

6738 S. Münzer and C. Hölscher. Entwicklung und Validierung eines Frage-bogens zur räumlichen Orientierung [Development and validation of aquestionnaire on spatial orientation]. Diagnostica, currently under revi-sion.

6739 Stefan Münzer and Christoph Stahl. Providing individual route in-structions for indoor wayfinding in complex, multi-level buildings. InF. Probst and C. Keßler, editors, Proceedings of the 5th Geographic In-formation Days, pages 241–246, Münster, 2007. IfGIprints.

6740 Kazunori Muraki and Shinichi Doi. Robust translation and meaning in-terpretation mechanism based on examples in dictionary. In Proceedingsof Pacific Rim Conference on Artificial Intelligence. 1992.

6741 Susana Murcia-Bielsa. The choice of directive expressions in Englishand Spanish instructions: a semantic network. In Eija Ventola, editor,Discourse and community: doing functional linguistics, pages 117–146.Gunter Narr, Tübingen, 2000.

6742 Susanna Murcia-Bielsa. Instructional texts in English and Spanish: acontrastive study. PhD thesis, University of Cordoba, Cordoba, Spain,1999.

6743 Susana Murcia and Mick O’Donnell. Semantic functions in instructionaltexts: a comparison between English and Spanish. In Proceedings ofthe 2nd International Contrastive Linguistics Conference, Compostela,Spain, October 2001.

6744 Arthur T. Murray. AI4U: Mind-1.1 Programmer’s Manual. iUniverse,Lincoln, Nebraska, 2002.

6745 Robert W. Murray. Historical linguistics: the study of language change.In William O’Grady, Michael Dobrovolsky, and Francis Katamba, edi-tors, Contemporary Linguistics. An introduction, chapter 8, pages 313–371. Longman, London and New York, 3rd. edition, 1996.

6746 A. Musto. On Spatial Reference Frames in Qualitative Motion Repre-sentation, 1999.

6747 A. Musto. Eine Fuzzy-Basis für qualitative Bewegungsrepräsentation,2000.

6748 A. Musto and A. Eisenkolb. Eine intermediäre Schicht in der Bewe-gungswahrnehmung, 1998.

559

6749 A. Musto, K. Stein, A. Eisenkolb, and T. Röfer. Qualitative and Quan-titative Representations of Locomotion and their Application in RobotNavigation. In T. Dean, editor, Proc. of the 16th International JointConferenceon Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI-99), pages 1067–1073. Mor-gan Kaufman Publishers, San Francisco, CA, 1999.

6750 A. Musto, K. Stein, A. Eisenkolb, T. Röfer, W. Brauer, and K. Schill.From Motion Observation to Qualitative Motion Representation. InC. Freksa, W. Brauer, C. Habel, and K.F. Wender, editors, SpatialCognition II - Integrating Abstract Theories, Empirical Studies, FormalMethods, and Practical Applications, pages 115–126. Springer, Berlin,2000.

6751 A. Musto, K. Stein, A. Eisenkolb, K. Schill, and W. Brauer. Generaliza-tion, Segmentation, and Classification of Qualitative Motion Data. InH. Prade, editor, Proc. of the 13th European Conference on ArtificialIntelligence (ECAI-98), pages 180–184. John Wiley & Sons, Chichester,1998.

6752 A. Musto, K. Stein, K. Schill, A. Eisenkolb, and W. Brauer. QualitativeMotion Representation in Egocentric and Allocentric Frame of Refer-ence. In C. Freksa and D.M. Mark, editors, Spatial information theory-Cognitive and computational foundations of geographic information sci-ence (COSIT 99), pages 461–476. Springer, Berlin, 1999.

6753 Pieter Muysken and Henk van Riemsdijk. Projecting features and featur-ing projections. In P. Muysken and H. van Riemsdijk, editors, Featuresand Projections, pages 1–30. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, Holland,1986.

6754 G. Myers. Every picture tells a story: illustrations in E.O. Wilson’s Soci-ology. In M. Lynch and S. Woolgar, editors, Representation in scientificpractice, pages 231–265. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1990.

6755 G. Myers. Words in Ads. Arnold, London, 1994.

6756 G. Myers. Words and pictures in a biology textbook. In T. Miller, editor,Functional approaches to written text: classroom applications, volume I,pages 113–126. The Journal of TESOL France, 1995. In association withUS Information Service, Paris.

6757 F. Nack. About the influence of computer semiotics on communal In-telligence. In Workshop on Computational Semiotics for New Media,University of Surrey, Guildford, Surrey, UK, June 29-30 2000.

6758 F. Nack. All content counts - the future in digital media computing ismeta. IEEE MultiMedia, 7(3):10–13, 2000.

560

6759 F. Nack. Catch me, said the meaning, and turned out to be a hydra.In Workshop on Narrative and Interactive Learning Environments, Ed-inburgh, Scotland, August 30-September 1 2000.

6760 F. Nack and C. Lindley. Arbeitsumgebungen für die Entwicklung inter-aktiver Geschichten. In Workshop "Digital Storytelling" DISTEL 2000,ZGDV Darmstadt, Germany, June 15-16 2000.

6761 F. Nack and C. Lindley. Production and maintenance environments forinteractive audio-visual stories. In Proceedings ACM MM 2000 Work-shops - Bridging the Gap: Bringing Together New Media Artists andMultimedia Technologists, pages 21–24, Los Angeles, CA., October 312000.

6762 Frank Nack. Play the Game. IEEE Multimedia, pages 8–10, January-March 2001. edited by Frank Nack.

6763 Frank Nack and Lynda Hardman. Denotative and Connotative Seman-tics in Hypermedia: Proposal for a Semiotic-Aware Architecture. NewReview of Hypermedia and Multimedia, 7:7–37, 2001.

6764 Frank Nack and Lynda Hardman. Denotative and Connotative Seman-tics in Hypermedia: Proposal for a Semiotic-Aware Architecture. Tech-nical Report INS-R0202, CWI, March 2002.

6765 Frank Nack and Lynda Hardman. Towards a Syntax for MultimediaSemantics. Technical Report INS-R0204, CWI, April 2002.

6766 Frank Nack and Wolfgang Putz. Designing Annotation Before It’sNeeded. In Proceedings of the 9th ACM International Conference onMultimedia, pages 251–260, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, September 30 -October 5 2001.

6767 Frank Nack, Menzo Windhouwer, Lynda Hardman, Eric Pauwels, andMichele Huijberts. The Role of Highlevel and Lowlevel Features inStyle-based Retrieval and Generation of Multimedia Presentations. NewReview of Hypermedia and Multimedia, 7:39–65, 2001.

6768 Frank Nack, Menzo Windhouwer, Eric Pauwels, Michèle Huijberts, andLynda Hardman. The Role of High-level and Low-level Features inSemi-automated Retrieval and Generation of Multimedia PresentationsPresentation Geneneration. Technical Report INS-R0108, CWI, June2001.

6769 Hamid Naficy. Situating accented cinema. In Elisabeth Ezra and TerryRowden, editors, Transnational Cinema, the Film Reader, pages 111–129. Routledge, London and New York, 2006.

561

6770 Makoto Nagao. A framework of a mechanical translation betweenEnglish and Japanese by analogy principle. In A. Elithorn andR. Banerji, editors, Artifical and Human Intelligence, pages 173–180.North-Holland, 1984.

6771 Makoto Nagao. Role of structural transformation in a machine transla-tion system. In Sergei Nirenburg, editor, Theoretical and MethodologicalIssues in Machine Translation, pages 262–277. Cambridge UniversityPress, Cambridge, 1987.

6772 Makoto Nagao, Jun-ichi Tsujii, and Jun-ichi Nakamura. The JapaneseGovernment Project for Machine Translation. In Jonathan Slocum, edi-tor, Machine Translation Systems, pages 141–186. Cambridge UniversityPress, Cambridge, 1988.

6773 Keiji Nagatani, Howie Choset, and Sebastian Thrun. Towards ex-act localization without explicit localization with Generalized VoronoiGraphs. In Proceedings of the 1998 IEEE Internation Conference onRobotics and Automation, pages 342–348. IEEE, 1998.

6774 Ludwig Nagl. Medienphilosophie - Systematisch? Ein Vorwort. InMike Sandbothe und Ludwig Nagl, editor, Systematische Medienphiloso-phie, pages vii–xii. Akademie Verlag, 2005.

6775 Ludwig Nagl. Film is made for philosophy. Stanley Cavells "Cities ofWords". In Birgit Leitner and Lorenz Engell, editors, Philosophie desFilms, pages 194–213. Verlag der Bauhaus-Universität, Weimar, 2007.

6776 Hiromi Nakaiwa, Akio Yokoo, and Satoru Ikehara. A system of verbalsemantic attributes focused on the syntactic correspondence betweenJapanese and English. In Proceedings of the 15th. International Con-ference on Computational Linguistics (COLING 94), volume II, pages672–678, Kyoto, Japan, 1994.

6777 Junsaku Nakamura. Statistical Methods and Large Corpora: a newtool for describing text types. In M. Baker, G. Francis, and E. Toginini-Bognelli, editors, Text and technology: In honour of John Sinclair, pages137–156. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1993.

6778 Christine H. Nakatani. Discourse Structural Constraints on Accent inNarrative. In J. P. H. van Santen, R. Sproat, J. Olive, and J. Hirschberg,editors, Progress in Speech Synthesis. Springer, Berlin, New York, 1995.

6779 Christine H. Nakatani and Jennifer Chu-Carroll. Using dialogue rep-resentations for Concept-to-Speech generation. In Proceedings of theANLP/NAACL 2000 Workshop on Conversational Systems, pages 48–53, Seattle, May 2000. Association for Computational Linguistics.

6780 Alexander Nakhimovsky. Aspect, Aspectual Class, and the TemporalStructure of Narrative. Computational Linguistics, 14(2):29–43, 1988.

562

6781 F. Namer. Subject Erasing and Pronominalization in Italian Text Gen-eration. In EACL, Manchester, 1989.

6782 F. Namer. Pronominalisation et Effacement du Sujet en GénérationAutomatique de Textes en Langues romanes. PhD thesis, 1990.

6783 J. Nanard and M. Nanard. Using structured types to incorporate knowl-edge in hypertext. In Proceedings of the 3rd ACM Conference on Hy-pertext (Hypertext ’91), pages 329–343, San Antonio, Texas, 1991. As-sociation for Computing Machinery.

6784 Keizo Nanri. An attempt to synthesize two systemic contextual theoriesthrough the investigation of the process of the evolution of the discoursesemantic structure of the newspaper reporting article. PhD thesis, De-partment of Linguistics, Sydney University, 1993.

6785 Donna Jo Napoli. Predication theory: a case study in indexing theory.Cambridge University Press, 1989.

6786 James Naremore. The magic world of Orson Welles. Oxford UniversityPress, London and New York, 1978.

6787 M. Natanson. Alfred Schutz on Social Reality and Social Science. InM. Natanson, editor, Phenomenology and Social Reality: Essays inmemory of Alfred Schutz, pages 101–121. Nijhoff, The Hague, 1970.

6788 M. Natanson, editor. Phenomenology and Social Reality: Essays inmemory of Alfred Schutz. Nijhoff, The Hague, 1970.

6789 A. Naumann, J. Waniek, and J.F. Krems. Knowledge acquisition, navi-gation and eye movements from text and hypertext. In U.-D. Reips andM. Bosnjak, editors, Dimensions of Internet Science, pages 293–304.Pabst, Lengerich, 2001.

6790 G. Navarro and R. Baeza-Yates. Expressive power of a new model forstructured text databases. In Proceedings of PANEL’95, pages 1151–1162, 1995.

6791 R. Navigli and P. Velardi. Learning Domain Ontologies from Docu-ment Warehouses and Dedicated Web Sites. Computational Linguistics,30(2):151–179, 2004.

6792 Alassane Ndiaye. Rollenübernahme als Benutzermodellierungsmeth-ode: Globale Antizipation in einem transmutierbaren Dialogsystem[Role Taking As a Method of User Modeling: Global Anticipation ina Transmutable Dialog System]. PhD thesis, Department of Com-puter Science, Saarland University, Germany, 1998. Available fromhttp://dfki.de/∼jameson/abs/Ndiaye98Diss.html.

563

6793 J. G. Neal and Shapiro S. C. Intelligent Multi-Media Interface Tech-nology. In J. W. Sullivan and S. W. Tyler, editors, Proceedings of theWorkshop on Architectures for Intelligent Interfaces: Elements and Pro-totypes, pages 69–91. ACM/Addison-Wesley, 1988.

6794 J. G. Neal and S. C. Shapiro. Intelligent multimedia interface technology.In J. W. Sullivan and S. W. Tyler, editors, Intelligent User Interfaces.Frontier Series, ACM Press, New York, 1991.

6795 Steve Neale. Genre. British Film Institute, London, 1980.

6796 Steve Neale. Questions of Genre. Screen, 31(1):45–66, 1990.

6797 Steve Neale. Genre and Hollywood. Routledge, London, 2000.

6798 B. Nebel. Computational Properties of Qualitative Spatial Reasoning:First Results. In I. Wachsmuth, C.-R. Rollinger, and W. Brauer, edi-tors, KI-95: Advances in Artificial Intelligence, pages 233–244. Springer,Heidelberg, 1995.

6799 B. Nebel. Artificial Intelligence: A Computational Perspective. InG. Brewka, editor, Principles of Knowledge Representation, Studies inLogic, Language and Information, pages 237–266. CSLI Publications,1996.

6800 B. Nebel. Solving Hard Qualitative Temporal Reasoning Problems:Evaluating the Efficiency of Using the ORD-Horn Class. In Proceedingsof the 12th European Conference on Artificial Intelligence (ECAI96),pages 38–42, 1996.

6801 B. Nebel. Terminologische Logiken and Subsumption. In G. Strube,B. Bekke, C. Freksa, U. Hahn, and K. Opwis, editors, Wörterbuch derKognitionswissenschaft, pages 385–695. Klett-Cotta, Stuttgart, 1996.

6802 B. Nebel. How Hard is it to Revise a Belief Base? In D. Dubois andH. Prade, editors, Handbook of Defeasible Reasoning and UncertaintyManagement Systems, Vol. 3: Belief Change, pages 77–145. Kluwer,1998.

6803 B. Nebel. Compilation Schemes: A Theoretical Tool for Assessing theExpressive Power of Planning Formalisms. In KI-99: Advances in Arti-ficial Intelligence, pages 183–194. Springer; Bonn, 1999.

6804 B. Nebel. Frame-Based Systems. In Robert A. Wilson and Frank Keil,editors, MIT Encyclopedia of the Cognitive Sciences. MIT Press, Cam-bridge, 1999.

6805 B. Nebel. What is the Expressive Power of Disjunctive Preconditions?In Proceedings of the 5th European Conference on Planning (ECP99),Heidelberg, 1999. Springer.

564

6806 B. Nebel. Knowledge Representation and Reasoning - The Theoreti-cal Side of Artificial Intelligence. In European Conference on ArtificialIntelligence (ECAI-2000), page 763. 2000.

6807 B. Nebel. On the Expressive Power of Planning Formalisms: Condi-tional Effects and Boolean Preconditions in the STRIPS Formalism.In J. Minker, editor, Logic-Based Artificial Intelligence, pages 469–490.2000.

6808 B. Nebel, Y. Dimopoulos, and J. Koehler. Ignoring Irrelevant Factsand Operators in Plan Generation. In Proc. European Conference onPlanning 1997 (ECP-97), pages 338–350. Springer, Heidelberg, 1997.

6809 B. Nebel, J.-S. Gutmann, and W. Hatzack. CSFreiburg 99. In M. Veloso,E. Pagello, and H. Kitano, editors, RoboCup-99: Robot Soccer WorldCup III. Springer, Berlin, 2000.

6810 B. Nebel and J. Renz. An Approach to Representing Topological Aspectsof Cognitive Maps. In U. Schmid and F. Wysotzki, editors, Qualitativeand Quantitative Approaches to Spatial Inference and the Analysis ofMovements(Technical Report, 98-2), pages 29–31. Fakultät für Infor-matik, Fachbereich Methoden der KI, TU Berlin, Berlin, 1998.

6811 B. Nebel, W. Swartout, and C. Rich. Principles of Knowledge Represen-tation and Reasoning. In Proceedings of the 3rd International Conference(KR-92), Cambridge, MA, 1992. Morgan Kaufmann.

6812 Bernhard Nebel, Christof Peltason, and Kai von Luck. Proceedings ofInternational Workshop on Terminological Logics. Technical ReportDFKI-D-91-13, DFKI, Saarbrücken, May 1991.

6813 Bernhard Nebel and Norman K. Sondheimer. A logical-form andknowledge-base design for natural language generation. In Proceedings ofthe AAAI-86 Conference, Philadelphia, PA, August 11-15, 1986, pages612–618, 1986.

6814 Bernhard Nebel and Norman K. Sondheimer. Nigel gets to know logic -an experiment in NL generation taking a logical, knowledge- based view.Technical Report KIT-report 36, FB Informatik, TU Berlin, 1986.

6815 R. Neches, R. Fikes, T. Finin, T. Gruber, R. Patil, T. Senator, and W.R.Swartout. Enabling technology for knowledge sharing. AI Magazine,12(3):16–36, 1991.

6816 Robert Neches, William R. Swartout, and Johanna D. Moore. En-hanced Maintenance and Explanation of Expert Systems Through Ex-plicit Models of Their Development. IEEE Transactions on SoftwareEngineering, SE-11(11):1337–1351, November 1985.

565

6817 Robert Neches, William R. Swartout, and Johanna D. Moore. Explain-able And Maintainable Expert Systems. In Proceedings of the NinthInternational Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, volume One,pages 382–389. IJCAI’85, August 1985.

6818 Mark-Jan Nederhof, Gosse Bouma, Rob Koeling, and Gertjan van No-ord. Grammatical analysis in the OVIS spoken-dialogue system. InJulia Hirschberg, Candace Kamm, and Marilyn Walker, editors, Pro-ceedings of the ACL/EACL Workshop on Interactive Spoken Dialog Sys-tems: bringing speech and NLP together in real applications, pages 66–73, Madrid, Spain, 1997. Assocation for Computational Linguistics.

6819 R Negrine. Politics and the Mass Media in Britain. Routledge, London,1994.

6820 A. A. Nekrasova. O nekotorych vido-vremennych formach russkogo ianglijskogo glagolov v sopostavlenii (Zu einigen Aspekt-Tempus-Formenrussische und englischer Verben). Lingvističeskie i metodičeskie problemyprepodivanija russkogo jazyka kak nerodnogo, 1987.

6821 William Nelles. Getting Focalization into Focus. Poetics Today,11(2):365–382, 1990.

6822 William Nelles. Frameworks: narrative levels and embedded narrative.Lang, Frankfurt a.M. / New York, 1997.

6823 Jill Nelmes. Gender and Film. In Jill Nelmes, editor, Introductionto Film Studies, chapter 10, pages 220–251. Routledge, London, 4thedition, 2007.

6824 Jill Nelmes, editor. Introduction to Film Studies. Routledge, London,4th edition, 2007.

6825 Katherine Nelson and Elena Levy. Development of referential cohesionin a child’s monologues. In Ross Steele and Terry Threadgold, editors,Language topics: essays in honour of Michael Halliday. Benjamins, Am-sterdam, 1987.

6826 Theodor Holm Nelson. Xanalogical Structure, Needed Now More thanEver: Parallel Documents, Deep Links to Content, Deep Versioning andDeep Re-Use. Technical Report, Project Xanadu and Keio University,n.d. Also at: http://www.mprove.de/diplom/ht/xuDation.html.

6827 G. Németh. Re-usability of the new prosody model of MULTIVOX. InJohn A. Bateman, editor, Speech generation in multimodal informationsystems and its practical applications: Proceedings of the 2nd. ‘SPEAK!’Workshop, number 302 in GMD-Studien, pages 60–62. German NationalResearch Center for Information Technology (GMD), Sankt Augustin,Germany, 1996.

566

6828 John Nerbonne. Representing grammar, meaning and knowledge, May1992. (Papers from KIT-FAST Workshop, Technical University Berlin,October 9th - 11th 1991).

6829 John Nerbonne. Partial Verb Phrases and Spurious Ambiguities. InJohn Nerbonne, Klaus Netter, and Carl Pollard, editors, German inHead-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar, pages 109–150. CSLI, Stan-ford, CA, 1994.

6830 John Nerbonne, Lauri Karttunen, G. Proszeky, and T. Rossmaa. Read-ing more into foreign languages. In Proceedings of the Fifth Conferenceon Applied Natural Language Processing, pages 830–835, Washington,1997. Association for Computational Linguistics.

6831 John Nerbonne, Klaus Netter, and Carl Pollard, editors. German inHead-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar. Number 46 in Lecture NoteSeries. CSLI, Stanford, 1994.

6832 Christopher F. Nesbitt. Construing linguistic resources: consumer per-spectives. PhD thesis, Department of Linguistics, University of Sydney,1994.

6833 Christopher N. Nesbitt and Guenter Plum. Probabilities in a systemicgrammar: the clause complex in English. In Robin P. Fawcett andDavid Young, editors, New developments in systemic linguistics. FrancesPinter, London, 1988.

6834 Christopher Nesbitt and Guenter Plum. Probabilities in a systemicgrammar: the clause complex in English. In Robin P. Fawcett and DavidYoung, editors, New Developments in Systemic Linguistics; Volume 2:Theory and Application, pages 6–38. Pinter, London, 1988.

6835 Hilary Nesi. The Use and Abuse of EFL Dictionaries. Niemeyer, Tübin-gen, 2000.

6836 E. Nessen. SCUM; User Modeling in the SINIX-Consultant. Presentedat the First International Workshop on User Modelling, August 1986.

6837 Tore Nesset. How pervasive are sexist ideologies in grammar? In RenéDirven, Bruce Hawkins, and Esra Sandikcioglu, editors, Language andideology. Volume 1: theoretical cognitive approaches, number 204 in Cur-rent Issues in Linguistic Theory, pages 197–226. Benjamins, Amsterdam,2001.

6838 Klaus Netter. Towards a Theory of Functional Heads. In John Nerbonne,Klaus Netter, and Carl Pollard, editors, German in Head-Driven PhraseStructure Grammar, pages 297–340. CSLI, Stanford, CA, 1994.

6839 Network: news, views and reviews in systemic linguistics and relatedareas.

567

6840 Yael Dahan Netzer and Michael Elhadad. Generation of Noun Com-pounds in Hebrew: Can Syntactic Knowledge be Fully Encapsulated?In Eduard Hovy, editor, Proceedings of the Ninth International Work-shop on Natural Language Generation, pages 168–177, New Brunswick,New Jersey, 1998. Association for Computational Linguistics.

6841 Yael Dahan Netzer and Michael Elhadad. Bilingual Hebrew-EnglishGeneration of Possessives and partitives: raising the input abstractionlevel. In Proceedings of the 37th. Annual Meeting of the American Asso-ciation for Computational Linguistics (ACL’99), pages 144–151, Univer-sity of Maryland, 1999. American Association for Computational Lin-guistics.

6842 A. Neubert. Competence in language and translation. In C. Schäferand B. Adab, editors, Developing translation competence, pages 3–18.Benjamins, Amsterdam / Philadelphia, 2000.

6843 Erich J. Neuhold. Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme.Der GMD-Spiegel, 18(4), 1988.

6844 Erich J. Neuhold. Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme.Der GMD-Spiegel, 21(1):16–17, 1991.

6845 B. Neumann and H.-J. Novak. NAOS: Ein System zur natürlichenBeschreibung zeitveränderter Szenen. Informatik: Forschung und En-twicklung, 1:83–92, 1986.

6846 Bernd Neumann. Bildverstehen – ein Überblick. In G. Görz, editor, Ein-führung in die Künstliche Intelligenz, chapter 6, pages 559–582and684.Addison-Wesley, 2nd edition, 1995.

6847 Günter Neumann. A Bidirectional Model for Natural Language Pro-cessing. In Proceedings of the 5th Conference of the European Chapterof the ACL, pages 245–250, Berlin, Germany, 1991.

6848 Günter Neumann. Applying explanation-based learning to control andspeeding-up natural language generation. In Proceedings of the 35th. An-nual Meeting of the Assocation for Computational Linguistics and the8th. Conference of the European Chapter of the Association for Com-putational Linguistics (ACL-EACL97), pages 214–221, Madrid, Spain,July 1997. Association for Computational Linguistics.

6849 Günter Neumann and Wolfgang Finkler. A Head-Driven Approach toIncremental and Parallel Generation of Syntactic Structures. In Proceed-ings of the 13th International Conference on Computational LinguisticsCOLING-90, pages 288–293, Helsinki, 1990. Also available as ResearchReport RR-91-07, Deutsches Forschungszentrum für Künstliche Intelli-genz, Saarbrücken, Germany.

568

6850 Günter Neumann and Gertjan van Noord. Self-Monitoring with Re-versible Grammars. In Proceedings of the 13th International Conferenceon Computational Linguistics (COLING-92), Nantes, France, 1992.

6851 Günter Neumann and Gertjan van Noord. Reversibility and Self-Monitoring in Natural Language Generation. In Tomek Strzalkowski,editor, Reversible Grammar in Natural Language Processing, pages 59–96. Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1994.

6852 The New Encyclopedia of Science. Raintree Publishers, Milwaukee,Wisc., 1982.

6853 The New Book of Knowledge - The Children’s Encyclopedia. GrolierInc., New York, 1967.

6854 A. Newell and H. A. Simon. Human Problem Solving. Prentice-Hall,Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1972.

6855 Alan Newell. The knowledge level. Artificial Intelligence, pages 87–127,1982.

6856 J.E. Newhagen and B. Reeves. This evening’s bad news: effects ofcompelling negative television images on memory. Journal of Commu-nication, 42(2):25–41, 1992.

6857 Michael Newman. Mindscreen. In David Herman, Manfred Jahn, andMarie-Laure Ryan, editors, Routledge Encyclopedia of Narrative Theory,pages 310–. Routledge, London, 2005.

6858 Peter Newmark. A textbook of translation. Prentice Hall, 1988.

6859 F.J. Newmeyer. Relational Grammar and autonomous syntax. ChicagoLinguistic Society, 12:506–515, 1976.

6860 Bill Nichols. Style, grammar and the movies. Film Quarterly, 28(3):33–49, 1975.

6861 Bill Nichols. Representing Reality : Issues and Concepts in Documen-tary. Indiana University Press, Bloomington, 1991.

6862 Bill Nichols. Film Theory and the Revolt against Master Narratives.In Christine Gledhill and Linda Williams, editors, Reinventing FilmStudies, pages 34–52. Arnold, London, 2000.

6863 Bill Nichols. Introduction to Documentary. Indiana University Press,Bloomington, 2001.

6864 J. Nichols. Secondary Predicates. In Berkeley Linguistics Society, vol-ume 4, pages 114–127. 1978.

569

6865 J. Nichols. The meeting of East and West: confrontation and conver-gence in contemporary linguistics. In 5th Annual Meeting of the BerkeleyLinguistic Society, pages 261–276, Berkeley University, 1979.

6866 J. Nichols. Head-marking and dependent-marking grammar. Language,62(1):56–119, 1986.

6867 A. De Nicola, M. Missikoff, and R. Navigli. A Software EngineeringApproach to Ontology Building. Information Systems, 34(2):258–275,2009.

6868 N. Nicolov, C. Mellish, and G. Ritchie. Sentence Generation from Con-ceptual Graphs. In W. Rich, G. Ellis, R. Levinson, and J. Sowa, editors,Conceptual Structures: Applications, Implementation and Theory, vol-ume LNAI 954, pages 74–88. Springer, New York, 1995.

6869 N. Nicolov, C. Mellish, and G. Ritchie. Approximate chart generationfrom non-hierarchical representations. In R. Mitkov and N. Nicolov,editors, Recent Advances in Natural Language Processing, pages 273–294. J. Benjamins Publ. Company, Amsterdam, 1997.

6870 Nicholas Nicolov and Chris Mellish. PROTECTOR: efficient sentencegeneration with lexicalized grammars. In P. Saint-Dizier, editor, Pro-ceedings of the 7th. European Workshop on Natural Language Generation(EWNLG’99), pages 96–105, Toulouse, May 1999.

6871 Nicolos Nicolov, Chris Mellish, and Graeme Ritchie. Approximate gen-eration from non-hierarchical representations. In Proceedings of the 8th.International Workshop on Natural Language Generation (INLG ’96),pages 31–40. Herstmonceux, England, June 1996.

6872 Eugene A. Nida. Morphology. The descriptive analysis of words. Uni-versity of Michigan Press, Ann Arbor, 1949.

6873 Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating. E. J. Brill, Leiden,1964.

6874 Gerhild Nieding, Peter Ohler, and Claudia Thußbas. The cognitive de-velopment of temporal structures: how do children make inferences withtemporal ellipses in films? In Peter Vorderer, Hans J. Wulff, and MikeFriederichsen, editors, Suspense: conceptualizations, theoretical analy-ses, and empirical explorations, chapter 15, pages 301–328. LawrenceErlbaum Associates, Mahwah, NJ, 1996.

6875 John Niekrasz and Matthew Purver. A Multimodal Discourse Ontologyfor Meeting Understanding. In S. Renals and S. Bengio, editors, Pro-ceedings of MLMI 2005, number 3869 in LNCS, pages 162–173, Berlin,Heidelberg, 2006. Springer.

570

6876 Henrik Skov Nielsen. The Impersonal Voice in First-Person NarrativeFiction. Narrative, 12(2):133–150, 2004.

6877 Jakob Nielsen. Designing web usability: the practice of simplicity. NewRiders Publishing, Indianapolis, Indiana, 2000.

6878 Jakob Nielsen. F-Shaped Pattern For Reading Web Content. JakobNielsen’s Alertbox, April 17 2006.

6879 Jakob Nielsen and Hoa Loranger. Prioritizing Web Usability: the prac-tice of simplicity. New Riders Publishing, Berkeley, CA, 2006.

6880 Michael Nielsen and Isaac Chuang. Quantum Computation and Quan-tum Information. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2000.

6881 Susanne Niemeier and Rene Dirven, editors. The Language of Emotions.Benjamins, 1998.

6882 Martin Nies. Fotografie und Fotograf als filmische Zeichen. Zeitschriftfür Semiotik, 30(3-4):391–, 2008.

6883 Maria Nikolajeva and Carole Scott. How picturebooks work. Routledge,London, 2001.

6884 Toma Nikolov and Krassimira Petrova. Towards building BulgarianWordNet. In Galia Angelova, Kalina Bontcheva, Ruslan Mitkov, NicolasNicolov, and Nikolai Nikolov, editors, Proceedings of the EuroconferenceRecent Advances in Natural Language Processing (RANLP-2001), pages199–203, Tzigov, Bulgaria, September 2001.

6885 I. Niles and A. Pease. Origins of the Standard Upper Merged Ontology:A Proposal for the IEEE Standard Upper Ontology. In Working Notesof the IJCAI-2001 Workshop on the IEEE Standard Upper Ontology,pages 37–42, 2001.

6886 I. Niles and A. Pease. Toward a Standard Upper Ontology. In ChrisWelty, Barry Smith, and Christopher Welty, editors, Formal Ontologyin Information Systems (FOIS), New York, NY, USA, 2001. Associationfor Computing Machinery.

6887 I. Niles and A. Pease. Linking lexicons and ontologies: mapping Word-Net to the Suggested Upper Merged Ontology. In Proceedings of theIEEE International Conference on Information and Knowledge Engi-neering, pages 412–416. IEEE, 2003.

6888 Nils J. Nilson. Principles of Artificial Intelligence. Tioga PublishingCompany, Palo Alto, Ca., 1980.

6889 N. J. Nilsson. A Mobile Automaton: An Application of Artificial Intel-ligence Techniques. In Proceedings of the 1st International Joint Con-ference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 509–520, 1969.

571

6890 S. Nirenburg, V. Lesser, and E. Nyberg. Controlling a language genera-tion planner. In Proceedings of the 11th. International Joint Conferenceon Artificial Intelligence, pages 1524–1530, 1989.

6891 S. Nirenburg and V. Raskin. Ten Choices for Lexical Semantics. Techni-cal Report CRL TR MCCS-96-304, New Mexico State University, 1996.

6892 Sergei Nirenburg, editor. Theoretical and Methodological Issues in Ma-chine Translation. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1987.

6893 Sergei Nirenburg. Lexical Selection in a Blackboard-based GenerationSystem, July 1988. Presented at the Fourth International Workshop onNatural Language Generation. Santa Catalina Island, California, July,1988.

6894 Sergei Nirenburg. Practical Computational Linguistics. Technical Re-port, Center for Machine Translation, Carnegie Mellon University, Pitts-burgh, PA., 1990.

6895 Sergei Nirenburg. Ontological Semantics. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA,2004.

6896 Sergei Nirenburg, Jaime Carbonell, Masaru Tomita, and Kenneth Good-man, editors. Knowledge-based Machine Translation. 1992.

6897 Sergei Nirenburg and Christine Defrise. Conceptual structures forknowledge based translation. In James Pustejovsky, editor, Seman-tics and the lexicon, number 49 in Studies in Linguistics and Philos-ophy, chapter 14, pages 291–324. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dor-drecht/Boston/London, 1993.

6898 Sergei Nirenburg and Kenneth Goodman. Treatment of Meaning in MT.In The third International Conference on Theoretical and MethodologicalIssues in Machine Translation of Natural Language, Austin, TX., 1990.

6899 Sergei Nirenburg and B. Levin. Syntax-driven and ontology-driven lex-ical semantics. In James Pustejovsky and Sabine Bergler, editors, Pro-ceedings of the ACL Workshop on Lexical Semantics and KnowledgeRepresentation, Berkeley, CA, June 1991.

6900 Sergei Nirenburg and Irene Nirenburg. A Framework for Lexical Se-lection in Natural Language Generation. In Proceedings of COLING88, Budapest, Hungary, August 1988. Association for ComputationalLinguistics.

6901 Sergei Nirenburg, V. Raskin, and A. Tucker. The structure of Interlin-gua in TRANSLATOR. In Sergei Nirenburg, editor, Machine Trans-lation: Theoretical and Methodological Issues. Cambridge UniversityPress, Cambridge, 1987.

572

6902 Sergei Nirenburg and Victor Raskin. The subworld concept lexicon andthe lexicon management system. Computational Linguistics, 13(3-4),1987.

6903 Sergei Nirenburg and Victor Raskin. Ontological semantics, formal on-tology, and ambiguity. In Christopher Welty and Barry Smith, editors,Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference on Formal Ontology inInformation Systems, pages 151–161, New York, 2001. ACM Press.

6904 Sergei Nirenburg, Harold Somers, and Yorick Wilks, editors. Readingsin Machine Translation. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 2003.

6905 R. E. Nisbett and T. D. Wilson. Telling More Than We Know: VerbalReports on Mental Processes. Psychological Review, 84:231–259, 1977.

6906 Shinji Nishimoto, An T. Vu, Thomas Naselaris, Yuval Benjamini, BinYu, and Jack L. Gallant. Reconstructing Visual Experiences from BrainActivity Evoked by Natural Movies. Current Biology, 21(19):1641–1646,October 2011.

6907 Joakim Nivre and et al. An Integrated Approach to Multilingual Hy-pertext Generation.

6908 D. Nix and M. Schwarz. Toward a phenomenology of reading compre-hension. In R. O. Freedle, editor, Discourse Processes: Advances inResearch and Theory. Volume 2: New Directions in Discourse Process-ing, pages 183–196. Ablex, Norwood, New Jersey, 1979.

6909 Raymond Nixon and Robert L. Jones. The content of non-competitiveand competitive newspapers. Journalism Quarterly, 33(3):299–314,1956.

6910 B. Noad and L. Unsworth. Semiosis in the Film Soundtrack: AuralPerspective and Social Distance in ’The Queen’ Film Trailer. LiteracyLearning: the Middle Years, 15(2):8–19, 2007.

6911 Dirk Noël. Towards a Functional Characterization of the News of theBBC World News Service. Antwerp, Belgium, 1986. Antwerp Papers inLinguistics, Number 49.

6912 J.-F. Nogier. Géneration automatique de langage et graph conceptuels.Hermes, Paris, 1991.

6913 Jean-Francois Nogier and Michael Zock. Lexical choice as pattern match-ing. In T. Nagle, J. Nagle, L. Gerholz, and P. Eklund, editors, CurrentDirections in Conceptual Structures Research. Springer, 1991.

6914 K. Nökel. Temporally Distributed Symptoms in Technical Diagnosis,volume 517 of Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, 1991.

573

6915 Naoyuki Nomura, Douglas A. Jones, and Robert C. Berwick. An ar-chitecture for a universal lexicon. In Proceedings of the 15th. Inter-national Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING 94), vol-ume I, pages 243–249, Kyoto, Japan, 1994.

6916 M. Noonan. On subjects and topics. In Berkeley Linguistics Society,volume 3, pages 372–385. 1977.

6917 M. Noonan. The passive analog in Lango. In Berkeley Linguistics Soci-ety, volume 4, pages 128–139. 1978.

6918 Gertjan van Noord. An overview of Head-driven bottom-up generation.In Robert Dale, Chris Mellish, and Michael Zock, editors, Current re-search in natural language generation, Cognitive Science, pages 141–166.Academic Press, London, 1990.

6919 Gertjan van Noord, G. Borna, R. Koeling, and M.-J. Nederhof. Robustgrammatical analysis for spoken dialogue systems. Natural LanguageEngineering, 1999.

6920 Gertjan van Noord and Günter Neumann. Syntactic generation. InRonald A. Cole, Joseph Mariani, Hans Uszkoreit, Annie Zaenen, andVictor Zue, editors, Survey of State of the Art in Human Language Tech-nology, chapter 4.2, pages 147–150. Cambrige University Press, 1997.(Contribution to Chapter on ‘Language Generation’).

6921 Christiane Nord. Textanalyse und Übersetzen. Julius Groos, Heidelberg,1988.

6922 L. Nordenfelt. Events, actions, and ordinary language. Doxa, Lund,1977.

6923 D. Norman. Memory, Knowledge and the Answering of Question. InR. Solso, editor, Contemporary Issues in Cognitive Psychology. Winston,E, Washington, D. C., 1973.

6924 D. A. Norman. A Psychologist Views Human Processing: Human Errorsand Other Phenomena Suggest Processing Mechanisms. In Proceedingsof the Seventh International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence,Vancouver, Canada, 1981.

6925 D. A. Norman and D. G. Bobrow. Descriptions: A Basis for MemoryAcquisition and Retrieval. Technical Report 7703, Center for HumanInformation Processing, La Jolla, California, 1977.

6926 D. A. Norman and D. G. Bobrow. Descriptions: An Intermediate Stagein Memory Retrieval. Cognitive Psychology, 11:107–123, 1979.

6927 D. A. Norman and D. E. Rumelhart. Explorations in Cognition. W. H.Freeman and Company, San Francisco, CA, 1975.

574

6928 Donald A. Norman. The design of everyday things. Doubleday Press,New York, 1988.

6929 I. Normann. Automated Theory Interpretation. PhD thesis, Departmentof Computer Science, Jacobs University Bremen, 2009.

6930 I. Normann and O. Kutz. Ontology Correspondence via Theory Inter-pretation. In Workshop on Matching and Meaning, Artificial Intelli-gence and Simulation of Behaviour Convention, AISB-09, Edinburgh,UK, 2009.

6931 Sigrid Norris. The implication of visual research for discourse analysis:transcription beyond language. Visual Communication, 1(1):97–121,2002.

6932 Sigrid Norris. Analyzing Multimodal Interaction: a MethodologicalFramework. Routledge, London and New York, 2004.

6933 Sigrid Norris. Multimodal discourse analysis: a conceptual framework.In Philip LeVine and Ron Scollon, editors, Discourse and technology:multimodal discourse analysis, pages 101–115. Georgetown UniversityPress, Washington, D.C., 2004.

6934 Sigrid Norris. Modal density and modal configurations: multimodalactions. In Carey Jewitt, editor, The Routledge Handbook of multimodalanalysis, pages 78–90. Routledge, London, 2009.

6935 Patricia Norrish. The graphic translatability of text. Number 5854 inBritish Library Research and Development Report. Department of Ty-pography and Graphic Communication, Reading, 1987.

6936 D. Norton and L. W Stark. Scanpaths in saccadic eye movements whileviewing and recognizing patterns. Vision Research, 11:929–942, 1971.

6937 E. Not, D. Petrelli, M. Sarini, O. Stock, C. Strapparava, and M. Zanca-naro. Hypernavigation in the physical space: adapting presentations tothe user and to the situational context. The New Review of Hypermediaand Multimedia, 4:33–45, 1998.

6938 E. Not and E. Pianta. Issues of Multilinguality in the Automatic Gen-eration of Administrative Instructional Texts. In M. Gori and G. Soda,editors, Topics in Artifical Intelligence, Proceedings of the AI*IA ’95Congress, Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence. Springer, 1995.

6939 Elena Not. A Computational Model for Generating Referrign Expres-sion in a Multilingual Application Domain. In Proceedings of the 16th.International Conference on Computational Lingusitics (COLING-96),pages 848–853, Copenhagen, 1996.

575

6940 Elena Not. Generazione automatica di documenti amministrativi peruna comunita‘ multilingue. In P. Mercatali, G. Soda, and D. Discor-nia, editors, Progetti di Intelligenza Artificiale per la Pubblica Ammin-istrazione. Franco Angeli Editore, 1996.

6941 Elena Not and Oliviero Stock. Automatic Generation of Instructionsfor Citizens in a Multilingual Community. In Proceedings of the FirstEuropean Language Engineering Convention, Paris, France, July 1994.

6942 Elena Not and M. Zancanaro. The MacroNode approach: mediatingbetween adaptive and dynamic hypermedia. In Proceedings of the in-ternational conference on adaptive hypermedia and adaptive web-basedsystems, Trento, Italy, 2000.

6943 E. Nöth, A. Batliner, J. Adelhardt, C. Frank, H. Niemann, R. Shi, andV. Zeißler. Multimodal interaction and modeling. In Projektträger desBMBF für Informationstechnik, editor, Proceedings of International Sta-tus Conference: Lead Projects in Human-Computer-Interaction, Saar-bruecken, Germany, 2001.

6944 Winfried Nöth. Semiotik. Eine Einführung mit Beispielen für Reklame-analysen. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 1975.

6945 Winfried Nöth. Dynamik semiotischer Systeme. Vom altenglischen Za-uberspruch zum illustrierten Werbetext. Metzler, Stuttgart, 1977.

6946 Winfried Nöth. Origins of semiosis: Sign evolution in nature and cul-ture, volume 116 of Approaches to semiotics. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin,1994.

6947 Winfried Nöth. Handbook of Semiotics. Indiana University Press,Bloomington, 1995.

6948 Winfried Nöth. Handbook of Semiotics, chapter Film, pages 463–471.Indiana University Press, Bloomington, 1995.

6949 Winfried Nöth. Handbook of Semiotics, chapter Communication andSemiosis, pages 168–180. Indiana University Press, Bloomington, 1995.

6950 Winfried Nöth. Can pictures lie? In Winfried Nöth, editor, Semi-otics of the Media. State of the Art, Projects, and Perspectives, number127 in Approaches to Semiotics, pages 133–146. Mouton de Gruyter,Berlin/New York, 1997.

6951 H. J. Novak. Generating a Coherent Text Describing a Traffic Scene.In 11th COLING, Bonn, 1986.

6952 H. J. Novak. Strategies for Generating Coherent Descriptions of ObjectMotions in Time-Varying Imagery. In Gerard Kempen, editor, Natural

576

Language Generation: Recent Advances in Artificial Intelligence, Psy-chology, and Linguistics, pages 117–132. Kluwer Academic Publishers,Boston/Dordrecht, 1987. Paper presented at the Third InternationalWorkshop on Natural Language Generation, August 1986, Nijmegen,The Netherlands.

6953 H. J. Novak. Textgenerierung aus visuellen Daten: Beschreibung vonStrassenszenen. Springer, 1988.

6954 Hans-Joachim Novak. Generating referring phrases in a dynamic en-vironment. In Michael Zock and Gérard Sabeh, editors, Advances inNatural Language Generation: An interdisciplinary perspective; Volume2, pages 76–85. Pinter Publishers, London, 1988.

6955 Hans-Joachim Novak. Integrating a generation component into a natu-ral language understanding system. In O. Herzog and C.-R. Rollinger,editors, Text understanding in LILOG: integrating computational lin-guistics and artificial intelligence, Final report on the IBM GermanyLILOG-Project, pages 659–669. Springer, Berlin, 1991. Lecture notes inartificial intelligence, 546.

6956 Alessandra Novello and Charles Callaway. Porting to an Italian SurfaceRealizer: A Case Study. In Proceedings of the 9th European Workshopon Natural Language Generation, Budapest, Hungary, April 2003.

6957 David G. Novick and Stephen Sutton. An empirical model of acknowl-edgment for spoken-language systems. In 32nd. Annual Meeting of theAssociation for Computational Linguistics, pages 96–101, New MexicoState University, Las Cruces, New Mexico, 1994.

6958 Geoffrey Nowell-Smith. Moving on from Metz. Jump Cut: a re-view of contemporary media, (12/13):39–41, 1976. Available online at:http://www.ejumpcut.org.

6959 N. F. Noy, M. Sintek, S. Decker, M. Crubezy, R. W. Fergerson, andM. A. Musen. Creating Semantic Web contents with Protege-2000. IEEEIntelligent Systems, 16(2):60–71, 2001.

6960 Natalya F. Noy and Mark A. Musen. Ontology Versioning in an On-tology Management Framework. IEEE Intelligent Systems, 19(4):6–13,2004.

6961 Natalya Fridman Noy and Carole D. Hafner. The State of the Art inOntology Design: A Survey and Comparative Review. AI Magazine,18(3):53–74, 1997.

6962 Nübel. Möglichkeiten zur Evaluierung eines kommerziellen MÜ-Systems:Erfahrungsbericht aus computerlinguistischer Sicht. In Pütz and Haller,editors, Sprachtechnologie: Methoden, Werkzeuge, Perspektiven. GLDV,1993.

577

6963 G. Nunberg. The pragmatics of reference. Indiana Linguistics Club,Bloomington, 1978.

6964 Geoffrey Nunberg. The Linguistics of Punctuation. Number 18 in CSLILecture Notes. Center for the Study of Language and Information, Stan-ford, 1990.

6965 Ansgar Nünning. Grundzüge eines kommunikationstheoretischen Mod-ells der erzählerischen Vermittlung. Die Funktionen der Erzählinstanzin den Romanen George Elliots. Horizonte, Trier, 1989.

6966 Ansgar Nünning. Renaissance eines anthropomorphisierten Passepa-rtouts oder Nachruf auf ein literaturkritisches Phantom? Überlegungenund Alternativen zum Konzept des "implied author". Deutsche Viertel-jahrsschrift fuer Literaturwissenschaft und Geistesgeschichte, 67(1):1–25, March 1993.

6967 Ansgar Nünning. On the perspective structure of narrative texts: stepstowards a constructivist narratology. In Willie van Peer and SeymourChatman, editors, New Perspectives on Narrative Perspective, pages207–223. State University of New York Press, Albany, NY, 2001.

6968 J. Nuyts. Brother in arms? on the relations between cognitive andfunctional linguistics. In F. Ruiz de Mendoza Ibanez and M. Pena Cervel,editors, Cognitive linguistics: internal dynamics and interdisciplinaryinteraction, pages 69–100. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 2005.

6969 Kevin Nwogu. Discourse variation in medical texts: schema, theme andcohesion. PhD thesis, Department of English, Nottingham University,Nottingham, 1990.

6970 Kevin Nwogu and Thomas Bloor. Thematic progression in professionaland popular medical texts. In Eija Ventola, editor, Functional andsystemic linguistics: approaches and uses. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin,1991.

6971 Duda R. O., J. Gaschnig, P. E. Hart, K. Konolige, R. Reboh, P. Bar-rett, and J. Slocum. Development of the PROSPECTOR ConsultationSystem for Mineral Exploration. Technical Report SRI Projects 5821and 6415, SRI International, Inc., 1978. Final Report.

6972 S.L. Oates. State of the art report on discourse markers and relations.Technical Report ITRI-99-08, ITRI, University of Brighton, 1999.

6973 Jon Oberlander. Do the right thing ... but expect the unexpected. Com-putational Linguistics, 24(3):501–508, September 1998.

6974 Jon Oberlander, Chris Mellish, and Michael O’Donnell. Exploring agallery with intelligent labels. In Proceedings of the 4th. InternationalConference on Hypermedia and Interactivity in Museums, pages 153–161, September 1997.

578

6975 Jon Oberlander and Johanna D. Moore. Cue phrases in discourse: fur-ther evidence for the core:contributor distinction. In J. Oberlander,A. Knott, and J. Moore, editors, Proceedings of the 1999 Levels of Repre-sentation in Discourse Workshop (LORID’99), pages 87–93, Edinburgh,Scotland, July 1999. University of Edinburgh.

6976 Jon Oberlander, Michael O’Donnell, Alistair Knott, and Chris Mellish.Conversation in the museum: experiments in dynamic hypermedia withthe intelligent labelling explorer. New Review of Hypermedia and Mul-timedia, 4:11–32, 1998.

6977 D. Oberle, A. Ankolekar, P. Hitzler, P. Cimiano, M. Sintek, M. Kiesel,B. Mougouie, S. Vembu, S. Baumann, M. Romanelli, P. Buitelaar,R. Engel, D. Sonntag, N. Reithinger, B. Loos, R. Porzel, H.-P. Zorn,V. Micelli, C. Schmidt, M. Weiten, F. Burkhardt, and J. Zhou. DOLCEergo SUMO: On foundational and domain model in SWIntO (SmartWebIntegrated Ontology). SmartWeb Technical Report, Institut AIFB, Uni-versity of Karlsruhe, Karlsruhe, July 2006.

6978 Daniel Oberle, Anupriya Ankolekar, Pascal Hitzler, Philipp Cimi-ano, Michael Sintek, Malte Kiesel, Babak Mougouie, Stephan Bau-mann, Shankar Vembu, Massimo Romanelli, Paul Buitelaar, Ralf Engel,Daniel Sonntag, Norbert Reithinger, Berenike Loos, Hans-Peter Zorn,Vanessa Micelli, Robert Porzel, Christian Schmidt, Moritz Weiten, FelixBurkhardt, and Jianshen Zhou. DOLCE ergo SUMO: On foundationaland domain models in the SmartWeb Integrated Ontology (SWIntO).Journal of Web Semantics, 5:156–174, 2007.

6979 T. O’Brien. Rhetorical structure analysis and the case of the inaccurate,incoherent source-hopper. Applied Linguistics, 16(4):442–482, 1995.

6980 Leo Obrst, Werner Ceusters, Inderjeet Mani, Steve Ray, and BarrySmith. The Evaluation of Ontologies: Toward Improved Semantic In-teroperability. In Christopher J. O. Baker and Kei-Hoi Cheung, editors,Semantic Web: Revolutionizing Knowledge Discovery in the Life Sci-ences, pages 139–158. Springer, 2007.

6981 E. Ochs, E. A. Schegloff, and S. A. Thompson, editors. Interaction andGrammar. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1996.

6982 E. Ochs and B. Schieffelin, editors. Developmental Pragmatics. Aca-demic Press, New York, 1979.

6983 E. Ochs, B. Schieffelin, and M. Platt. Propositions across Utterancesand Speakers. In E. Ochs and B. Schieffelin, editors, DevelopmentalPragmatics, pages 251–268. Academic Press, New York, 1979.

6984 Elinor Ochs. Social foundations of language. In R. O. Freedle, editor,Discourse Processes: Advances in Research and Theory. Volume 2: New

579

Directions in Discourse Processing, pages 207–221. Ablex, Norwood,New Jersey, 1979.

6985 Elinor Ochs. Transcription as Theory. In Elinor Ochs and Bambi B.Schieffelin, editors, Developmental Pragmatics, pages 43–72. AcademicPress, New York, 1979.

6986 Elinor Ochs, Emanuel Schegloff, and Sandra Thompson. Interaction andGrammar. Cambridge University Press, 1996.

6987 Roger Odin. For a Semio-Pragmatics of Film. In The Film Specta-tor: From Sign to Mind, pages 213–226. Amsterdam University Press,Amsterdam, 1995.

6988 Roger Odin. For a Semio-Pragmatics of Film. In Toby Miller and RobertStam, editors, Film and Theory: An Anthology, pages 54–66. Blackwell,Oxford, 2000.

6989 Michael O’Donnell. Towards a representation of social process: dynamicrepresentations and behaviour potential. B.A. Honours thesis, Depart-ment of Linguistics, University of Sydney, Sydney, Australia, 1986.

6990 Michael O’Donnell. Experiments in Parsing. Technical Report, Univer-sity of Sydney, Linguistics Department, Sydney, Australia, 1989.

6991 Michael O’Donnell. A dynamic model of exchange. Word, 41(3):293–328,December 1990.

6992 Michael O’Donnell. Function Potential Grammar. Technical Report, De-partment of Linguistics, University of Sydney, Sydney, Australia, Jan-uary 1990.

6993 Michael O’Donnell. Prototype Electronic Discourse Analyzer (EDA)Reference Guide, Computational Processes I: Parser. Technical Report,Fujitsu Limited, Tokyo, Japan, 1992. (Internal report of project carriedout at Fujitsu Australia Ltd., Sydney, Project Leader: Guenter Plum,Document Engineering Centre).

6994 Michael O’Donnell. Reducing Complexity in a Systemic Parser. In Pro-ceedings of the Third International Workshop on Parsing Technologies,pages 203–217. Tilburg, the Netherlands, August 10-13 1993.

6995 Michael O’Donnell. Sentence analysis and generation: a systemic per-spective. PhD thesis, University of Sydney, Department of Linguistics,Sydney, Australia, 1994.

6996 Michael O’Donnell. Evaluation of natural language analysis systems.Technical Report, GMD/IPSI, January 1995.

580

6997 Michael O’Donnell. RST-Tool: an RST analysis tool. In Proceedingsof the 6th. European Workshop on Natural Language Generation, Duis-burg, Germany, 1997.

6998 Michael O’Donnell. Variable-Length On-Line Document Generation. InProceedings of the 6th European Workshop on Natural Language Gener-ation, Duisburg, Germany, 1997. Gerhard-Mercator University.

6999 Michael O’Donnell. Variable-Length On-Line Document Generation.In Proceedings of the Flexible Hypertext Workshop of the Eighth ACMInternational Hypertext Conference, pages 78–82, Southampton, U.K.,1997.

7000 Michael O’Donnell. Editorials vs. front page news: Differences in realisand tense across newspaper genres. In Proceedings of the 2nd Interna-tional Contrastive Linguistics Conference, Compostela, Spain, October2001.

7001 Michael O’Donnell. The UAM Systemic Parser. In Proceedings of the 1stComputational Systemic Functional Grammar Conference, University ofSydney, Sydney, Australia, 2005.

7002 Michael O’Donnell and John A. Bateman. SFL in computational con-texts: a contemporary history. In J. Webster, R. Hasan, and C.M.I.M.Matthiessen, editors, Continuing Discourse on Language: A functionalperspective, pages 343–382. Equinox, London and New York, 2005.

7003 Michael J. O’Donnell. From corpus to codings: semi-automating theacquisition of linguistic features. In Proceedings of the AAAI symposiumon empirical methods in discourse interpretation and generation, 1995.

7004 Michael J. O’Donnell. Sentence Generation Using the Systemic Work-Bench. In Proceedings of the Fifth European Workshop on Natural Lan-guage Generation, pages 235–238, Leiden, The Netherlands, May 1995.Faculty of Social and Behavioural Sciences, University of Leiden.

7005 Michael J. O’Donnell. Input Specification in the WAG Sentence Gen-eration System. In Proceedings of the 8th. International Workshop onNatural Language Generation (INLG’96), pages 41–50, Herstmonceux,England, June 1996.

7006 Michael J. O’Donnell. Context in dynamic modelling. In M. Ghadessy,editor, Text and Context in Functional Linguistic, (CILT Series IV),pages 63–99. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1999.

7007 Michael J. O’Donnell. Intermixing Multiple Discourse Strategies forAutomatic Text Composition. Revista Canaria de Estudios Ingleses(RCEI), 40, April 2000. Special Issue on Intercultural and Textual Ap-proaches to Systemic-Functional Linguistics.

581

7008 Michael O’Donnell and Robert Kasper. Representing Nigel in Loom,1991. Working paper USC/Information Sciences Insitute and Universityof Sydney, Department of Linguistics.

7009 Michael O’Donnell, Alistair Knott, Jon Oberlander, and Chris Mellish.Optimising text quality in generation from relational databases. In Pro-ceedings of the International Natural Language Generation Conference(INLG-2000), pages 133–140, Mitzpe Ramon, Israel, 2000.

7010 Michael O’Donnell, Chris Mellish, Jon Oberlander, and Alistair Knott.ILEX: An architecture for a dynamic hypertext generation system. Nat-ural Language Engineering, 7:225–250, 2001.

7011 Michael O’Donnell and Peter Sefton. Modelling Interaction, Au-gust 1992. Paper presented at the International Systemic-FunctionalCongress, Macquarie University, Sydney, Australia.

7012 Michael O’Donnell and Peter Sefton. Modelling telephonic interaction:a dynamic approach. INTERFACE. Journal of Applied Linguistics,10(1):63–78, 1995.

7013 Mick O’Donnell. The Systemic Coder, 2002.

7014 Mick O’Donnell, Hua Cheng, and Janet Hitzeman. Integrating Referringand Informing in NP Planning. In Proceedings of the COLING-ACL ’98Workshop on the Computational Treatment of Nominals, pages 46–55,Montreal, 1998.

7015 Mick O’Donnell, Michele Zappavigna, and Casey Whitelaw. A survey ofprocess type classification over difficult cases. In Carys Jones and EijaVentola, editors, From Language to Multimodality: new developments inthe study of ideational meaning, pages 47–64. Equinox Publishing Ltd.,London, 2008.

7016 T. F. O’Donoghue. A semantic interpreter for systemic grammars. InProceedings of the ACL workshop on Reversible Grammars, Berkeley,California, 1991. Association for Computational Linguistics.

7017 OED. Oxford English Dictionary. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1989.

7018 Karla Oeler. A grammar of murder: Violent scenes and film form. TheUniversity of Chicago Press, Chicago, 2009.

7019 Stephan Oepen, Emily M. Bender, Urlich Callmeier, Dan Flickinger, andMelanie Siegel. Parallel distributed grammar engineering for practicalapplications. In Proceedings of the Workshop on Grammar Engineeringand Evaluation, COLING 2002, Taipei, Taiwan, 2002.

7020 Stephan Oepen and John Carroll. Parser engineering and performanceprofiling. Natural Language Engineering, 6(1):81–97, 2000.

582

7021 Stephan Oepen, Dan Flickinger, Kristina Toutanova, and Christo-pher D. Manning. LinGO redwoods: a rich and dynamic treebank forHPSG. In Proceedings of the first workshop on treebanks and linguistictheories (TLT2002), Sozopol, Bulgaria, 2002.

7022 Stephan Oepen, Dan Flickinger, Jun-ichi Tsujii, and Hans Uszkoreit.Collaborative language engineering. A case study in efficient grammar-based processing. CSLI Publications, Stanford, 2002.

7023 Stephan Oepen, Dan Flickinger, Hans Uszkoreit, and Jun-ichi Tsujii.Introduction to the special issue on efficient processing with HPSG.Natural Language Engineering, 6(1):1–14, 2000.

7024 C.K. Ogden and I.A. Richards. The Meaning of Meaning. Harcourt,Brace, and Co., Inc., 1923.

7025 W.C. Ogden and P. Bernick. Using Natural Language Interfaces. InM. Helander, editor, Handbook of Human-Computer Interaction. Else-vier, North Holland, 1997.

7026 Takano Ogino, Hideo Miyoshi, Fumihito Nishino, and MasahiroKobayashi. An experiment on matching EDR concept classification dic-tionary with WordNet. In Proceedings of the IJCAI-97 Workshop onOntologies and Multilingual NLP, pages 23–28, Nagoya, Japan, 1997.

7027 Antoine Ogonowski, Marie Luce Herviou, and Eva Dauphin. Tools forextracting and structuring knowledge from texts. In Proceedings of the15th. International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING94), volume II, pages 1049–1053, Kyoto, Japan, 1994.

7028 William O’Grady, Michael Dobrovolsky, and Francis Katamba, editors.Contemporary Linguistics. An introduction. Longman, London and NewYork, 3rd. edition, 1996.

7029 Alice Oh and Alexander Rudnicky. Stochastic language generationfor spoken dialogue systems. In Proceedings of the ANLP/NAACL2000 Workshop on Conversational Systems, pages 27–32, Seat-tle, May 2000. Association for Computational Linguistics. URL:http://fife.speech.cs.cmu.edu/Communicator/papers/.

7030 Choon-kyu Oh and David A. Dineen, editors. Presupposition, volume 11of Syntax and Semantics. Academic Press, New York, 1979.

7031 Kay O’Halloran. Inter-semiotic expansion of experiential meaning: hier-archical scales and metaphor in mathematics discourse. In Carys Jonesand Eija Ventola, editors, From Language to Multimodality: new de-velopments in the study of ideational meaning, pages 231–254. EquinoxPublishing Ltd., London, 2008.

583

7032 Kay L. O’Halloran. An Evaluation of Achievement in Algebra under theUnit Curriculum in the Western Australian Lower Secondary School.Honours Thesis, University of Western Australia, 1991.

7033 Kay L. O’Halloran. The Discourses of Secondary School Mathematics.PhD thesis, Murdoch University, Western Australia, 1996.

7034 Kay L. O’Halloran. Interdependence, Interaction and Metaphor in Mul-tisemiotic Texts. Social Semiotics, 9(3):317–354, 1999.

7035 Kay L. O’Halloran. Towards a Systemic Functional Analysis of Multi-semiotic Mathematics Texts. Semiotica, 124(1/2):1–29, 1999.

7036 Kay L. O’Halloran. Classroom Discourse in Mathematics: A Multisemi-otic Analysis. Linguistics and Education, 10(3):359–388, 2000.

7037 Kay L. O’Halloran. Discourses in Secondary School Mathematics Class-rooms According to Social Class and Gender. In J. Foley, editor, Lan-guage, Education and Discourse: Functional Approaches, pages 191–225.Continuum, London, 2004.

7038 Kay L. O’Halloran, editor. Multimodal discourse analysis: systemicfunctional perspectives. Open Linguistics Series. Continuum, London,2004.

7039 Kay L. O’Halloran. On the effectiveness of mathematics. In Eija Ven-tola, Cassily Charles, and Martin Kaltenbacher, editors, Perspectives onMultimodality, pages 91–118. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2004.

7040 Kay L. O’Halloran. Visual semiosis in film. In Kay L. O’Halloran,editor, Multimodal discourse analysis: systemic functional perspectives,Open Linguistics Series, pages 109–130. Continuum, London, 2004.

7041 Kay L. O’Halloran. Mathematical Discourse: Language, Symbolism andVisual Images. Continuum, London and New York, 2005.

7042 Kay L. O’Halloran. Systemic Functional Multimodal Discourse Analysis(SF-MDA) Approach to Mathematics, Grammar and Literacy. In AnneMcCabe, Michael O’Donnell, and Rachel Whittaker, editors, Advancesin Language and Education, pages 75–100. Continuum, London and NewYork, 2007.

7043 Kay L. O’Halloran. Systemic Functional-Multimodal Discourse Anal-ysis (SF-MDA): Constructing Ideational Meaning using Language andVisual Imagery. Visual Communication, 7(4):443–475, 2008.

7044 Kay L. O’Halloran. Historical changes in the semiotic landscape: fromcalculation to computation. In Carey Jewitt, editor, The RoutledgeHandbook of multimodal analysis, pages 98–113. Routledge, London,2009.

584

7045 Hans Jürgen Ohlbach and Edgar-Philipp Stoffel. Versatile Route De-scriptions for Pedestrian Guidance in Buildings: Conceptual Model andSystematic Method. In 11th AGILE International Conference on Geo-graphic Information Science. University of Girona, Spain, 2008.

7046 P. Ohler. Kognitive Filmpsychologie. Verarbeitung und mentaleRepräsentation narrativer Film. MAkS-Publikationen, Münster, 1994.

7047 Peter Ohler and Gerhild Nieding. Cognitive modeling of suspense-inducing structures in narrative films. In Peter Vorderer, Hans J. Wulff,and Mike Friederichsen, editors, Suspense: conceptualizations, theoret-ical analyses, and empirical explorations, chapter 8, pages 129–148.Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Mahwah, NJ, 1996.

7048 Peter Ohler and Gerhild Nieding. Kognitive Filmpsychologie zwischen1990 und 2000. In Jan Sellmer and Hans J. Wulff, editors, Film undPsychologie – nach der kognitiven Phase?, Schriftreihe der Gesellschaftfür Medienwissenschaft, pages 9–40. Schüren Verlag, Marburg, 2002.

7049 John O’Keefe. The spatial prepositions in English, Vector Grammar,and the Cognitive Map Theory. In Paul Bloom, Mary A. Peterson,Lynn Nadel, and Merrill F. Garrett, editors, Language and Space, pages277–316. MIT Press, Cambride, MA, 1999.

7050 Akitoshi Okumura, Kazunori Muraki, and Susumu Akamine. Multi-lingual sentence generation from the pivot interlingua. In Proceedingsof the MT Summit ’91, pages 67–71, 1991.

7051 Oleg Okun, David Doermann, and Matti Pietikäinen. Page segmentationand zone classification: the state of the art. Technical Report LAMP-TR-036, CAR-TR-927, CS-TR-4079, MDA9049-6C-1250, Language andMedia Processing Laboratory, University of Maryland, November 1999.

7052 G. Olaszy. Adaption of the MULTIVOX text-to-speech system to Ital-ian. In Proceedings of the 2nd. European Conference on Speech Com-munication and Technology, volume 3, pages 1247–1250, Genova, 1991.

7053 G. Olaszy. Crosslinguistic description of intonation contours of a mul-tilingual text-to-speech system. In Proceedings of the XIIth. Interna-tional Congress of Phonetic Sciences, volume 4, pages 210–213, Aix-en-Provance, France, 1991.

7054 G. Olaszy. The inherent time structure of speech sounds. In Gósy Mária,editor, Temporal factors in speech, pages 107–138. Budapest, 1991.

7055 G. Olaszy. Timing algorithms in the MULTIVOX automatic multilin-gual text-to-speech system. In Gósy Mária, editor, Temporal factors inspeech, pages 153–173. Budapest, 1991.

585

7056 G. Olaszy. Experiment for the automatic generation of prosody patternsin synthesized German declarative sentences. In L. Hunyadi, M. Gósy,and G. Olaszy, editors, Studies in Applied Linguistics, volume 2, pages139–148. KLTE, Debrecen, Hungary, 1995.

7057 G. Olaszy. Combination of text level defined prosody elements with wordaccents to realize an improved German prosody for text-to-speech. InJohn A. Bateman, editor, Speech generation in multimodal informationsystems and its practical applications: Proceedings of the 2nd. ‘SPEAK!’Workshop, number 302 in GMD-Studien, pages 63–83. German NationalResearch Center for Information Technology (GMD), Sankt Augustin,Germany, 1996.

7058 G. Olaszy, G. Gordos, and G. Németh. Phonetic aspects of the MULTI-VOX text-to-speech system. In Proceedings of the (First InternationalConference) ESCA Workshop on speech synthesis: Sept. 25, 1990, pages277–280, Antrans, France, 1990.

7059 G. Olaszy, G. Németh, and G. Gordos. MULTIVOX - a general pur-pose speech output device for German and six other languages. In Ple-narvorträge und Fachbeitrage der 17. Gemeinschafttagung der DAGA,volume 3, pages 961–964, Bochum, Germany, 1991. (April 8-13, 1991).

7060 Gábor Olaszy, G. Gordos, and Géza Nemeth. The MULTIVOX mul-tilingual text-to-speech converter. In G. Bailly and C. Benoit, editors,Talking machines: Theory, Models, and Design, pages 385–411. NorthHolland, Tübingen, 1992.

7061 Gábor Olaszy and Géza Németh. Prosody Generation for GermanConcept-to-Speech Systems. Speech Communication, 21(1-2), February1997.

7062 J. Oldenburg (Torr). The transitional stage of a second child - 18 monthsto 2 years. Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 9(1):123–135, 1986.

7063 J. Oldenburg (Torr). Learning the language and learning through lan-guage in early childhood. In Michael A. K. Halliday, J. Gibbons, andH. Nicholas, editors, Learning, keeping and using language. Volume 1:Selected papers from the 8th world congress of applied linguistics, pages27–38. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1990.

7064 Jane Oldenburg (Torr). From child tongue to mother tongue: a casestudy of language development in the first two and a half years. PhDthesis, Department of Linguistics, Sydney University, 1987.

7065 Brian O’Leary. New critical methods and the films of the First Avant-Garde: Symphonie Diagonale and Entr’acte. Film Criticism, 23(2):22–37, 1998.

586

7066 Brian O’Leary. Michel Colin’s generative semiology: a Post-Metzianphase of linguistics in film theory. PhD thesis, University of Texas atDallas, Dallas, Texas, May 1999. UMI Microform, Ann Arbor, MI.

7067 Brian O’Leary. Camera movements in Hollywood’s Westering Genre: afunctional semiotic approach. Criticism, 45(2):197–222, 2003.

7068 Brian O’Leary. Hollywood Camera Movements and the Films of HowardHawks: A Functional Semiotic Approach. New Review of Film andTelevision Studies, 1(1):7–30, 2003.

7069 Karel Oliva. A parser for Czech implemented in systems Q. Techni-cal Report XVI, Matematicko-fyzikálnífakulta, UK, Charles University,Prague, 1989. Series: Explizite Beschreibung der Sprache und automa-tische Textbearbeitung.

7070 J. P. Olive and M. Y. Liberman. Text-to-speech: an overview. Journalof the Acoustical Society of America, 78, 1985.

7071 Patrick Olivier and Klaus-Peter Gapp, editors. Representation and pro-cessing of spatial expressions. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Mahwah,New Jersey, 1998.

7072 Patrick Olivier and Jun-ichi Tsujii. A computational view of the cogni-tive semantics of spatial prepositions. In 32nd. Annual Meeting of theAssociation for Computational Linguistics, pages 303–309, New MexicoState University, Las Cruces, New Mexico, 1994.

7073 A. Ollerenshaw, E. Aidman, and G. Kidd. Is an illustration alwaysworth ten thousand words? Effects of prior knowledge, learning style andmultimedia illustrations on text comprehension. International Journalof Instructional Media, 24(3):227–238, 1997.

7074 D.R. Olsen. Language and thought : Aspects of a cognitive theory ofsemantics. Psychological Review, 77(4):257–273, 1970.

7075 M. Olsen. Switch reference in Barai. In Berkeley Linguistics Society,volume 4, pages 140–156. 1978.

7076 David R. Olson. Language and thought: aspects of a cognitive theoryof semantics. Psychological Review, 77(4):257–273, 1970.

7077 M. H. O’Malley, D. K. Larkin, and E. W. Peters. Beyond the “readingmachine”: combining smart text-to-speech with an AI-based dialoguegenerator. Speech Technology, pages 34–40, September/October 1986.

7078 Ontology Virtual Community on Ontology. Framework Assessment Cri-teria. Technical Report, Ontolog, 2007.

7079 Walter Jackson Ong. Orality and literacy : the technologizing of theword. Methuen, London, 1982.

587

7080 Boyan A. Onyshvekych and Sergei Nirenburg. Lexicon, Ontology andText Meaning. In James Pustejovsky and Sabine Bergler, editors, Pro-ceedings of the ACL Workshop on Lexical Semantics and KnowledgeRepresentation, Berkeley, CA, June 1991.

7081 Wanda J. Orlikowski and JoAnne Yates. Genre repertoire: the structur-ing of communicative practices in organizations. Administrative ScienceQuarterly, 39(4):541–574, 1994.

7082 Stanley Orr. Post-modernism, Noir, and The Usual Suspects. Lit-erature/Film Quarterly, 27(1):65–73, 1998.

7083 Dominik Orth. Lost in Lynchworld. Unzuverlässiges Erzählen in DavidLynchs Lost Highway und Mulholland Drive. Ibidem, Stuttgart, 2005.

7084 Dominik Orth and Gerhard Lüdeker, editors. Nach-Wende-Narrationen.Das wiedervereinigte Deutschland in Literatur und Film. Vandenhoeck& Ruprecht, Göttingen, 2010.

7085 Andrew Ortony and Gerald L. Clore. Emotions, Moods, and ConsciousAwareness. Cognition and Emotion, 3(2):125–137, 1989.

7086 Andrew Ortony, Gerald L. Clore, and Mark A. Foss. The ReferentialStructure of the Affective Lexicon. Cognitive Science, 11:341–364, 1987.

7087 Andrew Ortony, Gerald L. Glore, and Allan Collins. The CognitiveStructure of Emotions. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1988.

7088 R. Osgood and R. Bareiss. Automated Index Generation for Construct-ing Large-scale Conversational Hypermedia Systems. In Proceedingsof the 11th National Conference on Artificial Intelligence (AAAI ’93),pages 309–314. AAAI Press/The MIT Press, Menlo Park, CA, 1993.

7089 Hermann Osthoff and Karl Brugmann. Morphologische Untersuchun-gen auf dem Gebiete der indogermanischen Sprachen, volume 1. Hirzel,Leipzig, 1878.

7090 Michael O’Toole. Henry Reed, and what follows the ‘Naming of Parts’.In David Birch and Michael O’Toole, editors, Functions of Style, pages12–30. Pinter Publishers, London, 1988.

7091 Michael O’Toole. Semiotic systems in painting and poetry. In C. Poke,R. Russell, and M. Falchikov, editors, A Festschrift for Dennis Ward.Astra Press, Nottingham, 1989.

7092 Michael O’Toole. A systemic-functional semiotics of art. Semiotica,82:185–209, 1990.

7093 Michael O’Toole. The language of displayed art. Leicester UniversityPress (Pinter), London, 1994.

588

7094 Michael O’Toole. A systemic-functional semiotics of art. In Peter H.Fries and Michael Gregory, editors, Discourse in society: functional per-spectives, pages 159–183. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1995.

7095 Michael O’Toole. Opera Ludentes: the Sydney Opera House at workand play. In Kay L. O’Halloran, editor, Multimodal discourse analysis:systemic functional perspectives, Open Linguistics Series, pages 11–27.Continuum, London, 2004.

7096 Clemens Ottmers. Rhetorik. Weimar, Stuttgart, 1996.

7097 Jean-Pierre Oudart. Cinema and suture. Screen, 18:35–47, 1977.

7098 R. Ovadia and Jonathan Fine. A functional analysis of intonation inAsperger’s syndrome. In J. Siegfried, editor, Therapeutic and everydaydiscourse as behavior change: towards a micro-analysis in psychotherapyprocess research, pages 491–510. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1995.

7099 Sharon L. Oviatt. Multimodal interactive maps: designing for humanperformance. Human-Computer Interaction, 12:93–129, 1997.

7100 Sharon L. Oviatt. Ten myths of multimodal interaction. Communica-tions of the ACM, 42(11):74–81, February 1999.

7101 Sharon L. Oviatt, G.A. Levow, M. MacEachern, and K. Kuhn. Model-ing hyperarticulate speech during human-computer error resolution. InProceedings of the International Conference on Spoken Language Pro-cessing, pages 797–800. Accoustical Society of Japan, 1994.

7102 Eckhard Pabst. Raumzeichen und zeichenhafte Räume: Bedeutungskon-stitution durch Raum und Architektur in Film. Zeitschrift für Semiotik,30(3-4):355–390, 2008.

7103 E. V. Paducheva. O semantike sintaksisa. Nauka, Moskva, 1974.

7104 E. V. Paducheva. Vyskazyvanie i ego sootnesennost’ s dejstvitel’nost’ju.Nauka, Moskva, 1985.

7105 Elena V. Paducheva and Ekaterina V Rakhilina. Predicting Co-occurrence Restrictions by Using Semantic Classifications in the Lex-icon. In 13th. International Conference on Computational Linguistics(COLING-90), Helsinki, Finland, 1990.

7106 E. V. Padučeva. Semantika vida i točka otčeta (V poiskach invarianta vi-dovogo značenia) (Aspektsemantik und Ausgangspunkt (Auf der Suchenach einer Invariante der Aspektbedeutung)). IAN SIJa, 5, 1986.

7107 Joachim Paech. Den Film lesen wie einen Text. Anmerkungen zumpraktischen Umgang mit Filmen. Medien praktisch, 1:10–13, 1986.

7108 Joachim Paech. Literatur und Film. Metzler, Stuttgart, 1988.

589

7109 Joachim Paech. Intermedialität des Films. In Jürgen Felix, editor, Mod-erne Film-Theorie, pages 287–312. Bender, Mainz, 2003.

7110 M. Paechter, K. Schweizer, and B. Weidenmann. When a virtual tutoris socially present or not. Evaluation of a tutor and learning processesin a virtual seminar. In U.D. Reips, B.Batinic, and M. Bosnjak, editors,Dimensions of internet Science. 0.

7111 M. Paechter, K. Schweizer, and B. Weidenmann. Beurteilung einerDozentin in einer telematischen Kommunikationssituation. In U.D.Reips, B. Batinic, W. Bandilla, M. Bosnjak, L. Gräf, K. Moser, andA. Werner, editors, Current Internet science - trends, techniques, re-sults. Aktuelle Online Forschung - Trends, Techniken, Ergebnisse. On-line Press, Zürich, 1999.

7112 M. Paechter, K. Schweizer, and B. Weidenmann. Lernen im virtuellenSeminar: Neuigkeitsbonus oder Adaption an neuartige Lernbedingun-gen? In F. Scheuermann, editor, Campus2000. Lernen in neuen Organ-isationsformen, pages 279–287. Waxmann, Münster, 2000.

7113 Patrizia Paggio, Bolette S. Pedersen, and Dorte Haltrup. Applying lan-guage technology to ontology-based querying: the Ontoquery project.Applied Artificial Intelligence, 17:817–833, 2003.

7114 Claire Painter. Learning through language: a case study in the develop-ment of language as a resource for learning from 2 1/2 to 5 years. PhDthesis, Department of Linguistics, Sydney University, 1993.

7115 Claire Painter. Learning about language: Construing semiosis in thepre-school years. Functions of Language, 3(1):95–125, 1996.

7116 Claire Painter. The development of language as a resource for thinking:A linguistic view of learning. In Ruqaiya Hasan and Geoff Williams,editors, Literacy in society, pages 50–85. Longman, London, 1996.

7117 Claire Painter. Researching first language development in children. InLen Unsworth, editor, Researching language in schools and communi-ties: functional linguistic perspectives, pages 65–86. Cassell, London,2000.

7118 Claire Painter. Learning through language in early childhood. OpenLinguistics. Continuum Press, London, 2001.

7119 Clare Painter. Into the Mother Tongue: a case study in early languagedevelopment. Frances Pinter, London, 1984. (Open Linguistics Series).

7120 Clare Painter. Learning the mother tongue. Deakin University Press,Geelong, 1985.

590

7121 Clare Painter. The role of interaction in learning to speak and learn-ing to write. In C. Painter and J.R. Martin, editors, Writing to Mean:Teaching genres across the curriculum, number 9 in ALAA OccasionalPapers, pages 62–97. Applied Linguistics Association of Australia, Mel-bourne, 1986.

7122 Clare Painter. Learning language: a fuctional view of language devel-opment. In Ruqaiya Hasan and James R. Martin, editors, LanguageDevelopment, pages 18–65. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1989.

7123 Clare Painter. Learning the mother tongue. Deakin University Press,Geelong, 2nd. edition, 1990.

7124 Writing to mean: teaching genres across the curriculum. OccasionalPapers. Applied Linguistics Association of Australia, 1986.

7125 Daniel Paiva. A Survey of Applied Natural Language GenerationSystems. Technical Report ITRI-98-03, Information Technology Re-search Institute (ITRI), University of Brighton, 1998. Available athttp://www.itri.brighton.ac.uk/techreports.

7126 Daniel S. Paiva and Roger Evans. A framework for stylistically con-trolled generation. In Anja Belz, Roger Evans, and Paul Piwek, editors,Natural Language Generation: Third international Conference (INLG2004), number 3123 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages120–129. Springer, Berlin, New York, July 14-16 2004.

7127 Allan Paivio. The empirical case for dual coding. In J.C. Yuille, ed-itor, Imagery, Memory and Cognition. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates,Hillsdale, NJ, 1983.

7128 Allan Paivio. Mental Representations: A Dual Coding Approach. OxfordUniversity Press, London and New York, 1986.

7129 F. Palmer. A Linguistic Study of the English Verb. Longman, London,1965.

7130 F. Palmer. The English Verb. Longman, London, 1974.

7131 F. Palmer. Modality and the English modals. Longman, London, 1979.

7132 F. R. Palmer. Mood and modality. Cambridge University Press, Cam-bridge, 1986.

7133 R. Barton Palmer. Bakhtinian translinguistics and film criticism: thedialogical image? In R. Barton Palmer, editor, The cinematic text:methods and approaches, pages 303–341. AMS Press, New York, 1989.

7134 B. Paltridge. Genre, frames and writing in research settings. JohnBenjamins, Amsterdam, 1997.

591

7135 Shimei Pan and Kathleen McKeown. Spoken language generation ina multimedia system. In Proc. ICSLP ’96, volume 1, pages 374–377,Philadelphia, PA, 1996.

7136 Shimei Pan and James Shaw. SEGUE: a hybrid case-based surfacenatural language generator. In Anja Belz, Roger Evans, and Paul Piwek,editors, Natural Language Generation: Third international Conference(INLG 2004), number 3123 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence,pages 130–139. Springer, Berlin, New York, July 14-16 2004.

7137 Franck Panaget. Using a textual representational level component in thecontext of discourse or dialogue generation. In Proceedings of the SeventhInternational Workshop on Natural Language Generation, pages 127–136, Kennebunkport, Maine, USA, 1994.

7138 Elliot Panek. The Poet and the Detective: Defining the PsychologicalPuzzle Film. Film Criticism, 31(1-2):62–88, 2006.

7139 EUROTRA Final Review Panel. EUROTRA Final Review Panel Re-port. Logica Cambridge Limited, London, 1993.

7140 J. Panevová. Transducing components of functional generative descrip-tion 1: From tectogrammatics to morphemics. Technical Report IV,Matematicko-fyzikálnífakulta UK, Charles University, Prague, 1979. Se-ries: Explizite Beschreibung der Sprache und automatische Textbear-beitung.

7141 Ervin Panofsky. Meaning in the Visual Arts. Penguin, Harmondsworth,1970.

7142 Erwin Panofsky. Studies in Iconology: Humanistic Themes in the Artof the Renaissance. Harper & Row, New York, 2 edition, 1967.

7143 Erwin Panofsky. Style and medium in the motion pictures. In IrvingLavin, editor, Three essays on style, pages 91–126. MIT Press, Cam-bridge, Massachusetts, 1995. Originally published in Critique, 1(3):5-28 (1947).

7144 Erwin Panofsky. Style and medium in the motion pictures. In LeoBraudy and Marshall Cohen, editors, Film Theory and Criticism. Ox-ford University Press, Oxford, sixth edition, 2004. Originally publishedin Critique, 1(3): 5-28 (1947).

7145 Erwin Panofsky and Hariolf Oberer. Aufsätze zu Grundfragen derKunstwissenschaft. Hessling, Berlin, 2., erw. und verb. aufl. edition,1974.

7146 Petra Pansegrau. Dialogizität und Degrammatikalisierung in E-mails.In Rüdiger Weingarten, editor, Sprachwandel durch Computer, pages86–104. ??, Opladen, 1997.

592

7147 Panagiotis Pantidos, Kostas Valakas, Evangelos Vitoratos, and Kon-stantinos Ravanis. Towards applied semiotics: an analysis of iconic ges-tural signs regarding physics teaching in the light of theatre semiotics.Semiotica, 172(1/4):201–231, 2008.

7148 Paolo Paolini and Lorenzo Cantoni. Hypermedia Analysis. Some In-sights from Semiotics and Ancient Rhetoric. Studies in CommunicationScience, 1(1):33–53, 2001.

7149 C. Pappas. Acquiring a sense of the story genre: An examinationof semantic properties. In Michael A. K. Halliday, J. Gibbons, andH. Nicholas, editors, Learning, keeping and using language. Volume 1:Selected papers from the 8th world congress of applied linguistics, pages163–186. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1990.

7150 Christine C. Pappas. Exploring textual properties of ’proto-reading’. InRoss Steele and Terry Threadgold, editors, Language topics. Essays inhonour of Michael Halliday. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1987.

7151 Ivan Paraboni and Kees van Deemter. Towards the generation ofdocument-deictic references. In Kees van Deemter and Rodger Kibble,editors, Information sharing: reference and presupposition in languagegeneration and interpretation, pages 333–358. CSLI Publications, 2002.

7152 Jan Paredaens and Jianwen Su, editors. Proceedings of the Twenty-Eigth ACM SIGMOD-SIGACT-SIGART Symposium on Principles ofDatabase Systems, PODS 2009, June 19 - July 1, 2009, Providence,Rhode Island, USA. ACM, 2009.

7153 H. Paredes-Frigolett and G. Strube. Integrating world knowledge withcognitive parsing. In Proceedings of the 17th Annual Conference of theCognitive Science Society, pages 92–97, Mahwah, NJ, 1996. LawrenceErlbaum Associates.

7154 Christine Parent and Stefano Spaccapietra. An Overview of Modularity.In Modular Ontologies, pages 5–23. 2009.

7155 C. Paris, J. Tarby, and Keith Vander Linden. A Flexible Environment forBuilding Task Models. In Proceedings of Human Computer Interactionconference HCI 2001, Lille, France, 2001.

7156 C. Paris, K. Vander Linden, and S. Lu. Automatic Document Creationfrom Software Specifications. In Proceedings of the Australian DocumentComputing Symposium, Sydney, 1998.

7157 C. Paris, K. Vander Linden, and S. Lu. Where Do Instructions ComeFrom? Knowledge Acquisition and Specification for Instructional Text.In T. Becker and S. Busemann, editors, IMPACTS in Natural Lan-guage Generation: NLG Between Technology and Applications, pages

593

1–10, Schloss Dagstuhl, Germany, 2000. Proceedings of a COLING2000 Workshop. Available as: DFKI report D-00-01.

7158 C. Paris, K. Vander Linden, and S. Lu. Automatic Generation of On-lineHelp: a System Based on Practical Issues. In Proceedings of the 2001Australasian Natural Language Processing Workshop, Sydney, Australia,2001.

7159 C. Paris, M. Wu, A-M Vercoustre, S. Wan, P. Wilkins, and R. Wilkinson.An Empirical Study of the Effect of Coherent and Tailored DocumentDelivery as an Interface to Organizational Websites. In The Proceed-ings of the Adaptive Hypermedia Workshop at the 2003 User ModellingConference, pages 133–144, Pittsburgh, USA, June 22 2003.

7160 Cécile Paris, Nathalie Colineau, Shijian Lu, and and Keith Vander Lin-den. Automatically Generating Effective Online Help. InternationalJournal on E-Learning, 4(1):83–103, 2005.

7161 Cécile L. Paris. Determining the Level of Expertise. In Proceedings of theFirst Annual Workshop on Theoretical Issues in Conceptual InformationProcessing, Atlanta, Georgia, 1984.

7162 Cécile L. Paris. Determining the Level of Expertise of a User of a Ques-tion Answering System. Technical Report 84-3-paris-1, Columbia Uni-versity, 1984. New York City, New York.

7163 Cécile L. Paris. Description Strategies for Naive and Expert Users. InProceedings of the 23rd Annual Meeting of the Association for Compu-tational Linguistics, pages 238–245, Chicago, 1985.

7164 Cécile L. Paris. Tailoring Object Descriptions to the User’s Level of Ex-pertise. Paper presented at the International Workshop on User Mod-elling, Maria Laach, West Germany, August 1986.

7165 Cécile L. Paris. Combining Discourse Strategies to Generate Descrip-tions to Users Along a Naive/Expert Spectrum. In Proceedings of IJ-CAI’87, Milan, Italy, 1987. International Joint Conferences on ArtificialIntelligence.

7166 Cécile L. Paris. The Use of Explicit User Models in Text Generation:Tailoring to a User’s Level of Expertise. PhD thesis, Columbia Uni-versity Department of Computer Science, 1987. Published by PinterPublishers, London, 1993.

7167 Cécile L. Paris. Planning a text: can we and how should we modularizethis process?, August 1988. Workshop on text planning and NaturalLanguage Generation, Sponsored by AAAI; Organized by Eduard H.Hovy, Doug Appelt, David McDonald, and Sheryl Young.

594

7168 Cécile L. Paris. Tailoring Object Descriptions to the User’s Level of Ex-pertise. Computational Linguistics, 14(3):64–78, September 1988. Spe-cial Issue on User Modelling.

7169 Cécile L. Paris. Tailoring Object Descriptions to the User’s Level ofExpertise. Computational Linguistics, 14(3), September 1988.

7170 Cécile L. Paris. Tailoring Object Descriptions to the User’s Level of Ex-pertise. Computational Linguistics, 14(3):64–78, September 1988. Spe-cial Issue on User Modelling.

7171 Cécile L. Paris. The Use of Explicit User Models in a Generation Sys-tem for Tailoring Answers to the User’s Level of Expertise. In AlfredKobsa and Wolfgang Wahlster, editors, User Models in Dialog Sys-tems, pages 200–232. Springer Verlag, Symbolic Computation Series,Berlin/Heidelberg/New York/Tokyo, 1989.

7172 Cécile L. Paris. Generation and Explanation: Building an explanationfacility for the Explainable Expert Systems framework. In Cécile L.Paris, William R. Swartout, and William C. Mann, editors, Natural lan-guage generation in artificial intelligence and computational linguistics,pages 49–82. Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1991.

7173 Cécile L. Paris. Text generation: a survey paper. In Nancy M. Ide,editor, Methodologies in Humanities Computing. University of Pennsyl-vania Press, 1991.

7174 Cécile L. Paris. User modelling in text generation. Pinter Publishers,London, 1993.

7175 Cécile L. Paris and John A. Bateman. User modeling and register theory:a congruence of concerns. Technical Report, USC/Information SciencesInstitute, Marina del Rey, California, 1990.

7176 Cécile L. Paris and John A. Bateman. A methodology for investi-gating register: an application of systemic parsing. Technical Report,USC/Information Sciences Institute, Marina del Rey, California, 1991.

7177 Cécile L. Paris and TjoeLiong Kwee. Guide to the Unification Processand its Implementation; Progress Report on Extending the Grammar.Technical Report, Computer Science Department, Columbia University,New York, NY 10027, 1985.

7178 Cécile L. Paris and Keith Vander Linden. Building knowledge bases forthe generation of software documentation. In Proceedings of the 16th.International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING-96),volume 2, pages 734–739, Copenhagen, 1996.

595

7179 Cécile L. Paris and Elisabeth Maier. Knowledge resources or decisions?In Marie Meteer and Ingrid Zuckerman, editors, Proceedings of the 1991IJCAI Workshop on Decision making in the generation process, Sydney,Australia, 1991.

7180 Cécile L. Paris and Elisabeth A. Maier. Knowledge sources of decisions?In Proceedings of the IJCAI’91 Workshop on Decision Making through-out the Generation Process, pages 11–17, Sydney, Australia, August1991.

7181 Cécile L. Paris and Kathleen R. McKeown. Discourse Strategiesfor Describing Complex Physical Objects. In Gerard Kempen, edi-tor, Natural Language Generation: Recent Advances in Artificial In-telligence, Psychology, and Linguistics. Kluwer Academic Publishers,Boston/Dordrecht, 1987. Paper presented at the Third InternationalWorkshop on Natural Language Generation, August 1986, Nijmegen,The Netherlands.

7182 Cécile L. Paris and Donia Scott. Stylistic variation in multilingual in-structions. In Proceedings of the Seventh International Workshop onNatural Language Generation, Kennebunkport, Maine, USA, June 21-24, 1994, Kennebunkport, Maine, USA, 1994.

7183 Cécile L. Paris, William R. Swartout, and William C. Mann,editors. Natural Language Generation in Artificial Intelligenceand Computational Linguistics. Kluwer Academic Publishers,Boston/Dordrecht/London, 1990.

7184 Cécile L. Paris, William R. Swartout, and William C. Mann, ed-itors. Natural Language Generation in Artificial Intelligence andComputational Linguistics. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dor-drecht/London/Boston, 1990.

7185 Cécile Paris and Keith Vander Linden. DRAFTER: An InteractiveSupport Tool for Writing Multilingual Instructions. IEEE Computer,29(7):49–56, July 1996. (Special Issue on Interactive Natural LanguageProcessing).

7186 Cécile Paris, Keith Vander Linden, Markus Fischer, Anthony Hartley,Lyn Pemberton, Richard Power, and Donia Scott. A Support toolfor Writing Multilingual Instructions. In Proceedings of InternationalJoint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 1398–1404, Montréal,Canada, August 1995.

7187 Cécile Paris, Keith Vander Linden, Markus Fischer, Anthony Hartley,Lyn Pemberton, Richard Power, and Donia Scott. A Support Tool forWriting Multilingual Instructions. In Proceedings of the InternationalJoint Conference on Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI) 1995, pages 1398–1404, Montréal, Canada, 1995.

596

7188 Cécile Paris, Stephen Wan, Ross Wilkinson, and MingFang Wu. Gen-erating Personal Travel Guides - and who wants them? In M. Bauer,P. Gmytrasiewicz, and J. Vassileva, editors, Proceedings of the Interna-tional Conference on User Modelling (UM2001), pages 251–253, Son-thofen, Germany, July 13-18 2001.

7189 Cécile Paris, Stephen Wan, Ross Wilkinson, and Mingfang Wu. Generat-ing Personal Travel Guides - and who wants them? In 8th InternationalConference on User Modeling, 2001.

7190 Cécile Paris, MingFang Wu, Keith Vander Linden, Matthew Post, andShijian Lu. Myriad: An Architecture for Contextualized InformationRetrieval and Delivery. In Proceedings of the 3th International Confer-ence on Adaptive Hypermedia and Adaptive Web-Based Systems, pages205–214, Eindhoven, The Netherlands, Aug. 23-26 2004. Springer.

7191 B.J. Park. A language for ontologies based on objects and events. InProceedings of the IJCAI’95 Workshop on Basic Ontologicial Issues inKnowledge Sharing, Menlo Park, California, 1995. AAAI Press.

7192 A. Frederick Parker-Rhodes. Inferential Semantics. The HumanitiesPress, New Jersey, 1978. (Harvester Studies in Cognitive Science).

7193 H. Parret and J. Bouveresse, editors. Meaning and Understanding. deGruyter, Berlin, 1981.

7194 H. Parret, M. Sbisa, and J Verscheuren, editors. Possibilities and Lim-itations of Pragmatics. John Benjamins B.V., Amsterdam, 1980. Con-ference on Pragmatics, Urbino, July8-14, 1979.

7195 Herman Parret. Semiotics and pragmatics: an evaluative comparison ofconceptual frameworks. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1983.

7196 Gerald Parsons. A comparative study of the writing of scientific textsfocussing on cohesion and coherence. PhD thesis, University of Notting-ham, Department of English Studies, Nottingham, 1990.

7197 Gerald Parsons. Cohesion Coherence: Scientific Texts. In Eija Ventola,editor, Functional and Systemic Linguistics. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin,1991.

7198 Gerald Parsons. Measuring cohesion in English texts: the relationshipbetween cohesion and coherence. PhD thesis, University of Nottingham,Department of English Studies, Nottingham, 1995.

7199 Gerald Parsons. The development of the concept of cohesive harmony.In Christopher Butler, Margaret Berry, Robin Fawcett, and GuowenHuang, editors, Meaning and form: systemic functional interpretations.Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1996.

597

7200 K. Parsons. An Authoring Tool for Customizable Documents. Master’sthesis, Department of Computer Science, University of Waterloo, May1997.

7201 S. Parsons, M. Wooldridge, and L. Amgound. Properties and complex-ity of formal inter-agent dialogues. Journal of Logic and Computation,13(3):347–376, 2003.

7202 T. Parsons. Events in the semantics of English: a study in subatomicsemantics. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA / London, 1990.

7203 Barbara Partee. Montague Grammar and Transformational Grammar.Linguistic Inquiry, 6:203–300, 1975.

7204 Barbara Partee. Syntactic categories and semantic type. In MichaelRosner and Roderick Johnson, editors, Computational linguistics andformal semantics. Cambridge Univeristy Press, 1992.

7205 Barbara H. Partee. Opacity, Coreference, and Pronouns. Reidel, Dor-drecht, 1972.

7206 Alan Partington. Patterns and meanings. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2000.

7207 Elsa Pascual. Integrating text formatting and text generation. InG. Adorni and M. Zock, editors, Trends in Natural Language Genera-tion: an artificial intelligence perspective, number 1036 in Lecture Notesin Artificial Intelligence, pages 205–221. Springer, Berlin, New York,1996. (Selected Papers from the 4th. European Workshop on NaturalLanguage Generation, Pisa, Italy, 28-30 April 1993).

7208 Elsa Pascual and Jacques Virbel. Semantic and Layout Properties ofText Punctuation. In Proceedings of the Association for ComputationalLinguistics Workshop on Punctuation, pages 41–48, 1996.

7209 R. Pasero. Representation du Francais en Logique du Premier Ordreen vue de Dialoguer avec un Ordinateur. PhD thesis, Aix-Marseille,1973. These de Troisieme Cycle, Groupe d’Intelligence Artificielle d’Aix-Marseille ll.

7210 E. Paskaleva and S. Mihov. Second Language Acquisition from AlignedCorpora. In Proceedings of the International Conference "LanguageTechnology and Language Teaching", 1997.

7211 Pier Paolo Pasolini. Die Sprache des Films. In Friedrich Knilli, editor,Semiotik des Films. Mit Analysen kommerzieller Pornos und revolu-tionärer Agitationsfilme, pages 38–55. Carl Hanser Verlag, München,1971. unter Mitarbeit von Erwin Reiss und Knut Hickethier.

7212 Pier Paolo Pasolini. Herentical Empiricism. Indiana University Press,Bloomington, 1988.

598

7213 Romedi Passini. Wayfinding: A conceptual framework. Urban Ecology,5(1):17–31, 1981.

7214 R. J. Passonneau and D. H. Litman. Discourse segmentation by humanand automated means. Computational Linguistics, 23(1):103–139, 1997.

7215 Chintan Patel, James J. Cimino, Julian Dolby, Achille Fokoue, AdityaKalyanpur, Aaron Kershenbaum, Li Ma, Edith Schonberg, and KavithaSrinivas. Matching Patient Records to Clinical Trials Using Ontologies.In Proceedings of ISWC2007, volume 4825 of LNCS, pages 816–829.Springer, 2007.

7216 Ramesh S. Patil. Causal Representation of Patient Illness for Elec-trolyte and Acid-Base Diagnosis. PhD thesis, Massachusetts Instituteof Technology, October 1981. MIT/LCS/TR-267.

7217 Ramesh S. Patil, Richard E. Fikes, Peter F. Patel-Schneider, DonMcKay, Tim Finin, Thomas R. Gruber, and Robert Neches. TheDARPA knowledge sharing effort: progress report. In Charles Rich,Bernhard Nebel, and William R. Swartout, editors, Principles of knowl-edge representation and reasoning: proceedings of the third internationalconference, Cambridge, MA, 1992. Morgan Kaufmann.

7218 R.S. Patil, R.E. Fikes, P.F. Patel-Schneider, D. McKay, T. Finin,Thomas R. Gruber, and R. Neches. The DARPA knowledge sharingeffort: progress report. In M. Kaufmann, editor, Principles of Knowl-edge Representation and Reasoning: Proceedings of the 3rd InternationalConference, 1992.

7219 Jon Patrick. The Scamseek Project - Text Mining for Financial Scamson the Internet. In Graham J. Williams and Simeon J. Simoff, editors,Data Mining - Theory, Methodology, Techniques, and Applications: Se-lected Papers from AusDM, volume 3755 of Lecture Notes in ComputerScience, pages 295–302. Springer, 2006.

7220 T. Pattabhiraman and N. Cercone, editors. Computational Intelligence:special edition of natural language generation. National Research Coun-cil of Canada, 1991. Volume 7(4), November.

7221 Terry Patten. A problem solving approach to generating text from sys-temic grammars. In The Second Annual Conference of the EuropeanChapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 1985.

7222 Terry Patten. Interpreting Systemic Grammar as a Computational Rep-resentation: A Problem Solving Approach to Text Generation. PhDthesis, Edinburgh University, Scotland, 1986.

7223 Terry Patten. Compiling the interface between text planning and real-ization, August 1988. Workshop on text planning and Natural Language

599

Generation, Sponsored by AAAI; Organized by Eduard Hovy, Doug Ap-pelt, David McDonald and Sheryl Young.

7224 Terry Patten. Compiling the interface between text planning and real-ization, August 1988. Workshop on text planning and Natural LanguageGeneration, Sponsored by AAAI.

7225 Terry Patten. Systemic Text Generation as Problem Solving. CambridgeUniversity Press, Cambridge, England, 1988.

7226 Terry Patten and Graeme Ritchie. A formal model of systemic grammar.In Gerard Kempen, editor, Natural Language Generation. Martinus Ni-jhof, Dordrecht, 1987.

7227 Terry Patten and Graeme Ritchie. A formal model of Systemic Gram-mar. In Gerard Kempen, editor, Natural Language Generation: RecentAdvances in Artificial Intelligence, Psychology, and Linguistics. KluwerAcademic Publishers, Boston/Dordrecht, 1987. Paper presented at theThird International Workshop on Natural Language Generation, August1986, Nijmegen, The Netherlands.

7228 Terry Patten and Daniel S. Stoops. Real-time generation from systemicgrammars. In 5th. International Workshop on Natural Language Gener-ation, 3-6 June 1990, pages 183–188, Pittsburgh, PA., 1990. Organizedby Kathleen R. McKeown (Columbia University), Johanna D. Moore(University of Pittsburgh) and Sergei Nirenburg (Carnegie Mellon Uni-versity).

7229 Scott D. Paulin. Wagner and the Fantasy of Cinematic Unity. In JameBuhler, Aryl Flinn, and David Neumeyer, editors, Music and Cinema.Wesleyan University Press, New York, 2000.

7230 A. Pawley. Encoding events in Kalam and English: different logics forreporting experience. In R. Tomlin, editor, Coherence and grounding indiscourse. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1987.

7231 T. Payne. Negation. In T. Shopen, editor, Language typology and syn-tactic description. Volume 1: clause structure. Cambridge UniversityPress, Cambridge, 1985.

7232 F. Pazzaglia and R. De Beni. Strategies of processing spatial informa-tion in survey and landmark-centred individuals. European Journal ofCognitive Psychology, 13(4):493–508, 2001.

7233 A. Pease. Evaluation of Intelligent Systems: The High PerformanceKnowledge Bases and IEEE Standard Upper Ontology Projects. InProceedings of the 2001 workshop on Measuring Performance and Intel-ligence Of Intelligent Systems (PERMIS’2001), 2001. invited positionpaper.

600

7234 A. Pease, V. Chaudhri, F. Lehmann, and A. Farquhar. Practical Knowl-edge Representation and the DARPA High Performance KnowledgeBases Project. In A. Cohn, F. Giunchiglia, and B. Selman, editors, Pro-ceedings of the Conference on Knowledge Representation and Reasoning(KR-2000), San Mateo, CA, 12-15 April 2000. Morgan Kaufmann.

7235 A. Pease and C. Fellbaum. Language to Logic Translation with Phrase-Bank. In Petr Sojka, Karel Pala, Pavel Smrz, Christiane Fellbaum,and Piek Vossen, editors, Proceedings of the Second International Word-Net Conference (GWC 2004), pages 187–192, Masaryk University Brno,Czech Republic, 2004.

7236 A. Pease and W. Murray. An English to Logic Translator for Ontology-based Knowledge Representation Languages. In Proceedings of the 2003IEEE International Conference on Natural Language Processing andKnowledge Engineering, pages 777–783, Beijing, China, 2003.

7237 A. Pease and I. Niles. IEEE Standard Upper Ontology: A ProgressReport. Knowledge Engineering Review, 17, 2002. Special Issue onOntologies and Agents.

7238 A. Pease and I. Niles. Practical Semiotics: A Formal Theory. In Pro-ceedings of the International Conference on Information and KnowledgeEngineering (IKE ’02), Las Vegas, Nevada, June 24-27 2002.

7239 E. Pederson. How many referenced frames? In Christian Freksa,W. Brauer, C. Habel, and K.F. Wender, editors, Spatial Cognition III,number 2865 in LNCS, pages 287–304. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg,2003.

7240 J. Peeck. Increasing picture effects in learning from illustrated text.Learning and Instruction, pages 227–238, 1993.

7241 Willie van Peer and Seymour Chatman, editors. New Perspectives onNarrative Perspective. State University of New York Press, Albany, NY,2001.

7242 Bert Peeters. Does cognitive linguistics live up to its name? In RenéDirven, Bruce Hawkins, and Esra Sandikcioglu, editors, Language andideology. Volume 1: theoretical cognitive approaches, number 204 in Cur-rent Issues in Linguistic Theory, pages 83–106. Benjamins, Amsterdam,2001.

7243 Barry Pegg. Two dimensional features in the history of text format:how print technology has preserved linearity. In Nancy Allen, editor,Working with Words and Images: News Steps in an Old Dance, pages164–179. Ablex, Westport, CT, 2002.

7244 Charles Sanders Peirce. Collected Papers of Charles Sanders Peirce. TheBelknap Press of Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA, 1931-1958.

601

7245 Viktor Pekar. Specification in terms of interactional properties as a wayto optimize the representation of spatial expressions. In Proceedings ofthe Workshop on Temporal and Spatial Information Processing at the39th. Annual Meeting and 10th Conference of the European Chapter ofthe Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 9–16, Toulouse,France, 2001. Association for Computational Linguistics.

7246 Catherine Pelachaud, Valeria Carofiglio, and Isabelle Poggi. Embodiedcontextual agent in information delivering application. In Proceedingsof AAMAS’02, Bologna, Italy, July 2002. ACM.

7247 L. Pemberton. A modular approach to story generation. In 4th EuropeanConference of the Association for Computational Linguistics, Manch-ester, 1989.

7248 L. Pemberton, A. Hartley, R. Power, and L. Gorman. Designing a Tech-nical Author’s Workbench. In Thea van der Geest, editor, Writers atWork: Professional Writing in the Computerized Environment. Ablex,1994.

7249 Fred C.C Peng. Review article: Studies in systemic phonology, editedby Paul Tench. Language Sciences, 14(4):659–682, 1992.

7250 Constance Penley, editor. Feminism and Film Theory. Routledge andBritish Film Institute Publishing, London, 1988.

7251 F. C. N. Pereira and D. H. D. Warren. Definite Clause Grammars forLanguage Analysis - A Survey of the Formalism and a Comparison withAugmented Transition Network. Artificial Intelligence, pages 231–278,1980.

7252 Francisco Cámara Pereira. Creativity and Artificial Intelligence: A Con-ceptual Blending Approach, volume 4 of Applications of Cognitive Lin-guistics (ACL). Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, December 2007.

7253 Francisco Camara Pereira and Amilcar Cardoso. Knowledge Integrationwith Conceptual Blending, 2001.

7254 Francisco Camara Pereira and Amilcar Cardoso. Conceptual Blendingand the Quest for the Holy Creative Process, 2002.

7255 L. Pereira, F. Pereira, and D. Warren. Users Guide to DECsystem-10 PROLOG. Technical Report 03/13/5570, Laboratorio Nacional DeEngenharia Civil, Lisbon, September 1978.

7256 Ch. Perelman and L. Olbrechts-Tyteca. The New Rhetoric: A Trea-tise on Argumentation. University of Notre Dame Press, Notre Dame,Indiana, 1969.

602

7257 C. A. Perfetti. Sentences, individual differences and multiple texts: threeissues in text comprehension. Discourse Processes, 23(3):337–355, 1997.

7258 C.A. Perfetti and S.A. Goldman. Thematization and sentence retrieval.Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 13:70–79, 1974.

7259 Laura Perini. Convention, resemblance and isomorphism: understand-ing scientific visual representations. In Grant Malcolm, editor, Mul-tidisciplinary approaches to visual representations and interpretations,volume 2 of Studies in Multidisciplinarity, pages 37–47. Elsevier, Ams-terdam, 2004.

7260 V.F. Perkins. Film as film. Penguin, Baltimore, 1972.

7261 D. Perlmutter. Studies in Relational Grammar I. University of ChicagoPress, Chicago, 1983.

7262 M. Peroutka, R. Meiggs, and M. Romberg. The generation of productsin interactive forecast production. In Preprints of the 14th InternationalConference on Interactive Information and Processing Systems for Me-teorology, Oceanography, and Hydrology, pages 350–354, Pheonix, AZ,1998. American Meteorological Society.

7263 C. R. Perrault and P. R. Cohen. Planning Speech Acts. TechnicalReport, University of Toronto, Department of Computer Science, 1978.

7264 Ray C. Perrault and James F. Allen. A Plan-Based Analysis of IndirectSpeech Acts. American Journal of Computational Linguistics, 6(3-4),1980.

7265 Gillian Perrett. Researching second and foreign language development.In Len Unsworth, editor, Researching language in schools and commu-nities: functional linguistic perspectives, pages 87–110. Cassell, London,2000.

7266 Per Persson. Understanding cinema. Cambridge University Press, Cam-bridge, 2003.

7267 P. Péruch, L. Belingard, and C. Thinus-Blanc. Transfer of SpatialKnowledge from Virtual to Real Environments. In C. Freksa, W. Brauer,C. Habel, and K.F. Wender, editors, Spatial Cognition II - IntegratingAbstract Theories, Empirical Studies, Formal Methods, and PracticalApplications. Springer, Berlin, 2000.

7268 Gerhard Peter and Dietmar Rösner. User-Model-Driven Generation ofInstructions. User Modeling and User Adapted Interaction, 1994.

7269 Hans Peters. Scottish identities? The use of Scots by Scottish authors.In Rainer Schulz, editor, Meaningful choices in English, pages 157–?Narr, Tübingen, 1998.

603

7270 I.M. Peters. Bild und Bedeutung. Zur Semiologie des Films. In FriedrichKnilli, editor, Semiotik des Films. Mit Analysen kommerzieller Pornosund revolutionärer Agitationsfilme, pages 56–69. Carl Hanser Verlag,München, 1971. unter Mitarbeit von Erwin Reiss und Knut Hickethier.

7271 Jan Marie Peters. Theorie und Praxis der Filmmontage von Griffithbis heute. In Rolf Klöpfer and Karl-Dietmar Möller, editors, Narra-tivität in den Medien, number 19 in papmaks, pages 119–140. MAKS(Münsteraner Arbeitskreis for Semiotik) Publikationen, Münster, 1986.

7272 Jan Marie Lambert Peters. Pictorial signs and the language of film.Rodopi, Amsterdam, 1981.

7273 Kornelia Peters. Das Textgenerierungssystem KLEIST im Vergleichmit psycholinguistischen Sprachproduktionsmodellen. In H. Horacek,M. Herweg, W. Hoeppner, J. Kreyss, and H. Novak, editors, Die Be-deutung kognitionswissenschaftlicher Erkenntnisse fuer die automatischeSprachgenerierung, 17. Fachtagung fuer Kuenstliche Intelligenz, Berlin,1993.

7274 Kornelia Peters, Heike Rutz, and Melanie Siegel. KLEIST: Textgener-ierung in deutscher und japanischer Sprache. Technical ReportKOLIBRI Arbeitsbericht Nr. 26, Fakultät für Linguistik und Literatur-wissenschaft der Universität Bielefeld, 1991. (DFG-ForschungsgruppeKohärenz).

7275 Pam Peters and James R. Martin. On the analysis of exposition. InRuqaiya Hasan, editor, Discourse on discourse: workshop reports fromthe Macquarie workshop on discourse analysis, pages 61–92. AppliedLinguistics Association of Australia, 1985.

7276 Stanley P. Peters and Richard W. Ritchie. On the generative power oftransformational grammars. Information Sciences, 6:49–83, 1973.

7277 Brian J. Peterson, William A. Andersen, and Joshua Engel. Knowledgebus: generating application-focused Databases from large ontologies. InA. Borgida, V. Chaudhuri, and M. Staudt, editors, Proceedings of the5th. KRDB Workshop, Seattle, Washington, 1998.

7278 James Peterson. Is a cognitive approach to the Avant-Garde Cinemaperverse? In David Bordwell and Noël Carroll, editors, Post-theory: re-constructing film studies, pages 108–129. University of Wisconsin Press,Madison, Wisconsin, 1996.

7279 James L. Peterson. Petri Nets. ACM Computing Surveys, 9(3):223–252,Sep 1977.

7280 Mary A. Peterson, Lynn Nadel, Paul Bloom, and Merrill F. Garrett.Space and Language. In Paul Bloom, Mary A. Peterson, Lynn Nadel,

604

and Merrill F. Garrett, editors, Language and Space, pages 553–578.MIT Press, Cambride, MA, 1999.

7281 J. Petitot. Morphodynamics and the categorial perception of phonolog-ical units. Theoretical Linguistics, 15:25–71, 1989.

7282 M Petre and T.R.G. Green. Where to draw the line with text: someclaims by logic designers about graphics in notation. In D. Diaper,D. Gilmore, G. Cockton, and B. Shackel, editors, Proceedings of Interact’90, Amsterdam, 1990. Elsevier.

7283 Philipp Petrenz and Bonnie Webber. Stable classification of text genres.Computational Linguistics, 37(2):385–393, 2011.

7284 S. R. Petrick. Transformational Analysis. In R. Rustin, editor, NaturalLanguage Processing. Algorithmics Press, New York, 1973.

7285 Sandra Petroni. Language in the Multimodal Web Domain. Number 3 inLanguage across cultures. LEGAS and Aracne editrice S.r.l, New Yorkand Rome, 2011.

7286 M. Petruck. Frame semantics. In J.-0. Östman, J. Blommaert, andC. Bulcaen, editors, Handbook of pragmatics, pages 1–13. Benjamins,Amsterdam / Philadelphia, 1996.

7287 Yvonne Petter. Argumentationsstrategien. In Barbara Sandig, edi-tor, Stilistisch-rhetorische Diskursanalyse, pages 103–120. ??, Tübingen,1988.

7288 J.J. Peyragrosse. GASPAR: a system for automatic natural languageparaphrase of SQL queries, 1993.

7289 B. Pfister and C. Traber. Text-to-speech synthesis: an introduction anda case study. In E. Keller, editor, Fundamentals of Speech Synthesis andSpeech Recognition, pages 88–107. Ellis Harwood, Chichester, 1994.

7290 Manfred Pfister. Das Drama. Theorie und Analyse. Uni-Taschenbücher,München, 1994. Originally published 1977.

7291 John Pheby. Intonation und Grammatik im Deutschen. Akademie-Verlag, Berlin, 2nd, (1980) edition, 1969.

7292 John Pheby. Intonation. In K. E. Heidolph, W. Fämig, andW. Motsch, editors, Grundzüge einer deutschen Grammatik, pages 839–897. Akademie-Verlag, Berlin, 1980.

7293 James Phelan. Why narrators can be focalizers–and why it matters.In Willie van Peer and Seymour Chatman, editors, New Perspectives onNarrative Perspective, pages 51–66. State University of New York Press,Albany, NY, 2001.

605

7294 B. Phillips. A Model for Knowledge and its Application to DiscourseAnalysis. American Journal of Computational Linguistics, Microfiche82, 1979.

7295 B.J. Phillips and E.F. McQuarrie. Beyond visual metaphor: a newtypology of visual rhetoric in advertising. Marketing Theory, 4(1/2):113–136, 2004.

7296 J. Phillips. The development of comparisons and contrasts. AustralianReview of Applied Linguistics, 11(1):54–65, 1988.

7297 J. Phillips. Lexical expansion: The role of comparing and contrasting.Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 12(2):17–33, 1989.

7298 J. Phillips. Generation from indexed logical forms. In 3d EuropeanWorkshop of Natural Language Generation, Judenstein, 1991.

7299 Joy Phillips. The development of modality and hypothetical meaning:Nigel 1;7 1/2 - 2;7 1/2. Working Papers 3, University of Sydney Lin-guistics Department, 1986.

7300 Kendall R. Phillips. Projected Fears: Horror Films And American Cul-ture. Praeger Publishers, Westport, C.T., 2005.

7301 M.K. Phillips. Text, terms and meanings: some principles of analysis. InMichael Cummings, William S. Greaves, and James D. Benson, editors,Linguistics in a systemic perspective. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1988.

7302 Patrick Phillips. Spectator, audience and response. In Jill Nelmes, edi-tor, Introduction to Film Studies, chapter 7, pages 143–171. Routledge,London, 4th edition, 2007.

7303 Greg Philo, editor. Glasgow Media Group Reader, Volume 2: Industry,Economy, War and Politics. Routledge, London, 1995.

7304 Greg Philo, editor. Message received: Glasgow Media Group research1993-1998. Addison Wesley Longman, Harlow, 1999.

7305 Greg Philo and Liza Beattie. Race, migration and media. In GregPhilo, editor, Message received: Glasgow Media Group research 1993-1998, chapter 11, pages 171–196. Addison Wesley Longman, Harlow,1999.

7306 Andrew G. Philpot, Michael Fleischman, and Eduard H. Hovy. Semi-automatic Construction of a General Purpose Ontology. In Proceedingsof the International Lisp Conference 2003, New York, NY, 2003.

7307 Andrew G. Philpot, Eduard Hovy, and P. Pantel. The Omega Ontol-ogy. In Proceedings of the ONTOLEX Ontologies and Lexical ResourcesWorkshop at IJCNLP-05, Los Angeles, CA, 2005. USC/Information Sci-ences Institute.

606

7308 Jean Piaget. The Equilibration of Cognitive Structures: The Cen-tral Problem of Intellectual Development. University of Chicago Press,Chicago, 1985.

7309 F. Pianese. Elaborazione del linguaggio naturale e multilingualita. InReiner Arntz, editor, La traduzione: nuovi approcci tra teoria e pratica.Accademia Europea Bolzano, CUEN, 1994.

7310 Fabio Pianese and Emanuele Pianta. Description of the Italian Tacti-cal Generator. GIST (Generating InStructional Text: EU-LRE 062-09)Deliverable PR-2b, IRST, 1994.

7311 F. Pianesi, E. Pianta, and L. Tovena. Comparing methodologies forevaluating the generator in a speech-to-speech translation system. InP. St. Dizier, editor, 7th EWNLG, pages 145–154, Toulouse, 1999.

7312 Fabio Pianesi. Head-driven bottom-up generation and Government andBinding: a unified perspective. In Helmut Horacek and Michael Zock,editors, New Concepts in Natural Language Generation, pages 187–215.Pinter Publishers, London, 1993.

7313 E. Pianta and L. M. Tovena. XIG: generating from interchange formatusing mixed representations. In Proceedings of the Sixth Meeting of theItalian Association for Artificial Intelligence (AIIA’99), Bologna, 1999.

7314 M.T. Piccioli. Bilingual development of Italo-Australian children. Aus-tralian Review of Applied Linguistics, Series S(4):81–100, 1987.

7315 J. Pickbourn. A Dissertation on the English Verb. The Scolar PressLimited, Menston, England, 1789. Facsimile edition by Scolar, 1968.

7316 Martin J. Pickering, Holly P. Branigan, and Janet F. McLean. Con-stituent structure is formulated in one stage. Journal of Memory andLanguage, 46:586–605, 2002.

7317 Martin J. Pickering and Simon Garrod. Towards a mechanistic psychol-ogy of dialogue. Behavioural and Brain Sciences, 27(2):169–190, 2004.

7318 John Pier. On the semiotic parameters of narrative: a critique of storyand discourse. In Tom Kindt and Hans-Herald Müller, editors, Whatis narratology? Questions and answers regarding the status of a theory,pages 73–97. Walter de Gruyter, Berlin and New York, 2003.

7319 John Pier. Metalepsis. In Peter Hühn, John Pier, Wolf Schmid, andJörg Schönert, editors, The living handbook of narratology. HamburgUniversity Press, Hamburg, 2010. last accessed: 22 Mar 2011].

7320 J. Pierrehumbert and J. Hirschberg. The meaning of intonational con-tours in interpretation of discourse. In P. R. Cohen, J. Morgan, andM. E. Pollack, editors, Intentions in Communication, pages 271–311.MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, 1990.

607

7321 Janet B. Pierrehumbert. The phonology and phonetics of English into-nation. PhD thesis, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge,Ma, 1980.

7322 V. Pignataro. A Computational Approach to Topic and Focus in aProduction Model. In COLING-88, 1988.

7323 K. L. Pike. Language in relation to a unified theory of the structure ofhuman behaviour. Mouton, The Hague, 2nd edition, 1967.

7324 Kenneth L. Pike. Language as particle, wave, and field. The Texas Quar-terly, 2(2):37–54, 1959. Reprinted in Brend, Ruth (ed.)(1972) KennethL. Pike. Selected Writings, The Hague: Mouton.

7325 Kenneth L. Pike and E. Pike. Text and Tagmeme. Frances Pinter,London, 1982.

7326 Kenneth L. Pike and Evelyn G. Pike. Text and Tagmeme. FrancesPinter, London, 1983.

7327 William Pike and Mark Gahegan. Beyond ontologies: Toward situatedrepresentations of scientific knowledge. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 65(7):659–673, 2007.

7328 Ingrid Piller. Multilingualism and the modes of TV advertising. InFriedrich Ungerer, editor, English Media Texts past and present: lan-guage and textual structure, pages 263–281. Benjamins, Amsterdam,2000.

7329 Manfred Pinkal, C. Rupp, and K. Worm. Robust semantic processingof spoken language. In Wolfgang Wahlster, editor, Verbmobil: foun-dations of speech-to-speech translation, pages 322–335. Springer, Berlin,Heidelberg, New York, 2000.

7330 Steven Pinker. Learnability and cognition: the acquisition of argumentstructure. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1989.

7331 S. Pinto. Revising and Extending the Units of Measure "Subontology".In Working Notes of the IJCAI-2001 Workshop on the IEEE StandardUpper Ontology, 2001.

7332 Adrian Piotrovskij. Towards a Theory of Cine-Genres. In RussaianFormalist Film Theory, pages 131–146. Michigan Slavic Publication,1981.

7333 Robert B. Pippin. Agency and fate in Orson Welles’s The Lady fromShanghai. Critical Inquiry, 37(2):214–244, Winter 2011.

608

7334 J. F. Pique. Sur un Modele Logique du Language Naturel et son Utili-sation Pour L’interrogation des Banques de Donnees. PhD thesis, Aix-Marseille, 1981. These de troisieme cycle, Groupe d’Intelligence Artifi-cielle d’Aix- Marseille ll.

7335 T. Pirlein and R. Studer. An environment for reusing ontologies withinaknowledge engineering approach. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 43(5/6):945–965, 1995.

7336 Thomas Pirlein. Konstruktion und Evaluation von Wissensbasen intextverstehenden Systemen. In Th. Christaller, editor, GWAI-91: 15.Fachtagung für Künstliche Intelligenz, pages 147–156. Springer, Berlin,1991.

7337 Thomas Pirlein. Reusing a large domain-independent knowledge base. InFifth International Conference on Software Engineering and KnowledgeEngineering (SEKE’93), San Francisco, 1993.

7338 W. L. Jr Pitkin. Hierarchies and the Discourse Hierarchy. College En-glish, 38(7):648–659, March 1977.

7339 W. L. Jr Pitkin. X/Y: Some Basic Strategies of Discourse. CollegeEnglish, 38(7):660–672, March 1977.

7340 P. Piwek. A Flexible Pragmatics-driven Language Generator for Ani-mated Agents. In Proceedings of EACL03 (Research Notes), Budapest,2003.

7341 P. Piwek, Roger Evans, and Richard Power. Natural language dialogueand knowledge base editing. In Paper presented at CLIN IX (Compu-tational Linguistics in Netherlands Meeting), Leuven, Belgium, 1998.

7342 P. Piwek, Roger Evans, and Richard Power. Dialogue as KnowledgeEditing. Technical Report ITRI-99-11, ITRI, University of Brighton,1999.

7343 P. Piwek, Roger Evans, and Richard Power. Editing speech acts: apractical approach to human-machine dialogue. In Preproceedings ofAmstelogue’99: Workshop on the Semantics and Pragmatics of Dialogue,Amsterdam, 7-9 May 1999. University of Amsterdam.

7344 P. Piwek, R. Power, D. Scott, and K. van Deemter. Generating Mul-timedia Presentations: from plain text to screenplay. In O. Stock andand M. Zancanara, editors, Intelligent Multimodal Information Presen-tation. Kluwer, in press.

7345 Janey Place and Lowell Peterson. Some visual motifs of Film Noir. InBill Nichols, editor, Movies and methods, pages 325–338. University ofCalifornia Press, Berkeley/Los Angeles/London, 1976.

609

7346 Sally Planalp. Communicating Emotion. Cambridge University Press,1999.

7347 Carl Plantinga. Defining Documentary. Fiction, Non-Fiction, and Pro-jected Worlds. Persistence of Vision, 5(1):44–54, 1987.

7348 Carl Plantinga. The scene of empathy and the human face on film.In Carl Plantinga and Greg M. Smith, editors, Passionate views: film,cognition, and emotion, chapter 12, pages 239–255. The John HopkinsUniversity Press, Baltimore and London, 1999.

7349 Carl Plantinga. Affective Incongruity and The Thin Red Line. Projec-tions: the Journal for Movies and Mind, 4:86–103, 2010.

7350 Carl R. Plantinga. Rhetoric and representation in nonfiction film. Cam-bridge University Press, Cambridge, 1997.

7351 Carl Plantinga and Greg M. Smith. Introduction. In Carl Plantinga andGreg M. Smith, editors, Passionate views: film, cognition, and emotion,pages 1–17. The John Hopkins University Press, Baltimore and London,1999.

7352 M. Plátek and P. Sgall. A scale of context-sensitive languages: applica-tions to natural language. Information and Control, 38:1–20, 1978.

7353 W. J. Plath. REQUEST: A Natural Language Question AnsweringSystem. IBM Journal of Research and Development, July:pages326–335, 1976.

7354 C. Platzack. The Semantic Interpretation of Aspect and Aktionsarten.A Study of Internal Time Reference in Swedish. Foris, Dordrecht, 1979.

7355 S. Platzack. Tempus i svenska. Department of Linguistics, Lund Uni-versity, 1978.

7356 Guenter A. Plum. Second-language development in unnatural situations:a functional critique of the NSWHome Tutor Scheme. Australian Reviewof Applied Linguistics, 4(1), 1981.

7357 Guenter A. Plum. Quantification of text and context. University ofSydney Linguistics Department: Working Papers in Linguistics, 3, 1986.

7358 Guenter A Plum. Textual and contextual conditioning in spoken English:a genre-based approach. PhD thesis, Department of Linguistics, SydneyUniversity, 1988.

7359 Guenter A. Plum and Anne Cowling. Social constraints on grammaticalvariables: tense choice in English. In Ross Steele and Terry Thread-gold, editors, Language topics. Essays in honour of Michael Halliday.Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1987.

610

7360 Guenter A. Plum, Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen, and Michael A. K.Halliday. The Electronic Discourse Analyzer project: Statement ofScope and Domain of Project. Technical Report, Fujitsu AustraliaLimited, Documentation Engineering Division, Sydney, Australia, 1990.EDA Project Deliverables; Output 1.

7361 Guenter Plum, Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen, and Michael A. K. Hal-liday. Pilot Validation of Critical Language Patterns. Technical ReportPhase I, Output 4, Fujitsu Australia Limited, Chatswood, NSW 2067,1990. (Internal report of project carried out at Fujitsu Australia Ltd.,Sydney, Project Leader: Guenter Plum, Document Engineering Centre).

7362 Martina Plümacher and Peter Holz, editors. Speaking of colors andodors. John Benjamins, Amterdam, 2007.

7363 Massimo Poesio. An Organization of Lexical Knowledge for Generation.In K. Morik, editor, GWAI-87: 11th German Workshop on ArtificialIntelligence. Springer, Berlin, 1987.

7364 Massimo Poesio, Hua Cheng, Renate Henschel, Janet Hitzeman, RodgerKibble, and Rosemary Stevenson. Specifying the parameters of Cen-tering Theory: a corpus-based evaluation using text from application-oriented domains. In Proceedings of the 38th Meeting of the Associa-tion for Computational Linguistics (ACL’2000), Hong Kong, P.R.China,2000.

7365 Massimo Poesio and Andrei Mikheev. The predictive power of gamestructure in dialogue act recognition: Experimental results using maxi-mum entropy estimation. In Proceedings of the International Conferenceon Speech and Language Processing (ICSLP-98), Australia, 1998.

7366 Massimo Poesio, Rosemary Stevenson, Barbara Di Eugenio, and JanetHitzeman. Centering: a parametric theory and its instantiation. Com-putational Linguistics, 30(3):309–364, Sep 2004.

7367 Livia Polanyi. The Structure of Discourse. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, toappear. To Appear.

7368 Livia Polanyi. False starts can be true. In Berkeley Linguistics Society,volume 4. 1978.

7369 Livia Polanyi. On meaning and coherence relations in text. 23:343–358,1978.

7370 Livia Polanyi. The American Story: Cultural constraints on the mean-ing and structure of stories in conversation. PhD thesis, University ofMichigan, 1978.

611

7371 Livia Polanyi. A theory of discourse structure and discourse coherence.In W. H. Elifort, P. D. Kroeber, and K. L. Peterson, editors, Papersfrom the General Session of the 21st. Regional Meeting of the ChicagoLinguistics Society, pages 306–322. Chicago, IL, 1985.

7372 Livia Polanyi. The linguistic discourse model: Towards a formal theoryof discourse s tructure. Technical Report 6409, BBN Laboratories Inc,Cambridge, MA, 1986.

7373 Livia Polanyi. A formal model of the structure of discourse. Journal ofPragmatics, 12:601–638, 1988.

7374 Michael Polanyi. What is a painting? British Journal of Aesthetics,3:225–236, 1970.

7375 Alain Polguère. Grammatical and lexical formalisms in FOG-89. Techni-cal Report, System Documentation, Odyssey Research Associaties, Inc.,Montréal, Canada, 1989.

7376 Alain Polguere. Structuration et mise en jeu procédurale d’un modèlelinguistique déclaratif dans un cardre de génération de texte. PhD thesis,Département de linguistique, Université de Montréal, 1990.

7377 Alain Polguère. Everything has not been said about interlinguae: thecase of multilingual text generation systems. In Proceedings of the Nat-ural Language Processing Pacific Rim Symposium (NLPRS ’91), pages314–320, Singapore, 1991.

7378 Roberto Poli. Levels. Axiomathes, 9(1-2):197–211, 1998.

7379 Roberto Poli. The basic problem of the theory of levels of reality. Ax-iomathes, 12:261–283, 2001.

7380 Roberto Poli. Ontological methodology. International Journal ofHuman-Computer Studies, 56:639–664, 2002.

7381 M. O. Poliac, J. R. Sagle, E. B. Lee, and M. R. Wick. A Crew SchedulingProblem. In Proceedings of the First Annual International Conferenceon Neural Networks, IEEE, June 1987.

7382 M. Pollack. Inferring domain plans in question-answering. PhD thesis,University of Pennsylvania, 1986.

7383 Martha Pollack. A Framework for Providing Appropriate Advice. Tech-nical Report CIS-83-28, University of Pennsylvania, Department ofComputer and Information Science, October 1983.

7384 Martha Pollack. A Model of plan inference that distinguishes betweenthe beliefs of actors and observers. In Proceedings of the 24th AnnualMeeting of the ACL, New York City, New York, June 1986. Associationof Computational Linguistics.

612

7385 Martha E. Pollack. Intelligent technology for an aging population: theuse of AI to assist elders with cognitive impairment. AI Magazine, pages9–24, Summer 2005.

7386 Martha Pollack, Julia Hirschberg, and Bonnie Webber. User Partici-pation in the Reasoning Processes of Expert Systems. In Proceedingsof the AAAI, Pittsburgh, Pa, 1982. American Association of ArtificialIntelligence.

7387 Carl Pollard. Lecture notes on head-driven phrase structure grammar,February 1985. unpublished.

7388 Carl Pollard. Lecture notes on Head-driven Phrase Structure Grammar.Technical Report, Center for the Study of Language and Information,Stanford University, Stanford, CA, 1985.

7389 Carl Pollard. Toward a Unified Account of Passive in German. In JohnNerbonne, Klaus Netter, and Carl Pollard, editors, German in Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar, pages 273–296. CSLI, Stanford, CA,1994.

7390 Carl Pollard and Ivan A. Sag. Information-based syntax and semantics:volume 1. Chicago University Press, Chicago, 1987. Center for the Studyof Language and Information; Lecture Notes Number 13.

7391 Carl Pollard and Ivan A. Sag. Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar.University of Chicago Press and CSLI Publications, Chicago, Illinois,1994.

7392 P. Poller and P. Heisterkamp. EFFENDI - Effizientes Formulierenvon Dialogbeiträgen: Bericht zum Projektende, Handbuch zur SIL-Schnittstelle. Technischer Bericht F3-96-014, Daimler-Benz AG,Forschung Informationstechnik, Ulm, 1996.

7393 P. Poller, P. Heisterkamp, and D. Stall. An interface protocol from thespeech generator to the speech synthesis module of a dialogue system. InJohn A. Bateman, editor, Speech Generation in Multimodal InformationSystems and its Practical Application: Proceedings of the 2nd ’SPEAK!’Workshop, number 302 in GMD-Studien, pages 97–104. GMD, SanktAugustin, Germany, 1996.

7394 Murray Pomerance. An Eye for Hitchcock. Rutgers University Press,2004.

7395 Kristina Poncin and Hannes Rieser. Multi-speaker utterances and co-ordination in task-oriented dialogue. Journal of Pragmatics, 38:718–744,2006.

7396 Simon Popple and Joe Kember. Early cinema: from factory gate todream factory. Wallflower Press, London, 2004.

613

7397 Kaśka Porayska-Pomsta and Chris Mellish. Modelling politeness in nat-ural language generation. In Anja Belz, Roger Evans, and Paul Piwek,editors, Natural Language Generation: Third international Conference(INLG 2004), number 3123 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence,pages 141–149. Springer, Berlin, New York, July 14-16 2004.

7398 Michael J. Porter. The grande syntagmatique: A methodology for anal-ysis of the montage structure of television narratives. Southern Com-munication Journal, 47(3):330–341, 1982.

7399 Michael J. Porter. Applying semiotics to the study of selected primetime television programs. Journal of Broadcasting & Electronic Media,27(1):69–75, Winter 1983.

7400 F. Portet, E. Reiter, J. Hunter, and S. Sripada. Automatic generationof textual summaries from neonatal intensive care data. In Proceedingsof 11th Conference on Artificial Intelligence in Medicine (AIME 07),LNCS, pages 227–236, Berlin/Heidelberg, 2007. Springer.

7401 Frederic Portoraro. Automated Reasoning. In Edward N. Zalta, editor,The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy. Winter 2005.

7402 J. Portugali. The construction of cognitive maps, 1996.

7403 R. Porzel, M. Jansche, and R. Klabunde. The Generation of Spa-tial Descriptions from a Cognitive Point of View. In K. Coventy andP. Olivier, editors, Spatial Language. Cognitive and Computational As-pects. Kluwer, Dordrecht, 2002.

7404 Robert Porzel and Rainer Malaka. A Task-based Approach for Ontol-ogy Evaluation. In Proceedings of ECAI-2004 Workshop on OntologyLearning and Population, Valencia, Spain, 2004.

7405 Michael I. Posner. Orienting of attention. Quarterly Journal of Experi-mental Psychology, 32(1):3–25, 1980.

7406 Paul Postal. Constituent structure: a study of contemporary models ofsyntactic description. Mouton, The Hague, 1964.

7407 Neil Postman. Amusing ourselves to death: Public discourse in the ageof show business. Penguin Books, New York, NY, 1986.

7408 Cherry Potter. Screen language: from film writing to film-making.Methuen, London, 2001.

7409 Jonathan Potter and S. Reicher. Discourses of community and conflict:the organisation of social categories in accounts of a "riot". BritishJournal of Social Psychology, 26:25–40, 1987.

7410 Jonathan Potter and Margaret Wetherell. Discourse and social psychol-ogy: beyond attitudes and behaviour. Sage, London, 1987.

614

7411 Jonathan Potter and Margaret Wetherell. Accomplishing attitudes: factand evaluation in racist discourse. Text, 8(1-2):51–68, 1988.

7412 Neill Potts. Character interiority: space, point of view and performancein Hitchcock’s Vertigo (1958). In John Gibbs and Douglas Pye, editors,Style and meaning: studies in the detailed analysis of film, pages 85–97.Manchester University Press, Manchester and New York, 2005.

7413 R Power. The organisation of purposeful dialogues. Linguistics, 17:107–151, 1979.

7414 R. Power and D. Scott. Multilingual authoring using feedback texts. InProceedings of the 17th International Conference on Computational Lin-guistics and 36th Annual Meeting of the Association for ComputationalLinguistics, pages 1053–1059, Montreal, Canada, 1998.

7415 R. Power, D. Scott, and R. Evans. What you see is what you meant:direct knowledge editing with natural language feedback. In H. Prade,editor, 13th European Conference on Artificial Intelligence (ECAI’98),pages 677–681. John Wiley and Sons, Chichester, England, 1998.

7416 Richard Power. Adapting wording to layout. In Richard Power andDonia Scott, editors, Proceedings of the AAAI Fall Symposium on Us-ing Layout for the Generation, Understanding, or Retrieval of Docu-ments, number Technical Report FS-99-04, pages 21–26, Cape Cod,Massachusetts, 1999. American Association for Artificial Intelligence.

7417 Richard Power. Controlling logical scope in text generation. In P. Saint-Dizier, editor, Proceedings of the 7th. European Workshop on NaturalLanguage Generation (EWNLG’99), pages 1–9, Toulouse, May 1999.

7418 Richard Power. Generating referring expressions with a unificationgrammar. In Proceedings of the 9th Conference of the European Chapterof the Association for Computational Linguistics (EACL’99), Bergen,Norway, 1999. Association for Computational Linguistics.

7419 Richard Power. Mapping Rhetorical Structures to Text Structures byConstraint Satisfaction. Technical Report ITRI-00-01, ITRI, Universityof Brighton, 2000.

7420 Richard Power. Planning texts by constraint satisfaction. In Proceedingsof the International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COL-ING’2000), pages 642–648, Saarbrücken, Germany, 2000.

7421 Richard Power and Nico Cavallotto. GIST: Multilingual Generation ofAdministrative Forms. In INLG’96, pages 17–19, Herstmonceux Castle,Sussex, 1996. Demonstration.

615

7422 Richard Power, Christine Doran, and Donia Scott. Generating embed-ded discourse markers from rhetorical structure. In P. Saint-Dizier, ed-itor, Proceedings of the 7th. European Workshop on Natural LanguageGeneration (EWNLG’99), pages 30–38, Toulouse, May 1999.

7423 Richard Power, Donia Scott, and Nadjet Bouayad-Agha. DocumentStructure. Computational Linguistics, 29(2):211–260, June 2003.

7424 Richard Power and Allan Third. Expressing OWL axioms by Englishsentences: dubious in theory, feasible in practice. In Proceedings of the23rd International Conference on Computational Linguistics, 2010.

7425 C. Poynton. Grammar, language and the social: poststructuralism andsystemic functional linguistics. Social Semiotics, 3:1–22, 1993.

7426 Cate Poynton. Amplification as a mode of realisation: attitudinal mod-ification in the nominal group. In C. Butler, R. Fawcett, and M. Berry,editors, Grammatical Structure: a functional interpretation. Ablex, Nor-wood,NJ, 1989.

7427 Cate Poynton. Language and gender: making the difference. OxfordUniversity Press, Oxford, 2nd) edition, 1989.

7428 Cate Poynton. The privileging of representation and the marginalisingof the interpersonal: a metaphor (and more) of contemporary genderrelations. pages 231–240. Allen and Unwin, Sydney, 1990.

7429 Cate McK. Poynton. Names as vocatives: forms and functions. Not-tingham Linguistics Circular, 13:1–34, 1984.

7430 Cate McK. Poynton. Amplification as a mode of realisation: attitudinalmodification in the nominal group. In Margaret Berry, Christopher S.Butler, and Robin P. Fawcett, editors, Meaning and choice in Language:Studies for Michael Halliday; Volume 2: Grammatical structure, a func-tional interpretation, pages 211–229. Ablex, Norwood, New Jersey, 1996.

7431 V. Poznanski, J. L. Beaven, and P. Whitelock. An efficient generationalgorithm for lexicalist MT. In Proceedings of the 33rd Annual Meetingof the Association for Computational Linguistics (ACL-95), Cambridge,MA, 1995.

7432 V. Prakasam. Morpheme revisited. Indian Linguistics, 36:308–12, 1975.

7433 V. Prakasam. A functional view of phonological features. Acta Linguis-tica Hungaricae, 26(1-2):77–88, 1976.

7434 V. Prakasam. An outline of the theory of systemic phonology. Interna-tional Journal of Dravidian Linguistics, 6:24–42, 1977.

7435 V. Prakasam. An outline of the theory of systemic phonology. Interna-tional Journal of Dravidian Linguistics, 6:24–42, 1979.

616

7436 V. Prakasam. Aspects of sentence phonology. Archivum Linguisticum(New Series), 10:57–82, 1979.

7437 V. Prakasam. The system of length in Telegu. Pakha Sanjam, 15:349–56,1982.

7438 V. Prakasam. The linguistic spectrum. Punjabi University, Patiala,India, 1985.

7439 V. Prakasam. Aspects of word phonology. In Michael A. K. Hallidayand Robin P. Fawcett, editors, New developments in systemic linguistics:theory and description, pages 272–289. Pinter, London, 1987.

7440 V. Prakasam. NGp of NGp constructions: a functional-structural study.In Christopher Butler, Margaret Berry, Robin Fawcett, and GuowenHuang, editors, Meaning and form: systemic functional interpretations.Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1996.

7441 V. Prakasam and V. Prakasam. A systemic treatment of certain aspectsof Telugu phonology. Phil. thesis, University of York, 1972.

7442 Maria Pramaggiore and Tom Wallis. Film: A Critical Introduction.Laurence King, London, 2 edition, 2007.

7443 Ian Pratt-Hartmann. Temporal prepositions and their logic. ArtificialIntelligence, 166(1-2):1–36, 2005.

7444 Ian Pratt and Nissim Francez. Temporal Prepositions and Tempo-ral Generalized Quantifiers. Linguistics and Philosophy, 24(2):187–222,April 2001.

7445 R. L. Pratt. Quantifying the performance of text-to-speech synthesizers.Speech Technology, pages 54–64, March/April 1987.

7446 Alun Preece, Alan Flett, Derek Sleeman, David Curry, Nigel Meany, andPhil Perry. Better knowledge management through knowledge engineer-ing. IEEE Intelligent systems, 16(1):36–43, January/February 2001.

7447 C.C. Presson and D.R. Montello. Points of reference in spatial cogni-tion: stalking the elusive landmark. British Journal of DevelopmentPsychology, 6(4):378–381, 1988.

7448 S. Prevost and M. Steedman. Specifying Intonation from Context forSpeech Synthesis. Speech Communication, 15(1-2):139–153, 1994.

7449 E. Prince. The Simple Futurate: Not simply Progressive Futurate minusProgressive. In CLS 18, 1982.

7450 Ellen F. Prince. On the function of existential presupposition in dis-course. Chicago Linguistic Society, 14:362–376, 1978.

617

7451 Ellen F. Prince. On the given/new distinction. Chicago Linguistic So-ciety, 15:267–278, 1979.

7452 Ellen F. Prince. On the inferencing of indefinite ‘this’ NPs. In Bonnie L.Webber and Aravind K. Joshi nand Ivan A. Sag, editors, Elements ofDiscourse Processing, pages 231–250. Cambridge University Press, NewYork, 1981.

7453 Ellen F. Prince. Toward a taxonomy of given-new information. InP. Cole, editor, Syntax and semantics: Vol. 14. Radical Pragmatics,pages 223–255. Academic Press, New York, 1981.

7454 Gerald Prince. A grammar of stories. Mouton, The Hague, 1973.

7455 Gerald Prince. Narratology: the form and function of narrative. Mouton,The Hague, 1982.

7456 Gerald Prince. A dictionary of narratology. University of NebraskaPress, Lincoln and London, 1987.

7457 Gerald Prince. A point of view on point of view or refocusing focal-ization. In Willie van Peer and Seymour Chatman, editors, New Per-spectives on Narrative Perspective, pages 43–50. State University of NewYork Press, Albany, NY, 2001.

7458 Stephen Prince. The discourse of pictures: iconicity and film studies.Film Quarterly, 47(1):16–28, Autumn 1993.

7459 Stephen Prince. True Lies: Perceptual Realism, Digital Images, andFilm Theory. Film Quarterly, 49(3):27–37, Spring 1996.

7460 Stephen Prince. Classical film violence: Designing and regulating bru-tality in Hollywood cinema, 1930-1968. Rutgers University Press, NewBrunswick, NJ, 2003.

7461 Stephen Prince. Movies and meaning: An introduction to film. PearsonAllyn and Bacon, Boston, MA, 4th ed. edition, 2007.

7462 Stephen Prince. Firestorm : American film in the age of terrorism.Columbia University Press, New York, 2009.

7463 Stephen Prince. Violence. In Paisley Livingston and Carl Plantinga,editors, The Routledge Companion to Philosophy and Film, chapter 26,pages 279–288. Routledge, London and New York, 2009.

7464 A. N. Prior. Past, present and future. Oxford University Press, London,1967.

618

7465 Florian Probst. Ontological analysis of observations and measurements.In M. Raubal, H. Miller, A. Frank, and M. Goodchild, editors, Ge-ographic Information Science - Fourth International Conference, GI-Science 2006, number 4197 in Lecture Notes in Computer Science.Springer, Berlin, 2006.

7466 Penman Project. PENMAN documentation: the Primer, the UserGuide, the Reference Manual, and the Nigel Manual. Technical Re-port, USC/Information Sciences Institute, Marina del Rey, California,1989.

7467 Penman Project. The Nigel Manual. Technical Report,USC/Information Sciences Institute, Marina del Rey, California, 1989.

7468 RAGS Project. Towards a reference architecture for natural languagegeneration systems. Technical Report ITRI-99-14 and HCRC/TR-102,Information Technology Research Institute (U. Brighton) and Divi-sion of Informatics/Human Communication Research Centre (U. Ed-inburgh), Brighton and Edinburgh, March 1999. Contributors: LynneCahill, Christy Doran, Roger Evans, Chris Mellish, Daniel Paiva, MikeReape, Donia Scott and Neil Tipper.

7469 The RAGS Project. Re-implementation of the CGS system withinthe RAGS architecture. Unpublished manuscript, available athttp://www.itri.brighton.ac.uk/projects/rags/cgs-mapping.ps.

7470 The RAGS Project. Re-implementation of the CGS system withinthe RAGS architecture. Unpublished manuscript, available athttp://www.itri.brighton.ac.uk/projects/rags/cgs-mapping.ps.

7471 Vladimir Propp. The morphology of the folktale. University of TexasPress, Austin, Texas, 1968. Originally published in Russian in 1928.

7472 G. Proszeky and T. Roosmaa. English for Estonians, Hungarians andBulgarians. In Proceedings of the Language Teaching and LanguageTechnology Conference, Groningen, 1997.

7473 H. Prüst, R. Scha, and M. van den Berg. Discourse grammar and verbphrase anaphora. Linguistics and Philosophy, 1994.

7474 Hub Prüst. On discourse structuring, VP anaphora and gapping. PhDthesis, Universiteit van Amsterdam, Amsterdam, 1992.

7475 Adam Przepiórkowski. ‘A unified theory of scope’ revisited: quanti-fier retrieval without spurious ambiguities. In Gosse Bouma, Geert-JanKruijff, and Richard Oehrle, editors, Proceedings of FHCG98, 1998.

7476 G. Psathas. Conversation Analysis. The Study of Talk-in-Interaction.Sage, Thousand Oaks, London, New Delhi, 1995.

619

7477 Vladimir I. Pudovkin. Film technique and film acting: the cinema writ-ings of V. I. Pudovkin. Bonanza Books, New York, 1926. Translated byIvor Montagu. Republished by Sims Press, 2007.

7478 Florence Pugeault, Patrick Saint-Dizier, and Maire-Gaëlle Monteil.Knowledge extraction from texts: a method for extracting predicate-argument structures from texts. In Proceedings of the 15th. InternationalConference on Computational Linguistics (COLING 94), volume II,pages 1039–1043, Kyoto, Japan, 1994.

7479 D. Pullar and M. Egenhofer. Toward formal definitions of topologicalrelations among spatial objects. In Proceedings of the 3rd InternationalSymposium on Spatial Data Handling, pages 165–176, Sydney, Australia,1988.

7480 Geoffrey K. Pullum. The great Eskimo vocabulary hoax, and other ir-reverent essays on the study of language. University of Chicago Press,Chicago, 1991.

7481 Stephen G. Pulman, editor. EUROTRA ET6/1: rule formalism andvirtual machine design study - final report. Commission of the Euro-pean Communities, Luxembourg, 1991. Contributors: H. Alshawi, D.J.Arnold, R. Backofen, D.M. Carter, J. Lindop, K. Netter, S.G. Pulman,J. Tsujii and H. Uszkoreit.

7482 Stephen G. Pulman. Review: “Reversible Grammar in Natural LanguageProcessing” edited by Tomek Strzalkowski. Computational Linguistics,21(2):269–271, June 1995.

7483 Stephen G. Pulman. Unification encodings of grammatical notations.Computational Linguistics, 22(3):295–327, September 1996.

7484 Stephen G. Pulman. Bidirectional contextual resolution. ComputationalLinguistics, 26(4):497–538, Dec 2000.

7485 Betty Pun. Intersemiosis in Film: A Metafunctional and MultimodalExploration of Colour and Sound in the Films of Wong Kar-Wai. PhDthesis, University of New South Wales, Sydney, Australia, 2005.

7486 Betty O. K. Pun. Metafunctional analysis of sound in film commu-nication. In Len Unsworth, editor, Multimodal Semiotics: FunctionalAnalysis in Contexts of Education, pages 105–122. Continuum, London,2008.

7487 Helen C. Purchase. A semiotic definition of multimedia communication.Semiotica, 123(3-4):247–260, 1999.

7488 Emily Purser. Telling stories: text analysis in a museum. In EijaVentola, editor, Discourse and community: doing functional linguistics,pages 169–198. Gunter Narr, Tübingen, 2000.

620

7489 Emily Purser and Linda Paul. Translation: Übersetzung. Cornelsen,Berlin, 1999.

7490 Matthew Purver, Jonathan Ginzburg, and Patrick Healey. On the meansfor clarification in dialogue. In Ronnie Smith and Jan van Kuppevelt,editors, Current and New Directions in Discourse and Dialogue, pages235–255. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 2003.

7491 Matthew Purver and Ruth Kempson. Context-based incremental gener-ation for dialogue. In Anja Belz, Roger Evans, and Paul Piwek, editors,Natural Language Generation: Third international Conference (INLG2004), number 3123 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages151–160. Springer, Berlin, New York, July 14-16 2004.

7492 Matthew Purver and Ruth Kempson. Incrementality, alignment andshared utterances. In Proceedings of the 8th Workshop on the Seman-tics and Pragmatics of Dialogue (Catalog), 85-92, Barcelona, July 2004,2004.

7493 Ulrich P"üschel. ’Puzzle-Text’ - Bemerkungen zum Textbegriff. In GerdAntos and Heike Tietz, editors, Die Zukunft der Textlinguistik. Tradi-tionen, Transformationen, Trends, pages 27–41. Niemeyer, Tübingen,1997.

7494 J. Pustejovsky. An Integrated Theory of Discourse Analysis. In S. Niren-burg, editor, Machine Translation: Theoretical and Methodological Is-sues. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1987.

7495 James Pustejovsky. Event Semantic Structure. Technical Report, Bran-deis University, Waltham, MA., 1988.

7496 James Pustejovsky. The Generative Lexicon. Technical Report, BrandeisUniversity, Waltham, MA., 1989.

7497 James Pustejovsky. The Generative Lexicon. Computational Linguistics,17(4):409–441, December 1991.

7498 James Pustejovsky. The syntax of event structure. Cognition, 41:47–81,1991.

7499 James Pustejovsky. Type coercion and lexical selection. In James Puste-jovsky, editor, Semantics and the lexicon, number 49 in Studies in Lin-guistics and Philosophy, chapter 6, pages 73–94. Kluwer Academic Pub-lishers, Dordrecht/Boston/London, 1993.

7500 James Pustejovsky. The Generative Lexicon. The MIT Press, Cam-bridge, MA., 1995.

7501 James Pustejovsky, editor. Lexical semantics: the problem of polysemy.Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1997.

621

7502 James Pustejovsky. Lexical semantics and formal ontologies. In N. Guar-ino, editor, Formal Ontology in Information Systems (FOIS), pages 328–336. IOS Press, Amsterdam, 1998.

7503 James Pustejovsky and Bran Boguraev. Lexical Knowledge Represen-tation and Natual Language Processing. ??, 17(3), 1991.

7504 James Pustejovsky, Robert Ingria, Roser Saurí, José Castaño, JessicaLittman, Rob Gaizauskas, Andrea Setzer, Graham Katz, and Inder-jeet Mani. The specification language TimeML. In Inderjeet Mani,James Pustejovsky, and Rob Gaizauskas, editors, The language of time:a reader, chapter 27, pages 545–557. Oxford University Press, Oxford,2005.

7505 James Pustejovsky and Sergei Nirenburg. Lexical Selection in the Pro-cess of Language Generation. In Proceedings of the 25th. Annual Meetingof the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 201–206, 1987.

7506 James Pustejovsky and Sergei Nirenburg. Lexical Selection in the Pro-cess of Language Generation. In Proceedings of the 25th. Annual Meetingof the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 201–206, Stan-ford University, Stanford, CA., "6-9 " July " 1987" 1987.

7507 James Pustejovsky, Anna Rumshisky, and José Castaño. Rerenderingsemantic ontologies: automatic extensions to UMLS through corpusanalytics. Technical Report, Department of Computer Science, Bran-deis University, Waltham, MA, 2002. Available at the cmp-lg e-archive:CL/0209003.

7508 Hilary Putnam. Reductionism and the Nature of Psychology. Cognition,2:131–146, 1973.

7509 Hilary Putnam. The meaning of ‘meaning’. In K. Gunderson, editor,Language, mind and knowledge, pages 131–193. University of MinnesotaPress, Minnesota, 1975.

7510 Maruša Pušnik. Narrating and doing otherness through the aestheticsof media texts. In Wojciech H. Kalaga and Marzena Kubisz, editors,Multicultural dilemmas. Identity, difference, otherness, pages 129–140.Peter Lang, Frankfurt am main, 2008.

7511 Douglas Pye. Seeing by glimpses: Fritz Lang’s The Blue Gardenia.CineAction!, 13/14:74–82, Summer 1988.

7512 Z.W. Pylyshyn. What the mind’s eye tells the mind’s brain : A critiqueof mental imagery. Psychological Bulletin, 80(1), 1973.

7513 Z.W. Pylyshyn. Minds, machines and phenomenology: some reflectionson Dreyfus’s ’What computers can’t do’. Cognition, 3:57–77, 1974.

622

7514 Z. Qian and B. Krieg-Brückner. Object-Oriented Functional Program-ming and Type Reconstruction. In M. Haveraaen, O. Owe, and O.-J. Dahl, editors, Recent Trends in Data Type Specification. Proc. 11thADT/COMPASS Workshop (Oslo 1995), Lecture Notes in ComputerScience 1130, pages 458–477. 1995.

7515 Z. Qian and B. Krieg-Brückner. An Approach to Object-Oriented Func-tional Programming. In A. Pnueli and H. Lin, editors, Proc. 1995 Intl.Workshop on Logic and Software Engineering, pages 71–89. World Sci-entific Publ., 1996.

7516 Z. Qian and B. Krieg-Brückner. Typed Object-Oriented Functional Pro-gramming with Late Binding. In Proc. 10th European Conf. on Object-Oriented Programming, Lecture Notes in Computer Science 1098, pages48–72. 1996.

7517 J. Quantz, M. Gehrke, U. Küssner, and B. Schmitz. The VERBMO-BIL domain model version 1.0. Verbmobil Report 29, University of theSaarland, Saarbrücken, Germany, 1994.

7518 Uta M. Quasthoff. Kommunkative Normen im Entstehen: Beobachtun-gen zu Kontextualisierungsprozessen in elektronischer Kommunikation.In Rüdiger Weingarten, editor, Sprachwandel durch Computer, pages23–50. ??, Opladen, 1997.

7519 Luis Quereda. The unit "group".http://www.ugr.es/ lquereda/theunitgroup.htm, n.d. lastaccessed :15.2.2004.

7520 Alex Quilici. Detecting and Responding to Plan-Oriented Misconcep-tions. In Alfred Kobsa and Wolfgang Wahlster, editors, User Models inDialog Systems, pages 108–132. Springer Verlag, Symbolic ComputationSeries, Berlin Heidelberg New York Tokyo, 1989.

7521 Alex Quilici, Michael Dyer, and Margot Flowers. Providing ExplanatoryResponses to Plan-Oriented Misconceptions. Computational Linguistics,14(3), September 1988.

7522 Alex E. Quilici, Michael G. Dyer, and Margot Flowers. AQUA: AnIntelligent UNIX Advisor. In Proceedings of the 7th ECAI. EuropeanConference on Artificial Intelligence, 1986.

7523 M. R. Quillian. Semantic Memory. In M. Minsky, editor, SemanticInformation Processing. The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, MA, 1978.

7524 Ronald Quillian. Word Concepts: A Theory and Simulation of SomeBasic Semantic Capabilities. Behavioral Science, 12:410–430, 1967.Reprinted in Brachman, Ronald J. and Levesque, Hector J. (eds.) Read-ings in Knowledge Representation, Los Altos: Morgan Kaufman.

623

7525 J. R. Quinlan. Induction Over Large Data Bases. Technical ReportHPP-79-14, Stanford University Computer Science Department, 1979.

7526 R. Quirk, S. Greenbaum, G. Leech, and J. Svartik. A Grammar ofContemporary English. Longman, London, 1972.

7527 Randolph Quirk, Sidney Greenbaum, Geoffrey Leech, and Jan Svartik.A comprehensive grammar of the English language. Longman, London,1985.

7528 Randolph Quirk, Sidney Greenbaum, Geoffrey Leech, and Jan Svartvik.A Grammar of Contemporary English. Longman, London, 1972. (GCE).

7529 Randolph Quirk, Sidney Greenbaum, Geoffrey Leech, and Jan Svartvik.A Grammar of Contemporary English. Longman, London, 1991.

7530 King R., Vonwiller J., Matthiessen C., O’Donnell M., and Sefton P.Speech Modelling of Interactive Speech Response Systems in Telecom-municaitions. In Proceedings of the Institute of Engineers AustraliaCommunucations Conference, pages 100–111, Sydney, 1992.

7531 Jürgen Raab. Visuelle Wissenssoziologie. Theoretische Konzeption undmateriale Analysen. Uvk Verlag GmbH, Konstanz, 2008.

7532 B. Raban. Text display effects on the fluency of young readers. Journalof Reading Research, 5(1):7–28, 1982.

7533 R. Rada, W. G. Wang, and A. Birchall. Retrieval hierarchies in hyper-text. Information Processing and Management, 29(3):359–371, 1993.

7534 Karen Marguerite Radell. Orson Welles: the semiotics of focalization inThe Lady from Shanghai. The Journal of Narrative Technique, 22(2):97–104, Spring 1992.

7535 D. Radev, N. Kambhatla, Y. Ye, C. Wolf, and Z. Wlodek. DSML: AProposal for XML Standards for Messaging Between Components ofa Natural Language Dialogue System. In Proceedings of the AISB’99Workshop on Reference Architectures and Data Standards, Universityof Edinburgh, April 1999.

7536 Dragomir R. Radev and Kathleen R. McKeown. Generating naturallanguage summaries from multiple on-line sources. Computational Lin-guistics, 24(3):469–500, September 1998.

7537 G.A. Radvansky and D.E. Copeland. Functionality and spatial relationsin memory and language. Memory and Cognition, 28:987–992, 2000.

7538 Daniel Radzinski. Review of: ‘Machine Translation: A view from thelexicon’ (Bonnie Dorr). Computational Linguistics, 20(4):670–676, De-cember 1994.

624

7539 E. El Rafaie. Understanding visual metaphor: the example of newspapercartoons. Visual Communication, 2(1):75–95, 2003.

7540 Peter Ragan. Applying functional grammar to teaching the writing ofESL. Word, 40(1-2), 1989.

7541 O. Rambow. Domain Communication Knowledge. In K. McKeown,J. Moore, and S. Nirenburg, editors, 5th International Workshop on Nat-ural Language Generation, pages 87–93, Dawson, Pennsylvania, 1990.

7542 Owen Rambow. Teaching a second language to a computer: a program-mer’s view. In H. Trost, editor, 4. Österreichische Artificial-Intelligence-Tagung Proceedings, number 176 in Informatik Fachberichte. Springer,Heidelberg, 1988.

7543 Owen Rambow, editor. Intentionality and structure in discourse rela-tions. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1993. (Proceedings ofa Workshop sponsored by the Special Interest Group on Generation, 21June, 1993, Columbus, Ohio).

7544 Owen Rambow and Tanya Korelsky. Applied text generation. In Pro-ceedings of the Third Conference on Applied Natural Language Process-ing, pages 40–47, Trento, Italy, 1992. Association for ComputationalLinguistics. 31 March - 3 April.

7545 Owen Rambow and Tanya Korelsky. Applied text generation. In Pro-ceedings of the third conference on applied natural language processing,Trento, March 31 - April 3, 1992, pages 40–47. Association for Compu-tational Linguistics, 1992.

7546 Frederik Ramm and Jochen Topf. OpenStreetMap: Die freie Weltkartenutzen und mitgestalten. Lehmanns Media, 2 edition, 2009.

7547 Wiebke Ramm. Conceptual Information and the Interpretation ofSpatial Prepositions: A comparison between approaches to systemic-functional text generation and cognitive grammar based machine trans-lation. Technical Report, GMD/IPSI and Universitätt des Saarlan-des/IAI, 1992.

7548 Wiebke Ramm. Textual variation in travel guides. In Eija Ventola,editor, Discourse and community: doing functional linguistics, pages147–168. Gunter Narr, Tübingen, 2000.

7549 Wiebke Ramm, Annely Rothkegel, Erich Steiner, and Claudia Villiger.Discourse Grammar for German. Technical Report, Universität Saar-brücken, Saarbrücken, FRG, September 1995. (ESPRIT Basic ResearchAction: Dandelion, EP6665; Deliverable R2.3.2).

625

7550 Wiebke Ramm and Elke Teich. German Grammar Fragment. Implemen-tation of Theme for German in the KOMET-PENMAN Text Genera-tion System. Technical Report, Universität Saarbrücken, Saarbrücken,FRG, July 1994. (ESPRIT Basic Research Action: Dandelion, EP6665;Deliverable P2.1.3).

7551 Wiebke Ramm and Elke Teich. Grammatical choice in text and context:constraints between subject matter, text type and theme selection. InTagungsband der DGfS-Tagung Computerlinguistik, pages 78–83, Düs-seldorf, 1995. DGfS-Computerlinguistik, 4.-6. Oktober, 1995, Düssel-dorf.

7552 Wiebke Ramm and Elke Teich. Grammatical choice in text and con-text: constraints between subject matter, text type and theme selec-tion. In Proceedings of DGfS-Tagung Computerlinguistik, Düsseldorf,1995. DGfS-Computerlinguistik, October 4-6, 1995, Düsseldorf.

7553 Luis Ramos, Alexander García, and John Bateman. Ontology-BasedFeatures Recognition and Design Rules Checker System. In Alexan-der García Castro, Ken Baclawski, John Bateman, Kim Viljanen, andChristoph Lange, editors, Proceedings of the Workshop Ontologies Comeof Age in the Semantic Web (OCAS), International Semantic Web Con-ference, pages 48–59, 2011.

7554 M. Ramos, A. Tutin, and G. Lapalme. Lexical functions of the Explana-tory Combinatorial Dictionary for Lexicalization in Text Generation. InP. Saint-Dizier and E. Viegas, editors, Computational Lexical Semantics,pages 351–366. Cambridge University Press, New York, 1995.

7555 Margarita Alonso Ramos and Agnès Tutin. A Classification and De-scription of the Lexical Functions of the The Explanatory Combina-torial Dictionary fo the Treatment of LFs. In Karin Haenelt and LeoWanner, editors, International Workshop on the Meaning-Text Theory,Arbeitspapiere der GMD 671, Darmstadt, 1992.

7556 Alan Ramsay. A common framework for analysis and generation. In5th Conference of the European Chapter of the Association for Compu-tational Linguistics, Berlin, 1991.

7557 D. Randell, A. Cohn, and Z. Cui. Computing Transitivity Tables: AChallenge For Automated Theorem Provers. In CADE 1992, pages 786–790. 1992.

7558 D.A. Randell, Z. Cui, and A.G. Cohn. A spatial logic based on regionsand connection. In Proceedings of the 3rd. International Conference onKnowledge Representation and Reasoning, pages 165–176, San Mateo,1992. Morgan Kaufmann.

626

7559 Ivan Rankin. Towards Effective Text Generation in Critiquing ExpertSystems. Technical Report ASLAB 88-03, 1988.

7560 Ivan Rankin. Deep Generation of a Critique. In Second European NaturalLanguage Generation Workshop, 1989.

7561 Ivan Rankin. Argumentation in the construction of a critique. InKristina Jokinen, Mark Maybury, Michael Zock, and Ingrid Zukerman,editors, ECAI-96, workshop "Gaps and Bridges: New Directions inPlanning and Natural Language Generation", pages 99–101, Budapest,1996.

7562 Ivan Rankin, Sture Hägglund, and Yvonne Waern. Generating User-Centered Explanations in a Critiquing Context, August 1988. Presentedat the AAAI Workshop on Explanations.

7563 E. Ransom. Definiteness, animacy, and noun phrase ordering. In Berke-ley Linguistics Society, volume 3. 1977.

7564 N. Rao, S. Hareti, W. Shi, and S. Iyengar. Robot navigation in un-known terrains: Introductory survey of non-heuristic algorithms. In OakRidge National Laboratory, editor, Technical Report ORNL/TM-12410.1993.

7565 David N. Rapp and Christopher A. Kurby. The ’Ins’ and ’Outs’ of Learn-ing: internal representations and external visualizations. In John K.Gilbert, Miriam Reiner, and Mary Nakhleh, editors, Visualization: The-ory and Practice in Science Education, pages 29–52. Springer, 2008.

7566 A. Rashid, B.M. Sharif, M.J. Egenhofer, and David M. Mark. Natural-Language Spatial Relations between linear and areal objects: the topol-ogy and metric of English-Language terms. International Journal ofGeographical Information Science, 12(3):215–246, 1998.

7567 Linda Stump Rashidi. Towards an understanding of the notion ofTheme: an example from Dari. In Martin Davies and Louise Ravelli, ed-itors, Advances in systemic linguistics: recent theory and practice, pages189–205. Pinter, London, 1992.

7568 Randy Rasmussen. Orson Welles. Six films analyzed, scene by scene.McFarland & Company, Inc., Jefferson, North Carolina, and London,2006.

7569 Anne-Marie Rassinoux, Robert H. Baud, C. Lovis, Judith C. Wagner,and Jean-Raoul Scherrer. Tuning up conceptual graph representation formultilingual natural language processing in medicine. In Proceedings ofthe 6th. International Conference on Conceptual Structures (ICCS’98),pages 390–400, Montpellier, France, 1998.

7570 O. P. Rassudova. Aspectual Usage in Modern Russian. Moskva, 1984.

627

7571 Adwait Ratnaparkhi. Modeling information novelty in a conversationalsystem with a hybrid statistical and grammar-based approach to surfacenatural language generation. In Eric Horvitz, Tim Paek, and CynthiaThompson, editors, Proceedings of the NAACL workshop on adaptionin dialogue systems, pages 49–56, Pittsburgh, PA, June 2001. NorthAmerican Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics.

7572 M. Raubal, M. Egenhofer, D. Pfoser, and N. Tryfona. Structuring Spacewith Image Schemata: Wayfinding in Airports as a Case Study. In S. Hir-tle and A. Frank, editors, Spatial Information Theory – A TheoreticalBasis for GIS , number 1329 in Lecture Notes in Computer Science,pages 85–102. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1997. International ConferenceCOSIT ’97, Laurel Highlands, PA.

7573 M. Raubal and W. Kuhn. Ontology-Based Task Simulation. SpatialCognition and Computation, 2004.

7574 Martin Raubal. Ontology and epistemology for agent-based wayfindingsimulation. International Journal of Geographical Information Science,15(7):653–665, 2001.

7575 R. Rauh. Strategies of constructing preferred mental models in spatialrelational inference. In W. Schaeken, G. DeVooght, A. Vandierendonck,and G. dYdewalle, editors, Deductive reasoning and strategies, pages177–190. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Mahwah, NJ, 2000.

7576 R. Rauh, C. Hagen, C. Schlieder, G. Strube, and M. Knauff. Searchingfor alternatives in spatial reasoning: Local transformations and beyond.In Proceedings of the 22nd Annual Conference of the Cognitive ScienceSociety, pages 871–876, Mahwah, NJ, 2000. Lawrence Erlbaum Asso-ciates.

7577 R. Rauh and L. Kulik. The Influence of Linear Shapes on SolvingInterval-Based Configuration Problems. In C. Freksa, W. Brauer, C. Ha-bel, and K.F. Wender, editors, Spatial Cognition II - Integrating AbstractTheories, Empirical Studies, Formal Methods, and Practical Applica-tions, pages 239–252. Springer, Berlin, 2000.

7578 R. Rauh and C. Schlieder. Symmetries of model construction in spatialrelational inference. In Proceedings of the Nineteenth Annual Conferenceof the Cognitive Science Society, pages 638–643, Mahwah, NJ, 1997.Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

7579 Reinhold Rauh. Liebelei oder Wie Bild und Ton zusammenkamen. Bild-Sprache-Kombination im frühen deutschen Tonfilm. In Ludwig Bauer,Elfriede Ledig, and Michael Schaudig, editors, Strategien der Filmanal-yse: Zehn Jahre Münchener Filmphilologie. Prof. Dr. Klaus Kanzog zum

628

60. Geburtstag, number 1 in diskurs film: Münchener Beiträge zur Film-philologie, pages 99–114. Verlegergemeinschaft Schaudig/Bauer/Ledig,München, 1987.

7580 Reinhold Rauh. Sprache im Film: Die Kombination von Wort und Bildim Spielfilm. Film- und fernsehwissenschaftliche Arbeiten. MAkS-Publ.,Münster, 1987.

7581 Reinhold Rauh, Cornelius Hagen, Markus Knauff, Thomas Kuss,Christoph Schlieder, and Gerhard Strube. Preferred and AlternativeMental Models in Spatial Reasoning. Spatial Cognition and Computa-tion, 5(2-3):239–269, 2005.

7582 Louise Ravelli. Grammatical metaphor: an initial analysis. In Steinerand Veltman, editors, Pragmatics, discourse and text: explorations inSystemic Semantics. Frances Pinter, London, 1988.

7583 Louise Ravelli. Getting started with functional analysis of texts. In LenUnsworth, editor, Researching language in schools and communities:functional linguistic perspectives, pages 27–64. Cassell, London, 2000.

7584 Louise J. Ravelli. Metaphor, Mode and Complexity: an exploration ofco-varying patterns. Technical Report, University of Sydney, Depart-ment of Linguistics, 1985. B.A. Honours thesis.

7585 Louise J. Ravelli. Grammatical metaphor: an initial analysis. In ErichSteiner and Robert Veltman, editors, Pragmatics, discourse and text.Some systemically inspired approaches, pages 133–147. Frances Pinter,London, 1988.

7586 Louise J. Ravelli. Language from a dynamic perspective: models ingeneral and grammar in particular. PhD thesis, Birmingham University,1991.

7587 Louise J. Ravelli. A dynamic perspective: implications for metafunc-tional interaction and an understanding of Theme. In Ruqaiaya Hasanand Peter H. Fries, editors, On Subject and Theme: a discourse func-tional perspective, pages 187–234. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1995.

7588 Louise L. Ravelli. Making language accessible: Successful text writingfor museum visitors. Linguistics and Education, 8(4):367–388, 1998.

7589 Louise L. Ravelli. The consequences of choice: Discursive positioning inan art institution. In A. Sanchez-Macarro and R. Carter, editors, Lin-guistic Choice Across Genres: Variation in Spoken and Written English,pages 137–154. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1998.

7590 Louise L. Ravelli. Beyond shopping: constructing the Sydney Olympicsin three dimensional text. Text, 20(4):489–515, 2000.

629

7591 Ekaterina Raxilina. Kognitivnyj Analiz Predmetnyh Imen: semantika isochetaemostj. Russkie slovari, Moscow, 2000.

7592 M. Rayner, D. Carter, and P. Bouillon. Adapting the Core LanguageEngine to French and Spanish. In Proceedings of NLP-IA-96, Moncton,new Brunswick, May 1996.

7593 Manny Rayner and David Carter. Fast parsing using pruning and gram-mar specialization. In Proceedings of ACL’96, 1996.

7594 Manny Rayner, David Carter, et al. Recycling Lingware in a Multilin-gual MT system. In Proceedings of ACL/EACL97 Workshop: “Fromresearch to commercial applications: making NLP technology work inpractice”. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1997.

7595 Manny Rayner, Beth Ann Hockey, and Frankie James. A compact ar-chitecture for dialogue management based on scripts and meta-outputs.In Proceedings of the ANLP/NAACL 2000 Workshop on ConversationalSystems, pages 54–60, Seattle, May 2000. Association for ComputationalLinguistics.

7596 G. Raz, Y. Winetraub, Y. Jacob, S. Kinreich, A. Maron-Katz, G. Sha-ham, I. Podlipsky, G. Gilam, E. Soreq, and T. Hendler. Portrayingemotions at their unfolding: A multilayered approach for probing dy-namics of neural networks. NeuroImage, 60(2):1448–1461, Jan 2012.

7597 Lee R.Bobker. Elements of Film. Harcourt Brace Jovanoich Inc., NewYork, 3 edition, 1977.

7598 Danuta Reah. The language of newspapers. Routledge, London, 1998.

7599 M. Reape. The RAGS Abstract Syntactic Representation. Universityof Edinburgh, 1999.

7600 Mike Reape. Domain Union and Word Order Variation in German. InJohn Nerbonne, Klaus Netter, and Carl Pollard, editors, German inHead-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar, pages 151–197. CSLI, Stan-ford, CA, 1994.

7601 Mike Reape and Chris Mellish. Just what is aggregation anyway? InP. St. Dizier, editor, Proceedings of the 7th European Workshop on Nat-ural Language Generation, pages 20–29, Toulouse, 1999.

7602 Alan Rector. Medical Informatics. pages 415–435. Cambridge UniversityPress, 2003.

7603 Alan Rector, A. Gangemi, E. Galeazzi, A. Glowinski, and A. Rossi-Mori.The GALEN CORE model schemata for anatomy: towards a re-usableapplication-independent model of medical concepts. In Proceedings ofMedical Informatics Europe MIE94, 1994.

630

7604 Michael Reddy. The Conduit Metaphor. In A. Ortony, editor, Metaphorand Thought. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1979.

7605 G. Redeker. Language use in informal narratives. PhD thesis, Universityof California, Berkeley, 1986.

7606 G. Redeker. Introductions of story characters in interactive and non-interactive narration. In J. Verschueren and M. Bertuccelli-Papi, ed-itors, The Pragmatic Perspective, pages 339–355. Benjamins, Amster-dam, 1987.

7607 G. Redeker. Ideational and pragmatic markers of discourse structure.Journal of Pragmatics, 14:367–381, 1990.

7608 G. Redeker. Lexical marking of transitions between discourse segments,July 1990. Poster presented at the International Pragmatics Conference.

7609 Gisela Redeker. Linguistic markers of discourse structure. Linguistics,29:1139–1172, 1991.

7610 Gisela Redeker. Coherence and structure in text and discourse, 1992.Manuscript. Tilburg University.

7611 Gisela Redeker. Coherence and Structure in Text and Discourse. InW. Black and H. Bunt, editors, Computational Pragmatics: abduction,belief and context. Univesity College Press, London, 1996.

7612 Stephen L. Reed and Douglas B. Lenat. Mapping Ontologies into Cyc.In AAAI 2002 Conference Workshop on Ontologies For The SemanticWeb, Edmonton, Canada, July 2002. AAAI.

7613 Keith Reeves. British Racial Discourse. Cambridge University Press,Cambridge, 1983.

7614 John Regan, Zhao Shuming, and Xiao-Ling Hong. Before speaking:across cultures. In Ross Steele and Terry Threadgold, editors, Languagetopics. Essays in honour of Michael Halliday. Benjamins, Amsterdam,1987.

7615 T. Regier. The human semantic potential: spatial language and con-strained connectionism. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1996.

7616 T. Regier and L. A. Carlson. Grounding spatial language in perception:An empirical and computational investigation. Journal of ExperimentalPsychology: General, 130(2):273–298, 2001.

7617 G. Rehm. Towards automatic web genre identification - a corpus-basedapproach in the domain of academia by example of the academic’s per-sonal homepage. In Proceedings of the 35th Annual Hawaii InternationalConference on System Sciences, Los Alamitos, CA, 2002. IEEE Com-puter Society Press.

631

7618 Matthias Rehm. Sprachgenerierung auf der Grundlage konzeptuellerStrukturen. In Jost Gippert and Peter Olivier, editors, Proceedingsof the GLDV’99 (11. Jahrestagung der Gesellschaft für Linguistis-che Datenverarbeitung, 8-10.7.1999, Frankfurt) Workshop MultilingualeCorpora: Codierung, Strukturierung, Analyse, pages 282–291, Prague,1999. Gesellschaft für Linguistische Datenverarbeitung, Enigma Corpo-ration.

7619 Hans Reichenbach. Elements of Symbolic Logic. Macmillan, Londonand New York, 1947.

7620 Klaus Reichenberger, Thomas Kamps, and Gene Golovchinsky. Towardsa Generative Theory of Diagram Design. In Proceedings of 1995 IEEESymposium on Information Visualization, pages 217–223, Los Alamitos,USA, 1995. IEEE Computer Society Press.

7621 Klaus Reichenberger, Klaas Jan Rondhuis, Jörg Kleinz, and John A.Bateman. Effective presentation of information through page layout:a linguistically-based approach. In Proceedings of ACM Workshop onEffective Abstractions in Multimedia, Layout and Interaction, San Fran-cisco, California., 1995. ACM.

7622 Klaus Reichenberger, Klaas Jan Rondhuis, Jörg Kleinz, and John A.Bateman. Effective presentation of information through page layout:a linguistically-based approach. Technical Report Arbeitspapiere derGMD 970, Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssys-teme (IPSI), GMD, Darmstadt, January 1996. (Paper presented at theworkshop: ‘Effective Abstractions in Multimedia, Layout and Interac-tion’, held in conjunction with ACM Multimedia ’95, November 1995,San Francisco, California.).

7623 Klaus Reichenberger, Klaas Jan Rondhuis, Jörg Kleinz, and John A.Bateman. Effective presentation of information through page layout:a linguistically-based approach. Technical Report Arbeitspapiere derGMD 970, Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssys-teme (IPSI), GMD, Darmstadt, January 1996. (Paper presented at theworkshop: ‘Effective Abstractions in Multimedia, Layout and Interac-tion’, held in conjunction with ACM Multimedia ’95, November 1995,San Francisco, California.).

7624 Klaus Reichenberger, Klaas Jan Rondhuis, Jörg Kleinz, and John A.Bateman. Effective presentation of information through page layout: alinguistically-based approach. In Effective Abstractions in Multimedia,Layout and Interaction, San Francisco, California, 1996. ACM Multime-dia ’95.

7625 A.J.B.D. Reichling. Principles and methods of syntax: Cryptanalyticalformalism. Lingua, 10:1–17, 1961.

632

7626 ?. Reichlis and ?. Lemon. Exploring Physics. Harcourt, Brace andCompany. Inc., 1952.

7627 R. Reichman. Communication Paradigms for a Window System. InD. A. Norman and S. W. Draper, editors, User Centered System De-sign: New Perspectives on Human-Computer Interaction, pages 285–313. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ and London, 1986.

7628 R. Reichman. Integrated Interfaces Based on a Theory of Context andGoal Tracking. In M. M. Taylor, F. Neel, and D. G. Bouwhuis, editors,The Structure of Multimodal Dialogue, pages 209–228. North-Holland,Amsterdam, 1989.

7629 Rachael Reichman. Plain Speaking: A Theory and Grammar of Spon-taneous Discourse. Technical Report Report No. 4681, Bolt, Baranekand Newman, Inc., 1981.

7630 Rachael Reichman. Making computers speak like you and me. TheM.I.T. Press, Cambridge, MA, 1985.

7631 Rachel Reichman. Conversational Coherency. Cognitive Science, 2:283–327, 1978.

7632 Rachel Reichman. Plain Speaking: a Theory and Grammar of Spon-taneous Discourse. PhD thesis, Harvard University, May 1981. Alsoavailable as Bolt, Baranek and Newman, Inc., Report No. 4681.

7633 Ian Reid, editor. The place of genre in learning: current debates. Typer-eader Publications 1. Deakin University Press, Geelong, Victoria, 1987.

7634 T. Reid. Linguistics, Structuralism, and Philology. Archivum Linguis-ticum, 8:28–37, 1956.

7635 Monika Reif. Film und Text, Zum Problem von Wahrnehmung undVorstellung in Film und Literatur. Narr, Tübingen, 1984.

7636 Thomas Reineking, Niclas Schult, and Joana Hois. Evidential Combi-nation of Ontological and Statistical Information for Active Scene Clas-sification. In International Conference on Knowledge Engineering andOntology Development (KEOD’09), 2009.

7637 T. Reinhardt and C. Whipple. Summary of conclusions from the Long-man’s taxonomy experiment. In B. Goodman, editor, Annual Report.BBN Systems and Technologies Corporation, Cambridge, MA, 1988.

7638 T. Reinhart. Pragmatics and Linguistics: an analysis of sentence topics.Philosophica, 1981.

7639 Tanya Reinhart. The syntactic domain of anaphora. PhD thesis, MIT,Cambridge, MA, August 1976.

633

7640 Uwe Reinke. Zur Leistungsfähigkeit integrierter Übersetzungssystem.Lebende Sprachen, 3(3):97–104, 1994.

7641 Marga Reis and Inger Rosengren, editors. Fragesätze und Fragen.Niemeyer, Tübingen, 1991.

7642 Katharine Reiß and H. J. Vermeer. Grundlegung einer allgemeinenTranslationstheorie. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 1984.

7643 Katherine Reiß. Texttyp und Übersetzungsmethode. Der operative Text.Kronberg/Ts., 1976. Monographien Literatur + Sprache + Didaktik 11.Reprinted: Heidelberg, 1983.

7644 Katherine Reiß. Textsortenkonventionen. Vergleichende Untersuchun-gen zur Todesanzeige. Le Langage et l’homme, 35:46–54, 1977. (Secondpart in Volume 36 (1978), pp60-68).

7645 Katherine Reiss. Das Misverständnis vom eigentlichen Übersetzen. InR. Arntz and G. Thome, editors, Übersetzungswissenschaft: Ergebnisseund Perspektiven. Narr, Tübingen, 1990.

7646 Karl Reisz and Gavin Millar. The Technique of Film Editing. FocalPress, London, 1953.

7647 Karl Reisz and Gavin Millar. The Technique of Film Editing. FocalPress, London, 1968. 2nd edition.

7648 E. Reiter. A New Model of Lexical Choice for Nouns. DAI Research Pa-per 547, Dept. of Artificial Intelligence, University of Edinburgh, 1991.

7649 E. Reiter. Lexical choice and lexical preferences. In H. Horacek andM. Zock, editors, New concepts in Natural Language Generation: plan-ning, realization, systems, pages 297–301. Pinter, London, 1993.

7650 E. Reiter, A. Cawsey, L. Osman, and Y. Roff. Knowledge Acquisitionfor Content Selection. In W. Hoeppner, editor, 6th European Workshopon Natural Language Generation, pages 117–126, 1997.

7651 E. Reiter, A. Cawsey, L. Osman, and Y. Roff. Knowledge Acquisition forContent Selection. In W. Hoeppner, editor, Proceedings of the 6th Eu-ropean Workshop on Natural Language Generation EWNLG’97, pages117–126, Duisburg, Germany, 1997.

7652 E. Reiter and R. Dale. A fast algorithm for the generation of referringexpressions. In Proceedings of the fifteenth International Conferenceon Computational Linguistics (COLING-92), volume I, pages 232–238,Nantes, France. International Committe on Computational Linguistics.

634

7653 E. Reiter and L. Osman. Tailored patient information: some issues andquestions. In Proceedings of ACL/EACL97 Workshop: “From researchto commercial applications: making NLP technology work in practice”,pages 29–34. Association for Computational Linguistics, 1997.

7654 E. Reiter, R. Robertson, and L. Osman. Lessons from a Failure: Gener-ating Tailored Smoking Cessation Letters. Artificial Intelligence, 144:41–58, 2003.

7655 E. Reiter, S. Sripada, J.R.W. Hunter, J. Yu, and I. Davy. ChoosingWords in Computer-Generated Weather Forecasts. Artificial Intelli-gence, 167:137–169, 2005.

7656 Ehud Reiter. A New Model for Lexical Choice of Open-Class Words. In5th. International Workshop on Natural Language Generation, 3-6 June1990, Pittsburgh, PA., 1990.

7657 Ehud Reiter. Generating Descriptions that Exploit a User’s DomainKnowledge. In R. Dale, C. Mellish, and M. Zock, editors, Current Re-search in Natural Language Generation. Academic Press, London, 1990.

7658 Ehud Reiter. The Computational Complexity of Avoiding Conversa-tional Implicatures. In Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the ACL-90, pages 97–104, 1990.

7659 Ehud Reiter. A New Model of Lexical Choice for Nouns. ComputationalIntelligence, 7(4):240–251, 1991.

7660 Ehud Reiter. Has a consensus NL generation architecture appeared, andis it psychologically plausible? In David McDonald and Marie Meteer,editors, Proceedings of the 7th. International Workshop on Natural Lan-guage generation (INLGW ’94), pages 163–170, Kennebunkport, Maine,1994.

7661 Ehud Reiter. NLG vs. Templates. In Proceedings of the Fifth Euro-pean Workshop on Natural Language Generation, pages 95–105, Leiden,The Netherlands, May 1995. Faculty of Social and Behavioural Sciences,University of Leiden.

7662 Ehud Reiter. Shallow vs. Deep Techniques for Handling Linguistic Con-straints and Optimisations. In Tilman Becker and Stephan Busemann,editors, Workshop at the 23d German Annual Conference for ArtificialIntelligence (KI’99)"May I speak Freely?" Between Templates and FreeChoice in Natural Language Generation, pages 7–12, Bonn, 1999. DFKI-D-99-01.

7663 Ehud Reiter. Pipelines and Size Constraints. Computational Linguistics,26(2):251–259, 2000.

635

7664 Ehud Reiter. An architecture for data-to-text systems. In Stephan Buse-mann, editor, Proceedings of the 11th European Workshop on NaturalLanguage Generation, pages 97–104, 2007.

7665 Ehud Reiter and Robert Dale. Building applied natural language gen-eration systems. Natural Language Engineering, 3(1):57–87, 1997.

7666 Ehud Reiter and Robert Dale. Building Natural Language GenerationSystems. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, U.K., 2000.

7667 Ehud Reiter and Chris Mellish. Using Classification to Generate Text.In Proceedings of the 30th Annual Meeting of the ACL, pages 265–272,University of Delaware, 1992.

7668 Ehud Reiter and Chris Mellish. Optimising the costs and benefits ofnatural language generation. In Proceedings of the International JointConference on Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI’93), pages 1164–1169, 1993.

7669 Ehud Reiter, Chris Mellish, and John Levine. Automatic generationof on-line documentation in the IDAS project. In Proceedings of theThird Conference on Applied Natural Language Processing, pages 64–71, Trento, Italy, 1992. Association for Computational Linguistics. 31March - 3 April.

7670 Ehud Reiter, Chris Mellish, and John Levine. Automatic Generation ofTechnical Documentation. Applied Artificial Intelligence, 9, 1995.

7671 Ehud Reiter and Roma Robertson. The Architecture of the STOPSystem. In Proceedings of the Workshop on Reference Architecturesfor Natural Language Generation. Edinburgh, Scotland. Available athttp://www.itri.bton.ac.uk/projects/rags, 1999.

7672 Ehud Reiter, Roma Robertson, Scott Lennox, and Liesl Osman. Usinga Randomised Controlled Clinical Trial to Evaluate an NLG System. InProceedings of the 39th Annual Meeting of the Association for Compu-tational Linguistics (ACL-2001), pages 434–441, 2001.

7673 Ehud Reiter, Roma Robertson, and Liesl Osman. Types of knowledgerequired to personalise smoking cessation letters. In Werner Horn, ed-itor, Artifical Intelligence and Medicine: Proceedings of AIMDM-1999,pages 398–399. Springer, Berlin, New York, 1999.

7674 Ehud Reiter, Roma Robertson, and Liesl Osman. Knowledge Acqui-sition for Natural Language Generation. In Proceedings of the FirstInternational Conference on Natural Language Generation, pages 217–224, 2000.

7675 Ehud Reiter and Somayajulu Sripada. Contextual influences on near-synonym choice. In Anja Belz, Roger Evans, and Paul Piwek, editors,Natural Language Generation: Third international Conference (INLG

636

2004), number 3123 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages161–170. Springer, Berlin, New York, July 14-16 2004.

7676 Ehud Reiter and Somayajulu G. Sripada. Human Variation and LexicalChoice. Computational Linguistics, forthcoming.

7677 Ehud Reiter and Somayajulu G. Sripada. Should Corpora Texts beGold Standards for NLG? In Proceedings of the International Natu-ral Language Generation Conference 2002 (INLG2002), pages 97–104,2002.

7678 Ehud Reiter, Sandra Williams, and Lesley Crichton. Generating Feed-back Reports for Adults Taking Basic Skills Tests. In Proceedings of theTwenty-fifth SGAI International Conference on Innovative Techniquesand Applications of Artificial Intelligence, pages 50–63, Cambridge, UK,2005.

7679 R. Reiter. Knowledge in Action: Logical Foundations for Describingand Implementing Dynamical Systems. MIT Press, Bradford Books,Cambridge, MA, 2001.

7680 Ray Reiter. On Knowledge-Based Programming with Sensing in the Sit-uation Calculus. ACM Transactions on Computational Logic (TOCL),2(4):433–457, October 2001.

7681 N. Reithinger. Ein erster Blick auf POPEL - Wie wird was gesagt? InGWAI, 1987.

7682 N. Reithinger, E. Maier, and J. Alexandersson. Treatment of IncompleteDialogues in a Speech-to-speech Translation System. In Proc. ESCAWshp. on Spoken Dialogue Systems; Theories and Applications, pages33–36. ESCA and Center for PersonKommunikation, Aalborg Univer-sity, Denmark, 1995.

7683 Norbert Reithinger. Generating referring expressions and pointing ges-tures. In Gerard Kempen, editor, Natural Language Generation: RecentAdvances in Artificial Intelligence, Psychology, and Linguistics, pages71–81. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Boston/Dordrecht, 1987. Paperpresented at the Third International Workshop on Natural LanguageGeneration, August 1986, Nijmegen, The Netherlands.

7684 Norbert Reithinger. POPEL: A parallel and incremental natural lan-guage generation system. In Cécile L. Paris, William R. Swartout, andWilliam C. Mann, editors, Natural Language Generation in ArtificialIntelligence and Computational Linguistics, pages 179–199. Kluwer Aca-demic Publishers, Boston/Dordrecht/London, 1991.

7685 Norbert Reithinger. The performance of an incremental generation com-ponent for Multi-Modal Dialog Contribution. In R. Dale, E. Hovy,

637

D. Rösner, and O. Stock, editors, Aspects of Automated Natural Lan-guage Generation, pages 263–276. Springer, Berlin, 1992.

7686 Norbert Reithinger, Michael Kipp, Ralf Engel, and Jan Alexandersson.Summarizing Multilingual Spoken Negotiation Dialogues. In Proceedingsof ACL’2000, 2000.

7687 Gerhard Reitmayr and Dieter Schmalstieg. Location based applicationsfor mobile augmented reality. In AUIC ’03: Proceedings of the FourthAustralasian user interface conference on User interfaces 2003, pages65–73, Darlinghurst, Australia, Australia, 2003. Australian ComputerSociety, Inc.

7688 David Reitter. A Development Environment for Multimodal FunctionalUnification Generation Grammars. ITRI Technical Report, ITRI, Uni-versity of Brighton, 2004. Proceedings of the Third International Con-ference on Natural Language Generation: 2nd Volume, posters.

7689 David Reitter. Context Effects in Language Production: Models of Syn-tactic Priming in Dialogue Corpora. thesis, University of Edinburgh,2008.

7690 David Reitter, Julia Hockenmaier, and Frank Keller. Priming effects incombinatory categorial grammar. In Proceedings of the 2006 Conferenceon Empirical Methods in Natural Language Processing, pages 308–316,Sydney, Australia, 2006.

7691 David Reitter and Frank Keller. Against Sequence Priming: Evidencefrom Constituents and Distituents in Corpus Data. In Proceedings ofthe 29th Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society (CogSci),pages 1421–1426, Nashville, TN, 2007.

7692 David Reitter, Frank Keller, and Johanna D. Moore. Computationalmodelling of structuring priming in dialogue. In Proceedings of the Hu-man Language Technology Conference - North American Chapter of theAssociation for Computational Linguistics, New York, NY, 2006.

7693 David Reitter and Johanna D. Moore. Predicting Success in Dialogue.In Proceedings of the 45th Annual Meeting of the Association of Com-putational Linguistics (ACL), pages 808–815, Prague, Czech Republic,2007.

7694 David Reitter, Johanna D. Moore, and Frank Keller. Priming of syn-tactic rules in task-oriented dialogue and spontaneous conversation. InProceedings of the 28th Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science So-ciety, pages 685–690, Vancouver, Canada, 2006.

7695 David Reitter, Erin Panttaja, and Fred Cummins. UI on the Fly: Gen-erating a Multimodal User Interface. In Proceedings of Human Language

638

Technology conference 2004 / North American chapter of the Associa-tion for Computational Linguistics (HLT/NAACL-04), 2004.

7696 I. Rekleitis, G. Dudek, and E. Milios. Multi-robot exploration of anunknown environment, efficiently reducing the odometry error. In Proc.of the International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI).1997.

7697 I. Rekleitis, G. Dudek, and E. Milios. Accurate mapping of an unknownworld and online landmark positioning. In Proc. of Vision Interface(VI). 1998.

7698 I. Rekleitis, R. Sim, G. Dudek, and E. Milios. Collaborative explorationfor the construction of visual maps. In Proc. of the IEEE/RSJ Interna-tional Conference on Intelligent Robots and Systems (IROS). 2001.

7699 Shaozeng Ren, editor. Language, system and structure: proceedingsof the 1993 Hangzhou 3rd National Seminar on Systemic-FunctionalLinguistics. Peking University Press, Beijing, 1995.

7700 Jan Renkema. Introduction to Discourse Studies. John Benjamins, Am-sterdam, 2006.

7701 Karl N. Renner. Zu den Brennpunkten des Geschehens. Erweiterun-gen der Grenzüberschreitungstheorie: die Extrempunktregel. In Lud-wig Bauer, Elfriede Ledig, and Michael Schaudig, editors, Strategiender Filmanalyse: Zehn Jahre Münchener Filmphilologie. Prof. Dr.Klaus Kanzog zum 60. Geburtstag, number 1 in diskurs film: Münch-ener Beiträge zur Filmphilologie, pages 115–130. VerlegergemeinschaftSchaudig/Bauer/Ledig, München, 1987.

7702 Karl Nikolaus Renner. Die Text-Bild-Schere. Studies in CommunicationScience, 1(2):23–44, 2001.

7703 A. Renouf and John Sinclair. Collocational frameworks in English. InKarin Aijmer and Bengt Altenberg, editors, English corpus linguistics:studies in honour of Jan Svartvik, pages 128–43. Longman, London,1991.

7704 Michael Renov, editor. Theorizing Documentary. Routledge, New York,1993.

7705 R. Rensink, J. O’Regan, and J. Clark. To see or not to see: The needfor attention to perceive changes in scenes. Psychological Science, pages368–373, 1997.

7706 Gerrit Rentier. A Lexicalist Approach to Dutch Preposition Stranding.In Harald Trost, editor, KONVENS ’94, pages 280–289, Vienna, 1994.

639

7707 J. Renz. A Canonical Model of the Region Connection Calculus. InA.G. Cohn, L. Schubert, and S.C. Shapiro, editors, Principles of Knowl-edge Representation and Reasoning, Proceedings of the 6th InternationalConference (KR98), pages 330–341, San Francisco, 1998. Morgan Kauf-mann Publishers.

7708 J. Renz. Maximal Tractable Fragments of the Region Connection Cal-culus: A Complete Analysis. In T. Dean, editor, Proceedings of the16th International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI-99), pages 448–454. Morgan Kaufman Publishers, San Francisco, CA,1999.

7709 J. Renz and B. Nebel. On the complexity of qualitative spatial reason-ing: A maximal tractable fragment of the Region Connection Calculus.In Proceedings of the 15th International Joint Conference on ArtificialIntelligence (IJCAI-97), pages 522–527, 1997.

7710 J. Renz and B. Nebel. Efficient Methods for Qualitative Spatial Rea-soning. In H. Prade, editor, Proc. of the 13th European Conference onArtificial Intelligence (ECAI-98), pages 562–566. John Wiley & Sons,Chichester, 1998.

7711 J. Renz and B. Nebel. Spatial reasoning with topological information.In C. Freksa, C. Habel, and K.F. Wender, editors, Spatial Cognition I- An interdisciplinary approach to representing and processing spatialknowledge, pages 351–371. Springer, Berlin, 1998.

7712 J. Renz and B. Nebel. On the complexity of qualitative spatial reason-ing: a maximal tractable fragment of the region connection calculus.Artificial Intelligence, 108(1-2):69–123, 1999.

7713 J. Renz, R. Rauh, and M. Knauff. Towards Cognitive Adequacy of Topo-logical Spatial Relations. In C. Freksa, W. Brauer, C. Habel, and K.F.Wender, editors, Spatial Cognition II - Integrating Abstract Theories,Empirical Studies, Formal Methods, and Practical Applications, pages184–197. Springer, Berlin, 2000.

7714 Jochen Renz and Debasis Mitra. Qualitative Direction Calculi with Ar-bitrary Granularity. In Chengqi Zhang, Hans W. Guesgen, and Wai K.Yeap, editors, Proceedings of the 8th Pacific Rim International Confer-ence on Artificial Intelligence on AI (PRICAI), pages 65–74. Springer-Verlag, 2004.

7715 Nina Reshöft. Das Erlernen von Lexikalisierungsmustern in der Fremd-sprache Englisch. In Esther Ruigendijk, Thomas Stolz, and Jürgen Tra-bant, editors, Linguistik im Nordwesten, Diversitas Linguarum, pages1–16. Brockmeyer, Bochum, 2010.

640

7716 F. Restle. The Selection of Strategies in Cue Learning. PsychologicalReview, 69:329–343, 1962.

7717 G. Retz-Schmidt. Various Views On Spatial Prepositions. AI Magazine,9(2):95–105, 1988.

7718 T. Reuther. Plädoyer für das Wörterbuch. Linguistische Berichte,57:25–48, 1978.

7719 Uwe Reyle. Zeit und Aspekt bei der Verarbeitung natürlicher Sprachen.Technical Report LILOG-Report No. 9, IBM Deutschland GmbH,Stuttgart, 1987.

7720 Uwe Reyle. Reasoning with Ambiguities. In Proceedings of EACL95,1995.

7721 Linda Reynolds. The legibility of printed scientific and technical in-formation. In Ronald Easterby and Harm Zwaga, editors, InformationDesign: the design and evaluation of signs and printed material, pages187–208. John Wiley and Sons Ltd., Chichester, UK, 1984.

7722 Markus Rheindorf. The multiple modes of Dirty Dancing : a cul-tural studies approach to multimodal analysis. In Eija Ventola, CassilyCharles, and Martin Kaltenbacher, editors, Perspectives on Multimodal-ity, pages 137–152. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2004.

7723 R. Rhodes. Semantics in an RG. Chicago Linguistic Society, 13:503–514,1977.

7724 Alexandre Riazanov and Andrei Voronkov. The design and implemen-tation of VAMPIRE. AI Communications: Special issue on CASC,15(2):91–110, Sept 2002.

7725 Elaine A. Rich. Building and Exploiting User Models. PhD thesis, CMU,Computer Science Department, 1979.

7726 Elaine A. Rich. User Modeling Via Stereotypes. Cognitive Science,3:329–354, 1979.

7727 Elaine A. Rich. Stereotypes and User Modelling. In Alfred Kobsa andWolfgang Wahlster, editors, User Models in Dialog Systems, SymbolicComputation Series, pages 35–51. Springer, Berlin Heidelberg New YorkTokyo, 1989.

7728 Barry Richards. Adverbs: from a logical point of view. Synthese, 32:329–372, 1976.

7729 L. V. Richards, K. R. Coventry, and J. Clibbens. Where’s the orange?Geometric and extra-geometric factors in English children’s talk of spa-tial locations. Journal of Child Language, 31:153–175, 2004.

641

7730 K. Richardson. Sentences in discourse. In Malcolm Coulthard andMichael Montgomery, editors, Studies in Discourse Analysis, pages 51–60. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London, 1981.

7731 Mark H. Richer. An Evaluation of Expert System Development Tools.Technical Report KSL 85-19, Computer Science Department, StanfordUniversity, May 1986.

7732 Kai-Florian Richter, Ben Weber, Brett Bojduj, and Sven Bertel. Sup-porting the Designer’s and the User’s Perspectives in Computer-AidedArchitectural Design. Advanced Engineering Informatics. In Press.

7733 G. Rickheit and C. Habel (Eds.). Mental Models in Discourse Processingand Reasoning, 1999.

7734 Gert Rickheit and Ipke Wachsmuth. Situated Communication. Moutonde Gruyter, Berlin, 2006.

7735 Paul Ricoeur. The model of the text: Meaningful action considered asa text. Social Research, 8:529–562, 1971.

7736 Paul Ricoeur. The Rule of Metaphor: Multidisciplinary Studies of theCreation of Meaning in Language. Routledge, London, 1978. translatedfrom the French by Robert Czerny with Kathleen McLaughlin and JohnCostello.

7737 Paul Ricoeur. Narrative time. Critical Inquiry, 7:169–190, 1980.

7738 C. Rieger. An organisation of knowledge for problem solving and lan-guage comprehension. Artificial Intelligence, 7:89–127, 1976.

7739 Chris K. Riesbeck. Comprehension by Computer: Expectation-BasedAnalysis of Sentences in Context. In W. J. M. Levelt and G. B. Floresd’Arcais, editors, Studies in the perception of language. John Wiley andSons, Chichester, England, 1976. Also Yale Computer Science TechnicalReport Number 78.

7740 Chris K. Riesbeck. Failure-Driven Reminding for Incremental Learn-ing. In Proceedings of the Seventh International Joint Conference onArtificial Intelligence, Vancouver, Canada, 1981.

7741 Christopher K. Riesbeck. Conceptual Analysis. In Roger C. Schank,editor, Conceptual Information Processing. North Holland, Amsterdam,1975.

7742 Christopher K. Riesbeck and Roger C. Schank. Comprehension by Com-puter: Expectation-Based Analysis of Sentences in Context. In W. J. M.Levelt and G. B. Flores d’Arcais, editors, Studies in the Perception ofLanguage. John Wiley and Sons, Chichester, England, 1976. Also YaleComputer Science Technical Report number 78.

642

7743 H. Rieser. Repräsentations-Metonymie, Perspektive und Koordinationin aufgaben-orientierten Dialogen. In C. Umbach, M. Grabski, andR. Hörnig, editors, Perspektive in Sprache und Raum, Studien zur Kog-nitionswissenschaft. Deutscher Universitäts-Verlag, Wiesbaden, 1996.

7744 Hannes Rieser. Repräsentations-Metonymie, Perspektive und Koordina-tion in aufgabenorientierten Dialogen. In Carla Umbach, Michael Grab-ski, and Robin Hoernig, editors, Perspektive in Sprach und Raum, Stu-dien zur Kognitionswissenschaft. Deutscher Universitätsverlag, Wies-baden, 1997.

7745 Hannes Rieser. The structure of task-oriented dialogue and the intro-duction of new objects. In Proceedings of the Amstelog99 conference,Amsterdam, 1999.

7746 Klaus Rieser. For your eyes only: some thoughts on the descriptivein film. In Werner Wolf and Walter Bernhart, editors, Description inLiterature and Other Media, number 2 in Studies in Intermediality, pages215–238. Rodopi, Amsterdam, 2007.

7747 Verena Rieser and Johanna D. Moore. Implications for Generating Clar-ification Requests in Task-oriented Dialogues. In Proceedings of the 43rdAnnual Meeting of the ACL, page 239Ð246, Ann Arbor, 2005.

7748 P. Rigaux and M. Scholl. Multi-scale partitions: applications to spatialand statistical databases. In M. Egenhofer and J. Herrings, editors,Advances in Spatial databases (SSD’95), number 951 in Lecture Notesin Computer Science. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1995.

7749 Eddo Rigotti. Congruity theory and argumentation. Studies in Commu-nication Sciences, pages 75–96, 2005. Journal of the Swiss Associationof Communication and Media Research.

7750 Long Rijin. Transitivity in Chinese. M.A. thesis, Department of Lin-guistics, University of Sydney, 1981.

7751 Shlomith Rimmon-Kenan. Narrative fiction: contemporary poetics.Methuen, London, 1983.

7752 Shlomith Rimmon-Kenan. Narrative fiction: contemporary poetics.Routledge, London, 2 edition, 2002.

7753 Shlomith Rimmon-Kenan. Narrative fiction: Contemporary poetics.New accents. Routledge, London, 2. ed., repr. edition, 2009.

7754 Fabio Rinaldi and John A. Bateman. Hyper-documenting the upper-model: a case study in (hyper)document design. Technical Report,Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme (IPSI),GMD, Darmstadt, July 1995. (Unfinished).

643

7755 G. Ring, R. Ellis, and T.C. Reeves. Mental models research and humancomputer interface design. In C. McBeath and R. Atkinson, editors,Proceedings of the Second International Interactive Multimedia Sympo-sium, pages 485–493, 1994.

7756 Martin H. Ringle and Bertram C. Bruce. Conversation Failure. InWendy G. Lehnert and Martin H. Ringle, editors, Strategies for natu-ral language processing, pages 202–222. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates,Hillsdale, N. J, 1982.

7757 J. Rintanen. An Iterative Algorithm for Synthesizing Invariants. InProceedings of the 17th National Conference on Artificial Intelligence /12th Innovative Applications of AI Conference. AAAI Press, 2000.

7758 J. Rintanen. Incorporation of Temporal Logic Control into Plan Oper-ators. In W. Horn, editor, Proceedings of the 14th European Conferenceon Artificial Intelligence (ECAI00), Amsterdam, 2000. IOS Press.

7759 T. Rist and Elisabeth André. Referring to World Objects with Textand Pictures. In Proceedings of the 15th International Conference onComputational Linguistics (COLING 94), pages 530–534, Kyoto, 1994.

7760 Graeme Ritchie. The Computational Complexity of Sentence Deriva-tion in Functional Unification Grammar. In Proceedings of COLING86, Bonn, West Germany, August 1986. Association for ComputationalLinguistics.

7761 C. Riviere. Tense, aspect and time location. Linguistics, 18, 1980.

7762 Atle Ro. Interlanguage signs and lexical transfer errors. In Proceed-ings of the 15th. International Conference on Computational Linguistics(COLING 94), volume I, pages 134–137, Kyoto, Japan, 1994.

7763 G.F. Roberts. The home page as genre: a narrative approach. In Pro-ceedings of the 31st Annual Hawaii International Conference on SystemSciences, volume 2, pages 78–86, Los Alamitos, CA, 1998. IEEE Com-puter Society Press.

7764 Lucienne Roberts and Julia Thrift. The designer and the grid. Rockport,Gloucester, MA, 2002.

7765 J. Robin. Automatic generation and revision of natural language sum-maries providing historical background. In Proceedings of the 11thBrazilian Symposium on Artificial Intelligence (SBIA’94), Fortaleza,CE, Brazil, 1994.

7766 J. Robin. Revision-based generation of Natural Language Summariesproviding historical Back-ground: corpus-based analysis, design, im-plementation and evaluation. PhD dissertation, Columbia University,NewYork, 1994. TR CUCS-034-94.

644

7767 Jacques Robin. Lexical Choice in Natural Language Generation, CUCS-040-90. Technical Report, Columbia University, New York, 1990.

7768 Jacques Robin. A revision-based generation architecture for reportingfacts in their historical context. In Helmut Horacek and Michael Zock,editors, New concepts in natural language generation, pages 238–268.Pinter Publishers, London, 1993.

7769 Jacques Robin. Evaluating the portability of revision rules for incremen-tal summary generation. In Proceedings of the 34th. Annual Meeting ofthe Association for Computationa Linguistics (ACL’96), Santa Cruz,CA, 1996.

7770 Jacques Robin and Kathleen R. McKeown. Corpus Analysis forRevision-Based Generation of Complex Sentences. In Proceedings of the11th National Conference on Artificial Intelligence (AAAI-93), pages365–372, Washington, DC, July 11-15 1993.

7771 Jacques Robin and Kathy McKeown. Empirically designing and eval-uating a new revision-based model for summary generation. ArtificialIntelligence, 85(1-2), 1996.

7772 Gabriel Robins. The NIKL Manual, 1986. USC/Information SciencesInstitute, Internal draft.

7773 R.H. Robins. A short history of linguistics. Longman, London, 4thedition, 1997.

7774 Robert H. Robins. A short history of linguistics. Longman, London,1967.

7775 Robert H. Robins. Functional syntax in medieval Europe. In K. Ko-erner, H.-J. Niederehe, and R.H. Robins, editors, Studies in MedievalLinguistic Thought. Dedicated to Geoffrey L. Bursill-Hall on the occa-sion of his sixtieth birthday on 15 May 1980, pages 231–240. Benjamins,Amsterdam, 1980.

7776 A. E. Robinson, Appelt D. E., Grosz B. J., Hendrix G. G., and Robin-son J. J. Interpreting Natural-Language Utterances in Dialogs AboutTasks. Technical Report No. 210, SRI International, Menlo Park, Cali-fornia, 1977. CHECK DATE.

7777 Jane J. Robinson. Diagram: A Grammar for Dialogues. Communica-tions of the ACM, 25(1):27–47, January l982.

7778 Jane J. Robinson. Dependency structures and transformational rules.Language, 46(2):259–285, 1970.

7779 J. Roche. Xenolekte. Struktur und Variation im Deutsch gegenüber Aus-ländern. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, New York, 1989.

645

7780 S. Rochester and J.R. and Martin. The art of referring: The speaker’suse of noun phrases to instruct the listener. In Roy Freedle, editor,Discourse Comprehension and production. Ablex, Norwood NJ, 1977.

7781 S. Rochester, James R. Martin, and S. Thurston. Thought process disor-der in schizophrenia: the listener’s task. Brain and Language, 4:94–114,1977.

7782 S. Rochester and J.R. Martin. Crazy Talk: A Study of the Discourse ofSchizophrenic Speakers. Plenum Press, New York, 1979.

7783 S.R. Rochester and J.R. Martin. The art of referring: the speaker’suse of noun phrases to instruct the listener. In Roy O. Freedle, edi-tor, Discourse Processes: Advances in Research and Theory. Volume 1:Discourse Production and Comprehension. Ablex, Norwood, 1977.

7784 Daniel Rochowiak. Simple Explanations and Reasoning: From Philoso-phy of Science to Expert Systems, August 1988. Presented at the AAAIWorkshop on Explanations.

7785 Roger Rodin. A Semio-Pragmatic Approach to the Documentary Film.In Warren Buckland, editor, The Film Spectator: From Sign to Mind.University of Amsterdam Press, Amsterdam, 1995.

7786 Kepa Joseba Rodriguez and David Schlangen. Form, intonation andfunction of clarification requests in German task oriented spoken dia-logues. In Proceedings of Catalog 2004: Semantics and Pragmatics ofDialog, Barcelona, July 19-21 2004.

7787 Itzhak Roeh and Raphael Nir. Ideological constraints and rhetoricalstrategies. Text, 10(3):225–244, 1990.

7788 Nathalie Roelens. Frontal Face and Side-face Portraits. InterdisciplinaryJournal for Germanic Linguistics and Semiotic Analysis, 7(2), 2002.

7789 T. Röfer. Konsistente Karten aus Laser Scans. In Autonome MobileSysteme 2001.Informatik aktuell. Springer, 0.

7790 T. Röfer. Bildbasierte Navigation mit eindimensionalen 360 Grad-Bildern. In R. Dillmann, U. Rembold, and T. Lüth, editors, AutonomeMobile Systeme 1995, pages 193–202. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, NewYork, 1995.

7791 T. Röfer. Image based homing using a self-organizing feature map. InF. Fogelman-Soulie and P. Gallinari, editors, Proc. Int. Conf. ArtificialNeural Networks, volume 1, pages 475–480. EC2 & Cie, 1995.

7792 T. Röfer. Controlling a Wheelchair with Image-based Homing. In SpatialReasoning in Mobile Robots and Animals, AISB-97 Workshop, pages66–75. Manchester University, Manchester, 1997.

646

7793 T. Röfer. Routemark-Based Navigation of a Wheelchair. In Proc. ofthe Third ECPD International Conference on Advanced Robotics, Intel-ligent Automation and Active Systems, pages 333–338. 1997.

7794 T. Röfer. Panoramic Image Processing and Route Navigation, 1998.

7795 T. Röfer. Routenbeschreibung durch Odometrie-Scans. In H. Wörn,R. Dillmann, and D. Henrich, editors, Autonome Mobile Systeme 1998.Informatik aktuell, pages 122–129. Springer, 1998.

7796 T. Röfer. Strategies for Using a Simulation in the Development of theBremen Autonomous Wheelchair. In R. Zobel and D. Moeller, editors,Simulation-Past, Present and Future, pages 460–464. Society for Com-puter Simulation International, 1998.

7797 T. Röfer. Route Navigation Using Motion Analysis. In C. Freksa andD.M. Mark, editors, Spatial information theory- Cognitive and computa-tional foundations of geographic information science (COSIT 99), pages21–36. Springer, Berlin, 1999.

7798 T. Röfer. Route Navigation and Panoramic Image Processing. In Aus-gezeichnete Informatikdissertationen 1998, pages 132–141. B.G. Teub-ner, Stuttgart, Leipzig, 1999.

7799 T. Röfer. Building Consistent Laser Scan Maps. In Proc. of the 4thEuropean Workshop on Advanced Mobile Robots (Eurobot 2001). (Cog-nitive Studies, Vol. 86), pages 83–90. Lund University, 2001.

7800 T. Röfer. An Architecture for a National RoboCup Team. In RoboCup2002. Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence. Springer, 2003.

7801 T. Röfer and A. Lankenau. Architecture and Applications of the Bre-men Autonomous Wheelchair. In P. Wang, editor, Proc. of the FourthJoint Conference on Information Systems 1. Association for IntelligentMachinery, pages 365–368. 1998.

7802 T. Röfer and A. Lankenau. Ein Fahrassistent für ältere und behin-derte Menschen. In G. Schmidt, U. Hanebeck, and F. Freyberger, edi-tors, Autonome Mobile Systeme 1999. Informatik aktuell, pages 334–343.Springer, 1999.

7803 T. Röfer and A. Lankenau. Ensuring Safe Obstacle Avoidance in aShared-Control System. In J.M. Fuertes, editor, Proc. of the 7th Inter-national Conference on Emergent Technologies and Factory Automation,pages 1405–1414. 1999.

7804 T. Röfer and A. Lankenau. Route-Based Robot Navigation. In Kün-stliche Intelligenz. 2002.

647

7805 T. Röfer, A. Lankenau, and R. Moratz, editors. Service Robotics -Applications and Safety Issues in an Emerging Market. Workshop Notes.European Conference on Artificial Intelligence 2000 (ECAI 2000). 2000.

7806 T. Röfer and R. Müller. Navigation and Routemark Detection of theBremen Autonomous Wheelchair. In T. Lüth, R. Dillmann, P. Dario,and H. Wörn, editors, Distributed Autonomous Robotics System, pages183–192. Springer, 1998.

7807 Thomas Röfer and Axel Lankenau. Route-based robot navigation. Kün-stliche Intelligenz, 2002. Themenheft Spatial Cognition.

7808 Andy Rogers. Remarks on the analysis of assertion and the conversa-tional role of speech acts. In Proceedings of the Fourth Annual Meetingof the Berkeley Linguistics Society, Berkeley, Calif., 1978.

7809 M. Roggenbach. The Algebraic Specification Language CASL. Tutorial.Fifth NASA Langley Formal Methods Workshop, 2000.

7810 M. Roggenbach and T. Mossakowski. Rules of Methodology. CoFIMethodology Note M-6, 1999.

7811 M. Roggenbach and T. Mossakowski. The Datatypes REAL and COM-PLEX in CASL. CoFI Methodology Note M-7, 1999.

7812 M. Roggenbach, T. Mossakowski, and L. Schröder. Basic Datatypes inCASL. CoFI Languages Design Note L-12, 2000.

7813 M. Roggenbach, T. Mossakowski, and L. Schröder. Towards Trustwor-thy Specifications I: Consistency Checks. In M. Cerioli and G. Reggio,editors, Recent Trends in Algebraic Development Techniques, 15th In-ternational Workshop, WADT01, Lecture Notes in Computer Science2267. Springer, Heidelberg, 2001.

7814 M. Roggenbach and L. Schröder. In C. Choppy and D. Bert, editors,Recent Trends in Algebraic Development Techniques. WADT99 LectureNotes in Computer Science 1827. Springer, 2000.

7815 J.E. Roh, S.J. Kang, and J.H. Lee. Korean Text Generation fromdatabase for homeshopping sites. In NLPRS 2001, pages 419–426,Tokyo, Japan, 2001.

7816 Sam Rohdie. Metz and Semiotics: Opening the Field. Jump Cut: AReview of Contemporary Media, 7:22–24, 1975. Published online 2004.

7817 F. Röhrbein and K. Schill. Invariant Processing of Spatio-TemporalCurves. In Proc. of ECVP, Perception 28. 2000.

7818 F. Röhrbein and K. Schill. Invariant Processing of Spatio-TemporalCurves. In Proc. of ECVP, Perception 28. 2000.

648

7819 Christian Rohrer. Indirect discourse and “consecutio temporum. InV. Lo Casico and C. Vet, editors, Temporal structure in sentence anddiscourse, pages 79–97. Foris, Dordrecht, 1985.

7820 Christian Rohrer. Linguistic Bases for Machine Translation. In Proceed-ings of COLING 86, pages 353–355, 1986. 11th. International Confer-ence on Computational Linguistics; Bonn, August.

7821 Tim Rohrer. Pragmatism, ideology and embodiment: William Jamesand the philosophical foundations of cognitive linguistics. In René Dir-ven, Bruce Hawkins, and Esra Sandikcioglu, editors, Language and ideol-ogy. Volume 1: theoretical cognitive approaches, number 204 in CurrentIssues in Linguistic Theory, pages 49–82. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2001.

7822 R. Röhrig. Repräsentation und Verarbeitung von qualitativem Orien-tierungswissen, 1998.

7823 Posner Roland. Syntactics. In Thomas A. Sebeok, editor, EncyclopedicDictionary of Semiotics, pages 1042–1061. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin /New York / Amsterday, 1986.

7824 Dumitru Roman, Uwe Keller, Holger Lausen, Jos de Bruijn, RubénLara, Michael Stollberg, Axel Polleres, Christina Feier, Christoph Bus-sler, and Dieter Fensel. Web Service Modeling Ontology. Applied On-tology, 1(1):77–106, 2005.

7825 Richard Rorty. Dennett on Awareness. Philosophical Studies, 23:153–162, 1972.

7826 Richard Rorty. Philosophy and the Mirror of Nature. Princeton Univer-sity Press, Princeton, 1979.

7827 Richard Rorty. Consequences of Pragmatism. University of MinnesotaPress, Minneapolis, 1982.

7828 Richard Rorty. Contemporary Philosophy of Mind. Synthese, 53:323–348, 1982.

7829 E. Rosch. Natural Categories. Cognitive Psychology, 4:328–350, 1973.

7830 E. Rosch. Cognitive reference points. Cognitive Psychology, 7:532–547,1975.

7831 E. Rosch. Cognitive representations of semantic categories. Journal ofExperimental Psychology - General, 104(3):192–233, 1975.

7832 E. Rosch. Principles of categorization. In E. Rosch and B. Lloyd, editors,Cognition and Categorization. Lawrence Erlbaum, New Jersey, 1978.

7833 E. Rosch and C.B. Mervis. Family Resemblances: studies in the internalstructure of categories. Cognitive Psychology, 7:573–605, 1975.

649

7834 E. Rosch, C.B. Mervis, W.D. Gray, D.M. Johnson, and P. Boyes-Braem.Basic objects in natural categories. Cognitive Psychology, 8:382–439,1976.

7835 A. W. Roscoe. The Theory and Practice of Concurrency. Prentice-Hall,1998.

7836 David Rose. On becoming: the grammar of causality in Pitjantjatjaraand English. Cultural Dynamics, 6(1-2):42–84, 1993.

7837 David Rose. Pitjantjatjara processes: an Australian experiential gram-mar. In Ruqaiya Hasan, Carmel Cloran, and David Butt, editors, Func-tional descriptions - theory in practice, Current Issues in Linguistic The-ory, pages 287–322. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1996.

7838 David Rose. Science, technology and technical literacies. In FrancesChristie and J. R. Martin, editors, Genre and institutions: social pro-cesses in the workplace and school, pages 40–72. Cassell, London, 1997.

7839 David Rose. Science discourse and industrial hierarchy. In J.R. Martinand Robert Veel, editors, Reading science: critical and functional per-spectives on discourses of science, pages 236–265. Routledge, London,1998.

7840 David Rose, H. Korner, and David McInnes. Scientific Literacy.Metropolitan East Region Disadvantage School program (Write ItRight), Erskinville, N.S.W, 1992.

7841 Gillian Rose. Visual methodologies. An introduction to the interpretationof visual materials. Sage publications, London / Thousand Oaks / NewDelhi, 2001.

7842 Gillian Rose. Visual methodologies. An introduction to researching withvisual materials. Sage, London / Thousand Oaks / New Delhi, 3 edition,2012.

7843 Philip Rosen. Narrative, apparatus, ideology: a film theory reader.Columbia University Press, New York, 1986.

7844 S. T. Rosenberg. Discourse Structure. Working Paper 130, MIT, Arti-ficial Laboratory, August 1976.

7845 Fiorella de Rosis and F. Grasso. Affective natural language generation.In Ana Paiva, editor, Affective interactions: towards a new generationof computer interfaces, pages 204–218. Springer, Berlin / London, 2000.

7846 Fiorella de Rosis, Floriana Grasso, and Dianne C. Berry. Refining in-structional text generation after evaluation. Artificial Intelligence inMedicine, 11, 1999.

650

7847 Fiorella de Rosis, Catherine Pelachaud, Isabella Poggi, ValeriaCarofiglio, and Berardina De Carolis. From Greta’s mind to her face:modelling the dynamics of affective states in a conversational embodiedagent. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 59(1-2):81–118, 2003.

7848 D. Rösner, B. Grote, K. Hartmann, and B. Hsfling. From Natural Lan-guage Documents to Sharable Product Knowledge: A Knowledge En-gineering Approach. Journal of Universal Computer Science, 3(8):955–987, 1997.

7849 D. Rösner and M. Stede. Zur Rolle von Wissensrepräsentation undTextstruktur bei der automatischen Generierung technischer Doku-mente. Technical Report FAW-TR-91029, Forschungsinstitut für an-wendungsorientierte Wissensverarbeitung (FAW), 1991.

7850 D. Rösner and M. Stede. Text generation in the framework of theSEMSYN project: a retrospective discussion. Technical Report FAW-TR-91025, Forschungsinstitut für anwendungsorientierte Wissensverar-beitung (FAW), 1992.

7851 D. Rösner and M. Stede. TECHDOC: Multilingual generation of on-line and offline instructional text. In Fourth International Conferenceon Applied Natural Language Processing (4th. ANLP), pages 209–210,Stuttgart, 1994.

7852 Dietmar Rösner. Ein System zur Generierung von deutschen Texten aussemantischen Repräsentationen. PhD thesis, Institut für Informatik,Stuttgart University, Stuttgart, Germany, 1986.

7853 Dietmar Rösner. When Mariko talks to Siegfried - experiences from aJapanese/German Machine Translation Project. In Proceedings of the11th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING86), pages 652–654, Bonn, Germany, 1986.

7854 Dietmar Rösner. The automated news agency: the SEMTEX generatorfor German. In Gerard Kempen, editor, Natural Language Generation:Recent Advances in Artificial Intelligence, Psychology, and Linguistics,pages 133–148. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Boston/Dordrecht, 1987.Paper presented at the Third International Workshop on Natural Lan-guage Generation, August 1986, Nijmegen, The Netherlands.

7855 Dietmar Rösner. The generation system of the SEMSYN project: to-wards a task-independent generator for German. In Michael Zock andGérard Sabah, editors, Advances in Natural Language Generation: aninterdisciplinary perspective, volume 2, pages 86–97. Frances Pinter,London, 1988.

651

7856 Dietmar Rösner. Remarks on multilinguality and generation. In R. Dale,E. Hovy, D. Rösner, and O. Stock, editors, Aspects of automated naturallanguage generation, number 587 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelli-gence, pages 306–308. Springer, 1992.

7857 Dietmar Rösner. Intentions, rhetoric, or discourse relations? A casefrom multilingual document generation. In Owen Rambow, editor, In-tentionality and structure in discourse relations, pages 106–109. Associ-ation for Computational Linguistics, 1993. (Proceedings of a Workshopsponsored by the Special Interest Group on Generation, 21 June, 1993,Columbus, Ohio).

7858 Dietmar Rösner. Automatische Generierung von mehrsprachigen In-struktionstexten aus einer Wissensbasis. Fakultät für Informatik, Uni-versität Stuttgart, Stuttgart, Germany, 1994. Habilitationsschrift.

7859 Dietmar Rösner and Manfred Stede. Customizing RST for the au-tomatic production of technical manuals. Technical Report FAW-TR-91028, Forschungsinstitut für anwendungsorientierte Wissensverar-beitung (FAW), Ulm, Germany, 1991.

7860 Dietmar Rösner and Manfred Stede. Untersuchungen zur Strukturvon Texten: rst-Analysen deutscher Texte. Technical Report FAW-TR-91030, Forschungsinstitut für anwendungsorientierte Wissensverar-beitung (FAW), Ulm, Germany, 1991.

7861 Dietmar Rösner and Manfred Stede. Customizing RST for the automaticproduction of technical manuals. In Robert Dale, Eduard H. Hovy, Di-etmar Rösner, and Olivero Stock, editors, Aspects of automated naturallanguage generation, pages 199–214. Springer, 1992. (Proceedings of the6th International Workshop on Natural Language Generation, Trento,Italy, April 1992).

7862 Dietmar Rösner and Manfred Stede. TECHDOC: a system for the auto-matic production of multilingual technical documents. In G. Görz, ed-itor, Proceedings of the First German Conference on Natural LanguageProcessing (KONVENS ’92), Informatik aktuell. Springer, Heidelberg,1992.

7863 Dietmar Rösner and Manfred Stede. TECHDOC: a system for theautomatic production of multilingual technical documents. TechnicalReport FAW-TR-92021, Forschungsinstitut für anwendungsorientierteWissenverarbeitung (FAW) an der Universität Ulm, Ulm, Germany,September 1992.

7864 Dietmar Rösner and Manfred Stede. Generating multilingual documentsfrom a knowledge base: the TECHDOC project. In Proceedings of the15th. International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING94), volume I, pages 339–346, Kyoto, Japan, 1994.

652

7865 R. J. Ross, J. Bateman, and H. Shi. Applying Generic Dialogue Modelsto the Information State Approach. In Proceedings of Symposium onDialogue Modelling and Generation, Amsterdam, 2005.

7866 Robert Ross, Rem Collier, and G.M.P. O’Hare. AF-APL Bridging Prin-ciples & Practices in Agent Oriented Languages. In Afael Bordini,M. Dastani, J. Dix, and Amal El Fallah-Segrouchni, editors, Program-ming Multi-Agent Systems 2004, volume 3346 of Lecture Notes in Ar-tificial Intelligence, pages 66–88, Heidelberg, Germany, 2004. Springer-Verlag.

7867 Robert Ross, Rem Collier, and G.M.P. O’Hare. Demonstrating SocialError Recovery with AgentFactory. In Proceeedings of The Third In-ternational Joint Conference on Autonomous Agents and Multi AgentSystems, pages 1424–1425, 2004.

7868 Robert J. Ross. Reusable Grammatical Resources for Spatial LanguageProcessing. InWorkshop on Methodologies and Resources for ProcessingSpatial Language at LREC 2008, Marrakech, Morocco, 2008.

7869 Robert J. Ross. Tiered models of spatial language interpretation. InChristian Freksa, Nora S. Newcombe, Peter Gärdenfors, and StefanWölfl, editors, Spatial Cognition VI: Learning, Reasoning and Talkingabout Space, number 5241 in Lecture notes in Artificial Intelligence,pages 233–249. Springer, 2008. International Conference, Spatial Cog-nition 2008, Freiburg, Germany.

7870 Robert J. Ross. Situated Dialogue Systems: Agency & Spatial Meaningin Task-Oriented Dialogue. PhD thesis, Universitat Bremen, 2009.

7871 Robert J. Ross and John A. Bateman. Agency & Information State inSituated Dialogues: Analysis & Computational Modelling. In Proceed-ings of Semantics and Pragmatics of Dialogue (SemDial 2009), Stock-holm, Sweden, 2009.

7872 Robert J. Ross and John A. Bateman. Daisie: Information State Dia-logues for Situated Systems. In Václav Matoušek and Pavel Mautner, ed-itors, Text, Speech and Dialogue, volume 5729 of Lecture Notes in Com-puter Science, pages 379–386. Springer, Berlin / Heidelberg, 2009. 12thInternational Conference, TSD 2009, Pilsen, Czech Republic, September13-17, 2009. Proceedings.

7873 Robert J. Ross, Christian Mandel, John Bateman, Shi Hui, and UdoFrese. Towards Stratified Spatial Modeling for Communication and Nav-igation. In IROS Workshop From Sensors to Human Spatial Concepts06, pages 41–46, Beijing, China, 2006.

7874 Robert Ross, Hui Shi, Tilman Vierhuff, Bernd Krieg-Brückner, andJohn Bateman. Towards Dialogue Based Shared Control of Navigating

653

Robots. In Christian Freksa, Markus Knauff, Bernd Krieg-Brückner,Bernhard Nebel, and Thomas Barkowsky, editors, Spatial Cognition IV:Reasoning, Action, Interaction. International Conference Spatial Cogni-tion 2004, Frauenchiemsee, Germany, October 2004, Proceedings, pages478–499, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2005. Springer.

7875 Göran Rossholm. Story (first order predicate) logic. Semiotica,165(1/4):149–172, 2007.

7876 Lothar Rostek. Automatische Erzeugung von semantischen Markup inAgenturmeldungen. In Wiebke Möhr und Ingrid Schmidt, editor, SGMLund XML: Anwendungen und Perspektiven, pages 307–322. Springer,1999.

7877 Lothar Rostek, Wiebke Möhr, and Dietrich H. Fischer. Weaving a web:The structure and Creation of an Object Network Representing an Elec-tronic Reference Network. In C. Hüser, W. Möhr, and V. Quint, editors,Proceedings of Electronic Publishing (EP) ’94, pages 495–506. Wiley,Chichester, 1994. Special issue of the International Journal of Electronicpublishing-origination, dissemination and design, Volume 6(4).

7878 Kersten Sven Roth and Jürgen Spitzmüller. Textdesign und Textwirkungin der massenmedialen Kommunikation. UVK Verlag, Konstanz, 2007.

7879 Lane Roth. Film semiotics, Metz, and Leone’s trilogy. Garland Pub-lishing, New York, 1983.

7880 S. Roth and W. Hefley. Intelligent multimedia presentation systems:research and principles. In M. Maybury, editor, Intelligent MultimediaInterfaces, pages 13–58. AAAI Press, 1993.

7881 Steven F. Roth, John Kolojejchick, Joe Mattis, and Jade Goldstein.Interactive graphic design using automatic presentation knowledge. InProceedings of CHI’94: Human Factors in Computing Systems, Boston,MA, 1994.

7882 Steven F. Roth, John Kolojejchick, Joe Mattis, and Jade Goldstein. In-teractive graphic design using automatic presentation knowledge. Tech-nical Report ??, School of Computer Science, Carnegie Mellon Univer-sity, Pittsburgh, PA, 1997.

7883 Steven F. Roth and Joe Mattis. Data characterization for graphic pre-sentation. In Proceedings of the Computer-Human Interaction Confer-ence (CHI ’90), 1990.

7884 Steven F. Roth and Joe Mattis. Automating the presentation of in-formation. In Proceedings of the IEEE Conference on AI Applications,pages 90–97, Miami Beach, FL, 1991. IEEE.

654

7885 Steven F. Roth, Joe Mattis, and X. Mesnard. Graphics and naturallanguage generation as components of Automatic Explanation. In J. W.Sullivan and S. W. Tyler, editors, Intelligent User Interfaces, pages 207–239. Frontier Series, ACM Press, New York, 1991.

7886 W.-M. Roth, G.M. Bowen, and M.K. McGinn. Differences in graph-related practices between high school biology textbooks and scientificecology journals. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 36:977–1019,1999.

7887 W. Roth, L. Pozzer-Ardhengi, and J. Han. Critical graphicacy: un-derstanding visual representation practices in school science. Springer,Dordrect, 2005.

7888 James R. Martin Rothery and Joan. What a functional approach tothe writing task can show teachers about ’good writing’. In BarbaraCouture, editor, Functional Approaches to Writing Research, pages 241–265. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1986.

7889 Joan Rothery. Story writing in primary school: assessing narrative typegenres. PhD thesis, Department of Linguistics, University of Sydney,Sydney, Australia, 1990.

7890 Joan Rothery. Story writing in primary school: assessing narrative typegenres. PhD thesis, Department of Linguistics, Sydney University, 1990.

7891 Joan Rothery. Literacy in School English. Metropolitan East RegionDisadvantage Schools Program (Write it Right), Erskinville, N.S.W,1993.

7892 Joan Rothery. Exploring literacy in school English. Metropolitan EastDisadvantaged Schools Program, Sydney, 1994.

7893 Joan Rothery and Frances Christie. Language in Teacher Education:child language development and English language strudies. Applied Lin-guistics Association of Australia, 1979.

7894 Joan Rothery and Maree Stenglin. Entertaining and instructing: ex-ploring experience through story. In Frances Christie and J. R. Martin,editors, Genre and institutions: social processes in the workplace andschool, pages 231–263. Cassell, London, 1997.

7895 Joan Rothery and Martin Stenglin. Interpreting literature: the roleof APPRAISAL. In Len Unsworth, editor, Researching language inschools and communities: functional linguistic perspectives, pages 222–244. Cassell, London, 2000.

7896 Writing to mean: teaching genres and language across the curriculum.Occasional Papers. Applied Linguistics Association of Australia, 9, 1986.

655

7897 Annely Rothkegel. Knowledge representation and text analysis. InE. Brunet, editor, Méthodes quantitatives et informatiques dans l’étudesdes textes, pages 738–745. Nice, 1986.

7898 Annely Rothkegel. Polylexikalitä. Verb-Nomen-Verbindungen und ihreBehandlung in EUROTRA. Technical Report EUROTRA-d WorkingPapers No. 17, Institut für Angewandte Informationsforschung, Saar-brücken, 1989.

7899 Annely Rothkegel. Textualisieren. Theorie und Computermodell derTextproduktion. Peter Lang Verlag, Frankfurt am Main, 1993.

7900 R. Rothkegel, K.F. Wender, and S. Schumacher. Judging spatial rela-tions from memory. In C. Freksa, C. Habel, and K.F. Wender, editors,Spatial Cognition I - An interdisciplinary approach to representing andprocessing spatial knowledge, pages 79–105. Springer, Berlin, 1998.

7901 Jean-Francois Rouet and Jarmo J. Levonen. Studying and learning withhypertext: empirical studies and their implications. In Jean-FrancoisRouet, Jarmo L. Levonen, Andrew Dillon, and Rand J. Spriro, editors,Hypertext and cognition, chapter 2, pages 9–24. Lawrence Erlbaum As-sociates, Mahwah, New Jersey, 1996.

7902 Jan Roukens. The Multilingual Information Society. ELSNEWS: Thenewsletter of the European Network in Language and Speech, 7(1):1,February 1998.

7903 D. Roussinov, K. Crowston, M. Nilan, B. Kwaśnik, J. Cai, and X. Liu.Genre based navigation on the web. In Proceedings of the 34th AnnualHawaii International Conference on System Sciences (HICSS 2001),Maui, Hawaii, 2001. IEEE Computer Society Press.

7904 C. Rowles, M. de Beler, M. O’Donnell, and P. Sefton. The Use ofContext in the Understanding of Spoken English. In Proceedings of the6th Australian Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, Melbourne,November 1993.

7905 C. Rowles, X. Huang, M. de Beler, J. Vonwiller, R. King, C. Matthiessen,P. Sefton, and M. O’Donnell. Understanding Spoken English. In FirstAustralian Workshop on Natural Language Understanding and Informa-tion Retrieval, Melbourne, November 1992.

7906 Henry A. Rowley, Shumeet Baluja, and Takeo Kanade. Human FaceDetection in Visual Scenes. In David S. Touretzky, Michael C. Mozer,and Michael E. Hasselmo, editors, Advances in Neural Information Pro-cessing Systems, volume 8, pages 875–881. The MIT Press, 1996.

7907 Deb Roy. Semiotic schemas: A framework for grounding language inaction and perception. Artificial Intelligence, 167:170–205, 2005.

656

7908 N. Roy, W. Burgard, D. Fox, and S. Thrun. Coastal navigation: Robotmotion with uncertainty. In Proc. of the 1998 AAAI Fall Symposium.1998.

7909 N. Roy, W. Burgard, D. Fox, and S. Thrun. Coastal navigation: Mobilerobot navigation with uncertainty in dynamic environments. In Proc. ofthe IEEE International Conference on Robotics & Automation (ICRA1999). IEEE Service Center, Piscataway, NJ, 1999.

7910 Terry D. Royce. Synergy on the page: exploring intersemiotic comple-mentarity in page-based multimodal text. Japan Association for Sys-temic Functional Linguistics (JAarea.sfl) Occasional Papers, 1(1):25–49,1998.

7911 Terry D. Royce. Visual-verbal intersemiotic complementarity in TheEconomist Magazine. PhD thesis, University of Reading, United King-dom, 1999.

7912 Terry D. Royce. Multimodality in the Tesol classroom: exploring visual-verbal synergy. TESOL Quarterly, 35(2):191–205, 2002.

7913 Terry D. Royce. Intersemiotic Complementarity: A Framework for Mul-timodal Discourse Analysis. In Terry D. Royce and Wendy L. Bowcher,editors, New Directions in the Analysis of Multimodal Discourse, pages63–110. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 2007.

7914 Terry D. Royce. Multimodal communicative competence in second lan-guage learning. In Terry D. Royce and Wendy L. Bowcher, editors,New Directions in the Analysis of Multimodal Discourse, pages 361–390.Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 2007.

7915 Terry D. Royce and Wendy L. Bowcher, editors. New Directions inthe Analysis of Multimodal Discourse. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates,Mahwah, NJ, 2007.

7916 A.D. Rubin. A theoretical taxonomy of the differences between oral andwritten language. In R. Spiro, B. Bruce, and W. Brewer, editors, Theo-retical Issues in Reading Comprehension. Lawrence Erlbaum, HillsdaleNJ, 1980.

7917 Edgar J. Rubin. Visuell wahrgenommene Figuren: Studien in psycholo-gischer Analyse. Gylendalske Forlag, Copenhagen, 1921. Original pub-lication in Danish, 1915.

7918 R. Rubinoff and J. Fain Lehman. Real-time natural language generationin NL-SOAR. In D. McDonald and M. Meteer, editors, 7th INLG, pages199–206, Kennebunkport, Maine, 1994.

657

7919 Robert Rubinoff. Adapting MUMBLE: Experience with Natural Lan-guage Generation. In Proceedings of the Fifth Annual Conference onArtificial Intelligence. American Association of Artificial Intelligence,1986.

7920 Robert Rubinoff. Cooperation and Feedback in Natural Language Gen-eration. In Cécile L. Paris, William R. Swartout, and William C. Mann,editors, Natural language generation in artificial intelligence and compu-tational linguistics. Kluwer Academic Publishers, July 1991. Presentedat the Fourth International Workshop on Natural Language Generation.

7921 Robert Rubinoff. Integrating text planning and linguistic choice by an-notating linguistic structures. In Aspects of automated natural languagegeneration, pages 45–56. Springer, Berlin, 1992. (Proceedings of the6th International Workshop on Natural Language Generation, Trento,Italy).

7922 Robert Rubinoff. Integrating text planning and linguistic choice withoutabandoning modularity: the IGEN generator. Computational Linguis-tics, 26(2):107–138, June 2000.

7923 R.A. Ruddle. Navigating Overlapping Virtual Worlds: Arriving inOne Place and Finding out that Youre Somewhere Else. In C. Freksa,W. Brauer, C. Habel, and K.F. Wender, editors, Spatial Cognition II -Integrating Abstract Theories, Empirical Studies, Formal Methods, andPractical Applications, pages 333–347. Springer, Berlin, 2000.

7924 Roy A. Ruddle and Simon Lessels. Three Levels of Metric for Eval-uating Wayfinding. Presence: Teleoperators & Virtual Environments,15(6):637–654, 2006.

7925 N. Rude. A continuum of meaning in the copula. In Berkeley LinguisticsSociety, volume 4, pages 202–210. 1978.

7926 Stan Ruecker, Eric Homich, and Stefan Sinclair. Multi-level documentvisualization. Visible Language, 2005.

7927 Urs-Jakob Rüetschi and Sabine Timpf. Modelling wayfinding in pub-lic transport network space and scene space. In Christian Freksa,Markus Knauff, Bernd Krieg-Brückner, Bernhard Nebel, and ThomasBarkowsky, editors, Spatial Cognition IV: Reasoning, Action, Interac-tion. International Conference Spatial Cognition 2004, Frauenchiemsee,Germany, October 2004, Proceedings, pages 24–41, Berlin, Heidelberg,2005. Springer.

7928 Anelya Rugaleva. On typology of lexical cohesion in discourse. InJohn Morreall, editor, The Ninth LACUS Forum 1982. Hornbeam Press,Columbia, SC, 1983.

658

7929 Patrick Rumble and Bart Testa, editors. Pasolini: contemporary per-spectives. University of Toronto Press, Toronto, 1994.

7930 David Rumelhart. The Room Theory. Center for human interactionprocessing; The University of California at San Diego, 1974.

7931 David E. Rumelhart. Notes on a Schema for Stories. In D. Bobrowand A. Collins, editors, Representation and Understanding: Studies inCognitive Science. Academic Press, New York, 1975.

7932 David E. Rumelhart. On Evaluating Story Grammars. Cognitive Sci-ence, 4(3):313–316, 1980.

7933 Indra Runge. Zeit im Rückwärtsschritt. Über das Stilmittel der chro-nologischen Inversion in Memento , Irréversible und 5 x 2. Ibidem,Stuttgart, 2008.

7934 C. J. Rupp. Situation semantics and machine translation. In Proceed-ings of the 4th. Annual Meeting of the European Chapter of the Associa-tion for Computational Linguistics, pages 308–318, UMIST, Manchester,England, 1989.

7935 C. J. Rupp and Rod Johnson. On the portability of complex constraint-based grammars. In Proceedings of the 15th. International Conferenceon Computational Linguistics (COLING 94), volume II, pages 900–905,Kyoto, Japan, 1994.

7936 Thomas A. Russ, Robert M. MacGregor, Behnam Salemi, Keith Price,and Ram Nevatia. VEIL: combining semantic knowledge with image un-derstanding. In RADIUS: image understanding for imagery intelligence,pages 409–418. Morgan Kaufman, 1996.

7937 Thomas Russ, Andre Valente, Robert MacGregor, and WilliamSwartout. Practical experience in trading off ontology usability andreusability. In Proceedings of the 12th. Knowledge Acquisition forKnowledge-Based Systems Workshop, Banff, Canada, 1999.

7938 James A. Russel. A Circumplex Model of Affect. Journal of Personalityand Social Psychology, 39(6):1161–1178, 1980.

7939 S. Russell. Disambiguation and Understanding of Metaphor Using aConceptual Feature System. PhD thesis, Stanford University, 1975.

7940 Stuart J. Russell and Peter Norvig. Artificial Intelligence: a modernapproach. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1995.

7941 Stuart J. Russell and Peter Norvig. Artificial Intelligence: a modernapproach. Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, NJ, 2nd internationaledition, 2003.

659

7942 Stuart J. Russell and Peter Norvig. Artificial Intelligence: a modern ap-proach, chapter 10: Knowledge Representation, pages 320–340. PrenticeHall, Upper Saddle River, NJ, 2nd international edition, 2003.

7943 D. Ruth and M. Peroutka. The Interactive Computer Worded Fore-cast. In Preprints of the 9th International Conference on Interactive In-formation and Processing Systems for Meteorology, Oceanography, andHydrology, pages 321–326, Anaheim, CA, 1993. American Meteorologi-cal Society.

7944 William E. Rutherford. Some Observations Concerning SubordinateClauses in English. Language, 46(1):97–115, March 1970.

7945 L. Rutledge, L. Hardman, and J. van Ossenbruggen. Evaluating SMIL:Three User Case Studies. In Proceedings of ACM Multimedia, Orlando,Florida, USA, November 1999. Poster Paper.

7946 L. Rutledge, L. Hardman, and J. van Ossenbruggen. The Use of SMIL:Multimedia Research Currently Applied on a Global Scale. In Pro-ceedings of Multimedia Modeling 99 (MMM 99), pages 1–17, Ottawa,Canada, October 4-6 1999. World Scientific.

7947 Lloyd Rutledge. Toward Constraining Generated Large-scale Narra-tive Graph Metrics. This paper explores the setting and processing ofconstraints over the metrics of narrative hierarchical structure of pre-sentations as they are automatically generated from queries on storedmedia, annotations and semantic data. We describe how these functionscan be implemented in our existing constraintbased multimedia gener-ation system, Cuypers. The metrics we use are established measures ofthe nodeedge graphs representing the navigational structure of hyper-media documents. This work applies graph restructuring techniques toCuypers backtracking programming for maintaining constraints to en-able the system to keep the narrative structure graph of the presentationwithin bounds as it is being built. The resulting graph is then processedto assemble media and place it in a generated narrative. We assert thatthe resulting well-shaped narrative hierarchies help the user keep trackof where the presentation is and where it is going as each point duringits progression.

7948 Lloyd Rutledge. SMIL - Synchronized Multimedia Integration Language:Moving to the beat. iX: Magazin für professionelle Informationstechnik,(10), October 1999.

7949 Lloyd Rutledge. Multimedia Standards: Building Blocks of the Web.IEEE Multimedia, pages 13–15, July-September 2001. edited by FrankNack.

7950 Lloyd Rutledge. SMIL 2.0: XML For Web Multimedia. IEEE InternetComputing, pages 78–84, September-October 2001.

660

7951 Lloyd Rutledge. SMIL 2.0 Implementation Overview. interChange -Newsletter of the International SGML/XML Users’ Group, 8(1), March2002.

7952 Lloyd Rutledge, Martin Alberink, Rogier Brussee, Stanislav Pokraev,William Van Dieten, and Mettina Veenstra. Finding the Story - BroaderApplicability of Semantics and Discourse for Hypermedia Generation. InProceedings of the 14th ACM conference on Hypertext and Hypermedia,pages 67–76. ACM Press, 2003.

7953 Lloyd Rutledge, Brian Bailey, Jacco van Ossenbruggen, Lynda Hard-man, and Joost Geurts. Generating Presentation Constraints fromRhetorical Structure. In Proceedings of the 11th ACM conference onHypertext and Hypermedia, pages 19–28, 2000.

7954 Lloyd Rutledge and Dick C.A. Bulterman. SMIL 2.0 - Interactive Mul-timedia on the Web. Addison-Wesley, 2003. to be published.

7955 Lloyd Rutledge, Jim Davis, Jacco van Ossenbruggen, and Lynda Hard-man. Inter-dimensional Hypermedia Communicative Devices for Rhetor-ical Structure. In Proceedings of the International Conference on Multi-media Modeling 2000 (MMM00), pages 89–105, Nagano, Japan, Novem-ber 13-15 2000.

7956 Lloyd Rutledge and Lynda Hardman. The Rise and Fall of MultimediaAuthoring. In Proceedings International Conference on Media Futures,pages 17–20, Florence, Italy, May 8 2001.

7957 Lloyd Rutledge, Lynda Hardman, Jacco van Ossenbruggen, andDick C.A. Bulterman. Implementing Adaptability in the Standard Ref-erence Model for Intelligent Multimedia Presentation Systems. In Pro-ceedings of The International Conference on Multimedia Modeling, pages12–20, October 12-15 1998.

7958 Lloyd Rutledge, Lynda Hardman, Jacco van Ossenbruggen, andDick C.A. Bulterman. Adaptable Hypermedia with Web Standards andTools. In The Active Web - A British HCI Group Day Conference,London, January 20 1999. http://www.hiraeth.com/conf/ActiveWeb/.

7959 Lloyd Rutledge and Patrick Schmitz. Improving Media Fragment Inte-gration in Emerging Web Formats. In Proceedings of the InternationalConference on Multimedia Modeling 2001 (MMM01), pages 147–166,CWI, Amsterdam, The Netherlands, November 5-7 2001.

7960 Lloyd Rutledge, Jacco van Ossenbruggen, Lynda Hardman, and DickC. A. Bulterman. Mix’n’Match: Exchangeable Modules of HypermediaStyle. In Proceedings of 1999 International Hypertext Conference, pages179–188, 1999.

661

7961 Lloyd Rutledge, Jacco van Ossenbruggen, Lynda Hardman, andDick C.A. Bulterman. A Framework for Generating Adaptable Hy-permedia Documents. In Proceedings of ACM Multimedia 1997, pages121–130, 1997.

7962 Lloyd Rutledge, Jacco van Ossenbruggen, Lynda Hardman, andDick C.A. Bulterman. Cooperative use of MHEG and HyTime in Hy-permedia Environments. In Jean-Pierre Balbe, Alain Lelu, Marc Na-nard, and Imad Saleh, editors, Actes de la 4e conférence internationaleHypertextes et Hypermédias – réalisations, outils & méthodes, number(1)2-3-4 in Hypertextes et Hypermédias, pages 57–73, Paris, September1997. Editions HERMES.

7963 Lloyd Rutledge, Jacco van Ossenbruggen, Lynda Hardman, andDick C.A. Bulterman. Generic Hypermedia Structure and Presenta-tion Specification. In ICCC/IFIP Conference – Electronic Publishing’97, April 1997.

7964 Lloyd Rutledge, Jacco van Ossenbruggen, Lynda Hardman, andDick C.A. Bulterman. Addressing Publishing Issues with Hyperme-dia Distributed on the Web. In ICCC/IFIP Conference – ElectronicPublishing ’98, pages 78–93, April 20-22 1998.

7965 Lloyd Rutledge, Jacco van Ossenbruggen, Lynda Hardman, andDick C.A. Bulterman. Practical Application of Existing HypermediaStandards and Tools. In ACM Digital Libraries (DL’98), pages 191–199, June 1998.

7966 Lloyd Rutledge, Jacco van Ossenbruggen, Lynda Hardman, andDick C.A. Bulterman. Structural Distinctions Between HypermediaStorage and Presentation. In Proceedings of ACM Multimedia, pages145–150, New York, November 1998. ACM Press.

7967 Lloyd Rutledge, Jacco van Ossenbruggen, Lynda Hardman, andDick C.A. Bulterman. Anticipating SMIL 2.0: The Developing Co-operative Infrastructure for Multimedia on the Web. In Proceedings ofThe Eighth International World Wide Web Conference (WWW8), May1999.

7968 L.W. Rutledge, A.R. van Ballegooij, and A. Eliëns. Virtual context -relating media objects to their real world subjects. Technical ReportINS-R0022, CWI, December 2000.

7969 Tom Ryall. Teaching through Genre. Screen Education, 17:27–33,1975/6.

7970 Marie-Laure Ryan. Possible worlds, artificial intelligence and narrativetheory. Indiana University Press, Bloomington, Indiana, 1991.

662

7971 Marie-Laure Ryan. Possible worlds in recent literary theory. Style,26(4):528–553, 1992.

7972 Marie-Laure Ryan. Cognitive Maps and the Construction of NarrativeSpace. In David Herman, editor, Narrative Theory and the CognitiveSciences, pages 214–242. CLSI, Stanford, CA, 2003.

7973 Marie-Laure Ryan. Narrative cartography: towards a visual narratology.In Tom Kindt and Hans-Herald Müller, editors, What is narratology?Questions and answers regarding the status of a theory, pages 333–364.Walter de Gruyter, Berlin and New York, 2003.

7974 Marie-Laure Ryan. Introduction. In Marie-Laure Ryan, editor, Narra-tive across Media: The Languages of Storytelling, pages 1–40. Universityof Nebraska Press, Lincoln, 2004.

7975 Marie-Laure Ryan, editor. Narrative across Media: The Languages ofStorytelling. University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln, 2004.

7976 Marie-Laure Ryan. On the Theoretical Foundations of TransmedialNarratology. In Jan Christoph Meister, Tom Kindt, Wilhelm Schermus,and Malte Stein, editors, Narrative Beyond Literary Criticism, pages1–23. De Gruyter, Berlin, 2005.

7977 Michael Ryan and Douglas Kellner. Camera Politica: The poetics andideology of contemporary Hollywood film. Indiana University Press,Bloomington, 1988.

7978 Gilbert Ryle. Knowing how and knowing that. Proceedings of the Aris-totelian Society, 46:1–16, 1946.

7979 Gilbert Ryle. Concept of Mind. Barnes and Noble, New York, 1949.

7980 P. Sabatier. Dialogues En Francais Avec un Ordinateur. PhD thesis,Aix-Marseille, 1980. These de troisieme cycle, Groupe d’IntelligenceArtificielle d’Aix-Marseille ll.

7981 Earl Sacerdoti. Planning in a Hierarchy of Abstraction Spaces. In Pro-ceedings of IJCAI III, pages 412–422. International Joint Conference onArtificial Intelligence, August 1973.

7982 Earl Sacerdoti. A Structure for Plans and Behavior. Elsevier North-Holland, Amsterdam and New York, 1977.

7983 Earl Sacerdoti. Language Access to Distributed Data with Error Re-covery. In Proceedings of IJCAI’77, Cambridge, Massachusetts, 1977.International Joint Conference of Artificial Intelligence.

7984 Klaus Sachs-Hombach, editor. Bildhandeln: interdisziplinäre Forschun-gen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen. Number 3 in ReiheBildwissenschaft. Scriptum-Verlag, Magdeburg, 2001.

663

7985 Klaus Sachs-Hombach. Das Bild als kommunikatives Medium: Elementeeiner allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft. Univ., Habil.-Schr.-Magdeburg.Halem, Köln, 2003.

7986 Klaus Sachs-Hombach. Elemente einer philosophischen Bildtheorie desFilms. In Thomas Koebner and Thomas Meder, editors, Bildtheorie undFilm, pages 158–175. edition text+kritik, München, 2006.

7987 Klaus Sachs-Hombach and Jörg R.J. Schirra. Bildstil als rhetorischeKategorie. Image - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildwissenschaft,3:175–191, 2006.

7988 J Sachs. Recognition memory for syntactic and semantic aspects ofconnected discourse. Perception and Psychophysics, 2:437–442, 1967.

7989 H. Sacks, E. Schegloff, and G. Jefferson. A simplest systematics forthe organisation of turn-taking for conversation. Language, 50:696–735,1974.

7990 L. Sadler, I. Crookston, D. Arnold, and A. Way. LFG and transla-tion. In Proceedings of 3rd. International Conference on Theoreticaland Methodological Issues in Machine Translation (TMI-90), 1990.

7991 Louise Sadler and Doug Arnold. A constraint-based approach to trans-lating anaphoric dependencies. In Proceedings of COLING-92, vol-ume II, pages 728–734, Nantes, France, July 1992.

7992 V. Sadler and R. Vendelmans. Pilot Implementation of a BilingualKnowledge Bank. In Proceedings of the 13th. International Conferenceon Computational Linguistics (COLING 90), Helsink, Finland, 1990.

7993 Eva Safar and Ian Marshall. The architecture of an English-Text-to-Sign-Languages translation system. In Galia Angelova, KalinaBontcheva, Ruslan Mitkov, Nicolas Nicolov, and Nikolai Nikolov, ed-itors, Proceedings of the Euroconference Recent Advances in NaturalLanguage Processing (RANLP-2001), pages 223–227, Tzigov, Bulgaria,September 2001.

7994 Alias Safeyaton. A semiotic study of Singapore’s Orchard Road andMarriot Hotel. In Kay L. O’Halloran, editor, Multimodal discourse anal-ysis: systemic functional perspectives, Open Linguistics Series, pages55–82. Continuum, London, 2004.

7995 Ivan A. Sag and Carl Pollard. An integrated theory of complementcontrol. Language, 67(1):63–113, 1991.

7996 J. C. Sager. Language Engineering and Translation: Consequences of au-tomation, volume 1 of Benjamins Translation Library. John Benjamins,Amsterdam, 1994.

664

7997 N. Sager. Syntactic Formatting of Science Information. In R. Kittredgeand J. Lehrberger, editors, Sublanguage. Studies of Language in Re-stricted Semantic Domains, pages 9–26. de Gruyter, Berlin and NewYork, 1982.

7998 N. Sager. Sublanguage: Linguistic Phenomenon, Computational Tool.In R. Grishman and R. Kittredge, editors, Analyzing Language in Re-stricted Domains: Sublanguage Decription and Processing, pages 1–17.Lawrence Erlbaum, Hillsdale, New Jersey, 1986.

7999 Naomi Sager. Sublanguage Grammars in Science Information Process-ing. American Society of Information Sciences, 26(1):10–16, January-February 1975.

8000 G. Sagerer, H.-J. Eikmeyer, and G. Rickheit. Wir bauen jetzt einFlugzeug. Konstruieren im Dialog. Arbeitsmaterialien. Report of theSonderforschungsbereich 360 “Situierte künstliche Kommunikatoren",Universität Bielefeld, 1994.

8001 Horacio Saggion and Guy Lapalme. Concept identification and presen-tation in the context of technical text summarization. In AutomaticSummarization Workshop at NAACL/ANLP’2000, pages 1–10, Seattle,WA, April 2000.

8002 J. R. Sagle, M. R. Wick, and M. O. Poliac. AGNESS: A GeneralizedNetwork-based Expert System Shell. In Proceedings of the NationalConference on Artificial Intelligence, AAAI, pages 996–1002, August1986.

8003 J. R. Sagle, M. R. Wick, and M. O. Poliac. AGNESS: A GeneralizedNetwork-based Expert System Shell (with appendices). Technical Re-port, The University of Minnesota, October 1986.

8004 P. Saint-Dizier. A Constraint Logic Programming Treatment of Syntac-tic Choice in Natural Language. In R. Dale, E. Hovy, D. Rösner, andO. Stock, editors, Aspects of Automated Natural Language Generation,pages 119–134. Springer, Berlin, 1992.

8005 P. Saint-Dizier. A generative lexicon perspective for adjectival modifi-cation. In COLING-98, pages 1143–1149, Montréal, 1993.

8006 Patrick Saint-Dizier and Evelyn Viegas. Computational lexical seman-tics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1995.

8007 Ingrid de Saint-Georges. Materiality in discourse: the influence of spaceand layout in making meaning. In Philip LeVine and Ron Scollon, ed-itors, Discourse and technology: multimodal discourse analysis, pages71–87. Georgetown University Press, Washington, D.C., 2004.

665

8008 Ferdinande Saint-Martin. Semiotics of visual language. BloomingtonUniversity Press, Bloomington, IN, 1990.

8009 Ferdinande Saint-Martin. Visual and verbal semantics. In T.A. Se-beok and J. Umiker-Sebeok, editors, Advances in visual semiotics: thesemiotic web 1992-93, number 118 in Approaches to Semiotics, pages375–401. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 1995.

8010 Fernande Saint-Martin. A case of intersemiotics: The reception of avisual advertisement. Semiotica, 91(1/2):79–98, 1992.

8011 Barry Salt. Statistical Style Analysis of Motion Pictures. Film Quar-terly, 28(1):13–22, August 1974.

8012 Barry Salt. The early development of film form. Film form, 1(1):91ff,Spring 1976. Page citations taken from the version reprinted in ? ,284-298); a further version appears in ? , 24-34).

8013 Barry Salt. Film form 1900-1906. Sight and Sound, 47(3):148–153,Summer 1978.

8014 Barry Salt. Film style and technology: history and analysis. Starwood,London, 1983.

8015 Barry Salt. Film Form 1900-1906. In Thomas Elsaesser, editor, EarlyCinema. Space, frame, narrative, pages 31–44. BFI Publishing, 1990.Originally published in Sight and Sound (Summer, 1978).

8016 Barry Salt. Moving Into Pictures: More on Film History, Style, andAnalysis. Starword, London, 2007.

8017 G. Salton and M. J. McGill. Introduction to Modern Information Re-trieval. McGraw Hill, New York, 1983.

8018 S. Salzberg. Generating Hypotheses to Explain Prediction Failures. InProceedings of the Third National Conference on Artificial Intelligence,Washington, DC, 1983.

8019 Timothy Samara. Making and breaking the grid: a graphic design layoutworkshop. Rockport Publishers, Gloucester, MA, 2002.

8020 A. Samitou, I. Castellon, F. Ribas, and G. Rigau. Translation equiva-lence via lexicon: a study on tlinks. Acquilex-II (EU BRA 7315) Work-ing Paper 25, Universitat Politècnica de Catalunya, Barcelona, Spain,February 1994.

8021 W. Samlowski. Case Grammar. In Eugene Charniak and Yorick Wilks,editors, Computational Semantics. North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1976.

666

8022 C. Sammut and R. Banerji. Hierarchical Memories: An Aid to ConceptLearning. In Proceedings of the 1983 International Machine LearningWorkshop, pages 74–80, Champaign-Urbana, Illinois, 1983.

8023 Geoffrey Sampson. Schools of Linguistics. Stanford University Press,Stanford, 1980.

8024 Geoffrey Sampson. English for the computer. Oxford University Press,Oxford, 1995.

8025 Betty T.R. Samraj. Exploring current issues in genre theory. Word,40(1-2), 1989.

8026 C. Samuelsson. Example-based Optimisation of Surface-Generation Ta-bles. In R. Mitkov and N. Nicolov, editors, Recent Advances in NaturalLanguage Processing, pages 295–316. Amsterdam, 1997.

8027 Julie Sanders. Adaptation and Appropriation. Routlege, London, 2005.

8028 T. J. M. Sanders, W. P. M. Spooren, and L. G. M. Noordman. Coherencerelations in a cognitive theory of discourse representations. CognitiveLinguistics, 4(2):93–133, 1993.

8029 T. Sanders and W. Spooren. Causal categories in discourse: convergingevidence from language use. In T.J.M. Sanders and E.E. Sweetser, edi-tors, Causal categories in discourse and cognition, Cognitive LinguisticsResearch, pages 205–246. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, New York, 2009.

8030 Ted Sanders. Discourse Structure and Coherence; Aspects of a cognitivetheory of discourse representation. Nevelland, Landegem, Belgium, 1992.

8031 Ted Sanders. Semantic and pragmatic sources of coherence: on thecategorization of coherence relations in context. Discourse Processes,24(1):119–148, 1997.

8032 Ted J. M. Sanders, Wilbert P. M. Spooren, and Leo G. M. Noordman.Towards a taxonomy of coherence relations. Technical Report, Dept. ofLanguage and Literature, Tilburg University, Tilburg, The Netherlands,November 1990.

8033 Ted J. M. Sanders, Wilbert P. M. Spooren, and Leo G. M. Noord-man. Towards a Taxonomy of Coherence Relations. Discourse Processes,15(1):1–36, jan - mar 1992.

8034 B. Sandig and U. Püschel. Stilistik III: Argumentationsstile. de Gruyter,Berlin, New York, 1992.

8035 Paul Sandro. Signification in the cinema. In Bill Nichols, editor, Moviesand methods: Volume II, an anthology, pages 391–407. University ofCalifornia Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, CA, 1985.

667

8036 A. Sanfilippo, E. J. Briscoe, A. Copestake, M. A. Marti, and A. Alonge.Translation equivalence and lexicalization in the ACQUILEX LKB.In Proceedings of the 4th. International Conference on Theoreticaland Methodological Issues in Machine Translation (TMI-92), Montreal,Canada, 1992.

8037 Antonio Sanfilippo. Thematic and aspectual information in verb seman-tics. Belgian Journal of Linguistics, 6:87–114, 1991.

8038 Antonio Sanfilippo. LKB encoding of lexical knowledge. In Ted Briscoe,Valeria de Paiva, and Ann Copestake, editors, Inheritance, defaults, andthe lexicon, pages 190–222. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,1993.

8039 Antonio Sanfilippo. Word knowledge acquisition, lexicon construc-tion, and dictionary compilation. In Proceedings of the 15th. Inter-national Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING 94), vol-ume I, pages 273–277, Kyoto, Japan, 1994.

8040 Anthony J. Sanford and Simon C. Garrod. Understanding Written Lan-guage. Wiley, Chicester, 1981.

8041 D. L. Sanford and J. W. Roach. Parsing and generating the pragmaticsof natural language utterances using metacommunication. In Proceed-ings of the 9th. Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society,pages 89–95, 1987.

8042 D. L. Sanford and J. W. Roach. Using the theory of metacommunicationto guide natural language generation, August 1988. Presented at theAAAI-88 Workshop on Text Planning and Realization.

8043 D. L. Sanford and J. W. Roach. Using the theory of metacommunicationto guide natural language generation, August 1988. Presented at theAAAI-88 Workshop on Text Planning and Realization.

8044 G. Sankoff and P. Brown. Origins of syntax in discourse. Language, 52,1976.

8045 Lena Santamara. Output generation in a spoken dialogue system. InTilman Becker and Stephan Busemann, editors, Workshop at the 23dGerman Annual Conference for Artificial Intelligence (KI’99)"May Ispeak Freely?" Between Templates and Free Choice in Natural LanguageGeneration, pages 58–63, Bonn, 1999. DFKI-D-99-01.

8046 Marina Santini. Genre Evolution on the Web. In Proceedings of theEACL workshop on NEW TEXT Wikis and blogs and other dynamictext sources, 2006.

668

8047 Marina Santini. Characterizing genres of web pages: genre hybridismand individualization. In Proceedings of the 40th Hawaii InternationalConference on System Sciences, Big Island, Hawaii, 2007. IEEE.

8048 Simone Santini. On the Definition of Categories for Image ClassificationEvaluation. In Proceedings of the 2010 IEEE Fourth International Con-ference on Semantic Computing, ICSC ’10, pages 495–501, Washington,DC, USA, 2010. IEEE Computer Society.

8049 Edward Sapir. Language. An introduction to the study of speech. Har-court, Brace and Cy, New York, 1921.

8050 Edward Sapir. The status of linguistics as a science. Language, 5(2):207–214, 1929.

8051 S. Sarkar and L. Boyer. Perceptual organization in computer vision: areview and a proposal for a classificatory structure. IEEE Transactionson Systems, Man, and Cybernetics, 23(2):382–399, 1993.

8052 Hans-Jürgen Sasse. Predication and sentence constitution in universalperspective. In D. Zaefferer, editor, Semantic universals and universalsemantics, pages 75–95. Foris, Berlin, 1991.

8053 Satoshi Sato. Example-based translation approach. In Proceedings ofthe 1st. International Workshop on Fundamental Research for the Fu-ture Generation of Natural Language Processing (FGNLP), pages 1–16,Kyoto, Japan, 1991.

8054 T. Sato, T. Kanade, E. Hughes, M. Smith, and S. Satoh. Video OCR: In-dexing Digital News Libraries by Recognition of Superimposed Caption.ACM Multimedia Systems Special Issue on Video Libraries, February1998.

8055 Shin’ichi Satoh, Yuichi Nakamura, and Takeo Kanade. Name-It: Nam-ing and Detecting Faces in News Videos. IEEE MultiMedia, 6(1):22–35,jan-mar 1999.

8056 Ferdinand de Saussure. Course in General Linguistics. Peter Owen Ltd.,London, 1915. W.Baskin (1959).

8057 Ferdinand de Saussure. Grundfragen der allgemeinen Sprachwis-senschaft. de Gruyter, Berlin, 1915. ed. Charles Bally unter Mitw.von Albert Riedlinger; Translated by Herman Lommel (2001).

8058 J. Sauvola and H. Kauniskangas. MediaTeam Document Database II, aCD-ROM collection of document images. University of Oulu, Finland,Oulu, Finland, 1999.

8059 Robin Scarella and Joanna Brunak. On speaking politely in a secondlanguage. International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 27:59–75,1981.

669

8060 Remko Scha and Livia Polanyi. An augmented context free grammar fordiscourse. In D. Vargha, editor, Proceedings of the 12th. COLING, vol-ume 2, pages 573–577, Morristown, 1988. Association for ComputationalLinguistics.

8061 R. Schacht. Husserlian and Heideggerian Phenomenology. PhilosophicalStudies, 23:293–314, 1972.

8062 P. Schachter. Explaining Auxiliary Order. Indiana University LinguisticsClub, Bloomington, 1981.

8063 Paul Schachter. Focus and Relativisation. Language, 49:19–46, 1973.

8064 Paul Schachter. Subject in Phillipine languages. In Charles Li, editor,Subject and Topic. Academic Press, New York, 1976.

8065 Paul Schachter. Daughter-Dependency Grammar. In E. A. Moravcsikand J. R. Wirth, editors, Syntax and Semantics, volume 13, pages 267–299. Academic Press, 1980.

8066 Murrey Schafer. The Soundscape: Our Sonic Environment and Tuningof the World. Destiny Books, Rochester,VT., 1977.

8067 Schäfer and Weyrath. Retrospective thinking-aloud study of inferencesby firemen about emergency callers. In A. Jameson, C. Paris, andC. Tasso, editors, Proceedings of the Sixth International Conference onUser Modeling (UM97), pages 377–388. Springer, Berlin, June 2-5 1997.(Chia Laguna, Sardinia, Italy).

8068 Roger C. Schank. A Conceptual Dependency Representation for aComputer-Oriented Semantics. PhD thesis, University of Texas, Austin,1969.

8069 Roger C. Schank. Conceptual Dependency: A Theory of Natural Lan-guage Understanding. Cognitive Psychology, 3(4):532–631, 1972.

8070 Roger C. Schank. Causality and Reasoning. Technical Report 1, Insti-tuto per gli Studi Semantici e Cognitivi, Castagnola, Switzerland, 1973.

8071 Roger C. Schank. Conceptual Information Processing. North Holland,Amsterdam, 1975.

8072 Roger C. Schank. Conceptual Information Processing. North Holland,Amsterdam, 1975.

8073 Roger C. Schank. Interestingness: Controlling Inference. Artificial In-telligence, 12(3):273–297, 1979.

8074 Roger C. Schank. Language and Memory. Cognitive Science, 4(3):243–284, 1980.

670

8075 Roger C. Schank. Failure Driven Memory. Cognition and Brain Theory,4:41–60, 1981.

8076 Roger C. Schank. Dynamic Memory: a Theory of Reminding and Learn-ing in Computers and People. Cambridge University Press, New York,1982.

8077 Roger C. Schank. The Explanation Game. Technical Report 307, YaleUniversity Department of Computer Science, 1984.

8078 Roger C. Schank and R. P. Abelson. Scripts, plans and knowledge. InProceedings of the Fourth International Joint Conference on ArtificialIntelligence, volume 1, pages 151–157, Tbilisi, Georgia, USSR, Septem-ber 1975. IJCAI.

8079 Roger C. Schank and R. P. Abelson. Scripts, Plans, Goals and Under-standing. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, New Jersey, 1977.

8080 Roger C. Schank and Lawrence Birnbaum. Memory, Meaning and Syn-tax. In J. Carroll, T. Bever, and L. Miller, editors, Talking Minds: TheStudy of Language in Cognitive Sciences. The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge,MA, 1982. Also Yale Computer Science Technical Report 189.

8081 Roger C. Schank and K. M. Colby. Computer Models of Thought andLanguage. W. H. Freeman and Company, San Francisco, 1973.

8082 Roger C. Schank, G. C. Collins, E. Davis, P. N. Johnson, S. Lytinen,and B. J. Reiser. What’s the Point. Cognitive Science, 6(3):255–276,1982.

8083 Roger C. Schank, Neil Goldman, C. Reiger, and Christopher K. Ries-beck. MARGIE: memory, analysis, response generation and inferencesin English. In Proceedings of IJCAI’73. International Joint Conferenceof Artificial Intelligence, 1973.

8084 Roger C. Schank, Niel Goldman, and Christopher K. Reiger. Inferenceand paraphrase by computer. Journal of the ACM, 22(3):309–328, July1975.

8085 Roger C. Schank and A. Kass. Knowledge representation in people andmachines. In Umberto Eco, M. Santabrogio, and P. Vidli, editors, Mean-ing and mental representations. Indiana University Press, Bloomington,Indiana, 1988.

8086 Roger C. Schank and Janet Kolodner. Retreiving Information from anEpisodic Memory or Why Computers’Memories Should be more likePeople’s. Technical Report 159, Yale University, Department of Com-puter Science, 1979.

671

8087 Roger C. Schank, Janet L. Kolodner, and Gerry F. DeJong. ConceptualInformation Retrieval. Technical Report 190, Yale University Depart-ment of Computer Science, 1980.

8088 Roger C. Schank and Michael Lebowitz. Does a Hippie Own a Hairdrier?Technical Report 144, Yale University Department of Computer Science,1979.

8089 Roger C. Schank and Michael Lebowitz. Levels of Understanding inComputers and People. Poetics, 9(1-3):251–274, 1980.

8090 Roger C. Schank, Michael Lebowitz, and Lawrence Birnbaum. ParsingDirectly into Knowledge Structures. In Proceedings of the Sixth Interna-tional Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 772–777, Tokyo,Japan, 1979. International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence.

8091 Roger C. Schank, Michael Lebowitz, and Lawrence Birnbaum. An Inte-grated Understander. American Journal of Computational Linguistics,6(1):13–30, 1980.

8092 Roger C. Schank and Bonnie L. Nash-Webber. Theoritical Issues in Nat-ural Language Processing: An Inter-Disciplinary Workshop. Associationfor Computational Linguistics, Cambridge, Mass., 1975.

8093 Roger C. Schank and the Yale A.I. Project. SAM-a story understander.Technical Report 43, Yale University, Dept. of Computer Science, 1975.

8094 Roger C. Schank and Christopher K. Riesbeck. Inside Computer Un-derstanding. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, New Jersey, 1981.

8095 Roger C. Schank and L. Tesler. A Conceptual Parser for Natural Lan-guage. In Proceedings of the International Joint Conference on ArtificialIntelligence, Washington, D.C., 1969. International Joint Conference onArtificial Intelligence.

8096 Günther Schanz. Filmsprache und Filmsyntax. In Michael Buselmeier,editor, Das glückliche Bewußtsein: Anleitungen zur materialistischenMedienkritik, pages 80–122. Luchterhand, Darmstadt, 1974.

8097 Meyer Schapiro. On Some Problems in the Semiotics of Visual Art:Field and Vehicle in Image-Signs. Semiotica, 1(3):223–242, 1969.

8098 Meyer Schapiro. Words, script, and pictures: semiotics of visual lan-guage. George Braziller Inc, New York, 2006.

8099 Inga Scharf. Nation and identity in the New German Cinema. Rout-ledge, New York and London, 2008.

8100 Thomas Schatz. Hollywood Genres: Formulas, filmmaking, and the stu-dio System. Temple University Press, Philadelphia, 1981.

672

8101 G. Schatzdorfer. Analyse von Spielfilmen. ???, Berlin, 1978.

8102 Michael Schaudig. Abbildungsvariable: Beschreibungsinventar zur Pro-duktionstechnik von audiovisuellen Medien und ihrer Wahrnehmungs-funktion. In Klaus Kanzog, editor, Einführung in die Filmphilologie,number 4 in diskurs film: Münchener Beiträge zur Filmphilologie, pages163–183. Verlegergemeinschaft Schaudig/Bauer/Ledig, München, 1991.

8103 Holger Schauer and Udo Hahn. Anaphoric cues for coherence relations.In Galia Angelova, Kalina Bontcheva, Ruslan Mitkov, Nicolas Nicolov,and Nikolai Nikolov, editors, Proceedings of the Euroconference RecentAdvances in Natural Language Processing (RANLP-2001), pages 228–234, Tzigov, Bulgaria, September 2001.

8104 Christoph Scheepers. Syntactic priming of relative clause attachments:persistence of structural configuration in sentence production. Cogni-tion, 89:179–205, 2003.

8105 J. Scheffer. The Progressive in English. North-Holland, Amsterdam,1975.

8106 E. A. Schegloff. Notes on a conversational practice: formulating place.In D. Sudnow, editor, Studies in Social Interaction, pages 75–119. TheFree Press, New York, 1972.

8107 E.A. Schegloff. Sequencing in conversational openings. American An-thropologist, 70:1075–1095, 1968.

8108 E.A. Schegloff. On some questions and ambiguities in conversation. InW.U. Dressler, editor, Current Trends in Textlinguistics, pages 81–102.de Gruyter, Berlin, 1978.

8109 E.A. Schegloff. The relevance of repair to syntax-for-conversation. InTalmy Givòn, editor, Syntax and Semantics 12: Discourse and syntax,pages 261–286. Academic Press, New York, 1979.

8110 E.A. Schegloff. Discourse as an interactional achievement: Some uses of’uh huh’ and other things that come between sentences. pages 71–93.Georgetown University Press, Washington, D.C., 1982.

8111 E.A. Schegloff, G. Jefferson, and H. Sacks. The preference for self-correction in the organisation of repair in conversation. Language,53:361–383, 1977.

8112 E.A. Schegloff and H. Sacks. Opening up closings. Semiotica, 8:289–327,1973.

8113 Emanuel A. Schegloff. Practice and Actions: Boundary Cases of Other-Initiated Repair. Discourse Processes, 23:499–545, 1997.

673

8114 G. Scheler and K. Fischer. The Many Functions of Discourse Particles:A Computational Model of Pragmatic Interpretation. In Proceedings ofCogSci 1997, 1997.

8115 J. Schenkein. Studies in the Organisation of Conversational Interaction.Academic Press, New York, 1979.

8116 J. Schenkein. A taxonomy for repeating action sequences in naturalconversation. In B. Butterworth, editor, Language Production. Volume1 : Speech and Talk, pages 21–48. Academic Press, New York, 1980.

8117 K. R. Scherer, editor. Facets of emotion: Recent research. Erlbaum,Hillsdale, NJ, 1988.

8118 G Scheurweghs. Present-day English Syntax. Longman, London.

8119 K. Schibsbye. A Modern English Grammar. Oxford University Press,London, 1965.

8120 S. R. Schiffer. Meaning. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1972.

8121 D. Schiffrin. Approaches to Discourse. Blackwell, Oxford, 1994.

8122 Deborah Schiffrin. Proceedings of the 1984 Georgetown UniversityRoundtable on Linguistics. In Proceedings of the 1984 Georgetown Uni-versity Roundtable on Linguistics, Georgetown, 1985. Georgetown Uni-versity Press.

8123 Deborah Schiffrin. Discourse Markers. Cambridge University Press,Cambridge, 1987.

8124 F. Schilder and T. Tenbrink. Before and after : sentence-internal and-external discourse relations., 2001.

8125 F. Schilder and T. Tenbrink. Before and after: sentence-internal and -external discourse relations. Presented at the Workshop From SentenceProcessing to Discourse Interpretation: Crossing the Borders. Utrecht(The Netherlands), 2-3 July 2001, 2001.

8126 Frank Schilder. Zeit und Sprachgenerierung : Eine Analyse derRepräsentation zeitlichen Wissens aus der Sicht der Sprachgenerierung.Diplomarbeit, Hamburg Univiversity, Fachbereich Informatik, 1993.

8127 Frank Schilder and Thora Tenbrink. The interplay of information struc-ture and the placement of after and before. In Proc. Workshop on In-formation Structure in Context, November 15-16, 2002, 2002.

8128 K. Schill, V. Baier, F. Röhrbein, and W. Brauer. Processing of spatio-temporal structures: a hierarchical neural network model. In G. Baratoffand H. Neumann (and C. Freksa), editors, Proc. in Artificial Intelli-gence, Dynamische Perzeption, pages 223–226. 2000.

674

8129 K. Schill, V. Baier, F. Röhrbein, and W. Brauer. A hierarchical networkmodel for the analyses of human spatio-temporal information process-ing. In B. E. Rogowitz and T. N. Pappas, editors, Human Vision andElectronic Imaging. Proc. SPIE, in press. 2001.

8130 K. Schill, F. Röhrbein, and V. Baier. Spatio-temporal prototypes: someempirical results and modelling concepts. In Proc. of ECVP 2001, Per-ception 30, page 27. 2001.

8131 K. Schill, C. Zetzsche, W. Brauer, A. Eisenkolb, and A. Musto. VisualRepresentation of Spatio-temporal Structure. In B.E. Rogowitz andT.N. Pappas, editors, Human Vision and Electronic Imaging. Proceed-ings of SPIE, 3299, pages 128–138, 1998.

8132 K. Schill, C. Zetzsche, and A. Eisenkolb. Formale Modellierung vonBewegungsabläufen aufgrund psychophysischer Evidenzen, 1996.

8133 K. Schill, C. Zetzsche, and J. Hois. A Belief-Based Architecture forScene Analysis: from Sensorimotor Features to Knowledge and Ontol-ogy. Fuzzy Sets and Systems, 160(10):1507–1516, 2009.

8134 Kerstin Schill, E. Umkehrer, S. Beinich, G. Krieger, and C. Zetzsche.Scene analysis with saccadic eye movements: top-down and bottom-upmodeling. Journal of Electronic Imaging, 10(1):152–160, 2001.

8135 Tony Schirato and Jen Webb. Understanding the visual. Sage Publica-tions, Los Angeles, London, New Delhi, Singapore, 2004.

8136 J. Schirra, G.Bosch, C.-K. Sung, and G. Zimmermann. From ImageSequence to Natural Language: a First Step towards Automatic Per-ception and Description of Motions. VITRA 26, SFB 314 KünstlicheIntelligenz - Wissensbasierte Systeme, University of the Saarland, 1987.

8137 J. Schirra, G.Bosch, C.-K. Sung, and G. Zimmermann. From Image Se-quence to Natural Language: a First Step towards Automatic Perceptionand Description of Motions. Applied Artificial Intelligence, 1:287–305,1987.

8138 Friedrich Von Schlegel. Über die Sprache und Weisheit der Indier. Mohrand Zimmer, Heidelberg, 1808.

8139 I. Schlesinger. Generating Multimodal Output - Conditions, Advantagesand Problems. In COLING-88, 1988.

8140 I. M. Schlesinger. Production and Comprehension of Utterances.Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 1977.

8141 Philip Schlesinger. Putting ‘reality’ together: BBC News (Excerpt). InHoward Tumber, editor, News: a reader, pages 121–133. Oxford Uni-versity Press, Oxford, 1999.

675

8142 I. M. Schlessinger. Cognitive structures and semantic deep structures:the case of the instrumental. Journal of Linguistics, 15:307–324, 1979.

8143 I. M. Schlessinger. Instruments as agents: on the nature of semanticrelations. Journal of Linguistics, 25(1):189–210, March 1989.

8144 I.M. Schlessinger. Production and comprehension of utterances.Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale NJ, 1977.

8145 Sabine Schlickers. Verfilmtes Erzählen. Narratologisch-komparativeUntersuchung zu ’El beso de la mujer araña’ (Manuel Puig/HéctorBabenco) und ’Crónica de una muerte anunciada’ (Gabriel Garc’iaMárquez/Francesco Rosi). Vervuert, Frankfurt am Main, 1997.

8146 Sabine Schlickers. Inversions, transgressions, paradoxes et bizzareries.La métalepse dans les littératures espagnole et française. In JohnPier and J.-M. Schaeffer, editors, Métalepses. Entorse au pacte de lareprésentation, pages 151–166. Editions de l’EHESS, Paris, 2005.

8147 Sabine Schlickers. Focalization, Ocularization and Auricularization inFilm and Literature. In Peter Hühn, Wolf Schmid, and Jörg Schönert,editors, Point of View, Perspective, Focalization: Modeling Mediacy inNarrative, pages 243–248. de Gruyter, Berlin, 2009.

8148 C. Schlieder. Reasoning about ordering. In A. Frank and W. Kuhn,editors, Proceedings of the 3rd Conference on Spatial Information Theory(COSIT), pages 341–349. Springer, Heidelberg, Berlin, 1995.

8149 C. Schlieder. Artikel ’Raum’, ’räumliches Schließen’, ’bildhaftesSchließen’, ’konzeptuelle Nachbarschaft’, ’räumliche Inferenz’, ’mentaleRotation’, ’bildhafte Vorstellung’, ’analoge Wissensrepräsentation’. InG. Strube, B. Bekker, C. Freksa, U. Hahn, and K. Opwis, editors,Wörterbuch der Kognitionswissenschaft. Klett-Cotta, Stuttgart, 1996.

8150 C. Schlieder. Diagrammatic reasoning about Allens’ relations. InP. Olivier et al., editor, AAAI Spring Symposium on Cognitive and Com-putational Models of Spatial Representation, pages 83–92. AAAI Press,Stanford, CA, 1996.

8151 C. Schlieder. Ordering information and symbolic projection. InS.K. Chang et al., editor, Intelligent image database systems, pages 115–140. World Scientific, Singapore, 1996.

8152 C. Schlieder. Qualitative shape representation. In A. Frank, editor, Spa-tial conceptual models for geographic objects with undetermined bound-aries, pages 123–140. Taylor & Francis, London, 1996.

8153 C. Schlieder. Diagrammatic transformation processes on relationalmaps. In M. Anderson et al., editor, AAAI Fall Symposium on Reason-ing with Diagrammatic Representations II, pages 83–92. AAAI Press,Cambridge, MA, 1997.

676

8154 C. Schlieder. Preferred mental models as contexts in reasoning. In Proc.European Conference on Cognitive Science, pages 215–218. 1997.

8155 C. Schlieder. Räumliche Repräsentation im diagrammatischen Schließen.In C. Umbach, M. Grabski, and R. Hörnig, editors, Perspektive inSprache und Raum, Studien zur Kognitionswissenschaft, pages 127–145.Deutscher Universitäts-Verlag, Wiesbaden, 1997.

8156 C. Schlieder. Diagrammatische Repräsentation - Ein algorithmischerZugung mit kognitiven Implikationen, 1998.

8157 C. Schlieder. Two Approaches to Qualitative Spatial Reasoning:Constraint Satisfaction and Model Construction. In U. Schmid andF. Wysotzki, editors, Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches to Spa-tial Inference and the Analysis of Movements(Technical Report, 98-2),pages 25–28. Fakultät für Informatik, Fachbereich Methoden der KI,TU Berlin, Berlin, 1998.

8158 C. Schlieder and B. Berendt. Mental model construction in spatial rea-soning: A comparison of two computational theories. In U. Schmid,J. Krems, and F. Wysocki, editors, Mind modelling: a cognitive scienceapproach to reasoning, learning, and discovery, pages 133–163. PabstScience Publishers, Berlin, 1998.

8159 C. Schlieder and B. Berendt. Mental model construction in spatial rea-soning: A comparison of two computational theories. In U. Schmid,J. Krems, and F. Wysocki, editors, Mind modelling: a cognitive scienceapproach to reasoning, learning, and discovery, pages 133–162. PabstScience Publishers, Berlin, 1998.

8160 C. Schlieder and C. Hagen. Interactive Layout Generation with a Di-agrammatic Constraint Language. In C. Freksa, W. Brauer, C. Habel,and K.F. Wender, editors, Spatial Cognition II - Integrating AbstractTheories, Empirical Studies, Formal Methods, and Practical Applica-tions, pages 198–211. Springer, Berlin, 2000.

8161 C. Schlieder, T. Vögele, and U. Visser. Qualitative Spatial Represen-tation for Information Retrieval by Gazetteers. In Proc. Conference ofSpatial Information Theory (COSIT). 2001.

8162 Christoph Schlieder, Thomas Vögele, and Anke Werner. Location Mod-eling for Intentional Behaviour in Spatial Partonomies. In Proceedingsof the Workshop on Location Modeling for Ubiquitous Computing (Ubi-comp 2001), Atlanta, Georgia, September 30 2001.

8163 Dagmar Schmauks. Übergänge zwischen Text und Bild - eine Typologieambiger Zeichentoken. S - European Journal for Semiotic Studies, 7(3-4):653–668, 1995.

677

8164 S.F. Schmerling. A re-examination of Normal Stress. Language, 50:66–73, 1974.

8165 Monika S. Schmid. Translating the elusive: marked word order and sub-jectivity in English-German translation. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2000.

8166 U. Schmid and F. Wysotzki (Eds.). Qualitative and Quantitative Ap-proaches to Spatial Inference and the Analysis of Movements., 1998.

8167 U. Schmid, D. Hernández, B. Krieg-Brückner, A. Eisenkolb, A. Musto,K. Schill, S. Wiebrock, F. Wysotzki, C. Schlieder, J. Renz, and B. Nebel.Process Control and Planning for Movement in Space: Qualitative andMetric Approaches to Spatial Inference and the Analysis of Movements,1997.

8168 U. Schmid, S. Wiebrock, and F. Wysotzki. Modeling Spatial Inferencesin Text Understanding. In Sean ONuallain, editor, Spatial Cognition.AiCR 26, John Benjamins (Forthcoming). 1998.

8169 U. Schmid and F. Wysotzki. Formalisierung räumlicher mentaler Mod-elle durch Graphen mit Constraints. In A. Schorr, editor, ExperimentellePsychologie, 38. Tagung experimentell arbeitender Psychologen, pages291–292. Pabst Science Publishers, Lengerich, 1996.

8170 U. Schmid and P. Geibel F. Wysotzki. Kontextnutzung bei der au-tomatischen Begriffsbildung und Klassifikation. In B. Mahr, K. Eyferth,R. Posner, and F. Wysotzki, editors, Prinzipien der Kontextualisierung.KIT-Report 141. TU Berlin, Berlin, 1997.

8171 Wolf Schmid. Elemente der Narratologie. Narratologie. De Gruyter,Berlin / New York, 2005.

8172 Wolf Schmid. Narratology. An Introduction. de Gruyter, Berlin andNew York, 2010.

8173 C. F. Schmidt, N. S. Sridharan, and J. L. Goodson. The Plan Recogni-tion Problem: An Intersection of Psychology and Artificial Intelligence.Artificial Intelligence, 11(1-2):45–83, 1978.

8174 Karl-Heinrich Schmidt. Zur chronologischen Syntagmatik von Bewegt-bilddaten (II): Polyspatiale Alternanz. Kodikas/Code: Ars Semeiotica,27(3-4):255–283, 2004.

8175 Karl-Heinrich Schmidt. Zur chronologischen Syntagmatik von Bewegt-bilddaten (III): Deskriptive Syntagmen. Kodikas/Code: Ars Semeiotica,31(3-4):217–270, 2008.

8176 Karl-Heinrich Schmidt and Thomas Strauch. Zur chronologischen Syn-tagmatik von Bewegtbilddaten. Kodikas/Code: Ars Semeiotica, 25(1-2):65–96, 2002.

678

8177 Oliver Schmidt. Leben in gestörten Welten. Der filmische Raum in DavidLynchs Eraserhead, Blue Velvet, Lost Highway und Inland Empire.2008.

8178 Oliver Schmidt. Die räumliche Wahrnehmung von Wirklichkeit. DreiAnmerkungen zum Verhälthnis von filmischer Repräsentation undZuschauer. Rabbit Eye - Zeitschrift für Filmforschung, 2:28–53, 2010.

8179 Oliver Schmidt. Editorial: Der filmische Raum. Rabbit Eye - Zeitschriftfür Filmforschung, 2:1–3, 2010.

8180 M. Schmidt-Schauß and G. Smolka. Attributive concept descriptionswith complements. Artificial Intelligence, 48(1):1–26, 1991.

8181 Thomas Schmidt, Susan Duncan, Oliver Ehmer, Jeffrey Hoyt, MichaelKipp, Dan Loehr, Magnus Magnusson, Travis Rose, and Han Sloetjes.An exchange format for multimodal annotations. In Michael Kipp, Jean-Claude Martin, Patrizia Paggio, and Dirk Heylen, editors, Multimodalcorpora, pages 207–221. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2009.

8182 Torben Schmidt. Christopher Nolan’s Memento - Anal-ysis of the narrative structure of a neo-noirish revengefilm. The Unofficial Christopher Nolan Website, pagehttp://www.christophernolan.net/files/narrativeMementoSchmidt.pdf.,2003.

8183 Hedda Schmidtke, Ladina Tschander, Carola Eschenbach, and Christo-pher Habel. Change of orientation. In Emile van der Zee and Jon Slack,editors, Representing direction in language and space, Explorations inlanguage and space, chapter 9, pages 166–190. Oxford University Press,Oxford, 2003.

8184 H.R Schmidtke. Ein formaler Ansatz für die relative Lokalisierung aus-gedehnter Objekte in 2-dimensionalen Layouts, 1999.

8185 J. Schmied and H. Schäffler. Approaching Translationese through Par-allel and Translation Corpora. In C.E. Percy, C.F. Meyer, and I. Lan-caster, editors, Synchronic Corpus Linguistics. Rodopi, 1996.

8186 Anneliese Schmitt. Zum Verhältnis von Bild und Text in der Erzäh-lliteratur während der ersten Jahrzehnte nach der Erfindung des Buch-drucks. In Wolfgang Harms, editor, Text und Bild, Bild und Text: DFG-Symposion 1988, pages 168–182. J.B. Metzlersche Verlagsbuchhandlung,Stuttgart, 1990.

8187 Birthe Schmitz, Susanne Preuss, and Christa Hauenschild. Tex-trepräsentation und Hintergrundwissen für die Anaphernresolution imMaschinellen Übersetzungssytem KIT-Fast, KIT-Report 93. TechnicalReport, TU Berlin, Berlin, 1991.

679

8188 J. G. Schmolze and David L. Israel. KL-ONE: Semantics and Classi-fication. In Candace L. Sidner et al., editors, Research in KnowledgeRepresentation for Natural Language Understanding – Annual Report,1 September 1982 - 31 August 1983, pages 27–39. Bolt, Beranek andNewman, Cambridge, MA, 1983. BBN Laboratories Report No. 5421.

8189 James G. Schmolze and Ronald J. Brachman. Proceedings of the 1981KL-ONE Workshop. Technical Report 618, Fairchild Corporation, May1982.

8190 Hasko Schneider. Zur Theorie der Filmsprache bei Jan Marie Peters.In Die Einstellung als Größe einer Filmsemiotik, number 7 in papmaks,pages 19–30. MAKS (Münsteraner Arbeitskreis for Semiotik) Publika-tionen, Münster, 1978.

8191 Hasko Schneider. Zur Theorie der Filmsprache bei Jan Marie Peters. InDie Einstellung als Größe einer Filmsemiotik. Zur Ikontheorie des Film-bildes, number 7 in Papiere des Münsteraner Arbeitskreises für Semiotik,pages 10–20. MAkS Publikationen, 1978.

8192 Irmela Schneider. Der verwandelte Text. Wege zu einer Theorie derLiteraturverfilmung. Number 4 in Medien in Forschung + Unterricht:Series A. Max Niemayer, Tübingen, 1981.

8193 Irmela Schneider. Genre, Gender Medien. Eine historische Skizze undein beobachtungstheoretischer Vorschlag. In Claudia Liebrand and InesSteiner, editors, Hollywood hybrid: Genre und Gender im zeitgenössis-chen Mainstream-Film, pages 16–28. Schüren, Marburg, 2004.

8194 Irmela Schneider. Genre und Gender. Zur Interdependenz zweierLeitkonzepte der Filmwissenschaft. In Claudia Liebrand and InesSteiner, editors, Hollywood hybrid: Genre und Gender im zeitgenös-sischen Mainstream-Film, pages 29–44. Schüren, Marburg, 2004.

8195 Kristina Schneider. The emergence and development of headlines in En-glish newspapers. In Friedrich Ungerer, editor, English Media Texts pastand present: language and textual structure, pages 45–66. Benjamins,Amsterdam, 2000.

8196 L.F. Schneider and Holly A. Taylor. How do you get there from here?Mental representations of route descriptions. Applied Cognitive Psychol-ogy, 13:415–441, 1999.

8197 Luc Schneider. Designing Foundational Ontologies. The Object-Centered High-level Reference Ontology OCHRE as a Case Study. In ER2003 - 22nd International Conference on Conceptual Modeling, 2003.

8198 Luc Schneider. Foundational Ontologies and the Realist Bias. In Work-shop on Reference Ontologies vs. Applications Ontologies, 26th GermanConference on Artificial Intelligence (KI 2003), 2003.

680

8199 Luc Schneider. How to Build a Foundational Ontology. The Object-Centered High-level Reference Ontology OCHRE. In KI 2003 - 26thGerman Conference on Artificial Intelligence, 2003.

8200 Luc Schneider. How to Build a Foundational Ontology: The Object-Centered High-level Reference Ontology OCHRE. In Proceedings of the2003 meeting of the German Conference on Artificial Intelligence, 2003.

8201 Luc Schneider and Jim Cunningham. Ontological Foundations of Nat-ural Language Communication in Multiagent Systems. In 7th Inter-national Conference on Knowledge-Based Intelligent Information andEngineering Systems, 2003.

8202 Markus Schnell. Umsetzung semantischer Konzepte in natürlicheSprache. In Rüdiger Hoffmann, editor, Proceedings of the 13. Elek-tronische Sprachsignalverarbeitung Konferenz (ESSV 2002, Dresden),Dresden, 2002.

8203 H. Schnelle. Phenomenological analysis of language and its applicationto time and tense. In H. Parret, M. Sbisa, and J Verscheuren, edi-tors, Possibilities and Limitations of Pragmatics, pages 631–656. JohnBenjamins B.V., Amsterdam, 1981. Conference on Pragmatics, Urbino,July8-14, 1979.

8204 Bernt Schnettler and Hubert Knoblauch, editors. PowerPoint-Präsentationen. Neue Formen der gesellschaftlichen Kommunikationsvon Wissen. UVK Verlagsgesellschaft mbH, Konstanz, 2007.

8205 Johannes Schnitzer. Kohärenzbeziehungen zwischen verbalen undbildlichen Elementen in politischen Graffiti. SB, 15(2):113–130, 1991.

8206 Johannes Schnitzer. Wort und Bild. Die Rezeption semiotisch komplexerTexte. Dargestellt anhand einer Analyse politischer "Pintadas". WienerRomanistische Arbeiten. Braumüller, Wien, 1994.

8207 W. Schnotz. Towards an integrated view of learning from text and visualdisplays. Educational Psychology Review, 14(1):101–120, 2002.

8208 W. Schnotz and T. Rasch. Enabling, facilitating and inhibiting effectsof animations in multimedia learning: why reduction of cognitive loadcan have negative effects on learning. Educational Technology Researchand Development, 53(3):47–58, 2005.

8209 Michael Schober. Spatial Dialogue between Partners with MismatchedAbilities. In Kenny Coventry, Thora Tenbrink, and John Bateman,editors, Spatial Language and Dialogue, pages 23–39. Oxford UniversityPress, 2009.

8210 Michael F. Schober. Spatial perspective taking in conversation. Cogni-tion, 47(1):1–24, 1993.

681

8211 Michael F. Schober. Speakers, addressees, and frames of reference:Whose effort is minimized in conversations about locations? DiscourseProcesses, 20:219–247, 1995.

8212 Michael F. Schober. How addressees affect spatial perspective choice indialogue. In Patrick L. Olivier and Klaus-Peter Gapp, editors, Repre-sentation and processing of spatial expressions, pages 231–245. LawrenceErlbaum Associates, Mahwah, New Jersey, 1998.

8213 Michael F. Schober and S.E. Brennan. Processes of interactive spokendiscourse: The role of the partner. In A.C. Graesser, M.A. Gernsbacher,and S.R. Goldman, editors, Handbook of Discourse Processes. LawrenceErlbaum Associates, Mahwah, NJ, 2003.

8214 Michael F. Schober, F.G. Conrad, and S.S. Fricker. Misunderstandingstandardized language in research interviews. Applied Cognitive Psy-chology, 18:169–188, 2004.

8215 Julia Schoderer. Inszenierung des Schreckens intermedial: filmischeAdaptionen vormoderner Literatur im Kontext der Jahrhundertwende.In Christian Meierhofer and Eric Scheufler, editors, Turns und Trendsder Literaturwissenschaft: Literatur, Kultur und Wissenschaft zwischenNachmärz und Jahrhundertwende im Blickfeld aktueller Theoriebildung,pages 264–284. germanistik.ch, Zürich, 2011.

8216 Peter Schofer and Donald Rice. Metaphor, metonymy, and synecdocherevis(it)ed. Semiotica, 21(1-2):121–150, 1977.

8217 F. Schönherr, J. Hertzberg, and W. Burgard. Probabilistic mapping ofunexpected objects by a mobile robot. In Proc. of the IEEE/RSJ Inter-national Conference on Intelligent Robots and Systems (IROS). 1998.

8218 M. Schorlemmer and Y. Kalfoglou. Progressive Ontology Alignmentfor Meaning Coordination: An Information-Theoretic Foundation. InProceedings of the 4th International Conference on Autonomous Agentsand Multi-Agent Systems (AAMAS’05), Utrecht, Holland, pages 737–744, jul 2005.

8219 A. T. Schreiber, B. J. Wielinga, and W. H. J. Jansweijer. The KACTUSview on the ‘O’ word. In Proceedings of the IJCAI Workshop on BasicOntological Issues in Knowledge Sharing, 1995.

8220 Peter Schreiber. Bildlogik. In Klaus Sachs-Hombach, editor, Bildwis-senschaft zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung, pages 13–32. Herbert vonHalem Verlag, Köln, 2005.

8221 Heribert Schriefers. Lexical and conceptual factors in the naming ofrelations. Cognitive Psychology, 22:111–142, 1990.

682

8222 Deborah Schriffin. Discourse Markers. Cambridge University Press,Cambridge, 1987.

8223 D. Schriffrin. Tense variation in narrative. Language, 57(1):45–62, 1981.

8224 Karen A. Schriver. Dynamics in document design: creating texts forreaders. John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1997.

8225 L. Schröder and T. Mossakowski. HasCASL: Towards integrated speci-fication and development of Haskell programs, 0.

8226 L. Schröder, T. Mossakowski, P. Hoffman, B. Klin, and A. Tarlecki.Semantics of architectural specifi-ca-tions in CASL. In H. Hußmann,editor, Fundamental Approaches to Software Engineering. Lecture Notesin Computer Science 2029, pages 253–268. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg,2001.

8227 Lutz Schröder and Till Mossakowski. HasCASL: Integrated Higher-Order Specification and Program Development. Theoretical ComputerScience, 410(12-13):1217–1260, 2009.

8228 M. Schröder and J. Trouvain. The German text-to-speech synthesissystem MARY: A tool for research, development and teaching. Interna-tional Journal of Speech Technology, 6:365–377, 2003.

8229 Marc Schröder and Jürgen Trouvain. The German Text-to-Speech Syn-thesis System MARY: A Tool for Research, Development and Teaching.In Proceedings of the 4th ISCA Workshop on Speech Synthesis, BlairAtholl, Scotland, 2001.

8230 L.K. Schubert, R. Goebel, and N.J. Cercone. The structure and orga-nization of a semantic net for comprehension and inference. In N. V.Findler, editor, Associative Networks:Representation and use of knowl-edge by computers. Academic Press, New York, 1979.

8231 Michael Schudson. Discovering the news: a social history of AmericanNewspapers (excerpt). In Howard Tumber, editor, News: a reader, pages291–296. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1999.

8232 D. Schulz, W. Burgard, and D. Fox. Tracking multiple moving targetswith a mobile robot using particle filters and statistical data associ-ation. In Proc. of the IEEE International Conference on Robotics &Automation (ICRA). 2001.

8233 Stefan Schulz and Udo Hahn. Mereotopological reasoning about partsand (w)holes in bio-ontologies. In Christopher Welty and Barry Smith,editors, Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference on Formal On-tology in Information Systems, pages 210–221, New York, 2001. ACMPress.

683

8234 Stefan Schulz and Udo Hahn. Necessary parts and wholes in bio-ontologies. In D. Fensel, F. Giunchiglia, D. McGuinness, and M.-A.Williams, editors, Proceedings of Principles of Knowledge Representa-tion and Reasoning: Proceedings of the 8th International Conference(KR2002), pages 387–394, San Francisco, CA, April 22-25 2001. Mor-gan Kaufmann.

8235 Stefan Schulz, Udo Hahn, and Martin Romacker. Modeling anatomi-cal spatial relations with description logics. In J.M. Overhage, editor,AMIA-2000 - Proceedings of the annual symposium of the AmericanMedical Informatics Association. Converging Information, Technologyand Health Care, pages 779–783, Philadelphia, PA, 2000. Hanley andBelfus.

8236 R.L. Schum and A.B. Sivan. Verbal abilities in healthy elderly adults.Applied Neuropsychology, 4(2):130–134, 1997.

8237 S: Schumacher, K.F. Wender, and R. Rothkegel. Influences of Contexton Memory of Routs. In C. Freksa, W. Brauer, C. Habel, and K.F.Wender, editors, Spatial Cognition II - Integrating Abstract Theories,Empirical Studies, Formal Methods, and Practical Applications, pages348–362. Springer, Berlin, 2000.

8238 Ethel Schuster. Explaining and Expounding. Technical Report TechnicalReport MS-CIS-82-49, University of Pennsylvania, 1982.

8239 Ethel Schuster. Custom-Made Responses: Maintaining and Updatingthe User Model. Technical Report ms-83-13, Unversity of Pennsylvania,Department of Computer and Information Science, September 1983.

8240 Niels Schütte. Generating Natural Language Descriptions of OntologyConcepts. In Proceedings of the 12th European Workshop on NaturalLanguage Generation (ENLGW), pages 106–109. Association for Com-putational Linguistics, 2009.

8241 Alfred Schutz and Luckmann Thomas. The Structures of the Life-World.North Western University Press, Evanston, 1973.

8242 Heribert Schütz and Dietmar Zaefferer. Eine linguistische Wissens-bank. Technical Report PMS-FB-1996-17, Institut für Informatik, Lud-wig Maximillians Universität München, November 1996.

8243 Jörg Schütz. European Research and Development in Machine Trans-lation. MT News International, 15:8–11, October 1996. (Newsletter ofthe International Association for Machine Translation).

8244 Jörg Schütz. Intelligent web-based information services. In C. D.Spyropoulos, editor, Proceedings of the MULSAIC’96 Workshop atECAI’96, Budapest, Hungary, 1996.

684

8245 Jörg F. L. Schütz. Towards a framework for knowledge-based transla-tion. In Proceedings of 13th German Workshop on Artificial Intelligence.Springer, 1989. Also available as IAI/Eurotra-D Working Paper No. 10,Saarbrücken.

8246 Martin Schüwer. Erzählen in Comics: Bausteine einer PlurimedialenErzähltheorie. In Erzähltheorie transgenerisch, intermedial, interdiszi-plinär, pages 185–216. WVT, Trier, 2002.

8247 S. Schwan, B. Garsoffky, and F.W. Hesse. Do film cuts faciliate theperceptual and cognitive organisation of activity sequences? Memoryand Cognition, 28(2):214–223, 2000.

8248 Stephan Schwan and Sermin Ildirar. Watching Film for the First Time: How Adult Viewers Interpret Perceptual Discontinuities in Film. Psy-chological Science, 2010.

8249 Jörg Schweinitz. Zur Erzählforschung in der Filmwissenschaft. InEberhard Lämmert, editor, Die erzählerische Dimension. Eine Gemein-samkeit der Künste, pages 73–87. Adademie-Verlag, Berlin, 1996.

8250 Jörg Schweinitz. Von Filmgenres, Hybridformen und goldenen Nägeln.In Jan Sellmer and Hans J. Wulff, editors, Film und Psychologie –nach der kognitiven Phase?, Schriftreihe der Gesellschaft für Medien-wissenschaft, pages 79–92. Schüren Verlag, Marburg, 2002.

8251 Jörg Schweinitz. Die Ambivalenz des Augenscheins am Ende einer Af-färe. Über Unzuverlässiges Erzählen, doppelte Fokalisierung und die Ko-präsenz narrativer Instanzen im Film. In Fabienne Liptay and YvonneWolf, editors, Was stimmt den jetzt? Unzuverlässiges Erzählen in Lit-eratur und Film, pages 89–106. edition text + kritik, München, 2005.

8252 Jörg Schweinitz. Multiple Logik filmischer Perspektivierungen.Fokalisierung, narrative Instanz und wahnsinnige Liebe. montage av.Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation,16(1):83–100, 2007.

8253 K. Schweizer. Das sprachliche Lokalisieren. In T. Herrmann andJ. Grabowski, editors, Psychologie der Sprachproduktion (Enzyklopädieder Psychologie, ThemenbereichC: Theorie und Forschung, Serie III:Sprache, Bd 1). Hogrefe, Göttingen, 0.

8254 K. Schweizer. Der Richtungseffekt beim Routenwissen: Priming-Verfahren und Cued-recall. In E. van der Meer, T. Bachmann, R. Beyer,C. Goertz, H. Hagendorf, B. Kruse, W.Sommer, H. Wandtke, andM. Zießler, editors, Experimentelle Psychologie, page 220. Pabst SciencePublishers, Lengerich, 1997.

685

8255 K. Schweizer, T. Herrmann, G. Janzen, and S. Katz. The route directioneffect and its constraints. In C. Freksa, C. Habel, and K.F. Wender, edi-tors, Spatial Cognition I - An interdisciplinary approach to representingand processing spatial knowledge, pages 19–38. Springer, Berlin, 1998.

8256 K. Schweizer, T. Herrmann, S. Katz, G. Janzen, and G. Trendler.Überblick und Seitenblick. Untersuchungen zum Distanzschätzen, 1999.

8257 K. Schweizer and S. Katz. Zum Zusammenhang von Richtungseffektund Ankereffekt: Folgt die Beschreibung einer räumlicher Anordnungder Organisation des mentalen Modells? In A. Schorr, editor, Exper-imentelle Psychologie, 38. Tagung experimentell arbeitender Psycholo-gen, pages 309–310. Pabst Science Publishers, Lengerich, 1996.

8258 K. Schweizer, S. Katz, G. Janzen, and T. Herrmann. Route knowledgeand the effect of route direction: a comparison of priming and cuedrecall, 1997.

8259 K. Schweizer, M. Paechter, and B. Weidenmann. Notwendige Merk-male von Agenten in virtuellen Lernumgebungen aus Rezipientensicht.In B. Jung, J.T. Milde, and T. Uthmann, editors, Intelligente VirtuelleUmgebungen. Report 1999/04. ISSN 0946-7572, pages 14–21. Univer-sität Bielefeld, Bielefeld, 1999.

8260 K. Schweizer, M. Paechter, and B. Weidenmann. Einsatz tutoriellerHandlungen in virtuellen Lernumgebungen. In F. Scheuermann, edi-tor, Campus2000. Lernen in neuen Organisationsformen, pages 355–364. Waxmann, Münster, 2000.

8261 Räumliche oder zeitliche Wissensorganisation? Zur mentalen Repräsen-tation der Blickpunktsequenz bei räumlichen Anordnungen, 1997.

8262 Angela Schwering. Evaluation of a Semantic Similarity Measure for Nat-ural Language Spatial Relations. In Conference on Spatial InformationTheory (COSIT07), number 4736 in Lecture Notes in Computer Science,pages 116–132, Berlin, 2007. Springer.

8263 A. Scivos and B. Nebel. Double-Crossing: Decidability and Computa-tional Complexity of a Qualitative Calculus for Navigation. In Proc.COSIT-2001. Springer, 2001.

8264 R. Scollon. Conversations with a one year old: A case study of the de-velopmental foundation of syntax. University of Hawaii Press, Honolulu,Hawaii, 1976.

8265 R. Scollon. A real early stage: an unzippered condensation of a disser-tation on child language. In E. Ochs and B. Schieffelin, editors, Devel-opmental Pragmatics. Academic Press, New York, 1979.

686

8266 R. Scollon. The rhythmic integration of ordinary talk. pages 335–349.Georgetown University Press, Washington, D.C., 1982.

8267 Ron Scollon and Suzie Scollon. Discourses in Place: Language in theMaterial World: Reading and Writing in One Community. Routledge,London, 2003.

8268 A. C. Scott, W. J. Clancey, R. Davis, and E. H. Shortliffe. Methods forGenerating Explanations. In B. Buchanan and E. H. Shortliffe, editors,Rule-Based Expert Systems. Addison-Wesley, 1984.

8269 Donia Scott. The Multilingual Generation Game: authoring fluenttexts in unfamiliar languages. In Proceedings of the 16th InternationalJoint Conference on Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI’99), pages 1407–1411,Stockholm, Sweden, 1999. International Joint Conferences on ArtificialIntelligence.

8270 Donia Scott and Clarisse Sieckenius de Souza. Getting the messageacross in RST-based generation. In Robert Dale, Chris Mellish, andMichael Zock, editors, Current research in Natural Language Genera-tion, pages 47–73. Academic Press, London, 1991.

8271 Donia Scott and Roger Evans. Multilingual Document Managementwithout Translation. ELSNEWS: The newsletter of the European Net-work in Language and Speech, 7(1):2–3, February 1998.

8272 Donia Scott and Richard Power. Generating textual diagrams and dia-grammatic text. In Harry Bunt and Robbert-Jan Beun, editors, Coop-erative Multimodal Communication, Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelli-gence. Springer, Berlin, 2001.

8273 Donia R. Scott and Clarisse Sieckenius de Souza. Getting the messageacross: a computational grammar of text. Technical Report, PhilipReseach Laboratories and Departamento de Informática, PUC, Redhill,England and Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 1989.

8274 Donia R. Scott and Clarisse Sieckenius de Souza. Getting the messageacross in RST-based Text generation. In Robert Dale, Christopher S.Mellish, and M. Zock, editors, Current Research in Natural LanguageGeneration. Academic Press, 1990. Paper presented at the 1989 Euro-pean Natural Language Generation Workshop, Edinburgh, April.

8275 D.R. Scott, R. Power, and R Evans. Generation as a Solution to its ownProblem. In Proceedings of the Ninth International Workshop on Natu-ral Language Generation, pages 256–265, Niagara-on-the-Lake, Ontario,1998.

8276 F. S. Scott, C. C. Bowley, C. S. Brocket, J. G. Brown, and P. R. God-dard. English Grammar: A Linguistic Study of its Classes and Struc-tures. Heineman Educational Books, London, 1968.

687

8277 Gregory W. Scragg. Semantic Nets as Memory Models. In EugeneCharniak and Yorick Wilks, editors, Computational Semantics. North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1976.

8278 S. Scribner. Modes of thinking and ways of speaking: culture and logicreconsidered. In R. O. Freedle, editor, Discourse Processes: Advancesin Research and Theory. Volume 2: New Directions in Discourse Pro-cessing, pages 223–243. Ablex, Norwood, New Jersey, 1979.

8279 J. Searle. Speech Acts: An Essay in the Philosophy of Language. Cam-bridge University Press, Cambridge, England, 1969.

8280 J. Searle. Searle’s reply to Habermas. In E. Lepore and R. Van Gulick,editors, John Searle and his Critics, pages 89–96. Blackwell, Cambridge,MA, 1991.

8281 J. R. Searle. Speech Acts: An Essay in the Philosophy of Language.Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1969.

8282 J. R. Searle. A taxonomy of illocutionary acts. In K. Gunderson, editor,Language, Mind and Knowledge, pages 344–369. University of MinnesotaPress, Minneapolis, 1975.

8283 J. R. Searle. Indirect speech acts. In P. Cole and J. L. Morgan, editors,Speech Acts, volume 3 of Syntax and Semantics, pages 59–82. AcademicPress, 1975.

8284 John R. Searle. A classification of illocutionary acts. Language in Soci-ety, 5:1–23, 1976.

8285 John R. Searle. What Is an Intentional State? Mind, 88:72–94, 1979.

8286 John R. Searle. Minds, Brains, and Programs. Behavioral and BrainSciences, 3:417–424, 1980. Reprinted in Haugeland, John (ed.)(1981)Mind Design, pp282-306.

8287 John R. Searle. The Intentionality of Intention and Action. CognitiveScience, 4:47–70, 1980.

8288 John R. Searle. The construction of social reality. The Free Press, NewYork, 1995.

8289 John R. Searle and Daniel Vanderveken. Foundations of IllocutionaryLogic. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1984.

8290 T.A. Seboek, editor. Style in Language. MIT Press, Cambridge, 1960.

8291 Petie Sefton. State-potentials and social subjects in systemic-functionaltheory: towards a computational socio-semiotics. PhD thesis, Depart-ment of Linguistics, Sydney University, 1995.

688

8292 Petie M. Sefton. Making Plans for Nigel (or Defining interfaces betweencomputational representations of linguistic structure and output sys-tems: Adding intonation, punctuation and typography systems to thepenman system). Technical Report, Linguistic Department, Univer-sity of Sydney, Sydney, Australia, November 1990. Bachelor’s HonoursThesis.

8293 M. Seidenberg and M. Tanenhaus. Psychological constraints on gram-mars: On trying to put the real back into psychological reality. InChicago Linguistic Society, volume 13, pages 555–567. 1977.

8294 Ellen Seiter. Semiotics, structuralism and television. In Channels ofdiscourse, reassembled: : televison and contemporary criticism, pages31–66. Routledge, London, 1992.

8295 W.J. Seiter. Subject/Direct object raising in Niuean. In Berkeley Lin-guistics Society, volume 4, pages 211–222. 1978.

8296 W.J. Seiter. Instrumental Advancement in Niuean. Linguistic Inquiry,10, 1979.

8297 Yusaki Seki. Using lists to improve text access: The role of layout inreading. Visible Language, 34(8):280–295, 2000.

8298 Satoshi Sekine, Sofia Ananiadou, Jeremy Carroll, and Jun-ichi Tsu-jii. Linguistic knowledge generator. In Proceedings of the 14th. Inter-national Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING 92), vol-ume 2, pages 560–566, Nantes, France, 1994.

8299 J. Self. Computer Generation of Sentences by Systemic Grammar.American Journal of Computational Linguistics, 1975.

8300 M. Selfridge. A Process Model of Language Acquisition. TechnicalReport 172, Yale University Department of Computer Science, 1980.

8301 Mark Seligman. Generating Discourses from Networks Using anInheritance-based Grammar. PhD thesis, Department of Linguistics,University of California at Berkeley, 1991.

8302 Elisabeth Selkirk. Phonology and Syntax. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA,1984.

8303 E.O. Selkirk. The role of prosodic categories in English word stress.Linguistic Inquiry, 11, 1980.

8304 Wilfrid S. Sellars. Science, perception and reality. Routlege, London,1963.

8305 Jan Sellmer and Hans J. Wulff, editors. Film und Psychologie – nach derkognitiven Phase?. Schriftreihe der Gesellschaft für Medienwissenschaft.Schüren Verlag, Marburg, 2002.

689

8306 Paul Sellors. Collective Authorship in Film. The Journal of Aestheticsand Art Criticism, 65:263–271, 2007.

8307 Peter Sells. Lectures on contemporary syntactic theories. Center ofthe Study of Language and Information, Stanford, 1985. CSLI LectureNotes.

8308 Margaret Selting. Phonologie der Intonation: Probleme bisheriger Mod-elle und Konsequenzen einer neuen interpretiv-phonologischen Analyse.Zeitschrift für Sprachwissenschaft, 11(1):99–138, 1993.

8309 Margaret Selting. The construction of units in conversational talk. Lan-guage in Society, 29:477–517, 2000.

8310 Stephanie Seneff. TINA: a natural language system for spoken languageapplications. Computational Linguistics, 18(1):61–86, March 1992.

8311 Janne Seppänen, editor. The power of the gaze: an introduction to visualliteracy. Peter Lang, New York, 2006.

8312 Luciano Serafini, Alex Borgida, and Andrei Tamilin. Aspects of Dis-tributed and Modular Ontology Reasoning. In Proceedings of the Nine-teenth International Joint Conference On Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI-05), pages 570–575, Edinburgh, Scotland, 2005. International Joint Con-ferences on Artificial Intelligence.

8313 Gilles Sérasset. Interlingual lexical organisation for multilingual lexicaldatabases in NADIA. In Proceedings of the 15th. International Con-ference on Computational Linguistics (COLING 94), volume I, pages278–282, Kyoto, Japan, 1994.

8314 A. Sernadas, C. Sernadas, C. Caleiro, and T. Mossakowski. Categoricalfibring of logics with terms and binding operators. In D. Gabbay andM. de Rijke, editors, Frontiers of Combining Systems 2. Studies in Logicand Computation, pages 295–316. Research Studies Press, 2000.

8315 Neven Sesardic. Gattaca. In Paisley Livingston and Carl Plantinga,editors, The Routledge Companion to Philosophy and Film, chapter 59,pages 641–649. Routledge, London and New York, 2009.

8316 Alexander Sesonske. Cinema space. In D. Carr and E. Casey, editors, Ex-plorations in phenomenology, pages 399–409. Nijhoff, The Hague, 1973.

8317 Roger Sessions. Problems and issues facing the composer today. TheMusical Quarterly, 46(2):159–171, April 1960.

8318 Roger Sessions. Problems and issues facing the composer today. In P.H.Lang, editor, Problems of modern music, pages ??–?? W.W. Norton andCo. Inc., New York, 1962.

690

8319 Robin Setton. Simultaneous Interpretation: A Cognitive-PragmaticAnalysis. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1999.

8320 Pieter A.M. Seuren. Western Linguistics: an historical introduction.Blackwell, Oxford, 1998.

8321 Werner J. Severin and James W. Tankard. Communication Theories:Origins, Methods and Uses in the Mass Media. Addison Wesley Long-man, 5 edition, 2009.

8322 Inanc Seylan, Enrico Franconi, and Jos de Bruijn. Effective QueryRewriting with Ontologies over DBoxes. In Proceedings of the 21st In-ternational Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI09). AAAIPress, 2009.

8323 SFB-360. Bielefeld Corpus. http://www.sfb360.uni-bielefeld.de., 2000.

8324 Petr Sgall, Eva Hajičová, and J. Panevová. The Meaning of the Sentencein Its Semantic and Pragmatic Aspects. Reidel Publishing Company,Dordrecht, 1986.

8325 N. M. Sgouros. Dynamic Generation, Management and Resolution ofInteractive Plots. Artificial Intelligence, 107(1):29–62, 1999.

8326 Nigel Shadbolt, Kieron O’Hara, and Guus Schreiber, editors. Advancesin Knowledge Acquisition. Number 1076 in Lecture Notes in ArtificialIntelligence. Springer, Berlin, 1996. (Proceedings of the 9th. EuropeanKnowledge Acquisition Workshop, EKAW ’96, Nottingham, UK, May1996).

8327 M. Shafto. The Space for Case. Journal of Verbal Learning and VerbalBehavior, 15:551–562, 1973.

8328 Tim Shallice. The Language-to-Object Perception Interface: Evidencefrom Neuropsychology. In Paul Bloom, Mary A. Peterson, Lynn Nadel,and Merrill F. Garrett, editors, Language and Space, pages 493–530.MIT Press, Cambride, MA, 1999.

8329 Mehrnoush Shamsfard. Learning Ontologies from Natural LanguageTexts. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 60:17–63,Jan 2004.

8330 J.G. Shanahan, Y. Qu, and J. Wiebe, editors. Computing attitude andaffect in text. Springer, Berlin, 2005.

8331 Gary Shank. The semiotic dynamics of navigating the net.Electronic Journal on Virtual Culture, 1, 1993. (Available at:http://metalab.unc.edu/pub/academic/communications/papers/ejvc/SHANK.V1N1).

8332 Mary Ellen Shankland. Factivity from a discourse perspective. Linguis-tic Notes from La Jolla, (10):20–32, 1981.

691

8333 B. Shannon. Where Questions. In Proceedings of the ACL-79. Associa-tion of Computational Linguistics, 1979.

8334 C. Shannon and W. Weaver. The mathematical theory of communica-tion. University of Illinois Press, Urbana, Illinois, 1949.

8335 S. Shapiro. Generalized Augmented Transition Network Grammars forGeneration from Semantic Networks. American Journal of Computa-tional Linguistics, 8(1), 1982.

8336 S. C. Shapiro. Generalized augmented transition network grammars forgeneration from semantic networks. In Proceedings of the SeventeenthMeeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 25–29,August 1979.

8337 Stuart C. Shapiro. Generation as Parsing from a Network into a Lin-ear String. In Association for Computational Linguistics: ThirteenthAnnual Meeting. Indiana University, ACL, October 1975.

8338 Stuart C. Shapiro. Representing and locating deduction rules in a se-mantic network. SIGART Newsletter, 63:14–18, 1977.

8339 Stefan Sharff. The elements of cinema: towards a theory of cinestheticimpact. Columbia University Press, New York, 1982.

8340 S. Sharoff. An application of object-oriented programming for linguisticmodelling. In Proc. of the international workshop DIALOGUE’95, pages332–339. Kazan, 1995. (in Russian).

8341 Serge Sharoff. Phenomenology and cognitive science. The Stanford Hu-manities Review, 4(2):190–206, 1995.

8342 Serge Sharoff. Lexis: between the Grammar and the Domain Model. InA. Melby and A. Lommel, editors, Selected papers presented at the 26thLACUS Forum, pages 369–380. LACUS, Chapel Hill, NC, 2000.

8343 Serge Sharoff. Meaning as use: exploitation of aligned corpora for thecontrastive study of lexical semantics. In Proc. of Language Resourcesand Evaluation Conference (LREC02), pages 447–452, May 2002. LasPalmas, Spain.

8344 Serge Sharoff. Comparable corpora and corpus exploration tools, 2003.

8345 Serge Sharoff. Predstavitel’nyj corpus russkogo jazyka v kontekstemirovogo opyta. NTI, series 2, (5):8–19, 2003.

8346 Serge Sharoff. The Russian Frequency List, 2003.

8347 Serge Sharoff. Methods and tools for development of the Russian Refer-ence Corpus. In D. Archer, A. Wilson, and P. Rayson, editors, CorpusLinguistics Around the World. Rodopi, Amsterdam, 2004.

692

8348 Serge Sharoff. The lexicographical database of size adjectives, verbs ofmotion and emotion words in English, German and Russian, 2004.

8349 Serge Sharoff and Lena Sokolova. Contrastive analysis of software man-uals. In C. D. Spyropoulos, editor, Proceedings of the MULSAIC’96Workshop at ECAI’96, Budapest, Hungary, 1996.

8350 Serge Sharoff and Lena Sokolova. Contrastive analysis of software man-uals. In Proc. MULSAIC’96, workshop at ECAI’96, pages 57–60, 1996.

8351 Serge Sharoff, Zhili Wu, and Katja Markert. The Web Library of Babel:evaluating genre collections. In Nicoletta Calzolari, Khalid Choukri,Bente Maegaard, Joseph Mariani, Jan Odijk, Stelios Piperidis, MikeRosner, and Daniel Tapias, editors, Proceedings of the Seventh confer-ence on International Language Resources and Evaluation (LREC’10),pages 3063–3070, Valletta, Malta, May 2010. European Language Re-sources Association (ELRA).

8352 Sergej Sharoff and Lena Sokolova. Towards an application of systemicfunctional grammar to the Russian language in the field of technicalmanuals. Technical Report, Russian Institute of Artificial Intelligence,Moscow, Russia, 1995.

8353 Randall Sharp. CAT2 – Implementing a formalism for multi-lingualMT. In 2nd International Conference on Theoretical and Methodologi-cal Issues in Machine Translation of Natural Language, 3-6 June 1988,Pittsburgh, PA., 1988. CMU Carnegie Mellon University.

8354 Randall Sharp. CAT2 – Implementing a formalism for multi-lingualMT. In 2nd International Conference on Theoretical and Methodologi-cal Issues in Machine Translation of Natural Language, 3-6 June 1988,Pittsburgh, PA., 1988. CMU Carnegie Mellon University.

8355 M. Shatz. How Young Children Respond to Language: Procedure forAnswering. Papers and Reports on Child Language Development, PaloAlto, Ca: Stanford University, 1975.

8356 J. Thomas Shaw. The transliteration of modern Russian for English-language publications. University of Wisconsin Press, Madison, 1967.

8357 James Shaw. Clause aggregation using linguistic knowledge. In Proceed-ings of the 1998 International Workshop on Natural Language Genera-tion, pages 138–147. Niagara-on-the-Lake, Canada, 1998.

8358 James Shaw. Segregatory Coordination and Ellipsis in Text Genera-tion. In Proceedings of the 36th. Annual Meeting of the Association forComputational Linguistics and the 17th. International Conference onComputational Linguistics, pages 1220–1226, Montreal, Canada, 1998.Association for Computational Linguistics. (COLING-ACL’98).

693

8359 James Shaw and Vasileios Hatzivassiloglou. Ordering among premodi-fiers. In Proceedings of the 37th. Annual Meeting of the American Asso-ciation for Computational Linguistics (ACL’99), pages 135–143, Univer-sity of Maryland, 1999. American Association for Computational Lin-guistics.

8360 James Shaw and Kathleen McKeown. An architecture for aggregation intext generation. In Proceedings of the 16th International Joint Confer-ence on Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI’97), Nagoya, Japan, 1997. PosterSession.

8361 Robert E. Shaw and William M. Mace. The value of oriented geometryfor ecological psychology and moving image art. In Joseph Andersonand Barbara Fisher Anderson, editors, Moving Image Theory: EcologicalConsiderations, pages 28–47. Southern Illinois University Press, 2005.

8362 Dave Shea and Molly E. Holzschlag. The Zen of CSS Design: Visual En-lightenment for the Web (Voices That Matter). Peachpit Press, Berkeley,CA, 2005.

8363 Dan Shen. Breaking conventional barriers: transgressions of modes offocalization film. In Willie van Peer and Seymour Chatman, editors, NewPerspectives on Narrative Perspective, pages 159–172. State Universityof New York Press, Albany, NY, 2001.

8364 H. R. Shepherd. The Fine Art of Writing. Macmillan Co., New York,N.Y., 1926.

8365 M. Shepherd and C. Watters. The evolution of cybergenres. In Pro-ceedings of the 31st Annual Hawaii International Conference on SystemSciences, volume 2, pages 97–109, Los Alamitos, CA, 1998. IEEE Com-puter Society Press.

8366 M. Shepherd, C. Watters, and Alistair Kennedy. Cybergenre: Auto-matic Identification of Home Pages on the Web. Journal of Web Engi-neering, 3(3-4):236–251, 2004.

8367 M.A. Shepherd and C. Watters. The functionality attribute of cyber-genres. In Proceedings of the 32nd Hawaii International Conference onSystem Sciences, Big Island, Hawaii, 1999. IEEE.

8368 M.A. Shepherd, C. Watters, and A. Kennedy. Cybergenre: automaticidentification of home pages on the Web. Journal of Web Engineering,3(3-4):236–251, 2004.

8369 S. Sheremetyeva. A Flexible Approach to Multi-Lingual Knowledge Ac-quisition for NLG. In P. St. Dizier, editor, 7th EWNLG, pages 106–115,Toulouse, 1999.

694

8370 S. Sheremetyeva and S Nirenburg. Interactive Knowledge Elicitationin a Patent Expert’s Workstation. Technical Report MCCS-96-290,Computing Research Laboratory, New Mexico State University, 1996.

8371 S. Sheremetyeva and S. Nirenburg. Knowledge Elicitation for AuthoringPatent Claims. IEEE Computer, pages 57–63, July 1996.

8372 Svetlana Sheremetyeva, Sergei Nirenburg, and Irene Nirenburg. Gener-ating patent claims from interactive input. In Proceedings of the 8th.International Workshop on Natural Language Generation (INLG’96),pages 61–70, Herstmonceux, England, June 1996.

8373 H. Shi and J. Bateman. Developing Human-Robot Dialogue Manage-ment Formally. In Proceedings of Symposium on Dialogue Modelling andGeneration, Amsterdam, 2005.

8374 Hui Shi and Yohei Kurata. Modeling Ontological Concepts of Motionswith Two Projection-Based Spatial Models. In Björn Gottfried andHamid Aghajan, editors, Proceedings of the 2nd Workshop on BehaviourMonitoring and Interpretation (BMI’08), pages 42–56, Kaiserslautern,Germany, 2008.

8375 Hui Shi, Robert Ross, and John Bateman. Formalising Control in Ro-bust Spoken Dialogue Systems. In Bernhard K. Aichernig and BernhardBeckert, editors, Proceedings of Software Engineering and Formal Meth-ods 2005, IEEE, pages 332–341. IEEE Computer Society, 2005.

8376 Hui Shi, Robert J. Ross, Thora Tenbrink, and John Bateman. Mod-elling Illocutionary Structure: Combining Empirical Studies with For-mal Model Analysis. In Alexander Gelbukh, editor, Proceedings of the11th International Conference on Intelligent Text Processing and Com-putational Linguistics (CICLing 2010), number 6008 in Lecture Notes inComputer Science LNAI, pages 340–353, Berlin, 2010. Springer. March21-27. Iasi, Romania.

8377 Hui Shi and Thora Tenbrink. Telling Rolland where to go: HRI dialogueson route navigation. In WoSLaD Workshop on Spatial Language andDialogue, October 23-25, 2005, 2005.

8378 Hui Shi and Thora Tenbrink. Telling Rolland where to go: HRI dia-logues on route navigation. In Kenny Coventry, Thora Tenbrink, andJohn Bateman, editors, Spatial Language and Dialogue, pages 177–189.Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2009.

8379 L. Shi and R. Mihalcea. Putting pieces together: combing FrameNet,VerbNet and WordNet for robust semantic parsing. In Proceedings ofthe 6th International Conference on Computational Linguistics and In-telligent Text Processing, number 3406 in Lecture Notes in ComputerScience, pages 100–111, Berlin, 2005. Springer.

695

8380 Masoyoshi Shibatani. Syntax and Semantics 5: Japanese GenerativeGrammar. pages 239–294. Academic Press, New York, 1976.

8381 Masoyoshi Shibatani. Grammatical relations and surface cases. Lan-guage, 53(4):789–809, 1977.

8382 S. M. Shieber, G. van Noord, F. C. N. Pereira, and R. C. Moore. Seman-tic Head-driven Generation. Computational Linguistics, 16(1):30–42,1990.

8383 Stuart Shieber. Evidence against the context-freeness of natural lan-guage. Linguistics and Philosophy, 8:333–343, 1985.

8384 Stuart M. Shieber. An introduction to Unification-based approaches toGrammar. Center for the Study of Language and Information, StanfordUniversity, Stanford, CA, 1986. CLSI Lecture Notes, No. 4.

8385 Stuart M. Shieber. A uniform architecture for parsing and generation.In Proceedings of 12th. International Conference on Computational Lin-guistics (COLING-88), pages 614–619, Budapest, Hungary, 1988.

8386 Stuart M. Shieber. Constraint-based grammar formalisms. MIT Press,Cambridge, Massachusetts, 1992.

8387 Stuart M. Shieber. The problem of logical-form equivalence. Computa-tional Linguistics, 19(1):179–190, March 1993.

8388 Stuart M. Shieber and Yves Schabes. Generation and Synchronous Tree-Adjoining Grammars. In 5th. International Workshop on Natural Lan-guage Generation, 3-6 June 1990, Pittsburgh, PA., 1990. Organizedby Kathleen R. McKeown (Columbia University), Johanna D. Moore(University of Pittsburgh) and Sergei Nirenburg (Carnegie Mellon Uni-versity).

8389 Stuart M. Shieber and Yves Schabes. Generation and SynchronousTree-Adjoining Grammars. Computational Intelligence, 7(4):220–228,November 1991.

8390 Stuart M. Shieber, Hans Uszkoreit, Fernando Pereira, Jane Robinson,and Mabry Tyson. The formalism and implementation of PATR-ii. InBarbara J. Grosz, editor, Research on interactive acquisition and use ofknowledge, pages 39–79. SRI International, Stanford, California, 1983.

8391 Stephanie A. Shields. Distinguishing Between Emotions and Nonemo-tion: Judgements About Experience. Motivation and Emotion,8(4):355–369, 1984.

8392 Qiu Shijin. Early language development in Chinese children. M.A. Honsthesis, Department of Linguistics, University of Sydney, 1985.

696

8393 Qiu Shijin. Transition period in Chinese language development. Aus-tralian Review of Applied Linguistics, 8(1):31–49, 1985.

8394 M. Shimuzu. Relational grammar and promotional rules in Japanese.In Chicago Linguistic Society, volume 11. 1975.

8395 T. F. Shipley and P. J. Kellman. Strength of visual interpolation dependson the ratio of physically specified to total edge length. Perception &Psychophysics, 52(1):97–106, 1992.

8396 T.F. Shipley and P. J. Kellman, editors. From Fragments to Objects:Segmentation and Grouping in Vision. Elsevier Science, Amsterdam,2001.

8397 Timothy Shopen, editor. Language Typology and Syntactic Description.Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1985.

8398 Susanna Shore. Process types in Finnish: implicate order, covert cate-gories, and prototypes. In Ruqaiya Hasan, Carmel Cloran, and DavidButt, editors, Functional descriptions - theory in practice, Current Is-sues in Linguistic Theory, pages 237–264. Benjamins, Amsterdam.

8399 Susanna Shore. Aspects of a systemic functional grammar of Finnish.PhD thesis, Macquarie University, 1992.

8400 Susanna Shore. Teaching translation. In Erich Steiner and Colin Yallop,editors, Exploring Translation and Multilingual Text Production: beyondcontent. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin and New York, 2000.

8401 Edward Shortliffe. MYCIN: Computer-Based Medical Consultations.American Elsevier, 1976.

8402 Edward H. Shortliffe. Explanatory Power for Medical Expert Systems.In William R. Swartout, editor, Workshop on Automated ExplanationProduction. ACM, 1983. to appear in ACM SIGART.

8403 Sav Shrestha and Kelsi Lenz. Eye Gaze Patterns while Searching vs.Browsing a Website. Usability News, 9(1), 2006.

8404 Bernhard Shum, Brad Myers, and AlexWaibel. Multimodal error correc-tion for speech user interfaces. ACM transactions on Computer-HumanInteraction, 8(1):60–98, 2001.

8405 Rosalind Sibielski. Postmodern narrative or narrative of the postmod-ern? History, identity, and the failure of rationality as an ordering prin-ciple in Memento. Literature & Psychology, 49(4):82–100, 2004.

8406 Penelope Sibun. Locally organized text generation. Ph.D, Department ofComputer and Information Science, University of Massachusetts, 1991.COINS Technical Report 91-73; also available as Report SSL-91-21/P91-00159, Xerox Palo Alto Research Center.

697

8407 Penelope Sibun. Generating text without trees. Computational Intelli-gence, 8(1):102–122, 1992. Special Issue on Natural Language Genera-tion.

8408 Panagiotis Sidiropoulos, Vasileios Mezaris, Ioannis Kompatsiaris, HugoMeinedo, and Isabel Trancoso. Multi-modal scene segmentation usingscene transition graphs. In Proceeding MM ’09 Proceedings of the 17thACM international conference on Multimedia, pages 665–668, New York,NY, USA, 2009. ACM, ACM.

8409 Candace Sidner. An Artificial Discourse Language for CollaborativeNegotiation. In In Proceedings of the Twelfth National Conference onArtificial Intelligence, pages 814–819. MIT Press, 1994.

8410 Candace L. Sidner. The use of focus as a tool for disambiguation ofdefinite noun phrases. In David L Waltz, editor, Theoretical Issuesin Natural Language Processing 2; TINLAP 2, pages 86–95. Associa-tion for Computing Machinery, 1978. (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 25-27 July 1978).

8411 Candace L. Sidner. Towards a Computational Theory of DefiniteAnaphora Comprehension in English Discourse. PhD thesis, MIT, cam-bridge, MA, 1979. Appears as Technical Report No. AI-TR-537.

8412 Candace L. Sidner. Focusing for interpretation of pronouns. AmericanJournal of Computational Linguistics, 7(4):217–231, 1981.

8413 Candace L. Sidner. Plan Parsing for Intended Response Recognition inDiscourse. Computational Intelligence, 1(1):1–10, 1985.

8414 Candace L. Sidner. On discourse relations, rhetorical relations andrhetoric. In Owen Rambow, editor, Intentionality and structure in dis-course relations, pages 122–124. Association for Computational Linguis-tics, 1993. (Proceedings of a Workshop sponsored by the Special InterestGroup on Generation, 21 June, 1993, Columbus, Ohio).

8415 Candace L. Sidner, Carolyn Boettner, and Charles Rich. Lessons learnedin building spoken language collaborative interface agents. In Proceed-ings of the ANLP/NAACL 2000 Workshop on Conversational Systems,pages 1–6, Seattle, May 2000. Association for Computational Linguis-tics.

8416 Candace L. Sidner and Israel David L. Recognizing Intended Meaningand Speakers’ Plans. In Proceedings of IJCAI’81. International JointConference on Artificial Intelligence, August 1981.

8417 A.W. Siegel and S.H. White. The development of spatial representationsof large-scale environments. In H.W. Reese, editor, Advances in childdevelopment and behavior, pages 9–55. Academic Press, New York, 1975.

698

8418 Hansmartin Siegrist. Textsemantik des Spielfilms: Zum Ausdruckpo-tential der kinematographischen Formen und Techniken. Number 19 inMedien in Forschung + Unterricht: Serie A. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 1986.

8419 U. Siems, C. Herwig, and T. Röfer. SimRobot, ein System zur Simu-lation sensorbestückter Agenten in einer dreidimensionalen Umwelt. InKrieg-Brückner and Schwegler Roth, editors, ZKW Bericht 1/94. 1994.

8420 Karl Sierek. Filmwissenschaft. In Raumwissenschaften, pages 125–141.Suhrkamp, Frankfurt am Main, 2009.

8421 Leon V. Sigal. Reports and officials: the organization and politics ofnewsmaking (excerpt). In Howard Tumber, editor, News: a reader,pages 224–234. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1999.

8422 B. Sigurd, C. Willners, M. Eeg-Olofsson, and C. Johansson. Deep com-prehension, generation and translation of weather forecasts (Weathra).In COLING-92, pages 749–755, Nantes, 1992.

8423 Bengt Sigurd. Commentator: a computer model of verbal production.Linguistics, 20, 1983.

8424 Bengt Sigurd. Computer simulation of spontaneous speech produc-tion. In Tenth International Conference on Computational Linguistics(COLING-84), 1984.

8425 Bengt Sigurd. Metacomments in text generation. In Gerard Kempen,editor, Natural Language Generation: Recent Advances in Artificial In-telligence, Psychology, and Linguistics. Kluwer Academic Publishers,Boston/Dordrecht, 1987. Paper presented at the Third InternationalWorkshop on Natural Language Generation, August 1986, Nijmegen,The Netherlands.

8426 Max D. Silberztein. INTEX: a corpus processing system. In Proceed-ings of the 15th. International Conference on Computational Linguistics(COLING 94), volume II, pages 579–583, Kyoto, Japan, 1994.

8427 C. SilvaCorvalan. The Ilokano causative in Universal Grammar. InBerkeley Linguistics Society, volume 4, pages 223–237. 1978.

8428 Alain Silver. Film Noir. Taschen, Koln, 2004.

8429 B. Silver. Learning Equation Solving Methods from Worked Examples.In Proceedings of the 1983 International Machine Learning Workshop,Champaign-Urbana, Illinois, 1983.

8430 G. Simmons. Empirical methods for ontological engineering. In Gu-drun Klose, Ewald Lang, and Thomas Pirlein, editors, Die Ontologieund Axiomatik der Wissensbasis von LEU/2: Erfahrungen - Probleme- Ausblicke, number IWBS Report 171, pages VI.1–38. 1991.

699

8431 George E. Simmons. The communist conspiracy case: views of 72 dailynewspapers. Journalism Quarterly, 27(1):3–11, 1950.

8432 R. Simmons, D. Apfelbaum, W. Burgard, D. Fox, M. Moors, S. Thrun,and Hakan Younes. Coordination for multi-robot exploration and map-ping. In Proc. of the Seventeenth National Conference on Artificial In-telligence (AAAI). 2000.

8433 R. F. Simmons, J. F. Burger, and B. E. Long. An Approach toward An-swering Questions from Text. In Proceedings of the Fall Joint ComputerConference, Montvale, NJ, 1966. AFIPS Press.

8434 R. Simmons and J. Slocum. Generating English discourse from semanticnetworks. Communications of the ACM, 15(10):891–905, October 1972.

8435 R.F. Simmons. Semantic Networks: Their Computation and Use for Un-derstanding English Sentences. In R.C. Schank and K.M. Colby, editors,Computer Models of Thought and Language, pages 63–113. Freeman,San Francisco, 1973.

8436 Robert Simmons and J. Slocum. Generating English discourse fromsemantic nets. Communications of the Association for Computing Ma-chinery, 15(10):891–905, 1972.

8437 H. Simon. The Sciences of the Artificial. The M.I.T. Press, 1969.

8438 H.A. Simon. Cognitive science: the newest science of the artificial. Cog-nitive Science, 4:33–46, 1980.

8439 Herbert A. Simon. Rational choice and the structure of the environment.Psychological Review, 63(2):129–38, 1956.

8440 Herbert A. Simon. The Sciences of the Artificial. The M.I.T. Press,1969.

8441 H.W. Simon. “Genre-alizing” about rhetoric: a scientific approach. InK.K. Campbell and K.H. Jamieson, editors, Form and genre: shapingrhetorical action, pages 33–50. Speech Communication Association, FallsChurch, VA, 1978.

8442 J. R. Simon, E. Acosta Jr., S. P. Mewaldt, and C. R. Speidel. The effectof an irrelevant directional cue on choice reaction time: Duration of thephenomenon and its relation to stages of processing. Perception andPsychophysics, 19:16–22, 1976.

8443 A.M. Simon-Vandenbergen, M. Taverniers, and L. Ravelli, editors.Grammatical metaphor: views from Systemic functional linguistics.John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2003.

700

8444 Anne-Marie Simon-Vandenbergen. Towards an analysis of interperonalmeaning in daytime talk shows. In Friedrich Ungerer, editor, EnglishMedia Texts past and present: language and textual structure, pages217–240. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2000.

8445 N. Simonin. An Approach for Creating Structured Text. In M. Zockand G. Sabah, editors, First European Workshop of Natural LanguageGeneration, Royaumont, 1987.

8446 N. Simonin. An Approach for Creating Structured Text. In MichaelZock and Gérard Sabeh, editors, Advances in Natural Language Gener-ation: An interdisciplinary perspective; Volume 1, pages 146–160. PinterPublishers, London, 1988.

8447 D. Simons and R. Rensink. Change blindness: Past, present, and future.Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 9(1):16–20, 2005.

8448 J. Simons. ‘Enunciation’: from code to interpretation. In Warren Buck-land, editor, From film spectator: from sign to mind, Film culture intransition, pages 192–212. Amsterdam University Press, 1995.

8449 P. Simons. Parts: a study in ontology. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1987.

8450 P.M. Simons and Ch. W. Dement. Aspects of the mereology of artifacts.In R. Poli and P. Simons, editors, Formal Ontology, pages 255–276.Kluwer Academic, Dordrecht, 1995.

8451 N. K. Simpkins. ALEP-0 Version 2.2 Prototype Virtual Machine. UserGuide. P-E International plc, Surrey, England, 1992.

8452 N. K. Simpkins. ALEP-0 Version 2.2: Prototype Virtual Machine. Tech-nical Report, CEC, 1992. (User guide for the Advanced Language En-gineering Platform). BIM.

8453 N. K. Simpkins, G. Cruickshank, and P.E International. ALEP-0 VirtualMachine extensions. Technical Report, CEC, 1993.

8454 C. A. Simpson and T. N. Navarro. Intelligibility of computer generatedspeech as a function of multiple factors. In Proceedings of the NationalAerospace and Electronics Conference, pages 932–940, New York, 1984.IEEE.

8455 P. Simpson. Modality in literary-critical discourse. In W. Nash, editor,The writing scholar: studies in academic discourse, pages 63–117. Sage,London, 1990.

8456 J. McH. Sinclair. A course in spoken English: Grammar. 1972.

8457 John Sinclair. Preliminary recommendations on corpus typology. ExpertAdvisory Group on Language Engineering Standards document EAG-TCWG-CTYP/P, August 1996.

701

8458 John Sinclair and R. Malcolm Coulthard. Towards an Analysis of Dis-course: the English used by teachers and pupils. Oxford University Press,London, 1975.

8459 John M. Sinclair, editor. Looking up: an account of the COBUILDProject in lexical computing. Collins, London and Glasgow, 1987.

8460 John M. Sinclair. Corpus, Concordance, Collocation. Oxford UniversityPress, Oxford, 1991.

8461 John McH. Sinclair. Beginning the study of lexis. In C. Bazell et al,editor, In Memory of J.R. Firth, pages 410–430. Longman, London,1966.

8462 John McH. Sinclair. Taking a poem to pieces. In Roger Fowler, editor,Essays on Language and Style. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London,1966.

8463 John McH. Sinclair. A course in spoken English: grammar. OxfordUniversity Press, London, 1972.

8464 John McH. Sinclair. Lines about ’Lines’. In Ronald Carter, editor,Language and Literature: an introductory reader in stylistics. Allen andUnwin, London, 1982.

8465 John McH. Sinclair. Collocation: a progress report. In R. Steele andT. Threadgold, editors, Language Topics: essays in honour of MichaelHalliday, pages 319–332. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1987.

8466 John McH. Sinclair. Collocation: a progress report. In R. Steeleand Terry Threadgold, editors, Language Topics: essays in honour ofMichael Halliday, pages 319–332. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1987.

8467 John McH. Sinclair. Sense and structure in lexis. In M. Cummings,W. Greaves, and J. Benson, editors, Linguistics in a Systemic perspec-tive. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1988.

8468 John McH. Sinclair. Trust the text. In Martin Davies and Louise Ravelli,editors, Advances in systemic linguistics: recent theory and practice,pages 5–19. Pinter, London, 1992.

8469 K. Singh and K. Fujimura. Map making by cooperating mobile robots. InProc. of the IEEE International Conference on Robotics & Automation(ICRA), pages 254–259. 1993.

8470 Mona Singh and Munindar P. Singh. Computing the Temporal Structureof Events in Natural Language. In Proceedings of the 10th EuropeanConference on Artificial Intelligence, Vienna, Austria, 1992.

702

8471 Mona Singh and Munindar P. Singh. The Temporal Structure of Nar-ratives: A Semantic Approach. In The 2nd. Conference of the PacificAssociation for Computational Linguistics (PacLing-II), Brisbane, Aus-tralia, 1995.

8472 Lawrence R. Sipe. How Picture Books Work: A Semiotically FramedTheory of Text-Picture Relations. Children’s Literature in Education,29(2):97–108, 1998.

8473 Stéphane Sire. Collaborative authoring with document fragments andcontracts. In Proceedings Supplement of the seventh European Con-ference on Computer Supported Cooperative Work, Bonn, Germany,September 18-20 2001. Poster Paper.

8474 Stéphane Sire. TEd: a Treemap based Editor widget. Rejected byIHM-HCI 2001, September 10-14 2001.

8475 Stéphane Sire, Yassine Rekik, and Christine Vanoirbeek. A flexible au-thoring process for collaborative authoring based on document frag-ments and contracts. In Proceedings 4th International Conference onthe Electronic Document, Toulouse, France, October 24-26 2001.

8476 Stefan Sitter and Elisabeth Maier. Rhetorical Relations in a Model ofInformation-seeking dialogues. In B. Neumann, editor, 10th. EuropeanConference on Artificial Itelligence. John Wiley and Sons Ltd., Chich-ester, England, 1992. Also available as technical report of GMD/Institutfür Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, Ger-many.

8477 Stefan Sitter and Adelheit Stein. Modeling the illocutionary aspectsof information-seeking dialogues. Technical Report, GMD/IPSI, Darm-stadt, December 1990.

8478 Stefan Sitter and Adelheit Stein. Modeling the Illocutionary Aspectsof Information-Seeking Dialogues. Information Processing and Manage-ment, 28(2):165–180, 1992.

8479 Stefan Sitter and Adelheit Stein. Modeling Information-Seeking Dia-logues: The Conversational Roles Model. Review of Information Sci-ence, 1(1), 1996. (On-line journal; date of verification: 20.1.1998).

8480 Spiros Skiadopoulos and Manolis Koubarakis. Composing cardinal di-rection relations. Artificial Intelligence, 152(2):143–171, February 2004.

8481 Marjorie Skubic, Dennis Perzanowski, Samuel Blisard, Alan Schultz,William Adams, Magda Bugajska, and Derek Brock. Spatial Languagefor Human-Robot Dialogs. IEEE Transactions on SMC, Part C, SpecialIssue on Human-Robot Interaction, 34(2):154–167, May 2001.

703

8482 Doug Skuce and Ira Monarch. Ontological issues in knowledge basedesign: some problems and suggestions. In Proceedings of the BanffWorkshop on Knowledge Acquisition, Banff, Canada, 1990.

8483 Diana Slade, Helen Joyce, Christopher Nesbitt, Nicki Solomon, and Her-mine Scheeres. Effective communication in the restructured workplace.Department of Industry, Technology and Regional Development, Can-berra, 1995.

8484 Diana M. Slade. Gossip: two complementary perspectives on the anal-ysis of casual conversation in English. ARAL, pages 47–83, 1995.

8485 Diana M. Slade. The texture of casual conversation in English. PhDthesis, Department of Linguistics, Sydney University, 1996.

8486 J. R. Slagle and M. R. Wick. A Journalistic Explanation Facility foran Expert System Shell. In Proceedings of the ACM Computer ScienceConference, page 380, February 1987.

8487 J. R. Slagle and M. R. Wick. A Method for the Evaluation of CandidateExpert System Applications. AI Magazine, 1988. forthcoming.

8488 D. Sleeman. Inferring Mal Rules From Pupil’s Protocols. In Proceedingsof ECAI-82, Orsay, France, 1982. European Conference ? of ArtificialIntelligence.

8489 D. Sleeman. UMFE: A User Modelling Front-End Subsystem. Interna-tional Journal of Man-machine Studies, 23:pages71–88, 1985.

8490 D. J. Sleeman and R. J. Hendley. ACE: A system which analyses com-plex explanations. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies II,pages 125–144, 1979.

8491 David Sless. Better information presentation: satisfying consumers?Visible Language, 30(3):246–267, 1996.

8492 Dan I. Slobin. Thinking for speaking. In J. Aske, N. Beery, L. Michaelis,and H. Filip, editors, Proceedings of the 13th Annual Meeting of theBerkeley Linguistics Society Meeting, pages 435–445, 1987.

8493 Dan I. Slobin. Two ways to travel: Verbs of motion in English andSpanish. In M. S. Shibatani and S.A. Thompson, editors, Grammati-cal constructions: Their form and meaning, pages 195–220. ClarendonPress, Oxford, 1996.

8494 J. Slocum. Question Answering via Cannonical Verbs and SemanticModels: Generating English from the Model. Technical Report NL 13,University of Texas, Department of Computer Sciences, Austin, 1973.

8495 J. Slocum. Speech generation from semantic nets. American Journal ofComputational Linguistics, Fiche 33, 1975.

704

8496 Jonathon Slocum. A survey of machine translation: its history, currentstatus, and future prospects. Computational Linguistics, 11(1), 1985.

8497 Jonathon Slocum and Carol Justus. Transportability to other languages:the natural language processing project in the AI program at MCC.ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems, 3(2):204–230, 1985.

8498 Monique Slodzian. WordNet: what about its linguistic relevancy? InProceedings of the 12th International Conference on Knowledge Engi-neering and Knowledge Management (EKAW’2000): Workshop on On-tologies and Texts, Juan-les-Pins, French Riviera, 2000.

8499 Aaron Sloman. Interactions between philosophy and artificial intelli-gence: The role of intuition and non-logical reasoning in intelligence.Artificial Intelligence, 2:209–225, 1971.

8500 Frank Smadja. Retrieving Collocational Knowledge from Textual Cor-pora. An Application: Text Generation. PhD thesis, Computer ScienceDepartment, University of Columbia, 1991.

8501 Frank A. Smadja and Kathleen R. McKeown. Automatically extractingand representing collocations for language generation. In Proceedingsof the 28th. Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Lin-guistics, pages 252–259, Pittsburgh, PA., 1990. Association for Compu-tational Linguistics.

8502 Alan F. Smeaton, Paul Over, and Wessel Kraaij. Evaluation campaignsand TRECVid. In MIR ’06: Proceedings of the 8th ACM InternationalWorkshop on Multimedia Information Retrieval, pages 321–330, NewYork, NY, USA, 2006. ACM Press.

8503 Koenraad de Smedt. IPF: an incremental parallel formulator. In RobertDale, Chris Mellish, and Michael Zock, editors, Current research inNatural Language Generation, pages 167–192. Academic Press, London,1990.

8504 Koenraad de Smedt. Computational Models of Incremental Grammati-cal Encoding. In A. Dijkstra and K. de Smedt, editors, Computationalpsycholinguistics: AI and connectionist models of human language pro-cessing, pages 279–307. Taylor and Francis, London, 1996.

8505 Koenraad de Smedt, Helmut Horacek, and Michael Zock. Architec-tures for Natural Language Generation: problems and perspectives. InG. Adorni and M. Zock, editors, Trends in Natural Language Genera-tion: an artificial intelligence perspective, number 1036 in Lecture Notesin Artificial Intelligence, pages 17–46. Springer, Berlin, New York, 1996.(Selected Papers from the 4th. European Workshop on Natural Lan-guage Generation, Pisa, Italy, 28-30 April 1993).

705

8506 Koenraad de Smedt, Helmut Horacek, and Michael Zock. Architecturesfor natural language generation: problems and perspectives. In GiovanniAdorni and Michael Zock, editors, Trends in natural language genera-tion: an artificial intelligence perspective, number 1036 in Lecture Notesin Artificial Intelligence, pages 17–46. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 1996.

8507 Anneke Smelik. And the mirror cracked: feminist cinema and film the-ory. Antony Rowe Ltd., Chippenham, 1998.

8508 Martine Smets, Michael Gamon, Simon Corston-Oliver, and Eric Ring-ger. The adaptation of a machine-learned sentence realization system toFrench. In Proceedings of the 10th conference of the European Chapterof the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 323–330, Bu-dapest, Hungary, 2003.

8509 A.W.M. Smeulders, M. Worring, S. Santini, A. Gupta, and R. Jain.Content-based image retrieval at the end of the early years. IEEE Trans-actions in Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, 22(12):1349–1380,2000.

8510 Barry Smith. Towards a History of Speech Act Theory. In A. Burkhardt,editor, Speech Acts, Meanings and Intentions. Critical Approaches to thePhilosophy of John R. Searle, pages 29–61. de Gruyter, Berlin, 1990.

8511 Barry Smith. Husserl’s Theory of Meaning and Reference. In LeilaHaaparanta, editor, Mind, Meaning and Mathematics, pages 163–183.Kluwer, Dordrecht, 1994.

8512 Barry Smith. Common sense. In Barry Smith and David WoodruffSmith, editors, The Cambridge companion to Husserl, pages 394–437.Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, U.K., 1995.

8513 Barry Smith. Formal ontology, common sense and cognitive science.International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 43(5/6):641–668,1995.

8514 Barry Smith. On drawing lines on a map. In Andrew U. Frank andWerner Kuhn, editors, Spatial Information Theory: a theoretical ba-sis for GIS, number 988 in Lecture Notes in Computer Science, pages475–484. Springer, Berlin/Heidelberg/New York, 1995. InternationalConference COSIT’95.

8515 Barry Smith. Mereotopology: a theory of parts and boundaries. Dataand knowledge engineering, 20:287–303, 1996.

8516 Barry Smith. On substances, accidents and universals: In defense of aconstituent ontology. Philosophical Paper, 27:105–127, 1997.

706

8517 Barry Smith. Basic concepts of formal Ontology. In N. Guarino, edi-tor, Formal Ontology in Information Systems (FOIS), pages 19–28. IOSPress, Amsterdam, 1998.

8518 Barry Smith. Fiat Objects. Topoi, 20(2):131–148, 2001.

8519 Barry Smith. Objects and Their Environments: From Aristotle to Eco-logical Psychology. In Andrew Frank, Jonathan Raper, and Jean-PaulCheylan, editors, The Life and Motion of Socio-Economic Units (GIS-DATA 8), pages 79–97. Taylor and Francis, London, 2001.

8520 Barry Smith. Ontology. In L. Floridi, editor, Blackwell guide to thePhilosophy of Computing and Information, pages 155–166. Blackwell,Oxford, 2003.

8521 Barry Smith. The Ecological Approach to Information Processing. InJ. C. Nyári, editor, Mobile Communication: Essays on Philosophy, Psy-chology, and Education, pages 17–24. Passagen Verlag, Vienna, 2003.

8522 Barry Smith and Berit Brogaard. Quantum Mereotopology. Annals ofMathematics and Artificial Intelligence, 35(1-2):153–175, 2002.

8523 Barry Smith and Berit Brogaard. A Unified Theory of Truth and Ref-erence. Loqique et Analyse, 43(169-170):49–93, 2003.

8524 Barry Smith and Werner Ceusters. Towards Industrial-Strength Philos-ophy. Interdisciplinary Science Reviews, 28(2):106–111, 2003.

8525 Barry Smith and Pierre Grenon. The Cornucopia of Formal-OntologicalRelations. Dialectica, 58(3):279–296, 2004.

8526 Barry Smith and David M. Mark. Geographical categories: an onto-logical investigation. International Journal of Geographical InformationScience, 15(7):591–612, 2001.

8527 Barry Smith and David M. Mark. Do Mountains Exist? Towards anOntology of Landforms. Environment and Planning B (Planning andDesign), 30(3):411–427, 2003.

8528 Barry Smith, Igor Papakin, and Katherine Munn. Bodily Systems andthe Modular Structure of the Human Body. In AMIE 2003 - 9th Con-ference on Artificial Intelligence in Medicine Europe, 2003.

8529 Barry Smith and John Searle. The Construction of Social Reality: AnExchange. American Journal of Economics and Sociology, 62(2):285–309, 2003. Also published in Moss, Laurence, David Koepsell (eds.)Searle on the Institutions of Social Reality. Blackwell, Oxford: 2003.

8530 Barry Smith and Achille C. Varzi. The Niche. Noûs, 33(2):214–238,1999.

707

8531 Barry Smith and Achille C. Varzi. Fiat and Bona Fide Boundaries.Philosophy and phenomenological research, 60(2):401–420, 2000.

8532 Barry Smith and Achille C. Varzi. Surrounding Space: The Ontology ofOrganism-Environment Relations. Theory in Biosciences / Theorie inden Biowissenschaften, 121(2):139–162, 2002.

8533 Barry Smith, Jennifer Williams, and Steffen Schulze-Kremer. The On-tology of the Gene Ontology. In AMIA 2003 - Annual Symposium ofthe American Medical Informatics Association, 2003.

8534 Brian C. Smith. Levels, Layers, and Plans. Master’s thesis, MIT, Cam-bridge, MA, 1978.

8535 David E. Smith. A Storage and File Management System for KnowledgeBases, 1980. Memo HPP-80-8, Working Paper.

8536 George W. Smith. Computers and Natural Language. Oxford UniversityPress, Oxford, 1991.

8537 Greg M. Smith. Local emotions, global moods, and film structure. InCarl Plantinga and Greg M. Smith, editors, Passionate views: film,cognition, and emotion, chapter 5, pages 103–126. The John HopkinsUniversity Press, Baltimore and London, 1999.

8538 Greg M. Smith. Film Structure and the Emotion System. CambridgeUniversity Press, Cambridge, 2003.

8539 Ken Smith, Sandra Moriarty, Gretchen Barbatsis, and Keith Kenney,editors. Handbook of visual communication: theory, methods and media.Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Mahwah, NJ, 2005.

8540 M. Smith, R. Garigliano, and R. Morgan. Generation in the LOLITAsystem: an engineering approach. In D. McDonald and M. Meteer,editors, 7th Int. Workshop on Natural Language Generation, pages 241–244, 1994.

8541 Michael K. Smith, Chris Welty, and Deborah L. McGuinness. OWLWeb ontology language guide. Technical Report 20040210, World WideWeb Consortium, 2004.

8542 Murray Smith. Empathie und das erweiterte Denken. In Thomas Schickand Tobias Ebbrecht, editors, Emotion - Empathie - Figur: Spielformender Filmwahrnehmung, number 62 in BFF-Band. Vistas, Berlin, 1995.

8543 Murray Smith. Engaging Characters: Fiction, Emotion, and the Cin-ema. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1995.

8544 Murray Smith. What Difference Does It Make? Science, Sentiment, andFilm. Projections, 2:60–77, 2008.

708

8545 Murray Smith and Thomas E. Wartenberg, editors. Thinking ThroughCinema. Film as Philosophy. Blackwell, Oxford, 2006.

8546 N.V. Smith, editor. Mutual Knowledge. Academic Press, London, 1982.

8547 Robin Smith, Daniel R. Anderson, and Catherine Fischer. Young chil-dren’s comprehension of montage. Child Development, 56:962–971, 1985.

8548 Ronnie Smith and Jan van Kuppevelt, editors. Current and New Di-rections in Discourse and Dialogue. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dor-drecht, 2003.

8549 R.W. Smith and D.R. Hipp. Spoken natural language dialogue systems:a practical approach. Oxford University Press, 1994.

8550 Tim J. Smith. An Attentional Theory of Continuity Editing. PhD the-sis, Institute for Communicating and Collaborative Systems, School ofInformatics, University of Edinburgh, 2005.

8551 Tim J. Smith. Film (Cinema) Perception. In E. Bruce Goldstein, edi-tor, The Sage Encyclopedia of Perception. Sage Publications, ThousandOaks, CA, 2010.

8552 Tim J. Smith and John M. Henderson. Edit Blindness: The relation-ship between attention and global change blindness in dynamic scenes.Journal of Eye Movement Research, 2(2)(6):1–17, 2008.

8553 S.W. Smoliar and J.D. Baker. Text types in hypermedia. In Proceedingsof the 30th Annual Hawaii International Conference on System Sciences(HICSS ’97), pages 68–77, Los Alamitos, CA, 1997. IEEE ComputerSociety Press.

8554 A. Smolic, T. Sikora, and J.-R. Ohm. Long-Term Global Motion Esti-mation and its Application for Sprite Coding, Content Description andSegmentation. IEEE Trans. on CSVT, 9(8):1227–1242, December 1999.

8555 Gert Smolka. A feature logic with subsorts. Technical Report LILOGReport, 33, IWBS, IBM Deutschland, Postfach 80 08 80, Stuttgart,1989. (To appear in the Proceedings of the Workshop on UnificationFormalisms - Syntax, Semantics, and Implementation, Titisee, The MITPress, 1990.).

8556 Gert Smolka and Hassan Aït-Kaci. Inheritance hierarchies: semanticsand unification. Journal of symbolic computation, 7:343–370, 1989.

8557 M. Snell-Hornby. Verb descriptivity in English and German. Carl Win-ter, Heidelberg, 1983.

8558 Mary Snell-Hornby. Translation Studies - An Integrated Approach. JohnBenjamins, Amsterdam, 1988.

709

8559 M. Snider and S. W. Uraniwitz. Reconstructing the Past: Some Cog-nitive Consequences of Person Perception. Journal of Personality andSocial Psychology, 36, 1978.

8560 C.E. Snow and B.A. Goldfield. Building stories: the emergence of in-formation structures from conversation. pages 127–141. GeorgetownUniversity Press, Washington, D.C., 1982.

8561 V. Sobchack. The address of the eye: a phenomenology of film experi-ence. Princeton University Press, Princeton, 1992.

8562 Boon Kee Soh and Tonay L. Smith-Jackson. Influence of map design,individual differences, and environmental cues on way finding perfor-mance. Spatial Cognition and Computation, 4:137–166, 2004.

8563 L.N. Soldatova and R.D. King. An ontology of scientific experiments.Journal of the Royal Society Interface, 3(11):795–803, 2006.

8564 Thomas Soller. Spezifikation und Integration von qualitativem Orien-tierungswissen. Diplomarbeit, FB3, Informatik, Universität Bremen,Bremen, May 2005.

8565 N. Solomon and K. Brown. Plain English. NLLIA Centre for Work-place Communication and Culture, James Cook University of NorthQld, Townsville, Qld, 1992.

8566 E. Soloway, B. Woolf, E. Rubin, and P. Barth. Meno-II: An intelligentTutoring System for Novice Programmers. In Proceedings of IJCAI’81,Vancouver, B. C., 1981. International Joint Conference on Artificial In-telligence.

8567 Eliot Soloway. Knowledge-Directed Learning. Technical Report COINSTechnical Report 77-6, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Ma.,1977.

8568 R.L. Solso. Cognition and the visual arts. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA,1994.

8569 Sripada Somayajulu, Ehud Reiter, Jim Hunter, and Jin Yu. A Two-Stage Model for Content Determination. In Proceedings of ENLGW-2001, pages 3–10, 2001.

8570 H. Somers, editor. Machine Translation, volume 4. 1993.

8571 H. Somers, B. Black, J. Nivre, T. Lager, A. Multari, L. Gilardoni, J. Ell-man, and A. Rogers. Multilingual generation and summarization of jobadverts: the TREE project. In Proceedings of the 5th. Conference onApplied Natural Language Processing, pages 269–276, Washington, D.C.,1997. Association for Computational Linguistics.

710

8572 Harold L. Somers. An investigation into the application of the linguis-tic theories of valency and case to the automated processing of naturallanguage. PhD thesis, University of Manchester, Manchester, England,1983.

8573 Karl-Ernst Sommerfeldt and Herbert Schreiber. Wörterbuch zur Valenzund Distribution der Substantive. VEB Bibliographisches Institut,Leipzig, 1983.

8574 Norm Sondheimer and Ralph M. Weschedel. A Rule-Based Approach toIll-Formed Input. In Proceedings of the 8th International Conference onComputational Linguistics. Association of Computational Linguistics,1980.

8575 Norman K. Sondheimer, Susanna Cumming, and Robert Albano. Howto Realize a Concept: Lexical Selection and the Conceptual Network inText Generation. In Proceedings of the Workshop on Theoretical andComputational Issues in Lexical Semantics, Waltham, MA, April 1989.

8576 Norman K. Sondheimer and Bernhard Nebel. A Logical-Form andKnowledge-Base Design for Natural Language Generation. In AAAI-86, Proceedings of the National Conference on Artificial Intelligence,Philadelphia, PA, August 1986. AAAI.

8577 Norman K. Sondheimer, Ralph M. Weischedel, and R. J. Bobrow. Se-mantic interpretation using KL-ONE. In Proceedings of COLING-84,pages 101–107, 1984.

8578 Göran Sonesson. Pictorial Concepts. Lund. Lund University Press, 1989.

8579 Göran Sonesson. Die Semiotik des Bildes. Zum Forschungsstand amAnfang der 90er Jahre. Zeitschrift für Semiotik, 15(1-2):131–164, 1993.

8580 Göran Sonesson. Pictorial semiotics, Gestalt theory, and the ecology ofperception. Semiotica, 99(3/4):319–399, 1994.

8581 F. Song and R. Cohen. The interpretation of temporal relations innarrative. In Proceedings of the 7th National Conference of the AmericanAssociation for Artificial Intelligence (AAAI-88), pages 745–750, 1988.

8582 Guangfeng Song. The role of structure and content in perception ofvisual similarity between web pages. International Journal of Human-Computer Interaction, 27(8):793–816, 2011.

8583 Christel Sorin. Text-to-speech research: technological goals and inte-gration issues. In Ewan Klein and Frank Veltman, editors, Natural Lan-guage and Speech: Symposium Proceedings, pages 182–184. Springer,Berlin, 1991. (ESPRIT Basic Research Series; edited in cooperationwith the Commission of the European Communities, DG XIII).

711

8584 M.E. Sorrows and S.C. Hirtle. The nature of landmarks for real andelectronic spaces. In C. Freksa and D.M. Mark, editors, Spatial infor-mation theory - Cognitive and computational foundations of geographicinformation science, pages 37–50. Springer, Berlin, 1999.

8585 Étienne Souriau. La structure de l’univers filmique et le vocabulaire dela filmologie. Revue Internationale de Filmologie, 7/8:231–240, 1951.

8586 Richard Southall. Presentation rules and rules of composition in theformatting of complex text. In C. Vanoirbeek and G. Coray, editors,Electronic Publishing ’92, pages 275–290. Cambridge University Press,1992.

8587 John F. Sowa. Conceptual Structures. Addison-Wesley, Menlo Park,1983.

8588 John F. Sowa. Generating Language from Conceptual Graphs. Com-puters and Mathematics with Applications, 9(1):29–43, 1983.

8589 John F. Sowa. Top-level ontological categories. International Journalof Human-Computer Studies, 43(5/6):669–686, 1995.

8590 John F. Sowa. Knowledge Representation: logical, philosophical, andcompuational foundations. Brooks/Cole, Pacific Grove, CA, 2000.

8591 Stefano Spaccapietra, Salvatore T. March, and Karl Aberer, editors.Journal on Data Semantics I, volume 2800 of Lecture Notes in ComputerScience. Springer, 2003.

8592 Stefano Spaccapietra and Esteban Zimányi, editors. Journal on DataSemantics III, volume 3534 of Lecture Notes in Computer Science.Springer, 2005.

8593 Special Section on ‘Speak!’. In John A. Bateman, editor, Speech Com-munication, volume 21, pages 35–134. North Holland, Amsterdam, 1997.

8594 R. Spell and R. Brady. BARD: a visualization tool for biological se-quence analysis. In Proceedings of the IEEE Symposium on InformationVisualization, Seattle, WA, 2003. IEEE.

8595 John Spencer and Michael J. Gregory. An approach to the study of style.In N.E. Enkvist, J. Spencer, and M.J. Gregory, editors, Linguistics andstyle, pages 57–105. Oxford University Press, London, 1964.

8596 Dan Sperber and Deirdre Wilson. Relevance: communication and cog-nition. Blackwell, Oxford, 1986.

8597 Dan Sperber and Deirdre Wilson. Relevance: communication and cog-nition. Blackwell, Oxford, 2 edition, 1995.

712

8598 C.M. Sperber-McQueen and L. Burnard, editors. TEI P4: Guidelinesfor Electronic Text Encoding and Interchange. Oxford, 4th edition, 2002.

8599 C.M. Sperber-McQueen and L. Burnard. TEI P5: Guidelines for Elec-tronic Text Encoding and Interchange. Technical Report, The TEI Con-sortium, 2007. Online documentation.

8600 C.M. Sperberg-McQueen. Text in the electronic age: textual studyand text encoding, with examples from Medieval texts. Literary andLinguistic Computing, 6(1):34–46, 1991.

8601 C.M. Sperberg-McQueen and Lou Burnard, editors. Guidelines for textencoding and interchange (P3). Text Encoding Initiative, Chicago andOxford, 1994.

8602 C.M. Sperberg-McQueen and C. Huitfeldt. GODDAG: a data structurefor overlapping hierarchies. In Proceedings of PODDP’00 and DDEP’00,New York, 2001.

8603 Hugo J. Spiers and Eleanor A. Maguire. The dynamic nature of cognitionduring wayfinding. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 28(3):232–249, 2008.

8604 Christina Spies. Vergleichende Untersuchung von integrierten Über-setzungssystemen mit Translation-Memory-Komponente. Technical Re-port, Universität des Saarlandes, Allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft sowieÜbersetzen und Dolmetschen, 1995. Saarbrücker Studien zu Sprach-datenverarbeitung und Übersetzen.

8605 B. Spillner. Textsorten in Sprachvergleich. Ansätze zu einer kon-trastiven Textologie. In W. Kühlwein, G. Thome, and W. Wilss, ed-itors, Kontrastive Linguistik und Übersetzungswissenschaft, pages 239–250. München, 1981.

8606 Bernd Spillner. Über die Schwierigkeit semiotischer Textanalyse. DieNeueren Sprachen, 79(6):619–630, 1980.

8607 Bernd Spillner. Stilanalyse semiotisch komplexer Texte. Kodikas/Code.Ars Semeiotica, 4/5(1):91–106, 1982.

8608 R. Spiro, B. Bruce, and W. Brewer, editors. Theoretical Issues in Read-ing Comprehension. Lawrence Erlbaum, Hillsdale NJ, 1980.

8609 R. J. Spiro. Prior Knowledge and Story Processing: Integration, Selec-tion and Variation. Poetics, 9(1-3):313–328, 1980.

8610 Brian Spittles. John Ford. Longman, London, 2002.

8611 Jürgen Spitzmüller and Ingo H. Warnke. Discourse as a ’linguistic ob-ject’: methodical and methodological delimitations. Critical DiscourseStudies, 8(2):75–94, 2011.

713

8612 Michael J. Spivey-Knowlton, Michael J. Tannenhaus, Kathleen M. Eber-hard, and Julie C. Sedivy. Integration of visuospatial and linguistic infor-mation: language comprehension in real time and real space. In PatrickOlivier and Klaus-Peter Gapp, editors, Representation and processing ofspatial expressions, pages 201–214. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Mah-wah, New Jersey, 1998.

8613 Wilbert Spooren. The processing of underspecified coherence relations.Discourse Processes, 24(1):149–168, 1997.

8614 Raymond Spottiswoode. A grammar of the film: an analysis of filmtechnique. Faber and Faber, London, 1935.

8615 Michael Sprenger. Explanation strategies for KADS-based expert sys-tems. In H. Horacek and M. Zock, editors, New concepts in Natural Lan-guage Generation: planning, realization, systems., pages 27–56. Pinter,London, 1993.

8616 Bernhard Springer. Theorie der Syntagmatik: die diskursreferen-tielle Behandlung narrativer Strukturen in filmischen Texten. In Lud-wig Bauer, Elfriede Ledig, and Michael Schaudig, editors, Strategiender Filmanalyse: Zehn Jahre Münchener Filmphilologie. Prof. Dr.Klaus Kanzog zum 60. Geburtstag, number 1 in diskurs film: Münch-ener Beiträge zur Filmphilologie, pages 131–138. VerlegergemeinschaftSchaudig/Bauer/Ledig, München, 1987.

8617 Stephen Springer, Paul Buta, and Thomas Wolf. Automatic letter com-position for customer service. In Reid Smith and Carlisle Scott, editors,Innovative applications of artificial intelligence 3. AAAI Press, 1991.(Proceedings of CAIA-1991).

8618 Richard Sproat, Paul Taylor, Michael Tannenblatt, and Amy Isard. Amarkup language for text-to-speech synthesis. In Processings of EU-ROSPEECH 97, Rhodes, Greece, 1997.

8619 P. Spyns, F. Deprez, L. Van Tichelen, and B. Van Coile. A practicalmessage-to-speech strategy for dialogue systems. In Julia Hirschberg,Candace Kamm, and Marilyn Walker, editors, Proceedings of theACL/EACL Workshop on Interactive Spoken Dialog Systems: bring-ing speech and NLP together in real applications, pages 41–44, Madrid,Spain, 1997. Assocation for Computational Linguistics.

8620 Constantine D. Spyropoulos and Vangelis Karkaletsis. On-line genera-tion of messages: a knowledge-based approach. In C. D. Spyropoulos, ed-itor, Proceedings of the MULSAIC’96 Workshop at ECAI’96, Budapest,Hungary, 1996.

8621 S. Sripada, E. Reiter, and I. Davy. SumTime-Mousam: Configurablemarine weather forecast generator. Expert Update, 6(3):4–10, 2003.

714

8622 Somayajulu G. Sripada, Ehud Reiter, Jim Hunter, and Jin Yu. Sum-Time: Observations from KA for Weather Domain. Technical Re-port AUCS/TR0102, Computing Science Department, University of Ab-erdeen, 2001.

8623 Somayajulu G. Sripada, Ehud Reiter, Jim Hunter, and Jin Yu. Segment-ing Time Series for Weather Forecasting. In A. Macintosh, R. Ellis, andF. Coenen, editors, Applications and innovations in intelligent systemsX. Springer, Heidelberg, 2002.

8624 Somayajulu G. Sripada, Ehud Reiter, Jim Hunter, and Jin Yu. Segment-ing Time Series for Weather Forecasting. In Proceedings of The Twenty-second SGAI International Conference on Knowledge Based Systemsand Applied Artificial Intelligence (ES2002), Cambridge, U.K., Decem-ber 2002. The British Computer Society SGAI: The Specialist Group onArtificial Intelligence.

8625 Somayajulu G. Sripada, Ehud Reiter, Jim Hunter, and Jin Yu.SUMTIME-METEO: Parallel Corpus of Naturally Occurring ForecastTexts and Weather Data. Technical Report AUCS/TR0201, ComputingScience Department, University of Aberdeen, 2002.

8626 Somayajulu G. Sripada, Ehud Reiter, Jim Hunter, Jin Yu, and Ian P.Davy. Modelling the Task of Summarising Time Series Data using KATechniques. In Applications and Innovations in Intelligent Systems IX:Proceedings of the International Conference on Knowledge Based Sys-tems and Applied Artifical Intelligence (ES2001), pages 183–196, Cam-bridge, 2001. The British Computer Society SGAI: The Specialist Groupon Artificial Intelligence.

8627 S. Staab, M. Erdmann, and A. Maedche. Ontologies in RDF(S). ETAIJournal (Linkoeping Electronic Articles in Computer and InformationScience) - Section on Semantic Web, 9(6), 2001.

8628 S. Staab and R. Studer, editors. Handbook on Ontologies. Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg and Berlin, 2004.

8629 Christopher Staff. HyperContextr: A model for Adaptive Hypertext.In A. Jameson, C. Paris, and C. Tasso, editors, Proceedings of theSixth International Conference on User Modeling (UM97), pages 33–39. Springer, Berlin, June 2-5 1997. (Chia Laguna, Sardinia, Italy).

8630 Christoph Stahl and Jens Haupert. Taking Location Modelling to NewLevels: A Map Modelling Toolkit for Intelligent Environments. In MikeHazas, John Krumm, and John Krumm, editors, Location- and Context-Awareness, pages 74–85. Springer-Verlag, 2006.

8631 Christoph Stahl and Dominik Heckmann. Using Semantic Web Tech-nology for Ubiquitous Location and Situation Modeling. GeographicInformation Sciences, 2004.

715

8632 Janet Staiger. Reception studies: the death of the reader. In R. BartonPalmer, editor, The cinematic text: methods and approaches, pages 353–368. AMS Press, New York, 1989.

8633 Janet Staiger. Hybrid or inbred? The purity hypothesis and HollywoodGenre History. In Barry Keith Grant, editor, Film Genre Reader III,pages 185–199. University of Texas Press, Austin, TX, 2007.

8634 R.C. Stalnaker. Pragmatics. pages 380–397. Reidel, Dordrecht, 1972.

8635 Robert C. Stalnaker. Assertion. In P. Cole, editor, Pragmatics, volume 9of Syntax and Semantics, pages 315–332. Academic Press, New York,1978.

8636 Robert Stam. Film and language: from Metz to Bakhtin. In R. BartonPalmer, editor, The cinematic text: methods and approaches, pages 277–302. AMS Press, New York, 1989.

8637 Robert Stam. Tropical Multiculturalism: A Comparative History of Racein Brazilian Cinema and Culture. Duke University Press, Durham, 1997.

8638 Robert Stam. Film Theory: An Introduction. Blackwell PublishingLimited, London, 2000.

8639 Robert Stam, Robert Burgoyne, and Sandy Fliterman-Lewis. New vo-cabularies in film semiotics: structuralism, post-structuralism and be-yond. Routlege, London and New York, 1992.

8640 Corpus Encoding Standard. Corpus Encoding Standard. Version 1.5,2000. Available at: http://www.cs.vassar.edu/CES.

8641 Ingrid Starke. Untersuchungen zur syntaktisch-semantischen Leis-tung von Funktionsverbgefügen, volume XXX of Studia Grammatica.Akademie Verlag, Berlin, 1989.

8642 Leon Stassen. Intransitive Predication. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1997.

8643 Kamenka Staykova, Sergey Varbanov, and John A. Bateman. Agentsgenerating texts in different natural languages. In Galia Angelova,Kalina Bontcheva, Ruslan Mitkov, Nicolas Nicolov, and Nikolai Nikolov,editors, Proceedings of the Euroconference Recent Advances in Natu-ral Language Processing (RANLP-2001), pages 294–296, Tzigov Chark,Bulgaria, September 2001. Bulgarian Academy of Sciences.

8644 S.D. Steck, H.F. Mochnatzki, and H.A. Mallot. The Role of Geograph-ical Slant in Virtual Environment Navigation, 2001.

8645 Robert Stecker and Stephen Davies. The hypothetical intentionalist’sdilemma: a reply to Levinson. British Journal of Aesthetics, 50(3):307–312, July 2010.

716

8646 Brigitte Stede and Manfred Stede. Ontology and lexical semantics forgenerating temporal discourse markers. In P. Saint-Dizier, editor, Pro-ceedings of the 7th. European Workshop on Natural Language Generation(EWNLG’99), pages 10–19, Toulouse, May 1999.

8647 M. Stede. Linearizing RST trees in the bilingual generation of instruc-tional text. Technical Report FAW-TR-91020, Forschungsinstitut füranwendungsorientierte Wissensverarbeitung (FAW), 1992.

8648 M. Stede. Lexical choice criteria in language generation. In EACL,Utrecht, 1993.

8649 M. Stede and C. Umbach. DiMlex: a lexicon of discourse markers fortext generation and understanding. In Coling-ACL ’98, pages 1238–1242, Montréal, 1998.

8650 Manfred Stede. The search for robustness in natural language under-standing. Artificial Intelligence Review, 6(4):384–414, 1992.

8651 Manfred Stede. Lexicalization in Natural Language Generation: a sur-vey. Artificial Intelligence Review, 8:309–336, 1995.

8652 Manfred Stede. A generative perspective on verbs and their readings.In INLG’96, pages 141–150, Herstmonceux Castle, Sussex, 1996.

8653 Manfred Stede. Lexical options in multilingual generation from a knowl-edge base. In Giovanni Adorni and Michael Zock, editors, Trends in nat-ural language generation: an artificial intelligence perspective, number1036 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages 222–237. Springer,1996.

8654 Manfred Stede. Lexical semantics and knowledge representation in mul-tilingual sentence generation. PhD dissertation, university of Toronto,1996.

8655 Manfred Stede. A generative perspective on verb alternations. Compu-tational Linguistics, 24(3):401–430, September 1998.

8656 Manfred Stede. Lexical semantics and knowledge representation in mul-tilingual text generation. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1999.

8657 Manfred Stede. Polibox: generating descriptions, comparisons, and rec-ommendations from a database. In Shu-Chuan Tseng, editor, Proceed-ings of the 19th International Conference on Computational Linguistics(COLING-2002), Academica Sinica, Taipei, Taiwan, September 2002.Association of Computational Linguistics and Chinese Language Pro-cessing, Association of Computational Linguistics and Chinese LanguageProcessing.

717

8658 Manfred Stede and Brigitte Grote. The lexicon: bridge betweenlanguage-neutral and language-specific representations. In Richard Kit-tredge, editor, Proceedings of the IJCAI ’95 Workshop on MultilingualText Generation, pages 129–135, Montréal, Québec, August 1995. Inter-national Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, AAAI.

8659 Mark J. Steedman. Structure and intonation in spoken language under-standing. In Proceedings of the 28th Annual Meeting of the Associationfor Computational Linguistics, pages 9–16, University of Pittsburgh, 6-9June 1990, 1990. ACL.

8660 Mark J. Steedman. Structure and Intonation. Language, 68:260–296,1991.

8661 Mark J. Steedman. Surface structure, intonation, and “focus”. In EwanKlein and Frank Veltman, editors, Natural Language and Speech: Sym-posium Proceedings, pages 21–38. Springer, Berlin, 1991. (ESPRIT BasicResearch Series; edited in cooperation with the Commission of the Eu-ropean Communities, DG XIII).

8662 Mark J. Steedman. Categorial Grammar. Lingua, 90:221–258, 1993.

8663 Mark J. Steedman. The syntactic process. MIT Press, Cambridge, Mas-sachusetts, 2000.

8664 Mark J. Steedman and P.N. JohnsonLaird. The production of sentences,utterances and speech acts: have computers anything to say? In B. But-terworth, editor, Language Production. Volume 1 : Speech and Talk,pages 111–142. Academic Press, New York, 1980.

8665 James Steele and Ingrid Meyer. Lexical Functions in the ExplanatoryCombinatorial Dictionary Kinds and Definitions. In James Steele, edi-tor, Meaning-Text Theory. Linguistics, Lexicography, and Implications.University of Ottawa Press, Ottawa, 1990.

8666 Ross Steele and Terry Threadgold, editors. Language Topics: Essays inHonour of Michael Halliday. Benjamins, Amsterdam and Philadelphia,1987.

8667 L. Steels and J. De Beule. Unify and merge in fluid construction gram-mar. In C. Lyon, A. Cangelosi, and C.L. Nehaniv, editors, Emergenceand evolution of Linguistic communication, LNCS. Springer, 2006.

8668 Luc Steels and Martin Loetzsch. Perspective alignment in spatial lan-guage. In Kenny Coventry, Thora Tenbrink, and John Bateman, editors,Spatial Language and Dialogue, pages 70–88. Oxford University Press,Oxford, 2009.

718

8669 Mark Stefik. An Examination of a Frame Structured RepresentationSystem. In The Proceeedings of the 6th International Joint Conferenceof Artifical Intelligence, pages 845–852. IJCAI, 1979.

8670 Martin Stegu. Der illustrierte Zeitungsartikel zwischen Semiotik undTextlinguistik. In Jeff Bernard, editor, Semiotica Austriaca. ÖGS, Wien,1987. Angewandte Semiotik 9,10.

8671 Martin Stegu. Text oder Kontext: zur Rolle von Fotos in Tageszeitun-gen. In Ulla Fix and Hans Wellmann, editors, Bild im Text - Text undBild, pages 307–321. Winter, Heidelberg, 2000.

8672 Martin Stegu. Intertextuelles und intersemiotisches Bewusstsein - unterbesonderer Betonung multimodaler Texte. In Eva Martha Eckkram-mer and Gudrun Held, editors, Textsemiotik: Studien zu multimodalenTexten, pages 179–198. Lang, Frankfurt am Main, 2006.

8673 A. Stein, J. A. Gulla, A. Müller, and U. Thiel. Conversational inter-action for semantic access to multimedia information. In M. T. May-bury, editor, Intelligent Multimedia Information Retrieval, pages 399–421. AAAI/The MIT Press, Menlo Park, CA, 1997.

8674 A. Stein, J. A. Gulla, and U. Thiel. Making sense of user mouse clicks:Abductive reasoning and conversational dialogue modeling. In A. Jame-son, C. Paris, and C. Tasso, editors, User Modeling: Proceedings of theSixth International Conference, UM ’97, pages 89–100. Springer, NewYork, 1997.

8675 Adelheit Stein. Usability and Assessments of Multimodal Interactionin the SPEAK! System: an experimental case study. New Review ofMultimedia and Hypermedia, 4, 1998. (Special issue on the evaluationof Information Retrieval and Multimodal systems).

8676 Adelheit Stein and Elisabeth Maier. Structuring CollaborativeInformation-Seeking Dialogues. Technical Report Arbeitspapiere derGMD 853, GMD, 1994. (to be published in: Knowledge-Based Systems,1995, in print).

8677 Adelheit Stein, Adrian Müller, and Ulrich Thiel. Dialogue techniques forsupporting multimedia information retrieval. In Working Notes of theIJCAI ’95 Workshop on “Intelligent Multimedia Information Retrieval",pages 146–160, August 19th. 1995.

8678 Adelheit Stein and Ulrich Thiel. A Conversational Model of MultimodalInteraction in Information Systems. In Proceedings of the 11th NationalConference on Artificial Intelligence (AAAI ’93), Washington DC, USA,pages 283–288. AAAI Press/ MIT Press, 1993.

719

8679 Adelheit Stein, Ulrich Thiel, and Anne Tißen. Knowledge-Based Con-trol of Visual Dialogues in Information Systems. In T. Catarci, M. F.Costabile, and S. Levialdi, editors, Proceedings of the 1st InternationalWorkshop on Advanced Visual Interfaces (AVI ’92), pages 138–155, Sin-gapore, 1992. World Scientific Press.

8680 K. Stein and A. Musto. A Computational View on Frames of Referencein Motion. In Proceedings of the ECAI-2000-Workshop ’Current Issuesin Spatio-Temporal Reasoning’, 2000.

8681 N. L. Stein and Glenn C. G. An Analysis of Story Comprehension inElementary School Children. In R. Freedle, editor, New Directions inDiscourse Processing II. Ablex, Norwood, New Jersey, 1979.

8682 Aleksandra Steinbergs. The classification of languages. In WilliamO’Grady, Michael Dobrovolsky, and Francis Katamba, editors, Contem-porary Linguistics. An introduction, chapter 9, pages 372–415. Longman,London and New York, 3rd. edition, 1996.

8683 Erich Steiner. Language as reflection of and instrument in activity - aproposal towards the analysis of discourse in children’s talk. LinguisticAgency of the University of Trier (L.A.U.T.), Trier, 1984.

8684 Erich Steiner. From action through cognition to language - some propos-als for the integration of an analysis of activity with linguistic analysis.L.A.U.D.T., Duisburg, 1985.

8685 Erich Steiner. Working with transitivity: system networks in semantic-grammatical descriptions. In James D. Benson and William S. Greaves,editors, Systemic Perspectives on Discourse, pages 163–184. Ablex, Nor-wood, NJ, 1985.

8686 Erich Steiner. Grundprinzipien und Vorschläge für eine semantischeBeschreibung von Argumentstrukturen. LDV-Forum, 5(1), 1987.

8687 Erich Steiner. The application of systemic-functional grammar to ma-chine translation in Eurotra-D. L.A.U.T. Series B., 159, 1987.

8688 Erich Steiner. Zur Zuweisung satzsemantischer Rollen im maschinellenUebersetzungssystem EUROTRA-D. In P. Scherber and M. Thaller U.Klenk, editors, Computerlinguistik und Philologische Datenverarbeitung.Olms, Hildesheim, 1987.

8689 Erich Steiner. Describing language as activity - an application to childlanguage. In Robin P. Fawcett and David Young, editors, New devel-opments in systemic linguistics: theory and application, pages 144–174.Pinter, London, 1988.

8690 Erich Steiner. Focus and diathesis. Commission of the European Com-munities, Luxembourg, 1988.

720

8691 Erich Steiner. Language as a form of goal directed action - the analysisof a moral dilemma. In James Benson and William Greaves, editors,Linguistics in a Systemic Perspective. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1988.

8692 Erich Steiner. Semantic relations in EUROTRA-D and LFG - a com-parison. In Paul Schmidt, Cornelia Zelinsky-Wibbelt, and Erich Steiner,editors, From syntax to semantics - insights from machine translation.Pinter, London, 1988.

8693 Erich Steiner. The interaction of language and music as semiotic sys-tems: the example of a folk ballad. In James D. Benson, Michael J.Cummings, and William S. Greaves, editors, Linguistics in a SystemicPerspective, pages 393–441. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1988.

8694 Erich Steiner. The interaction of language and music as semiotic sys-tems: the example of a folk ballad. In Michael J. Cummings, William S.Greaves, and James D. Benson, editors, Linguistics in a systemic per-spective. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1988.

8695 Erich Steiner. Aspects of a Functional Grammar for Machine Transla-tion. In The third International Conference on Theoretical and Method-ological Issues in Machine Translation of Natural Language, Austin,TX., 1990.

8696 Erich Steiner. Some fragments of a systemic grammar of German for acomputational environment. Technical Report, GMD/Institut für Inte-grierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, West Ger-many, 1990. Paper presented at the 17th. Annual International SystemicCongress, Stirling University, Scotland, July 3-7.

8697 Erich Steiner. Some remarks on a functional level for machine transla-tion. Language Sciences, 14(4):623–659, 1992.

8698 Erich Steiner. Producers - Users - Customers. Machine Translation,7(4):281–284, 1993.

8699 Erich Steiner. Some Representational Issues in a Fragmentary SystemicGrammar of German. Occasional Papers in Systemic Linguistics, 7:115–166, 1993.

8700 Erich Steiner. Systemic functional Grammar - some strengths andweaknesses relative to other approaches. In D. Nauta, A. Nijholt, andJ. Schaake, editors, Pragmatics in language technology: proceedings ofthe 4th International Workshop on Language Technology, pages 50–71.Dept. of Computer Science, University of Twente, Enschede, Nieder-lande, 1993.

8701 Erich Steiner. A Fragment of a Multilingual Transfer Component andits Relation to Discourse Knowledge. In Wiebke Ramm, editor, Text and

721

Context in Machine Translation: Aspects of Discourse Representationin Discourse Processing, pages 77–116. European Commission, Brusselsand Luxembourg, 1994. Studies in Machine Translation and NaturalLanguage Processing.

8702 Erich Steiner. An extended register analysis as a form of text analy-sis for translation. In Renate Erdmann, David Horton, and AngelikaLauer, editors, Perspectives on pre-translational text analysis, pages 32–50. LAUD, Duisburg, 1994.

8703 Erich Steiner. A fragment of a multilingual transfer component andits relation to discourse knowledge. In Christopher Butler, MargaretBerry, Robin Fawcett, and Guowen Huang, editors, Meaning and form:systemic functional interpretations. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1996.

8704 Erich Steiner. An exercise in translation evaluation. In A. Lauer, editor,Perspectives on translation evaluation (Möglichkeiten der Übersetzung-sevaluierung). LAUD papers in Linguistics, Duisburg, 1996.

8705 Erich Steiner. A register-based translation evaluation: An advertisementas a case in point. Target: International Journal of Translation Studies,10(2):291–318, 1998.

8706 Erich Steiner. Intralingual and interlingual versions of a text - howspecific is the notion of ’translation’. In Erich Steiner and Colin Yallop,editors, Exploring Translation and Multilingual Text Production: beyondcontent. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin and New York, 2000.

8707 Erich Steiner. Translation evaluation-some methodological questionsarising from the German translation of Goldhagen’s “Hitler’s willingexecutioners". In Eija Ventola, editor, Discourse and community: doingfunctional linguistics, pages 291–308. Gunter Narr, Tübingen, 2000.

8708 Erich H. Steiner. Die Entwicklung des Britischen Kontextualismus.Groos, Heidelberg, 1983.

8709 Erich H. Steiner. Generating semantic structures in EUROTRA-D. InProceedings COLING, University of Bonn, 1986.

8710 Erich H. Steiner. Semantic relations in LFG and EUROTRA-d – a com-parison. Technical Report EUROTRA-d Working Papers No. 5, Institutfür Angewandte Informationsforschung, Saarbrücken, West Germany,1987.

8711 Erich H. Steiner. Argument structure: grammatical issues. In The EU-ROTRA reference manual. Commission of the European Communities,Luxembourg, 1989. IAI Working Paper 13.

8712 Erich H. Steiner. Language, action, and interpretation. Mouton and deGruyter, Berlin and New York, 1990.

722

8713 Erich H. Steiner. Notes on lexical selection in KOMET. Technical Re-port, GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssys-teme, Darmstadt, West Germany, 1990.

8714 Erich H. Steiner. Some fragments of a systemic grammar for German fora computational environment. Technical Report, GMD/Institut für In-tegrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, Germany,July 1990. Paper presented at the Seventeenth International SystemicCongress, University of Stirling, Scotland.

8715 Erich H. Steiner. A model of goal-directed-action as a structuring prin-ciple for the context of situation in systemic linguistics. Mouton and deGruyter, Berlin, 1991.

8716 Erich H. Steiner, John A. Bateman, Elisabeth Maier, Elke Teich,and Leo Wanner. KOMET: Department Plan. Technical Report,GMD/Institut für Integrierte Informations- und Publikationssysteme,Darmstadt, West Germany, 1990.

8717 Erich H. Steiner, John A. Bateman, Elisabeth Maier, Elke Teich, andLeo Wanner. Of mountains to climb and ships to sink : generating Ger-man within a functional approach to text generation. Technical Report,GMD/Institut für Integrierte Informations- und Publikationssysteme,Darmstadt, West Germany, 1990.

8718 Erich H. Steiner, Ursula Eckert, Birgit Weck, and Jutta Winter. The De-velopment of the EUROTRA-D System of Semantic Relations. Techni-cal Report Eurotra-D Working Papers, No. 2, Institut der angewandtenInformationsforschung, Universität des Saarlandes, Saarbrücken, WestGermany, 1987.

8719 Erich H. Steiner, Ursula Eckert, Birgit Weck, and Jutta Winter. TheDevelopment of the EUROTRA-D System of Semantic Relations. InErich H. Steiner, Paul Schmidt, and Cornelia Zelinksy-Wibbelt, editors,From Syntax to Semantics: insights from Machine Translation. FrancesPinter, London, 1988.

8720 Erich H. Steiner and Ursula Reuther. Semantic Relations. EUROTRAreference manual, Version 6, 1989. (Commission of the European Com-munity).

8721 Erich H. Steiner, Paul Schmidt, and Cornelia Zelinksy-Wibbelt, editors.From Syntax to Semantics: insights from Machine Translation. FrancesPinter, London, 1988.

8722 Erich H. Steiner, Paul Schmidt, and Cornelia Zelinsky-Wibbelt. FromSyntax to Semantics: insights from Machine Translation. Frances Pin-ter, London, 1988.

723

8723 Erich H. Steiner and Jörg F. L. Schütz. A first outline of the co-operationbetween Penman (ISI/USC) and Eurotra-D (IAI/UdS). Technical Re-port EUROTRA-d Working Papers No. 6, Institut für Angewandte In-formationsforschung, Saarbrücken, 1988.

8724 Erich H. Steiner and Elke Teich. Representational extensions tothe PENMAN framework / systemic grammar. Technical Report,GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme,Darmstadt, West Germany, 1990.

8725 Erich H. Steiner and Jutta Winter. On the semantics of focus phenomenain eurotra. In Proceedings of COLING-86, Bonn, 1988.

8726 Erich Steiner and Wiebke Ramm. On theme as a grammatical notionfor German. Functions of Language, 1(2):57–93, 1995.

8727 Erich Steiner and R. Veltman, editors. Pragmatics, discourse and text:explorations in Systemic Semantics. Frances Pinter, London, 1988.

8728 Erich Steiner and Colin Yallop, editors. Exploring Translation and Mul-tilingual Text Production: beyond content. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlinand New York, 2000.

8729 J.H. Steinhauer, T. Wiese, C. Freksa, and T. Barkowsky. Recognition ofabstract regions in cartographic maps. In D. R. Montello, editor, SpatialInformation Theory - Foundations of Geographic Information Science,pages 306–321. Springer, Berlin, 2001.

8730 Martin Steinseifer. ,Fotos wie Brandwunden’? - Überlegungen zur deon-tischen Bedeutung von Pressefotografien am Beispiel von Hanns MartinSchleyer als Opfer der Roten Armee Fraktion. In Dietrich Busse andBusse-Niehr-Wengeler, editors, Brisante Semantik: Neuere Konzepteund Forschungsergebnisse einer kulturwissenschaftlichen Linguistik, vol-ume 259 of Reihe germanistische Linguistik, pages 269–292. Niemeyer,Tübingen, 2005.

8731 E. O. Stene. Newspapers in the campaign. Social Science, 12(2):213–215, 1937.

8732 M. Stenglin and R. Iedema. How to analyse visual images: a guide forTESOL teachers. In A. Burns and C. Coffin, editors, Analysing Englishin a global context: A reader, pages 194–208. Routledge, London, 2000.

8733 Maree Stenglin. Marketing Art:. Visual Communication, 6(2):202–213,2007.

8734 Maree Stenglin and Emilia Djonov. Unpacking narrative in a hyperme-dia ‘artedventure’ for children. Number 199 in Pragmatics and Beyond,pages 185–212. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2010.

724

8735 Maree Kristen Stenglin. Packaging curiosities : towards a grammar ofthree-dimensional space. PhD thesis, Linguistics, University of Sydney,Sydney, Australia, 2006.

8736 K. Stenning and J. Oberlander. A cognitive theory of graphical and lin-guistic reasoning: logic and implementation. Cognitive Science, 19:97–140, 1995.

8737 Amanda Stent. Rhetorical structure in dialog. In Proceedings of theInternational Natural Language Generation Conference (INLG-2000),Mitzpe Ramon, Israel, 2000.

8738 A. Stentz. Optimal and efficient path planning for partially-known en-vironments. In Proc. of the IEEE International Conference on Robotics& Automation (ICRA), pages 3310–3317. 1994.

8739 Holger Stenzhorn. XtraGen – A Natural Language Generation SystemUsing XML- and Java-Technologies. In Graham Wilcock, Nancy Ide,and Laurent Romary, editors, Proceedings of the 2nd Workshop on NLPand XML (NLPXML-2002) – Post-Conference Workshop of the 19th In-ternational Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING-2002),pages 59–66, Academica Sinica, Taipei, Taiwan, September 2002. Asso-ciation of Computational Linguistics and Chinese Language Processing.

8740 Holger Stenzhorn. XtraGen – A Natural Language Generation SystemUsing XML- and Java-Technologies. Diploma Thesis, ComputationalLinguistics and Phonetics, Fachrichtung 4.7 Allgemeine Linguistik, Uni-versity of the Saarland, Saarbrücken, Germany, August 2002. This the-sis describes the XtraGen natural language generation system which isbased on XML- and Java-technologies.

8741 Heidi Stephenson and Irene Langridge. Rage and reason: women play-wrights on playwriting, chapter Pam Gems, pages 88–97. Methuen, Lon-don, 1997.

8742 Barbara B. Stern. Interpretive semiology and the literature of consump-tion: A new reading of advertisements and consumer-produced texts.Semiotica, 100(1):35–67, 1994.

8743 R. J. Sternberg. Handbook of Human Intelligence. Cambridge UniversityPress, 32 east 57-th street, 1983.

8744 Robert J. Sternberg and Talia Ben-Zeev. Complex Cognition: The Psy-chology of Human Thought. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2001.

8745 A. Stevens, A. Collins, and S. E. Goldin. Misconceptions in Student’sUnderstanding. International Journal of Man-machine Studies, 11:145–156, 1979.

725

8746 A. L. Stevens and A. Collins. Multiple Conceptual Models of a ComplexSystem. In P. A. Federico R. E. Snow and W. E. Montague, editors,Aptitude, Learning, and Instruction, pages 177–197. Erlbaum, Hillsdale,NJ, 1980.

8747 A. Stevens and C. Steinberg. A Typology of Explanations and its Ap-plication to Intelligent Computer Aided Instruction. Technical Report4626, Bolt Beranek and Newman, Inc., March 1981.

8748 Anne Stewart. Clause Combining in Conchucos Quechua Discourse.PhD thesis, University of California at Los Angeles, 1987.

8749 Garrett Stewart. Digital fatigue: imaging war in recent American film.Film Quarterly, 62(4):45–55, 2009.

8750 A. Stich. Persuasive style: its relation to technical and artistic styles.Journal of literary semantics, 2:65–77, 1973.

8751 Henri Stierlin. Encyclopedia of World Architecture. Benedikt TaschenVerlag GmbH, Cologne, 1994.

8752 Paul Stiff. Graphic design, meta-design and information design. Infor-mation Design Journal, 7(1):41–46, 1993.

8753 Paul Stiff. Information design: just do it. Information Design Journal,8(3):283–285, 1996. (Conference report: Vision Plus 2).

8754 Paul Stiff. Some documents for a history of information design. Infor-mation Design Journal, 13(3):216–228, 2005.

8755 Glenn Stillar. Introduction to the metafunctions. In R.J. Stainton,editor, Discourse in a bilingual setting: working papers at le camp, pages117–124. A.L.R.W.G., Glendon College, York University, Toronto, 1989.

8756 Glenn Stillar. Discerning the discerning traveller: phasal analysis andideology. Social Semiotics, 1(2):112–122, 1991.

8757 Glenn Stillar. Emerging discoursal patterns: a phasal analysis and catal-ysis of Leonard Cohen’s ’Alexander Trocchi, Public Junkie, Priez PourNous’. Occasional Papers in Systemic Linguistics, 6:71–81, 1992.

8758 Glenn Stillar. Phasal analysis and multiple-inheritance: an appeal forcharity. Carleton Papers in Applied Language Studies, 9:104–128, 1992.

8759 Glenn Stillar. Structuration in texts and contexts. Interface, 10(1):11–26, 1996.

8760 M. Stocchetti and J. Sumiala-Seppaenen, editors. Images and commu-nities: the visual construction of the social. Helsinki University Print,Helsinki, Finland, 2007.

726

8761 O. Stock. Natural Language and the Exploration of an InformationSpace: the ALFresco Interactive System. In Proceedings of the Inter-national Joint Conference in Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI91), pages972–978, Sydney, 1991.

8762 Oliviero Stock. Parsing with Flexibility, Dynamic Strategies, and Idiomsin Mind. Computational Linguistics, 15(1):1–17, 1989.

8763 Oliviero Stock. Natural Language and Exploration of an InformationSpace: The ALFresco Interactive System. In Proceedings of the 12th. In-ternational Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI 91), vol-ume 2, pages 972–978, Sydney, August 1991. IJCAI, Morgan KaufmannPublishers Inc.

8764 Oliviero Stock. ALFRESCO: Enjoying the Combination of NaturalLanguage Processing and Hypermedia for Information Exploration. InM. T. Maybury, editor, Intelligent Multimedia Interfaces, pages 197–224.AAAI Press and MIT Press, Cambridge Massachusetts, 1993.

8765 Markus Stocker and Evren Sirin. PelletSpatial: A Hybrid RCC-8 andRDF/OWL Reasoning and Query Engine. In OWL: Experiences andDirections, 6th International Workshop (OWLED-09), 2009.

8766 Hartmut Stöckl. Textstil und Semiotik englischsprachiger Anzeigenwer-bung. Peter Lang, Frankfurt am Main, 1997.

8767 Hartmut Stöckl. (Un-)chaining the floating image. Methdologis-che Überlegungen zu einem Beschreibungs- und Analysemodell fürBild/Textverknüpfung aus linguistischer und semiotischer Perspektive.Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica, 21:75–95, 1998.

8768 Hartmut Stöckl. From space to time into narration - cognitive and semi-otic perspectives on the narrative potential of visually structured text.In Christian Todenhagen and Wolfgang Thiele, editors, Investigationsinto narrative structures, pages 73–98. Peter Lang, Frankfurt am Main,2002.

8769 Hartmut Stöckl. ’Imagine’: Stilanalyse multimodal. - am Beispiel desTV-Werbespots. In Irmhild Barz, Gotthard Lerchner, and MarianneSchröder, editors, Sprachstil. Zugänge und Anwendungen. Ulla Fix zum60. Geburtstag, pages 305–323. Winter, Heidelberg, 2003.

8770 Hartmut Stöckl. Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in der Sprache: ZurVerknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialen Text. Konzepte- Theorien - Analysemethoden. Walter de Gruyter, Berlin, 2004.

8771 Hartmut Stöckl. In between modes: language and image in printed me-dia. In Eija Ventola, Cassily Charles, and Martin Kaltenbacher, editors,Perspectives on Multimodality, pages 9–30. John Benjamins, Amster-dam, 2004.

727

8772 Hartmut Stöckl. Zeichen, Text und Sinn - Theorie und Praxis der mul-timodalen Textanalyse. In Eva Martha Eckkrammer and Gudrun Held,editors, Textsemiotik: Studien zu multimodalen Texten, pages 11–36.Lang, Frankfurt am Main, 2006.

8773 R. P. Stockwell. Summation and Assessment of Theories. In Syntax andSemantics 13: Current Approaches to Syntax. Academic Press, 1980.

8774 R. P. Stockwell, P. M. Schachter, and B. Partee. The Major SyntacticStructures of English. Holt, Rinehart and Winston Inc., 1973.

8775 Giorgos Stoilos, Giorgos B. Stamou, Vassilis Tzouvaras, Jeff Z. Pan, andIan Horrocks. The Fuzzy Description Logic f-SHIN. In Paulo Cesar G.da Costa, Kathryn B. Laskey, Kenneth J. Laskey, and Michael Pool,editors, International Semantic Web Conference, ISWC 2005, Workshop3: Uncertainty Reasoning for the Semantic Web, pages 67–76, November2005.

8776 M. Stokhof, J. Groenendijk, and D. Beaver, editors. Quantification andAnaphora I. ESPRIT Basic Research Action 3175 DYANA, deliverableR2.2.A, Centre for Cognitive Science, University of Edinburgh, 1991.

8777 R. Stolp, B. Weber, M. Müller, S. Wiebrock, and F. Wysotzki. Ziel-gerichtete Trainingsmethoden des Maschinellen Lernens am Beispiel vonDIPOL, 1999.

8778 Thomas Stolz. Race and language: glimpses of German and Austrianlinguistic typology in the nineteenth century. paper presented in Ames,Iowa, ms.

8779 Thomas Stolz. Europe as a Linguistic Area. In Keith Brown, Anne H.Anderson, and Laurie Bauer, editors, Encyclopedia of Language and Lin-guistics, pages 278–295. Elsevier Ltd., Amsterdam, Boston, Heidelberg,London, 2 edition, 2006.

8780 Thomas Stolz, Cornelia Stroh, and Aina Urdze. On Comitatives andRelated Categories: A Typological Study with Special Focus on the Lan-guages of Europe. Number 33 in Empirical Approaches to LanguageTypology. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 2006.

8781 Thomas Stolz and Aina Urdze. Head-marking vs. dependent-markingin modern Latvian. Sprachtypologie und Universalienforschung (STUF),54(3):279–297, 2001.

8782 M. Stommel and O. Herzog. Binarising SIFT-Descriptors to Reduce theCurse of Dimensionality in Histogram-Based Object Recognition. InInternational Symposium on Signal Processing, Image Processing andPattern Recognition (SIP), Jeju Island, Korea, December 10-12 2009.

728

8783 Martin Stommel. Binarising SIFT-Descriptors to Reduce the Curse ofDimensionality in Histogram-Based Object Recognition. InternationalJournal of Signal Processing, Image Processing and Pattern Recognition,3(1):25–36, March 2010.

8784 M. Stone and C. Doran. Paying heed to collocations. In INLG’96, pages91–100, Herstmonceux Castle, Sussex, 1996.

8785 Matthew Stone. Knowledge representation for language engineering. InAli Faghaly, editor, A handbook for language engineers, number 164 inCSLI Lecture Notes, pages 299–366. CSLI Publications, Stanford, 2003.

8786 Matthew Stone. Ontology and Description in Computational Semantics.In Proceedings of the 3rd Workshop on Knowledge and Reasoning inPractical Dialogue Systems at the 18th IJCAI, 2003.

8787 Matthew Stone and Christine Doran. Sentence planning as descrip-tion using tree adjoining grammar. In Proceedings of the 35th. AnnualMeeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics and the 8th.Conference of the European Chapter of the Association for Computa-tional Linguistics (ACL-EACL97), pages 198–205, Madrid, Spain, July1997. Association for Computational Linguistics.

8788 Matthew Stone, Christine Doran, Bonnie Webber, Tonia Bleam, andMartha Palmer. Microplanning with communicative intentions: theSPUD system. Technical Report, Rutgers, MITRE, Edinburgh, Penn-sylvania, 2000.

8789 Matthew Stone, Christine Doran, Bonnie Webber, Tonia Bleam, andMartha Palmer. Microplanning with communicative intentions: theSPUD system. Technical Report arXiv:cs:CL/0104022, CMP-LG E-printArchive, 2001.

8790 Matthew Stone and Bonnie Webber. Textual economy through closecoupling of syntax and semantics. In Proceedings of the 1998 Inter-national Workshop on Natural Language Generation, pages 178–187.Niagara-on-the-Lake, Canada, 1998.

8791 E. Stopp and A. Blocher. Spatial Information in Instructions and Ques-tions to an Autonomous System, 1997.

8792 Eva Stopp. Ein Modell für natürlichsprachlichen Zugang zu autonomenRobotern. REAL 64, Sonderforschungsbereich 378 - Ressourcenadaptivekognitive Prozesse, Universität des Saarlandes, 1997.

8793 Eva Stopp and Anselm Blocher. Spatial information in instructions andquestions to an autonomous system. REAL 63, Sonderforschungsbereich378 - Ressourcenadaptive kognitive Prozesse, Universität des Saarlandes,1997.

729

8794 Eva Stopp, Klaus-Peter Gapp, Gerd Herzog, Thomas Laengle, andTim C. Lueth. Utilizing spatial relations for natural language access toan autonomous mobile robot. In B. Nebel and L. Dreschler-Fischer, edi-tors, Proceedings of KI-94: Advances in Artificial Intelligence. 18th Ger-man Annual Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 39–50, Berlinand Heidelberg, 1994. Springer-Verlag.

8795 C. Storm and T. Storm. A taxonomic study of the vocabulary of emo-tions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 53:805–816, 1987.

8796 Dejan Stosic. The prepositions par and à traverse and the categorizationof spatial entities in French. In Michel Aurnague, Maya Hickmann, andLaure Vieu, editors, The Categorization of Spatial Entities in Languageand Cognition, volume 20 of Human Cognitive Processing, pages 71–90.John Benjamins Publishing Company, Amsterdam, The Netherlands,2007.

8797 Linda Strachan, John Anderson, Murrau Sneesby, and Mark Evans.Pragmatic User Modelling in a Commercial Software System. InA. Jameson, C. Paris, and C. Tasso, editors, Proceedings of the SixthInternational Conference on User Modeling (UM97), pages 189–200.Springer, Berlin, June 2-5 1997. (Chia Laguna, Sardinia, Italy).

8798 B. Strang. A History of English. Methuen, London, 1970.

8799 Erich Straßner. Kommunikative and ästhetische Leistungen von Bildund Sprache im Plakat. In Joachim-Felix Leonhard, Hans WernerLudwig, Dietrich Schwarze, and Erich Straßner, editors, Medienwis-senschaft. Ein Handbuch zur Entwicklung der Medien und Kommunika-tionsformen. 2. Teilband, pages 1783–1788. de Gruyter, Berlin, 1999.

8800 Erich Straßner. Journalistische Texte. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 2000.

8801 Erich Straßner. Text-Bild-Kommunikation / Bild-Text-Kommunikation.Niemeyer, Tübingen, 2002.

8802 C.R. Stratton. Linguistics, Rhetoric, and Discourse Structure. PhDthesis, University of Wisconsin, 1971.

8803 P.F. Strawson. On referring. Mind, 54, 1945.

8804 P.F. Strawson. Identifying Reference and Truth Values. Theoria, 30:75–95, 1964. (Reprinted in Strawson, P. (1971) Logico-linguistic papersLondon: Methuen).

8805 P.F. Strawson. Intention and convention in speech acts. PhilosophicalRevue, 73:439–460, 1964.

8806 P.F. Strawson. Logico-linguistic papers. Methuen, London, 1971.

730

8807 N. A. Streitz, J. Hannemann, and M. Thüring. From ideas and argu-ments to Hyperdocuments: travelling through activity spaces. TechnicalReport Arbeitspapiere der GMD 402, GMD/IPSI, Darmstadt, 1989.

8808 Norbert A. Streitz, J. Hannemann, and M. Thüring. From ideas andarguments to hyperdocuments: travelling through activity spaces. InProceedings of the 2nd ACM Conference on Hypertext (Hypertext ’89),pages 343–364, Pittsburgh, PA, 1989. Association for Computing Ma-chinery.

8809 Peter Strevens. ’The Linguistic Sciences and Language Teaching’ revis-ited. In Ross Steele and Terry Threadgold, editors, Language topics.Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1987.

8810 Karen Striegnitz. Two kinds of alternative sets and a marking principle- when to say Also. In Anja Belz, Roger Evans, and Paul Piwek, editors,Natural Language Generation: Third international Conference (INLG2004), number 3123 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages212–218. Springer, Berlin, New York, July 14-16 2004.

8811 Kristina Striegnitz. Pragmatic Constraints and Contextual Reasoning inNatural Language Generation: a system description. Technical Report,University of the Saarland, Computational Linguistics, Saarbrücken,2000.

8812 Helmer Strik, Albert Russel, Henk van den Huevel, Catia Cucchiarini,and Lou Boves. A spoken dialogue system for public transport informa-tion. Proceedings of the Department of Language and Speech, 19:129–142, 1996. H.Strik and N.Oostdijk and C. Cucchiarini and P.A. Coppen(eds.), Nijmegen, The Netherlands.

8813 G. Strube. Cognitive Science. In Proceedings of the 21st Urban DataManagement Symposium (UDMS 99), 0.

8814 G. Strube. Kognition. In G. Strube et al., editor,WbKW, pages 303–317.Klett-Cotta, Stuttgart, 1996.

8815 G. Strube. Modelling motivation and action control in cognitive systems.In U. Schmid, J. Krems, and F. Wysocki, editors, Mind modelling: acognitive science approach to reasoning, learning, and discovery, pages89–108. Pabst Science Publishers, Berlin, 1998.

8816 G. Strube, D. Janetzko, and M. Knauff. Cooperative construction of ex-perts knowledge: the case of knowledge engineering. In P.B. Baltes andU.M. Staudinger, editors, Interactive minds. Life-span perspectives onthe social foundation of cognition, pages 366–393. Cambridge UniversityPress, Cambridge, 1996.

731

8817 G. Strube, M. Knauff, T. Kuß, R. Rauh, and C. Schlieder. Spatialmental models: Reasoning with Allen’s relations. In Proc. EuropeanConference on Cognitive Science, pages 8–13. 1997.

8818 G. Strube, M. Knauff, T. Kuß, R. Rauh, and C. Schlieder. Spatialmental models: Reasoning with Allen’s relations. In Conference Pro-ceedings European Conference on Cognitive Science (ECCS 97), pages8–13, 1997.

8819 G. Strube and C. Schlieder. Wissensrepräsentation im Symbolverar-beitungsansatz. In F. Klix and H. Spada, editors, Wissenspsychologie(Reihe ’Enzyklopädie der Psychologie’, Band C II G), pages 501–530.Hogrefe, Göttingen, 1998.

8820 Tomek Strzalkowski. Building a lexical domain map from text corpora.In Proceedings of the 15th. International Conference on ComputationalLinguistics (COLING 94), volume I, pages 604–610, Kyoto, Japan, 1994.

8821 Tomek Strzalkowski, editor. Reversible Grammar in Natural LanguageProcessing. Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1994.

8822 Michael Stubbs. Motivating analyses of exchange structure. In Mal-colm Coulthard and Michael Montgomery, editors, Studies in DiscourseAnalysis, pages 107–119. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London, 1981.

8823 Michael Stubbs. A matter of prolonged fieldwork: towards a modalgrammar of English. Applied Linguistics, 7:1–25, 1986.

8824 Michael Stubbs. British traditions in text analysis: from Firth to Sin-clair. In Gill Francis, Elena Tognini-Bonelli, and Mona Baker, editors,Text and technology: in honour of John Sinclair, pages 1–33. Benjamins,Amsterdam, 1993.

8825 Michael Stubbs. Text and corpus analysis: computer-assisted studies oflanguage and culture. Blackwell, London, 1996.

8826 Michael Stubbs. Words and Phrases: Corpus Studies of Lexical Seman-tics. Blackwell, Oxford, 2001.

8827 E. Stubjkaer and H. Stuckenschmidt. Ontological Engineering for theCadastral Domain. In Proceedings of the Urban and Regional Data Man-agement Symposium, 2000.

8828 H. Stuckenschmidt. A Case Study in Semantic Translation of Land-useClassifications. In S. Winter, editor, Proceedings of the Euresco Con-ference on Geographic Domain and Geographic Information Systems.La-Londes-Les-Maures., 2000.

732

8829 H. Stuckenschmidt. Modularization of ontologies - wonderweb:Ontology infrastructure for the semantic web. Project Deliverablehttp://wonderweb.semanticweb.org/deliverables/documents/D21.pdf,WonderWeb Project, 2003. Stuckenschmidt, H., and M. Klein (Eds.)Modularization of ontologies - wonderweb: Ontology infrastructure forthe semantic web.

8830 H. Stuckenschmidt and C. Ranze. A Flexible Formal Framework for Un-certain Expertise. In Proceedings of EKAW 99, 11th European Workshopon Knowledge Acquisition, Modeling, and Management, 1999.

8831 H. Stuckenschmidt, C. Schlieder, U. Visser, T. Vögele, and H. Neu-mann. Spatial Reasoning for Information Brokering. In Proceedings ofthe 14th Florida Artificial Intelligence Research Symposium (FLAIRS).American Association for Artificial Intelligence, 2001.

8832 H. Stuckenschmidt and U. Visser. Semantic Translation based on Ap-proximate Re-Classification. In Proceedings of the Workshop ’SemanticApproximation, Granularity and Vagueness’ at the International Con-ference on Principles of Knowledge Representation, 2000.

8833 Heiner Stuckenschmidt, Christine Parent, and Stefano Spaccapietra,editors. Modular Ontologies: Concepts, Theories and Techniques forKnowledge Modularization, volume 5445 of Lecture Notes in ComputerScience. Springer, 2009.

8834 Lucy Suchman. Do Categories have Politics? The Language/Action Per-spective Reconsidered. Computer Supported Cooperative Work (CSCW),2:177–190, 1994.

8835 Lucy A. Suchman. Plans and situated actions: the problem of human-machine communication. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, Eng-land, 1987.

8836 Lucy C. Suchman. Plans and situated actions: the problem of human-machine communication. PhD thesis, Xerox PARC, 1985.

8837 Monika Suckfüll. Filmanalysis and psychophysiology: effects of momentsof impact and protagonists. Media Psychology, 2(3):269–301, 2000.

8838 Monika Suckfüll. Rezeptionsmodalitäten: ein integratives Konstrukt fürdie Medienwirkungsforschung. Fischer, München, 2004.

8839 Monika Suckfüll. Films that move us: moments of narrative impact inan animated short film. Projections, 4(2):41–63, 2010.

8840 Monika Suckfüll and Michael Scharkow. Modes of reception for fictionalfilms. Communications, 34(4):361–384, 2009.

733

8841 R. Sugimura. Japanese Honorifics and Situation Semantics. In Proceed-ings of COLING-86, pages 507–510, 1986.

8842 Peter Sullivan. Newspaper graphics. IFRA, Darmstadt, 1987.

8843 E. Sumita and H. Iida. Experiments and prospects of example-basedmachine translation. In Proceedings of the 29th Annual Meeting of theAssociation for Computational Linguistics, pages 185–192, University ofBerkeley, CA, 1991.

8844 E. Sumita, H. Iida, and H. Kohyama. Translating with Examples: anew approach to machine translation. In The 3rd International Confer-ence on Theoretical and Methodological Issues in Machine Translationof Natural Language, pages 203–212, Austin, Texas, 1990.

8845 Kristen Summers. Toward a taxonomy of logical document structures.In Electronic Publishing and the Information Superhighway: Proceedingsof the Dartmouth Institute for Advanced Graduate Studies (DAGS ’95),pages 124–133, Boston, MA, May 1995.

8846 Kristen Summers. Automatic discovery of logical document structure.PhD thesis, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York, 1998.

8847 SUMO. The Suggested Upper Merged Ontology. Teknowledge, 2003.Version 1.60.

8848 Kaustubh Supekar, Chintan Patel, and Yugyung Lee. CharacterizingQuality of Knowledge on Semantic Web. In Proceedings of FLAIRS-04,2004.

8849 G. J. Sussman. A Computer Model of Skill Acquisition. American Else-vier, New York, 1975.

8850 A. Sutcliffe and P. Faraday. Systematic design for task-related multime-dia interfaces. Information Software Technology, 36(4):225–234, 1994.

8851 I. E. Sutherland. SKETCHPAD: A Man-Machine Graphical Communi-cations System. Technical Report 296, MIT, Lincoln Laboratory, Jan-uary 1963.

8852 Dan Suthers. Providing Multiple Views of Reasoning for Explanations,August 1988. Presented at the AAAI Workshop on Explanations.

8853 Daniel D. Suthers. A task-appropriate hybrid architecture for explana-tion. Computational Intelligence, 7(4):315–333, 1991.

8854 S. Sutton, D.G. Novick, R.A. Cole, and M. Fanty. Building 10,000spoken-dialogue systems. In Proceedings of the International Conferenceon Spoken Language Processing, 1996.

734

8855 Seksun Suwanmanee, Djamal Benslimane, and Philippe Thiran. OWL-Based approach for Semantic Interoperability. In 19th InternationalConference on Advanced Information Networking and Applications(AINA 2005), 28-30 March 2005, AINA 2005, pages 145–150. IEEEComputer Society, March 2005.

8856 Elisabeth Swain, editor. Thresholds and Potentialities of Systemic Func-tional Linguistics: Multilingual, Multimodal and Other Specialised Dis-courses. EUT Edizioni Università di Trieste, Trieste, 2010.

8857 J. M. Swales. A genre-based approach to language across the curriculum.In M. Tickoo, editor, Language across the curriculum: Proceedings ofthe Annual RELC Seminar, 1985. Regional Language Cenre, Singapore,1986.

8858 John M. Swales. Genre Analysis: English in academic and researchsettings. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1990.

8859 John M. Swales. Research Genres. Exploration and applications. Cam-bridge University Press, Cambridge, 2004.

8860 Bill Swartout, Ramesh Patil, Kevin Knight, and Tom Russ. Towardsdistributed use of large-scale ontologies. In Proceedings of the 10th.Knowledge Acquisition for Knowledge-Based Systems Workshop, Banff,Canada, 1996.

8861 William Swartout. A Digitalis therapy advisor with explanations. In RajReddy, editor, Proceedings of the 5th. International Joint Conferenceon Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI’77), pages 819–825, Cambridge, MA,August 1977. Kaufmann.

8862 William R. Swartout. A Digitalis Therapy Advisor with Explanations.Technical Report, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Laboratoryfor Computer Science, February 1977.

8863 William R. Swartout. Explaining and Justifying Expert Consulting Pro-grams. In Proceedings of the 7th IJCAI, University of British Columbia,Vancouver, Canada, August 1981. International Joint Conferences onArtificial Intelligence.

8864 William R. Swartout. Explaining and Justifying Expert Consulting Pro-grams. In Proceedings of the Seventh IJCAI. IJCAI, August 1981.

8865 William R. Swartout. Producing Explanations and Justifications of Ex-pert Consulting Programs. Technical Report MIT/LCS/TR-251, Mas-sachusetts Institute of Technology, January 1981.

8866 William R. Swartout. Gist English generator. In Proceedings of theNational Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 404–409. AAAI,August 1982.

735

8867 William R. Swartout, editor. Report on Workshop on Automated Expla-nation Production. ACM SIGART, No. 85, 1983.

8868 William R. Swartout. The Gist behavior explainer. (Submitted toAAAI-83.), 1983.

8869 William R. Swartout. The GIST behavior explainer. In Proceedings ofthe National Conference on Artificial Intelligence, AAAI, WashingtonD.C., 1983.

8870 William R. Swartout. XPLAIN: A system for creating and explain-ing expert consulting systems. Artificial Intelligence, 21(3):285–325,September 1983.

8871 William R. Swartout. Explaining and Justifying Expert Consulting Pro-grams. In W. Clancey and E. Shortliffe, editors, Readings in Medical Ar-tificial Intelligence: The First Decade. Addison-Wesley, 1984. Reprintedfrom Proceedings of the Seventh International Joint Conference on Ar-tificial Intelligence, 1981.

8872 William R. Swartout. Knowledge needed for Expert System Explana-tion. In AFIPS Conference Proceedings, volume 54, pages 93–98. Na-tional Computer Conference, 1985.

8873 William R. Swartout. Beyond XPLAIN: toward more explainable expertsystems. In Proceedings of the Congress of the American Association ofMedical Systems and Informatics, 1986.

8874 William R. Swartout and Steve W. Smoliar. Explaining the link betweencausal reasoning and expert behavior. In Proceedings of the Symposiumon Computer Applications in Medical Care, November 1987.

8875 William R. Swartout and Steve W. Smoliar. Explaining the link betweencausal reasoning and expert behavior. In Proceedings of the Symposiumon Computer Applications in Medical Care, Washington, D. C., Novem-ber 1987. also to appear in Topics in Medical Artificial Intelligence;Miller, P.L. (ed), Springer-Verlag.

8876 William R. Swartout and Steve W. Smoliar. On Making Expert SystemsMore Like Experts. Expert Systems, 4(3), August 1987.

8877 Kevin W. Sweeney. Medium. In Paisley Livingston and Carl Plantinga,editors, The Routledge Companion to Philosophy and Film, chapter 16,pages 173–183. Routledge, London and New York, 2009.

8878 J. Sweller, J. Van Merriënboer, and F. Paas. Cognitive architecture andinstructional design. Educational Psychology Review, 10:251–296, 1998.

8879 M. Swerts and R. Gelujkens. The prosody of information units in spon-taneous monologue. Phonetica, 50:189–196, 1993.

736

8880 D. Swinney. The Process of Language Comprehension; An Approach toExamining Issues in Cognition and Language. Cognition, 10:307–312,1981.

8881 Geoffrey Sykes. The images of film and the categories of signs: Peirceand Deleuze on media. Semiotica, 176(1/4):65–81, 2009.

8882 SYSTRAN. Online translation service, 2004.

8883 Nicolas Szilas. A computational model of an intelligent narrator forinteractive narratives. Applied Artificial Intelligence, 21(8):753–801,September 2007.

8884 Benedikt Szmrecsanyi. Creatures of habit: a corpus-linguistic analysis ofpersistence in spoken English. Corpus Linguistics and Linguistic Theory,1(1):113–149, 2005.

8885 Peter Szolovitz and William A. Martin. Brand X: Lisp Support forSemantic Networks. In Proceedings of the seventh international jointconference on artificial intelligence, pages 940–946, Vancouver, August1981. IJCAI.

8886 M. Taboada and J. Grieve. Analysing appraisal automatically. In AAAISpring Symposium of Exploring Attitude and Affect in Text. AAAI, 2004.

8887 María Teresa Taboada. Modeling task-oriented dialogue. Computersand the Humanities, 37(4):431–454, 2003.

8888 María Teresa Taboada. Building Coherence and Cohesion: Task-oriented dialogue in English and Spanish. John Benjamins, Amsterdam,2004.

8889 María Teresa Taboada and William C. Mann. Applications of RhetoricalStructure Theory. Discourse Studies, 8(4):567–588, August 2006.

8890 María Teresa Taboada and William C. Mann. Rhetorical StructureTheory: looking back and moving ahead. Discourse Studies, 8(3):423–459, June 2006.

8891 Atsushi Tabuchi. Nihon-go bun seisei no tame no systemic bunpou nosakusei’ (The development of a systemic grammar for the generation ofJapanese text), 1986. Bachelor’s thesis (in Japanese), Dept. of ElectricalEngineering, Kyoto University, Kyoto, Japan.

8892 J. Tait. An English Generator for a Case-Labelled Dependency Repre-sentation. In Second Conference of the European Chapter of the Asso-ciation for Computational Linguistics, 1985.

8893 Hideaki Takeda, Kenji Iino, and Toyoaki Nishida. Agent organizationand communication with multiple ontologies. International Journal ofCooperative Information Systems, 4(4):321–337, 1995.

737

8894 Koichi Takeda. Tricolor DAGs for Machine Translation. In 32nd. AnnualMeeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 226–233, New Mexico State University, Las Cruces, New Mexico, 1994.

8895 Leonard Talmy. Semantic structures in English and Atsugewi. PhDthesis, University of California, Berkeley, 1972.

8896 Leonard Talmy. How language structures space. In H.L. Pick and L.P.Acredolo, editors, Spatial Orientation: Theory, Research, and Applica-tion, pages 225–282. Plenum Press, New York, 1983.

8897 Leonard Talmy. Lexicalization patterns: semantic structure in lexicalforms. In Timothy Shopen, editor, Language typology and syntacticdescription: Volume III: Grammatical categories and the lexicon, pages57–150. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1985.

8898 Leonard Talmy. Figure and ground in complex sentences. In Joseph H.Greenberg, editor, Universals of human language, pages 625–649. Uni-versity of California Press, Stanford, 1987.

8899 Leonard Talmy. Force dynamics in language and cognition. CognitiveScience, 12(1):49–100, January-March 1988.

8900 Leonard Talmy. The relation of grammar to cognition. In BrygidaRudzka-Ostyn, editor, Topics in Cognitive Linguistics. John Benjamins,Amsterdam, 1988.

8901 Leonard Talmy. Fictive Motion in Language and ‘Ception’. In PaulBloom, Mary A. Peterson, Lynn Nadel, and Merrill F. Garrett, editors,Language and Space, pages 211–296. MIT Press, Cambride, MA, 1999.

8902 Leonard Talmy. Fictive motion in language and ’Ception’. In PaulBloom, Mary A. Peterson, Lynn Nadel, and Merrill F. Garrett, editors,Language and Space, pages 211–276. MIT Press, Cambride, MA, 1999.

8903 Leonard Talmy. Towards a cognitive semantics. A Bradford Book, MITPress, Cambridge, MA, 2000.

8904 Leonard Talmy. Towards a cognitive semantics, chapter A CognitiveFramework for Narrative Structure, pages 417–482. A Bradford Book,MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 2001.

8905 Leonard Talmy. The fundamental system of spatial schemas in language.In B. Hampe, editor, From perception to meaning: image schemas incognitive linguistics, pages 37–47. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 2006.

8906 Leonhard Talmy. Semantic Causative Types. In M. Shibatani, editor,Syntax and Semantics, Vol 6. Academic Press, New York, 1976.

738

8907 Ed Tan and Gijsbert Diteweg. Suspense, predictive inference, and emo-tion in film viewing. In Peter Vorderer, Hans J. Wulff, and MikeFriederichsen, editors, Suspense: conceptualizations, theoretical anal-yses, and empirical explorations, chapter 9, pages 149–188. LawrenceErlbaum Associates, Mahwah, NJ, 1996.

8908 Ed S. Tan. Emotion and the Structure of Narrative Film. Film as anEmotion Machine. Lawrence Erlbaum, Mahwah, N.J, 1996.

8909 S. H. Tan. Interest when Nothing Happens; A Note on Narrative Re-tardation. In Proceedings of the 1986 Meeting of the Cognitive ScienceSociety, pages 832–842, 1986.

8910 Sabine Tan. A systemic functional framework for the analysis of corpo-rate television advertisements. In Eija Ventola and Arsenio Jesús MoyaGuijarro, editors, The world told and the world shown: multisemioticissues, pages 157–182. Palgrave Macmillan, Basingstoke, 2009.

8911 Sabine Tan. Facts, opinions, and media spectacle: Exploring represen-tations of business news on the internet. Discourse & Communication,5(2):169–194, May 2011.

8912 K Tanaka-Ishii, K. Hasida, and I. Noda. Reactive Content Selection inthe Generation of Real-time Soccer Commentary. In Coling-ACL ’98,pages 1282–1288, Montréal, 1998.

8913 Deborah Tannen. What’s in a Frame? Surface Evidence for UnderlyingExpectations. In Roy O. Freedle, editor, Discourse Processes: Advancesin Research and Theory. Volume 2: New Directions in Discourse Pro-cessing. Ablex, Norwood, New Jersey, 1979.

8914 Deborah Tannen. A comparative analysis of oral narrative strategies:Athenian Greek and American English. In Wallace L. Chafe, editor, ThePear Stories, pages 51–88. Ablex Publishing Corps., New Jersey, 1980.

8915 Deborah Tannen, editor. Georgetown University Round Table on Lan-guages and Linguistics 1981 - Analyzing Discourse: Text and Talk.Georgetown University Press, Washington, D.C., 1982.

8916 Deborah Tannen, editor. Coherence in Spoken and Written Language.Ablex Pub. Corp., Norwood, NJ, 1983.

8917 Deborah Tannen and Cynthia Wallat. Interactive frames and knowledgeschemas in interaction: examples from a medical examination interview.Social Psychology Quarterly, 50(2):205–216, 1987.

8918 Deborah Tannen and Cynthia Wallat. Interactive frames and knowledgeschemas in interaction: examples from a medical examination inter-view. In Adam Jaworski and Nikolas Coupland, editors, The DiscourseReader, volume 50, chapter 21, pages 346–366. Routledge, London, 1999.

739

8919 Percy H. Tannenbaum and Richard K. Brewer. Consistency of syn-tactic structure as a factor in journalistic style. Journalism Quarterly,42(2):292–302, 1965.

8920 Percy H. Tannenbaum and James E. Noah. Sportugese: a study of sportspage communication. Journalism Quarterly, 36(2):163–170, 1959.

8921 Michael C. Tanner and John R. Josephson. Justifying Diagnostic Con-clusions, August 1988. Presented at the AAAI-88 Workshop on Expla-nations.

8922 S. Tanoike. The case ordering hypothesis. Papers in Japanese Linguis-tics, 4:191–208, 1976.

8923 H. Tappe and F. Schilder. Coherence in spoken discourse. In 17th Int.COLING, pages 1294–1298, Montréal, 1998.

8924 Heike Tappe. Perspektivenwahl in Beschreibungen dynamischer undstatischer Wegeskizzen. In Christopher Habel and Christiane von Stut-terheim, editors, Räumliche Konzepte und sprachliche Strukturen, pages69–95. Niemeyer, 2000.

8925 Samir Tartir, I. Budak Arpinar, Michael Moore, Amit P. Sheth, andBoanerges Aleman-Meza. OntoQA: Metric-Based Ontology QualityAnalysis. In IEEE ICDM 2005 Workshop on Knowledge Acquisitionfrom Distributed, Autonomous, Semantically Heterogeneous Data andKnowledge Sources, 2005.

8926 C.M. Taskiran, I. Pollak, C.A. Bouman, and E.J. Delp. Stochastic mod-els of video structure for program genre detection. In ???, number 2849in LNCS, pages 84–92. Springer, 2003.

8927 D. G. Tatar, G. Foster, and D. Bobrow. Design for conversation. Inter-national Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 34:185–209, 1991.

8928 Miriam Taverniers. Systemic-Functional Linguistics and the Notionof Grammatical Metaphor: A theoretical study and the proposal for asemiotic-functional integrative model. PhD thesis, Ghent University,English Department, Ghent, Belgium, 2002.

8929 Miriam Taverniers. Grammatical metaphors in English. Moderna Språk,98(1):17–26, 2004.

8930 Miriam Taverniers. Grammatical metaphor and lexical metaphor: Dif-ferent perspectives on semantic variation. Neophilologus, 2006.

8931 Miriam Taverniers. Interpersonal grammatical metaphor as double scop-ing and double grounding. Word, 2006.

8932 Miriam Taverniers. Hjelmslev’s semiotic model of language: an exegesis.Semiotica, 171(1/4):367–394, 2008.

740

8933 Miriam Taverniers. The syntax-semantics interface in systemic func-tional grammar: Halliday’s interpretation of the Hjelmslevian model ofstratification. Journal of Pragmatics, 43(4):1100–1126, March 2011.

8934 C. Taylor. Interpretation and the science of man. The Review of Meta-physics, 25:3–51, 1971.

8935 C. Taylor and A. Baldry. Computer assisted text analysis and transla-tion: a functional approach in the analysis and translation of advertisingtexts. In Erich Steiner and Colin Yallop, editors, Exploring Translationand Multilingual Text Production: beyond content. Mouton de Gruyter,Berlin and New York, 2000.

8936 C. Taylor and D. Kriegman. Exploration strategies for mobile robots. InProc. of the IEEE International Conference on Robotics & Automation(ICRA), pages 248–253. 1993.

8937 Christopher Taylor. The subtitling of Film: reaching another commu-nity. In Eija Ventola, editor, Discourse and community: doing functionallinguistics, pages 309–330. Gunter Narr, Tübingen, 2000.

8938 Christopher Taylor. Multimodal text analysis and subtitling. In EijaVentola, Cassily Charles, and Martin Kaltenbacher, editors, Perspectiveson Multimodality, pages 153–172. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2004.

8939 Holly A. Taylor and Susan J. Naylor. Goal-directed effects on process-ing a spatial environment. In Kenny R. Coventry and Patrick Olivier,editors, Spatial Language: Cognitive and Computational Perspectives,pages 233–253. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 2002.

8940 Holly A. Taylor, Thora Tenbrink, and Molly E. Sorrows. Let’s Go fora Run: Planning Routes to Remember. In Laura Carlson, ChristophHölscher, and Thomas F. Shipley, editors, Proceedings of the 33rd An-nual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society, pages 2758–2763,Austin, TX, 2011. Cognitive Science Society.

8941 Holly A. Taylor and Barbara Tversky. Perspective in spatial descrip-tions. Journal of Memory and Language, 35:371–391, 1996.

8942 John Taylor. Models of word meaning in comparison: the two-levelmodel (Manfred Bierwisch) and the network model (Ronald Langacker).In Rene Dirven and Johan Vanparys, editors, Current approaches to thelexicon, pages 3–26. Peter Lang, Berlin, 1995.

8943 R. L. Teach and E. H. Shortliffe. An analysis of physicians’ attitudes.In B. G. Buchanan and E. H. Shortliffe, editors, Rule-Based Expert Sys-tems: The MYCIN Experiments of the Stanford Heuristic ProgrammingProject. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Reading, Mass., 1984.

741

8944 Elke Teich. Der Übersetzungsablauf bei Pfaff. Technical Report, Uni-versität des Saarlandes, Saarbrücken, 1986.

8945 Elke Teich. Komet grammar documentation part I. Technical Report,GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme,Darmstadt, West Germany, 1989.

8946 Elke Teich. Systemic Linguistics in Natural Language Processing. Mas-ter’s thesis, Universität des Saarlandes, Saarbrücken, West Germany,1989. (Magisterarbeit).

8947 Elke Teich. A systemically based treatment of ‘raising’ and ‘control’in the context of machine translation. In Eija Ventola, editor, RecentSystemic and Other Views on Language. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1990.

8948 Elke Teich. Komet grammar documentation part II. Technical Report,GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme,Darmstadt, West Germany, 1990.

8949 Elke Teich. Text generation for German – KOMET. Technical Report,GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme,Darmstadt, West Germany, 1990. gmd-report.

8950 Elke Teich. The representation of syntagmatic relations in SystemicFunctional Grammar. Technical Report, GMD/Institut für IntegriertePublikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, Germany, 1990.(Dissertation proposal).

8951 Elke Teich. A systemic grammar of German for text generation. In DirkNoël, editor, Occasional Papers in Systemic Linguistics. University ofNottingham, 1991. Paper held at 17th International Systemic Congress,University of Stirling, July 1990.

8952 Elke Teich. Documentation of KOMET prototype I – Grammar. Tech-nical Report, GMD/IPSI, Darmstadt, February 1991.

8953 Elke Teich. Komet grammar documentation part III. Technical Report,GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme,Darmstadt, West Germany, 1991.

8954 Elke Teich. Komet: grammar documentation. Technical Report,GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme,Darmstadt, West Germany, 1992.

8955 Elke Teich. Komet: grammar documentation. Technical Report,GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme,Darmstadt, West Germany, 1992.

8956 Elke Teich. Komet: Grammar Documentation. Technical Report,GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme,Darmstadt, Germany, 1992.

742

8957 Elke Teich. Towards a notion of dependency for systemic functionalgrammar. Technical Report, GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations-und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, West Germany, Darmstadt, Ger-many, 1992. Paper presented at the Nineteenth International SystemicCongress, Sydney, Australia.

8958 Elke Teich. Towards a notion of dependency for systemic functionalgrammar. Technical Report, GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations-und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, Germany, 1992. Paper presentedat the Nineteenth International Systemic Congress, Sydney, Australia.

8959 Elke Teich. The use of features in grammar theory. Technical Report,GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme,Darmstadt, Germany, 1994. Paper presented at the 21st InternationalSystemic Congress, Gent, August 1994.

8960 Elke Teich. A proposal for dependency in Systemic Functional Grammar:metasemiosis in Computational Systemic Functional Linguistics. PhDthesis, University of the Saarland, Saarbrücken, Germany, 1995.

8961 Elke Teich. The ‘Generation Gap’ Revisited. In Wolfgang Hoeppner andHelmut Horacek, editors, Principles of Natural Language Generation–Papers from a Dagstuhl Seminar, pages 107–115, Universität Duisburg(GH), 1995. Schriftenreihe Informatik Bericht Nr. SI-12.

8962 Elke Teich. Towards a methodology for the construction of multilin-gual resources for multilngual generation. In Richard Kittredge, editor,Proceedings of the IJCAI ’95 Workshop on Multilingual Text Gener-ation, pages 136–148, Montréal, Québec, August 1995. InternationalJoint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, AAAI.

8963 Elke Teich. Towards a methodology for the construction of multilin-gual resources for multilingual text generation. In Proceedings of theIJCAI workshop on multilingual generation, pages 136–148, Montréal,1995. IJCAI (International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence)95, August 21-25, 1995, Montréal, Canada.

8964 Elke Teich. Systemic functional grammar in Natural Language Gener-ation: linguistic description and computational representation. Cassell,London, 1999.

8965 Elke Teich. Towards a model for the description of cross-linguistic diver-gence and commonality in translation. In Erich Steiner and Colin Yallop,editors, Exploring Translation and Multilingual Text Production: beyondcontent. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin and New York, 2000.

8966 Elke Teich. Cross-Linguistic Variation in System and Text. Mouton deGruyter, Berlin, 2003.

743

8967 Elke Teich and John A. Bateman. Towards an application of text gen-eration in an integrated publication system. In Proceedings of the Sev-enth International Workshop on Natural Language Generation, Ken-nebunkport, Maine, USA, June 21-24, 1994, pages 153–162, Kenneb-unkport, Maine, USA, 1994.

8968 Elke Teich, John A. Bateman, and Richard Eckart. Corpus annotationby generation. In Proceedings of the Frontiers in Linguistically An-notated Corpora workshop, pages 86–93, Sydney, Australia, July 2006.Association for Computational Linguistics.

8969 Elke Teich, Liesbeth Degand, and John A. Bateman. Multilingual Tex-tuality: Experiences from multilingual text generation. In G. Adorniand M. Zock, editors, Trends in Natural Language Generation: an arti-ficial intelligence perspective, number 1036 in Lecture Notes in ArtificialIntelligence, pages 331–349. Springer, Berlin, New York, 1996. (SelectedPapers from the 4th. European Workshop on Natural Language Gener-ation, Pisa, Italy, 28-30 April 1993).

8970 Elke Teich, Beate Firzlaff, and John A. Bateman. Emphatic generation:Employing the theory of semantic emphasis for text generation. Techni-cal Report, Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssys-teme (IPSI), GMD, Darmstadt, 1994. Paper presented at COLING94.

8971 Elke Teich, Beate Firzlaff, and Lothar Rostek. Using NLP in a systemsupporting electronic publishing. Technical Report, Institut für Integri-erte Publikations- und Informationssysteme (IPSI), GMD, Darmstadt,1994.

8972 Elke Teich, Eli Hagen, Brigitte Grote, and John A. Bateman. From com-municative context to speech: integrating dialogue processing, speechproduction and natural language generation. Speech Communication,21(1-2):73–99, February 1997.

8973 Elke Teich, Silvia Hansen, and Peter Fankhauser. Representingand querying multi-layer corpora. In Proceedings of the IRCSWorkshop on Linguistic Databases, pages 228–237, University ofPennsylvania, Philadelphia, 11-13 December 2001. Available from:http://www.ldc.upenn.edu/annotation/database/papers/Teich/10.2.teich.pdf.

8974 Elke Teich, Renate Henschel, Iris Höser, and Gerda Klimonow. Aspectchoice in a fragment of a systemic grammar of Russian. Technical Re-port, GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssys-teme, Darmstadt, Germany, 1991. Paper presented at the EighteenthInternational Systemic Congress, Tokyo, Japan.

8975 Elke Teich, Adelheit Stein, Eli Hagen, and John A. Bateman. Meta-dialogues implementation. Technical Report, GMD/IPSI, TechnicalUniversities of Darmstadt and Budapest, 1995. Speech Generation

744

in Multimodal Information Systems, Copernicus Project No. 10393,SPEAK! deliverable P3.2.3.

8976 Elke Teich, Erich Steiner, Renate Henschel, and John A. Bateman. AG-ILE: Automatic drafting of technical documents in Czech, Russian andBulgarian. Technical Report, Universität des Saarlandes, Saarbrücken,1997. Project Note; presented at the Saarbrücken workshop on NaturalLanguage Generation, April 23, 1997.

8977 Elke Teich and Leo Wanner. area.sfl and MTT at Work Together. InLeo Wanner, editor, Current Issues in Meaning-Text Theory. PinterPublishers, London, forthcoming.

8978 Elke Teich, Catherine I. Watson, and Cécile Pereira. Matching a tone-based and a tune-based approach to English intonation for concept-to-speech generation. In Proceedings of the 18th. International Conferenceon Computational Linguistics (COLING 2000), pages 829–835, Saar-brücken, Germany, 2000.

8979 Jens Teichert. Visuelles Erkennen von Objekten mit Ausprägungsvar-ianzen. PhD thesis, Department of Informatics, Bremen University,Bremen, Germany, 2011.

8980 W. Teitelman. Interlisp Reference Manual. Xerox Palo Alto ResearchCenter, 1978.

8981 J.P. Telotte. Narration, Desire and a Lady from Shanghai. South At-lantic Review, 49(1):56–71, January 1984.

8982 J.P. Telotte. Rounding up The Usual Suspects. The comforts ofcharacter and Neo Noir. Film Quarterly, 51(4):12–20, 1998.

8983 Balder ten Cate and Carsten Lutz. Query Containment in Very Expres-sive XPath dialects. Journal of the ACM, 2009.

8984 Paul Ten Have. Doing Conversation Analysis. Sage, London, 1998.

8985 W.R.T ten Kate, P.J. Deunhouwer, D.C.A. Bulterman, L. Hardman,and L. Rutledge. Presenting Multimedia on the Web and in TV broad-cast. In 3rd European Conference on Multimedia Applications, Servicesand Techniques, Berlin-Germany, May, 26-28 1998.

8986 T. Tenbrink. A linguistic perspective on egocentrism and perspective-taking in child-child interaction, 1998.

8987 T. Tenbrink, K. Fischer, and R. Moratz. Spatial Strategies in Human-Robot Communication. In Christian Freksa, editor, KI-Themenheft Spa-tial Cognition. arenDTaP Verlag, 2002.

8988 Thora Tenbrink, editor. The Language of Space and Time. Special Issueof the Journal of Pragmatics. Elsevier, Amsterdam, in press.

745

8989 Thora Tenbrink. A linguistic perspective on egocentrism andperspective-taking in child-child interaction. Masters Thesis, Univer-sity of Hamburg, 1998.

8990 Thora Tenbrink. Why Should Children Adapt, and When? In Proceed-ings of the Workshop on First Language Acquisition, 19th ScandinavianConference of Linguistics, 2002.

8991 Thora Tenbrink. Why Should Children Adapt, and When? In Proceed-ings of the Workshop on First Language Acquisition, 19th ScandinavianConference of Linguistics, 2002.

8992 Thora Tenbrink. Communicative Aspects of Human-Robot Interaction.In Helle Metslang and Mart Rannut, editors, Languages in Development.Lincom Europa, 2003.

8993 Thora Tenbrink. Conveying spatial information in linguistic human-robot interaction. In DiaBruck, 7th Workshop on the Semantics andPragmatics of Dialogue, Proceedings, Sept. 4th-6th 2003, pages 207–208,2003.

8994 Thora Tenbrink. Identifying objects on the basis of spatial contrast: anempirical study. In Christian Freksa, Markus Knauff, Bernd Krieg-Brückner, Bernhard Nebel, and Thomas Barkowsky, editors, SpatialCognition IV: Reasoning, Action, Interaction. International ConferenceSpatial Cognition 2004, Frauenchiemsee, Germany, October 2004, Pro-ceedings, pages 124–146, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2005. Springer.

8995 Thora Tenbrink. Identifying objects in English and German: Empiricalinvestigations of spatial contrastive reference. In WoSLaD Workshop onSpatial Language and Dialogue, October 23-25, 2005.

8996 Thora Tenbrink. Localising objects and events: Discoursal applicabil-ity conditions for spatiotemporal expressions in English and German.Dissertation. PhD thesis, University of Bremen, FB10 Linguistics andLiterature, Bremen, 2005.

8997 Thora Tenbrink. Methods for analyzing natural discourse: Investigat-ing spatial language in HRI vs. in a no-feedback web study. In Proc.Dagstuhl Seminar 05491: Spatial Cognition: Specialization and Integra-tion, December 04-09, 2005, 2005.

8998 Thora Tenbrink. Semantics and application of spatial dimensional termsin English and German. Technical Report, SFB/TR8 Spatial Cognition,University of Bremen, 2005.

8999 Thora Tenbrink. Teaching an autonomous wheelchair where thingsare. In Kerstin Fischer, editor, Proc. Workshop on ’How People Talkto Computers, Robots, and Other Artificial Communication Partners’,

746

Hansewissenschaftskolleg, Delmenhorst, April 21-23, 2006, pages 54–67.SFB/TR8 Report 010-09-2006, Bremen, 2006.

9000 Thora Tenbrink. Imposing common ground by using temporal connec-tives: The pragmatics of before and after. In Anita Fetzer and KerstinFischer, editors, Lexical Markers of Common Grounds, pages 113–139.Elsevier, 2007.

9001 Thora Tenbrink. Space, time, and the use of language: An investigationof relationships. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 2007.

9002 Thora Tenbrink. The verbalization of cognitive processes: Thinking-aloud data and retrospective reports. In Wiebke Ramm and CathrineFabricius-Hansen, editors, Linearisation and Segmentation in Discourse.Multidisciplinary Approaches to Discourse 2008 (MAD 08), pages 125–135. Dept. of Literature, Area Studies and Europ. Languages, Univ. ofOslo, Oslo, 2008.

9003 Thora Tenbrink. Wayfinding in an urban environment: A discourse-analytic approach to thinking-aloud data. In Space, Interaction, andDiscourse, Aalborg, November 12-14,2008, 2008.

9004 Thora Tenbrink. Identifying objects in English and German: A con-trastive linguistic analysis of spatial reference. In Kenny R. Coventry,Thora Tenbrink, and John A. Bateman, editors, Spatial Language andDialogue, pages 104–118. Oxford University Press, 2009.

9005 Thora Tenbrink. CODA: Kognitive Diskursanalyse. In Thomas Stolz,Esther Ruigendijk, and Jürgen Trabant, editors, Linguistik im Nord-westen: Beiträge zum 1. Nordwestdeutschen Linguistischen Kolloquium,Diversitas Linguarum, pages 117–133. Brockmeyer, Bochum, 2010.

9006 Thora Tenbrink. Reference frames of space and time in language. Jour-nal of Pragmatics, 43(3):704–722, 2011.

9007 Thora Tenbrink and Elena Andonova. Communicating routes to olderand younger addressees. In Aspects of Semantics and Pragmatics of Di-alogue: Proceedings of the 14th Workshop on the Semantics and Prag-matics of Dialogue (SemDial), pages 155–158, Poznan, Poland, 2010.June 16-18.

9008 Thora Tenbrink, Elena Andonova, and Kenny Coventry. Negotiatingspatial relationships in dialogue: The role of the addressee. In Proceed-ings of LONdial 2007, The 12th SEMDIAL workshop, June 2nd - June4th, 2008, King’s College, London, UK, pages 201–208, 2008.

9009 Thora Tenbrink, Elena Andonova, and Kenny R. Coventry. Spatialstrategies in the description of complex configurations. Discourse Pro-cesses, 48:237–266, 2011.

747

9010 Thora Tenbrink, Evelyn Bergmann, and Lars Konieczny. Wayfindingand description strategies in an unfamiliar complex building. In LauraCarlson, Christoph Hölscher, and Thomas F. Shipley, editors, Proceed-ings of the 33rd Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society,pages 1262–1267, Austin, TX, 2011. Cognitive Science Society.

9011 Thora Tenbrink and Christian Freksa. Contrast sets in spatial andtemporal language. Cognitive Processing: Special Issue ICSC 2009,10(2):322–324, 2009.

9012 Thora Tenbrink and Linn Gralla. Accessing complex cognitive processesvia linguistic protocol analysis. In Workshop Complex Cognition, KI2009, Paderborn, pages 1–12, 2009.

9013 Thora Tenbrink, Christoph Hölscher, and Jan Wiener. Route instruc-tions at choice points. In Spatial Language in Context: Computationaland Theoretical Approaches to Situation Specific Meaning. Workshop atthe International Conference Spatial Cognition 2008, September 15-19,2008, Freiburg, Germany, 2008.

9014 Thora Tenbrink, Shi Hui, Robert Ross, Elena Andonova, JulianaGoschler, and John Bateman. Building an empirically founded dialoguesystem. SFB/TR 8 Report No. 018-02/2009, University of Bremen,2009.

9015 Thora Tenbrink and Alexander Klippel. Achieving reference via contrastin route instructions and spatial object identification. In Workshop onReference, 21st Scandinavian Conference of Linguistics, June 1-4, 2005,2005.

9016 Thora Tenbrink and Werner Kuhn. A model of spatial reference framesin language. In Max Egenhofer, Nicholas Giudice, Reinhard Moratz,and Mike Worboys, editors, COSIT 2011, LNCS 6899, pages 371–390,Berlin, Heidelberg, 2011. Springer.

9017 Thora Tenbrink, Veronika Maiseyenka, and Reinhard Moratz. Spatialreference in simulated human-robot interaction involving intrinsicallyoriented objects. In Symposium Spatial Reasoning and Communica-tion at AISB’07 Artificial and Ambient Intelligence, April 2nd-5th 2007,Newcastle University, Newcastle upon Tyne, UK, 2007.

9018 Thora Tenbrink and Reinhard Moratz. Group-based Spatial Referencein Linguistic Human-Robot Interaction. In Proceedings of EuroCogSci2003: The European Cognitive Science Conference, pages 325–330, 2003.

9019 Thora Tenbrink, Robert Ross, Elena Andonova, and Juliana Goschler.Spatial Granularity and Perspective in Route Descriptions for Humans

748

and Dialogue Systems. In Martin Tomko and Kai-Florian Richter, edi-tors, Adaptation in Spatial Communication: Workshop held in conjunc-tion with AGILE 2009, June 2, 2009, Hannover, Germany, SFB/TR 8Report No. 019-05/2009, pages 27–36. University of Bremen, 2009.

9020 Thora Tenbrink, Robert J. Ross, Kavita E. Thomas, Nina Dethlefs, andElena Andonova. Route instructions in map-based human-human andhuman-computer dialogue: a comparative analysis. Journal of VisualLanguages and Computing, 21(5):292–309, 2010.

9021 Thora Tenbrink and Frank Schilder. (Non)temporal concepts conveyedby before, after, and then in dialogue. In Proceedings of BIDIALOG2001, pages 228–238, 2001.

9022 Thora Tenbrink and Frank Schilder. (Non)temporal concepts conveyedby before, after, and then in dialogue. In Peter Kühnlein, Hannes Rieser,and Henk Zeevat, editors, Perspectives on Dialogue in the New Millen-nium, pages 353–380, Amsterdam, Philadelphia, 2003. John Benjamins.

9023 Thora Tenbrink and Inessa Seifert. Conceptual Levels and Strategies inTour Planning. Cognitive Processing, 12(1):109–125, 2011.

9024 Thora Tenbrink and Hui Shi. Negotiating spatial goals with awheelchair. In Proceedings of SIGDIAL 2007, Antwerp, pages 103–110,2007.

9025 Thora Tenbrink, Hui Shi, and Kerstin Fischer. Route instruction di-alogues with a robotic wheelchair. In Proc. BranDial 2006: The 10thWorkshop on the Semantics and Pragmatics of Dialogue. University ofPotsdam, Germany; September 11th-13th 2006, pages 163–164, 2006.

9026 Thora Tenbrink and Jan Wiener. Wayfinding Strategies in Behaviorand Language: A Symmetric and Interdisciplinary Approach to Cogni-tive Processes. In Thomas Barkowsky, Markus Knauff, Gérard Ligozat,and Dan Montello, editors, Spatial Cognition V: Reasoning, Action, In-teraction, pages 401–420. Springer, Berlin, 2007.

9027 Thora Tenbrink and JanWiener. The verbalization of multiple strategiesin a variant of the traveling salesperson problem. Cognitive Processing,10(2):143–161, 2009.

9028 Thora Tenbrink and Stephan Winter, editors. Presenting spatial in-formation: Granularity, relevance, and integration. Special Issue of theJournal of Spatial Information Science. in preparation.

9029 Thora Tenbrink and Stephan Winter, editors. Presenting spatial infor-mation: Granularity, relevance, and integration. Workshop Proceedings,COSIT 2009, Aber Wrac’h, France, 21 September 2009. University ofMelbourne e-Prints Repository, 2009.

749

9030 Thora Tenbrink and Stephan Winter. Variable Granularity in RouteDirections. Spatial Cognition and Computation, 9:64–93, 2009.

9031 Thora Tenbrink and Andi Winterboer. Spatial Directionals for RobotNavigation. In Thematic Session on Motion Encoding, 21st Scandina-vian Conference of Linguistics, June 1-4, 2005, 2005.

9032 Paul Tench. The roles of intonation in English discourse. PhD thesis,University of Wales, 1987.

9033 Paul Tench. The roles of intonation in English discourse. Peter Lang,Bern, 1990.

9034 Paul Tench, editor. Studies in systemic phonology. Pinter, London andNew York, 1992.

9035 Paul Tench. The intonation systems of English. Cassell, London, 1996.

9036 Paul Tench and Robin P. Fawcett. Specification of intonation for proto-type generator 2. Technical Report COMMUNAL Report No. 6, Cardiff:Computational Linguistics Unit, University of Wales College of Cardiff,1988.

9037 H. R. Tennant, K. M. Ross, and C. W. Thompson. Usable Natural Lan-guage Interface Through Menu-Based Natural Language Understanding.In CHI’83 Proceedings. Computer Human Interactions, 1983.

9038 Harry Tennant. The Evaluation of Natural Language Question An-swerers. Technical Report, University of Illinois at Urbana/Champaign,1978. Ph.D. Proposal, Department of Computer Science, Advanced Au-tomation Group, Coordinated Science Laboratory.

9039 Harry Tennant. Experience with the Evaluation of Natural LanguageQuestion Answerers. Working paper 18, Urbana-Champaign, 1979. Uni-versity of Illinois.

9040 Harry Tennant. Natural Language Processing. Petrocelli Books, Inc.,1981.

9041 P. Teo. Ideological Dissonances in Singapore’s National CampaignPosters. Visual Communication, 3(2):189–212, 2004.

9042 J. Terken and R. Collier. Designing algorithms for intonation in syn-thetic speech. In Proceedings of the ESCA Workshop on Speech Synthe-sis, pages 205–208, Autrans, France, 1990.

9043 Jacques Terken. The distribution of accents in instructions as a functionof discourse structure. Language and Speech, 27:269–289, 1984.

750

9044 Kazuhiro Teruya. Verbal processes in Japanese: a systemic functionalinterpretation. Working Paper Series, School of English, Linguistics andMedia, University of New South Wales, Sydney, Australia, 1996.

9045 Kazuhiro Teruya. Metafunctional profile: Japanese. In Alice Caffarel,James R. Martin, and Christian M.I.M. Matthiessen, editors, Languagetypology: a functional perspective. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2002.

9046 Lucien Tesniere. Elements de syntaxe structurale. Klincksieck, Paris,1959.

9047 Lucien Tesnière. Éléments de syntaxe structurale. Klincksieck, Paris,1959.

9048 Eleftheria Thanouli. The New and the Old in Oldboy. In Warren Buck-land, editor, Puzzling Films. Complex Storytelling in Contemporary Cin-ema. Wiley-Blackwell, 2010.

9049 J. t’Hart and A. Cohen. Intonation by rule: a perceptual quest. Journalof Phonetics, 1:309–327, 1973.

9050 Jan Theeuwes. Stimulus-driven capture and attentional set: Selectivesearch for colour and visual abrupt onsets. Journal of ExperimentalPsychology: Human Perception and Performance, 20:799–806, 1994.

9051 E. Thelen and Linda B. Smith. A dynamic systems approach to thedevelopment of cognition and action. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1994.

9052 N. B. Thelin. O sootnošenii semantiki vidov i akcional’nosti v russkomjazyke (Über die Wechselbeziehung zwischen Aspektsemantik und Ak-tionalität im Russischen). Papers on slavonic Linguistics, 3, 1979.

9053 M. Theune and E. Klabbers. GoalGetter: Generation of spoken soccerreports. In 9th INLG, pages 292–295, Niagara-on-the-Lake, Ontario,1998. software demonstration.

9054 M. Theune, E. Klabbers, J. Odijk, J.R. de Pijper, and E. Krahmer. Fromdata to speech: a general approach. Natural Language Engineering,7(1):47–86, 2001.

9055 Paul J. Thibault. An interview with Michael Halliday. In Ross Steeleand Terry Threadgold, editors, Language topics: Essays in honour ofMichael Halliday. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1987.

9056 Paul J. Thibault. Questions of genre and intertextuality in some Aus-tralian television advertisements. In R. Rossini Favretti, editor, TheTelevised Text, pages 89–131. Pàtron, Bologna, 1990.

9057 Paul J. Thibault. Experiential meaning and the cryptogrammar of sub-jectivity and agency in English. 1993.

751

9058 Paul J. Thibault. Mood and the ecosocial dynamics of semiotic ex-change. In Ruqaiaya Hasan and Peter Fries, editors, On Subject andTheme: a discourse functional perspective, pages 51–90. Benjamins, Am-sterdam, 1995.

9059 Paul J. Thibault. Re-Reading Saussure: the dynamics of signs in sociallife. Routledge, London and New York, 1996.

9060 Paul J. Thibault. The multimodal transcription of a television advertise-ment: theory and practice. In Anthony P. Baldry, editor, Multimodalityand multimediality in the distance learning age, pages 311–385. PalladinoEditore, Campobasso, Italy, 2000.

9061 Paul J. Thibault. Interpersonal meaning and the discursive contructionof action, attitudes and values. In Peter H. Fries, Michael Cummings,David Lockwood, and William Spruiell, editors, Relations and functionswithin and around language, Open Linguistics. Continuum Press, Lon-don, 2001.

9062 Paul J. Thibault. Multimodality and the school science textbook. InC. T. Torsello-Taylor, G. Brunetti, and N. Penello, editors, CorporaTestuali per Ricerca, Traduzione e Apprendimento Linguistico, pages293–335. Unipress, Padua, 2001.

9063 Paul J. Thibault. Brain, mind and the signifying body: an ecosocialsemiotic theory. Continuum, London, 2006.

9064 Paul J. Thibault. Writing, graphology, and visual semiosis. In Terry D.Royce and Wendy L. Bowcher, editors, New Directions in the Analysisof Multimodal Discourse, pages 111–146. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates,2007.

9065 Paul Thibault and Theo van Leeuwen. Grammar, society, and the speechact: Renewing the connections. Journal of Pragmatics, 25:561–585,1996.

9066 G. Thiel. Vergleichende Textanalyse als Basis fuer die Entwicklung einerÜbersetzungsmethodik, dargestellt anhand der Textsorte Resolution.In W. Wilss, editor, Semiotic und Übersetzen, pages 87–98. Tübingen,1980.

9067 Ulrich Thiel. Konversationale graphische Interaktion mit Information-ssystemen: Ein sprechakttheoretischer Ansatz. PhD thesis, UniversitätKonstanz, 1990. (Title in English: Conversational Graphical Interactionwith Information-Systems. An approach based on Speechact Theory).

9068 Ulrich Thiel, Jon Atle Gulla, Adrian Müller, and Adelheit Stein. Dia-logue Strategies for Multimedia Retrieval: Intertwining Abductive Rea-soning and Dialogue Planning. In Ian Ruthven, editor, MIRO 1995. Pro-ceedings of the Final Workshop on Multimedia Information Retrieval.

752

Glasgow, Scotland, Workshops in Computing Science,lectronic series.Springer, Berlin, 1996.

9069 Harold Thimbleby. Calculators are needlessly bad. International Journalof Human-Computer Studies, 52(6):1031–1069, 2000.

9070 Allan Third, Sandra Williams, and Richard Power. OWL to English:a tool for generating organised easily-navigated hypertexts from ontolo-gies. In 10th International Semantic Web Conference (ISWC 2011),2011.

9071 Bittner Thomas, Donnelly Maureen, and Barry Smith. Endurantsand Perdurants in Directly Depicting Ontologies. AI Communications,17(4):247–258, 2004.

9072 Kavita E. Thomas. Dialogue Systems, Spatial Tasks and Elderly Users:A Review of Research into Elderspeak. SFB/TR 8 Report No. 021-02/2010, University of Bremen, 2010.

9073 Kavita E. Thomas and Somayajulu Sripada. Atlas.txt: Linking Geo-referenced Data to Text for NLG. In Proceedings of the 2007 EuropeanNatural Language Generation Workshop (ENLG07), 2007.

9074 Martin Thomas. Querying Multimodal Annotation: A Concordancer forGeM. In Proceedings of the Linguistic Annotation Workshop, pages 57–60, Prague, Czech Republic, June 2007. Association for ComputationalLinguistics.

9075 Martin Thomas. Developing multimodal texture. In Eija Ventola andArsenio Jesús Moya Guijarro, editors, The world told and the worldshown: multisemiotic issues. Palgrave Macmillan, Basingstoke, 2009.

9076 Sue Thomas. Reading Through the Basics: Towards a Visual Analysisof a Newspaper Advertisement on Education. Language and Education,18(1):53–68, 2004.

9077 R.H. Thomason and R.C. Stalnaker. A Semantic Theory of Adverbs.Linguistic Inquiry, 4:195–220, 1973.

9078 G. Thome. Die Aufferorderung in der französisch-deutschen Überset-zung. In W. Wilss and S.-O. Poulson, editors, Angewandte Überset-zungswissenschaft, pages 58–81. Århus, 1980. Internationales über-setzungswissenschaftliches Kolloquium an der WirtschaftsuniversitätÅrhus/Dänemark, 19. - 21. Juni, 1980.

9079 Evan Thompson, Alva Noë, and Luiz Pessoa. Perceptual completion:a case study in phenomenology and cognitive science. In Jean Petitot,Francisco Varela, Bernard Pachoud, and Jean-Michel Roy, editors, Natu-ralizing phenomenonlogy: Issues in contemporary phenonomenlogy andcognitive science, pages 161–195. Stanford University Press, Stanford,CA, 1999.

753

9080 Geoff Thompson. Introducing Functional Grammar. Edward Arnold,London, 1996.

9081 Geoff Thompson. From process to pattern: methodological considera-tions in analysing transitivity in text. In Carys Jones and Eija Ventola,editors, From Language to Multimodality: new developments in the studyof ideational meaning, pages 17–34. Equinox Publishing Ltd., London,2008.

9082 Geoff Thompson and Susan Hunston. Evaluation: an introduction. InSusan Hunston and Geoff Thompson, editors, Evaluation in Text: au-thorial stance and the construction of discourse, pages 1–27. OxfordUniversity Press, Oxford, England, 2000.

9083 Geoff Thompson and Jinglin Zhou. Evaluation and organization in text:the structuring role of evaluation. In Susan Hunston and Geoff Thomp-son, editors, Evaluation in Text: authorial stance and the constructionof discourse, pages 121–141. Oxford University Press, Oxford, England,2000.

9084 Geoffrey Thompson. Corpus, comparison, culture: doing the same thingdifferently in different cultures. In M. Ghadessy, A. Henry, and R.L.Roseberry, editors, Small corpus studies and ELT: theory and practice,pages 311–334. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2001.

9085 H. S. Thompson. Stress and Salience in English: Theory and Prac-tice. Technical Report CSL-80-8, Xerox Palo Alto Research Center,May 1980.

9086 Henry Thompson. Stress and Salience in English: Theory and Practise.PhD thesis, Xerox PARC, 1980.

9087 Henry S. Thompson. Strategy and Tactics: A model for language pro-duction. In Proceedings of the 13th Annual Meeting of the Chicago Lin-guistics Society, pages 89–95, 1977.

9088 Henry S. Thompson and D. McKelvie. Hyperlink semantics for standoffmarkup of read-only documents. In Proceedings of SGML Europe ’97,1997.

9089 Kristin Thompson. Eisenstein’s ’Ivan the Terrible’: A NeoformalistAnalysis. Princeton University Press, Princeton, N.J., 1981.

9090 Kristin Thompson. The concept of cinematic excess. In Philip Rosen,editor, Narrative, apparatus, ideology: a film theory reader, pages 130–142. Columbia University Press, New York, 1986.

9091 Kristin Thompson. Breaking the Glass Armor : Neoformalist Film Anal-ysis. Princeton University Press., Princeton, NJ, 1988.

754

9092 Kristin Thompson. Categorical coherence: A closer look at charactersubjectivity. Observations on film art and Film Art by Kristin Thomp-son and David Bordwell, David Bordwell’s website on cinema, October24th 2008. last accessed 2009.1.24.

9093 Roy Thompson. Grammar of the shot. Media Manual. Focal Press,Oxford, 1998.

9094 Roy Thompson and Christoper J Bowen. Grammar of the edit. FocalPress, Amsterdam, 2 edition, 2009.

9095 Roy Thompson and Christopher Bowen. Grammar of the shot. FocalPress, Amsterdam, 2 edition, 2009.

9096 Sandra A. Thompson. Grammar and Written Discourse: Initial vs.Final Purpose Clauses. Text, 5(1):55–84, 1985.

9097 Sandra A. Thompson. ‘Subordination’ in Formal and Informal Dis-course. In Deborah Schiffrin, editor, Meaning, Form and Use in Con-text: Linguistic Applications. Georgetown University Press, George-town, 1985.

9098 Sandra A. Thompson. ’Concessive’ as a Discourse Relation in ExpositoryWritten English. In Brian D. Joseph and Arnold M. Zwicky, editors, AFestschrift for Ilse Lehiste, volume 35 of Working Papers in Linguistics,pages 64–73. Department of Linguistics, Ohio State University, Colum-bus, Ohio, 1987.

9099 Sandra A. Thompson. Information Flow and ’Dative shift’ in EnglishDiscourse, 1987. MS. (To appear in a currently secret Festschrift).

9100 Sandra A. Thompson. The Passive in English: A Discourse Perspective.In R. Channon and L. Shockey, editors, In honor of Ilse Lehiste. Foris,Dordrecht, 1987.

9101 Sandra A. Thompson and William C. Mann. A Discourse View of Con-cession in Written English. In Scott DeLancey and Russell Tomlin,editors, Proceedings of the Second Annual Meeting of the Pacific Lin-guistics Conference. Pacific Linguistics Conference, November 1986.

9102 Sandra A. Thompson and William C. Mann. Antithesis: A Study inClause Combining and Discourse Structure. In Ross Steele and TerryThreadgold, editors, Language Topics: Essays in Honour of M.A.K.Halliday. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1987.

9103 Elizabeth Thomson. Thematic Development in Noruwei no Mori: Ar-guing the need to account for co-referential ellipsis. JASFL OccasionalPapers, 1(1), 1998.

755

9104 Elizabeth Thomson. Exploring the Textual Metafunction in Japanese: acase study of selected written texts. PhD thesis, Unversity of Wollongong,Sydney, Australia, 2002.

9105 P. Thorndyke. Cognitive Structures. Cognitive Psychology, 9:77–110,1977.

9106 P. W. Thorndyke. Cognitive Structures in Comprehension and Memoryof Narrative Discourse. Cognitive Psychology, 9:77–110, 1977.

9107 Perry Thorndyke. Pattern-Directed Processing of Knowledge fromTexts. Technical Report P-5806, RAND Corp., 1977.

9108 Sue Thornham, editor. Feminist film theory : a reader. EdinburghUniversity Press, Edinburgh, 1999.

9109 Sue Thornham, Caroline Bassett, and Paul Marris, editors. Media Stud-ies: a reader. Edinburgh University Press, Edinburgh, 3 edition, 2009.

9110 R. Thornton and L.L. Light. Language comprehension and production innormal aging. In Birren J.E. and Schaie K.W., editors, Handbook of thepsychology of aging, pages 261–287. Elsevier, Amsterdam, Netherlands,6 edition, 2006.

9111 T. Threadgold. Stories of race and gender: an unbounded discourse.In David Birch and Michael O’Toole, editors, Functions of Style, pages169–204. Pinter Publishers, London, 1988.

9112 Terry Threadgold. The linguistic structure of intertextuality: dialogue,debate and the social construction of Hell in Milton’s Paradise Lost.Beiträge zur Phonetik und Linguistik, 48:191–207, 1985. Festschrift inHonour of Arthur Delbridge.

9113 Terry Threadgold. The semiotics of Volosinov, Halliday and Eco. Amer-ican Journal of Semiotics, 1985.

9114 Terry Threadgold. Subjectivity, ideology and the feminine in JohnDonne’s poetry. pages 297–325. 1986.

9115 Terry Threadgold. Rossi-Landi’s higher dialectical level: alienation, rel-ativity and ideology. Il Protagora, anno xxviii, Gennaio-Dicembre, IVtopics = area.sfl; systemicbib, area.ideology, Serie, per Ferruccio Rossi-:andi a cura di Susan Petrilli, pages 81–98, 1987.

9116 Terry Threadgold. The semiotics of Halliday, Voloshinov and Eco. Amer-ican Journal of Semiotics, 4(3):107–142, 1987.

9117 Terry Threadgold. Changing the subject. In R. Steele and T. Thread-gold, editors, Language Topics: essays in honour of Michael Halliday,pages 549–597. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1988.

756

9118 Terry Threadgold. Language and gender. Australian Feminist Studies,3:41–70, 1988.

9119 Terry Threadgold. Review of I. Reid (ed.) "The place of genre in learn-ing: current debates". Southern Review, 21(3):315–330, 1988.

9120 Terry Threadgold. Semiotics in Australia. In J Umiker-Sebeok andT A Sebeok, editors, The Semiotic Web: a yearbook of semiotics, pages231–282. Indiana University Press, Bloomington, 1988.

9121 Terry Threadgold. Talk about Genre. Cultural Studies, 3(1):101–127,1989.

9122 Terry Threadgold. Introduction to Feminine/masculine and Represen-tation. pages 1–35. Allen and Unwin, Sydney, 1990.

9123 Terry Threadgold and Anne Cranny-Francis, editors. Femi-nine/masculine and representation. Allen and Unwin, Sydney, 1990.

9124 Terry Threadgold, E. A. Grosz, Gunther Kress, and Michael A. K. Halli-day, editors. Language - Semiotics - Ideology, volume 3 of Sydney Studiesin Society and Culture. Sydney Association for Studies in Society andCulture, Sydney, 1986.

9125 Terry Threadgold and Gunther Kress. Towards a social theory of genre.Southern Review, 21(3):215–243, 1988.

9126 S. Thrun and A. A. Bücken. Integrating grid-based and topologicalmaps for mobile robot navigation. In Proc. of the National Conferenceon Artificial Intelligence (AAAI). 1996.

9127 S. Thrun, M. Bennewitz, W. Burgard, A. B.Cremers, F. Dellaert,D. Fox, D. Hähnel, G. Lakemeyer, C. Rosenberg, N. Roy, J. Schulte,D. Schulz, and W. Steiner. Experiences with two deployed interactivetour-guide robots. In Proc. of the International Conference on Field andService Robotics (FSR). 1999.

9128 S. Thrun, M. Bennewitz, W. Burgard, A. B. Cremers, F. Dellaert,D. Fox, D. Hähnel, C. Rosenberg, N. Roy, J. Schulte, and D. Schulz.MINERVA: A second generation mobile tour-guide robot. In Proc. ofthe IEEE International Conference on Robotics & Automation (ICRA).1999.

9129 S. Thrun, W. Burgard, and D. Fox. A real-time algorithm for mobilerobot mapping with applications to multi-robot and 3D mapping. InProc. of the IEEE International Conference on Robotics & Automation(ICRA). 2000.

9130 S. Thrun, D. Fox, and W. Burgard. Probabilistic mapping of an environ-ment by a mobile robot. In Proc. of the IEEE International Conferenceon Robotics & Automation (ICRA). 1998.

757

9131 S. Thrun, D. Fox, and W. Burgard. Monte Carlo localization withmixture proposal distribution. In Proc. of the Seventeenth NationalConference on Artificial Intelligence (AAAI. 2000.

9132 S. Thrun, J.-S. Gutmann, D. Fox, W. Burgard, and B. Kuipers. In-tegrating topological and metric maps for mobile robot navigation: Astatistical approach. In Proceedings of the 15th National Conference onArtificial Intelligence (AAAI-98). 1998.

9133 Sebastian Thrun. Toward a Framework for Human-Robot Interaction.Human-Computer Interaction, 19(1-2):9–24, 2004.

9134 M. Thüring, J. Haake, and J. Hannemann. What’s Eliza doing in theChinese Room? - incoherent hyperdocuments - and how to avoid them.In Proceedings of the 3rd ACM Conference on Hypertext (Hypertext ’91),pages 161–177, San Antonio, Texas, 1991. Association for ComputingMachinery.

9135 R.K. Tiemens. Some relationships of camera angle to communicatorcredibility. Journal of Broadcasting, 14:483–490, 1970.

9136 I. Timm and P. Knirsch. Ökologische Optimierung in der verteiltenTourenplanung durch Multi-Agentensysteme. In Proceedings des Work-shops ’Agententechnologie’ im Rahmen der 23. Jahrestagung für Kün-stliche Intelligenz, pages 73–85, 1999.

9137 S. Timpf. Ontologies of wayfinding: a traveler’s perspective. TechnicalReport ST1/01, Department of Geography, University of Zurich, 2001.

9138 S. Timpf. Ontologies of wayfinding: a traveler’s perspective. Networksand Economics, 2(1):9–22, 2002.

9139 Anne Tissen. A Case-Based Architecture for a Dialogue Manager forInformation-Seeking Processes. In Procceedings of SIGIR ’91, October13-16, 1991, Chicago, USA, 1991.

9140 Anne Tissen. How to Use Cases for Information Seeking Processes. InCase-Based Reasoning and Information Retrieval - Exploring the Op-portunities for Technology Sharing. Papers from the AAAI Spring Sym-posium Series at Stanford University, AAAI Technical Report SS-93-07,pages 120–127, 1993.

9141 Michael Titzmann. Theoretisch-methodologische Probleme einer Semi-otik der Text-Bild-Relationen. In Wolfgang Harms, editor, Text undBild, Bild und Text: DFG-Symposion 1988, pages 368–384. J.B. Met-zlersche Verlagsbuchhandlung, Stuttgart, 1990.

9142 Tzvetan Todorov. Les catégories du récit littéraire. Communications,8:125–151, 1966. Translation available in ? ).

758

9143 Tzvetan Todorov. Die Kategorien der literarischen Erzählung. In HeinzBlumensath, editor, Strukturalismus in der Literaturwissenschaft, pages263–294. Kiepenheuer & Witsch, Köln, 1972. übersetzt von Irmela Re-hbein.

9144 Tzvetan Todorov. The Fantastic: A Structural Approach to a LiteraryGenre. Cornell University Press, Ithaca, 1975.

9145 Tzvetan Todorov. The origin of genres. New Literary History, 8:159–170,1976.

9146 Tzvetan Todorov. Introduction to Poetics. Hatvester Press, Brighton,1981.

9147 Tzvetan Todorov. Genres in discourse. Cambridge University Press,Cambridge, 1990.

9148 Tzvetan Todorov. Reading as construction. In Genres in discourse,pages 39–49. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1990. Originallyappearing as ‘La Lecture comme construction.’ Poétique 24 (1975): 417-425; translated by Catharine Porter.

9149 M. Tomasello. Joint attention as social cognition. In C. Moore and P.J.Dunham, editors, Joint attention: its origins and role in development.Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ, 1995.

9150 Michael Tomasello, editor. The new Psychology of Language: Cognitiveand Functional Approaches to Language Structure. Lawrence ErlbaumAssociates, 1998.

9151 Michael Tomasello. Constructing a language : a usage-based theory oflanguage acquisition. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA, 2005.

9152 Boris Viktorovic Tomashevsky. Thematics. In T. Lemon Lee and J. ReisMarion, editors, Russian Formalist Criticism: Four Essays. Universityof Nebraska Press, 1965.

9153 Vittoria Di Tomaso, Vincenzo Lombardo, and Leonardo Lesmo. A com-putational model for the interpretation of static locative expressions.In Patrick Olivier and Klaus-Peter Gapp, editors, Representation andprocessing of spatial expressions, pages 73–90. Lawrence Erlbaum Asso-ciates, Mahwah, New Jersey, 1998.

9154 Boris Viktorovič Tomaševskij. Fabel und Sujet. In Theorie der Literatur,Poetik, pages 214–227. Harrassowitz, Wiesbaden, 1985. Nach d. Text d.6. Aufl. (Moskau - Leningrad 1931); aus dem Russischen übersetzt vonUlrich Werner; zuerst erschienen 1925.

9155 M. Tomita and E. Nyberg. The GenKit and transformation kit user’sguide. Technical Report CMU-CMT-88-MEMO, Center for MachineTranslation, Carnegie-Mellon University, 1988.

759

9156 Masaru Tomita and Jaime G. Carbonell. Another stride towardsknowledge-based machine translation. In Proceedings of COLING 86,pages 633–638, 1986. 11th. International Conference on ComputationalLinguistics; Bonn, August.

9157 Martin Tomko and Stephan Winter. Pragmatic Construction of Des-tination Descriptions for Urban Environments. Spatial Cognition andComputation, 9(1):1–29, 2009.

9158 E.G. Toms and D.G. Campbell. Genre as interface metaphor: exploit-ing form and function in digital environments. In Proceedings of the32nd Annual Hawaii International Conference on System Sciences, LosAlamitos, CA, 1999. IEEE Computer Society Press.

9159 S. Tonoike. On the Causative Construction in Japanese. In J. Hinds andI. Howard, editors, Problems in Japanese Syntax and Semantics, pages3–29. Kaitakusha, Tokyo, 1978.

9160 H. Tönshoff, R. Apitz, A. Lattner, and C. Schlieder. KnowWork - AnApproach to Co-ordinate Knowledge within Technical Sales, Design andProcess Planning Departments. In Proc. ICCE-01 International Con-ference on Concurrent Enterprising. 2001.

9161 Michael Toolan. Narrative: a critical linguistic introduction. Routledge(Interface Series), London, 1988.

9162 Michael Toolan. Language in literature. Arnold, London, 1998.

9163 Kentaro Torisawa, Kenji Nishida, Yusuke Miyao, and Jun-Ichi Tsujii.An HPSG parser with CFG filtering. Natural Language Engineering,6(1):63–80, 2000.

9164 J. Torr. Classroom discourse: children from English-speaking and non-English speaking backgrounds. Australian Review of Applied Linguistics,16(1):37–56, 1993.

9165 J. Torr. From child tongue to mother tongue: A case study of languagedevelopment during the first two and a half years. Number 9 in Mono-graphs in Systemic Linguistics. University of Nottingham, Nottingham,1997.

9166 J. Torr. The development of modality in the pre-school years: Lan-guage as a vehicle for understanding the possibilities and obligations ineveryday life. Functions of Language, 5(2):157–178, 1998.

9167 J. Torr. Thinking and saying in the classroom: An exploration of theuse of projection by teachers and children. Linguistics and Education,11(2):141–159, 2000.

760

9168 J. Torr and L. Clugston. A comparison between informational and nar-rative picture books as a context for reasoning between caregivers and4-year-old children. Early Child Development and Care, 159:25–41, 1999.

9169 J. Torr and J. Harman. Literacy and the language of science in YearOne classrooms: Implications for children’s learning. Australian Journalof Language and Literacy, 20(3):222–238, 1997.

9170 J. Torr and A. Simpson. Listening to children: Literacy-oriented expres-sions in everyday speech. In A.M. Simon-Vandenbergen, M. Taverniers,and L. Ravelli, editors, Grammatical metaphor: views from Systemicfunctional linguistics. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2003.

9171 M. C Torrance. Natural Communication with Robots., 1994.

9172 Carol Torsello. English in discourse: a course for language specialists.CLEUP (Cooperativa Libraria Editrice Università di Padova), Padua,1984-92.

9173 Carol Taylor Torsello. On the logical metafunction. Functions of Lan-guage, 3(2):151–183, 1996.

9174 Susana Pajares Tosca. A pragmatics of links. Journal of Digitial In-formation, 1(6), 2000. Originally appeared in: Proceedings of Hypertext2000, San Antonio, TX. ACM, pp. 77-84.

9175 Susanna Pajares Tosca. A pragmatics of links. Journal of Digital Infor-mation, 1(6), 2000.

9176 Asruddin B. Tou. Relational processes in Bahasa Indonesia. MA Hon-ours thesis, Department of Linguistics. Sydney University, 1988.

9177 S. Toulmin. The uses of argument. Cambridge University Press, Cam-bridge, 1959.

9178 Kamal Toumi. Essai d’application de la grande syntagmatique de Chris-tian Metz à la Passion de Jeanne d’arc (1928) de Carl Th. Dreyer. PhDthesis, Langue et de Littérature Françaises, Université Moulay Ismail,Faculté des Lettres et des Sciences Humaines, Meknès, 1990.

9179 S. Towns, Charles B. Callaway, and James C. Lester. Generating co-ordinated natural language and 3D animations for complex spatial ex-planations. In Proceedings of the Fifteenth National Conference on Ar-tificial Intelligence, pages 112–119, 1998.

9180 G.L. Trager and H.L. Smith. Outline of English Structure. BattenburgPress, Oklahoma, 1951.

761

9181 E. Traugott. On the expression of spatio-temporal relations in language.In Joseph Greenberg, Edith Moravscik, and Charles Ferguson, editors,Universals of Human Language: Word Structure. Stanford UniversityPress, Stanford, 1978.

9182 Elizabeth Traugott, Alice ter Meulen, and Judy Reilly, editors. OnConditionals. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1985.

9183 D. Traum, J. Bos, R. Cooper, S. Larsson, I. Lewin, C. Matheson, andM. Poesio. A model of dialogue moves and information state revision.Deliverable D2.1, TRINDI Project, 1999.

9184 D. Traum and E. Hinkelman. Conversation Acts in Task-Oriented Spo-ken Dialogue. Computational Intelligence, 8(3):575–599, 1992.

9185 David Traum and Staffan Larsson. The Information State Approachto Dialogue Management. In Ronnie Smith and Jan van Kuppevelt,editors, Current and New Directions in Discourse and Dialogue, pages325–353. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 2003.

9186 David R. Traum. Conversational Agency: The TRAINS-93 DialogueManager. In Susann LuperFoy, Anton Nijholt, and Gert Veldhuijzen vanZanten, editors, Dialogue Management in Natural Language Systems,pages 1–11. Universiteit Twente, Enschede, 1996.

9187 David R. Traum and James F. Allen. Discourse obligations in dialogueprocessing. In 32nd. Annual Meeting of the Association for Computa-tional Linguistics, pages 1–8, New Mexico State University, Las Cruces,New Mexico, 1994.

9188 David R. Traum and Carl F. Andersen. Representation of dialogue statefor domain and task independent meta-dialogue. In Proceedings of theIJCAI’99 Workshop on Knowledge And Reasoning In Practical DialogueSystems, pages 113–120, Stockholm, 1999.

9189 Martin Trautwein. A Unified Approach to the (Re-)Construction ofTemporal Sequences in Narrative Texts. In Horst Drescher, WolfgangThiele, and Christian Todenhagen, editors, Investigations of NarrativeStructures. Peter Lang, Frankfurt, 2002.

9190 Martin Trautwein and Pierre Grenon. Roles: One Dead Armadillo onWordNet’s Speedway to Ontology. In Proceedings of the Second GlobalWordNet Conference, pages 341–346, Brno, Czech Republic, January20-23 2004.

9191 Andrew Treloar. Just another technology? how the dynamics of in-novation can help predict the future of the browser. In Proceedings ofAUSWEB99, 1999.

762

9192 Colwyn Trevarthen. Sharing making sense: intersubjectivity and themaking of an infant’s meaning. In R. Steele and T. Threadgold, editors,Language Topics: essays in honour of Michael Halliday, pages 549–597.Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1987.

9193 Tony Trew. Theory and ideology at work. In Roger Fowler, Bob Hodge,Gunther Kress, and Tony Trew, editors, Language and control, pages94–116. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London, Boston and Henley, 1979.

9194 Tony Trew. ‘What the papers say’: linguistic variation and ideologicaldifference. In Roger Fowler, Bob Hodge, Gunther Kress, and Tony Trew,editors, Language and control, pages 117–156. Routledge and KeganPaul, London, Boston and Henley, 1979.

9195 Green T.R.G. and Petre M. Usability analysis of visual programmingenvironments: a ’cognitive dimensions’ approach. Journal of VisualLanguages and Computing, 7:131–174, 1996.

9196 Peter Trifonas. Cross-mediality and narrative textual form: A semioticanalysis of the lexical and visual signs and codes in the picture book.Semiotica, 118(1/2):1–71, 1998.

9197 Louis Trimble. English for Science and Technology. A discourse ap-proach. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1985.

9198 Damien Trog, Jan Vereecken, Stijn Christiaens, Pieter De Leenheer,and Robert Meersman. T-Lex: A Role-Based Ontology EngineeringTool. In R. Meersman, Z. Tari, and P. Herrero, editors, On the Moveto Meaningful Internet Systems 2006: OTM 2006 Workshops, number4278 in LNCS, pages 1191–1200,. Springer-Verlag, Berlin / Heidelberg,2006.

9199 Margrit Tröhler. Von Weltenkonstellationen und Textgebäuden. mon-tage av. Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommu-nikation, 11(2):9–41, 2002.

9200 Arturo Trujillo. Bi-lexical rules for multi-lexeme translation in lexicalistMT. In Proceedings of the 6th. International Conference on Theoreticaland Methodological Issues in Machine Translation, TMI-95, pages 48–66, Leuven, Belgium, July 1995.

9201 Arturo Trujillo. Machine translation with the ACQUILEX LKB. Techni-cal Report, Computer Laboratory, University of Cambridge, July 1995.

9202 L.B. Tschander. Bewegung und Bewegungsverben. In I. Wachsmuthand B. Jung, editors, KogWis99: Proceedings der 4. Fachtagung derGesellschaft für Kognitionswissenschaft, pages 25–30, Sankt Augustin,1999. Infix.

763

9203 Jan Tschichold. The Form of the Book: Essays on the Morality ofGood Design. Classic Typography Series. Hartley and Marks Inc., 1996.Originally published in German in 1948.

9204 Chiaoi Tseng. Audiovisual Texture in Scene Transitions. Semiotica, toappear.

9205 Chiaoi Tseng. Words and images-a multimodal discourse analysis ofcontemporary news magazine covers. M.A. Hons thesis, Department ofEnglish, Communication and Philosophy, University of Wales, Cardiff,2001.

9206 Chiaoi Tseng. Cohesive harmony in filmic text. In Len Unsworth, editor,Multimodal Semiotics: Functional Analysis in Contexts of Education,pages 87–104. Continuum, London, 2008.

9207 Chiaoi Tseng. Cohesion in Film, and the construction of filmic thematicconfiguations: A Functional Perspective. PhD thesis, Faculty of Lin-guistics and Literary Sciences, University of Bremen, Germany, 2009.

9208 Chiaoi Tseng and John A. Bateman. Chain and choice in filmic narra-tive: an analysis of multimodal narrative construction in The Fountain.In Christian R. Hoffmann, editor, Narrative Revisited. Telling a storyin the age of new media, number 199 in Pragmatics and Beyond, pages213–244. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2010.

9209 Chiaoi Tseng and John A. Bateman. Multimodal Narrative Constructionin Christopher Nolan’s Memento: A Description of Method. Journal ofVisual Communication, 11(1):91–119, Feb 2012.

9210 Yuri Tsivan. Cinemetrics, Part of the Humanities’ Cyberinfrastructure.In Michael Ross, Manfred Grauer, and Bernd Freisleben, editors, Digitaltools in media studies: analysis and research. An overview, pages 93–100. Transcript Verlag, Bielefeld, 2009.

9211 Amie Tsui. English Conversation. Oxford University Press, London,1994.

9212 Amy Tsui. A linguistic description of utterances in conversation. PhDthesis, University of Birmingham, 1986.

9213 Amy B. M. Tsui. Systemic choices and discourse processes. Word, 40(1-2):163–188, 1989.

9214 Jun-ichi Tsujii. Future directions of Machine Translation. In Proceedingsof COLING 86, pages 655–668, 1986. 11th. International Conference onComputational Linguistics; Bonn, August.

764

9215 Jun-ichi Tsujii. What is a cross-linguistically valid interpretation of dis-course? In Dan Maxwell, Klaus Schubert, and Toon Witkam, editors,New directions in machine translation, pages 157–165. Foris Publica-tions, Dordrecht, Holland, 1988.

9216 Jun-Ichi Tsujii, Sofia Ananiadou, Iris Arad, and Satoshi Sekine. Linguis-tic Knowledge Acquisition from Corpora. In Sofia Ananiadou, editor,2nd International Workshop on Fundamental Research for the FutureGeneration of Natural Language Processing, (FGNLP), pages 61–81.CCL, UMIST, Manchester, 1992.

9217 Evgeny Tsymbal. Sculpting the Stalker: Towards a new language ofcinema. In Nathan Dunne, editor, Tarkovsky, pages 338–351. black dogpublishing, London, 2008. Translated by Dan Fox.

9218 Gordon H. Tucker. Initial specification of lexis for prototype generators0, 1 and 2. Technical Report COMMUNAL project, report 7, Computa-tional Linguistics Unit, University of Wales College of Cardiff, Cardiff,Wales, 1988.

9219 Gordon H. Tucker. An initial approach to comparatives in a systemicfunctional grammar. In Martin Davies and Louise Ravelli, editors, Ad-vances in systemic linguistics: recent theory and practice, pages 150–167.Pinter, London, 1992.

9220 Gordon H. Tucker. The treatment of lexis in a systemic functional modelof English with special reference to adjectives and their structure. PhDthesis, University of Wales, Cardiff, 1995.

9221 Gordon H. Tucker. Cultural classification and system networks: a sys-temic functional approach to lexical semantics. In Christopher Butler,Margaret Berry, Robin Fawcett, and Guowen Huang, editors, Mean-ing and form: systemic functional interpretations. Ablex, Norwood, NJ,1996.

9222 Gordon H. Tucker. So grammarians haven’t the faintest idea: recon-ciling lexis-oriented and grammar-oriented approaches to language. InRuqaiya Hasan, Carmel Cloran, and David Butt, editors, Functionaldescriptions - theory in practice, Current Issues in Linguistic Theory,pages 145–179. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1996.

9223 Gordon H. Tucker. The Lexicogrammar of Adjectives: a systemic func-tional approach to lexis. Functional Descriptions of Language Series.Cassell, London and New York, 1998.

9224 M. Tucker and R. Ellis. On the relation between seen objects and compo-nents of potential actions. Journal of Experimental Psychology: HumanPerception and Performance, 24:830–846, 1998.

765

9225 Andrew Tudor. Genre. In Barry Keith Grant, editor, Film GenreReader. University of Texas Press, Austin, 1973.

9226 Andrew Tudor. Image and Influence: Studies of Sociology of Film.George Allen & Unwin Ltd, London, 1974.

9227 Deborah Tudor. The Eye of the Frog: Question of Space in Films Usingdigital Processes. Cinemal Journal, 48:90–110, 2008.

9228 Edward R. Tufte. The visual display of quantitative information. Graph-ics Press, Cheshire, Connecticut, 1983.

9229 Edward R. Tufte. Visual explanations: images and quantities, evidenceand narrative. Graphics Press, Cheshire, Connecticut, 1997.

9230 Edward R. Tufte. The cognitive style of PowerPoint: pitching out cor-rupts within. Graphics Press LLC, Cheshire, Connecticut, 2 edition,2006.

9231 E. Tulving and W. Donaldson. Organization of Memory. AcademicPress, New York, 1972.

9232 Howard Tumber, editor. News: a reader. Oxford University Press,Oxford, 1999.

9233 Yu-Wen Tung, Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen, and Norman K. Sond-heimer. On Parallelism and the PENMAN Language Generation Sys-tem. Technical Report ISI/RR-88-195, USC/Information Sciences Insti-tute, Marina del Rey, CA, 1988.

9234 Jeremy Tunstall. Newspaper power: the national press in Britain.Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1996.

9235 Maureen Turim. Flashbacks in film: memory and history. Routledge,London, 1989.

9236 Geoffrey J. Turner. Social class and children’s language of control atage five and age seven. In B. Bernstein, editor, Class, codes and con-trol 2: applied studies towards a sociology of language, pages 135–201.Routledge and Kegan Paul, London, 1973.

9237 Geoffrey J. Turner. Sociosemantic networks and discourse structure.In M.A.K. Halliday and R.P. Fawcett, editors, New developments inSystemic Lingustics. Frances Pinter, London, 1987.

9238 Geoffrey J. Turner and R. Pickvance. Social class differences in theexpression of uncertainty in five-year-old children. Language and Speech,14, 1971.

9239 R. Turner. Utterance positioning as an interactional resource. Semiotica,17:233–254, 1976.

766

9240 Ross Turner, Somayajulu Sripada, Ehud Reiter, and Ian P. Davy. Select-ing the content of textual descriptions of geographically located eventsin spatio-temporal weather data. Applications and Innovations in Intel-ligent Systems, XV:75–88, 2007.

9241 Ross Turner, Somayajulu Sripada, Ehud Reiter, and Ian P. Davy Davy.Using spatial reference frames to generate grounded textual summariesof georeferenced data. In Proceedings of the 2008 International Confer-ence on Natural Language Generation (INLG08, Salt Fork, Ohio, 12-14June 2008.

9242 Scott T. Turner. The creative process: A computer model of storytellingand creativity. Erlbaum, Hillsdale, NJ, 1994.

9243 A. Tversky. Features of Similarity. Psychological Review, 84(4):327–352,1977.

9244 Barbara Tversky. Cognitive maps, cognitive collages, and spatial mentalmodels. In A. In Frank and I. Campari, editors, Spatial informationtheory, pages 14–24. Springer, Berlin, 1993.

9245 Barbara Tversky. Spatial Perspective in Descriptions. In P. Bloom, M.A.Peterson, L. Nadel, and M.F. Garrett, editors, Language and Space,pages 463–491. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1996.

9246 Barbara Tversky. Spatial perspective in descriptions. In Paul Bloom,Mary A. Peterson, Lynn Nadel, and Merrill F. Garrett, editors, Lan-guage and Space, pages 463–492. MIT Press, Cambride, MA, 1999.

9247 Barbara Tversky. Spatial schemas in depictions. In Merideth Gattis,editor, Spatial Schemas and Abstract Thought, pages 79–112. MIT Press/ Bradford Books, Cambridge, MA, 2001.

9248 Barbara Tversky, M. Agrawala, J. Heiser, P. U. Lee, P. Hanrahan,D. Phan, C. Stolte, and M.-P. Daniel. Cognitive design principles forgenerating visualizations. In G. Allen, editor, Applied Spatial Cognition:from Research to Cognitive Technology. Lawrence Erlbaum, Hillsdale,NJ, 2007.

9249 Barbara Tversky, S. Kugelmass, and A. Winter. Cross-cultural anddevelopmental trends in graphic productions. Cognitive Psychology,23:515–557, 1991.

9250 Barbara Tversky, Paul Lee, and Scott Mainwaring. Why do speakersmix perspectives? Spatial cognition and computation, 1:399–412, 1999.

9251 Barbara Tversky and Paul U. Lee. How Space Structures Language.In C. Freksa, C. Habel, and K.F. Wender, editors, Spatial Cognition.An Interdisciplinary Approach to Representing and Processing SpatialKnowledge, pages 157–175. Springer, Berlin, 1998.

767

9252 Barbara Tversky, J.M. Zacks, P.U. Lee, and J. Heiser. Lines, blobs,crosses, and arrows: diagrammatic communication with schematic fig-ures. In M. Anderson, P. Cheng, and V. Haarslev, editors, Theory andApplication of Diagrams. Springer, Berlin, 2000.

9253 Barbara Tversky, J.M. Zacks, and B. Martin. The structure of experi-ence. In T.F. Shipley and J.M. Zacks, editors, Understanding events:from perception to action, pages 436–464. Oxford University Press, Ox-ford, 2008.

9254 Michael Twyman. A schema for the study of graphic language. In P. A.Kolers, M. E. Wrolstad, and H. Bouma, editors, Processing of VisibleLanguage, volume 1, pages 117–150. Plenum, New York and London,1979.

9255 Michael Twyman. The graphic presentation of language. InformationDesign Journal, 3(1):2–22, 1982.

9256 Michael Twyman. Articulating graphic language: a historical perspec-tive. In M.E. Wrolstad and D.F. Fischer, editors, Towards a new un-derstanding of literacy, pages 188–251. Praeger, New York, 1986.

9257 Michael Twyman. A schema for the study of graphic language. InO. Boyd-Barrett and Braham P., editors, Media, Knowledge and Power,pages 201–225. Croom Helm, London, 1987. reprinted version of ? ).

9258 Michael Twyman. Further thoughts on a schema for describing graphiclanguage. In Proceedings of the 1st International Conference on Typog-raphy and Visual Communication (2002), pages 329–350. University ofMacedonia Press, 2004.

9259 Michael Tye. Vague Objects. Mind, 99(396):535–557, 1990.

9260 Andrea Tyler and Vyvyan Evans. The semantics of English prepositions:spatial scenes, embodied meaning and cognition. Cambridge UniversityPress, Cambridge, 2003.

9261 S. Tyler. The said and the unsaid. Academic Press, New York, 1979.

9262 Stephen A. Tyler. Memory and discourse. In Peter H. Fries, MichaelCummings, David Lockwood, and William Spruiell, editors, Relationsand functions within and around language, Open Linguistics. ContinuumPress, London, 2001.

9263 Juri Tynjanov. On Literary Evolution. In Ladislav Matejka andKrystyna Pmorska, editors, Reading in Russian Poetics: Formalist andStructuralist Views, pages 66–78. The MIT Press, 1971.

9264 J. D. Ullman. Principles of Database Systems. Computer Science Press,Rockville, Maryland, 1980.

768

9265 R. Ultan. The Nature of Future Tenses. In Joseph Greenberg, EdithMoravscik, and Charles Ferguson, editors, Universals of Human Lan-guage. Stanford University Press, Stanford, 1978.

9266 James A. Banks und Cherry A. McGee-Banks. Handbook on Researchof Multicultural Education. Jossey-Bass, San Fransisco, 2 edition, 2004.

9267 Mike Sandbothe und Ludwig Nagl, editor. Systematische Medienphiloso-phie. Akademie Verlag, 2005.

9268 Nancy Underwood and Costanza Navarretta. Towards a standard for thecreation of lexica. Technical Report, Center for Sprogteknologi, Copen-hagen, Denmark, June 1997. Draft produced for European LanguageResources Association.

9269 Nancy Underwood and Costanza Navarretta. A draft manual for thevalidation of lexica: final report (Release 1.1). Technical Report, Centerfor Sprogteknologi, Copenhagen, Denmark, June 1998. Draft producedfor European Language Resources Association.

9270 C. Unger. The scope of discourse connectives: implications for discourseorganization. Journal of Linguistics, 32(2):403–438, 1996.

9271 Friedrich Ungerer, editor. English Media Texts past and present: lan-guage and textual structure. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2000.

9272 Friedrich Ungerer. News stories and news events-a changing relation-ship. In Friedrich Ungerer, editor, English Media Texts past and present:language and textual structure, pages 177–196. Benjamins, Amsterdam,2000.

9273 Universität des Saarlandes, Saarbrücken, Germany. Proceedings of the18th Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING’2000), July 31- August 4 2000, 2000.

9274 L. Unsworth. Multiple semiotic sources as scaffolding for young chil-dren’s emergent reading of picture-story books. Australian Review ofApplied Linguistics, 16(2):1–14, 1993.

9275 L. Unsworth and G. Williams. Big books or basals? The significanceof text form in constructing contexts for early literacy developmentthrough shared reading. Australian Journal of Reading, 13:11–111, 1990.

9276 Len Unsworth. Some notes on differences between Functional Grammarand traditional school grammar. Course materials.

9277 Len Unsworth. How and Why: recontextualizing science explanationsin school science books. PhD thesis, Department of Linguistics, SydneyUniversity, 1995.

769

9278 Len Unsworth. Investigating subject-specific literacies in school learning.In Len Unsworth, editor, Researching language in schools and communi-ties: functional linguistic perspectives, pages 245–274. Cassell, London,2000.

9279 Len Unsworth. Teaching multiliteracies across the curriculum: changingcontexts of text and image in classroom practice. Open University Press,2001.

9280 Len Unsworth. Towards a metalanguage for multiliteracies education:Describing the meaning-making resources of language-image interaction.English Teaching: Practice and Critique, 5(1):55–76, May 2006.

9281 Len Unsworth. Image/text relations and intersemiosis: Towards multi-modal text description for multiliteracies education. In Leila Barbaraand Tony Berber Sardinha, editors, Proceedings of the 33rd InternationalSystemic Functional Congress (33rd ISFC), pages 1165–1205, Sao Paulo,Brazil, 2007. Pontifícia Universidade Católica De Sao Paulo (PUCSP).Online publication at: http://www.pucsp.br/isfc.

9282 Len Unsworth. Multiliteracies and multimodal text analysis in class-room work with children’s literature. In Terry D. Royce and Wendy L.Bowcher, editors, New Directions in the Analysis of Multimodal Dis-course, pages 331–360. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 2007.

9283 Len Unsworth and Chris Cléirigh. Multimodality and reading: the con-struction of meaning through image-text interaction. In Carey Jewitt,editor, The Routledge Handbook of multimodal analysis, pages 151–164.Routledge, London, 2009.

9284 Jean Ure. Practical registers. English Language Teaching Journal, 23(2and 3), 1969.

9285 Jean Ure and J. Ellis. Language varieties - register. In Encyclopediaof Linguistics (Information and Control), volume 12, pages 251–259.Pergammon Press, Oxford, 1969.

9286 Jean N. Ure. Lexical density and register differentiation. In G. E. Perrenand J. L. M. Trim, editors, Applications of Linguistics: Selected Papersof the 2nd International Congress of Linguistics, Cambridge 1969. Cam-bridge University Press, Cambridge, 1971.

9287 Jean N. Ure and Jeffrey Ellis. Register in descriptive linguistics andlinguistic sociology. In Oscar Uribe-Villegas, editor, Issues in Sociolin-guistics. Mouton, The Hague, 1977.

9288 Jean N. Ure and Jeffrey Ellis. Register in descriptive linguistics andlinguistic sociology. In Oscar Uribe-Villegas, editor, Issues in Sociolin-guistics. Mouton, The Hague, 1977.

770

9289 J.O. Urmson. Parenthetical Verbs. Mind, 61:192–212, 1952.

9290 M. Uschold and M. Gruninger. Ontologies: principles, methods andapplications. Knowledge Engineering Review, 11(2):93–115, 1996.

9291 Mike Uschold, Peter Clark, Mike Healy, Keith Williamson, and StevenWoods. An experiment in ontology re-use. In Proceedings of the 1998Banff Knowledge Acquisition for Knowledge Based Systems Workshop(KAW98), Calgary, Canada, 1998.

9292 Mike Uschold, Mike Healy, Keith Williamson, Peter Clark, and StevenWoods. Ontology reuse and application. In N. Guarino, editor, FormalOntology in Information Systems, pages 179–192. IOS Press, Amster-dam, 1998.

9293 H. Uszkoreit, R. Backofen, S. Busemann, Abdel Kader Diagne,E. Hinkelman, W. Kasper, B. Kiefer, H.U. Krieger, K. Netter, G. Neu-mann, S. Oepen, and S. Spackman. DISCO-An HPSG-based NLP Sys-tem and its Application for Appointment Scheduling. In COLING’94,pages 463–440, Kyoto, 1994.

9294 Hans Uszkoreit. Categorial Unification Grammars. In Proceedings ofCOLING-86, 1986. Also appears as Center for the Study of Languageand Information Report No. CSLI-86-66, Stanford, CA.

9295 Hans Uszkoreit. Strategies for adding control information to declarativegrammars. In Proceedings of the 1991 Meeting of the Association forComputational Linguistics, Berkeley, California, 1991. Association forComputational Linguistics.

9296 Hans Uszkoreit. Language Generation. In Ronald A. Cole, Joseph Mar-iani, Hans Uszkoreit, Annie Zaenen, and Victor Zue, editors, Surveyof State of the Art in Human Language Technology, chapter 4, pages139–164. Cambridge University Press, 1997. (Chapter containing con-tributions by E. Hovy, G. van Noord, G. Neumann, and J. Bateman).

9297 J. Vachek. The linguistic school of Prague. Indiana University press,Bloomington, 1966.

9298 Enric Vallduví. The Informational Component. Garland, New York,1992.

9299 Peter van Beek. A Model for Generating Better Explanations. In Pro-ceedings of the 25th Annual Meeting of the ACL, Palo Alto, California,1987. Association of Computational Linguistics.

9300 K. van Deemter. Document Generation and Picture Retrieval. In Procs.of Third Int. Conf. on Visual Information Systems (VISUAL-99), num-ber 1614 in Lecture Notes in Computer Science, pages 632–640. Springer,Berlin, New York, 1999.

771

9301 K. van Deemter and J. Odijk. Context Modeling and the Generation ofSpoken Discourse. Speech Communication, 21(1/2):101–121, 1997.

9302 Kees van Deemter. Context modeling for language and speech genera-tion. In Julia Hirschberg, Candace Kamm, and Marilyn Walker, editors,Proceedings of the ACL/EACL Workshop on Interactive Spoken DialogSystems: bringing speech and NLP together in real applications, pages48–52, Madrid, Spain, 1997. Assocation for Computational Linguistics.

9303 Kees van Deemter. Finetuning NLG through experiments with humansubjects: the case of vague descriptions. In Anja Belz, Roger Evans, andPaul Piwek, editors, Natural Language Generation: Third internationalConference (INLG 2004), number 3123 in Lecture Notes in ArtificialIntelligence, pages 31–40. Springer, Berlin, New York, July 14-16 2004.

9304 Kees van Deemter and Rodger Kibble, editors. Information sharing:reference and presupposition in language generation and interpretation.CSLI Publications, 2002.

9305 Kees van Deemter and Stanley Peters, editors. Semantic Ambiguity andUnderspecification. CSLI, Stanford, 1996.

9306 Kees van Deemter and Richard Power. Coreference in knowledge editing.In Proceedings of the COLING-ACL ’98 Workshop on the ComputationalTreatment of Nominals, pages 56–60, Montreal, Canada, 1998.

9307 R. van den Broeck. Toward a text-type-oriented theory of transla-tion. In W. Wilss and S.-O. Poulson, editors, Angewandte Überset-zungswissenschaft, pages 82–96. Århus, 1980. Internationales über-setzungswissenschaftliches Kolloquium an der WirtschaftsuniversitätÅrhus/Dänemark, 19. - 21. Juni, 1980.

9308 Jaap van den Herik et al. ToKeN2000 ("Toegankelijkheid en Ken-nisontsluiting"). Dutch research project.

9309 J. van Diggelen, R.J. Beun, F. Dignum, R.M. van Eijk, and J.-J.Ch.Meyer. Ontology Negotiation: Goals, Requirements and Implementa-tion. International Journal of Agent-Oriented Software Engineering,1(1):63–90, 2007.

9310 T. van Dijk. Text and Context: Explorations in the Semantics andPragmatics of Discourse. Longman, New York, 1977.

9311 T. van Dijk. News schemata. In C. Cooper and S. Greenbaum, editors,Studying Writing: Linguistic Approaches, pages 155–186. Sage, BeverleyHills, Calif., 1986.

9312 T. A. van Dijk. Connectives in text grammar and text logic. In T. A.van Dijk and J. Petöfi, editors, Grammars and descriptions: studies intext theory and text analysis, pages 11–63. de Gruyter, London, 1977.

772

9313 T. van Dijk and W. Kintsch. Cognitive Psychology and Discourse: re-calling and summarizing stories. In Current Trends in Text Linguistics.de Groyler, New York, 1978.

9314 T.A. van Dijk. The semantics and pragmatics of functional coherencein discourse. Versus, 26/27:49–65, 1980.

9315 Teun van Dijk. Studies in the Pragmatics of Discourse. Mouton, TheHague, 1981.

9316 Teun A. van Dijk. Some aspects of text grammars. Mouton, The Hague,1972.

9317 Teun A. van Dijk. Text and Context. Longman, London, 1977.

9318 Teun A. van Dijk. Macrostructures. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates,Hillsdale, New Jersey, 1980.

9319 Teun A. van Dijk. The semantics and pragmatics of functional coherencein discourse. Versus, (26/27):49–65, 1980.

9320 Teun A. van Dijk. Studies in the pragmatics of discourse. Mouton, TheHague, 1981.

9321 Teun A. van Dijk. Episodes as units of discourse analysis. pages 177–195.Georgetown University Press, Washington, D.C., 1982.

9322 Teun A. van Dijk. Handbook of Discourse Analysis. Academic Press,London, 1985.

9323 Teun A. van Dijk. Semantic Discourse Analysis, volume 2, pages 103–136. Academic Press, 1985.

9324 Teun A. van Dijk and Walter Kintsch. Strategies of Discourse Compre-hension. Academic Press Inc., 1983.

9325 F. H. van Eemeren and R. Grootendorst. The speech acts of arguing andconvincing in externalized discussions. Journal of Pragmatics, 6:1–24,1982.

9326 Frans H. van Eemeren and Rob Grootendorst, editors. Speech acts inargumentative discussions: a theoretical model for the analysis of discus-sions directed towards solving conflicts of opinion. Foris Publications,Dordrecht, 1984.

9327 Frans H. van Eemeren, Rob Grootendorst, J. Anthony Blair, andCharles A. Willard, editors. Argumentation: perspectives and ap-proaches. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, 1987.

9328 Jan van Eijck and Hiyan Alshawi. Logical Forms. In Hiyan Alshawi,editor, The Core Language Engine, chapter 2, pages 11–40. MIT Press,Cambridge, Massachusetts and London, England, 1992.

773

9329 Frank van Harmelen, Peter F. Patel-Schneider, and Ian Horrocks. Ref-erence Description of the DAML+OIL (March 2001) ontology markuplanguage. Technical Report, W3C, March 2001.

9330 Arthur van Hoff, editor. HyperNeWS User’s Guide. The Turing Insti-tute, Glasgow, UK, 1989.

9331 Charlotte van Hooijdonk, Emiel Krahmer, Alfons Maes, Mariët Theune,and Wauter Bosma. Towards automatic generation of multimodal an-swers to medical questions: a cognitive engineering approach. In I. vander Sluis, M. Theune, E. Reiter, and E. Krahmer, editors, Proceedingsof the Workshop on Multimodal Output Generation MOG 2007, pages93–104. Centre for Telematics and Information Technology (CTIT), Uni-versity of Twente, 2006.

9332 A. van Katwijk, F. van Nes, H. Bunt, and F. Leopold. Naive SubjectsInteracting with a Conversing Information System. Technical Report,???, 1979. Eindhoven, Netherlands.

9333 Theo van Leeuwen. Professional speech: accentual and junctural style inradio announcing. M.A. Hons thesis, School of English and Linguistics,Macquarie University, 1982.

9334 Theo van Leeuwen. Levels of formality in the television interview. Aus-tralian Journal of Screen Theory, 13/14:59–69, 1983.

9335 Theo van Leeuwen. Impartial speech: observations on the intonation ofnewsreaders. Australian Journal of Cultural Studies, 2(1):84–98, 1984.

9336 Theo van Leeuwen. Persuasive speech: the intonation of the live radiocommercial. Australian Journal of Communication, 7:25–35, 1985.

9337 Theo van Leeuwen. Proxemics of the television interview. AustralianJournal of Screen Theory, 17/18:125–141, 1986.

9338 Theo van Leeuwen. Generic strategies in press journalism. AustralianReview of Applied Linguistics, 10(2):199–220, 1987.

9339 Theo van Leeuwen. Music and ideology: towards a sociosemantics ofmass media music. Sydney Association for Studies in Society and Cul-ture Working Papers, 2(1/2):19–45, 1988.

9340 Theo van Leeuwen. Conjunctive structure in documentary film andtelevision. Continuum: journal of media and cultural studies, 5(1):76–114, 1991.

9341 Theo van Leeuwen. The sociosemiotics of easy listening music. SocialSemiotics, 1(1), 1991.

774

9342 Gertjan van Noord, Joke Dorrepaal, Pim van der Eijk, Maria Florenza,Herbert Russink, and Louis des Tombe. An overview of MiMo2. MachineTranslation, 6(3):201–214, 1991.

9343 J. van Oosten. Subjects and agenthood in English. In Chicago LinguisticSociety, volume 13, pages 459–471. 1977.

9344 Jacco van Ossenbruggen. Processing Structured Hypermedia – A Matterof Style. PhD thesis, Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam, The Netherlands,April 10 2001.

9345 Jacco van Ossenbruggen, Frank Cornelissen, Joost Geurts, Lloyd Rut-ledge, and Lynda Hardman. Cuypers: a semi-automatic hypermediageneration system. Technical Report INS-R0025, CWI, December 2000.

9346 Jacco van Ossenbruggen, Joost Geurts, Frank Cornelissen, Lloyd Rut-ledge, and Lynda Hardman. Towards Second and Third GenerationWeb-Based Multimedia. In Proceedings of the 10th International WorldWide Web conference, pages 479–488.

9347 Jacco van Ossenbruggen, Joost Geurts, Lynda Hardman, and Lloyd Rut-ledge. Towards a Formatting Vocabulary for Time-based Hypermedia.In 2003 International World Wide Web Conference.

9348 Jacco van Ossenbruggen and Lynda Hardman. Hypermedia PresentationGeneration on the Semantic Web. Ercim News, 51:36, 2002.

9349 Jacco van Ossenbruggen and Lynda Hardman. Multimedia on the Se-mantic Web. In Herre van Oostendorp, Andrew Dillon, and Leen Breure,editors, Creation, Use and Deployment of Digital Information. Erlbaum,Publication planned late 2002.

9350 Jacco van Ossenbruggen and Lynda Hardman. Smart Style on the Se-mantic Web. Technical Report INS-R0201, CWI, February 2002.

9351 Jacco van Ossenbruggen and Lynda Hardman. Smart Style on the Se-mantic Web. In Semantic Web Workshop, WWW2002, May 2002.

9352 Jacco van Ossenbruggen, Lynda Hardman, and Lloyd Rutledge. Inte-grating Multimedia Characteristics in Web-based Document Languages.Technical Report INS-R0024, CWI, December 2000.

9353 Jacco van Ossenbruggen, Lynda Hardman, and Lloyd Rutledge. Hy-permedia and the Semantic web: A research agenda. Technical ReportINS-R0105, CWI, May 31 2001.

9354 Jacco van Ossenbruggen, Lynda Hardman, Lloyd Rutledge, and AntonEliëns. Style Sheet Support for Hypermedia Documents. In Proceedingsof 1997 International Hypertext Conference, pages 216–217.

775

9355 G. van Rossum, J. Jansen, K. S. Mullender, and D.C.A. Bulterman.CMIFed: A Presentation Environment for Portable Hypermedia Doc-uments. In The First ACM International Conference on Multimedia,pages 183–188, August 1993.

9356 Z. van Straaten, editor. Philosophical Subjects: Essays presented to P.F.Strawson. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1980.

9357 J. van Weert, G. van Noort, N. Bol, K. Tates, L. van Dijk, and L. Jansen.Tailored information for cancer patients on the internet: effects of visualcues and language complexity on information recall and satisfaction.Patient Education and Counseling, 84:368–378, 2011.

9358 C. van Wijk and A. Arts. ’Does the taxman need a face?’; effects ofincluding photographs and examples in a tax form; a field experimentwith senior citizens in The Netherlands. Information Design Journal,16:85–100, 2008.

9359 Gert Veldhuijzen van Zanten, Gosse Bouma, Khalil Sima’an, Gertjanvan Noord, and Remko Bonnema. Evaluation of the NLP componentsof the OVIS2 spoken dialogue system. Technical Report, NWO PriorityProgramm Deliverable, The Netherlands, 1998.

9360 D. van Zwynsvoorde, T. Simeon, and R. Alami. Incremental topo-logical modeling using local Voronoi-like graphs. In Proceedings ofthe IEEE/RSJ International Conference on Intelligent Robots Systems,Takamatsu, Japan, Nov. 2000. IEEE/RSJ.

9361 Claude Vandeloise. Description of Space in French. Number 150 in A.L.A.U.D.T., Autumn 1985.

9362 Claude Vandeloise. L’espace en francais: semantique des prepositions.Travaux Linguistiques. Sueil, Paris, 1986.

9363 Claude Vandeloise. Spatial prepositions: a case study from French. TheUniversity of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1991.

9364 Claude Vandeloise. A taxonomy of basic natural entities. In Michel Aur-nague, Maya Hickmann, and Laure Vieu, editors, The Categorization ofSpatial Entities in Language and Cognition, volume 20 of Human Cog-nitive Processing, pages 35–52. John Benjamins Publishing Company,Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 2007.

9365 Keith Vander Linden. Specification of the Extended Sentence PlanningLanguage. EU LRE Project 062-09: GIST Deliverable TST-0, ITRI,University of Brighton, December 1994.

9366 Keith Vander Linden and Donia Scott. Raising the Interlingual Ceilingwith Multilingual Text Generation. In Proceedings of the IJCAI work-shop in multilingual text generation (International Joint Conference onArtificial Intelligence) 1995, pages 95–101, Montréal, Canada, 1995.

776

9367 R. Vanderslice and P. Ladefoged. Binary suprasegmental features andtransformational word-accentuation rules. Language, 48:819–838, 1972.

9368 A. Vandierendonck, V. Dierckx, and G. De Vooght. Mental modelconstruction in linear reasoning: Evidence for the construction of ini-tial annotated models. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology,57A:1369–1391, 2004.

9369 J. Vankuppevelt. Main structure and side structure in discourse. Lin-guistics, 33(4):809–833, 1995.

9370 Stijn Vansummeren, editor. Proceedings of the Twenty-Fifth ACMSIGACT-SIGMOD-SIGART Symposium on Principles of Database Sys-tems, June 26-28, 2006, Chicago, Illinois, USA. ACM, 2006.

9371 C. VanWijk and T. Sanders. Identifying writing strategies through textanalysis. Written Communication, 16(1):51–75, 1999.

9372 Ž. Ž. Varbot. Xoroxoritjsja i xoroshij. Russkaja rech’, (1), 1980.

9373 Sebastian Varges. Overgenerating referring expressions involving rela-tions and Booleans. In Anja Belz, Roger Evans, and Paul Piwek, editors,Natural Language Generation: Third international Conference (INLG2004), number 3123 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, pages171–181. Springer, Berlin, New York, July 14-16 2004.

9374 Sebastian Varges. Spatial descriptions as referring expressions in theMapTask domain. In Proceedings of the Tenth European Workshop onNatural Language Generation (ENLG-05), 2005.

9375 Robin Varnum and Christina T Gibbons. The language of comics: Wordand image. Studies in popular culture. Univ. Press of Mississippi, Jack-son, Miss., 2002.

9376 Achille C. Varzi. From language to ontology: beware of the traps. InMichel Aurnague, Maya Hickmann, and Laure Vieu, editors, The Cate-gorization of Spatial Entities in Language and Cognition, volume 20 ofHuman Cognitive Processing, pages 269–284. John Benjamins Publish-ing Company, Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 2007.

9377 Heinz Vater. Einführung in die Sprachwissenschaft. Number 3rd. inUTB für Wissenschaft. Wilhelm Fink, München, 1999.

9378 A. O. Vatnsdal. Register analysis - the language of air-traffic control.Occasional Papers in Systemic Linguistics, 1:43–83, 1987.

9379 B. Vauquois. Aspects of mechanical translation. Technical Report,GETA Report, 1979. (Conference for Japan IBM Scientific Program).

777

9380 Bernard Vauquois. A survey of formal grammars and algorithmsfor recognition and transformation in machine translation. In IFIPCongress-68, pages 254–260, Edinburgh, 1968.

9381 T. Vavargard. Autotext. In Preprints 2nd Conference on Artificial Intel-ligence, pages 69–71, Long Beach, CA, 2000. American MeteorologicalSociety.

9382 Peter Ďurčo. Die Interpretation der Phraseologismen aus psycholinguis-tischer Sicht. Folia Linguistica, XXIV(1-2):1–22, 1990.

9383 Tony Veale. Creativity as Pastiche: A Computational Model of Dy-namic Blending and Textual Collage, with Special Reference to the Useof Blending in Cinematic Narratives. Technical Report, School of Com-puter Applications, Dublin City University, Glasnevin, Dublin, 1997.In: Cinematic Narratives, presented at ICLC’97, the 1997 conference ofThe International Cognitive Linguistics Association.

9384 Tony Veale and Alan Conway. Cross modal comprehension in ZARDOZ:an English to Sign-Language Translation System. In Proceedings ofthe Seventh International Workshop on Natural Language Generation,Kennebunkport, Maine, USA, June 21-24, 1994, pages 249–252, Ken-nebunkport, Maine, USA, 1994.

9385 Robert Veel. Literacy in School Science. Metropolitan East RegionDisadvantaged Schools Program (Write It Right), Erskinville, N.S.W.,1993.

9386 Robert Veel. Learning how to mean - scientifically speaking: apprentice-ship into scientific discourse in the secondary school. In Frances Christieand J. R. Martin, editors, Genre and institutions: social processes in theworkplace and school, pages 161–195. Cassell, London, 1997.

9387 Robert Veel. The greening of school science: ecogenesis in secondaryclassromms. In J.R. Martin and Robert Veel, editors, Reading science:critical and functional perspectives on discourses of science, pages 114–151. Routledge, London, 1998.

9388 Harri Veivo. The new literary semiotics. Semiotica, 165(1/4):41–55,2007.

9389 Robert Veltman. Comparison and intensification: an ideal but prob-lematic domain for systemic-functional theory. In James D. Benson andWilliam S. Greaves, editors, Systemic perspectives on discourse: selectedtheoretical papers from the 9th International Systemic Workshop, pages187–212. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1985.

9390 Z. Vendler. Verbs and Times. Philosophical Review, 66:143–160, 1957.

778

9391 Z. Vendler. Linguistics in Philosophy. Cornell University Press, Ithaca,1967.

9392 Theo Vennemann. An Explanation of Drift. In Charles Li, editor, WordOrder and Word Order Change, pages 269–305. University of TexasPress, Austin, Texas, 1975.

9393 Eija Ventola. The structure of casual conversations in English. Journalof Pragmatics, 3, 1978.

9394 Eija Ventola. Contrasting schematic structures in service encounters.Applied Linguistics, 4:242–258, 1983.

9395 Eija Ventola. Orientation to social semiotics in foreign language teach-ing. Applied Linguistics, 5:275–286, 1984.

9396 Eija Ventola. The dynamics of genre. Nottingham Linguistics Circular,14, 1984.

9397 Eija Ventola. The Structure of Social Interaction: A Systemic Approachto the Semiotics of Service Encounters. Frances Pinter, London, 1987.

9398 Eija Ventola. Text analysis in operation: a multilevel approach. InR. P. Fawcett and D. Young, editors, New Developments in SystemicLinguisticss, Volume 2: theory and application, pages 52–77. Pinter,London, 1988.

9399 Eija Ventola. The logical relations in exchanges. In James D. Ben-son and William S. Greaves, editors, Systemic Functional Approachesto Discourse: Selected Papers from the Twelfth International SystemicWorkshop, pages 51–72. Ablex, Norwood, New Jersey, 1988.

9400 Eija Ventola. Problems of modelling and the applied issues within theframework of genre. Word, 40(1-2), 1989.

9401 Eija Ventola, editor. Approaches to the analysis of literary discourse.{AAbo Akad, Turku, 1991.

9402 Eija Ventola, editor. Recent Systemic and Other Views on Language.Mouton, Amsterdam, 1991.

9403 Eija Ventola. Generic and register qualities of texts and their realization.In Peter H. Fries and Ruqaiya Hasan, editors, Discourse in society:systemic functional perspectives, pages 3–29. Ablex, Norwood, NJ, 1995.

9404 Eija Ventola. Thematic development and translation. In M. Ghadessy,editor, Thematic development in English texts, pages 85–104. PinterPublishers, London, 1995.

9405 Eija Ventola, editor. Discourse and community: doing functional lin-guistics. Language in Performance. Gunter Narr, Tübingen, 2000.

779

9406 Eija Ventola, Cassily Charles, and Martin Kaltenbacher, editors. Per-spectives on Multimodality. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2004.

9407 Eija Ventola and Anna Mauranen, editors. Academic writing: intercul-tural and textual issues. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1996.

9408 Lawrence Venuti, editor. The translation studies reader. Routledge,London, 2000.

9409 C. Veres, J. Sampson, and C. Atkins. From ER to Ontology with NaturalLanguage Text Generation. In J. Krogstie, T.A. Halpin, and H.A. (Erik)Proper, editors, Proceedings of the Workshop on Exploring ModelingMethods for Systems Analysis and Design (EMMSAD’06), held in con-junctiun with the 18th Conference on Advanced Information Systems(CAiSE’06), Luxembourg, Luxembourg, EU, pages 485–496. Namur Uni-versity Press, Namur, Belgium, EU, 2006.

9410 H. Verkuyl. A theory of aspectuality. The interaction between temporaland atemporal structure. Cambrige University Press, Cambridge, 1993.

9411 C. F. M. Vermeulen. Sequence semantics for dynamic predicate logic.Journal of Logic, Language and Information, 2(3):217–254, 1993.

9412 Karl A. Verner. Eine Ausnahme der ersten Lautverschiebung. Zeitschriftfür vergleichende Sprachforschung, 23(2):97–130, 1875.

9413 F. Vernier and L. Nigay. A Framework for the Combination and Charac-terization of Output Modalities. In Proceedings of the 7th InternationalWorkshop on Design, Specification and Verification of Interactive Sys-tems (DSV-IS), pages 32–48. Springer- Verlag, 2000.

9414 R. Verret, D. Vigneux, J. Marcoux, R. Parent, F. Petrucci, C. Landry,L. Pelletier, and G. Hardy. Automation for an improved efficiency. InPreprints of the 15th International Conference on Interactive Informa-tion and Processing Systems (IIPS) for Meteorology, Oceanography, andHydrology, pages 72–75, Dallas, TX, 1999. American Meteorological So-ciety.

9415 Jean-Luc Verschelde, Mariana Casella Dos Santos, Tom Deray, BarrySmith, and Werner Ceusters. Ontology Assisted Database Integration.In Symposium on Integrative BioInformatics, Bielefeld, Germany, 2003.

9416 Marjolijn Verspoor and Kim Sauter. English Sentence Analysis: anintroductory course. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2000.

9417 Torben Verstergaard. From genre to sentence: the leading article andits linguistic realization. In Friedrich Ungerer, editor, English MediaTexts past and present: language and textual structure, pages 151–176.Benjamins, Amsterdam, 2000.

780

9418 Peter Verstraten. Film narratology. Toronto University Press, Toronto,2009. Translated by Stefan Van Der Lecq.

9419 F. L. Verwiebe, G. R. Van Hooft, and Suchy R. R. Physics; A BasicScience. D. van Nostrand Company, Inc., Princeton, New Jersey, 1962.

9420 T. Vestergaard and K. Schroeder. The Language of Advertising. Black-well, Oxford, 1985.

9421 M. Vidal, M.-A. Amorim, and A. Berthoz. Navigating in a virtual three-dimensional maze: how do egocentric and allocentric reference framesinteract? Cognitive Brain Research, 19(3):244–258, 2004.

9422 M. Vidal and A. Berthoz. Navigating in a virtual 3D maze: body andgravity, two possible reference frames for perceiving and memorizing.Spatial Cognition and Computation, 5(2-3):139–161, 2005.

9423 T. Vierhuff, B. Hildebrandt, and H.-J. Eikmeyer. Effiziente Verar-beitung deutscher Konstituentenstellung mit der Combinatorial Cate-gorial Grammar. Linguistische Berichte, in preparation.

9424 T. Vierhuff, B. Hildebrandt, and H.-J. Eikmeyer. Effiziente Verar-beitung deutscher Konstituentenstellung mit der Combinatorial Cate-gorial Grammar, 0.

9425 T. Vierhuff and T. Spiess. Regelabstraktionen und -erweiterungen fuereine kognitiv inspirierte Kategorialgrammatik, 2002.

9426 T. Vierhuff and T. Spiess. Regelabstraktionen und -erweiterungen fuereine kognitiv inspirierte Kategorialgrammatik. SFB 360: Situierte Kün-stliche Kommunikatoren Report 2002/01, Universität Bielefeld, Biele-feld, 2002.

9427 Laure Vieu. A logical framework for reasoning about space. In A.U.Frank and I. Campari, editors, Spatial Information Theory, pages 25–35. Springer, Berlin, 1993.

9428 Laure Vieu. Spatial representation and reasoning in artificial intelli-gence. In Olivero Stock, editor, Spatial and temporal reasoning, pages5–41. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1997.

9429 Laure Vieu and Michel Aurnague. Part-of relations, functionality anddependence. In Michel Aurnague, Maya Hickmann, and Laure Vieu,editors, The Categorization of Spatial Entities in Language and Cogni-tion, volume 20 of Human Cognitive Processing, pages 307–336. JohnBenjamins Publishing Company, Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 2007.

9430 K. Vijay-Shanker and A. K. Joshi. Feature structure based tree adjoin-ing grammar. In Proceedings of COLING-88, pages 714–719, Budapest,Hungary, 1988.

781

9431 M. B. Vilain and H.A Kautz. Constraint propagation algorithms fortemporal reasoning. In Proceedings of the 5th National Conference ofthe American Association for Artificial Intelligence (AAAI-86), pages377–382, 1986.

9432 Marc Vilain, editor. A System for Reasoning about Time, Pittsburgh,PA, 1982. The American Association of Artificial Intelligence, WilliamKaufmann, Inc. from Proceedings of the National Conference on Artifi-cial Intelligence; pg. 197; 18-20 August 1982, at CMU.

9433 Marc Vilain. KL-TWO, A Hybrid Knowledge Representation System.Technical Report 5694, Bolt Beranak and Newman, September 1984.

9434 M.B Vilain, H. A Kautz, and P.G van Beek. Constraint propagationalgorithms for temporal reasoning: A revised report. In D. S. Weld andJ. de Kleer, editors, Readings in Qualitative Reasoning about PhysicalSystems, pages 373–381. Morgan Kaufmann, San Francisco, CA, 1989.

9435 J. P. Vinay and J. Darbelnet. Stylistique Comparée du français et del‘anglais. Méthode de traduction. Didier, Paris, 1958.

9436 Špela Vintar, Paul Buitelaar, Bogdan Sacaleanu, Diana Raileanu, DetlefPrescher, Bärbel Ripplinger, Ralf Brown, Jörg Bay, Oktavian Weiser,Eric Gaussier, Hervé Dejean, and Dominic Widdows. MUCHMOREannotation format. Multilingual Concept Hierarchies for Medical Infor-mation Organization and Retrieval (MUCHMORE), IST Project Deliv-erable D4.1, DFKI, Saabrücken, November 2001.

9437 Jacques Virbel. The Contribution of Linguistic Knowledge to the Inter-pretation of Text Structures. In Jacques André, Richard Keith Furuta,and Vincent Quint, editors, Structured documents, pages 161–181. Cam-bridge University Press, Cambridge, 1989.

9438 Valentijn Visch. Looking for genres. The effect of film figure movementon genre recognition. PhD thesis, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, Ams-terdam, 2007.

9439 U. Visser and H. Stuckenschmidt. Intelligent, Location-dependent Ac-quisition and Retrieval of Environmental Information. In Proceedings ofthe 21st Urban Data Management Symposium (UDMS 99), 1999.

9440 U. Visser, H. Stuckenschmidt, and T. Vögele. Ontologies for geographicinformation processing. Computers and Geoscience, 2001.

9441 Amos Vogel. Film as Subversive Art. Random House, London, 1974.

9442 T. Vögele and G. Heepen. Online Collection and Automatic Evaluationof Empirical Data in Urban Planning. In Proceedings of the 21st UrbanData Management Symposium (UDMS 99), 1999.

782

9443 T. Vögele, H. Stuckenschmidt, and U. Visser. BUISY - Using BrokeredData-Objects for Environmental Information Systems. In Tagungsbanddes 3. Workshops ’Hypermedia im Umweltschutz. Metropolis, 2000.

9444 T. Vögele, H. Stuckenschmidt, and U. Visser. Towards Intelligent Bro-kering of Geo-Information. In Proceedings of the 22nd Urban Data Man-agement Symposiums (UDMS 2000), 2000.

9445 T. Vögele, S. Stuckenschmidt, and U. Visser. BUISY - Using BrokeredData Objects for Environmental Information Systems. In Klaus Tochter-mann and Wolf-Fritz Riekert, editors, Hypermedia im Umweltschutz.Metropolis, 2000.

9446 Christopher Vogler. The Writer’s Journey: Mythic Structure for Writ-ers. Michael Wiese Productions, Studio City, CA, 1998.

9447 Frank Vogt. Formale Begriffsanalyse mit C++. Datenstrukturen undAlgorithmen. Springer, Berlin, New York, 1996.

9448 Rüdiger Vogt. Demostranten und Chaoten: Zum Zusammenhang vonideoligischen Einstellungen in Presseberichten. Osnabrücker Beiträgezur Sprachtheorie, 29:118–144, 1984.

9449 Johannes Volmert, editor. Grundkurs Sprachwissenschaft: eine Ein-führung für Lehramtstudiengänge. Fink, Munich, 3rd edition, 1999.

9450 H. Georg C. Von der Gabalentz. Ideen zu einer vergleichenden Syntax.Wort- und Satzstellung. Zeitschrift für Völkerpsychologie und Sprach-wissenschaft, 6:376–384, 1869.

9451 W. von Hahn, W. Hoeppner, A. Jamewon, and W. Walster. TheAnatomy of the Natural Language Dialogue System HAM-RPM.In L. Bolc, editor, Natural Language based Computer Systems.Hanser/Macmillan, Munich, 1980.

9452 Peter von Polenz. Deutsche Satzsemantik. de Gruyter, Berlin, 1988.

9453 A. von Stechow. Presupposition and Context. Pragmatics Microfiche,3.6, A2, 1978.

9454 Daniel von Wachter. Agent Causation: Before and After the OntologicalTurn. In Christian Kanzian, Josef Quitterer, and Edmund Runggaldier,editors, Persons: An Interdisciplinary Approach (Contributions of theAustrian Ludwig Wittgenstein Society), pages 276–278. Austrian LudwigWittgenstein Society, Kirchberg am Wechsel, 2002.

9455 Daniel von Wachter. How a Philosophical Theory of Causation mayhelp in Ontological Engineering. Comparative and Functional Genomics,(4):111–114, 2003.

783

9456 Annette von Wolff. Transformation und Inspektion mentaler Umraum-repräsentationen. GeoInfo Series, Vienna, 2001.

9457 Constanze Vorwerg. Raumrelationen in Wahrnehmung und Sprache:Kategorisierungsprozesse bei der Benennung visueller Richtungsrelatio-nen. Deutscher Universitätsverlag, Wiesbaden, 2001.

9458 Constanze Vorwerg. Consistency in successive spatial utterances. InKenny Coventry, Thora Tenbrink, and John Bateman, editors, SpatialLanguage and Dialogue. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2009.

9459 Constanze Vorwerg and Thora Tenbrink. Discourse factors influencingspatial descriptions in English and German. In Thomas Barkowsky,Markus Knauff, Gerard Ligozat, and Dan Montello, editors, SpatialCognition V: Reasoning, Action, Interaction, pages 470–488. Springer,Berlin, Heidelberg, 2007.

9460 Clare R. Voss, Bonnie J. Dorr, and M. Ülkü Sencan. Lexical allocation ininterlingua-based machine translation of spatial expressions. In PatrickOlivier and Klaus-Peter Gapp, editors, Representation and processingof spatial expressions, pages 133–148. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates,Mahwah, New Jersey, 1998.

9461 P. Vossen, P. Diez-Orzas, and W. Peters. The Multilingual Design ofEuroWordNet. In Proceedings of the ACL/EACL-97 Workshop on Auto-matic Information Extraction and Building Lexical Semantic Resourcesfor NLP applications, Madrid, 1997. Association for Computational Lin-guistics.

9462 Piek Vossen. Grammatical and conceptual individuation in the lexicon.Number 15 in Studies in Language and and Language Use. IFOTT,Amsterdam, 1995.

9463 Piek Vossen, editor. Euro WordNet: a multilingual database with lexicalsemantic networks. Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1998.

9464 Piek Vossen and Ann Copestake. Untangling definition structure intoknowledge representation. In Ted Briscoe, Valeria de Paiva, and AnnCopestake, editors, Inheritance, defaults, and the lexicon, pages 246–274. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1993.

9465 J. B. Voyles. German as an SOV Language. Linguistische Berichte,54:1–17, 1978.

9466 James de Vries. Newspaper design as cultural change. Visual Commu-nication, 7(1):5–25, 2008.

9467 Slavoj Žižek. The Fright of Real Tears: Krzystof Kieslowski betweenTheory and Post-theory. BFI, London, 2001.

784

9468 A. K. Žolkovskij. Materials for a Russian-Somali Dictionary. Mashinnijperevod i prikladnaja lingvistika, 13:35–63, 1970.

9469 Alexander K. Žolkovskij and Igor A. Mel’čuk. O vozmožnom metode iinstrumentax semantičeskogo sinteza. Naučno-texničeskaja informacija,(6), 1965.

9470 Alexander K. Žolkovskij and Igor A. Mel’čuk. O semantičeskom sinteze.Problemy kibernetiki, 19(?):177–238, 1967.

9471 I. Wachsmuth and Y. Cao. Interactive Graphics Design with SituatedAgents. In W. Strasser and F. Wahl, editors, Graphics and Robotics,pages 73–85. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg and New York, 1995.

9472 T. Wachtel. The demotion analysis of initially unaccusative impersonalpassives. In Chicago Linguistic Society, volume 15, pages 321–330. 1979.

9473 T. Wachtel. Some Problems in Tense Theory. Linguistic Inquiry, pages336–342, 1982.

9474 M. Wagener, S. Mecklenbräuker, W. Wippich, J.E. Saathoff, andA. Melzer. Preparing a Cup of Tea and Writing a Letter: Do Script-Based Actions Influence the Representation of a Real Environment?In C. Freksa, W. Brauer, C. Habel, and K.F. Wender, editors, SpatialCognition II - Integrating Abstract Theories, Empirical Studies, FormalMethods, and Practical Applications, pages 363–386. Springer, Berlin,2000.

9475 Judith C. Wagner, Robert H. Baud, and Jean-Raoul Scherrer. Usingthe Conceptual Graph operations for natural language generation inmedicine. In Proceedings of the 3rd. International Conference on Con-ceptual Structures (ICCS’95), pages 115–128, 1995.

9476 Judith C. Wagner, C. Lovis, Robert H. Baud, and Jean-Raoul Scherrer.Medical concept systems, lexicons and natural language generation. InProceedings of the 6th Conference on Artificial Intelligence in Medicine(AIME97), pages 398–404. Springer, Berlin, New York, 1997.

9477 Judith C. Wagner, Anne-Marie Rassinoux, Robert H. Baud, and Jean-Raoul Scherrer. Generating noun phrases from a medical knowledgerepresentation. In Twelfth International Congress of the European Foun-dation for Medical Informatics (MIE-94), pages 218–223, Lisbon, Por-tugal, 1994.

9478 Judith C. Wagner, J.E. Rogers, Robert H. Baud, and Jean-Raoul Scher-rer. Natural language generation of surgical procedures. InternationalJournal of Medical Informatics, 53(2-3):175–192, 1999.

785

9479 Judith C. Wagner, W.D. Solomon, P.A. Michel, C. Juge, Robert H.Baud, Alan L. Rector, and Jean-Raoul Scherrer. Multilingual naturallanguage generation as a part of a medical terminology server. In R.A.Greenes, editor, Proceedings of MEDINFO 95, pages 100–104. North-Holland, 1995.

9480 S.M. Wagner, H. Nusbaum, and S. Goldin-Meadow. Probing the mentalrepresentation of gesture: is handwaving special? Journal of Memoryand Language, 50:395–407, 2004.

9481 A. Wahlster, W. Jameson, and W. Hoeppner. Glancing, Referring, andExplaining in the Dialogue System HAM-RPM. American Journal ofComputational Linguistics, 1978. Microfiche 77, 53 - 67.

9482 W. Wahlster, J. Baus, C. Kray, and A. Krüger. REAL: Ein ressource-nadaptierendes mobiles Navigationssystem. Informatik - Forschung undEntwicklung, 16(4):233–241, 2001.

9483 W. Wahlster, J. Baus, Ch. Kray, and A. Krüger. REAL: Ein resource-nadaptierendes mobiles Navigationssystem. Informatik - Forschung undEntwicklung, 16(4):233–241, 2001.

9484 W. Wahlster, A. Blocher, J. Baus, E. Stopp, and H. Speiser. Ressource-nadaptierende Objektlokalisation: Sprachliche Raumbeschreibung unterZeitdruck, 1998.

9485 W. Wahlster, A. Jameson, A. Ndiaye, R. Schäfer, and T. Weis.Ressourcenadaptive Dialogführung: Ein interdisziplinärerForschungsansatz. Künstliche Intelligenz, 9(6):17–21, 1995.

9486 W. Wahlster, H. Marburger, A. Jameson, and S. Busemann. Overan-swering Yes-No Questions: Extended Responses in a NL Interface to aVision System. In Proceedings of the 8th International Joint Conferenceon Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI’83), pages 643–646, Karlsruhe, 1983.International Joint Conferences on Artificial Intelligence.

9487 Wolfgang Wahlster. Implementing Fuzziness in Dialogue Systems. InB. Rieger, editor, Empirical semantics. Brockmeyer, Bochum, 1981.

9488 Wolfgang Wahlster. One word says more than a thousand pictures. Onthe automatic verbalization of the results of image sequence analysissystems. Computers and Artificial Intelligence, 8:479–492, 1989.

9489 Wolfgang Wahlster. SmartKom: Multimodal Communication with aLife-Like Character. In Proc. of the 7th European Conference on SpeechCommunication and Technology - Eurospeech 2001, volume 3, pages1547–1550. 2001.

786

9490 Wolfgang Wahlster. Towards Symmetric Multimodality: Fusion andFission of Speech, Gesture, and Facial Expression. In Proceedings of the2003 meeting of the German Conference on Artificial Intelligence, 2003.

9491 Wolfgang Wahlster, editor. SmartKom: Foundations of Multimodal Di-alogue Systems. Cognitive Technologies. Springer, Heidelberg, Berlin,2006.

9492 Wolfgang Wahlster, Elisabeth André, Wolfgang Finkler, Hans-JürgenProfitlich, and Thomas Rist. Plan-based integration of natural languageand graphics generation. Artificial Intelligence, 63(1-2):387–427, 1993.

9493 Wolfgang Wahlster, Elisabeth André, Winfried H. Graf, and ThomasRist. Designing illustrated texts: how language production is influencedby the graphics generation. In Proceedings of the 5th. Conference ofthe European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics,Berlin, 1991. Association for Computational Linguistics.

9494 Wolfgang Wahlster and Alfred Kobsa. User models in dialog systems.In Alfred Kobsa and Wolfgang Wahlster, editors, User Models in DialogSystems, pages 4–34. Springer, Berlin, 1989. (Symbolic ComputationSeries).

9495 Gerhard Wahrig. Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bertelsmann, Güter-sloh/München, neu hrsg. von renate wahrig-burfeind edition, 2000.

9496 Stephen Walace. Figure and ground. In P.J. Hopper, editor, Tense-Aspect: between Semantics and Pragmatics, pages 201–223. John Ben-jamins, Amsterdam/Philadelphia, 1982.

9497 B. Wald. The Discourse Unit. Unpublished Manuscript, Department ofLinguistics, University of California, Los Angeles, Ca.

9498 B.Wald. The development of the Swahili OM: A study of the, interactionof syntax and discourse. In Talmy Givòn, editor, Syntax and Semantics12: Discourse and syntax, pages 505–524. Academic Press, New York,1979.

9499 H. Walischewski. Learning regions of interest in postal automation. InProceedings of the Fifth International Conference on Document Analysisand Recognition (ICDAR99), 1999.

9500 D. E. Walker. SRI Research on Speech Understanding. In W. A. Lea,editor, Trends in Speech Recognition, chapter 13. Prentice-Hall, Engle-wood Cliffs, NJ, 1980.

9501 D. E. (ed.) Walker. Understanding Spoken Language. Elsevier North-Holland, NY, 1978.

787

9502 Donald E. Walker, Antonio Zampolli, and Nicoletta Calzolari. SpecialIssue of the Lexicon. Computational Lingusitics, 13(3-4), July-Sep 1987.

9503 M. Walker. An Application of Reinforcement Learning to DialogueStrategy Selection in a Spoken Dialogue System for Email. Journalof Artificial Intelligence Research, 12:387–416, 2000.

9504 M. Walker, C. Kamm, and D. Litman. Towards Developing GeneralModels of Usability with PARADISE. Natural Language Engineering,6(3):363–377, 2000.

9505 M. Walker, O. Rambow, and M. Rogati. Training a sentence planner forspoken dialog using boosting. Computer speech and language, 16:209–433, 2002.

9506 Marilyn A. Walker, Janet E. Cahn, and Stephen J. Whittaker. Impro-vising linguistic style: social and affective bases for agent personality.In Processings of the Agents ’97 Conference. ACM, 1997.

9507 Marilyn A. Walker, Aravind K. Joshi, and Ellen F. Prince. CenteringTheory in Discourse. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1998.

9508 Marilyn A. Walker, Diane J. Litman, Candace A. Kamm, and AliciaAbella. Evaluating interactive dialogue systems: extending componentevaluation to integrated system evaluation. In Julia Hirschberg, CandaceKamm, and Marilyn Walker, editors, Proceedings of the ACL/EACLWorkshop on Interactive Spoken Dialog Systems: bringing speech andNLP together in real applications, pages 1–8, Madrid, Spain, 1997. As-socation for Computational Linguistics.

9509 Michael Walker. Hitchcock’s Motifs. Amsterdam University Press, 2005.

9510 Sue Walker. Describing graphic language: practicalities and implica-tions. Information Design Journal, 3(2):102–109, 1982.

9511 Sue Walker. Typography and language in everyday life: prescriptionsand practices. Longman, London, 2001.

9512 Sue Walker. Towards a method for describing the visual characteristicsof children’s readers and information books. In Proceedings of the Infor-mation Design International Conference, Recife, Brazil, 8-11 September2003. (CD-ROM).

9513 W. D. Wallace. How registers register: a study in the language of newsand sports. Studies in the linguistic sciences, 7:46–78, 1977.

9514 Mikkel Wallentin, Svend Østergaarda, Torben Ellegaard Lund, LeifØstergaard, and Andreas Roepstorff. Concrete spatial language: Seewhat I mean? Brain and Language, 92:221–233, 2005.

788

9515 D. Waller, E. Hunt, and D. Knapp. The transfer of spatial knowledgein virtual environment training. Presence: Teleoperators & Virtual En-vironments, 7(2):129–143, 1998.

9516 R.H.W. Waller. Graphic aspects of complex texts: typography as macro-punctuation. In P. A. Kolers, M. E. Wrolstad, and H. Bouma, editors,Processing of Visible Language, volume 2, pages 241–253. Plenum, NewYork and London, 1980.

9517 Rob Waller. Using typography to structure arguments: a critical anal-ysis of some examples. In D. Jonassen, editor, The Technology of Text,volume 2, pages 105–125. Educational Technology Publications, Engle-wood Cliffs, NJ, 1987.

9518 Rob Waller and Judy L. Delin. Cooperative brands: the importance ofcustomer information for service brands. Design Management Journal,14(4):63–69, 2003.

9519 Robert Waller. The typographical contribution to language: towards amodel of typographic genres and their underlying structures. PhD thesis,Department of Typography and Graphic Communication, University ofReading, Reading, U.K., 1987.

9520 Robert Waller. Typography and discourse. In Rebecca Barr, editor,Handbook of reading research, volume II, pages 341–380. Longman, Lon-don, 1990. Reprinted 1996; Erlbaum (Mahwah, NJ).

9521 Robert Waller. The origins of the Information Design Association. InThe 1996 Annual Report of the IDA. Information Design Association,1996.

9522 Robert Waller. Making connections: typography, layout and language.In Richard Power and Donia Scott, editors, Proceedings of the AAAIFall Symposium on Using Layout for the Generation, Understanding,or Retrieval of Documents, Cape Cod, MA, 1999. American Associationfor Artificial Intelligence. Technical Report FS-99-04.

9523 Jan Oliver Wallgrün. Qualitative Spatial Reasoning for Topological MapLearning. Spatial Cognition and Computation.

9524 Jan Oliver Wallgrün. Hierarchical Voronoi-based Route Graph repre-sentations for planning, spatial reasoning and communication. In Pro-ceedings of the Fourth International Cognitive Robotics Workshop, 2004.

9525 Jan Oliver Wallgrün. Autonomous construction of hierarchicalVoronoi-based Route Graph Representations. In Christian Freksa,Markus Knauff, Bernd Krieg-Brückner, Bernhard Nebel, and Thomas

789

Barkowsky, editors, Spatial Cognition IV: Reasoning, Action, Interac-tion. International Conference Spatial Cognition 2004, Frauenchiem-see, Germany, October 2004, Proceedings, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2005.Springer.

9526 Jan Oliver Wallgrün, Lutz Frommberger, Diedrich Wolter, Frank Dylla,and Christian Freksa. Qualitative Spatial Representation and Reasoningin the SparQ-Toolbox. In Thomas Barkowsky, Markus Knauff, GerardLigozat, and Dan Montello, editors, Spatial Cognition V: Reasoning,Action, Interaction, number 4387 in Lecture Notes in Computer Science,pages 39–58. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2007.

9527 J. W. Wallis and E. H. Shortliffe. Explanatory Power for Medical Ex-pert Systems: Studies in the Representation of Causal Relationshipsfor Clinical Consultation. Technical Report STAN-CS-82-923, Stan-ford University, 1982. Heuristics Programming Project. Department ofMedecine and Computer Science.

9528 Elisabeth Walther. The sign as medium,the medium relation and thefoundation of the sign. In Winfried Nöth, editor, Semiotics of the Media.State of the Art, Projects, and Perspectives, number 127 in Approachesto Semiotics, pages 79–86. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin/New York, 1997.

9529 C. D. Walton. Verifiable agent dialogues. Journal of Applied Logic,5(2):197–213, 2007.

9530 Christopher D. Walton. Model Checking Agent Dialogues. In DALT,pages 132–147, 2004.

9531 Kendall L. Walton. Transparent Pictures: On the Nature of Photo-graphic Realism. Critical Inquiry, 11(2):246–277, Dec 1984.

9532 Kendall L. Walton. On pictures and photographs: objections answered.In Richard Allen and Murray Smith, editors, Film theory and philosophy,pages 60–75. Oxford University Press, Oxford, U.K., 1997.

9533 D. L. Waltz. Natural Language to Large Data Base. Naval ResearchReviews XXIX, 1 Jan 1976, 11-25. Reprinted in Computers and People25, 4 april, 19-26., 1976.

9534 D. L. Waltz. An English language question answering system for a largerelational database. Communications of the ACM, 21(7), July 1978.

9535 D. L. Waltz, T. Finin, F. Green, F. Conrad, B. Goodman, and G. Had-den. The PLANES System: Natural Language Access to a Large DataBase. Technical Report T-34, University of Illinois, Coordinated ScienceLab., July 1976. Champaign/Urbana.

790

9536 D. L. Waltz and B. A. Goodman. Writing a Natural Language Data BaseSystem. In Proceedings of IJCAI’77. International Joint Conferences onArtificial Intelligence, 1977.

9537 David L. Waltz. Natural Language Access to a Large Data Base: AnEngineering Approach. In Proceedings of the 4th IJCAI, pages 868–872, Tbilisi, USSR, September 1975. International Joint Conferences onArtificial Intelligence.

9538 David L. Waltz. An English Language Question Answering System fora Large Database. Communications of the ACM, 21(7), 1978.

9539 David L Waltz. TINLAP-2: Theoritical Issues in Natural LanguageProcessing. ???, 1978. 1 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign,25-27 July 1978. 2 reprinted in : American Journal of ComputationalLinguistics, fiche 78-80, 1978.

9540 David L. Waltz. Event Shape Diagrams. In Proceedings of the SecondNational Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 84–87, Pittsburgh,PA, 1982. American Association for Artificial Intelligence.

9541 David L. Waltz. The state of the art in natural-language understand-ing. In Wendy G. Lehnert and Martin H. Ringle, editors, Strategies fornatural language processing, pages 3–36. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates,Hillsdale, N. J, 1982.

9542 M. Wang and H. Zhang. Video Content Structuring. Scholarpedia,4(8):9431, 2009.

9543 Peng Wang, Baowen Xu, Jianjiang Lu, Yanhui Li, and Dazhou Kang.Theory and Semi-automatic Generation of Bridge Ontology in Multi-ontologies Environment. In Robert Meersman, Zahir Tari, and AngeloCorsaro, editors, On the Move to Meaningful Internet Systems 2004:OTM 2004 Workshops, number 3292 in LNCS, pages 763–767. Springer-Verlag, Berlin / Heidelberg, 2004.

9544 Yimin Wang, Peter Haase, and Jie Bao. A Survey of Formalismsfor Modular Ontologies. In Proceedings of the SWeCKa Workshop atthe 2007 International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence (IJ-CAI’07), Hyderabad, India, 2007.

9545 Zhongyan Wang. London School. In Encyclopedia Sinica: Language andWriting, pages 267–268. 1988.

9546 Zhongyan Wang and Zhuanglin Hu. Michael A. K. Halliday. In Ency-clopedia Sinica: Language and Writing, pages 127–128. 1988.

9547 L. Wanner and E. Hovy. The HealthDoc Sentence Planner. In INLG’96,pages 1–10, Herstmonceux Castle, Sussex, 1996.

791

9548 Leo Wanner. Lexical organization in Natural Language Generation –a coocurrence-motivated approach. Technical Report, GMD/Institutfür Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, Ger-many, 1990.

9549 Leo Wanner. Giving the Lexical Choice a real Choice. Technical Report,GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme,Darmstadt, Germany, 1991.

9550 Leo Wanner. Lexical Choice and the Organization of Lexical Resourcesin Text Generation. In European Conference on Artificial Itelligence, Vi-enna, Austria, 1992. Also available as technical report of GMD/Institutfür Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, Ger-many.

9551 Leo Wanner. Building another bridge over the generation gap. In Pro-ceedings of the Seventh International Workshop on Natural LanguageGeneration, Kennebunkport, Maine, USA, June 21-24, 1994, pages 137–144, Kennebunkport, Maine, USA, 1994.

9552 Leo Wanner. On lexically biased discourse organization in text gener-ation. In Proceedings of the 15th. International Conference on Com-putational Linguistics (COLING 94), volume I, pages 369–375, Kyoto,Japan, 1994.

9553 Leo Wanner. Lexical Choice in Text Generation and Machine Transla-tion. Machine Translation, 1996.

9554 Leo Wanner. Exploring lexical resources for text generation in a systemicfunctional language model. PhD thesis, University of the Saarland, Saar-brücken, 1997.

9555 Leo Wanner and John A. Bateman. A collocational based approach tosalience-sensitive lexical selection. In 5th. Natural Language GenerationWorkshop, June 1990., Pittsburgh, PA., 1990. A shorter version alsoappeared as Lexical Cooccurrence Relations in Text Generation in theProceedings of the Twelfth Annual Conference of the Cognitive ScienceSociety, Cambridge, MA.

9556 Leo Wanner and John A. Bateman. A collocational based approach tosalience-sensitive lexical selection. In 5th. International Workshop onNatural Language Generation, 3-6 June 1990, Pittsburgh, PA., 1990.Organized by Kathleen R. McKeown (Columbia University), JohannaD. Moore (University of Pittsburgh) and Sergei Nirenburg (CarnegieMellon University). Also available as technical report of GMD/Institutfür Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, WestGermany.

792

9557 Leo Wanner and John A. Bateman. A collocational based approach tosalience-sensitive lexical selection. In 5th. Natural Language GenerationWorkshop, June 1990., pages 31–38, Pittsburgh, PA., 1990.

9558 Leo Wanner and Elisabeth A. Maier. Lexical Choice as an IntegratedComponent of Situated Text Planning. In Proceedings of the 3rd Euro-pean Natural Language Generation Workshop, Innsbruck, March, 1991,1991. Also available as technical report of GMD/Institut für IntegriertePublikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, West Germany.

9559 Leo Wanner and Elisabeth A. Maier. Lexical Choice as an IntegratedComponent of Situated Text Planning. In Proceedings of the 3rd Euro-pean Natural Language Generation Workshop, Innsbruck, March, 1991,1991.

9560 Leo Wanner, Elke Teich, and John A. Bateman. An Approach to Flex-ible Idiom Generation in a Systemic Functional Framework. TechnicalReport, GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Information-ssysteme, Darmstadt, Germany, January 199.

9561 G. Ward and J. Hirschberg. Implicating Uncertainty: the pragmatics offall-rise intonation. Language, 61(4):747–776, 1985.

9562 N. Ward. A parallel approach to syntax for generation. Artificial Intel-ligence, 57:183–225, 1992.

9563 Nigel Ward. A Connectionist Language Generator. Ablex, 1994.

9564 Colin Ware. Information Visualization: Perception for Design. MorganKaufmann Publishers, San Francisco, 2000.

9565 Hazel G. Warlaumont. Visual grammars of gender: the gaze and psycho-analytic theory in advertisements. Journal of Communication Inquiry,17(1):25–40, Winter 1993.

9566 D. H. D. Warren. WARPLAN: A System for Generating Plans. DCLmemo 76, Dept of Artificial Intelligence, Scotland, 1974.

9567 D. H. D. Warren. Generating Conditional Plans and Programs. In AISBSummer Conference. AISB, 1976. Edinburgh, Scotland, july 1976.

9568 D. H. D. Warren and F. C. N. Pereira. An Efficient Easily AdaptableSystem for Interpreting Natural Language Queries. The American Jour-nal of Computing Linguistics, 1983.

9569 W.H. Warren, D.W. Nicholas, and T. Trabasso. Event chains and in-ferences in understannding narratives. In R. O. Freedle, editor, Dis-course Processes: Advances in Research and Theory. Volume 2: NewDirections in Discourse Processing, pages 23–52. Ablex, Norwood, NewJersey, 1979.

793

9570 Robert Warshow. The Gangster as Tragic Hero. In The ImmediateExperience: Movies, Comics, Theater, and Other Aspects of PopularCulture. Ahteneum, New York, 1948.

9571 Robert Warshow. Movie Chronicle: the Westerner. In The ImmediateExperience: Movies, Comics, Theater, and Other Aspects of PopularCulture. Ahteneum, New York, 1954.

9572 F. Wartenberg and M. May. A Computerized Pointing Method Using aJoystick, 1997.

9573 F. Wartenberg and M. May. A virtual environment tool for research onspatial information coding, 1998.

9574 F. Wartenberg, M. May, and P. Péruch. Spatial orientation in virtualenvironments: Background considerations and empirical contributions.In C. Freksa, C. Habel, and K.F. Wender, editors, Spatial Cognition I- An interdisciplinary approach to representing and processing spatialknowledge, pages 469–489. Springer, Berlin, 1998.

9575 Thomas E. Wartenberg. Beyond mere illustration: how films can bephilosophy. The Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism, 64(1):19–32,Winter 2006.

9576 Thomas E. Wartenberg. Hat Film ein Wesen? In Birgit Leitner andLorenz Engell, editors, Philosophie des Films, number 8 in Philosophis-che Diskurse, pages 294–303. Verlag der Bauhaus-Universität Weimar,2007.

9577 T. Wasow, I. Sag, and G. Nunberg. Idioms: an interim report. TechnicalReport, Stanford University, Stanford, 1982.

9578 Thomas Wasow. Postscript to Lectures on Contemporary Syntactic The-ories, pages 193–205. CSLI: Center for the Study of Language and In-formation, Stanford University, California, 1985. (by Peter Sells; CLSILecture Notes No. 3).

9579 Kenneth Wasserman. Understanding Hierarchically Structured Objects.Technical Report, Columbia University Department of Computer Sci-ence, 1984.

9580 Kenneth Wasserman. Unifying Representation and Generalization: Un-derstanding Hierarchically Structured Objects. PhD thesis, ColumbiaUniversity Department of Computer Science, 1985.

9581 Kenneth Wasserman and Michael Lebowitz. Representing ComplexPhysical Objects in Memory. Technical Report, Columbia UniversityDepartment of Computer Science, 1982.

794

9582 Kenneth Wasserman and Michael Lebowitz. Representing ComplexPhysical Objects. Cognition and Brain Theory, 6(3):333–352, 1983.

9583 Matthew E. Watson, Martin J. Pickering, and Holly P. Branigan. Align-ment of reference frames in dialogue. In Proceedings of the 26th An-nual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society, Mahwah, NJ, 2004.Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

9584 Matthew E. Watson, Martin J. Pickering, and Holly P. Branigan. Anempirical investigation into spatial reference frame taxonomy using di-alogue. In Proceedings of the 28th Annual Conference of the CognitiveScience Society, Vancouver, 2004.

9585 M. Wattenberg. The shape of song. Turbulence, 2001.

9586 M. Wattenberg. Arc diagrams: visualizing structure in strings. In Pro-ceedings of the IEEE Symposium on Information Visualization, pages110–116, Boston, MA, 2002. IEEE.

9587 C. Watters and M.A. Shepherd. The digital broadsheet: An evolvinggenre. In Proceedings of the 30th Annual Hawaii International Confer-ence on System Sciences (HICSS ’97), pages 22–29, Los Alamitos, CA,1997. IEEE Computer Society Press.

9588 L.R. Waugh. The semantics and paradigmatics of word order. Language,52:82–107, 1976.

9589 The Way Things Work. Simon and Schuster, New York, N.Y., 1972.

9590 M.J. Weal, G.J. Hughes, D.E. Millard, and L. Moreau. Hyper-media as aNavigational Interface to Ontological Information Spaces. In Proceedingsof the Twelth ACM Conference on Hypertext and Hypermedia, pages227–236, Aarhus, Denmark, 2001.

9591 Bonnie Webber, Sandra Carberry, J. Clarke, A. Gertner, T. Harvey,R. Rymon, and R. Washington. Providing decision support in multi-ple trauma management: recognizing multiple goals, adopting multipleintentions. Artificial Intelligence, 1997. (Special issue on artificial intel-ligence in medicine).

9592 Bonnie Webber and A. Joshi. Anchoring a lexicalised tree adjoininggrammar for discourse. In Proceedings of the COLING-ACL Workshopon Discourse Relations and Discourse Markers, pages 86–92, Montréal,1998.

9593 Bonnie Webber and Aravind Joshi. Taking the initiative in natural lan-guage data base interactions: Justifying why. In Proceedings of COL-ING’82, pages 413–418, Prague, Czechoslovakia, 1982.

795

9594 Bonnie Webber, Alistair Knott, Matthew Stone, and Aravind Joshi. Dis-course relations: a structural and presuppositional account using lexi-calized TAG. In Proceedings of the 37th. Annual Meeting of the Ameri-can Association for Computational Linguistics (ACL’99), pages 41–48,University of Maryland, 1999. American Association for ComputationalLinguistics.

9595 Bonnie L. Webber. A formal approach to discourse anaphora. GarlandPub. Inc., 1979.

9596 Bonnie L. Webber. Discourse model synthesis: preliminaries to refer-ence. In Bonnie L. Webber, Aravind K. Joshi, and Ivan A. Sag, editors,Elements of Discourse Processing, pages 283–299. Cambridge UniversityPress, New York, 1981.

9597 Bonnie L. Webber. Pragmatics and Database Question Answering. InProceedings of the 8th IJCAI, Karlsruhe, August 1983. InternationalJoint Conferences on Artificial Inteligence.

9598 Bonnie L. Webber. Computational Linguistics: special edition on tenseand aspect, volume 14(2). MIT Press: Association for ComputationalLinguistics, Cambridge, MA, 1988.

9599 Bonnie L. Webber. Discourse deixis: reference to discourse segments. InProceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Association for ComputationalLinguistics, pages 113–122, 1988.

9600 Bonnie L. Webber. Structure and ostension in the interpretation ofdiscourse. Language and Cognitive Processes, 6(2):107–135, 1991.

9601 Bonnie L. Webber and Timothy Finin. In Response: Next Steps in Natu-ral Language Interaction. Technical Report MS-CIS-83-27, University ofPennsylvania, Department of Computer and Information Science, 1983.This paper will appear in W. Reitman ed. Artificial Intelligence Appli-cations For Business, Norwood, NJ : Ablex Publishing Co, 1984.

9602 Bonnie L. Webber and Aravind K. Joshi. Taking the Initiative in Natu-ral Language Data Base Interactions: justifying why. Technical ReportMS-CIS-82-1, University of Pennsylvania, Department of Computer andInformation Science, April 1982. A shorter version of this paper appearsin Proc. Coling-82, Prague, Czechoslovakia, July 1982.

9603 Bonnie L. Webber, Aravind K. Joshi, Eric Mays, and Kathleen R. McK-eown. Extended Natural Language Data Base Interaction. InternationalJournal of Computers and Mathematics, December 1982.

9604 Bonnie L. Webber, Aravind K. Joshi, Eric Mays, and Kathleen R. McK-eown. Extended Natural Language Data Base Interactions. Comp. andMath with Appls., 9(1):233–244, 1983.

796

9605 Bonnie L. Webber, Aravind K. Joshi, and Ivan A. Sag, editors. Cam-bridge University Press, New York, 1981.

9606 Bonnie L. Webber and Eric Mays. Varieties of User Misconceptions:Detection and Correction. In Proceedings of the Eighth InternationalJoint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, Karlsruhe, West Germany,1983.

9607 A. Weber and G. Strube. Memory for events experienced and eventsobserved. In F.E. Weinert and W. Schneider, editors, Individual de-velopment from 3 to 12. Findings from the Munich Longitudinal Study,pages 89–108. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1999.

9608 D. Weber. Suffix-as-Operator Analysis and the Gramar of SuccessiveEncoding in Llacon (Huanaco) Quechua. SIL, Peru, 1976.

9609 D. J. Weber and W. C. Mann. Prospects for Computer-Assisted DialectAdaption. Notes on Linguistics, Special Issue No. 1, 1979. Availablefrom SIL.

9610 David. J. Weber and W. C. Mann. Prospects for computer-assisted di-alect adaptation. In Proceedings of the Conference, 17th Annual Meetingof the Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 109–110, August1979.

9611 Heinz J. Weber. Elements of Text-Based and Image-Based Connected-ness in Comic Stories, and Some Analogies to Cinema and Written Text.In Maria-Elisabeth Conte, János Sánder Petöfi, and Emel Sözer, editors,Text and Connectedness: Proceedings of the Conference on Connexityand Coherence, pages 337–360. John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1989.

9612 Jonathan Webster. Studying thematic development in on-line help doc-umentation using the Functional Semantic Processor. In M. Ghadessy,editor, Thematic development in English texts, pages 259–271. PinterPublishers, London, 1995.

9613 William C. Wees. Dickens, Griffith and Eisenstein: Form and Image inLiterature and Film. The Humanities Association Review/La Revue del’Association des Humanités, 24:266–276, 1973.

9614 Philipp Wegener. Untersuchungen über die Grundfragen des Sprach-lebens. Niemeyer, Halle, 1885.

9615 B. Weidenmann. When good pictures fail: An Information-ProcessingApproach to the effect of illustrations. In H. Mandl and J. R. Levin,editors, Knowledge acquisition from text and pictures, number 58 inAdvances in Psychology. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1989.

797

9616 Edda Weigand. The vocabulary of emotion. A contrastive analysis ofANGER in German, English and Italian. In Edda Weigand, editor, Con-trastive Lexical semantics, pages 45–66. John Benjamins, Amsterdam,1998.

9617 H. Weigand, E. Verharen, and F. Dignum. Integrated Semantics forInformation and Communication Systems. In Procedings of IFIP DS-6Database Semantics, Stone Mountain, 1995.

9618 T. Weigel, W. Auerbach, W. Dietl, B. Dümler, J.-S. Gutmann,K. Marko, K. Müller, B. Nebel, B. Szerbakowski, and M. Thiel. CSFreiburg: Doing the Right Thing in a Group. In P. Stone, G. Kraet-zschmar, T. Balch, and H. Kitano, editors, RoboCup 2000: Robot SoccerWorld Cup IV, volume 0. Springer, Berlin, 2000.

9619 Michael Wein. Eine parametrisierbare Generierungskomponente mitgenerischem Backtracking. Master’s thesis, Department of ComputerScience, University of the Saarland, Saarbrücken, 1996.

9620 J. L. Weiner. BLAH, a system which explains its reasoning. ArtificialIntelligence, 15:19–48, November 1980.

9621 J. L. Weiner. BLAH: a System that Explains its Reasoning. ArtificialIntelligence, 15:19–48, 1980.

9622 Harald Weinrich. Textgrammatik der deutschen Sprache. Dudenverlag,Mannheim, 1993.

9623 T. Weis. VIPER: Ein verteilter inkrementeller Dialogplaner für eineMulti-Agenten-Umgebung. Diplomarbeit, Fachbereich Informatik, Uni-versität des Saarlandes, Saarbrücken, 1994.

9624 T. Weis. Die Rolle von Diskursverpflichtungen in bewertungsorientiertenInformationsdialogen. In Natural Language Processing and Speech Tech-nology: Results of the third KONVENS Conference, pages 280–292,Bielefeld, October 1996.

9625 Thomas Weis. Resource-Adaptive Action Planning in a DialogueSystem for Repair Support. In Gerhard Brewka, Christopher Ha-bel, and Bernhard Nebel, editors, KI-97: Advances in Artificial In-telligence, pages 361–372. Springer, Berlin, 1997. Available fromhttp://dfki.de/∼jameson/abs/Weis97.html.

9626 R. M. Weischedel and J. E. Black. Responding Intelligently to Un-parsable Inputs. American Journal of Computational Linguistics,6(2):97–109, 1980.

9627 Ralph M. Weischedel. A hybrid approach to representation in theJANUS Natural Language Processor. In 27th Annual Meeting of the

798

Association for Computational Linguistics, 26-29 June 1989, pages 193–202, Vancouver, British Columbia, 1989. The Association for Computa-tional Linguistics.

9628 J.L. Weisgerber. Wortfamilien und Begriffsgruppen in den indoger-manischen Sprachen. In H. Gipper, editor, Zur Grundlegung derganzheitlichen Sprachauffassung, Aufsätze 1925-1933, pages 15–35.Schwann, Düsseldorf, 1925. Reprinted in 1964 from a Probevorlesungvon der Philosophischen Fakultät der Rheinisch Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität Bonn am 23. Mai 1925, Bonn.

9629 Uta Weiß. Der Französische Penman. (TECHDOC internalreport), Forschungsinstitut für anwendungsorientierte Wissensverar-beitung (FAW), Ulm, Germany, 1993. (Praktikumsbericht).

9630 E. Weissensteiner and S. Winter. Landmarks in the Communication ofRoute Directions. In M. Egenhofer, H. Miller, and C. Freksa, editors,Geographic Information Science 2004, number 3234 in Lecture Notes inComputer Science, pages 313–326. Springer, Berlin, 2004.

9631 A. Weissler and P. Weissler. A woman’s guide to fixing the car. Walkerand Company, New York, 1973.

9632 L. Weitzman and K. Wittenburg. Automatic presentation of multimediadocuments using relational grammars. In Proceedings of the SecondACM International Conference on Multimedia (Multimedia ’94), pages443–452, New York, 1994. ACM Press.

9633 JosephWeizenbaum. Eliza - a computer program for the study of naturallanguage communication between man and machine. CACM, 9, 1966.

9634 Joseph Weizenbaum. Computer Power and Human Reason. Freeman,San Francisco, 1976.

9635 H. Chr. Wekker. The Expression of Future Time in ContemporaryBritish English. North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1976.

9636 Hans H. Wellisch. The conversion of scripts: its nature, history, andutilization. Wiley, New York; Chichester, 1978.

9637 E. Wells, M. MacLure, and M. Montgomery. Some strategies for sus-taining conversation. In Paul Werth, editor, Conversation, Speech, andDiscourse, pages 73–85. Croom Helm, London, 1981.

9638 Rulon S. Wells. Immediate constituents. Language, 23(1):81–117, 1947.(Reprinted in Joos, M. (1957) Readings in linguistics. The developmentof descriptive linguistics in America since 1925. American Council ofLearned Societies. Washington.).

799

9639 Donn Welton. The Origins of Meaning: a critical study of the thresholdsof Husserlian phenomenology. Phaenomenologica 88. Martinus Nijhoff,The Hague, 1983.

9640 C. Welty and W. Andersen. Towards OntoClean 2.0: A framework forrigidity. Applied Ontology, 1(1):107–116, 2005.

9641 Christopher Welty and Barry Smith, editors. Formal Ontology and In-formation Systems. ACM Press, New York, 2001.

9642 B Wendholt and H. J. Novak. DING, a domain oriented incremental andintegrated generator. In G. Adorni and M. Zock, editors, 4th EuropeanWorkshop on Natural Language Generation, Pisa, 1993.

9643 Martin Wengeler. Argumentation im Einwanderungsdiskurs. Ein Ver-gleich der Zeiträume 1970-1973 und 1980-1983. In Matthias Jung, Mar-tin Wengeler, and Karin Böke, editors, Die Sprache des Migrations-diskurses. Das Reden über ”Ausländer" in Medien, Politik und Alltag,pages 121–149. Westdeutscher Verlag, Opladen, 1997.

9644 Egon Werlich. A Text grammar of English. Quelle and Meyer, Heidel-berg, 1983.

9645 C. Werner, C. Saade, and G. Lüer. Relations between the mental rep-resentation of extrapersonal space and spatial behavior. In C. Freksa,C. Habel, and K.F. Wender, editors, Spatial Cognition I - An interdisci-plinary approach to representing and processing spatial knowledge, pages107–127. Springer, Berlin, 1998.

9646 Gösta Werner. James Joyce and Sergej Eisenstein. James Joyce Quar-terly, 27(3):491–507, 1990. Translated from the Swedish by Erik Gun-nemark.

9647 S. Werner and E. Keller. Prosodic aspects of speech. In E. Keller, editor,Fundamentals of Speech Synthesis and Speech Recognition, pages 24–40.Ellis Harwood, Chichester, 1994.

9648 S. Werner, B. Krieg-Brückner, and T. Herrmann. Modelling Naviga-tional Knowledge by Route Graphs. In C. Freksa, W. Brauer, C. Habel,and K.F. Wender, editors, Spatial Cognition II - Integrating AbstractTheories, Empirical Studies, Formal Methods, and Practical Applica-tions, pages 295–316. Springer, Berlin, 2000.

9649 S. Werner, B. Krieg-Brückner, H.A. Mallot, K. Schweizer, and C. Freksa.Spatial cognition: the role of landmark, route, and survey knowledge inhuman and robot navigation. In M. Jarke, K. Pasedach, and K. Pohl,editors, Informatik 97, pages 41–50. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, NewYork, 1997.

800

9650 S. Werner and T. Schmidt. Investigating Spatial Reference Systemsthrough Distortions in Visual Memory. In C. Freksa, W. Brauer, C. Ha-bel, and K.F. Wender, editors, Spatial Cognition II - Integrating AbstractTheories, Empirical Studies, Formal Methods, and Practical Applica-tions, pages 169–183. Springer, Berlin, 2000.

9651 Steffen Werner and Christopher Habel. Spatial Reference Systems. InSpatial Cognition and Computation 1, pages iii–vii. 1999.

9652 Christopher C. Werry. Linguistic and interactional features of internetrelay chat. In Susan C. Herring, editor, Computer-mediated communica-tion. Linguistic, social and cross-cultural perspectives, pages 47–63. ??,1996.

9653 P Werth. The concept of ’relevance’ in conversational analysis. InPaul Werth, editor, Conversation, Speech, and Discourse, pages 129–154. Croom Helm, London, 1981.

9654 Paul Werth, editor. Conversation, Speech, and Discourse. Croom Helm,London, 1981.

9655 M. Wertheimer. Experimentelle Studien über das Sehen von Bewegung.Zeitschrift für Psychologie, 61:161–265, 1912.

9656 Ann West. A textual analysis of Lady from Shanghai. Enclitic, 6(1):90–98, Fall/Spring 1982. Double Issue: International Conference on thetextual analysis of film.

9657 Matthew West. A spatio-temporal model of activity and state. Techni-cal Report, Shell Information Technology International Ltd, UK, 2002.Written as preparation for the National Science Foundation ACTOR2002 conference.

9658 Matthew West. Information Modelling: An analysis of the uses andmeanings of associations. Technical Report, Shell Information Technol-ogy International Ltd, UK, 2002.

9659 Tore West. Music and designed sound. In Carey Jewitt, editor, TheRoutledge Handbook of multimodal analysis, pages 284–292. Routledge,London, 2009.

9660 Anthony Wetherell. Some factors affecting spatial memory for routeinformation. In Ronald Easterby and Harm Zwaga, editors, InformationDesign: the design and evaluation of signs and printed material, pages321–340. John Wiley and Sons Ltd., Chichester, UK, 1984.

9661 Margaret Wetherell and Jonathan Potter. Discourse analysis and theidentification of interpretative repetoires. In Charles Antaki, editor,Analysing everyday explanation: a casebook of methods, pages 168–183.Sage, London, 1988.

801

9662 Margaret Wetherell and Jonathan Potter. Mapping the language ofracism: discourse and the legitimation of exploitation. Harvester Wheat-sheaf, Hemel Hempstead, 1992.

9663 R. L. Wexelblat. The Confidence in their Help, August 1988. Presentedat the AAAI-88 Workshop on Explanations.

9664 T. Whalen and A. Patrick. Conversational Hypertext: Information Ac-cess through Natural Language Dialogues with Computers. In K. Biceand C. Lewis, editors, Proceedings of the CHI 88, pages 289–292. ACMPress, New York, NY, 1988.

9665 J. Wheatley. Flowchart representation of genre in professional commu-nication. Javnost-Public, 3(4):27–38, 1996.

9666 Tony Wheeler. Sri Lanka, a travel survival kit. Lonely Planet Publica-tions, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia.

9667 Kristen Whissel. The Digital Multitude. Cinema Journal, 49(4):90–110,2010.

9668 David Manning White. The ‘Gatekeeper’: a case study in the selection ofnews. In Howard Tumber, editor, News: a reader, pages 66–72. OxfordUniversity Press, Oxford, 1999.

9669 Hayden White. The Fiction of Narrative. Essays on History, Literature,and theory, 1957 - 2007. John Hopkins University Press, 2010.

9670 M. White and T. Caldwell. EXEMPLARS: A practical, extensibleframework for dynamic text generation. In 9th INLG, pages 266–275,Niagara-on-the-Lake, Ontario, 1998.

9671 Michael White. Presenting Punctuation. In Proceedings of the FifthEuropean Workshop on Natural Language Generation, pages 107–125,Leiden, the Netherlands, 20-22 May 1995, 1995. Faculty of Social andBehavioural Sciences, University of Leiden.

9672 Michael White. Designing dynamic hypertext. In Proceedings of 2ndWorkshop on Adaptive Hypertext and Hypermedia, Pittsburgh, USA,June 1998. Held in conjunction with Hypertext’98.

9673 Michael White. Efficient Realizations of Coordinate Structures in Com-binatory Categorial Grammar. Research on Language and Computation,2004. to appear.

9674 Michael White. Reining in CCG chart generation. In Anja Belz, RogerEvans, and Paul Piwek, editors, Natural Language Generation: Thirdinternational Conference (INLG 2004), number 3123 in Lecture Notesin Artificial Intelligence, pages 182–191. Springer, Berlin, New York,July 14-16 2004.

802

9675 Michael White and David Caldwell. CogentHelp: NLG Meets SE in aTool for Authoring Dynamically Generated On-Line Help. In Proceed-ings of the Fifth Conference on Applied Natural Language Processing,pages 257–264, Washington, DC, 1997.

9676 Peter White. Death, disruption and the moral order: the narrativeimpulse in mass-‘hard news’ reporting. In Frances Christie and J. R.Martin, editors, Genre and institutions: social processes in the workplaceand school, pages 101–133. Cassell, London, 1997.

9677 Peter R.R. White. Media objectivity and the rhetoric of the News Story.In Eija Ventola, editor, Discourse and community: doing functional lin-guistics, pages 379–397. Gunter Narr, Tübingen, 2000.

9678 Peter R.R. White and James R. Martin. The language of evaluation:appraisal in English. Palgrave Macmillan, London, 2005.

9679 P.R.R. White. Extended reality, proto-nouns and the vernacular: dis-tinguishing the technological from the scientific. In J.R. Martin andRobert Veel, editors, Reading science: critical and functional perspec-tives on discourses of science, pages 266–296. Routledge, London, 1998.

9680 R. White. Communicative competence, registers, and second language.International Review of Applied Linguistics, 12(2):127–141, 1974.

9681 S. Whitehill. Self-Correcting Generalization. In Proceedings of the FirstNational Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 240–242, Stanford,CA, 1980. American Association for Artificial Intelligence.

9682 Casey Whitelaw and Jon Patrick. Selecting Systemic Features for TextClassification. In Proceedings of the Australasian Language TechnologyWorkshop (ALTW04). ALTA, 2004.

9683 P. J. Whitelock, M McGee Wood, B. J. Chandler, N. Holden, and H. J.Horsfall. Strategies for Interactive Machine Translation. In Proceed-ings of the 11th International Conference on Computational Linguistics(COLING 86), pages 329–334, Bonn, Germany, 1986.

9684 P. J. Whitelock, M McGee Wood, B. J. Chandler, N. Holden, and H. J.Horsfall. Strategies for Interactive Machine Translation. In Proceed-ings of the 11th International Conference on Computational Linguistics(COLING 86), pages ?–?, Bonn, Germany, 1986.

9685 Peter Whitelock. Shake-and-bake translation. In Proceedings ofCOLING-92, volume II, pages 784–791, Nantes, France, 1992.

9686 Peter Whitelock and Kieran Kilby. Linguistic and Computational tech-niques in machine translation system design. Studies in ComputationalLinguistics. UCL Press, London, 1995.

803

9687 Arliss Whiteside. GML 3.1.1 simple dictionary profile. OpenGIS Im-plementation Specification OGC 05-099r2, Open Geospatial ConsortiumInc., November 2005.

9688 Richard Whitney. Mapping meaning representations in Higher-OrderLogic to First-Order forms for Natural Language Access to Databases.Technical Report ISI/RR/87-192, USC/Information Sciences Institute,Marina del Rey, California, 1987.

9689 Richard Whitney. Semantic Transformations for Natural Language Pro-duction. Technical Report ISI/RR-88-192, USC/Information SciencesInstitute, Marina del Rey, CA, March 1988.

9690 Rachel Whittaker. Theme, processes and the realization of meaningsin academic articles. In M. Ghadessy, editor, Thematic development inEnglish texts, pages 105–128. Pinter Publishers, London, 1995.

9691 Rachel Whittaker. It’s not what you do, it’s how you construe (yourselfand the other), or the construction of an institutional genre. In EijaVentola, editor, Discourse and community: doing functional linguistics,pages 87–116. Gunter Narr, Tübingen, 2000.

9692 Benjamin Whorf. Whorf: Language, Thought, and Reality: selectedwritings. The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, MA, 1956. (Edited by JohnCarrol).

9693 M. R. Wick and J. R. Sagle. The Partitioned Support Network forExpert System Justification. IEEE Transactions on Systems, Man andCybernetics, 1988. forthcoming.

9694 M. R. Wick and J. R. Slagle. An Explanation Facility for Today’sExpert Systems. IEEE Expert, 1988. forthcoming.

9695 M. R. Wick, W. B. Thompson, and J. R. Slagle. Artificial IntelligenceResearch in the Computer Science Department at the University of Min-nesota. AAAI Review of Products, Services, and Research, 1988. forth-coming.

9696 H.G. Widdowson. Linguistics. Oxford Introductions to Language StudySeries. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1996.

9697 J. M. Wiebe, G. Hirst, and D. Horton. Language use in context. Com-munications of the Association of Computing Machinery, 39(1):102–111,1996.

9698 J. M. Wiebe, T. P. O’Hara, and T. Christrom-Sandgren. An empiricalapproach to temporal reference resolution. Journal of Artificial Intelli-gence Research, 9:247–293, 1998.

804

9699 Janyce Wiebe, Theresa Wilson, Rebecca Bruce, Matthew Bell, andMelanie Martin. Learning subjective language. Computational Lin-guistics, 30(3):277–308, Sep 2004.

9700 S. Wiebrock, L. Wittenburg, U. Schmid, and F. Wysotzki. Inference andVisualization of Spatial Relations. In C. Freksa, W. Brauer, C. Habel,and K.F. Wender, editors, Spatial Cognition II - Integrating AbstractTheories, Empirical Studies, Formal Methods, and Practical Applica-tions, number 1849 in LNCS, pages 212–224. Springer, Berlin, 2000.

9701 S. Wiebrock and F. Wysotzki. Learning by Exploration including Risk.In I. Wachsmuth and B. Jung, editors, KogWis99: Proceedings der4. Fachtagung der Gesellschaft für Kognitionswissenschaft, Sankt Au-gustin, 1999. Infix.

9702 S. Wiebrock, F. Wysotzki, and U. Schmid. Modeling Spatial Infer-ences by Transformation Matrices and Consrtaints. In U. Schmid andF. Wysotzki, editors, Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches to Spa-tial Inference and the Analysis of Movements(Technical Report, 98-2),pages 21–24. Fakultät für Informatik, Fachbereich Methoden der KI,TU Berlin, Berlin, 1998.

9703 Gio Wiederhold and Jan Jannink. Composing diverse ontologies. InWorking Notes of the IFIP Working Group on Database 8th. Work-ing Conference on Database Semantics (DS-8), Rotorua, New Zealand,1999.

9704 J. Wiener, S.J. Büchner, and C. Hölscher. Taxonomy of human wayfind-ing tasks: A knowledge-based approach. Spatial Cognition and Compu-tation, 9:152–165, 2009.

9705 Jan Wiener, N.N. Ehbauer, and Hanspeter A. Mallot. Planning paths tomultiple targets: memory involvement and planning heuristics in spatialproblem solving. Psychological Research, 73(5):644–658, 2009.

9706 Jan M. Wiener, Christoph Hölscher, Simon J. Büchner, and LarsKonieczny. Gaze bias and gaze control during wayfinding. submitted21Dec2009, currently under revision.

9707 Jan M. Wiener, Christoph Hölscher, Simon J. Büchner, and LarsKonieczny. How the Geometry of Space controls Visual Attention duringSpatial Decision Making. In Annual Meeting of the Cognitive ScienceSociety 2009, Amsterdam, NL, 2009.

9708 Jan Wiener and Hanspeter A. Mallot. Fine-to-Coarse Route Planningand Navigation in Regionalized Environments. Spatial Cognition andComputation, 3(4):331–358, 2003.

9709 Jan Wiener and Thora Tenbrink. Traveling salesman problem: Thehuman case. KI-Themenheft Cognition, 1/08:18–22, 2008.

805

9710 Jan Wiener, Thora Tenbrink, Jakob Henschel, and Christoph Hölscher.Situated and Prospective Path Planning: Route Choice in an UrbanEnvironment. In B. C. Love, K. McRae, and M. Sloutsky, editors, Pro-ceedings of the 30th Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society,pages 851–856, Austin, TX, 2008. Cognitive Science Society.

9711 R. Wieringa. Three roles of conceptual models in information systemdesign and use. In E. D. Falkenberg and P. Lindgreen, editors, Informa-tion system concept: an in-depth analysis, pages 31–52. North-Holland,1989.

9712 A. Wierzbicka. Why can you have a drink when you can’t have an eat?Language, 58:753–789, 1982.

9713 Anna Wierzbicka. Semantic Primitives. Athenäum Verlag, 1972.

9714 Anna Wierzbicka. Lingua mentalis: the semantics of natural language.Academic Press, Sydney, 1980.

9715 Anna Wierzbicka. Lexicography and Conceptual Analysis. Karama, AnnArbor, Michigan, 1985.

9716 Anna Wierzbicka. English Speech Act Verbs. Academic Press, Mar-rickville, NSW, Australia, 1987.

9717 Anna Wierzbicka. The semantics of grammar. John Benjamins Pub-lishing Company, Amsterdam/Philadelphia, 1988. Studies in LanguageCompanion Series 18.

9718 Anna Wierzbicka. Semantics, Culture and Cognition: universal humanconcepts in culture specific configurations. Oxford University Press, Ox-ford, 1992.

9719 Anna Wierzbicka. Semantics - Primes and Universals. Oxford Univer-sity Press, Oxford, 1996.

9720 Anna Wierzbicka. Sadness and anger in Russian: the non-universalityof the so-called ‘basic human emotions’. In A. Athanasiadou andE. Tabakowska, editors, Speaking of Emotions: Conceptualisation andExpression, pages 3–28. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 1998.

9721 Anna Wierzbicka. Emotions across Languages and Cultures. OxfordUniversity Press, Oxford, 1999.

9722 Heike Wiese. Modelling Semantics as a Linguistic Interface System.Manuscript, Humboldt University Berlin, 2001.

9723 Peter Wignall and J. R. Martin. The discourse of history: distancing therecoverable past. University of Sydney Working Papers in Linguistics,5:66–116, 1987.

806

9724 Peter Wignall, J. R. Martin, and Suzanne Eggins. The discourse ofgeography: ordering and explaining the experiential world. Universityof Sydney Working Papers in Linguistics, 5:25–65, 1987.

9725 Peter Wignell. Technicality and abstraction in social science. In J.R.Martin and Robert Veel, editors, Reading science: critical and func-tional perspectives on discourses of science, pages 297–326. Routledge,London, 1998.

9726 Peter Wignell, James R. Martin, and Suzanne Eggins. The discourse ofgeography: ordering and explaining the experiential world. In SuzanneEggins, James R. Martin, and Peter Wignell, editors, Writing ProjectReport 1987, pages 25–65. University of Sydney, Linguistics Department,Sydney, Australia, 1987. (Working Papers in Linguistics, 5).

9727 Graham Wilcock. Interactive Japanese-European text generation: anapproach to multilingual export translation based on Systemic Func-tional Grammar. MSc, Centre for Computational Linguistics, UMIST,Manchester, England, 1993.

9728 Graham Wilcock. Pipelines, Templates and Transformations: XML forNatural Language Generation. In Proceedings of the 1st. NLP and XMLWorkshop; Workshop session of the 6th Natural Language ProcessingPacific Rim Symposium, Tokyo, November 2001.

9729 Walter Wilcox. The press of the radical right: an exploratory analysis.Journalism Quarterly, 39(2):152–160, 1960.

9730 Janina Wildfeuer. Coherence in Film and the Construction of Logi-cal Forms of Discourse: A Formal-Functional Perspective. PhD thesis,Textuality of Film, Bremen University, 2012.

9731 Wolfgang Wildgen. Catastrophe Theoretic Semantics. An Elaborationand Application of René Thom’s Theory. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1982.

9732 Wolfgang Wildgen. Color, smell and language: the semiotic nature ofperception and language. In Martina Plümacher and Peter Holz, editors,Speaking of colors and odors, pages 19–34. John Benjamins, Amterdam,2007.

9733 D. Wile. POPART: Producer of Parsers and Related Tools. SystemBuilders’ Manual. USC Information Sciences Institute, 1981.

9734 D. Wile. POPART: Producer of Parsers and Related Tools. SystemBuilders’ Manual. USC/ISI, 1981.

9735 R. Wilensky. Story grammars revisited. Journal of Pragmatics, 6:423–432, 1982.

807

9736 Robert Wilensky. Using Plans to Understand Natural Language. InProceedings of the Annual Conference of the ACM, Houston, Texas,1976. ACM.

9737 Robert Wilensky. Understanding Goal-Based Stories. Technical Report140, Yale University Department of Computer Science, 1978.

9738 Robert Wilensky. Planning and Understanding. Addison-Wesley, Read-ing, MA, 1983.

9739 Robert Wilensky, Yigal Arens, and David N. Chin. Talking to Unix inEnglish: An Overview of UC. Communications of the ACM, 27(6), June1984.

9740 J. Wilkins. An Essay Towards a Real Character and a PhilosophicalLanguage. London, 1668.

9741 J. Wilkinson. Aggregation in Natural Language Generation: AnotherLook. Co-op work term report, September 1995.

9742 Y. Wilks and By T. Protocols for Reference Sharing in a Belief Ascrip-tion Model of Communication. Cognitive Science, in press.

9743 Hans Peter Willberg and Friedrich Forssman. Lesetypographie. VerlagHermann Schmidt, Mainz, 1997.

9744 Rudolf Wille. Restructuring lattice theory: an approach based on hi-erarchies of concept. In I. Rival, editor, Ordered Sets, pages 445–470.Reidel, Dordecht/Boston, 1982.

9745 Paul Willemen. Notes on Subjectivity: On Reading Edward Branigan’s‘Subjectivity Under Siege’. Screen, 19(1):41–70, 1978.

9746 Paul Willemen. Cinematic dicsourse - the problem of inner speech.Screen, 22(3):63–93, 1981.

9747 Dominique Willems, Bart Defrancq, Timothy Colleman, and Dirk Noël,editors. Contrastive analysis in language: identifying linguistic units ofcomparison. Palgrave Macmillan, Houndsmill, 2003.

9748 Alan Williams. Is a Radical Genre Criticism Possible? Quarterly Reviewof Film Studies, 9(2):121–125, 1984.

9749 E.S. Williams. Discourse and Logical form. Linguistic Inquiry, 8:559–584, 1977.

9750 G. Williams. Children entering literate worlds: Perspectives from thestudy of textual practices. In F. Christie and R. Missan, editors, Literacyin schooling. Routledge, London, 1998.

808

9751 G. Williams. Grammar as a metasemiotic tool in child literacy develop-ment. In C. Ward and W. Renandya, editors, Language teaching: Newinsights for the language teacher, number 40 in Teacher series, pages89–124. Regional Language Centre: SEAMO, Singapore, 1999.

9752 G. Williams. Children’s Literature, Children and Uses of Language De-scription. In Len Unsworth, editor, Researching language in schools andcommunities: functional linguistic perspectives, pages 65–86. Cassell,London, 2000.

9753 G. Williams. Literacy pedagogy prior to schooling: Relationships be-tween social positioning and semantic variation. In A. Morais, B. Davies,and H. Daniels, editors, Towards a sociology of pedagogy: The contribu-tion of Basil Bernstein to research. Peter Lang, New York, 2001.

9754 G. Williams and A. Lukin, editors. Language development: Functionalperspectives on evolution and phylogenesis. Continuum, London, to ap-pear.

9755 Geoff Williams. Using systemic grammar in teaching young learners: anintroduction. Macmillan Education Australia, South Melbourne, 1994.

9756 Geoff Williams. Joint book reading and literacy pedagogy: a socio-semantic examination. PhD thesis, Macquarie University, 1995.

9757 Geoffrey Williams. Children’s literature, children and uses of languagedescription. In Len Unsworth, editor, Researching language in schoolsand communities: functional linguistic perspectives, pages 111–129. Cas-sell, London, 2000.

9758 Jason D. Williams and Steve Young. Partially observable Markov deci-sion processes for spoken dialog systems. Computer Speech & Language,21(2):393–422, 2007.

9759 M. D. Williams and J. D. Hollan. The Process of Retrieval from veryLong-Term Memory. Cognitive Science, 5(2):87–120, 1981.

9760 M. D. Williams, J. Hollan, and A. Stevens. Human Reasoning about aSimple Physical System. Draft, 1981.

9761 M. D. Williams and J. D. Holland. The Process of Retrieval from Long-Term Memory. Cognitive Science, 5:87–120, 1981.

9762 M. P. Williams. Functional sentence perspective in the context of sys-temic functional grammar. In Erich H. Steiner and Robert Veltman,editors, Pragmatics, Discourse and Text: some systemically-insights ap-proaches, pages 76–89. Pinter Publishers, London, 1988.

9763 Marion Williams. Language taught for meetings and language used inmeetings: is there anything in common? Applied Linguistics, 9:45–58,1988.

809

9764 S. Williams and E. Reiter. A corpus analysis of discourse relations forNatural Language Generation. In Proceedings of Corpus Linguistics,2003.

9765 Sandra Williams. Natural language generation of discourse connectivesfor different reading levels. In Proceedings of the 5th Annual CLUKResearch Colloquium, University of Leeds, 8-9 January 2002.

9766 Sandra Williams. Natural Language Generation (NLG) of discourserelations for different reading levels. PhD thesis, University of Aberdeen,Aberdeen, 2004.

9767 Sandra Williams and Ehud Reiter. Reading errors made by skilled andunskilled readers: evaluating a system that generates reports for peoplewith poor literacy. In Poster Session: Fourteenth Annual Meeting ofthe Society for Text and Discourse, Chicago, 2004.

9768 Sandra Williams and Ehud Reiter. Appropriate Microplanning Choicesfor Low-Skilled Readers. In Proceedings of the Nineteenth InternationalJoint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 1704–1705, Edinburgh,2005.

9769 Sandra Williams and Ehud Reiter. Deriving content selection rules froma corpus of non-naturally occurring documents for a novel NLG appli-cation. In Proceedings of the Workshop on Using Corpora for NaturalLanguage Generation, number ITRI-05-03 in Technical Report, pages41–48, University of Brighton, 2005. Information Technology ResearchInstitute (ITRI).

9770 Sandra Williams and Ehud Reiter. Generating readable texts for readerswith low basic skills. In Proceeding of the 10th European Workshop onNatural Language Generation, pages 140–147, Aberdeen, 2005.

9771 J. Williamson. Patient marking in Lakhota and the unaccusative hy-pothesis. In Chicago Linguistic Society, volume 15, pages 353–365. 1979.

9772 K. Willis, C. Hölscher, and G. Wilbertz. Understanding mobile spa-tial interaction in urban environments. In Wolfgang Minker, MichaelWeber, Hani Hagras, and Victor Callagan, editors, Advanced intelligentenvironments, pages 119–138. Springer, New York, NY, 2009.

9773 K. Willis, C. Hölscher, G. Wilbertz, and C. Li. Spatial Knowledge Ac-quisition with Mobile Spatial Information: Implications for NavigationApplications. Computers, Environment and Urban Systems, 33(2):100–110, 2009.

9774 Eva-Maria Willkop. Gliederungssignale im Dialog. Iudicium, München,1988.

810

9775 Dierdre Wilson. Presuppositions and Non-Truth-Conditional Semantics.Academic Press, London, 1975.

9776 George M. Wilson. The Maddest McGuffin: Some Notes on North byNorthwest. Comparative Literature, 94(5):1159–1172, 1979.

9777 George M. Wilson. Narration in light: Studies in cinematic point ofview. John Hopkins University Press, Baltimore and London, 1986.

9778 George M. Wilson. Morals for method. In Cynthia A. Freeland andThomas E. Wartenberg, editors, Philosophy and Film, pages 49–67.Routlege, New York and London, 1995.

9779 George M. Wilson. On film narrative and narrative meaning. In RichardAllen and Murray Smith, editors, Film theory and philosophy, pages221–238. Oxford University Press, Oxford, U.K., 1997.

9780 George M. Wilson. Elusive narrators in literature and film. PhilosophicalStudies, 135(1):73–88, 2007.

9781 George O. Wilson. Transparency and Twist in Narrative Fiction Film.The Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism, 64(1):81–95, Winter 2006.

9782 P. T. Wilson and R. C. Anderson. What They Don’t Know Will HurtThem: The Role of Prior Knowledge in Comprehension. In J. Orasanu,editor, Reading Comprehension: From Research to Practice, pages 31–48. Erlbaum, Hillsdale, New Jersey, 1986.

9783 WolframWilss. Übersetzen. In H. Stammerjohann, editor, Handbuch derLinguistik. Allgemeine und angewandte Sprachwissenschaft. Nymphen-burger Verlagshandlung, Munich, 1975.

9784 Wolfram Wilss. The science of translation. Gunter Narr Verlag, Tübin-gen, 1982.

9785 Wolfram Wilss. Towards a multi-facet concept of translation behaviour.Target, 1(2):129–149, 1993.

9786 Radboud Winkels, Alexander Boer, and Rinke Hoekstra. CLIME:lessons learned in legal information serving. In Frank Van Harmelen,editor, Proceedings of the European Conference on Artificial Intelligence-2002, Amsterdam, 2002. IOS Press.

9787 R.G.F. Winkels and N. Den Haan. Automated legislative drafting: Gen-erating paraphrases of legislation. In Proceedings of the Fifth Interna-tional Conference on AI and Law, pages 112–118, College Park, Mary-land, 1995. ACM.

811

9788 Hartmut Winkler. Zeichenmaschinen: oder warum die semiotische Di-mension für eine Definition der Medien unerlässlich ist. In Stefan Münkerand Alexander Roesler, editors, Was ist ein Medium?, pages 211–222.Suhrkamp Verlag, Frankfurt am Main, 2008.

9789 Simone Winko. Emotionskodes und ihre Vermittlung. montage av.Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation,11(2):122–128, 2002.

9790 W.D. Winn. Charts, graphics and diagrams in educational materials.In D. Willows and H. Houghton, editors, The Psychology of Illustration.Vol. 1. Basic Research, pages 152–198. Springer, New York, 1987.

9791 W.D. Winn. The design and use of instructional graphics. In H. Mandland J. R. Levin, editors, Knowledge acquisition from text and pictures,number 58 in Advances in Psychology, pages 125–144. Elsevier, Amster-dam, 1989.

9792 W.D. Winn. Learning from maps and diagrams. Educational PsychologyReview, 3(3):211–247, 1991.

9793 T. Winograd. A Language/Action Perspective on the Design of Cooper-ative Work. In I. Greif, editor, Computer Supported Cooperative Work:A Book of Readings. Morgan Kaufmann, San Mateo, 1988.

9794 T. Winograd. Categories, Disciplines, and Social Coordination. Com-puter Supported Cooperative Work (CSCW), 2:191–197, 1994.

9795 Terry Winograd. Linguistics and the computer analysis of tonal har-mony. Journal of Music Theory, 21, 1968.

9796 Terry Winograd. Understanding Natural Language. Academic Press,New York, 1972.

9797 Terry Winograd. Frame Representation and the Declarative/ Procedu-ral Controversy. In D. Bobrow and A. Collins, editors, Representationand Understanding: Studies in Cognitive Science. Academic Press, NewYork, 1975.

9798 Terry Winograd. Representing knowledge: Frames, 1975. Oral pre-sentation at the Conference on Theoretical Issues in Natural LanguageProcessing.

9799 Terry Winograd. Towards a procedural understanding of semantics.Revue Internationale de Philosophie, 1976.

9800 Terry Winograd. A Framework for Understanding Discourse. In P. A.Carpenter and M. A. Just, editors, Cognitive processes in comprehen-sion. Erlbaum, Hillsdale, N. J., 1977.

812

9801 Terry Winograd. What does it mean to understand language? CognitiveScience, 4:209–241, 1980.

9802 Terry Winograd. Language as a Cognitive Process, Volume 1: Syntax.Addison Wesley, New York, 1983.

9803 Terry Winograd. Language as a Cognitive Process, Volume 1: Syntax,chapter 6: Feature and function grammars, pages 272–310. AddisonWesley, New York, 1983.

9804 Terry Winograd and Fernando Flores. Understanding computers andcognition: a new foundation for design. Ablex, Norwood, New Jersey,1986.

9805 Morton E. Winston, Roger Chaffin, and Douglas J. Herrman. A Taxon-omy of Part-Whole Relations. Cognitive Science, 11(4):417–444, 1987.

9806 Patrick H. Winston. Learning Structural Descriptions from Examples.In P. H. Winston, editor, The Psychology of Computer Vision. McGraw-Hill, New York, 1972.

9807 Patrick H. Winston. Artificial Intelligence. Addison Wesley PublishingCo., Reading, Mass., 1977.

9808 Patrick H. Winston. Learning and Reasoning by Analogy. Comm. ofthe ACM, 23:689–702, 1980.

9809 Eugene Winter. Towards a Contextual Grammar of English. GeorgeAllen and Unwin, London, 1982.

9810 Stephan Winter. Ontology: buzzword or paradigm shift in GI science?International Journal of Geographical Information Science, 15(7):587–590, 2001. Editorial for the special issue on Ontology in the GeographicDomain.

9811 Stephan Winter. Communication about Space. Transactions in GIS,8(3), 2003. Guest editorial.

9812 Stephen Winter. Route Adaptive Selection of Salient Features. InW. Kuhn, M. F. Worboys, and S. Timpf, editors, Spatial InformationTheory: Foundations of Geographic Information Science, number 2825in Lecture Notes in Computer Science, pages 320–334. Springer, Berlin,2003.

9813 Andi Winterboer, Thora Tenbrink, and Reinhard Moratz. Spatial Direc-tionals for Robot Navigation. In Mila Dimitrova-Vulchanova and Emilevan der Zee, editors, Motion Encoding in Spatial Language. Oxford Uni-versity Press, Oxford, forthcoming.

813

9814 W. R. Winterowd. Invention. In Contemporary Rhetoric: A conceptualbackground with readings. Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, Inc., New York,1975.

9815 Uwe Wirth. Abductive reasoning in Peirce’s and Davidson’s account ofinterpretation. Semiotica, 153(1):199–208, 2005.

9816 L. Witten and P. Madams. The telephone inquiry service: a man-machine system using synthetic speech. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 9:449–464, 1977.

9817 Peter Wittenburg, Hennie Brugman, Albert Russel, Alex Klassmann,and Han Sloetjes. ELAN: a professional framework for multimodalityresearch. In Proceedings of LREC 2006, Fifth International Conferenceon Language Resources and Evaluation, pages 1556–1559, 2006.

9818 Ludwig Wittgenstein. Philosophical investigations. Macmillan, NewYork, 1953. trans. G.E.M. Anscombe.

9819 Ludwig Wittgenstein. Zettel. Blackwell, Oxford, 1967. trans. G.E.M.Anscombe.

9820 Ludwig Wittgenstein. Philosophical Investigations. Blackwell, Oxford,3 edition, 2001.

9821 Trevor Wittock. Metaphor and film. Cambridge University Press, Cam-bridge, 1990.

9822 Ruth Wodak and Angelika Hirsch. The discursive construction of na-tional identity. Edinburgh Univ. Press, Edinburgh, 2. ed., rev. andextended, reprinted. edition, 2010.

9823 E. Woisetschlaeger. A Semantic Theory of the English Auxiliary System.Indiana Linguistics Circle, Bloomington, 1977.

9824 Thomas Wolbers and Mary Hegarty. What determines our navigationalabilities? Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 2010.

9825 Florian Wolf and Edward Gibson. Representing discourse coherence:a corpus-based study. Computational Linguistics, 31(2):249–287, June2005.

9826 Mark J. P. Wolf. Space, time, frame, cinema: exploring the possibilitiesof spatiotemporal effects. New Review of Film and Television Studies,4(3):167–181, Dec 2006.

9827 Mark J.P. Wolf. Inventing Space. Towards a Taxonomy of On- andOff-Screen Space in Video Games. Film Quarterly, 51(3):11–23, 1997.

814

9828 Werner Wolf. Ästhetische Illusionen und Illusionsdurchbrechung in derErzählkunst. Theorie und Geschichte mit Schwerpunkt auf englischemillusionsstörenden Erzählen. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 1993.

9829 Werner Wolf. Das Problem der Narrativität in Literatur, bildenderKunst und Musik: Ein Beitrag zu einer intermedialen Erzähltheorie.In Erzähltheorie transgenerisch, intermedial, interdisziplinär, pages 23–104. WVT, Trier, 2002.

9830 Werner Wolf. Narrative and narrativity: a narratological reconceptu-alization and its applicability to the Visual Arts. Word and Image,19(3):180–197, 2003.

9831 Werner Wolf. Metalepsis as a transgeneric and transmedial phenomenon:a case study of the possibilities of ’exporting’ narratological concepts.In Jan Christoph Meister, Tom Kindt, Wilhelm Schermus, and MalteStein, editors, Narrative Beyond Literary Criticism, pages 83–107. DeGruyter, Berlin, 2005.

9832 Werner Wolf. Description as a transmedial mode of representation: gen-eral features and possibilities of realization in painting, fiction and music.In Werner Wolf and Walter Bernhart, editors, Description in Literatureand Other Media, number 2 in Studies in Intermediality, pages 1–90.Rodopi, Amsterdam, 2007.

9833 Werner Wolf and Walter Bernhart, editors. Description in Literatureand Other Media. Number 2 in Studies in Intermediality. Rodopi, Am-sterdam and New York, 2007.

9834 A. Wolff von. Ego-reorientation on mental representations of rooms.Cognitive Processing, International Quarterly of Cognitive Science, 1,2000. Special issue.

9835 Stefan Wölfl and Till Mossakowski. CASL specifications of qualitativecalculi. In Anthony G. Cohn and David M. Mark, editors, Proceedingsof Spatial Information Theory: International Conference, COSIT 2005,number 3693 in LNCS, pages 200–217, Berlin, 2005. Springer.

9836 Peter Wollen. Signs and meaning in the cinema. Secker and Warburgin association with the British Film Institute, London, 1969.

9837 Peter Wollen. Cinema and semiology: some points of contact. In BillNichols, editor, Movies and methods: an anthology, pages 481–492. Uni-versity of California Press, Berkeley, 1976.

9838 Peter Wollen. North by North West: a morphological analysis. FilmForm, 1:19–34, 1976. Reprinted in ? ).

815

9839 Peter Wollen. North by North West: a morphological analysis. InPeter Wollen, editor, Readings and writings. Semiotic counter-strategies,pages 18–33. Verso, London, 1982.

9840 Peter Wollen. Signs and meaning in the cinema. bfi Publishing, London,4th revised and enlarged edition, 1998.

9841 D.Wolter. Formrepräsentation - Architekturvorschlag für Anwendungenin einem obotikkontext, 2000.

9842 D. Wolter. Instructing Robots with Maps. In Towards Intelligent MobileRobots TIMR 01. 2001.

9843 Diedrich Wolter, Christian Freksa, and Longin Jan Latecki. Towardsa Generalization of Self-Localization. In Margaret E. Jefferies andWai Kiang Yeap, editors, Robot and Cognitive Approaches to SpatialMapping. Springer, Berlin, 2008.

9844 Diedrich Wolter and Jan Oliver Wallgrün. Qualitative Spatial Reason-ing for Applications: New Challenges and the SparQ Toolbox. In Shya-manta M. Hazarika, editor, Qualitative Spatio-Temporal Representationand Reasoning: Trends and Future Directions, page ?? IGI Global, 2012.

9845 F. Wolter and M. Zakharyaschev. Spatio-temporal representation andreasoning based on RCC-8. In Principles of Knowledge Representationand Reasoning, Proceedings of the 7th International Conference (KR2000), 2000.

9846 Frank Wolter and Michael Zakharyaschev. Spatial reasoning in RCCwith Boolean region terms. In W. Horn, editor, Proceedings of the Eu-ropean Conference on Artificial Intelligence, pages 244–248. IOS Press,2000.

9847 Ursula Wolz. Analyzing User Plans to Produce Informative Responsesby a Programmer’s Consultant. Technical Report, Columbia UniversityDepartment of Computer Science, 1985.

9848 H. K. T. Wong. Generating English Sentences from Semantic Structures.Technical Report 84, University of Toronto, Department of ComputerScience, 1975.

9849 W. K. Wong and R. F. Simmons. A Blackboard Model of Text Produc-tion with Revisions, August 1988. Presented at the AAAI-88 Workshopon Text Planning and Realization.

9850 Linda A. Wood and Rolf O. Kroger. Politeness and forms of address.Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 10(3):145–168, 1991.

816

9851 Mary McGee Wood and Brian J. Chandler. Machine Translation forMonolinguals. In Proceedings of the 12th International Conference onComputational Linguistics (COLING 88), volume II, pages 760–763,Budapest, Hungary, 1988.

9852 Robin Wood. Hitchcock’s Films Revisited. Columbia University Press,New York, 1960.

9853 Zena Wood and Antony Galton. A taxonomy of collective phenomena.Applied Ontology, 4(3-4):267–292, 2009.

9854 W. Woods. An Experimental Parsing System for Transition NetworkGrammars. In R. Rustin, editor, Natural Language Processing. Algo-rithmics Press, New York, 1973.

9855 W. A. Woods. Procedural Semantics for Question-Answering Machine.In Proceedings of the Fall Joint Computer Conference, Montvale, NJ,1968. AFIPS Press.

9856 W. A. Woods and R. M. Kaplan. The Lunar Sciences Natural LanguageInformation System: Final Report. Technical Report BBN Report 2265,Bolt Beranek and Newman, Inc., Cambridge, MA, 1972.

9857 W.Woods, R. Kaplan, and Nash-Webber B. The Lunar Sciences NaturalLanguage Information System: Final Report. Technical Report 2378,Bolt, Beranek and Newman, 1972. Cambridge, Massachusetts.

9858 W.A. Woods and J.G. Schmolze. The KL-ONE Family. In F. W.Lehmann, editor, Semantic networks in Artificial Intelligence, pages133–177. Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1992.

9859 W.A. Woods and J.G. Schmolze. The KL-ONE Family. Computers andMathematics with Applications, 23(2-5):133–178, 1992.

9860 William A. Woods. Transition Network Grammars for Natural LanguageAnalysis. Communications of the Assocation for Computing Machinery,13, 1970.

9861 William A. Woods. What’s in a link: foundations for semantic net-works. In D. G. Bobrow and A. M. Collins, editors, Representationand Understanding: studies in cognitive science. Academic Press, NewYork, 1975. Also reprinted in Readings in Knowledge Representation,Ronald J. Brachman and Hector J. Levesque (eds.), Morgan KaufmanPublishers Inc., 1985, pp217-241.

9862 William A. Woods. Procedural semantics as a theory of meaning. InBonnie L. Webber, Aravind K. Joshi, and Ivan A. Sag, editors, Elementsof Discourse Processing, pages 300–334. Cambridge University Press,New York, 1981.

817

9863 Beverly Woolf and Donald McDonald. Human-Computer Discourse inthe Design of a PASCAL Tutor. In CHI’83 Conference Proceedings- Hu-man Factors in Computing Systems, Boston, Massachusetts, December1983. ACM SIGCHI/ HSF.

9864 A. Wootton. Dilemmas of Discourse. George Allen and Unwin Ltd.,London, 1975.

9865 Marcel Worring, Carel van den Berg, and Lynda Hardman. SystemDesign for Structured Hypermedia Generation. In Visual InformationSystems ’96, pages 254–261, Melbourne, 1996.

9866 Marcel Worring, Carel van den Berg, Lynda Hardman, and Audrey Tam.System Design for Structured Hypermedia Generation. In C. Leung,editor, Visual Information Systems, number LNCS 1306 in Springer-Verlag Lecture Notes in Computer Science. 1997.

9867 Sol Worth. The development of a semiotic of film. Semiotica, 1(3):282–321, 1969.

9868 Sol Worth. The development of a semiotic of film. In Larry Gross, editor,Studying visual communication, pages 36–73. University of PennsylvaniaPress, Philadelphia, 1981. Reprinted version of (? ).

9869 Sol Worth and John Adair. Through Navajo eyes: An exploration in filmcommunication and anthropology. Indiana University Press, Blooming-ton, 1972.

9870 J. T. Wright, B. J. Malsheen, and M. Peet. Comparison of segmentalintelligibility and pronunciation accuracy for two commercial text-to-speech systems. In Proceedings of the American Voice Input/OutputSociety (AVIOS-86), pages 235–261, 1986.

9871 P. Wright and F. Reid. Written information: some alternatives to prosefor expressing the outcomes of complex contingencies. Journal of AppliedPsychology, 57:160–160, 1973.

9872 Patricia Wright. Presenting information in tables. Applied Ergonomics,1:234–242, 1970.

9873 Patricia Wright. Decision making as a factor in the case of using nu-merical tables. Applied Ergonomics, 20:91–96, 1977.

9874 Patricia Wright. Usability: the criterion for designing written informa-tion. In P. A. Kolers, M. E. Wrolstad, and H. Bouma, editors, Processingof Visible Language, volume 2, pages 183–206. Plenum, New York andLondon, 1980.

9875 Patricia Wright. The instructions clearly state . . . . Can’t people read?Applied Ergonomics, 12:131–142, 1981.

818

9876 Patricia Wright. Enhancing the usability of written instructions. InH. Zwaga, T. Boersema, and H. Hoonout, editors, Conference Proceed-ings of Public Graphics: visual information for everyday use, pages 1.1–1.18, Utrecht, NL, 1994. Stichting Public Graphics Research.

9877 Patricia Wright. Evaluation, design and research: empirical contribu-tions to the beginnings and ends of the design process. InformationDesign Journal, 8:82–85, 1995.

9878 Patricia Wright. The way readers are influenced by layout. InLAMPE’97: Lausanne - Atelier sur Modeles de Page Electronique(Workshop on electronic page models), Lausanne, Switzerland, Sept1997.

9879 Patricia Wright. Printed instructions: can research make a difference?In H. Zwaga, T. Boersema, and H. Hoonout, editors, Visual informationfor everyday use; design and research perspectives, pages 45–66. Taylorand Francis, London, 1998.

9880 Patricia Wright. Designing for diversity: empowering older people to doit their way. In Online Proceedings of Aging by Design, Bentley College,MA, October 17-18 2005.

9881 Patricia Wright and P. Barnard. Asking multiple questions about severalitems: The design of matrix structures on application forms. AppliedErgonomics, 9:7–14, 1978.

9882 Patricia Wright, A. Lickorish, A.J. Hull, and N. Umellen. Graphicsin written directions: appreciated by readers not by writers. AppliedCognitive Psychology, 9:41–59, 1995.

9883 Will Wright. Sixguns and Society: A structural Study of the Western.University of California Press, Berkeley, 1975.

9884 Horngh Jyh P. Wu and Steven L. Lytinen. Coherence relation reasoningin persuasive discourse. In Proceedings of the 12th Annual Conferenceof the Cognitive Science Society, Boston, MA, 1990.

9885 V. Wu, R. Manmatha, and E. M. Riseman. Finding Text in Images.In DL’97: Proceedings of the 2nd ACM International Conference onDigital Libraries, Images and Multimedia, pages 3–12, 1997.

9886 Zhibiao Wu and Martha Palmer. Verb semantics and lexical selection. In32nd. Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics,pages 133–138, New Mexico State University, Las Cruces, New Mexico,1994.

9887 S. Wuerger, G. Meyer, M. Hofbauer, C. Zetzsche, and K. Schill. Motionextrapolation of auditory-visual targets. Information Fusion, 11:45–50,2010.

819

9888 Hans J. Wulff. Zur Kritik des Bildbegriffes bei Christian Metz. In DieEinstellung als Größe einer Filmsemiotik, number 7 in papmaks, pages9–18. MAKS (Münsteraner Arbeitskreis for Semiotik) Publikationen,Münster, 1978.

9889 Hans J. Wulff. Zur Kritik des Bild-Begriffes bei Christian Metz. InDie Einstellung als Größe einer Filmsemiotik. Zur Ikontheorie des Film-bildes, number 7 in Papiere des Münsteraner Arbeitskreises für Semiotik,pages 1–9. MAkS Publikationen, 1978.

9890 Hans J. Wulff. Split screen: Erste Überlegungen zur semantischen Anal-yse des filmischen Mehrfachbildes. Kodikas/Code: Ars Semeiotica, 14(3-4):281–290, 1991.

9891 Hans J. Wulff. Raum und Handlung. Zur Analyse textueller Funktionendes Raums am Beispiel von Griffiths A Woman Scorned. montageav. Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation,1(1):91–112, 1992.

9892 Hans J. Wulff. Aktcharakteristik und stoffliche Bindung. montageav. Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation,3(1):142–146, 1994.

9893 Hans J. Wulff. Die Maisfeld-Szene aus North by Northwest. Eine sit-uationale Analyse. montage av. Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichteaudiovisueller Kommunikation, 3(1):97–114, 1994.

9894 Hans J. Wulff. Semiotik der Filmanalyse: Ein Beitrag zur Methodolo-gie und Kritik filmischer Werkanalyse. Kodikas/Code: Ars Semeiotica,21:19–36, 1998.

9895 Hans J. Wulff. Szene, Erzählung, Konstellation. Dramaturgische Anal-yse einer Szene aus Hitchcocks North by Northwest . montage av.Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation,7:123–145, 1998.

9896 Hans J. Wulff. Darstellen und Mitteilen: Elemente der Pragmasemiotikdes Films. Gunter Narr Verlag, Tübingen, 1999.

9897 Hans J. Wulff. Das empatische Feld. In Jan Sellmer and Hans J. Wulff,editors, Film und Psychologie – nach der kognitiven Phase?, Schriftreiheder Gesellschaft für Medienwissenschaft, pages 109–122. Schüren Verlag,Marburg, 2002.

9898 Hans J. Wulff. Schichtenbau und Prozesshaftigkeit des Diegetischen:Zwei Anmerkungen. montage av. Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichteaudiovisueller Kommunikation, 16(2):39–51, 2007.

9899 D. Wunderlich. Pragmatik, Sprechsituation und Deixis. In Beitrage zurLiteraturwissenschaft und Linguistik, Bad Homburg, 1971.

820

9900 D. Wunderlich. Der Ton macht die Melodie - Zur Phonologie der Into-nation des Deutschen. In H. Altmann, editor, Intonationsforschungen,pages 1–40. Niemeyer, Tübingen, 1988.

9901 Dieter Wunderlich. Foundations of Linguistics. Cambridge UniversityPress, 1979.

9902 Dieter Wunderlich. How do prepositional phrases fit into compositionalsyntax and semantics? Linguistics, 29:591–621, 1991.

9903 Dieter Wunderlich. Cause and the Structure of Verbs. Linguistic In-quiry, 28:27–68, 1997.

9904 Dieter Wunderlich. Lexicon in Focus, chapter Predicate Compositionand Argument Extension as General Options–A Study in the Interfaceof Semantic and Conceptual Structure, pages 247–270. Number 45 inStudia Grammatica. Akademie Verlag, Berlin, 2000.

9905 Dieter Wunderlich and Michael Herweg. Lokale und Direktionale. InSemantik: Ein internationales Handbuch der zeitgenösischen Forschung,pages 758–785. Walter de Gruyter, Berlin, 1991.

9906 Wilhelm Wundt. Logik. Eine Untersuchung der Prinzipien der Erkren-ntnis und der Methoden Wissenschaftlicher Forschung. Enke, Stuttgart,1880.

9907 Wilhelm Wundt. Völkerpsychologie. Eine Untersuchung der Entwick-lungsgesetze von Sprache, Mythus und Sitte. Volume 2, Die Sprache,Part 2.. Engelmann, Leipzig, 1900. 4th. (Kröner, Leipzig).

9908 Wilhelm Wundt. Sprachgeschichte und Sprachpsychologie. Mit Rück-sicht auf B. Delbrücks "Grundfragen der Sprachforschung". Engelmann,Leipzig, 1901.

9909 Marianne Wünsch. Narrative und rhetorische Strukturen im Bild. DasBeispiel der Werbung. In Horst Brunner, editor, helle döne schöne.Versammelte Arbeiten zur älteren und neueren deutschen Literatur.Festschrift für Wolfgang Walliczek, number 66 in Göppinger Arbeitenzur Germanistik, pages 323–359. Kümmerle, 1999.

9910 Michael Wünstel and Reinhard Moratz. Automatic Object Recognitionwithin an Office Environment. In CRV 2004: Canadian Conference onComputer and Robot Vision, IEEE, 2004.

9911 Peter Wuss. Die Tiefenstruktur des Filmkunstwerks. Henschel, Berlin,1986.

9912 Peter Wuss. Narration and the film structures for three learning phases.Poetics, 19:549–570, 1990.

821

9913 Peter Wuss. Filmanalyse und Psychologie. Edition Sigma, Berlin, 1993.

9914 Peter Wuss. Cinematic narration and its psychological impact: functionsof cognition, emotion and play. Cambridge Scholars, Newcastle, 2009.

9915 Eugen Wüster. Einführung in die allgemeine Terminologielehre undterminologische Lexikographie. Springer, Wien, 1979.

9916 Korpora geschriebener Gegenwartssprache.

9917 IMS Textcorpora and Lexicon Group.

9918 Jeremy Wyatt. Planning clarification questions to resolve ambiguousreferences to objects. In Proceedings of the 4th Workshop on Knowledgeand Reasoning in Practical Dialogue Systems, IJCAI’05, pages 16–23,Edinburgh, 2005.

9919 F. Wysotzki, U. Schmid, and E. Heymann. Modellierung von Inferen-zen durch Graphen mit symbolischen und numerischen Constraints.In C. Umbach, M. Grabski, and R. Hörnig, editors, Perspektive inSprache und Raum, Studien zur Kognitionswissenschaft, pages 105–126.Deutscher Universitäts-Verlag, Wiesbaden, 1997.

9920 F. Wysotzki, U. Schmid, and S. Wiebrock. Modellierung räumlicher In-ferenzen durch Graphen mit symbolischen und numerischen Constraints.In W. Krause, U. Kotkamp, and R. Goertz, editors, KogWis97: Pro-ceedings der 3. Fachtagung der Gesellschaft für Kognitionswissenschaft,pages 245–247, Jena, 1997. Friedrich-Schiller-Universität.

9921 F. Wysotzki, S. Wiebrock, and C. Gips. Solving Constraints withTrigonometric Functions Occurring in the Workspace of a Mobile Robotby Methods of Machine Learning, 2000.

9922 Ci Xiang. Further Research on Cinematographic Semeiology and Metz’sGrande Syntagmatique. Journal of School of Chinese Language andCulture Nanjing Normal University, (2), 2009.

9923 Zhonghua Xiao. Two approaches to genre analysis: three genres inModern American English. Journal of English Linguistics, 33(1):62–82,March 2005.

9924 Ouyang Xiaoqing. Clause Complex in Chinese, 1986. M.A. Thesis inApplied Linguistics.

9925 Ouyang Xiaoqing. Clause complex in Chinese. M.A. thesis (AppliedLinguistics), Department of Linguistics, University of Sydney, 1986.

9926 Shenghuan Xu. On substitution in English. Foreign Language Teachingand Reserarch, 1:1–9, 1982.

822

9927 Shenghuan Xu. Theme and Rheme revisited. Foreign Language Teachingand Research, 4, 1985.

9928 Shenghuan Xu. On discourse Focus. Foreign Language Teaching andResearch, 2:22–30, 1987.

9929 Wei Xu and Alexander I. Rudnicky. Task-based dialogue managementusing an agenda. In Proceedings of the ANLP/NAACL 2000 Workshopon Conversational Systems, pages 42–47, Seattle, May 2000. Associationfor Computational Linguistics.

9930 Colin Yallop. The construction of equivalence. In Erich Steiner and ColinYallop, editors, Exploring Translation and Multilingual Text Production:beyond content. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin and New York, 2000.

9931 A. Yamada, T. Nishida, and S. Doshita. Figuring out most plausibleinterpretation from spatial descriptions. In Proceedings of the 12th Inter-national Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING-88), pages764–769, 1988.

9932 B. Yamauchi. Frontier-based exploration using multiple robots. In Pro-ceedings of the Second International Conference on Autonomous Agents,pages 47–53, 1998.

9933 Fang Yan, Edward McDonald, and Cheng Musheng. On Theme in Chi-nese: from clause to discourse. In Ruqaiaya Hasan and Peter Fries, ed-itors, On Subject and Theme: a discourse functional perspective, pages235–274. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1995.

9934 Dai Fei Yang. Representing experience: the co-articulation of verbiageand image in multimodal text. In Carys Jones and Eija Ventola, edi-tors, From Language to Multimodality: new developments in the study ofideational meaning, pages 297–312. Equinox Publishing Ltd., London,2008.

9935 G. Yang. Realization for English sentences made in an implementation ofa systemic grammar. In Third European Workshop on Natural LanguageGeneration, Judenstein , Austria, 1991.

9936 G. Yang. Verb-driven generation of Chinese and problems concernedwith the grammar. In Yau Shun-Chiu, editor, Essays on the Chinese lan-guage by contemporary scholars., pages 103–137. Centre de Rechercheslinguistiques sur l’asie orientale, Editions Langages Croisés, 1992.

9937 G. Yang. Chinese Sentence generation in a systemic functional gram-mar. In Proc. of 98 Int. Conference on Chinese Information Processing,Bejing, 1998.

823

9938 Gijoo Yang, Kathleen F. McCoy, and K. Vijay-Shanker. From func-tional specification to syntactic structures: systemic grammar and treeadjoining grammar. Computational Intelligence, 7(4):207–219, 1991.

9939 Guowen Yang. The semantics of Chinese aspects: theoretical descrip-tions and a computational implementation. Lang, Frankfurt, 2006.

9940 Guowen Yang and John A. Bateman. The Chinese aspect system and itssemantic interpretation. In Shu-Chuan Tseng, editor, Proceedings of the19th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING-2002), volume 2, pages 1128–1134, Academica Sinica, Taipei, Taiwan,September 2002. Association of Computational Linguistics and Chi-nese Language Processing, Association of Computational Linguisticsand Chinese Language Processing.

9941 Guowen Yang and John A. Bateman. The Chinese Aspect GenerationBased on Aspect Selection Functions. In Proceedings of the 47th AnnualMeeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics (ACL) andthe 4th International Joint Conference on Natural Language Processing(IJCNLP) of the AFNLP, pages 629–637. World Scientific PublishingCo Pte Ltd, 2009.

9942 Steven Yantis and John Jonides. Abrupt visual onsets and selectiveattention: Evidence from visual search. Journal of Experimental Psy-chology: Human Perception and Performance, 10:601–621, 1984.

9943 T. Yao, D. Zhang, and Q. Wang. MLWFA: Multilingual weather fore-casting system. In 9th INLG, pages 296–299, Niagara-on-the-Lake, On-tario, 1998. software demonstration.

9944 A.L. Yarbus. Eye Movements and Vision. Plenum Press, New York,NY, 1967.

9945 J. Yates and W. J. Orlikowski. Genre Systems: Chronos and Kairosin Communicative Interaction. In R. Coe, L. Lingard, and T. Teslenko,editors, The Rhetoric and Ideology of Genre: Strategies for Stability andChange, pages 103–121. Hampton, Cresskill, 2001.

9946 J. Yates and W. J. Orlikowski. Genre Systems: Structuring Interactionsthrough Communicative Norms. Journal of Business Communication,39(1):13–35, 2002.

9947 JoAnne Yates and Wanda J. Orlikowski. Genres of organizational com-munication: A structurational approach to studying communicatios andmedia. Academy of Management Review, 17:299–326, 1992.

9948 JoAnne Yates and Wanda J. Orlikowski. The PowerPoint presentationand its corollaries: how genres shape communicative action in organiza-tions. In M. Zachry and C. Thralls, editors, Communicative Practices

824

in Workplaces and the Professions: Cultural Perspectives on the Regula-tion of Discourse and Organizations, pages 67–91. Baywood PublishingCompany, Amityville, New York, 2007.

9949 JoAnne Yates, W.J. Orlikowski, and C. Okamura. Explicit and implicitstructuring of genres in electronic communication: reinforcement andchange of social interaction. Organisation Science, 10(1):83–117, 1999.

9950 S. Yates and T. Sumner. Digital Genres and the New Burden of Fix-ity. In Proceedings of the Hawaiian International Conference on SystemSciences (HICCS 30), Wailea, HA, 1997. IEEE Computer Press.

9951 Minerva Yeung, Boon-Lock Yeo, and Bede Liu. Segmentation of videoby clustering and graph analysis. Journal of Computational Vision andImage Understanding, 71(1):94–109, 1998.

9952 Victor H. Yngve. On getting a word in edgewise. In Chicago LinguisticSociety, volume 6. 1970.

9953 Victor H. A. Yngve. A model and a hypothesis for language structure.In Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, volume 104, pages444–466, 1960.

9954 Victor H. A. Yngve. Random generation of English sentences. In The1961 Conference on Machine Translation of Languages and Applied Lan-guage Analysis, London, 1962. Her Majesty’s Stationery Office.

9955 Zhu Yongsheng. Modality and modulation in English and Chinese. MAHonours thesis, Department of Linguistics. Sydney University, 1985.

9956 Takeshi Yoshioka and George Herman. Coordinating Information UsingGenres. Working Paper CCS WP 214 and SWP 4127, MassachusettsInstitute of Technology, Sloan School of Management, Center for Coor-dination Science, Boston, Massachusetts, 2000.

9957 Takeshi Yoshioka, George Herman, JoAnne Yates, and Wanda J. Or-likowski. Genre taxonomy: A knowledge repository of communicativeactions. ACM Transactions on Information Systems, 19(4):431–456,2001.

9958 G. N. You and R. Rada. A systematic approach to outline manipulation.International Journal of Human Computer Studies, 41(3):283–308, 1994.

9959 Nick J. Youd and Scott McGlashan. Generating utterances in dialoguesystems. In Robert Dale, Eduard Hovy, Dietmar Rösner, and OliveroStock, editors, Aspects of automated natural language generation, pages135–149. Springer, Berlin, New York, 1992. (Proceedings of the 6thInternational Workshop on Natural Language Generation, Trento, Italy,April 1992).

825

9960 David J. Young. The Structure of English Clauses. Hutchinson, London,1980.

9961 David J. Young. Continuative and inceptive adjuncts in English. InM.A.K. Halliday and R.P. Fawcett, editors, New developments in Sys-temic Linguistics. Frances Pinter, London, 1987.

9962 Lynn Young. Language as behaviour, language as code: a study of aca-demic English. Benjamins, Amsterdam, 1990.

9963 Lynne Young and Claire Harrison, editors. Systemic Functional Linguis-tics and Critical Discourse Analysis: Studies in Social Change. Contin-uum, London, 2004.

9964 Lynne Weiss Young. Language as behaviour, language as code: a studyof Academic English. PhD thesis, Catholic University of Leuven, 1987.

9965 R. Young. Using Grice’s Maxim of Quantity to select the content ofplan descriptions. Artificial Intelligence, 115:215–256, 1999.

9966 R. Michael Young and Johanna D. Moore. DPOCL: a principled ap-proach to discourse planning. In Proceedings of the Seventh Inter-national Workshop on Natural Language Generation, Kennebunkport,Maine, USA, June 21-24, 1994, Kennebunkport, Maine, USA, 1994.

9967 R. Michael Young, Johanna D. Moore, and Martha E. Pollack. To-wards a principled representation of Discourse Plans. In Proceedings ofthe Sixteenth Conference of the Cognitive Science Society, Atlanta, GA,1994.

9968 S. Young and F. Fallside. Speech synthesis from concept: a methodfor speech output from information systems. Journal of the AccousticalSociety of America, 66:685–695, 1979.

9969 J. Yu, E. Reiter, J. Hunter, and C. Mellish. Choosing the content oftextual summaries of large time-series data sets. Natural Language En-gineering, 11, 2005.

9970 Jin Yu, Jim Hunter, Ehud Reiter, and Somayajulu Sripada. An approachto generating summaries of time series data in the gas turbine domain.In Proceedings of IEEE International Conference on Info-tech & Info-net (ICII2001), pages 44–51, Beijing, 2001.

9971 Jin Yu, Jim Hunter, Ehud Reiter, and Somayajulu Sripada. RecognisingVisual Patterns to Communicate Gas Turbine Time-Series Data. InProceedings of The Twenty-second SGAI International Conference onKnowledge Based Systems and Applied Artificial Intelligence (ES2002),Cambridge, U.K., December 2002. The British Computer Society SGAI:The Specialist Group on Artificial Intelligence.

826

9972 Cheong Yin Yuen. The construal of ideational meaning in print adver-tisements. In Kay L. O’Halloran, editor, Multimodal discourse analysis:systemic functional perspectives, Open Linguistics Series, pages 163–195.Continuum, London, 2004.

9973 George Yule. Pragmatically controlled anaphora. Lingua, 49, 1979.

9974 George Yule. Aspects of the information structure of spoken discourse.PhD thesis, University of Edinburgh, 1981.

9975 George Yule. The study of language. Cambridge University Press, Cam-bridge, 2nd edition, 1996.

9976 Y. Yusoff, W. Christmas, and J. Kittler. A Study on Automatic ShotChange Detection. Lecture Notes in Computer Science, 1425, 1998.

9977 J. M. Zacks, Barbara Tversky, and G. Iyer. Perceiving, remembering andcommunicating structure in events. Journal of Experimental Psychology,130:29–58, 2001.

9978 Jeffrey M. Zacks. How we organize our experience into events. Psycho-logical Science Agenda, 24, 2010.

9979 Jeffrey M. Zacks, Shawn Kumar, Richard A. Abrams, and Ritesh Mehta.Using Movement and Intentions to Understand Human Activity. Cog-nition, 112:210–216, 2009.

9980 Jeffrey M. Zacks and Joseph P. Magliano. Film, Narrative and CognitiveNeuroscience. In D.P. Melcher and F. Bacci, editors, Art and the Senses.Oxford University Press, New York, 2011.

9981 Jeffrey M. Zacks, Nicole K. Speer, and Jeremy R. Reynolds. Segmen-tation in Reading and Film Comprehension. Journal of ExperimentalPsychology, 138:307–327, 2009.

9982 J.M. Zacks and Barbara Tversky. Bars and Lines: A Study of GraphicCommunication. Memory and Cognition, 27(6):1073–1079, 1999.

9983 J.M. Zacks and Barbara Tversky. Event structure in perception andconception. Psychological Bulletin, 127(1):3–21, 2001.

9984 L. A. Zadeh. A Theory of Approximate Reasoning. In D. Michie, J. E.Hayes, and L. I. Mikulich, editors, Machine Intelligence 9. Ellis HorwoodLimited, Chichester, England, 1979.

9985 W. Zadrozny and K. Jensen. The paragraph as a semantic unit. InK. Jensen, G. Heidorn, and S. Richardson, editors, Natural LanguageProcessing: the PLNLP Approach. Kluwer Academic, Boston, 1993.

827

9986 Wlodek Zadrozny. On compositional semantics. In Proceedings ofthe fifteenth International Conference on Computational Linguistics(COLING-92), volume I, pages 260–266, Nantes, France, 1992. Inter-national Committe on Computational Linguistics.

9987 Wlodek Zadrozny and Karen Jensen. Semantics of paragraphs. Com-putational Linguistics, 17(2):171–210, June 1991.

9988 Rémi Zajac. A transfer model using a typed feature structure rewritingsystem with inheritance. In 27th Annual Meeting of the Associationfor Computational Linguistics, 26-29 June 1989, pages 1–6, Vancouver,British Columbia, 1989. The Association for Computational Linguistics.

9989 Rémi Zajac. A transfer model using a typed feature structure rewritingsystem with inheritance. In Proceedings of the 27th. Annual Meeting ofthe Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 1–6, University ofBritish Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada., "26-29" June" 1989" 1989.

9990 Rémi Zajac. A transfer model using a typed feature structure rewritingsystem with inheritance. In Proceedings of the 27th. Annual Meeting ofthe Association for Computational Linguistics, pages 1–6, University ofBritish Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, 1989. 26-29June.

9991 Rémi Zajac. A relational approach to translation. In Proceedings of the3rd international conference on theoretical and methodological issues inmachine translation of natural language, 1990.

9992 Rémi Zajac. A uniform architecture for parsing, generation, and trans-fer. In Tom Strzalkowski, editor, Proceedings of ACL workshop on Re-versible Grammar in Natural Language Processing, pages 71–80, Berke-ley, June 1991. Association for Computational Linguistics. (ACL SIGWorkshop).

9993 Rémi Zajac. Modularity and stratification in unification gram-mars. Technical Report, Project POLYGLOSS, Institut für MaschinelleSprachverarbeitung, University of Stuttgart, Stuttgart, Germany, 1991.

9994 Remi Zajac. Notes on the Typed Feature System. Project Polygloss,IMS-CL /IfI-AIS, 1991. version 4.

9995 Rémi Zajac. Inheritance and constraint-based grammar formalisms.Computational Linguistics, 18(2):159–182, June 1992. (Special issue oninheritance: 1).

9996 Rémi Zajac. Towards computer-aided linguistic engineering. In Proceed-ings of COLING-92, volume II, pages 828–834, Nantes, France, 1992.

828

9997 M. Zajicek. A methodology for interface design for older adults. InProceedings of the Sixth International Conference on Enterprise Infor-mation Systems ICEIS, pages 81–88, 2004.

9998 R.B. Zajonc. Attitudinal effects of mere exposure. Journal of Personalityand Social Psychology Monograph Supplement, 9:1–27, 1968.

9999 Richard D. Zakia. Adverteasement. Semiotica, 59(1/2):1–11, 1986.

10000 A. A. Zaliznjak. Grammatical Dictionary of the Russian Language.Russkij Jazyk, Moscow, 1977. (in Russian).

10001 Ana L. Zambrano. Charles Dickens and Sergei Eisenstein: The Emer-gence of Cinema. Style, 9:469–487, 1975.

10002 Katina Zammit. The construction of pathways during information-seeking sessions using hypermedia programs: a social semiotic perspec-tive. PhD thesis, University of Western Sydney, Sydney, Australia, 2007.

10003 Vanda Lucia Zammuner. For or against: the expression of attitudes indiscourse. Text, 7:410–434, 1987.

10004 V.L. Zammuner. Concepts of emotion: “Emotionness”, and dimensionalratings of Italian emotion words. Cognition and Emotion, 12:243–272,1998.

10005 R. W. Zandvoort. A Handbook of English Grammar. Longman, 1972.

10006 Michele Zappavigna. Visualizing logogenesis: preserving the dynamicsof meaning. In Shooshi Dreyfus, Sue Hood, and Maree Stenglin, edi-tors, Semiotic Margins: reclaiming meaning, pages 211–228. Continuum,London, 2011.

10007 Gian Piero Zarri. An n-ary Language for Representing Narrative In-formation on the Web. In Paolo Bouquet and Giovanni Tummarello,editors, Proceedings of SWAP 2005 - Semantic Web Applications andPerspectives, Proceedings of the 2nd Italian Semantic Web Workshop,University of Trento, Trento, Italy, 14-16 December 2005, volume 166of CEUR Workshop Proceedings. CEUR-WS.org, 2005.

10008 L.N. Zasorina, editor. Chastotnyj slovarj russkogo jazyka. Russkij Jazyk,Moscow, 1977.

10009 Henk Zeevat. Aspects of Discourse Semantics and Unification Grammar.PhD thesis, University of Amsterdam, 1991.

10010 Henk Zeevat, Ewan Klein, and Jo Calder. Unification Categorial Gram-mar. In Nicholas J. Haddock, Ewan Klein, and Glyn Morrill, editors,Categorial Grammar, Unification Grammar and Parsing, volume 1 ofEdinburgh Working Papers in Cognitive Science. Centre for CognitiveScience, University of Edinburgh, 1987.

829

10011 Cornelia Zelinsky-Wibbelt. The semantic representation of spatial con-figurations: a conceptual motivation for generation in machine transla-tion. In Proceedings of the 13th. International Conference on Computa-tional Linguistics (COLING 90), pages 299–303, Helsink, Finland.

10012 Cornelia Zelinsky-Wibbelt. An Empirically Based Approach towards aSystem of Semantic Features. In COLING-86, 1986.

10013 Cornelia Zelinsky-Wibbelt. Semantische Merkmale für die automatischeDisambiguierung: ihre Generierung und ihre Verwendung. TechnicalReport EUROTRA-D Working Papers No. 4, Institut für AngewandteInformationsforschung, Eurotra-D, Saarbrücken, West Germany, 1987.

10014 Cornelia Zelinsky-Wibbelt. The semantic representation of sentencesby means of semantic features. In Erich Steiner, Paul Schmidt, andCornelia Zelinksy-Wibbelt, editors, From Syntax to Semantics: insightsfrom Machine Translation. Frances Pinter, London, 1988.

10015 Cornelia Zelinsky-Wibbelt. Reference as a Universal Cognitive Process:a Contrastive Study of Article Use. Technical Report EUROTRA-dWorking Papers No. 21, Institut für Angewandte Informationsforschung,Eurotra-D, Saarbrücken, Germany, 1991.

10016 Barbie Zelizer. CNN, the Gulf War, and Journalistic Practise. InHoward Tumber, editor, News: a reader, pages 340–354. Oxford Uni-versity Press, Oxford, 1999.

10017 Licheng Zeng. ML-Penman: implementation notes. Technical Report,GMD/IPSI and University of Sydney, 1992.

10018 Licheng Zeng. Coordinating ideational and textual resources in the gen-eration of multisentential texts in Chinese. In Proceedings of the Meet-ing of the Pacific Association of Computational Linguistics, Vancouver,1993.

10019 Licheng Zeng. Reasoning with systemic resources in text planning. InThe 2nd. Conference of the Pacific Association for Computational Lin-guistics (PacLing-II), pages 317–328, Brisbane, Australia, 1995.

10020 Licheng Zeng. Planning text in an integrated multilingual meaning space:theory and implementation. PhD thesis, Sydney University, Sydney,Australia, 1996.

10021 Herbert Zettl. Sight, sound, motion: Applied media aesthetics.Wadsworth, Belmont, CA, 1973.

10022 C. Zetzsche, C. Galbraith, J. Wolter, and K. Schill. Representation ofSpace: Image-like or Sensorimotor? Spatial Vision, 22(5):409–424, 2009.

830

10023 C. Zetzsche, K. Schill, H. Deubel, G. Krieger, E. Umkehrer, and S. Bein-lich. Investigation of a sensorimotor system for saccadic scene analysis:an integrated approach. In From Animals to Animates 5: Proceedingsof the Fifth International Conference on the Simulation of Adaptive Be-havior, pages 120–126. MIT Press, 1998.

10024 Hong Jiang Zhang, Jianhua Wu, Di Zhong, and Stephen W. Smoliar.An Integrated System for Content-Based Video Retrieval and Browsing.Pattern Recognition, 30(4):643–658, 1997.

10025 Sumin Zhao. Intersemiotic relations as logogenetic patterns: towardsthe restoration of the time dimension in hypertext description. InMonika Bednarek and James R. Martin, editors, New Discourse onLanguage Functional Perspectives on Multimodality, Identity, and Af-filiation, pages 195–218. Continuum, London, 2010.

10026 Desislava Zhekova and Sandra Kübler. UBIU: A Language-IndependentSystem for Coreference Resolution. In Proceedings of the 5th Inter-national Workshop on Semantic Evaluations (SemEval-2010), Uppsala,Sweden, 2010.

10027 Xiaokang Zhou. A glimpse of the syntactic-semantic structures of Chi-nese verbs from the point of view of the transitivity system. TechnicalReport, Department of Linguistics, Peking University, 1987. Mimeo.

10028 Gang Zhu and Nigel Shadbolt. A hybrid approach to the automatic plan-ning of textual structures. In Proceedings of the 15th. International Con-ference on Computational Linguistics (COLING 94), volume I, pages334–338, Kyoto, Japan, 1994.

10029 Yongsheng Zhu. Notes on modality in English. College English Educa-tion and Research, 1:50–7, 1985.

10030 Yongsheng Zhu. On information structure in English. Modern ForeignLanguages, 4:17–22, 1986.

10031 Yongsheng Zhu, editor. Language, text and context: proceedings of the1991 Suzhou 2nd National Seminar on Systemic-Functional Linguistics.Peking University Press, Beijing, 1993.

10032 Yongsheng Zhu. Modality and modulation in Chinese. In ChristopherButler, Margaret Berry, Robin Fawcett, and Guowen Huang, editors,Meaning and form: systemic functional interpretations. Ablex, Nor-wood, NJ, 1996.

10033 Tom Ziemke, Jordan Zlatev, and Roslyn M. Frank, editors. Body, lan-guage, and mind. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 2007.

10034 D. Zillmann. Exemplification effects in the promotion of safety andhealth. Journal of Communication, 56:221–237, 2006.

831

10035 Dolf Zillmann. Cinematic creation of emotion. In Joseph Anderson andBarbara Fisher Anderson, editors, Moving Image Theory: EcologicalConsiderations, pages 164–179. Southern Illinois University Press, 2005.

10036 Hubert D. Zimmer, Harry R. Speiser, and Jörg Baus. Die Selektion di-mensionaler räumlicher Präpositionen: automatisch und nicht resource-nadaptierend. Kognitionswissenschaft, 9(3):115–121, October 2001.

10037 Hubert D. Zimmer, Harry R. Speiser, Jörg Baus, Anselm Blocher, andEva Stopp. The use of locative expressions in dependence of the spatialrelation between target and reference object in two-dimensional layouts.In Christian Freksa, Christopher Habel, and Karl Friedrich Wender, ed-itors, Spatial Cognition I - An interdisciplinary approach to representingand processing spatial knowledge, pages 223–240. Springer, 1998.

10038 Hubert D. Zimmer, Harry R. Speiser, Jörg Baus, and A. Krüger. Crit-ical features for the selection of verbal descriptions for path relations.Cognitive Processing, 1:389–411, 2001.

10039 D. Zimmerman and C. West, editors. Studies in Language and SocialInteraction. 1980.

10040 Kai Zimmermann and Christian Freksa. Qualitative Spatial ReasoningUsing Orientation, Distance, and Path Knowledge. Applied Intelligence,6(1):49–58, 1996.

10041 Jordan Zlatev. Situated embodiment: studies in the emergence of spatialmeaning. Gotab, Stockholm, 1997.

10042 Jordan Zlatev. Spatial Semantics. In Hubert Cuyckens and Dirk Geer-aerts, editors, Oxford Handbook of Cognitive Linguistics, pages 318–350.Oxford University Press, Oxford, U.K., 2007.

10043 M. Zock, D. Carcagno, M. Kay, F. Namer, J. F. Nogier, M. Nossin, andK. de Smedt. Automatic text generation: a tool for the business world? In 12th International Conference of Artificial Intelligence, ExpertSystems and Natural Language, Avignon, 1992.

10044 M. Zock, A. Laroui, and G. Francopoulo. SWIM: un système interactifde génération de phrases assistant l’apprentissage naturelle d’une langue.In Journées de Cachan, 18-19 décembre, 1989.

10045 Michael Zock. The Power of Words in Message Planning. In 16th In-ternational Conference on Computational Linguistics, pages 990–995,Copenhagen, 1996.

10046 Michael Zock and Giovanni Adorni. Introduction. In G. Adorni andM. Zock, editors, Trends in Natural Language Generation: an artificialintelligence perspective, number 1036 in Lecture Notes in Artificial Intel-ligence, pages 1–16. Springer, Berlin, New York, 1996. (Selected Papers

832

from the 4th. European Workshop on Natural Language Generation,Pisa, Italy, 28-30 April 1993).

10047 Michael Zock and Gérard Sabeh, editors. Advances in Natural Lan-guage Generation: An interdisciplinary perspective; Volume 2. PinterPublishers, London, 1988.

10048 Klaus Zöllner. ”As you can see in the text...” which passages do lit-erary scholars quote and interpret in ”Gulliver’s Travels”. Number 19in Askpekte der englischen Geistes- und Kulturgeschichte. Peter Lang,Frankfurt am Main, 1989.

10049 Elizabeth Zoltan-Ford. How to get people to say and type what com-puters can understand. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies,34:527–547, 1991.

10050 Gabriel Zoran. Towards a theory of space in narrative. Poetics Today,5(2):309–335, 1984.

10051 D. Zubin. Discourse function of morphology. In Syntax and Semantics12: Discourse and syntax, pages 469–504. 1978.

10052 David A. Zubin and Lynne E. Hewitt. The Deictic Center: a theory ofdeixis in narrative. In Judith F. Duchan, Gail A. Bruder, and Lynne E.Hewitt, editors, Deixis in Narrative: a cognitive science perspective,pages 129–158. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc., Hillsdale, NJ, 1995.

10053 A. V. Zubov. Machine Translation viewed as Generation of Text witha pre-defined Contents. International Forum on Information and Doc-umentation, 9(2):36–38, April 1984.

10054 I. Zuckerman. Towards a Failure-Driven Mechanism for Discourse Plan-ning: a Characterization of Learning Impairments. In 12th AnnualConference of the Cognitive Science Society, Cambridge, Massachusetts,1990.

10055 Ingrid Zuckerman and Richard McConachy. Generating explanationsacross several user models: maximizing belief while avoiding boredomand overload. In Proceedings of the Fifth European Workshop on NaturalLanguage Generation,Leiden, the Netherlands, 20-22 May 1995, pages143–162. Faculty of Social and Behavioural Sciences, University of Lei-den, 1995.

10056 V. Zue. Toward systems that understand spoken language. IEEE Expert,9(1):51–59, 1994.

10057 Charles W. Zuegner. A study of political news in two major dailies.Journalism Quarterly, 33(2):222–224, 1956.

833

10058 Ingrid Zukerman and Diane Litman. Natural language processing anduser modeling: synergies and limitations. User modeling and user-adapted interaction, 11:129–158, 2001.

10059 Rolf A. Zwaan and Gabriel A. Radvansky. Situation Models in LanguageComprehension and Memory. Psychological Bulletin, 123(2):162–185,1998.

10060 Joost Zwarts. Vectors as relative positions: a compositional semanticsof modified PPs. Journal of Semantics, 14(1):57–86, 1997.

10061 Joost Zwarts. Vectors across spatial domains: from place to size, orien-tation, shape, and parts. In Emile van der Zee and Jon Slack, editors,Representing direction in language and space, Explorations in languageand space, pages 39–68. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2003.

10062 Joost Zwarts. Prepositional aspect and the algebra of paths. Linguisticsand Philosophy, 28(6):739–779, 2005.

10063 Joost Zwarts and Yoad Winter. Vector space semantics: a model-theoretic analysis of locative prepositions. Journal of Logic, Languageand Computation, 9:169–211, 2000.

10064 Arnold M. Zwicky. Clitics and Particles. Language, 61(2):283–305, 1985.

10065 Arnold M. Zwicky. Heads. Journal of Linguistics, 21:1–30, 1985.

10066 D. Van Zwynsvoorde, T. Simeon, and R. Alami. Building TopologicalModels for Navigation in Large Scale Environments. In Proceedingsof IEEE International Conference on Robotics and Automation, pages4256–4261, 2001.

834